~ * G -ſºy','','', º ; \ v^* \, , ， ， ſ. '',''，% ! §. 3, ſºſ ، ، ، º, ¿t. { ! ſt. R（ſ）}¿ #######𧧧{}; |- ſae， ############## ** : * * * * *. *... * w •· ºg „… • ſ- | 4.， 4. -}{ſº： , ， ºs -， ， º ſº gº, .X..' ! …，，,- - (, ， .*,,，， ſº （, ， ，,，^. ·， , ， ， ， .0 .."， *,,,，.,: ae·, ， ， ， ，ſae ſºſ，...， . sº ！ 4 №. §.• º ae ae% •： ， ，：� · z"，\ſ*，*\,ſ}（ſ)，----„“，78)， №vº， ſº, ºſ ſae . 4. .， ， ， ， ， ， ſº"，ſ tº º § 2º ---. Fº º 27 ae ...º, ， ſ čí, º º 5. … ：） 2 ,\, . s ;º)ºn . 4，4'-（ſººſ∞ &. ， º, , ， - sºkº，· „.^， ^■■ ■ ■ ■ ， （ſ.º. º.º., º.º., º， ， ， ， , º \,，,，，，，，，，，,%,，,，,，,，,，,，%,，，,: , , , ºſr. ， ， ，，,%，,，,ººººº- „ ， ， , ， ，， ，ſ'，''，'','，，,*！*®^.*..*·za º ae ！ ， ， ， ， , , ， .ſº jºgºs''，''，''，''，%ſ，%ſ，%,，,，，， ſºſº， ºſſ?， ſ.º.º.º.º.º.（±（√≠√∞ √∞ √°.'^ （º: ç, , ， ， ， , ， !+'）:'，']'，%,，,，,%,，，,},{*, “ſºſ” , , ， ， * ºſ ºr .-~ % ） ，ſaeºſ"， xºXXw.， ś, š, ś ， ！ !\, ， . (， ，,，,.，,, ，，,%，，,，.,：...º.º. ſ * （º.s ºae ſº. （2'， 'ae'，'{|'，'',' ，;3， ſº s. 4. v., ſ. Al vº · · · · ： A.ae, , ， , ， , ， ». .º.， ſº№, º {%.∞ º， , ！ ， ， º ...:... • w： „2.“ ...， a w l. : ） * * · · - §4°4'.“， №, ºs , º, * . ·, , ， º n. , ， ， , ， ， , º & . . ſ'，''，''，''，''，） + 2， 3,· ſae .Lº zº - ae r., w tw º º · |× ſ.º. º.º., º gº ?&'）,''，'º'， , ， ,* ， 4-gº º · , ， ， „v zº gº z .*?''：').ſ.， º.º.º.º. * ..."， *, º „ºſº ·ſae. rº º ， ， … .ae ae º gº ، ،Tºgºae aº ,，,，，,，%，，，，%,，，* * · * * 8. „í º „º. »4,8,\! º º » a av ∞ × · · · · · •,，,*ºſº， ， , ， ， , ſ. a. s. ，,，.，， º a tº, „º , ， ， ， ， , º ∞ . ^ « * * 4 a.o. º zº ,'','º'，'»'， ， ， , ， ， „“ a z. a 2 a º º 2. º w ： ſ ∞ ، ſ ºz. º º ſe y （ a ） • t ： r → • ， ， ， ， … º zº a. a., ， ， ， , º º. • • 4. * * , ， ， ， ， ， * ,s ！ ». ， ， º ， ， ， ， ， ， + º- º ） * ： a u za a ： · * ， ， ， ， a as e aº · e a „w º ae º A a, w , ， ， ， ， ºº º a u. a. a .9 ° ≈ ≠ ≤ Ü 0 ： • • • ， ， ， ， ， ， ， * * ）∞ √° A ： d ） ： • • ، ، ، ، ، -- *: ： ： ? ¿¿ {:。、。（.）; ∞}， w º * * *·---···---···#'）:.*?）?:? & ，j ■ -^ ^ a ： · º w º a u • ！ a zº a º º ， ， ， ， º g * * * * º * * · * a º a º ， ！ ∞ √° √ |U|||||||||||||||||||||| N {NS: t * ºw. --> 1. º, - C±（−−/−−）， ±（−−/−−）， ±，±，±，±，±，±，±，±，±，±，±，±，±）,šķ## ſaſ\ſ\ſ*$' !!!!!!!!!!！!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!！ ， !Ķ Ļ Ļſ.|- ĶŪ$$$$№ | ńſſ º *FIU#895uūY. º- †† J. §N iſſ Fiſſ -º-º-º-º-º-º- ✉ ₪ � fiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiſ ſīliſiſiſſiſſiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiſi //4/5, / 6/5, / 2 *** / 2. * sº & 7 KING'S AMERICAN DISPENSATORY HARVEY WICKES FELTER, M. D. A DJ UNCT PROFESSOR OF CIIEMISTRY, PHARMACY, AND TOXICOLOGY, AND PROTESSOR OF ANATOMY . IN THE ECLECTIC MEDICAL INSTITUTE, CINCINNATI, OHIO ; EDITOR OF LOOK C's SYLLABUS of MATERIA MEDICA AND THIERAPEUTICs; Ex-PRESIDENT OF THE OHIO STATE ECLECTIC MEDICAL ASSOCIATION, ETC., ETC., ETC. AND JOHN URI LLOYD, PHR. M., PH. D. PROFESSOR OF CHEMISTRY, PHARMACY, AND TOXICOLOGY, IN THE ECLECTIC MEDICAL INSTITUTE, CINCINNATI, OIIIO; FORMERLY PROFESSOR OF & IIEMISTRY AND PHARM.ACY IN THIE CINCINN ATI COLLEGE OF PHARMACY ; Ex-PRESIDENT OF THE AMERICAN PHARMACEUTICAL ASSOCIATION ; AUTIIOR OF THE CHEMISTRY OF MEDICINES ; DRUGS AND MEDICINES OF NORTH AMERICA ; A STUDY IN PHARMACY ; ETIDORIIPA, ETC., ETC., ETC. H NT IRELY F& EVV RITTE N AND EN LA FRG ED NINETEENT H EDITION. FOURTH REVISION. IN TWO VOLUMES. VOL. II. C | N C IN NAT I : THE OHIO VALLEY COMPANY 317–323 RACE STREET. f 909. AUTHORIZATION. : : * * • * * * tº wº & pe '. * g Y * g w Hesjlūtion passed by the National Eclectic Medical Associa- tion at the annual meeting, in Cleveland, Ohio, June 19, 1879: Resolved, That this Association adopt THE AMERICAN DISPENSA- TORY as its STAND ARD A UTHORITY. ALEXANDER WILDER, M. D., Secretary. “AUTHORITY to use for comment the Pharmacopoeia of the United States of .1merica (1890), Seventh Decennial Revision, has been granted by the Committee of Revision and Publication.” AUTHORITY to print selections from the National Formulary, has been granted by the Council of the American Pharmaceu- tical Association. COPYRIGHTS. Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1854, by MOORE, WILSTACH & KEYS, In the Clerk’s Office of the District Court of the United States, for the Southern District Of Ohio. Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1859, by MOORE, WILSTACH, KEYS & CO. In the Clerk’s Office of the District Court of the United States, for the Southern District Of Ohio. Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1864, by MOORE, WILSTACH & BALDWIN, In the Clerk’s Office of the District Court of the United States, for the Southern District of Ohio. Entered according to Act of Congress, in the years 1870 and 1880, by WILSTACH, BALDWIN & CO. In the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington Copyright, 1898, by THE OHIO VALſ, EY COMPANY. Copyright, 1900, by THE OHIO VALLEY COMPANY. PRINTED AND BOUND BY THE OHIO VALLEY COMPANY., O1 NCIN NAT1. LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. FIG. N AM E. SOURCE. 116. Root of Alpinia Officinarum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frederick Stearns & Co.'s Catalogue, 117. Gaultheria procumbens... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (Funk & Wagnalls), 118. Gelsemium sempervirens . . . . . . . . . . . After Millspaugh’s American Medicinal Plants, 119. Rhizome of Gelsemium sempervirens. . . . . . . . . . Frederick Stearns & Co.'s Catalogue, 120. Gentiana lutea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - - - The American Cyclopaedia (D. Appleton & Co.), 121. Geranium maculatum... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 122. Glycyrrhiza glabra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 123. Goodyera pubescens... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 124. Punica Granatum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 125. Haematoxylon campechianum . . . . . . . . . . . . The American Cyclopaedia (D. A. & Co.), 126. Hamamelis virginiana... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 127. Hedeoma pulegioides. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The American Cyclopædia (D. A. & Co.), 128. Hedera Helix . . . . . . . . . . . . ... • * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 129. Helianthemum canadense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 130. Helleborus niger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 131. Anemone Hepatica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 132. Anemone acutiloba. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lloyd's Drugs and Medicines of North America, 133. Heuchera americana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 134. AEsculus Hippocastanum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The American Cyclopaedia (D. A. & Co.), 135. Humulus Lupulus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 136. Dried rhizome of Hydrastis canadensis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lloyd’s D. and M. of N. A., 137. Crystals of Berberine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lloyd’s D. and M. of N. A., 138. Crystals of Hydrastine ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • * * * * * * Lloyd’s D. and M. of N. A., 139. Hyoscyamus niger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The American Cyclopædia (D. A. & Co.). 140. Hypericum perforatum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 141. Bean of St. Ignatius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frederick Stearns & Co.'s Catalogue, 142. Ilex opaca. . . . . . . . . . ... • * * * * * * * • * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 143. Ilex glabra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 144. Impatiens pallida. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 145. Impatiens fulva . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 146. Inula Helenium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frederick Stearns & Co.'s Catalogue, 147. Cephaëlis Ipecacuanha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frederick Stearns & Co.'s Catalogue, 148. Iris florentina. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 149. Leaves of Jacaranda procera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frederick Stearns & Co.'s Catalogue, 150. Ipomoea jalapa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The American Cyclopædia (D. A. & Co.), 151. Juglans cinerea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 152. Kalmia latifolia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The American Cyclopædia (I), A. & Co.), 153. Single flower of Kalmia latifolia. . . . . . . . . . The American Cyclopædia (D. A. & Co.), 154. Sterculia acuminata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stearns’ “Kola,” 155. Crystals of Caffeine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stearns’ “ Kola,” 150. Arctium Lappa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lilly’s Bulletin, 157. Lavandula Vera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 158. Leonurus Cardiaca. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 159. Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard I)ictionary (F. & W.), 160. Ligustrum vulgare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dietionary (F. & W.), 161. Liquidambar styraciflua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 162. Lithospermum canescens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 163. Lobelia inflata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lloyd’s Drugs and Medicines of North America, 164. Seed of Lol)elia inflata . . . . . . . . . . . . Lloyd's Drugs and Medicines of North America, 165. Crystals of Inflatin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lloyd’s Drugs and Medicines of North America, 166. Lycopodium clavatum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The American Cyclopædia (I). A. & Co.), 167. Marrubium vulgare. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 16S. Mentha piperita. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • * * * * * * * * * * * * * Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 169. Mentha viridis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The American Cyclopædia (D. A. & Co.), 170. Crystals of Menthol . . . . Pharmacology of the Newer Mat. Med. (Parke, Davis & Co.), 171. Mitchella repens... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The American Cyclopædia (D. A. & Co.), (iii) P.A.G.E. 905 913 917 918 924 928 946 949 953 972 974 977 978 980 9S2 985 986 9.SS 990 99S 1020 1022 1024 1033 103S 1043 1044 104.5 1047 1047 10.5S 1071 1081 1082 1084 1089 1093 1093 1100 1101 111S 1124 1125 1130 1132 1 148 1198 1199 1199 1201. I-211 1241 1254 1255 1256 1273 IV LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. 1YG. NAME, SOURC E. 172. Morus migra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 173. Myristica fragrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 174. Commiphora Myrrha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 175. Myrtus communis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 176. Strychnos Nux vomica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The American Cyclopaedia (D. A. & Co.), 177. Seed of Strychnos Nux vomica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frederick Stearns & Co.'s Catalogue, 178. Nymphaea Odorata... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The American Cyclopædia (D. A. & Co.), 179. CEnothera biennis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 180. Nerium Oleander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 181. Melaleuca Leucadendron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frederick Stearns & Co.'s Catalogue, 182. Gadus Mori hua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . * * * * * * Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 183. Olea europea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 184. Ricinus communis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The American Cyclopædia (D. A. & Co.), 185. Croton Tiglii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The American Cyclopædia (D. A. & Co.), 186. Papaver somniferum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 187. Oxalis Acetosella . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The American Cyclopaedia (D. A. & Co.), 188. Oxydendron arboreum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The American Cyclopædia (D. A. & Co.), 189. Aralia quinquefoiia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 190. Passiflora caerulea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 191. Pent horum sedoides. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frederick Stearns & Co.'s Catalogue, 192. PhysOstigma Venenosum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frederick Stearns & Co.'s Catalogue, 193. Calabar bean; fruit of Physostigma Venenosun). Frederick Stearns & Co.'s Catalogue, 194. Phytolacca decandra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 195. Poke-root . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lilly's Bulletin, 196. Poke-root (section). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lilly's Bulletin, 197. Amamirta paniculata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frederick Stearns & Co.'s Catalogue, 198. Cocculus indicus; fruit of Anamirta paniculata. . Frederick Stearns & Co.'s Catalogue, 199. Leaf of Jaborandi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supplement to American Dispensatory, 200. Piscidia Erythrina. . . . . Pharmacology of the Newer Mat. Med. (Parke, Davis & Co.), 201. Podophyllum peltatum (with rhizome and fruit). Frederick Stearns & Co.'s Catalogue, 202. Ptelea trifoliata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The American Cyclopaedia (D. A. & Co.), 203. A nemone Pulsatilla. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frederick Stearns & Co.'s Catalogue, 204. Pyrola rotundifolia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 205. Picraena excelsa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The American Cyclopædia (D. A. & ('o.), 206. Rhamnus cathartica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The American Cyclopaedia (D. A. & Co.), 207. Genuine Cascara Sagrada. . . . . . Pharm. of the Newer Mat. Med. (Parke, Davis & Co.), 208. Rhus glabra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The American Cyclopædia (I). A. & Co.), 209. Rhus Toxicodendron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Johnson's Medical Botany (Wm. Woods & Co.), 210. Rosmarinus officinalis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 211. Rumex Acetosa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F & W.), 212. Rumex Acetosella . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 213. Ruta graveolens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The American Cyclopædia (I). A. & Co.), 214. Salvia officinalis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard I)ictionary (F. & W.), 215. Sambucus Canadensis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The American Cyclopædia (D. A. & Co.), 216. Sanguinaria Canadensis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard I)ictionary (F. & W.), 217. Saponaria officinalis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 218. Sarracenia purpurea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The American Cyclopaedia (D. A. & Co.), 219. Honduras Sarsaparilla. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lilly’s Bulletin, 220. Mexican Sarsaparilla. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lilly’s Bulletin, 221. Smilax Sarsaparilla root. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lilly’s Bulletin, 222. Bamboo brier-root. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lilly’s Bulletin, 223. Sassafras variifolium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 224. Scrophularia nodosa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lloyd's Drugs and Medicines of North America, 225. Scutellaria lateriflora. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supplement to American Dispensatory, 226. Scutellaria versicolor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supplement to American Dispensatory, 227. Root of Tolygala Senega . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The American Cyclopædia (I). A. & Co.), 228. Aristolochia Serpentaria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 229. Silphium laciniatum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 230. Brassica nigra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 231. Solnine, from Solanum Carolinense. . . . . . . . . . . Lloyd's figure in Amer. Jour. Pharm., 232. Spigelia marilandica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The American Cyclopaedia (IO. A. & Co.), 233. Spiraea tomentosa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 234. Delphinium Staphisagria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The American Cyclopædia (I). A. & Co.), 235. Stillingia Sylvatica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frederick Stearns & Co.'s Catalogue, 236. Stillingia, section of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lilly's Bulletin, 237. Datura Stramonium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frederick Stearns & Co.'s Catalogue, 238. Capsule and seed of Datura Stranonium. . . . . . . Frederick Stearns & Co.'s Catalogue, 239. Nicotiana Tabacum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The American Cyclopædia (1). A. & Co.), 240. Tanacetum vulgare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 241. Taxus baccata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 24. Thea chinensis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 243. Tea leaves. . . . . . . . . . Food and Food Adulterants (U. S. Dept. of Agr., Bull. No. 13), PAGE. 1278 1295 1298 1301 1313 1314 1318 1319 1326 1347 1369 1375 1381 1400 1405 1424 1424 1429 1441 1442 1465 1466 1471 1471 1471 1476 1476 1479 1510 1528 1586 1589 1610 1614 1653 1654 1665 1667 | 679 16S5 1686 1686 1705 1707 1708 I 724 1725 1727 1727 1729 1730 173 1738 T 739 1739 1745 1752 1756 1756 T800 1806 1809 1831 1836 1836 1838 1838 1908 1913 1915 1928 1928 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. V FIG. N AME. SOURCE, 244. Theobroma Cacao . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frederick Stearns & Co.'s Catalogue, 245. Thuja Occidentalis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The American Cyclopædia (D. A. & Co.), 246. Thymus Vulgaris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 247. Tilia americana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 248. Trillium erectum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The American Cyclopaedia (D. A. & Co.), 249. Ustilago Segetum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The American Cyclopaedia (D. A. & Co.), 250. Arctostaphylos Uva ursi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 251. Vanilla planifolia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The American Cyclopædia (D. A. & Co.), 252. Veratrum album. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 253. Veratrum viride . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frederick Stearns & Co.'s Catalogue, 254. Verbascum Thapsus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 255 Viscum flavescens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Dictionary (F. & W.), 256. Xanthorrhiza apiifolia . . . . . . . . . . . . Lloyd’s Drugs and Medicines of North America, 257. Xanthoxylum americanum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The American Cyclopaedia (D. A. & Co.), 258. Xanthoxylum americanum (cross-section) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lilly’s Bulletin. 259. Xanthoxylum Clava-Herculis (cross-section). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lilly’s Bulletin, 260. Zingiber officinale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frederick Stearns & Co.'s Catalogue, PAGE. 1931 1934 1940 1940 1997 2034 2038 2044 2049 2051 2055 2080 20S6 2087 2088 2088 2109 ABB REVIATIONS. Endeavor has been made to extend full credit in the text by means of abbreviations, most of which are self-explanatory. The following selective list may assist some readers: A. J. P., American Journal of Pharmacy. A. P. A., American Pharmaceutical Association. A. P. A. Proc., American Pharmaceutical Association Proceedings. Am. Hom. Pharm., American Homoeopathic Pharmacopoeia. Amer. Hom., American Homoeopathist. Amer. Med. Plants, Millspaugh’s American Medicinal Plants. Amm. de Chim. et Pharm., Annales de Chinnie et de Pharmacie. Amm. der Chem. und Pharm., Annalen der Chemie und Pharmacie (Liebig's Annalen). Arch. der Pharm., Archiv der Pharmacie. Attfield, Attfield's Chemistry. Av., Avoirdupois. - B., Bigelow’s Vegetable Materia Medica and American Medical Botany. B. A. A. S., British Association for the Advancement of Science. Bar., Barton's Vegetable Materia Medica of the United States. Ber. d. d. Chem. Ges., Bericlite der Deutschen Chemischen Gesellschaft. Bot. Reg., Botanical Register. JBr., British Pharmacopoeia. Br. Phar., British Pharmacopoeia. Buchmer’s Rep., Buchner's Repertorium für die Pharmacie. Buchmer’s Neues Repert., Buchner's Neues Repertorium für Pharmacie. C., Christison's Dispensatory. °C., Degree Centigrade. CC., Cubic Centimeter. Chm... Centimeter. Chem. Centralbl., Chemisches Centralblatt. Chem. Złg., Chemiker Zeitung. Coblendz, Coblentz’s Newer Remedies. Com. Dict, of Inorganic Solubilities, A. M. Conney, Dictionary of Inorganic Solubilities, 1896. Compt. Rend., Comptes Rendus. - Coace, Coxe's Dispensatory. D., David Don, Linnaean Transactions and Philosophical Magazine. D. and JI, of N. M., Lloyd’s Drugs and Medicines of North America. Dub., Dublin Pharmacopoeia. Dymock, Dymock’s Vegetable Materia Medica of Western India. E. & T., Edwards and Vavasseur, Manual of Materia Medica, tr. by Tongo and Durand. Ed., Edinburgh Dispensatory, Ed. Med. Jour., Edinburgh Medical Journal. Ed. Duncan, Duncan's Edinburgh Dispensatory, 1830. Ed. E. M. J., Editorial, Eclectic Medical Journal. °F., Degree Fahrenheit. F. Sylv., Michaux's North American Sylva. Foltz, Dr. Kent (). Foltz in Webster's Dynamical Therapeutics. G., Gray's Botany of the Northern States. Gm., Gramme. Gen., Genesis (Bible). Ger. Pharm., German Pharmacopoeia. Imp., Imperial measure. Jahresb, der l'harm., Jahresbericht der Pharmacie. Jour. de Chim. Méd., Journal de Chimie Médicale de Pharmacie et de Toxicologie. Jour. de Pharm., Journal de Pharmacie et de Chinnie. R., Prof. John King, M. D. L., Lindley’s Medical Flora. Lieb. Ammal., Liebig's Annalen (Ann. d. Chem. and Pharm.). Locke, Locke's Syllabus of Materia Medica and Therapeutics. By Felter. Lond., London Pharmacopoeia. Lond. Disp., Thomson's London Dispensatory. Man. of Bot., Eaton's Manual of Botany. (vii) viii ABBREVIATIONS. Mat. Med. Western India, Dymock's Vegetable Materia Medica of Western India Matt., Matthew (Bible). Med. Flora, Rafinesque's Medical Flora. Mon., Millimeter. N. F., National Formulary. Nat. Form., National Formulary. Nat. Ord., Natural Order. P., Pareira's Materia Medica and Therapeutics. P. J. Tr., Pharmaceutical Journal and Transactions (British). P. J. Proc., Pharmaceutical Journal and Proceedings. Par. Cod., Parisian Codex. Pharm. 1880, United States Pharmacopoeia of 1880. Pharm. Centralh., Pharmaceutische Centralhalle. Pharm. India, Pharmacopoeia of India. Pharm. Jour., Pharmaceutical Journal and Transactions (British). Phil. Trams., Philosophical Transactions. R., Rafinesque's Medical Flora. JR. & S., Roscoe and Schorlemmer's Treatise on Chemistry. Spec. Diag., Scudder's Specific Diagnosis. Spec. Med., Scudder's Specific Medication. Syllab. of | Med., Locke's Syllabus of Eclectic Materia Medica and Therapeutics. By Felter. Sylva, Michaux's North American Sylva. T., Thomson's Chemistry of Organic Bodies and Inorganic Chemistry. T. S., Pharmacopoeial Test Solution. Taylor, Taylor's Medical Jurisprudence. U. S., United States. º U. S. P., United States Pharmacopoeia. W. S., Pharmacopoeial Volumetric Solution. War., variety (botany). JV., Wood's Class Book of Botany. Webster, Webster's Dynamical Therapeutics. Witt., Wittstein's Practical Pharmaceutical Chemistry and Wittstein's Organic Constituents of Plants. Wo., Woodville's Medical Botany GA1ANGA. 905 GALANGA.—GALANGAL. The rhizome of Alpinia officinarum, Hance. Nat. Ord.—Scitamineae (Zingiberaceae). CoMMON NAMEs: Colic root, East India root, Galangal. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 271. Botanical Source and History.—The plant that yields galangal was described by Mr. H. F. Hance, in the Journal of the Linnéan Society (1871). The plant was obtained from Hainan, an island directly south of China, but it also doubtless grows on the adjacent mainland, as the root is largely exported from Shanghai and other China ports. The galangal of commerce is known as Lessergalangal; another variety known as Greater galangal, is rarely found in the mar- ket. It is the product of Alpinia Galanga, Willdenow, (Ma- Yamta Galanga, Linné), and grows in Java. The name galangal # is said to be derived from the Arabic Khanlanjan, which, in É turn, is perhaps the perversion of a Chinese word, signifying tº Ymild ginger. Galangal has long been an article of commerce with the Eastern nations, and has been known in Northern Europe since the twelfth century (Hance). The stem is from 2 to 4 feet high, erect, and bears a close resemblance to the common cultivated canna, or shot plant. The parallel-veined leaf blades are about a foot long, 2 to 4 inches wide, smooth, entire, and sharply acuminate. They are attached at the base to a scarious, margined sheath, which clasps the stem. The flowers are borne in a terminal dense spike; they consist of a short, tubular, superior calyx, a white corolla, with 3 lobes, a large ovate labellum marked with red veins, a single anther- bearing stamen, and a pistil with an inferior ovary and a slender style (Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants). - - Description.—The rhizome, as found in market, is in sections of from 1 inch to 4 inches in length, and of a reddish-brown color, as though covered with rust. The cut ends are usually rounding, while the edges expand outwardly and turn back. Each fragment has, generally, one or more short branches, and it is evident that the roots are taken from the ground in masses, and chopped into pieces. Encircling them at intervals of from # to , inch apart, are corrugated rings of a light color consisting of adhering bases of leaf sheaths. The roots are stout, and break with a granular fracture presenting a brownish-gray color, interspersed throughout which are small ligneous fibers. These fibers project a short distance beyond one surface of the root, thus leaving depressions on the opposite side, resembling pin-holes; the center of the root, for about one-fourth to one-third of its diameter, consists of a bundle of these fibers. Galangal reminds us of ginger, and imparts a pungent taste and an aromatic odor, very similar to that article. In this country, galangal has not come into use among physicians, but has been Sold extensively by street-corner venders under such names as “colic root,” “the wonderful East India root,” etc., and was asserted by them to be a certain cure for toothache, headache, etc. Chemical Composition.—The constituents of galangal are similar to those of ginger. A volatile oil is obtained by distilling the root with water, which pos- sesses a camphoraceous smell resembling that of cajeput oil. This is due, accord- ing to Schimmel & Co. (1890), to the presence of appreciable amounts of cineol. It is soluble in alcohol, and is lighter than water. A soft resin, having a pungent taste, is extracted by ether, and also a peculiar, crystalline substance, named by Brandes (1839), kaempferid. Jahns (1881) differentiated the kaempferid of Brandes into three compounds, all forming yellow crystals, viz., kaempferid (C.H.O.), fus- ing at 222°C. (431.6°F), almost insoluble in water, and soluble with difficulty in alcohol; galangin (CºH,00), fusing at 214°C. (417.2° F.), soluble in 34 parts of absolute and 68 parts of 90 per cent alcohol; and alpinin (C, H.O.), fusing at 173° C. (343.4°F). * * Kempferºd, by oxidation with nitric acid, forms anisic acid (C, H,[OCH, COQH), oxalic acid and other products. Galangin similarly yields benzoic and oxalic acids (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1882, p. 288). Kostanecki and Harry M. Gordin 906 GALBANUM. (Dissert., 1897), showed kaempferid to be a flavonol derivative and established its exact graphic formula. Probably galangin is similarly constituted. Thresh (Pharm. Jour. Trams., Vol. XV., 1884, p. 234), announced the presence of a pun- gent principle, which he designated galamgol, and gave the tabulated results of a complete analysis of the root, which shows as much as 23.7 per cent of starch. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Galangal is a stimulating aromatic, and has been successfully employed to aid the digestive process, preventing fer- mentation and removing flatus. It will be found especially useful in some forms of dyspepsia, preventing vomiting or sickness of the stomach, and facilitating digestion. It may be used in all cases in which a stimulating aromatic is indi- cated. It has some reputation as a remedy for perimeal relaxation with hemorrhoids, and for a laa; and pendulous abdomen. Its best form of administration is in tinc- ture, the dose of which is from # to 1 fluid drachm. The powder may be given in doses of 15 to 20 grains; from 30 to 60 grains may be given in infusion. It is rarely prescribed at the present day. GALBANUM.–GALBANUM. The gum-resin of Ferwla galbaniflua, Boissier and Buhse ; Ferula rubricaulis, Boissier; and probably from other related species. Nat. Ord.--Umbelliferae. SYNONYM : Gummi-resima galbanum. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 128. Botanical Source.—Ferula galbaniflua is a north Persian plant having a solid, tall stem about 4 or 5 feet high. The leaves are grayish-tomentose, the radical ones being triangular in outline, and decompound-pinnate, pinnatifid, the sec- tions being linear-obtuse. The radical leaves are large and the stem leaves small. The fruit is thin and flat, winged near the face, has slender, prominent ribs, and in the grooves presents single oil-tubes. Sometimes two narrow tubes are pres- ent. The commissure has no tubes. Ferula rubricaulis is a south Persian plant, probably growing to some extent in northern Persia also. It has been classed with the preceding by some botanists, while others accord to it a separate place. It differs chiefly in the greater width of the leaf segments, and in having more numerous and narrower oil-tubes. History and Description.—The plant from which the gun-resin Galbanum is obtained, is not definitely known. The British Pharmacopoeia (1898) mentions the above-named species and refers to the probability of other species of Ferula yielding it. That the Ferula galbaniflua is believed to yield it is due to the state- ment of F. A. Buhse, a German resident of Persia, who relates that in 1848 (see Flückiger, 1891), he was informed that the product spontaneously exudes from the plant in question, and was told by the natives that it was the source of gal- banum. Galbanum is imported from the Levant, and from India in cases and chests. It is generally met with in lumps, consisting of large, irregular masses of a brownish or dark-brownish color, and composed of agglutinated tears, some few of which, when broken, are somewhat translucent; they have a waxy density, but become soft and sticky at a temperature of 35° to 37.7°C. (95° to 100°F.), are not pulverizable unless in very cold weather, have a strong, unpleasant odor, and a hot, somewhat acrid, and amarous taste. Occasionally, galbanum is met with in the form of oval, globular, or irregular tears. On account of the impurities it contains, it should be melted and strained previous to employing it. When the color of galbanum is dark-brown or blackish, and when it contains an admix- ture of sand, straw, chips of wood, and other foreign matters, the article should be rejected as being inferior. The specific gravity of galbanum is 1.212. Gal- banum is partially dissolved by water, vinegar, or wine, forming therewith an emulsion. Alcohol dissolves about three-fifths of it, the residue being gum and impurities. Diluted alcohol is its best solvent. Chemical Composition.—According to Pelletier, galbanum contains 6 per cent volatile oil, 67 per cent resin, 19 per cent gum, and 8 per cent foreign matter (H. and H.). The volatile oil consists mainly of a hydrocarbon of the terpene series, C.H. According to Mössmer its boiling point is between 160° and 165°C. GALBANU M. 907 (320° and 329°F.). It is dextro-rotatory, colorless, has a specific gravity of 0.884, and forms crystals with gaseous hydrochloric acid. Probably other hydrocarbons are also present. The yellow-brown resin of galbanum may be obtained (Flücki- ger, Pharmacognosie, 1891, p. 65), by extracting galbanum with alcohol and dis- tilling off the solvent. The residual resin is also soluble in carbon disulphide in commercial but not quite in absolute ether, and in caustic Soda. Upon destruc- tive distillation galbanum resin yields an aqueous fraction containing fatty acids, and a thick blue oil of the composition Cooliº O, or more probably Cohi (), after removing therefrom a hydrocarbon C.H., (Kachler, 1871). The blue oil boils at 289°C. (552.2°F.), and holds in solution or suspension a crystalline body which Sommer (1859) named wºmbelliferon. This substance is a common con- stituent of the products of the dry distillation of such gum-resins as asafoetida, sagapenum and opopanax, and those derived from Imperatoria Ostruthium, Angelica Archangelica, etc., all being umbelliferous plants, hence the name. An occurrence exceptional to this rule was observed in the non-umbelliferous plant, Daphne Mezerew.m. (Zwenger, 1854). Umbelliferon may be abstracted from the blue oil by means of boiling water, or by slightly alkaline water. It may also be obtained from galbanum resin direct by heating it with hydrochloric acid to 100° C. (212° F.), abstracting with chloroform and evaporating the solvent. Umbelliferon (C.H.O.), is closely related to cowmarin, being para-oxycoumarim. It is hardly soluble in cold, soluble in 100 parts of boiling water, little soluble in ether, soluble in alcohol. It melts at 224°C. (435.2°F.), developing thereby an aromatic smell. In aqueous solution it exhibits a bluish fluorescence markedly increased by alkalies. Its solution in concentrated sulphuric acid is likewise beautifully fluorescent. When boiled with caustic potash umbelliferon is decomposed into resorcin (meta-dioxy-benzene) (C, H,LOH].), and formic and carbonic acids. Resorcin is likewise formed when galbanum resin is fused with caustic potash, and was discovered by this reaction in 1866, by Hlasiwetz and Barth. It enters into the composition of many dye- stuffs, especially fluoresceine (which see), and has been produced since on the manufacturing scale. When boiled with nitric acid, galbanum resin yields tri- nitroresorcin or Styphºnic acid (C, HINO, MOH].). Galbanum gum may be obtained by exhausting the drug with alcohol, and extracting the residue with water. The aqueous solution is optically inactive (Hirschsohn), and is precipitated by basic, but not by neutral acetate of lead. A distinctive test for galbanum is as follows: Extract its resin by means of carbon disulphide, dissolve it in alcohol, and gently warm with hydrochloric acid of sp. gr. 1.15. The mixture then assumes a beautiful blue color which is evanes- cent. Galbanum resin, when in prolonged contact (for several hours) with hydro- chloric acid of sp. gr. 1.12 or higher, imparts to the latter, especially upon warm- ing, a beautiful red color (Flückiger, Pharmacognosie, 1891). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—The effects of galbanum are similar to those of asafoetida and ammoniac, being weaker than the former, but stronger than the latter. Upon the unbroken skin it produces papules, while it causes ulceration if the skin be broken. It controls excessive catarrhal discharges, and causes some arterial tension and cerebral fullness. It has been used in hysteria, chronic rheumatism, suppressed monstruation, leucorrhaea and chronic mucous affections of the air passages; and may be given in doses of from 10 grains to , drachm, in pill form, or in enulsion. Externally, a plaster is sometimes employed, as a mild stimulant and resolvent to indolent tumors; and the tincture has been efficient in Scrofulous ophthalmia, or irritability or weakness of the eyes. Related Gum-resins and Drugs.-SAGAPENUM (or Serapinum of mediaeval times). Saga- penulu is imported from the Levant. It is the solidified juice of an unknown plant, prob- ably a Ferula, of Persian origin. It is commonly in tears agglutinated together, of a brownish- yellow color, a hot and bitter taste, often alliaceous odor, softens between the fingers, is spar- ingly soluble in water, not completely soluble in alcohol, and when distilled with water it yields a pale-yellow, Yery fluid volatile oil, lighter than water, of a strong, alliaceous smell, and a bitter, acrid taste, it is readily soluble in ether and alcohol, and is speedily changed to a transparent resin on exposure to the air. According to Hager (Handbüch der Pharm. Praxis, 1886), Sagapenum consists of about 50 per cent resin, 30 per cent gum, 5 to 10 per cent volatile oil, and 5 to 8 per cent impurities. Flückiger (Pharmacographia), states that sagapenum con- tains umbelliferon but no sulphur, and that it is remarkable for the permanent, intense blue 908 GALEGA. color it assumes in the cold when a very small piece is placed in hydrochloric acid (density 1.13). Sagapenum possesses medicinal properties similar to ammoniac and asafoetida; but is not So powerful as the last of these. It is sometimes added to discutient plasters as a stimu- lating ingredient. The dose is from 10 grains to 3 drachnu. OPOPANAX.—The gum-resin of Opopamaa Chiromium, Koch (Pastinaca Opopamar, Linné). Nat. Ord.--Umbelliferae. This plant, called Rough parsnip, is indigenous to the south of Europe. On wounding the stalk-base, or the root, a yellowish lactescent juice exudes and concretes. This is opopanax. The best grade is that which occurs in irregularly angular pieces, or sub- globular tears, varying in size, and of a reddish or yellowish brown color. It readily fractures, displaying a waxy interior, and often exhibits imbedded fragments of vegetable tissues. Its Odor is strong and disagreeable, and its taste acrid, bitter and balsamic. When warmed it becomes soft, exhaling an onion-like odor. It burns with a bright, non-sooty flame. The poorer qualities are not so bitter as good opopanax, and come in masses larger than a walnut. A specimen of false opopanax has been observed in commerce by J. H. Marais (see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1875, p. 39), consisting entirely of gum myrrh, which it resembles in appearance. Myrrh changes to a rose color with the vapors of nitric acid, while gum opopanax is not altered by the same treatment. It forms a yellow emulsion with water. Besides vegetable impuri- ties it contains starch (4.2 per cent), wax, volatile oil, resin (42 per cent), and gum (33.4 per cent (Pelletier, Bull. de Pharm., 1812, p. 51). It is seldom used in medicine now, but in olden times was one of the gum-resins thought to be applicable to almost all ills, hence the name opopanaa, meaning the “all-healing juice.” In later times it was used in plasters, and inter- nally in brouchitis with abundant expectoration, asthma, hysteria, hypochondriasis, amenorrhoea, etc. Dose, from 15 to 30 grains. Hermiaria glabra.--About 1885 a demand was made in this city for Herniaria glabra, the drug being introduced by a specialist for whom the writer procured a supply in England. The remedy is still employed by physicians, several claiming to derive good results from the fluid extract. This is a very old remedy, popular with the early herbalists of England. Her- niarime, the crystallizable body obtained from this plant has been shown to be methyl-umbel- liferon (C10HsO3). Paronychime, an alkaloid, has been found in small amounts in the plant by Schneegans (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1890, p. 488). About the only use the plant now has is in catarrhal affections of the bladder. J. H. Schröder (1693) and Samuel Dale (Pharmacologia, 7th ed., 1751) refer to the plant as being principally employed to cure hermia (hence its name) and to increase the flow of urine. It was also said to increase the flow of bile, and was employed for the cure of jaundice and excess of mucus in the stomach (probably gastric catarrh). "Inter- nally and externally it was praised in Snake-bites, and the powdered plant was employed to kill maggots upon unhealthy Sores of horses. It was reputed to “crush ’’ and expel calculi from the kidneys and bladder, assisting in their expulsion by carrying with them an enveloping coating of mucus. Its general properties were said to be cooling and drying, and the plant was popularly known as Breast wort and Knot weed. - GALEGA.—GOAT'S RUE. The herb of Galega officinalis, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Leguminosae. COMMON NAME: Goat's rue, * Botanical Source and History.—This is an herbaceous plant, native of south- ern Europe. It has an erect, perennial, glabrous stem, about 3 feet high, and is found growing mostly in sandy soil. The leaves are alternate, oddly pinnate, and furnished at the base with lanceolate stipules. The leaflets are smooth, lanceo- late, and terminate in a mucronate point. The flowers appear in June and July, are blue, and borne in loose, axillary racemes longer than the leaves. The calyx has 5 narrow, equal lobes. The corolla is papilionaceous with an obtuse keel. The stamens are united in one set; the filament of the tenth, however, is distinct for about one-half its length. The fruit is a dry, round, smooth, many-seeded legume. g Tephrosia virginiana, Persoon (see Tephrosia), a plant formerly referred to the genus Galega, is a native of the United States, and the root, which is slender and very tough, is reputed to be an anthelmintic. We can not find that either of the aforenamed plants have been examined chemically. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Galega has a disagreeably bitter taste, and upon being chewed, imparts a dark-yellowish color to the saliva. Various properties were attributed to it in former times, in which it was considerably employed as a vermifuge, as a stimulant to the nervous system, as a diuretic and tonic in typhoid conditions, and is also stated to have been of service in the plague, as well as to stimulate the lactiferous vessels to an increased secretion during the period of lactation. It is seldom, if ever, prescribed in practice. GALIUM. 909 GALIUM.–CLEAVERS. The herb of Galium aparine, Linné, and other species of Galium. Nat. Ord.—Rubiaceae. - COMMON NAMES: Cleavers, Goose-grass, Catch-weed, Bedstraw, etc. Botanical Source.—Galium aparine is an annual, succulent plant, with a weak, procumbent, quadrangular, retrorsely-prickled stem, which grows from 2 to 6 feet long, and is hairy at the joints. The leaves are 1 or 2 inches in length, 2 or 3 lines in width, verticillate in sixes, sevens, or eights; linear-oblanceolate, nearly sessile, mucronate, tapering to the base, and rough on the margins and midvein; the peduncles are axillary and 1 or 2-flowered; the flowers white, small, numerous and scattered. Calyx 4-toothed, corolla rotate and 4-parted, stamens 4 and short, styles 2. The fruit is large and bristly, with hooked prickles (W.-G.). History, Description, and Chemical Composition.—This plant is common to Europe and the United States, growing in cultivated grounds, moist thickets, and along banks of rivers, and flowering from June to September. Its root con- sists of a few hair-like fibers, of a reddish color. There are several species of Galium, all of which possess similar medicinal virtues, as Galium asprellum, Mi- chaux, Rough or Pointed cleavers, which differs from the above in having its leaves in whorls of 4 or 6, and smaller, its fruit smooth, its stem less in length, and is perennial; Galium verum, Linné, or Yellow bedstraw, with an erect stem, leaves in whorls of 8, root long, perennial, fibrous, flowers densely paniculate, yellow, and terminal; Galium trifidum, Linné, or Small cleavers, with a perennial root, decum- bent stem, herb smaller than the others, leaves in fours or fives, and white flowers; Galium triflorum, Michaux, or Sweet-scented bedstraw contains coumarin (C.H.O.), an odorous principle found also in tonka beans, melilotus and other plants; the Galium tinctorium, a variety of the G. trifidum, having a stouter and a nearly smooth stem, leaves of the branches in fours, of the stem in sixes; peduncles 2 to 3-flowered; parts of the flowers usually in fours; G. lanceolatum, Torrey, and G. circaezans, Michaux, are sometimes known as Wild licorice on account of their taste. In a green state these plants have an unpleasant odor, but are imodorous when dried, with an acidulous, astringent, and bitter taste. Cold or warm water extracts the virtues of the plants; boiling destroys them. The roots dye a per- manent red, and the bones of the animals who eat the plant are said to be colored, similar to that caused by madder. The flowers are said to curdle milk, but this is not a constant effect. Analysis has detected in G. verum, and G. aparine rubi- chloric acid, galitannic acid, citric acid, starch, chlorophyll, etc, G. aparine con- tains more citric acid than G. verum, while the latter holds the most galitannic acid. Oxalic acid may be present. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—A most valuable refrigerant and diu- retic, and will be found very beneficial in many diseases of the urinary organs, as suppression of wrime, calculous affections, inflammation of the kidneys and bladder, and in the scalding of urine in gomorrhaea. It is contraindicated in diseases of a passive character, on account of its refrigerant and sedative effects on the sys- tem, but may be used freely in fevers and all acute diseases. It has been recom- mended in Scorbutic and mervous affections, but can not be depended upon. Growths or deposits of a nodular character in the skin or mucous membranes are regarded as indications for its use. An infusion may be made by macerating 13 ounces of the herb in a pint of warm water for 2 hours, of which from 2 to 4 fluid ounces may be given 3 or 4 times a day, when cold. It may be sweetened with sugar or honey. Equal parts of cleavers, maiden-hair, and elder-blows, macerated in warm Water for 2 or 3 hours, and drank freely, when cold, form an excellent drink in acute erysipelas, Scarlatina, and other evanthematous diseases, in their inflammatory stages. The infusion made with cold water is also considered very beneficial in removing freckles from the face, likewise lepra, and several other cutaneous erup- tions; the diseased parts must be washed with it several times a day, and contin- ued for 2 or 3 months in case of freckles. It has also been found useful in many cutaneous diseases, as psoriasis, eczema, lichen, cancer, and scrofula, and is more par- ticularly useful in these diseases when they are combined with a strumous dia- 910 GALLA. thesis. The infusion may be prepared and administered as above mentioned. Of specific galium the dose is from 5 to 60 drops. Galium tinctorium is said to be nervine, antispasmodic, expectorant, and dia- phoretic. It has been used successfully in asthma, cough, and chronic bronchitis, and appears to exert an influence principally upon the respiratory organs. The plant has a pungent, aromatic, pleasant, persistent taste. A strong decoction of the herb may be given in doses of from 1 to 4 fluid ounces, and repeated 2 or 3 times a day, according to circumstances. The root of this plant is said to dye a permanent red. Specific Indications and Uses.—Dysuria, painful micturition; renal and cys- tic irritation with burning; diuretic for inflammatory states of the urinary tract, and for febrile conditions; “nodulated growths or deposits in skin or mucous membranes” (Scudder). GALLA.—NUTGALL. “An excrescence on Quercus lusitanica, Lamarck (Quercus infectoria, Olivier), caused by the punctures and deposited ova of Cynips Gallae tinctoriae, Olivier. Class: Insecta. Order: Hymenoptera”—(U. S. P.). Nat. Ord.—Cupuliferae. SYNONYMS: Galls, Galla timetoria, Galla halepense, Galla levantica, Galla quercina. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 249. Botanical Source.—Quercus lusitanica (Quercus infectoria), is a small shrub, or tree, from 4 to 6 feet in height. The stems are crooked; the leaves borne on short petioles, 1 to 1% inches long, oblong, with a few coarse mucronate teeth on each side, bluntly mucronate, rounded and rather unequal at the base, smooth, bright-green, 㺠shining on the upper side. The fruit or acorns are solitary, long, and obtuse; the cup is scaly and hemispherical (L). History.—Dyer's oak, or gall oak, is indigenous to the country from the Bos- porus to Syria, and from the Archipelago to the frontier of Persia. It furnishes the gall-nuts or galls of commerce. These are produced by the puncture of the foliaceous or cortical parts of the tree by an insect, for the deposition of its eggs. The insect producing the galls of commerce is the Cynips Gallae tinctoriae, Olivier (Cynips quercusfolii, of Linnaeus, or Diplolepsis Gallae tinctoriae, of Geoffroy). After the female has made a puncture, she deposits her eggs therein; in consequence of the irritation thus caused, an excrescence is soon formed, from the concretion of the morbid secretion which subsequently ensues, and which is called galls. The larva of the insect is soon developed from the egg, changing first into the pupa and then into the imago. Toward the end of July, the young insect, having passed through all its stages of transformation into the state of fly, perforates its prison and escapes. The best galls are those which are gathered about the mid- dle of July, just before the escape of the insect. These are bluish-black, heavy, not yet perforated, and constitute the commercial black, blue, or green galls. Those galls from which the insect has escaped are commonly larger, lighter colored, per- forated, and less astringent; they are called white galls, and command a lesser price in commerce (P.-Ed.). Galls are chiefly imported from the Levant, i.e., Syria and Turkey, though some valuable grades (rhus galls) are brought in smaller quantity from Several other countries, e.g., China and Japan (see below). The Aleppo or Syrian galls are blue or black; Sorian galls are small and blackish, and the radiation of the inte- rior is absent; and the Smyrna galls are grayish or olive-gray green intermingled with white galls. European countries also furnish Oak galls, e.g., England, Ger- many, Italy, but these are decidedly inferior in the amount of tannin they con- tain. For an interesting monograph on various species of galls, including Ameri- can oak galls, see C. Hartwich, Arch. der Pharm., 1883, pp. 819 to 881. Description and Chemical Composition.—Galls are described by the U. S. P. as follows: “Subglobular, 1 or 2 Cm (4 to 4 inch) in diameter, more or less tuber- culated above, otherwise smooth, heavy, hard; often with a circular hole near the middle, communicating with the central cavity; blackish olive-green or black- ish-gray; fracture granular, grayish; in the center a cavity containing either the partly developed insect, or pulverulent remains left by it; nearly inodorous, taste GALLA. 911 strongly astringent. Light, spongy, and whitish-colored nutgall should be re- jected "-U. S. P.). Water is the best solvent of galls, and proof-spirit the next; pure alcohol or ether acts more feebly upon them. The chemical reactions of galls in decoction or tincture, are similar to those named for tannic acid or tannin (gallotannic acid, which see), as this substance exists in galls in large propor- tions. A number of analyses of galls from various sources are recorded in “The Tammins” (1892) by the late Prof. Henry Trimble. The amount of tannin varied from 24 per cent in European galls (German, English, Italian), to 61 per cent in Aleppo galls, and 69 per cent or more in Chinese galls. H. K. Bowman (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1869) obtained from selected oak galls 80 per cent of tannin; from white galls about 30 per cent; and from good com- mercial powdered galls 52 per cent. Prof. Trimble (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1890, p. 563) found in two species of galls, both from Quercus alba, growing in the vicinity of Philadelphia, from 32 to about 35 per cent of tannin, and 1.11 and 1.71 per cent of ash, referred to dried sub- stance. Moisture was 46 and 73 per cent. Trimble observed that galls, when allowed to air-dry slowly, will deteriorate in tannin strength, hence must be rap- idly dried at 100° C. (212°F.) in order to destroy the insect in whose develop- ment the tannic acid seems to be consumed. Gallic acid is present in galls in Small amounts (about 1.5 per cent). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Galls are astringent, and were used in all cases where astringents are indicated, as in chronic dysentery, diarrhoea, passive hemorrhages, and in cases of poisoning by Strychnine, veratrime, and other vegetable alkaloids, with which it forms tannates possessing less activity than the other salts of these bases. Boiled in milk the decoction is used for the diarrhoea of chil- dren. As a local application, the infusion is employed as an injection in gleet, leucorrhoea, prolapsus ami, or for a gargle in indolent wiceration of the fauces, relazed wvwla, and the chronic stage of mercurial action on the mouth. The addition of alum is said to render it more beneficial. , Dose of the powder, from 5 to 20 grains; of the tincture, # to 1 fluid drachm; of the infusion, from # to 1 fluid ounce. Gallic and tannic acids have now supplanted it as a medicine. Related Galls and Drugs.-GALLE CHINENSEs SEU JAPONICE. Chinese and Japanese galls. This important variety of galls, containing 70 per cent of gallotannic, or common tan- nic acid, is derived from the Rhus semialata, Murray, being produced upon the leaf or leaf- stalk through the agency of the Aphis chimensis, Bell, which punctures the part. These galls are hollow, light, very irregular in shape, more or less lobed, and have numerous protuber- ances. Their shell is thin, horny and translucent, brittle, and breaks with a smooth, glisten- ing fracture. These galls are attenuated toward the base and inflated at the other extrem- ity. The shell is of a red-brown color, densely covered with a velvety gray downy pubescence. The interior of the gall contains a number of dead insects. The Japanese galls are similar but more slender, and have more lobes. Their pubescence is denser than that of the Chinese Variety, and of a pale brown color. The Japanese galls are thought to be derived from Rhus japonica, Siebold. TAMARISK GALLS.-Product of Tamaria orientalis, Forskal. South and southwest Asia. These are knotty, subglobular, and from # to 3 inch in thickness. They yield tannin to the extent of 40 to 50 per cent. Tamarisk africana, Poiret, of northern Africa, yields a similar gall, While the bark and leaves of the Tamarisk gallica, Linné, are used as astringents in Europe. e AMERICAN NUTGALLS.-Several species of Quercus, especially Quercus alba, Linné, yield inferior light, spongy galls, which contain comparatively little tannin. Forty per cent of tan- Din is said to be yielded, however, by a Texan species, the Quercus virens, Aiton (see Trimble, The Tammins). The Quercus lobald, Engelmann, furnishes California oak-galls, rich in tannin. . ... WALLONEA (Valonia), Acorn cups.-Several varieties of acorn cups, including many of our indigenous products, are astringent. Those of Quercus Robur, Linné, furnish Hungaria valonia, While the Oriºuſl valonia is the product of several species of Quercus from southwestern Asia &nd southeast Europe, especially Greece and Asia Minor, such as Quercus Pallomea, Kotschy, Quercus dºgilops, Linné, and others. BAssoRA GALLs contain on an average 27 per cent of tannin. They are ground and sub- sequently pressed into rectangular cakes. Persia and Asia Minor produce them, and they are employed in tanning. NANCE BARx.—Probably from Malpighia glabra. Contains over 26 per cent of tannin (Holbºrg, Amer. Jour. Pharm.,Vol. XVI). Considerably employed by the Méxicans in tanning. BEDEGUAR.—An excrescence, known as Fungus rosarum, produced by the puncture of in- sects (Cynips) upon the ſºgºntine, or Sweet briar and other species of the rose family. It is Foundish, or irregular, about an inch through, and made up of cavities, each containing a larva. It is feebly astringent and almost odorless. It was formerly regarded anthelmintic, lithontriptic and diuretic, being given in doses of from 10 to 40 grains, 912 GARCINIA. GARCINIA.—MANGOSTEEN. The fruit of Garcinia mangostama, Linné, and other species of Garcinia. Nat. Ord.—Guttiferae. CoMMON NAMES : Mangosteen, Mangostam. ILLUSTRATIONs: Botanical Magazine t., 1847. Of G. indica, Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 32. Botanical Source, Description, and History.—The tree furnishing the man- gosteen is large and handsome, having elliptic, oblong or oblong-lanceolate, deep- green glossy leaves. The bark of the tree is bitter and exceedingly astringent. The fruit is brownish or brownish-gray, marbled with yellow, and is crowned by the 4-parted, sessile stigma. There are from 6 to 8 seeds, and the pulp is juicy, white, and delicious in taste and odor. It is about the size of an orange. Garcinia pedunculata, Roxburgh, yields a yellow fruit having an acidulous taste. It is of an inferior quality. Garcinia Kydia, Roxburgh, yields a small fruit of a deep-yellow color. It is of better quality than the preceding variety. Garcinia indica, Choisy (Garcinia purpurea, Roxburgh; Brindonia indica, Du- Petit-Thouars).—The fruit of this species is of a dull or purplish-red or purple color, having also a purple, acid pulp. The pulp, dried in the sunlight and slightly salted, is a commercial article, and when fresh the fruit is used in a cur- rie in India, where a purple syrup, for use in bilious affections, is also prepared from it. The juice is occasionally used as mordant for dyeing purposes. The fruit, seeds and bark are all employed in India (Dymock, Mat. Med., Western India). The seeds, when bruised and boiled with water, yield the concrete oil of mangosteem, known as kokam or kokum, butter. It is hard and friable at all ordinary temperatures, has a crystalline structure, and comes pressed in the form of hand- molded, egg-shaped cakes. It has a greenish-white or yellowish color, and pro- duces the unctuous touch of spermaceti. The fat, as found in market, must be strained before being employed in pharmaceutical operations. This removes particles of seed, fruit, etc., with which it is usually mixed. This butter is some- times used for cooking purposes in India, but is more valuable in the preparation of ointment of nitrate of mercury, for, when added to lard, it gives it a good con- sistence for hot climates (Dymock, Mat. Med., Western India). Garcinia mangostama is found in the Malay islands. It was grown in the gar- dens of the Duke of Northumberland in 1855, and produced both blossom and fruit (see illustration in Bot. Mag. t., 1847). The fruit of this tree is the famous mangostam or mangosteem, said to be among the most luscious of tropical fruits. Its rind is about the fourth of an inch in thickness, contains a very astringent juice, from which, during wet weather, a yellow gum exudes, which is a variety of gam- boge. The Chinese use the bark of the tree to produce a black dye, and it is also used in dysentery. Chemical Composition.—The bitter and astringent rind of the fruit of Gar- cinia mangostana, according to W. Schmid, contains tannin, resin, and crystal- lizable mangostine (C.H.O.), forming golden-yellow, tasteless scales, melting at 190° C. (374° F.), readily soluble in alcohol or ether, insoluble in water. Basic lead acetate precipitates it from its alcoholic solution. Its solution in alkalies reduces gold and silver solutions. The acidity of the fruit is due to malic acid. The resinous exudation of the trunk of the tree was investigated, in 1858, by N. Reitler in Wittstein’s laboratory (Vierteljahresschr. f. prakt. Pharm.,Vol. VII, p. 170), and found to consist of 88 per cent of resin, soluble in alcohol and in ether. Ammonia differentiates it into a soluble and an insoluble resin. Kokum, butter exists in the seeds of Garcinia purpurea to the extent of 30 per cent, and consists chiefly of tristearin and the glycerides of oleic and myristic acids (Jahresb. der Pharm., 1896, p. 71). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—The rind of the fruit is highly recom- mended for dysentery, and has been extensively employed in India for that dis- ease. A few years ago the rind was introduced into Europe by Gruppe, of Manila, who prepared an extract which was administered in the Vienna hospitals, as an astringent, with success in catarrhal conditions of the throat, bladder, urethra, and GAULTHER.I.A. 913 uterus, etc. The dose of the solid extract is 1 grain, repeated 6 or 8 times per day, in pill form, or rubbed up with syrup. Related Products.-Kol A BITTER or MALE KOLA. These seeds have a coffee-like, astringent and bitter taste. They are produced by the Garcinia Kola, Heckel, of western Africa (see Kola). * g te MAMMEE APPLE.-A subglobular, brownish-yellow fruit, about the size of a large Orange, the pulp of which is yellow and aromatic, and the rind coriaceous and bitter. The seeds are 3 or 4 and rough. It is the product of the West Indian Mammea americana, Linné, Nat. Ord.— Guttiferae. Another fruit is also known in the West Indies as mammee. It is the rusty-brown, oblong-ovoid berry of Lucuma mammosa, Jussieu, of the Nat. Ord-Sapotaceae. It has one large polished seed of a yellow-brown color. The pulp of the fruit is sweet and mucilaginous, and of a yellowish or reddish color. GAULTHERIA.—WINTERGREEN. The leaves of Gaultheria procumbens, Linné (Gaultiera repens, Rafinesque; Gaultheria humilis, Salisbury). Nat. Ord.—Ericaceae. CoMMON NAMEs: Wintergreen, Mountain tea, Deerberry, Teaberry, Boxberry, and improperly as Partridgeberry and Checkerberry. ILLUSTRATIONs: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 164; Bigelow, Medical Botany, 22. Botanical Source.—Gaultheria procumbens is a native, suffruticose plant, with a woody, horizontal root or rhizome, often + of an inch in thickness. The stems are several, ascending about 3 inches from the rhi- zome, round and downy. The leaves are alternate, ever- green, scattered, near the extremities of the branches, coria- ceous, shining, oval or obovate, acute at both ends, revolute at the edge, furnished with a few small serratures, each ter- minating in a bristle. The flowers are few, drooping, axil- lary, white, on round, downy stalks. Bracts 2, concave and cordate. The calyx is white, cleft into 5 roundish, acute seg- ments. The corolla is urceolate, 5-angled, contracted at the mouth ; the limb divided into 5 short, reflexed segments. Stamens 10, rose colored; filaments white, hairy, bent toward the corolla; anthers oblong, orange colored, ending in 2 double horns, bursting outwardly for their whole length above the filaments; pollen white. The ovary is roundish, depressed, and 5-angled, resting on a reddish, 10-toothed, glandular disk; style erect and straight; stigma simple. The fruit is a small, 5-celled, many-seeded capsule, invested with the calyx, which becomes large, round and fleshy, having the appearance of a bright scarlet berry.—(L.) . History, Description, and Chemical Composition.— This plant is a native of the United States, growing from Maine to Florida, and Westward to Pennsylvania and Kentucky, in cool, damp woods, sandy soils, and on mountains, flowering from June to October. It does not grow in alluvial soil, nor in limestone countries. The leaves are medicinal, yet the whole plant may be used; the leaves have a peculiar fragrance and an agreeable, characteristic flavor, with a slight astringency; the berries possess a similar flavor with sweet- mess, and are eaten by many; some wild animals, as deer, partridges, etc., use it for food. Water, by infusion, and alcohol extract the virtues of the plant. The leaves contain an odorous volatile oil, which may be obtained in the same man- her as oil of peppermint. The specific gravity of the oil is 1.173 at 10°C. (50°F.). It is colorless at first, but Subsequently becomes more or less of a pinkish color, has a hot and aromatic taste, possesses acid properties, and is soluble in alcohol or ether (see Olewm Gaultheria). Mr. J. Oxley, in 1872, found the leaves to contain glucose, chlorophyll, gum, *nnic acid, a body analogous to gallic acid, but not yielding pyrogallic acid upon heating, and principles found also in uva ursi and chimaphila, viz.: Arbutin, º, and, wrson. A quantitative proximate analysis of the leaves made by F. W. Pºlis (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1887, p. 289) largely confirmed these results. Fig. 117. Gaultheria procumbens. 914 GELATIN A. Volatile oil was found to the extent of , per cent. Gaultheria procumbens was ascertained by Prof. Power and N. C. Werbke to be free from andromedotoxin, a neutral poisomous principle present in several plants of the natural order Eri- caceae (see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1889, p. 361). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Wintergreen possesses stimulant, aro- matic, and astringent properties. It is used in infusion as an astringent in chronic mucous discharges, as a diuretic in dysuria, as an emmenagogue, as a stimulant in cases of debility, and is said to augment the flow from the lactiferous vessels of nursing women, but this is doubtful. It is also recommended as a valuable rem- edy for articular and muscular rheumatism. The infusion and the essence both re- lieve irritation of the urethra and bladder, and are adapted to the incipient stages of renal inflammation. Tubal nephritis is alleged to have been arrested by it even when examination has revealed in the urine the presence of blood corpuscles and tube casts (Webster). Scudder recommends it in spermatorrhoea with increased sexual excitement, and as a sedative in irritation and inflammation of the wrethra, prostate gland and bladder. The volatile oil (see Oleum Gaultheria), or its tinc- ture, is used to render syrups and other preparations more agreeable. The oil allays the pain of carious teeth, and large doses of it administered internally have caused death by producing inflammation of the stomach; the essence of winter- green is a carminative, and is sometimes used in the flatulent colic of infants. An infusion of the leaves or whole plant (3.j to water Oj) may be drunk freely. Dose of essence, 1 to 30 drops; of specific gaultheria, 1 to 20 drops. Specific Indications and Uses.—Cystic and prostatic irritation, undue sex- ual excitement, renal inflammation (early stage). Related Species.—Gaultheria hispidula, or Cancer wintergreen, is supposed to be efficient in removing the carcinomatous taint from the system; used also in Scrofula and prolapsus wier. Melastoma Ackermanni.-Colombia. Yields an oil probably identical with oil of winter- green (methyl salicylate). Used provincially as an anti-neuralgic. GELATINA.—GELATIN. Purified glue prepared by boiling gelatinous animal tissues in water, evapo- rating and drying the product in the air. Carefully selected fresh bones are preferred. SYNoNYMs: Gelatine, Artifical isinglass, Glutin. Source and History.—Gelatin is found in abundance in various animal sub- stances, especially in the skin, cartilages, tendons, membranes and bones. The com- mon gelatin of commerce, called glue, is made from trimmings and scraps of skins, ears, bones and hoofs of animals. It may be obtained by boiling these animal parts in water, straining the decoction, and evaporating it until it forms a jelly on cool- ing. This is divided into thin slices of various sizes, which are allowed to dry in the open air. The purest variety of gelatin is obtained from the air bladder of fishes—e.g., the sturgeon and codfish—and is named isinglass (see Ichthyocolla). The gelatin used for culinary and pharmaceutical purposes, in photography, etc., usually called gelatin proper, is carefully prepared from the bones of animals from which the fat is previously removed and the earthy matter dissolved out by means of hydrochloric acid. (For a detailed description of the processes of manu- facture involved, see Prof. S. P. Sadtler, Ind. Org. Chem., 1895, p. 334.) Gelatin may also be obtained from the vegetable kingdom, viz.: From certain species of sea weeds in Asiatic waters (see, for example, Agar Agar). Description and Chemical Composition.—GLUE (Colla). Glue of good quality is firm and friable, not easily pulverized, of a light-brown color, and translucent. On the addition of water it becomes soft and swells up, but does not dissolve except the water be hot or boiling. When dissolved in hot water, it is much in use for uniting wood and various other substances together, but is too impure for internal employment or for a chemical test. Addition of acetic acid, or boiling with dilute nitric acid, has the effect of destroying the gelatinizing power of gelatin, while its adhesive properties are fully retained. A cement or liquid glue is thus obtained, which does not require the aid of heat to render it fit for use. A strong, liquid glue, very convenient for a number of objects, and GELATIN A. 915 even for porcelain, glass, and pearl, and which is preferable to that made with vinegar or nitric acid, is prepared as follows: To 3 parts of strong glue well bruised add 8 parts of water, and allow them to remain in contact for several hours; then add 3, a part of hydrochloric acid, and # of a part of sulphate of zinc. Expose the whole for 10 or 12 hours to a temperature of 80° to 90° C. (176° to 194°F.). * GELATIN appears in commerce in thin, rectangular, transparent sheets, vari- ously marked by impressions received from the nets upon which the moist jelly is spread in order to dry. It also occurs in Smooth, transparent pieces, or in thicker, opaque, porous pieces. It is not so thick as pieces of glue. Gelatin comes also in shreds and is often artificially colored. After digestion in hot water it should develop no odor nor should it change color. Dried gelatin, when dis- solved in 100 parts of hot water, solidifies in the form of a tremulous jelly upon cooling. Prolonged boiling of the aqueous solution causes it to lose its gelatiniz- ing properties. Gelatin differs from albuminous bodies in not coagulating in aqueous solu- tion on boiling, nor being precipitated by nitric acid or potassium ferrocyanide. Its aqueous solution is precipitated, however, by alcohol and by tannic acid. Upon the latter reaction depends the conversion of hide into leather in the process of tanning. Two proximate principles may be distinguished in various forms of gelatin: Glutin, or gelatin proper, which is the gelatinous principle of tendons, hides, and the larger bones; and chondrin, which occurs mostly in the cartilages of the ribs and joints and the young bones while yet soft (S. P. Sadtler). Glutin has all the aforenamed properties of gelatin, and has a greater adhesive power than chondrin, swelling up in cold and dissolving in hot water, forming a jelly upon cooling. When boiled with diluted sulphuric acid or alkali, glycocoll (C, H.N.O.) and leucin (C, HaNO.) are chiefly produced. The former substance is not formed with chondrin. Dry distillation yields bases of the fatty and the pyridine series. Chondrin is precipitated by alum, lead acetates and metallic salts, not by corrosive sublimate, while glutin is precipitated by corrosive sublimate, but not by lead acetates, nor by alum or ferric chloride T.S. Action and Medical Uses.—Gelatin probably does not affect the growth of the bodily structures. In the form of jellies it has been used during convales- cence, but the nutrition derived from these preparations is believed to be due to the sugar, etc., usually employed in preparing them. Gelatin may act as a pro- tective in rectal enemas, in the treatment of skin affections, and in cases of poison- ing by corrosive substances. Medicated gelatin (see Gelanthum) is now used to some extent in the treatment of skin diseases, particularly those of an eczematous type, and in the treatment of catarrhal affections of the masal passages. Gelatin has been introduced here, in consequence of its application in phar- macy, for the purpose of promoting certain useful indications. Several remedial agents of a valuable character, are unfortunately so repulsive to the palate as to produce nausea and vomiting whenever swallowed, and, as in many instances, it is almost impossible to dispense with them, an important object is to prepare them so that they may reach the stomach without offending the organs of taste. This has been effected by inclosing the medicine in a case or cover of gelatin, forming what are called gelatin capsules, invented in France by M. Mothe. There are several methods at the present day for making these capsules; thus the end of ºn, iron rod is made bulbous or egg-shaped, and is highly polished; being slightly oiled it is dipped into a hot, concentrated solution of 3 parts of pure gela: §n, part of sugar, and 6 parts of water. A number of rods are generally used. The rods are then rotated to spread the solution evenly over the mold or bulb, and placed, bulb upward, on a board perforated for the purpose; when cool and dry they may be removed by giving to the capsule or bulb a pulling and gently twisting motion. These are then filled with the medicine, and the orifice closed over with more of the gelatin solution. Sometimes animal membrane, or fine skin, distended With mercury, is used instead of the iron bulb. (For a detailed method of preparing gelatin capsules, see standard works on pharmacy and Amer. Jowr. Pharm,Vol. IX, p. 20). In this way capsules may be made to contain from }. to 20 grains of liquid, . Since the foregoing appeared in former editions of this *Pensatory, commercial empty capsules of all sizes have become a standard 916 GELATINUM CHONDRI.–GELSEMIUM. article of commerce. When received into the stomach the gelatin is dissolved, allowing the medicine to accomplish its therapeutical influences. If soft capsules are demanded a little glycerin added to the gelatin will make the product elastic. Capsules are now largely employed for dispensing quinine and similar medicines of unpleasant taste. These capsules are oblong, rounded and closed at one end, and cut off and open at the other end. It is only necessary to introduce the pow- der and slip a second capsule over the open end of the filled one. Folding or devorative capsules are thin films of gelatin designed to be used like powder-papers, except that after folding upon the powder the edges are made to adhere by mois- tening them. When ready to be taken the whole capsule (and powder) is dipped in water until softened, and then swallowed. Medicinal pearls of gelatin, com- bined with sugar, acacia and honey, are also employed to enclose ether and simi- lar fluids. Gelatin (3 parts) and glycerin (7 parts) is sometimes used as a basis for bougies and rectal and vaginal medicated Suppositories. Gelatin is also used for making court-plaster, hectographs, for coating pills, and for estimating the amount of tannin contained in a drug or preparation. A good paste is made by dissolving best white glue, 3 ounces (av.); refined sugar, 1% ounces; water, 10 fluid ounces, or a sufficient quantity, together by the aid of a water-bath, and, while warm, apply it by means of a suitable brush to the reverse side of the labels while uncut or in sheets. After being dried, and moderately pressed they are ready for cutting. Thick paper and not sized will require less water than when thin and well sized, and in all cases it should be quickly and evenly applied. It can only be used while warm. . It does not pene- trate the paper and disfigure the labels, is very adhesive, never loosens from glass and leaves no disagreeable impression in the mouth after being moistened with saliva. GELATINUM CHONDRI (N. F.)—IRISH Moss GELATIN. Preparation.—Formulary number, 184: “Irish moss, one thousand grammes (1000 Grm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]; water a sufficient quantity. Wash the Irish moss with cold water, then place it in a suitable vessel, and add fifty thou- sand cubic centimeters (50,000 Co.) [about 106 pints] of hot water, and heat it on a boiling water-bath for 15 minutes, frequently stirring. Strain the decoction, while hot, through a strong muslin strainer; return the strained, mucilaginous liquid to the water-bath, evaporate it to a semi-fiuid consistence, then transfer it to shallow, flat-bottomed trays, and evaporate it at a temperature not exceeding 90°C. (194° F.), so that the gelatin may become detached in scales. Note.—Irish moss gelatin thus prepared furnishes a mucilage of Irish moss which is opaque, like that made directly from the moss itself. It may be prepared so as to yield a trans- parent mucilage by following the plan pointed out in the Note to Mucilago Chondri (F. 275)"—(Nat. Form.). Action and Medical Uses.—(See Chondrus.) GELSEMIUM (U. S. P.)—GELSEMIUM. The rhizome and roots of Gelsemium Sempervirens (Linné), Persoon. (Gelsemium nitidum, Michaux; Gelsemium lucidum, Poiret; Bigmonia Sempervirens, Linné; Anony- mos sempervirens, Walter; and Lisianthus Sempervirens, Miller). Nat. Ord.—Loganiaceae. COMMON NAMES: Yellow jasmine, Yellow jessamine, Wild woodbine, Carolina jas- mºn or jessamºne. ILLUSTRATIONS: Johnson, Med. Bot. of N. A., Plate 7; Meehan, Native Flowers and Ferns, I, 9; Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 181; Millspaugh’s Amer. Med. Plants, Plate 130. Botanical Source.—The Yellow jasmine is a handsome climber growing along banks and in lowlands and woods. The stem is smooth and twining; the leaves opposite, entire, ovate, or lanceovate, nearly evergreen, being dark-green, smooth, and shining on top ; paler beneath. The flowers are in axillary clusters, showy, and of deep-yellow color, and emit an agreeable, but rather narcotic odor. N GELSEMIUM. 917 The calyx is 5-parted and very small, with acute, lanceovate lobes. The corolla is # to 1% inches long, with 5-lobed margin; stamens 5, half as long as the corolla, and inserted on it. The style is longer than the stamens, and supports two 2-parted stigmas. The fruit is an elliptical pod, 2-celled, 2-valved, and many- seeded. The seeds are flat, and attached to the margins of the valves. Owing to its evergreen leaves, fragrant flowers, and the shade it affords, it is exten- sively cultivated in the gardens of the South for ornamentation. History.—This strikingly beautiful climber, peculiar to our southern cities, furnishes one of the most valued and universally used Eclectic remedies. It is a twining vine, flourishing in great profusion from Virginia to Florida, hanging in festoons from the neighbor- ing trees and shrubs, sometimes growing to the height of 50 feet. The average height, however, is from 20 to 30 feet. The plant blooms in early spring—in Florida during March, and in Mississippi and Tennessee in May and June. Dur- ing the flowering period it perfumes the air with a delightful fragrance similar to that of the true jasmine. When the vine is abundant, the odor of the flowers is said to be almost overpowering. Gel- Semium is known by several popular names, as Yellow jessamine, Yellow jas- min, Carolina jessamine, Carolina jas- min, and Wild woodbine. The name gelsemium was given it by Jussieu, and is derived from the Italian gelsomina, meaning jasmine. The plant, however, resembles the true jasmine only in its fragrance, and belongs to an entirely different natural order. Mr. E. M. Holmes (Pharm. Jour. Trams., 1875, p. 481) states that it is rather unfortunate that it should often be called the Yellow jessamine in America, since there is a true jessamine (Jasminum fruticans, Linné) with yellow flowers, which is often found in cultivation. If the name jessamine be applied to Gelsemium sempervirens at all, it should be Carefully distinguished as the Carolina jessamine (see also Dr. A. R. L. Dohme, in Drug. Cºrc., 1897, p. 179). Gelsemium was formerly known botanically as Bigmonia Sempervirens of Linnaeus, and the Gelsemium mitidum of Michaux and Pursh. The name gelsemãum, as used exclusively by Eclectics, arose from a typographical error, and was widely copied in various writings, and accepted as authority before thé mistake was discovered (see Prof. J. U. Lloyd, in Ee. Med. Jour., for March, 1892). While gelsemium is one of our best rémédies, yet, like iris, phytolacca, and other plants, it suffers from worthless representatives on the market. These prepa- rations, made from old, dried material, will fail to fulfil the expectations of he Who administers them for the specific effect. Specific gelsennium, the preparation employed by Eclectic physicians almost exclusively, fully represents the plant. Prof. J. U. Lloyd informs me that, in the preparation of specific gelsemium, the green rºot only is used. It is gathered in February or in early spring, cut into small pieces, put in barrels, and to the contents of each barrel is added iO gallons Of alcohol. In this condition it is shipped from the Carolinas (where it is gath- ered) to Cincinnati, On arrival, it is dumped into the drug mill and ground, alcohol and all, and from this material the specific medicine is made. He further States that, in one Season, when the winter was uncommonly mild, the continuous growth of the plant caused a large amount of albuminous material to form in the root, and that preparations manufactured from such a product threw down an unsightly albuminous precipitate, which, though it did not impair the therapeutic Value of the preparation, rendered it unsalabiš. Gelsemium sempervirens. 918 GEISEMIUM. This plant was brought into notice, as far as we can learn, in the following manner: A planter of Mississippi, whose name we have forgotten, while laboring under a severe attack of bilious fever, which resisted all the usual remedies, sent a servant into his garden to procure a certain medicinal root, and prepare an infu- sion of it for him to drink. The servant, by mistake, collected another root, and gave an infusion of it to his master, who, shortly after Swallowing Some of it, was seized with a complete loss of muscular power, unable to move a limb, or even raise his eyelids, although he could hear, and was cognizant of circumstances transpiring around him. His friends, greatly alarmed, collected around him, watching the result with much anxiety, and expecting every minute to see him breathe his last. After some hours, he gradually recovered himself, and was astonished to find that his fever had left him. Ascertaining from his servant what plant it was the root of which acted in this manner, he collected some of it, and employed it successfully on his own plantation, as well as among his neigh- bors. The success of this article finally reached the ear of some physician, who prepared from it a nostrum called the “Electrical Febrifuge,” which was disguised with the essence of wintergreen. This plant was the Yellow jessamine, and a knowledge of its remarkable effects was not communicated to the profession until a later period (King). Description.—The best preparations of gelsemium are made from the green rhizome, therefore that official in the U. S. P. is not adapted to the uses of the Eclectic pharmacist and doctor. That work simply states the “rhizome and roots,” without specifying whether green or dried, hence it is to be inferred that the dried root is the one intended. ... For the sake of completeness we give the official description: “Cylindrical, long, or cut in sections, mostly from 5 to 15 Mm. (# to # inch), and Occasionally 3 Cn. (# inch) thick, the roots much thinner; externally light yellowish- brown, with purplish-brown, longitudinal Rhizome of Gelsemium sempervirens. lines; tough; fracture splintery, bark thin, with silky bast-fibres, closely adhering to the pale-yellowish, porous wood, which has fine, medullary rays, and in the rhizome a thin pith; odor aromatic, heavy; taste bitter”—(U. S. P.). Gelsemium yields its virtues to water or alcohol. The rhizome is several feet in length (roots in Fig. 119 are cut off), with scattered fibers, and is from 2 to 3 lines in diameter to nearly 2 inches. The internal part is woody, and of a light-yellowish color; the external part, or bark, in which the medicinal virtues are said principally to reside, is of a light snuff-color, and from # to 3 lines in thickness. The root of this plant has been said to contain a resin which is poisonous in very small doses, and a tincture, made by digesting it in undiluted alcohol, is stated to have proved fatal. This statement is denied, and upon good grounds, for, were it true, death would necessarily follow the use of the tincture made with undiluted alcohol, in consequence of the presence of this resin, which would still be taken up by alco- hol in a proportion corresponding to the alcoholic strength of the solvent. Again, it has been asserted, that the deaths, which have occurred where the article was used, were owing, not to the gelsemium, but to the presence of another very poi- sonous root, somewhat resembling it, which was carelessly or ignorantly collected and mixed with it. Others again, state that they have given large doses without any serious consequences, and, in one case, 6 fluid drachms of the tincture were swallowed by a lad of 20 years of age, without any permanent injury. Notwith standing these statements, death has followed the employment of what was sup- posed to be the tincture of gelsemium, in a few instances, and further investi- gations are required to determine its probable cause, and whether this agent will produce any fatal results in large medicinal doses. Yellow jessamine may be administered in decoction, infusion, or tincture, Dr. Hiram H. Hill, formerly of the late firm of F. D. Hill & Co., of Cincin- nati, has collected many hundred pounds of the gelsemium root in the South. I am indebted to him for the following statement of it: “The length of the gel- (+ELSEMIUM. 919 semium root, in clay soil, is from 3 to 10 feet, and on the Magnolia ridges, and along small streams, I have traced some roots to the extent of 30 feet, although the average length is about 15 feet. Like the roots of many other vines, it is branching, with scattered fibers, and runs horizontally near the surface of the ground, sometimes merely under the leaves, for several feet. When first pulled up it is very yellow, and has a peculiar odor like that of the tincture, with a bit- ter, rather pleasant taste to most persons, at least people were constantly tasting or chewing it, while I was collecting it. The vine is of a green color, and always runs to the top of the tree or bush on which it fastens, then branches out, cover- ing the topmost branches with its thick foliage. I have seen it on trees that were 50 feet in height, and the size of the vine was the same near the top as at the ground; its general length is from 20 to 30 feet. The bark of the vine is full of a silk-like fiber, which is not found in other vines that I have seen. On old vines, the leaves are about 1% inches in length, of a dark-green color, lance-shaped, and on short foot-stalks; on young vines or shoots they are longer, and are 4 or 5 inches apart, while on the old ones they are very close and always opposite. The flowers are funnel-shaped and yellow. The vine, the root of which is sometimes gathered by mistake for the gelsemium, resembles it very much in appearance, though it is of a lighter color, and the outer bark is covered with white specks or marks somewhat similar to those on young cherry or peach limbs, and the lower parts of the old vines become rough, and have small tendrils that fasten upon the bark of trees, and which are never seen on the gelsemium. The bark of the vine is also more brittle, and the leaves are always on long foot-stalks, which are opposite, at the end of which are two opposite leaves, almost exactly resembling the leaf of the Aristolochia Serpentaria. The root is almost white, very tough, brittle when dry, not so fibrous as the true root, straight, about the same length of the medicinal root, and has a slightly bitter, disagreeable, nauseating taste. I never saw any of the flowers, though they are said to resemble the others in shape, but are pale, dirty-white, with a slight unpleasant odor, by no means like that peculiar to gelsemium. The vine is called White poison vine and White jessamine” (King). Chemical Composition.—Mr. Henry Kollock, in 1855 (Amer. Jour. Pharm,. Vol. XXVII, p. 197), found, beside the usual constituents of plant roots, a volatile oil, a dry, acrid resin (the gelsemim of the older Eclectics, see later), and a bitter, crystalline, alkaloidal substance which he named gelseminia. Prof. Maisch and C. L. Eberle (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1869, p. 35) again obtained this alkaloid; the latter stated its being absent from the wood of the root, which was later confirmed by Gerrard. In 1870 (Amer. Jour. Pharm., p. 1), Prof. Th. G. Wormley, examin. ing a fluid extract of the root, discovered therein a crystallizable acid, which he called gelseminic (or gelsemic) acid, and which is remarkable for the beautiful blue fluorescence exhibited by solutions of the acids in aqua ammoniae or other alka- lies, even when highly diluted. Chas. A. Robbins, in Prof. Sonnenschein's labora- tory (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1876, p. 191), found gelsemic acid to be non-nitrogenous, and pronounced it to be identical with aesculin, the characteristic glucosid of horse chestnut bark. Prof. Wormley (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1882, p. 337) and recently, Prof. V. Coblentz (Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc., 1897, p. 225) proved, however, that gelsemic acid and aesculin presented some striking differences in solubilities, etc., and could not, therefore, be identical. In this connection, it may be said that, 15 years ago, Prof. F. A. Flückiger, from gelsemic acid made for him by J. U. Lloyd, and fesculin made by himself, established that they presented certain dif- ferences. . He communicated his results by letter to Mr. Lloyd, but they were not published to our knowledge. More recently, Prof. E. Schmidt (Archiv der Pharm., 1898, p. 324) has clearly proved the identity of gelsemic acid with the known sub- stance beta-methyl-aesculetin (C.H.O.). In harmony with this result are the re- searches of Prof. Coblentz, who gave experimental proof of the fact that gelsemic acid Contains two hydroxyl groups, which agrees with the constitution of that substance identified by Prof. Schmidt. More doubt exists with regard to the alkaloidal principle, owing to the difficulty of obtaining it in crystallized form. Sonnenschein and Robbins (1876) gave it the formula C, H, NO, while A. W. Gerrard (Ameſ. Jour. Pharm., 1893, p. 256), evidently obtaining it in much purer form (from the purified hydrochloride), finds C, H, NO, L. Spiegel's results 920 (; ELSEMIUM. (1893) agree with the latter formula. Finally, Mr. F. A. Thompson (laboratory of Parke, Davis & Co.) (Pharm, Era, 1887, p. 3) believes that, besides this alkaloid, which he calls gelsemime, there exists another in gelsemium root, which he calls gelsiminine; its hydrochloride is more easily soluble in water than that of the first alkaloid. Gelsemine is believed to act as a paralyzing, gelseminine as a tetanizing, medium. A. R. Cushmy (Ber. d. Deutsch. Chem. Ges., 1893, p. 1725) corro- borates the existence of the two alkaloids mentioned. Wormley (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1877, p. 150) gives the following directions for obtaining from the fluid extract of gelsennium root the alkaloid, gelsemimime (gelse- mine), and gelsemic acid: Acidulate the fluid extract with acetic acid; add this slowly to 8 times its bulk of water, filter from the resins, concentrate the filtrate on the water-bath to somewhat less than the original volume; then abstract gel- semic acid by ether, and, subsequently, the gelsemine by ether or chloroform, after rendering the fluid alkaline with sodium carbonate. In fluid extracts, pre- pared in the quantity of 480 grains of root to the ounce, Prof. Wormley obtained a yield of 0.2 per cent of gelsemine and 0.4 per cent of gelsemic acid. Comparative analyses of the rhizome, root, and stem of gelsemium, carried out in the laboratory of Prof. L. E. Sayre (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1897, p. 234), showed the total absence of the alkaloid and the acid in the stem, while the rhizome con- tained 0.2 per cent of alkaloid and 0.37 per cent of gelsemic acid, and the root 0.17 per cent of alkaloid and 0.3 per cent of gelsemic acid. The alkaloid, gelseminime (gelsemine of Thompson), is described by Wormley as a colorless, odorless, intensely bitter, basic principle, and was obtained by A. W. Gerrard in crystallime form. When pure, it exhibits no color reaction with sulphuric and nitric acids, as claimed by Sommenschein. It is sparingly soluble in water, freely soluble in acids, in chloroform and ether (1 in 25). Its mitrate crystallizes best of all its salts (Spiegel, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1893, p. 381). Gelsemic acid (beta-methyl-aesculetin of E. Schmidt), according to Prof. Wormley, is a colorless, odorless, nearly tasteless, crystallizable acid, readily dissolving in alkalies with beautiful blue fluorescence; sparingly soluble in cold water (1 in 1000), more easily soluble in hot water; also soluble in chloroform, ether, and alco- hol. Its salts formed with heavy metals are soluble, with difficulty, in water. GELSEMIN, the so-called concentration (resinoid), should not be employed for at least two reasons. First, it is of uncertain strength and quality. Secondly, its name being so similar, both in spelling and sound, to that of the alkaloid, gelse- mine, that, through mistake, the latter agent might be supplied and serious results follow. Death has resulted from such a mistake, consequently it should be dis- carded, especially as it is not equal in therapeutic power to the fluid preparations of gelsemium. It may be of interest to state that nearly all of the so-called con- centrations (excepting podophyllin) of the earlier Eclectics have been discarded by the Eclectics of the present day, and are now used almost exclusively by the regular school, and especially by European physicians; also, by that class who believe that all the virtues of a remedy reside in concentrations and alkaloidal principles. Clinical experience proves that such preparations do not fulfil the indications as do the fluid preparations containing all the soluble medicinal ingredients of the plant. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Gelsemium powerfully impresses the nervous system, though in man it never produces convulsions. Convulsions may occur in the lower animals. Small (medicinal) doses relax the muscles, especially the levator palpebrae, and allay nervous irritation. A pleasant or lam- guid sense of ease and relaxation is usually experienced, accompanied in the case of larger doses by a tendency of the lower jaws to drop, and a difficulty in manag- ing the eyelids. Sometimes sensation is lost first; again, and usually, muscular paralysis is the first to take place. The continued administration of it eſfects the brain (indirectly), spinal centers, and medulla, causing marked feebleness of mus- cular movements, confusion of vision, and vertigo. Large doses paralyze the spinal cord and cause almost complete loss of muscular power. Reflex action is depressed with the loss of muscular power, and these and the lack of sensibility, which usually takes place, are due to its action upon the spinal marrow. Com- sciousness may be lost, but it is usually retained even when toxic doses have been taken. When fatal, however, dissolution is usually preceded by loss of conscious- GELSEMIUM. 921 ness. The characteristic toxic symptoms are palpebral relaxation, disturbance of the ocular muscles, the dropping of the lower jaw, and the profound prostra- tion and muscular relaxation. The pupil dilates, there is drooping of the eye- lids (ptosis), and double vision (diplopia). Applied locally to the eye, it dilates the pupils and interferes with the action of the muscles of accommodation. The ulse is slowed to 30 or 40 beats, and there is a marked decrease in temperature. espiration is at first quickened, then slowed, breathing becomes shallow, and the action upon the heart appears to depend upon the effect upon respiration. As a rule, the mental faculties are not directly affected by it, unless it be due to accumu- lation of carbon dioxide, the result of respiratory paresis. Occasionally, death results from Overdoses, and, when it does so occur, is due to asphyxia. Persons are reported to have been poisoned by eating honey gathered by the bees from gelsemium flowers. Gelsemium is said to increase the tetanizing power of Strychnine. The post- mortem appearances after death from gelsemium present nothing specially char- acteristic. Twelve minims of the fluid extract have been asserted to have killed a boy of 3 years, yet recoveries have taken place from much larger doses. Death from gelsemium usually takes place in from 1 to 8 hours. (For report of two fatal cases, see Taylor's Med. Jurisp., 1892, p. 164.) In poisoning by gelsemium or its alkaloid, gelsemine, evacuate the stomach by emetics or stomach pump, administer, hypodermatically, morphine and atro- pine, use friction, internal stimulation, hot drinks, external heat, etc. Tannin and the alkalies and their carbonates are reputed chemically antagonistic. Arti- ficial respiration should be resorted to, and the heart should be sustained by digi- talis and similar agents. As but few cases of poisoning by gelsemium have occurred, the antidotal treatment is as yet not well established. Therapeutically, gelsemium acts upon the cerebro-spinal nerve centers, dimin- ishing the blood supply to them, as in determination of the blood to the head and spine, thereby preventing spasmodic action. Consequently, in determination of the blood to the brain and spinal cord and their appendages, or in inflammatory condi- tions of the cerebro-spinal system, the drug would be clearly indicated. It is never the remedy for congestion. Prof. Scudder has pointed out as the specific indica- tions for it: “The flushed face, bright eye, contracted pupils, increased heat of head, great restlessness, and excitation.” With these may be associated a general headache. Bearing these indications in mind, the drug will be found useful in the diseased conditions named in this article. Gelsemium was first employed in febrile diseases, as bilious, remittent, typhoid and malarial fevers. In these condi- tions, it was found to have such a marked antipyretic action that it rapidly rose in favor among the earlier Eclectics. More pronounced effects were looked for by the Eclectic fathers than are now known to be most desirable. They regarded it as the only agent ever yet discovered capable of subduing in from 2 to 20 hours, and without the least possible injury to the patient, the most formidable and most complicated, as well as the most simple fevers incident to our country and climate, quieting all nervous irritability and excitement, equalizing the circula- tion, promoting perspiration, and rectifying the various secretions, without caus- ing nausea, vomiting, or purging. They also believed it adapted to any stage of the disease, while the majority of those who now employ it believe it best adapted to the earlier stages of fevers, and seldom of marked value, if not harmful, in the advanced stages, or after the period of excitation has passed. It may follow any preceding treatment with safety. It is best suited to sthenic cases with determi- nation of blood to merve centers. It is to its controlling influence over nerve irri- tation that its antipyretic action is mainly due. As soon as its physiological effects are observed, the remedy should be discontinued, lest the relaxation may be too great for the system to recover from. A writer observes that his experience in the treatment of fevers, with this agent, inclines him to believe that when given in doses sufficiently large to produce its full and complete constitutional effects, it impairs the tonicity of the muscular fibers of the heart (which are always weakened in those fevers), and thus retards or prolongs convalescence. Gelse- mium is a remedy for elevation of temperature, whether from cold, or due to graver affections, as the fevers above noticed, or whether due to pneumonia, pleurisy, or even puerperal fever, in which it is often of marked value. Chilly sensations 922 GELSEMIUM. upon moving the body are indications for it, and are usually followed by the high temperature and the stage of excitation, in which the drug has earned its reputation. Gelsemium possesses a most perfect control over the nervous system, remov- ing nervous irritability more completely than any other known agent. Such agents as passiflora increase its efficiency in this direction. Prof. W. E. Bloyer (E. M. J., 1894, p. 532) writes: “There is a species of mervousness that gelsemium always overcomes. The patient says that he is “nervous.’ He is grouchy, touchy, every impulse and feeling, whether painful or pleasant, is magnified or accelerated, and the contracted pupil is not always specially noticeable. If the patient be nervous and without fever or inflammation, give him pulsatilla; with these, give specific gelsemium.” By allaying nervous excitement and restoring the secretions, it prepares the system for quinine, for quinine is very frequently associated with gelsemium in the treatment of various conditions. In the fevers and inflammations of children this irritation is often marked, and frequently results in convulsions. These cases are promptly relieved by gelsemium, which, as an antispasmodic, is second to no other drug. Its power is well displayed in convulsions from dentition, and in like conditions from inflammatory states of the digestive tract, as enteritis, gastro-enteritis, especially in bowel troubles of the second Summer, as cholera infantum, diarrhoea, and dysentery. Its powerful antispasmodic action makes it especially applicable to hysterical females. In hysteria, begin with 1 drop and increase until the muscles relax and diplopia results. In convulsions, with cramping rigidity of the muscles, give gelsemium until its physiological effects are produced. Neuralgia, with pow- erful nervous twitching, is relieved by it. Toothache, from peridental inflamma- tion, is relieved by it as well as that form of toothache frequently accompanying pregnancy. It is a good agent in facial neuralgia from nerve excitation and dart- ing pain, from cold, or from dental caries. Administer in drop doses. Insomnia is often relieved by gelsemium. It is prominent as a remedy for pain, though the specific indication (nervous tension) should be present or the remedy will be likely to fail. There must also be evidence of increased circulation—hyperemia of the part. In headache, with active circulation, and especially from eye strain, in migraine, in nervous headache, and in myalgia, administer small doses. It also benefits bilious headache and tic-douloureuſe. For ovarian meuralgia full doses are necessary. It benefits intercostal meuralgia and Sciatica. It relieves the tenesmus of dysentery and other spasmodic conditions of the bowels. It is a valuable agent in chorea, and it has been used with marked success in epilepsy and tetamws, its effects in the latter affection having been very favorable. In spasmodic conditions of the wrimary tract it is frequently indicated. It produces relaxation during the passage of renal calculi. Scanty flow of urine, with irritation of urinary passages, calls for gelsemium. It should generally, unless specially contraindicated, be given previously to or with the indicated diuretic, when wrimal suppression is due to renal or cystic irritation (not congestion). It is the remedy for dysuria from spas- modic wrethral Stricture. Hot applications to the loins and back aid its action. It acts promptly in the retention of wrime in the hysterical woman. It is a good rem- edy in gomorrhoea, and Some cases of Spermatorrhoea in plethoric subjects have been cured by it, though as a rule it is far less serviceable than other agents in noc- turnal emissions. One of its early uses was for gonorrhoea, for which it was thought to be almost specific. For the early inflammatory stages of this affec- tion, with tendency to chordee, no agent is more prompt than gelsemium. It is frequently given with aconite and cannabis indica for this purpose. Gelsemium quickly relieves the tenesmic pain, ischuria, etc., of irritative catarrhal conditions of the bladder. Inflammation of the kidneys, bladder or urethra, are relieved by gel- Semium. In puerpéral convulsions it has probably been used oftener than any other remedy, excepting morphine and chloroform. In the pelvic disorders of women it is a favorite remedy. With the usual indications it subdues ovaritis, metritis, and salpingitis. Severe dysmemorrhoea with colicky pains, and uterine colic are promptly relieved by large doses of it. Rigid 08 uteri, with thin, unyielding edges, and a dryness of the parts, is relaxed by gelsemium. In fact, it relaxes all sphincters. By rectifying such complications it facilitates labor. Free doses should be administered. Gelsemium, alone or GENISTA. 923 combined with pulsatilla, is invaluable to overcome the marked restlessness evinced by some parturients, and gelsemium will often retard a labor that has begun before the parts are ready for the ordeal, particularly when the woman, is excessively excitable and nervous, and the pains are spurious, or at least jerky and ineffectual. The nervous tension following accouchement is quickly relieved by this drug. After-pains are controlled by it, and it is serviceable in some forms of leucorrhoea. & g * e ‘I By blunting peripheral sensibility it allays the itching of eczema, and locally applied (diluted) is serviceable in prurigo. Delirium tremens, mania, and paralysis have been treated successfully with this drug. It has also been employed to some extent as a mydriatic in eye practice. Prof. King derived considerable ad- vantage from gelsemium in conjunctivitis, muscular asthenopia, ºritis, and in tinnitus aurium, administered in small doses every 3 or 4 hours; being extremely careful not to carry the influence of the agent to depression or relaxation. Dr. J. Par- rish, of Philadelphia, derived the greatest benefit from the administration of this drug, in cases of habitual drunkards and opium, eaters. Gastro-intestinal ſirritation and irritative dyspepsia, with feeling of rawness, heat, and pain, with a sensation of knotty contraction in the stomach, call for gelsemium. In the exanthemata this remedy is often indicated by the great heat and restlessness. . It is nearly always called for in cerebro-spinal meningitis. In the recent epidemics of influenza (la grippe) probably no one remedy was more extensively used, or oftener indi- cated. Where there were persistent high temperature and headache, with great excitability, it acted promptly and kindly, Gelsemium has been used quite extensively in whooping-cough, spasmodic cough, Spasm of the glottis, asthma, and the cough of hysteria. In excessive action of the heart, especially in hysterial subjects, it is often serviceable. Gelsemium has also proved beneficial in vertigo, hemor. rhages, ague-cake, gout and rheumatism, in the latter disease aiding some of the antirheumatic remedies. Bronchitis, laryngitis and albuminuria have also been successfully treated with gelsemium. Externally, gelsemium will be found of service in meuralgic and rheumatic pains. The usual prescription is from 5 to 15 drops of specific gelsemium in 4 ounces of water. Dose, a teaspoonful. For the larger doses begin with 1 drop, and administer cautiously until the physiological effects are apparent. Dose of specific gelsemium, tº drop to 10 drops. Specific Indications and Uses.—Gelsemium is indicated by bright eyes, contracted pupils, flushed face, great heat, and restlessness; mental irritability; insomnia, with excitation; pain over the whole head; dysuria, with scanty secre- tion of urine; irritation of the urinary tract; pinched, contracted tissues; thin, dry, unyielding OS uteri, with dry vaginal walls; arterial throbbing and exalted sensibility; chilly sensations upon motion ; hyperemia; and convulsions, GENISTA.—GENISTA, The young branches and leaves of Genista tinctoria, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Leguminosae. COMMON NAMES: Dyer's green-weed, Wood-waven, Green weed, Dyer's broom, Dyer’s weed. Botanical Source and History.—This plant is an erect shrub, about a foot high, and is a native of Central Europe. It is quite common in poor soil throughout England, and has been naturalized, and grows abundantly, in a few localities of the eastern United States. The stem is short, woody, and sends up numerous erect branches. The leaves are simple, a character distinguishing the plant from most of the native leguminous plants. They are narrowly lanceolate, acute, entire, Sessile, alternate, and attached to the stem at an acute angle. The flowers are numerous, bright yellow, and are borne in terminal, showy racemes. The calyx is 2-lipped, with a deeply 2-lobed upper, and a 3-lobed lower lip. The Corolla is papilionaceous, and the 10 stamens are united into a complete tube at the base. The fruit is a flat, several-seeded pod. There are three English species of Genista, two unarmed; G. tinctoria, with Smooth, and G. pilosa, with hairy, leaves. The armed species, G. anglica, has sharp. simple thorns. The leaves of G. purgans, a native of France, are used as a cathartic. 924 - GENTIAN A. Little is known of the chemical history of the several species of Genista. Dr. Plugge (Jahresb. der Pharm., 1895, p. 134), investigating the occurrence of the alka- loid cytisine in various species of Papilionaceae, found Genista tinctoria and G. piloša to be free from this substance. Genista tinctoria has been in some little repute as a medicine since the day of Culpepper. The flowers yield an inferior yellow dye. The dried plant possesses scarcely any taste. It must not be confused with Broom tops (Scoparius). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Both the flowers and the seeds have been employed in medicine, in dropsical affections, and with considerable efficacy. Sixty grains of the powdered seeds produce active catharsis, and even emesis, and is the dose generally advised in dropsy. An infusion of the flowers has been ad- vantageously employed in gout and rheumatism, and is also stated to have been successful in several cases of albuminuria, in doses of 2 tablespoonfuls every 1 or 2 hours. Probably a tincture would be found more available. Formerly this plant had an unmerited reputation for the prevention, as well as the cure, of hydrophobia. Specific Indications and Uses.—“Ascites, and cedema with cutaneous dis- ease, or erosion of the skin with exudation” (Scudder, Spec. Med.). GENTIANA (U. S. P.)—GENTIAN. “The root of Gentiama lutea, Linné’–(U. S. P.). Nat. Ord.-Gentianeae. COMMON NAMEs: Gentiam, Gentiam-root. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 182. Botanical Source.—This plant has a long, thick, cylindrical, wrinkled, ringed, forked, perennial root, brown externally, and yellow within. The stem is 3 or 4 feet high, hollow, stout, and erect. Fig. 120. The radical leaves are ovate-oblong, 5-nerved, Wºº and 2 or 3 inches broad; those on the stem jº sessile, ovate, and acute; those next the flow- §§ ers cordate, amplexicaul, and concave; all are a pale, bright-green. The flowers are large, É bright-yellow, in many-flowered whorls, and peduncled; the calyx is monophyllous, of a papery texture, Semitransparent, 3 or 4-cleft, ś with short, lanceolate, unequal segments, is The corolla is rotate, with a very short tube, # * 5 or 6 green glands at the base, 5 or 6-parted, # with oblong, acute, narrow, veiny lobes; the ºf stamens, 5 or 6 in number, are not so long as the corolla; the anthers are subulate, some- what united, becoming distinct; the ovary comical; the stigmas sessile and revolute; the capsule stalked, oblong, 2-valved, and 1-celled, and the seeds are many and flattened, with i: te thin, brownish edges (L.). Gentiana lutea History and Description.—This plant is common to the central and Southern parts of Europe, especially the Pyrenees, Alps, etc., being found from 3,000 to 5,000 feet above the level of the sea. Its root affords the medicinal portion, and is brought to this market from Havre, Marseilles, etc. The U. S. P. describes it as follows: “In nearly cylindrical pieces or longitudinal slices, about 25 Mm. (1 inch) thick, the upper portion closely annulate, the lower portion longitudinally wrin- kled; externally deep yellowish-brown; internally lighter; somewhat flexible and tough when damp; rather brittle when dry; fracture uneven; the bark rather thick; separated from the somewhat spongy meditullium by a black cam- bium line; odor peculiar, faint, more prominent when moistened; taste sweetish and persistently bitter”—(U. S. P.). The root imparts its virtues readily to cold or hot water, alcohol, or sulphuric ether. A liquor prepared from it in some parts of Switzerland is much prized as § \ § §§ \ GENTIAN A. 925 a stomachic; it is made by macerating the root in cold water, adding some sugar, yeast, and distilling after vinous fermentation has occurred. Flückiger (Pharma- cognosie, 1891), states that as a consequence of this use, the plant has almost dis- appeared from some parts of Switzerland. Chemical Composition.—The following three proximate principles are the characteristic constituents of gentian root: Gentiopikrin, of Kromayer (1862), to which the root owes its bitterness; gentisin, of Hlasiwetz and Habermann (1875), a yellow, tasteless substance, whose reactions with ferric chloride seem to have been mistaken for those of tannin (see Maisch, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1876, p. 486, and 1880, p. 1); and gentianose, of Arthur Meyer (1882), a crystallizable, fermentable sugar, not reducing Fehling's Solution, and which occurs in the fresh root only. The root also contains a volatile oil to which its odor is due; fatty and resinous matter, uncrystallizable sugar, large quantities of mucilage, about 8 per cent of ash, but no starch. Drying the root seems to have the effect of increasing the resinous matter (Flückiger, Pharmacognosie, 1891). GENTIOPIKRIN (C.H.O.), first obtained pure by Kromayer (Arch. der Pharm., 1862, Vol. CLX, p. 27), was previously described as gentianin by Henry and Caven- tou (1821), and later differentiated by Trommsdorff, Leconte, and Dulk into the bitter gentiamin and the non-bitter acid gentisin or gentisic acid. Gentiopikrin is completely abstracted from aqueous solution by animal char- coal; on this principle its purification was affected. It crystallizes in needles of bitter taste, soluble in water and alcohol, insoluble in pure ether. It is a glucosid, being decomposed by diluted acids into sugar and amorphous, yellow- brown, bitter gentiogenim (C.H.O.). Kromayer obtained from 6 pounds of fresh root only 4 gram unes of crystallized gentiopikrin. Flückinger (1891) records that alcoholic tinctures of gentian root lose their bitterness upon standing, crystallized dextrose being deposited (Crawfurd and Wittstein). Alkali likewise destroys the bitterness of the tincture. GENTISIN (C.H.O.), of Hlasiwetz and Habermann (Jaresb. der Pharm., 1874, p. 309), forms yellow, tasteless needles, nearly insoluble in water and ether, crys- tallizable from alcohol. The researches of Kostamecki and his pupils (Ber. d. Deutsch. Chem. Ges. Ref., 1891 and 1894) have shown that this substance is a trioxy- artnthome belonging to the same class of substances as chrysin, quercetin, fisetin, and other vegetable dyes. Fusing with caustic potash splits gentisin into acetic acid, phloroglucin, and oxysalicylic acid (C, H.O.), an isomer of protocatechuic acid : it was probably the gentisic or gentiamic acid of older authors. In 1894, Kostanecki and Tambor succeeded in effecting the complete chemical synthesis of gentisin (which is methyl-gentiseim, Kostanecki, 1891); gentiseim (C.H.O.--H.O) being the intermediary product (Ber. d, Deutsch. Chem. Ges. Ref., 1894, p. 190). G.W. Kennedy (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1881, p. 280), found gentiopikrin and gentisin also in the root of Frasera Walteri (which see). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—A powerful tonic, improves the appe- tite, strengthens digestion, gives more force to the circulation, and slightly elevates the heat of the body. When taken in large doses it is apt to oppress the stomach, irritate the bowels, and even produces nausea and vomiting, as well as fullness of pulse and headache. Its administration is contraindicated where gastric irrita- bility or inflammation are present. Used in cases of debility and exhaustion, and in all cases where a tonic is required, as dyspepsia, gout, amenorrhoea, hysteria, scrofula, intermittents, diarrhoea, worms, etc. A tincture made by percolation of 1 part of podophyllum and 5 parts of gentian, diluted alcohol being the menstruum, Was prized by Prof. Scudder as one of the most efficient remedies for “atomy of the stomach and bowels with feeble or slow digestion” (Spec. Med.). Gentian is valuable to relieve irritation and increase the appetite, after protracted fevers, where the powers of life are depressed and recovery depends upon ability to assimilate food. Dose of the powder, from 10 to 30 grains; of the extract, from 1 to 10 grains; of infusion, 1 or 2 fluid ounces; of tincture, 1 or 2 fluid drachms; of specific gen- tiana, 5 to 40 drops. Dr. Küghenmeister believes that impure and uncrystallized gentianin (see Prºvious editions of the Amer. Disp.) is the most valuable substitute for quinine, acting as rapidly and as efficaciously on the spleen, in doses of from 15 to 30 grains twice a day. 926 GENTIANA OCHROLEUCA. Specific Indications and Uses.—“Sense of depression referred to epigastric region, and associated with sense of physical and mental weariness” (Scudder, List of Specific Indications). Related Species.—Gentiana Catesbæi, Walter (Gentiana Saponaria, Linné), Blue or Ameri- can gentian, has a perennial, branching, somewhat fleshy root, with a simple, erect, rough stem, 8 to 10 inches in height. Leaves opposite, ovate or lanceolate, slightly 3-veined, acute, rough on the margin. Flowers large, blue, crowded, subsessile, axillary, and terminal. Calyx divided into 4 or 5 linear-lanceolate segments longer than the tube. Corolla large, blue, ven- tricose, plaited; its border divided into 10 segments, the outer 5 roundish and more or less acute, the inner 5 bifid and imbricate. Stamens 5, with dilated filaments and Sagittate anthers. Ovary oblong-lanceolate, compressed, supported by a sort of pedicel. Style none; stigmas 2, oblong, reflexed. Capsule oblong, acuminate, 1-celled, 2-valved (L-B). It grows in the grassy swamps and meadows of North and South Carolina, flowering from September to De- cember. The root is about $ inch in thickness and 3 inches long, having a vivid, yellow, epi- dermal covering, under which is a whitish, spongy, cortical layer enclosing a thin column of woody tissue. Its bitterness is less pronounced than that of the official drug. It is little infe- rior to the foreign gentian, and may be used as a substitute for it in all cases, in the same doses and preparations. Alcohol and boiling water extract its virtues. Probably the Gentiana Andrewsii, Grisebach, or Closed blue gentian, the Gentiana puberula, Michaux, and the Gentiana crimita, Froelich, or Blue fringed gentian, possess analogous medicinal virtues. Maisch believed the two first-mentioned to be collected indiscriminately with the Gentiana Catesbæi, of Walter, The same author also found the root of Gentiama crimita, Froelich, and of G. Catesbæi, Walter. to be free from tannin (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1876, p. 487). The following European species are sometimes gathered and used like gentian: Gentiana purpurea, Linné. South and Central Europe, in Alpine meadows. Differs from gentian root only in having a peculiarly branched top, and being of a more pronounced bitter. Flowers yellow-purple. Gentiana punctata, Linné. South and Central Europe, Alpine districts. Resembles pre- ceding. Flowers yellow and dotted with purple. Gentiana pannonica, Scopoli. Austrian mountain districts. Root smaller than that of G. purpwrea, but similar in other respects. Flowers deep-purple. GENTIANA OCHROLEUCA.—OCHROLEUCOUS GENTIAN. The root and tops of Gentiana ochroleuca, Froelich. Nat. Ord.—Gentianeae. COMMON NAMES: Marsh gentian, Yellowish-white gentian, Straw-colored gentian, Sampson Smakeroot, etc. Botanical Source.—This plant has a stout, ascending stem, mostly smooth, from 1 to 2 inches in height. The leaves are from 2 to 4 inches long, # of an inch to 1% inch wide, obovate-oblong, sessile or amplexicaul, margin slightly scabrous, narrowed at the base, the lowest broadly ovate and obtuse, the uppermost some- what lanceolate. The flowers are straw-colored, 2 inches long, # of an inch thick, disposed in a dense, terminal cyme, often also in axillary cymes. The calyx is 5-cleft, the lobes unequal, linear, longer than the tube, and shorter than the corolla. The corolla is clavate, connivent or slightly expanding at the top, ochro- leucous or straw-colored, with green veins and lilac-purple stripes internally; the lobes are ovate and obtuse; the folds entire, acute, and short. Anthers separate. The capsule or pod is included in the persistent corolla. The seeds are entirely wingless (W.-G.). History.—This plant is found growing in dry grounds, especially through the middle and low country of the southern states, flowering in September and October. Said likewise to inhabit Canada, and the western states, but this must be rare. The root is the medicinal part, and the tops are also often employed. They are bitter to the taste, and probably possess the medicinal properties, in a greater or less degree, of the other plants of the same family. Alcohol or boiling water extracts their virtues. None of the American Gentians seem to have been satisfactorily analyzed. º Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Bitter tonic, anthelmintic, and astrin- gent. Formerly much used in dyspepsia, intermittents, dysentery, and all diseases of periodicity. To 2 ounces of the tops and roots, pour on 1% pints of boiling water, and when nearly cold, add # pint of brandy. Dose, from 3 to 4 fluid ounces, every # hour, gradually increased as the stomach can bear it, at the same time lengthening the intervals between the doses. Also used for bites of snakes, and GENTIANA QUINQUEFLORA.—GERANIUM. 927 in typhus fever, pneumonia, etc. This is a valuable agent, and deserves greater attention from the profession than it has received. It will be found very useful as a tonic to all enfeebled mucous tissues, and especially when there is more or less mucous discharge, as in chronic catarrhal affections, mucows diarrhoea, etc. GENTIANA QUINQUEFLORA.—FIVE-FLOWERED GENTIAN. The root of Gentiana quinqueflora, Lamarck. Nat. Ord.-Gentianeae. CoMMON NAMEs: Five-flowered gentian, Gall-weed. ILLUSTRATION: Botanical Magazine, Plate 3496. Botanical Source.—This is an annual plant, found in woodland pastures and other open situations in the eastern section of the United States. The stem is smooth, erect, 4-angled, and from 1 to 2 feet high. The leaves are opposite, entire, sessile, slightly cordate, clasping the stem at the base, and acute at the apex. They are about 1 inch long, and have from 3 to 5 veins proceeding from the base. The flowers, which appear late in the summer, and open only in sun- shine, are of a bright-blue color, and erect. They are borne on loose panicles, in axillary and terminal clusters of 3 to 5, on pedicels shorter than the flowers. The calyx is about one-quarter the length of the corolla, and is deeply 5-parted, hav- ing very narrow, linear lobes. The corolla is smaller than in the other native species of Gentiana, being slightly less than an inch in length. It is narrowly bell-shaped, and has 5 acute, short lobes. The stamens are 5, and attached to the corolla tubes; they have versatile anthers, which are introrse when the flower ex- pands, but at length turn away from the pistil. The pistil consists of a 1-celled ovary, supported on a slender stipe, and bears 2 distinct, sessile stigmas. The fruit is a dry capsule, opening by 2 valves, and filled with very numerous small seeds. The plant above described is the form of Gentiana quinqueflora occurring in the eastern section of the United States. A western variety (var. occidentalis, Gray) differs in being more robust, and in having the calyx-lobes half the length of the corolla. It occurs in the prairies of Illinois, and throughout the neigh- boring states, and southwardly. History and Description.—This plant was recommended as a substitute for quinine, the root being employed. As found in the market, under the above name, it is about the size of Senega, has the general appearance of this root, ex- cepting the angled form and ridge. It has a smooth bark, which is light-yellow externally, and white within. It breaks with a clear fracture and is hard and Woody. The taste is very bitter, resembling the Apocynums rather than Gentiana lutea. It has never been chemically examined. The plant grows in woods and pastures, flowering in September and October, and is found from Vermont to Pennsylvania. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Gentiana quinqueflora, Five-flowered gentian, Sometimes called Gall-weed, on account of its intense bitterness, has been fºund of much service in headache, liver affections, jaundice, etc., and is greatly supe- rior, in its action to the official root. This is certainly a valuable tonic and cholagogue, and deserves further investigation. It is regarded a valuable agent in thronic gastro-intestinal atony. Dose of a saturated tincture of the recent root, from . 5 to 40 drops. GERANIUM (U. S. P.)—GERANIUM. "The rhizome of Geranium maculatum, Linné”—(U. S. P.). Nat. Ord.—Geraniaceae. t tºos NAMES: Cranesbill, Wild cranesbill, Crowfoot, Spotted geranium, Alum- Toot, etc. ILLUSTRATIONs: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 42; Johnson's Med. Bot. of N. A., Plate 4. k Botanical Source.-Geranium has a perennial, horizontal, thick, rough and ; root, With many small fibers. The stems are grayish-green, erect, round, °lothed with reflexed hairs, angular, dichotomous, and 1 or 2 feet high. The 92S GERANIUTM. leaves are spreading, hairy, palmate, with 3, 5, or 7 deeply cleft lobes, 2 leaves at each fork; lobes cuneiform, entire at the base, and incisely serrate above. The radical leaves are on long petioles, erect and terete; leaves at the top opposite, subsessile, those at the middle of the stem opposite, petiolate, and generally reflexed. Stipules linear or lanceolate. The flowers are large, generally purple, mostly in pairs, on unequal pedicles, sometimes umbelled at the ends of the peduncles. Peduncles long, round, hairy, tumid at the base, and at the forks of the stems 2-flowered. The calyx consists of 5 ob- ovate, ribbed, mucronate sepals, the outermost hairy. The petals are 5, obovate, entire, light purple, and marked with green at the base. The stamens are erect or curving out- ward, alternately longer, furnished at the base with glands, terminated by oblong, convex, deciduous, purple anthers. Ovary ovate; style straight, as long as the stamens; stigmas 5, at first erect, and afterward recurved. The capsules are 5, together, and each 1-seeded (L.-W.). History and Description.—Geranium is a native of this country, growing in nearly all parts of it in low grounds, open woods, etc., flowering from April to June. There are several varieties of this species which are probably equivalent in medicinal virtues to the G. maculatum. The dried root is the official part. It is officially described as follows: “Of horizontal growth, cylindrical, 5 to 7 Cm. (2 to 3 inches) long; about 1 Crn. ($ inch) thick; rather sharply tuberculated, longitudinally wrinkled, dark-brown; fracture short, pale reddish-brown; bark thin; wood-wedges yellow- ish, Small, forming a circle near the cambium line; medullary rays broad; central pith large; roots thin, fragile; inodorous; taste strongly astringent (U. S. P.). Chemical Composition.—Geranium was analyzed, in 1829, by Dr. Staples, who found it to contain a large quantity of gallic acid, tannic acid, mucilage, red coloring matter, principally in the external covering of the root, a small amount of resin, and a crystallizable vegetable substance (Jour. Phil. Col. Pharm., Vol. I, p. 171). The Messrs. Tilden have more recently made a quantitative analysis of the root, and found it to contain a resin soluble in alcohol, a resin soluble in ether, an oleoresin Soluble only in ether, tannin, gallic acid, gum, pectin, starch, sugar, albumen, lignin, chlorophyll, etc. (Pharm. Jour., 1863, Vol. V., p. 22). H. K. Bowman, in 1869, found in the root of Geranium maculatum about 13 and 17 per cent, and Chas. F. Kramer, in 1882, about 17 per cent of tannin; while Henry J. Mayers, who made a complete analysis of the root (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1889, p. 238), obtained only 4.28 per cent, with much decomposed tannin (phlobapheme); from another specimen he obtained about 11.5 per cent. He also confirmed the presence of gallic acid. More recently (Bull. Kew. Gardens, 1896, No. 109, p. 30) Henry R. Procter found as high as 25.7 per cent tannin. These contradictory results are sufficiently explained by the researches of Prof. Trimble and Mr. J. C. Peacock (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1891, p. 265). In these experiments moisture and tannin were determined in samples which were obtained from 14 collections sys- tematically extending over a period of two years. The principal result of this work may be summarized as follows: I. Root collected in January had 11.72 per cent tannin, calculated on abso- lutely dry drug. The amount rose to 27.85 per cent in spring, just before bloom, "and fell to 9.72 per cent in October. II. The tannin obtained yields pyrogallol, upon heating, hence is related to gallotannic acid. III. The tannin obtained is a glucosid ; when heated with 2 per cent hydro- chloric acid it easily decomposes into gallic acid, glucose, and geranium red, a phlobaphene, which also forms as a red-brown precipitate when a 1 per cent solu- tion of the tannin is allowed to stand. IV. No gallic acid is present in the fresh root, nor in the decoction, made therefrom ; only after the rhizome is dried is gallic acid present, due to the decom- position of the tannin. e o o Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Geranium is a powerful astringent. Used in infusion with milk in the second stage of dysentery, diarrhoea, and cholera Geranium maculatum. GERARDIA. 929 ânfantum. In bowel disorders it is the chronic or subacute states in which it is applicable, and especially where the discharges are abundant and debilitating. The relaxation of membranes following the inflammatory stage is an indication for its use. In dysentery it is not adapted to the first and acute stage, but should be used, after a laxative, as magnesium sulphate, where the disease tends to chronicity. The infusion or the specific geranium in milk may be employed. Both internally and externally it may be used wherever astringents are indi- cated, in hemorrhages, indolent ulcers, aphthous sore mouth, ophthalmia, leucorrhoea, gleet, hematuria, memorrhagia, diabetes, and all excessive chronic mucous discharges; also, to cure mercurial Salivation. Relaxation of the woula may be benefited by gar- gling with a decoction of the root, as well as aphthous ulceration of the mouth and throat. Chronic pharyngeal catarrh has been cured with it, while recently an old- school authority claims for it restorative properties in incipient pulmonary con- sumption. From its freedom from any nauseous or unpleasant qualities, it is well adapted to infants and persons with fastidious stomachs. In cases of bleeding piles, a strong decoction of the root may be injected into the rectum, and should be retained as long as possible. Hemorrhoids are said to be cured by adding of the root in fine powder, 2 ounces, to tobacco ointment, 7 ounces, and apply to the parts, 3 or 4 times a day. Troublesome epistawis, bleeding from wounds or small vessels, and from the extraction of teeth, may be checked effectually by applying the powder to the bleeding orifice, and, if possible, covering with a compress of cotton. With Aletris farinosa in decoction, and taken internally, it has proved of superior efficiency in diabetes, and in Bright's disease of the kidney. A mixture or solution of 2 parts of hydrochlorate of berberine and 1 part of extract of gera- mium, will be found of unrivaled efficiency in all chronic mucous diseases, as in gleet, leucorrhaea, ophthalmia, gastric affections, catarrh, and ulceration of the bladder, etc., etc. A decoction of 2 parts of geranium and one of sanguinaria forms an excellent injection for gleet and leucorrhoea. Dose of the powder, from 20 to 30 grains; of the decoction, from 1 to 2 fluid ounces; of specific geranium, 5 to 30 drops. Specific Indications and Uses.—Relaxed mucous tissues, with profuse, de- bilitating discharges; chronic diarrhoea, with mucous discharges; chronic dysen- tery; diarrhoea, with constant desire to evacuate the bowels; passive hemorrhages. Related Species.—Geranium Robertianum, Linné, or Herb Robert, grows wild both in Eu- rope and in the United States, but is rare in this country; and Pursh states that the Ameri- can plant is destitute of the heavy smell by which the European is so well known, though the two agree in all other respects. It has a tapering root, with several round, leafy, branched, reddish, brittle, succulent, and diffuse stems, hairy, chiefly on one side (L.-W.). The plant flowers from May to September, and has a strong, unpleasant smell. The herb has a disagree- able, bitterish, astringent taste, and imparts its virtues to boiling water. A bitter principle and tannin are among its constituents, It has been used internally in intermittent fever, con- Sumption, hemorrhages, nephritic complaints, jaundice, etc., and has been employed as a gargle in affections of the throat, and applied externally as a resolvent to swollen breasts and other tumors. Erodium cicutarium, L'Héritier (Geranium cicutarium, Linné), Storksbill.—Southern Europe and common in Western United States, though scarce in Atlantic states, A valuable nutri- tious forage plant, and, though neither a clover nor a grass, is known as Alfilaria (from Spanish alſilerilla, signifying pin; hence pin-weed), Pin-clover, Pin-grass, and Filaree. Cold weather does not kill it and it is the only green vegetable substance available for stock in dry seasons. It is said to impart a fine flavor to butter and milk (see Agr. Grasses and Forage Plants of U. S., by Vasey, 1889). Diuretic for dropsy. , Erodium moschatum, Aiton.—Mediterranean Europe, north and south Africa, and Cali- fºrnia. Valuable forage plant in dry seasons. It has the odor of musk. Therapeutically it is diaphoretic. Other astringents are: tº Winca major, Greater periwinkle; Tinca minor, Lesser periwinkle.—England. Reputed useful *n memorrhagia and other hemorrhagic states. g Oroxylºn indicum.—East India. Bark contains an acrid substance and a yellow crystal- line principle, orozylin (Pharm. Jour. Trans., 1890, Vol. XXI, p. 257). Bark a powerful sudo- rific, astringent and tonic. Employed in diarrhoea. J&timbaultii combretum.—Africa. Contains an abundance of tannin. Employed by the Afri- cans in ha'maturic bilious fever, GERARDIA,-BUSHY GERARDIA. The herb of Gerardia pedicularia, Linné (Dasystoma pedicularia, Bentham). Yat. Ord-Scrophulariaceae. COMMON NAMEs: Bushy gerardia, Lowsewort, Fever weed, American foſt-glove. 59 930 GEUM. Botanical Source.—This is a perennial plant, whose stem is tall and bushy, with a scattered woolly pubescence, 2 or 3 feet in height, and brachiate-panicled. The leaves are numerous, opposite, ovate-lanceolate or oblong, pinnatifid, the seg- ments being doubly cut-dentate. The flowers are large, yellow, axillary, trum- pet-shaped, opposite, and pediceled; the pedicels are longer than the calyx. Calyx 5-cleft, cut-dentate, segments as long as the hairy tube. Corolla yellow, an inch or more in length, subcampanulate, unequally 5-lobed, segments mostly rounded, spreading, leaf-like, and woolly inside. Capsule 2-celled, dehiscent at the top (L.—W.). History.—This is a most elegant plant, found growing in dry copses, pine ridges, and barren woods and mountains from Canada to Georgia and Ken- tucky, and flowering in August and September. The whole plant is used. Water or spirit extracts its virtues. It has not been analyzed. There are several varie- ties of the species, which probably possess analogous virtues. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Diaphoretic, antiseptic, and sedative. Used principally in febrile and inflammatory diseases; a warm infusion produces a free and copious perspiration in a short time. Dose of the infusion, from 1 to 3 fluid ounces. GEUMI.—GEUMI. The rhizome and rootlets of Gewm rivale, Linné, and Gewm virginianum, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Rosaceae. COMMON NAMEs: (1) Water avens, Purple avens; (2) Virginia gewm, Throat-root, Chocolate-root. Botanical Source.—Geum rivale, likewise known as Purple avens, is a peren- nial, hairy, deep-green herb, with a creeping, blackish, somewhat woody root, run- ning deep into the ground, with numerous fibers. The stems are 1 or 2 feet high, nearly simple, erect, and slightly paniculate at top. The radical leaves are nearly lyrate, uninterruptedly pinnate, with large terminal leaflets on long hairy petioles, rounded, lobed, and crenate-dentate, and from 4 to 6 inches long. The cauline leaves are few, subsessile, from 1 to 3 inches long, and divided into 3 serrate, pointed lobes; the stipules are ovate, acute, cut, and purplish, The flowers are few, sub-globose, nodding, yellowish-purple, on axillary and terminal peduncles. The calyx is inferior, erect, purplish-brown, with 10 lanceolate, pointed segments, 5 alternately smaller than the others; petals 5, as long as the erect calyx seg- ments, broad-obcordate, clawed, purplish-yellow, and veined. The seeds are oval, bearded, and hooked at the end (L.—W.—G.). Geum virginianum, Linné, also known as Throat-root, Chocolate-root, etc., is also perennial, with a small, brownish, horizontal, crooked root. The stem is simple or branched, smoothish above, pubescent below, and 2 or 3 feet high. The radical leaves are pinnate, lyrate, or simple and rounded, with appendaged petioles from 6 to 8 inches long; the cauline leaves 3 or 5-lobed, softly pubescent; all the leaves are unequally and incisely dentate. The flowers are rather small, white, erect, and borne on long, diverging peduncles; the calyx is 5-cleft, with 5 smaller and exterior, alternate bracteoles; the petals 5, about the length of the calyx; the stamens numerous; filaments slender, anthers yellowish and round. The styles are many, persistent, mostly jointed, geniculate, bearded, and hooked after the upper joint falls away. The fruit is an achenia, aggregated on a dry receptacle, caudate with the style (W.—G.). History and Description.—Geum rivale is common to Europe and this coun- try, and is found growing in woods, wet meadows, and along streams, especially in the northern and middle states, and flowering in June and July. The American species differs from the European (Geum urbanum, Linné), in having the petals more orbicular on their free margin, the flowers of less size, and its leaves with deeper incisions. The fresh root is aromatic. Gewm virginianum is found in hedges and thickets, and in moist places in most parts of the United States, flowering from June to August. These plants, with some other varieties, have long been used in domestic practice. The whole herb contains medicinal properties, but the medicinal and most efficient portion is the root. The dried root of the G. rivale is scaly, jointed, tapering, hard, brittle, GILLENIA. 931 easily pulverized, of a reddish or purplish color, and inodorous; that of the G. vir- ginianum, is brown, crooked, tuberculated, and brittle; both are white internally, and of a bitterish, astringent taste. Boiling water or alcohol extracts their vir- tues, the solution becoming reddish. They have not been analyzed, but probably contain tannic acid, bitter extractive, gum, resin, etc. A weak decoction of the root of G. rivale is sometimes used by invalids as a substitute for tea and coffee. Its constituents are probably the same as those of Avens (Geum wrbanum, Linné) (see Related Species). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Tonic and astringent. Useful in all cases where there is an enfeebled state of mucous tissues, or morbid Secretions therefrom. Large doses may cause emesis. Used in numerous diseases, as passive and chronic hemorrhages, chronic diarrhoea and dysentery, leucorrhaea, dyspepsia, phthisis, congestions of the abdominal viscera, intermittents, aphthous ulcerations, etc. Dose of the powder, from 20 to 30 grains; of the decoction, from 1 to 2 fluid ounces, 3 or 4 times a day. Geum wrbanum, or European avens, possesses similar properties (see below). Specific Indications and Uses.— (Geum rivale). “Tearing, spasmodic, ab- dominal pains recurring upon taking food or exercise” (Scudder). Related Species.—Geum album, Gmelin; White gewm. United States. Flowers in May and August. Used in headaches and irritable conditions of the stomach (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1883). Geum wrbanwm, Linné; Avens, European avens. Europe, growing in woodlands and shady situations, and has yellow flowers. The rhizome of this plant is hard, dark-brown, tubercu- lated at top, short (1 or 2 inches long and from # to $ inch thick), and has the summit beset with hairy, reddish-brown leaf scales. The fresh rhizome resembles cloves in odor, hence has been called radia caryophyllata. Internally the rhizome is whitish, surrounding a central red portion. It has many fibrous roots of a lighter brown hue. It imparts a red color to both water and alcohol. Buchner analysed it in 1844, and found a considerable amount of tannin and an amorphous and neutral yellow mass, to which he gave the name gewm bitter. He also confirmed the observation of Trommsdorff as to the presence of a greenish-yellow volatile oil (0.04 per cent), and found that it has a clove-like odor (Rep. d. Pharm., 1844, Vol. LXXXV, p. 168 to 201). Avens is an astringent tonic considerably employed in European practice, where it is used in intermittents, dysentery and diarrhoea, passive hemorrhages, and leucorrhoea. It is apt to derange the stomach and induce emesis if given too freely. The dose of the powder is from 20 to 60 grains, but the decoction, made by boiling 1 ounce of avens in 1 pint of water, is preferable. The dose is 1 or 2 fluid ounces GILLENIA.—INDIAN PHYSIC. The bark of the rhizome of Gillenia trifoliata, Moench (Spiraea trifoliata, Linné), and Gillenia stipulacea, Nuttall (Spiraea stipulata, Willdenow). Nat. Ord.—Rosaceae. COMMON NAMES: Indian physic, American ipecac, Indian hippo, and sometimes Bowman's root. . Botanical Source.—Indian physic is an indigenous, perennial herb, with an irregular, brownish, somewhat tuberous caudex, from which radiate many long, knotted, delicate fibers. The stems are several, from the same root, about 2 or 3 feet in height, erect, slender, flexuose, smooth, branched above, and of a reddish or brownish color. The leaves are alternate, trifoliate, subsessile, furnished with Small linear-lanceolate and slightly-toothed stipules at the base; the leaflets are lanceolate, acuminate, sharply and unequally toothed, the upper ones often single, the lower broader at the end, but acuminately terminated. The flowers are white, With a reddish tinge, borne in terminal, loose panicles, few in number, scattered, on long peduncles, occasionally furnished with minute, lanceolate bracts. The Cºlyx is subcampanulate or tubular, terminating in 5 sharp, reflexed teeth. Pet- alsº the 2 upper ones separated from the three lower, white with a reddish tinge ºn the edge, lanceolate, unguiculate, contracted and approximated at base and 3 ºimes, as long as the calyx. The stamens are about 20, in a double series within the calyx, with short filaments, and small, yellow anthers. Styles 5, with obtuse stigmas. Capsules 5, connate at base, oblong, acuminate, diverging, gib- hous without, sharp-edged within, 2-valved, 1-celled, and 1 or 2-seeded. The seeds are oblong, brown, and bitter (L-B). History.—The plant Gillenia trifoliata, sometimes called Bowman's root, is found growing from Canada to Florida, in rich woods, light, gravelly soils, and in moist 932 GILLENIA. and shady situations; it is more common in the Atlantic States than the West- ern. It blossoms from May to August. The root is the medicinal part, and must be collected in autumn. As met with in commerce it is a dry, tuberculated root, 3 or 4 lines in diameter, corrugated lengthwise, and of a reddish-brown color externally; it is composed of a light-colored, ligneous, internal substance, and an easily removed, dense, friable, brownish bark, which is readily reduced to a pow- der, having a similar color. It is nearly odorless, and has a nauseous, amarous taste, and yields its properties to alcohol or water at 100° C. (212° F.). The bark is the active portion, the internal woody substance being nearly inert. The root of G. Stipulacea is larger, tuberculated, and the rootlets present an annulated ap- pearance due to constrictions passing part way around the rootlet, forming Semi- circular depressions. Gillenia stipulacea, Nuttall, also called Bowman's root, which is found on the western side of the Allegheny Mountains, growing through Ohio, Indiana, Illi- nois, Missouri, and southward, flowering at the same time as the above, possesses similar properties, but is more efficient in the same doses. It may be distin- guished by its drab-colored and branching stems, its greater size, its large, clasp- ing, ovate-cordate, leafy, gashed, and serrated stipules, its lower leaves being of a reddish-brown color at the tips; the stipules are leafy, ovate, doubly incised and clasping; and the flowers are fewer, smaller, on slender peduncles, hanging in loose panicles. It is seldom met with in limestone or alluvial soils. (For an interesting article on the nomenclature of Gillenia, see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1898, p. 501.) Chemical Composition.—According to Mr. Shreeve, gillenia contains starch, gum-resin, wax, a fatty matter, a red coloring substance, a volatile coloring mat- ter, and a peculiar principle soluble in alcohol and diluted acids, but insoluble in water or ether (Amer. Jour. Pharm.,Vol. I, p. 28). Mr. W. B. Stanhope procured gillemin from Gillenia trifoliata by making an alcoholic extract of the powdered bark, evaporating to dryness, treating with water, macerating the resinous and bit- terresidue with diluted sulphuric acid for 10 days, filtering, evaporating with excess of magnesia, extracting with alcohol and allowing the solvent to evaporate spon- taneously. The gillenin thus obtained was permanent in the air, very bitter, soluble in water, alcohol, ether, and diluted acids, neutral, giving a fine green color with chromic acid, and blood-red with strong nitric acid. Tannic acid produced no effect, but caustic potash, subacetate of lead, and tartar emetic threw down white precipitates. In doses of # grain it produced emesis, with consider- able vertigo (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1856, p. 200). Mr. Frank W. White (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1892, p. 121), found the active principle of Gillenia trifoliata to be a glu- cosid, obtainable by agitating the aqueous solution of the alcoholic extract with chloroform. In Gillenia stipulacea Mr. Gordon L. Curry found two glucosids which he ob- tained from the ether extract of an aqueous infusion. One, which he named gillein, was obtainable in feathery crystals, easily gives off sugar, is soluble in water, alco- hol, and diluted acids, and causes nausea in the dose of + grain. The other glu- cosid, called gilléenin, is amorphous, much more stable, soluble in water, but spar- ingly soluble in alcohol and ether. Neither of these substances gives the reactions of Stanhope’s gillenim. Sugar, gum, and tannin were also found (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1892, p. 513). Both this root and that of the Gillenia trifoliata were for- merly official in the U. S. P. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—The root-bark of these plants is emetic, cathartic, sudorific, expectorant, and tonic. In their action, they resemble ipe- cacuanha. Like the latter, their dust will provoke irritation of the throat and breathing organs. They have been recommended in amenorrhoea, rheumatism, dropsy, habitual costiveness, dyspepsia, worms, and in intermittents. As an emetic and cathartic, from 20 to 35 grains is a dose, which, when vomiting is required, may be Repeated at intervals of 20 minutes. It may be used in all diseases where emetics are indicated, as a safe and efficient agent. In dyspepsia, accompanied with a tor- pid condition of the stomach, from 2 to 4 grains forms an excellent tonic. As a sudorific, 6 grains may be given in some cold water, and repeated at intervals of 2 or 3 hours, or it may be given in combination with a small portion of opium. Large and oft-repeated doses of the infusion cause severe vomiting and purging. G LECHOMA.—G [...YCERINUM. 933 GLECHOMA.—GROUND IVY. The plant Glechoma hederacea, Linné (Nepeta Glechoma, Bentham). Nat. Ord.—Labiatae. COMMON NAMES: Ground ivy, Cat-foot, Gill-go-over-the-ground. ILLUSTRATION: Johnson's Med. Bot. of N. A., Fig. 145, p. 213. Botanical Source and Description.—This plant, the Glechoma hederacea of Linnaeus, is a perennial, gray, hairy herb, with a prostrate, creeping stem, radi- cating at base, square, and from a few inches to 1 or 2 feet long. The leaves are petiolate, opposite, roundish, cordate-reniform, crenate, hairy, and glaucous on both sides, though often purplish beneath. The floral leaves are of the same form. The flowers are bluish-purple, about 3 together in axillary whorls. The corolla is about 3 times as long as the calyx, with a variegated throat. The calyx is long, curved, villous, the limb oblique, the teeth lanceolate-subulate, the upper being the largest. The bracts are scarcely as long as the pedicel. The 2 anthers of each pair of stamens meet with their 2 divaricate cells, forming the appearance of a cross (L.—W.—G.). History and Chemical Composition.—This plant is common to Europe and the United States, where it is found growing in shady places, waste grounds, dry ditches, fences and hedges, and on the sides of moist meadows, flowering in May and August. The leaves are the parts used, and yield their virtues, by infusion, to boiling water. They have an unpleasant odor, and a harsh, bitterish, slightly aromatic taste. This plant was found by Mr. Charles A. Ridgway to contain an essential oil (0.06 per cent), fat, resin, gum, wax, sugar, tannic acid, about 16 per i; Of "; etc., and an acrid, fatty substance (0.96 per cent) (Amer. Jour. Pharm., , p. Ob). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Ground ivy is stimulant, tonic, and pectoral, and has been recommended in diseases of the lungs and kidneys, asthma, jawndice, hypochondria, and monomania. An infusion of the leaves is highly rec- ommended in lead colic, and it is stated that painters who make use of it often are never troubled with that affliction. The fresh juice snuffed up the nose is said to cure headache. Dose of the powdered leaves, from 3 to 1 drachm; of the infusion, 1 or 2 fluid ounces. . A tincture of the fresh plant, prepared with 98 per cent alco- hol, may be given in doses of 1 to 15 drops, GLYCERINUM (U. S. P.)—GLycERIN. FoRMUL.A.: C, H,(OH),. . MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 91.79. ... “Aliquid obtained by the decomposition of vegetable or animal fats or fixed oils, and containing not less than 95 per cent of absolute glycerin (C.H.IOH]-- 91.79)”—(U. S. P.). SYNONYMs: Glycerina (U. S. P., 1870), Glycerine, Glycerol, Propenyl alcohol. History and Preparation.—Glycerin was discovered, in 1779, by Scheele in the Saponification products of olive oil by means of litharge, and later recognized by him as a common constituent of other oils and fats, and therefore named the 'sweet principle of fats.” Chevreul gave it the name glycerin, and cleared up the nature of its combination in the fats. Glycerin, or glycerol, as it is now prefer- ably called to indicate its alcohol character, is a trihydric alcohol (C.H.[OH]), Containing the trivalent radical “glyceryl’’ (C.H.). It exists in oils and fats, 99mbined with palmitic, stearic, and oleic acids in the form of glycerylesters of these acids (tripalmitin, tristearin, triolein; also see under Adeps). In some oils and fats it is combined partially with other acids—e.g., in butter—wherein 5 per cent of the total fat is glyceryl-tributyrate, or tributyrin; in cod-liver oil it is said to exist in part Combined with acetic acid, as glyceryl triacetate, or triacetin, etc. Glycerin also exists in the yolk of eggs and the human brain in the form of phos- pho-glyceric (tºd. Pasteur's researches have also established its occurrence as a regular constituent among the products of fermentation (see Alcohol). . On a Small scale glycerin may be obtained in the process which led to its discovery, viz., that of making lead plaster (see Emplastrum Plumbi). The late 934 GLYCERINUM. Mr. Robert Shoemaker prepared by this method probably the first commercial glycerin in the United States, in 1848, at $4.00 a pound (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1879, p. 289). The article became official in the U. S. P., in 1850. Large quantities of glycerin are now obtained as a by-product in the manu- facture of soaps and candles. This was formerly thrown away as useless. The principle involved is simply that of splitting the fat into its constituents (fatty acid and glycerin) by adding the elements of water (see Emplastrum Plumbi). The pro- cess of Saponification is being carried out in several different ways: (1) With alkalies; the fatty acids thereby combine with alkali and form soap (see Sapo); the glycerin in diluted form is contained in the aqueous layer below the soap. (2) With milk of lime (old process of Campbell Morfit, see this Dispensatory, pre- vious revision), or with milk of lime and water in closed vessels under a pressure of 10 atmospheres and a temperature of 172°C. (242.6°F.) (Milly's Autoclave Pro- cess, see Prof.S. P. Sadtler, Handbook of Indust. Org. Chem., 1895, p. 56). The glycerin water separates from the layer of lime soap and fatty acids; glycerin is obtained therefrom best by evaporation in vacuo. (3) With Superheated Steam (“aqueous saponification”) and subsequent redistillation of the raw glycerin. This method was introduced, in 1855, by Messrs. Wilson and Paine, and marked a great step forward in the problem of obtaining a pure article. In Saponifying the fats with superheated steam, the temperature must not exceed 300° C. (572° F.), or else decomposition products will be formed. Both the fatty acid and the glycerin distill over. In redistilling the raw glycerim by superheated steam, the liquid is heated to about 180°C. (356°F.), and the steam has a temperature of about 110°C. (230°F.). For details regarding the manufacture of glycerin, consult the various works on chemical technology. Description.—Glycerin is officially described as follows; “A clear, colorless, liquid, of a thick, syrupy consistence, oily to the touch, odorless, very sweet and slightly warm to the taste. When exposed to the air, it slowly abstracts mois- ture. Specific gravity, not less than 1,250 at 15°C. (59°F.). Soluble, in all pro- portions, in water or alcohol, also soluble in a mixture of 3 parts of alcohol and 1 part of ether, but insoluble in ether, chloroform, carbon disulphide, benzin, ben- zol, and fixed or volatile oils. Glycerin is slowly volatilized from an aqueous solution, at or above 100°C. (212°F.), with the vapor of water. Heated by itself to a higher temperature, it yields acrid decomposition products, boils at a tem- perature at or above 165°C. (329°F.), and is finally entirely decomposed and dissi- pated”—(U. S. P.). The exceedingly irritating decomposition products are chiefly due to the formation of acrolein (allyl aldehyde, C.H.CHO), which is also formed when fats are burned, or when glycerin is heated with strong sulphuric acid. Yet Prof. Trimble has demonstrated (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1885, p. 275) the propriety of the use of the vapors of pure glycerin for inhalations, the details being as follows: When 50 grammes of pure glycerin were slowly heated in an open capsule, vaporization became abundant at 130° C. (266°F.). At 264°C. (497.2° F.), slight boiling was perceptible, but very little was left, and the dense vapors formed had a purely sweet taste, absolutely free from any irritating quality. Pure glyc- erin, when heated to 150° C. (302°F.) in an open crucible, can be ignited, and burns with a blue flame. Glycerin of only 90 per cent can be burned with the aid of a wick, like alcohol, in a spirit lamp. Absolute glycerin has the specific gravity of 1.266 at 15° C. (59°F), and boils at 290° C. (55.4° F.), while 95 per cent glycerin has a specific gravity of 1.2526 and boils at 164° C. (327.2° F.) (Gerlach). At one time crystallized glycerin, from a Vienna manufacturer, was brought to London, requiring the knife and hammer to break it. It resembled rock-candy (sugar), being in white, octahedral crystals, with considerable refractive power, and, when melted, the liquid glycerin presented all its usual properties, but could not be again reduced to the crystalline condition. It seems that pro- longed exposure to a temperature of 0°C. (32°F.) will bring about crystallization, and contact with a crystal already formed will promote this process. The crystals, while hard and gritty, are very hygroscopic. More recently, some specimens, after being melted, were found by Prof. Trimble to have a high specific gravity (1.2618) (see Wallace Procter, in Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1885, p. 273). Glycerin dissolves many vegetable exudations and resinous substances. It does not dissolve sugar or gum, but readily mixes with syrups and mucilages. GLY CERIN.U.M. 935 It is insoluble in fatty matter, and can only be incorporated with it mechanically, to effect which it is necessary that the fat should have a Soft consistence, which may be imparted to it by combination with oil of sweet almonds, or some other fixed oil. Glycerin mixes with acetic acid; moistens bodies without rendering them greasy, does not become rancid, and is easily charged with the aroma of volatile oils. The solubilities of certain substances in glycerin (Klever) as taken from Chemi- ker Kalender, 1897, are as follows: One hundred parts (by weight) of glycerin dissolve at 15.5°C. (60°F.): PARTS PARTS Alum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Phosphorus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.20 Ammonium carbonate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Potassium arsenate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Ammonium chloride. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Potassium bromide... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Arsenic trioxide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Potassium chlorate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 Arsenic pentoxide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Potassium cyanide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Atropine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Potassium iodide... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Atropine sulphate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Quinine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 Barium chloride. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Quinine tartrate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 Benzoic acid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Sodium arsenate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Boric acid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Sodium biborate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Brucine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2 Sodium bicarbonate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Calcium sulphide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Sodium carbonate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Cinchonine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 Sodium chlorate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Cinchonine sulphate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.7 Strychnine... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 Cupric acetate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Strychnine nitrate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cupric sulphate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Strychnine Sulphate... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.50 Iodine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9 Sulphur. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.10 Lead acetate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Tannic acid. ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Mercuric chloride (corr. Subl.). . . . . . . . . 7.5 Tartar emetic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5 Mercuric cyanide... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Urea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Morphine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.45 Veratrine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Morphine acetate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Zinc chloride... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Morphine chloride. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Zinc iodide... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Oxalic acid... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Zinc sulphate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . `... 35 Glycerin dissolves the vegetable acids, aloes, some resinous substances, the deliquescent salts, the sulphates of potassium, Sodium, and copper, the nitrates of potassium and silver, the alkaline chlorides, caustic potash, caustic soda, baryta, strontia, bromine, iodine, and even oxide of lead, and one-fifth part of arsenous acid. It dissolves about 1 per cent of its weight of calcium sulphate, and 2 per cent of chloride of lead. It dissolves the salts of morphine, sulphate of quinine, and, when triturated with these, or with the salts of strychnine, veratrine, bru- cine, and other vegetable alkaloids, forms a medicinal cerate very useful for fric- tions and embrocations. It also dissolves sulphides of potassium, of calcium, and of iodine, iodides of sulphur, of potassium, and of mercury, and some chlo- rides. It promotes the solution of borax in tincture of myrrh, no water being required; added to tincture of kino it retards gelatinization. The vegetable ex- tracts are soluble in it, some of the solutions, as of extract of belladonna, forming useful external applications. Being possessed of strong antiseptic properties, it preserves animal and vegetable substances; meat has been immersed in glycerin for several months and preserved its freshness. It dissolves the carbonate of iron immediately on its formation, giving a deep-green solution. Like sugar it arrests the conversion of the ferrous into ferric salts, and has keptiodide of iron for years Without change. It may be used in the preparation of spirits (essences) of cloves, Cinnamom, etc., for syrups of phosphate of iron, bromide of iron, and iodide of Quinine, for preserving fresh lemon juice, and for preserving the soft consistence of pill masses and confections. Thus it is seen that the solvent powers of glyc- erin, both diluted and undiluted, are very extensive and important. By oxidation with cold nitric acid, glycerin yields glyceric acid (CH,0H.C.H. OH.COOH) and a variety of other acids. Potassium permanganate in alkaline solution produces oxalic acid. Upon the latter reaction is based a quantitative determination of glycerin by Benedict and Zsigmondy, a process also indicated by Wm. Fox and J. A. Wanklyn (see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1886, p. 248). Another Jaethod for the quantitative determination of glycerin, by L. Legler and O. Hehner (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1887, p. 464, from The Analyst, Jan. and Feb., 1887), 936 GLYCERINUM. is based on the fact that glycerin can be completely oxidized to carbonic acid and water by being heated with sulphuric acid and potassium bichromate. Sulphuric acid combines with glycerin to form an ester glycerylsulphuric acid (SO.H.C.H.IOH].). Likewise glycerin combines with phosphoric acid to form a similarly constituted compound (PO, H.C.H.IOH].). Nitroglycerin is a highly explosive compound that is made by methods safe only on a manufacturing scale and in the hands of qualified men (see Spiritus Glomoini). Glycerin liberates from borax half its quantity of boric acid; thus if blue litmus solution is added to separate quantities of neutral glycerin and borax solution, when mixed, a red color results. W. R. Dunstan (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1883, pp. 447–456) has shown that the red color turns blue upon warming, and reappears on cooling. Again, when adding glycerin to a mixture of molecular quantities of bicarbonate of sodium and borax, the boric acid liberated by the glycerin will expel with effer- vescence half of the carbonic acid in the bicarbonate, and monocarbonate will remain (with reference to this reaction, see also Mr. L. F. Kebler, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1894, p. 428). lycerin is capable of undergoing fermentation under certain conditions. A. Fitz (1877) obtained, by the action of a certain class of fungi, called Schizomy- cetes, from glycerin diluted with twenty times its bulk of water, large quantities of normal butylalcohol and normal butyric acid; also ethyl alcohol, Capronic acid, hydrogen, and carbonic acid. Freund has also shown that trimethyleneglycol (C.H.O.) is one of the principal products formed. This substance has more recently been demonstrated by A. A. Noyes and W. H. Watkins (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1895, p. 633), to occur as a troublesome by-product in the manufacture of glycerin from fats that have undergone spontaneous saponification and sub- sequent fermentation. Tests and Uses.—For medicinal purposes, glycerin only should be used that has been purified by distillation; an impure glycerin when applied to wounds or ulcers is very apt to cause a burning Sensation, and a papular eruption on the skin; when pure it is unirritating. Formerly its impurities were more numer- ous than now, owing to the imperfect method of its manufacture. The process of purifying glycerin by distillation has reduced the proportion of ash consider- ably, which in pure distilled glycerin does not exceed 0.2 per cent, while undis- tilled glycerin from soap lyes may have from 7 to 14 per cent of ash. Impurities liable to occur in glycerin are : water, volatile fatty acids (e.g., formic and butyric acids), added sugar or glucose, empyreumatic substances, oxalic acid, chlorides, sulphates of calcium, magnesium, and heavy metals, as iron, lead, zinc, etc. Siebold (1889) observed the presence of arsenic in glycerin (in one instance, 0.04 per cent), an impurity due to the employment, during manufacture, of sulphuric acid containing it. When present in glycerin, arsenic is exceedingly difficult to remove ; it is claimed that agitating with recently precipitated ferric hydrate will remove this contamination (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1890, p. 523) The presence of iron in glycerin, due, according to Haussmann (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1895, p. 84) to its being kept in tinned iron cans, disturbs the color of pharmaceutical prepa- rations in which glycerin is combined with tannin, or phenols, or salicylic acid. Another impurity occasionally occurring in commercial glycerin is the trimethyl- eneglycol before mentioned. Glycerin, beside answering to the official description given before, should conform to the following tests of the U. S. P.: “If a fused bead of borax, on a loop of platinum wire, be moistened with glycerin, and then held in the non-luminous flame, the latter will be transiently tinted deep green. An aqueous solution of glycerin is neutral to litmus paper. When a small por- tion of glycerin is heated to boiling in an open porcelain or platinum capsule, and then gently ignited, it should burn and vaporize so as to leave not more than a dark stain (absence of dextrin and sugar), which would leave a bulky, difficultly combustible, charred mass); and on full combustion no residue whatever should be left (absence of fixed impurities). If 5 Co. of glycerin be mixed with 50 Co. of water and 10 drops of hydrochloric acid in a small flask, and heated for half an hour on a boiling water-bath, then 10 Co. of the hot liquid mixed with 2 Co. of sodium hydrate T.S. and 1 Co. of alkaline cupric tartrate V.S., no yellowish-red cloudiness or precipitate should appear within six hours (absence of sugars). On gently warming a mixture of equal volumes of glycerin and of concentrated GLYCERIN.U.M. 937 sulphuric acid in a test-tube, the liquid should not acquire a dark color (absence of readily carbonizable impurities). On gradually heating 5 Co. of glycerin with 3 Co. of diluted sulphuric acid in a test-tube, short of boiling, no offensive or acidulous odor should be evolved (absence of fatty acids, etc.). No color, cloudi- ness or precipitate should appear when separate portions of its aqueous solution (1 in 10) are treated with hydrogen sulphide or ammonium sulphide T.S. (absence of metals), barium chloride T.S. (sulphuric acid), calcium chloride T.S. (oxalic acid), or ammonium oxalate T.S. (calcium salts). If a mixture of 2 CC. of glycerin with 10 Co. of water, contained in a perfectly clean, glass-stoppered cylinder, be heated for five minutes in a water-bath at a temperature of 60° to 65° C. (140° to 149°F.), then mixed with 10 drops of silver mitrate T.S., and the cylinder set aside, well stoppered, in diffused daylight, no change of transparency or color should occur in the mixture within five minutes (absence of chlorides, and limit of impurities having reducing properties)”—(U. S. P.). The presence of butyric acid may be detected, according to the British Pharmacopoeia (1898), by adding a mixture of equal volumes of alcohol (90 per cent) and diluted sul- phuric acid, and gently heating, whereupon the pineapple odor of butyric ether is at once developed. As pure glycerin does not polarize transmitted light, the presence of sugar may be easily recognized also by optical methods. The British Pharmacopoeia (1898) fixes the limit of arsenic in glycerin by the following test: “2 Co. diluted with 5 Co. of a mixture of 1 part of hydrochloric acid and 7 parts of water, 1 Gm. of pure zinc being added, and the whole placed in a long test- tube, the mouth of which is covered by a piece of filter paper moistened with a drop or two of test solution of mercuric chloride, and dried, should not afford a yellow stain on the paper, even after 15 minutes (limit of arsenium)”—(Br. Ph., 1898). (Also see article on arsenic in glycerin, by A. C. Langmuir, Jour. Amer. Chem. Soc., 1899, p. 133.) The most extensive use of glycerin, in the industries and arts, is in the manufacture of nitroglycerin; large quantities are also used in the making of cosmetics, and for filling wet-process gas meters to prevent the containing fluid from freezing in winter and evaporating in summer. It is also employed as a food preservative, and for the treatment of wine, vinegar and beer (this process being called Scheelizing), and in addition to its use in phar- . macy and medicine, it is also employed for many practical purposes in the mechanical arts. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Stimulant, antiseptic, laxative and demulcent. Pure glycerin abstracts water from the tissues, leaving them hard and irritated, and if of the skin liable to crack; impure glycerin, besides acting in the same manner, is more of an irritant on account of traces of sulphuric and nitric acids as well as certain organic acids, and other deleterious substances contained in it. In view of these facts only the purest glycerin should be used, and that should be mixed with a certain amount of water or rose-water before using. Glycerin may be used in prwrigo, psoriasis, impetigo, lichen, lepra, pityriasis, herpes evedens, and some syphilitic and strumous affections. M. Fonssagrives con- siders its usefulness in parasitical cutaneous affections to be due to its antiseptic, antiputrid, and antiparasitical properties. Glycerim has been used in the place of god-liver oil, to improve nutrition in convalescence from exhausting diseases, and in asthenic conditions generally. It is also used as a solvent of many alka- loids, extracts, salts, acids, etc., etc., especially for local application to inflamed, !cerated or suppurating parts; also, as stated above, to several cutaneous maladies. Pure glycerin has been recommended for diabetic patients by Drs. Pavy and Abbot Smith, as a substitute for came sugar, honey, molasses, etc., sweetening tea, coffee, Various drinks, cakes, etc., with it. It is generally regarded as a non-nutritious substance at the present day, and has lost prestige as a food in phth is is and ºqbetes, and other exhausting diseases. It can not compare with cod-liver oil for this purpose, though there is some good evidence that it lessens, and in some instances checks, the excretion of sugar in saccharine diabetes. Large amounts of glycerin act not unlike alcohol, producing intoxication and the same gastric effects. From one-third to one-twelfth of glycerin may be added to washes or ºtºplasms, to render them soothing, and to keep the latter moist for some time. acts as an emollient and soothing application, absorbing moisture from the *, and preventing the parts to which it is applied from becoming too dry. 938 GLYCERINUM. A very small amount added to a few grains of borax and rose-water, furnishes one of the most elegant and efficient washes for chapped hands, face, lips, or nipples. A small quantity of glycerin added to pills or extracts, will preserve them from becoming hard and moldy. Vaccine virus may be preserved by mixing it with glycerin. It has been highly recommended for deafness in which there is a partial or total absence of ceruminous secretion, by protecting, the tympanum, and gradually restoring the parts to their natural condition; it is likewise said to cause hearing in cases where the tympanum is thickened and indurated, or where it is in an unsound state or destroyed by ulceration; but in this last case it is not permanent; and when there is a hardness of the cerumen, and induration of the tympanum, it has proved successful. The plan is to mois- ten wool with the glycerin, pure or diluted with water, and pass it into the ear. In fact water and glycerin, or glycerin alone, are the best solvents for impacted and hardened cerwmen, and by softening the mass with either, it may be readily removed by syringing carefully with warm water. An efficient lotion for dress- ing the parts after the removal of the impacted mass, is the following: B. Color- less hydrastis (Lloyd's), 3.j; glycerin, gtt. xx; distillate of hamamelis, q. S. fläss. Mix. Sig. Apply warm to the parts by means of cotton. The bland and unir- ritating character of pure glycerin, in the presence of a little water, its perma- nence when exposed to the atmosphere (except its absorption of moisture), and the completeness with which it shields the parts covered by it, render it suscep- tible of many important applications. Mr. J. H. Ecky has given a formula for the preparation of a glycerin ointment, especially useful for chapped hands, lips, excoriations of the skin, etc. It will also serve as a medium for applying powders, etc., to ulcers, cutaneous affections, or other difficulties, by combining them with it, in the desired proportions. The formula is as follows: Melt together spermaceti half an ounce, and white wax 1 drachm, with oil of almonds 2 fluid ounces, at a moderate heat; put these into a Wedgewood mortar, add glycerin 1 fluid ounce, and rub together until well mixed and cold. An excellent lotion for cracked hands, and especially for those who work in water, is the following: B. Carbolic acid (liquefied by warmth), gtt. V; tincture of armica, fläss; glycerin, fläss; rose- water (or water or distillate of hamamelis), q. S. flávi. Mix. Sig. Wash the hands thoroughly with asepsin soap and warm water, rinse them, and apply the lotion while the hands are still wet. A Glycerin Balsam for chapped lips and hands is made by melting together 1 ounce, each, of white wax and spermaceti, then stirring in half a pound of sweet almond oil and 2 ounces of glycerin, and when nearly cold, half a drachm of attar of roses. Mr. Wilson recommends glycerin as an injection into the bladder to dissolve calculous deposits, especially urea, and phosphate of calcium ; also to be used as a substitute for syrups in preserving fruits; mixed with alcohol or pyroxylic spirit as an economical fuel for spirit-lamps; and as a remedy in diseases of the mucous membrane of the stomach. Dr. Wm. º advises a solution of tannic acid in pure glycerin as a local application to local hemorrhages, by a sponge or brush, also to the vaginal, uterine, urethral, rectal, or nasal membranes, where a strong and non-irritant astringent lotion is desired. Glycerin dissolves nearly its own weight of tannic acid; the solution should be recently prepared and be kept in the dark, else it will decompose (see Glycerites). On account of its affinity for the water of the tissues, glycerin may be used as an astringent. It has thus been employed to dry and constringe wounds, lessening the tendency to the formation of pus, and a cotton pledget first dipped in hot water, squeezed, and Saturated with glycerin, applied to fresh wounds, is said to cause union by first intention. Glycerin is an efficient astringent for leucorrhoea, Otorrhoea, ozama, and other catarrhal discharges may be lessened by the local use of glycerin. Abscesses, boils, carbuncles, and local occlemas, as of the prepuce, may be treated with it. A mixture of glycerin and water is in common use to relieve dryness of the mouth induced by febrile and other states. Internally administered, glycerin is Somewhat laxative, and cures of chronic constipation and hemorrhoids, both blind and bleeding, have been accredited to its use. When used by rectal injection, or by means of the glycerin suppository, it certainly is a very efficient remedy for habitual coStiveness, provided the fecal mass be located in the rectum, and there is no lesion of the parts. If the parts be sound and the glycerin pure, no smarting GLYCERITA.—GLYCERITUM A CIDI CARBOLICI. 939 or pain is likely to follow its use. It may be employed even with very young infants, and a few injections will generally break up the constipation habit. Occasionally irritation of the rectum has followed in infants, but such instances are rare, and probably due to an unhealthy condition of the rectum or to the use of an impure glycerin. The amount to be used is from # to 1 drachm. A small glass syringe may be employed. Added to washes and ointments for skin diseases, glycerin aids in allaying itching, when present. One of the best applications for tibial ulcerations is the following: B. Glycerin, 3.j; carbolic acid (melted by warmth), gr. iij; aqua pura, q. S. Oj. Mix. Sig. Bathe the part two or three times a day, and keep the part wetted by laying upon it a cloth saturated with the solution. Dr. Goddard has given a formula for a very adhesive glycerin paste, suitable for fixing paper labels to glass and other surfaces, and which keeps well; it is to dissolve 1 ounce of gum Arabic in 2 fluid ounces of boiling water, add 2 fluid drachms of glycerin, and strain if necessary. This forms a valuable paste for druggists, chemists, and others. A glycerin jelly is prepared by intimately mixing half a drachm of soft soap with 2 fluid drachms of pure honey, then gradually adding 5 ounces of clear olive oil, stirring without intermission until all the oil is taken up. Care must be taken not to add the oil too fast. Or it may be pre- pared by rubbing and mixing well together half an ounce of powdered gum Arabic, and 4 ounces of simple syrup, then add the yolks of 3 eggs, and when well mixed, add gradually 4 ounces of olive oil, and 2 ounces of glycerin, previ- ously mixed together. The ordinary dose of glycerin is 1 drachm, though from 2 to 4 drachms night and morning may be used. Related Preparation.— GLYCONEs, prepared by Eli Lilly & Co., Indianapolis, Ind., are rectal suppositories containing 95 per cent of pure glycerin, covered with an easily removable coating which is impervious and unchangeable, preserving the suppositories in all climates. They are designed to overcome constipation, and quickly and easily produce rectal evacuation. GLYCERITA.—GLYCERITES. SYNoNYMs: Glycerina (Br.), Glycerines (Br.), Glycerata, Glyceroles, Glycerolata, Glycerols, Glycerates, Glycemates. By this class of preparations is generally understood solutions of medicinal substances in glycerin, although in certain instances the various Pharmacopoeias deviate to an extent. The term Glycerita as here applied to fluid glycerines, or Solutions of agents in glycerin, is preferable to the ordinary names, “glyceroles,” “glycerates,” or “glycemates,” etc., and includes all fluid preparations of the kind referred to, whether for internal administration or local application. Many solu- tions of glycerin or glycerin and water, are apt upon standing to develop micro- Scopic cryptogams, unless a certain proportion of alcohol is added to the solutions. On this account, it is better to prepare many members of this class of solutions in small quantity at a time, and only as they are wanted (see Lotions and Plasmae). Related Preparation.— GLYcELCEUM. This was introduced, in 1867, by T. B. Groves. Take almond meal (fine), 3 ounce; glycerin, 1 ounce; olive oil, 3 ounces. Triturate the meal With the glycerin and gradually incorporate the oil with the mixture. This semi-gelatinous, pasty mass may be made into emulsions by gradually adding water to it. Powders may also be incorporated with it. Oleoresins and essential oils may be employed as substitutes, wholly Or lin part. GLYCERITUM ACIDI CARBOLICI (U. S. P.)—GLYCERITE OF CARBOLIC ACID. SYNONYMs: Glycerin of carbolic acid, Glycerole of carbolic acid. . . Preparation.—“Carbolic acid, twenty grammes (20 Gm.) [309 grs.]; glycerin, eighty grammes (80 Gm) [2 ozs, av., 360 grs.]; to make one hundred grammes (100 Gm) [3 ozs. av., 231 grs.]. Weigh the carbolic acid and glycerin, succes- Şiyely, into a tared capsule, and stir them together until the acid is dissolved. Then transfer the solution to a bottle”—(U. S. P.). 940 GLYCERITUM ACIDI GALLICI.-GLYCERITUM ACIDI TANNICI. Action and Medical Uses.—This has been beneficially employed as a local application in several forms of cutaneous disease, attended with intense itching, prwrigo, psoriasis, etc.; likewise in parasitical affections of the skin, as timea, pity- Tiasis, itch, etc. - *. This preparation may be used of full strength in the preparation of carbolic acid plaster, but when designed for local applications, it should be still further diluted with glycerin. A solution of the above has been advised as a dressing to gamgrenous wounds in preference to a solution of permanganate of potassium (Maissonneuve). Solutions of various strengths have been used in various cuta- meows affections, camcerous and other fetid w!cerations. GLYCERITUM ACIDI GALLICI.—GLYCERITE OF GALLIC ACID. SYNoNYM : Glycerin of gallic acid. Preparation.—Take of gallic acid, 1 troy ounce; glycerin, 4 fluid ounces. Powder the gallic acid in a mortar, then gradually add the glycerin, rubbing the mixture constantly, until an even mixture is effected. Transfer this to a porcelain evaporating dish, and warm gently upon a water-bath, stirring con- stantly until the acid dissolves. This preparation should not be heated above the boiling point of water, 100° C. (212° F.), lest poisonous pyrogallol be formed (T. E. Thorpe). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This preparation has been taken in- ternally, instead of gallic acid in substance, in the several varieties of disease in which this acid is indicated, and is supposed to be more promptly absorbed when used in this form. Useful in inflammatory affections of mucous surfaces, as of the fauces, nasal membrane, ear, vagina, etc. It is to be applied locally, either as a wash, gargle, or injection. Its dose is from 10 minims to 1 fluid drachm, Ex- termally it has been applied to the Scalp, in cases of alopecia, * GLYCERITUM ACIDI SALICYLICI.-GLYCERITE OF SALICYLIC ACID. SYNoNYM : Glycerin of salicylic acid. Preparation.—Take of salicylic acid (made from wintergreen oil), borax (in fine powder), each, 60 grains; glycerin, 2 fluid ounces. Triturate the acid with the borax, in a mortar, until thoroughly mixed; then add the glycerin, and rub until a clear solution is obtained. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—(See Acidum Salicylicum.) This prepa- ration will be found very useful in all maladies in which salicylic acid is indicated. It may be used internally as well as externally, and constitutes a useful local appli- cation in several diseases of the mouth and pharmya, in gangrenous ulcers, leucorrhoea, offensive discharges, pediculi, prwritis, etc. The dose internally is from , to 2 fluid drachms. GLYCERITUM ACIDI TANNICI (U. S. P.)—GLYCERITE of TANNIC ACID, SYNoNYMs: Glycerin of tannin, Glycerole of tammim. Preparation.--"Tannic acid, twenty grammes (20 Grm.) [309 grs.]; glycerin, eighty grammes (80 Gm.) [2 OZS. av., 360 grs.]; to make one hundred grammes (100 Grm.) [3 OZS. av., 231 grs.]. Weigh the tannic acid and glycerin, successively, into a tared porcelain capsule, avoiding contact with metallic utensils, and apply the heat of a water-bath, until the acid is completely dissolved. Then transfer the solution to a bottle "—(U. S. P.). Action and Medical Uses.—This forms a useful local application in bleeding from cuts, leech bites, epistaſcis, Sore nipples, anal fissure, chronic coryza, spongy gums, vaginal leucorrhaea, and chronic mucows inflammations, in which the mucous mem- brane is relaxed. It will be found an excellent local application in gleet, the masal GLYCERITUM ALOES.–GLYCERITUM BISMUTHI. 941 discharges following the exanthematous affections, otorrhoea in children, granular oph- thalmia, Ozana, etc. It is contraindicated in active inflammations, which should be allayed previous to its use (see Acidum, Tannicum). Chronic diseases of the skin, as eczema, impetigo, timea, lichen, etc., have also been greatly benefited by its application. GLYCERITUM ALOES.–GLYCERITE OF ALOES. SYNONYMS : Glycerinum aloes, Glycerin of aloes, Glycerole of aloes. • Preparation.—Take of finely powdered socotrine aloes, 4 drachms; glycerin, 4 troy ounces; triturate the aloes with the glycerin in a glass or porcelain mortar, transfer to a bottle and agitate well together. If the aloes is not entirely dissolved digest the mixture for 15 minutes in a water-bath and strain. This forms a syrupy liquid of a bright mahogany color. - - Action and Medical Uses.—This is recommended as a local application in lichen agrius, and eczematous affections. GLYCERITUM ALUMINIS.—GLYCERITE OF ALUM. SYNoNYM : Glycerin of alum. Preparation.—Alum, 1 ounce; glycerin, 5 fluid ounces; place ingredients im a porcelain vessel, stir them together, and heat gently until solution is accom- plished. Set the solution aside, and when all particles have settled pour off the clear liquid. Action and Medical Uses.—This is to be used for the same purposes as alum (see Alwmem). It is more irritating than glycerite of tannin, but has the advantage of being stainless. GLYCERITUM AMYLI (U. S. P.)—GLYCERITE OF STARCH. SYNoNYMs: Glycerin of starch, Plasma, Glycamyl. Preparation.—“Starch, ten grammes (10 Gm.) [154 grs.]; water, ten cubic centimeters (10 Co.) [162 Till; glycerin, eighty grammes (80 Gm.) [2 ozs, av., 360 grs.]. To the starch, contained in a porcelain capsule, add the water and glyc- erin, and stir until a homogeneous mixture is produced. Then apply a heat gradually raised to 140°C. (284°F.), and not exceeding 144° C. (291.2°F.), stir- ring constantly, until a translucent jelly is formed. Transfer the product to suita- ble vessels, provided with well-fitting covers”—(U. S. P.). - This preparation, if exposed to the atmosphere, readily absorbs moisture, hence it should be kept in closely-stoppered bottles. According to Willmott the substitution of water in place of one-third of the glycerin used will prevent this change. Action and Medical Uses.—Glycerite of starch forms a bland preparation, very useful in cases in which it is desired to apply mild, non-irritating dressings, as in the burning heat of eczema, in excoriated surfaces, in erythema, and in several other irritated or inflamed conditions of the skin. It likewise forms a vehicle for the application of other agents with which it may be mixed. GLYCERITUM BISMUTHI (N. F.)—GLYCERITE OF BISMUTH, SYNoNYMs: Liquor bismuthi concentratus, Concentrated solution of bismuth. Preparation.—“Bismuth and ammonium citrate, two hundred and seventy- five grammes (275 Gm.) [9 ozs, av.,307 grs.]; stronger water of ammonia (U. S. P.), a sufficient quantity; glycerin, five hundred cubic centimeters (500 Co.) [16 flá, 435 Tl); water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flā, 391 ml]. Triturate the bismuth and ammonium citrate with three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (350 Co.) [11 flá, 401 ml of water and 942 GLYCERITUM BOROGLYCERIN.I.—GLYCERITUM HYDRASTIS. two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (250 Co.) [8 flā, 218 Tl) of glycerin, and add to it gradually just enough stronger water of ammonia to dissolve the salt, and to produce a neutral solution. Then add the remainder of the glycerin and enough water to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 fil], and filter. Each fluid drachm contains 16 grains of bismuth and ammonium citrate. Note.-If glycerite of bismuth should at any time deposit a precipitate, this may be redissolved by the addition of just sufficient stronger water of am- monia’’—(Nat. Form.). Action and Medical Uses.—Useful as a local application in eczema, excoriations, chaps of the lips and hands, in gomorrhoea, vaginitis, chronic granular conjunctivitis, ciliary and glandular blepharitis, etc. It should always be well shaken just previous to using it. GLYCERITUM BOROGLYCERINI (U. S. P.)—GLYCERITE OF |BOROGLYCERIN. SYNoNYMs: Glycerite of glyceryl borate, Solution of boroglyceride. Preparation.—“Boric acid, in fine powder, three hundred and ten grammes (310 Gm.) [10 ozs. av., 409 grs.]; glycerin, a sufficient quantity to make one thou- sand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Heat four hundred and sixty grammes (460 Gm.) [1 lb. av., 99 grs.] of glycerin, in a tared porcelain cap- sule, to a temperature not exceeding 150° C. (302° F.), and add the boric acid in portions, constantly stirring. When all is added and dissolved, continue the heat at the same temperature, frequently stirring, and breaking up the film which forms on the surface. When the mixture has been reduced to the weight of five hundred grammes (500 Grm.) [1 lb. av., 1 oz., 279 grs.], add to it five hundred grammes (500 Grm.) [1 lb. av., 1 oz., 279 grs.] of glycerin, mix thoroughly, and transfer it to suitable vessels”—(U. S. P.). This may also be made quickly by dissolving boroglyceride (1 ounce, av.) in glycerin (1 ounce, av.) by gently heating the mixture. Description and Uses.—This preparation is colorless, thick, viscid and sweet. It is antiseptic and possesses marked preservative qualities. BoroGLYCERINUM (N. F.), Boroglycerin, Glyceryl borate, Boroglyceride.—“Boric acid, in pow- der, six hundred and twenty grammes (620 Gm.) [1 lb. av., 5 ozs., 381 grs.]; glycerin, nine hun- dred and twenty grammes (920 Gm.) [2 lbs. av, 198 grs.]. Heat the glycerin in a tared porcelain capsule to a temperature not exceeding 150° C. (302°F.), and add the boric acid in portions, constantly stirring. When all is added and dissolved, continue the heat at the same tempera- ture, frequently stirring, and breaking up the film which forms on the surface. When the mixture has become reduced to a weight of one thousand grammes (1000 Grm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.], pour it out on a flat surface previously coated with a very small quantity of petrolatum, let it cool, cut it into pieces and transfer them immediately to bottles or jars, which should be well-stoppered. Note.—The Official glycerite of boroglycerin may be made from this by adding an equal weight of glycerin to the finished boroglycerin while it is still warm ‘’—(Nat. Form.). GLYCERITUM HYDRASTIS (U. S. P.)—GLYCERITE of HYDRASTIS. Preparation.—“Hydrastis, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]; glycerin, five hundred cubic centimeters (500 Co.) [16 flá, 435 Tilj; alcohol, water, each a sufficient quantity to make one thou- sand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 iſl]. Moisten the hydrastis with three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (350 Co.) [11 flá, 401 ſl] of alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough alcohol to satu- rate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the perco- lator, macerate for 48 hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding alcohol until the hydrastis is practically exhausted. To the percolate add two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (250 Co.) [8 flä, 218 m) of water, and then drive off the alcohol by evaporation or distillation. After the alcohol is driven off, add enough water to the residue to make it measure five hundred cubic GLYCERITUM IODINII COMPOSITUM.–GLYCERITUM PICIS. 943 centimeters (500 Co.) [16 flá, 435 ml], and set it aside for 24 hours. Then filter, pass enough water through the filter to make the filtrate measure five hundred cubic centimeters (500 Co.) [16 flá, 435 ml], add the glycerin, and mix thor- oughly"—(U. S. P.). History.—This preparation was first elaborated by Prof. J. U. Lloyd, in re- sponse to a call from Dr. L. E. Wickens, of Holly, Michigan. It came into ex- tended use, and the published formula has now found its way into the National Formulary and United States Pharmacopoeia. Owing to the yellow color it has fallen into general disfavor. Action and Medical Uses.—(Those of Hydrastis.) Dose, to 1 fluid drachm. GLYCERITUM IODINII COMPOSITUMI.—COMPOUND GLYCERITE OF IODINE. SYNONYMs: Glycerinum iodinii compositum, Compound glycerin of iodine, Glycerole of iodime. lf Preparation.—Take of iodine, 1 drachm; iodide of potassium, 1 drachm; glycerin, 4 drachms; thoroughly triturate in a glass mortar the iodide of potassium and glycerin together, then gradually add the iodine, and continue the tritu- ration until it is all dissolved, and keep the mixture in a well-closed vessel. Action and Medical Uses.—This is a somewhat caustic preparation, very useful as a local application to ulceration of the OS uteri, mon-vascular goitre, Scrofu- lous ulcers, as well as those from constitutional syphilis. It should be applied by means of a hair pencil, or lamp-wick porte-caustic. GLYCERITUM KINO.—GLYCERITE OF KINO. SYNoNYMs: Glycerinum kimo, Glycerin of kino, Glycerole of kimo. Preparation.—Take of powdered kino, 4 drachms; glycerin, 2 fluid ounces. Triturate thoroughly together in a Wedgewood mortar, and transfer to a vial. Action and Medical Uses.—This forms a permanent solution, not giving any deposit, and should be employed as a substitute for the tincture of kino. GLYCERITUM PEPSINI (N. F.)—GLYCERITE OF PEPSIN. Preparation.— Formulary mumber, 187: “Pepsin (U. S. P.), eighty-five grammes (85 Gm.) [3 ozs., av.]; hydrochloric acid (U. S. P.), ten cubic centimeters (10 Co.) [162 Till; purified talcum (F. 395), fifteen grammes (15 Gm.) [231 grs.]; glycerin, five hundred cubic centimeters (500 Co.) [16 fis, 435 Till; water, a suffi- cient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 fis, 391 Till. Mix the pepsin with four hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (450 Co.) [15 fij, 104 fil] of water and the hydrochloric acid, and agitate until solution has been effected. Then incorporate the purified talcum with the liquid, filter, returning the first portions of the filtrate until it runs through clear, and pass enough water through the filter to make the filtrate measure five hundred cubic centimeters (500 CC.) [16 flá, 435 Till. To this add the glycerin, and mix. Each fluid drachm repre- Sents 5 grains of pepsin (U. S. P.). Note.—For filtering the aqueous solution of pepsin first obtained by the above formula, as well as for filtering other liquids of a vis- cid character, a filter paper of loose texture (preferably that known as “Textile Filtering Paper”), or a layer of absorbent cotton placed in a funnel, or percolator, should be employed”—(Nat. Form.). Action and Medical Uses, (Those of Pepsin.) GLYCERITUM PICIS.—GLYCERITE OF TAR. SYNoNYMs : Glycerin of tar, Glycerole of tar. Preparation.—Take of tar, 1 troy ounce; glycerite of starch, 8 troy ounces. Transfer the tar to a mortar, and gradually add the glycerite of starch, stirring 944 GLY CERITUM POTASSII CHLORAS.–GLYCERITUM QUININ ME SULPHAS. constantly until an even mixture results (New Remedies, 1879, p. 200). It is ad- visable to previously warm the glycerite of starch. Action and Medical Uses.—This preparation forms a very useful local applica- tion in luchen, prwrigo, pityriasis, psoriasis, lepra, herpes, erythéma, eczema, timea, prwritis, and alopecta; also in indolent and gamgrenows w!cers. It may be rubbed upon the affected part, or be spread on a piece of linen and thus applied. It is very apt to afford more or less relief, even when it does not remove the disease. Do not con- found this valuable tar compound for external use with the following liquid to be taken internally: Related Preparation.—GLYCERITUM PICIS LIQUIDAE. A good formula, with its uses, is as follows: Take of tan, strained, 1 troy ounce; carbonate of magnesium, rubbed to powder on a sieve, 3 troy ounces; alcohol, 2 fluid ounces; glycerin, 4 fluid ounces; Water, a sufficient quantity. Mix the alcohol and glycerin with 10 fluid ounces of water. Rub the tar in a mor- tar with the carbonate of magnesium added gradually, until a smooth pulverulent mixture is obtained, then, add gradually, in small portions at a time, with thorough trituration continued for 15 or 20 minutes, 6 fluid ounces of the mixture of alcohol, glycerin, and water, and strain with strong pressure; return the residue to the mortar, and repeat the trituration as before, with 5 fluid ounces more of the same liquid, and again strain and express; again treat the dregs in the same manner with the remainder of the fluid mixture, and after expression, re- duce the residue by trituration to a uniform condition, and finally pack firmly in a glass fun- nel, prepared for percolation, and pour upon it the expressed liquors, previously mixed, and when the mixture has all passed from the surface, continue the percolation with water until 1 pint of liquid has been obtained. This is an elegant and palatable preparation of tar, of a beautiful rich reddish-brown Color at first, but losing its transparency from a deposition of resinous matter, which does not, however, affect the medicinal virtues of the preparation in the least. If glycerin be substituted for the alcohol, in its preparation, the solution is nearly as strong as when alcohol is employed and deposits less resin. Glycerin appears to be a good solvent of the medicinal properties of tar, and possessing demulcent, alterative, and nutrient properties, serves as a valuable adjunct to the latter therapeutically. Glycerin solution of tar is very valuable in chronic cough, chronic laryngeal, bronchial and pulmonary affectuons, and, being free from sugar, it is less liable to offend the stomach and dis- turb the digestive functions of patients requiring its long-continued use. It may be associated with the fluid extracts of wild cherry bark, blood-root, etc., to suit the views of the prescrib- ing physician. The dose is from 2 to 4 fluid drachms, 3 or 4 times a day, which will represent from about 7% to 15 grains of tar (J. B. Moore, Amer. Jour, Pharm., 1869, p. 115) GLYCERITUM POTASSII CHLORAS.—GLYCERITE OF POTASSIUM CHLORATE. SYNONYMS : Glycerinum potassii chloras, Glycerin solution of chlorate of potas- sium, Glycerole of chlorate of potassium. Preparation.—Take of chlorate of potassium, in powder, 1 drachm; glycerin, 10 drachms. Place the two articles in a vial, and agitate until the chlorate is all dissolved. Action and Medical Uses.—This has been found valuable as a disinfectant and dressing for ill-conditioned wounds and wicers, and as a local application to enfeebled and ulcerated mucous surfaces, as in aphthous affections of the mowth, leucorrhaea, gomorrhaea in females, masal w!cerations, etc. GLYCERITUM QUININAE SULPHAS.–GLYCERITE of QUININE SULPHATE. SYNONYMS : Glycerinum quinimae Sulphas, Glycerim of sulphate of quinine, Glycerole of quinºne. Preparation. – Take of sulphate of quinine, 24 grains; glycerin, 2 fluid ounces, Triturate the quinine with the glycerin, in a glass mortar, until it is dissolved, and transfer to a vial. Action and Medical Uses.—This forms an elegant preparation, containing 1% grains of sulphate of quinine to the fluid drachm. . It may be used both internally and externally in all cases where quinine is indicated. G [, YCEH [TU M SAPON IS.–GLYCERITUM WITELLI, 945 GLYCERITUMI SAPONIS.—GLYCERITE OF SOAP. Preparation.—Take neutral cocoanut-oil-soda soap (or tallow-soda soap), 1 part; glycerin (sp. gr., 1.250), 4 parts. The soap must be exactly neutral and dried at 100° C. (212°F.). Dissolve the soap in the glycerin on a water-bath, and while still hot filter the solution. Description and Uses.—This process yields a hygroscopic, odorless, light- yellow mass, having elasticity. The heat of the body is sufficient to liquify it. This has been proposed by Hebra as an ointment base, the desired medicinal agents being added to it (Proc. Amer, Pharm, Assoc., 1891). GLYCERITUMI SODII BORATIS.—GLYCERITE OF BORATE OF SODIUM. SYNoNYMs: Glycerite of boraz, Glycerin of boraz. Preparation.—Take of crystallized borate of sodium (borax), 1 troy ounce; glycerin, 8 fluid ounces. Rub the borax in a mortar until it is finely powdered, then gradually add the glycerin and rub together until the borax is dissolved. The Glycerinum Boracis of the Br. Pharm. contains powdered borax, 1 ounce (av.); glycerin, 4 fluid ounces; and distilled water, 2 fluid ounces. Action and Medical Uses.—This preparation is employed, locally, in aph- tha, thrush, and other forms of stomatitis, in fissured and ulcerated 7 ipples, in cezema, lichen, intertrigo, in parasitic cutameous diseases, and especially in pit/riasis of the Scalp. It is also useful in aphthous and ulcerative conditions of the vulva. It most generally relieves the burning and itching attending many cutaneous maladies. GLYCERITUM TRAGACANTHAE (N. F.)—GLYCERITE OF TRAGACANTH. Preparation.—Formulary mumber, 189: “Tragacanth, in fine powder, one hun- dred and twenty-five grammes (125 Gm.) [4 oz. av., 179 grs.]; glycerin, seven hundred and seventy-five cubic centimeters (775 Ce.) [26 flā, 99 }} water, one hundred and eighty-five cubic centimeters (185 Co.) [6 flā, 123 ml]. Triturate the tragacanth with the glycerin in a mortar, add the water, and continue the trituration, until a homogeneous, thick paste results.” Note.—“The Glycerinum Tragacanthae of the Br. Pharm. (1885) is prepared by mixing 3 troy ounces of tragacanth with 12 fluid ounces of glycerin in a mortar, adding 2 fluid ounces of water, and triturating until a translucent, homogeneous jelly is formed. “Mucilago Tragacanthae of the U. S. P. (1890) is made by mixing 18 grammes of glycerin with 75 cubic centimeters of water, heating the mixture to boiling, add- ing 6 grammes of tragacanth, macerating for 24 hours, and then adding water to make 100 grammes, heating it to a uniform consistence, and straining. “Ungwentum Glycerini of the Ger. Pharm. is prepared by triturating 1 part of powdered tragacanth with 5 parts (by weight) of alcohol (of about 91 per cent), then adding 50 parts of glycerin, and heating on a steam-bath”—(Nat. Form.). Uses.—This jelly-like mass is used chiefly as a pill excipient. GLYCERITUMI VITELLI.—GLYCERITE OF YOLK OF EGG. SYNONYMs: Glycomin, Glycominum. Preparation.—“Fresh yolk of egg, forty-five grammes (45 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 257 grs.]; glycerin, fifty-five grammes (55 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 411 grs.]; to make one hundred grammes (100 Gm) [3 ozs, av., 231 grs.]. Rub the yolk of egg, in a Mortar, with the glycerin, gradually added, until they are thoroughly mixed. Then transfer the mixture to a bottle”—(U. S. P.). 60 946 GLYCYRRHIZA. This preparation is of a honey-like consistence and is of value as an emulsify. ing agent for cod-liver and other oils. If kept from contact with the air, so that it can not absorb moisture, it keeps unaltered for a great length of time. Action and Medical Uses.—Protective and emollient. Useful in burns, ery- sipelas, erythema, and other cutaneous irritations for which glycerite of starch is em- ployed. It is inferior to that agent for most purposes. GLYCYRRHIZA (U. S. P.)—GLYCYRRHIZA. “The root of Glycyrrhiza glabra, Linné, and of the variety glandulifera (Wald- stein et Kittaibel) Regel et Herder” (U. S. P.) (Liquiritia officinalis, Moench). Nat. Ord.—Leguminosae. CoMMON NAMEs: Liquorice-root, Spanish licorice-root, Licorice-root, Radiº glycyr- rhizae hispanica. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 74. Botanical Source.—The liquorice-plant has a perennial, cylindrical root, running to a considerable length, and depth, grayish-brown externally, yellow internally, succulent, tough, flexible, rapid in growth, and provided with scat- tered fibers. The stems are erect, herbaceous, smooth, striated, with few branches, of a dull, glaucous-gray color, growing 2 or 3 feet in height. The leaves are alter- nate and unequally pinnate; the leaflets generally about 13, oval, entire, obtuse, slightly emarginate, viscid, and 1 terminal; the stipules are inconspicuous. The flowers are small, bluish or purplish, in axillary, erect Spikes, shorter than the leaves, and borne on long peduncles. Calyx persistent, tubular, bilabiate, and 5-cleft. The corolla is a straight, ovate-lanceolate vexillum; the keel is biparted, acute and straight. Stamens diadelphous; anthers simple and rounded; style filiform; and stigma blunt. The legumes are oblong, compressed, 1-celled, and 1 to 4-seeded; the seeds are small and reniform (L.-Wi.). The variety glandulifera differs in not being smooth like the preceding, but in partaking more or less of a pubescent character, the leaves (beneath) and stem being glandular-pubescent, while the pods are glandular and prickly. History.—This plant inhabits southern Europe, and some parts of Asia, and is cultivated in England, Germany, France, and in the United States to some ex- IFig. 122 tent. The so-called Russian liquorice (that produced by the £. 12428. variety glandulifera) grows from Hungary and Turkey into ºr ſº western Asia. Liquorice root is imported chiefly from Spain and Sicily. Commercially considered there are 5 grades, viz.: Italian, the best and sweetest, Spanish or Common liquorice root, Syrian, Turkish and Russian, the bitterest. These grades are preferred in the order named. Description.—“In long, cylindrical pieces, from 5 to 25 Mm. (; to 1 inch) thick, longitudinally wrinkled, externally grayish-brown, warty; internally tawny-yellow; pliable, tough; fracture coarsely fibrous; bark rather thick; wood por- ous, but dense, in narrow wedges; medullary rays linear; taste sweet, somewhat acrid. The underground stem, which is often present, has the same appearance, but contains a thin pith. The drug derived from the variety glandulifera (so-called Russian liquorice) consists usually of roots and root- branches, 1 to 4 Cn. (# to 1 inch) thick, 15 to 30 Cn. (6 to 12 inches) long, fre- quently deprived of the corky layer, the wood rather soft, and usually more or less cleft "-(U. S. P.). Liquorice root has a faint odor and is so dense as to sink in water. It must be kept in a dry place. Those roots are to be preferred which are not worm-eaten or decayed, and whose surfaces of fracture are bright yellow. Chemical Composition.—The characteristic constituent of the root is glycyr- thizin, so named by Robiquet (1809) on account of its sweet taste. There are furthernmore present, fatty and resinous matter (0.8 per cent), small amounts of gum, albuminous substances, tannin, starch, yellow coloring matter, a bitter prin- ciple (glycyramarin), and asparagin (Plisson, 1828), a substance already recognized by Robiquet, who named it agédoite. Sestini (1878) found from 2 to 4 per cent of this principle present in liquorice root. Glycyrrhiza glabra. GLYCYBRHIZA. 947 Glycyrrhizin was obtained by Gorup-Besanez by making a cold infusion of the root, and heating the solution to boiling, filtering, evaporating to a smaller bulk, and precipitating with sulphuric acid. The yellow flakes thus obtained are washed with water and further purified by means of ether-alcohol (Husemann and Hilger). Z. Roussin (1875) and Habermann (1879) showed that the sweet principle, glycyrrhizin, is the acid ammonium salt of a peculiar nitrogenous tri- basic acid, called glycyrrhizic acid (often termed glycyrrhizin), to which Haber- mann assigned the formula C, H, NOls. The acid potassium Salt of this acid is remarkable for its intensely sweet taste. The free acid, prepared from the lead salt, forms a brown, gelatinous mass, soluble in hot water, and having a bitter- sweet taste and acid reaction. It decomposes carbonates, swells up in cold water, is easily soluble in glacial acetic acid, but not in alcohol or ether. Habermann (1880) found that by boiling with diluted sulphuric acid, it splits into glycyrretin (C, H, NO.), a white, tasteless powder, insoluble in water, alkali and ether, soluble in alcohol; and parasaccharic acid (C, H, Os), which reduces Fehling's solution. Gorup-Besanez believed that dextrose was formed in this reaction. Habermann obtained the acid ammonium glycyrrhizinate (glycyrrhizin proper) by crystallizing the commercial liquorice extract from glacial acetic acid, and subse- quent recrystallization. In the purest state it forms yellow crystals of sweet taste, little soluble in cold water. When dissolved in hot water and then cooled, a stiff jelly is formed. This salt is hardly soluble in alcohol or ether. The amount of glycyrrhizic acid contained in liquorice root is varying. Sestini (1878) obtained 3.3 per cent from air-dried root; H. J. Möller, in 1880, obtained 7.5 per cent from Russian root (Flückiger, 1891). Mr. L. McCullough (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1890, p. 389), found 7.18 per cent. In commercial liquorice extract glycyrrhizin was found by Kremel (Archiv der Pharm., 1889, p. 511) to vary from 5.8 to 11.9 per cent. Peltz (Pharm. Zschr. f. Russland, 1876, p. 257) records the results of 10 analyses of com- mercial extracts of liquorice root. Glycyrrhizin was found to vary from 1.33 to 18.14 per cent, starch from 1.33 to 35 per cent. Sestini (1878) found water, 48.7; glycyrrhizin, 3.27; carbohydrates, 29.62; asparagin, 1.25; ash, 2.08. (For methods of valuation of commercial liquorice extracts, see Flückiger, Pharmacognosie, 3d ed., 1891, and Alfred Mellor, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1898, p. 136.) Glycyrrhizin is stated (Flückiger) to occur in other plants, e.g., Abrus precatorius (Berzelius), Astragalus glycyphyllos, Polypodium vulgare (Guignet, 1885), Myrrh is odorata (Schroeder, 1885), Gulielma speciosa, Martius, and Momcsia bark (Peckolt, Pharm. Rundschau, 1888, pp. 31, 203, 206), but these statements, according to Flückiger, require verification. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Liquorice root is emollient, demul- cent, and nutritive. It acts upon mucous surfaces, lessening irritation, and is Consequently useful in coughs, catarrhs, irritation of the wrimary organs, and pain of the intestines in diarrhoea. It is commonly administered in decoction, sometimes alone, at other times with the addition of other agents, and which is the prefer- able mode of using it. As a general rule, the acrid bark should be removed pre- vious to forming a decoction. When boiled for some time the water becomes impregnated with its acrid resin ; hence, in preparing a decoction for the purpose of sweetening diet drinks, or covering the taste of nauseous drugs, it should not be boiled over 5 minutes. The efficiency of the root in old bronchial affections may be due to this acrid resin. The powdered root is also employed to give the proper solidity to pills, and to prevent their adhesion; the extract for imparting the proper viscidity to them. The extract, in the form of lozenge, held in the mouth until it has dissolved, is a very popular and efficient remedy in coughs and pectora! (ſections. An excellent troche or lozenge, very useful in ordinary cough, may be |Made by combining together 6 parts of refined liquorice, 2 parts of benzoic acid, # parts of pulverized alum, and a part of pulverized opium. Dissolve the liquor- lcº in Water, and evaporate to the proper consistence, then add the powders with a few drops of oil of anise, and divide it into 3 or 6-grain lozenges. The bitter- ness of quinine, quassia, aloes, and the acrid taste of Senega, guaiacum, mezereon and ammonium chloride are masked by liquorice. Related Species.--Glycyrrhiza lepidota, which grows in Missouri, possesses the taste of liquorice to a considerable degree. McCullough (-(mer. Jour. Pharm., 1890, p. 389) found it to contain over 6 (6.39) per cent of glycyrrhizin, 94 S G LY CY RIRHIZINUM AMIMONIATUM.–GN APPHALIUM. Onomis spinosa, Linné, Rest-harrow.—Europe, in Sandy situations. The root of this plant is about 2 feet in length, and from less than 3 to nearly 1 inch in thickness. It is tough, curved, or twisted, and flattened, deeply rugose, and covered with a thin, deep grayish-brown bark. It is whitish internally. This has a mucilaginous taste, at first sweetish, then bitter and disagreeable, and on the whole somewhat resembles that of liquorice root. Reinsch (1842) obtained therefrom crystals of onomin (C39H84018), tasteless and colorless, and recognized by Hlasiwetz (1855) to be a glucosid. Another constituent, onomid (C18H22Os, Hlasiwetz), discow- ered by Reinsch, much resembles glycyrrhizin in its chemical behavior. Hlasiwetz also iso- lated from Reinsch's impuré ononin a waxy substance which he called onocerin. This body was recently found by H. Thoms (Archiv. der Pharm., 1897, p. 28) to be a secondary alcohol (C26H42|OH]2), for which he proposes the altered name omocol. It seems closely related to phytosterin (vegetable cholesterim). Aqueous or acetous decoctions of this root are reputed diuretic and lithontriptic, other properties also being ascribed to it. Its principal use is as a diuretic for dropsy, for which it is a popular remedy in France. Other conditions in which it has been employed are as a wash for wicers, toothache, hemorrhoids, scalp eruptions, hydrocele, enlarged glands, and internally in jaum- dice, gout, and rheumatism, usually combined, in the two latter diseases, with renal depurants. The decoction is made with from 1 to 2 ounces of ononis root to water, 1 pint, the dose of which is a wineglassful several times a day. From 3 to 5 grains of onomin produced a prolonged irri- tation and sense of rawness in the mouth and throat (Schroff). GLYCYRRHIZINUM AMMONIATUM (U. S. P.)—AMMONIATED GLYCYRRHIZIN. Preparation.—“Glycyrrhiza, in No. 20 powder, five hundred grammes (500 Gm.) [1 lb. av., 1 oz., 279 grs.]; water, ammonia water, sulphuric acid, each, a suffi- cient quantity. Mix four hundred and seventy-five cubic centimeters (475 Co.) [16 flá, 30 ml] of water with twenty-five cubic centimeters (25 Co.) [406 ml] of am- monia water, and, having moistened the powder with the mixture, macerate for 24 hours. Then pack it moderately in a conical glass percolator, and gradually pour water upon it until five hundred cubic centimeters (500 Co.) [16 flá, 435 ml] of percolate are obtained. Add sulphuric acid slowly to the percolate, with constant stirring, so long as a precipitate is produced. Collect this on a strainer, wash it with cold water until the washings no longer have an acid reaction, redis- solve it in water with the aid of ammonia water, filter, if necessary, and again add sulphuric acid so long as a precipitate is produced. Collect this, wash it, dis- solve it in a sufficient quantity of ammonia water previously diluted with an equal volume of water, and spread the clear solution upon plates of glass, so that, when dry, the product may be obtained in scales”—(U. S. P.). Description and Chemical Composition.—“Dark-brown or brownish-red scales, without odor, and having a very sweet taste. Readily soluble in water and in alcohol. The aqueous solution, when heated with potassium or sodium hy- drate T.S., evolves ammoniacal vapors. If the aqueous solution be supersaturated with an acid, there will be produced a precipitate (glycyrrhizin) which, when dis- solved in hot water, forms a jelly on cooling. This substance, after being washed with diluted alcohol, and dried, appears as an amorphous, yellow powder, having a strong, bitter-sweet taste, and an acid reaction. Upon incineration, ammoniated glycyrrhizin should not leave more than a trace of ash”—(U. S. P.). This product consists largely of ammonium glycyrrhizate ([NH, C, H, NOs) and glycyramarin (C, H, NO,a), a bitter glucosid, dissolving in ether-alcohol (see Glycyrrhiza). This preparation is used mainly for masking the bitterness of quinine salts. It pro- duces with these substances, when in solution, precipitates which contain the quinine, Hence, care must be taken to shake the vial before taking a dose. GNAPHALIUM.—WHITE BALSAM. The herb of Gmaphaliwm polycephalum, Linné. Nat. Ord.-Compositae. COMMON NAMES: Indian posy, Sweet-scented life-everlasting, Old field balsam. Botanical Source.—This plant is indigenous, herbaceous, and annual, with an erect, whitish, woolly, and much-branched stem, from 1 to 2 feet in height The leaves are alternate, sessile, linear-lanceolate, acute, entire, scabrous above, and whitish tomentose beneath. The flowers are tubular and yellow, borne in sº GOODYERA.—GOSSYPſ U M PCPſFICATUM. 949 heads clustered at the summit of the panicled-corymbose branches, ovate-conical before expansion, then obovate. The involucre is imbricate, with whitish, ovate, and oblong, rather obtuse scales. Florets of ray, subulate—of disk, entire. The receptacle is flat and naked, the pappus pilose and scabrous capillary (W.-G.). History.—White balsam is found in Canada and various parts of the United States, growing in old fields and on dry, barren lands, and bearing whitish-yellow flowers in July and August. The leaves have a pleasant, aromatic smell, and a slightly bitter and astringent, but rather agreeable taste. They yield their prop- erties to water. No analysis has been made of them. The Anſon maria Margo- Titacea, R. Brown, formerly Gnaphalium Margaritaceum, Linné, or pearl-flowered life-everlasting, a perennial plant, possesses similar properties to the above (see Antennaria). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Astringent. The leaves and blosson s chewed, and the juice swallowed, have proved beneficial in ulcerations of the mouth and throat. A warm infusion (3ss to water Oj), may be used in fevers to produce diaphoresis, and is of service in quinsy, pulmonary complaints, leucorrhaea, etc.; it may be used internally and as a local application. Likewise used as an infusion in diseases of the bowels, and hemorrhages, and applied in formentations to bruises, indolent tumors, and other local affections. Prof. Scudder suggests investigation to determine its influence upon the reproductive and urinary stuctures, in acute and chronic w!cerations, and in digestive disorders. The fresh juice is reputed an aphrodisiac. GOODYERA.—NET-LEAF PLANTAIN. The leaves of Goodyera pubescens, Robert Brown. Nat. Ord.—Orchidaceae. COMMON NAMES: Net-leaf plantain, Scrofula weed, Adder's violet, Rattlesnake-leaf. Botanical Source.—This plant has a perennial root, from which arises an erect, sheathed, and pubescent scape, from 8 to 12 inches in height. The leaves are radical, ovate, dark-green, conspicuously reticulated, Fig. 123 blotched above with white, about 2 inches in length, and , * * * contracted at base into winged petioles scarcely half as long. 2 The flowers are white, numerous, pubescent, and borne in a crowded, terminal, oblong, cylindric spike. Lip ovate, acu- minate, saccate, and inflated. Petals ovate. The Goodyera. Tepens, R. Brown, is a reduced variety of the above, the scape being from 6 to 8 feet in height; leaves less conspicuously reticulated, flowers being on a somewhat unilateral spike, more or less spiral; in other respects about the same as the preceding (W.—G.). History.—This herb grows in various parts of the United States, in rich woods, and under evergreens, and is common Southward, while the G. repens is more common northward and on mountains. It bears white or yellowish-white flowers in July and August. The leaves are the parts employed, and yield their virtues to boiling water. No analysis has been made of them. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Net-leaf plantain is anti-scrofulous, and is reputed to have cured severe cases of scrofula. The fresh leaves are steeped in milk and applied as a poultice to scrofulous ulcers, or the bruised leaves may be laid on them, and in either case they must be renewed every 3 hours; at the Same time a warm infusion must be taken as freely as the stomach will allow. Used as an injection into the vagina, and at the same time exhibited inter- nally, the infusion has proved beneficial in leucorrhoea, recent prolapsus uteri, and as a wash in scrofulous ophthalmia. Goodyera pubescens. GOSSYPIUM PURIFICATUM (U. S. P.)—PURIFIED cotton. “The hairs of the seed of Gossypium herbaceum, Linné, and of other species of Gossypium (Nat. Ord.-Malvaceae), freed from adhering inpurities and deprived of fatty matter”—(U. S. P.). 9.50 GOSSYPIUM PURIFICATUM. SYNoNYMs: Gossypium (Pharm., 1880), Absorbent cotton, Bombya, Lana gossypii, Lamwgo gossypii, Pili gossypii, Cottom wool. Source and Preparation.—Purified cotton is now made on an enormous scale by manufacturers whose processes, being private and of great personal value, should not be published in justice to the owners. All the absorbent cotton of commerce is purchased by pharmacists and other consumers, none being made on a small scale. It may be prepared from raw cotton by “mercerizing” the latter, that is, by boiling with weak solutions of alkalies. By union with the fatty ma- terial of the cotton a soap is formed which is removed by repeatedly washing the cotton with water. F. L. Slocum’s process (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1881, p. 53), is as follows: Carded cotton is boiled for one-half hour in diluted solution (5 per cent) of caustic potash (or caustic soda). The soap formed is thoroughly washed out, the cottom expressed and placed for 15 or 20 minutes in a diluted solution (5 per cent) of chlorinated lime. It is them washed with water, dipped into water made slightly acid with hydrochloric acid, and again thoroughly washed with water. The cotton is then expressed and again boiled for 15 or 20 minutes with the diluted (5 per cent) alkali (hydroxide of potassium or Sodium), washed again with water, next with acidulated water, and lastly with water. The cotton is then expressed and dried rapidly. It requires two boilings with alkalies to completely remove the fats. Mr. Slocum defines absorbent cotton to be cotton entirely freed from all matter (grease), that will obstruct capillary attraction. It is on record that in order to meet a popular demand for pure whiteness and a peculiar “feel” in purified cotton, the latter, after being freed from fatty and resinous matter, has been covered again with a trace of free fatty acid by passing it through a (diluted) soap solution, and an acid solution afterward (Amer. Jowr. Pharm., 1891, p. 189). Description.—Cotton is tasteless, odorless, highly combustible, and accord- ing to Thompson, is not soluble in alcohol, water, ether, oils, or vegetable acids; weak alkaline liquids have no perceptible action on it, but when very strong they dissolve it by the aid of heat. Tannic acid forms a brown or yellow compound with it; nitric acid decomposes it when assisted with heat, oxalic acid being formed; sulphuric acid dissolves it. The strong mineral acids generally decom- pose it. Gun-cotton (Pyroxylin) a nitro-compound of an explosive character, is prepared from it by means of nitric acid (see Collodium and Pyroxylinum). Purified cotton is almost pure cellulose. It is officially described as follows: “White, soft, fine filaments, appearing under the microscope as hollow, flat- tened and twisted bands, spirally striate, and slightly thickened at the edges; in- odorous and tasteless; insoluble in ordinary solvents, but soluble in copper ammonium sulphate Solution. Purified cotton should be perfectly free from all visible impurities, and, on combustion, should not leave more than 0.8 per cent of ash. When purified cotton, previously compressed in the hand, is thrown on the surface of cold water, it should readily absorb the latter and sink, and the water should not acquire either an acid or an alkaline reaction (evidence of proper purification)”—(U.S. P.). Action and Medical and Surgical Uses.—Externally, cotton is used as a local application in erysipelas, erythéma, fresh burns, wounds, Severe bruises or comtusions, in rheumatic pains, and has been successfully employed in dressing blisters. In burns and blisters, it quickly allays pain, but care must be taken that the cotton does not harden and adhere firmly to the part over which it is applied, as it will then cause irritation the same as any other foreign body; this may usually be avoided by first applying some simple oleaginous substance over the surface which is to come in contact with the burn or ulcer. Cotton is supposed to prove efficient by excluding the air from the parts over which it is applied, and also by imbib- ing the secretions. As an application after surgical operations it is unsurpassed, and by taking up the discharges prevents purulent absorption. It is often medi- cated with boracic acid, carbolic acid, etc., for this purpose. Pessaries and tam- pons are often prepared with cotton, but should be frequently removed lest they become foul from absorption of the discharges. Surgeons make extensive use of absorbent cotton to clean surfaces and cavities, and it is specially applicable for use in the nasal and aural passages, both for cleansing purposes and for the intro- duction of medicaments. For packing wounds and cavities and similar surgical uses some of the forms of gauze are preferred, GOSSYPII RADICIS CORTEX. 951 * Cotton Preparations.—GossyPIUM stypticuM (N. F.), Styptic cotton. Formulary number, 190: “Purified cotton (U. S. P.), solution of chloride of iron (U. S. P.), glycerin, water, of each a sufficient quantity. Mix the liquids in the proportion of five (5) parts of the iron solution, one (1) part of glycerin, and four (4) parts of water, in such quantities that the purified cotton shall be completely immersed in the liquid when gently pressed. Allow the cotton to remain in the liquid 1 hour, then remove it, press it until it has been brought to twice its original weight, spread it out in thin layers, in a warm place, protected from dust and light, and when it is sufficiently dry, transfer it to well-closed receptacles”—(Nat. Form.). HEMOSTATIC Cotton is prepared by impregnating absorbent cotton with solution of Sub- sulphate of iron or mixture of alum and chloride of iron. SALICYLIC COTTON or Salicylated cotton, contains from 5 to 10 per cent of the salicylic acid. Cotton is also impregnated with other substances, as benzoic acid (benzoic cotton), iodoform (iodoform cotton), chlorine (chlorinated cotton), boracic acid (borated cotton), etc. GOSSYPII RADICIS CORTEX (U. S. P.)—CoTTON ROOT BARK. “The bark of the root of Gossypium herbaceum, Linné, and of other species of Gossypium ”—(U. S. P.). Nat. Ord.—Malvaceae. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 37. Botanical Source.—Gossypium herbaceum is a biennial or triennial herb with a fusiform root, giving off small radicles, and a round, pubescent, branching stem, about 5 feet high. The leaves are hoary, palmate, with 5 sublanceolate, rather acute lobes, 3 large, 2 small, lateral, and a single gland on the midvein below, # an inch from the base. The stipules are falcate-lanceolate. The flowers are yellow; the calyx cup-shaped, obtusely 5-toothed, surrounded by an involucel of 3 united and cordate leaves, deeply and incisely toothed. The petals are 5 in number and deciduous, with a purple spot near the base. Style simple, marked with 3 or 5 furrows toward the apex. Stigmas 3 or 5. Capsules 3 or 5-celled, 3 or 5-valved, and loculicidal; the seeds, 3 or 5, are involved in cotton, somewhat plano-convex and reniform (W.—R.—W.). Gossypium barbadense, Linné, or Sea Island cotton plant, is a larger plant than the preceding; leaves 5-lobed, with 3 glands beneath, upper ones 3-lobed; cotton white and seeds black. It is likewise biennial or triennial (W.). - History.—Cotton is an Asiatic plant, but is extensively cultivated in India, Syria, Asia Minor, the Mediterranean, and America. Cultivation has consider- ably changed the plant so as to render it difficult for botanists to correctly de- scribe the originals. Several species have been named by authors, which Swartz and Macfayden believe to be mere varieties of one species; while Wight, Arnold, and Hamilton believe that there are but two distinct species, the G. album, whose Seeds are white, and which furnishes, according to A. W. Chapman, the upland or Short-Staple cotton, and the G. migrwm, whose seeds are black, and which furnishes long-staple or Sea Island cottom of the United States. G. barbadense yields true Sea Island cotton. The various cotton plants differ considerably in the form of the leaf and its gland, the height of the plant, the hue of the petals, and the elonga- tion and delicacy of the cotton. The plant can not be profitably cultivated north of the Ohio River, or above that latitude. The leaves are very mucilaginous, and have been used in cases where mucilage is required. A fixed oil is contained in the seeds, which may be procured by pressure; it is a drying oil. The part used in medicine is the inner bark of the root, and the white, downy substance con- tained in the matured capsule, and known as “cotton.” When examined micro- scopically, the filaments constituting cotton are seen to consist of distinct, flat, narrow ribbons or tubular hairs, with occasional appearances of joints, indicated by lines at right angles to the side of the tube. . The U. S. P. thus describes cotton root: “In thin, flexible bands or quilled pieces; outer surface brownish-yellow, with slight, longitudinal ridges or meshes, Small, black, circular dots, or short, transverse lines, and dull, brownish-orange patches, from the abrasion of the thin cork; inner surface whitish, of a silky lustre, finely striate; bast fibers long, tough, and separable into papery layers; inodor- ous; taste very slightly acrid and faintly astringent”—(U.S. P.). Chemical Composition.—Prof. E. S. Wayne (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1872, p. 289) regards the red resin so frequently precipitated in fluid extracts of gossypium 952 GRAN ATUM. as being produced by chemical change from a chromogene substance existing in all parts of the plant. It has acid properties, dissolves in alkali and forms colored precipitates with solutions of metallic salts, and is, therefore, called gos- sypic acid. About 8 per cent of the acid resin was found by Wm. C. Staehle (1875) in the powdered bark. It was soluble in alcohol, chloroform, ether, and somewhat less in benzol. Charles C. Drueding (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1877) removed from the red coloring matter a yellow principle by means of boiling benzin. He also finds in the root fixed oil, gum, sugar, tannin, and chlorophyll. Walter A. Taylor (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1876, p. 402) observes that fresh root yields with strong alcohol a tincture of pale yellow color, which turns red upon prolonged standing, yet without precipitating. A weaker alcohol solution exhibits the same change in color, but precipitates. Old root yields to strong alcohol at once a deep-red solution, which does not precipitate upon standing. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—The bark of the recent root of the cotton plant is emmenagogue, parturient, and abortive. It is said to promote uterime contraction with as much efficiency and more safety than ergot, and was used by the slaves of the South for inducing abortion, which it effected without any apparent detriment to the general system. It is adapted to cases of uterine inertia, and, while acting after the manner of ergot, is a much feebler though less dangerous drug. Four ounces of the inner root-bark may be boiled in a quart of water down to a pint, the dose of which is 1 or 2 fluid ounces every 20 or 30 min- utes. The hydro-alcoholic extract, as well as the decoction and specific gossypium, form excellent emmenagogues, and may be used in chlorosis, amenorrhoea, dysmen- orrhoea, etc. It is very doubtful whether this will ever take the place of other more certain parturients. In my own practice, it failed in producing any influ- ence upon the uterus during parturition in about one-half the cases in which it has been used, owing, probably, to its not being fresh enough. It operated exceedingly well in the first cases in which it was exhibited (J. King). The old root-bark is valueless as a medicine. The fluid extract is less efficient than the decoction, and fluid preparations are valueless after they begin to gelatinize, and deposit the so-called “red tammates” (see Fluid Extract of Gossypium). Enthusiastic reports of its efficiency in hysteria have been made. It seems adapted to those cases in which there is an anemic state of the reproductive organs, with lack of sexual desire or pleasure. It is a remedy for sexual lassitude, and has been Sug- gested for impotency (Webster). It is regarded as an efficient remedy for the re- duction of uterime subinvolution and fibroids. It should not be used where there is marked irritation or tendency to inflammation. Gossypium is also a stimulant diuretic. The dose of the decoction (see above); of the fluid extract, 1 to 60 minims; of specific gossypium, 1 to 60 drops. Specific Indications and Uses.—Uterine inertia during parturition (large doses). Menstrual delay, with backache and dragging pelvic pain; fullness and weight in bladder, with difficult micturition; hysteria, with anemic condition of the reproductive tract; sexual lassitude, with anemia. Other Parts of the Plant.—The seeds are reputed to possess superior antiperiodic prop- erties. A pint of cotton seed placed in a quart of water and boiled down to 1 pint, and 1 gill of the warm tea given 1 or 2 hours before the expected chill, is said to cure intermittent fever with the first dose. The flowers and leaves are reputed diuretic, and useful in wrimary affections; the leaves steeped in vinegar, are said to relieve hemicrania when locally applied, and a decoction is considered beneficial in the bites of venomous reptiles in Brazil. An infusion of the whole plant is reputed galactagogue. GRANATUM (U. S. P.)—POMEGRANATE. “The bark of the stem and root of Punica Gramatum, Linné"—(U. S. P.). Nat. Ord.—Lythrarieae. COMMON NAME: Pomegramate root-bark. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 113. Botanical Source.—Pomegranate is a small tree or shrub, with spinescent branchlets. The leaves are opposite, oblong, inclining to lanceolate, entire, smooth, with no marginal vein, 2 or 3 inches long, by 5 or 10 lines wide, obtuse, deciduous, shortly petioled, rarely verticillate or alternate, and often axillary and GRAN ATUM. 9.53 fascicled. The flowers are large, red, 2 or 3, nearly sessile, on somewhat terminal branchlets. Calyx turbinate, 5-cleft, thick, pale, and succulent; asstivation valvate. The corolla consists of 5 much crumpled, membranous petals. The stamens are numerous, inserted on the calyx, filaments distinct; anthers yellow. The ovary is roundish and inferior; the style sim- ple and filiform, the stigma globular and capitate. The fruit is a large, globose pericarp, the size of a small muskmelon, leathery, crowned by the prominent hardened tube of the calyx, divided horizontally into 2 parts by a very irregular, confused dissepiment; the lower division 3-celled, the upper 5 to 9-celled; dissepiments membranaceous; placentae in the lower division at the bottom ; in the upper stretching from the side of the fruit to the middle. The seeds are numer- ous, angular and covered with a bright red, succulent, acrid coat. Embryo oblong; radicle short and acute; cotyledons foliaceous and spirally convolute (L.—W.). History.—The pomegranate grows on the Mediterranean shores, Persia, China, and other countries of Asia, and has been maturalized in the West Indies, and other civilized countries in warm latitudes. It has splendid, dark-scarlet flowers, often doubled, which appear in July and August. The flowers, called balaustion by the ancients, have a slightly styptic taste, without odor, and their infusion gives a deep bluish-black precipitate with ferric salts. The saliva is colored a violet-red upon chewing them. Both tannic and gallic acids enter into their composition. In some foreign Pharmacopoeias, they, together with the seeds, are recognized as official. The rose-colored, juicy, acid pulp is edible, and is very grateful to febrile patients. The bark of root and stem is the only part employed in this country. The rind of the fruit was also official with us formerly. The fruit varies in size and flavor, that of the West Indies becoming the most perfect. The root is large, ligneous, knotty and hard. Its wood is not used in medicine. In this country the pomegranate shrub grows out of doors as far north as Washington, D.C. (Coville). Description and Chemical Composition.—GRANATI FRUCTUS CORTEX. The rind of the fruit (Gramati fructus cortex), when dry, is brown externally, yellow within, about a line in thickness, smooth or finely tuberculated, hard, dry, brit- tle, in irregular fragments, inodorous, and of a very astringent, somewhat bitter taste. Its infusion gives an abundant, dark-bluish precipitate with the salts of iron. Analysis showed 18.8 per cent of tannin, 17.1 of mucilage, 10.8 of extractive matter, 30 of lignin, a trace of resin, and 29.9 of moisture. GRANATI RADICIs CoRTEx.—The bark of the root (Gramati radicis corter) is de- scribed by the U.S. P. as follows. “In thin quills or fragments, from 5 to 10 Cnn. (2 to 4 inches) long, and from 1 to 3 Mm. (ºls to $ inch) thick; outer surface yel- lowish-gray, somewhat warty, or longitudinally and reticulately ridged ; the stem-bark often partly covered with blackish lichens, the thicker pieces of the root-bark more or less scaly externally; inner surface smooth, finely striate, gray- ish-yellow; fracture short, granular, greenish-yellow, indistinctly radiate; in odor- ous; taste astringent, very slightly bitter”—(U. S. P.). The bitterness of the bark is nearly lost by drying. When chewed, it tinges the saliva yellow. Its infusion yields a deep-blue precipitate with the salts of iron, a yellowish-white one with a solution of gelatin, a grayish-yellow with cor- rosive sublimate, and caustic potash or ammonia colors it purple. Paper which has been colored yellow by the moistened inner face of the bark, changes to blue by the action of sulphate of iron, and to a delicate rose color, which is evanescent, by nitric acid. These changes do not occur with the bark of barberry, or of box- root, which are sometimes fraudulently mixed with it; the box bark is nearly White, very bitter, but not astringent, and its infusion is not precipitated by salts of iron (Guibourt—Planchon, Hist, des Drogues Simples, 1876, Vol. III, p. 280). The barberry bark likewise very much resembles the pomegranate, but is very bitter and not astringent, and is not affected by the salts of iron, solution of isinglass, 90rrosive Sublimate, or caustic potash The ligneous part of pomegranate root is inert, and should, therefore, be always separated from the bark. Fig. 124. Punica Granatum 954 tº. GRANATUM. Pomegranate bank contains about 20 per cent of tannin, which was believed by Rembold (1867) to consist of two astringent principles, one being gallotannic acid, the other pumicotammic acid (C.H.I.O.), peculiar to this bark. Diluted sul- phuric acid hydrolyzed it into sugar and ellagic acid (C.H.O.) (Flückiger, Pharma- cognosie, 1891). The presence of gallic acid and mammit has been observed by vari- ous authors (Jahresb. der Pharm., 1867, p. 139). The bark leaves from 10.5 to 16.5 per cent of ash. It also contains a yellow coloring matter (see above). The an- thelmintic properties of pomegranate bark are due to the presence of several (4) alkaloids, discovered by Tanret in 1878 and 1880 (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1880, p. 416), and to which he gave the collective name pelletierime, in honor of the cele- brated French chemist Pelletier (1788–1842). C. J. Bender (1885) proposes the more euphonic name pumicine. By mixing the powdered bark with milk of lime, exhausting with water, shaking with chloroform, and abstracting this solution with diluted acid, a solution of the 4 alkaloids is obtained. From this solution sodium bicarbonate liberates methylpelletierine and pseudopelletierime, which are re- moved by chloroform; the addition of caustic potash then sets free pelletierine and ăsopelletierime. PELLETIERINE (CeBI, N,0,) is a colorless liquid, of specific gravity 0.988, rap- idly absorbs oxygen, and resinifies. It boils at 195°C. (383°F.), is soluble in 20 parts of cold water, and mixes in all proportions with ether, alcohol, and chloro- form. Its salts are crystallizable, but give off the base upon heating either dry or in solution. Its sulphate is laevo-rotatory. Isopelletierine (CeBI, N,0,) is a liquid optically inactive, forming salts with acids. Density, solubilities, and boiling point are the same as with its preceding isomer. Its sulphate is deliquescent and optically inactive. Methylpelletierine (CaFI.N.O.) is a liquid whose boiling point is 215° C. (419°F.). Its hydrochlorate is dextrogyre. The alkaloid dissolves in 25 times its weight of water at 12°C. (53.6°F.), and is soluble in alcohol, ether, and chloroform. Pseudopelletierine (CsII.N.O.) is a crystalline body, fusing at 46°C. (114.8°F.), is optically inactive, soluble in water, alcohol, ether, and chlo- roform. The chemistry of this base (called also granatomim) was investigated more recently by Ciamician and Silber (see Jahresb. der Pharm., 1893, p. 532, and 1894, p. 526). Tanret recommended the tammate of pelletierime as the most efficient form of application. The bark of the stem contains principally pelletierine, while in the root-bark methylpelletierine predominates (Flückiger, 1891). As to the yield in total alkaloids, W. Stoeder (1894) obtained from Java root-bark from 1.29 to 1.86 per cent of hydrochlorates of alkaloids, the white-flowering variety yielding the most alkaloid. In 1890 (Jahresb. der Pharm.), the same author had obtained a yield as high as 3.75 per cent of hydrochlorates from the white-flowering variety. On the other hand, E. Aweng (ibid., 1890), observed that the alkaloid may entirely disappear from the commercial bark upon storing. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—The flowers and rind of the fruit are astringent and have been used for arresting chronic mucous discharges, passive hem- orrhages, aphthous disorders of the mouth, might sweats, colliquative diarrhoea, etc., but are now seldom employed. The rind has also been found serviceable in intermittent fever and tapeworm. The bark of the root possesses anthelmintic properties, and is chiefly serviceable in tapeworm. The bark of the wild pomegranate is considered by the French to be more active than the cultivated plant, and the fresh bark is more active than an old bark. It may be given in powder, but the decoction is more frequently used. Pomegranate is one of the oldest of drugs, having been used from time immemorial. The bark and its alkaloid pelletierine, are now by common consent, acknowledged as specifics for the removal of tapeworm. Dizzi- ness, imperfect vision, sleepiness, or faintness, benumbing of the extremities, and occasionally convulsions have been produced by it. Foy, as well as Brenton, rec- ommend to prepare the decoction by placing 2 ounces of the root in 1% or 2 pints of water, and boiling down to 1 pint; this is to be strained, and from 2 to 4 fluid ounces given for a dose every half hour or hour, until the pint of the decoction has been taken. It commonly occasions several stools, an increased flow of urine, or nausea and vomiting, owing, it is supposed, to the agitation into which the worm is thrown from its presence. Sometimes joints of the worm begin to come away in less than an hour after the last dose. But often the doses must be re- GRATIOLA. 955 peated several successive mornings before they take effect, and it is right to repeat them occasionally for 4 or 5 days after the joints have ceased to come away. Laxatives should be administered from time to time. It is said to act with the greatest certainty when the joints of the worm come away naturally. The dose of the rind or flowers in powder, is from 20 to 40 grains, and in decoction from 1 to 3 fluid ounces. Eclectic physicians, as a rule, follow Prof. Locke's method of administering granatum. According to Dr. Locke, it is the best remedy for the removal of the worm, but as ordinarily recommended, the dose is too small. Its great drawback is its tendency to make the patient vomit, which may, in a meas- ure, be prevented by administering a little lemon juice and keeping the patient quiet. When vomiting can be prevented, it seldom or never fails to bring the worm whole. Prof. Locke's method is as follows: Press 8 ounces (av.) of the coarse bark (not powdered), into a vessel, and pour upon it 3 pints of boiling water. Boil, strain, and then boil this down until the finished product will meas- ure 1 pint. First prepare the patient by giving him at night a brisk cathartic, such as the antibilious physic, and in the morning allow a light breakfast. At about 10 o’clock in the forenoon administer 4 fluid ounces of the decoction. For the purpose of causing it to pass quickly into the intestines and thereby prevent its absorption as much as possible, a fluid drachm of fluid extract of jalap with a drop of oil of anise or cinnamon may be added to the dose. In 2 or 3 hours repeat this dose in the same manner. When its action begins give an enema to hasten its operation (see Locke's Syllabus of Mat. Med.). Should this treatment fail the first time, it may be repeated another day. As to treatment with the alkaloid the sulphate of pelletierine was first employed, but was superseded by the tannate which, on account of being tasteless and having less of a tendency to provoke nausea, or vomiting, seems the preferable form to employ. The patient should have a light diet, preferably milk, the night previous to taking the medi- cine. Single doses of about 7 grains are now administered upon an empty stomach, the patient being kept quiet in a reclining posture. The dose is usually preceded by a drink of water, and followed at regular intervals by more water. A purga- tive, like fluid extract or compound tincture of jalap, is administered about 2 hours after taking the pelletierine tannate. Some prefer castor oil as an evacuant. To insure the passage of the worm entire it should be received into a vessel of warm water, which will prevent its separation into segments. There seems to be a diversity of opinion regarding the effects of pelletierine upon the system. Undoubtedly it acts pronouncedly upon the nervous system, causing motor paralysis, while the contractility of the muscular fibers and sensa- tion remain unaffected. Its action has been compared to that of curare (Dujardin- Beaumetz). Temporary general paralysis is said to have occurred in a woman after a dose of 5 grains. Marked congestion of the retina and diplopia are as- Serted to have followed the subcutaneous injection of 6 grains of the alkaloid. On account of its action upon the ocular nerves, it has been successfully used in paralytic States of the sixth and third cranial nerves. While many contend that it has a powerful control over certain of the nervous functions, others declare it innocu- uous. , AS great diversity exists in regard to dosage as to its effects. The dose of pelletierine has been given as ranging from # to 8 grains; the sulphate in about 5-grain doses; the tannate in doses of from 5 to 23 grains, about 7 grains being the average dose. Pelletierine preparations are usually sold in solution containing enough for one dose. Dose of pomegranate flowers or rind, 20 to 40 grains. , Specific Indications and Uses.—Taeniacide and taeniafuge for the destruc- tion and expulsion of tapeworm (Taenia Solium). GRATIOLA.—HIEDGE-HYSSOP. The plant and root of Gratiola officinalis, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Scrophulariaceae. COMMON NAME: Hedge-hyssop. Botanical Source and History.—The genus Gratiola is composed of small herbs less than a foot high, and found growing in low, damp situations. They all possess bitter properties and cattle refuse to eat them. They have opposite, 956 GRIN DELIA. sessile leaves and small axillary flowers. The calyx is sub-equally 5-parted, and the corolla tubular and bilabiate. The stamens are 2, and there are often 2 or 3 sterile filaments. The fruit is a dry, many-seeded, 2-celled capsule opening by 4 valves. Gratiola officinalis, Linné, is a native of Europe, and has a smooth, 4-angled stem, and lanceolate, 3 or 5-nerved leaves. The corolla is pale-yellow, and striped with light-purple. The calyx-lobes are often 7. This species has long been used as a medicine in the South of Europe, and was mentioned by Lewis in his Materia Medica (1761), under the names Gratiola centaurioides, Gratia Dei, hedge-hyssop, and herb of grace. Gratiola virginica, Linné, is the most common indigenous species, and is found in large patches in damp soil. It is a small, much-branched plant, with an erect, glutinous stem. The leaves are lanceolate, dentate, and clasping. The flowers are very numerous, with small, white corollas variegated with yellow, and pubescent in the throat. The other indigenous species of Gratiola are mostly found in the southern states. Chemical Composition.—Nothing is known about the chemical constituents of the indigenous species, but they are probably similar to those of G. officinalis. Vauquelin (1809) found in the latter a bitter resinous substance, an acid in com- bination with lime and soda, believed by him to be malic or acetic acid, and vari- ous earthy Salts and principles common to plants. Marchand (Journ, de Chim. Med., 1845, p. 518), proved the resin of Vauquelin to be a compound, identifying tannic acid and a white, bitter, crystallizable substance to which the name gratio- lin was given. Afterward, Walz proved gratiolin to be a glucosid, and obtained in addition another glucosid, gratioSolim, and an acid mamed by him gratiolic acid. The chemical constituents of Gratiola officinalis are of little practical value, as the infusion, or tincture, or plant in substance, are alone used in medicine. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Hedge-hyssop is rarely, if at all, used in this country. In Europe it has been employed as a hydragogue-cathartic in the treatment of dropsical affections, in doses of from 10 to 30 grains of the pow- dered root. Its use is frequently followed by emesis and diuresis. In large doses its irritant action is pronounced, inducing violent vomiting and purging, the stools often being bloody and attended with severe colic. Gastro-intestinal in- flammation may follow, the rectum being most generally affected. In smaller doses, it has been advised in chronic affections of the liver, in jaundice, and also in certain melancholic forms of insanity. Splenic engorgement, cerebral fullness and oppres- sion, and other conditions attended with an obstructed circulation are the states in which it is recommended by Prof. Scudder (Spec. Med.), who regards the indi- cations to be “soreness and rawness of the mouth.” It is an active agent, and should be administered with judgment. An infusion of 4 drachms to a pint of boiling water, may be given in fluid-ounce doses. Thirty grains act as a drastic cathartic. Probably a tincture of the root might be useful; but every indication for this agent can be fulfilled by one of our indigenous plants, as podophyllum, iris, euphorbia, apocynum, etc. GRINDELIA (U. S. P.)—GRINDELIA. “The leaves and flowering tops of Grindelia robusta, Nuttall, and of Grindelia squarrosa, Dunal”—(U. S. P.). Nat. Ord.—Compositae. CoMMON NAMEs: 1. Hardy grindelia. 2. Scaly grindelia. Botanical Source and History.—Grindelia robusta is an erect perennial plant, native of California. It was brought to the notice of pharmacists and the medical profession generally, by Mr. Jas. G. Steele, of San Francisco, Cal., through a paper presented to the American Pharmaceutical Association, in 1875, although Dr. C. A. Canfield, long previously, had noticed it in the Pacific Med. and Surg. Jour. The plant has a smooth, round, striate stem, much divided into ascending branches, each of which ends in a large, yellow flower-head. The lower leaves are obovate- spatulate, and tapering at the base; the upper are alternate, ascending, and GRIN DELIA. 957 have broad, clasping bases. They are of a firm, coriaceous texture, and a light- green color; the margins are coarsely toothed. The flower-heads are large, nearly # of an inch in diameter, and are solitary, terminating the branches. The in- volucre is very resinous and consists of many thick, imbricated scales, with recurved tips. The receptacle is flat, pitted like a honey-comb, and destitute of scales. The ray-flowers are large, yellow, spreading, and arranged in a single series. They are pistillate and fertile. The disk-flowers are very numerous and perfect. The achenia are smooth, oblong, and slightly 4-angled. The most distinguishing character of the genus Grindelia is the pappus, which consists of 3 or 4 very deciduous awns; they are rigid, more or less curved, white, very smooth, and, when magnified, have a waxy appearance. In the G. robusta they are about half the length of the disk-flowers. A very large variety (var. latifolia), of this species of Grindelia is frequent in California, and is often collected. It is much more robust in every particular, having heads over an inch in diameter. The upper stem-leaves are about an inch broad, and the flower-heads are sur- rounded at the base by a cluster of 3 or 4 leaves. Gründelia Squarrosa has the general appearance of Grindelia robusta, but is a smaller plant, and has lately been considered a variety of this species. It is more widely distributed than G. robusta, and is quite common on the plains, from the Rocky Mountains west to the Pacific. The mode of growth is different in the two species. In the Grindelia Squarrosa, a perennial root-stalk sends up from its head a cluster of from 4 to 10 slender, erect, sub-parallel, and generally undivided branches, from 1 to 2 feet high. The stem-leaves are alternate, acute, sessile, and slightly clasping at the base, and serrate on the margin. They are about an inch long, one-quarter as wide, and are attached to the stem in an erect position. The Scales of the flower-heads are narrow, and have long, slender, recurved points (whence the specific name). In other respects the flower-heads resemble those of the Grindelia robusta, but are smaller. The pappus of the Grindelia squarrosa is slender and about the length of the disk-flowers. Grindelia squarrosa was in- troduced as a remedial agent some years after Mr. Steele brought G. robusta into notice. Its sensible properties are exactly like those of G. robusta, and it is often found on the market and substituted largely for G. robusta. Description—Owing to the fact that both species are often indiscriminately gathered, or that the one is frequently adulterated with the other, both are de- scribed by the U. S. P. under the name GRINDELIA, as follows: “Leaves about 5 Cn. (2 inches), or less, long, varying from broadly spatulate or oblong to lanceolate, sessile or clasping, obtuse, more or less sharply Serrate, often spinosely toothed, or even laciniate-pinnatifid, pale green, smooth, finely dotted, thickish, brittle, heads many-flowered, subglobular or somewhat comical; the involucre hemispherical, about 10 Mm. (3 inch) broad, composed of numerous imbricated, squarrosely-tipped or spreading scales; ray-florets yellow, ligulate, pistillate; disk-florets yellow, tubular, perfect; pappus consisting of 2 or 3 awns of the length of the disk-florets; odor balsamic; taste pungently aromatic and bitter”—(U. S. P.). Chemical Composition.—C. J. Rademaker (New Rem., 1876, p. 205), was prob- ably the first to make an analysis of Grindelia robusta, yet with no positive results. G. Linwood Libby (Pharm. Era, 1888, p. 11), isolated from the same plant an oleoresin and a resin. A complete parallel analysis of G. robusta and G. squarrosa was made by W. H. Clark, in 1888, with the result that the constituents were qualitatively the Same in both plants except that Grindelia robusta contained tannin (1.5 per cent), while G. squarrosa seemed to be free from it. Volatile oil was found in both. A crystallizable saponin-like body also occurred in both species (G. robusta con- tained 2 per cent, and G. squarrosa 0.82 per cent), for which the author proposes the name grindelin (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1888, pp. 433–441). On the other hand, Mr. John L. Fischer applies the name grindeline to a bitter, crystallizable alkaloid which he found in Grindelia robusta, and the name robustic acid to a crystallizable *ºid found in the aqueous solution of the alcoholic extract of the same drug (Phºrm. Era, 1888, p. 208). Mr. Clark had obtained contradictory results with re- gard to the presence of an alkaloid. Dr. Schneegans, in 1892, found the saponin- like body to consist of two glucosids, one being identical with, the other closely 958 GRIN DELIA. resembling Kobert's saponin, from Senega and quillaja. The presence of small amounts of an alkaloid was also indicated (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1892, p. 370). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—The grindelias leave in the mouth a bitter, acrid sensation, which persists for some time and is accompanied or fol- lowed by an increased flow of saliva. On account of their irritant effects upon the kidneys, they act as diuretics. The brain and cord are first stimulated by them, followed by motor impairment of the lower extremities and a desire to sleep. The number of respirations are reduced by them. Grindelia robusta has been found especially efficient in asthma, giving prompt relief, and effecting cures in cases previously rebellious to medication. Occa- Sionally, however, as is, indeed, the case with all the therapeutical agents, it has failed, but the circumstances attending these failures have not yet been deter- mined. Further investigations regarding its action in this disease, and the cause of its occasional failure are required. It has likewise been found efficient in bronchial affections, in pertussis, and in some renal maladies. Prof. Scudder was partial to this remedy as a local application in chronic diseases of the skin with feeble circulation, particularly old chronic and indolent wicers. Specific grindelia robusta (31 to 3ii to water Oj), was employed with marked benefit. The fluid extract and specific grindelia robusta are the preparations generally employed, the former in doses of from 10 to 60 minims, and the latter in doses of 5 to 40 minims, repeated 3 or 4 times a day, as may be required. Children require doses of from 5 to 15 or 20 minims (fluid extract), and 1 to 10 minims (specific grindelia robusta). Grindelia squarrosa has been highly eulogized as an efficient remedy in inter- mittent fever, and in other malarial affections, also to remove the splenic enlargement which so frequently follows those disorders. Why two plants so closely allied as the G. robusta and the G. squarrosa, and possessing nearly identical constituents, should give such discordant therapeutical results, is certainly enigmatical. The fact is, that many physicians have a great proneness to run after new remedies, especially when introduced under some pretentious name, and to place a marvel- ous credulity in the statements of interested parties, who are incapable of deter- mining accurate conclusions as to the value of a remedy. Webster, however, asserts that the remedy has a special action upon the splenic circulation, and points out as the case for it one of splenic congestion associated with sluggish hepatic action and dyspepsia. Dull pain in the left hypochondrium, sallow skin, debility, and indigestion are the symptoms pointing to its selection (Dynam. Therap.). The Same author recommends it in chronic dyspepsia due to prolonged malarial influ- ence, gastric pain when the spleen is seemingly involved, and in the splenic conges- tion of malarial cachexia. As a local application, the fluid extract is stated to be of value in the painful eczematows inflammation and vesicular eruption resulting from contact with the poison vine or the poison oak. The dose of the fluid extract is from 15 minims to 1 fluid drachm, repeated every 3 or 4 hours; of specific grin- delia Squarrosa, 5 to 40 drops. Specific Indications and Uses.—GRINDELIA ROBUSTA: Asthmatic breathing, with soreness and raw feeling in the chest; cough, harsh and dry; breathing labored, with a dusky coloration of the face in plethoric individuals. Locally, old atonic ulcers; full tissues; rhus poisoning. GRINDELIA squaRROSA: Splenic congestion, especially when dependent on malarial cachexia; fullness and dull pain in left hypochondrium, with indiges- tion, pallid, sallow countenance, and general debility; gastric pains associated with splenic congestion. Related Species.— Grindelia glutinosa, Dunal, of California, and Grindelia hirsutula, ooker and Arnott, have a similar odor and taste to Grindelia, and are probably gathered with it. The leaves of the former are smooth. It constitutes the Mexican Calancapatle de Pueblo. The second species is found along the Pacific to Puget's Sound. Haplopappus Baylahuen (Hysterionica Baylahuen). Nat. Ord.: Compositae.—This plant is a native of Chili and contains a resin, tannin, and volatile and fixed oils. The resin acts upon the bowels and the essential oil upon the respiratory organs after the manner of the terebin- thinates, without, however, being an irritant to the gastro-intestinal tract. The chronic loosené88 of the bowels of tuberculous patients is controlled by it, and the remedy is reputed of value in inflammation of the bladder. Locally, the tincture has been used on wicers, wounds, etc., both as a stimulant and protective. The tincture is prepared of the strength of 1 part to 5, and the dose is from 5 to 25 drops. GUAIACI LIGNUM. 959 GUAIACI LIGNUM (U. S. P)—GUAIACUM WooD. “The heart-wood of Guaiacum officinale, Linné, and of Guaiacum sanctumn. Linné’—(U. S. P.). Nat. Ord.—Zygophylleae. SYNONYMS: Lignum vitae, Lignum Sanctum, Lignum benedictum, Palus sanctus. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 41. Botanical Source.—Guaiacum officinale. This tree grows very slowly, vary- ing in height from 15 to 50 feet. The trunk is usually crooked, with crowded, knobby, short-jointed, flexuose, spreading branches, about 4 feet in diameter; the bark is furrowed, spotted, and grayish. . The leaves are opposite, bijugate or trijugate; the leaflets sessile, more or less obovate, rounded at the apex, nerved, and glabrous; the common petiole is terete and channeled above. The flowers are light-blue, on axillary peduncles, which are an inch long, 1-flowered, filiform, minutely downy, and several together. The calyx of sepals have the 2 exterior, somewhat broader than the others; all are obtuse and hoary with down. Petals 5, thrice the length of the sepals, oblong, bluntish, unguiculate, and internally downy. Stamens 10, without scales; filaments twice the length of the sepals, grooved on the back; anthers bifid at the base and curved. Ovary 2-celled, with numerous suspended ovules, and compressed; style short, acute and subulate; stigma simple; capsule obcordate, succulent, glabrous, yellow, 2 to 5-celled; on short stalks, somewhat fleshy, angular; the seeds are solitary, compressed, round- ish, smooth, and pendulous (L.). Guaiacwm Sanctum differs from the preceding in its leaflets, 6 or 8 of which compose the leaf, having an oblique-Obovate, or rhomboid-ovate outline; in hav- ing a fruit with 5 cells; and in having smaller wood, which is less compact and lighter in color. It grows in Cuba, Bahama, and other West India Isles. History, Description, and Chemical Composition.—The tree (Guaiacum. officinale, Linné) inhabits the West Indian Islands, especially Jamaica, St. Thomas and St. Domingo. The wood and resin, or solidified juice, are the parts used in medicine, though the whole tree possesses medicinal virtues. The bark is said to be the most active part of it, but it is seldom met with in commerce. The wood of this tree was used as a medicine by the natives long previous to the dis- covery of the country, and they made it known to the Europeans; by these it was introduced into Europe in the sixteenth century, and employed to much advan- tage in syphilitic affections. Guaiacum wood, also known as Lignum vitae, a name given to it from a belief that its medicinal virtues were of a superior kind, is largely imported into this country from the West Indies for making block-sheaves, wooden pestles, and many other objects, for which it is peculiarly fitted by its extraordinary hardness and toughness. It is imported in billets, about a foot in diameter, and generally without the bark. The bark is hard, flat, a few lines thick, of a greenish-black color, with yellowish and grayish spots, inodorous, but very acrid. The wood, used for medicinal purposes, consists of turnings from the workshop of the turner, and is a uniform mixture of the alburnum and duramen, but that used in medicine should consist only of the latter. The alburnum or sap-wood is of a yellow color, that of the duramen or heart- wood, greenish-brown. Guaiacum wood is only odorous when burned or rasped, the odor being aromatic; its taste is acrid, aromatic, and annarous, succeeded by a pricking in the throat. It is very dense and tough, and has a specific gravity of 1.333. It is officially described as follows: “Heavier than water, hard, brown or greenish-brown, resinous, marked with irregular, concentric circles, surrounded by a yellowish alburnum, splitting irregularly; when heated, emitting a balsamic odor; taste slightly acrid. Guaiacum wood is generally used in the form of rasp- ings or turnings, which should be greenish-brown, containing few particles of a Whitish color, and should acquire a dark bluish-green color on the addition of nitric acid”—(U. S. P.). When a very fine powder of guaiacum wood is acted upon by the atmosphere, its color is converted into green. Nitric acid turns it bluish- green, and a solution of ferric chloride turns it blue. Solution of chlorinated lime effects no change in other woods, but causes the guaiacum to assume a green color in a few seconds. These tests may be employed to determine the 960 GU AIACI RESIN A. authenticity of the wood. Alcohol takes up its active parts (see Guaiaci Resima). dissolving about 21 per cent. Flückiger (Pharmacognosie, 1891), by extracting with ether, obtained 22.12 per cent of resin from the duramen, and only 2.85 per cent from the alburnum. The same authority found a trace of essential oil by distill- ing the wood with water. Frémy and Urbain found vasculose (the incrustating substance in wood) to exist in guaiac wood to the extent of 36 per cent (see Jour. Pharm. Chim, 1882, p. 325). Several other trees of this family are stated to fur- nish the guaiacum wood, as the G. sanctum (now official), which has a translucent, paler-yellow, and less heavy and hard wood, and also the G. arboreum. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Taken internally, guaiacum, both the wood and resin, commonly excites a sense of warmth in the stomach, and a dryness of the mouth, with thirst. They act upon the economy like stimulants, increasing the heat of the body, and accelerating the circulation. If the body be kept warm while using the decoction, which is the form generally preferred, it will prove diaphoretic; if cool, diuretic. As a diaphoretic and alterative, it has been admin- istered (but usually in compound decoction or syrup), in chronic rheumatism, chronic cutaneous diseases, scrofula, and syphilitic disease. As water can not take up much of the active principle in the wood, it is probable that its reputed efficiency was owing principally to the active agents associated with the syrup or decoction. The resin of guaiacum is the active principle (which see). The decoction of guaia- cum shavings may be made by boiling 2 ounces of the shavings in 3 pints of water down to 2 pints, the dose of which is from 2 to 4 fluid ounces every 3 or 4 hours (see Guaiaci Resima). Related Species.—Guaiacum angustifolium, Engelmann (Porliera angustifolia, Gray). Mexico and south Texas. The wood of this tree is employed like that of guaiac. It is a yel- low-brown, heavy and hard wood, splitting irregularly. - BALSAM WoOD. Palo balsamo.—A South American tree of unknown botanical origin, the Wood of which is thought to contain guaiacin. Upon distillation of the wood, about 6 parts of a thick, Sticky, fragrant oil are obtained. This oil contains a crystalline solid, fusing at 91° C. (195.8° F.), and answering closely to the composition C14H24O (Schimmel & Co., Reports, 1892). GUAIACI RESINA (U. S. P.)—GUAIAC. “The resin of the wood of Guaiacum officinale, Linné’—(U. S. P.). Nat. Ord.—Zygophylleae. SYNONYMS: , Guaiacum, Guaiacum resin, Resima guajaci. Source and Preparation.—The resin of guaiacum, or gum guaiacum as it is erroneously called by some, is procured from the wood of the tree, by natural exudation ; by jagging or wounding the tree in several places; by heat applied to the wood sawed into large billets; and by boiling the chips of the wood in water and salt, and skimming off the resin as it floats on the surface (Ed.—P.). The last two modes are the most frequent in use. Description and Tests.-Guaiacum is ordinarily met with in amorphous, hard masses of varying sizes, in which are found pieces of wood, dirt, and other foreign matters. It has a sweetish, faintly bitter taste, succeeded by a lasting acrimony, especially in the fauces. It does not soften by the heat of the hand, becomes tough when chewed, and is fusible at a moderate heat. Its specific gravity is 1.20 to 1.23. It is readily reduced to powder, becoming somewhat tenacious, and quickly aggregating, by the action of the air. Guaiac resin is officially required to be in “irregular masses, or subglobular pieces, externally greenish-brown, internally of a glassy lustre, and, in recent guaiac, usually red- dish-brown, transparent in thin splinters, fusible, feebly aromatic, the odor be- coming stronger on heating; taste somewhat acrid; powder grayish, turning green on exposure to air. Soluble in potassium or sodium hydrate T.S. and in alcohol; the alcoholic solution is colored blue on the addition of tincture of ferric chloride”—(U. S. P.). The resin is practically insoluble in water, soluble, although not completely, in ether and oil of turpentine, easily soluble in acetone, amyl alcohol, chloroform and in creosote; fixed and volatile oils scarcely dissolve it, although oil of cloves and cassia oil are capable of dissolving appreciable quantities. Benzin, benzol and carbon disulphide dissolve the resin very sparingly. Guaiac resin is remark- GUAIACI RESIN A. 961 able for the blue color reaction it yields in alcoholic solution (1 in 100) with ozonizers (Schönbein’s Ozonide). Ozone, chlorine, bromine and iodine, nitrous acid, chromic acid, hypochlorites, ferric salts, lead and manganese dioxide, etc., and some organic substances, especially vegetable ferments and enzymes of the most obscure kind, e.g., the enzymes existing on freshly cut raw potato, etc., (oſcidation ferments of Schönbein), cause a rapid bluing of tincture of guaiac. Ac- cording to Prof. Ed. Schaer (Forschungsberichte über Lebensmittel, Vol. III, 1896, p. 1), the blue color is due to a very unstable ozone compound of guaiaconic acid (see Chemical Composition). Its formation is prevented by light, heat, free acids, especially by alkalies, but acetic acid, even in the form of glacial acetic acid, singu- larly promotes its formation. In contrast with these ozonizers stand Schönbein’s amtozomide (amtozomizers), substances otherwise capable of giving off oxygen, but incapable of reacting with tincture of guaiac. The type of these substances is hydrogen peroxide (H,O.). They become active, however, toward tincture of guaiac through the intervention of certain inorganic substances, and a number of fluids containing animal and vegetable ferments, e.g., malt extract, saliva, fresh milk, or the red corpuscles of the blood. Schönbein, the discoverer of ozone, was the first to base upon this behavior the well-known guaiac test for blood, often believed to be fallacious, while Prof. Schaer pronounces it exceedingly char. acteristic and sensitive if properly carried out. Prof. Schaer, in the paper mentioned, publishes a new mode of carrying out this test, to which he has given 30 years' time of successful trial. This test is based on the following observation: When an alcoholic tincture of guaiac is poured into an aqueous solution of blood acidified with acetic acid, the guaiac resins, in precipitating, carry along with them almost quantitatively the blood coloring matter present in the fluid. Filter through paper and dry the latter with its contents, taking especial care to exclude light and air as much as possi- ble. The blood test is then produced by moistening small pieces of the filtering paper with water and adding hydrogen peroxide solution containing some acetic acid. If blood is present the paper and liquid assume a pure blue color. The test can be applied with equal success to dry blood stains, and after a period of 5 or even 10 years after drying the paper. A modification of this process, involv- ing the use of a concentrated aqueous solution of chloral hydrate to dissolve dried blood stains, is carried out as follows: Moisten the blood stains with acetic acid, extract with a 70 per cent solution of chloral hydrate, add an equal volume of guaiac-chloral solution (1 per cent guaiac resin in 70–75 per cent chloral hydrate); if ammonium nitrate is absent, a yellow-brown mixture results (otherwise a blue coloration takes place at once). If now the mixture is superposed by Hünefeld's solution (15 Co. of a 3 to 5 per cent solution of hydrogen peroxide, 25 Co. of alco- hol, 5 CC. of chloroform, and 1.5 Co. of glacial acetic acid), previously ascertained not to react with a mixture of chloral and guaiac, an intensely blue zone is de- veloped at the surface of contact of both fluids if blood is present. Soluble fer- i. º mixed with the blood stain also give the reaction (Archiv der Pharm., , p. 574). Reversely, this reaction with ozonizers can be used as a delicate test for the presence of the resin of guaiacum in other resins, e.g., Scammony, jalap, etc. Guaiac is subject to adulteration with pine resin and other substances. This may be detected by observing that the genuine article, when heated, does not ex- hale a turpentine odor, and that oil of turpentine dissolves resin but not guaiac. Sulphuric acid forms with guaiac a deep-red solution; nitric acid dissolves it without the aid of heat, and with strong effervescence yielding oxalic acid upon evaporation. The so-called Peruvian guaiac resin, analyzed by E. Kopp (Archiv der Pharm., [3] Vol. IX, p. 193), is entirely different from guaiac resin, and there- fore does not give the characteristic reaction for this resin. Chemical Composition.—In 1862, Hadelich found the composition of guaiac resin to be as follows: “Guaiaconic acid, 70.3 per cent; guaiac-resinic acid, 10.5 Per cent; guaiac-beta-resin, 9.8 per cent; guaiacic acid, guaiac-yellow and impurities, 49 per cent; gum, 3.7 per cent; ash constituents, 0.8 per cent” (Flückiger, Pharmacognosie, 1891). The first three substances may be differentiated from the guaiac resin as follows: To a concentrated alcoholic solution of the resin (1 part) add a warm alcoholic solution of potassium hydrate (; part), and allow the (31 962 GU AIACI RESINA. mixture to stand for 24 hours; a magma of crystals results, consisting of the potassium salt of guaiac-resinic acid. Strain through cloth, evaporate the mother liquor to a syrup, add absolute alcohol in order to remove some more of this potassium salt. Now charge the alcoholic solution with carbonic acid gas, which precipitates the potassium as carbonate, filter, add water, acidulate with hydro- chloric acid and distill off the alcohol. The residual resin is then washed with warm water and treated with ether. Guaiacomic acid is thereby dissolved, while guaiac-beta-resin remains. The substances thus obtained are then purified by fur- ther treatment, for which see details in Husemann and Hilger, Pflanzemstoffe, p. 857 Guaiacomic acid (C, H, O.), isolated by Hadelich, in 1862, is the chief constitu- ent of guaiac resin (70 per cent), and is the substance to which is due the blue color reaction with oxidizing agents. Prof. E. Schaer (Wittstevn's Vierteljahrsschrift, 1873, p. 68), however, remarks that guaiaconic acid, when exposed to direct sun- light loses its property of turning blue with oxidizers, even when the air is excluded. It is a tasteless and odorless, brownish, amorphous body, fusible near the boiling point of water, easily soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, acetic ether and acetic acid. It is optically laevo-rotatory, forms soluble amorphous salts with alkalies, decomposable by the carbonic acid of the air, and forms insoluble salts with heavy metals. It dissolves in concentrated sulphuric acid with a cherry-red color, water precipitating violet flakes from this solution. Dry distillation yields an oily distillate. Guaiac-resinic acid (C.H.O.) was discovered by Hlasiwetz, in 1859, and is a crystallizable substance, insoluble in water, soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, benzol, carbon disulphide, acetic ether and acetic acid, also in solution of caustic soda or potash, but not ammonia. It melts between 75° and 80°C. (167° and 176°F.). It dissolves in sulphuric acid with a cherry-red color. Water precipitates white flakes from this solution. When heated with hydrochloric acid this substance (as well as guaiaconic acid) yields methyl chloride and pyrocatechin (C.H.COH].). Fused with caustic potash, it yields protocatechuic acid (C.H.IOH],.COOH) (Hlasi- wetz and Barth). Upon dry distillation it yields guaiacol (C.H.OCH,[OH]) (which see), and crystallizable pyroguaiacin. The yield of this substance is 0.5 per cent. It melts at 180°C. (356°F.), is soluble in alcohol and ether, insoluble in water, can be sublimed in the form of needles or scales, which turn green with ferric chloride, and blue with warm sulphuric acid. When heated with zinc dust, the hydrocarbon guaien (C, H,) is obtained, forming fluorescing plates. Guaiacic acid (C.H.O., Deville) was first obtained, in 1837, by Righini from guaiac wood as a white crystallizable substance. In 1841, Thierry isolated it from both the wood and the resin. It forms white needles, resembling benzoic acid, but is more soluble in water than the latter; also soluble in alcohol and in ether. Only 0.005 per cent of this acid could be obtained by Hadelich from guaiac resin. Deville found this substance upon rapid sublimation to decompose into carbonic acid and guajacen (guajol) (C.H.O), a colorless oil, of the odor of bitter almonds. It was found by Lieben and Zeisel (confirmed by Herzog, Berichte, 1882, p. 1085) to be identical with tiglin-aldehyde (CH,CH:C[CHJ.CHO), convertible by oxidation into tiglic acid, a constituent of Roman chamomile oil, as well as of croton oil Guaiac yellow was first observed by Pelletier, and obtained by Hadelich (1862) in yellowish quadratic plates of neutral reaction and bitter taste, not easily solu- ble in water, diluted acids and chloroform, soluble in alcohol, ether, carbon disul- phide and alkalies, in the latter with yellow color. With concentrated sulphuric acid it forms a beautiful blue solution, turning green, then yellow. The resin of guaiac, upon dry distillation, yields a brown-red tar containing guaiacol (C, H.O.) (see Guaiacolum), pyroguaiacºn (C, H, OH.O.C.H.IOH]), guaiol (guanacen, tiglin-aldehyde, C.H.O), and kreosol (C.H.O.). Fusion with caustic pot- ash yields protocatechwic acid, and by distillation with zinc dust, K. Bötsch (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1881, p. 60) obtained 50 per cent kreosol, 30 per cent toluol, meta and paraxylol, pseudocumol, and the hydrocarbon guajom or guaien (C,EIL), afore- named, which is identical with the guaiacen prepared by Wiesner, Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—(See Guaiaci Ligmi also.) Guaiac is stimulant. Taken internally it produces the same offects as named in the wood, but in a more active degree. Large doses act as a cathartic. It is used in the same affections as guaiaci ligni or guaiacum wood. Several practitioners have GU AIA COLUM. 963 found it beneficial in a memorrhoea, dysmemorrhoea, and other uterine diseases, all of atonic character, likewise in acute dysentery, in which its employment is said to be followed by speedy beneficial results. It is much used in chronic rheumatism, and in the abating stages of the acute form, and has proved a most valuable agent in these diseases. It is said to be an antidote to the effects of the tincture of Rhus Tozicodendron. If the preparations of guaiacum produce sickness, defective appetite, and irregularity of the bowels, their use must be discontinued. Guaiac gained its greatest reputation in the treatment of constitutional syphilis, having been liberally used for centuries in the treatment of that malady, but at the present day it is almost discarded as an antisyphilitic. . It undoubtedly benefits some cases of rheumatism and is well endorsed as a remedy for rheumatic sore throat or rheumatic pharyngitis. A tincture of guaiac, or preferably the ammoniated tincture is to be used. The latter preparation, as well as troches of the powder, have been highly endorsed as a remedy to abort tonsilitis. For this purpose they must be given early or good effects fail to be produced. In chronic rheumatism, where the circulation of the blood is feeble and the vital functions greatly de- pressed, and the hands and feet are cold, from 30 to 60 drops of the tincture may be used with expectation of benefit. A good tincture is prepared by macerating 8 ounces of guaiac in 1 pint of alcohol. Guaiac is also of some value in atomic dyspepsia, provided no inflammation is present. Certain chronic skin diseases, re- quiring stimulation, are benefited by guaiac. From ºf to #5 grain of the resin in # ounce of thick malt extract is recommended as a remedy for habitual constipa- tion. Guaiac is a remedy in atomic conditions only. It is contraindicated in all active febrile, plethoric, or inflammatory conditions, or where there is vascular excitment, tending to hemorrhage, or impaired digestion, with tendency to irri- tation (Locke). Dose of the powdered resin, from 5 to 20 grains; of the tincture, from 1 to 4 fluid drachms, either of which may be repeated 3 or 4 times a day; ammoniated tincture of guaiac, 10 drops to 1 fluid drachm. A mixture of 10 grains each of guaiac and compound powder of ipecacuanha and opium has been found of advantage in rheumatism and dysentery. Specific Indications and Uses.—Dryness and stiffness of the throat, with tumid, swollen tonsils, painful deglutition, and dribbling of saliva; incipient tonsilitis (if used early); rheumatic pharyngitis. GUAIACOLUM.–GUAIACO.L. FORMUL.A.: C.H.O, or C.H.OCH, OH. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 123.71. SYNONYMs: Methyl-pyrocatechin, Catechol monomethyl ether. Source and Preparation.—Guaiacol is obtained from beechwood creosote (see Creosotum), of which it forms from 60 to 90 per cent, the other constituents of importance being creosol (C.H.OCHA.OH), and the cresols (C.H.OH). To obtain it, beechwood tar creosote is subjected to fractional distillation whereby crude guaiacol passes over in the portion distilling between 200° and 205°C. (392° and 401°F). After washing out the acid compounds with weak solutions of ammo- nia, the purified guaiacol is again fractionally distilled, and the lower fraction treated with ether, from which solution potassium-guaiacol is separated by the addition of a strong solution of caustic potash in alcohol. The potassium guaia- col is then thoroughly washed with ether, and the guaiacol liberated by means of diluted sulphuric acid, after which it is once more rectified. Commercial guaiacol frequently contains cresols. It may be obtained pure by saponification of its ben- Zoyl compound, previously purified by repeated crystallization. Guaiacol is also formed in the dry distillation of resin of guaiac (which see), and may be prepared Synthetically by heating the potassium salt of methyl-sulphuric acid (CH, SOK), With pyrocatechin (C.H.IOH]), and caustic potash, to 180°C. (356°F). Description.—Guaiacol, when pure, is a pleasantly aromatic, colorless liquid. Its Specific gravity at 15°C. (59°F.), is, according to Helbing, 1.133, and its boil- ling, point, according to the same authority, 206° to 207°C. (402.8° to 404.6°F). It dissolves to some extent in water (1 in 85), and freely in ether, alcohol, and *Cetic acid. Solutions of caustic soda and caustic potash dissolve it, producing the unstable salts of Sodium-guaiacol and potassium-guaiacol. Inpure guaiacol 964 GUAR.A.N.A. forms a clear solution with twice its bulk of benzol at 20°C. (68°F.), but when pure, rapid and complete separation occurs. If to a solution of guaiacol in alco- hol be added a small amount of ferric chloride, a blue color is formed which turns emerald-green upon the addition of more of the iron compound. This is a char- acteristic reaction (even when OH is replaced by OCH, as with guaiacol), for all ortho-dioxy-phenols. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Guaiacol and its compounds (see below), have been used in wasting diseases, particularly phthisis pulmonalis and other tubercular affections. Lupus has likewise been treated with it. It is useful in profuse bronchorrhoea. The indications sought to be fulfilled are the diminution of diarrhoea, excessive sweating, cough, and expectoration. It was introduced as a substitute for creosote, and is reputed to act by combining with the toxic pro- ducts of the tubercle bacillus, and thereby effecting their elimination from the system. The dose of guaiacol for adults is from 2 to 5 minims; for children, 1 to 3 minims, 4 times a day, in milk, cod-liver oil, or capsules. Wine may be used as its vehicle, and the drug may be given for a length of time. Formerly it was inhaled, and it has been unwisely used hypodermatically. It agrees with the stomach better than creosote and dispels flatulence. Guaiacol Derivatives and Compounds.-GUAIACOL CARBONATE ([Cahia.OCH3.O]2CO). This salt is produced by precipitating a soda solution of guaiacol with carbonyl chloride and crystallizing the product from alcohol. It is a white, crystalline powder, neutral in reaction and almost without taste or odor. It is sparingly soluble in glycerin, fixed oils, and cold alco- hol; easily soluble in hot alcohol, benzol, chloroform, and ether, and insoluble in water. This is the di-guaiacol ester of carbonic acid and contains about 91 per cent of guaiacol. It does not irritate the stomach, but, passing through that organ, is decomposed in the intestines. Ordinary dose, 2 to 8 grains, gradually increased to 60 grains a day. GUAIACOL BENZOATE (Co H4.OCH3. Colis CO2), Benzosol, Benzoyl-guaiacol.—This salt is pro- duced by the interaction of potassium-guaiacol and benzoyi chloride. The product is crystal- lized from alcohol. It forms a colorless, crystalline powder, devoid of taste and odor, soluble in boiling alcohol, chloroform, and ether, and nearly insoluble in water. Does not give the guaiacol reaction with ferric chloride. Used in phthisis and other tuberculous diseases. Dose, 5 to 100 grains per day. GUAIACOL CINNAMATE (C8H8. CH:CH.CO2C5H, OCH3), Cinnamyl-guaiacol, Styracol.—Col- orless, needle crystals of styracol are formed by the interaction of cinnamyl chloride and guaiacol, the product being crystallized from alcohol. It is nearly insoluble in water. It fuses at 130°C. (266°F.). This agent has been used in phthisis, catarrhal digestive affections, chronic diarrhoea, gleet, and catarrh of the bladder. GUAIACOL DIIoDIDE, Guaiacol biniodide.—This new salt is produced by precipitating a solu- tion of crystallized sodium-guaiacol in water by means of an iodide of potassium solution of iodine. It forms a red-brown compound, having an iodine-like odor. It is unstable and easily decomposed by heat. Alcohol and the fixed oils dissolve it. The uses and dose are the same as for guaiacol. GUAIACOL-CARBONIC ACID (C6H3OHOCH3.CO2H-H2H2O.), Methoxysalicylic acid.—This sub- stance is prepared by a patented process. It forms a bitter, white, crystalline powder, devoid of odor. The fusing point of the anhydrous acid is 148° to 150°C. (298.4° to 302°F.). , Alcohol, ether, hot water, .P sodium bicarbonate solution easily dissolve it, while it dissolves with difficulty in cold water. This substance and its alkali salts have been used as antirheumatics and antiseptics. GUAIACOL SALICYLATE (CaFI, OHCO2.Celhi, OCH3), Guaiacol-Salol, Guaiacolic salol, Salicyl- guaiacol.—This compound is obtained by acting on a mixture of sodium-guaiacol and sodium salicylate with phosphorus oxychloride. It is a white, tasteless, odorless, crystalline powder, soluble in alcohol, chloroform, and ether, but not in water. Fusing point, 62°C. (143.6°F.). This agent is used as an intestinal antiseptic and to aid the digestion of phthisical subjects. Dose, 5 to 15 grains. GUAIACOL SUCCINATE and GUAIACOL PHOSPHATE are occasionally employed for the same purposes as guaiacol. GUARANA (U. S. P.)—GUARANA. “A dried paste chiefly consisting of the crushed or pounded seeds of Paullinia Cupama, Kunth (Paullinia sorbilis, Martius)”—(U. S. P.). Nat. Ord.—Sapindaceae. COMMON NAMES: Guarana, Uaramazeiro, Uabano. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 67. Botanical Source.—The genus Paullinia comprises about 80 species, natives of tropical America, with a single African exception. The Paullinia Cupama (Pawl- GUAR.A.N.A. 965 linia Sorbilis) is a climbing, shrubby vine, growing in northern Brazil, in moist, sandy locations. The flexible stem is very long, and takes root readily wherever it touches the ground, so that a single plant often extends over considerable space. In the wild state the vine attaches itself to large trees, and the fruit is difficult to collect, and of small yield; the vine is cultivated without support. The leaves are alternate, stipulate, and consist each of 5 smooth leaflets; the leaf- lets have the same shape and dentation as those of Rhus Toxicodendron, and look very much like them. The flowers are small, numerous, and disposed in erect, axillary, close panicles; the sepals are 5, the petals are 4, and have each a large pubescent scale on the inside, near the base; the stamens are 8, attached to a thick column. The pistil has a 3-lobed ovary, and a sessile, 3-parted stigma. The fruit is pear-shaped, and generally has a single brownish seed attached to the base, and nearly filling the pericarp. History and Preparation.—This plant is of interest to the medical profes- sion from the fact that the drug known as Guarana is prepared from the seeds. Guarana was introduced into France in the year 1817, by a French officer, and was described in the same year by Gassicourt in the Journal de Pharmacie, the botanical source, however, being then unknown. It was called “guarana,” after the tribe of South American Indians (Guaranis), who prepared it, and in 1826, Martius, after identifying the plant, gave it the name of Paullinia Sorbilis, in allu- sion to the fact that guarana is employed to produce a drink. The preparation of guarana from the cultivated plant is described by Prof. H. H. Rusby (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1888, p.267), as follows: “When the ripe pods begin to open the seeds are shelled from the husk by hand, washed to remove a phlegmy substance, and sub- jected for 6 hours to a roasting process whereby a papery shell is loosened, which is removed by placing the seeds in sacks and beating them with clubs. A small amount of water is then added and the seeds kneaded by hand into a mass of the consistence of dough. The mass is then rolled into cylinders, spread out on the upper floors of large buildings erected for that purpose, and subjected to a slow fire, as nearly free from smoke as possible. The temperature is kept equable for several weeks, and the product as known in commerce is then ready for the mar- ket.” Sometimes, it is said, the moistened magma of the coarsely powdered seed is incorporated with cocoa and tapioca before kneading and rolling, but in Prof. Rusby's experience such is not the case. W. Description.—Guarana appears in our market, generally in cylindrical sticks, from 6 to 12 inches in length, and from 14 to 2 inches in diameter, rounding at the ends, and averaging from 8 to 20 ounces in weight. Throughout the roll are fissures caused by contraction in drying. It leaves a sweetish after-taste resem- bling that of dulcamara. The U. S. P. thus describes it: “Subglobular or elliptic cakes, or cylindrical sticks, hard, dark, reddish-brown; fracture uneven, some- what glossy, pale reddish-brown, showing fragments of seeds invested with black- ish-brown integuments; odor slight, peculiar, resembling that of chocolate; taste astringent and bitter. It is partly soluble in water, and in alcohol”—(U. S. P.). Chemical Composition.—Guarana was first analyzed in 1826, by Th. Martius, who discovered in it a crystallizable substance and named it guaranine; but the fact of its identity with caffeine became known by the researches of Berthemot and Deschastelus (Jour. Pharm. Chim., 1840, p. 518), who concluded that it existed in guarana in combination as tammate of caffeine, and that it was obtainable in greater quantity from guarana than from any source of caffeine hitherto known. Subsequent researches confirmed the presence of caffeine; Stenhouse (Pharm. Jour. Trans., 1856, Vol. XVI, p.212), found 5.07 per cent of this substance in gua- rana, and Mr. F. W. Greene (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1877, pp. 338 and 388), obtained about the same amount. Still others claim that the average is only about 3 per cent. The standard established by J. U. Lloyd as proper for fluid extract of guarana, is 4 per cent. The tannic acid of guarana was believed by Fournier (Jour. Pharm. Chim., 1861, p. 291), to be identical with caffeotannic acid, and Peckolt (1866), stated that it resembled kimotannic acid; F. W. Greene (1877), termed it paullinitannic acid. Regently the tannic acid of guarana was more closely studied by Ernst Kirmsse QPissert, Strassburg, 1897), who established its non-glucosidal nature, hence its non- identity with kino- or caffeo-tannic acids, and pointed out its close relationship to 966 GUTTA –PERCHA. catechu-tannic acid (see Catechu). The same author confirmed the observation of Peckolt as to the presence of Saponin in guarana. By exhausting guarana paste of its caffeine by repeated extraction with chloroform, and subsequently extract- ing with absolute ether, Dr. Kirms.se furthermore obtained 0.05 per cent of a micro-crystalline substance anticipated by Prof. Schaer in 1890 (Archiv der Pharm., Vol. CCXXVIII, p. 279), which proved to be catechin (catechwic acid), and was dis- timguished by its discoverer as Paullinia catechin (see Catechu). This substance was mistaken by Peckolt, in 1866, for gallic acid, as Dr. Kirmsse proved by employ- ing Wackenroder's test to distinguish between gallic acid and catechin. This test is based on the fact that the green coloration produced by gallic acid in a freshly prepared solution of ferrous sulphate containing some sodium acetate, does not disappear upon adding acetic acid, while the color produced by catechin disappears under the same conditions. For methods recorded and results obtained in assay of guarana, see Kirmsse's dissertation, H. W. Snow (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1886, p. 483), Chas. A. La Wall (ibid., 1897, p. 350), and method by J.U. Lloyd. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—It is very probable that from the tan- nin contained in guarana, it has effected recovery from diarrhoea, leucorrhoea, etc., of a very mild form; but as we have more prompt and efficient articles for these affections, in which this agent was at first so loudly heralded, it is no longer em- ployed therapeutically, except chiefly for the relief of certain forms of headache. Like coffee and tea, it appears to be a gentle excitant, and is serviceable in cases where the brain becomes irritated or depressed by mental over-exertion, and when there is a sensation of fatigue or exhaustion during very warm seasons; as it has practically the same chemical composition as caffeine and theine, we find it has likewise precisely the same physiological action. It is chiefly in mervous headache, in the cephalalgia. Sometimes accompanying menstruation, and that following a course of dissipation, in which the most benefit is derived from it. Its use ap- pears to be contraindicated in most cases of neuralgia, neuralgic headache, and chronic headache, and in all cases in which it is not desirable to excite the heart, increase arterial tension, or increase the temperature. Its administration is often followed by dysuria. The dose of guarana, in powder, is from 10 grains to 1 drachm, but this is an unpleasant and objectionable form of administration. The indications for its use are a feeble pulse, pallid countenance, and expressionless eyes, with sick headache. It is asserted by Foltz to relieve the temporary paralysis of the third merve, which occasionally succeeds headache. The smaller doses act better than the excessively large doses, the medium dose of specific guarana being 10 drops. Webster claims that it is serviceable in occipital mewralgia and lumbago. The fluid extract and specific guarana are probably the most eligible preparations for use; the former may be given in doses of from # to 1 teaspoonful, in syrup or sweetened water, repeated 3 times a day; the latter in from 1 to 30-drop doses. M. Gubler states that guaranime possesses diuretic properties, having tested it with several patients; in doses of about 7% grains daily, it increased the urine from 27 to 67 and 107 fluid ounces in the course of 24 hours. Specific Indications and Uses.—Headache, with pallor of the face, weak circulation, and the pain aggravated by exertion ; sick headache (migraine), with cerebral anemia; headache of menstruation, with cerebral anemia; mental ex- haustion or depression ; headache from dissipation. Related Species.—TIMBO. Several leguminous plants of Brazil are known by this name. They are used to stupefy fish. An alkaloid, timbonime, has been obtained from Paul- limia pinnata by Stanislas Martin (Pharm. Jour. Trams.,Vol. VII, 1877, p. 1020). From another timbo Pfaff obtained two crystalline substances, one timboim, being a nerve poison, and chemic- ally neutral; the other amhydro-limboim, a non-poisonous substance. Crude timboin yielded to a light petroleum timbol, an oily compound, probably a poisonous constituent of the stem and branches of the plant (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1891, p. 544). GUTTA-PERCHA.—GUTTA-PERCHA. The concrete juice of Isomandra Gutta, Hooker (Dichopsis Gutta, Bentley), and other species of same order. Nat. Ord.—Sapotaceae. GUTTA –PERCHA. 967 COMMON NAMES: Gutta-percha, Gutta-tabam, Gutta-percha depurata, Gummi-plas- ticum. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 167. Botanical Source.—This is the concrete milky juice of a tall tree, a native of the Malayan Archipelago, especially of Singapore, where it is now becoming rapidly extinguished through ruthlessness in collecting gutta-percha. It has a straight and lofty trunk, about 3 feet in diameter at the base, with numerous ascending branches; the terminal buds are white from exuding gutta. The wood is hard; the leaves crowded at the extremity of the branches, alternate, petiolate, oblong, with a small point at the apex, base tapering, 4 or 5 inches long, 2 inches broad, upper surface bright-green, feather-nerved, under surface brownish-red, from dense pubescence; the midrib and petiole the same; the petiole 1 inch long, channeled, not articulated with the stem. Stipules none. The flowers are axil- lary, Sessile, 4 together, disposed in a quadrangular manner, small and white. Bracts none. Calyx persistent, 6 Sepals, brownish-red, in a double series, the outer largest; aestivation valvate. The corolla is monopetalous, 6-cleft, the lobes + of an inch long, tubes # an inch and deciduous; asstivation twisted. Stamens 12, in a single series, equal, similar, and inserted in the mouth of the tube. The filaments are equal in length to the lobes of the corolla; the anthers sagittate, ex- trorse, and affixed by their base to the filaments; the pollen scanty. The ovary is superior, conical, sessile, seated on a disk, 6-celled, each cell containing a single ovule suspended from a central axis; the funiculus is conspicuous. Style longer than the stamens and persistent; stigmas undivided (E. White). History and Description.—This substance was introduced in 1842 to the profession, by Dr. William Montgomerie, a surgeon in the British army in the Indies. The natives cut down the tree, remove its bark, and collect the milky juice in comic receptacles made from the spathe of the Areca palm. The juice soon concretes upon exposure to the air. The product is then put into a pot with water warmed to 70° C. (158° F.) and kneaded, which removes particles of wood and bark, this process being repeated several times until a uniform mass is obtained. It has been stated that the yield from one tree is 20 to 30 pounds, but according to data given by Prof. Tschirch (Indische Heil und Nutzpflanzen, 1892, p. 203) this must be an exaggeration. Dr. Burck, in Buitenzorg (Java), has shown that by making incisions in living trees 1400 grammes of gutta may be obtained annually, and that this yield may be maintained during a period of 3 or 4 years. As imported it contains various foreign matters from which it should be freed before using it. It is a white or dirty pinkish opaque solid, having a faint odor, no taste, and hardens at 15.5°C. (60° F.). Water, alcohol, alkaline solutions, hydrochloric and acetic acids, and fixed oils have no action on it. It is soluble in coal naphtha, oil of turpentine, benzol, chloroform, boiling ether, and bisul- phide of carbon. Hot water softens it, and a heat of 71.1° C. (160°F.) renders it adhesive and pliable; when soft it may be easily cut or molded into various shapes —a temperature of 55° to 60° C. (120° to 128°F) being the most favorable for this purpose. It resembles caoutchouc, and like this substance, has the property of combining with sulphur, and is thus capable of being vulcanized for use in the arts (see Elastica). Its specific gravity is 0.979. Gutta-percha, when in contact With air for some time, oxidizes and undergoes a peculiar change, becoming brit- tle and ultimately losing all coherence. In this process formic acid is liberated. The oxidized substance is soluble in cold alcohol. This change does not take place when gutta-percha is kept under water. It is a better insulator for electric Wires and cables than caoutchouc, and is employed for insulating purposes in large quantities. Chemical Composition.—When gutta-percha, according to Payen (1852), is purified by kneading in warm water, dried, and treated with hot absolute alcohol a hydrocarbon, gutta (75 to 82 per cent) remains. From the hot solution an oxy- gen compound, alban (14 to 16 per cent), falls out upon cooling, while another Oxygen compound, fluavil (4 to 6 per cent), remains in solution. To these con- stituents Otto Oesterle, in Prof. Tschirch's laboratory (Archiv der Pharm., 1892, p. 641), added guttane, an unstable, thread-like body resembling gutta. Crude gutta- Percha of commerce also contains tannin, salts and saccharine substances. No Volatile oil could be identified, 968 GTJTTA-PERCHA. Gutta determines the elasticity of gutta-percha, and its plasticity at elevated temperatures. It is a white, amorphous hydrocarbon of the formula (CoHº)m (Oesterle); C.H., (Oudemans, Baumhauer); (C, H,)n (Payen), etc., insoluble in alcohol and cold ether, little soluble in benzol and oil of turpentine, easily solu- ble in carbon disulphide and chloroform. It melts at 53°C. (127.4°F.) (Oesterle) and absorbs oxygen rapidly, whereby formic acid is liberated (Payen). Exposed to air and light pure gutta becomes yellow, friable, and partly soluble in alcohol, caustic potash and benzol. Alban is a light powder, not dissolved by water, diluted acids or alkalies, dissolves in boiling, but not in cold, absolute alcohol; readily soluble in ether, chloroform, carbon disulphide, benzol, and oil of turpentine. It has the compo- sition CoPIs,O, (Oesterle), yielding a hydrocarbon, albem, by heating with alcoholic potassa. It melts at 195°C. (383°F.). The presence of alban does not seem to have any harmful effect upon the technical properties of gutta-percha. Flwavilis a lemon-yellow, amorphous body, having the composition (CoH,0)n (Oesterle), melting between 82° and 85°C. (179.6° and 185° F.), but becoming soft at a much lower temperature. When it occurs in gutta in larger quantities it renders this article brittle. Fluavil is more soluble in the solvents mentioned than the other constituents. Whether alban and fluavil are decomposition prod- ucts of gutta, was not determined. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Gutta-percha serves several useful ends in medicine, surgery, and pharmacy, and is likewise used for ornamental and various other purposes. Splints, etc., have been made of it, and employed in cases of fractures, diseased joints, and other cases where it is desired to keep the parts in a permanent position, and it is also formed into bougies, injection pipes, catheters, pessaries, specula, forceps, handles, etc. Its pliability after having been immersed into hot water renders it especially adapted for the preparation of splints, and such splints are preferable to carved wooden splints. The solution in bisulphide of carbon has been employed by M. Vogel in wounds effected by cutting instruments—the flûid evaporates with great rapidity, and leaves a thin layer which protects the wound from atmospheric action, at the same time keep- ing its edges in close contact. The following compound is recommended for the hemorrhage supervening the extraction of teeth: Take of gutta-percha, 1 ounce; best tar, 1% ounces; creosote, 1 drachm; shellac, 1 ounce. Boil these in a cru- cible, stirring or beating them well, until they are blended into a stiff, homogene- ous mass. The compound is readily softened between the fingers, and is easily introduced into the bleeding socket. It must be pressed in, and the hemorrhage will be speedily checked. For dental purposes solution of gutta-percha is purified by agitating it with calcium sulphate. Mixed with silica, powdered glass, zinc oxide, and similar mineral substances, to give hardness and the proper consist- ence, it is largely used by dentists to fill the cavities of carious teeth. Mr. Aiton recommends the following preparation, applied to the skin in the same manner as collodion, as a protection against poisonous or deleterious vapors or fluids: Add 30 grains of gutta-percha to # an ounce of benzene, and expose to a mod- erate heat; when the gutta-percha is dissolved, add to it a solution of 5 grains of Caoutchouc dissolved in # ounce of benzene (benzol). A clear Solution of gutta- percha may be made by adding to the solution a mixture of # of a part of finely powdered carbonate of lead in 2 parts of chloroform ; agitating the whole 2 or 3 times, and then allowing the mixture to stand 10 or 12 days. The carbonate of lead, in becoming deposited, carries with it coloring and insoluble matters; the clear solution should then be decanted and placed in , fluid ounce vials, with closely-fitting glass stoppers (see Liquor Gutta-perchae). This will be found very valuable as a local application to irritated and abraded surfaces, chaps, Small wounds, etc., as it forms a kind of cuticle over the parts. Dr. Maunoury recommends mixing 2 parts of chloride of zinc with 1 part of powdered gutta-percha, in a tube or porcelain dish, and gently heating the mix- ture over a lamp. The gutta-percha softens, the particles cohere in a Spongy mass, which retains the chloride of zinc, and may be made into any convenient shape, which it retains on cooling. This he recommends as a manageable caustic, as it retains its consistence and flexibility, and can be easily inserted into the urethra, nostrils, fistulous or other passages, and, by its porosity, permits the exu- GY MINOCLADUS. 969 dation of the caustic, and thus opens a free passage for the result of the action of the caustic on the tissues. Other caustics or agents may be applied in the same way. Chrysarobin is well applied with solution of gutta-percha. It has been extolled by dermatologists as an efficient application in certain skin affections, to prevent access of air and the formation of crusts, to lessen the quantity of secretions, and to limit the action of the medicaments employed. It has thus been employed in 8mallpox (to prevent pitting), in erysipelas, psoriasis, herpes tom8wrons, prurigo, and certain eczemas. Prof. J. M. Maisch proposed the following solution as preferable to collodion, in having no gloss or contractile power, and in its close resemblance to the skin: Take 1 part of the best commercial gutta-percha, cut it into small pieces, and, by agitation, dissolve it in 12 parts of chloroform; on standing for a day, all the color- ing matter rises like a scum to the surface, leaving the solution clear; this may then be easily drawn off to the last drop. A wide glass tube, narrower at the bot- tom, and so arranged that both ends may be closed by corks, is the only instrument necessary; after the separation is complete, the upper cork must be removed, and the lower one loosened so as to allow the liquid to run out slowly. Gutta-percha is acted upon by the strong mineral acids, but not by sea water, alkalies, vegetable acids, or weak mineral acids, hence gutta-percha vessels are highly valuable. Related Products and Preparation.—Several guttas, some of which are closely allied to caOutchouc, are used to adulterate gutta-percha, among which may be mentioned the follow- ing: Gutta-800-800—two linds—one from Perek, the other, a caoutchouc, from Borneo, Gutta- singgarip, Gutta-rambong, and Gutta-Swndek (Gutta-putih). BALATA (GUM CHICLE).-This is a milky exudate, known in tropical America as Chicle, or Tuno-gum, derived from the Bully tree (Mimusops globoso, Gaertner), which grows along the Amazon and Orinoco rivers of South America. It is very much like gutta-percha, and is em- ployed sometimes in plasters. Within recent years the demand for this substance has increased enormously in the United States, where the bulk is employed in making chewing gum. GUTTA-PERCHA CEMENTS.–An improved cement for uniting the parts of boots and shoes, and in the manufacture of articles of dress in which cement is required, is made of 64 parts, by weight, of gutta-percha, 16 parts of caoutchouc, 8 parts of pitch, 4 parts of shellae, and 8 parts of oil. The ingredients are melted together, the caoutchouc having been previously dis- solved. A cement for uniting sheet gutta-percha to silk or other fabrics, is composed of gutta- percha, 40 pounds; Caoutchouc, 3 pounds; shellac, 3 pounds; Canada balsam, 14 pounds; liquid styrax, 35 pounds; gum mastic, 4 pounds; and oxide of lead, 1 pound. Another for uniting it to leather, as soles of shoes, etc., consists of gutta-percha, 50 pounds; Venice tur- pentine, 40 pounds; shellac, 4 pounds; caoutchouc, 1 pound; and liquid styrax, 5 pounds. A cement for repairing or patching shoes and boots has been in vogue among shoemakers. It is made by dissolving 1 ounce of raw gutta-percha in 1 pound of bisulphide of carbon, and then adding a piece of resin. The leather must be well buffed to make the cement adhere. GYMNOCLADU.S.—AMERICAN COFFEE-NUT. The seeds and pulp of the pods of Gymnocladus canadensis, Lamarck. Nat. Ord.—Leguminosae. COMMON NAMEs: American coffee-beam tree, Coffee tree, Kentucky mahogamy. Botanical Source.—This is a slender and unarmed tree, attaining the height of 50 or 60 feet, with a trunk from 12 to 15 inches in diameter. For about 25 feet from the ground the trunk is straight and simple, and covered with a rough, scaly bark. The leaves are compound, unequally bipinnate, 2 or 3 feet long, and 15 to 20 inches wide; the leaflets 7 to 13 in number, ovate, acuminate, and dull-gre, n, the single leaflets often occupying the place of some of the pinnae. The flowers are large, regular, dioecious, whitish, in axillary racemes, succeeded by pods. Petals 5, oblong, equal, inserted on the summit of the calyx tube. Calyx tubu- lar, 5-cleft, and equal. Stamens 10, short, distinct, inserted with the petals. Style 1. The legume is 8 to 10 inches long, 2 to 2% inches wide, oblong, flattened, Curving, pulpy within, and several-seeded. The seeds are from 2 to 4, quite hard, and somewhat egg-shaped, of a dark-olive color externally, slightly compressed, and about # inch in length by , inch wide (W.—G.). History and Chemical Composition.—This tree is indigenous to the United States, and is found growing in rich woods and along rivers and lakes in western New York, Ohio, Indiana, Kentucky, etc. It is known by several names, as Coffee *6, Kentucky coffee tree. The seeds were roasted and used by the earlier settlers 970 GYMNOCLADUS. instead of coffee. The trunk is naked for some distance above the ground, above which is a rather small but regular head, formed by a few, quite long branches. The wood is quite hard and strong, is reddish or light yellowish, rather fine grained, and susceptible of taking a very fine polish and presenting a most beau- tiful grained appearance; on this account it is highly prized in architecture and cabinet work. In our eastern cities it has been represented as a wood from Japan and brought most fabulous prices. The pulp and the seeds of the pods are the parts to be used; the former has some reputation as a fly poison. It is greenish and viscid. The active principle of these is taken up by alcohol, which gives a yellowish-brown tincture, or, if the pulp alone be used, a beautiful green, and, upon standing, crystals are deposited. The tincture has an unpleasant, bitterish taste, followed by a persistent pungent acrimony in the fauces. Rafinesque states that the leaves are purgative and contain a principle, cysticine, of a nauseous, bit- ter taste. The seeds are said to produce emesis. S. S. Mell (1887) obtained from the seeds a yellowish, Saponifiable, fixed oil (specific gravity 0.919) to the extent of 10 per cent. Wax, resin and fat were extracted by ether, some tannin and a glucosid, burning to the taste and possessing a distinctive odor, were abstracted by alcohol. The seeds also contained mucilage, starch, and albuminoids (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1887, p. 230). J. H. Martin largely confirms these results, but found Sapomim in all parts of the plant, and concludes that to this principle the physio- logical activity of the plant is probably due. Tannic and gallic acids are absent in the seeds. The pulp surrounding it contains sugar, tartaric and citric acids, and probably saponin (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1892, p. 558). The carbohydrates of the fruit were investigated by W. E. Stone and W. H. Fest (Amer. Chem. Jour., 1893, p. 660). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—The tincture of the pulp and pods, and in some instances of the bark also, has been used with benefit in intermittent fever. More recently it has been tried, and with advantage, in cases of abnormal states of the nervous centers, as indicated, among other symptoms, by impaired sense of touch and vision, numbness, dull headache, apathy, and formication. In one case of locomotor ataſcia it proved decidedly beneficial, and is valuable in some of the more serious symptoms resulting from excessive masturbation. Recent reports (Dr. N. G. Vassar) confirm its value as a remedy for spermatorrhaea. Prof. Roberts Bartholow, M.D., investigated physiologically the purified tincture of the leaves as prepared for him by J. U. Lloyd and found it to be very marked in its qualities. It has likewise been recommended in laryngeal cough with chronic irri- tation of the mucous liming membrane of the air passages, in erysipelas, in all fevers presenting a typhoid condition, in puerperal peritomitis, and in the evanthematous affections. It is certainly deserving the attention of our practitioners. The tinc- ture is best made by taking 2 ounces of the coarsely bruised seed and 1 ounce of the pulp, and adding to them 8 fluid ounces each of water and alcohol; let it macerate 12 or 14 days with frequent agitation, and then filter. One fluid drachm of this is to be added to 3 fluid ounces of water, of which the dose is a teaspoon- ful, to be repeated every 3 or 4 hours. Related Species.—Cercis Canadensis, Linné, Nat. Ord.—Leguminosae. The Red bud or Judas tree, is a small tree growing in rich woods in the middle states. The flowers expand in early spring before the leaves come out. They are borne in lateral clusters and are of a pale- reddish color. They have an agreeably acid taste, and are often eaten by children. The leaves are simple, acute, cordate, and are supported on slender stalks. The fruit is a dry, brown, flat pod, which hangs on the branches during the winter. The name Judas tree is inapplicable, and the tree is so-called because its relative, the Cercissiliquastrum, abundant in Palestine, is said to have been the tree upon which Judas hanged himself. It only required a little further credulity to transfer the notion to the American species. The bark of the root is the preferred part, and is exceedingly astringent, even surpassing oak and hemlock. “When chewed it puckers the mucous membranes of the mouth almost as sensibly as the green fruit of the persimmon tree, or as the seed of the fruit of black haw (Viburnum prunifolium)” (Lloyd, in Drugs and Medicines of North America). Prof. J. U. Lloyd could detect neither alkaloid nor crystalline glucosid, the chief constituent being the tannin (ibid.,Vol. II, 124). The leaves and bark of this tree, especially the bark of the root, possess powerfully astringent properties, and may be administered in cases in which this class of agents is indicated, as in diarrhoea and dysentery, particularly in the chronic forms, and in chromic catarrhal conditions; also recom- mended as a local application in chronic gonorrhoea, gleet, leucorrhoea, and chronic conjunctivitis, and other affections attended with mucous profluvia. GYNOCARDIA. 971 GYNOCARDIA.—CHAULMOOGRA. The seeds and oil of Gymocardia odorata, Robert Brown (Chaulmoogra odorata, Roxburgh; Hydnocarpus odorata, Lindley). Nat. Ord.—Bixineae. COMMON NAMES: Chaulmugra. Seeds, Chaulmogra. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 28. Botanical Source, History, and Description.—This is a very large and handsome East Indian tree. The leaves are glossy, entire, and alternate; the flowers yellow and sweet-scented. The fruit is round, ash-colored, and when ma- ture, averages in weight from 10 to 20 pounds. The numerous seeds are imbedded in its pulp, and contain an oil, which, according to Roxburgh, is mixed with fresh butter, and used by the natives as a remedy for cutaneous diseases. They are known as Chaulmoogra (or Chaulmugra), and are said, when powdered, to have been used with advantage in scrofula, skin diseases, and rheumatism, the dose being about 6 grains. The seeds are grayish, irregularly ovoid, compressed, some- what angular and smooth, a little over an inch long, and have an oily taste and a peculiar, nauseous odor. Chemical Composition.—Chawlmugra oil was obtained by pressure from the seeds about twenty years ago, and has attracted some little attention outside of India, where it has long been used. It is said that, in consequence of its high price, it is extensively adulterated by the natives of India, and so adroitly as to cause even the physicians in India to discontinue its use (New Remedies, 1879). This oil is granular, melts at 42°C. (107.6°F.); but after melting may be reduced much below this point without solidifying, and has, at 42°C. (107.6° F.), the spe- cific gravity of 0.930. It has an acid reaction, an acrid taste, and a slight scam- mony-like odor. It is insoluble in water, partly soluble in alcohol, and, excepting impurities, seems to perfectly dissolve in ether, chloroform, carbon disulphide, and benzin. Mr. J. Moss (Pharm. Jour. Trans., 1879, Vol. X, p. 251), found it to yield, upon the application of appropriate reagents, palmitic acid; a new acid, to which he gave the name, gynocardic acid; hypogaeic acid (named from the seed of Arachis hypogaea), and cocinic acid. Of these four acids palmitic constitutes the largest proportion (63 per cent), altogether making 81 per cent, the weight of the oil. These acids exist in the form of glycerides, as fats, the first two acids also in a free condition. Gymocardic acid (C, H.O.), however, is the important constituent (11.7 per cent), and gives the burning taste to the oil. Chaulmoogra oil strikes a green color with sulphuric acid. . . Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Chaulmugra oil is used both inter- nally and externally in leprosy, secondary syphilis, rheumatism, Scrofula, and iu phthisis. The dose for an infant is 1 or 2 drops daily; for an adult, from 2 to 4 minims, repeated 3 times a day. Drachm doses are said to have been given with- out any unpleasant results. As a remedy for leprosy, it has been thought by some to give good results in the macular and anaesthetic forms (early stage), while other and equally good authorities pronounce it inoperative. The seeds, when pow- dered, are reputed more active than the oil. The oil has relieved the dyspepsia and bronchitis occurring in lepers. Externally, it has been successfully applied in the above-named diseases, likewise in herpes, tinea, stiffness of joints, wicers, and Various cutaneous eruptions. In the latter class it generally proves too irritating except in eczemas and psoriasis. It is said to destroy pediculi and the itch insect. It is usually triturated with from 4 to 6 parts of simple ointment, and thoroughly rubbed in with the palm of the hand, or with the fingers' ends. Moss recom- mends the following formula for its economical use: Take of chaulmugra oil, 2 parts; paraffin wax, at 41° C. (106°F.), 1 part, and ozokerine, 5 parts, and tritu- rate thoroughly together. (Ozokerine is produced from ozokerite, or earth wax, and forms a tasteless and odorless basis for preparing ointments.) He also advises, As a more pleasant mode of administration, the use of perles or capsules, each con- taining the required dose. Children may take it in a little warm milk. It may also be given in emulsion with oil of almonds or glycerin. The powdered seeds are given in pills, from 3 to 6 grains being a dose. Salt meat, sweetmeats, spices, acids, and tobacco are strictly forbidden while taking this oil. Webster (Dinam. 972 HAEMATOXYLON. Therap.), praises chaulmoogra oil in the anemia of syphilis, and states that by its action as a deobstruant, it averts indurations and banishes skin and mucous patches. He believes it to promise more than any other remedy, if used early, to abort the constitutional effects of syphilis. Prof. Scudder mentions its internal and local use to allay itching and burning, being specially beneficial where the circulation is feeble and common sensation impaired. Related Species.—Hydnocarpus venemata, Gaertner. Ceylon. 4. Hydnocarpus Wightiana, Blume. Western India. The seeds of both this and the pre- ceding species yield an oil which may be used for the same purpose as Chaulmugra oil. It resembles the latter in odor and color, and strikes with sulphuric acid a blue coloration, not so pronounced, however, as that produced by Chaulmugra, oil. This coloration, is due to the presence of gynocardic acid, which Moss also found in this species (Dymock, Mat. Med. Of Western India). \ HAEMATOXYLON (U. S. P.)—HAEMATOXYLON. “The heart-wood of Haematoxylon campechianum, Linné”—(U. S. P.). Nat. Ord.—Leguminosae. CoMMON NAME: Logwood. ILLUSTRATIONs: Woodville, Med. Bot., 17; Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 86. Botanical Source.—This is a tree of from 20 to 25 feet in height, and occasion- ally reaching 40 or 50 feet. The trunk or stem is generally crooked and deformed, Fig. 125 seldom exceeding 18 inches in diameter, g. l.2, O. and covered with a rough, ash-colored bark. The branches are somewhat flexuous, ter- ete, and covered with whitish spots; in mountains and moist situations unarmed, but in localities where the tree is stunted in growth, furnished with sharp spines be- low the leaves. The leaves are alternate, from 2 to 4 from the same irregular, rough, tubercular prominence, pinnate, some- times dividing, in a bipinnate manner, at the lowest pair of leaflets; the leaflets are 4-paired, shortly stalked, obovate, or obcor- date. The flowers are yellow, slightly fra- grant, on pedicels # inch in length, borne in axillary and subterminal racemes. The calyx is deeply 5-parted, brownish-purple, with thin membranous, deciduous, une- qual lobes, and a short, green, campanu- late tube. The petals are nearly equal, obovate, wedge-shaped at base, scarcely longer than the sepals, and of a lemon-yellowish color. Stamens 10, alternately short, inserted on the inside of the margin of the persistent tube of the calyx; filaments hairy at base; anthers ovate, without glands. Ovary lanceolate, com- pressed, 3-seeded, bearing a capillary style, which projects beyond the stamens and petals; stigma capitate and expanded. The pod or legume is flat, compressed, lanceolate, acuminate at both ends, 1-celled, 2-seeded, not opening at the sutures, but bursting in the middle longitudinally (L.). History and Description.—This tree grows in Jamaica, on the eastern shore of the bay of Campeachy, and in many of the West India Islands. The wood con- sists of a yellowish alburnum, and a dingy cherry-red inner wood, which last is the part used in medicine and the arts; it forms a useful commercial commodity, and is extensively used as a dye-stuff. It becomes darker-colored by exposure. Water or alcohol extracts its coloring matter, forming deep-purple solutions. Its aqueous solution yields a fine blue precipitate with lime-water, alum, and acetate of lead; a deep violet-blue with the higher salts of iron, and curdy flakes with solution of gelatin; sulphuric, nitric, hydrochloric, and acetic acids, and sulphate of copper also produce precipitates. Water is the menstruum usually employed to extract its virtues. A pound of the wood yields about 2 ounces of the extract. The medicinal article is thus described in the Pharmacopoeia: Haematoxylon campechianum. HAEMATOXYLON. 973 “Heavy, hard, externally purplish-black, internally brownish-red, and marked with irregular, concentric circles, splitting irregularly; odor faint, agreeable; taste sweetish, astringent. When chewed, it colors the saliva dark pink. Logwood is generally met with in the form of small chips or coarse powder of a dark brownish- red color, often with a greenish luster”—(U. S. P.). Mr. Louis Siebold (Brit. Pharm. Conf, 1887, [see Amer. Jour. Pharm.]), consid- ers the logwood of San Domingo and Jamaica inferior to that of Campeachy or Honduras, and points out the great chemical difference between the commercial wood sold in logs, and that which comes to us ground or in chips, for the latter has mostly undergone a process of fermentation during which it is considerably modified, and loses its sweet taste. However, for the purpose of testing water for traces of metals by means of logwood extract (see below), the fermented wood is preferable. Chemical Composition.—Besides the usual plant constituents, logwood con- tains tanmin (3.5 per cent, according to Chas. F. Kramer, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1882, p. 388); phlobaphemes (which are coloring matters produced by decomposition of tannin substance), and haematoxylin or haematin. The latter body was discovered by Chevreul in 1811, and obtained pure in 1842 by Erdmann. Commercial log- wood extract often contains from 9 to 12 per cent of this principle which fre- quently crystallizes therefrom spontaneously in long needles. It is obtained by extraction with aqueous ether and crystallization from hot water containing reducing agents, e.g., Sulphurous acid or acid sulphites. Haematorylin (Chełł, Os, Erdmann), crystallizes with 3 molecules of water in the Quadratic, with 1 molecule, in the rhombic system. It is not easily soluble in cold, but readily dissolves in hot water, alcohol, and in salts of alkaline reaction, e.g., borax; from the latter solutions it can not be obtained crystallizable unless the solution is slightly acidified. Haematoxylin is very sensitive to light and air, turning reddish when exposed to light. When exposed to moist air or other oxidizers, it rapidly deliquesces, turns brown, and finally yields a colorless mass containing oxalic acid. By milder oxidation it is converted into haematein. Solu- tion of haematoxylin yields a black violet precipitate with ferric salts (ink), and is also precipitated by solutions of other metallic salts. The precipitates with lead and copper salts turn blue upon exposure to the air. When subjected to destructive distillation haematoxylin yields pyrogallol and resorcin; accordingly, a purple-colored phtalein (see Aniline Dyes), has been prepared by the interaction of 2 molecules of haematoxylin and 1 molecule of phtalic anhydride (E. A. Letts, Berichte, 1879). Haematoxylin undergoes a remarkable change with ammonia water in the presence of air. It is dissolved with rose-red, then purple-red color. The Solution, by absorbing oxygen from the air becomes blackish-red, and upon evaporation, yields violet prismatic crystals of haematein-ammonia (CeBI.O.2NH,). These are soluble in water and alcohol. When heated to 130° C. (266°F), ammo- nia is given off and haematein (Cls H.O.), is formed. Acetic acid likewise precipi- tates it from the aqueous solution of its ammonia compound. . Another method of obtaining it is to add a few drops of nitric acid to an ethereal solution of haematoxylin. It forms a dark-violet, crystalline powder, soluble with difficulty in alcohol and glacial acetic acid, insoluble in chloroform and benzol. It dis- Solves at 20°C. (68°F.), in water at the rate of 6 in 10,000, and is about twice as soluble in ether. In alkalies it dissolves with blue color, which changes to brown. Haematoxylim has been proposed as a delicate test for ammonia; the presence of Tywººd part of ammonia in water is indicated by an orange-red color assumed by lotting paper saturated with an alcoholic solution of haematoxylin (see Husemann and Hilger, Pflanzenstoffe). Arthur Weddell likewise recommends haematoxylin as a delicate test for calcium bicarbonate in water, and for the presence of lead (1, in 200,000), in the same medium, by the characteristic color reaction which takes place in the presence of air (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1884, p.214). L. Siebold (4mer, Jour. Pharm., 1887, p. 526), was able to detect even much smaller quantities of metals in potable water by this method. For the application of haematoxylin as an indicator in alkaloidal assay, see Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc., 1896, p. 109. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Logwood is a tonic and unirritating *śtringent, less constipating than many other astringents, and is useful in hemor- rhages from the wterus, lungs, and bowels, in old diarrhaeas and dysenteries, in summer 974 HAMAMELIS. complaint of children, and in might-sweats. A favorable preparation with many of the older practitioners in cholera infantum, after a proper employment of the syrup of rhubarb and potassa, is the following: Dissolve 2 drachms of extract of log- wood in 4 fluid ounces of boiling water, to this solution add 2 fluid drachms of ammoniated tincture of opium, 3 fluid drachms of tincture of catechu, 1 fluid drachm of compound spirits of lavender, and 4 fluid ounces of simple syrup, or syrup of ginger. The dose is a teaspoonful every 3 or 4 hours. An infusion of logwood taken intermally, and also used locally, in form of spray or injection, has effectually cured several cases of obstinate and offensive ozaema. In constitutions broken down by disease, dissipation, or the excessive use of mercury, the decoc- tion of logwood, used freely in connection with the other treatment, will be found highly beneficial. Dose of the decoction, from 2 to 4 fluid ounces; of the extract, 5 to 30 grains. The use of logwood imparts a blood-red color to the stools and the urine. It should never be combined with chalk or lime-water, as they are incompatibles. Red Ink.--A good red ink may be made as follows: Take of pernambuco wood, a Bra- zilian wood said to be derived from Caesalpinia echinata, 4 ounces; diluted acetic acid, distilled water, of each, 16 ounces; boil together until 24 ounces remain. Then add 1 ounce of alum, evaporate the liquid to 16 ounces, dissolve 1 ounce of gum Arabic in it, strain, and to the cold liquid add 1 drachm of chloride of tin. This ink is preferable to the cochineal ink, being free from its bluish tint and more permanent. Related Species.—ALGAROBILLA, the pod-like fruit of Balsamocarpum brevifolium of Chili. Contains a large proportion of ellagic acid and more than 60 per cént of tannin. HAMAMELIS (U. S. P.)—HAMAMELIS. “The leaves of Hamamelis virginiana, Linné, collected in autumn”—(U. S. P.). also the bark and twigs of Same. Nat. Ord.—Hamamelaceae. CoMMON NAMEs: Witch-hazel, Winterbloom, Snapping hazelnut, Spotted alder, etc. Botanical Source.—This is an indigenous shrub, and consists of several crooked, branching trunks from the same root, from 4 to 6 inches in diameter, 10 or 12 feet in height, and covered with a smooth gray bark. The leaves are borne on short petioles, alternate, oval or ob- ovate, acuminate, obliquely subcordate at base, margin cre- nate-dentate, scabrous, with minute elevated spots beneath, and from 3 to 5 inches long, two-thirds as wide. The flowers are yellow, on short pedicels 3 or 4 together in an involucrate, axillary, subsessile glomerule. The calyx is small, divided into 4 thick, oval, downy segments, with an involucel of 2 or 3 bracts at base. The petals, 4 in number, are yellow, # of an inch long, linear, curled or twisted. Sterile stamens 4, scale- like, opposite the petals, alternating with the 4 fertile ones. Ovary ovate; styles 2, short; stigmas obtuse. The capsule or pod is nut-like, 2-celled, 2-beaked, opening loculicidally from the top; the outer coat separating from the inner, which incloses the oblong, black seeds, but soon bursts elastically into 2 pieces (W.—G.-R.). History and Description.—This shrub grows in nearly all parts of the United States, especially in damp woods, flowering from September to November, when the leaves are falling, and maturing its seeds the next summer. The bark and leaves are the parts used in medicine; they possess a degree of fragrance, and, when chewed, are at first somewhat bitter, very sensibly astringent, and then leave a pungent sweetish taste, which remains for a considerable time. Water extracts their virtues. No analysis has been made of the leaves, though they are known to contain a bitter body and tannin. The bark and root probabl contain a very small amount of volatile oil (see Drs. J. Marshall and H. C. Wood, in Therap. Gaz., 1886, p. 295). Dr. Charles A. Lee (Jour. Mat. Med., 1859, p. 200) found in the bark 5% per cent of tannin, while H. K. Bowman (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1869, p. 194) records 8.10 per cent, and Walter B. Cheney (ibid., 1886, p. 418) 6.75 per cent. No glucosid nor alkaloid was obtainable by the latter author or b others. F. Grüttner (Archiv der Pharm., 1898, pp. 278-320) obtained from the Hamamelis Virginiana. HAM AMELIS. 975 bark 3 per cent of a crystallizable and optically active tannin (hamamelitannin, C, H, O,--5H,O), gallic acid, dextrose, fatty and waxy matter, including phytosterin (C.H.O.--H.O), etc. A preparation made by distilling water, or water containing some alcohol, from the green twigs and leaves of hamamelis is very popular under the term Distilled Extract of Hamamelis. The U. S. P. describes hamamelis leaves as follows: “Short-petiolate, about 10 Cm. (4 inches) long, obovate or oval, slightly heart-shaped, and oblique at the base, sinuate-toothed, thickish, nearly smooth ; inodorous; taste astringent and bitter”—(U. S. P.). The shoots are used as divining-rods to discover water and metals under ground, by certain adepts (?) in the occult arts. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Witch-hazel is tonic and astringent. Some have pronounced it sedative also. The decoction of the bark is very useful in hemoptysis, hematemesis, and other hemorrhages, as well as in diarrhoea, dysentery, and excessive mucous discharges, with full, pale, and relaxed tissues. It has been employed with advantage in incipient phthisis; in which it is supposed to unite anodyne influences with its others. It is useful in the form of poultice in swell- &ngs and tumors of a painful character, as well as in external inflammations. The American Indians used it for this purpose. The decoction may be advantageously used as a wash or injection for Sore mouth, painful tumors, external inflammations, bowel complaints, prolapsus and and uteri, leucorrhoea, gleet, and ophthalmia. Since the introduction of the distilled extract of witch-hazel and the specific hamamelis, the use of decoctions of the bark has been largely abandoned. The fluid extract has but little to recommend it. The particular field for hamamelis is in disorders involving the venous structures. Its most pronounced virtue is its stimulating and tonic action upon the venous coats, exhibited so markedly in its power over varicoses, hemorrhoids, hemorrhages, and other conditions due to re- laxation of venous structures. The parts are usually pale and relaxed, though occasionally a deep redness, due to venous engorgement, is observed. Here, and especially as great pain is usually an accompaniment, belladonna may be asso- ciated with it. It is adapted to the whole venous system, overcoming debility, differing therein from such agents as act only upon localized vascular areas. Prof. J. M. Scudder and others have found witch-hazel a valuable remedy in passive hemorrhages and congestion, especially in epistazis, hemorrhoids, phlegmasia dolems (after acute phases have passed away), phlebitis, and varicose veins. He also found it valuable in diarrhoea, in chronic pharyngitis, and in chronic wterine conges- tion, where the cervix is enlarged without abnormal hardness, the os uteri being soft, open, and patulous, and perhaps leucorrhaea and some prolapsus present. It is specially adapted to diarrhoea with a tendency to or associated with passive hemorrhage. It also forms an excellent application to chronic vascular conditions of mucous tissues, and to old, flabby, fetid wicers. Prof. A. J. Howe stated that in “several cases of uterime hemorrhage, all occurring within 2 years, he adminis- tered witch-hazel with success. In some instances, the cause of the flow, and the Conditions upon which it depended, were unknown or rested on conjecture, yet the exhibition of the medicine was always followed by satisfactory results.” Half-teaspoonful doses of specific hamamelis were mixed with water and repeated every few minutes while the flow lasted, and afterward every few hours to pre- Vent a return of the hemorrhage. In memorrhagia and those wasting states so Common after abortion, in the early months of pregnancy, he used no remedy that exerted such beneficial effects as witch-hazel. In uterime hemorrhage follow- ing delivery at full term, the remedy is probably not equal to ergot, but in the kind of Cases referred to it is a safer agent. In chronic diarrhoea and cholera infan- tum it is a valuable medicine. Hamamelis, both internally and topically, arrests 00&ing of blood from mucous surfaces. This action is well shown in non-inflam- Tºtoſy hematuria. . It is not the remedy for active hemorrhage, but for passive bleeding, as from the lungs, stomach, bowels, renal or genital organs its action is satisfactory. Besides its control over actual hematuria, hamamelis is often serviceable in Fenal affections due chiefly to vascular relaxation. Thus in diabetes insipidus it has been of some value, but it is of greater service in mucows profluvia of the wrimo- 9°ººl tract. It is of benefit in vesical catarrh, with tenesmus, and in irritation of the bladder, due to enlarged and relaxed scrotal veins. It should be used both 976 HEDEOMA. internally and locally to the scrotum. While it relieves varicocele, too much must not be expected of it in the way of a cure. In female disorders it is indicated by venous fullness and relaxation. Dull, aching, ovarian pain is relieved by hama- melis, and in leucorrhoea, with fullness of the pelvic veins and relaxation of the uterine and vaginal walls, its internal and external exhibition is of marked benefit. It relieves ovariam and testicular congestion. Hamamelis is of pronounced value in hemorrhages into the eye ball, and locally relieves ecchymosis of the lids and conjunctiva. Hamamelis is justly popular as a remedy for sprains, contusions, wounds, swell- £ngs, etc. A solution of a few grains of asepsin in distilled hamamelis forms an elegant and efficient dressing for burns, Scalds, cuts, abrasions, crushed fingers, etc. Ten grains of menthol to 4 fluid ounces of distilled hamamelis are also efficient in burns and scalds (Ellingwood). Glycerin and hamamelis, or Lloyd’s hydrastis and hamamelis, equal parts, has rendered us excellent service in irritated and inflammatory conditions of the extermal auditory meatus, especially when due to irrita- tion from the presence of inspissated cerwmem. Locally, hamamelis forms an excel- lent soothing application for chafing, due to excessive discharges; it is likewise useful in diffusive cutaneous inflammations. Few agents are more grateful in vari- ous subacute forms of Sore throat, also in sore throat with deep redness and great pain, and it is particularly soothing in Scarlatinal angina. It is a very valuable aid, locally, in the treatment of tomsilitis, phlegmomous ulceration of the throat, diph- theria, and acute catarrh. Chronic conjunctivitis, with vascularity of the palpebral and Ocular conjunctiva, has yielded to a decoction of equal parts of hamamelis (bark), hydrastis, and lobelia, boiling the first two ingredients, and adding the lobelia to the hot liquid. Cover, allow to cool, and strain. Hamamelis should not be neglected as a part of the treatment of inflamed breasts, and applied hot it gives great relief to the soreness of abdominal muscles and pelvic parts fol- lowing childbirth. Muscular Soreness and aching sensations, as of having been bruised, whether from colds, exposures, strains, bruises, or severe muscular action, , are greatly relieved by the application of distilled hamamelis, either hot or cold, by means of compresses, while specific hamamelis may be given internally. It forms a good face wash for burning of the skin, for tan and freckles, for dilated facial capillaries, and a good application after shaving. Distilled hamamelis and Lloyd's colorless hydrastis form a safe and efficient injection for most cases of gomorrhoea. Witch-hazel enters into many of the ointments designed for appli- cation to piles. An ointment made with lard and a decoction of white oak bark, apple-tree bark, and witch-hazel has been successfully employed for this purpose. Dose of decoction of witch-hazel, from 2 to 4 fluid ounces, 3 or 4 times a day; of distilled hamamelis, 5 to 60 drops; of specific hamamelis, 1 to 30 drops. Specific Indications and Uses.—Wenous debility, with relaxation and full- ness; pale mucous tissues, (occasionally deep-red from venous engorgement, or deep-blue from venous stasis); mucous profluvia, with venous relaxation; passive hemorrhages; varicoses; capillary stasis; hemorrhoids, with full feeling; relaxed and painful sore throat; dull, aching pain in rectum, pelvis, or female organs; perineal relaxation, with fullness; muscular relaxation; muscular Soreness and aching and bruised sensation, whether from cold, exposure, bruises, strains, or from physical exertion. HEDEOMA (U. S. P.)—HEDEOMA. “The leaves and tops of Hedeoma, pulegioides (Linné), Persoon”—(U. S. P.); (Melissa pwlegioides, Linné; Cunila pulegioides, Willdenow; Ziziphora pulegioides, Desfontaines). Nat. Ord.—Labiatae. COMMON NAMES : Pennyroyal, American pennyroyal, Tick-weed, Squawmint. ILLUSTRATIONS: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 200; Barton, Med. Bot., 41. Botanical Source.—This is an indigenous annual plant. It has a fibrous, yellowish root, an erect, branching, pubescent, rather angular stem, from 6 to 12 inches high. The leaves are 3, inch or more long, opposite, oblong, have 1 or 2 teeth on each side, are smooth above, rough below, narrowed at the base, and borne on short petioles; the floral leaves are similar. The flowers are quite small, |HEDEOMA. 977 light-blue, in 6-flowered, axillary whorls. Calyx ovoid or tubular; gibbous on the lower side near the base, with 13 striae; upper lip 3-toothed; lower 2-cleft; throat hairy. The corolla tube is as long as the calyx, downy, and 2-lipped; upper lip erect, flat and notched at the apex; the lower IFig. 127 spreading and 3-cleft, the lobes being nearly equal. Stamens ge 124'ſ s 2, ascending and filiform; the cells of the anthers diverging. Seeds 4, and oblong (W.—G.—L.). History, Description, and Chemical Composition.—This herb was placed by Linnaeus in the genus Melissa, and after- ward Cunila, from which it was removed by Persoon, and placed in the genus Hedeoma. It must not be confounded with Men- tha Pulegium, Linné, or European pennyroyal, which has simi- lar action and uses. It is a well-known plant, growing in barren woods and dry fields, and particularly in limestone countries, flowering from June to September and October, rendering the air fragrant for some distance around it. It is common to nearly all parts of the United States. It has a peculiar, aromatic odor, which, however, is very offensive to Some persons, and a hot, pungent, aromatic taste. It in parts its virtues to boiling water by infusion; boiling destroys its activity by evaporating the volatile oil, on which its properties depend. The oil (see Oleum Hedeomae), its chief constituent, may be obtained by distillation with water, and is often em- ployed, or its tincture, instead of the herb itself; it is of a light- yellow color, and specific gravity ranging from 0.930 to 0.940. Hedeoma thymoides, Gray, a Texam plant, has sinlilar properties. The official drug is thus described: “Leaves opposite, short-petioled, about 12 Mm. (# inch) long, oblong-ovate, ob- scurely Serrate, glandular beneath; branches roundish, quadrangular, hairy; flow- Crs in small, axillary cymules, with a tubular-ovoid, bilabiate and five-toothed calyx, and a pale blue, spotted, bilabiate corolla, containing 2 sterile and 2 fertile, exserted stamens; odor strong, mint-like, taste warm and pungent”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Pennyroyal is a stimulant, diapho- retic, emmenagogue, and carminative. The warm infusion used freely, will pro- mote perspiration, restore suppressed lochia, and excite the menstrual discharge when recently checked, especially by colds; it is often used by females for this last purpose, a large draught being taken at bedtime, the feet having been previously pathed in warm water. It is an excellent remedy for common colds. A gill of brewer's yeast added to the draught is reputed a safe and certain abortive. The warm infusion may likewise be employed with advantage in the flatulent colic of children. The oil, or its tincture, is also administered as a carminative and anti- emetic, and has been of benefit in hysteria, whooping-cough, spasms, etc. Hedeoma is accredited with galactagogue powers, but it acts best probably when diminished lactation is due to acute colds. Dr. M. H. Hennell (Trans. Ohio E. M. Assoc., 1895, p. 31), justly extols the remedy in flatulent colic, not only to serve as an anti-spas- modic, but to act as a calmative of the nervous phenomena. He uses it exten- sively in threatened convulsions of children, in hysteria from menstrual derange- ments, in puerperal Septicaemia, and to hasten or aid the eruptive process in the evanthemata. Dr. Hennell praises it especially as a remedy for chronic amenorrhaea, and gives the indications below named. It is likewise used as a rubefacient in Theumatism, and united with linseed oil, as an application to burns and Scalds. Dose of the oil, from 2 to 10 drops; of a saturated tincture, 1 to 2 fluid drachms. The infusion may be freely administered. Dr. Toothacker (Phila. Jour. of Hom., Vol. II, p. 655) reports a case of poisoning in a woman from one fluid drachm of oil of pennyroyal. The symptoms were: Severe headache, difficult swallowing, intense nausea, with severe retchings without emesis, intolerable bearing down, labor-like pains, abdominal tenderness, constipation, dyspnoea, limbs semipara- lytic, and nervous weakness and prostration (Millspaugh's Amer. Med. Plants). Specific Indications and Uses.—Amenorrhoea of long standing, with pallor and anemia, and dark circles about the eyes. Patient complaims of languor and lassitude, takes cold easily, has pain in the back and limbs, and exhibits full, prominent veins (Hennell). Hedeoma pulegioides. 62 978 HEL) ERA, HEDERA.—IVY. The leaves, berries, and gum-resin of Hedera Helia, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Araliaceae. COMMON NAMEs: Ivy, Common ivy. Botanical Source.—This is an evergreen creeper, with long and flexible stems and branches, which attach themselves to the earth, or trees, or walls, by numerous root-like fibers. The leaves are coriaceous, smooth, ºssº shining, dark-green, with veins petiolate, the lower ones §§ 5-angled or 5-lobed, the upper or old ones ovate and acute. Nº.2 The flowers are greenish-white, disposed in numerous, simple, and downy umbels, forming a corymb. The berries are black, with a mealy pulp (W.-L.). History, Description, and Chemical Composition.—This plant is common all over Europe, and is cultivated in many parts of the United States; it flowers in September. The gum-resin (Gummiresina Hedera, or Ivy gum), exudes from the incised bark, and comes to us in yellowish or red-brown, irregular pieces. The edges are translucent and of a garnet & hue. It is acrid, faintly bitter, and when heated emits a pleasant, aromatic odor. The leaves and berries are the parts used. The former possess a peculiar, rather fragrant odor, and a nauseously bitter and astringent taste. The taste of the latter is somewhat acid, piquant, and terebinthine. A. Jandous (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1883, p. 371), reports the ivy berries to contain in their fleshy part 70 per cent of water, a dark-red coloring matter soluble in alco- hol and water, resinous matter first tasting sweet, then sharp and bitter, and grape sugar, gum, albumin, and Salts. The seeds contain a fatty oil of irritating taste and producing a green color with ferric chloride. The poisonous properties of the fruit are neither due to the resinous matter in the pulp, nor to the oil in the seeds. A bitter substance believed to be an alkaloid and named hederim, was obtained from the seeds by Wendamme and Chevalier (see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1842, p. 172). Posselt, in 1849, isolated from the seeds two proximate principles, viz., crystallizable hederic acid (CeBI.O, according to Davies, 1878), which Kingzett believed to be a glucosid, and amorphous hederatammic acid. (For details regarding these substances see Husemann and Hilger, Pflanzemstoffe, p, 968.) The bitter hederin is probably identical with hederatannic acid. The leaves of ivy have a peculiar fragrant odor and an astringent, bitter taste. Mr. F. A. Hartsen, in 1875, by extraction with 85 per cent alcohol, obtained therefrom in impure form, a glucosid resembling saponin, but differing from the latter by not being soluble in water. L. Vernet (Jour. Pharm. Chim., 1881, p. 347), isolated this glucosid (C, H.O.), which was later named helicin (Joulin, Jour. Pharm. Chim., 1891, p.215), by boiling out the bruised leaves with water repeatedly, then extracting them with alcohol, evaporating the latter, washing with cold benzin, and crystallizing from solution in boiling ace- tone. It forms silky needles melting at 233°C. (451.4° F.), insoluble in water, chloroform, and benzin, Soluble in warm acetone, benzol, and ether; also in warm alkalies and hot alcohol. It reduces Fehling's solution only after being heated with diluted Sulphuric acid, sugar, and a neutral, crystallizable substance (C.H.O.), melting at 278° to 280°C. (532.4° to 536°F.), being formed. The latter is not fer- mentable with yeast; helixigenin is the name recorded for the helixin derivative in C. E. Sohn's Dict. Active Principles of Plants, 1894. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—The leaves are stimulating, and have been employed as an application to issues; and have likewise been efficient in diseases of the skin, indolent ulcers, eczemas, itch, etc., in the form of decoction, and applied locally; this will also destroy vermin in the hair, which, it is stated, is stained black by the application. They are reputed beneficial as a cataplasm in glandular enlargements. Marasmus of children, rachitis, and pulmonary affections have been benefited by the dried leaves in powder, in doses of 20 grains or more. The berries act as an emetic and cathartic, and were formerly esteemed in febrile affec- tions, having been supposed to possess sudorific virtues. Associated with vinegar, Fig. 128. Hedera Helix. HELENIUM.–HELIANTHEMU M. 979 they were considerably used during the London plague. The gum-resin has been used for toothache, wicerations, local pains, and to control excessive discharges. HELENIUM.–SNEEZEwoRT. The plant Helenium autumnale, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Compositae. CoMMON NAMES: Smeezewort, Sneezeweed, Swamp sunflower, Wild sunflower. ILLUSTRATION: Meehan’s Native Flowers and Ferns, II, 113. Botanical Source.—This plant, likewise called Swamp, or False sunflower, is an indigenous, perennial herb, having a fibrous root, and several erect, branch- ing, angular stems, 2 or 3 feet high, and strongly winged by the decurrent leaves. The leaves are alternate, smooth, or slightly pubescent, elliptic-lanceolate, more or less deeply serrate, and often sprinkled with bitter and aromatic resinous glob- ules. The flowers are large, numerous, bright yellow, terminal in loose, showy corymbs, with flat, drooping, wedge-shaped rays, each ending in 3 obtuse teeth, longer than the large, globose disk. The involucre is small, reflexed, with the scales linear or subulate. The receptacle is globose or oblong, naked in the disk, and chaffy in the ray only. Achemia top-shaped and ribbed. Pappus of 5 thin and 1 nerved chaffy scales, the nerve extending into a bristle or point (G.-W.). History and Chemical Composition.—Sneezewort is a plant common to the United States, growing in low, damp fields and meadows, and on alluvial river banks, flowering from August to October. It is nearly imodorous, with a rather acrimonious, amarous taste. It has been analyzed by F. J. Koch (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1874, p. 221). It contains a trace of tannin and volatile oil, malic acid, and, besides the ordinary plant principles, an amorphous glucosid to which the bitter taste of the herb is due. When boiled with diluted acid it splits into a bitter, non-crystalline body of acid reaction, and glucose. This glucosid is solu- ble in boiling water, alcohol, and ether. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Tonic, diaphoretic, and errhine. Re- puted valuable in chills and fever and other febrile diseases. The whole plant pos- sesses errhime properties, but the flowers, particularly the florets of the disk, are the most active, and may be used, in powder, as a snuff, in headache, incipient coryza, catarrh, deafness, and other affections where errhines are desired. Related Species.—Helenium tenuifolium, Nuttall. United States, from Georgia west to Texas and north to Kansas (for illustration, see Meehan’s Native Flowers and Ferns, II, 37). This species is poisonous. According to Galloway (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1872), spasms, with delirium and unconsciousness, were produced in four negroes by this plant, while in animals it resulted in twitching of the muscles, violent convulsions, and death. Helenium parviflorum, Nuttall.—Georgia. Properties similar to those of Helenium autumnale. HELIANTHEMIUIMI.—FROSTWORT. The plant Helianthemum canadense, Michaux (Cistus canadensis, Linné). Nat. Ord.—Cistaceae. COMMON NAMEs: Frostweed, Frostwort, Frostplant, Rock-rose. Botanical Source.—This plant is a perennial herb, with a simple, ascending downy stem, about 1 foot high, at length shrubby at base. The leaves are alter- mate, from 8 to 12 lines long, about one-fourth as wide, oblong, acute, lanceolate, erect, entire, subsessile, tomentose beneath, and without stipules. The flowers are large and bright yellow, few, in terminal corymbs; apetalous ones smaller, lateral, Solitary or racemose, clustered in the axils of the leaves, and nearly sessile. The Corolla, of the petaliferous flowers, are 1 inch wide, with 5 petals, crumpled in the bud, and fugacious. Calyx of the large flowers hairy-pubescent, and 5; of the Sºmall flowers, hoary. Stamens of the large flowers numerous and declinate; of the small flowers, few. Style short or none. Stigmas 3-lobed, scarcely distinct; %psule smooth, shining, triangular, 3-valved, 1-celled, opening at top, about 3 lines long; of the apetalous flowers not larger than a pin's head; the seeds are angular, few, and brown. The yellow flowers open in sunshine, and cast their petals by the next day (G.—W.), 980 HELIANTHEMUM. History.—This plant grows throughout the United States in dry, sandy soils, and flowers from May to July. The large flowers make their appearance first and later in the season the smaller flowers are produced on the same or other plants. The whole plant is medicinal. The leaves and stems of the plant are covered with a white down, and Prof. Eaton, in his work on botany, says: “In November and December of 1816, I saw hundreds of these plants sending out broad, thin, curved ice crystals, about an inch in breadth, from near the roots. These were melted away by day, and renewed every morning for more than 25 days in succession.” These spicules of ice are sent out from fissures in the bark of the plant near its base. The plant has a bitterish, astringent, slightly aromatic taste, and & yields its properties to hot water. alºsº Chemical Composition.—Analyzed in 1888 by W. Crutcher sºlºſ' (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1888, p. 390), frostweed was found to contain tan- nin (10.8 per cent), wax, fatty and volatile oils. A white crystalline principle, thought to be a glucosid, was obtained in fine needles by Fig. 129 flºº Cºls - Fº º treating an alcoholic extract with water and shaking out with benzol. \ These crystals were not further examined. & % Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This plant has long bee used in practice as a valuable remedy for scrofula, in which disease it has been reported to have effected some astonishing cures. It is used Hellanthemum in the form of decoction, syrup, or fluid extract; if taken in too large * doses it will sometimes vomit. It is tonic and astringent, as well as antiscrofulous. In Secondary syphilis, either alone, or in combination with cory- dalis and stillingia, it was formerly regarded as a most valuable remedy. In the form of infusion, it has also been found very serviceable in chronic diarrhoea and dysentery, especially when occurring among persons disposed to scrofula, also as a remedy in several forms of cutaneous disease; also as a gargle in Scarlatina and aph- thous ulcerations, and as a wash in Scrofulous ophthalmia, prurigo, and other cutaneous diseases. Externally, a poultice of the leaves is applied to scrofulous tumors and wheers. The fluid extract is the best form for internal use; dose, 1 or 2 fluid drachms, 3 or 4 times a day. (For a list of physiological phenomena produced by this plant, in small and large doses, consult Millspaugh's Amer. Med. Plants,Vol. I, p. 28.) Related Species and Drugs.--Helianthemum corymbosum, or Frostweed, with an erect, branching, canescent stem ; lance-oblong, alternate leaves, canescently tomentose beneath ; flowers in crowded, fastigiate cymes; primary ones elongated, filiform pedicels, and with petals twice longer than the calyx; sepals willous-canescent, outer ones linear, obtuse ; inner ones ovate, acute; is found growing in pine-barrens and sterile sands, in the southern and middle states. It possesses properties analogous to the preceding, and may be indiscriminately em- ployed with it. F. J. Kruell, in 1874 (Amer. Jour. Pharm.), found it to contain resin, chloro- phyll, gum, extractive, glucose, salts, and a large amount of tannin. Helianthemumn vulgare, Gaertner (Cistus Helianthemum, Linné). Europe. It has properties similar to the rock-rose. L ABD ANUM, Resina ladanum.—This resinous exudate is derived from several species of Cistus, of the Nal. Ord.—Cistaceae, especially the Custus crelicus, Linné; Custus ladaniferus, Linné; and Cistus cyprius, Lamarck. These are handsome evergreen shrubs, natives of the Levant and Grecian Archipelago. The resin is collected from the branches by means of a leather instrument somewhat like a rake—called labolanisterion—the implement being drawn over the branches and leaves, and the product scraped off the leather, to which it adheres. It is then kneaded or mixed together with sand or other solid material. Two grades of labdanum are met in commerce. The first form, cake labdanum, occurs as dark-brown or blackish masses, becoming soft and sticky by the warmth of the hands. When freshly broken it has a grayish aspect, soon changing to a darker hue. The second form, common labaamum, comes in cylin- drical sticks, or spiral pieces, which are hard, brittle, light, porous, and of a gray-black color. Unlike the purer grade, it does not soften by the beat of the hand. Both varieties are bitter, and have a balsamic, pleasant odor. The second grade is usually much adulterated or wholly artificial. Pure labdanum is fusible, and burns with a vivid flame, is nearly completely dis- Solved by alcohol, but insoluble in water. The poorer grades are said to be gathered from the hair of goats and wool of sheep, which are allowed to browse on the plants. Cake labdanum, according to Guibourt (IIist. d. Drogues, 1875, Vol. 1] I, p. 675), contains of resin and a small amount of volatile oil, 86 per cent; wax, 7 per cent; extractive, 1 per cent; hair, sand, and other insoluble matter, 6 per cent. Roll labdanum yielded to Pelletier, sand, 72 per cent; and resin, but 20 per cent. Labdanum was formerly regarded diuretic and expectorant, and was em- ployed in bronchºtis, leucor, haea, catarrh, dysenter iſ, etc. It is now used only in plasters, and is nearly obsolete as a medicine. Owing to its agreeable aroma when burned, it was employed by the ancients for fumigating purposes. HE LIANTH US 981 HELIANTHUS.—SUNFLOWER. The seeds and stems of Helianthus annuus, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Compositae. CoMMON NAME: Sunflower. Botanical Source.—This is an annual plant, with an erect, rough stem, usu- ally about 7 feet high, but which, under favorable circumstances, attains the height of 15 and even 20 feet. The leaves are large, cordate, and 3-nerved ; the upper ones alternate, the lower ones opposite. Peduncles thickening upward. The flowers are large and nodding; the rays yellow; the disk dark-purple. The seeds are numerous and dark-purple when ripe. A splendid variety occurs with the flowers all radiate (W.). History and Description.—This well-known plant is a native of South America, and is extensively cultivated in the gardens of this country on account of its beautiful, brilliant, yellow flowers, which appear in July and August. The ripe seeds are the parts used; they are of a purplish color externally, about 4 or 5 lines long, between 2 and 3 wide, 2-angled, margins parallel, apex somewhat pointed, the base truncate, compressed, with longitudinal convex surfaces, so as nearly to present 4 angles; internally the testa is whitish, and the kernel is whit- ish, oily, rather sweetish, and edible. They contain a fixed oil which may be obtained by expression. The leaves are large, and when carefully dried, may be made into cigars, very much resembling in flavor that of mild Spanish ones. The virtue of the seeds chiefly depends upon the fixed oil they contain. The finely prepared fiber of the stalks is said to be used in China to adulter- ate silks. Sunflower plants are now planted to some extent in malarial quarters under the belief that they have a beneficial influence in warding off miasmata. Its action in this direction, if effective at all, is probably due to its power of absorbing large amounts of water from damp grounds. Chemical Composition.—All parts of the plant are rich in mineral matters, 10.8 per cent of ash being yielded by the dry plant (Brandenburg). John found the fresh pith to contain 1.5 per cent of potassium nitrate, corresponding to 9 per cent of the dried pith. Asparagin occurs in the young plant (Dessaignes), and imwlin, according to Braconnot, in the root (Archiv der Pharm., 1859, p. 1). The kernels of the seeds yield 40 per cent of a limpid, fixed oil, Sunflower oil. It is colorless or pale-yellow, odorless and almost without taste. Its specific gravity is 0.926; and at-15°C. (+5°F.), it congeals. It is an excellent burning fluid, and the plants are largely cultivated in China and some other countries for the purpose of obtaining the oil, of which an acre of ground will yield between 200 and 300 pounds. Sunflower oil dries slowly. Helianthic acid (C.H.O.), was obtained from the seeds by Ludwig and Kromayer (Archiv der Pharm., 1859, p. 1). It dissolves in Water and alcohol; the aqueous solution is colored intensely yellow by alkalies. With ferric salts it strikes a deep-green color, but is not precipitated by gelatin. Boiling with diluted acids liberates a sugar, reducing alkaline cupric tartrate so- lution. Its reactions show it to be a peculiar tannic acid, differing at least from caffeotannic acid. A sunflower of Algerian growth yielded, according to Chardon, a distinctive oleoresin (Pharm. Jour. Trams., 1873, p. 322). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Sunflower seeds and leaves are diu- retic and expectorant, and have been used in pulmonary affections with consid- erable benefit. The following preparation has been of much efficacy in bronchial and laryngeal affections, and even in the cough of phthisis; it acts as a mild expec- torant and diuretic: Take of sunflower seeds, bruised, 2 pounds; water, 5 gal- lons; boil the two together until but 3 gallons of liquid remain, then strain, add 12 pounds of sugar, and 13 gallons of good Holland gin. The dose of this is from ? fluid drachms to 2 fluid ounces, 3 or 4 times a day, or whenever tickling or Tºritation of the throat, or cough is excessive, or when expectoration is difficult. Various agents may be added to this preparation, according to indications, as tincture of stillingia, tincture of balsam of tolu, etc. An infusion of the pith of Sunflower stem is diuretic, and may be used where this class of agents is indi- 9ated, also in many febrile and inflammatory forms of disease; it likewise makes a good local application in some forms of acute ophthalmia. The pith contains nitre, 982 HELLEBORUS. and has been recommended for the making of moxa; the quantity of nitre, however, varies, depending entirely upon the locality and character of soil in which the plant grows. The oil obtained from the seeds by expression, has been employed with benefit in cough, in dysentery, in inflammation of the mucous coat of the bladder, and in disease of the kidneys. To be given in doses of from 10 to 15 drops, 2 or 3 times a day. A teaspoonful of the oil taken at one dose, has pro- duced active diuresis for four consecutive days, accompanied toward the termi- nation with pain and debility in the lumbar region. The leaves are astringent. Related Species.—Actinomeris helianthoides, Nuttall. Gravel or Dwabetes weed.—This plant is diuretic and has been successfully employed in chromic cystitis, dropsy, and gravel. Helianthus tuberosus, Linné. Jerusalem artichoke.—The tubers of this species resemble arti- chokes, and have been used as a substitute for potatoes. The carbohydrates of the tubers have been investigated repeatedly by O. Popp (1870 and 1878); Dieck and Tollens (Jahresb. der Pharm., 1878, p. 81), and more recently by Ch. Tanret (Jour. Pharm. Chim., 1893, p. 107). The latter author finds the juice of the tuber before its maturity to contain 16 per cent of the fol- lowing carbohydrates: Saccharose, inulin, pseudo-invlin, inulenin, and two newly isolated substan- ces, helianthem in and Symanthrin. The formulae of all these substances have the nucleus C12H10O10 (also see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1893, p. 498). A small quantity of lasvulose and dextrose is formed when the tuber ripens. HELLEBORUS.—BLACK HELLEBORE. The rhizome and rootlets of Helleborus miger, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Ranunculaceae. CoMMON NAMES: Black hellebore, Christmas rose. ILLUSTRATIONs: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 2; Woodville, Med. Bot., 169. Botanical Source.—Black hellebore has a black, perennial, tuberculated, horizontal, scaly root or rhizome, whitish internally, and sending off numerous, long, fleshy, brownish-yellow fibers, which become darker upon drying. Its leaves are large, radical, on cylindrical stalks from 4 to 8 inches long, pedate, of a deep-green color above, and paler and strongly reticulated beneath; leaflets 5 or more, 1 terminal, cuneate-obovate, entire and unequal at the base, and coarsely ser- rated near the point. The scape is shorter than the petiole, 1 or 2-flowered, with ovate lacerated bracts immediately beneath the calyx, and 5 or 10 inches high. The flowers are large and rose-like. The calyx consists of 5 large, ovate or roundish, spreading sepals, at first white, then rose-red, eventually becoming green. The petals are yellowish-green, tubular, shorter than the stamens, and narrowed to the base; stamens numerous; anthers yellow; capsules leathery; seeds many, arranged in 2 rows, elliptical, umbilicated, black, and glossy (L.). History and Description.—Black hellebore inhabits the subalpine woodland regions in the middle and southern parts of Europe, flowering between December and February; it is also called Christmas rose. It is not the Melampodium of the ancients, so celebrated in mental diseases, which is now shown to be a distinct species, the Helleborus orientalis, and which probably possesses similar medicinal virtues, as well as do the roots of some other species of the same genus. Another species should be mentioned here on account of its rhizome having a commercial name liable to become confused with Veratrum viride (green hellebore). It is the Helleborus viridis, Linné. The commercial name of the drug (rhizome and root- lets), is Radia, hellebori viridis, or green hellebore root. This species is regarded by some as more useful than the black hellebore, and has consequently obtained official recognition in Europe. The medicinal parts of hellebore are the radicles or root fibers, which are generally met with the rhizome attached. It is a many-headed root with a caudex or body seldom over 3 inch in thickness, and several inches long, horizontal, sometimes contorted, uneven, knotty, with transverse ridges, slightly striated longitudinally, its upper surface having the remains of the leaf and flower-stalks, and thickly beset upon the sides and under surface with fibers, which, when uninjured, are from 3 inches to a foot in length, 2 or 3 lines in diameter, dark brownish-black externally, whitish within, spongy, not woody, brittle, with a feeble odor, and a faint, bitter taste (C.). When fresh they are said to be very acrid and nauseous, occasioning, when chewed for a short time a pun- Helleborus niger. HELLEBORUS. 983 gent, numb sensation, resembling that which accompanies the eating or drinking of anything hot. Desiccation, as well as age, gradually lessens this acridity. Its properties are taken up by water or alcohol; long-continued heat diminishes its activity. The rhizomes of Adonis vernalis, Linné, and Actaea spicata, Linné, of Europe, have been employed as adulterants of black hellebore. Chemical Composition —The root and the root-leaves of the various species of Helleborus contain two glucosids, helleborein, which is a cardiac poison, also having drastic powers, and helleborin, a narcotic poison; also fatty oil, acrid resins, etc., but no tannin. Helleborus viridis is stated to yield a more active helleborein than H miger; the same plant yields the largest amount of helleborin (0.04 per cent). Helleborein was discovered in 1864 by Husemann and Marmé (Ann. Chem. Pharm.,Vol. CXXXV, p. 55). These authors also studied more closely the helle- borin discovered in 1853 by Bastick (Pharm. Jour. Trans.). Both substances were carefully investigated quite recently by K. Thaeter (Archiv der Pharm., 1898, pp. 414–424). The isolation of the two substances from the root was effected by means of their opposite behavior toward water and ether, helleborein being freely soluble in water, but insoluble in ether, while helleborin is insoluble in water and soluble in ether. * HELLEBOREIN crystallizes from absolute alcohol in fine needles, which are not hygroscopic when pure; it is of a sweetish taste, and in powder form has sternutatory properties. Its aqueous solution is precipitated by mercurous ni. trate, tannic acid, etc. On boiling with diluted acids, it is decomposed into sugar and dark blue flakes of helleboretin, which are insoluble in water and ether, but soluble in alcohol with violet color (Husemann and Marmé). K. Thaeter has quantitatively established the mechanism of this reaction, in which 2 molecules of dextrose and 3 molecules of acetic acid are formed, the equation being as fol- lows: C, H, Os (helleboreim) +5H,O=C|,IH, O, (helleboretin) +2C, H,Os-H3C, H.O. Helleboretin is permanent toward hot diluted acids, and is a member of the fatty series of organic compounds. Concentrated nitric acid produces with helleboretin a characteristic deep-violet color which, on dilution with water, is permanent for some time. Thus the formation of blue flakes upon boiling with acids, and the subsequent color reaction with nitric acid may serve as a characteristic test for helleboreim. HELLEBORIN.—K. Thaeter confirmed all the properties found by Husemann and Marmé for this substance, except its formula, for which he finds (C.H.O)n, while his predecessors arrived at the formula C, H,0s. This substance forms white, odorless, and tasteless needles, but in alcoholic solution they impart an acrid taste. It is insoluble in cold water, quite soluble in alcohol and chloroform. Prolonged boiling with diluted acids decomposes it into sugar and helleboresin (CoPIssO.). Helleborin gives a characteristic violet-red color with concentrated Sulphuric acid; when poured into water white flakes are precipitated. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Black hellebore is a drastic cathartic, and is reputed to possess emmenagogue powers, but the latter is probably due to its purgative effects. In smaller doses it is a cardiac stimulant, and diuretic and anthelmintic properties are also ascribed to it. In large doses, it is a powerful poison, causing gastro-intestinal inflammation, dizziness, painful spasms, severe emesis, catharsis, heart failure, dilatation of the pupils, thirst with abdominal heat, cold sweats, convulsions, and even death. Death occurs from spasms and exhaustion. The recent root produces rubefaction, and sometimes blisters, when held in contact with the skin. Hellebore was formerly used in palsy, insanity, ºpoplery, dropsy, epilepsy, etc., but is seldom used at present; occasionally it is found useful in chlorosis, amenorrhoea, etc. In nervous disorders it might still be used, if properly employed, in cases of melancholia and mania when due to gastro- hepatic disturbances, or in acute forms of mental aberrations due to menstrual Wrongs. Hysteria and hypochondria may be benefited by it, especially when de- Pendent upon abdominal wrongs. As an agent for dropsy, it is regarded as less useful than apocynum. It has been used to reduce dropsy through its purgative *ºtiºn, but since it has been found that small doses of the drug tend to stimulate the heart and increase diuresis, there is reason to believe that we have not yet lly appreciated the power of the drug. Dropsies due to atonic states of the 984 HEMIDESMUS. ^-- bowels, serous effusion after inflammations, with deficient absorption, and hydro- thorax and amasarca following the specific eruptive diseases, are specially mentioned as coming within its curative power. The dose for this purpose should be from a fraction of a drop to 5 drops of specific hellebore. Bryonia, apocynum, and digitalis act well with it. The drug in small doses increases the force of the heart's contraction, slows the pulse, and increases arterial tension. Renal activity is increased under its action, and non-compensatory symptoms in heart affections have rapidly disap- peared under the use of this drug. Prof. Scudder (Spec. Med.) suggests it as an emmenagogue when the patient is annoyed by heat flashes, burning of the Sur- face of the thighs and nates, and sensitiveness of the pelvic and perineal tissues. It has been used in bowel disorders with jelly-like passages. The agent requires and deserves restudy. For the specific uses the minute dose is preferable. B. Spe- cific helleborus niger gtt. V, aqua fláiv. Mix. Sig. Dose, a teaspoonful every 1, 2, or 3 hours. For its old uses as a drastic purgative, etc., the dose of the powder is from 5 to 10 grains; of the tincture, from 1 to 2 fluid drachms; of the extract, 2 to 5 grains. Helleborein, besides possessing similar properties, has been found to be a de- pressant of the nervous functions, and to possess decided anaesthetic properties. From the fact that it has no apparent effect upon the pupil, nor affects the intra- ocular tension, it has been preferred by some over cocaine as a local anaesthetic in eye diseases, and is reputed more permanent in its effects than the latter. From 3 to 4 drops of a solution, representing in all from gº to #5 grain, is thus employed. Owing to its powerful action upon the heart, it is not used subcutaneously to pro- duce local anaesthesia. Specific Indications and Uses.—(The minute doses only.) Dropsy; heavy feeling in head, with cold forehead and clammy sweat; amenorrhoea, with flashes of heat, burning of surface of thighs and buttocks, and pelvic and perimeal sensi- tiveness; discharges of gelatinous mucus from the bowels. Related Species.—Helleborus foetidus. Bear's foot. This European perennial, of fetid odor, is the most active of the hellebores. The acrid, bitterish, and pungent leaves and stem- stalks, when chewed, excoriate the membranes of the mouth. It acts as a powerful emetic and purgative, and in large doses is a dangerous agent. It has been used in powder and decoction to expel tapeworm, and in asthma, hypochondriasis, and hysteria. Dose of the drug, from 5 to 20 grains; of the decoction (13 of drug to 8 flá of water), a fluid ounce. It contains the same constituents as hellebore, Therapeutically, it is scarcely known in this country. HEMIDESMU.S.–INDIAN SARSAPARILLA. The root of Hemidesmus indicus, Robert Brown (Periploca emetica, Retzius). Nat. Ord.—Asclepiadaceae. COMMON NAMES : Indian Sarsaparilla, Nunnari. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 174. Botanical Source.—This is a climbing plant with a long and slender root, with few ramifications, covered with rust-colored bark, and with twining, diffuse or climbing, woody, slender stems, from the thickness of a crow's quill to that of goose's, and nearly smooth. The leaves are opposite, on short petioles, entire, smooth, shining, and of firm texture; they vary much in shape and size, those of the young shoots that issue from old roots, being linear, acute, and striated down the middle with white; while the others are generally broad-lanceolate, some- times ovate or oval. The stipules are 4-fold, small, on each side of each petiole, and caducous. The flowers are small, externally green, internally a deep-purple, in axillary, sessile racemes, which are imbricated with flowers, and then with Scales like bracts. Calyx 5-cleft, with acute divisions; corolla flat, rotate, with oblong, pointed divisions, and rugose inside. Follicles long, slender, and spread- ing (L.-Ro.). History, Description, and Chemical Composition.—This plant is the Peri- ploca indica of Willdenow, and the Asclepias pseudosarsa of Roxburgh. It is com- mon all over the peninsula of India. It has long been used as a medicine in HEPATIC A. 985 India, but was not known to the medical profession of this country and Europe, until its introduction by Dr. Ashburner, in 1831 (Lond, and Edinb. Phys. Jour., Vol. LXV, p. 189). Its root is long, tortuous, cylindrical, rugose, furrowed longi- tudinally, and has its cortex divided by tranverse fissures into moniliform rings. It is brownish externally, has a feeble, bitter taste, and a peculiar aromatic odor, somewhat like that of Sassafras, but which has been compared to that of new hay. The cortical portion has a corky consistence, and surrounds a ligneous meditul- lium. Mr. Garden (Lond. Med. Gaz., 1837, p. 800) obtained from it a volatile, crystallizable acid, on which the taste, smell, and probably the medicinal proper- ties depend. From an erroneous notion of the origin of the root, he called the acid the smilasperic acid, but it may with more propriety be termed hemidesmic acid or hemidesmin (P.) (also see Amer. Jour. Pharm.,Vol. XX, p. 289). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Indian Sarsaparilla has been success- fully employed in venereal diseases, especially in cases where the South American sarsaparilla has proved inefficient. Dr. Ashburner says that it increases the ap- petite, acts as a diuretic, and improves the general health; “plumpness, clear- ness, and strength, succeeding to emaciation, muddiness, and debility.” Likewise said to be useful in affections of the kidneys, scrofula, cutaneous diseases, and thrush. Notwithstanding these statements it is by no means so efficient and certain as many of our indigenous remedies. It is used in the form of infusion, as boiling dissipates its active volatile principle. Two ounces of the root may be infused in a pint of boiling water for an hour, the whole of which may be taken in the course of 24 hours. A syrup of hemidesmus is used for flavoring medicinal mixtures. Related Species.— Gymnema sylvestre, Robert Brown (Asclepias geminata, Roxburgh). This asclepiadaceous climber is indigenous to India and Africa. The vine is woody and bears little yellow flowers. The root is nearly an inch, or about two-thirds of an inch, in thickness, and is covered with a red-brown, spongy bark. To the taste it is acrid and saline. The leaves of this plant are said to possess the peculiar property of temporarily obliterating the sense of taste for sweetness or bitterness, so that sugar does not taste sweet, and that quinine tastes like chalk (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1888, p. 339; also ibnd., 1848, p. 153). This property is thought to be due to an acid having some likeness to chrysophanic acid. It was isolated by D. Hooper, in 1887, and named by him gymnemic acid. The taste of sour, saline, and astringent substances is not altered by this principle. Dr. Hooper also found coloring matter, resins, albumen, vari- ous carbohydrates, tartaric acid, and a bitter neutral body. The powdered root is a remedy in India for snake-bites. HEPATICA.—LIVERLEAF. The leaves of Anemome acutiloba, Lawson, and Anemome Hepatica, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Ranunculaceae. g CoMMON NAMEs: Liverleaf, Liverwort, Noble liverwort, American liverleaf, Kidney liverleaf (A. Hep.), Heart liverleaf (A. acut.), Hepatica, etc. e * ILLUSTRATION: Lloyd's Drugs and Med, of N. A., Plate V, Figs. 10 to 17. Botanical Source.—I. ANEMONE HEPATICA (Hepatica americana of De Can- dolle and Hepatica triloba of Willdenow). This is a perennial plant, the root of which consists of numerous strong fibers. The leaves are Fig. 131. all radical, on long, hairy petioles, with 3 ovate, obtuse, or 3 - 2–~~ rounded, entire lobes, smooth, evergreen, coriaceous, cordate in the spring; are single, generally blue, sometimes white and flesh-colored, nodding at first, then erect, on hairy scapes, \\ iſ, is at base, the new ones appearing later than the flowers. The § & \\ X Ş. | 3 or 4 inches long; by cultivation they become double. The Nº. W \s & N flowers appear almost as soon as the snow leaves the ground º *} |%). 'S involucre is simple and composed of 3 entire, ovate, obtuse \\\| bracts, resembling a calyx, and situated a little below the flower. The calyx consists of 2 or 3 rows of petaloid sepals; the stamens are awl-shaped; the anthers elliptic; and the achenia ovate, acute, and awnless (W.--G). II. ANEMONE AcutILoBA (Hepatica acutiloba) differs in having the leaves with 3 ovate and pointed lobes, or some- times 5-lobed; leaves of the involucre acute or acutish (G.). Anemons. Hepatica. º º 986 HERACLEUM. History and Description.—The Amermone Hepatica has been viewed as the only species of this genus, the differences observed as to color, form, etc., being looked upon as fortuitous. De Candolle, however, divided it into two species. These plants are common to the United States, growing in woods and upon elevated situations; the A. Hepatica (H. americana), which is the least common, being found, as Eaton states, on the side of hills exposed to the north, and the other on that facing the south. They both bear white, blue, or purplish flowers, which appear late in March or early in April, and are among the most beautiful and most sought-for of our vernal flowers. The entire plant is employed. It occurs in market in broken masses of leaves, sometimes intermixed with broken roots, and of a green color. It is odorless, and has a subastringent and viscid taste, and yields its virtues to water. The name liverwort sometimes erroneously applied to it, belongs to the cryptogam Marchantia polymorpha, and others of the same family. Undoubtedly it was the demand for the latter plant that led to the wonderful “hepatica boom '' about the year 1880. In 1883, the consump- tion of liverleaf in this country alone was about 450,000 pounds. (For an exhaustive article on sº-ºne. -- hepatica, the reader is referred to Drugs and Medi- Anemone acutiloba. cines of North America, by J. U. and C. G. Lloyd, Vol. I, pp. 37–54.) According to Prof. J. U. Lloyd, the blunt-lobed variety is seldom found in commerce, and does not form one-fiftieth part of that collected in America, the supply being almost wholly from the acute-lobed hepatica. Chemical Composition.—Rafinesque (1828) stated that the plant contained “tannin, mucilage, extractive,” etc. C. B. Smith (1863) demonstrated the exist- ence of tannin in the plant. Prof. J. U. Lloyd and Mr. Harter analyzed it, sum- ming up the result as follows: “It contains none of the classes of active constitu- ents found in medicinal plants, but consists of the usual constituents of plants, such as a tannin, gum, Sugar, chlorophyll, and small amounts of a bland oleo- resin (Harter, Pharm. Record, 1884). Of the substances named, none were in amount sufficient to render them conspicuous. It may be accepted that hepatica does not contain a single prominently marked constituent, and that few herbs present less decided peculiarities” (J. U. Lloyd, in Drugs and Med. of N. A.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—A mild mucilaginous astringent. It has been used in infusion, taken freely in fevers, hepatic complants, bleeding from the lungs, coughs, etc., but in severe cases it is unavailable. The infusion may be taken ad lºbitwm. IFig. 132. HERACLEUM.—MASTERWORT. The root of Heraclewm lamatum, Linné. Nat. Ord.--Umbelliferae. CoMMON NAMEs: Masterwort, Cow-parsnip. Botanical Source.—This plant, sometimes called Cow-parsnip, has a large, spindle-shaped, perennial root, of a strong, disagreeable smell, from which arises a hollow, thick, furrowed, branching and pubescent stem, from 3 to 5 feet high, and often an inch or more in width at the base. The leaves are very large, on downy, channeled petioles, and ternately compound; the leaflets roundish-cor- date, and unequally lobed; the lobes acuminate, almost glabrous above, and woolly underneath. The flowers are white, in huge umbels, often a foot broad, with deciduous involucres. Involucels long-pointed, lanceolate, and many-leaved. The calyx limb is composed of 5 small, acute teeth. The petals are obcordate, with the point inflexed, the outer larger and radiant, appearing deeplv 2-cleft. HERACLEUM. 987 The fruit is compressed, oval, with a broad, flat margin, and 3 obtuse dorsal ribs to each carpel; intervals with single vittae, and seeds flat (G.-W.-R.). History, Description, and Chemical Composition.— Found growing in moist meadows and cultivated grounds from Labrador to Pennsylvania, and west to Oregon, flowering in June. The root is the part used; is somewhat analogous to parsley in appearance, has a strong, peculiar, unpleasant odor, and an ill-flavored acrimonious taste. The recent root and leaves, when placed in contact with the skin, irritate and inflame it; and that which inhabits very damp localities is considered poisonous (B.). The leaves and seeds have also been used medici- nally. The root probably contains acrid principles, volatile oil, and resin. The plant is stated by Nuttall (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1836, Vol.VII, p. 281) to be hardly distinct from Heracleum sphomaylium, Linné, of Europe and Asia. This plant is also known as Cow-parsnip, and has similar medicinal properties. The fruits of all species of Heracleum thus far analyzed, abound in volatile oil, free ethyl and methyl alcohol and solid hydrocarbons of the paraffine series. From Heraclewm giganteum, Gutzeit, obtained 2 per cent of volatile oil, which was differentiated into 10 per cent of a mixture of ethyl-butyrate and acetate, and 55 per cent of hexyl- butyrate and octyl-acetate. Besides, a crystallizable substance, heraclin (C.H.O.), was obtained from the immature fruits. It is a colorless, odorless substance, melting at 185°C. (365°F.), insoluble in water, not easily soluble in ether, solu- ble in chloroform, boiling carbon disulphide (1:400) and in cold (1:700) and boil- ing (1:60) absolute alcohol (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1880, p. 136). The fruits of Hera- cleum sphondylium yielded to Zincke (Diss., 1869), 0.3 per cent and to Möslinger (Jahresb. der Pharm., 1876, p. 165), 0.8 to 0.9 per cent of a volatile oil. (For a review of its constituents, which are similar to those of H. giganteum, see Husemann and Hilger, Pflanzenstoffe.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Stimulant, antispasmodic, and car- minative. Used in decoction inflatulency and dyspepsia, and 2 or 3 drachms of the powdered root, taken daily in epilepsy, and continued some time, with a strong infusion of the leaves and tops at night, has been found successful. Recent trials With a Saturated tincture of the root seem to indicate that it has some power over epilepsy though the conditions in which it is specifically applicable have not yet been determined. Recommended also in asthma, colic, amenorrhaea, dysmemorrhoea, palsy, apoplexy, intermittents, etc., in doses of 1 drachm. The dose of a strong tinc- ture (3viii of root to Oj of alcohol), ranges from 5 to 60 minims. Related Species.—Imperatoria Ostruthium. The rootstock of Peucedanum Ostruthium, Koch (Imperatoria Ostruthium, Linné), Nat. Ord.—Umbelliferae. Masterwort. This drug consists of a Somewhat flattened, subconical rootstock, of about a finger's thickness, and ranging from 2 to 4 inches in length. Its surface is wrinkled, scarred, and warty; its upper portion has a finely annulated appearance. Its color externally is a deep brown-gray; internally dirty white. It has a large central pith, while its bark is thin, and all parts abound in resin cells of a brown- ish-yellow hue. Its taste is pungent, aromatic, and bitter, giving a prolonged sense of warmth to the mouth. Its odor is markedly balsamic, somewhat resembling angelica. Masterwort is Scarcely at all used in America, and is noticed here chiefly on account of its having been used as an adulterant of aconite (Holmes). In former years it was much esteemed as a medicine, being known, on account of its extensive uses, as divinum remedium. It grows in the moun- tains ºf central and south Europe. It contains from 0.2 to 0.7 per cent of volatile oil. Osann and Wackenroder, in 1831, obtained from it imperatorin, a principle believed by R. Wagner (1854) to be identical with peucedanin, obtained from Peucedanum officinale, Linné, an allied $pecies, by Schlatter, in 1833. However, more recent authors (A. Jassoy, 1890) believe it to be identical with ostruthin (see below). Peucedamin forms colorless, rhombic prisms, or plates, or fine needles, which are odorless and tasteless when pure; they are insoluble in water, but soluble in ether, chloroform, and alcohol, the latter solution having a faintly bitter taste. The Pure substance melts at 108°C.(226.4°F.) (P. Haensel, 1891). When concentrated hydrochloric *çiş, solution is added to an alcoholic solution of peacedonin, the latter loses a methyl group and is quantitatively converted into oreoselon (Hlasiwetz and Weidel). The formulae of the two 99. Rounds have been differently stated, but the researches of A. Jassoy (1890) and P. Haensel (1891), in Prof. Schmidt's laboratory, and those of M. Popper (iš98), have demonstrated the formula of pet!Cedamim to be C14H11(OCH3).O.s, or C15H13O4, while oreoselon was found by Hlasi- Yºtº ºn. Weidel (Ann. Chem. Pharm, is22, Vol. 174, p. 67) to have the (analogous) composi- º C#In(OH).Q., or C14H12O4 (see Archiv der Pharm., 1898, pp. 662–692). The latter sub- l * "Sº Crystallizable, tasteless body, hardly soluble in cold alcohol or ether, almost insolu- e in cold Water, better soluble in boiling water, soluble in chloroform, alkalies, and even concentrated mineral acids without undergoing chemical alteration. The melting point of the Pure substance is stated to be 1759 C. (347°F) or 177°C. (351.5°F). Another constitu, nt of 988 PHEUCHERA. imperatoria is a colorless, odorless tasteless body, ostruthin (C18H2003, A. Jassoy, in Archiv der Pharm., 1890, p. 544), which forms characteristic, rhombic crystals, insoluble in water, but soluble in alcohol and ether, . It was obtained from the root, in 1874, by Gorup-Besanez (0.6 per cent). Alkalies dissolve it with beautiful blue fluorescence; weak acids precipitate from this solution 08truthin unchanged. Upon fusing it with caustic alkalies, Gorup-Besanez ob- tained a small yield of resorcin, and butyric and acetic acids. The same author found in this root Orypewcedamim, a bitter, crystallizable principle, insoluble in ether, soluble in chloroform, and previously observed by Erdmann in older roots of Peucedanum officinale. Heut (1874) found its melting point to be 140°C. (284°F.), a result confirmed by Jassoy and Haensel (1898). The root here considered is stimulant, and was formerly used locally in indolent wicers, buccal par- alysis, and toothache, the root being chewed in the latter instances; internally in low fevers and inflammation, flatulence, colic, dyspepsia, delirium tremens, hysteria, etc., and in other debilities, both general or local. It has not been used in Eclectic medicine. HEUCHERA.—ALUM-ROOT. The root of Heuchera americana, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Saxifragaceae. COMMON NAMES: Alwm-root, American sanicle. - Botanical Source.—This plant, sometimes called American sanicle, is herba- ceous and indigenous, with a perennial, knotty, yellowish root. The leaves are Fig 133 all radical, on very long, downy petioles from 2 to 8 inches e in length, roundish-cordate, hispidly pilose, about 7-lobed, and from 2 to 3% inches in diameter; the lobes are short, roundish, and crenate-dentate, with dilated mucronate teeth. Many scapes or flower stems arise from the same root, from 2 to 4 feet high, erect, naked, viscid-pubescent in their upper part, terminating in loose, pyramidal, forked panicles, which are nearly one-third the length of the scape. The calyx is permanent, 5-cleft, campanulate, small, obovate, striated with very obtuse segments, and more conspicuous than the petals. The petals are purplish-white, or rose- colored, minute, spatulate, and inserted into the margin of the calyx, between its segments. The filaments are twice as long as the petals, yellowish, inserted opposite the seg- ments of the calyx, persistent, and surmounted by small, red, globose anthers. Capsule ovate. Seeds minute, oblong, black, and very hispid (L.—W.—R.). History, Description, and Chemical Composition. — This plant is a native of North America, and is found in shady, rocky woodlands from Connecticut to Illinois and southward, flowering from May to August. The root is the part used; it is perennial, yellowish, horizontal, somewhat flattened, rough and unequal, with an intensely astringent taste. It yields its medicinal virtues to water. It should be collected in September. Bowman (1869) found tannin present to the extent of 20 per cent, but Jos. C. Peacock (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1891, p. 172) found only 5.55 per cent tannin and 12.2 per cent phloba- phene. Roots collected in October were richest in tannin (19.66 per cent, calcu- lated upon dry substance), and richest in starch granules (13.62 per cent) in March. Compare also Prof. E. S. Bastin, on the structure of Hewchera americana (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1894, p. 467). There are several species of Heuchera, the Heuchera cawlescens, H. pubescens, and others which possess similar properties, and are often collected and sold with the roots of H. americana. H. hispida, Pursh; H. parviflora, Nuttall; and H. cylindrica, Douglas, are said by F.W. Anderson to be much employed by the hunters of the northwest as astringents to check the diarrhoea produced by the alkali-water of the plains. The root of Mitella pentandra, Hooker, belonging to the same natural order, is recommended by F. W. Anderson as being far superior to alum-root for this purpose (Bot. Gaz., 1887, p. 65). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Alum-root, as its name would indi- cate, is a powerful astringent of such intensity as seldom to be administered in- ternally, yet it would undoubtedly prove useful in small doses, in all cases where astringents are indicated. An aqueous extract will be found very beneficial in diarrhoea and dysentery in the second stages, in hemorrhages, and other similar dis- eases. Externally the powdered root may be applied to hemorrhages, epistawis, Heuchera americana. HIBISCUS ESCULENTUS.—HIERACIUM. 989 wounds, foul and indolent ulcers, etc. The decoction is useful in aphthous Sore mouth and Soreness of the throat and fauces; it may be used as a wash or gargle. Taken internally, in doses of a wineglass half full 3 or 4 times a day, it has been efficient in diabetes, and in bleeding piles, employing it, in this last complaint, by injection also. Equal parts of alum-root and black cohosh-root in decoction, form an excellent º in leucorrhoea and excoriation of the cervia, wter. Some practitioners employ this root indiscriminately with that of the Geranium macu- latum; it is, however, more powerfully astringent. HIBISCUS ESCULENTUS.—OKRA, The unripe fruit of the Hibiscus esculentus, Linné (Abelmoschus esculentus of Wight and Arnott). Nat. Ord.—Malvaceae. COMMON NAMES: Okra, Gombo, Bendee. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 36. Botanical Source.—This plant is an herbaceous annual, with a stem some- what woody at the base, attaining a height of from 3 to 6 feet, and being 3 or 4 inches thick, bearing alternate, Serrate leaves of 3 varieties, angular, palmate, and subdigitate. The flowers are solitary, large, and showy ; of a pale yellow, tinged at the base a dark crimson. The herbaceous portions of the plant are clothed with sharp bristles, and often bear purplish spots. Description.—The gombo fruit is a pentagonal, narrow, cylindrical capsule, from 2 to 12 inches long, tapering at the base, and about 1 inch in diameter. It is often curved, and is covered with hairs, especially along the ridges. The pods con- tain several roundish or kidney-shaped smooth seeds in each of the several cells. History.—Okra was well-known to the Spanish Moors and Persians, and as early as 1216 was described by a native Sevillian botanist, Abul-Abbas-el-Nebate, who states that the young and tender fruit was eaten with meat by the people of Egypt, who also employed it medicinally for its emollient properties (Pharmacog- raphia). The Indian Pharmacopoeia has an official decoction of the immature capsules to be employed as a demulcent diuretic in catarrhal affections of the urinary tract, as gonorrhoea, and in dysuria, and ardor urinae. Okra is indigenous to tropical Africa, where the natives call it bameea, and to the West Indies, and is cultivated throughout the tropical and subtropical regions. It is raised on a large scale near Constantinople, where the fruit is employed on account of its demulcent properties. The fiber of the bark is used in the arts to make paper and ropes. Its fruit is valued chiefly, and especially in the southern states, for a mucilaginous substance, gombine (Landrin, Jahresb. der Pharm., 1874, p. 172), which it imparts to soups, being often used in combination with tomatoes. It is also used for pickles. According to Porcher, the parched seeds are used by the negroes of South Carolina as a substitute for coffee. Action and Medical Uses.—Okra is demulcent, mucilaginous, and the leaves are said to make an excellent emollient cataplasm. The seeds of the H. Abelmos- chw8 (see below) were formerly considered a stomachic stimulant, antispasmodic, and nervine, but are now employed chiefly by the perfumer. Related Species.—Hibiscus Abelmoschus, Linné. (Abelmoschus moschatus, Moench). An ºvergreen tree, introduced into tropical America, but indigenous to Egypt and southern Asia. The seeds, known as grana moschata, have a musk-like odor, and are warm and spicy to the taste. The odor resides in the testa of the seeds, and is more noticeable if the seeds be heated 91 rubbed. According to Ainslie, the seeds are used by the Arabs to impart a pleasant flavor to their coffee. They are also used to adulterate musk and employed in the making of per- fumes. In Bombay they are used to protect woolens from the ravages of the moth, and rubbed to a paste with milk, employed to cure the itch (Dymock, Mat. Med, of Western India). HIERACIUM.—HAWKWEED. The root and leaves of Hieracium venosum, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Compositae. b/ ſºon NAMEs: Hawkweed, Veiny-leaved hawkweed, Rattlesnake weed, Striped D!OO(l^UO, 'f. 990 HIPPOCASTANUM. Botanical Source.—This plant has a perennial root, with a stem or scape from 1 to 2 feet in height, dark-brown, slender, sometimes naked, sometimes with 1 or more glabrous, cauline leaves, forking above Several times into a spreading, loose corymb, with an awl-shaped bract at each division. The radical leaves are obovate or oblong, somewhat acute, nearly entire, subsessile, thin and pale, pur- plish, and glaucous undermeath, a little hairy above, often hairy along the midrib, marked with purple veins, and the first that unfold are close to the ground. The heads are very small, in a loose panicle on slender diverging peduncles, 12 to 20-flowered; the involucre glabrous, hispid at the base; the flowers bright-yellow; the achemia short, linear, and not tapering at the summit (G.-W.). History and Description.—Hawkweed grows in many parts of the United States, but more commonly in the East and North, upon dry hills and in pine woods. It bears yellow flowers from May to July. The leaves and roots are employed; they are inodorous, with a bitter and astringent taste; they seem not to have been analyzed. Water extracts their virtues. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. —This plant is tonic, astringent, and expectorant; it has been used in decoction in Scrofula, memorrhagia, hemoptysis, and other hemorrhages. The powdered leaves and root, combined with bloodroot, have been used as a snuff in polypus of the mose. Said to be efficient against the bites of poisonous Snakes, over which it undoubtedly has some power. The juice of the fresh leaves is recommended as a cure for warts. Dose, of the infusion or syrup, from 2 to 4 fluid ounces. Related Species.—The following species of Hieracium have also been used to some extent in medicine, and, unless otherwise stated, have the same uses as the preceding plant. Bieracium scabrum, Linné. Rough hawkweed.—Has been employed for the relief of toothache Hieracium Gronovii, Linné. Hairy hawkweed.—Used like the preceding. Said to be fully as useful in snake-bites as H. venosum. Hieracium murorum, Linné. —Astringent and faintly bitter. Vulnerary. Hieracium piloSella, Linné.-Astringent and bitter. HIPPOCASTANUIM.—HORSE-CHESTNUT. The bark and fruit of Æsculus Hippocastamwm, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Sapindaceae. COMMON NAME: Horse-chestnut. Botanical Source.—The AEsculus Hippocastanum is a beautiful middle-sized, round-headed tree, 50 or 60 feet in height, with many branches, a rugose, tawny Fig. 134. bark, and a white, not very firm wood. The § leaves are opposite, digitate, long-stalked, *Y. and consist of 7 obovate-lanceolate, acumi- ſº ãº, nate, bright-green, coarsely and irregularly *Nº. serrated leaflets which diminish in size from šº, the center. The flowers, which are pink: º colored and white, are borne in terminal łºś thyrses, or pyramidal racemes. The corolla ºšàº, is spreading and composed of 5 oblong, un- º sº, guiculate, fringed, wavy petals, with a small sº reddish spot above each claw. The calyx - §º is 5-toothed, bright-green, and campanulate. The stamens are 7 in number, and support reddish-brown, oblong anthers. The fruit is a prickly, thick, and tough capsule, 3-valved, 1 to 3-celled, with usually 2 large, deep chest- nut-brown seeds, and a large broad space forming a hilum. Description.—THE BARK. Horse-chest- nut bark is of a gray color externally, show- Fºſº ingleafscars and wart-like excrescences spar- Łº ingly distributed. The internal surface is wº whitish and smooth. The bark is thin, and Esculus Hippocastanum. throughout its internal structure presents a |HIPPOCASTANUM. 99) brown or brownish color. The inner bark has a rough, bitter taste, and is nearly odorless; and is tough and fibrous on fracture. It yields its properties to water and diluted alcohol. The aqueous infusion is bitter, fawn-colored, and non-astrin- gent. Gelatin separates its tannic acid; iron gives a green precipitate; infusion of galls and tartar-emetic produce no effect upon it. THE NUT, when dry, is subglobular, compressed, from 1 to 1% inches in diame- ter, with a shining, chestnut-brown testa, marked by a reddish or yellowish-gray hilum, nearly an inch in diameter. In the middle of the hilum is a smaller spot, in the center of which is a slightly roughened elevation. Passing from the hilum around to the opposite surface may be observed an elevated ridge terminating in a bulbous extremity, and resting in a horseshoe-shaped depression. The surface of the nut is slightly corrugated. The internal portion is starchy, yellowish-white in color, and has an unpleasant, bitter taste. The nut has a slight, peculiar odor. History.—Horse-chestnut is indigenous to certain parts of southern Asia (Persia, northern India), from whence it was conveyed into Europe. . It is now common to many parts of the United States, where it grows rapidly, blossoming from April to July, and maturing its fruits in the autumnal months. It is exten- sively cultivated for shade and ornamentation in gardens and along sidewalks. Chemical Composition.—All parts of the plant, especially the bark of the root, trunk, and branches, and the testa of the seeds, contain a peculiar tannic acid, which forms an uncrystallizable, nearly colorless mass, whose solutions turn red- brown when exposed to the air. Heating with diluted mineral acids to the tem- perature of boiling water produces a red phlobapheme, a substance which also occurs ready-formed in the bark and the leaves of the tree (Rochleder). AEsculin (C.H.O.), discovered by Canzoneri and first obtained pure by Minor (1831), is a faintly bitter glucosid occurring principally in the bark, also in the testa of the seeds, but not in the leaves (F.O. Ray, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1886, p.409). From 2 to 3 per cent have been obtained from the bark. It is a white, nicrocrystalline powder, soluble in 672 parts of cold and 12.5 parts of boiling water, and in 24 parts of boiling alcohol, but insoluble in absolute ether. Æscwlin is distinguished by the blue fluorescence it displays in aqueous, but more markedly in alkaline solution. This glucosid is easily decomposed into its constituents, if it be heated above its melting point, 160° C. (320° F.), and also by the action of the ferment emulsin (see Amygdalus), or when boiling it with diluted acids, when it is decomposed into dextrose and aesculetin (C, H.O.). The latter substance, which is also to be found in the bark, is a dioxy-cowmarin (C, H2COH]:CH:CH.CO.O), and an isomer to daph- metim, a derivative of certain speci s of Daphne. Æscwlin has been repeatedly de- monstrated to be different from gelsemic acid, with which it was at one time sup- posed to be identical (see Gelsemium). A crystallizable, bitter glucosid, argyraescin (C27H5O12), found by Rochleder in the cotyledons of the seeds, occurs most largely shortly before maturity. A yellow coloring matter (queraescitrim of Rochleder), occurs in the leaves of horse-chestnut, as Well as in the cotyledons of the seeds, and especially in the flowers. More recently N. Rudolph (see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1894, p. 35), established its chemical relationship to other quercitrin-like bodies, and gave it the formula Cs, H.O.s, While quercitrin (of quercitrim bark), was found to contain 1 molecule less of Water. Boiling with diluted acids decomposes the horse-chestnut quercitrim into isodulcite (C.H.O.), and quercetin (C.H.O.). A variety of other substances, such as a scic and capsulaescic acids, telescin, fratin, etc., mostly intermediary products in the development of the different parts of the plant, have been isolated by Rochleder, for which see details in Huse- mann and Hilger, Pflanzemstoffe, p. 870. Saponin (aphrodascin of Rochleder, 1858), is also a constituent of the seeds, and the latter have long been known to be Şeful in powder form for washing purposes and as a sternutatory (see Pharm. Centralh, 1892, p. 687, and 1896, p. 163). Á fatty oil (Olewm Hippocastami), has been obtained from the seeds in the amount of 0.1 per cent. It is of a rich yellow color, has a specific gravity of 0.927, and solidifies at a temperature of +1.25°C. (34.3°F.). The seeds also contain starch, and on this account attempts have been made to "tilize horse-chestnut seeds as a food material, but these efforts have not met with }*S, Owing to the difficulty of economically removing saponin from the seeds (see P. Soltsien, Chem. Zeitung, 1891, p. 1374). 992 HIRUIDO. In the seeds of Æsculus Pavia, Linné, the Red buckeye of the southern states, E. C. Batchelor (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1873, p. 145), found a poisonous glucosid, in- soluble in ether and chloroform, soluble in hot alcohol, and freely soluble in cold water; this solution froths upon being shaken. The principle is not identical with the argyraescin and the aphrodascin of Rochleder. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Undoubtedly horse-chestnut acts upon the human system very much after the manner of buckeye (AEsculus glabra). By some, however, its power over the circulation is thought to be more pronounced, particularly its control over the portal vessels. The virtues formerly ascribed to the bark and nut are as follows: Horse-chestnut bark is tonic, astringent, febri- fuge, marcotic, and antiseptic. In intermittent fever the bark has effected cures when given in doses of a teaspoonful 4 or 6 times a day. Ten grains of the powder of the rinds of the nuts have been asserted to be equivalent in narcotic power to three grains of opium. This claim, however, requires substantiation. Gam- grenous and ill-conditioned ulcers have been benefited by a strong infusion of the bark. The whitish, central part of the nuts, when in powder, has been recom- mended as a sternutatory in some cases of ophthalmia and headache. The oil of horse-chestnuts is considered in Europe a valuable local application in neuralgic and rheumatic affections; it is made by exhausting the powdered horse-chestnut in ether, filtering and evaporating. Æsculin, in doses of from 5 to 30 grains, re- peated 2 or 3 times a day, has proved beneficial in periodical febrile affections, and in mewralgia of the internal viscera. Of all the uses formerly made of hippocastanum, only the latter is recognized to-day, its power of controlling neuralgia of the viscera, and them only in cases of abdominal plethora. Specific medication has taught us that it is a remedy, not for active conditions, but for congestion and engorgement. It is indicated in general by capillary engorgement—a condition of stasis—with vascular fullness and sense of soreness, throbbing, and malaise all over the body. An uneasy, full, aching pain in the hepatic region is also an indication. Rectal disorders, such as rectal irritation and hemorrhoids, with marked congestion and a sense of constriction, as if closing spasmodically upon some foreign body, with itching, heat, pain, aching, or simple uneasiness, are fields in which hippocastanum exerts a specific influence. The pile-tumors are purple, large, do not bleed as a rule, but there is a sense of fullness, or spasm of the parts, and a free diarrhoea may be present. Not only does it relieve such rectal complaints, but cures dis- orders hinging upon them, such as rectal neuralgia, proctitis, etc., and the reflexes induced by them, proceeding from the rectal involvement. Among these reflex manifestations may be mentioned dyspnoea, asthmatic seizures, dizziness, headache, backache, and disturbed gastric functions amounting to veritable forms of dyspep- sia. These conditions pass away when hippocastanum overcomes the rectal diffi- culties. Dose of specific horse-chestnut (prepared from the nut only), from 3 to 5 minims in water every 1 to 3 hours. Specific Indications and Uses.—Visceral neuralgia, due to congestion; sore- ness of the whole body, with vascular fullness, throbbing, and general malaise; throbbing, fullness, and aching in the hepatic region; rectal uneasiness with burn- ing or aching pain; sense of constriction, with itching; large, purple pile-tumors; uneasy sensations and reflex disturbances depending upon hemorrhoids or rectal vascular engorgement. HIRUDO.—LEECH. The Sangwisuga medicinalis, Savigny, and Sangwisuga officinalis, Savigny. Class : Vermes. Order: Annulata. Sub-order: Apoda. Family: Hirudineae. Description. — The leech belongs to the class of Vermes in the Zoological arrangement, and order Ammulata. This class is characterized by a more or less elongated body; soft skin, segmented and annulated; articulated members and wings absent, and blood red. The general zoological characters of the order are: “Jaws with 2 rows of pointed, numerous teeth, which are mutually inclined at an acute angle” (Brandt). “Body elongated. Back convex. Belly flat. Extremities somewhat narrowed, furnished with disks or suckers; anterior extremity somewhat narrower than the posterior one. Rings from 90 to 100. Eyes represented by 10 blackish points. HIRUIDO. 993 Mouth triradiate. Jaws cartilaginous, armed with numerous cutting teeth. Anus small, placed on the dorsum of the last ring” (P.). Two species of leeches are recognized in commerce, the Sanguisuga officinalis (Hirudo officinalis) and the Sanguisuga medicinalis (Hirudo medicinalis, Linné; Hirudo provincialis, Carena), though some excellent zoologists consider them to be only varieties of the same species. “Both have a soft extensile body composed of about 98 rings. They vary in length from 1% to 6 inches when in repose, but can contract themselves to a third of their length, and stretch themselves out to nearly the double of it. They present along the back and flanks 6 continuous or interrupted stripes of a rusty or greenish-yellow color, by which they are easily distinguished from all other species that resemble them. They can attach them- selves by both ends to adjacent objects by means of a particular apparatus. The S. medicinalis is distinguished by a dark-brown or greenish-brown back, with rusty stripes generally spotted with black, and a grayish or yellowish belly, also more or less speckled with black spots. The S. officinalis has a paler greenish-black back, less bright and unspotted stripes, often interrupted and intercommunica- ting, and a paler, more yellowish, or greenish unspotted belly. Tile former, com- monly called the English, German, Swedish, or Speckled leech, is a native of Britain, Germany, Poland, Sweden, northern France, and European Russ a. The latter, usually known as the Hungary, or Green leech, is a native of that country, and likewise of the south of France. Both species have 3 converging mandibles, fur- nished at their edge with minute sharp teeth, from 69 to 71 in number in each jaw in the Hungary leech, and from 79 to 90 in the other. By means of these teeth, when the skin is sucked in the mouth, it is pierced with a sawing motion, so as to present 3 incisions meeting in a common center. These incisions often penetrate through the whole thickness of the integuments into the cellular tis- sue. The animal becomes filled with blood in the course of 15 minutes, if it be vigorous, and draws about a drachm and a half” (Christison). The American leech (Hirudo decora, Say), is frequently used in this country, though it does not draw as much blood, by one-third, as the foreign leech. It has a back of a dark- green Color, and having 3 rows of quadrangular dots running lengthwise, the cen- tral row being pale brownish-yellow, and the others quite black. The abdomen is also pale brownish-yellow, and interspersed with dark spots. It is ordinarily about 3 inches long, and occasionally longer. (For an account of the repulsive mode of collecting leeches in Greece, see Amer. Druggist, 1891, p. 81.) Preservation.—There is considerable difficulty in preserving leeches, especi- ally on a large scale, as they often die suddenly and in great numbers. Various means have been adopted to keep them healthy. The most common cause of their sickness and death is the formation of a slimy matter on their skin, and which they are in the habit of removing by drawing themselves through moss and small stones. Dr. Johnson names certain diseases as a cause of their death, and Brostat describes three epidemic disorders. Leeches are more liable to disease and mor- tality, when kept together in large quantities, than when preserved in small num- bers. They should be kept in glass or earthenware jars, in clean rain or soft Water, which should be changed every day or two, and at the bottom of which is placed some loose moss, pebbles, etc., for them to move among. “It is stated that the presence of metallic iron in water prevents it from becoming putrid. This influence is said to be very marked in water in which leeches are preserved, and renders the changing of the water unnecessary for very long periods. The slimy excretions of the animal appears to combine with the oxide of iron, which is Constantly being formed.” The jar in which the animals are kept should be cov- ered with a thin cloth, and placed in a locality where the temperature is equable. A dead leech should be at once removed, and fresh water be immediately sup- plied to the remaining ones. M. Allchin has prepared a leech conservatory, in Which the leeches were kept in a healthy state, and the water clear and sweet, Without changing the water for 10 or 12 months. It consists of a glass tank with * movable glass cover, and arrangement for admitting air through a perforated metallic plate. Some coarse gravel is placed at the bottom of the tank, which is about half filled with water, and into it are put 1 plant of Valisneria, 10 water snails (Planorbis corneus), and about 100 leeches. A permanent balance of animal and vegetable life is thus obtained, and no necessity occurs for changing the 63 { 994 HOMATROPIN E IIY DROI8ROMAS. water. It has been tried to propagate leeches in confinement, but in all these cases, after a few years, there remained only those which were placed in the water, and those just hatched. This depopulation of the artificial ponds in which they were kept has been attributed, by Dr. Berard, to the “enemies of the leech,” or those animals which devour them, among which he names the pig, the otter, the mole, the hedgehog, the rat, water-shrew mice, teal, ducks, heron, fowls, serpents, toads, fresh-water shrimp, and other crustaceae. The goose, aquatic toad, water-lizard, and frog he does not consider enemies of the leech. If these statements are found to be correct, they will aid materially in determining the best plan by which to preserve and propagate leeches artificially. Artificial or mechanical leeches are now to be had. They are in reality Small cupping instruments. Action, Medical and Surgical Uses.—Leeches are occasionally used as a substitute for general blood-letting (which is scarcely ever now practiced) among children and delicate adults, or when it is required to abstract blood from Some part whose locality or sensitiveness contraindicates the lancet or cupping. The abstraction of blood by means of leeching has, however, a decidedly different effect from that obtained by bleeding. A local impression may be made without seriously disturbing the whole system, as is the case in venesection. They are also very beneficial when applied with care to hemorrhoidal tumors, prolapsed rectum, inflamed vulva, etc., watching that they do not creep out of reach within any of the internal cavities of the body, as serious results might ensue. Salt is a speedy poison to the leech, and whenever one gets within the stomach, or other cavity beyond reach, the introduction of a strong solution of salt will destroy it. They are more commonly used in local inflammations, bruises, etc., in which they often render excellent service. In applying them, any hair growing on the part must be removed by shaving, and the part must be thoroughly cleansed by soap and water, followed by clear water. Should the leech not fasten quickly, various means have been advised to overcome this difficulty, as moistening the part with warm milk and water, sugar and water, or with a drop of blood, or by immersing the leech for a moment in porter. It has also been recommended to hold the leech in a dry cloth, direct its head to the selected part, and slowly withdraw it along the skin, thus forcing it to take hold in order to find a firm attachment. But it must be recollected that there are certain states of the body, in which the leech will not attach itself, or speedily perish if it does. In poisoning by nux vomica, strychnine, oxalic acid, etc., and where sulphur has been used, the leech dies if it abstracts blood. In order to hold leeches to any part of the body, they are placed in a narrow tube called a leech-glass, which confines them to one spot. When it is desired to remove leeches from the skin, this may be accomplished readily by dropping a little salt upon them, which sickens them. The usual mode is to draw the leech gently through the thumb and index finger, in a direc- tion from its tail to its head, thus forcing out the blood, and them place the ani- mal in clean water, to remain there for several days before employing it again, frequently renewing the water. Soubeiran and Bouchardat recommend as the best plan, first, to sicken the leech by placing it in a solution of 8 parts of Salt to 50 of water, then, holding it by the tail, to dip it into hot water, but which can be borne by the hand, and then to strip it by gently passing it between the fin- gers; the leech is then to be placed in fresh water, which should be changed every day. A little white sugar dissolved in the water will, it is said, speedily restore them to their original activity. When the hemorrhage from leech-bites is trouble- some, or too long continued, it may be checked by applying tannic acid or other astringents, collodion, eau de Pagliari, or by a very superficial stitch with a fine sewing needle. HOMIATROPINAE HYDROBROMIAS.—HOMATROPINE HYDROBROMATE. FoEMULA: Cls H, NO.H.Br. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 355.17. Source and Preparation.—Homatropine (Oxytoluyl-tropeine) is the most ims portant of the tropeines (which see)—a series produced by heating tropime (C, H, NO) in the presence of diluted hydroelhloric acid and certain organic acids. I. OM ATIRO PIN IX II Y DRODROMAS. 995 Thus homatropine is prepared by the action of tropine upon mandelic (phenyl- glycolic) acid (C,ELO) (see article on homatropine by Prof. F. B. Power, in Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1882, p. 145). Homatropine is an alkaloid, forming transparent, prismatic crystals (Merck, 1880), soluble in ether, alcohol, and chloroform, but less soluble in carbon disulphide, from a solution of which it readily crystallizes. A peculiarity of this alkaloid is that, though hygroscopic and extremely deli- quescent, it dissolves with difficulty in water. The alkaloid forms salts with hydrochloric, hydrobromic, and sulphuric acids; also with picric acid. The most valuable salt of homatropine, therapeutically, is homatropine hydrobromate. HoMATROPINE HYDROBROMATE § Roº. can be easily obtained in crystallized form by the action of hydrobromic acid upon crude homatropine and subsequent recrystallization from water. Description and Tests.-Homatropine hydrobromate occurs in small, white, lustrous, non-hygroscopic crystals, soluble in 6 parts of water and 130 parts of alcohol. The Br. Pharm. (1898) for homatropine hydrobromate directs that the solutions should be neutral to litmus. The same authority demands that: “Heated on platinum foil it fuses and burns without leaving an appreciable resi- due. If 0.2 CC. of chloroform be shaken with 1 Co. of a 10 per cent aqueous solu- tion, to which a solution of chlorine has been cautiously added, the chloroform will assume a brownish color. A 2 per cent aqueous solution yields no precipi- tate, nor does the cautious addition of solution of ammonia, previously diluted with twice its Volume of water, but diluted solution of potassium hydroxide pro- duces in it a white precipitate, soluble in excess of the reagent. Solution of iodine causes a brown, and test solution of mercuric chloride a white precipitate. If about 0.01 Gm. be dissolved in a little water, and the solution rendered alka- lime with solution of ammonia, and shaken with chloroform, the separated chlo- roform will leave on evaporation a residue which will turn yellow and finally brick-red, when warmed with about 1.5 Co. of a 2 per cent solution of mercuric chloride in a mixture of 5 volumes of alcohol (90 per cent), and 3 volumes of water. When treated with fuming nitric acid and potassium hydroxide, as de- scribed under ‘Atropina,’ no reddish-violet coloration is developed (distinction from atropine), the residue becoming reddish-yellow. It affords the reactions characteristic of hydrobromides” (Br. Pharm., 1898). The sulphate, hydrochlo- rate, and salicylate of homatropine, each in white crystals, soluble in water and alcohol, are occasionally employed therapeutically. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This salt acts very much like atropine, causing a quick, full dilatation of the pupil, but the paralyzing influence upon the muscles of accommodation is much less, and the effects of the agent more transient. Homatropine dilatation seldom lasts over 24 hours, and usually be- gins to diminish after a few hours, whereas atropine dilatation may persist for Several days. Homatropine, after the instillation of large doses, imparts a bitter taste, but, unlike atropine, no dryness of the pharynx is induced. Homatropine hydrobromate is a safer agent than atropine, and does not produce such marked systemic disturbances as the latter. A 1 per cent solution is usually preferred for ophthalmic work. The solution is fairly permanent. Under the use of this drug pupillary dilatation takes place in from 15 to 25 minutes, reaches the maximum in about 1 hour, and usually disappears in about 6 hours; accommodation paresis occurs in # to 1% hours, and passes off before the dilatation is overcome. Instilla- tion of this agent produces some smarting, and occasionally conjunctival irrita- tion results, but these effects are less likely to occur than with atropine. Poison ing by homatropine and its salts should be treated by means of emetics and the stomach-pump, followed by tannin and animal charcoal, and emesis again resorted to. Then a cathartic dose of castor oil is advisable. Heat, stimulation, and arti- ficial respiration should not be neglected. Hartridge advises a combination of Cocaine and homatropine for producing quick maximum dilatation. Foltz (Webster's Dynam. Therap., p. 580) states that for use in middle-aged Pºrsons, the drug is all that can be desired, but for refractive troubles, particularly 9f children, with ciliary spasm, he regards it of little value. It is contraindicated in glaucoma. The agent is seldom used internally. However, homatropine is how by far the most commonly employed mydriatic for use in refraction work. For ophthalmoscopic examinations it has largely replaced atropine, as it has in 996 HORDEUM. estimating refraction in patients over 25 years of age. Homatropine is antago- mistic to muscarine and pilocarpine. Homatropine hydrobromate has been suc- cessfully used in the might-sweats of phthisis. Doses of ºr grain have been advised for this purpose, but the practice can not be strongly recommended. The dose of homatropine hydrobromate is from T}t; to ºf grain; the maximum amount for a day being ºn grain; as a collyrium, 3 to 4 grains to 1 fluid ounce of water. Related Preparation.—MYDRINE. This is a white powder—a combination of the alka- loids homatropine and ephedrine—introduced into ocular therapeutics by Dr. Cattaneo, in 1895. It dissolves freely in water, and is employed chiefly in 10 per cent solution. It is promptly mydriatic, scarcely irritant, causing at first slight burning, and has no effect upon accommodation. Claimed to be quicker and more transient than other mydriatics, and con- Sequently of marked value for diagnostic purposes. HORDEUMI.—BARLEY. The decorticated seeds of Hordeum distichom, Linné. COMMON NAMEs: Barley, Pearl barley. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 293. Botanical Source.—There are several kinds of barley, the more general ones being the following: Hordeum vulgare, Linné, has an erect, smooth, fistular culm or stem, from 2 to 4 feet in height, with alternate, carinate, lanceolate, linear, and roughish leaves; the sheaths are auriculate at the throat. The flowers are all hermaphrodite and awned ; the spikes thick, and about 3 inches long; the spikelets 3, all fertile, 1-flowered, with an awn-like rudiment at the base of the upper paleae. Glumes 2, Subulate, nearly equal, and awned. Paleae 2 and herba- ceous; the lower one lance-ovate, concave, and long awned; the upper obtusely acuminate, and bicarinate. The stamens are 3 in number; ovary hairy at the apex. Stigmas 2, sessile, somewhat terminal, and feathery. Scales 2, ciliated. Caryopsis adhering to the paleae. Fruit or seeds in 4 rows (L.—W.). Hordeum distichom, Linné, differs from the preceding by having a compressed spike or ear, with the lateral spikelets abortive and awnless; the spikelets on the edge only being fertile, and the fruit is disposed in 2 rows. Hordewm he castichon, Linné, has the fruit in 6 rows. History and Description.—Barley is thought to be a native of central Asia, but the subject is involved in much uncertainty. The seeds are the parts em- ployed. They are oblong-ovoid, with a furrow on one side running lengthwise, yellow outside, white internally, of a feeble odor, and a moderately saccharine taste. When the seeds are stripped of their husks, and made round by a particu- lar process, it constitutes pearl barley (Hordewm Perlatum), which is the best form for use; when this is ground into a coarse flour it forms barley meal. Pearl bar- ley occurs in subspherical or nearly ovoid grains, of a white, starchy aspect. Sometimes remaining portions of the husk give to it a yellowish cast. This is especially the case along the longitudinal groove. Its taste resembles that of the farinaceae in general. When the seeds are but partially decorticated it is known as hulled, Scotch, or pot barley. When the entire grain is moistened and exposed in mass to a summer temperature until it begins to germinate, and is then devi- talized at a definite stage of the germinating process, by a stronger heat, it is con- verted into MALT, which is extensively employed in making ale, beer, and porter. During the process of making malt, the temperature rises appreciably, much car. bom dioxide is given off, and the nitrogenized matter in the seeds undergoes a change, being in part converted into a peculiar ferment, called diastase. It has the power, peculiar to infusions of malt, of converting large quantities of starch into dextrin and a fermentable sugar, maltose. To obtain the greatest possible yield of diastase from a given amount of barley, at the same time reducing the loss of carbohydrates to a minimum, is the object of successful malting (see special works on brewing, etc., for details of this process). Chemical Composition.— König (Nahrungs wind Genw8Smittel, 3d ed., 1893, Vol. II, p. 467) gives the following percentage composition of barley seed, the results being the average of 766 recorded analyses of barley from many countries, including the United States: Water, 14.05; nitrogenous matter, 9.66; fatty mat- II () IRDEU Mſ. 997 ter, 1.93; sugar (maltose), 1.51; dextrin, 6.39; starch, 59.09; fibre, 4.95; ash, 2.42. The nitrogenous matter consists of gluten casein, gluten-fibrin, muced in, and albu- min. The gliadim contained in wheat being absent, it is therefore impossible to obtain gluten from barley (see Avena). Albumin varies in barley from 0.5 to 1.77 per cent. As regards carbohydrates, sugar is stated to predominate over dextrin in American barley. Stellwaag (1886) found the fatty matter in barley to con- sist of 13.62 per cent free fatty acids (containing hordeic acid, or lauro-stearic acid of Beckmann, 1855), 71.78 per cent neutral fats, 4.24 per cent lecithin, and 6.08 per cent phytosterim. J. C. Lermer, in 1863 (Wittstein’s Vierteljahrsschrift, Vol. XII, p. 4), made a comparative analysis of barley seeds and the malt obtained therefrom, and observed a loss in starch of 14.57 per cent, and an increase of sugar by 203 per cent, also the fatty oil became reduced in quantity, while dextrin, cellulose, and proteids remained constant. Mr. Frank X. Moerk has more recently (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1884, p. 366 and 465) made some diligent analyses of Canada barley as well as the malt prepared from it, to which articles the reader is referred. A peculiar, optically lavogyre carbohydrate, simistrin (Symanthrose), was found in hor- deum by Kühnemann (1875). The ash of barley seeds contains chiefly phosphate of potassium, magnesium and calcium, and large amounts of silica (in the husks). A peculiar principle has been found in barley seeds subsequent to the germi- nating process, by M.M. Payen and Persoz, which they have named diastase. The same substance has likewise been found in the seeds of oats and wheat, and in the potato, but only after these have undergone germination. Diastase may be obtained by macerating ground malt in cold water, subjecting to pressure, and filtering and heating the liquid to the temperature of 70° C. (158° F.). Another nitrogenous body existing in the liquid is thus coagulated and removed. The liquid, being filtered again, is to be mixed with a sufficient quantity of alcohol to throw down the diastase. To obtain the diastase pure, it should be again dissolved in water, and thrown down by alcohol, and this ought to be repeated several times. Diastase thus obtained is solid, white, amorphous, insoluble in alcohol, but soluble in water and diluted alcohol. Its aqueous solution possesses neither acid or alkaline qualities, and has little taste. Diastase, after purification, is best obtained in the dry state by exposing it in thin layers to a current of air at about 44.3°C. (110° F.). Its aqueous solution is not precipitated, like that of starch, by lime, baryta, or acetate of lead ; on keeping it becomes acid. Its most remark- able property is that of converting starch in the presence of water, at a tempera- ture of about 50° C. (122° F.), into a peculiar sugar (maltose, C, H, On) and dex- trin. It has no action upon either gum or sugar, and yet 1 part of it added to 2000 parts of starch, suspended in water, causes the starch globules speedily to burst, the teguments separating from the contained granulose, which readily undergoes this extraordinary conversion without any perceptible difference in the Weight of the substance employed. Diastase has also been called maltime. A sec- ond ferment, peptase, forms during malting, whose action is to change the proteids into peptones and parapeptones, the beer depending upon the latter bodies for its (asserted) nutritive qualities (Wagner, Handbuch der Chem. Technologie, 1889, p. 901). The different kinds of beer, ale, and porter are made from malt, with the addition of hops and other articles. Malt has a sweetish, mucilaginous, rather agreeable taste. An infusion of it at 71.1° C. (160°F.) completes the conversion of the starch into sugar and gum; yeast being then added at a temperature between 15.5° and 26.6° C. (60° and 80° F.), vinous fermentation takes place, Carbonic acid gas is disengaged and alcohol formed. The sugar is the source of the alcohol existing in malt liquors, while the gummy dextrin is the cause of their viscidity, and the permanence of their effervescence and frothy top. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Pearl barley in decoction is nutritive and demulcent, and, on account of its mild and unirritating qualities, is much used as an article of diet for the sick and convalescent, acting at the same time, if the barley itself be swallowed, as a gentle aperient. The decoction is employed fºr suspending powdered drugs insoluble in water, and also as a drink in febrile diseases, catarrh, dysentery, inflammation of the bladder, gomorrhaea, and chronic mucows "ſtammations. Combined with hops, or in the form of beer, ale, or porter, it forms * Valuable tonic in many chronic exhausting diseases, and in convalescence. From 998 HUMULUS. 2 to 4 ounces of malt boiled in a quart of water, afford a more demulcent and nutritious liquor than barley, and is consequently better adapted to cases requiring a sustaining course of treatment. In making the decoction of barley, 2 ounces must first be washed with cold water, and all extraneous matters removed, then place the barley in , pint of water, boil for a short time, strain off the water, and throw it away, as this is only employed to remove mustiness, or any disagreeable flavor which the barley may have acquired. To the barley thus prepared, add 4 pints of boiling water, boil down to 2 pints, and strain. The decoction may have other articles added in the course of its preparation, varied to suit the taste of the patient, as Sugar, sliced figs, raisins, liquorice-root, etc. It may be drank freely. HUMULUS (U. S. P.)—HoPs. “The strobiles of Humulus Lupulus, Linné”—(U. S. P.). Nat. Ord.—Urticaceae. CoMMON NAME: Hop. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 230, Botanical Source.—This plant has a perennial root, with many annual, an- gular stems, rough backward, with minute, reflexed hairs, twining around sur- rounding objects in a volute direction with the sun, and climbing to a great height. The leaves are opposite, on long, winding, rough petioles; the Smaller ones cor- date, the larger from 3 to 5-lobed; all are deep-green, serrated, veiny, and very rough. The flowering branches are axillary, angular, and rough. Stipules, 2 or 4, be- tween the petioles, smooth, ovate, and reflexed. The flowers are numerous, axillary, and of a greenish color. Male flowers very numerous, panicled, yellowish-white; sepals 5, oblong, obtuse, spreading, concave; stamens short; anthers oblong, opening by 2 terminal pores. Female flowers pale-green, grow on a separate plant, in the form of an ament, having each pair of flowers sup- ported by a bract, which is ovate, acute, and tubular at the base; sepals solitary, obtuse, smaller than the bracts, enfolding the ovary; ovary roundish and compressed; stigmas 2, long, subulate, and downy. The bracts en- large into a persistent catkin or strobile, each bract inclosing a nut enveloped in its permanent bractlet, and some yellow, resinous grains (L-B.). History and Description.—This plant is common in hedges and thickets in many parts of Europe, and grows spontaneously in various sections of the United States; said also to inhabit China and the Canary Islands. It is largely cultivated for its cones or strobiles, which are used medicinally, and in the manufacture of beer, ale, porter, etc. A few rows of the barren vines planted among the fertile ones, are said to be profitable by increasing the weight of the produce. The strob- iles or cones are the parts employed; these are collected when thoroughly ma- tured, properly desiccated, and then placed in large bags or pockets, and sold as Hops. They consist of ovate, membranous, semi-transparent, light-green scales, tinged more or less of a yellow color, which are glandular at their base, near which they develop 2 minute, globular, hard nuts or achenia of a bay-brown color, and which are covered with aromatic, Superficial, globose, golden-yellow glands or grains. To these the name lupulin was given by Ives (Amer. Jour. Science, 1820, p. 302). The active properties of hops are owing to the lupulin, although the scales possess them also, but in an inferior degree. Lupulin (see Lupwlinum), is pro- cured by beating or rubbing the strobiles, and then sifting out the grains, which form about , part of the hops. The official description of hops is as follows: “Ovate, about 3 Cn. (1% inch) long, consisting of a thin, hairy, undulated axis, and many obliquely-ovate, membranous scales, in the upper part reticulately veined, and toward the base parallel-veined, glandular, and surrounding a sub- globular achene; color of the scales greenish, free from reddish or brownish spots; odor aromatic; taste bitter, aromatic and slightly astringent”—(U. S. P.). Fig. 135. Humulus Lupulus. IIUMULUS. 999 Chemical Composition.—Boiling water takes up the virtues of hops; how- ever, they are impaired by long-continued heat. The decoction turns litmus paper red, becomes deep-green with the salts of iron, and turbid with the solution of isinglass. A better solvent than water is diluted alcohol. By distillation with water, hops yield a limpid volatile oil (0.8 per cent, v. Wagner), lighter than water; Payen and Chevallier (1822) obtained from lupulin 2 per cent. The oil in part contains hºmulene (a Sesquiterpene, Cls H.), and unsaturated hydrocarbons not belonging to the terpene Series. The formation of butyric and valerianc acids, observed in the distillation of old hops or lupulin with water, is not due to oxi- dation of the volatile oil (A. C. Chapman, Pharm. Centralh., 1899, p. 73). A bitter principle was obtained as an amorphous, water-soluble mass, by M. Issleib (Archiv der Pharm., 1880, p. 345), by exhausting lupulin of its bitterness by cold water, abstracting the bitter, with some resin, by animal charcoal, abstracting with alcohol, and separating the bitter from the resin by means of ether, which dissolves the bitter part only. The bitter principle, upon boiling with diluted Sulphuric acid, is resolved into brown, amorphous lupulirefin (also supposed to be an oxidation product of the volatile oil), and crystallizable lupulic acid. A crystallizable, bitter principle, called hop-bitter acid, was first obtained pure by Lermer in 1863 (Dingl. Pol. Jour., Vol. CLXIX, p. 54), by an elaborate process. This substance is insoluble in water, soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, and other liquids, notably the volatile oil of hops. The same compound was more recently obtained by H. Bungener (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1884, p. 427, from Pharm. Jour. Trams., 1883–4, p. 1008). Six kilograms of fresh lupulin from unsulphured hops were extracted with low-boiling petroleum ether, and yielded 400 Gm). (6.6 per cent), of crude hop-bitter acid. The pure substance melts at 92° to 93° C. (197.6° to 199.4° F.), and when exposed to the air, soon turns yellow, resinifies, and develops an odor of fatty acids and aldehydes. Oxidizers produce valerianic acid in considerable quantity. The resins of hops were differentiated by Dr. Hayduck (see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1888, p. 25, into three resins, two of which are soluble in petroleum-ether and form ether-soluble copper salts. The hop-bitter acid aforementioned is spontane- ously convertible into one of these two resins, namely, that which is not pre- cipitated by lead acetate. These two resins, as well as the hop-biter acid, were established to be the principles antagonistic to lactic ferments, while the oil of hops does not possess such untiseptic properties. A peculiar tannin, called humuli-tannic acid, was found to be present in hops to the extent of 2 to 5 per cent (v. Wagner, 1853, and Etti, 1876). A crystallizable alkaloid was believed by Lermer to exist in hops, although Gresshoff (1887) established its absence in lupulim (see Flückiger, Pharmacognosie, 1891). In this connection, the nature of the poisonous, crystallizable substance abstracted by F. Davis from the green strobiles of hops with ether (Pharm. Jour. Trans., 1886, Vol. XVIII, p. 20), prob- ably deserves further investigation. Other constituents are: Wax (about 10 per cent in lupulin), chlorophyll, dextrose (3 per cent, by Griessmayer, 1874), aspara- gime (1 per cent, Bungener and Fries, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1886, p. 91), trimethylam- ône and choline (C, H,LOH]N[CH],OH), lupuline of Griessmayer, 1874); of the latter base, Griess and Harrow obtained from hops 0.02 per cent; diluted aqueous solutions of this substance dissolve comparatively large amounts of hop resin, pro- ducing an intensely bitter solution. (Also see Lupulinum for special points.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Hops are tomic, hypnotic, febrifuge, antilithic, and anthelmintic. Their tomic and anthelmintic properties are small, and probably depend upon their bitterness; they possess no antiperiodic virtues, Sometimes they cause diuresis, and are said to correct lithic acid deposits. They are principally used for their sedative or hypnotic action—producing sleep, remov- ing restlessness, and abating pain, but which they often fail to accomplish. A billow stuffed with hops has long been a popular remedy for procuring sleep. Hops, as well as lupulin, are useful in delirium tremens to allay the morbid excite- !nent and vigilance, while at the same time it exerts its stomachic effects. It ls extremely efficient in dyspepsia where restlessness and a brooding disposition tº prominent features. Fermentative dyspepsia, with consequent eructations, often yields to hops or lupulin. Externally, in the form of a fomentation alone, * Combined with boneset or other bitter herbs, hops have proved beneficial in 1000 HYDRANGEA. pneumonia, pleurisy, gastritis, enteritis ; also as an application to painful Swellings or tumors. An ointment made by boiling 2 parts of stramonium leaves and 1 of hops, in lard, has proved an effectual application in eczema, ulcers, and painful twmors. Lupulin exerts a more certain influence than hops, and should be preferred for internal use, as the dose is much less bulky. The properties here ascribed to hops are possessed by lupulin, and the conditions benefited by lupulin are also those in which hops act beneficially. The subject will be further discussed under Lupwlin (see Lupulinum). The decoction of hops is seldom employed. Ale, porter, and beer are fre- quently administered in cases of debility in the absence of inflammatory symp- toms, as tonic, stimulant, and nutritive agents. (For specific indications see Lupwlinwm.) HYDRANGEA.—HYDRANGEA. P º root of Hydrangea arborescens, Linné (Hydrangea vulgaris, Michaux and ursh). Nat. Ord.—Saxifragaceae. COMMON NAMES: Seven barks, Wild hydrangea. Botanical Source.—This plant is the Hydranged vulgaris of Michaux and Pursh. It is an indigenous shrub, smooth, or nearly so, attaining the height of 5 or 6 feet, with opposite, petiolate leaves, which are ovate, obtuse at the base, rarely cordate, acuminate, Serrate-dentate, nearly smooth, and green on both sides. The flowers are often all fertile, numerous, small, white, becoming roseate, and borne in fastigiate cymes. The calyx tube is hemispherical, 8 or 10-ribbed, and coherent with the ovary; the limb 4 or 5-toothed, and persistent; the petals ovate and sessile; the stamens 8 or 10, and slender; the capsule crowned with the 2 divergent styles, 2-celled below, and opening by a foramen between the styles; and the seeds are numerous (W.-G.). History and Description.—This elegant shrub grows abundantly in the Southern, and middle-western states, in mountains and hills, and on rocks and near streams. The bark is rough, pealing off—each layer being of a different color, and which has probably given origin to the name “seven barks.” It is quite common in the Susquehanna and Schuylkill valleys, and its flowers are often met with in bouquets in the markets of Philadelphia. The root is the part that has been employed. It is formed of numerous radicles, sometimes not larger than a goose-quill, and again half an inch or more in diameter, and of consider- able length. These proceed from a caudex, which sends upward numerous diver- gent branches. When fresh, the root and stalks are very succulent, containing much water, and can easily be cut, and the root likewise contains a great deal of mucilage, with albumen and starch. When dry they are very tough and resistent, and exceedingly difficult to bruise or cut, hence they should be bruised while fresh, or which is better, cut into short transverse sections, which facilitates the drying. The bark of the dried root has a rather pungent, aromatic, not dis- agreeable taste, somewhat similar to that of cascarilla bark. The stalks contain a pith which is easily removed, and they are used in some parts of the country for pipe-stems. Chemical Composition.—Mr. Joseph Laidley, of Richmond, Va. (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1852, p. 20), found the root to contain gum, albumen, starch, resin, and inorganic salts. It was subsequently analyzed by Jos. Baur (ibid., 1881, p. 157), who found, in addition, probable indications of an alkaloid and a crystallizable body. A glucosid, hydrangin, fluorescing with opal-blue color in alkaline solution, was obtained later by C. S. Bondurant (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1887, p. 123). It forms star-like masses of crystals, soluble in ether and alcohol, and when treated with diluted acids, splits into grape sugar and a resinous body. Acids destroy the fluorescence. Sugar, saponin, several resins, fixed and volatile oils (2.28 per cent), and starch (7.28 per cent) were also found. Sulphur is a constituent of the volatile oil. Contrary to Baur's statement, no tannin was found. Mr. H. J. M. Schroeter (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1889, p. 117) obtained a yield of 0.08 per cent of hydrangin, for which he established the formula C, H, O, and found the melting point to be 228°C. (442.4°F.). HYDRARG Y RI CIILORIOU. M. CORROSIV UMI. 1001 The root of Hydrangea paniculata, var. grandiflora, a shrub frequently cultivated in the northern and middle states, was analyzed quite recently (A. G. Luebert, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1898, p. 550). A glucosidal, crystallizable principle was ob- tained, melting at 178°C. (352.4°F.), and probably not identical with the hydran- gin of Bondurant. The name para-hydrangin is suggested for this substance. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This plant was introduced to the pro- fession by Dr. S. W. Butler, of Burlington, N. J., as a remedy for the removal of calculous or gravelly deposits in the bladder, and for relieving the excruciating pain attendant on the passing of a calculus through the ureter; and from reports made, it certainly deserves a full and thorough investigation. The power of cur- ing or dissolving stone in the bladder is not claimed for it; it is only while the deposits are small, when in that form of the disease known as gravel, that it is an efficient remedy; then by removing the nucleus, which, if allowed to remain in the organ, would increase in size and form stone, the disease is averted, and when employed at this stage, it is said to have proved beneficial in every instance, and as many as 120 calculi have been known to come from one person under the use of this remedy. The effect of the plant, Dr. Butler states, is to remove, by its own specific action on the bladder, such deposits as may be contained in that viscus, provided they are small enough to pass through the urethra. Thus it has chiefly an eliminatory action rather than any power to dissolve gravel. By its soothing action it relieves vesical and urethral irritation. Probably its greatest value lies in its power of preventing the formation of alkaline and phosphatic deposits. The former mode of using it was to prepare a concentrated syrup of it with sugar or honey, and give a teaspoonful 3 times a day. Now specific hydran- gea, in doses of 5 to 30 drops, 3 times a day, preferably in hot water, or a simple decoction of the root to be taken freely are preferred. If taken in overdoses it will produce some unpleasant symptoms, as dizziness of the head, oppression of the chest, etc. It is a good remedy in acute nephritis. The leaves of hydrangea are said by Dr. Eoff to be tonic, sialagogue, cathartic, and diuretic. The specific hydrangea and fluid extract of hydrangea are principally used in the earthy deposits, as phosphates of Calcium, ammonium, and magnesium, in alkaline urine, and in chronic gleet, and mucous irritation of the bladder in aged persons. Its alterative powers, chiefly due to its washing away of strumous and other unhealthy products, are not to be underrated. It is not without some value in broncho-pulmonic affec- tions, relieving irritation; also in some forms of gastric irritation. Specific Indications and Uses.—Vesical and urethral irritation, with grav- elly deposits; difficult urination; bloody urine; deep-seated renal pain; hepatic pain; irritation of bronchial tract. It improves the nutrition of the urinary mucous tissues. Preparation of Hydrangea.—LITHIATED HYDRANGEA. This specialty of the Lambert Pharmacal Co., of St. Louis, Mo., is a compound of fresh hydrangea and benzo-salicylate of lithium, prepared by special process. It is employed in renal and cystic affections, viz.: Lithuria, gout, rheumatism, calculus, diabetes, cystitis, and vesical irritation. The dose is from 1 to 2 fluid drachms, 4 times a day, preferably between meals, HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDUM CORROSIVUM (U.S. P.) CORROSIVE MERCURIC CHLORIDE. FoEMUL.A.: HgCl, MoDECULAR WEIGHT: 270.54. SYNONYMs: Corrosive chloride of mercury, Corrosive sublimate, Hydrargyri perchlo ridum, Perchloride of mercury, Bichloride of mercury, Chloride of mercury, Corrosive 'llſtºtte of mercury, Oxymuriate of mercury, Hydrargyrum muriaticwm corrosivum, Hydrargyrum corrosivum sublimatium, Hydrargyri bichloridwm, Mercurius sublimatus Corrosivus, Sublimatum corrosivum, Sublimatus corrosivus, Chloruretum (Chloretum) hydrargyricum, Mercuric chloride. Corrosive mercuric chloride should be kept in well stoppered bottles”— (U. S. P.). Preparation.—“Take of persulphate of mercury, 20 ounces (av.); chloride ºf sodium, dried, 16 ounces (av.); black oxide of manganese, 1 ounce (av.). Re- duce the persulphate of mercury and the chloride of sodium, each, to fine powder, 1002 HY }) R A RGY RI ("H LORID UM CORROSIVUM. and, having mixed them and the oxide of manganese thoroughly by trituration in a mortar, put the mixture into an apparatus adapted for sublimation, and apply sufficient heat to cause vapors of perchloride of mercury to rise into the less heated part of the apparatus which has been arranged for their condensa- tion”—(Br. Pharm.). Double decomposition takes place thus: HgSO,--2NaCl-HgCl, H.Na,SO,. Any mercurous compound that may contaminate the mercuric sulphate, and any mercurous chloride generated during this process, are converted into mercuric chloride by the chlorine generated from the action of the manganese dioxide employed upon the sodium chloride. This process differs from the U. S. P. (1870) in the employment of an already prepared mercuric sulphate, and in the introduction of the manganese salt. Description.—Mercuric chloride, when obtained by sublimation, forms in beautiful white, semitransparent masses, composed of very small prismatic needles. It has the specific gravity 5.14 to 5 42. In the light it becomes reduced, first to mercurous chloride (calomel), and finally to the metallic state. Its incom- patibles are alkalies and their carbonates, tartar emetic, sulphide of potassium, soaps, albumen, iron, copper, lead, metallic mercury, vegetable substances con- taining tannic acid, etc. It is officially described as “heavy, colorless, rhombic crystals, or crystalline masses, odorless, and having an acrid and persistent, metal- lic taste; permanent in the air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 16 parts of water, and in 3 parts of alcohol, in 2 parts of boiling water, 1.2 parts of boiling alcohol, 4 parts of ether, and about 14 parts of glycerin. It fuses at 265° C. (509° F.) to a colorless liquid, and at about 300° C. (572° F.) it volatilizes in dense, white vapors, leaving no residue. The aqueous solution reddens blue litmus paper, but becomes neutral to litmus on the addition of sodium chloride. With ammonia water it yields a white precipitate; with an excess of hydrogen sulphide a black one; with potassium iodide T.S. a red one, soluble in an excess of the reagent; and with silver nitrate T.S. a white precipitate, insoluble in nitric acid”— (U. S. P.). The white precipitate produced in solutions of corrosive sublimate by ammonia water, has the composition HgCl, NH, the analogous precipitate produced in solutions of mercurous salts with ammonia water, is black. Mercuric chloride is easily reduced to insoluble mercurous chloride (calomel) by such reducing agents as sulphurous acid or stannous chloride. An excess of the latter reagent will further reduce the calomel formed to metallic mercury. The reactions involved are as follows: 2HgCl,--SnCl,-Hg,Cl,--SmCl, and Hg,Cl,--SnCl-Hg,--SnCl, Mercuric chloride forms crystallizable double salts with the chlorides of potas- sium, sodium, and ammonium, and also combines with hydrochloric acid. The Alembroth Salt of the alchemists was a mixture obtained by evaporating to dryness a solution of equal weights of mercuric chloride and ammonium chloride. Tests.—“If a saturated, aqueous solution of the salt be heated nearly to boil- ing, then completely saturated with hydrogen sulphide, and allowed to stand for several hours in a well-corked flask, it should yield a colorless filtrate, which, on evaporation, should leave no residue (absence of many foreign salts). If the pre- cipitated mercuric sulphide obtained in the last test be washed with water, then shaken for a few minutes with ammonia water, and filtered, the filtrate should be colorless, and, on the addition of a slight excess of hydrochloric acid, should afford neither a yellow color, nor a yellow precipitate (absence of arsenic)"— (U. S. P.). The presence of calomel (mercurous chloride) in corrosive sublimate is recognized by an insoluble residue being left upon dissolving in water, this residue turning black with ammonia water. Action and Toxicology.—In this article the action of the mercurials in gen- eral will first be given, followed by such special statements as apply to individual members of the group. In the metallic state mercury is inert as a medicine, except when in a state of minute division; but its oxides and other compounds possess exceedingly active properties. Metallic mercury, undivided, may be taken in con- siderable amount, acting by its weight merely as a purgative. If, however, it be retained in the intestinal tract so as to form soluble salts, or if in prolonged contact with the skin, it will produce the constitutional effects. Thus the blue ointment and mercurial plaster have caused alarming symptoms. The vapor of metallic mercury is exceedingly poisonous. Murrell records an account of the wrecking, HYDRAIRGYRI CHLORIDUM CORROSIWUM. 1003 near Cadiz, of a vessel, and the recovery of several tons of quicksilver by the crew of an English man-of-war, whereby 200 of the crew were sickened, with 2 fatali- ties, besides the destruction of animals, fowls, and roaches, all in consequence of the rotting of the sacks containing the metal. From the vapors from a fire in the quicksilver mines at Idria, over 900 individuals residing in the vicinity were attacked with trembles. Almost all the mercurial preparations act in the same way, possessing siala- gogue, deobstruent, alterative, etc., properties, the character and degree of which are frequently diminished or augmented by the peculiar agents in combination with them. These effects, however, are rarely increased physiological effects, but pathological in character. Bartholow, in considering the action of the mercurials upon the glandular system, very properly observes that “these actions of mercury should not be regarded as a physiological stimulation of the intestinal glands, in the Sense that the foods are stimulant to these organs. The action is pathological, and the products of the action are pathological” (Mat. Med., p. 248). The mercu- rials, when long continued, and, in many instances but few doses, with some very susceptible constitutions, induce a succession of very serious symptoms, as ema- ciation, general debility, Oedema, tremor of the limbs, diseased liver, pain in the bones, caries, palsy, ulcerations of the pharynx and other parts, gangrenous ulceration of the mouth and face, and a sort of scorbutic marasmus. It likewise occasionally produces a febrile condition of the system, with profound prostration (mercurial erethism), profuse perspiration, several forms of cutaneous disease, as eczema, herpes, inflammation or congestion of the eye, fauces, or peritoneum, nodes, enlargement of the inguinal, axillary, mesenteric, parotid, pancreatic, etc., glands, together with various painful and nervous attacks. It was introduced to the medical profession by the notorious Paracelsus. The modus operamdi of the mercurials is not well understood. In the stomach it probably forms an albuminate, which, though insoluble in water, is readily dissolved by chloride of sodium and by an excess of albumen. Minute doses are said to increase the red blood discs; large doses destroy the blood discs, reduce fibrin, and poison the heart. Mercurials have a special affinity for the glandular structures. This is well marked in its action upon the salivary glands. The former practice of “touching the gums,” or producing profuse salivation (mercurial ptya- lism), has been, largely through the stand taken by the Eclectic school, aban- doned. This disagreeable condition, which formerly produced untold misery, exhibited itself in its worst form by an enormous increase of thick, ropy, albu- minous saliva, subsequently becoming thin and watery, and amounting to several pints in a day. Then followed extensive ulceration, or gangrenous stomatitis of the cheeks and adjacent structures, with tender and swollen glands, sloughing of the cheek and gum, allowing the teeth to fall out and the jaw to become carious. Practical medicine has no greater stain upon her escutcheon than the memory of the horrors of acute mercurialism, as formerly practiced. So profound was the con- dition of mercurial cachevia, hydrargism, or mercurial erethism from continued doses of these drugs, that profound marasmus, anemia, and excessive purging soon led the victim to an untimely grave. This condition was frequently accompanied by the mercurial tremor, neuralgia, paralysis, or epileptiform convulsions. Scrofu- lous individuals and those laboring under renal affections are said to be more Susceptible to the untoward action of the mercurials, while children are less readily salivated. Artisans who are employed as gilders, and who work in looking-glass, ther- mometer, and barometer factories, and miners of quicksilver, are afflicted with * Somewhat different form of mercurialism, marked features of which are pros- tration and anemia, mercurial fever, pustular or vesicular eruptions, jerky, stam- mering speech, convulsions, and particularly a peculiar form of muscular weak- ness denominated “the trembles.” These tremors (or “shaking palsy”) manifest themselves first in the upper limbs, then in the legs, and finally in the trunk. hey are readily brought on, gradually increase in extent and severity, and are Quite persistent and uncontrollable. The prehensile movements lack precision and the lower extremities, in walking, tremble as if strung on wires. (For a §aphic account of this condition, see Murrell's Manual of Materia Medica and Therapeutics, 1896, p. 204.) 1004 HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDUM CORROSIVUM. Before the vigorous fight of the Eclectics against the mercurials as chola- gogues, it was the prevailing opinion that these salts, particularly calomel, increased the natural secretions of the liver, thereby causing an augmented flow of bile. Reliable experimentation by several old school observers has proved the claims of our practitioners to be largely true. While it is still admitted by some that cor- rosive sublimate is slightly stimulant to the liver, the majority deny even to this salt cholagogue powers. That calomel has no such action is now univer- Sally acknowledged. If an increased flow of bile into the intestimal canal does take place under the action of the mercurial, it is caused, as with croton oil, by the reflex contraction of the gall-bladder and duct, due to the duodenal irri- tation produced. This is the view held by Bartholow, among others. The long- continued use of mercury has caused an altered biliary secretion, and has even checked hepatic activity. Briefly, the distinctive effects, aside from the general mercurial impression, of mercury and its chief salts, are as follows: Metallic mercury, undivided is a mechanical purgative; in a divided state, as in gray powder, blue mass, and blue ointment, it becomes an active agent capable of all the untoward effects of this class of agents. Blue pill readily causes salivation, calomel less frequently. The general action of calomel closely resembles that of mercury in the divided state. Calomel probably passes for the most part into the intestines, where the alkaline Secretions convert it into oxide of mercury. Mercuric chloride, mercuric iodide, mercuric cyanide, and mercuric nitrate are exceedingly energetic and toxic agents. Some of the mercurials, particularly the corrosive chloride and the bin- iodide are emergetic germicides. The anthrax spores are destroyed by the first in a solution of 1 to 1000. Taken internally, corrosive sublimate is an active, corrosive poison, acting very quickly, and producing in over-doses a coppery, metallic taste, and violent burning pain in the mouth, throat, Oesophagus, and stomach; great difficulty of swallowing, sense of Suffocation, nausea, violent vomiting, increased by every- thing taken into the stomach; the pain soon becomes diffused over the whole abdomen, which becomes very sensitive to pressure; violent purging, often of blood; great anxiety; flushed (occasionally pale), and even swollen countenance; restlessness; pulse quick, small, and contracted; cold sweats; burning thirst; short and laborious breathing; urine frequently suppressed; and finally stupor, coma, convulsive movements, partial paralysis, or paraplegia, and death. Faint- ing often precedes death. Sometimes before death ensues, if time enough has elapsed, there may be profuse salivation, ulceration of the mouth, fetor of the breath, and other secondary mercurial symptoms. The mouth and oesophagus appear whitish, as if having been painted with silver mitrate solution (Taylor). On inspection after death, the membranes of the mouth, throat, and oesophagus are softened and whitish or bluish-gray, and show marked inflammation, while the stomach and bowels will be found excessively inflamed, sometimes with patches of ulceration or gangrene. (Arsenic lesions are confined chiefly to the stomach and bowels.) Corrosive sublimate poisoning differs from arsenical poi- Soning in the metallic taste produced, in the violent symptoms almost imme- diately occurring, and in the evacuations being more often mixed with blood. If death is produced quickly, the symptoms closely resemble those of cholera; if several days elapse before death, the symptoms are more like dysentery, with vio- lent tenesmus and shreddy, blood-mixed mucous discharges (Taylor, Med. Juris.). In poisoning by corrosive sublimate, death may not take place for several days. Such cases may show a total inactivity of the renal organs. Death usually occurs in from 1 to 5 days, though it may occur earlier or later, having been known to take place in less than 3 hour. The smallest dose known to have killed (a child), is 3 grains; it is thought that from 3 to 5 grains or less will kill an adult (Taylor). Death may occur from the external application of the drug to tumors, ulcers, etc.; and serious symptoms have followed from the use of the solutions even when the skin is unbroken. In the bodies of persons, who, during life had employed mercury or some of its preparations, either internally or externally, metallic mercury has been found, as in the bones, brain, pleura, liver, cellular tissue, lungs, kidneys, etc. It has also been detected in the secretions of patients who were under its influence, as in HYDRAR6 YPI CHLORIDUM CORROSIVUM. 1005 the perspiration, urine, Saliva, bile, gastro-intestinal Secretions, and in the fluids of ulcers. The salivation and gangrenous inflammation of the mouth occasioned by mercurials are best overcome by astringent infusions, as tincture of myrrh, both taken internally and used as a gargle, and the administration of chlorate of potassium. Its constitutional effects are best remedied by vegetable alteratives with iodide of potassium, tonics, attention to the excretions, malic acid, exercise, etc.; though it is rarely the case that a perfect recovery of health ensues where the system has suffered considerably from the effects of the mercury. In the treatment of cases of poisoning by corrosive sublimate, the antidotes must be given promptly, without the least delay. Thus the white and yolks of eggs, well beaten with water; milk, or a mixture of wheat flour, oat-meal, or bar- ley-meal, and water; these form a compound whose chemical action on the tis- sues are slight when compared with that of the poison. One egg is said to be required for every 4 grains of corrosive sublimate swallowed. The above, as well as mucilaginous draughts should be given freely until relief is afforded; and as soon as possible the stomach should be evacuated by the stomach-pump, and like- wise be well washed out. Chemical antidotes, or those which decompose the poi- son, or form harmless compounds with it, should also be used, as a mixture of 2 parts of very fine iron filings, and 1 of fine zinc filings, which is said to reduce the corrosive sublimate to the metallic state; or, the hydrated sulphide of iron, which completely destroys the poisonous quality of the mercurial salt, if given within 10 or 15 minutes after it has been swallowed. After the poisonous symp- toms have been overcome, any inflammation which may remain, must be treated on general principles. Medical Uses and Dosage.—Mercury and its preparations have been little employed by Eclectic physicians, and have even been absolutely proscribed by many members of the Eclectic school. While it is true that the use of the drug has been discouraged by the teachers and writers of our school, it is also true that their ground of opposition is well taken, for these are drugs so permicious in their effects, as ordinarily employed, that their abuse should be strongly guarded. They should only be used when the specific indications for their employment can be unmistakably pointed out. Therefore it is desirable that we reiterate what has been declared again and again by the leaders and teachers of the Eclectic school, that it is not the use, but the abuse of mercury to which objection is made. The earlier Eclectics, many of whom would not use mercury in any form, sought to find substitutes for the mercurials (as with podophyllin, etc., for hepatic disor- ders), for, as stated by Prof. King in the original preface to the American Dispensa- tory (p. 8), “there is no single remedy known to man which has produced a greater amount of mischief by its indiscriminate use than mercury; nor is there any other drug which has done one-hundredth part as much to create a prejudice against Scientific medicine, to destroy the confidence of the community in its practition- ers, and to repel them from the physicians to the nostrum dealer.” That the Eclectic fathers were justified in their objections to the viciously injudicious em- ployment of mercurials prevalent in regular medicine in the early days of our school, is now evident from the position taken by many of the most conspicuous old school authors of to-day, and by the very conservative use of the drug at present by old school physicians, as well as by their kindlier feelings toward their professional brethren, whose opinions relating to some problems in therapy do not agree with their own. In referring to the medical uses of the preparations of mercury, unless attention is called to Eclectic authority, the reader is to under- stand that the uses given in this work are in accordance with the authorities 9f the regular school, and are designed to give scientific information concern- \ng a class of preparations we can do without or replace by better and more kindly remedies. Corrosive sublimate is little used by Eclectic practitioners, either as an inter- mal or external remedy. Nor is its use as extensive among allopathic practition- *S as it was Some years back. In fact, in reviewing the old school works upon P*ctice and materia medica of the past and present, one is struck with the com- P*ative conservatism in the use of these preparations as compared with former ºnes. Corrosive sublimate has been employed as an alterative in cutaneous, scrofu. ("s, and rheumatic diseases, mervous disorders, diseases of the bones, in obstimate porrigo, 1006 IIY DIRARGY RI CHLORIDUM CORROSIVUM, acne, and other eruptions on the face, etc. It was, however, more generally admin- istered, and is still largely used in the treatment of syphilitic maladies. At the press ent day, besides its use in syphilis, it is advocated internally in gastric w!cer, to pro- mote cicatrization and internally and locally in diphtheria. Murrell advises its use (1 grain to 10 fluid ounces of water; dose, 1 teaspoonful every hour), in infantile diarrhoea with green, slimy, offensive stools. Externally, it is the chief antiseptic agent for use as a germicide, being used more largely for that purpose than any other drug by these practitioners. It destroys pediculi, and in the form of solu- tion or ointment is largely employed in parasitic skin affections, in acme, pityriasis, chloasma, freckles, gomorrhaea, prwritis vulvae, in the treatment of wounds, and in gem- eral swrgical, gymäecological, and obstetrical manipulations. (For a more detailed ac- count of its employment by the old School profession, consult any “regular” materia medica.) The solutions employed for general antiseptic purposes should never be stronger than 1 in 2000. Solutions of 1 to 10,000 in vaginal injections during operations have produced violent toxic effects. Death has resulted from solutions of 1 to 1500 employed in surgical operations. Many fatalities have occurred from its employment even in dilutions of 1 to 6000, when used in the peritoneal cavity and in other operations on the viscera. Used in this way it fre- quently produces albuminuria. For these reasons, corrosive sublimate solutions are rarely used by Eclectic surgeons. Internally, corrosive sublimate has been employed to some extent by Eclec- tic physicians. Prof. Scudder, who opposed its use chiefly because of the lack of discrimination on the part of physicians, believed that if rightly studied, mercury might fill a valuable place in medicine, but only in chronic cases (Spec. Med., p. 179). He stated that if he were administering it, he would be guided by the small, con- tracted, elongated, and pointed tongue, of natural or more than usual degree of redness, with prominent papillae. The urine should be of normal specific gravity, depositing no sediment, the lips of good color, the circulation good, and the skin elastic. He declared the mercurials were contraindicated by a pale mouth and tongue with absence of papillae, pale and full fauces, tonsils, and palate, shiny red spots over the tongue, pallid, expressionless face, full lips, and increased secretion of saliva. Prof. H. T. Webster advocates the use of corrosive sublimate 3 x (adults) to 6 x trituration (children), in 2-grain doses every 2 or 3 hours, for its effects upon the mucous membrane of the colon, the vitality of which has been impaired by long-continued inflammation in chronic cholera infantum and dysentery. Ulcers of the colon and rectum form, the evacuations are semipurulent, and convalescence lingering. Here he claims that it lessens the pain and tenesmus, checks the evacuations, and restores normal energy to the parts. Externally, solutions of corrosive sublimate have been advised as a collyrium (1 to 1000 to 1 to 10,000), in various affections of the eye, as ophthalmia meomatorum, acute catarrhal conjunctivitis, phlychtenular conjunctivitis, keratitis, aerosis, trachoma, lachrymal blenorrhoea, and hypopyon keratitis (Foltz). Corneal opacities have resulted from its local use. Foltz employs Hitſ to tº grain doses in Syphilitic eye disorders. In ear disorders he advises internally gº to rºw grain doses in Syphilitic Suppura- tive otitis media, and in internal ear affections. Washes (1 to 1000 to 1 to 4000) have been recommended in suppurative otitis media, furuncles, diffuse otitis media, and in operations for mastoid disease. A wash composed of solutions of borax and corrosive sublimate is asserted signally useful in the treatment of cracks, fissures, and other Sores affecting the face, corners of the mouth, behind the ears, etc., in children. The ordinary doses of mercuric chloride range from # to , grain. The dose preferred by Webster is 2 grains of the 3x trituration for adults, and of the 6 x trituration for children. YELLOW WASH (Lotio Flava), used as an application to venereal, scrofulous, and phagedemic ulcers, is prepared by adding 2 or 3 grains of corrosive sublimate to a fluid ounce of lime-water. When employed, it should be well shaken and used in the turbid state. Specific Indications and Uses.—Tongue small, contracted, elongated, and pointed, and of normal color, or of increased redness, and prominent papillas; urine must be normal in specific gravity and deposit no sediment; circulation good; lips of good color, and skin elastic (Scudder). Impaired mucous mem- IIYI) RARGY RI CHLORIDUM CORROSIVUM. 1007 brane of colon and rectum in chronic dysentery and cholera infantum, with ulceration, pain, ten esnus, and Semipurulent discharges (Webster). Mercury and Mercurial Compounds.-HYDRARGY RUM (U. S. P.), Mercury, Quicksilver, Argentum vivum, Hydrargyrum vivumn, Mercurius vivus. Symbol: Hg. Atomic Weight: 199.8. Mercury often occurs in a native state, but it is met with more abundantly in the form of cinnabar, or sulphide of mercury. It is also met with, although rarely, in the form of an amalgam, in combination with gold and silver, also in the form of mercurous chloride, and in certain copper, Ores. The bulk of mercury comes from Almaden, Spain, and New Aſnaden, California. Idria, in Austria, likewise furnishes it, as well as mines in China, Japan, Peru, etc. The process for obtaining pure mercury from its sulphide is very simple. The cinnabar ore is mixed with half its weight of lime, and then distilled in iron retorts. Mercury distills over, and the Sulphide of calcium remains in the retort. At Idria, in Austria, and Almaden, in Spain, the ore is roasted, by which the sulphur is converted into sulphurous acid, and the mercury is volatilized and condensed in suitable apparatus. This is the process most generally employed. The mercury thus obtained is shipped in cylindrical iron flasks, holding about 75 pounds. The U. S. P. directs that “mercury should be kept in strong, well-stoppered bottles,” and describes it as “a shining, silver-white metal, without odor or taste. It is liquid at the Ordinary temperature, and easily divisible into spherical globules; but, when cooled to —39.38°C. (–38.88° F.), it forms a ductile, malleable mass. Specific gravity 13.5584 at 15° C. (59°F.). Insoluble in the ordinary solvents, also in concentrated hydrochloric acid, and, at common temperatures, in sulphuric acid; but it dissolves in the latter, when boiled with it, and is readily and completely soluble in nitric acid. At ordinary temperatures it volatilizes Very slowly, more rapidly as the temperature increases, and at 357.25° C. (675.05° F. it boils, and is completely volatilized, yielding a colorless and very poisonous vapor. When globules of mercury are dropped upon white paper, they should roll about freely, retaining their globular form, and leaving no streaks or traces. It should be perfectly dry and present a bright surface. On boiling 5 Gm. of mercury with 5 Co. of water and 4.5 Gm. of sodium hyposul- phite, in a test-tube, for about 1 minute, the mercury should not lose its luster, and should not acquire more than a slightly yellowish shade (absence of more than slight traces of foreign metals)”—(U. S. P.). Mercury, when frozen, has the specific gravity 14,931, and crystallizes in octahedra. Mercury is not altered by being kept under water, but its surface becomes gradually tarnished when exposed to the action of the air, becoming covered with a black oxide, especially when impure. In order to purify it for certain scientific purposes, e.g., the making of barometers and thermometers, it must be redistilled. By this process such impurities as lead and tin remain in the residue. It may also be purified by digesting 100 parts of mercury for 3 days in 5 parts each of water and nitric acid, and subsequently Washing it well with distilled water and drying it with bibulous paper; or the mercury is allowed to fall in a fine stream through a high column of diluted nitric acid (L. Meyer), Mercury combines with bromine, chlorine, iodine, oxygen, lead, phosphorus, sulphur, bismuth, arsenic, etc. Gold, silver, tin, cadmium, etc., combine with it when cold, forming alloys called (tmalgams. When heated in open air to near its boiling point, mercury unites with oxygen, producing the red oxide in scales. Mercury does not decompose water; but if boiled in this liquid it absorbs gº of its weight. Triturated with fat, or agitated for a great length of time With Water, it is divided to such a degree as to lose its metallic luster, and then forms a blackish powder, which is the metal in a state of great division (eactinguished or killed). Two oxides of mercury are known, the higher (HgC)) and lower (Hg2O), and the two Corresponding Series of salts are known respectively as mercuric and nercurous compounds. All soluble compounds of mercury are poisonous, acid in reaction, and disagreeably metallic to the taste. White is the usual color of the normal salts, while the basic compounds are yellow. Mercurous salts form a white, insoluble precipitate with soluble chlorides (calomel), Which turns black upon the addition of ammonia. They precipitate black with caustic potash or caustic soda, mercurous oxide (Hg2O), being formed. Mercuric salts precipitate yellow with Caustic potash or caustic soda. They yield a scarlet precipitate, mercuric iodide (HgI2), if Carefully added to solution of potassium iodide, but this precipitate dissolves in excess of the latter reagent. - + Mercury, in combination with other substances, may be detected by dissolving the substance in nitric acid; in the solution place a piece of bright copper, and after some time Telmoye it, and rub it with a clean paper, when, if mercury be present, a silvery stain will be found on the copper, which is removed by heat, and may be collected in a minute globule of quicksilver if the volatilization be conducted in a small glass tube. If a strong solution of iºdide of potassium be added to a minute portion of any of the salts of mercury, placed on a clean, bright plate of copper, the mercury is immediately deposited in the metallic state, *Pearing as a silvery stain on the copper; no other metal is deposited by the same means. The solution of mercury previous to the application of this test, must be concentrated by *Vaporation (A. Morgan, Pharm. Jour, and Trans., XI, 372). Any solid mercury compound may be recognized by mixing it with dry sodium carbonate, placing the mixture into a small, dry glass tube closed at the bottom and heating over a flame. The mercury will then be set free, ind Will collect at the colder part of the tube in the form of minute globules. In addition to "º chemical and pharmaceutical uses, mercury is employed extensively for a variety of pur- !"ses, viz., the extraction of gold and silver from their ores by the process known as amalgama- !!!"; in electrolytic processes; in the manufacture of physical apparatus, such as barometers, thermometers, and mercury air pumps; in the form of amalgams in the making of mirrors, etc. 1008 HYDRARGY RI CHLORIDUM CORROSIVUM. HYDRARGY RUM CUM CRETA (U. S. P.), Mercury with chalk, AEthiops cretacew8.—“Mercury, thirty-eight grammes (38 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 149 grs.]; clarified honey, ten grammes (10 Gm).) [154 grs.]; prepared chalk, fifty-seven grammes (57 Gm.) [2 ozs, av., 5 grs.]; Water, a Sufficient quantity to make one hundred grammes (100 Grm.) [3 ozs. av., 231 grs.]. Weigh the mercury and clarified honey successively into a strong bottle of the capacity of One hundred cubic cen- timeters (100 Co.) [3 fl;, 183 ſill, and add two cubic centimeters (2 Ce.) [33 ſill of water. Cork the bottle, and shake it for about half an hour at a time, until the aggregate time of shaking reaches 10 hours, or until the globules of mercury are no longer visible under a lens magnifying 4 diameters. The shaking may be more conveniently performed by mechanical means. Rub the prepared chalk with water, in a mortar, to a thick, creamy paste, and, having added the contents of the bottle, Washing the last portions in With a little water, triturate the whole to a uniform mixture. Finally dry the mixture, first between ample layers of bibulous paper, and afterward in a capsule, at the ordinary temperature, until it weighs one hundred grammes (100 Gm.) [3 oz. av., 231 grs.]. Then reduce it to a uniform powder, without trituration, and keep it in well-stoppered bottles, protected from light”—(U. S. P.). Mr. Francis Hemm (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1894, p. 391) states that the process is not suitable to the wants of the retail pharmacist. Several methods have been devised for the preparation of this powder, but the official process above described is probably as efficient as any. It is based upon Squibb's succussion process. The Br. Pharm. employs 1 part of mercury and 2 parts of chalk, but excludes the honey. In this preparation the mercury becomes minutely divided, with, perhaps, a conver- sion of a very little of it into mercurous oxide. It forms a powder of a gray color, which effervesces when diluted acids are added to it. When acetic acid is added, an insoluble precipitate remains, which is dissolved by diluted nitric acid, and consists principally of mercury. The substance under consideration is officially described as “a light gray, rather damp powder, free from grittiness, without odor, and having a slightly sweetish taste. If a portion of the powder be digested with warm acetic acid, the chalk is dissolved with efferves- cence, leaving a residue of finely divided mercury. The filtrate should not become more than slightly opalescent on the addition of a few drops of hydrochloric acid (limit of mercurous oxide). If another portion of the powder be digested with warm, diluted hydrochloric acid, the filtrate should not be affected by hydrogen sulphide T. S., or by stannous chloride T. S. (absence of mercuric oxide)”— (U. S. P.). This salt is used as a laxative, cholagogue, and alterative (many prominent old school physicians deny it these properties), though it produces all the deleterious constitutional effects of mercury, by continued use. It has been used in biliary derangements, strumous diseases, syphilis in infants, diarrhoea, etc. The dose for an adult is from 5 to 10 or 20 grains, 1 or 2 times daily; to children from 1 to 3 grains. It may be given alone, in powder, or in combination with rhubarb, bicarbonate of sodium, or other compatible agents. Jonathan Hutchinson regards this as the best preparation of mercury for use in syphilis. HYDRARGY RUM CUM MAGNESIA, Mercury with magnesia, is used in the same doses and for the same purposes as the preceding compound. It is prepared by triturating together the same as in the above, 1 part of mercury with 2 parts of carbonate of magnesium. MAssA HYDRARGY RI (U. S. P.), Mass of mercury, Blue mass, Blue pill.—(See Massa Hydrar- gyri.) Blue pill is used as an alterative, sialagogue, and purgative, and is said to be less irritating than the other mercurials. It has been used in constipation, biliary derangement, syphilitic diseases, and wherever it is desirable to bring the system under the influence of mer- cury. As an alterative, 2 or 3 grains are given daily, or on alternate days, bedtime being usually preferred for their administration. As a purgative and reputed cholagogue, the dose is from 1 to 3 pills, to be taken on going to bed; when thus given, it is customary to administer a dose of castor oil, infusion of senna, or other cathartic on the next morning, as recommended by Abernethy. To cause salivation, from 3 to 5 grains, taken in the morning, and twice this quantity at bedtime, in conjunction with opium to prevent purging, is usually prescribed. Blue pill is frequently associated with other purgatives, as rhubarb, aloes, jalap, colocynth, etc., also with quinine, antimony, or other agents, according to the indications to be fulfilled. HYDRARGY RI CYANIDUM (U. S. P.), Mercuric cyanide, Hydrargyri cyamuretum, (U. S. P., 1850), Cyanuret of mercury, Mercurius cyanatus (or borussicus), Cyamuretum hydrargyricum, Hydrargyram borussicum, Cyanide of mercury, Prussiate of mercury, Bicyanide of mercury. Hg(CN)2=251.76.-- “Mercuric cyanide should be kept in well-stoppered, dark amber-colored bottles”—(U. S. P.). It may be easily prepared by dissolving red precipitate (Hydrargyrum oacidum rubrum) in diluted hydrocyanic acid, filtering and evaporating to crystallization, thus: HgC)+2HCN== H20+-Hg(CN)2. (For its preparation from ferrocyanide of potassium and mercuric sulphate, see directions in U. S. P., 1850.), “Colorless or white, prismatic crystals, odorless, and having a bitter, metallic taste (the salt is exceedingly poisonous); becoming dark-colored on exposu, C to light. Soluble at 15° C. (59°F.) in 12.8 parts of water, and in 15 parts of alcohol; in 3 parts of boiling water, and in 6 parts of boiling alcohol; very sparingly soluble in ether. When slowly heated in a glass tube, the salt decrepitates, and decomposes into metallic mercury and inflammable cyanogen gas, which burns with a purple flame. On further heating, the blackish residue, consisting of para-cyanogen with globules of metallic mercury, is wholly dissipated, If I part of the salt be gently heated with 1 part of iodine in a dry test-tube, it will afford at first a yellow sublimate which afterward becomes red, and above this a sublimate of colorless, needle-shaped crystals will be formed. On adding hydrochloric acid to the aqueous solution of the salt, the odor of hydrocyanic acid is evolved. A 5 per cent aqueous solution of the salt should be neutral to litmus paper, and should not yield, on the gradual addition of a few drops of potassium iodide T. S., either a red or a reddish precipitate, soluble in an excess of the precipitant, nor should it yield a white precipitate with silver nitrate T. S. (absence of IHYI) RARGYRI CHLORIDIUM CORROSIVUM. 1009 mercuric chloride).”—(U. S. P.). Mercuric cyanide is a corrosive poison, combining also the poisonous effects of prussic acid, but has been used in venereal diseases, humid squamous tetters, porrigo, and other cutaneous diseases, as well as in some chronic inflammations. . It has also been advocated in diphtheria. Its dose is from I'ſ to # grain, in pill form, with opium and crumb of bread. Chibret claims to have averted meningeal infection from panophthalmitis by washing the contents of the eye with a solution of mercuric cyanide (1 to 15,000). An ointment for external application in skin diseases, etc., may be made by rubbing together cyanide of mercury, 16 grains, with lard, 1 ounce, and oil of lemon, 15 drops. Not employed in Eclectic therapeutics. - HYDRARGY RUM AMMONIATUM (U. S. P.), Ammoniated mercury (NH2 HgCl=251.18), White precipitate, Mercuric ammonium chloride, Mercur-ammonium chloride, Mercurius præcipitatus albus, IIydrargyrum præcipitatum album, Hydrargyri ammonio-chloridum, Hydrargyrum amido-chloridum, Hydrargyri amidato-bichloridum, Hydrargyrum ammoniato muriaticum, White oride of mercury, Infu- sible white precipitate.—“Corrosive mercuric chloride, in powder, one hundred grammes (100 Gm.) [3 ozs. av., 231 grs.]; ammonia water, distilled water, each, a sufficient quantity. Dis- solve the corrosive mercuric chloride in two thousand cubic centimeters (2000 Co.) [67 fij, 3 || mul of warm distilled water, filter the solution, and allow it to cool. Pour the filtered liq- uid gradually, and with constant stirring, into one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (150 Co.) [5 fl3, 35 ſilj of ammonia water, taking care that the latter shall remain in slight excess. Col- lect the precipitate on a filter, and, when the liquid has drained from it as much as possible, wash it with a mixture of four hundred cubic centimeters (400 Co.) [13 flá, 252 ſilj of distilled water and twenty cubic centimeters (20 Co.) [325 ſill of ammonia water. Finally, dry the pre: cipitate between sheets of bibulous paper in a dark place, at a temperature not exceeding 30°C. (86°F.). Keep the product in well-stoppered bottles, protected from light”—(U. S. P.). The washing directed in the U. S. P. process with ammonia water is for the purpose of re- moving the ammonium chloride. If water only be used, the washing must be quickly per- formed, and cold instead of hot water employed. This will prevent the change into a basic salt—oacy-dimercur-ammonium chloride (NH2 HgC)HgCl), a lemon-yellow compound. If iodine and ammoniated mercury be triturated together, nitrogen, iodide (iodamine), will gradually form and after a time the mixture “puffs up.” But should iodine and alcohol both be present a dangerous explosion results. Ammoniated mercury is officially described as occurring in “white, pulverulent pieces, or a white, amorphous powder, without odor, and having an earthy, afterward styptic and metallic taste. Perman nt in the air. Almost insoluble in water or in alcohol. By pro- longed washing with water, it is gradually decomposed, assuming a yellow color, and becom- ing converted into a basic salt. Readily soluble in warm hydrochloric, nitric, or acetic acid, and in a cold solution of ammonium carbonate. Also completely soluble in a cold solution of sodium hyposulphite, with the evolution of ammonia. When this solution is heated for a short time, red mercuric sulphide is separated, which, on protracted boiling, turns black. At a temperature below a red heat the salt is decomposed without fusion, and at a red heat it is wholly volatilized. When heated with potassium or sodium hydrate T.S., the salt turns yel- low, and evolves vapor of ammonia. The solution of the salt in diluted nitric acid, gives with potassium iodide T.S. a red precipitate, with silver nitrate T.S. a white one. The salt should be soluble in hydrochloric acid without effervescence (absence of carbonate), and without leav- ing a residue (absence of mercurous salt). Its solution in acetic acid should not be rendered turbid by diluted sulphuric acid (absence of lead)"—(U. S. P.). The salt, when heated to a tº imperature below a red heat, forms ammonia, nitrogen, calomel, and water. Caustic ammo- nia does not alter it. . White precipitate is used externally only, in herpes, impetigo, porrigo. and other affections of the skin, and in ophthalmia tarsi. One part of the salt to 12 parts of lard, or simple cerate, forms an ointment for application in the above-named maladies. Rarely em- ployed in Eclectic practice, but is a constituent in the popular old Eclectic Ophthalmic Balsam. Mercuric-diammonium chloride ([NH3]2 HgCl2), Fusible white precipitate.—This compound was at one time confused with ammoniated mercury (NH2HgCl). It is produced by boiling the latter with ammonium chloride solution, or by precipitating mercuric nitrate with ammonium chloride and potassium carbonate. It differs from ammoniated mercury in fusing at a tempera- ture less than redness. MERCURIUS SoLUBILIs HAHNEMANNI, Soluble mercury of Hahnemamm, Ammonio-nitrate of mer- Citrºſ, Hydrargyrum oxydulatum migrum, Hydrargyrum oxydulatum mitricum ammoniatum.—This ('Qinpound is of a variable composition; according to Mitscherlich, it is trimereuroso-ammo- nium nitrate (Hga HN.NO3)2.2H2O. This Hahnemannian preparation is a velvety black pow- dºr, with a slightly metallic taste. It is sublimable without decomposition and contains no globules of metallic mercury. Hahnemann discarded this preparation in favor of Mercurius VIVus (Alner. Hom. Pharm., which see for methods of preparation). . . HYDRARGYRI SUBSULPHAs FLAvus (U. S. P.), Yellow mercuric subsulphate (HgIHgO].S.O. = 727.14), Basic nercuric sulphate, Turpeth mineral, Yellow subsulphate of mercury, Subpersulphate "/ Mercury, Tribasic sulphate of the oride of mercury, Hydrargyri oridum sulphuricum, Hydrargyri *'''Sulphas, Mercurius éneticus flavus, Turpethum animerale, Hydrargyrum sulphuricum flavum, Sul- 1's hydrargyricus flavus, Hydrargyri sulphas flavus (U.S. P., 1876), Oxy-mercuric sulphate—This Pºpºration may be obtained by triturating mercuric sulphate with hot water; the yellow ºpyder resulting therefrom is to be well washed with distilled water, and then dried. The * P. process first prepares the mercuric sulphate, and afterward the subsulphate, as follows: Tercury, one hundred grammes (100 Gnn.) [2 ozs. av., 231 grs.]; sulphuric acid, thirty cubic ‘ºntimeters (30 Co.) [487 m); nitric acid, twenty-five cubic centimeters (25 Ce.) [406 ml]; distilled water, a sufficient quantity. Upon the mercury, contained in a capacious flask, pour 64 1010 - HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDUM CORROSIVUM. the sulphuric acid, previously mixed with fifteen cubic centimeters (15 Co.) [243 Till of dis- tilled water, then add, very gradually, the nitric acid, previously mixed with twenty-five cubic centimeters (25 Co.) [406 mill of distilled water, and digest at a gentle heat until reddish fumes are no longer given off. Transfer the mixture to a porcelain capsule, and heat it on a sand- bath under a hood or in the open air, with frequent stirring, until a dry, white mass remains. Reduce this to a fine powder, and add it in small portions at a time, with constant stirring, to two thousand cubic centimeters (2000 Ce.) [67 fl:3, 301 Tºll of boiling distilled Water. When all has been added, continue the boiling for 10 minutes; then allow the mixture to settle, decant the supernatant liquid, transfer the precipitate to a strainer, wash it with Warm distilled Water, until the washings no longer have an acid reaction, and dry it in a moderately warm place. Keep the product in well-stoppered bottles, protected from the light”—(U. S. P.). Boiling the mercury with sulphuric acid and hastening the process by nitric acid, results in the forma- tion of mercuric sulphate. When this is added to boiling water, the basic or Oxysulphate pre- cipitates, while a corresponding quantity of sulphuric acid goes into Solution. The tempera- ture and quantity of the water influences the yield. About 75 per cent is realized: “A heavy, lemon-yellow powder, odorless and almost tasteless; permanent in the air. Soluble in about 2000 parts of water at 15°C. (50°F.), and in 600 parts of boiling water; insoluble in alcohol; readily soluble in nitric or hydrochloric acid. When heated, the salt turns red, becoming yellow again on cooling. At a red heat it is volatilized, evolving vapors of mercury and of sulphur dioxide, and leaving no residue. A solution of the salt in nitric or hydrochloric acid, diluted with water, gives with potassium iodide T.S. a red precipitate, and with barium chloride T.S. a white one. The salt should be completely soluble, in 10 parts of hydrochloric acid (absence of mercurous salt or of lead)”—ſ U. S. P.). Its aqueous solution is colorless. Its spe- cific gravity is 6.444. Boiled with caustic soda or potash, a red precipitate is thrown down, while the solution contains sulphate of potassium. It was once employed as an emetic, in doses of from 3 to 5 grains, in swelled testicle, its nauseating and emetic action being Supposed to promote absorption; it has also been recommended in membranous croup. In doses of from } grain to 3 grain per day, it has been given as an alterative. One grain mixed with 5 or 6 grains of some mild powder, has been used as an errhine in ophthalmic affections, chronic catarrh, cerebral difficulties, etc.; it excites sneezing. One part of turpeth mineral triturated with 100 or 125 parts of lard, forms an ointment which has been used in frictions, in cases of herpes, slightly inflammatory tetters, etc. Like other mercurials, this is apt to cause salivation; and in improper doses acts as a violent poison. It is seldom used at the present day, and is even condemned as dangerous and superfluous by some of the old School authors. HYDRARGYRI PEitsu LPHAs (HgSO4), Mercuric sulphate, Persulphate of mercury, Sulphate of mercury, Normal mercuric sulphate, Sulfas mercuricus, Hydrargyrum sulphuricum, Mercuricus vitrio- latus.--This salt is prepared by placing in a porcelain capsule, quicksilver, 10 ounces (av.), in 6 fluid ounces (Imp.), of commercial oil of vitriol; apply heat and constantly stir with a porce- lain spatula until effervescence ceases, and nothing remains but a white and dry crystalline salt (Dub.). This accords with the Br. Pharm. process. The salt is a white, opaque Solid, which becomes orange-colored at a dull red heat, but white on cooling; at a full red heat it is decom- posed. Water decomposes it, producing turpeth mineral (which see), and a soluble persalt. It is not used as a medicine, but is employed in the manufacture of calomel, corrosive subli- mate, and subsulphate (Oxysulphate) of mercury. HYDRARGY RI DIPERNITRAs, Basic mercuric nitrate, Bibasic mitrate of mercury.—Prepared by boiling mercury in strong nitric acid until the liquid, when diluted with water, ceases to yield a white precipitate (calomel) on the addition of a solution of common salt. Then concentrate until it has the sp. gr. 3.47. This liquor has an acrid, metallic taste, and colors the skin, when ex- posed to light, purplish red. By careful evaporation over concentrated sulphuric acid, crystals of the normal nitrate (Hg|NO3]2)2.H2O, are formed. When evaporated to crystallization, the bibasic nitrate Hg2O(NO3)2+2H2O, separates; if the crystals be washed with cold water, as long as it gives an acid reaction, a heavy yellow powder is obtained, which is a more basic nitrate of mercury (Hg6O4(NO3]4); this, when boiled in water, yields a brick-red powder, which is still more basic (Hg6 OsſNO3]2). The bibasic nitrate of mercury is acrid and caus- tic, more so than the nitrate (HgINO3]2), and exerts an influence upon the system similar to that of corrosive sublimate, into which salt it becomes converted by the action of the alkaline chlorides in the alimentary canal. It is now seldom used. HYDRARGYRI PHOSPHAs, Mercurous phosphate, Phosphate of mercury, Protophosphate of mer- cury.—This salt is made by triturating 8 parts of dry mercurous nitrate, in a porcelain mortar, with 16 parts of distilled water, in which is mixed 1 part of nitric acid, sp. gr. 1.20; to this is added about 60 parts of pure water, and the whole gently warmed until dissolved, filtered if necessary, the clear solution diluted with 8 times its weight of pure water, and then treated with a solution of crystallized sodium plmosphate, so long as a precipitate is formed. Wash this carefully with water until it no longer gives an acid reaction, dry with a gentle heat, and keep in a closed bottle excluded from the light. It is a white, fine, crystalline, Odorless, and tasteless powder. Heated it fuses, evolving oxygen and metallic mercury, and leaving a col- Orless, glacial mass, which is the phosphoric acid with a trifling quantity of mercury. It is insoluble in water, but is completely dissolved in nitric acid by the aid of heat. It has been highly spoken of as an efficient remedy in secondary syphilis, in doses of 3 grain or 1 grain in pill form. Phosphate of mercury 4% grains, opium 3 grains, tartar emetic # grain, formed into 9 pills, with a sufficient quantity of conserve of roses, has been used with asserted advantage. One pill to be taken every night and morning. HYDRARGYRI SULPHIDUM RUBRUM (HgS. Molecular weight: 231.78), Red mercuric sulphide, PIydrargyri Swlphuretum rubrum (U. S. P., 1870), Sulphuret of mercury; also known as Crystal- I, Y DRARGYRI CHLORIDUM CORROSIVUM. 101 || lized, or Red sulphureſ of mercury, Cinnabar, Vermilion, Paris red, Bisulphuret of mercury, Sulfu- petum hydrargyricum, Hydrargyrum sulfuratum rubrum, Cinnabaris, Minium. – This compound is found in large quantity in nature, and is the chief Source from which mercury is pre- pared. The U. S. P. (1870), directed for its preparation: Gradually add to 8 troy ounces of melted sulphur, 40 troy ounces of mercury; stir continually, and heat until the mass com- mences to swell, then remove from the fire and cover the vessel closely to prevent its taking fire, and when cold, powder the mass and sublime it. Vermilion may also be prepared in the wet way by agitating mercury with a solution of sulphur in caustic potash. (For the details of Wittstein's process, see this Dispensatory, last edition.) When prepared by the first process, cinnabar forms in dark reddish-brown masses, composed of crystalline needles, which furnish a powder of a beautiful Scarlet-red color. Prepared by the latter method, a fiery-red, soft, heavy powder is obtained, distinguishable from that prepared by Sublimation, especially by its bright color. Cinnabar is odorless, tasteless, insoluble in water, alcohol, cold nitric acid (sp. gr. 1.2), cold hydrochloric acid, diluted sulphuric acid, and acetic acid. Hot nitric acid decomposes it, precipitating a portion of the Sulphur, and converting the other portion into sulphuric acid, Sulphate and nitrate of mercury; fuming nitric acid totally converts it into mercuric sulphate. Nitro-hydrochloric acid dissolves it with decomposition, sulphur being lib- erated and mercuric chloride and sulphuric acid being formed. Exposed to the light, it gradu- ally acquires on the surface a gray tint, arising from the separation of the mercury and sulphur, both of which in their free state remain in admixture with the compound. Heated in a test-tube it acquires nearly a black color, and sublimes without fusing, to a shining iron- gray mass, becoming red on trituration; any adulterations in the cinnabar, as red lead, col- cothar, chalk, or brick-dust, remain behind. If this residue yields on charcoal before the blow-pipe a bead of lead, red lead is present; but if it undergoes no change, either brick-dust or colcothar is present. If dragon's blood be present, it will color alcohol in which the cinna- bar has been shaken. If the addition of a mineral acid causes effervescence, chalk is present. If cinnabar be boiled with acetic acid, iodide of potassium will give a yellow precipitate of iodide of lead in the filtrate, if red lead be present; and hydrogen sulphide a black precipitate. If it completely volatilizes upon heat American vermilion (basic lead chromate), is absent. Cinnabar was formerly exhibited internally in diseases of the skin, gout, chronic rheumatism, and worms, in doses of from 10 to 20 grains, in pills, or incorporated in an electuary. It is at the present day rarely, if ever, used internally. In syphilitic ulcerations of the air passages, and in several chronic cutaneous diseases, it has been used as a fumigating agent, about 3 drachm being placed upon an iron plate heated to redness, and the vapors which are evolved being inhaled or directed upon the diseased parts. Owing to the irritating nature of the sulphurous vapor, the suboxide of mercury is preferred to cinnabar for fumigation. HYDRARGY RI SULPHIDUM NIGRUM, Black sulphide of mercury, AEthiops mineral, Hydrargyri sulphuretum migrum, Black sulphuret of mercury, Amorphous sulphuret of mercury, Ethiops mineral, Hydrargyri Sulphuretum cum sulphure, etc.—It is procured by rubbing together, in a porcelain mortar, equal parts of mercury and washed flowers of sulphur (with the occasional addition of a few drops of water to prevent any dust from ascending), until they form a grayish-black powder, and neither mercury nor sulphur is visible with a magnifying glass; the labor is greatly diminished by employing diluted sulphide of ammonium instead of water. It is also formed by precipitating a solution of a mercuric salt with an excess of hydrogen sulphide gas. Black Sulphide of mercury is a heavy, somewhat grayish-black, inodorous, tasteless, insoluble, amorphous powder, insoluble in water, hydrochloric acid, and diluted nitric acid, the latter taking up at the most only small traces of uncombined mercury. Heated in a test-tube, it first loses sulphur, which deposits on the cool portion of the tube, and partly combines with the oxygen of the air present, to sulphurous acid; then sulphide of mercury sublimes, and deposits itself as an iron-gray mass, becoming red when rubbed. If there is a residue, either the mercury or sulphur was impure, or charcoal may have been added. In composition it is undoubtedly black amorphous mercuric sulphide mixed with sulphur in excess. Ethiops mineral was formerly employed as a diaphoretic, alterative, and vermifuge; in doses of from 5 grains to 3 drachm, 2 or 3 times a day, it has been used in scrofulous and skin diseases. It acts very mildly, and as stated by Dr. Duncan, may be continued for a consider- able length of time in doses of several drachms without producing scarcely any sensible effect. It is seldom used, except in the form of ointment as an application to itch, tetter, and some other Cutaneous affections. - -> HYDRARGYRI PROTONITRAS (Hg2[NO3]2), Protonitrate of mercury, Mercurous nitrate, Nitrate of mercury, Neutral mitrate of mercury.—This salt is obtained by digesting excess of mercury in "old nitric acid until short prismatic crystals are formed. Nitrate of mercury may be distin- guished from other nitrates by the white precipitate of calomel formed when it is dissolved in Water and mixed with a soluble chloride, e.g., sodium chloride. Nitrate of mercury is rarely used as a medicine, on account of its tendency to decompose. A solution of mercurous nitrate ls one of the first steps in the preparation of citrine ointment. The composition of the salt *r having been acted upon by the hot grease, is problematical, a portion of it probably being converted into mercuric nitrate, which change is accelerated by the free nitric acid. An *% of the Salt dissolved in 3 pint of distilled water, acidulated with 70 grains of nitric acid, º sº made of sp. gr. 1.10% has been used as a mild caustic in genereal ulcerations and '''''''"...wo parts of the salt to 50 of the lard, form an ointment which has been used in !'", RSOriasis, etc. In Eclectic practice brown citrine ointment has been used by Prof. Scudder *nº others in chronic e 2ema, sycosis, barber's iteh, and some cases of prwritis (Spec. Med.). !)ic] º ET QUINN.E CHLoRIDUM, Chloride of mercury and quinine—Take 1 part of the *hloride of mercury, and 3 parts of hydrochlor te of quinine. I)issolve each separately } 1012 HYDRARG YRI CH LORIDUM CORROSIVUM. in the least possible quantity of water, mix the solutions, filter, and dry the precipitate by a gentle heat. " This has been used in obstimate cutaneous diseases, and in cases where it is desirable to produce the influence of quinine and mercury. The dose is from 3 grain to 1 grain, every 4 or 6 hours, in pill form with opium and “runnb of bread. HYDRARGY RI BORAs, Borate of mercury.—-Rub together 11 parts of calomel and 13 parts of biborate of sodium, for about 15 minutes, then add small quantities of water from time to time, continuing the trituration throughout; then filter, wash the precipitate till the washings are tasteless, and dry. At one time recommended as a substitute for calomel, in doses of 2 grains daily, increasing gradually. - HYDRARGYRI BROMIDUM, Mercurous bromide (Hg2 Bra), Bromide of mercury.—To a weak solu- tion of mercurous nitrate add a solution of bromide of potassium so long as a precipitate falls; filter, wash, and dry by a gentle heat. It forms a white powder resembling calomel. This is given for the same purpose as the iodide of mercury, in doses of 1 grain per day, gradually increased. A bibromide of mercury (mercuric bromide [HgBrzl), is made by mixing together equal parts of mercury and bromine; sublime the white powder formed by the mixture. It is white, soluble in water, alcohol, or ether; its solution gives a red or yellow precipitate with alkalies, and nitric or sulphuric acid decomposes it with evolution of vapors of bromine. It is a powerful poison, and has been recommended in syphilis, lepra, etc., in doses of 35 grain, gradually increased to 3 grain. It may be given in pill. HYDRARGYRI ACETAs, Acetate of mercury.—It forms in rectangular tables and plates, hav- ing their angles frequently truncated. They are white, but become black on exposure to light are inodorous, of an acrid, metallic taste, and almost insoluble in water or alcohol. Heat de- composes it. It has been occasionally used in syphilitic affections, in doses of from 1 to 5 grains. One or 2 grains dissolved in water, has been used as a wash in obstinate cutaneous affections. This salt is seldom used. HYDRARGY RI BENZOAs (HgICs HgCOO]2+H2O), Mercuric benzoate.—A crystalline, white powder, tasteless and Odorless, and formed by mutual decomposition between a mercuric com- pound and an alkali benzoate. It dissolves easily in alcohol, solution of common salt, but sparingly in water. It may be used by injection (1 in 1000 or 1 in, 2000), into the urethra for gomorrhoea, or it may be hypodermatically administered. For the first purpose it is added to an equal amount of Sodium chloride, and for subcutaneous uses, combined with cocaine and Sodium chloride (Stukowenkow). HYDRARGYRI CARBOLAs, Mercuric carbolate (HgIC, H3O]2), Mercuric phenylate (phenate), Hydrargyrum phenylicum, Mercuric diphenate (Merck's).-Caustic potash 56 parts, carbolic acid (liquefied), 188 parts. Dissolve by aid of heat in just enough alcohol to effect solution, and add, with continual stirring, corrosive sublimate (135 parts), dissolved in alcohol. Evaporate. The yellowish precipitate becomes nearly colorless as dryness approaches. Wash with water slightly acidulated with acetic acid, and crystallize from boiling alcohol. This compound forms stable, needle crystals, colorless, soluble in hot alcohol, alcoholic ether, ether, and gla- cial acetic acid; not soluble in alcohol and water. Reputed antisyphilitic. Dose, # to # grain, twice a day. An inferior, less stable preparation, known also as mercuric phenate, is basic mercuric phenate (HgC)HOC, Hg) (Gamberini's). HYDRARGY RUM BICHLORATUM CARBAMIDATUM SoluTUM, Solution of mercuric chloride and wrea.—This preparation quickly undergoes change, and is generally directed to be prepared extemporaneously. Dissolve mercuric chloride (1 Gm.) in hot water (100 Co.); when cold, add urea (5 Gm.). Filter. Dose, 1 Co., equal to # grain, once a day, hypodermatically, for syphilis. HYDRARGY RUM FORMAMIDATUM SoLUTUM, Solution of mercuric formamide.—This is prepared by dissolving the oxide, freshly precipitated, from 10 Gm. of mercuric chloride, in enough formamide to dissolve it, and bringing the measure to 1000 Co. with distilled water. Dose, 1 CC. (16 minims), equal to # grain, hypodermatically, in syphilis. HYDRARGY RUM PEPTONATUM SoDUTUM, Solution of mercuric peptomate.—Prepared by mixing aqueous solutions of mercuric chloride and dry peptone, filtering, and adding sodium chloride to the solution, and bringing the whole, to the desired strength with water. The dose, hypo- dermatically, is 1 Co., equal to # grain of mercuric chloride. Gluten peptome sublimate, in 1 per cent solution (25 per cent mercuric chloride), has been recommended as a substitute. HYDRARGY RUM TANNICUM OXYDULATUM, Mercurous tannate, Hydrargyri tannas.-This was introduced by Lustgarten as possessing advantages over other mercurials in syphilis. It is pre- pared by precipitating freshly prepared mercurous nitrate with a strong solution of tannic acid. Three to 5-grain doses are administered daily until 150 grains have been taken. It is without taste or Odor, insoluble in the common solvents, and yields its tannin to alcohol or water. It contains about 50 per cent of mercury. HYDRARGYRI SALICYLAs, Newtral, or Secondary mercuric salicylate.—From mercuric chloride (27 parts), precipitate oxide of mercury, wash it well, and rub with water to a soft magma. Add salicylic acid (15 parts), heat on a water-bath, and shake frequently until the yellowness changes to snow-white. Wash the resulting salicylate with warm water to remove all free acid, drain, and dry. It forms an odorless, tasteless, non-crystalline salt, soluble in Solution of sodium chloride, and in soda solution (a double salt forming), but not soluble in water or alcohol. It is administered in pill, the dose being & to 3 grain, three times a day, the dose being gradually increased to 1 to 13 grains. Preferred by Aurajo and others, over other mer- curials as an antiseptic and antisyphilitic. - HYDRARGYRI ET ZINCI CYANIDUM, Mercuric and zinc cyanide (Zn4 HgICNJ10).--An insoluble white powder, lauded by Lister as a non-poisonous antiseptic. HYDRARGY RI OXYCYANIDUM, Orycyamide of mercury (Hg2OſCN]2).—A solution in water (1 to 1500) of this compound is recominended as an antiseptic in ocular therapeutics. HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDUM MITE. 1013 HypRARGYRI PYROBORAs, Mercury pyroborate (Hgſ},Oz).-An insoluble, non-crystalline, brown powder, recommended as a topical agent in Syphilitic and other ulcerations. Among other mercurials, the following are newer introductions for use in Syphilis: Thym- olsulphate of mercury ([(C10H18O)Hg.Hg)2SO4); Thymolacetate of mercury ([C10H18O].Hg.Hg.C2 HaO2); Thymolnitrate of mercury ([C10H18O]Hg.HgNO3); Naphtholate of mercury (mercury 30.8 per cent), a yellow powder; and Tribrophenol acetate of mercury., Hydrargyri sulphocyanas or Sulphocyanate of mercury (sulphocyanide formerly), is employed in making the trinket, “Pharaoh’s Serpent.” HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDUM MITE (U. S. P.)—MILD IMIERCUROUS CHILORIDE. “Obtained in the form of powder by the rapid condensation of the vapor of mercurous chloride. Mild mercurous chloride should be kept in dark amber- colored bottles”—(U. S. P.). FoRMULA: Hg,Cl,. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 470.34. - SYNoNYMs: Calomel, Mild chloride of mercury, Hydrargyri subchloridum, Hydrar- gyri chloridum, Hydrargyrum chloratum dulce, Hydrargyrum muriaticum dulce, Chloru- netum hydrargyrosum, Chloretum hydrargyrosum, Mercurius dulcis, Calomelas, Mercurous chloride, Subchloride (Submuriate) of mercury, Protochloride of mercury. Preparation.—Calomel is never prepared by the pharmacist. “Take of per- sulphate of mercury 10 ounces (av.), mercury 7 ounces (av.), chloride of sodium, dried, 5 ounces (av.), boiling distilled water a sufficiency. Moisten the persul- phate of mercury with some of the water, and rub it and the mercury together until globules are no longer visible; add the chloride of sodium, and thoroughly mix the whole by continued trituration. Sublime by a suitable apparatus into a chamber of such size that the calomel, instead of adhering to its sides as a crys- talline crust, shall fall as a fine powder on its floor. Wash this powder with boiling distilled water until the washings cease to be darkened by a drop of sulphhydrate of ammonium. Finally, dry at a temperature not exceeding 100°C. (212°F.)”—(Br. Pharm., 1885). º In this process double decomposition takes place, as follows: 2NaCl-H Hg, SO,-Na,SO,--Hg,Cl). Mercurous chloride sublimes, and if passed into a small receiver crystalline crusts or masses are obtained; if in a large receiver, as directed, a fine crystalline powder results. A still softer or finer powder may be obtained if a jet of steam be allowed to pass into the receiver, or, according to Soubeiran, if a blast of cold air be admitted. The best calomel is that produced by aid of the steam vapor, as this agent at the same time dissolves out any mercuric chlo- ride which may be present, due to possible admixture of the mercurous sulphate employed with mercuric sulphate. Description and Tests.-‘‘A white, impalpable powder, becoming yellowish- White on being triturated with strong pressure, and showing only small, isolated Crystals under a magnifying power of 100 diameters. It is odorless and tasteless, and permanent in the air. Insoluble in water, alcohol, or ether, and also in cold dilute acids. When strongly heated, it is wholly volatilized, without melting. In contact with calcium hydrate T.S., or with solutions of alkali hydrates, or with ammonia water the salt is blackened. When heated with dried sodium car- bonate in a dry glass tube, it yields metallic mercury”—(U. S. P.). Calomel is incompatible with the alkalies, lime-water, and sulphide of potassium, which blacken it, forming the suboxide or black oxide of mercury (Hg,0); also with anti- mony, copper, iron, lead, etc. It has been stated that if calonel be given at the same time with either common salt, nitrohydrochloric acid, or the alkaline chlo- rides, it may give rise to serious, if not fatal results. This is due to the calonel being soluble in aqueous solutions of alkali chlorides, especially in solution of chloride of ammonium at 40° to 50° C. (104° to 122°F.). When warmed for sev- eral hours to this temperature, 100 parts of sodium chloride, dissolved in 833 parts of water, form 0.33 parts of corrosive sublimate from 25 parts of calomel, (equal to 1.2 per cent) (Mialke, in A. M. Comey, Dict, of Chem. Solubilitics, 1896). |likewise, calomel should never be given in connection with articles containing hy drocyanic acid, either in a free or latent condition, as it may be converted into the bicyanide of mercury, and mercuric chloride. The alkaline earths and car- bonates (calcium carbonate excepted), and citric acid, convert it partially into 1014 HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDUM MITE. corrosive sublimate. The same is effected when it is rubbed with sugar contami- mated with lime, but not when lime-free. Calomel of a gray color contains free mercury. If cold water which has been agitated with it for some time gives, with sulphide of ammonium, a black precipitate, it contains corrosive sublimate. Ether, in this case, readily dissolves out the corrosive sublimate. In testing calomel for corrosive sublimate, it must not be treated with boiling water, since calomel is slowly decomposed with boiling water, corrosive sublimate being formed. After 1 hour's boiling of calomel with 20 Co. of water, 2 Mgr. of corrosive sublimate were in solution (A. M. Comey, see above reference). “If 1 Grm. of the salt be shaken with 10 Co. of water or alcohol, the respective filtrates should not be affected by hydrogen sulphide T.S., or silver nitrate T.S. (absence of mercuric chloride), nor should they leave any residue on evaporation (absence of other soluble impuri- ties). On heating a portion of the salt, in a test-tube, with potassium or sodium hydrate T.S., it should not evolve the odor of ammonia; and if another portion be shaken with acetic acid, the filtrate should not be affected by hydrogen sul- phide T.S., nor by silver nitrate T.S. (distinction from and absence of ammo- niated mercury)*—(U. S. P.). - Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—(See remarks under Hydrargyri Chlo- ridum Corrosivum.) Internally, calomel acts as a purgative, in doses of from 2 to 5 grains; on account of its uncertainty of action, it is usually given in combination with other purgatives, as jalap, Senna, Scammony, colocynth, etc. It has been much used as a purgative in torpid States of the bowels, in torpor of the liver, deranged comditions of the biliary orgams, jaundice, some febrile disorders, worms, dropsy, and vari- ous disordered conditions of the alimentary camal wºmaccompanied by inflammation. Large doses of calomel, as 20 to 40 grains, every half hour or hour, are said to act as a Sedative, and have been administered in yellow fever, dysentery, Asiatic cholera, diseases of the liver, etc. As an alterative, it has been exhibited in chronic cutaneous diseases, glandular affections, hepatitis, etc., in doses of from # to 1 grain every 1 or 2 days, as circumstances may require, with occasional doses of castor oil, or some mild saline laxative to keep the bowels free. As a sialagogue, it has been used in various forms of disease, as all febrile, inflammatory, syphilitic, and chromic visceral diseases, etc., in doses of 1, 2, or 3 grains, every 3 or 4 hours, usually combined with Dover's powder, or some other opiate, when there is no condition of the nervous system contraindicating the use of narcotics. Very few, however, use it at the present day for its sialagogue effects; and it may be said the number who use it for the pre- ceding affections is becoming less and less as the years pass by. Calomel increases the action of the secreting organs; when its use is continued for a long time, according to the susceptibility of the patient's system, it produces the constitu- tional effects of mercury. Sometimes it produces nausea, griping, and great faint- ness. Large doses are always dangerous, as the agent is very uncertain in its action at all times; I have known as small a dose as 3 grains to cause phagedenic ulceration of the face and jaw (King). This kind of ulceration is by no means uncommon among patients under mercurial treatment. Combined with other remedies, calomel is said to increase their effects—hence, those who use it have combined it with antimonials to promote diaphoresis; and with squills to favor diuresis in dropsical affections. Many judicious physicians of the regular school now condemn the employment of calomel in acute hepatitis, hepatic cirrhosis, hepatic abscess, acute yellow atrophy of the liver, jaundice from gall-stones, yel- low fever, remittent fever, many acute inflammatory disorders, such as pneumo- nia, pleurisy, endocarditis, pericarditis, peritomitis, meningitis, etc. Notwith- standing that it has been shown to actually lessen the biliary discharge, it is still considerably used in so-called.“bilious attacks.” Externally, it has been used as a snuff combined with other substances, in masal polypus, and diseases of the Schnei- derian membrane; and blown into the eye in chronic rheumatic and scrofulows oph- thalmia, and spots on the cornea. One part of calomel to 8 parts of lard, is said to form an excellent ointment in porrigo favosa, herpes, impetigo, lepra, psoriasis, and other chronic skin diseases. Condylomata are treated among other ways, by dusting them with calomel; likewise herpes and irritation around the genitalia; also used to diminish exuberant granulations, and it forms an ingredient of some cancer pow- ders. One drachm of calomel added to a pint of lime-water forms the BLACK WASH (Lotio Nigra), which is a favorite application with some old school physi- HYDRARGYRI IODIDUM RU BRUM. 1015 cians, to all syphilitic ulcers. Sometimes the wash is made 2 or 4 times the strength of the above. For further remarks, see any standard “regular” materia medica. In the Eclectic school of medicine calomel in minute doses has been recom- mended by Webster (Dynam. Therap.), in lethargic States characterized chiefly by a long-continued tired feeling, associated with marked diurnal drowsiness and noc- turnal wakefulness. The patient, though apparently in good health, awakens tired in the morning, is averse to exertion of any kind, and retires at night still tired, and the drowsiness is of such a pronounced character as to require much effort to remain awake. Such a condition, he states, often follows malarial infection, though he does not consider that it depends upon such a cause. The trouble must be idiopathic and not dependent upon “sympathetic local trouble.” The dose is 2 or 3 grains of the 3 x trituration, 3 times a day. Calomel forms an excellent topical application in corneal wicer of a sluggish character. It should be freely dusted upon the lesions. Phlyctenular conjunctivitis may be similarly treated. Foltz warns us that it should not be used when cor- neal ulcers are forming, or when they are enlarging. He uses calomel to provoke irritative action in superficial corneal opacities, thereby inducing reparative action. Calomel forms a good application in syphilitic chamcre and chancroid, particularly the latter. Prof. J. M. Scudder employed it in such lesions when the sores were pale and coated with a pultaceous secretion. Dose of calomel for specific effects, 2 or 3 grains of the 3x trituration, 3 times a day. Not employed by Eclectics as a purgative. The use of calomel internally or locally is contraindicated while taking iodide of potassium, lest it be converted into iodide and iodate of mercury. Specific Indications and Uses.—(See under Hydrargyri Chloridum Corrosivum for general indications for the mercurials.) Tired, apathetic, or lethargic condi- tion, with marked drowsiness in daytime, and sleeplessness at night. Locally, to sluggish corneal ulcers and pale chancroids covered with a pultaceous Secretion. HYDRARGYRI IODIDUM RUBRUM (U. S. P.)—RED MERCURIC IODIDE. FoRMULA : HgI. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 452.86. SYNoNYMs: Biniodide of mercury, Red iodide of mercury, Hydrargyri periodidum, Periodide of mercury, Deutiodide of mercury, Hydrargyri iodidi rubrum, Mercuric iodide, Iodwretum hydrargyricwin, Deutoiodwretum hydrargyri, Biniodidum hydrargyri, Mercu- Tius iodatus ruber. Preparation.—“Corrosive mercuric chloride, forty grammes (40 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 180 grs.]; potassium iodide, fifty grammes (50 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 334 grs.]; dis- tilled water, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the corrosive mercuric chloride and the potassium iodide, each, in eight hundred cubic centimeters (800 CC.) [27 flá, 25 ſl] of distilled water, and filter the solutions separately. Pour both solutions, simultaneously and in a thin stream, under constant and very active stirring, into two thousand cubic centimeters (2000 Co.) [67 flá, 301 Till of distilled water. When the precipitate has subsided, decant the supernatant liquid, collect the pre- cipitate on a filter, and wash it with cold distilled water, until the washings give not more than a slight opalescence with silver nitrate test solution. Finally, dry it in a dark place, between sheets of bibulous paper, at a temperature not exceed- ing 40°C. (104°F.). Keep the product in well-stoppered bottles, protected from light”—(U. S. P.). . Description and Tests.-Mercuric iodide (HgI,) is remarkable for its being dimorphous, i.e., occurring in two different physical modifications. The salt, as obtained by the official process (precipitation), is scarlet red; this is the stable modification, which may be obtained also in quadratic crystals by crystallization from hot alcohol and other solvents. Heat converts this salt into the unstable, yellow modification which assumes the form of rhombic prisms when the salt is subjected to sublimation. These crystals turn red again upon cooling, but should they retain their yellow color upon cooling, friction with a hard body will sud- denly restore it. The official salt is described as “a scarlet-red, amorphous pow- der, odorless and tasteless; permanent in the air. Almost insoluble in water, but soluble in 130 parts of alcohol at 15° C. (59°F), and in 15 parts of boiling 1116 LACTU CARIUM. plano-convex, circular, or saucer-shaped cakes. French lactucarium comes in small, circular cakes, otherwise resembling the German drug. The official product is thus described : “In sections of plano-convex, circu- lar cakes, or in irregular, angular pieces, externally grayish-brown, or dull red- dish-brown, internally whitish or yellowish, of a waxy luster; odor heavy, some- what marcotic; taste bitter. It is partly soluble in alcohol and in ether. When triturated with water, it yields a turbid mixture, and, when boiled with water, it softens and yields a brownish-colored liquid which, after cooling, is not colored blue by iodine T.S.”—(U. S. P.). Lactucarium does not absorb moisture from the atmosphere; is softened by heat, and at a high temperature burns with a large, white flame. Cold water takes up about a sixth of it, forming a deep-brown infu- sion ; boiling water, proof-spirit, alcohol, and ether a much larger proportion. The addition of acetic acid to water or alcohol improves their solvent powers upon this article. It pulverizes with difficulty. It does not readily emulsionize with water, unless gum Arabic be present. By previous trituration with a small quantity of nitrous ether, it may be readily incorporated with water (Vogeler). Chemical Composition.—Lactucarium contains neither morphine nor hyos- cyamine, nor any other alkaloid (see Lactuca), but is found to consist of the bitter substances (actucin, lactuco-picrin, and lactucic acid, large amounts of caoutchouc and lactucerin (lactucom), a camphoraceous volatile oil (Thieme), sugar, gum, pectic acid, albumen, oxalic acid, mannit, potassium nitrate, etc. Lacturin (C, H, O, Kromayer, 1861), one of the bitter principles of lactucarium, may be obtained by extracting lactucarium with cold alcohol of specific gravity 0.85. It is a colorless, odorless, fusible, neutral substance, crystallizing in rhom- bic plates, or in pearly-white scales. It dissolves in from 60 to 80 parts of water, is slightly soluble in ether, readily so in alcohol, and in acids. It reduces Fehl- ing's solution, but yields no sugar upon hydrolysis. Lactucic acid (Ludwig, Archiv der Pharm., 1847) is light yellow, very bitter, soluble in water and alcohol, and does not readily crystallize. Alkalies turn its aqueous solution red. By some this acid is considered a prominent active constituent. The mother liquor of lactucin yielded (Kromayer, 1861) lactuco picrim (C.H.O.). It is a brown, amorphous, bitter body, faintly acid in reaction, soluble in water and alcohol. It is probably an oxidation product of lactucin. Kromayer regards lactucic acid as the product of the oxidation of lactuco-picrin. By far the most abundant substance in lactucarium is lactucerin (lactucon of Lenoir, 1846) (CoH, O, Flückiger and O. Schmidt, 1875), constituting half or more of its weight. It is obtained by extracting lactucarium with cold, then with boiling alcohol, which leaves caoutchouc undissolved; or by extracting lac- tucarium with a mixture of 1 part of chloroform and 3 parts of alcohol. It forms odorless, tasteless, colorless needles, soluble in alcohol, ether, benzin, benzol, chlo- roform, and volatile and fixed oils, but not soluble in water. Its exact chemical mature remains yet to be established (see O. Hesse and G. Kassner, Jahresh, der Pharm., 1886, p. 37; and 1887, p. 65; also Lieb. Ammal., 1886 and 1888). Flückiger (Pharmacographia) calls attention to the fact that it is remarkably analogous to euphorbon (from euphorbium), cymanchol (Cls H.O) (from Cymanchum acutum, Linné), echicerin (from Alstonia), and taraſcacerin (from Taraſcacum). Lactucarium is lia- ble to be adulterated with bread crumbs, hence the pharmacopoeial test for starch above given. THRIDACE is the inspissated, expressed juice obtained, in France, from Lactu- carium gallicum S. parisiense, by collecting the stalks near the flowering period, depriving them of their leaves, and then subjecting them to pressure. It is not identical with lactucarium as was at one time supposed. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage,_Lactucarium has never been thor- oughly and satisfactorily investigated in relation to its therapeutical influences; indeed, various experimenters differ in their views on this point, some asserting it to be a stimulant and others a sedative. It is, when employed at all, usually given as a calmative and hypnotic, and as a substitute for opium, to which it is to be preferred in many instances, on account of its freedom from unpleasant after-effects, as constipation, excitement of the brain, etc. However, it is not con- sidered equal in power to opium. The most energetic lactucarium is said to be obtained from L. virosa and L. altissima. Moderate doses of it act as a narcotic LAMELLAE.—LAMINARIA. 1117 poison on the lower animals, and 10 or 20 grains swallowed by a dog will cause sleep, or the watery solution injected into a vein occasions sleep, coma, and death. It appears to be of use in insomnia, due to mental overwork. A syrup of lactuca- rium is of value in the cough of phthisis, and even garden lettuce appears to exert a good influence in this disease, tending to allay the broncho-pulmonary irritation. Dose of lactucarium in pill or powder, which is the most efficient mode of admin- istration, from 5 to 20 grains; of the tincture, 30 to 60 drops; of the alcoholic extract, 1 to 5 grains. LAMELLE-Discs. SYNoNYMs: Gelatin discs, Medicated gelatin. Preparation and History.—Under this head the British Pharmacopoeia (1885), without giving processes for making them, introduces discs of gelatin, medicated with powerful alkaloids, for insertion under the eyelids for ocular effects. They weigh about ºn grain and are about # of an inch thick. They are prepared by pouring upon glass or porcelain, slightly greased to prevent their adhering, hot solutions of the desired alkaloids in gelatin, allowing them to cool, and finally cutting them into the form of discs. To keep them pliable glycerim is added. The following are official in the British Pharmacopoeia, 1885: LAMELLAE ATROPINAE, Discs of atropine.—“Discs of gelatine, with some glycer- ine, each weighing about ºn grain, and containing stºry grain of Sulphate of atro- pine’—(Br. Pharm., 1885). LAMELLA. CoCAINAE, Discs of cocaine.—“Discs of gelatine, with some glycer- ine, each weighing about ºf grain, and containing gºt grain of hydrochlorate of cocaine”—(Br. Pharm., 1885). LAMELLE PHYSOSTIGMINAE, Discs of physostigmine.—“Discs of gelatine, with Some glycerime, each weighing about ºn grain, and containing Tºwn grain of phy- sostigmine”—(Br. Pharm., 1885). The British Pharmacopoeia, of 1898, has added the following. LAMELLE HOMATROPINAE, Discs of homatropine.—“Discs of gelatine, with some glycerine, each weighing about ºn grain (1.3 milligrammes), and containing Hºw grain (0.65 milligramme) of homatropine hydrobromide”—(Br, Pharm., 1898). T.AMINARIA.—LAMINARIA. The sea weed Ilaminaria Clowstoni, Edmonston (L. digitata, Lamouroux). Nat. Ord.—Algae. COMMON NAMES: Sea tangles, Sea girdles. Botanical Source and History.—This marine plant, together with another, the Laminaria flexicaulis, Le Jolis (Laminaria Stenophylla, Harvey), were included by Linnaeus under the name Fucus digitatus. The last has a deep-brown, flexible, shining stem, and, when dry, becomes thin and fibre-like. The Laminaria Clows- tomi is not flexible, but rigid and erect, its stem being cylindrical and from 3 to 6 feet long and 2 inches thick at the base. In color it is light-brown. Below the stem it divides into root-like branches, which spread and attach the plant to the submarine rocks. The frond is flat, coriaceous, of an olive-green color, and divided into finger-like divisions. The cylindrical part of the stem only is used. The plants grow upon the rocks in the Atlantic, Pacific, and Arctic Oceans. Description and Chemical Composition.—Laminaria, in commerce, consists of dried, cylindrical portions of the stem, somewhat irregular, deeply corrugated, a half inch or less in thickness, horny in consistence, of great strength and elas- ticity, and breaking with a smooth, corneous fracture. The color is brown, the internal portion being paler than the outer. Its value depends upon its property of softening and swelling to several times its diameter when immersed in water, and when in contact with the secretions of the body. A whiter, immer layer is composed of large cells, while smaller cells occupy the outer, brownish portion, Large, elongated, mucilage cells are also present. When formed into comical and cylindrical sticks they are ready for use. Mannit was found in the plant by Stem- house, Dextrose is likewise present. It contains an abundance of mucilage, from 1118 LAPPA. which Schmiedeberg (1885) isolated laminaric acid, a substance having the prop- erty of swelling up with water to an unusual degree, and laminarim, an indifferent mucilage; and the mineral constituents common to marine plants (see Chondrus). The ash of this class of algae (Laminaria) amounts to about 14 per cent, and the species, L. digitata, is the chief source of the production of iodine on the Norwe- gian coast, containing about 1 per cent of this element (Jensen, Jahresb. der Pharm., 1888, p. 155). Laminaria, when distilled with sulphuric acid and water, yields a liquid (fucwsol) containing fulfurol (furfuraldehyde, C.H.CHO) and derivatives (Flückiger, Pharmacognosie, 1891, p. 279). Action and Uses.—Laminaria was brought forward as a substitute for sponge tents for the dilatation of such parts as the uterime os, urethra, etc. Being of smaller size, and of greater rigidity, they are more easily introduced into small aper- tures and tortuous canals than sponge tents, while, on the other hand, their very rigidity renders them more liable to produce hemorrhage when organic changes occur in the uterus, or when such growths as polypi occlude the os. They readily swell to four times their diameter by the ease with which they absorb fluids, and do not so retain the discharges as to induce putrefactive changes. If greater dilatation is desired than is produced by a single tent, several may be fastened together. Sea tangle tents are considered less eligible than the rubber bag, or the sponge tents, for inducing premature births. Related Plants and Preparations.—Laminaria esculenta, Lamouroux, as well as the Laminaria saccharina, Lamouroux, which has entire fronds and a flattish stem, and when washed with water becomes sweet, are edible. They likewise yield iodine. Several pharmaceutical preparations from various species of laminaria and related algae, were suggested by Mr. James Wheeler (see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1882, p. 124). TUPELO. —On account of the greater ease with which absorption of fluids and consequent swelling of tissues take place, the root-wood of two species of Nyssa has been used for tents and bougies instead of laminaria. The tissue is light, spongy, and white, and, when in contact with fluid, doubles in thickness. This root-wood is known as Tupelo, from the trees (of Nat. Ord.—Cornaceae) which yield it, the species being the Nyssa grandidentata, Michaux filius, the Cotton-gum, or Large tupelo, and the Nyssa capitata, Walter, the Sour-gum, Tupelo-gum, or Ogechee lime. They grow near the coast in the southern states. LAPPA (U. S. P.)—BURDOCK. The root and seeds of the Arctium Lappa, Linné (Lappa officinalis, Allioni). The U. S. P. directs: “The root of Arctium Lappa, Linné, and of some other spe- cies of Arctium.” Nat. Ord.—Compositae. COMMON NAME : Burdock. - Botanical Source.—Burdock is a well-known biennial weed, with a tapering, fleshy, brown-colored root, from 8 to 15 inches in length, throwing off slender Fig. 156 fibers. It has a round, Solid, fleshy, juicy stem, 3 feet e = * ~ *...* @ or more in height, furrowed, hairy, and having many wide-spreading branches. The leaves are large, alter- nate, on very long petioles, and are nearly entire, or slightly dentated, heart-shaped, undulated, veiny, 3-rib- bed at the base, and somewhat hoary and downy be- neath. The flower-heads are axillary and globose; the florets, anthers, and stigmas of which are purple, and occasionally white. The involucre is composed of im- bricated scales, terminating in recurved or hooked ex- tremities, and, when in fruit easily breaks from the stalk, and is well-known as the “burdock bur,” sticking to the hair or clothing of persons who come in contact with it. The fruit is a smooth, oblong, laterally com- pressed achenia, transversely wrinkled, with a short, rough, prickly pappus. The seeds are quadrangular. History.—By De Candolle this plant is named Lappa minor; by Gaertner, Lappa major; and by Lamarck, Lappa tomentosa. The plants named by these bota- mists are now considered as varieties only, and are all, at the present time, in- Arctium Lappa. LAPPA. 1119 cluded under the one term Arctium Lappa, Linné. Burdock is indigenous to Asia and Europe, and grows freely in uncultivated soils, in waste places, and around dwellings in this country, flowering in July and August. The root and seeds are the medicinal parts; the root is to be collected in the spring, or the autumn of its first year, and loses four-fifths of its weight by drying. The root only is official in the U. S. P. A tincture of the seeds (Tinctura Lappie Fructus) is prepared by percolating with diluted alcohol (3 of alcohol to 1 of water) 4 ounces of the ground fruit, to obtain 1 pint. Description.—RADIX LAPPAE. The root is long, tapering, subcylindrical, or fusiform, externally black-brown or grayish-brown, internally of a light color. It is fleshy when recent; scaly, and longitudinally corrugated when dried, and breaks with a horn-like fracture. At the top of the root the white, silky bases of the leaf-stalks may remain as a small, tuft-like crown. It has a weak, unpleasant smell. The bark has a subsaline, and the internal, spongy parenchyma a sweet- ish, afterward bitter, mucilaginous taste. FRUCTUS LAPPAE, Burdock seeds.--Small, curved, compressed, angular seeds, of a dark-brown color, or spotted with black, having an oily, spicy, bitter, subacrid taste, but no odor. Chemical Composition.—The root was quantitatively analyzed by G. A. Weckler (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1887, p. 393), who found fixed oil (0.4 per cent), muci- lage, sugar, altered tannin (phlobapheme, 0.075 per cent), inulim, resin, ash (3.67 per cent), etc. The aqueous solution of the alcoholic extract gave indications of a glucosid. The seeds were analyzed by Prof. Trimble and Mr. F. D. McFarland (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1885, p. 127, and 1888, p. 79). Moisture was 7.3 per cent, and ash 5.34 per cent. Petroleum spirit abstracted 15.4 per cent of a bland, fixed oil, drying upon exposure in thin layers to the air. It has a specific gravity of 0.930, and is soluble in ether, chloroform, benzol, and hot, absolute alcohol. A crystal- line, bitter substance was also obtained by extracting the drug first with petroleum spirit, then with alcohol, pouring the concentrated alcoholic solution into water, whereby resin is separated. The aqueous solution contains the bitter principle, which proved to be a glucosid devoid of alkaloidal reaction. The name lappin is applied to it. Upon hydrolysis with very dilute acid, it is decomposed into sugar and alcohol-soluble resin. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—The root is alterative, aperient, diu- retic, and sudorific. A decoction of it has been used in Theumatic, gouty, venerect!, leprous, and other disorders, and is preferred by some to that of sarsaparilla. It is also useful in Scurvy, scrofula, etc. The seeds are recommended as very efficient diuretics, given either in the form of emulsion, or in powder to the quantity of a drachm, or, preferably, in alcoholic form, as in specific lappa officinalis. They form a good diuretic alterative, and are used in diseases of the kidneys, and to remove boils and Styes on the eyelids. The action of the seeds upon the urinary tract is direct, relieving irritation and increasing renal activity, assisting at the same time in eliminating morbid products. In chronic disorders lappa may be used to remove worn-out tissues, where the saline diuretics are inadmissible. Dropsy and painful wrimation, due to remal obstruction, have been relieved by it. A tinc- ture of the fresh fruit or specific lappa should be employed. It is of marked value in catarrhal and aphthous ulcerations of the digestive tract. A favorable action is obtained from it in dyspepsia. When a cachectic condition of the blood is mani- fest, and where an alterative is demanded, it relieves broncho-pulmonic irritation (tnd cough. Rheumatism, both muscular and articular, when previous inflamma- tions have left no structural alteration, are said to be benefited by the seeds. Skin diseases, depending upon a depraved state of the cutaneous tissues and less upon the state of the blood itself, are conditions in which lappa has gained a reputation. It has been particularly praised in psoriasis, its use being long-continued to pro- duce good results. Chronic erysipelas, milk crust, and warious forms of eczema have been cured with it. The cutaneous circulation is feeble in cases requiring bur- dock seeds. A tincture of the recent seeds may be given in doses of from 1 to 60 drops; of specific lappa officinalis, 1 to 25 drops. An ointment of the leaves, or their juice, has been used advantageously in certain diseases of the skin and obstimate ulcers. The dose of a decoction, or syrup, of the root is from 4 to 6 fluid ounces, 3 or 4 times a day. 1 120 LARICIS CORTEX. —LARIX AMERICAN A. Specific Indications and Uses.—Feeble cutaneous circulation; scaly, dry eruptions; impaired nutrition of skin; urinary irritation ; psoriasis. LARICIS CORTEX. —LARCH-BARK, The bark, denuded of its outer corky layer, of Larix europaea, De Candolle (Pinus Laria, Linné; Abies Larix, Lamarck; Laria decidua, Miller). Nat. Ord.—Coniferae. - COMMON NAMES: Europeam larch-bark, Larch-bark. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 260. Botanical Source.—The larch is a tree of straight and lofty growth, with wide-spreading branches, whose extremities droop in the most graceful manner. The buds are alternate, perennial, cup-shaped, scaly, producing annually a pencil- like tuft of very numerous, spreading, linear, bluntish, entire, smooth, tender, bright-green, deciduous leaves, about an inch long. The male flowers are droop- ing, about , inch long, and yellow; the female catkins, erect, larger than the male flowers, variegated with green and pink; the cones are erect, ovate, about an inch long, purple when young, reddish-brown when ripe, their scales spreading, orbicu- lar, slightly reflexed, and cracked at the margin (L.). - History.—The larch inhabits the mountainous regions of central and South Europe, and is cultivated in Europe and America for ornamentation. Venice Turpentime (see Terebinthima Canadensis), is obtained from the trunk. The bark contains a large amount of tannic acid. “A saccharine matter called Mamma of Briançon exudes from the branches, and when the larch forests in Russia take fire, a gum issues from the trees during their combustion, which is termed Gummi Orenbergense, and which is wholly soluble in water like gum arabic” (Lindley, Flor. Med., p. 555). The manna referred to contains a peculiar sugar called by Berthelot melezitose. Description and Chemical Composition.—The bark is the part employed and was official in the British Pharmacopoeia of 1885, as Laricis Cortex, or larch-bark. It is collected from the branches and trunk in the spring of the year. It is of a rose or deep-red color externally (after the corky layer is removed), the internal surface being yellowish or pinkish. The pieces are flat or quilled, and break with a fibrous fracture. It is astringent to the taste, and its odor is somewhat balsamic and terebinthinate. The bark contains gum, sugar, resinous matter, and a pecu- liar tannin, which strikes olive-green with iron salts. A syrupy preparation, obtained by evaporating an aqueous infusion of larch-bark, yielded to Stenhouse, by cautious distillation, a peculiar volatile body, larizimic acid or larizine (CoH,00s), which exists ready-formed in the bark of larix. It sublimes at 93°C. (199.4°F.). and forms beautiful long, colorless, lustrous crystals, freely soluble in hot water, alcohol, diluted alkalies, or acids, and sparingly so in ether. It has a faintly bitter, aromatic taste, and a feebly empyreumatic or somewhat camphoraceous odor. It is inflammable and is allied to pyrocatechin and pyrogallol, yielding in solution a purple color with ferric chloride. With an excess of concentrated Solu- tion of baryta it forms a thick, gelatinous, and transparent precipitate. It occurs most abundantly in the bark of young trees (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1862, p. 555). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. —(For uses of Venice Turpentime, see Tere- binthima Canadensis.) Larch-bark resembles the other terebinthinous barks, and in strong tincture has been used in chronic gemito-wrimary inflammations, chronic bronchitis to check secretions, and to control the bleeding of purpura hemorrhagica, and in passive hemorrhage. Dose of tincture, 5 to 30 drops. LARIX AMERICANA.—TAMARAC. The bark of Laria, americama, Michaux. Nat. Ord.—Coniferae. CoMMON NAMEs: American larch, Tamarac, Hackmetack, Black larch. Botanical Source.—This is the Pinus pendula, Pinus microcarpa, and Abies americana of various botanists, and is known by the several names of Black larch, LAUROCER ASI FOLIA. 1121 American larch, Hackmetack, etc. The tree has a straight and slender trunk, with slender horizontal branches, and attains the height of 80 or 100 feet. The leaves are short, 1 or 2 inches long, very slender, almost thread-form, soft, deciduous, without sheaths, in fascicles of from 20 to 40, being developed early in the spring from lateral, scaly, and globular buds, which produce (the same or the second year) growing shoots on which the leaves are scattered. The cones are oblong, of few rounded scales, inclining upward, from , to 1 inch in length, and of a deep- purple color. The scales are thin and inflexed on the margin. The bracts are elliptical, often hollowed at the sides, abruptly acuminate, with a slender point, and, together with the scales, persistent (W.-G.). - - History.—This is a beautiful tree, more common throughout New England; it is found in swamps and moist places, and flowers in April and May. It may be distinguished from the pines, by the branches being without leaves for nearly half the year. Its wood is very heavy, strong, and durable, and is the most valu- able of all the pines or spruces. The bark is the part used as medicine. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—A decoction of the bark of this tree is said to be laxative, tonic, diuretic, and alterative, and is recommended in obstructions of the liver, rheumatism, jaundice, and some cutaneous diseases; a decoction of the leaves has been employed in piles, hemoptysis, memorrhagia, diarrhoea, and dysentery, and externally in cutaneous diseases, ulcers, burns, etc. In dropsy, com- bined with spearmint, juniper berries, and horseradish, it has proved valuable. Dose of the decoction, from 2 to 4 fluid ounces, 2 to 4 times a day. LAUROCERASI FOLIA.—CHERRY-LAUREL LEAVES. The leaves of Prumus Lawrocerasus, Linné (Cerasus Lawrocerasus, Lois). Nat. Ord.—Rosaceae. - CoMMON NAME: Cherry-laurel. ILLUSTRATIONs: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, Plate 98; Woodville's Med. Bot., Plate 185; Artus' Hand Atlas, Vol. I, p. 205. Botanical Source and Description.—Cherry-laurel is a small evergreen tree, native of Asia Minor, and often cultivated as an ornamental shrub in the south- ern part of Europe. The flowers are small, white, and disposed in axillary racemes, which are shorter than the leaves. The fruit is an ovate, acute, purple drupe, with a globular stone. The leaves are very thick and leathery, about 6 inches in length, and one-third as broad, tapering at the apex to a sharp point, and at the base to a short leaf-stalk. The margin is denticulated with sharp, appressed, rather distant, serrate teeth. The upper surface of the leaf is of a bright-shining green color; the lower pale and dull. The tree belongs to the section Cerasus (Jussieu), which, by many botanists, is considered distinct from Prunus, chiefly on account of the globular fruit-stone. . - History.—The leaves are employed in medicine. When fresh and bruised, they evolve hydrocyanic acid, but the unbroken fresh leaf is odorless. If the perfect leaves are dried and then powdered, they do not give rise to hydrocyanic acid, but the addition of a little water at once develops the acid (Hanbury). At a meeting of the Pharmaceutical Society of Paris, December 6, 1871, Mr. Marais stated that a temperature of –22°C. (–7.6° F.), applied to the leaves and twigs prevented subsequent formation of hydrocyanic acid, although other volatile pro- ducts were formed. - Chemical Composition.—The leaves of the cherry-laurel, as well as the bark and the seeds of the tree, when distilled with water, yield a distillate of hydro- cyanic acid, and benzoic aldehyde (benzaldehyde, bitter almond oil, C.H.CHO). W. A. Tilden (Pharm. Jour. Trams.,Vol. V, 1875, p. 761), finds that the essential oil of cherry- laurel is not absolutely identical with that of the bitter almond; it consists mainly of benzoic aldehyde, and is accompanied by hydrocyanic acid, possibly some ben- zoic alcohol (C.H.C.H.OH), and minute quantities of a resin having the peculiar odor of the cherry-laurel leaf. Both substances constitute the medicinal principles of Aqua Laurocerasi (Br.) or cherry laurel water. (see Aqua Laurocerasi). The formation of these substances suggests the presence of amygdalin in these parts of the plant (see Amygdalus), Lehmann (1874), testing the leaves for 71 1122 LAURUS. amygdalin, obtained 1.3 per cent of crystallizable but deliquescent bitter lauro- cerasim, which behaved toward the ferment emulsin exactly like amygdalin, yield- ing hydrocyanic acid, benzaldehyde, and dextrose. The similarity also holds good in the products obtained from both when boiled with baryta water; ammonia is split off in both cases, and the barium salt of amygdalic acid (C.H.O.) is formed, which must not be confused with mandelic acid (C.H.O.). With laurocerasim, how- ever, 2 molecules of amygdalic acid were formed for each molecule of ammonia, while amygdalin, yielded but one. Hence, Lehmann accepts that 1 molecule of law- nocerasin (CoHº, NO, ) is composed of equal molecules of amygdalin (anhydrous, CoPI,NOM), amygdalic acid (C.H.O.), and 6 molecules of water. Laurocerasin is believed also to exist in the unripe bitter almonds, and to evolve amygdalin during the process of maturing. It is also contained in the bark of Prumºus padus, the bird-cherry tree, while in its seeds, as well as those of cherry-laurel, amyg- dalin is present. The theoretical yield of hydrocyanic acid from laurocerasin (CºHº, NO, ) is only about one-half of that from crystallized amygdalin (CoPI, NO,1--3H,0). Flückiger (Pharmacognosie, 3d ed., 1891, p. 766), obtained on an aver- age 0.12 per cent of hydrocyanic acid in the distillate of bruised fresh leaves. The yield also varies with the season, being highest in the spring and lowest late in the fall, being then reduced to about one-half. The leaves also contain reduc- ing sugar, an iron-greening tannin, and a fatty or waxy matter. Bougarel (1877) isolated from the leaves crystallizable phyllic acid, soluble in alcohol and ether, insoluble in water, and melting at 170° C. (338° F.). It also occurs in the leaves of the apple tree, maple, peach, almond, etc. Young leaves incinerated, yielded to Flückiger about 7 per cent of ash. - Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—(See Aqua Lawrocerasi.) The bruised leaves are anodyne. LAURUS.—LAUREL. The leaves, fruit, and oil of Laurus mobilis, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Laurineae. COMMON NAMES: Laurel, Bay, Sweet bay, Sweet bay tree. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 221. Botanical Source.—The bay tree is either a shrub or small tree, usually growing to a height of from 20 to 30 feet. The leaves are short-petioled, oblong- lanceolate or oblong, veined, entire, or occasionally repand, somewhat acute at each end, and alternately affixed. They are smooth, leathery, glossy-green above, and paler beneath. The veins meet the midrib at an acute angle, and by means of small lateral veinlets, form a network which does not anastomose prominently near the leaf-margin. The flowers are dioecious, yellow, or yellowish-white, axil- lary, and borne in umbellate clusters. The fruit is an oval, deep-purple, almost black drupe. History, Decription, and Chemical Composition.—This plant, the well- known bay tree, is cultivated in Mexico, but is indigenous to the countries round about the Mediterranean. The leaves, expressed oil, and berries are employed. I. FoELA LAURI, Laurel leaves.—These, as well as the fruit, have been de- scribed above. When dried they are of a yellow-green or brown-green color, and possess an aromatic, bitter taste, and an aromatic agreeable odor. Their virtues are due to the presence of a volatile oil (?, per cent, Flückiger, Pharmacognosie, 1891; from 0.8 to 2.5 per cent, referred to dried leaves, Schimmel & Co.'s Report, October, 1893). It is probably identical with that from the fruit (which yields 0.8 per cent), but has a finer aroma. Its specific gravity is 0.924. According to Prof. Wallach (1889), the oil both from the leaves and the berries, contains for the most part cineol (eucalyptol), a terpene derivative, and small quantities of the terpene pineme. (For list of 22 essential oils in which cineol has been found to occur, see Schimmel & Co.'s Report, 1891, p. 68.) II. FRUCTUs (or BAccAE) LAURI, Laurel or Bay-berries.—The dry berries are fragile, wrinkled, green-black, or black-brown, having a thin, friable integument enclosing an aromatic, oily, bitter, dicotyledonous kernel. Bonastre (1824) found the fruits to contain 0.8 per cent of volatile oil, 12.8 per cent of a green fatty oil, and 5.1 per cent of solid fat. According to analysis by Staub (1879) a variety I, AW ANDULA. 1123 of fatty matters are present, viz., the glycerides of acetic, oleic, linoleic, stearic, palmitic, myristic, and lauric acids, with small amounts of free acetic acid. III. OLEUM LAURI, Oil of Lawrel.—This is the expressed oil of the fruit, and is known also as Oleum Lauri Expressum, Oleum, Laurinwm, and Olewm Lauri Ungui- mosum. This oil is a green, granular, lard-like mixture, melting at 40°C. (104°F.), to a dark-green aromatic fluid, and consisting of a semi-solid fat (chiefly lauro- Stearine, the glyceryl-ester of lauric acid C.H.O.), fragrant ethereal oil of bitter, balsamic taste, and green chlorophyll, which is permanent toward ammonia. An adulteration with indigo and curcuma can therefore be recognized by the forma- tion of a red color upon the addition of ammonia water to an alcoholic extract of the oil. These coloring matters are also insoluble in ether, while oil of laurel is completely soluble with green color. Cold alcohol dissolves out essential oil and chlorophyll, leaving the fatty matter undissolved. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—The ancients valued bay leaves and laurel berries, using them as astringents, stimulants, and stomachics. In Europe pastry is at the present day flavored with the leaves, the belief prevailing that they render the food more easily digested. Active emmenagogue properties were formerly ascribed to laurel, and a decoction of the root-bark was in vogue as a remedy in dropsies and disorders of the wrimary tract. Locally, in powder or decoc- tion, the leaves and fruit were applied to insect bites and Stings, Scalp eruptions, and in leucorrhoea when accompanied by lax vaginal walls. All that now remains of this ancient medication is the use of the oil (both volatile and fixed) as a stimu- lant topical agent for rheumatic and other painful parts. Related Species.—Persea gratissima, Gaertner (Laurus Persea, Linné), Alligator pear. The fruit, from its long, pear shape, is also known as the Avacado pear, and from its butyraceous, rich pulp, Midshipman's butter, or Vegetable marrow. The tree closely resembles our sassafras tree, and the fruit is either green, purple, or red, the first variety being preferred by the natives who consume the fruit. If eaten before maturity the fruit is liable to induce dysenteric and febrile disorders. The seeds, which are the medicinal parts, are hard and globose, contain a milky juice which leaves a red ineffaceable mark upon a white surface when exposed to the atmosphere. The seeds contain amygdalin, and a ferment capable of producing therefrom hydrocyamic acid; fat, starch, mannit, and sugar; the fruit, gum, sugar, fixed oils, and salts of malic acid (Betancourt). The seeds are reputed anthelmintic, and are applied locally and given internally, in fluid extract, for rheumatism and intercostal mewralgia. LAW ANDULA.—LAVANDULA. The flowers of Lavandula vera, De Candolle (Lavandula spica, var. a. Linné; Lavandula officinalis, Chaix; Lavandula angustifolia, Ehrhart). Nat. Ord.—Labiatae. CoMMON NAMEs: Lavender, Lavender flowers. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 199. Botanical Source.—Lavandula vera, of De Candolle, is a small shrub, gener- ally 1 or 2 feet high, but sometimes growing to even 6 feet. The leaves are oblong-linear or lanceolate, entire, opposite, sessile, and, when young, hoary and revolute at the edges. The flowers are of a lilac color, small, in terminal, cylin- drical spikes, formed of interrupted whorls of 6 to 10 flowers, each whorl with 2 minute bracts. The corolla is tubular, 2-lipped, upper lip large and 2-lobed, lower lip 3-lobed. The floral leaves are rhomboid-ovate, acuminate, membraneous, all fertile, the uppermost shorter than the calyx. Stamens 4, declinate; anthers reniform, 1-celled; style slender; stigma bilobate (L.). History and Chemical Composition.—Lavandula vera inhabits southern Europe and north Africa, growing in dry, sterile soils in mountainous and other sunny elevations. It is largely cultivated in the United States, flowering in July and August. It is subject to a disease, which can only be avoided by not allowing the plants to grow too closely together. The whole plant is aromatic. The flowers are the parts used; they are gathered shortly after their appearance, or before fully expanded, usually in June and July, and carefully dried. They have a rich, peculiar fragrance, which is retained long after drying, and a strong, bitter, aromatic, somewhat camphoraceous taste. Their properties are yielded to 1124 LEDUM. alcohol or ether. They contain volatile oil (see Olewm Lavandulae), resinous matter, tannic acid, a bitter principle, and woody fiber. The recent flowers yield from about 1.2 to 1.6 per cent of the volatile oil. Action and Medical Uses.—Lavender is a tonic, stimu- lant, and carminative. It is seldom given in the crude state, but in its official preparations, which see. Colic is said to be occasioned by the infusion if immoderately used. Lavender fonnentations are occasionally employed in painful local affec- tions. The infusion is prepared with 1 drachm of the flowers and 1 pint of water. Prof. Scudder considered lavender the child's stimulant, preferring the tincture of the oil (3ii) to alcohol (Oj). Related Species.—Lavandula spica, of De Candolle, is more dwarf- ish and more hoary than the Lavandula vera. Leaves oblong-lanceolate, somewhat spatulate, entire, much narrowed at the base, hoary on both sides. Spikes somewhat interrupted. Bracts linear-subulate, shorter than the calyx. This plant is not used in medicine, but yields what is called oil of spike, much used in the preparation of artistical varnishes and by porcelain painters. The chief constituent of this oil is cineol. Lavandula stocchas, Linné.—This small shrub, the flowering spikes of which are known as French or Arabian lavender, is found in the countries bordering on the Mediterranean. They bear small-stalked, deep-purple, small flowers, having a camphoraceous, pronounced aroma. Ocimum basilicum, Linné, Basil, Sweet basil.—This herb is an annual, belonging to the Labiatae, and indigenous to Africa and Asia, in the tropical portions, and often cultivated in gardens. It has a cooling, Lavandula Vera. balsamic taste, and a strongly aromatic, agreeable odor. It contains a small amount of tannin and a volatile oil. This plant is employed in some sections as a flavoring herb in cooking, and in southern South America, the fresh juice is employed to expel worms. It has been used in mild nervous disorders. The oil is nervine and carminative. LEDUMI.—LABRADOR TEA. The leaves of Ledum latifolium, Aiton. Nat. Ord.—Ericaceae. • . COMMON NAMES: Labrador tea, James' tea. Botanical Source.—Ledum latifolium is an evergreen shrub, with an irregu- larly branched stem, from 2 to 5 feet in height. The branches are woolly. The leaves are alternate, subsessile, entire, 1 or 2 inches in length, nearly one-third as wide, obtuse, elliptical or oblong, smooth above, clothed with a dense, rusty wool beneath, and have revolute or replicate margins. The flowers are large, white, in dense, terminal corymbs of about a dozen flowers; the pedicels nearly as long as the leaves, filiform and pubescent. The calyx is very minute. Corolla white, consists of 5 spreading, obovate, obtuse petals. Stamens 5 or 10, as long as the petals; filaments slender and smooth; anthers small, opening by 2 simple, termi- nal pores. Ovary roundish; style straight, about as long as the stamens; stigma small and obtuse. Capsule ovate-oblong, subpubescent, 5-celled and 5-valved; valves splitting from the base upward, with the margins inflexed and connivent; and receptacles linear, extending into the cells of the capsule. The seeds are minute, terminating in a membrane at each extremity (L.--Torrey). History and Chemical Composition.—This plant is a native of North America, and is found in the northern part of the United States and in Canada, growing in cold bogs and damp mountain woods, flowering in June and July. It is also found further south, growing on the mountains. The leaves are the parts used. They have a pleasant flavor, and yield their virtues to hot water in infu- sion, or to alcohol. It contains the glucosid ericolin (R. Thal, 1883). They were much employed instead of tea leaves during the Revolutionary War. Their medicinal virtues were well-known to the Cree Indians in the territory of the Hudson Bay, and to other Indian tribes. . - Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Ledum latifolium is pectoral and tonic, and, in small doses, is useful in coughs, irritations of the pulmonary membranes, and in dyspepsia. It increases the urinary flow. Reputed also to possess similar, but less energetic, properties than the Ledwm palustre (see below), which is Sup- LEONURUS. 1125 posed to possess narcotic powers. An infusion of the leaves has been success- fully employed in decoction in pertussis, dysentery, and to allay pruritic irritation Čn examthematous diseases. In leprosy, itch, and several diseases of the skin, the decoc- tion internally and externally has been beneficially used. Clothes, among which it is strewed, are said to be preserved from the ravages of moths. A strong decoc- tion, used externally, will kill lice and other insects. Dose of the infusion of either of the above plants, from 2 to 4 fluid ounces, 3 or 4 times a day. A tinc- ture may be prepared from the fresh leaves (3 viii to alcohol, 98 per cent, Oj). Dose, 1 to 10 minims. Related Species.—Ledum palustre, Linné, or Marsh tea, also known as Marsh cistus, Wild rosemary, and Rosmarinus Sylvestris, inhabits sphagnous swamps in the cold regions of the two continents, and may be distinguished by its linear leaves, having uniformly 10 stamens, and especially by its oval pods. The leaves have a pleasant, resinous odor, and a not unpleasant, amarous, and somewhat spicy taste, with slight astringency. They were formerly used in place of hops in the making of beer in some parts of Germany and Sweden. Water, by infu- sion, or alcohol, extracts the properties of ledum. Its chief proximate principles are: (1) Ericolin (C26H3003, R. Thal, 1883), a resinous, bitter glucosid without odor, decomposing with water, or more rapidly with diluted mineral acids, into sugar and ericinol (C20H26O), which readily absorbs water and forms hydroericinol (C10H2004), a thick fluid of a peculiar odor; (2) leditamunic acid (C25H20Os); (3) volatile oil containing crystallizable ledum camphor (C15H26O, Rizza, Jahresb. der Pharm., 1887, p. 363, and Hjelt, Chemiker Zig., 1895, p. 2126), melting at 105°C. (221°F.). 0.7 per cent of the oil was obtained by Hjelt and Collan (1882) from the herb grown in wet locali- ties. The flowering tops yielded (Schimmel & Co., Oct., 1894) 1.2 per cent of the oil, while the non-flowering shrub yields only about 0.35 per cent. The poisonous andromedoto.cin was established, by Prof. Plugge and De Zaayer, to be absent from Ledum palustre (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1889, p. 360). LEONURUS.—MIOTHERWORT. The tops and leaves of Leonurus Cardiaca, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Labiatae. COMMON NAME: Motherwort. Botanical Source.—Leonurus Cardiaca is a perennial plant, with stems from 2 to 5 feet in height, wand-like, minutely downy, acutely quadrangular, with intermediate channels, purplish, beset with numerous pairs of opposite, long-stalked, rough, dark-green, somewhat downy leaves in 4 vertical rows. The lower stem-leaves are palmate. lobed and broadest; the upper ones acutely 3-lobed; those about the summit lanceolate and undivided; and all toothed and cuneiform at the base. The flowers are purplish or whitish-red, in numerous axillary whorls. The calyx is rigid and bristly. Corolla purplish, upper lip clothed with dense, white, shaggy, upright hairs; lower deeply colored, variegated, Smooth, in 3 nearly equal entire lobes; middle lobe obcordate. Stamens didynamous; anthers approximated in pairs, with parallel transverse cells and naked valves, sprinkled with shining dots. Achenia oblong, or linear-obovate, blunt and squamosely muricated at the summit, and longitudinally striated, with a long beak; pappus white, hair-like, very soft, simple, and radiated in many rows (L.—W.—G.). History and Chemical Composition.—Motherwort is an exotic plant, but extensively introduced into this country, growing in fields and pastures, and flowering from May to September. It is supposed to be a native of Tartary, and may probably be indigenous to the northern sections of this country. In some sections of continental Europe, and particulary in Russia Leonurus Cardiaca has been highly endorsed as a remedy for hydrophobia. It has not, however, been as extensively used as a medicinal agent in this country, as its virtues warrant. The root sends forth a number of small, long fibers of a dark- yellowish color. The whole plant is medicinal. It has a peculiar, aromatic, not disagreeable odor, and a slightly aromatic, very bitter taste, and yields its proper- ties to water or alcohol. Mr. W. A. H. Naylor (Pharm. Jour. Trams., Vol. XXV, 1894, p. 181) found the following constituents of Leonwrus Cardiaca: A bitter principle soluble in alcohol, chloroform, and ether, insoluble in water, benzol, and petro- leum ether; an alkaloidal substance, not reacting, however, with Mayer's Solution; Leonurus Cardiaca. 1126 LEPT ANDRA. a hard resin, a soft resin, fixed oil, wax, and potassium chloride, calcium phos- phate, and citric, malic, and tartaric acids. Some interesting notes on the early literature of Leonurus, by E. M. Holmes, precede Mr. Naylor's article. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Motherwort is enamenagogue, nervine, antispasmodic, and laxative. It is usually given in warm infusion in a memorrhaea from colds; and in suppressed lochia we have found it superior to any other remedy. Also useful in hysteria and chorea (King). The extract is recommended in mervous complaints, pains peculiar to females, in irritable habits, delirium tremens, typhoid stages, with morbid nervous excitability, all chronic diseases attended with restlessness, wakefulness, disturbed sleep, spinal irritation, and meuralgic pains in the stomach and head, and in liver affections. It is adapted to cases of mervous debility with irritation, nervous unrest, tendency to choreic or spasmodic movements, pelvic and lumbar uneasiness or pain, bearing down pains, and the irritability due to female disorders. Combined with ictodes and resin of black cohosh, it forms a superior antispasmodic, nervine, and emmenagogue. Externally, it may be used as a fonnentation to the bowels in suppressed and painful menstruation, etc. Dose of decoction, from 2 to 4 fluid ounces, every 1, 2, or 3 hours; of the extract, from 3 to 6 grains, every 2 to 4 hours. The root in infusion is diuretic, and is stated to be efficient in obstimate intermittents. The seeds have been given in half- teaspoonful doses in water, in bilious colic, and, it is said, will pass through the bowels when quicksilver will mot; they must not be pulverized. This, however, requires more satisfactory evidence (King). Related Species.—Stachys palustris, Linné, Hedge mettle. Europe and North America, in wet situations. This, with other species of Stachys, has been employed as a topical and gen- eral stimulant. Ballota migra, Linné, Black horehound.—New England, naturalized. Has been used as a stimulant, antispasmodic, and vermifuge. Galeopsis Tetrahit, Linné, Hemp mettle.— Formerly used in bronchitis and intermittent fever. LEPTANDRA (U. S. P.)—LEPTANDRA. “The rhizome and rootlets of Veronica virginica, Linné" (Leptandra virginica, Nuttall). Nat. Ord.—Scrophularineae. CoMMON NAMEs: Black root, Culver's root, etc. (see History). ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 196. - Botanical Source,—This is the Veronica virginica, of Linnaeus, and Leptandra virginica, of Nuttall. It is an indigenous, perennial plant, with a simple, straight, smooth, herbaceous stem, from 2 to 5 feet in height. The leaves are whorled in fours to sevens, short-petioled, lanceolate, acuminate, finely serrate, and glaucous beneath. The flowers are white, numerous, nearly sessile, in long, terminal, and verticillate, sub-terminal spikes. Spikes panicled and crowded; bracts very small. Calyx 4-parted. The corolla is small, nearly white, with a deeply 4-cleft, spread- ing border, the lateral or lower segments narrower than the others, tubular and pubescent inside; the tube of the corolla is longer than its limb, and much longer than the calyx. Stamens 2, very much exserted. Capsule oblong-ovate, not notched, opening by 4 teeth at the apex, and many-seeded (G.-W.). History.—Leptandra is one of the very old Eclectic drugs. Like most medici- nal phants it is known by several popular names, as Black root, Culver's root, Culver's physic, Bowman root, Tall speedwell, Veronica, Tall veronica, Physic root, and Whorly wort. Its name Veronica is probably derived from St. Veronica. Black root is found more or less plentifully throughout the United States, from Vermont to Wisconsin, and southward, growing in wet, or moist, rich ground near streams, in woods, thickets, glades, and open plains. It is particularly plen- tiful in limestone districts. It is a perennial herb, growing from 1 to 5 feet high, with an upright stalk, having whorls of leaves, and surmounted by spikes of crowded white flowers. It blooms in July and August. The rhizome is perennial, and should be gathered in the fall of its second year. When fresh, it has a faint, almond-like odor, and a bitter, nauseous taste, which is somewhat lessened by drying, and yields its properties to water at 100° C. (212°F.), or still better to alcohol. Age does not impair its virtues. LEPT ANDRA. 1127 This drug was well-known to the Indian Herb Doctor Peter Smith, and to Dr. Hough. To the former it was known as Culver's, or Brinton’s root, and he states that his father “used to cure the pleurisy with amazing speed'’ with it. Hough said of it that it was “a most mild and efficacious purge in fevers, in dis- orders of the stomach, or the bowels, to destroy vicious humors in the blood, to remove costiveness, or to cool fevers.” The Wyandots were acquainted with its virtues, and regarded it as “a very good healing purge.” The early Eclectic phy- sicians considered it one of their most valuable therapeutic agents. Specific Ieptandra, the most extensively used preparation, has a dark-brown color, the peculiar, and markedly so, odor of the drug, and a bitter taste that is accompanied by the aroma of the root from which it is prepared. When dropped into water it produces a turbidity or milkiness. If specific leptandra be allowed to evaporate by rubbing a few drops in the palm of the hand the skin is impreg- nated with the strong odor of leptandra in an intensified degree. Description.—Leptandra is officially described as “of horizontal growth, from 10 to 15 Cn). (4 to 6 inches) long, and about 5 Mm. (; inch) thick, somewhat flat- tened, bent, and branched, deep blackish-brown, with cup-shaped scars on the upper side, hard, of a woody fracture, with a thin, blackish bark, a hard, yellowish wood, and a large, purplish-brown, about 6-rayed pith; roots thin, wrinkled, very fragile; inodorous; taste bitter and feebly acrid"—(U. S. P.). (See also illustra- tion of the microscopic structure of leptandra, by A. P. Breithaupt, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1897, p. 235.) Chemical Composition.—The root of leptandra, as well as its preparations, possesses a peculiar, strong odor, and yields, with diluted sulphuric acid, an acid distillate of an unpleasant odor, and containing traces of formic acid (F. F. Mayer, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1863, p. 298). Prof. E. S. Wayne procured a bitter principle by the following process: The root, in coarse powder, was treated with water in a percolator until the infusion was no longer bitter; subacetate of lead was added to this, and the precipitate removed by filtration ; carbonate of sodium was then added to remove excess of lead, and the liquid again filtered. The pale-yellow liquid was then allowed to filter through a column of purified animal charcoal. The liquid that passed through was totally devoid of taste and color. The coal was then washed with water until this commenced to have a bitter taste; it was then dried and treated with boiling alcohol, and the alcoholic solution allowed to evaporate spontaneously. It dried to a dark-green mass, no signs of crystalli- zation being observed during the time. It was again dissolved in water, treated with ether, and allowed to evaporate, when a number of bitter, pale-green, needle- shaped crystals were obtained (Amer. Jour. Pharm.,Vol. CXXV, p. 510). G. Steinmann (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1887, p. 229) obtained a bitter principle by pouring a concentrated tincture of the root into water, which precipitates the resin. The filtrate was acidulated and shaken out with benzol. Upon evapora- tion of this solvent, 0.1 per cent of a crystalline and very bitter residue was left, which was again crystallized from ether. The pale, lemon-yellow crystals are in- soluble in petroleum benzin, soluble in alcohol, ether, benzol, hot water, and yield no precipitate with Mayer's solution, nor with tannic acid; neither does it reduce Fehling's solution after being boiled with diluted sulphuric acid. The resinous matter, precipitated by water and purified by repeated precipitation is absolutely inert (see Leptandrin). The filtrate from the first precipitation of the resin contains mannit (E. S. Wayne, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1859, p. 557). J. U. Lloyd (Amer. Jowr. Pharm., 1880, p. 491) calls attention to the fact that the bitterness of the tincture of leptandra disappears when in prolonged contact with diluted sul- phuric acid, or more rapidly upon boiling. An inert resin is formed in both cases, and the solution contains a great amount of reducing substance. - LEPTANDRIN.—Leptandrin was discovered and introduced about the year 1850, by Mr. William Stanley Merrell. It was one of the class of Eclectic con- Čentrations or resinoids and followed podophyllin, macrotin and irisin, which were previously discovered by Prof. John King. As found in commerce it is prepared by pouring an evaporated alcoholic tincture of leptandra, of a thick, syrupy consistence, into cold water. A black, tarry substance is thrown down. This precipitate is then washed with pure cold water and becomes tasteless. This product has a deep-black color, resembling asphaltum, and breaks with a shiny 1128 LEPT ANDRA. fracture. By this process the bitter principle of leptandra remains dissolved in the water used as a precipitant. The leptandrin made by the foregoing process (Greve) is inferior as a medicine. Prof. Lloyd agrees with Dr. Greve, that a dried alcoholic extract (not precipitated in water) possesses more nearly the medicinal qualities of the drug. He further states that the dried precipitated resin differs so mark- edly from the dried alcoholic extract as to forbid their substitution for each other. If the resin be rubbed with distilled water and filtered the filtrate will be color- less, nearly tasteless, and without bitterness, while the filtrate from the dried alco- holic extract, similarly treated, is dark-colored and extremely bitter. The resin of leptandra, or leptamdrin, will not run together nor lump in any temperature or in any atmosphere. Under like conditions, or if not well dried, the alcoholic extract will run together and form a hard mass. The root, which should be well dried and at least one year old after collecting, yields about 6 per cent of resin. Of the alcoholic extract the yield is about 10 per cent. The yield of resin in- creases with age and exposure after collection, consequently the roots of two or more years of age are preferable for the production of leptandrim. Prof. John King, to whom may be ascribed the popularity of leptandra as a medicinal agent, did not employ the so-called “ leptandrin,” but found the therapeutic value of the drug to depend upon a mixture of the aqueous and alcoholic extracts (see Amer. Pharm. Assoc. Proc.,Vol. XXVIII, p. 421). In this connection the following remarks from former editions of this work may be used to indicate the opinion of Prof. King concerning the preparation sold under the name leptandrim. “Dr. T. L. A. Greve states that “under the name of leptandrim various prepa- rations have been sold. Originally, the soft resin was simply dried and powdered but it was found to be nearly inert. The alcoholic extract, dried and powdered, makes a good preparation, and would, probably, be better if deprived of its resin. It is very difficult, however, to dry it without the addition of magnesia or some other absorbent. Most of the so-called leptandrin made at present for medicinal purposes, is merely a dried aqueous extract, so that our practitioners may observe how much they have been imposed upon heretofore by the representations of some manufacturers of the concentrated principles as to their modes of prepara- tion, etc. (N. B.-The powder known heretofore by the name ‘leptandrin,’ being at this day prepared so as to be nearly worthless, I have substituted the extract for it in nearly all the formulae in this work where its use occurs)” (King.) At present, neither leptandrin nor other “resinoids' are used to any great extent by Eclectic physicians. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Physiologically, leptandra acts upon the gastric, hepatic, and intestinal apparatus. The fresh root is actively and dangerously cathartic, and has produced violent emesis and bloody purging, ac- companied by vertigo, and administered to the pregnant female has produced miscarriage. In this state, it is totally unfit for a cathartic, but upon drying the root loses its drastic qualities, and becomes a safe cholagogue, laxative, and cathartic. In ordinary doses it does not produce copious alvine discharges, but gently stimulates the functions of the liver. It does not debilitate nor lower the tone of the bowels or the general system, but gently stimulates and strengthens the functional activity of the whole intestinal appendages. It favors normal intestinal excretion and improves digestion. Prof. Scudder regarded it as a gas- tro-intestinal tonic, and thought it indicated where there is enfeebled circulation with tendency to stasis. The only condition in which the green root has been used was for intermittent fever, but as we possess better remedies for this state, its use as a cathartic is at least injudicious. No better laxative can be used in atonic states of the system than leptandra. No matter how great the intestinal atomy, it will be found to operate gently and without systemic disturbance. It is an exceedingly useful drug for conditions depending upon hepatic torpor. Small doses restore the liver to its normal con- dition. The cathartic action of leptandra is beneficial in the forming stages of fevers and in the early stages of dysentery. It relieves the constipated upper bowel, increases the biliary secretions, and acts as an unirritating intestimal tonic, and the dysenteric discharges are speedily checked. In acute dysentery it should be used early. It is an admirable remedy for chronic dysentery, with chromic enteritis, accompanied by dizziness, cold extremities, headache, abdominal and hepatic LEPT ANDRA. - 1129 pain, with mental depression. It is a good agent for atomicity of the Stomach and liver. The indications pointing to its use are drowsiness, coldness of the extremi- ties, hot, dry skin, sluggish circulation, abdominal plethora, dull aching pain in hepatic region and in left shoulder, and dull heavy frontal headache, sallow or yellow skin, with a pale, white-coated, broad, thick tongue, and a bitter, dis- agreeable taste. Leptandra stimulates the glandular system to activity, and is valuable in chronic diseases of the mucows membranes. For indigestion, with deficient secretion and constipation, it may be combined with podophyllin triturate (1 in 100). When the stools are clay-colored, with a deficiency of the biliary secretion, it may be used to bring about bilious discharges, even though diarrhoea be already pres- ent. In dyspepsia, with an unpleasant frontal headache, yellow, furred tongue, with nausea and yellowness of the skin and conjunctiva, specific leptandra will be found an excellent drug. In gastric atomy, if necessary, it may be combined with hydrastis, xanthoxylum, chelone, and the milder bitter tonics in general. Black root is a good remedy in diarrhaea when indicated. There is a passage of undigested aliment, the liver. is inactive, there is dull abdominal pain, and the stools may be of a light clay color. Here leptandra will be found to act kindly. Another condition in which it will prove serviceable, is in the diarrhoea of chil- dren passing through the period of dentition. Chamomilla or rhubarb may be exhibited with it, when specifically indicated. When the skin shows a jaundiced condition, and there is hepatic tenderness, B. Compound syrup of rhubarb and potassa fisiij, specific leptandra flái. Mix. Sig. Ten to 20 drops every hour until the diarrhoea ceases. Leptandra is a useful remedy in disorders of the liver. It is a valuable agent in that state known as “biliousness.” In acute hepatitis combine the dried alcoholic extract with a small portion of diaphoretic powder to relieve the con- gested viscus. An occasional dose is not without good effect in chronic inflamma- tion of the liver. Specific leptandra may be employed after the passage of biliary calculi. Combined with hydrastis, it will materially alter the condition upon which the formation of the concretions depends. In jaundice it may be combined with dioScorea, chiomanthus, or chelidonium, as indicated. It has been success- fully employed in acute muco-enteritis and chronic enteritis. In the formative stage of fevers, particularly bilious fever, its cathartic action will be appreciated. Many times it checks the morbid process, and puts the patient on the road to recovery. . It has been used with advantage in typhoid fever in malarious districts, though it is questionable whether, as a rule, any agent should be employed which has a tendency to increase the intestimal secretions and alvine evacuations. It is better suited to those cases showing typhoid characteristics, but not evidencing lesions of Peyer's patches. Leptandra has been found useful in malaria. The chill should first be broken with quinine and followed by a cathartic dose of leptandra. Many contend that by its exhibition in this manner, the abnormal condition producing the chill is rectified and a return of the unpleasantness is wholly averted, while under the influence of quinine alone, though the chill be broken, there is likely to be a return of the malady. Dropsy has been quite successfully treated with leptandra. In hydrocephalus its cathartic action is desirable. It should be combined with cream of tartar and mentha viridis for this purpose. In ascites, with hepatic con- gestion and great mental depression, it will be administered both with a view to removing the excess of fluid and to prevent its further accumulation. Dose of the powdered root as a cathartic, from 20 to 60 grains, which may be given in sweetened water; of the infusion, in typhoid conditions, , fluid ounce every hour until it operates, and to be repeated daily. Dose of the alcoholic extract, which is one of its best forms of administration, from 1 to 5 grains in form of pills, Specific leptandra, 2 drops to 1 fluid drachm. - Specific Indications and Uses.—Drowsiness, dizziness, and mental depres- sion, with tenderness and heavy pain in the hepatic region; the tongue is coated markedly white, the skin is yellow, there is a bitter taste, cold extremities, nausea, and dull frontal headache; thirst, with inability to drink; restlessness, with insomnia; diarrhoea, with half-digested passages, or clay-colored evacuations; en- feebled portal circulation, with lassitude and gloomy and depressed mental state. 1130 LEU CANTHEMIUM.–LIATRIS. LEU CANTHEMIUIM.—OX-EYE DAISY. The whole plant of Chrysanthemum, Leucanthemum, Linné (Leucanthemum vul- gare, Lamarck). Nat. Ord.—Compositae. COMMON NAMEs: Oz-eye daisy, White weed, Great ox-eye, Field daisy, Moom dansy, Maudlin daisy, White daisy, Horse gowan, Grande Marguerite, Goldens. Botanical Source.—Chrysanthemum, Leuramthemum, of Linnaeus (Leucanthemum vulgare, of Lamarck), generally known as Ox-eye daisy, is a perennial herb, with Fig. 159 an erect, branching, furrowed stem, growing from 1 to 2 feet e = * * * * high. The leaves are comparatively few, small, alternate, a \\ // tº & e ſº 2&s SN/?— amplexicaul, lanceolate, serrate, and cut-pinmatifid at the * base; the lower ones petiolate, with deep, irregular teeth ; the upper ones Small, subulate, and those of the middle sessile, deeply cut at base, with remote teeth above. The heads are large, terminal, and solitary. Disk yellow. Rays numerous and white (W.). History.—This plant was introduced into this country from Europe, and is a very troublesome weed to farmers in nearly every section. It generally grows from 1 to 2 feet high, and bears white flowers in June and July. In the eastern states it is now used for fodder. The leaves are odorous and somewhat acid; the flowers are bitterish ; they impart their º § V. virtues to water. ſº § Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Tonic, diuretic, and antispasmodic. Large doses emetic. Used as a tonic instead Chrysanthemum Leu- of chamomile flowers, and has been found serviceable in whoop- Canthemum, àng-cough, asthma, and nervous excitability. Very beneficial exter- nally and internally in leucorrhoea; and its internal use has been highly recom- mended in colliquative perspiration. When used locally for the latter purpose, as it sometimes is, it stains the skin. Externally, it has been used as a local application to wounds, ulcers, Scald-head, and some other cutaneous diseases. Dose of the decoction, from 2 to 4 ounces, 2 or 3 times a day. Said to destroy or drive away fleas. LIATRIS.—LIATRIS. The rhizomes of several species of Liatris. Nat. Ord.—Compositae. Botanical Source and History.—LIATRIs SPICATA, Willdenow, Button Snake- Toot. This plant, also known by the names of Gay-feather, Devil's bit, etc., has a perennial, tuberous root, an erect, annual stem, 2 to 5 feet in height, mostly stout, and very leafy. The leaves are linear, glabrous, alternate, punctate, ciliate at base, lower ones 3 to 5-nerved, and narrowed at base. The flowers are sessile, of a bright-purple color; the heads many, densely crowded in a long, terminal spike, and from 8 to 12-flowered. The scales of the cylindrical, bell-shaped involucre are oblong or oval, and appressed, with slight Scarious margins. Achenia pubescent, obconic. Pappus permanent, colored, barbellate, not evidently plumose to the naked eye. Receptacle naked. This plant is found in moist places in the middle and southern states, and in abundance in the prairies (G.—W.). LIATRIS SQUARROSA, Willdenow, or Blazing-star, has a perennial, tuberous root, with a stem 2 to 3 feet high, thickly beset with long-linear, nerved leaves; the lower ones attenuated at the base. The heads are few, sessile or nearly so, with brilliant purple flowers; the racemes flexuous and leafy ; the involucre ovate- cylindric, and the scales of the involucre large, numerous, squarrose-spreading; outer ones larger and leafy, inner ones mucronate-acuminate, and scarcely colored. Pappus plumose. This plant is found in the middle and southern states, in dry soil, and is known in the South by the name of Rattlesnake's master (G.-W.). LIATRIS SCARIOSA, Willdenow, or Gay-feather, has a perennial, tuberous root, with a stout, scabrous-pubescent stem, 4 to 5 feet in height, whitish above. The leaves are numerous, lanceolate, tapering at both ends, glabrous, with rough mar- I,IG USTRUM. 1131 gins, entire, lower ones on long petioles, 3 to 9 inches long, upper ones 1 to 3 inches in length by 1 to 3 lines in width. The heads number from 5 to 20, an inch in diameter, and are disposed in a long raceme, with 20 to 40 purple flowers. The involucre is globose-hemispherical; the scales of the involucre obovate or spatulate, very obtuse, with dry and scarious margins, often colored. Pappus scabrous. This plant is found in dry woods and sandy fields from New England to Wisconsin, and extending southward (G.-W.). LIATRIS ODORATISSIMA, Willdenow.—This plant, known as Deer's tongue or Patmilla plant, has radical and stem leaves; the former are obovate-spatulate, taper- ing below, generally 7-veined, and sometimes slightly obtusely toothed. The stem leaves are oblong and clasping. The leaves are more or less glaucous and fleshy. The flower-heads are arranged in a panicle or corymb, and are from 4 to 10-flow- ered, the blossoms being of a vivid purple hue. The involucre has but few scales, and these are spatulate-oblong, and imbricated. Pappus not plumose, but finely barbellate. The rhizome of this species is not tuberous. Deer's tongue is found from Virginia south, and flowers in September and October. The leaves, when dry, have a pleasant odor. History and Chemical Composition.—All the above plants are splendid natives, and flowering through August, September, and October. There are sev- eral other species of this genus which appear to possess medicinal properties analo- gous to each other, and which deserve further investigation—e.g., L. cylindracea, L. graminifolia, etc. The roots are the medicinal parts; they are all tuberous, except L. odoratissima, with fibers, and have a hot, somewhat bitter taste, with consid- erable acrimony, and an agreeable, turpentime odor. They appear to contain a resinous substance, volatile oil, and a bitter principle. Their virtues are extracted by alcohol, and partially by hot water in infusion. The leaves of L. odoratis- sima are often covered with glistening crystals of cowmarin (C.H.O.) (Procter, Amer. Jou". Pharm., 1859, p. 556). On account of this constituent, it is used in North Carolina for keeping moths out of clothes. Deer's tongue is also of interest as a reputed adulterant of tobacco, it being said to be especially employed in the making of cigarettes, the deleterious effects of which have been attributed, by some, to the coumarin present in them. Liatris spicata was analyzed by W. F. Henry (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1892, p. 603). It contained 0.09 per cent of volatile oil, about 4.5 per cent of resin, 2.3 per cent of a caoutchouc-like body, 16 per cent of imulin, also mucilage, glucose, etc., but no glucosid nor alkaloid. Action, Medical tiss, and Dosage.—These plants are diuretic, with tonic, stimulant, and emmenagogue properties. A decoction of them is very efficient in gomorrhaea, gleet, and mephritic diseases, in doses of from 2 to 4 fluid ounces, 3 or 4 times a day. It is also reputed beneficial in scrofula, dysmemorrhaea, amenorrhaea, after-pains, etc. It is likewise of advantage used as a gargle, in Sore throat, and chronic irritation of the throat, with relaxed tissues, and in injection has proved use- ful in leucorrhaea. It acts kindly on the stomach, and is of some value in dyspepsia associated with renal torpor. While it relieves colic and other spasmodic bowel affections of children, it has some reputation as a remedy for pain and weakness in the lumbar region. Said to be beneficial in Bright's disease (?) in commection with Lycopus virginicus and Aletris farinosa; equal parts of each in decoction. These plants are celebrated for their alexipharmic powers in bites of venomous smakes. Pursh states that, when bitten, the inhabitants of the southern states bruise the bulbous roots, and apply them to the wound, at the same time drinking freely of a decoction of them in milk. This requires corroboration. The eliminative action of liatris may be taken advantage of in removing morbific products left in the system after serious forms of illness. The decoction is prepared from an ounce of the root to 1 pint of water. Dose, 1 fluid drachm to 4 fluid ounces. LIGUSTRUMI.—PRIVET, The leaves of Ligustrum vulgare, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Oleaceae. CoMMON NAMEs: Privet, Privy, Prim. - Botanical Source.—This plant is a smooth shrub, growing 5 or 6 feet high, with wand-like branches. The leaves are dark-green, 1 or 2 inches in length, 1132 LILIU M C AND IDU M. about half as wide; opposite, entire, smooth, lanceolate, and obovate, obtuse, or acute, and borne on short petioles. The flowers are small, numerous, white, in tetramerous, thyrsoid, terminal panicles. The calyx is minutely 4-toothed, deciduous, and short-tubular; the corolla funnel-form, tube short, limb with 4 spreading, ovate, obtuse lobes. The stamens are 2, on the tube of the corolla; the anthers large and exserted. Style very short; stigma 2-cleft. Berries spherical, black, in coni- cal bunches, 2-celled, from 2 to 4-seeded; seeds convex on one side, angular on the other (W.-G.). History, Description, and Chemical Composition. —Privet is found growing wild in woods and thickets, and along the roadsides from New England to Virginia, and west to Missouri, flowering in May and June. It is used in England for hedges, from which place it is supposed to be introduced; but it is indigenous in Missouri. It is often cultivated in gardens. The leaves are the medicinal parts; they have but little odor, and an agreeable, bitterish, and astringent taste; they yield their virtues to water or alcohol. The flowers have been employed for similar purposes with the leaves. The berries have a sweetish-bitter taste, are reputed cathartic, and to render the urine brown; they have been used for dyeing. Probably the bark will be found equal if not superior in efficacy to the leaves. M. G. Polex (1841) found the bark to contain sugar, mannit, starch, bitter resin, and a peculiar substance which he called ligustrim, which has since been shown by Kro- mayer (Archiv der Pharm., 1863, Vol. CLXIII, p. 19), to be identical with syring in (C, H, Op.H.O), a crystallizable glucosid occurring in our common lilac (see Related Species). It is odorless and tasteless, soluble in hot water and alcohol, insoluble in ether. Kromayer found, in addition, a bitter crystalline body named by him ligwstrom, soluble in water, alcohol, and ether. A third principle, amorphous and of bitter taste, syringopikrim, probably also occurs in the bark of ligustrum. (For details regarding the chemistry of these substances, see Husemann and Hilger, Pflanzemstoffe, 1884, p. 1273.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Privet leaves are astringent; a decoc- tion of them is very valuable in chronic bowel complaints, ulceration of stomach and bowels, as a gargle for ulcers of mouth and throat, for which it is peculiarly effective, and as an injection for ulcerated ears, with offensive discharges, leucorrhaea, gleet, and ulceration of the bladder, likewise in diabetes. They may be employed either in decoction or powder. Dose of the powdered leaves, from 30 to 60 grains, 3 times a day; of the decoction, from 2 to 4 fluid ounces. Specific Indications and Uses.—Aphthous sore mouth; sore throat. Fig. 160. Ligustrum Vulgare. Related Species.—Syringa vulgaris, Common lilac. A well-known shrub, the fruit and leaves of which are bitterish and sub-acrid. Besides a sweet principle Petroz and Robinet found a bitter glucosid (C19H28O10.H2O, Kromayer, 1863), the lilacin of Meillet, and syringin of Bernays, and identical with the ligustrin of Polex. This body, when pure, is not bitter, but tasteless (see Ligustrum above). Dilute acids split it into sugar and syringemin (C18H18O3), an amorphous, pale, rose colored mass soluble in alcohol, but not in ether and water. The fruit and leaves are antiperiodic and tonic. LILIUM CANDIDUMI, MEADOW LILY. The bulb of Lilium candidum. Nat. (), al.--Liliaceae. COMMON NAMEs : White lily, Meadow lily. Botanical Source.—This plant has a perennial root or bulb, composed of imbricated fleshy scales, from which arises a thick stem 3 to 4 feet in height. The leaves are scattered, lanceolate, and narrowed at the base. The flowers are large, snow-white, campanulate, smooth inside, and borne in a terminal racenne (W.). History.—This is an exotic, a native of Syria and Asia Minor, and is much cultivated in this country on account of its beautiful white flowers, which have long been regarded as the emblems of purity, and which appear in June and LIMON. 1133 July. The bulb is the part used; it is inodorous, but has a mucilaginous, ama- rous, rather unpleasant taste. Mucilage enters largely into its constitution, together with a small quantity of an acrid substance, which disappears by heat. Water extracts its virtues. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Meadow lily, or white lily, as it is sometimes called, is mucilaginous, demulcent, tonic, and astringent. Useful in leucorrhaea and -prolapsus uteri, the decoction taken internally and employed in injection; it is more decided in its effects when combined with senecio. Boiled in milk, it forms an excellent poultice for ulcers, external inflammations, tumors, etc. The recent root is stated to have been useful in dropsy. The flowers are very fra- grant, which property they communicate to oily or fatty bodies, forming limiments or ointments useful to relieve the heat and pain attending local inflammations; the oil obtained from the petals is reputed efficient in pains of the womb, and in otitis. Related Species.—Lilium tigrinum or Tiger lily. The tiger lily, so-called from the fact that the flowers are spotted after the manner of the skin of the tiger, is a native of Japan and China, but has been widely cultivated as a garden plant. The flowers, which appear in July and August, are large and borne in a pyramidal cluster at the top of the stem. They are of a dark-orange hue and marked with somewhat elevated black or deep crimson spots. A tincture of the plant, in flower, is used quite largely by homoeopathic physicians, to whom it was introduced by Dr. W. E. Payne. Tincture of tiger lily has acquired considerable of a reputation as a remedy for uterime irritation and congestion, its effects being slowly produced. It has relieved the nausea of uter- ime irritation, and the mausort of pregnancy, and excellent results are reported of its efficacy in congestive dysmemorrhoea. It is reputed a leading remedy for chronic ovarian neuralgia, being indi- cated by darting, burning pains in the ovaries. When pelvic weight and prolonged lochia accompany a tardy recovery from parturition, this remedy promises relief, and much testi- mony points to its value in relieving the bearing-down sensations incident to uterine prolapse. The dose is from drop to 5 drops of a strong tincture of the fresh plant. The remedy deserves a careful study. Vomiting, purging, and drowsiness were the symptoms produced in a little girl poisoned by the pollen of tiger lily (Wyman, 1863). Phormium tenaar, Forster. New Zealand flar, New Zealand hemp. Nat. Ord.—Liliaceae. A tall flowering plant, indigenous to some of the South Pacific Islands and introduced into other countries, and frequently found in hot-houses. The leaf-fibers constitute the silky appearing and cream-colored, tough New Zealand flac, used for cordage. The roots and leaf-bases, in con- centrated decoction, with the addition of carbolic acid, have been employed as a surgical dressing in amputations and other fresh wounds. It is said to reduce or prevent excessive sup- puration (Monckton). It needs further investigation. LIMION.—LEMON. The rind and juice of Citrus (Limon) Limonwm, Risso (Citrus medica, var. B., Linné). Nat. Ord.—Rutaceae. CoMMON NAME: Lemon. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 54. Official Parts.--I. LIMONIs CoRTEx (U. S. P.), Lemon peel. “The rind of the recent fruit of Citrus Limomum, Risso (Nat. Ord.—Rutaceae).”—(U. S. P.). II. LIMONIs SUCCUs (U. S. P.), Lemon juice.—“The freshly expressed juice of the ripe fruit of Citrus Limomum, Risso (Nat. Ord.—Rutaceae).” Botanical Source.—The lemon tree is an evergreen, about 15 or 20 feet in height, with branches easily bent. The leaves are alternate, ovate-oblong, usually serrulated, smooth, glossy, and dark-green, with a winged petiole. The flowers are middle-sized, white, purple extermally, and odoriferous. The calyx and petals are similar to those of the orange. The fruit is an oblong-spheroid, sometimes almost globular, with a thin, pale-yellow rind, and a juicy, very acid pulp (L.). History, Description, and Chemical Composition.—This plant, as well as those varieties of it producing the citrom and the lime, is of Asiatic origin, and cul- tivated in the West Indies, and some other tropical countries. The exterior rind of the lemon and the juice of its pulp are official. The finest lemons are those which are smoothest and thinnest in the skin. LIMONIs CoRTEx (U. S. P.).-The rind, or lemon peel, as officially used, is de- scribed by the U. S. P. as occurring “in narrow, thin bands or in elliptical seg- ments, with very little of a spongy, white, inner layer adhering to them ; Outer 1134 LIMON. Surface deep lemon yellow, and ruggedly glandular; odor fragrant; taste aromatic and bitterish. The spongy, inner layer usually present in the segments should be removed before the lemon peel is used "–(U. S. P.). Lemon peel imparts its properties to alcohol, wine, or water. These depend upon a volatile oil contained in the minute vesicles with which it is filled, and, when obtained by distillation with water, or by expression, it forms the oil of lemon of commerce (see Olewm Limonis). The white portion of the rind contains hesperidin (C.H.O.), a bitter, crystalline glucosid, splitting, when heated with diluted acids, into glucose and hesperetin (CeBI, O.) (see Aurantii Amari Cortez). The seeds of the fruit contain bitter limonim, soluble in cold alcohol, almost in- soluble in water. LIMONIs SUCCUs (U. S. P.).-Lemon juice, according to the official description, is “a slightly turbid, yellowish liquid, usually having an odor of lemon, due to the accidental presence of some of the volatile oil of the rind. Taste acid, and often slightly bitter. Specific gravity not less than 1.030 at 15° C. (59°F.). It has an acid reaction upon litmus paper, due to the presence of about 7 per cent of citric acid. On evaporating 100 Grm. of the juice to dryness, and igniting the residue, not more than 0.5 Gm. of ash should remain *-(U. S. P.). One part of brandy or alcohol added to 10 parts of lemon juice, and then filtered to separate the mucilage, will preserve the acid for a long time; it will be- come slightly bitterish, but retains its strong acidity undiminished. The juice is frequently preserved in sugar, forming lemon syrup, which, however, is apt to spoil by age. Hence, citric acid in solution may be substituted for it, about 4 drachms of the acid being dissolved in 8 fluid ounces of water, which may be flavored with a few drops of oil or essence of lemon. The strained juice has been preserved for some time by putting it into a bottle, and pouring upon it a layer of sweet, or almond oil. The juice may be concentrated by gentle evaporation or by freezing. All methods, however, are rather unsatisfactory, the juice either spoiling or becoming altered in flavor. Lemon juice, as stated above, contains about 7 per cent of citric acid; furthermore mucilage, malic acid, and salts of potassium and calcium are present. However, its proportion of acid is rather variable. As high as 44 grains of citric acid to the ounce of juice were obtained by Stoddard. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Lemon peel is used in cookery and confectionery, and also in medicine to correct the taste and augment the power of bitter infusions and tinctures, its virtues being similar to that of the orange peel. The juice of lemon is tonic, refrigerant, and antiscorbutic, forming a refreshing and agreeable drink, called lemomade, possessing some medicinal influence, and which, as with orange juice, may be used freely and advantageously in the febrile and inflammatory diseases, with reddened mucous membranes, for which this last has been recommended. It may also be added to the nutritive drinks of the sick, as gum-water, gruel, barley-water, etc. Its power in preventing and arresting Scurvy is unequaled by any other remedy, except a liberal supply of fresh vegeta- bles of the cruciform family. In scurvy, an ounce or an ounce and a half of the juice per day, is a preventive dose, and when the disease manifests itself, 4 or 6 ounces per day will arrest it. Occasionally, but rarely, it fails to effect any benefit in this disease. Ships about to make long voyages, should be furnished with a bountiful supply of citric acid and oil of lemon, or lemon syrup, with a small por- tion of brandy added. Scrotal prwritis and uterine hemorrhage have been benefited by a local application of the juice. Prof. A. J. Howe, M. D., states that although 'chloroform will arrest a paroxysm of hiccough temporarily, yet, if a permanent subsidence of the spasmodic action of the stomach and diaphragm be required, lemon juice is superior to all other known remedies; in several instances he has cured obstinate and dangerous hiccough with it. Both citric acid and lemon juice appear to exert considerable influence in preventing or modifying Asiatic cholera. When the mucous membranes and tongue are very red and the urine alkaline, rheumatism is benefited by lemon juice. One or two daily applications of lemon juice with a camel's-hair pencil will reduce enlarged woula and tonsils. It also gives temporary relief in hoarseness, and has benefited some cases of malaria. Specific Indications and Uses.—Fevers and inflammations, with very red membranes; rheumatic pain, with very red tongue and mucous tissues and LIN ARIA.—LINDERA. 1135 alkaline urine; obstinate hiccough ; scurvy; and should be given a trial in Asiatic cholera. Belated Varieties.—Citrus acida, Roxburgh. The lime is a tree about 8 feet in height, with a crooked trunk and diffuse branches with prickles. Leaves ovate, obovate, oblong, and serrate, being placed upon petioles not winged as in the orange and lemon. Flowers small, white. Stannens 30. Fruit ovate or roundish, pale-yellow, with a boss at the point, and about 13 inches in diameter. Cysts in the rind concave. Pulp very acid, flat, slightly bitter. The lime is of considerably less size than the lemon, globular or oval, of a similar color, but frequently with a green or greenish tinge. Its outer coat is not so thick and rough as that of the lemon, and its internal pulp contains a large amount of juice of an excessively acid taste. This juice is chiefly used in the manufacture of citric acid. A variety of the lime tree, C. Limetta, furnishes a fruit from the rind of which is obtained the Oil of Bergamot. (For varieties of Lime, see below.) De Candolle (Origin of Cultivated Plants) gives Citrus medica, Linné, as the name of the tree giving rise to the varieties, lemon, lime, citrom, etc., and gives as such varieties those four enumerated by Brandis and Sir Joseph Hooker, viz.: I. Citrus medica proper, or the CITRON of the English (cedro of the Italian, and cédratier of the French). The fruit of this variety is oblong and large, not spherical, has an aromatic. lumpy rind, and a juice neither very acid nor very plenty. This is the Citrus inedica of Risso, II. Citrus medica Limonwm, the LEMON. III. Citrus medica acida, Citrus acida, Roxburgh.-Juice very acid, fruit small and of vari- able shape, and flowers small. The LIME, Sour LIME. Citrus acris, Miller, and other varieties, probably furnish a part of the sour limes. IV. Citrus medica Limetta (C. Limetta and C. Luhnia of Risso), SweeT LIME.-Fruit spher- ical, with non-aromatic, sweet juice. LINARIA.—TOAD FLAX. The plant Linaria vulgaris, Miller (Antirrhinum Linaria, Linné). Nat. Ord.—Scrophulariaceae. CoMMON NAMES: Snap-dragon, Butter and eggs, Toad flaw, Ramsted. Botanical Source.—This plant is a perennial whose stem reaches a height of from 1 to 2 feet, and has pale-green, smooth, lance-linear, crowded, sessile, alter- nate leaves. The flowers, yellow and orange in color, are dense and imbricate, and borne in a showy terminal spike or raceme. . The corolla is personate and its base extended into a spur. The calyx is smooth and not so long as the curved spur. History.—Linaria is a native of Europe, but is naturalized in this country, where it is common in waste places, and sometimes becomes so plentiful in fields as to become a nuisance. When fresh the plant has a nauseously unpleasant Odor, which it loses for the most part upon drying. Its taste is subacrld, bitter, and slightly saline. It should be gathered when in bloom, which is in July and August, quickly and carefully dried, and placed in close containers protected from light and air. A yellow coloring substance (amthokirrin) was obtained by Rigel, in 1843, from the blossoms. Walz, in 1854, isolated antirrhinic acid (a pecu- liar volatile substance); linarosmin (an oily residue from the distillation with water); bitter crystalline limariim, an acrid resin linaracrin, and tannic and citric acids, gum, Sugar, mineral matters, etc. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This plant is recommended for “bad blood,” Splenic and hepatic hypertrophics, jaundice, skin diseases, and scrofula. An oint- ment prepared by covering 1 part of the bruised fresh plant with 10 parts of hot lard or mutton tallow, forms a soothing application for hemorrhoids and similar conditions. A strong tincture (3viii to alcohol 98 per cent Oj), may be given in doses of a fraction of a drop to 10 drops. A decoction is prepared from 1 ounce of the plant to 1 pint of water. LINDERA.—SPICE-BUSH, The bark and berries of Lindera Benzoin, Meissner (Benzoin odoriferum, Nees; Lawrws Bemzoim, Linné). Nat. Ord.—Lauraceae. CoMMON NAMEs: Spice-bush, Fever-bush, Wild allspice, Spicewood, Feverwood, Ben- jamin bush. Botanical Source.—Spice-bush is an indigenous shrub growing from 5 to 12 feet in height, with obovate-lanceolate, veinless, entire deciduous leaves, green on 1136 LINIMENTA. each side, and slightly pubescent beneath. The flowers, which are yellow, in little naked umbels on the naked branches, often dioecious; the buds and pedicels are smooth; the fruit is the size of an olive, bright-red, borne in clusters, and contains an ovate, pointed nut. The calyx is 6-cleft, with oblong segments (W.). History.--This shrub grows in damp woods, along streams and shaded places, in the United States and Canada, bearing greenish-yellow flowers in March and April, before the leaves are unfolded, and maturing its fruit, which consists of bright, crimson-colored, ovoid berries, growing in small bunches, in the middle of autumn. The whole plant has a pleasant, aromatic taste, owing chiefly to a vola- tile oil, and yields its virtues to boiling water or alcohol. The dried berries were used during the American Revolution, and in the South during the late Rebellion, as a substitute for allspice. Description.—BARK. Benzoin bark occurs in quills or thin, curved frag- ments, externally black-brown, somewhat shining and smooth, except where covered with small cork-like warts. In older specimens the corky warts are more conspicuous and the bark is more of an ashem color. Internally it is smooth, and yellow or light brown in color. Its fracture is abrupt and granular. It has a faint aromatic odor, and to the taste is sharp and astringent. FRUIT.-The fruit is a long, red, ovate drupe, with a circular depression indi- cating the point of attachment of the pedicel. It contains 1 white seed, quite large, possessing an oleaginous taste. The integuments of the fruit become very dark—almost black—On drying, appearing granular, and have an agreeable odor and spice-like flavor. Chemical Composition.—J. Morris Jones (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1873, p. 301), found in the bark a volatile oil, probably of the cinnamyl series, developing, on treatment with oxidizing substances, a bitter-almond odor. He also found sugar, resin, starch, and tannin. From the berries Dr. A.W. Miller (Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc., 1878, p. 772), obtained by warm expression and extraction with gasoline, 50 per cent of fatty and volatile oil of a greenish-brown color. By distilling this oil with steam, about 1 per cent of a pale-green, volatile oil was obtained, of a specific gravity of 0.850, and possessing a warm aromatic taste resembling that of allspice. Mr. P. M. Gleim (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1875, p. 246), obtained by the dis- tillation of fresh berries the unusual yield of 5 per cent of a colorless, fragrant, volatile oil, having a density of 0.87. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Aromatic, tonic, and stimulant. An infusion or decoction has been successfully used in the treatment of ague and typhoid forms of fever; also as an anthelmintic. The berries afford a stimulant oil much esteemed as an application to bruises, chronic rheumatism, itch, etc., and has some reputation as a carminative in flatulence, flatulent colic, etc. The bark, in decoction, is said to be refrigerant and exhilarating, and exceedingly useful in all kinds of fever, for allaying excessive heat and uneasiness; a warm decoction is employed to produce diaphoresis. The decoction may be drank freely. Related Species.—Lindera Sericea, Blume. Japan. Tonic and stimulant. Source of the Japanese kuromoji oil, an essential oil distilled from the leaves and young twigs, and hav- ing considerable fragrance (see Schimmel & Co.'s Report, April, 1897; also see analysis by W. Kwasnik, Archiv der Pharm., 1892, p. 265). Lindera triloba, Blume. Japan. Tonic and stimulant. LINIMIENTA.—LINIMIENTS. SYNoNYMs: Embrocations. These preparations are designed for external application, and should always be of a consistence which will enable them to be applied to the skin by gently rubbing with the naked hand, or flannel. They are usually composed of oily, spirituous, gummy, or saponaceous substances, are more fluid than the ointments, denser than water, and at the temperature of the body are always liquid. Water is seldom employed as a vehicle. The benefit derived from them depends either upon their counter-irritating influences, or from absorption of their active con- stituents. Liniments are usually prescribed extemporaneously by physicians, each having a preference; yet it is absolutely necessary that there be some estab- lished rule in relation to them, and that the official preparations be generally LINIMIENTUM A CONITI.—LINIMIENTUM A CONITINAE COMPOSITUM. 1137 known. A solution of ammonium chloride formed the basis of many liniments employed by Prof. King, who was not an admirer of greasy embrocations. LINIMIENTUM ACONITI. ACONITE LINIMENT. SYNONYM : Limimentum acom it radicis. Preparation.—Take of aconite root, in powder, 4 ounces; glycerin, 2 fluid drachms; alcohol, a sufficient quantity. Macerate the aconite with , pint of alco- hol for 24 hours, then pack it in a small percolator, and add alcohol gradually until a pint of tincture has passed. Distill off 12 fluid ounces, and evaporate the residue until it measures 12 fluid drachms. To this add alcohol, 2 fluid drachms, and the glycerin, and mix them. This preparation was offered by W. Procter, Jr., as a substitute for aconitine as an external anaesthetic application. It is twice the strength of the root, and is exceedingly active. The glycerin is added for the purpose of retarding evaporation after application of the liniment to the skin, and which may be further secured by using oiled silk. Acomite limiment, based on Procter's formula, was official in the U. S. P., 1870. A similar limiment may be prepared by mixing together , fluid ounce of glycer- ine with 4 fluid ounces of fluid extract of aconite root. Evaporate to 4 fluid () Ull) CeS. Action and Medical Uses. –This liniment may be used in all cases in which acomitine would prove useful, as in gout, meuralgia, and rheumatism. It is to be used as follows: Cut a piece of lint or muslin of the size and form of the part to be treated, lay it on a plate or waiter, and by means of a camel's- hair brush, saturate it with the limiment. Thus prepared, it should be applied to the surface, a piece of oiled silk laid over and kept in place by an adhesive edge, or by a bandage. Care should be taken not to apply it to an abraded sur- face, and in its use the patient should be informed of its character, and avoid bringing it in contact with the eyes, nostrils, or lips. LINIMIENTUMI ACONITI ET CHLOROFORMII.—LINIMIENT OF ACONITE AND CHLOROFORM. Preparation.—Take of castor oil, 2 fluid drachms; chloroform, water of am- monia, tincture of aconite root, each, 2 fluid drachms; camphorated tincture of soap, 1 fluid ounce. Mix them well together. The National Formulary prepares this limiment as follows: “Tincture of aco- hite (U. S. P.). one hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (125 Co.) [4 fl 3, 109 ml]; chloroform, one hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (125 Co.) [4 fl 3, 109 ml]; soap liniment (U. S. P.), seven hundred and fifty cubic centi- meters (750 Co.) [25 fl3, 173 ml]. Mix them ’’-(Nat. Form.). Action and Medical Uses.—This forms a liniment useful in rheumatic and heuralgic pains, and wherever such a combination is desired. If the solution above does not readily form a perfectly homogeneous mixture, a few moments' heating in a water-bath will effect it (W. Procter, Jr.). The following form excellent liniments, which have been found very efficient in rheumatic and neuralgic pains: (1) Take of fluid extract of aconite, 2 fluid ounces; American petroleum, 6 fluid ounces. Mix. (2) Take of fluid extract of a comite, chloroform, each, 2 fluid ounces; benzol, 4 fluid ounces. Mix (J. King). LINIMIENTUM ACONITINAE COMPOSITUMI, COMPOUND LINIMIENT OF ACONITINE. SYNoNYM : Amodyme pomade. Preparation. —Take of glycerin, diluted hydrocyanic acid, each, 1 fluid drachm; aconitine, 1 grain. Rub the glycerin and aconitime thoroughly together, and them add the hydrocyamic acid; when thoroughly mixed, put in a well- stoppered vial. 72 1138 LINIMENTUM AMMONIAE,-LINIMENTUM CAJUPUTI COMPOSITU M In preparing this, care should be employed not to inhale any of the mixture, and after the addition of the hydrocyanic acid, the mixture should be bottled as quickly as possible. Action and Medical Uses.—Anodyne; to be applied locally by means of a camel's-hair pencil, over parts affected with neuralgia; when painted on the regions about the eye it will allay the pains incident to several affections of the internal coats of the eye (Prof. A. J. Howe, M. D.). LINIMENTUM AMMONIAE (U. S. P.)—AMMONIA I.INIMIENT. SYNONYMS : Volatile limiment, Common limiment. Preparation.—“Ammonia water, three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (350 Co.) [11 flá, 401 ml]; alcohol, fifty cubic centimeters (50 Ce.) [1 flá, 332 m]; cotton seed oil, six hundred cubic centimeters (600 Co.) [20 flº, 138 m). To make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Ce.) [33 flá, 391 ml]. Mix them by agitation in a bottle, which should be well stoppered. This liniment should be freshly prepared when wanted”—(U. S. P.). Or, take of solution of ammonia, 1 fluid ounce; olive oil, 2 fluid ounces. Mix and agitate them well together (Ed.—Lond.). The British Pharmacopoeia (1898) formula differs from the latter in adding 1 fluid ounce of almond oil. In this liniment a soap is formed by the union of the oil and ammonia, which is but imperfectly dissolved, and a white oleo-compound of ammonium is formed with some glycerin. The U. S. P. formula gives a liniment fluid at ordinary temperature, and dif- fers from that of 1870 in the substitution of cotton seed oil for olive oil. This liniment is liable to separate into two parts. The alcohol is designed to retard this separation. It has been suggested by Prof. Maisch that if portion of olive oil be substituted for a like amount of cotton seed oil, a better liniment would result. Lard oil is said to form quite a uniform mixture. By substituting cam- phor liniment for the olive oil Camphorated volatile limiment (Linimentum Ammoniae Camphoratum) may be formed. Action and Medical Uses.—This preparation is used as a rubefacient in rheumatic and mewralgic pains, Sore throat, pleurisy, sprains, bruises, etc. It may be applied over the part on flannel, or the skin may be gently rubbed with it. If it becomes too active, it must be weakened with a sufficient quantity of oil. It will vesicate if evaporation be prevented. Care should be exercised in apply- ing it to children and to old people lest blistering occurs. LINIMENTUM BELLADONNAE (U. S. P.)—BELLADONNA LINIMIENT. Preparation.—“Camphor, fifty grammes (50 Gm) [1 oz. av., 334 grs.]; fluid extract of belladonna root, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 Till. Dissolve the camphor in about two hun- dred cubic centimeters (200 Co.) [6 flá, 366 ml] of the fluid extract, and then add enough of the latter to make the product measure one thousand cubic centi- meters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 ml]. Mix thoroughly”—(U. S. P.). Action and Medical Uses.—This preparation may be applied locally to rheu- matic and neuralgic parts, sprains, and other painful conditions, particularly when there is also spasmodic muscular action. LINIMIENTUM CAJUPUTI COMPOSITUMI, COMPOUND CAJEPUT LINIMIENT. Preparation.—Take of oils of Sassafras, cajeput, and hemlock, each, 1 ounce; soap, a sufficient quantity. Mix them together and form a liminent. LINIMENTUM ("A L("IS.–LINIMENTUM CAMPHORAE COMPOSITA. 1139 Action and Medical Uses.—This forms a valuable stimulating and discu- tient application. It is principally used in indolent scrofulous tumors, and in the mammary inflammations of nursing women (J. King). LINIMENTUM CALCIS (U. S. P.)—LIME LINIMENT. SYNONYM : Carrom oil. Preparation. –“Solution of lime, linseed oil, of each, 1 volume. Mix them by agitation ”—(U. S. P.). Or, take of olive oil, or linseed oil, and lime-water, equal parts. Mix and agitate them together (Ed.—Lond.). The lime and oil unite and form a calcareous soap, the oleate of calcium, with some glycerin. It is called Carron oil. Turpentine may be sometimes advantageously added to it. Action and Medical Uses.—This is a very useful and probably the best application to recent burns and Scalds; it is best applied on carded cotton. It is recommended to prevent the pitting of variola. The following is also reputed beneficial in burns: Take of lime-water, 2 fluid ounces; oil of turpentine, olive oil, each, 1 fluid ounce. Mix. If it be used immediately after the accident, add oil of pennyroyal, 1 fluid ounce. LINIMENTUM CAMPHORAE (U. S. P.)—CAMPHORLINIMENT. SYNONYMS : Linimentum camphoratum, Camphorated oil. Preparation.—“Camphor, in coarse powder, two hundred grammes (200 G m.) [7 ozs, av., 24 grs.]; cotton seed oil, eight hundred grammes (800 Gm.) [1 lb. av., 12 ozs., 96 grs.]; to make one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Introduce the camphor and the cotton seed oil into a suitable flask, and apply a gentle heat, by means of a water-bath, loosely stoppering the flask during the operation. Agitate from time to time, until the camphor is dis- solved ’’—(U. S. P.). Action and Medical Uses.—This forms a stimulant and anodyne application in contusions, sprains, bedsores, rheumatic, meuralgic, and other pains. In glandular enlargements it is used as a resolvent, being particularly employed in the forming stage of mastitis, both as a resolvent and to assist in checking the secretion of milk. For the latter purpose, it should be applied as warm as can be borne. LINIMIENTUM CAMIPHORAE COMPOSITA.—COMPOUND LINIMENT OF CAMPHOR. SYNoNYMS : Rheumatic limiment, or drops, Tinctura camphorae composita, Com- pound tincture of camphor, Rheumatic tincture. Preparation.—Take of camphor, 1 pound ; oil of origanum, oil of hemlock, each, 3 pound; oil of Sassafras, oil of cajeput, each, 2 ounces; oil of turpentine, 1 ounce; capsicum, 4 ounces; alcohol, 1 gallon. Macerate for 14 days and filter. Action and Medical Uses. –This is exceedingly efficient as an external application in almost every painful affection, and is of advantage in chronic rheu- matism, pains in various parts of the system, bruises, sprains, chilblaims, contusions, lameness, numbness, white swellings, and other swellings, etc. In ordinary cases apply 2 to 4 teaspoonfuls to the affected part, and rub it well by the fire, and apply warm flammel over the region of the affected part several times a day. Internally, take 20 drops on sugar, but in severe and obstimate cases, after bathing as above directed, apply an additional piece of flannel, which must be kept constantly wet with the drops, until relieved. When applied to the teeth, wet a small quan- tity of cotton, and introduce it into the decaying teeth. If the face is swollen, bathe with it likewise (J. King). That of the British Pharmacopoeia (1885) is stimulant and rubefacient on account of the stronger ammonia employed. It may be employed in local painful conditions. 1140 LINIMIENTUM CAPSICI COMPOSITUM.–LINIMENTUM IODI. LINIMIENTUM CAPSICI COMPOSITUMI,_COMPOUND CAPSICUM LINIMIENT. Preparation.—Take of tincture of capsicum, 2 fluid ounces; tincture of opium and aqua ammoniae, each, 3 fluid drachms; oil of origanum, 2 fluid drachms; oil of cinnamom and timeture of camphor, each, 1 fluid drachm. Mix. Action and Medical Uses.--This is a very efficient application in rheu- matic, pleuritic, meuralgic, and other pains. LINIMENTUM CANTHARIDIS (N. F.)—CANTHARIDEs LINIMIENT. Preparation.—“Cantharides, in No. 60 powder, one hundred and fifty grammes (150 Grm.) [5 oz. av., 127 grs.]; oil of turpentine, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 m). Digest the can- tharides with one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 ml] of oil of turpentine, in a closed vessel, by means of a water-bath, for 3 hours; then strain, and add enough oil of turpentine through the strainer to make the limiment measure one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 ml]”—(Nat. Form.). Uses.—(See Camtharis.) LINIMENTUM CHLOROFORMI (U. S. P.)—CHLoRoFoRM LINIMIENT. Preparation.—“Chloroform, three hundred cubic centimeters (300 Co.) [10 flá, 69 ml]; soap limiment, seven hundred cubic centimeters (700 Co.) [23 flá, 321 ſil]; to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 Tilj. Mix them by agitation”—(U. S. P.). The Linimentum Chloroformi of the British Pharmacopoeia (1885) is prepared by combining equal parts of camphor liniment and chloroform. Action and Medical Uses.—Employed as a local anaesthetic for neuralgias and other Superficial pains. LINIMIENTUMI CROTONIS.–CROTON-OIL LINIMENT. Preparation.—“Take of croton oil, 1 fluid ounce; oil of turpentine, 7 fluid ounces. Mix together with agitation”—(Dub.). Action and Medical Uses.—This acts as a prompt rubefacient, and when used for some time, produces pustulation. From 10 to 30 minims may be placed upon a limited surface, and rubbed in ; and when pustulation is required, this should be repeated two or more times every day. fol Related Preparation.—The National Formulary directs besides Croton-oil liniment, the ollowing: LINIMENTUM TIGLII CoMPOSITUM (N. F.), Compound croton-oil limiment: “Croton oil, twenty cubic centimeters (20 Co.) [325 ſ[l]; oil of Sassafras, twenty cubic centimeters (20 Co.) [325 ml]; oil of turpentine, twenty cubic centimeters (20 Co.) [325 ſill; oil of olive, forty cubic centi- meters (40 Co.) [1 fl3, 169 ml]. Mix them ’’—(Nat. Form.). LINIMIENTUM IOIDI.—LINIMIENT OF IODINE. Preparation.—The National Formulary directs: “Iodine, one hundred and twenty-five grammes (125 Gm.) [4 ozs, av., 179 grs.]; potassium iodide, fifty grammes (50 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 334 grs.]; glycerin, thirty-five cubic centimeters (35 Co.) [1 flá, 88 m); water, sixty-five cubic centimeters (65 Co.) [2 fl 3,95 ml]; alcohol, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 ml]. Mix eight hundred cubic centimeters (800 Co.) [27 flä, LINIMIENTUM NIGRUM.–LINIMENTUM OPII. 1141 25 ml] of alcohol with the other ingredients, and dissolve the solids by agitation. Then add enough alcohol to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 ml]. Note—The proportion of the ingredients above given yields a product practically identicaſ with that prescribed by the British Pharmacopoeia, 1885”—(Nat. Form.). Action and Medical Uses.—The uses of this liniment are those of iodine (see Iodimum). Related Preparation.—LINIMENTUM AMMONII IoDIDI (N. F.), Liniment of ammonium iodide. “Iodine, four grammes (4 Gm.) [62 grs.]; oil of rosemary, fifteen cubic centimeters (15 CC.) [243 ml]; oil of lavender, fifteen cubic centimeters (15 Co.) [243 ſill; camphor, thirty grammes 30 Gm.) [463 grs.]; water of ammonia (U. S. P.), one hundred and ten cubic centimeters (110 Co.) [3 #. 345 tºll; alcohol, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centi- meters (1000 Co.) [33 fl3, 391 m.]. Dissolve the iodine, the oils, and the camphor, in Seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (750 CC.) [25 fl:3, 173 fill of alcohol, and then add the water of ammonia, and lastly, enough alcohol to make one thousand cubic centimeters.[33 fl3, 391 ſill. Note.—On standing, the liquid will become colorless, and there will, usually, be a slight precipitate, which may be separated by filtration ”—(Nat. Form.). This liniment is designed for the purpose of using iodine locally in a form that will not stain. LINIMIENTUM NIGRUM.–BLACK LINIMENT, Preparation.—Take of olive oil, 1% fluid ounces; sulphuric acid, 1 fluid drachm; mix well together, and them add oil of turpentime, , fluid ounce. Action and Medical Uses.—An active counter-irritant, but does not vesi- cate. To be rubbed on the part with a piece of lint twice a day until the skin becomes tender and inflamed. It may be used in indolent swellings of the joints, rheumatic pains, and wherever active counter-irritation is indicated (Brodie). LINIMIENTUM OLEORUM.—LINIMENT OF OILS, SYNONYM: Limimentum olei. Preparation.—Take of oils of cedar, cajeput, cloves, and Sassafras, of each, 1 fluid ounce. Mix. Action and Medical Uses.—This forms an efficient application to rheumatic and other painful affections; it should also be rubbed on affected part, 3 or 4 times daily. Related Preparation.—LINIMENTUM OLEI CoMPOSITUM, Compound limiment of oils, Concem- trated limiment. Take of oils of origanum, hemlock, cajeput, and camphor, each, 4 ounces, by Weight; capsicum, 2 ounces. Mix the oils and dissolve the camphor in the mixture; then add the capsicum and let it macerate for 14 days, frequently agitating. Then filter. This is a powerful counter-irritant, and may be employed with advantage in indolent tumors, indurated mamma, rheumatic and other pains, and to the spine, in epilepsy, mervous debility, etc. (J. King). LINIMIENTUM OPII.—LINIMENT OF OPIUM. SYNoNYM : Amodyme limiment. Preparation.—Tincture of opium, limiment of soap, each, 2 fluid ounces. Mix—(Br. Pharm., 1885). Action and Medical Uses.—This is an amodyne and mild rubefacient appli- cation in comtw800ms, sprains, meuralgic and rheumatic pains, etc. Related Liniment.—LINIMIENTUM OPII CoMPOSITU-M (N. F.), Compound limiment of opium, Canada limiment. “Tincture of opium (U. S. P.), one hundred cubic centimeters (100 Co.) [3 fl:5, 183 (Ill; camphor, seventeen and one-half grammes (17.5 Gm.) [270 grs.]; alcohol, two hun- dred and fifty cubic centimeters (250 Co.) [8 fl3, 218 ſill; oil of peppermint, twenty-five cubic centimeters (25 Co.) [406 Tºll; water of ammonia (U. S. P.), three hundred and seventy-five cubic centimeters (375 Co.) [12 fl3, 327 ſill; oil of turpentine, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Ce.) [83 fl3, 391 Till. Dissolve the camphor and the oil of peppermint in the alcohol, then add the tincture of opium, water of ammonia, and enough oil of turpentine to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 fl3, 391 ||ll. Shake the mixture whenever any of it is to be dispensed. Note.-This liniment will separate a short 1142 LINIMENTUM PETROLEI COMPOSITUM.–LINIMIENTUM SAPONIS, time after it has been mixed. It may be made somewhat more permanent by adding twenty- five cubic centimeters (25 Co.) [406 ſill of tincture of quillaja (U. S. P.), to the water of ammonia, before adding it to the mixture”—(Nat. Form.). LINIMIENTUM PETROLEI COMPOSITUMI,-COMPOUND LINIMIENT OF PETROLEUM. Preparation.—Take of American petroleum (sp. gr. 40° to 42° Baumé), 6 fluid ounces; aqua ammoniae, tincture of opium, each, 1 fluid ounce; camphor 60 grains. Mix. Action and MedicaleUses.—This forms a very useful application in rheu- matism, sprains, bruises, Sore throat, and painful affections. A Camphorated petroleum for similar purposes may be prepared by dissolving 1 ounce of camphor in 1 pint of American petroleum (40° to 45° Baumé). LINIMENTUM PLUMBI SUBACETATIS (N. F.)—LINIMENT OF LEAD SUBACETATE, Preparation.—“Solution of lead subacetate (U. S. P.), three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (350 Co.) § flá, 401 fil]; cotton seed oil, six hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (650 Ce.) [21 flá, 470 ml]. Mix them.” Action and Medical Uses.—This agent was used chiefly as a discutient, and is applicable to chilblains, chapped hands, contusions, sprains, and glandular inflammations. It is no longer official. * LINIMIENTUM POTASSII IOIDIDI CUMI SAPONE.—LINIMIENT OF POTASSIUM IOIDIDE AND SOAP. Preparation. — Powder 1% ounces (av.) of potassium iodide in a mortar. Then mix with 10 fluid ounces (Imp.) of distilled water, 1 fluid ounce (Imp.) of glycerin, and into the mixture, contained in a porcelain dish, introduce 2 ounces (ay.) of curd soap, cut small, and dissolve over a water-bath. Next pour the liquefied soap upon the potassium iodide in the mortar, and triturate briskly until the mixture becomes cold. After setting it aside for 1 hour, rub well into the creamy mixture 1 fluid drachm of oil of lemon. This accords with the British Pharmacopoeia, 1885. Action and Medical Uses.—This liniment is designed to give a topical preparation of iodide of potassium. Probably a concentrated solution of the potassium salt in water alone will be more effectual, being more readily absorbed. LINIMENTUM SAPONIS (U. S. P.)—SoAP LINIMENT. SYNoNYMs: Tinctura Saponis camphorata (U. S. P., 1850), Camphorated tincture of soap; Liquid opodeldoc, Spiritus mervinus camphoratus. Preparation.—“Soap, in fine powder, seventy grammes (70 Gm.) [2 ozs, av., 205 grs.]; camphor, in small pieces, forty-five grammes (45 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 257 grs.]; oil of rosemary, ten cubic centimeters (10 Co.) [162 ſilj; alcohol, seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (750 Co.) § flá, 173 ºil]; water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 Till. Introduce the camphor and the alcohol into a suitable bottle, and shake until the camphor is dissolved. Then add the soap and oil of rosemary, and shake the bottle well for a few minutes. Lastly, add enough water to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 ml], and again shake until the liquid becomes clear. Set it aside, in a cool place, for 24 hours, then filter”—(U. S. P.). On account of its greater solubility in alcohol, soap made from soda and olive oil, and not that made from animal fats, should be employed. Castor oil LINIMENTUM SAPONIS C.A.M.P.H.-LINIMENTUM SAPONIS MOLLIS, 1143 (Sayre) has been recommended, as has a potassa-Soap prepared with rape-seed oil (Barckhausen). - Action and Medical Uses.—This forms a very useful stimulating and ano- dyne application in contusions, sprains, rheumatic and other painful affections. LINIMIENTUMI SAPONIS CAMPHORATUMI,_CAMPHORATED SOAP LINIMENT. SYNoNYM : Opodeldoc. Preparation.—Take of common white soap, 2 ounces; camphor, 1 ounce; oil of rosemary, 3 drachms; oil of origanum, 2 drachms; aqua ammoniae (U. S. P.), 1 ounce; alcohol, 1% pints. Place the soap in the alcohol and digest on a sand- bath; when the soap is dissolved, add the ammonia, oils, and camphor; agitate until they are dissolved, and immediately pour into wide-mouthed vials. When cold, this limiment becomes of a semi-solid consistence. This liniment assumes an appearance of solidity, which is owing to its forma- tion with a soap made with animal oil, instead of one with vegetable or olive oil. It is yellowish-white, translucent, and becomes fluid at the temperature of the body. Before cooling it is usually placed in 2 or 4-ounce vials with wide mouths, and is known by the name of Opodeldoc. The Opodeldoc of the U. S. P. (1850) was prepared by digesting, on a sand-bath, common soap (sliced), 3 ounces, in alco- hol, 1 pint. When dissolved, add camphor, 1 ounce; oils of rosemary and origa- num, each, 1 fluid drachm. Pour into wide-mouthed bottles. There are other formulas for opodel.doc. The National Formulary directs: LINIMENTUM SAPONATO - CAMPHORATUM (N. F.), Camphorated soap limiment, Opodeldoc, Solid opodeldoc.: “White castile soap, dried and powdered, seventy-five grammes (75 Gm.) [2 ozs. av., 284 grs.]; camphor, twenty-five grammes (25 Gm.) [386 grs.]; alcohol, nine hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (950 Co.) [32 flá, 59 ml]; oil of thyme, three cubic centimeters (3 Co.) [49 ml]; oil of rosemary, six cubic centimeters (6 Co.) [97 ml]; stronger water of ammonia (U. S. P.), fifty cubic centimeters (50 Co.) [1 flá, 332 Till. Introduce the castile soap, camphor, and alcohol, into a flask or suitable bottle, and apply a gentle heat until solution is effected, taking care that no loss of alcohol be incurred by evaporation. Filter the liquid, while hot, into another flask or bottle; warm again, if necessary, to render the contents liquid, add the oils and stronger water of ammonia, and when the whole has been thoroughly mixed, pour it into small dry vials, which should have been previously warmed, and should immediately be corked and cooled. Note.—The quantity above given is usually divided into from 18 to 20 vials. Solid opodel.doc is directed by the German Pharmacopoeia to be prepared with soap made from animal fats; but pure, white castile soap may be used, provided it has been previously deprived of water. The stronger water of ammonia should be of the full strength prescribed by the U. S. P.”—(Nat. Form.). Action and Medical Uses.—Camphorated soap liniment is an excellent ano- dyne embrocation in all local pains, rheumatism, contusions, sprains, Sore throat, etc. LINIMENTUM SAPONIS MOLLIS (U. S. P.)—LINIMENT OF SOFT SOAP. SYNONYM : Tinctura saponis viridis (Pharm., 1880). Preparation.—“Soft soap, six hundred and fifty grammes (650 Gm) [1 lb. av., 6 ozs., 406 grs.]; oil of lavender flowers, twenty cubic centimeters (20 Co.) [325 ml]; alcohol, three hundred cubic centimeters (300 Co.) [10 flá, 69 º ; water, a sufficient, quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 ml]. Mix the oil of lavender with the alcohol, dissolve in this the soft soap by stirring or agitation, and set the solution aside for 24 hours. . Then filter it through paper, and pass enough water through the filter to make the product measure one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 fil]. Mix thor- oughly ’’—(U. S. P.). Action and Medical Uses.—This is Hebra’s tincture of green 800p, so-called. It is used in cutaneous disorders, especially in eczema, prwrigo, lichen, and psoriasis. 1144 LINIMENTUM SIN APIS COMP. –LINIMIENTUM SUCCINI COMP, LINIMENTUM SINAPIS COMPOSITUM (U. S. P.)—compound LINIMIENT OF MIUSTARD. Preparation.—“Volatile oil of mustard, thirty cubic centimeters (30 Co.) [1 flá, 7 m); fluid extract of mezereum, two hundred cubic centimeters (200 Co.) [6 flá, 366 TIll; camphor, sixty grammes (60 Gm.) [2 ozs. av., 51 grs.]; castor oil, one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (150 Co.) [5 flá, 35 ml]; alcohol, a suffi- cient quantity to made one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 fis, 391 ml]. Dissolve the camphor in five hundred cubic centimeters (500 Co.) [16 flä, 435 m. of alcohol, and add the fluid extract of mezereum; them add the oil of mustard and the castor oil, and finally, enough alcohol to make the product measure one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flā,391 ml]. Mix thoroughly "-(U.S. P.). Action and Medical Uses.—This is powerfully counter-irritant, and may be employed as a revulsive. Care should be exercised in its use, however, as the Sores produced by both mustard and mezereum are sometimes productive of great harm, and are difficult to heal. LINIMIENTUMI STILLINGIAE COMPOSITUM.–COMPOUND LINIMIENT OF STILLINGIA. SYNONYMS : Stillingia limiment, Compound tincture of stillingia. Preparation.—Take of oil of stillingia, 1 fluid ounce; oil of lobelia, oil of cajeput, of each, fluid ounce; alcohol and glycerin, of each, 2 fluid ounces. Mix in the order named. This formula is that revised by Prof.W. E. Bloyer, and is far preferable to the formula given below. Prepared in this manner, the com- ponent parts of the liniment do not separate as readily as in the old preparation, the formula for which is as follows: Take of oil of stillingia, 1 fluid ounce; oil of cajeput, , fluid ounce; oil of lobelia, 2 fluid drachms; alcohol, 2 fluid ounces. Mix together. Stillingia liniment is prone to precipitate, and often thickens to a magma or jelly. It should be well shaken before being used. If it has solidified, it should be replaced by a fresh supply. Action and Medical Uses.—This forms a peculiar kind of liniment, pos- Sessing stimulant and relaxant properties. It is used in chronic asthma, croup, epilepsy, chorea, etc. In asthma and crowp, the throat, chest, and neck are to be bathed with it 3 or 4 times a day. With Prof. Scudder it was regarded as of great value externally in crowp, and given internally it forms a good remedy for irrita- tive and chronic coughs. It may be given on Sugar, discs, or in syrup. In chorea, epilepsy, and spasmodic diseases, the whole vertebral column is to be bathed with it. In Theumatism, Sprains, and painful affections, the diseased parts are to be bathed with it. In asthma its action is very prompt and effectual, relieving and ultimately curing some very obstinate cases. In the majority of instances, when applied to the chest, neck, etc., the patient experiences a peculiar taste in the mouth, some- what resembling that of the lobelia and stillingia combined. It is often used of less strength, as–Take of oil of stillingia, ; fluid ounce; oil of cajeput, , fluid ounce; oil of lobelia, 1 fluid drachn; alcohol, 3 fluid ounces. Mix. It is an agent peculiar to Eclectic practice, and is very active and efficient (R. S. Newton). The dose of stillingia liniment is from 1 to 5 drops. LINIMIENTUMI SUCCINI COMPOSITUMI, COMPOUND LINIMENT OF OIL OF AMBER, Preparation.—Take of oil of stillingia, rectified oil of amber, each, 1 fluid ounce; oil of lobelia, 3 fluid drachms; olive oil, 2 fluid ounces. Mix. Action and Medical Uses.—I have found this preparation very efficient in chronic (18thma, croup, pertussis, chorea, epilepsy, rheumatism, Sciatica, and various other Spasmodic and painful affections; in many instances being much superior to the compound liminent of stillingia. Its manner of application is the same as recom- LINIMIENTUM TEREBIN THINAE.-LINTEUM. 1145 mended for the preceding liniment. In very severe cases, it may be applied every hour, or half-hour, and continued until vomiting ensues. It acts as a stimulant, relaxant, and antispasmodic. In many of the above diseases it will effect a cure without the exhibition of any internal medicine, and is especially useful among children to whom it is difficult to administer remedies by mouth, or in cases where the stomach rejects all medicines. Care must be taken not to use too much of this liminent at any one application. Owing to the presence of stil- lingia in this preparation, the liniment is prone to precipitation (see remarks concerning Compound Stillingia Liniment) (J. King). LINIMENTUM TEREBINTHINAE (U. S. P.)—TURPENTINE LINIMIENT. Preparation.—“Resin cerate, six hundred and fifty grammes (650 Grm.) [1 lb. av., 6 ozs.,406 grs.]; oil of turpentine, three hundred and fifty grammes (350 Gm.) [12 ozs. av., 151 grs.]; to make one thousand grammes (1000 Grm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs, 120 grs.]. Melt the resin cerate in a capsule, on a water-bath, then add the oil of turpentine, and mix them thoroughly ’’—(U. S. P). This is Kentish limiment. In its preparation a low heat should be employed to melt the cerate, after which the oil may be added gradually with constant stirring. Action and Medical Uses.—This was at one time highly praised as an appli- cation to burns and Scalds. It should be applied as soon as possible after the acci- dent, and be allowed to remain on for at least a day. It should be applied on lint, care being taken to keep it from contact with the sound tissues. After healthy granulations set in, it should be discontinued. It may be employed in erythematous and erysipelatous comditions, when superficial or arising from injury, and in frost-bites. LINIMIENTUM TEREBIN THINAE COMPOSITUM.–COMPOUND LINIMIENT OF TURPENTINE. SYNONYM : White limiment. Preparation.—Take of rose-water, 2.; fluid ounces; yolk of egg, 1; oil of tur- pentine, 3 fluid ounces; oil of lemon, , fluid drachm; pyroligneous acid (or in its absence acetic acid), 1 fluid ounce. To the yolk slowly add the rose-water, and rub together in a mortar, then add the turpentine and oil of lemon. Pour the mixture into a pint bottle, and agitate to mix thoroughly; then add the acid, and agitate quickly and briskly. It must be kept well corked. Action and Medical Uses.—Used in asthma and inflammation of the lungs, rubbing it on the throat and chest with a sponge or cloth, from the epiglottic region to the epigastric; also useful whenever a counter-irritant is required. Related Preparation.—The National Formulary gives the following formula and name: LINIMENTUM TEREBINTILINAE ACETICUM (N. F.), Acetic turpentime limiment, Linimentum album, Stokes' limiment, St. John Long's limiment.—“Oil of turpentine, one hundred cubic centimeters (100 Co.) [3 fl3, 183 ſill; fresh egg, albumen and yolk, one (1); oil of lemon, four cubic centi- meters (4 Co.) [65 ſill; acetic acid (U. S. P.), twenty cubic centimeters (20 Ce.) [325 ml]; rose- water (U. S. P.), eighty-five cubic centimeters (85 Ce.) [2 fl 3, 420 ml]. Triturate or beat the contents of the fresh egg with the oil of turpentine and the oil of lemon in a mortar until they are thoroughly mixed. Then incorporate the acetic acid and rose-water. Shake the mixture, whenever any of it is to be dispensed ‘’-(Nat. Form.). As this last preparation bears the same name as the Br. Pharm. Limimentum Terebinthima .1ceticum (glacial acetic acid, 1 fluid part; liniment of camphor and oil of turpentine, each, 4 fluid parts; mix), the two should not be confounded with each other. Acetic turpentine liniment is rubefacient and vesicatory. It may be applied to relieve localized pains or inflam- matory swellings, and has been found useful in neuralgud and muscular rheumatism, and is a coun- ter-irritant in gastric inflammations to allay irritation and vomiting. LINTEUMI.—LINT. SYNoNYMs: Linteum carptum, Charpie (of the French). Source, Preparation, and Description.—Originally, lint was prepared by scraping with a knife bleached linen, such as towels, shirts, table cloths, sheets, 1146 LIN UMI. etc., until soft and fleecy. As thus prepared, it was designated hand-made lint, to distinguish it from that afterward made by mechanical appliances, and known as machine-made lint. It is now, however, made almost wholly by machinery from a cloth especially prepared, and is known as patent lint. When prepared from cottom, as is often the case, it is called cotton lint. The latter, however, is not so useful as linen lint, for, upon becoming wet, it quickly loses its elas- ticity, and, unless the oil has been well removed, it fails to properly absorb fluids. Besides, the fibers of the linen are much softer and do not irritate like cotton. Good lint should be soft, flocculent, and unirritating, yet firm enough to be torn in any one direction, and also be capable of taking upon its surfaces, cerates, etc., should be sufficiently loose to absorb discharges, and should be compact enough to leave no detached portions in the wound to which it is applied. Patent lint comes in soft, fleecy sheets of considerable thickness. Microscopically, the linen lint presents its fibers as long, almost straight, cylindrical tubes, with a small, central cavity; cotton fibers are flattened, often twisted, and have a wide, central canal (see also article on Limt, in Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1861, p. 359). Tests.-Aside from microscopical differences exhibited by cotton and linen fibers, they also present some differences in their behavior toward chemical re- agents. Linen fiber, dipped first in roSolic acid (aurim, yellow corallin) solution, and afterward in strong sodium carbonate solution, becomes rose-red; while cot- ton, under like treatment, remains colorless. Tincture of madder colors linen orange-red, cotton pale-yellow. Linen fiber becomes translucent when rubbed with a fixed oil, while cotton remains an opaque white. Cotton fiber is destroyed and dissolved in less than two minutes by cold sulphuric acid (concentrated), while linem is not appreciably altered in the same time. Linen is turned bright- yellow by boiling caustic potash Solution, while cotton is either not altered or becomes but faintly yellow. This test must be quickly applied, as the color fades rapidly. Surgical Uses.—Lint is used as a surgical dressing to protect injured parts, absorb discharges, to prevent too great pressure from surgical appliances and bandages, etc. . It should be soft and unirritating. Cotton lint quickly loses its elasticity when wet, and is, therefore, not so useful as charpie and linen lint. Related Substances.—SPANISH Moss, PEAT Moss, and Wool, WooD, or Wool CLOTII, a spongy tissue composed of wood fibre, have been applied like lint. OAKUM is a substance introduced, in 1862, by Dr. L. A. Sayre, of the United States Navy. It is composed of the hempen fibers of old rope impregnated with tar. It is often preferred for wounds discharging pus. Tow has been similarly used. (See Dr. Ruschenberger, in Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1863, p. 161, for comparative tests of the absorbing power of equal weights of cotton, oakum, tow, coarse-scraped and patent lint. Oakum absorbed only one-fourth, but patent lint seven and a half times its weight of water.) CHARPIE.—Strictly speaking, charpie, as used by the French surgeons, consisted of bundles (4 or 5 inches in length) of straight, unravelled threads of linen, but the name has also become synonymous with scraped lint, LINUM (U. S. P.)—LINSEED. “The seed of Linum usitatissimum, Linné'-(U. S. P.). Nat. Ord.—Lineae. CoMMON NAMEs: Flavseed, Linseed (Limi Semina, Br. Pharm., 1885). ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 39. Botanical Source.—Flax is an annual plant, very smooth, with a slender fibrous root, and 1 or more straight, round, leafy corymbose stems, 1 or 2 feet in height. The leaves are small, alternate, Sessile, acute, 3-veined, and rather glau- cous; the lowermost short and blunt. The flowers are several, large, blue, erect, borne in a terminal, corymbose panicle, on long footstalks. The calyx is persist- ent, consists of 5 ovate, acute sepals, which are 3-veined at base, and membra- naceous on the margin, The corolla is composed of 5 thin, delicate, roundish, wedge-shaped, crenate petals, which are glossy, have numerous veins, and readily drop off. Stamens 5, straight, and awl-shaped. Anthers 2-celled, and arrow- shaped. Ovary ovate, superior; styles 5; Stigmas obtuse. The fruit is a round capsule, 5-celled, the cells nearly divided by a false º: seeds 2 in each cell, ovate, compressed, brown, smooth, and glossy (L.-W.--Torrey and Gray). LINUM. 1147 History.—The native country of flax is unknown, though supposed to be derived from Egypt, or from Central Asia. It has been known from remote antiquity (see Gen. xli., 42, and Ecod. ix, 31). If is now naturalized in nearly all civilized countries. It blossoms from May to August, and matures its seeds early in autumn. The Seeds and their expressed oil are used in medicine. The seeds are described by the U. S. P. as follows: “About 4 or 5 Mm. (; to # inch) long, oblong-ovate, flattened, obliquely pointed at one end, brown, glossy, covered with a transparent, mucilaginous epi- thelium, which swells considerably in water; the embryo whitish or pale green- ish, with 2 large, oily, plano-convex cotyledons, and a thin perisperm; inodorous; taste mucilaginous, oily, and bitter. Ground limSeed (linseed meal, or flaxseed meal), for medicinal purposes, should be recently prepared, free from unpleasant or rancid odor. When extracted with carbon disulphide, it should yield not less than 25 per cent of fixed oil. The filtered infusion of ground linseed, prepared with boiling water and allowed to cool, has an insipid, mucilaginous taste, and should not be colored blue by iodine T.S. (absence of starch)”—(U. S. P.). In this connection see paper by J. U. Lloyd, on the testing of flaxseed for starch, in the Pharm. Rundschau, 1895, p. 210. Oil-cake (cake-meal, when ground) is the compressed refuse portion remaining after the oil has been pressed out; it contains the mucilage of the husk and all of the nitrogenous matter of the seed in condensed form (about 5 per cent nitro- gen), and is therefore used to feed cattle. Starch should be absent from the cake, and the ash should not exceed 5 per cent. The seeds finely ground, furnish a dark, ash-colored powder, flatseed meal, which forms with hot water a tenacious substance, used for luting in chemical operations. For poultices, the official Ground limSeed (Farina lini, or Linseed meal) is the best. Chemical Composition.—The chief constituents of flax seeds are mucilage (about 6 per cent), residing in the epithelial cells of the epidermis, and fixed oil (see Olewnn Limi, linseed oil), contained in the cotyledons (from 25 to 33 per cent; as high as 38 per cent, W. A. Puckner, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1889, p. 442). Starch is absent in ripe seeds. (An adulteration of linseed meal with 40 per cent of corn meal is on record; see G. M. Beringer, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1889, p. 167.) The mucilage probably has its origin in the starch occurring in the unripe seeds. When the umbruised seeds are covered with water, a viscid, odorless, and almost tasteless mucilage is obtained, precipitable by alcohol. When deprived of its ash (amounting to 10 per cent), the composition of the mucilage corresponds to the formula C, H, Olo (Tollens & Kirchner, 1874). It is precipitated also by basic ace- tate of lead, but not by tannic acid. It is not colored blue by the addition of iodine and sulphuric acid, nor does it redden litmus when in fresh condition. Boiling with diluted Sulphuric acid produces mostly a dextro-rotatory sugar, and about 5 per cent of insoluble cellulose. Nitric acid converts it partly into mucic acid, oxalic acid being likewise formed. Flax seeds contain about 4 per cent of nitrogen, corresponding to about 25 per cent of protein bodies. Part of the nitrogen is due, however, to the presence of a crystallizable, bitter substance formerly believed to be amygdalin, but differen- tiated from it as limamarin (Jorissen and Hairs, see Jahresb. der Pharm., 1891, p. 114). The presence of this substance gives rise to the frequently observed formation of hydrocyamic acid in ground flaxseed meal by spontaneous fermenta- tion (see A. Jorissen, Jahresb, der Pharm., 1883 and 1894; and W. O. Senior, Pharm. Jour. Trans., 1885, Vol. XVI, p. 514). The seeds contain on an average 3.6 per cent of ash, which is rich in phosphoric acid (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1881, p. 552). (As regards the manufacture and composition of linseed cake and meal, as well as enumeration of the possible impurities by weeds, etc., consult interesting article in Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1893, p. 195.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Flaxseed is used as a demulcent and emollient. An infusion of the entire seeds, an ounce to a quart of water at 100° C. (212°F.), forms a mucilagimous draught which is much employed in ardor wrimar and wrimary diseases, mephritic pains, coughs, colds, colo-rectitis, pulmonary, gastro-enteric, and wrimary inflammations. When not contraindicated, the addition of lemon juice improves the flavor, or it may be sweetened with loaf sugar or honey. An infusion of flaxseed, or of flaxseed meal, forms an excellent laxative injection; 1148 LIQUIDAMBAR. and the meal added to boiling water, and made of the proper consistence, makes an excellent cataplasm (see Cataplasma Lini). Dose of the infusion, 1 or 2 pints daily. Linseed oil in doses of 2 fluid ounces twice a day, is said to have cured severe cases of piles within 2 or 3 weeks; while using it liquors and stimulating diet are to be avoided. It is likewise reputed beneficial when internally admin- istered in dysentery, colic, and lumbricus. Used as an enema, it is advantageous in dysentery, hemorrhoids, and ascarides; and combined with lime-water, it forms Carron oil, an excellent application to burms. One pint of linseed oil, combined with 4 ounce each, of oils of origanum and wintergreen, forms a pleasant cathartic; to be given in the same doses as castor oil. Related Species.—Limum catharticum, Purging flac. This is a European annual bear- ing very small white flowers, and having a very bitter subacrid taste. Water extracts its virtues, the infusion being yellow. The active cathartic principle is limin, which occurs in neutral, white, silky, and lustrous crystals. It is most abundant in the plant just after the flowers have fallen. Its alcoholic solution is persistently and strongly bitter. (For further details, see Husemann and Hilger, Pflanzenstoffe, 1884, p. 829.) Purging flax has the reputa- tion on the continent of being mildly purgative, and has been employed in hepatic, catarrhal, and rheumatic disorders. The dose of the powdered plant is 1 drachm ; of the extract, 4 to 8 grains. Diuretic properties are also ascribed to it. LIQUIDAMBA.R.—SWEET-GUM. The balsamic exudate, or concrete juice of Liquidambar Styraciflua, Linné. Nat. Ord.-Hamamelaceae. COMMON NAMEs: (Tree) Sweet-gum tree, Bilsted, Copalm, (Gum) Sweet-gum, Gum wav. Botanical Source.—The sweet-gum tree attains the height of 50 to 60 feet, with a diameter of 3 to 5 feet. It is covered with a gray, deeply furrowed bark, with corky ridges on the branchlets. The leaves are palmate, deeply 5 to 7-lobed, rounded, smooth, shining, of a rich green color; the lobes finely glandular, Serrate, and acuminate; the veins villous at their bases. When bruised the leaves, which are fragrant, turn crimson or deep-red in autumn. The sterile flowers are in a conical cluster of several globular heads, naked or achlamydeous; the aments monoecious, roundish, and sur- rounded with a 4-leaved involucre; the stamens numerous and intermixed with minute scales; the filaments short, and the anthers numerous, oblong, and subsessile. The fertile flowers gº consist of 2-celled Ovaries, subtended by minute scales, all more Liquidańº strack or less cohering and hardening in fruit, forming a spherical cat- Ulal, kin or head. The catkins are racemed, nodding, inclosed in the bud by a 4-leaved, deciduous involucre. Styles 2, long. Fruit a kind of strobile, composed of the indurated scales and capsules. Capsules or pods 2-beaked, 2-celled, opening between the two awl-shaped, or prickly diverging styles. Seeds small, Several, amphitropous, with sparing albumen, and a straight embryo; cotyledons foliaceous (G.—W.). History and Description.—This is a large and beautiful tree, with fine- grained wood, growing throughout the United States in moist woods from Com- necticut and New Jersey, southward; but found in greater abundance in the Southern and middle states, as well as in Guatemala and Mexico. In warm cli- mates, a whitish-yellow, somewhat limpid juice exudes from the incisions made into the tree, especially during the warm seasons; it has the density of thick Syrup, but by standing it forms a soft, resinous-like, adhesive mass, somewhat like white turpentine, but opaque and almost black. Or, it may become hard, breaking with a resinous fracture. It is known as Sweet-gum, Gum war, or Liquid- ambar (Liquidum Liquidambar Styraciflue); it has a pleasant, benzoinic odor, and a benzoinic, somewhat bitter, and pungent taste. It is soluble in alcohol, chloro- form, ether, oil, lard, or fats, softens in warm weather, and becomes harder in cold. Its tincture slightly reddens litmus paper. Chemical Composition.—Liquidambar is closely allied in its composition to storaw, an exudation of the bark of Liquidambar orientalis, Miller (see Styraw). Fig. 161. LIQUORES.–LIQUOR ACIDI ARSENOSI. 1149 William L. Harrison (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1874, p. 161), from a semiliquid speci: men collected in Virginia, obtained by distillation with an aqueous solution of sodium carbonate 1.5 per cent of volatile styrol, a hydrocarbon of a peculiar aro- matic odor. The yield is stated to have been as high as 7 per cent (Bonastre). When extracting sweet-gum with petroleum benzin, a mixture of cinnamic acid (C.H.CH:CH.COOH) and styracin (cinnamyl-cinnamate, [C.H.C.H.C.H.COO.C.H.], discovered by Bonastre, 1827), results, from which diluted ammonia extracts all of the cinnamic acid which may be precipitated by means of diluted acids (see Prof. Maisch, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1874, p. 166). The total yield of cinnamic acid was 5% per cent. No benzoic acid could be detected. W. von Miller (Archiv der Pharm., 1882, p. 648), obtained by the distillation with steam of a rather firm specimen of the resin styrol contaminated with an oxygenated oil; in the residue was found cinnamic acid, melting at 133° C. (271.4° F.), but no benzoic acid; styracin, in beautiful crystals, melting at 44°C. (112° F.) and a thick, yellow oil, consisting chiefly of phenyl-propyl-cinnamate (C.H.CH:CH.COO.CH,CH,CH,C,EI.). The ethyl- and benzyl-esters of cinnamic acid were found to be absent. Storesin, a peculiar, complex alcohol occurring in storax free and as cinnamate, in large quantity (von Miller, 1877), is also present in liquidambar. The leaves of Liquidambar styraciflua contain tannin and small quantities of a volatile oil. Sweet-gum contains nearly 10 per cent of impurities, such as portions of the bark, etc. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Sweet-gum probably has virtues simi- lar to the concrete juice of Styraa, officinale, which see. It makes an excellent and agreeable ointment when melted with equal parts of lard or tallow, which I have found decidedly useful in hemorrhoids, psora, ringworm of the Scalp, porrigo scutulata, and many other cutaneous affections; also in that indolent species of ulcer, known as “fever sores on the legs.” In anal fistula, it maintains an increased discharge, softems the callosity of the walls of the simus, and produces a normal result, and effects this without pain to the patient. If necessary, in fistula, a little creosote, or other stimulant may be added to it. This employment of sweet-gum is not generally known, and physicians would do well to avail themselves of its use in the above diseases. It is also used in chronic catarrh, coughs, and pulmonary affections. The dose internally is from 10 to 20 grains (J. King). LIQUORES.–SOLUTIONS. Under the term liquor, or solution, the U. S. P. includes all aqueous solutions of substances wholly soluble in that menstruum, and not containing sugar, vola- tile oils, or gases. This excludes such aqueous preparations as infusions, decoc- tions, medicated waters and syrups. LIQUOR ACIDI ARSENOSI (U. S. P.)—SoLUTION OF ARSENOUS ACID. SYNoNYMs: Liquor arsenici chloridi (U. S. P., 1870), Liquor arsemic; hydrochlo- ricus (Br, Pharm., 1885), Solution of arsenic chloride, Hydrochloric solution of arsenic. Preparation.—“Arsenous acid, ten grammes (10 Gm.) [154 grs.]; diluted hydrochloric acid, fifty cubic centimeters (50 Ce.) [1 flā, 332 ml]; distilled water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 ml]. Mix the diluted hydrochloric acid with two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (250 Co.) [8 flā, 218 ml] of distilled water, add the arsenous acid, and boil the mixture until all the arsenous acid is dissolved. Filter the solution and pass enough distilled water through the filter to make the product meas- ure one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Ce.) [33 flá, 391 fill. Mix thor- oughly "-(U. S. P.). This contains the two acids (arsenous and hydrochloric) uncombined, the latter acid simply aiding in dissolving the former. The name, solution of arsenic chloride is, therefore, erroneous and misleading. The strength of the U. S. P. solution is 1 per cent (4.56 grains to fluid ounce; density, 1,009). 1150 LIQUOR ACIDI CARBOLICI, Description and Tests.-‘A clear, colorless liquid, odorless, having an acidu- lous taste and an acid reaction. If 24.7 Co. of solution of arsenous acid be boiled for a few minutes with 2 Gm. of sodium bicarbonate, the liquid cooled, diluted with water to 100 Co., and mixed with a little starch T.S., it should require from 49.4 to 50 Co. of decinormal iodine V.S. to produce the blue tint of iodide of starch (corresponding to 1 Grm. of arsenous acid in 100 Co. of the solution)”— (U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This agent is used for the same pur- poses as Fowler's solution of arsenic. The dose is from to 3 minims, well di- luted, after food. Related Preparations.—DE VALANGIN's SoLUTION. “Jiquor arsenici chloridi,” Solution of chloride of arsemic, or De Palangin's solutio solventis mineralis. To distilled water, 1 fluid ounce, add hydrochloric acid, 13 fluid drachms, and arsenous acid, in small pieces, 3 drachm. Boil until the arsenic is dissolved, then add distilled water, a sufficient quantity to make the whole measure 1 pint. The dose is from to 3 drops, 3 times a day, beginning with the smallest dose and gradually increasing. LIQUOR POTASSII ARSENATIs ET BROMIDI (N. F.), Solution of potassium arsenate and bromide, Liquor arsenii bromidi, Solution of bromide of arsenic, Clemens’ solution.—“Arsenous acid, ten grammes (10 Gm.) [154 grs.]; potassium bicarbonate, ten grammes (10 Gm.) [154 grs.]; bro- mine, fifteen and one-half grammes (153 Gm.) [239 grs.]: water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 fl;, 391 (Ill. Boil the arsenous acid with the potassium bicarbonate and one hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (125 Co.) [4 fl 3, 109 Till of water, until solution is effected. Allow this to cool, add six hundred and twenty- five cubic centimeters (625 Co.) [21 fig, 64 ſl] of water, then the bromine, and afterward enough water to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 m.). Let the mixture stand a few hours, agitating it occasionally, then filter. This solution contains an amount of arsenic in combination, corresponding to 1 per cent of arsenous acid. Note:-The title, “Solution of Bromide of Arsenic ’’ (Liquor Arsenii Bromidi), which is often applied to Clemens' solution or similar preparations, is a misnomer, since arsenic bromide can not exist, as such, in presence of water, but is split up into hydrobromic and arsenous acids. The pro- portions of the ingredients, in the formula above given, have been adjusted, as closely as practicable, so as to yield definite compounds, viz.: arsenate and bromide of potassium. In order to prevent injury to the balances by weighing a definite amount of bromine, the plan suggested in the note to No. 213 may be applied to this preparation, viz.: To prepare such a quantity of the latter at one time as will be commensurate to the actual contents of an origi- nal vial of bromine ‘’—(Nat. Form.). A somewhat similar, but modified, Clemens' solution is the following: LIQUOR ARSENICI BROMIDI.-Mix powdered arsenous acid (1 part) with potassium carbon- ate (1 part) and dissolve them in boiling water (10 parts). Add water (80 parts) and bromine (2 parts). Set aside in moderate atmosphere until the liquid is decolorized, and, lastly, add enough water to bring the solution to 100 parts by weight. This solution is probably one of potassium bromide and potassium arsenate. It improves on keeping. Pure ingredients must be used in making it. LIQUOR AURI ET ARSENII BROMIDI (N. F.), Solution of bromide of gold and arsenic.—“Arsenous acid, two and one-half grammes (23 Gm.) [39 grs.); tribromide of gold, three and one-fourth grammes (33 Gm.) [50 grs.]; bromine water, distilled water, of each, a sufficient quantity to make One thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flº, 391 ||U}. Introduce the arsenous acid and about one hundred and thirty-five cubic centimeters (135 Co.) [4 fl 3, 271 ſill of bromine water into a flask and heat gently until all free bromine has disappeared. Then add bromine water, twenty (20) to thirty (30) drops at a time, until it will be present in slight excess, or until the solution does not become colorless after some time. Transfer the solution to a porcelain capsule, expel the excess of bromine with the aid of gentle heat, dilute it with water to about nine hundred cubic centimeters (900 Co.) [30 fl;, 208 (ſl), and dissolve in this the tribromide of gold, adding enough water to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 fl3, 391 (Ill. Ten (10) minims of this solution contains ºf grain of tribromide of gold and the equivalent of Tº grain of tribromide of arsenic. Note.—Bromine water is made by shaking bromine with about 30 times its weight of water, occasionally during several hours, and decant- ing the water from the undissolved bromine ‘’—(Nat. Form.). LIQUOR, ACIDI CARBOLICI.-SOLUTION OF CARBOLIC ACID. Preparation.—Take of carbolic acid (commercial), 1 part; oil of lemon, 3 parts; alcohol, 100 parts. Mix. Action and Medical Uses.—This forms an intimate and permanent solu- tion, which is deprived of the unpleasant odor of the carbolic acid without im- pairing its properties, by the presence of the lemon oil. It may be used where- ever carbolic acid is indicated, and may be more or less diluted as required. LIQUOR ACIDI CHROMICI.-LIQUOR ALUMINI ACETATIS. - 1151 LIQUOR ACIDI CHROMICI.-SoLUTION OF CHROMIC ACID, preparation.—Dissolve chromic acid, 1 ounce (av.) in distilled water, 3 fluid Ounces (Imp.). Description.—This accords with the British Pharmacopoeia, and, according to that authority, contains the equivalent of 25 per cent of chromic anhydride (CrO.); or 29.5 per cent of real chromic acid (H,CrO.). It is a caustic and strongly acid, odorless, orange-red liquid. Action and Medical Uses.—May be used as a caustic, as it is simply an aqueous solution of chromic acid (see Acidum Chromicum). LIQUOR ACIDI PHOSPHORICI COMPOSITUS (N. F.)—CoMPOUND SOLUTION OF PHOSPHORIC ACID. SYNoNYM: Solution of acid phosphates. Preparation.—“Bone ash, in fine powder, one thousand grammes (1000 Grm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]; sulphuric acid (sp. gr. 1.830), seven hundred and eighty grammes (780 Gm.) [1 lb. av., 11 ozs, 225 grs.]; water, four thousand cubic centimeters (4000 Co.) [135 flā, 122 Till. Mix the bone ash with one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 ml] of water, add the sulphuric acid, di- luted with two thousand cubic centimeters (2000 Co.) [67 flā, 362 m] of water, and mix thoroughly with a porcelain or glass stirrer. Now add the remainder of the water and set the mixture aside for 24 hours, stirring occasionally. Then transfer the mixture to a strong muslim strainer, and subject this to a gradual pressure (avoiding contact with metals), so as to express as much of the liquid as possible. Lastly, filter this through paper. The specific gravity of this solution is about 1.113 at 15° C. (59°F.). Note.—The quantity of the product obtained depends on the degree of force used in pressing. By strong pressure about 3500 parts may be obtained. If desired, the magma may also be poured into a glass per- colator, the neck of which contains a layer of fine quartz sand or asbestos, previ- ously deprived of matters soluble in sulphuric or phosphoric acids. On cautiously pouring water on top, so as not to mix it with the magma, the acid solution will be displaced. But the percolation must be interrupted as soon as the specific gravity of the percolate begins to fall below 1.113. The sulphuric acid used in this preparation may be the commercial variety, provided it is free from arsenic, and of a specific gravity not less than 1.830”—(Nat. Form.). Medical Uses.—(See Acidum Phosphoricum.) LIQUOR ALUMINI ACETATIS (N. F.)—SoLUTION OF ALUMINUM ACETATE. Preparation.—“Aluminum sulphate, crystallized, three hundred grammes (300 Gm.) [10 ozs, av., 255 grs.]; acetic acid (U. S. P.), three hundred grammes (300 Gm.) º ozs. av., 255 grs.]; calcium carbonate, one hundred and thirty grammes (130 Gm.) [4 ozs, av, 256 grs.]; water, one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flä, 391 m.]. Dissolve the calcium carbonate in the acetic acid mixed with two hundred cubic centimeters (200 Ce.) [6 flā, 366 ml] of water, and the aluminum sulphate in eight hundred cubic centimeters (800 Co.) [27 flä, 25 ml]. Mix the two solutions, and allow the mixture to stand for 24 hours, agitating occasionally. Then pour off the clear solution and filter. The solution contains from 7.5 to 8 per cent of basic aluminum acetate. Note.—Practically identical with the Liquor Alumini: Acetici of the German Pharm.”—(Nat. Form.). Uses.—(See Aluminum Acetate.) *. Related Preparation.—LIQUOR ALUMINT ACETICO-TARTRATIs (N. F.), Solution of aluminum acetico-tartrate: “Alum (U. S. P.), seven hundred and fifty grammes (750 Gm.) [l lb. av., 10 ozs, 199 grs.]; sodium carbonate, seven hundred granumes (700 Grm.) [1 lb. av., S ozs., 303 grs.]; glacial acetic acid (U. S. P.), one hundred and fifty grammes (150 Gm.) [5 ozs, av., 127 grs.]; tartaric acid, one hundred and thirty-five grammes (135 Gm.) [4 ozs, av., 333 grs.]; 1152 LIQUOR AMMONII ACETATIS. water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand grammes (1000 Grm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Dissolve the alum and the sodium carbonate each in ten thousand cubic centimeters (10,000 CC.) [338 fl3, 661ſl] of water; mix the solutions and wash the precipitate with water, first by decantation, and afterward on a strainer, until the washings run off tasteless. Allow the precipitate to drain and to shrink in volume by exposure on the strainer. Then transfer it to a tared capsule, add the glacial acetic and the tartaric acids, and apply heat until solution has been effected. Finally, evaporate the liquid to one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.). [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs, 120 grs.]. The product contains about 50 per cent of dry, so-called aluminum acetico-tartrate. Note.—The dry salt may be obtained by evaporating the solu- tion ''-(Nat. Form.). This agent is a disinfectant and caustic. Diluted one-half, it has been employed in affections of the maso-pharyma, and fauces. LIQUOR AMMONII ACETATIS (U. S. P.)—SoLUTION OF AMMONIUM ACETATE. “An aqueous solution of ammonium acetate (NH,C,EI,O,-76.87), containing about 7 per cent of the salt, together with small amounts of acetic and carbonic acids”—(U. S. P.). SYNONYMs: Spiritus Mindereri, Spirit of Mindererus, Acetas ammonicus liquidws. Preparation.—“Ammonium carbonate, five grammes (5 Gm.) [77 grs.]; di- luted acetic acid, one hundred cubic centimeters (100 Co.) [3 flá, 183 mil. Add the ammonium carbonate (which should be in translucent pieces, free from white, pulverulent bicarbonate), gradually to the cold diluted acetic acid, and stir until it is dissolved. This preparation should be freshly made when wanted”—(U. S. P.). If the above directions be exactly followed a uniform product of definite strength will be obtained, provided a good ammonium carbonate has been em- ployed. Ammonium carbonate which has been kept loose in the drawers of pharmacies will not answer for this purpose, for as a rule, a large share of the active portion (ammonium carbamate), has become dissipated, and the bulk of the material left is but ammonium bicarbonate, of no worth so far as the value of the above solution is concerned. The solution should be prepared only when needed for immediate use. The Br. Pharm. (1885) directs: Strong solution of acetate of ammonium, 4 fluid ounces (Imp.); distilled water, enough to make 20 fluid ounces (Imp.). Keep in bottles free from lead. Density, 1.022. LIQUOR AMMONII ACETATIs FoRTIOR (Br., 1885) is made by gradually adding to acetic acid (45 ounces), crushed ammonium carbonate (17% ounces). Then add more acetic acid (usually about 5 ounces), until the liquid is neutralized. Lastly, by means of water, bring the product to measure 60 fluid ounces (Imp.). Keep in vessels free from lead (see also Related Preparations). Description.—“A clear, colorless liquid, free from empyreuma, of a mildly saline acidulous taste, and an acid reaction. It is wholly volatilized by heat. When solution of acetate of ammonium is heated with potassium or sodium hydrate, vapor of ammonia is evolved. When heated with sulphuric acid, the solution gives off vapor of acetic acid”—(U. S. P.). Liquor ammonii acetatis is colorless, has a faint smell of acetic acid and ammonia, a feeble saline and somewhat bitter taste, in which that of ammonia is perceptible. This taste of ammonia, which is also perceptible in other salts of this base having a neutral reaction, is caused by the free or feebly combined soda in the saliva combining with the acid and evolving the ammonia. It should not be kept any considerable time, as it undergoes decomposition, and should be made only in small quantities at a time. It is subject to all the impurities mamed under the heads of acetic acid and carbonate of ammonium. If the solution be colored, this may generally be removed by filtering it through animal charcoal. If quite neutral, neither litmus nor turmeric papers will be affected by it. The tests of its impurities are the same as named in aqua ammoniae, and carbonate of ammonium. Good liquor ammonii acetatis yields soluble crystals of acetate of silver with nitrate of silver; evolves ammoniacal gas if lime or potassa be added. Liquor ammonii acetatis is incompatible with the alkalies, strong acids, corrosive sublimate, nitrate of silver, metallic sulphates, lime-water, alum, chloride of cal- cium, magnesia, and some of its salts, etc. LIQUOR AMMONII CITRATIS. 1153 Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—In small doses this solution is regarded as a refrigerant; in large doses diaphoretic and diuretic. The diuretic influence is more obvious when the patient is kept cool; the diaphoretic, when he is kept warm. It is principally used in fevers and inflammatory affections when not of a high grade, and is frequently associated with opium, tincture of camphor, nitrate of potassium, etc. Its diuretic influence is more marked when combined with sweet spirit of nitre. It is useful in the exanthemata when the circulation is feeble and eruption tardy, overcoming both of these conditions, while in the declining stages, with depression of the nervous system, dry skin, and renal inactivity, it may be given in #-drachm doses to reestablish the secretions. Spirit of Minde- rerus may be given where alcohol can not be administered, being a stimu- lant of a different character, and it is frequently used as a Sobering agent for drumkenness. This use of it to overcome the effects of alcohol is quite popular in some localities. When a stimulant that will not disturb the brain is required in low forms of typhoid fever, this agent may be selected, and often the sick head- ache of depression may be relieved by #-drachm doses of the solution. Uterime colic and dysmemorrhaea are sometimes relieved by it, tincture of opium (20 drops), being used with it in the first-named trouble. Gout, rheumatism, and some forms of dropsy and heart disease have been benefited by its use. It is an excellent agent in influenza and the initial stages of acute catarrh. Applied on cloths, moistened with it, it has been found useful in hydrocele and mumps, and resolves glamdular enlargements and early stage of mammitis. Four parts of the solution added to 28 parts of rose-water and 1 part of tincture of opium, form a very excellent collyrium in some chronic inflammations of the eye. Its dose is from , fluid drachm to 1 fluid ounce, in some sweetened water, which may be repeated every 3, 4, or 6 hours. Specific Indications and Uses.—Impaired capillary circulation, with tardy eruption in the exanthemata; alcoholic intoxication; sick headache with de- pression. Related Preparations.—The following preparation has been recommended as an ele- gant and pleasant anodyne, and diaphoretic in fevers, worthy the notice of the profession: LIQUOR AMIMONII AcETATIs ET MORPHINAE : Take of solution of acetate of ammonium, 1 fluid drachm ; acetate of morphine, 1 grain; syrup of lemon, enough to make 1 fluid ounce; mix together. The dose is from 3 to 1 fluid drachm, to be taken in water. Each fluid drachm contains grain of acetate of morphine (W. S. Merrell). Liquor A\LMONII ACETATIs CoNCENTRATUS (N. F.), Concentrated solution of ammonium acetate “Acetic acid (U. S. P.), five hundred cubic centimeters (500 Co.) [16 fl3, 435 ſill; ammonium carbonate, water, of each, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 fl:5, 391 ||l]. Neutralize the acetic acid with a sufficient quantity of ammonium carbonate, carefully avoiding an excess. Then add enough water to make the product meas- ure one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 CC.) [33 fl:3, 391 ||ll. Note.—The product is about 3 times the strength of the official Liquor Ammonii Acetatis. Note.—It is not recommended to keep this solution on hand for the preparation of the Official Liquor Ammonii Acetatis, as this is preferably made fresh when wanted for use. When it is, however, required or deemed of advantage, to dispense the concentrated solution, it is suggested that it be diluted with carbonic acid water, or be directed to be diluted with this at the time of administration’’—(Nat. Form.). LIQUOR AMMONII CITRATIS.–SoLUTION OF CITRATE OF AMIMONIUM. Preparation.—Dilute 5 fluid ounces (Imp.) of strong solution of citrate of ammonium with enough distilled water to make 20 fluid ounces (Imp.). Den- sity, 1,062. "Bºription—A clear, colorless fluid, saline to the taste, and should be unaf- fected by either litmus or turmeric papers. Keep in bottles free from lead. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—(Same as for Liquor Ammoniº Acetatis, which see.) Dose, 2 to 6 fluid drachms. Related Preparation.—LIQUOR AMMONII CITRATIS FORTIOR, Strong solution of citrate of ammonium : Neutralize citric acid, 12 ounces (av.) with strong solution of ammonia, 11 fluid ounces (Imp.), or a sufficient amount, and by means of distilled water bring the product to measure 20 fluid ounces (Imp.). Density, 1.209. Dose, 25 to 75 minims. . This is used in preparing the solution of citrate of ammonium. Both solutions were official in the British I'harmacopteia, 1885. (See also Liquor .1mmonii Citratis Fortior.) 1154 LIQ. AMMONII CITRATIS FORTIOR.—LIQ. ANTIMONII CHLORIDI. LIQUOR AMMONII CITRATIS FORTIOR (N. F.)—STRoNGER SOLUTION OF AMIMONIUM CITRATE. Preparation. —“Citric acid, five hundred and sixty grammes (560 Gnn.) [1 lb. av., 3 ozs., 329 grs.]; stronger water of ammonia (U. S. P.), water, of each, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 Till. Neutralize the citric acid with the stronger water of ammonia, and add enough water to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 m). The solution should be kept in bottles free from lead. Each fluid drachm con- tains about 40 grains of ammonium citrate. Note.—This solution is apt to take up notable quantities of lead if kept in bottles made of flint glass. Liquor Ammonii Citratis (Br. Pharm.) may be prepared from this solution by mixing 1 volume of it with 4 volumes of water”—(Nat. Form.). Uses.—This preparation is employed in making mixtures of liquids from tannin-yielding drugs and tincture of chloride of iron. It blends them together so as to prevent the inkiness otherwise a factor in such mixtures. LIQUOR ANTIMONII CHLORIDI.-SoLUTION OF CHLORIDE OF ANTIMONY. SYNONYMs: Liquor antimonii terchloridi, Solution of terchloride of antimony, Liquid butter of antimony, Antimony trichloride, Butter of antimony, Butyrum antimonii, Buty- 'rwm Stibii, Liquor Stibii chlorati, Chloridum stibicum, Chloruretum stibicum, Antimonium muriat: cum liquidwm. Preparation.—“Take of purified black antimony, 1 pound ; hydrochloric acid, 4 pints. Place the purified black antimony in a porcelain vessel, pour upon it the hydrochloric acid, and, constantly stirring, apply to the mixture, beneath a flue with a good draught, a little heat, which must be gradually augmented as the evolution of gas begins to slacken, until the liquid boils. Maintain it at this temperature for 15 minutes, them remove the vessel from the fire, and filter the liquid through calico into ano.h ºr vessel, returning what passes through first, that a perfectly clear solution may be obtained. Boil this down to the bulk of 2 pints and preserve it in a stoppered bottle”—(Br. Pharm., 1885). Weights, avoidupois; measures, Imperial. History.—In earlier days butter of antimony was prepared by distilling the evaporated solution of antimony trisulphide in hydrochloric acid. A white, semi-transparent, crystalline mass resulted. The red color of the solution, as pre- pared by the above official process, is due to the impurities present, chiefly of iron and other metals. If this be distilled a colorless solution of antimony trichloride (SbCl,) will be obtained. In the process above given double decomposition en- sues, antinomy trichloride is formed, and hydrogen sulphide escapes with effer- vescence. The operation should be conducted under a hood. Description.—Butter of antimony is a heavy, yellow-red fluid of about the specific gravity 1.47. When a little of it is dropped into water a white precipitate falls, which is colored orange upon treatment with hydrogen sulphide. After filtering out the white deposit the filtrate gives an abundant precipitate with silver nitrate. “One fluid drachm of it mixed with a solution of + ounce of tar- taric acid in 4 fluid ounces of water, forms a clear solution, which, if treated with sulphuretted hydrogen, gives an Orange precipitate, weighing, when washed and dried at 212°F. (100°C.) about 22 grains”—(Br. Pharm., 1885). The white pow- der which falls upon the addition of water is the powder of Algaroth, or antimonous oxychloride (2SbCl,5Sb,0). The antimonium chloride of the French Codea, is the Soft, crystalline mass above referred to. It fumes in the air and is very deliques- cent. It is a powerful caustic. The impurities are likely to be iron, lead, copper, and arsenic. Copper will strike blue with an excess of ammonia; lead crystallizes out from the cold liquid ; that remaining may be detected with sulphuric acid. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This article is used only as a caustic to fungous growths, poisomous bites of reptiles or animals, malignant pustules, chamcres, LIQ. ARSENI ET HYDRARGYRI IODIDI-IIQ. ATROPINAE SULPHATIS. 1155 etc. Having first carefully removed the blood, which decomposes it, apply the caustic liquid to the wound or tumor by means of a camel's-hair pencil, or on a dossil of lint. This agent is a poison, a charred surface, and symptoms of col; lapse resulting from its use. The antidotes are tannin solutions, magnesia, and magnesium and calcium carbonates. These should be followed by denulcent drinks. The agent is not used in Eclectic medicine. LIQUOR ARSENIET HYDRARGYRI IODIDI (U. S. P.)—SOLUTION OF ARSENIC AND MERCURIC IODIDE. SYN, NYMs: Domovan's solution, Solutio Donovani, Solution of hydriodate of arsenic and mercury. Preparation.—“Arsenic iodide, ten grammes (10 Gm.) [154 grs.]; red mer- curic iodide, ten grammes (10 Gm.) [154 grs.]; distilled water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 ſl]. Powder the arsenic iodide, and mix it with the red mercuric iodide by trituration. Add one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (150 Co.) [5 flá, 35 Till of distilled water, and continue the trituration until solution is effected. Filter the solution, and pass enough distilled water through the filter to make the product measure one thou- sand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 ml]. Mix thoroughly”—(U. S. P.). Description.—A clear, pale-yellowish liquid, without odor, but having a dis- agreeable, metallic taste. It is a 1 per cent solution each of arsenic iodide and red mercuric iodide (4.56 grains each to the ounce). It should be kept in the dark, and should free iodine be apparent, as evinced by its odor, or should it become Orange or yellow-red, it should not be dispensed. It is not compatible with the soluble compounds of morphine, nor with tincture of opium. Alkalies and silver, and alkaloidal salts produce precipitates with it. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Donovan's solution is one of the few preparations containing mercury that have been endorsed by Eclectic teachers. Its use in our school, however, is limited, the indications being those mentioned below. Our use of it is chiefly in Secondary syphilis. It is said to be useful, in doses of from 10 to 30 drops, 2 or 3 times a day, in lupus, lepra, diseases of the scalp, psoriasis, impetigo, venereal eruptions, and other obstimate cutaneous affections. This dose, however, is too large, and the quantities employed for its specific uses are small, the usual proportion being from 1 to 10 drops in 4 fluid ounces of water, the dose of which solution is a teaspoonful. Specific Indications and Uses.—Small, contracted, elongated, and pointed tongue, with prominent papillae and increased redness. Related Preparation.—LIQUOR HYDRARGYRI ET POTASSII IoDIDI (N. F.), Solution of iodide of mercury and potassium, Solution of potassium iodohydrargyrate, Channing's solution. “Red iodide of mercury, ten grammes (10 Gm.) [154 grs.]; potassium iodide, eight grammes (8 Gm.) [123 grs.]; distilled water, one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 fl:3, 391 ||l J. Dissolve the salts in the distilled water”—(Nat. Form.). LIQUOR ATROPINAE SULPHATIS.–SoLUTION OF SULPHATE OF ATROPINE. Preparation.—Dissolve 9 grains of sulphate of atropine (1 part) in 16; fluid drachms of camphor water (99 fluid parts). Contains 1 per cent of atropine sul- phate. This accords with the British Pharmacopoea, 1885. This solution decom- poses after a time, and should be prepared in small amounts only, or as needed. The British Pharmacopoeia (1898) employs distilled water and salicylic acid, one- ninth the quantity of atropine sulphate. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—(See Atropina.) A drop may be instilled upon the eye for effecting dilatation of the pupil whenever this is desired for oph- thalmoscopic examinations, or for operations on this organ. Dose, 1 to 4 minims. Related Liquor.--LIQUOR ATROPINE SALICYLATIs, Solution of atropine saliculate. Atropine, 2.7 grains; salicylic acid, 1.3 grains; distilled water, 1 ounce. This solution is said to keep for any length of time (Tichborne). 1156 LIQUOR BISMIUTHI ET AMIMONII CITRATIS. LIQUOR BISMUTHI ET AMMONII CITRATIS.–SoLUTION OF BISMUTH AND AMMONIUM CITRATE. SYNONYMs: Liquor bismuthi, Liquor bismuth, Solution of ammonio-citrate of bismuth. Preparation.—Take bismuth oxynitrate and potassium citrate, of each, 613 grains (Imp.) or 70 grammes (metric); potassium carbonate, 175 grains (Imp.) or 20 grammes; nitric acid, 1 fluid ounce (Imp.) or 50 cubic centimeters; solution of ammonia, distilled water, of each a sufficient quantity. “Dissolve the bismuth oxynitrate in the nitric acid, diluted with an equal volume of distilled water; add distilled water with constant stirring until the liquid is very faintly opalescent; add the potassium citrate and carbonate dissolved in a little distilled water; heat the liquid to the boiling point; cool; separate the precipitate; wash it with dis- tilled water until free from nitrates. Gradually add solution of ammonia to the moist precipitate until it is just dissolved; dilute with distilled water to 1 pint (or one thousand cubic centimeters). Filter”—(Br. Pharm., 1898). This compound originated in a secret preparation termed Liquor Bismuthi, prepared by Mr. Schacht, of England. Various formulae have from time to time been given for the preparation of an identical liquid, one of these being that of Mr. C. H. Wood, in the Lond. Pharm. Jour., March, 1868. Description.—As prepared by the British process, Liquor Bismuthi is a color- less solution having a slightly metallic taste and a density of 1.07. It mixes freely with water, and has a neutral or but feebly alkaline reaction. Heated in the presence of the alkalies ammonia is expelled and a white precipitate falls. If the solution be evaporated and the dry residue be ignited a “charred mass” with a yellow edge is left behind. The bismuth contained in a fluid drachm of the solution is about equivalent to 3 grains or 5 per cent of bismuth oxide. “A mix- ture of 10 cubic centimeters of the solution with 40 cubic centimeters of water, treated with hydrogen sulphide in excess, yields a black precipitate, which, when washed and dried, should weigh at least 0.55 gramme”—(Br. Pharm., 1898). In case the solution precipitates by reason of the escape of ammonia, a small amount of ammonia added thereto will redissolve it. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—The salts of bismuth are extensively employed to allay gastro-intestinal irritation. For gastric irritation alone small doses of the submitrate are efficient, but larger doses are required where the intes- timal tract is also involved. Preferable to the impalpable powder—the submitrate— for chronic gastro-intestimal irritation with diarrhoea, Eclectic physicians have used the liquor bismuth or solution of bismuth and ammonium citrate. It is equally valuable in the diarrhoea of typhoid fever, and in dysenteric diarrhoea. It is especially serviceable in many forms of diarrhoea accompanied with pain, and due to irritation of the stomach and bowels from undigested aliment. Watery diarrhoea coming in sudden gushes is frequently best controlled with liquor bismuth. The indications for its Selection are given below. Dose, to 1 fluid drachm, 4 times a day. Specific Indications and Uses.—Long, pointed, red tongue, irritation, uneasy or painful sensations in the stomach, with heat; eructations of acrid or acid material; irritative diarrhoea. Related Preparation. – LIQUOR BISMUTHI (N. F.), Solution of bismuth, Liquid bismuth: “Glycerite of bismuth (F. 185), one hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (125 Co.) [4 fl 3, 109 ſilj; alcohol, one hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (125 Co.) [4 fl 3, 109 ml]; distilled water, seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (750 Co.) [25 fl.3, 173 m). Mix the glycerite of bismuth with the distilled water, then add the alcohol. Solution of bismuth may also be prepared in the following manner: “Bismuth and ammo- nium citrate, seventeen and one-half grammes (17.5 Gm.) [270 grs.]; alcohol, one hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (125 Co.) [4 fl 3, 109 ml]; glycerin, sixty-five cubic centimeters (65 Co.) [2 ſ13, 95 ml]; water of ammonia (U. S. P.), distilled water, of each, a sufficient quan- tity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 fl:3, 391 ml]. Dissolve the bismuth and ammonium citrate in seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (750 Ce.) [25 flá, 173 fill of distilled water and allow the solution to stand a short time. Should any insoluble matter have deposited, pour off the clear liquid and add just enough water of ammonia to the residue to dissolve it, or to cause it to retain a faint odor of ammonia. Then filter the united liquids, add the alcohol, the glycerin, and enough distilled water to make one thousand cubic centi- meters (1000 Co.) [33 fl3, 391 ||l]. This preparation should be freshly made when wanted for use. Fach fluid drachm represents 1 grain of bismuth and ammonium citrate”—(Nat. Form.). LIQUOR DIROMI.-LIQUOR CALCIS. 1157 LIQUOR BROMI (N. F.)—SOLUTION OF BROMINE. SYNoNYM : Smith's solution of bromine. Preparation.—“Bromine, twenty-five grammes (25 Gm.) [386 grs.]; potas- sium bromide, twelve and one-half grammes (12.5 Gm.) [193 grs.]; water, one hundred cubic centimeters (100 Co.) [3 flá, 183 ſill. Dissolve the potassium bro- mide in the water contained in a bottle, add the bromine, and shake the mixture until this is dissolved. Keep the solution in glass-stoppered vials in a dark place. Note.—As bromine vapor is very injurious to the respiratory passages and destruc- tive to balances, it is often preferable to take the contents of an original bottle of bromine—weighing the bottle, both before opening it and after emptying it, in order to ascertain the exact weight of the bromine contained therein—and then to use a quantity of potassium bromide and of water proportionate to the quan- ties above given”—(Nat. Form.). Uses,—(See Bromine.) LIQUOR GALCIS (U. S. P.)—SOLUTION OF LIME. “Asaturated, aqueous solution of calcium hydrate (Caſo H1 –73.83). The per- centage of calcium hydrate varies with the temperature, being somewhat over 0.17 per cent at 15° C. (59° F.), and diminishing as the temperature rises”—(U. S. P.). SYNONYMs: Aqua calcis, Solution of calcium hydrate, Lime-water, Aqua calcariae wStae, Calcaria Soluta, Oxydum calcicum, aqua solutum. Preparation.—“Lime, twelve grammes (12 Gm.) [185 grs.]; distilled water, a sufficient quantity. Slake the lime by the gradual addition of seventy cubic centimeters (70 Co.) [2 fl 3, 176 ml] of distilled water, then add three hundred and sixty cubic centimeters (360 Co.) [12 flá, 83 ml] more of distilled water, and agitate occasionally during # hour. Allow the mixture to settle, decant the liquid, and throw it away. Then add to the residue thirty-six hundred cubic centimeters (3600 Co.) [121 flá, 351 Till of distilled water, agitate thoroughly, wait a short time for the coarser particles to subside, and pour the liquid, holding the undissolved lime in suspension, into a glass-stoppered bottle. From time to time shake the bottle, so as to keep the solution saturated. Pour off the clear liquid when it is wanted for use”—(U. S. P.). Description and Tests.—Lime from marble should be preferred if it can be obtained. By the action of the water the calcium oxide is converted into cal- cium hydroxide (Caſo HI.), and this is dissolved in the water. As lime is more soluble in cold than in hot water, the former should be used in making this prepa- ration. The purpose of throwing away the first washings in the above-given offi- cial process, is to get rid of the water-soluble alkali salts frequently contained in ordinary lime. If marble is employed in the preparation of the latter, this precaution is superfluous. The U. S. P. describes Liquor Calcis as “a clear, colorless liquid, without odor, and having a saline and feebly caustic taste. It absorbs car- bon dioxide from the air, so that a pellicle of calcium carbonate forms on the surface of the liquid. On being heated, it becomes turbid from separation of calcium hydrate, which redissolves again when the liquid is cooled. It gives a strongly alkaline reaction with litmus paper”—(U. S. P.). Bottles containing it should always have an excess of lime, and be kept well stopped. It is not a good plan to keep adding water to the excess of lime in the con- tainer as the liquor is poured off, as is done by some pharmacists. “The alkaline reaction of the solution should entirely disappear after it has been Saturated with carbon dioxide, and subsequently boiled (absence of alkalies and their carbonates). In other respects it should conform to the reactions and tests given under lime (see Cala). Fifty cubic centimeters of solution of lime should require, for com- plete neutralization, about 20 Co. of decimormal oxalic acid V.S. (corresponding to about 0.14 [0,148] per cent of calcium hydrate), phenolphtalein being used as an indicator”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Lime-water is astringent (topical and internal), and styptic, but not caustic. Taken internally it counteracts acidity, but is probably not all neutralized by the gastric acids, for after passing the stomach 1158 LIQUOR CALCIS CHLORINATAE. it still acts as an astringent in diarrhoea. It has been found useful in pyrosis, gastrodynia, and other painful gastric Symptoms due to deranged digestion, like- wise in epilepsy, and other spasmodic and chronic diseases, which are accompanied with acidity of the Stomach. It is specifically indicated in indigestion and dyspepsia caused by the development of lactic acid from the decomposition of the food. In Scrofula and Scrofulous skin affections with deposits in all parts but the lymphatic glands, it is peculiarly effective. In dyspepsia, phthisis, and other forms of disease, where, from acidity or irritability of the stomach, the usual food is rejected, or if retained gives rise to uneasiness and many unpleasant symptoms, 1 part of lime- water added to 1, 2, or 3 parts of good sweet milk, will be found useful as an antacid, calmative and diet. It frequently cures thrush. A tablespoonful of lime-water will often allay troublesome vomiting. When in infantile dyspepsia with passages of green stools, and the child vomits curdled milk, it is specifically indi- cated. Lime-water has proved beneficial as an astringent in chronic diarrhoea and dysentery, and diabetes, especially when given in combination with a decoction of white-oak bark. It acts specially upon the subcutaneous cellular tissues, sub- duing inflammation, is a specific in cases of obstinate and repeated formation of boils, and is advantageous in cases where there is an excess of uric acid. It relieves irritation of the cellular tissues, checks determination of blood, and promotes absorption of the exudation products of the inflammatory process. It is some- times used in combination with wormseed oil, or other fluid anthelmintics, for the removal of worms; and will be found more especially efficient in cases attended with great acidity. It has been advantageously used as an injection in gleet, gomorrhaea, leucorrhoea, wiceration, and increased discharges from the bladder, etc., and in fact is a very simple and useful wash for mucous or purulent profluvia from any of the mucous surfaces. § Externally, it has been employed as a wash in various affections of the skin, as Scabies, prwrigo, lepra, psoriasis, ringworm of the Scalp, eczema capitis, and also in scrofulous and indolent ulcers. Mixed with linseed oil, it forms a calcareous soap or liniment, now official and well known as Carron Oil, which is very valuable in Scalds and burns, being probably the best immediate application for these accidents. Oil of turpentine is sometimes advantageously added to it. Lime-water has been asserted to dissolve false membranes. Whether this be true or not, the use of a dilution of 1 part of lime-water to 10 or 15 parts of water, used as a spray or gargle, or better still, this proceedure alternated with exposure to the vapor of slaking lime, has contributed as much as any method to what little success has been attained in the treatment of diphtheria, pseudo-membramous crowp, and allied disorders. Lime-water should not be given during the presence of active inflam- mation; nor should its use be too long continued, as it weakens the stomach and digestive powers. Its dose is from , fluid ounce to 4 fluid ounces, and may be taken alone, in milk, or in some aromatic water. An overdose occasions unpleas- ant symptoms, which are best combated by bland and mucilaginous fluids. Specific Indications and Uses.—Infantile dyspepsia with green stools and vomiting of curdled milk; successive formation of boils, and other cellular inflam- mations resulting in Suppuration; indigestion from the formation of lactic acid from food decomposition. Locally (Carron Oil) in burns and scalds. LIQUOR GALCIS CHLORINATAE.–SoLUTION OF CHLORINATED LIME. Preparation.—“Take of chlorinated lime, 1 pound (av.); distilled water, 1 gallon (Imp.). Mix well the water and the chlorinated lime by trituration in a mortar, and, having poured the mixture into a stoppered bottle, let it be well shaken several times for the space of 3 hours. Pour out now the contents of the bottle on a calico filter, and let the solution which passes through be preserved in a stoppered bottle’’—(Br. Pharm., 1885). Description.—This liquor has the general properties of chlorinated lime. “Specific gravity about 1.055. Eighty grains, by weight, mixed with 20 grains of iodide of potassium, dissolved in 4 fluid ounces of water, when acidulated with 2 fluid drachms of hydrochloric acid, gives a red solution, which requires for LIQUOR CALCIS SULPHURATAF.—LIQUOR CARMINI. 1159 the discharge of its color not less than 450 grain-measures of the volumetric solu- tion of hyposulphite of sodium, corresponding to about 2 per cent of available chlorine” (Br. Pharm., 1885). - o & Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Solution of chlorinated lime is an ex- cellent deodorizer. It has the general uses of chlorinated lime, being particularly employed as a stimulant to the skin in low febrile states and chronic skin eruptions, The dose is from 20 to 60 minims; for external use, from half to full strength. It antidotes hydrogen and potassium sulphides, hydrocyanic acid, and ammonium Sulphydrate. Related Preparation.—LIQUOR CALCII CHLORIDI, Solution of chloride of calcium. The British Pharmacopoeia (1885) directs 88 grains (1 part) of chloride of calcium to be dissolved in 1 fluid ounce (5 fluid parts, Imp.) of distilled water, and filtered, if necessary. Density, 1.145. (For uses, see Calcii Chloridum.) Dose, 15 to 50 minims. LIQUOR CALCIS SULPHURATAE (N. F.)—SOLUTION OF SULPHURATED LIME. SYNoNYMs: Solution of oxysulphuret of calcium, Vleminck's solution (or lotion). Preparation.—“Lime, freshly slaked, one hundred and sixty-five grammes (165 Gm.) [5 ozs. av., 359 grs.]; sublimed sulphur, two hundred and fifty grammes (250 Grm.) [8 ozs. av., 358 grs.]; water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand grammes (1000 Grm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Mix the slaked lime with the sulphur, and add the mixture gradually to sixteen hundred and fifty grammes (1650 Grm.) [3 lbs. av., 10 ozs., 88 grs.] of boiling water. Then boil the whole, under constant stirring, until it is reduced to one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]; strain, and, having allowed the solution to become clear by standing in a well-stoppered bottle, decant the clear, brown liquid, and keep it in completely filled and well-stoppered bottles”—(Nat. Form.). Action and Medical Uses.—This solution is very efficient as a local applica- tion in itch, timea capitis, pityriasis, and other parasitic cutaneous affections. In itch, the patient should be thoroughly washed with warm soap suds, and then well dried ; following this, the solution is to be applied, which must not be rubbed off. Upon drying, the sulphide is left upon the skin in the form of a thin coat- ing, which may be removed in 20 or 30 minutes. Two or 3 applications at most effect the cure. It is probably the promptest and surest agent for this purpose. LIQUOR CARMINI (N. F.)—SoLUTION OF CARMINE. Preparation.—“Carmine, sixty grammes (60 Gm.) [2 ozs. av., 51 grs.]; water of ammonia (U. S. P.), three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (350 Co.) 11 flá, 401 ml]; glycerin, three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (350 Co.) [11 3, 401 Till; water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 fil]. Triturate the carmine to a fine powder in a wedge- wood mortar, gradually add the water of ammonia, and afterward the glycerin, under constant trituration. Transfer the mixture to a porcelain capsule, and heat it upon a water-bath, constantly stirring, until the liquid is entirely free from ammoniacal odor. Then cool and add enough water to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 Till. Note.—The best quality of carmine, known in commerce as ‘No. 40,’ should be used for this preparation”—(Nat. Form.). Uses.—Solution of carmine is employed as a coloring agent for medicines and for syrups. Related Preparation.—LIQUOR CoccINEUs (N. F.), Cochineal color. “Cochineal, in No. 50 powder, sixty grammes (60 Gm.) [2 OZS. av., 51 grs.]; potassium carbonate, thirty grammes (30 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 25 grs.]; alum, thirty grammes (30 Gnu.) [1 oz. av., 25 grs.]; potassium bitartrate, sixty grammes (60 Gm.) [2 ozs, av., 51 grs.]; glycerin, five hundred cubic centi- meters (500 Co.) [16 fl3, 435 Tºll; alcohol, thirty cubic centimeters (30 Co.) [1 fl;, 71ſl]; water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 fl3, 391 Till. Triturate the cochineal intimately with the potassium carbonate and five hundred cubic centimeters (500 Co.) [16 fl3, 435 Till of water. Then add the alum and potassium bitartrate successively, heat the mixture to boiling in a capacious vessel, then set it aside to cool, add 1160 LIQUOR COCAINAE HYDROCHLORATIS.—LIQUOR ELECTROPOEICUS. to it the glycerin and alcohol, filter, and pass enough water through the filter to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 fl3, 391 ||l]”—(Nat. Form.). This agent is used in pharmacy as a coloring substance. LIQUOR, COCAINAE HYDROCHLORATIS.–SoLUTION OF COCAINE HYDROCHLORATE. Preparation.—“Cocaine hydrochlorate, 33 grains; salicylic acid, grain; distilled water, sufficient to produce 6 fluid drachms. Boil the water, add the salicylic acid, and then the cocaine hydrochlorate; cool, and add water, if neces- sary, to produce the required volume”—(Br. Pharm. Add., 1885). Each minim contains about fºr grain of cocaine, or 5.5 grains to the fluid drachm. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—(See Cocainae Hydrochloras.) Dose, 1 to 5 minims. The custom in America is to make a 4 per cent solution of cocaine hydrochlorate by dissolving 4 grains of the salt in 96 grains of distilled water. The preparation looses its energy by keeping, and must be frequently replaced. LIQUOR CUPRI ALKALINUS (N. F.)—ALKALINE SOLUTION OF COPPER. SYNoNYM : Fehling's solution. Preparation.—I. THE COPPER SOLUTION. “Sulphate of copper, pure, thirty- four and six hundred and thirty-nine one thousandths grammes (34.639 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 97 grs.]; distilled water, enough to make five hundred cubic centime- ters (500 Co.) [16 flá, 435 ml]. Dissolve the sulphate of copper which, before being weighed, should have been reduced to powder and pressed between blotting paper, in a sufficient quantity of distilled water to produce the volume required by the corresponding formula above given. II. THE ALKALINE SoLUTION.—“Tartrate of potassium and sodium, one hundred and seventy-three grammes (173 Gm.) [6 ozs. av., 45 grs.]; soda (U. S. P., 1880), sixty grammes (60 Gm.) [2 ozs. av., 51 grs.]; distilled water, enough to make five hundred cubic centimeters (500 Co.) [16 flá, 435 ml]. Dissolve the tar- trate of potassium and sodium and the soda in a sufficient quantity of distilled water to produce the volume required by the corresponding formula above given. Set the mixture aside until the suspended impurities have been deposited ; then remove the clear solution with a siphon. “Keep both solutions, separately, in small, well-stoppered vials, in a cool and dark place. For use, mix exactly equal v, lumes of the two solutions by pouring the copper solution into the alkaline solution. Note.—The two solutions should be prepared with cold distilled water, and should be made up to their respective volumes at one and the same temperature. They should also be at the same temperature at the time of mixing. On diluting a small quantity of the mixed reagent with about 3 volumes of distilled water, and heating the liquid in a test- tube to boiling, it should remain entirely clear, without any trace of discoloration or precipitate. After the solutions have been mixed for use, and assuming that they have been prepared and mixed at the average indoor temperature, 10 Co. of the mixture, prepared by metric weight and measure, correspond to 0.05 Gm. of glucose. Of the mixture, prepared by apothecaries' weight and measure, 210 min- ims correspond to 1 grain of glucose ’’—(Nat. Form.). Uses.—This is the well-known Fehling's test solution for the detection of glu- cose in urine. LIQUOR ELECTROPOEICUS (N. F.)—BATTERY FLUID. A.—For the Carbon and Zinc Battery. Preparation.—I. For ORDINARY USE. “Sodium bichromate, in coarse pow- der, one hundred and twenty-five grammes (125 Gm.) [4 OZS. av., 179 grs.]; sul- phuric acid, commercial, one hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (125 Co.) LIQUOR EPISPASTICUS.—i.IQUOR ERGOTINAE. 1161. [4 flá, 109 m); water, cold, one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 m.). Pour the sulphuric acid upon the powdered bichromate, and stir the mixture occasionally during 1 hour. Then slowly add the water”—(Nat. Form.). II. For USE witH THE GALVANO-CAUTERY.—“Sodium bichromate, in coarse powder, one hundred and forty grammes (140 Gm.) [4 ozs. av., 411 grs.]; sulphuric acid, commercial, three hundred cubic centimeters (300 Co.) [10 flá, 69 Till; water, cold, one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 Till. Proceed in the same manner as directed under No. 1. Note.—Sodium bichromate is more soluble than the potassium salt, and its products of decomposition, in the battery, are also more soluble. As it is also much cheaper, it is now preferred in all large electric laboratories. When it can not be obtained, potassium bichromate may be used in place of it, as heretofore. The two salts may be substituted for each other, weight for weight.” B.—For the Leclanché Battery. “Ammonium chloride, three hundred and twenty-five grammes (325 Gnn.) [11 ozs. av., 203 grs.]; water, enough to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 ml]. Dissolve the salt in the water”—(Nat. Form.). Uses.—These fluids are used for charging electric batteries. LIQUOR EPISPASTICUS.—BLISTERING LIQUID. SYNONYM : Limimentum cantharidis. Preparation.—“Take of cantharides, in powder, 5 ounces (av.); acetic ether, a sufficiency. Mix the cantharides with 3 fluid ounces of acetic ether; pack in a percolator, and, at the expiration of 24 hours, pour acetic ether over the contents of the percolator, and allow the solution to pass slowly through until 20 fluid ounces are obtained. Keep the liquid in a stoppered bottle”—(Br. Pharm., 1885). º pºtion of the British Pharmacopoeia (1898) has twice the strength of the above. Action and Medical Uses.—This is designed for rapid vesication of the parts to which it is applied. It should be used only upon limited areas, and rubbed upon the skin by means of a sponge, or like body, having a handle attached. When the parts become red, enough has been used to raise a blister. LIQUOR ERGOTINAE.—LIQUOR OF ERGOTIN. SYNoNYM : M. Yvon's solution of ergotin. Preparation and Description.—Coarsely powder ergot and deprive it of its fixed oil by washing it with rectified disulphide of carbon, then dry it in the open air and protected from the light until the odor of the solvent has entirely disap- peared. Introduce this powder into a cylindrical percolator, and exhaust it in the cold by distilled water, to every one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 Till of which two grammes (2 Gm.) [31 grs.] of tartaric acid have been added. Heat the liquid obtained, so as to coagulate any albuminous mat- ters that may be present in it, then filter, and by means of a water-bath, evaporate it to about one-third of its volume. When cool, filter, digest the filtered liquid with a slight excess of recently precipitated carbonate of calcium so as to saturate the excess of tartaric acid. Filter, evaporate to the consistence of thick syrup, and precipitate with alcohol of sp. gr. 0.822, added in such quantity as to furnish with the aqueous liquid an alcohol of sp. gr. 0.871. Again filter, and then evapo- rate to drive off the alcohol. Exhaust the residuum by the addition of distilled water in quantity slightly less than that of the weight of the ergot employed, a little animal charcoal being used. Again filter, and to the filtered liquid add, for each one hundred grammes (100 Grm.) [3 ozs, av., 231 grs.] of ergot employed, fifteen centigrammes (15 Com.) [2], grs.] of salicylic acid. Complete the pro- cess by adding distilled water, in such quantity as to obtain a weight of liquid equal to that of the ergot employed in the preparation of the solution. Allow this to rest for several days in a cool place, and then pour it into small vials hav- ing well-fitted, ground stoppers. 1162 LIQUOR EXTRACTI GLYCYRRHIZAF.—LIQUOR FERRI ACETATIS. Hypodermatic injections of ergotin have rapidly come into favor with the pro- fession, being employed in various forms of disease. One great objection formerly to their employment has been the irritating quality of the solutions used, occa- Sioning abscesses and indurations. M. Yvon succeeded in forming a solution wholly free from irritating principles, the process for preparing which, as described by himself, we have deemed proper to present. The liquid obtained by this pro- cess is of a fine amber color, clear, non-fermentable, and keeps well; all the re- agents of the alkaloids form abundant precipitates with it. One Gn. of this solution represents 1 Gm. of ergot, and it contains the obstetrical and hemostatic principles of this drug. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—(See Ergota.) LIQUOR EXTRACTI GLYCYRRHIZAF (N. F.)—SoLUTION OF EXTRACT OF GLYCYRRHIZA. SYNoNYM: Solution of extract of liquorice. Preparation.—“Purified extract of glycyrrhiza (F. 158), a sufficient quantity; alcohol, one hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (125 Co.) [4 fl 3, 109 ſill; glycerin, two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (250 Co.) [8 flá, 218 ſill; water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 fil]. In a small portion of purified extract of glycyrrhiza, weighed into a tared capsule, determine the amount of water, by drying it to a constant weight. Then take of the purified extract a quantity equivalent to two hundred and fifty grammes (250 Gm.) [8 ozs. av., 358 grs.] of dry extract, dissolve this on a water- bath, in two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (250 Co.) [8 flá, 218 ſil] of water, add the glycerin, and allow the liquid to cool. Lastly, add the alcohol and enough water to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 Till. Each fluid drachm represents 15 grains of dry extract of glycyrrhiza”—(Nat. Form.). Action and Medical Uses.—(See Glycyrrhiza.) LIQUOR FERRI ACETATIS (U. S. P.)—SoLUTION OF FERRIC ACETATE. “An aqueous solution of ferric acetate (Fe,MC, H,0,.]:=464.92), containing about 31 per cent of the anhydrous salt, and corresponding to about 7.5 per cent of metallic iron ’’-(U. S. P.). Preparation.—“Solution of ferric sulphate, one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]; glacial acetic acid, two hundred and sixty grammes (260 Gm.) [9 ozs, av., 75 grs.]; ammonia water, eight hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (850 Co.) [28 flá, 356 ml]; water, distilled water, each, a suffi- cient quantity to make one thousand grammes (1000 Grm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 OZS., 120 grs.]. Mix the ammonia water with three thousand cubic centimeters (3000 CC.) [101 flá, 212 ml] of cold water, and the solution of ferric sulphate with ten thou- sand cubic centimeters (10,000 Co.) [338 flá, 66 ml] of cold water. Add the latter solution slowly to the diluted ammonia water, stirring constantly. Let the mix- ture stand until the precipitate has subsided as far as practicable, and then decant the supernatant liquid. Add to the precipitate six thousand cubic centimeters (6000 Co.) [202 fl 3, 424 Til] of boiling water, mix well, and again set the mixture aside, as before. Repeat the washing with successive portions of boiling water, in the same manner, until the washings are no longer affected by Sodium cobaltic nitrite test solution (showing the removal of ammonia and its salts). Transfer the mixture to a wet muslim strainer, allow the precipitate to drain completely, and press it folded in the strainer, until its weight is reduced to seven hundred grammes (700 Gm.) [1 lb. av., 8 ozs., 303 grs.], or less. Now add the precipitate gradually to the glacial acetic acid contained in a tared jar provided with a glass stopper, stirring the mixture after each addition until each portion added is nearly dissolved before adding another portion. Finally, add enough distilled water to make the product weigh one thousand grammes (1000 Grm.) [2 lbs. av., LIQUOR FERRI CHLORIDI. 1163 3 ozs., 120 grs.]; mix thoroughly, allow it to become clear by subsidence, and decant the clear solution. Keep the product in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, protected from light”—(U. S. P.). Description and Tests.-‘‘A dark reddish-brown, clear liquid, of an acetous odor, a sweetish, acidulous, somewhat styptic taste, and a slightly acid reaction. Specific gravity, about 1.160 at 15° C. (59°F.). The diluted solution yields a brownish-red precipitate with ammonia water, and a blue one with potassium ferrocyanide T.S. When heated to boiling the solution yields a brownish-red precipitate, and when heated with sulphuric acid, it emits acetous vapors. If the iron be completely precipitated from a portion of the solution by an excess of ammonia water, the filtrate should be colorless, and should not yield a white or dark-colored precipitate with hydrogen sulphide T.S. (absence of zinc or copper), nor should it leave a residue on evaporation and gentle ignition (absence of salts of the fixed alkalies). If to a small portion of the solution, diluted with about 10 volumes of water, a few drops of freshly prepared potassium ferricyanide T.S. be added, a pure brown color should be produced, without a tinge of green or greenish-blue (absence of ferrous salt). If 1.12 (1.1176) Gm. of the solution be introduced into a glass-stoppered bottle (having a capacity of about 100 Co.), together with 15 Co. of water and 2 Co. of hydrochloric acid, and after the addition of 1 Gm. of potassium iodide, the mixture be kept for half an hour at a tempera- ture of 40°C. (104°F.), then cooled, and mixed with a few drops of starch T.S., it should require about 15 Co. of decinormal sodium hyposulphite V.S. to dis- charge the blue or greenish color of the liquid (each cubic centimeter of the volumetric solution indicating 0.5 per cent of metallic iron)”—(U. S. P.). The LIQUOR FERRI AcETATIs of the British Pharmacopoeia (1898) has a specific gravity of 1.031, and contains only 1.57 per cent of metallic iron. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— (See Tinctura Ferri Acetatis.) Dose, 1 to 15 minims. * LIQUOR FERRI CHLORIDI (U. S. P.)—SoLUTION OF FERRIC CHLORIDE. “An aqueous solution of ferric chloride (Fe,Cls=323.98), containing about 37.8 per cent of the anhydrous salt, corresponding to 62.9 per cent of the crys- tallized * (Fe,Cls--12H,O=539.5), or to about 13 per cent of metallic iron "– (U. S. P.). SYNoNYMs: Solution of chloride of iron, Strong solution of perchloride of iron, Ferrum sesquichloratum solutum, Liquor ferri muriatici oaydati. Preparation.—“Iron, in the form of fine, bright wire, and cut into small pieces, one hundred and fifty grammes (150 Gm.) [5 ozs. av., 127 grs.]; hydro- chloric acid, eight hundred and seventy grammes (870 Gm.) [1 lb. av., 14 ozs., 301 grs.]; nitric acid, distilled water, each, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand grammes (1000 Grm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Introduce the iron wire into a flask having a capacity of about two thousand cubic centimeters (2000 Ce) [67 flá, 301 Tilj, pour upon it a mixture of five hundred and forty grammes (540 Gm.) [1 lb. av., 3 ozs., 21 grs, of hydrochloric acid and two hundred and fifty cubic centi- meters (250 Co.) [8 flá, 2181ſt] of distilled water, and let the mixture stand in a moderately warm place until effervescence ceases; then heat it to the boiling point, filter it through paper, and, having rinsed the flask and iron wire with a little hot distilled water, pass the rinsings through the filter. To the filtered liquid add two hundred and eighty grammes (280 Gm.) [9 ozs, av.,384 grs.] of hydrochloric acid, add the mixture slowly and gradually, in a stream, to eighty grammes (80 Gm.) [2 ozs, av., 360 grs.] of nitric acid contained in a capacious porcelain vessel, and warm gently. After effervescence ceases, apply heat, by means of a sand- bath, until the liquid is free from nitrous odor. Then test a few drops of the liquid, diluted with water, with freshly prepared potassium ferricyanide test-solu- tion. Should this reagent produce a blue color, add a little more nitric acid, drop by drop, as long as effervescence is observed, and evaporate off the excess. Finally, add the remaining fifty grammes (50 Gm.) [1 oz. av.,334 grs.] of hydro- chloric acid and enough distilled water to make the solution weigh one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]”—(U. S. P.). 1164 LIQUOR FERRI CHLORIDI. Description and Tests.-‘A reddish-brown liquid, having a faint odor of hydrochloric acid, an acid, strongly styptic taste, and an acid reaction. Specific gravity about 1.387 at 15° C. (59° F.). The diluted solution yields a brownish- red precipitate with ammonia water, a blue one with potassium ferrocyanide T.S., and a white one, insoluble in nitric acid, with silver nitrate T.S. If the iron be completely precipitated from a portion of the solution by an excess of ammonia water, the filtrate should be colorless, and should not yield a white or a dark-col- ored precipitate with hydrogen sulphide T.S. (absence of zinc or copper); nor should it leave a fixed residue on evaporation and gentle ignition (absence of salts of the fixed alkalies). On adding a clear crystal of ferrous sulphate to a cooled mixture of equal volumes of concentrated sulphuric acid and a moderately dilute portion of the solution, the crystal should not become colored brown, nor should there be a brownish-black color developed around it (absence of nitric acid). If to a diluted portion of the solution a few drops of freshly prepared po- tassium ferricyanide T.S. be added, a pure brown color should be produced, with- out a tinge of green or greenish-blue (absence of ferrous salt). On diluting 1 Co. of the solution with water, to 40 Co., and boiling, the liquid should remain clear (absence of oxychloride). If 1.12 (1.1176) Gm. of the solution be introduced into a glass-stoppered bottle (having a capacity of about 100 Co.), together with 15 CC. of water and 2 Co. of hydrochloric acid, and, after the addition of 1 Gm. of potas- sium iodide, the mixture be kept for , an hour at a temperature of 40°C. (104°F.), then cooled, and mixed with a few drops of starch T.S., it should require about 26 Co. of decinormal sodium hyposulphite V.S. to discharge the blue or greenish color of the liquid (each cubic centineter of the volumetric solution indicating 0.5 per cent of metallic iron).”—(U. S. P.). This preparation is also known as Liquor Ferri Perchloridi and Solution of Perchloride of Iron. It is used mainly for making tincture of chloride of iron, which see. The solution of this mame in the latest British Pharmacopoeia (Liquor Ferri Perchloridi) has the strength of the tincture in the same work; both are prepared from a strong solution of ferric chloride (Liquor Ferri Perchloridi Fortis), containing 22.5 Gm. of iron in 100 Co. of the preparation. Action and Medical Uses.—(See Ferri Chloridum.) Solution of ferric chlo- ride may be kept on hand for the preparation of freshly precipitated hydroxide of iron, the antidote for arsenic and its compounds. A solution of Liquor Ferri Chloridi in alcohol forms the well-known muriated tincture of iron (tincture of iron, or tincture of chloride of iron) (see Tinctura Ferri Chloridi). Related Solution.—LIQUOR FERRI PROTOCHLORID1 (N. F.), Solution of protochloride of iron, Solution of ferrous chloride. “Iron, in the form of fine, bright, and finely cut wire, one hundred and sixty grammes (160 Gm.) [5 ozs. av., 282 grs.]; hydrochloric acid (U. S. P.), six hundred and twenty-five grammes (625 Gm.) [1 lb. av., 6 ozs., 20 grs.]; glycerin, two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (250 Co.) [8 fl3, 218 ſill; diluted hypophosphorous acid (U. S. P.), ten cubic centimeters (10 Co.) [162 ſill; distilled water a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 CC.) [33 fl3, 391 ||ll. To the iron, contained in a flask, add three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (350 Ce.) [11 fl3, 401 ſilj of distilled water, and the hydrochloric acid, and apply a gentle heat until effervescence ceases. Then raise the liquid to boiling, keep it at this temperature for a short time so that the iron may be brought into solution as far as possible, filter the solution through a pellet of absorbent cotton placed in the neck of a fun- nel, and wash the cotton with a little distilled water. Evaporate the filtrate, over a boiling water-bath, until crystals begin to form, and the escaping vapors cease to redden, or only slightly affect, moistened blue litmus paper. Now add the glycerin and the diluted hypophos- phorous acid, continue the heat, if necessary, until a perfect solution is obtained; then trans- fer the liquid to a graduated bottle, allow it to cool, and add enough distilled water to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 fl:5, 391 (ſl). Each fluid drachm represents about 20 grains of protochloride of iron (ferrous chloride)”—(Nat. Form.). Other Solutions of Iron Salts.--LIQUOR FERRI Ox YSU LPH \tis (N. F.), Solution of orysul- phate of iron. “Sulphate of iron, one hundred and sixty-five grammes (165 Gm.) [5 ozs, av., 359 grs.]; nitric acid (U. S. P.), one hundred and sixty-five grammes (165 Gm. ) [5 ozs, av., 359 grs.]; distilled water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 fl?, 391 Yıll. Dissolve the sulphate of iron in eight hundred and fifty cubic centineters (850 Co.) [28 fl3, 356 ſill of boiling distilled water, in a flask, gradually add the nitric acid, and continue the heat until the escaping vapors cease to have a nitrous odor. When the reaction is completed, allow the liquid to cool, and add enough distilled water to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 ||ll”—(Nat. Form.). Howe's ACID Solution of IRON.—This solution is prepared by triturating ferrous sulphate (2 parts) in a mortar, and adding 10 parts of water and 1 part of nitric acid. No heat is to be LIQUOR FERRI CHLORIDI. 1165 employed. When the liquid assumes a clear, amber color it is to be bottled. This prepara- tion contains excess of nitric acid, and, probably, also part of the unexpelled nitrous acid. Its medicinal value probably consists in the associated actions of these substances as well as the iron salt. Howe's acid solution of iron is a favorite preparation with Eclectic physicians to fulfil the indications for iron and an acid. It is less apt than any other fluid preparation of in on to provoke febrile phenomena. It is an excellent agent in chronic catarrhal affections, anemia, chlorosis, and general debility. We have found it best adapted to cases exhibiting a pal- lid, waxy skin and cherry-red mucous membranes. The dose should be about 2 drops, 3 or 4 times a day. A very pleasant preparation is the following: B. Acid solution of iron, flºi syrup of Orange, fláiv. Mix. Sig Dose, 1 teaspoonful, given preferably before meals and at bedtime. This is the best preparation of iron for use in phthisis and other wasting diseases. LOEFFLER's SOLUTION.—Various solutions, to be used for the disinfection of the throats of diphtheria patients, have been devised by Prof. Loeffler, of Greifswald. Chief among these is that prepared after the following formula: B. Menthol, ten granumes (10 Gm.) [154 grs.]; toluene, a sufficient quantity to make thirty-six cubic centimeters (36 Co.) [1 fl:3, 104 Tſuj; then add creolin, two cubic centimeters (2 Co.) [33 ml]; Solution of chloride of iron, four cubic centi- meters (4 Co.) [65 ſill; alcohol, surfficient to make one hundred cubic centimeters (100 Co.) [3 fl3, 183 ſill. Of all the solutions recommended by Loeffler the preceding is preferred for children and sensitive individuals, being applied as follows: After first cleansing the throat of mucus by means of a piece of dry cotton, carried by means of forceps or wire applicator, neatly wrap a piece of cotton upon the wire applicator and saturate it with the solution. Pass the application to the throat and gently, but firmly, press against the diphtheritic exu- date for 10 seconds, immediately repeating the application. Continue the application every 3 or 4 hours for several days, or until the local manifestations have disappeared. This should be followed in the course of 20 minutes with an irrigation of the nose and throat with anti- Septic cleansing solutions, such as of hydrogen peroxide, listerine, lime-water, Dobell's solu- tion, etc. Other solutions recommended by Loeffler are as follows: (1) Carbolic acid, 1 part; alcohol, 25 parts; turpentine, 25 parts. (2) Alcohol, 16 parts; toluene, 9 parts. (3) Alcohol, 16 parts; benzene, 9 parts. LIQUOR FERRI IoDIDI (N. F.), Solution of iodide of iron.—“Iron, in the form of fine, bright, and finely cut wire, two hundred grammes (200 Gm.) [7 ozs. av., 24 grs.l; iodine, six hundred and sixty-four grammes (664 Gm.) [1 lb. av., 7 ozs., 185 grs.]; diluted hypophosphorous acid (U. S. P.), twenty-five cubic centimeters (25 Co.) [406 (ſl); distilled water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 fift, 391 ||ll. Mix the iron with seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (750 Ce.) [25 fl3, 173 m) of distilled water in a flask, add about one-half of the iodine, and agitate continuously until the liquid becomes hot. Then moderate the reaction by placing the flask in cold water, or by allowing cold water to flow over it, meanwhile keeping up the agitation. When the reaction has moderated, add one-half of the remaining iodine at a time, and carefully moderate the reaction each time, in the man- ner above directed. Finally, raise the contents of the flask to boiling, and filter immediately through moistened pure filtering paper (the point of the filter being supported by a pellet of absorbent cotton) into a bottle containing the diluted hypophosphorous acid. When all the liquid has passed, rinse the flask with thirty-five cubic centimeters (35 Co.) [1 fl:3, 88 ſill of boiling distilled water, and pass this through the filter. Cork the bottle and set it aside to cool. Finally, add enough distilled water to make the product measure one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 fl3, 391 (Ill. Note.—This solution contains about 85 per cent of iodide of iron (ferrous). On mixing 1 volume with 7 volumes of syrup (U. S. P.), the product will be practically identical with syrup of iodide of iron (U. S. P.)”—(Nat. Form.). LIQUOR FERRI HYPOPHosphITIs (N. F.), Solution of hypophosphite of iron, Solution of ferric hypophosphite.-‘‘Iron and ammonium sulphate (U. S. P.), in perfect crystals, three hundred and thirty grammes (330 Gm.) [11 ozs. av., 280 grs.]; sodium hypophosphite, two hundred and twenty grammes (220 Gm.) [7 ozs, av., 333 grs.]; potassium citrate, two hundred and fifteen grammes (215 Gm.), [7 OzS. av., 255 grs.]; glycerin, one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (150 CC.) [5 fl3, 35 ſill; water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Ce.) [33 fl3, 391 (Ill. , Dissolve the iron and ammonium sulphate, and the sodium hypo- phosphite, each, in fifteen hundred cubic centimeters (1500 Ce.) [50 fl:3, 364 m) of water, and, if necessary, filter each solution. Then mix them, and stir thoroughly ; after a few minutes transfer the resulting magma to a close linen or muslin strainer, and wash the precipitate with about five hundred cubic centimeters (500 Ce.) [16 fl:3, 435 ml] of water. Allow it to drain, and then press it forcibly in the strainer, so as to remove as much of the liquid as possible. Trans- fer the precipitate from the strainer to a mortar, add to it the potassium citrate, and triturate until a perfectly smooth paste results. Then add the glycerin, and gradually, while stirring, enough water to make the solution measure one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 fl:5, 391 ||U}. Place it for several days in a cold place, if convenient; then pour off the clear solu- tion from any precipitate or crystals that may have formed, and keep the solution in small, completely filled and well-corked bottles”—(Nat. Form.). Solution of hypophosphite of irov (ferric) may also be prepared in the following manner: “Hypophosphite of iron (F. 183), one hundred and sixty-five grammes (165 Gm.) [5 ozs. av., 359 grs.]; potassium citrate, two hundred and fifteen grammes (215 Glm.) [7 ozs, av., 255 grs.]; glycerin, one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (150 Co.) [5 fl3, 35 ſill; water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Ce.) [33 fl3, 391 Till. Triturate the hypophosphite of iron with three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (350 Ce.) [11 fl:3, 401 iſll of water to a perfectly smooth mixture, then add the potassium citrate and glycerin, and apply a gentle heat, until solution has been effected. Allow the liquid to cool, and add enough Water 1166 LIQUOR FERRI CITRATIS. to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 fl3, 391 ||UJ. Place the solution for several days in a cold place, if convenient; then pour off the clear solution from, any precipi- tate or crystals that may have formed, and keep the Solution in small, completely-filled and well-corked bottles. About 6 minims of this solution represent 1 grain of hypophosphite of iron (ferric) *—(Nat. Form.). LIQUOR FERRI CITRATIS (U. S. P.)—SoLUTION OF FERRIC CITRATE. “An aqueous solution of ferric citrate, corresponding to about 7.5 per cent of metallic iron”—(U. S. P.). SYNoNYMs: Liquor ferri citrici, Citras ferricus liquidus. Preparation.—“Solution of ferric sulphate, one thousand and fifty grammes (1050 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 5 ozs., 17 grs.]; citric acid, three hundred grammes (300 Gm.) [10 ozs, av., 255 grs.]; anmonia water, eight hundred and eighty cubic cen- timeters (880 Co.) [29 flá, 363 fil]; water, a sufficient quantity to make one thou- sand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Mix the ammonia water with three thousand cubic centimeters (3000 Co.) [101 flá, 212 Till) of cold water and the solution of ferric sulphate with ten thousand cubic centimeters (10,000 Co.) [338 flâ, 66 ml] of cold water. Add the latter solution slowly to the diluted ammonia water with constant stirring. Pour the mixture on a wet muslin strainer, and allow the liquid to run off and the precipitate to drain. Then remove the moist mass from the strainer, mix it well with six thousand cubic centimeters (6000 Co.) [676 flá, 132 mill of cold water, again pour it on the strainer, and let it drain. Repeat this washing with several successive portions of cold water in the same manner, until the washings cease to produce more than a slight cloudiness with barium chloride test-solution. Then allow the precipitate to drain com- pletely, transfer it to a porcelain capsule, add the citric acid, and heat the mixture on a water-bath, to 60°C. (140°F.), stirring constantly until the precipitate is dissolved. Lastly, filter the liquid, and evaporate it, at the above-mentioned temperature, until it weighs one thousand grammes (1000 Grm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]”—(U. S. P.). In this process ferric hydroxide is first produced, and as this holds a large amount of water, the preparation becomes liquid as the citric acid is added, and citrate of iron is produced. The heat should be maintained at about 60°C.(140°F.), never more than a few degrees higher, until the ferric hydroxide is dissolved. Description and Tests.-According to the U. S. P., this solution is “a dark- brown liquid, odorless, and possessing a slightly ferruginous taste. Specific gravity, about 1.250 at 15° (59°F.). Upon evaporating 100 Gm. of the solution in a thin layer, on plates of glass, about 42.5 to 43 Gm. of garnet-red scales will be obtained. The solution has an acid reaction upon litmus paper, and is not precipitated, but rendered darker in color, by ammonia water. With potassium fer- rocyanide T.S., it affords a bluish-green color or precipitate, which is increased and rendered dark blue by the subsequent addition of hydrochloric acid. On heating the solution with potassium or sodium hydrate T.S., it will yield a brown precipi- tate, without evolving vapor of ammonia. If a portion of the solution, diluted with 4 volumes of water, be deprived of its iron by boiling it with an excess of potas- sium or sodium hydrate T.S., and the filtrate slightly acidulated with acetic acid, a portion of this liquid, when allowed to stand for some time, should not give a white, crystalline precipitate (absence of tartrate). If to another portion of the acidulated and cooled filtrate a little calcium chloride T.S. be added, and the , liquid heated to boiling, it should gradually deposit a white, crystalline precipi- tate. If 1.12 (1.1176) Gm. of the solution be introduced into a glass-stoppered bottle (having a capacity of about 100 Co.), together with 15 Co. of water and 2 CC. of hydrochloric acid, and, after the addition of 1 Gm. of potassium iodide, the mixture be kept for half an hour at a temperature of 40°C. (104°F.), then cooled, and mixed with a few drops of starch T.S., it should require about 15 Co. of deci- normal sodium hyposulphite V.S. to discharge the blue or greenish color of the liquid (each cubic centimeter of the volumetric solution indicating 0.5 per cent of metallic iron)”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—(See Ferri Citras, or Ferri et Ammonii Citras.) Dose, 1 to 10 minims. LIQUOR FERRI ET AMMONII ACETATIS.—LIQUOR FERRI NITRATIS. 1167 LIQUOR FERRI ET AMMONII ACETATIs (U.S. P.)—SoLUTION OF IRON AND AMMONIUM ACETATE. SYNoNYMs: Mistura ferri et ammonii acetatis (Pharm., 1880), Basham's mixture. Preparation.—“Tincture of ferric chloride, twenty cubic centimeters (20 Co.) [325 ml]; diluted acetic acid, thirty cubic centimeters (30 Co.) [1 flá, 7 ml]; solu- tion of ammonium acetate, two hundred cubic centimeters (200 Co.) [6 flá,366 ml]; aromatic elixir, one hundred cubic centimeters (100 Co.) [3 flä, 183 fil]; glycerin, one hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (120 Co.) [4 fl 3, 28 ſil]; water, a suffi- cient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 CC ) [33 fix, 391 ml]. To the solution of ammonium acetate (which should not be alkaline) add, suc- cessively, the diluted acetic acid, the tincture of ferric chloride, the aromatic elixir, and the glycerin, and, lastly, enough water to make the product measure one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 ml]. This preparation should be freshly made when wanted”—(U. S. P.). The reaction here, by double decomposition, produces ferric acetate and ammonium chloride. A large proportion, however, of the ammonium acetate remains uncombined. While this solution may keep for quite a length of time, it should, to insure a good and fresh preparation, be made only as needed for use. It is a bright-red, transparent fluid. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This agent is diuretic and acts kindly upon the stomach. In doses of + to 1 fluid ounce, it has been administered in albuminuria. Said to be most valuable when tubular mephritis is present. LIQUOR FERRI NITRATIS (U. S. P.)—SoLUTION OF FERRIC, NITRATE. “An aqueous solution of ferric nitrate (Fe,NOJ—483.1), containing about 6.2 per cent of the anhydrous salt, and corresponding to about 1.4 per cent of metallic iron”—(U. S. P.). SYNoNYMs: Liquor ferri permitratis, Solution of permitrate of iron. Preparation.—“Solution of ferric sulphate, one hundred and eighty grammes (180 Gm.) [6 oz. av., 153 grs.]; ammonia water, one hundred and sixty cubic centi- meters (160 Co.) [5 flá, 197 ml]; nitric acid, seventy-one grammes (71 Gm.) [2 ozs. av., 221 grs.]; distilled water, water, each, a sufficient quantity to make one thou- sand grammes (1000 Grm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Mix the ammonia water with five hundred cubic centimeters (500 Co.) [16 flá, 435 ml] of cold water, and the solution of ferric sulphate with fifteen hundred cubic centimeters (1500 Co.) [50 flá, 346 ml] of cold water. Add the latter solution slowly to the diluted ammo- nia water, with constant stirring. Let the mixture stand until the precipitate has subsided as far as practicable, and them decant the supernatant liquid. Add to the precipitate one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Ce.) [33 flá, 391 Till of cold water, mix well, and again set the mixture aside, as before. Repeat the washing with successive portions of cold water, in the same manner, until the washings produce but a slight cloudiness with barium chloride test-solution. Pour the washed ferric hydrate on a wet muslin strainer, and let it drain thor- oughly. Then transfer it to a porcelain capsule, add the nitric acid, and stir with a glass rod until a clear solution is obtained. Finally, add enough distilled water to make the finished product weigh one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Filter, if necessary”—(U. S. P.). History.—Mr. William Kerr introduced this preparation to the profession in 1832 (Ed. Med. and Surg. Jour., XXXVII, p. 99). When correctly made it is of a deep-red color (amber-colored if an excess of acid be present), clear, and powerfully astringent. On standing, sesquioxide of iron forms, which at first destroys the transparency of the liquid, but is finally deposited, and which may be prevented by the addition of a drachm of hydrochloric acid. On account of the great lia- bility to change in this preparation, various suggestions have been made for the purpose of procuring a permanent solution; among them a process offered by 116S LIQUOIR FERRI SUBSULPHATIS. W. Procter, Jr., of Philadelphia, which forms the basis for the U. S. P. process (Amer. Jour, Pharm.,Vol. XXIX, p. 306). Description.—“A clear, amber-colored, or reddish liquid, odorless, having an acid, styptic taste, and an acid reaction. Specific gravity about 1.050 at 15° C. (59° F.). The solution gives a brownish-red precipitate with ammonia water, and a blue one with potassium ferrocyanide T.S. If a clear crystal of ferrous Sulphate be added to a cooled mixture of equal parts of the solution and of con- centrated sulphuric acid, the crystal will become brown and be surrounded by a brownish-black zone. If 1.12 (1.1176) Gm. of the solution be introduced into a glass-stoppered bottle (having a capacity of about 100 Co.), together with 15 Co. of water and 2 Co. of hydrochloric acid, and, after the addition of 1 Gm. of potas- sium iodide, the mixture be kept for , an hour at a temperature of 40° C. (104° F.), then cooled, and mixed with a few drops of starch T.S., it should require about 2.8 Co. of decinormal sodium hyposulphite V.S. to discharge the blue or greenish color of the liquid (each cubic centimeter of the volumetric solution indicating 0.5 per cent of metallic iron)''-(U. S. P). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Solution of nitrate of iron is astrin- gent, and possesses the property of diminishing tenderness and irritability of the mucous membranes with which it comes in contact. It has been found useful in chromic diarrhoea, where intestinal ulceration is absent, and in the diarrhoea of weak and nervous persons. It is contraindicated if inflammatory symptoms are pres- ent. It has also been used in hematemesis, hemorrhage from the bowels, uterime hemor- rhage, and memorrhagia, especially in pale, feeble, and languid constitutions. It has also been found advantageous as an injection, and by mouth, in leucorrhoea. In the colliquative diarrhoea of tuberculous phthisis, it has afforded much benefit, as well as in chronic diarrhoea and cholera infantum of anemic or scrofulous patients. The dose is from 5 drops, gradually increased to 15 or 20 drops, or more, suffi- ciently diluted with water, and repeated 3 or 4 times a day; the ordinary dose to commence with is 10 or 12 drops. Injected into the vagina, it will cause consid- erable irritation, unless previously weakened with water. LIQUOR FERRI SUBSULPHATIS (U. S. P.)—SoLUTION OF FERRIC SUBSULPHATE. An aqueous solution of basic ferric sulphate (of variable chemical compo- sition), corresponding to about 13.6 per cent of metallic iron. SYNONYMs: Solution of basic ferric sulphate, Momsel’s solution, Solution of persul. phate of iron (erroneously). Preparation.—“Ferrous sulphate, in clear crystals, six hundred and seventy- five grammes (675 Gm.) [1 lb. av., 7 ozs., 354 grs.]; sulphuric acid, sixty-five grammes (65 Gm.) [2 ozs. av., 128 grs.]; nitric acid, distilled water, each, a suffi- cient quantity to make one thousand grammes (1000 Grm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Add the sulphuric acid to five hundred cubic centimeters (500 Co.) [16 flá, 435 ml] of distilled water in a capacious porcelain capsule, heat the mixture to nearly 100° C. (212° F.), then add sixty-five grammes (65 Gm.) [2 ozs, av., 128 grs.] of mitric acid, and mix well. Divide the ferrous sulphate, coarsely pow- dered, into 4 equal portions, and add these portions, one at a time, to the hot liquid, stirring after each addition until effervescence ceases. When all of the ferrous sulphate is dissolved, add a few drops of nitric acid, and, if this causes a further evolution of red fumes, continue to add nitric acid, a few drops at a time, until it no longer causes red fumes to be evolved; then boil the Solution until it assumes a ruby-red color, and is free from nitrous odor. Lastly, add enough dis- tilled water to make the product weigh one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Keep the product in well-stoppered bottles, in a moderately warm place (not under 22° C. or 71.6°F), protected from light... This solution will sometimes crystallize, forming a semi-solid, whitish mass. When this occurs the application of a gentle heat to the bottle will restore the liquid condition. Note.—Solution of ferric subsulphate is to be dispensed when solution of persul- phate of iron has been prescribed by the physician”—(U. S. P.). LIQUOR FERRITERSULPHATIS. 1169 History.—This process is practically that of Dr. E. R. Squibb (1860). The ferrous sulphate is changed into ferric sulphate, but as there is not a sufficient quantity of the sulphuric acid present to produce the normal ferric sulphate, an oxysulphate, basic or subsulphate is formed, of the approximate composition Fe,(SO),(QH), ge tº º Description and Tests.--"A dark reddish-brown liquid, odorless or nearly so, of an acid, strongly styptic taste, and an acid reaction. Specific gravity, about 1.550 at 15° C. (59° F.). Miscible with water and alcohol, in all proportions, without decomposition. The diluted solution yields a brownish-red precipitate with ammonia water, a blue one with potassium ferrocyanide T.S., and a white one, insoluble in hydrochloric acid, with barium chloride T.S. On slowly mixing 2 volumes of the solution with 1 volume of concentrated sulphuric acid, in a beaker, a semisolid, white mass will separate on standing (difference from ter- sulphate). On adding a clear crystal of ferrous sulphate to a cooled mixture of equal volumes of concentrated sulphuric acid and a diluted portion of the solu- tion, the crystal should not become brown, nor should there be a brownish-black color developed around it (absence of nitric acid). If to a small portion of the solution, diluted with about 10 volumes of water, a few drops of freshly prepared potassium ferricyanide T.S. be added, a pure brown color should be produced, without a tinge of green or greenish-blue (absence of ferrous salt). If 1.12 (1.1176) Gm. of the solution be introduced into a glass-stoppered bottle (having a capacity of about 100 Co.), together with 15 Co. of water and 2 Co. of hydrochloric acid, and, after the addition of 1 Gm. of potassium iodide, the mixture be kept for 4 hour at a temperature of 40°C. (104°F.), then cooled, and mixed with a few drops of starch T.S., it should require about 27.2 CC. of decinormal sodium hyposulphite V.S. to discharge the blue or greenish color of the liquid (each cubic centimeter of the volumetric solution indicating 0.5 per cent of metallic iron)”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This agent is an almost unirritating styptic. Its action on blood and albumen is powerful; with the former it pro- duces a voluminous clot, absolutely insoluble, which continues to enlarge for several hours after its application, and becomes quite hard and firm. If applied to a Superficial wound as soon as made, not a drop of blood escapes, and no pain results from the application. It acts by producing instantaneous coagulation of the blood, and will be found invaluable in hemorrhages from the mouth, mose, and throat, when it is impossible to ligate the vessels, and may be equally efficient in alarming uterime hemorrhage. The solution is readily applied by a glass or wooden brush, or by Saturating cottom or sponge, or may be used diluted with water as an injection. The dry salt (Momsel’s salt), is very deliquescent, and speedily dis- solves in water. A solution of from 1 to 10 drops of Monsel's solution in a fluid ounce of water, has been successfully used by atomization in hemoptysis. From 1 to 5 minims in water, is useful in hematemesis. Instances have occurred in which the coagulating power of this solution upon blood has produced mischief, followed by gangrene of the parts to which it was applied. LIQUOR FERRITERSULPHATIS (U. S. P.)—SoLUTION OF FERRIC SULPHATE. “An aqueous solution of normal ferric sulphate (Fe,MSOJ,-399.22), con- taining about 28.7 per cent of the salt, and corresponding to about 8 per cent of metallic iron’—(U. S. P.). SYNONYMS: Liquor ferri persulphatis, Solution of persulphate of irom, Solution of mormal ferric sulphate. Preparation.—“Ferrous sulphate, in clear crystals, four hundred grammes (400 Gm.) [14 ozs, av., 48 grs.]; sulphuric acid, seventy-eight grammes (78 Gm.) [2 ozs, av., 329 grs.]; nitric acid, distilled water, each, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Add the sulphurie acid to two hundred cubic centimeters (200 Co.) [6 flá, 366 ml] of distilled water in a capacious porcelain capsule, heat the mixture to nearly 100° C. (212° F.), then add fifty-five grammes (55 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 411 grs.] of nitric acid, and mix well. Divide the ferrous sulphate, coarsely powdered, into 4 equal portions, and 74 1170 LIQUOR GUTTA-PERCHAE. add these portions, one at a time, to the hot liquid, stirring after each addition until effervescence ceases. When all of the ferrous sulphate is dissolved, add a few drops of nitric acid, and, if this causes a further evolution of red fumes, con- tinue to add nitric acid, a few drops at a time, until it no longer causes red fumes to be evolved; then boil the solution until it assumes a reddish-brown color and is free from nitrous odor. Lastly, add enough distilled water to make the product weigh one thousand grammes (1000 Grm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Filter, if necessary”—(U. S. P.). By clear crystals, as directed, is meant the uneffloresced salt. The reaction here taking place is precisely the same as when Liquor Ferri Subsulphatis is formed, excepting that sufficient sulphuric acid is employed to produce the non-basic or normal ferric sulphate (Fe,MSOJ). The equation 6 FeSO,--3H,SO,--2NOH− 4H.O-H-3Fe,(SO), H.N.O., illustrates the reaction. Description and Tests.-‘A dark reddish-brown liquid, almost odorless, having an acid, strongly styptic taste, and an acid reaction. Specific gravity, about 1.320 at 15° C. (59°F.). Miscible with water and alcohol, in all propor- tions, without decomposition. The diluted solution yields a brownish-red pre- cipitate with ammonia water, a blue one with potassium ferrocyanide T.S., and a white one, insoluble in hydrochloric acid, with barium chloride T.S. On slowly mixing 2 volumes of the solution with 1 volume of concentrated sulphuric acid, in a beaker, no solid, white mass will separate on standing (difference from sub- sulphate). On adding a clear crystal of ferrous sulphate to a cooled mixture of equal volumes of concentrated sulphuric acid and a moderately diluted portion of the solution, the crystal should not become brown, nor should there be a brown- ish-black color developed around it (absence of nitric acid). If to a small portion of the solution, diluted with about 10 volumes of water, a few drops of freshly prepared potassium ferricyanide T.S. be added, a pure brown color should be produced, without a tinge of green or greenish-blue (absence of ferrous salt). If 1.12 (1.1176) Gm. of the solution be introduced into a glass-stoppered bottle (having a capacity of about 100 Co.), together with 15 Co. of water and 2 Co. of hydrochloric acid, and, after the addition of 1 Gm. of potassium iodide, the mix- ture be kept for 4 hour at a temperature of 40° C. (104° F.), then cooled, and mixed with a few drops of starch T.S., it should require about 16 Co. of decinor- mal sodium hyposulphite V.S. to discharge the blue or greenish color of the liquid (each cubic centimeter of the volumetric solution indicating 0.5 per cent of metallic iron)''-(U. S. P.). Action and Medical Uses.—May be used like Monsel's solution, but is less desirable because not so astringent, and is more strongly irritant. It should be kept on hand for the preparation of freshly precipitated hydroxide of iron, the antidote for arsenic. LIQUOR GUTTA-PERCHAE (N. F.)—SoLUTION OF GUTTA-PERCHA. Preparation.—“Gutta-percha, in thin slices, fifteen grammes (15 Gm.) [231 grs.]; commercial chloroform, one hundred cubic centimeters (100 Co.) [3 flá, 183 ſill; lead carbonate, in fine powder, seventeen grammes (17 Gm.) [262 grs.]. Add the gutta-percha to seventy-five cubic centimeters (75 Co.) [2 flā, 257 ml] of the chloroform contained in a bottle, cork it well, and shake it occasionally until the gutta-percha is dissolved. Then add the lead carbonate, previously mixed with the remainder of the chloroform, and, having several tirues shaken the whole together, at intervals of ; hour, set the mixture aside until the insoluble matters have subsided and the solution has become perfectly clear. Lastly, decant the liquid and preserve it in small, cork-stoppered vials”—(Nat. Form.). As chloroform does not make a clear solution of gutta-percha, Maschke pro- posed agitation of the solution with water (1 to 1% per cent), to hasten the collec- tion of the impurities at the top of the solution. Others have proposed heavy, insoluble substances to carry with them in precipitation the insoluble matter. Chief among these was lead carbonate, proposed by Wm. Hodgson, Jr., in 1861, which, by causing the impurities to subside with it, renders the solution clear and colorless, or nearly so. The liquid may then be decanted. On account of its I IQUOR IIYDRARGY Rſ NITRATIS. 1171 character it can not be filtered. Should it by evaporation become too dense, a little chloroform may be added. Under the name TRAUMATICINE, Auspitz, of Vienna, introduced a solution of gutta-percha (1 part) in chloroform (10 parts). Action and Medical Uses.—An adhesive protective. (For uses, see Gutta- percha.) LIQUOR HYDRARGYRI NITRATIS (U. S. P.)—SOLUTION OF IMIERCURIC NITRATE. “A liquid containing about 60 per cent of mercuric nitrate (Hg|NOJ.- 323.58), together with about 11 per cent of free nitric acid”—(U. S. P.). SYNoNYMs: Liquor hydrargyri nitratis acidus, Liquor hydrargyri nitrici 02/dati, Acid solution of nitrate of mercury, Solution of mitrate of mercury, Solution of permitrate of mercury, Hydrargyrum oxydatum nitricum Solutum. Preparation.—“Red mercuric oxide, forty grammes (40 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 180 grs.]; nitric acid, forty-five grammes (45 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 257 grs.]; distilled water, fifteen grammes (15 Gm.) [231 grs.]; to make one hundred grammes (100 Grm.) [3 oz. av., 231 grs.]. Mix the nitric acid with the distilled water, and dissolve red mercuric oxide in the mixture. Keep the product in glass-stoppered bot- tles”—(U. S. P.). Description and Tests.-In the foregoing process the mercuric oxide com- bines with the nitric acid as follows: HgC)—H·2HNO =Hg(NO), H.H.O. It is “a clear, nearly colorless, heavy liquid, having a faint odor of nitric acid, and a strongly acid reaction. Specific gravity, about 2.100 at 15° C. (59°F.). On evaporating a few drops of the solution in a porcelain capsule, a white residue is left, which, on being heated, becomes successively yellow, red, and brown, and is finally com- pletely volatilized. On a bright surface of copper, the solution deposits a coating of metallic mercury. The solution, diluted with water, yields with potassium or sodium hydrate T.S. a yellow precipitate; and with potassium iodide T.S. a bright red one, soluble in an excess of the reagent. A clear crystal of the ferrous sul- phate dropped into the solution rapidly acquires a brown color, and becomes surrounded by a brownish-black zone. No precipitation or cloudiness should occur in the solution on the addition of water, or of diluted hydrochloric acid (absence of mercurous salt) *—(U. S. P.). When strong nitric acid is added to this solution a deliquescent, crystalline mass of mercuric nitrate may be obtained, and this salt may be obtained in large crystals, having the composition 2 Hg(NO),.H.O, by slowly evaporating the solution over sulphuric acid. If alcohol be mixed with this solution and heated, the dangerous explosive, fulminating mercury, is produced, and great care must be used to avoid such a compound. Action and Medical Uses.—This forms a thick, heavy, very caustic solu- tion, which has been employed with some success in lupus, ulcerated cervic uteri, obstimate lepra, psoriasis, porrigo, herpes evedems, etc., syphilitic and Scrofulous ulcers. It is applied by means of a camel's-hair pencil to a surface not exceeding an inch in diameter at any one time, and over this a pledget of lint is applied, which has been previously dampened with some of the solution. It whitens the part at once, a kind of erysipelatous inflammation is induced in the neighboring parts, and a scab of yellow color forms and falls off in 3, 4, or 5 days. In ulcerated cervix. wteri, one application is said to have materially improved the character of the Sore. As salivation has been caused by a single application, Mial he proposed to prevent absorption of the mercury by washing the cauterized part immediately after the caustic has been applied (P.). It is seldom, if ever, employed by the Eclectic physicians, Related Preparations.—MiLLON's TEST SoLUTION. Dissolve by means of a gentle heat an equal weight of mercury in concentrated nitric acid, add twice its bulk of water, and decant from the precipitate which forms. This reagent, which must contain some uncombined nitrie and nitrous acid, is employed as a test for proteids, the latter imparting to it a red coloration upon Warming. LIQUOR HYDRARGYRI NITRICI OxYDULATI (Liquor Bellostii, or Hydrargyrum oxydulatum Solutumn).--Take mercurous nitrate, 100 parts; nitric acid, 15 parts; enough water to make 1000 barts. Dissolve without heat. If exposed to the air this solution changes to mercuric nitrate through oxidation. IIT2 LIQUOR HYDRARGYRI PERCHLORIDI.-LIQUOR IODI COMPOSITUS. LIQUOR HYDRARGYRI PERCHLORIDI. Solution of PERCHLORIDE OF MERCURY. SYNONYMs: Liquor hydrargyri bichloridi, Solution of mercuric chloride, Solution of corrosive sublimate. - Preparation.—“Take of perchloride of mercury, chloride of ammonium, of each, 10 grains; distilled water, 1 pint. Dissolve”—(Br. Pharm., 1885). The British Pharmacopoeia (1898) omits chloride of ammonium. Description.—A colorless liquid having a saline, metallic taste, and contain- ing # grain of mercuric chloride in the Imperial fluid ounce. It is decomposed by the alkalies and alkaline carbonates, medicinal extracts, and the juices of vege- tables. It is a solution of the alchemist's Sal Alembroth. By substituting for the water bitter almond emulsion, Gowland's Cosmetic Lotion is formed. Van Swieten’s Liquor (Liqueur de Van Swieten, of the French Codex), contains mercuric chloride, 1 part; alcohol, 100 parts; water, 900 parts. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—(See Hydrargyrum Chloridum Corro- Sivum.) Dose, 4 to 1 fluid drachm (equal to 4's to # grain of corrosive sublimate). LIQUOR HYPOPHOSPHITUM (N. F.)—solution of HYPOPHOSPHITES. Preparation.—“Calcium hypophosphite, thirty-five grammes (35 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 103 grs.] sodium hypophosphite, twenty grammes (20 Grm.) [309 grs.]; potassium hypophosphite, seventeen and one-half grammes (17.5 Gm.) [270 grs.]; citric acid, sixteen grammes (16 Gm.) [247 grs.]; water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 ml]. Dissolve the salts and citric acid in water so as to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 CC.) [33 flá, 391 fil]; filter, if necessary, and pass enough water through the filter to restore the original volume. Each fluid drachm contains 2 grains of calcium hypophosphite, 1% grains of sodium hypophosphite, and 1 grain of potassium hypophosphite”—(Nat. Form.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—(See the respective hypophosphites.) Dose, 1 drachm. LIQUOR IoDI compositus (U. S. P.)—compound SOLUTION OF IODINE. SYNoNYMs: Solution of iodine, Lugol's solution. Preparation.—“Iodine, five grammes (5 Gm.) [77 grs.]; potassium iodide, ten grammes (10 Gm.) [154 grs.]; distilled water, a sufficient quantity to make one hundred grammes (100 Gm.) [3 oz. av., 231 grs.]. Dissolve the iodine and potassium iodide in a sufficient quantity of distilled water to make the product weigh one hundred grammes (100 Grm.) [3 oz. av., 231 grs.]. Keep the solution in glass-stoppered bottles”—(U. S. P.). Metallic iodine is very slightly dissolved by water, but is extremely soluble in a solution of iodide of potassium. In preparing this solution, 2 parts of the iodide are generally added with 1 of iodine, forming a concentrated solution of iodine, which is the active medicinal agent in the solution. The solution loses its strength by exposure to the air, in consequence of the evaporation of the iodime; light also appears to exert a deleterious influence upon it. It should, therefore, be kept in well-stoppered bottles, and in a dark place. Description.—Lugol's solution is a deep brownish-red fluid having the char- acteristic, caustic, iodine taste. Starch paste is colored blue by it. A portion of the iodine is driven off on boiling it. It may be decolorized by shaking it with ether, chloroform, or carbon disulphide. “If 12.66 Gm. of the solution be mixed with a few drops of starch T.S., it should require, for complete decoloration, from 49.3 to 50 Co. of decinormal sodium hyposulphite V.S. (each cubic centimeter of the volumetric solution corresponding to 0.1 per cent of iodine)”—(U. S. P.). LIQUOR MAGNESII CITRATIS. 1173. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Compound solution of iodine pos- sesses all the virtues of iodine, and may be used advantageously in...scrofulous, syphilitic, and all tuberculous diseases, or wherever iodine is indicated. The dose is 5 drops in a tablespoonful of water, sweetened if desired, and gradually increased to 20 or 30 drops; the dose to be repeated 3 times a day. Twelve drops are equal to about , grain of iodine. Related Preparations.—LUGOL's CAUSTIC, Causticum iodi. One part each of iodine and potassium iodide, dissolved in 2 parts of Water. e e ‘Tº e * - sº HEBRA’s IoISINE CAUSTIC.—One part each of iodine and iodide of potassium, dissolved in 2 parts of glycerin. - *- a - g * * * * * * * Liquor. Iodi CAUSTICUs (N. F.), Caustic solution of iodine, Iodine caustic, Churchill's iodine caustic.—“Iodine, twenty-five grammes (25 Gm.) [386 grs.]; potassium iodide, fifty_grammes (50 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 334 grs.]; water, one hundred cubic centimeters (100 CC.) [3 flā, 183 (Ill. Dissolve the potassium iodide and the iodine in the water”—(Nat. Form.). LIQUOR TODI CARBOLATUs (N. F.), Carbolized solution of iodive, Bowlton's Solution, French mix- ture.—“Compound tincture of iodine (U. S. P.), fifteen cubic centimeters (15 Co.) [243 IIll; carbolic acid, liquefied by a gentle heat, five and one-half cubic gentimeters (5.5%) [89 ml]: glycerin, one hindred and sixty-five cubic centimeters (165 Cº.) [5 flá; 278 ſill; water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 CC.) [33 fi:3, 391 Tll. Mix the glycerin with the carbolic acid and compound tincture of iodine, add enough water to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 fl3, 391 (ſl), and expose the mixture to sunlight until it has become colorless”—(Nat. Form.). LIQUOR MAGNESII CITRATIS (U. S. P.)—SOLUTION OF MAGNESIUM CITRATE. SYNoNYMs: Solution of citrate of magnesium, Liquor magnesii citrici. Preparation.—“Magnesium carbonate, fifteen grammes (15 Gm.) [231 grs.]; citric acid, thirty grammes (30 Gm.) [463 grs.]; syrup of citric acid, one hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (120 Co.) [4 fl 3, 28 fil]; potassium bicarbonate, two and one-half grammes (2.5 Gm.) [39 grs.]; water, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the citric acid in one hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (120 Co.) [4 fl 3, 281ſl] of water, and, having added the magnesium carbonate, stir, until it is dis- solved. Filter the solution into a strong bottle of the capacity of about three hundred and sixty cubic centimeters (360 Co.) [12 fl 3,83 Till, containing the syrup of citric acid. Then add enough water to nearly fill the bottle, drop in the potas- sium bicarbonate, immediately close the bottle with a cork, and secure it with twine. Lastly, shake the mixture occasionally, until the potassium bicarbonate is dissolved ”—(U. S. P.). - * This solution is more effervescent than that formerly official. It is colorless, pleasantly acidulous, not bitter, and should deposit no sediment at first, although it does so in time, under which conditions its medicinal properties are impaired. It should preferably be prepared for immediate use. Liquid citrate of magnesia is preferred to magnesium citrate in powder, because the latter is only slowly soluble in water, and does not readily make a clear solution. This preparation, about 1863–65, was very popular. It was made on a large scale by dissolving freshly precipitated magnesium carbonate in water under pressure of carbon dioxide. This solution was then poured into a citrate of magnesia bottle, and at the bottom, through a funnel tube, enough syrup of citric acid was carefully added to produce magnesium citrate. The bottles were then corked, tied over with strong twine, and finally agitated. This carbonated liquid was a great favorite with physicians The writer's early experience in pharmacy consisted largely in making and filling “Effervescing Solutions of Citrate of Magnesia.” The following is the formula employed : Solution No. 1.-Take of carbonate of sodium, 8% ounces; dissolve this in tepid water, 2 pints; likewise dissolve in another vessel sulphate of magnesium, 8 ounces, in tepid water, 2 pints. After the two solutions are perfected and clear, mix them in a convenient vessel, when a precipitate will take place. The precipi- tate, when completed, must be washed frequently until the excess of sulphate of Sodium is removed. The hydrate of magnesium thus formed, is to be mixed with clear water, 4 pints, and the mixture charged with carbonic acid gas until all the hydrate is dissolved, which will require a pressure of 100 or 110 pounds. 1174 LIQUOR MAGNESII CITRATIS. Solution No. 2.-Take of citric acid, 8 ounces; calcined magnesia, 10 drachms; simple syrup, 2% pounds; tepid water, 2 pints. Dissolve the citric acid in the tepid water, then add the magnesia gradually until it is taken up and forms a clear solution, and then add the syrup. To place in bottles.—Take bottles of 12 fluid ounces each, fill them at first two- thirds with Solution No. 1, and then one-third with Solution No. 2, pouring the second solution through a long-stemmed funnel to the bottom of the bottle, cork- ing immediately. This forms a pleasant, cooling purgative, operating without pain or griping. The dose is the contents of one bottle, one-half of which, or 6 fluid ounces, will prove gently laxative. (See M. E. Robiquet's process for a soluble citrate of magnesium, in Amer. Jour. Pharm.,Vol. XXVII, p. 317.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Solution of citrate of magnesium is a pleasant, cooling purgative, acting mildly upon the bowels, operating without pain or griping. It is best administered in broken doses of 4 to 6 fluid ounces. The dose, as a cathartic, is about 12 fluid ounces; as a laxative, 6 fluid ounces. Other Magnesia Solutions.—LIQUOR MAGNESII BISULPHITIS. Archibald prepared this Solution by acting upon magnesium carbonate with sulphurous acid, forming thereby a sul- phite, 16 grains of which he added to an ounce of water, and passed through the mixture enough sulphur dioxide to render the solution transparent. This solution he proposed as a remedy for pyrosis, as butyric acid fermentation is checked by this sulphite. SOLUTION OF CHLORINATED MAGNESIA.—This preparation may be prepared after R. E. Fair- thorne's process, (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1868). In 2 pints of water dissolve 3 pound (av.), of magnesium sulphate; to this add a solution made by triturating in a mortar a like quantity of water and 33 drachms of chlorinated lime. Agitate the mixture occasionally, and after allowing it to stand 3 day, pour off the overlying fluid. Nearly 9 grains of magnesia are contained in each fluid ounce. It was proposed by its author as an internal medicament, being less irrl- tant than its corresponding sodium and potassium solutions. LIQUOR MAGNESII SULPHATIs EFFERVESCENs (N. F.), Liquor magnesiae effervescens, Effervescent Solution of magnesium sulphate.—“Magnesium sulphate, twenty-five grammes (25 Gm.) [386 grs.]; citric acid, four grammes (4 Gm.) [62 grs.]; syrup of citric acid (U. S. P.), sixty cubic centi- meters (60 Co.) [2 fl 3, 14 Ill; potassium bicarbonate, crystals, two and one-half grammes (2.5 Gm.) [39 grs.]; water, a sufficient quantity to make three hundred and fifty cubic centi- meters (350 Co.) [11 flº, 401 (Ill. Dissolve the magnesium sulphate and the citric acid in two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (250 Co.) [8 fl3, 218 ſill of water, add the syrup of citric acid, and filter the solution into a strong bottle of about three hundred and sixty cubic centimeters (360 Ce.) [12 fl 3, 83 (ſl) capacity. Then add enough water to nearly fill the bottle, drop in the crystals of potassium bicarbonate, immediately close the bottle with a cork, and secure it with twine. Lastly, shake the bottle occasionally, until the crystals are dissolved”—(Nat. Form.). LIQUOR MAGNESII BROMIDI (N. F.), Solution of magnesium bromide.—“Diluted hydrobromic acid (U. S. P.), one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 CC.) [33 fl3, 391 ||l); magnesium carbon- ate, a sufficient quantity. Saturate the diluted hydrobromic acid with a sufficient quantity, about sixty-five grammes (65 Gm.) [2 ozs. av., 128 grs.] of magnesium carbonate. When effer- vescence has ceased, filter. Each fluid drachm contains about 7 grains of magnesium bro- mide ‘’-(Nat. Form.). LIQUOR MAGNESII CARBONATIs, Solution of carbonate of magnesium, Fluid magnesia, Aqua magnesio-effervescens.—“Take of sulphate of magnesium, 2 ounces; carbonate of sodium, 2% ounces; distilled water, a sufficiency. Dissolve the two salts separately, each in 3 pint of water. Heat the solution of sulphate of magnesium to the boiling point, then add to it the solution of carbonate of sodium, and boil them together until carbonic acid (gas) ceases to be evolved. Collect the precipitated carbonate of magnesium on a calico filter, and wash it with distilled water until what passes ceases to give a precipitate with chloride of barium. Mix the washed precipitate with a pint of distilled water, and putting them into a suitable appa- ratus, force into it pure washed carbonic acid gas, obtained by the action of sulphuric acid on chalk. Let the mixture remain in contact with excess of carbonic acid, retained there under pressure of about 3 atmospheres for 24 hours or longer, then filter the liquid to remove any undissolved carbonate of magnesium, and again pass carbonic acid gas into the filtered solu- tion. Finally keep the solution in a bottle securely closed, to prevent the escape of carbonic acid. This solution contains nearly 10 grains of the official carbonate of magnesium in a fluid ounce, or about 2 per cent ’’—(Br. Pharm., 1885). (Weights, avoirdupois; measures, Imperial.) Magnesium carbonate is insoluble in water, but soluble in carbonic acid water, the freshly pre- pared hydrated carbonate being more readily dissolved than the normal carbonate which has been prepared for some time. Hence, the directions leading to the production of the Oxycar- bonate of magnesium, 4(MgCO3). Mg(OH)2. This solution is clear, slightly acidulous, and free from bitterness. Upon opening the con- tainer for the first time, it may slightly effervesce, due to the escape of carbon dioxide. The white residue left upon evaporating a fluid ounce of the solution to dryness, should, upon being cal- cined, weigh about 4 grains, and answer to the tests for magnesia. This is an agreeable form in which to administer magnesia in cases of excessive acidity of the system and where acid deposits occur in the urine. It is used in England in constitutional govt. Dose, 1 to 2 fluid ounces. LIQ. MORPHINAE ACETATIS.–LIQ. MORPHINAE HYPODERMICUS. 1175 LIQUOR MoRPHINAE ACETATIS.–SoLUTION OF ACETATE OF MORPHINE. Preparation.—“Take of acetate of morphine, 9 grains;, diluted acetic acid, 18 miniºns; rectified spirit, 3 fluid ounce; distilled water, 1% fluid ounces. Mix the acid, the spirit, and the water, and dissolve the acetate of morphine in the mixture” (Br. Pharm., 1885). º Freshly prepared acetate of morphine should be used. The strength is about 1 in 100. Each fluid drachm contains grain of morphine acetate. The spirit is present as a preservative. e G Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—(See Morphina.) Dose, 10 to 60 minims. LIQUOR MORPHINAE BIMECONATIS.–SOLUTION OF BIMECONATE OF MORPHINE. Preparation.—“Take of hydrochlorate of morphine, 9 grains; solution of ammonia, a sufficiency; mecomic acid, 6 grains; rectified spirit, 3 fluid ounce; distilled water, a sufficiency. Dissolve the hydrochlorate of morphine in 2 or 3 drachms of distilled water, aiding the solution by warmth; then add solution of ammonia until morphine ceases to be precipitated; cool; filter; wash the pre- cipitate with distilled water, until the washings cease to give a precipitate with nitrate of silver; drain ; mix the precipitate with sufficient water to produce 13, ounces; add the rectified spirit and the mecomic acid; dissolve”—(Br. Pharm., 1885). (See also Morphinae Bimecomas, under Morphina.) Description.—A colorless or nearly colorless solution, each fluid ounce con- taining about 5% grains of morphine bimeconate. Solutions of morphine bime- conate are sometimes colored with burnt sugar. Dose, 5 to 40 minims. The solu- tion mentioned under Morphinae Biºmecomas is an excellent preparation. These preparations are free from many of the disagreeable features of morphine sulphate. LIQUOR MORPHINAE HYDROCHLORATIS.—solution of HYDROCHLORATE OF IMORPHINE. Preparation.—“Take of hydrochlorate of morphine, 9 grains; diluted hydro- chloric acid, 18 minims; rectified spirit, # fluid ounce; distilled water, 13; fluid ounces. Mix the hydrochloric acid, the spirit, and the water, and dissolve the hydrochlorate of morphine in the mixture”—(Br. Pharm., 1885). This solution contains 1 per cent of morphine hydrochlorate, or 1 part in 100. Each fluid drachm contains ; grain of the morphine salt. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—(See Morphina.) Dose, 10 to 60 minims. LIQUOR MORPHINAE HYPODERMICUS (N. F.)—HyPodERMIC SOLUTION OF MORPHINE. SYNoNYM: Magendie's solution of morphine. Preparation.—“Morphine sulphate, three and one-half grammes (3.5 Gm.) [54 grs.]; distilled water, warm, one hundred cubic centimeters (100 Co.) [3 flá, 183 fil]. Dissolve the morphine sulphate in the warm distilled water, and filter the solution through a small pellet of absorbent cotton. When the solution is cold, pass a little distilled water through the cotton, if necessary, to make the filtrate measure one hundred cubic centimeters (100 Co.) [3 flá, 183 ml]. Keep the solution in well-stoppered vials in a dark place. Note.—Particular care should be taken in dispensing and labelling this solution, so that it may not be mistaken for the so-called United States Solution of Morphine (Liquor Morphiæ Sulphatis, U. S. P., 1870), containing only 1 grain of morphine sulphate in each fluid ounce, which is still used in some parts of this country. The development of fungoid 1176 LIQUOR PHOSPHORI.-LIQUOR PLUMBI SUBACETATIS. growths or micro-organisms in this and similar solutions used hypodermatically, may be prevented, or at least greatly retarded, by using chloroform water instead of plain distilled water as a solvent. This should, however, be done only with the knowledge, or by the direction, of the physician. Another efficient method to preserve such solutions, is to sprinkle a little benzoic acid on the surface of the absorbent cotton, through which the solutions are filtered. Or, about 5 grains of boric acid may be added to each fluid ounce”—(Nat. Form.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—(See Morphina.) Each fluid drachm contains about 3 grains of morphine sulphate; 1623 minims contain 54 grains. Related Morphine Solutions.—LIQUOR MoRPHIN E SULPITATIs of the British Addenda, is composed of 35 grains of morphine sulphate dissolved in sufficient distilled water and recti- fied spirit (2 fluid ounces), to make 8 fluid ounces of finished product. About 3 grain of mor- phine sulphate is contained in each fluid drachm. Dose, 10 to 60 minims. LIQUOR MoRPHINAE CITRATIs (N. F.), Solution of morphine citrate.—“Morphine (alkaloid), three and one-half grammes (3.5 Gm.) [54 grs.]; citric acid, three grammes (3 Gm.) [46 grs.]; cochineal, one-tenth of a gramme (0.1 Gm.)[1.5 grs.]; alcohol, twelve and one-half cubic centi. meters (12.5 Co.) [203 ſill; distilled water, a sufficient quantity to make one hundred cubic centimeters (100 Co.) [3 fl3, 183 ſill. Triturate the solids with the alcohol and eighty cubic centimeters (80 Co.) [2 fl 3, 339||ll of water: filter, and pass enough distilled water through the filter to make one hundred cubic centimeters (100 Co.) [3 fl3, 183 ſill. This solution should not be kept on hand, but prepared only when required. Each fluid drachm contains 2 grains of smorphine in the form of citrate”—(Nat. Form.). LIQUOR PHOSPHORI (N. F.)—SoLUTION OF PHOSPHORUs. SYNONYM : Thompson's Solution of phosphorus. Preparation.—“Phosphorus, seven centigrammes (0.07 Gm.) [1 gr.]; abso- lute alcohol, thirty-five cubic centimeters (35 Co.) [1 flá, 88 m.]; spirit of pepper- mint (U. S. P.), one-half cubic centimeter (0.5 Co.) [81ſl]; glycerin, sixty-four and one-half cubic centimeters (64.5 Co.) [2 flá, 87 ſil). Dissolve the phosphorus in thirty cubic centimeters (30 Co.) [1 flá, 7 Till of absolute alcohol, in a stoppered vial or test-tube, by immersion in a water-bath and frequent agitation, taking care that any loss of alcohol by evaporation, be made up from time to time. Allow the solution to become nearly cold, and them add to it the remainder of the absolute alcohol and the glycerin, previously mixed and slightly warmed. Finally, add the spirit of peppermint. Keep the solution in a well-stoppered bottle, in the dark. Each fluid drachm contains about ºr grain of phosphorus. Note.—This solution must not be confounded with the Spiritus Phosphori (U. S. P.), which is not intended to be administered as such, but is only to be used in compounding the elixir or other preparations of phosphorus. The phosphorus should be per- fectly translucent, cut and weighed under water, and quickly dried with filtering paper before being dropped into the alcohol”—(Nat. Form.). Uses.—(See Phosphorus.) LIQUOR PICIS ALKALINUS (N. F.)—ALKALINE SOLUTION OF TAR. Preparation.—“Tar, two hundred and fifty grammes (250 Gm.) [8 ozs, av., 358 grs.]; potassa, one hundred and twenty-five grammes (125 Gm.) [4 ozs. av., 179 grs.]; water, six hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (625 Co.) [21 flá, 64 m.]. Dissolve the potassa in the water. Shake the solution with the tar so that the latter may be dissolved, and strain the solution through muslin’—(Nat. Form.). Medical Uses.—(See Pia, Liquida.) LIQUOR PLUMBI SUBACETATIS (U. S. P.)—SoLUTION of LEAD SUBACETATE. “An aqueous liquid, containing in solution about 25 per cent of lead subace- tate (approximately Pb,0ſC, HIO,1,–546.48) "–U. S. P. SYNoNYMs: Gowlard's extract, Acetum plumbicum, Acetwm Saturmi, Subacetas plum- bicus liquidus, Plumbum hydrico-aceticwm Solutum. LIQUOR PLUMBI SUBACETATIS DILUTUS.–LIQUOIt POTASSAE. 1177 Preparation.—“Lead acetate, one hundred and seventy grammes (170 Gm).) [5 ozs, av., 436 grs.]; lead oxide, one hundred grammes (100 Gm.) [3 ozs, av., 231 grs.]; 'distilled water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand grammes (1000 Gm) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs, 120 grs..] Dissolve the lead, acetate in eight hun- dred grammes (800 Gm.) [1 lb. av., 12 ozs., 96 grs..] Of boiling distilled water, in a glass or porcelain vessel. Then add the lead oxide, previously, passed through a fine sieve, and boil for 3 hour, occasionally adding, hot distilled water to make up the loss by evaporation. Remove the heat, allow the liquid to cool, and add enough distilled water, previously boiled and cooled, to make the product weigh one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Finally, filter the liquid in a closely-covered funnel. Keep the product in well-stoppered bottles”—(U. S. P.). This solution contains basic acetates, the character of it depending upon the relative proportions of the two lead compounds employed. If molecular propor- tions be used (and this is aimed at in the official process), a basic salt of the com- position Pb(C, H.O), Pb(OH), is chiefly formed. This preparation changes on keep- ing, and in reality, like many similar compounds, has the exact pharmacopoeial composition but once in its existence, and that is immediately after it is finished. Description and Tests.-‘‘A clear colorless liquid, odorless, having a sweetish astringent taste, and an alkaline reaction. On exposure to the air it absorbs car- bon dioxide, which causes the formation of a white precipitate. Specific gravity, about 1.195 at 15° C. (59° F.). When solution of lead subacetate is added to a solution of acacia, it produces a dense, white precipitate (distinction from an aqueous solution of normal lead acetate). In other respects the solution con- forms to the reactions and tests given under lead acetate (see Plumbi Acetas). If 13.67 Gm. of the solution be diluted with 50 Co. of water, there will be required, for complete precipitation of the lead about 25 Co. of normal sulphuric acid (each cubic centimeter corresponding to 1 per cent of lead subacetate), methyl-Orange being used as indicator’—(U. S. P.). Action and Medical Uses.—This agent has not been used to any extent in Eclectic practice. By some practitioners it is applied as a topical sedative and astringent to allay inflammation, and to lessen discharges from relaxed tissues. Sprains, bruises, burns, abscesses, inflammatory skin eruptions, etc., are asserted to have been benefited by its employment. It should never be given internally, nor should it be applied to denuded surfaces, as excoriations, in which it is occasionally recom- mended, lest lead poisoning should result from its absorption. The diluted form (see Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis Dilutus), is more generally preferred. LIQUOR PLUMBI SUBACETATIS DILUTUS (U. S. P.)—DILUTED SOLUTION OF LEAD SUBACETATE. SYNONYMS : Lead water, Aqua plumbica, Aqua Saturnima. Preparation.—“Solution of lead subacetate, thirty cubic centimeters (30 Co.) [487 fil]; distilled water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centi- meters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 m). Mix the solution of lead subacetate with enough distilled water, previously boiled and cooled, to make the product meas- ure one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 ml]. Keep the solution in well-stoppered bottles”—(U. S. P.). Lest this solution become cloudy in preparation, great care should be exer- cised that a previously boiled, pure distilled water be employed, and that the finished product be excluded from the air. As usually dispensed, however, it is Somewhat Opalescent. It is best prepared in small amount. Action and Medical Uses.—(Same as Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis.) LIQUOR POTASSAE (U. S. P.)—SoLUTION OF POTASSA. “An aqueous solution of potassium hydrate (KOH=55.99), containing about 5 per cent of the hydrate”—(U. S. P.). SYNONYMS : Solution of potassium hydrate, Solution of potash, Kali hydricum solu- twm, Lirivium, causticwm. 11.78 LIQUOR POTASS.E. Preparation.—“Potassium bicarbonate, eighty-five grammes (85 Gm.) [3 ozs. av.]; lime, forty grammes (40 Gm).) [1 oz. av., 180 grs.]; distilled water, a suffi- cient quantity. Dissolve the potassium bicarbonate in four hundred cubic centi- meters (400 Co.) [13 flâ, 252 m] of distilled water, heat the solution until effer- vescence ceases, and them increase the heat to the boiling point of the liquid. Slake the lime with about twenty cubic centimeters (20 Ce.) [325 ml] of distilled water, then mix it well with four hundred cubic centimeters (400 Co.) [13 flá, 252 Till of distilled water, pour the mixture into a tared flask, and, having heated it to boiling, gradually add to it the solution of potassium bicarbonate, and boil during 10 minutes. Then add enough distilled water to the flask to make the contents weigh one thousand grammes (1000 Grm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.], and set the flask aside, well-stoppered, until the contents are cold. Lastly, strain the liquid through linen, set it aside in a well-stoppered bottle until it has become clear by subsidence, and separate the clear solution by decantation or by means of a siphon”—(U. S. P.). The directions of the Pharmacopoeia aim at the sepa- ration of the carbonic acid radical from the carbonates employed, which is accom- plished by the slaked lime. The U. S. P. prefers the use of potassium bicarbonate to the carbonates, on account of its greater purity. Solution of Potassa may also be prepared in the following manner: “Potassa, fifty-six grammes (56 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 427 grs.]; distilled water, nine hundred and forty-four grammes (944 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 1 oz., 131 grs.]. To make one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Dissolve the potassa in the distilled water. The potassa used in this process should be of the full strength directed by the Pharmacopoeia (90 per cent). Potassa of any other strength, how- ever, may be used, if a proportionately larger or smaller quantity be taken; the proper amount for the above formula being ascertained by dividing 5000 by the percentage of absolute potassa (potassium hydrate) contained therein. Solution of potassa should be kept in bottles made of green glass, and provided with glass stoppers coated with paraffin or petrolatum ”—(U. S. P.). Description and Tests.—“Official Liquor Potassae is a clear, colorless liquid, odorless, having a very acrid and caustic taste, and a strongly alkaline reaction. Specific gravity, about 1.036 at 15°C, (59°F.). It should conform to the same reactions and tests as an aqueous solution of potassa (see Potassa). To neutralize 28 Gm. of solution of potassa should require about 25 Co. of normal sulphuric acid (each cubic centimeter of the volumetric solution indicating 0.2 per cent of abso- Jute potassium hydrate, phenolphtalein being used as an indicator)”—(U. S. P.). A brownish color in liquor potassae indicates organic matter. It causes a soap-like sensation when rubbed between the fingers, and reddens yellow turmeric paper. It strongly attracts carbon dioxide from the atmosphere, and should, therefore, be kept in closed vessels. It corrodes flint glass, and should be preserved in green glass bottles. According to Dr. A. B. Garrod, liquor potassae destroys or renders inert the active principle of hyoscyamus, stramonium, belladonna, etc.; and other caustic alkalies produce similar results. The carbonates or bicarbonates of these alkalies have not the property of destroying the activity of the plants named. Liquor potassae decomposes all the alkaloidal salts, and tannin and compounds derived from it. Wool, skins, animal tissue, and some vegetable structures are destroyed by it. Fats are decomposed by it, a soluble soap resulting. The British Pharmacopoeia (1898) requires liquor potassae to be of the specific gravity of 1,058, and to contain 5.85 per cent by weight, of hydroxide of potassium, KOH. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Solution of potassa, when rubbed between the fingers imparts to them a soapy sensation, which is due to the union of the caustic potash with the oily matter of the skin, producing a soft soap. When the stomach is active, as it is after a meal, solution of potassa in ordinary doses unites with the free gastric acids; but if the stomach be empty and inactive, the solution is absorbed, enters the circulation, neutralizing acidity, and particularly overcoming the acidity of the urine, for it is chiefly eliminated by the kidneys. Hence, if its action on the urine be desired, it should be given between meals, when the stomach is at rest. Symptoms closely resembling those of Scurvy are the effect of its continued use. (For acute poisoning with Liquor Potassae, and treatment therefor, see Potassa.) LIQUOR POTASS.E EFFERVESCENS. 1179 Liquor potassae is used as an antacid in conjunction with a bitter tonic infu- sion in acidity of the stomach. The solutions of the carbonates are, however, preferable as an antacid. It has also been recommended to remove the tendency to formation of uric acid in the wrime, but is inferior to the carbonates, which may be used for a longer time, and without debilitating the stomach so soon as the liquor potassae. This fluid has been found useful as a resolvent in induration and enlargement of the lymphatic glands, and especially in excessive enlargement of the glam- dular papillae at the end of the tongue. In Scalding of the urethra accompanying gonor- rhaea, combined with 10 or 12 drops of laudanum, liquor potassae will be found to afford prompt relief. It has also been used in gout and rheumatism, attended with uric acid in the urine, to diminish the viscidity of the mucus in chronic bronchitis (injurious in consumption), and in some chronic skin diseases; externally it has been used as an application to ulcers, and in weak solution in some skin diseases. It softems corms, bunions, warts, and is employed to destroy ingrown mails. The dose is from 5 minims to # drachm; it should be taken in some mucilage, or sweetened water, and be repeated 2, 3, or 4 times a day. When taken in quantities to injure the stomach, or in an undiluted State, the proper antidotes are acids which neu- tralize the alkali, as vinegar, or solutions of acetic or citric acid, or oil may be given to convert it into a harmless Soap. If a concentrated solution has been swallowed, and in large quantities, the stomach pump should be preferred to emetics. Specific Indications and Uses.—Frequent desire to urinate, with a sense of perimeal constriction, difficult urination, or strangury; leaden pallor of the tongue and mucous tissues; feeble, tremulous muscles; fullness of muscles; debility all out of proportion to the diseased condition. LIQUOR POTASSAE EFFERVESCENS.–EFFERVESCING SOLUTION OF POTASH. SYNoNYMs: Aqua potassae effervescens, Potash-water. Preparation.--Dissolve potassium bicarbonate, 30 grains, in water, 1 pint (Imp.). Filter. Into the solution pass as much pure washed carbon dioxide (that has been prepared by acting upon chalk with sulphuric acid) as can be forced into it with a pressure of 4 atmospheres. Keep in securely-stoppered bot- tles to prevent the escape of the imprisoned gas. This accords with the British Pharmacopoeia, 1885. Description.—A clear, colorless, sparkling solution, strongly effervescing from the liberation of carbonic acid gas, when the stopper is removed from the container. It has a pleasant acidulous taste. Medical Uses.—(Same as Liquor Magmesii Carbonatis.) Related Solutions.—LIQUOR SoDAE EFFERVESCENs, Effervescing solution of soda, Soda water, Aqwa 806 a €ſfervescens, Aqua alcalmia effervescens. This is prepared precisely like the above solu- tion, employing the same quantities, excepting that sodium bicarbonate is used instead of potassium bicarbonate. Its properties and uses are likewise the same as for Effervescing Solw- tion of Potash. LIQUOR LITHINE EFFERVESCENs, Effervescing Solution of lithia, Lithia water, Aqua lithiae effer- vesCems.-Lithium carbonate, 10 grains; water, 1 pint (Imp.). Prepare precisely like Effervescing Solution of Potash. This is a sparkling, clear liquid of a pleasantly acidulous taste. Upon evapo- ration, each fluid ounce (Imp.) should yield 3 grain of lithium carbonate. (For uses, see Lithii Carbonas.) Dose, 4 to 12 fluid ounces. LIQUOR SoDII CITRO-TARTRATIs EFFERVESCENs (N. F.), Effervescent solution of sodium citro- tartrate, Tartro-citric lemonade.—“Sodium bicarbonate, twenty-six grammes (26 Gm.) [401 grs.]; tartaric acid, twenty-four grammes (24 Gm.) [370 grs.]; citric acid, two grammes (2 Gm,) [31 grs.]; syrup of citric acid (U. S. P.), fifty cubic centimeters (50 Ce.) [1 fl:3,332 m]; water, a suf- ficient quantity to make three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (350 Ce.) [11 fl3,401 ||ll. Dissolve twenty-four grammes (24 Gm.) [370 grs.j of the sodium bicarbonate in two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (250 Co.) [8 flá, 218 mill of water, add the tartaric and citric acids, and when they are dissolved, the syrup of citric acid. Filter the solution into a strong bottle of about three hundred and sixty cubic centimeters (360 Co.) [12 flā, 83 Till capacity, and pass enough water through the filter to make the filtrate measure three hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (320 Ce.) [10 fl:3, 394 m.]. Dissolve the remainder of the sodium bicarbonate (2 Gm.) [31 grs.] in thirty cubic centimeters (30 Ce.) [487 m) of water, filter the solution, pour it. On top of the solution in the bottle, which close immediately with a cork, and secure it With twine. Then shake the bottle”—(Nat. Form.), 1180 LIQUOR POTASSII ARSENITIS.—LIQUOR POTASSII CITRATIS. LIQUOR POTASSII ARSENITIS (U. S. P.)—SOLUTION OF POTASSIUM ARSENITE. SYNONYMs: Fowler's solution, Solutio arsemicalis Fowleri, Arsemical solution, Kali arsen icoswim Solutum. Preparation.—“Arsenous acid, in fine powder, ten granumes (10 Gm.) [154 grs.]; potassium bicarbonate, twenty grammes (20 Gm) [309 grs.]; compound tincture of lavender, thirty cubic centimeters (30 Co.) [487 fill; distilled water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 Tl|]. Boil the arsenous acid and potassium bicarbonate with one hundred cubic centimeters (100 Co.) [3 flá, 183 ml] of distilled water until solution has been effected. Then add enough distilled water to make the solution, when cold, measure mine hundred and seventy cubic centimeters (970 Co.) [32 fl 3, 384Tſl], and, lastly, add then the compound tincture of lavender. Filter through paper”—(U. S. P.). Fowler's solution should be prepared every 4 or 5 months instead of being made in large batches to be kept for a longer period, for by oxidation the arsenous acid is gradually changed to arsenic acid, thus rendering the preparation weaker. A fungous vegetation is likewise liable to form in it when long kept. Care should be exercised in the selection of the arsenous acid. Description.—Fowler's solution is at first an opalescent, afterward pinkish or reddish fluid, having an agreeable slight odor of lavender. It is alkaline in reaction. “If 24.7 Co. of the solution be boiled for a few minutes with 2 Gm. of sodium bicarbonate, and the liquor, when cold, diluted with water to 100 Co., and mixed with a little starch T.S., it should require from 46.4 to 50 Co. of deci- normal iodine V.S. to produce the blue tint of iodide of starch (corresponding to 1 Gm. of arsenous acid in 100 Co. of the solution)”—(U. S. P.). Fowler's solution was introduced into medicine by Dr. Fowler, of Stafford, England, to take the place of a remedy then known as “tasteless ague drop.” It is still a question as to whether it be a solution of potassium arsenite, as many believe, or whether it is simply an alkaline solution of arsenous acid. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—(See Acidum Arsenosum.) Dose, 4 to 5 minims, well diluted, after meals. LIQUOR POTASSII CITRATIS (U. S. P.)—SoLUTION OF POTASSIUM CITRATE. “An aqueous liquid, containing in solution about 9 per cent of anhydrous potassium citrate (K.C.H.O. =305.63), together with small amounts of citric and carbonic acids”—(U. S. P.). Aº SYNONYMS : Mistura potassii citratis, Liquor kali citrici. Preparation.—“Potassium bicarbonate, eight grammes (8 Gm.) [123 grs.]; citric acid, six grammes (6 Gm.) [93 grs.]; water, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the potassium bicarbonate and the citric acid, each, in forty cubic centimeters (40 Co.) [1 flá, 169 ml] of water. Filter the solutions separately, and wash the filters with enough water to obtain, in each case, fifty cubic centimeters (50 Co.) [1 flá, 332 Till. Finally, mix the two solutions, and, when effervescence has nearly ceased, transfer the liquid to a bottle. This preparation should be freshly made, when wanted”—(U. S. P.). Description.—“A clear, colorless liquid, odorless, having a mildly saline taste, and a slightly acid reaction. It should conform to the reactions and tests of potassium citrate (see Potassii Citras)"—(U. S. P.). This preparation is designed to take the place of the less stable, but more agreeable Mistura Potassii Citratis (U. S. P., 1880), or Neutral Mixture, the formula for which was as follows: “Fresh lemon-juice, strained, 100 parts; bicarbonate of potassium, about 10 parts, or a sufficient quantity. Add the bicarbonate of potassium gradually to the lemon juice until it is neutralized. This preparation should be freshly made when wanted for use”—(U. S. P., 1880). This differs from the official solution in pos- sessing the agreeable flavor of lemons, and in having a yellowish hue. It has LIQUOR POTASSII PERMANGANATIS. 1181 been suggested that the two solutions be prepared as above directed and kept separately in proper containers, to be mixed when called for. This, in our opinion, is unwise, inasmuch as solutions of citric acid are prone to decomposition, becoming moldy, and developing, among other substances, free acetic acid, when kept on hand for any great length of time. The old formula of this Dispensatory is as follows: Triturate citric acid, 2 drachms, with oil of lemons, 2 minims, and then with water, 4 fluid ounces; when the solution is perfected, gradually add crystallized bicarbonate of potassium until effervescence no longer takes place, and filter. In this formula the alkaline salt is decomposed by the citric acid; carbonic acid is given off with effervescence, and citrate of potassium is formed by the combina- tion of the citric acid and the alkali, which is held in solution with some free carbonic acid. When the acid is saturated by the alkali, the solution, after the carbonic acid has been allowed to pass off, will exert no action on blue or red litmus paper. This preparation is similar in medicinal virtue, to the official solution, the citric acid and lemon oil being intended to supply the absence of the lemon juice. It is proper to filter, in order to remove foreign or undissolved substances. This preparation, like solution of ammonium citrate and solution of sodium citrate, has the power of preventing the inkiness that follows the mixing of ferric salts, such as tincture of chloride of iron, and vegetable astringents. The dry citrates have the same property. The preparation known as Tasteless Tinc- ture of Iron is a mixture of tincture of chloride of iron and one of the above salts or solutions. It has a greenish color, an insipid, ferruginous taste, and mixes clear with liquids containing vegetable astringents. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This solution is a refrigerant prepa- ration, acting mildly on the skin, bowels, and kidneys. It is very useful in allaying gastric irritability. Its sédative and diaphoretic properties may be aug- mented by the addition of aconite or of digitalis; its diuretic influence is ren- dered more certain by combining it with sweet spirit of niter; and in diarrhoea or £rritable bowels, some opium or morphine may be added to it. It forms a very grateful draught for fever patients, and may be sweetened with sugar if needed. The dose is a tablespoonful, diluted with about an equal measure of water, and repeated 5 or 6 times, or oftener, in the course of the day. A similar preparation may be given as an effervescent drink, by forming one solution of lemon juice and water, each, ; fluid ounce; and another, by dissolving bicarbonate of potas- sium, 1% drachms in 4 fluid ounces of water. The two solutions are to be mixed, and the whole taken at a draught during the effervescence. Related Preparation.—LIQUOR SoDII CITRATIs (N. F.), Solution of sodium citrate, Mistura sodii citratis, Saturatio, Potio riveri (Ger. Pharm.). “Citric acid, twenty grammes (20 Gm.) [309 grs.]; sodium bicarbonate, twenty-five grammes (25 Gm.) [386 grs.]; water, one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 fl:3, 391 (Ill. Dissolve the citric acid in water contained in a bottle, add the sodium bicarbonate, dissolve it by agitation, and immediatelytstopper the bottle securely. This preparation should be freshly prepared when wanted for use. Note.— The German Pharmacopoeia directs that when Saturatio is prescribed, without any specification of the ingredients or strength, Potio Riveri, represented here by Liquor Sodii Citratis, be dis- pensed ''-(Nat. Form.). LIQUOR POTASSII PERMANGANATIS.–SoLUTION OF PERMANGANATE OF POTASSIUM. Preparation.—We prefer the old formula of this work, as follows: “Take of permangamate of potassium, 1 part; distilled water, 9 parts; mix and dissolve.” This is prepared by the British Pharmacopoeia (1885), by dissolving permanga- nate of potassium, 88 grains (1 part), in distilled water, 1 pint (Imp.) (99 fluid parts). This contains, therefore, 1 per cent of the potassium salt. It has the characteristic purple color, but is not a permanent preparation, as upon expo- sure it decomposes with the deposition of oxides of manganese. It is too weak for some uses and too strong for others. The dose, according to the British Phar- macopoeia (1885 and 1898), is from 2 to 4 fluid drachms (equal to 1.2 to 2.4 grains of the permanganate). 1182 LIQUOR SACCHARINI.-LIQUOR SODAE. Description and Medical Uses.—The first-named solution contains 10 per cent of the permanganate, but may be diluted to whatever extent is deemed nec- essary. It may be used in all cases where the potassium salt is indicated. One part of the solution added to 200 or more parts of distilled water may be used as a local application in ozaema, putrid sore throat, leucorrhaea, gomorrhoea, offensive otorrhoea, and to remove the unpleasant odor from the hands after making dissections. LIQUOR SACCHARINI (N. F.)—SOLUTION OF SACCHARIN. Preparation.—“Saccharin, seventy grammes (70 Gm.) [2 ozs, av., 205 grs.]; Sodium bicarbonate, thirty-three grammes (33 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 72 grs.]; alcohol, two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (250 Co.) [8 flá, 218 ml]; water, a suffi- cient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co. [33 flá, 391 ml]. Dissolve the saccharin and the sodium bicarbonate in six hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (650 Co.) [21 flá, 470 ml] of water, filter the solution, add the alcohol to the filtrate, and pass enough water through the filter to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 ml]. Each fluid drachm represents 4 grains of saccharin. Note.—The saccharin directed in the above formula is, prop- erly speaking, ‘anhydro-Ortho-sulphamine-benzoic acid,” an artificially prepared member of the so-called aromatic series of organic chemicals. It is a body having feebly acid properties, soluble in about 333 parts of water and in 33 parts of alcohol at 15° C. (59°F.). When neutralized by an alkali, it is quite soluble in water. The Solution of saccharin is intended to be used for sweetening liquids or solids, when the use of sugar is objectionable, or when a sweet taste is, to be imparted to a liquid without increasing its density’—(Nat. Form.). - Uses.—(See Saccharinum.) LIQUOR SODAF (U. S. P.)—SOLUTION OF SODA. “An aqueous solution of sodium hydrate (NaOH=39.96), containing about 5 per cent of the hydrate”—(U. S. P.). SYNONYMS: Solution of sodium hydrate, Solution of caustic soda. Preparation.—“Sodium carbonate, one hundred and seventy grammes (170 Gm.) [5 ozs, av., 436 grs.]; lime, fifty grammes (50 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 334 grs.]; dis- tilled water, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the sodium carbonate in four hun- dred cubic centimeters (400 Co.) [13 flá, 252 m] of boiling distilled water. Slake the lime with about thirty cubic centimeters (30 Co.) [1 flá, 7 ml] of distilled water, then mix it well with four hundred cubic centimeters (400 Ce.) [13 flá, 252 fil] of distilled water, pour the mixture into a tared flask, and, having heated it to boiling, gradually add to it the solution of sodium carbonate, and boil dur- ing 10 minutes. Then add enough distilled water to the flask to make the con- tents weigh one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.], and set the flask aside, well stoppered, until the contents are cold. Lastly, strain the liquid through linen, set it aside in a well-stoppered bottle until it has become clear by subsidence, and separate the clear solution by decantation, or by means of a siphon.” Solution of soda may also be prepared in the following manner: “Soda, fifty- six grammes (56 Gm.) L1 oz. av., 427 grs.]; distilled water, nine hundred and forty-four grammes (944 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 1 oz., 131 grs.]; to make one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Dissolve the soda in the dis- tilled water. The soda used in this process should be of the full strength directed by the Pharmacopoeia (90 per cent). Soda of any of her strength, however, may be used, if a proportionately larger or smaller quantity be taken; the proper amount for the above formula being ascertained by dividing 5000 by the percentage of absolute soda (sodium hydrate) contained therein. Solution of soda should be kept in bottles made of green glass, and provided with glass stoppers coated with paraffin or petrolatum ”—(U. S. P.). Description.—“A clear, colorless liquid, odorless, having a very acrid and caustic taste, and a strongly alkaline reaction. Specific gravity, about 1.059 at 15° C. (59° F.). It should conform to the same reactions and tests as an aqueous LIQUOR SOD.I. CHLORATAE. 11.83 solution of soda (see Soda). To neutralize 20 Gm. of solution of soda should require about 25 Co. of normal sulphuric acid (each cubic centimeter of the volu- metric solution indicating 0.2 per cent of absolute sodium hydrate), phenolphta- lein being used as an indicator”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Formerly used in hepatic torpor, in doses of 5 to 40 drops, well diluted. Seldom now employed internally, but used in the preparation of sodium hydroxide, and other sodium compounds. LIQUOR SODAE CHLORATAE (U. S.P.)—SOLUTION OF CHLORINATED SODA. “An aqueous solution of several chlorine compounds of sodium, containing at least 2.6 per cent, by weight, of available chlorine”—(U. S. P.). SYNoNYMs: Labarraque’s solution, Liquor matri chlorati, Liquor matri hypochlorosi, Liquor soda chlorinatae (Br.), Labarraque’s disinfecting liquid. Preparation.—“Sodium carbonate, one hundred and fifty grammes (150Gm.) [5 ozs. av., 127 grs.]; chlorinated lime, seventy-five grammes (75 Gm.) [2 ozs, av., 282 grs.]; water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Triturate the chlorinated lime with two hundred cubic centimeters (200 Co.) [6 flá, 366 ml] of water, gradually added, until a uniform mixture results. Allow the heavier particles to subside, and transfer the thinner, supernatant portion to a filter. Then triturate the residue again with two hun- dred cubic centimeters (200 Co.) [6fl3, 366 ml] of water, transfer the whole to the filter, and when the liquid has drained off, wash the filter and contents with one hundred cubic centimeters (100 Co.) [3 flā, 183 fil] of water. Dissolve the sodium carbonate in three hundred cubic centimeters (300 Co.) [10 flá, 69 Till of hot water, and add this solution to the previously obtained filtrate contained in a suitable vessel. Stir or shake the mixture thoroughly, and, if it should become gelatinous, warm the vessel until the contents liquefy. Then transfer the mix- ture to a new filter, and, when no more liquid drains from it, wash the filter and contents with enough water to make the product weigh one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Keep the solution in well-stoppered bot. tles, protected from light"—(U. S. P.). Mr. Chas. H. La Wall (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1895, p. 203) pointed out that the process of the U. S. P. (1880) is preferable to that given above. This conclusion is fully confirmed by our own experience. The process is as follows: Take of “carbonate of sodium, 100 parts; chlorinated lime, 80 parts; water, a sufficient quantity to make 1000 parts. Mix the chlorinated line intimately with 400 parts of water in a tared vessel provided with a tightly fitting cover. Dissolve the carbonate of sodium in 400 parts of boiling water, and immediately pour the latter solution into the former. Cover the vessel tightly, and, when the contents are cold, add enough water to make them weigh 1000 parts. Lastly, strain the mixture through muslim, allow the precipitate to subside, and remove the clear solution by means of a siphon”—(U. S. P., 1880). We prefer, however, to stir the Sodium carbonate solution, cold, into the lime magma. The mass gradually thickens, forming a stiff dough, but soon, and rather suddenly, breaks up into a thin liquid from which the calcium carbonate readily separates. The clear solu- tion may then be siphoned off and after being assayed, is diluted to its proper strength by the addition of water. The disinfecting power of this preparation was discovered by Labarraque about 1820. By the above processes double decomposition occurs; hypochlorite of Sodium and chloride of sodium are formed in solution, while carbonate of calcium is precipitated according to the equation Ca(ClO), -Na,CO,-2NaClO--CaCO,. Description and Tests.-‘‘A clear, pale-greenish liquid, having a faint odor of chlorine, and a disagreeable, alkaline taste. Specific gravity, about 1,052 at 15° C. (59°F.). The solution at first colors red litmus paper blue, and then bleaches it. The addition of hydrochloric acid to the solution causes an effer- vescence of chlorine and carbonic acid gas. If 6.7 (6.74) Gm, of the solution be mixed with 50 Ce, of water, then 2 Gm. of potassium iodide and 10 Ce, of hydro- chloric acid added, together with a few drops of starch T.S., it should require not 1184 LIQUOR SODII ARSENATIS. less than 50 Co. of decinormal sodium hyposulphite V.S. to discharge the blue or greenish tint of the liquid (each cubic centimeter of the volumetric solution corresponding to 0.052 per cent of available chlorine)”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This solution, in large doses, is an irritant poison. In small doses it has been used as an antiseptic in all conditions of the system attended with great prostration, dry, brown-coated tongue, and offensive excretions, as in malignant fevers, examthematous diseases, dysentery, putrid sore throat, anthraa, gamgrene, mercurial Salivation, etc. It has also been used as a local application to remove fetor, check ulceration and Sloughing, in Sore nipples, burns, ozoena, and in fowl vaginal discharges; also in some diseases of the skin, as eczema, scald-head, prwrigo, etc. Its dose is 20 drops or more, diluted with some mild aqueous liquid. Under the continued use of it, glamdular enlargements and chronic mucous discharges have disappeared, and the secretion of urine is generally increased. When used externally it must be diluted with from 5 to 30 parts of water, according to the sensibility of the tissues or organs to be acted upon by it. In contagious or maligmamt diseases, it may be sprinkled around the rooms of the sick, being one of our most valuable disinfectants. The chlorine emanations given off in the room readily penetrate every crevice and corner, and search out the offending particles, without the liquid coming in direct contact. Related Preparations.— LIQUOR POTAssF CHLORATE (Chlorinatae), Chlorinated potassa solution. The Eaw de Javelle of the French is prepared by substituting for the sodium carbon- nate (in above process) an equal quantity of potassium carbonate. Its composition and bleaching qualities are analogous to those of Labarraque’s Solution. It will remove stains of fruits from linen. The National Formulary process is as follows: LIQUOR POTASSE CHLORATE (N. F.), Solution of chlorinated potassa, Liquor potassae chlori- matae, Javelle water.—“Potassium carbonate, fifty-eight grammes (58 Gm.) [2 ozs. av., 20 grs.]; chlorinated lime (U. S. P.), eighty grammes (80 Gm.) [2 ozs, av., 360 grs.]; water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Mix the chlo- rinated lime, contained in a tared flask, with four hundred grammes (400 Grm.) [14 ozs. av., 48 grs.] of water. Dissolve the potassium carbonate in three hundred grammes (300 Gm.) [10 ozs. av., 255 grs.] of boiling water, and pour the hot solution into the mixture first prepared. Shake the flask well, stopper it, set it aside to cool, and then add enough water to make the contents weigh one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Allow the suspended matters to subside, and remove the clear solution by means of a siphon, or by straining through muslin. Keep the product in well-stoppered bottles. Note.—The chlorinated lime should not contain less than 25 per cent of available chlorine’’—(Nat. Form.). Solution of CHLORINATED MAGNESIA.—Fairthorne (1868) proposed this solution as less irritating for internal use. His method of preparation was to dissolve magnesium sulphate (8 ounces) in water (2 pints). Then in a mortar, triturate chlorinated lime (33 drachms) in water (2 pints). Mix the solutions, occasionally agitate the mixture, and after allowing it to stand i. half day, pour off the overlying fluid. A little less than 9 grains of magnesia is contained ID 622 CD Oll]] C62. LIQUOR SODII ARSENATIS (U. S. P.)—SOLUTION OF SODIUM ARSENATE. SYNoNYMs: Solution of arseniate of sodium, Liquor sodii arseniatis (Br., 1885). Preparation.—“Sodium arsenate, deprived of its water of crystallization by a heat not exceeding 149°C. (300.2°F.), one gramme (1 Gm.) [15.5 grs.]; distilled water, a sufficient quantity to make one hundred cubic centimeters (100 CC.) [3 flá, 183 ſl]. Dissolve the sodium arsenate in a sufficient quantity of distilled water to make one hundred cubic centimeters (100 Co.) [3 flá, 183 ml]. The solution con- forms to the reactions and tests of sodium arsenate (see Sodil Arsenas)”—(U. S. P.). Description.—A colorless solution containing 1 per cent of anhydrous Sodium arsenate. The British process directs 9 grains of the salt to 2 fluid ounces (Imp.) of distilled water, and is, therefore, a 1 per cent solution. This preparation is practically the same as that directed by the British Pharmacopoeia, 1898. PEARSON's ARSENICAL SOLUTION (Liqueur arsénicale de Pearson, French Codex) is a solution of crystallized sodium arsenate (1 part) in distilled water (600 parts). The National Formulary directs as follows: LIQUOR SoDII ARSENATIs, Pearson (N. F.), Pearson's Solution of Sodium arse- mate.—“Sodium arsenate, in perfect crystals, one gramme (1 Gm.) [15.5 grs.]; dis- tilled water, six hundred cubic centimeters (600 Co.) [20 flá, 138 ſl]. Dissolve the sodium arsenate in the distilled water, and filter, if necessary. Pearson's Solu- LIQUOR SODII BORATIS COMPOSITUS.—LIQUOR SODII ETHYLATIS. 1185 tion of Sodium arsenate may also be prepared as follows: Solution of sodium arse- nate (U. S. P.), ten cubic centimeters (10 Co.) [162 Till; distilled water, ninety cubic centimeters (90 Co.) [3 flá, 21 ml]. Mix the solution of sodium arsenate with the distilled water. This solution contains about tº per cent of anhydrous sodium arsenate. Note.—This preparation should not be confounded with the Liquor Sodi Arsenatis (U. S. P.), which is ten times stronger than the above prepa- ration. Pearson's solution is recognized in the French Pharmacopoeia under the title Soluté d’Arsénate de Soude (or Solution Arsémicale de Pearson). It is recommended that Pearson's solution be dispensed only when expressly designated as ‘Pear- son’s.’”—(Nat. Form.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—(Uses same as for Fowler's Solution of Arsenic.) Dose, 3 to 5 minims. LIQUOR SODII BORATIS COMPOSITUS (N. F.)—CoMPOUND SOLUTION OF SODIUM BORATE. SYNONYM : Dobell’s solution. Preparation.—“Sodium borate, fifteen grammes (15 Gm.) [231 grs.]; sodium bicarbonate, fifteen grammes (15 Gm.) [231 grs.]; carbolic acid, crystallized, three grammes (3 Gm.) º grs.]; glycerin, thirty-five cubic centimeters (35 Co.) [1 flá, 88 fil]; water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 Till. Dissolve the salts in about five hundred cubic centimeters (500 Co.) [16 flá, 435 ml] of water, then add the glycerin, and the carbolic acid, previously liquefied by warming, and, lastly, enough water to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 ml]”—(Nat. Form.). Action and Medical Uses.—Dobell's solution is largely used as a cleansing and antiseptic wash in catarrhal affections of the mose and throat. LIQUOR SODII CARBOLATIS (N. F.)—SoLUTION OF SODIUM CARBOLATE. SYNoNYM ; Phémol sodique. Preparation.—“Carbolic acid, crystallized, fifty grammes (50 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 334 grs.]; soda (U. S. P.), three and one-half grammes (3.5 Gm.) [54 grs.]; water, forty-six and one-half grammes (46.5 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 280 grs.]. Dissolve the soda in the water, add the carbolic acid, and warm gently until it is dissolved. This preparation should be made freshly when wanted for use. Note.—The formula is based upon that of the German Pharmacopoeia, I, 1872”—(Nat. Form.). Action and Medical Uses.—(See Sodium Carbolate.) LIQUOR SODII ETHYLATIS.–SoLUTION OF SODIUM ETHYLATE. Preparation.—“Take of metallic sodium, free from oxide, 22 grains (1 part); ethylic alcohol (absolute alcohol), 1 fluid ounce (20 fluid parts). Dissolve the sodium in the ethylic alcohol contained in a flask, the latter being kept cool in a stream of cold water. The solution should be recently prepared’—(Br. Pharm., 1885). The British Pharmacopoeia (1898) uses the same proportions. Description.—A syrupy, colorless liquor of the specific gravity 0.867. Upon keeping, it becomes brown. The solution contains 18 per cent of solid sodium ethylate (NaC, H,0). It boils when heated, giving off alcoholic vapors, leaving a white residue, which, upon being heated, strongly chars. Mixed with water and heated, this Salt yields alcohol, and, upon evaporation of the solution, a white resi- due, mostly caustic soda, remains. Water should be kept away from this solution. In warm situations it has been known to explode. Action and Medical Uses.—This agent has been praised by Richardson and Brunton as a local destructive agent, limited in action to the part to which it is applied and causing far less pain than most similar escharotics. But little effect further than redness is produced by its application to the skin until the agent ( ) 1186 LIQUOR SODII OLEATIS.—LIQUOR SODII SILICATIS. begins to abstract the moisture from the tissues, thereby causing the formation of caustic soda, which gradually attacks the part. Should bleeding take place, it is in part at least checked by the coagulating effect of the alcohol upon the albu- minous constituents of the blood. Besides these effects, it is said to prevent the destroyed tissues from putrefactive decomposition. Its action may be controlled by dropping upon the surface a few drops of chloroform. Vascular maevi have been successfully destroyed by this agent, and mother's marks, tattoo, warts, masal polypi, Tingworm, pile twmors, lupus, melanotic growths, and hypertrichosis have yielded to its action. It is said to leave but little scarring. It is recommended that poisoned wounds and cystic tumors be treated with it. It should be applied with a camel's-hair pencil, and, if it causes too much pain, tincture of opium may be combined with it (Richardson). Related Preparation.—SoDIUM ETHYLATE, Caustic alcohol (C2H5NaO). The pure salt is prepared by the action of absolute alcohol upon metallic sodium. It is a white powder, occa- sionally tinted brownish. Water dissolves it with a hissing noise, and even a very small quantity of that fluid causes it to split up into alcohol and sodium hydroxide. LIQUOR SODII OLEATIS (N. F.)—SoLUTION OF SODIUM OLEATE, Preparation.—“White castile soap, dry and powdered, six hundred and twenty-five grammes (625 Gm.) [1 lb. av., 6 ozs., 20 grs.]; water, a sufficient quan- tity to make ten thousand cubic centimeters (10,000 Co.) [338 flá, 66 ml]. Mix the castile soap with twenty-five hundred cubic centimeters (2500 Co.) [84 fl 3, 257 ml] of water, so as to produce a uniform and gelatinous mixture. Then add sixty-five hundred cubic centimeters (6500 Co.) [219 flá, 379 ml] more of water, apply heat until the soap is dissolved, allow the liquid to cool, and add enough water to make it measure ten thousand cubic centimeters (10,000 Co.) [338 flá, 66 ml]. Note.— This solution is intended to be used in the preparation of Oleates”—(Nat. Form.). Uses.—(See above.) LIQUOR SODII SILICATIS (U. S. P.)—SoLUTION OF SODIUM SILICATE. “Solution of sodium silicate should be kept in well-stoppered bottles”— (U. S. P.). sº Vitrium solubile, Soluble glass, Natrum silicium Solutum, Liquid glass. Preparation.—The ingredients used and the proportions vary with the use to be made of the preparation. As a rule, silicate of sodium is prepared by fusing together fine sand (or flint), 1 part, and dried sodium carbonate, 2 parts. The product so obtained is dissolved in boiling water, filtered, and evaporated. Another method is that of fusing a mixture of charcoal, 1 part; exsiccated sodium carbonate, 8 parts; and fine sand, 15 parts. It is never prepared by the pharmacist. History.—The base (silicium) of this compound is an important constituent of certain rocks and minerals, always as an oxide, often forming whole mountain chains. Flint, Sand, quartz, agate, chalcedomy, a methyst, and tridymite, or opal, all contain silicic oxide (SiO,). This oxide, also known as silica, is present in a pure state in rock-crystal. The element Silicon (silicium) has the symbol Si, and the atomic weight 28.3. In combination it forms a large portion of the crust of the earth, and is found in plants, especially in hickory bark, and constitutes the glossy surface of straw. Glass is a mixture of silicates with an excess of silica, and, when colored, the tints are produced by metallic oxides. Hydrochloric acid will dissolve amorphous silicon, while nitro-hydrochloric acid dissolves the crys- talline modification. Van Helmont (1640) was the first to observe that a salt of silicon (SiO,) and salt of tartar (potassium carbonate) would become fluid in the presence of dampness, and the fluid so produced was called the “liquor offlints’ (liquor silicum). Nearly two centuries thereafter (1818), Fuchs demonstrated that such a solution would render substances incombustible, and soon afterward, soda having been substituted for potassa, the preparation became an article of impor- LIQUOR SODII SILICATIS. 1187 tance under the name “soluble (or liquid) glass,” the potassium preparation also bearing this name. In medicine, solution of Sodium silicate is used chiefly as a protective dressing; in the arts it is extensively employed in calico printing, making artificial stone, is added to the cheaper Soaps, used in fresco painting, for cements, and various other purposes. It is said to have been used instead of gum Arabic in the production of cheap gum-drops. Substances protected with sodium silicate are not readily inflammable, hence the name “indestructible varnish” once applied to it. Description.—Sodium silicate is a transparent, glassy mass. With variable amounts of water of crystallization it may be obtained in crystals of the formula Na,SiO,. Upon exposure it becomes opaque on the surface. Boiling water slowly dissolves it, and a thick, syrup-like fluid may be obtained by evaporating an alka- line solution of it. The solution is officially described as “a semi-transparent, almost colorless, or yellowish, or pale greenish-yellow, viscid liquid, odorless, hav- ing a sharp, saline, and alkaline taste, and an alkaline reaction. Specific gravity 1.300 to 1.400 at 15° C. (59°F.). A drop of the solution, when held in a non- luminous flame, innparts to it an intensely yellow color. If a portion of the solu- tion, largely diluted with water, be supersaturated with nitric acid, a gelatinous or pulverulent, white precipitate of silicic hydrate will be produced”—(U. S. P.). Sodium silicate falls as a gelatinous deposit upon adding alcohol to it. It should be preserved in glass or stone containers, stoppered with paraffin-coated glass or stone stoppers, or good cork or rubber stoppers may be used instead. The cheap “office mucilage’ of commerce is likely to be solution of sodium silicate. In Some instances we have known fine plate-glass windows to be ruined by the corro- sive action of the silicate “mucilage” which had been used to stick posters thereon. Action and Medical Uses.—When pure, this agent is claimed by Löwenhaupt to lack antiseptic properties. The ordinary solution, however, is endorsed by many as an antiseptic, having extraordinary control over putrefactive processes. Solutions of , of 1 per cent have been used to check the discharges in vaginitis, wlceration of the womb, chronic cystitis, gomorrhoea, and in ozaema. This agent has also been recommended as a surgical dressing for fractures. Over the roller, next to the skin, a layer of cotton should be applied, and this should be wound with washed bandages (lest shrinking should strangulate the parts). The solution should then be painted upon the bandage as applied. The limb should remain at rest until 1 or 2 hours have elapsed, when the bandage will have dried. To remove the bandage, soften it with warm water and cut with scissors. Related Products.-SoDIUM SILICO-FLUORIDE (Na2SiRs), Sodium fluosilicate. If fluor-spar (calcium fluoride, Cab'2) be acted upon by sulphuric acid in the presence of fragments of glass, and the gaseous product—silicon fluoride (SiF4)—be passed into water, hydrogen silico-fluo- ride (H2SiF6) is formed. This, when neutralized with sodium hydroxide (or the carbonate), will yield sodium silico-fluoride. It does not readily dissolve in water. A solution of it is known as Salufer. This agent corrodes steel surgical instruments, and was brought forward as a deodorant and antiseptie, and has been claimed by some to be non-toxic, others claiming to have observed poisonous effects from its use. A ºut. of 3 part to 2000 of water has been used as a topical antiseptic in ocular, aural, obstetrical, and surgical disorders, being preferred by Some to corrosive sublimate; later observers, however, deny its equality with the latter as a germicide. Undiluted, it is irritant and caustic. PoTASSII SILICAs (K2SiO3), Potassium silicate, Soluble glass.-This compound resembles the Sodium salt, but it is more readily melted. It is prepared by fusing together charcoal, 1 part; potassium carbonate, 10 parts; and fine sand, 15 parts. This agent has been used for the same purposes as sodium silicate. MAGNESII SILICAS.–This compound is native in several minerals, among them being asbestos, talc, or French chalk (see below), sometimes known as steatite; meerschaum (2MgO,3SiO2), and 80apstone, a silicate of magnesium and aluminum. The mineral yields a slippery, soft, tasteless, and insoluble powder. Talc was formerly used in the chronic diarrhoea of tuberculosis. Large doses, in milk, were administered. The treatment, however, is not admired. Talc is an ingredient of some dusting or intant powders. TALCUM, or French chalk, Talc (4MgO,5SiO3.H2O).-This widely disseminated mineral is found in many countries, notably in Austria, Sweden, Bohemia, Shetland Islands, and in this country in New Jersey. It is often called steatite or soapstone, though, properly, the latter differs in containing some aluminum. It is found in masses which split in only one direction. It is unctuous, compact, and glossy, of a whitish or greenish-gray color, and may be easily scratched. Pure tale is practically insoluble in acids and other fluids. Calcium, aluminum, and ferrous com- pounds are apt to be present in it. When purified of these it forms a good filtering medium. French chalk is largely used by tailors in marking upon cloth and for removing grease stains. 1.188 LIQUOR STRY CHNINAE ACETATIS.–LIQUOR STRYCHNINAE NITRATIS. TALCUM PURIFICATUM (N. F.), Purified talcum.—“Talcum, in fine powder, 100 parts; hydro- chloric acid, 15 parts; water, a sufficient quantity. Mix 500 parts of boiling water with the talcum, gradually add 10 parts of the hydrochloric acid, and boil the mixture during 15 minutes. Then allow the suspended talcum to subside, pour off the supernatant liquid, and boil the resi- due again with 500 parts of water, mixed with the remainder of the hydrochloric acid. Again allow the mixture to become clear by settling, pour off the supernatant liquid, and wash the residue with water, by repeated decantation, until a portion of the wash-water, filtered and placed in a test-tube, ceases to produce a precipitate with test-solution of silver nitrate acidified with nitric acid. Then transfer the magma to a close linen or muslin strainer, allow it to drain, and dry it by heat. Note.—Purified talcum is used as an aid in filtering turbid liquids contain- ing finely-divided matters in suspension, which are apt to pass through the filter, or stop up its pores”—(Nat. Form.). LIQUOR STRYCHNINAE ACETATIS (N. F.)—solution of STRYCHNINE ACETATE. SYNoNYM : Hall's solution of Strychnine. Preparation.—“Strychnine acetate, two and one-tenth grammes (2.1 Gm ) [32 grs.]; diluted acetic acid (U. S. P.), thirty-five cubic centimeters (35 Co.) [1 flá, 88 ſill; alcohol, two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (250 Ce.) [8 flá, 218 m.); compound tincture of cardamom (U. S. P.), ten cubic centimeters (10 Co.) [162 }} water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 Till. Dissolve the strychnine acetate in about five hundred cubic centi- meters (500 Co.) [16 flá, 435 Till of water mixed with the diluted acetic acid, then add the alcohol, compound tincture of cardamom, and lastly, enough water to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 m.]. Allow the mix- ture to stand a few days, if convenient, and filter. Each fluid drachm contains # grain of Strychnine acetate. Note.—“The British Pharmacopoeia (1885) directs a Liquor Strychninae Hydro- chloratis (with synonym : Liquor Strychniae) which is much stronger, and should not be confounded with the above preparation. It should never be dispensed, unless expressly designated. It may be prepared by dissolving 1 grain of crys- tallized strychnine (alkaloid) in 80 minims of water with the aid of 2 drops of diluted hydrochloric acid, and then adding 20 minims of alcohol. The product contains 3 grain of Strychnine in each fluid drachm’—(Nat. Form.). Action and Medical Uses.—(See Strychnina.) One-eighth grain of strych- nine acetate is contained in each fluid drachm. LIQUOR STRYCHNINAE HYDROCHLORATIS.–SoLUTION OF STRY CHNINE HYDROCHLORATE. SYNONYM : Liquor Strychninae (see note to Liquor Strychninae Acetatis). Preparation.—Mix 14 minims of hydrochloric acid with , fluid ounce of distilled water, and by the aid of heat dissolve in the mixture 9 grains of strych- nine, in crystals. Add rectified spirit, , fluid ounce, and distilled water, 1 fluid ounce (Imperial measure). This accords with the British Pharmacopoeia, 1885. The British Pharmacopoeia (1898) directs a preparation of the same strength, but starts from the hydrochloride of strychnine, one part of which is dissolved in twenty-five fluid parts of alcohol mixed with sufficient water to make one hun- dred fluid parts. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This is a permanent solution contain- ing 1 per cent of Strychnine hydrochlorate. It may be employed where stry cla- nine is indicated. Dose, 5 to 10 minims (equal to ºr and ſº grain of the salt). LIQUOR STRYCHNINAE NITRATIS.–SoLUTION of STRYCHNINE NITRATE. Preparation.—Take of strychnine, in crystals, 4 grains; nitric acid, 6 minims; distilled water, 1 fluid ounce. Add the strychnine to the water, and then add the acid, and agitate until the strychnine is dissolved. This forms a clear, per- manent solution. LIQUOR ZINCI CHLORIDI. 1189 Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— May be employed in cases where strychnine is indicated, whether externally or internally. Ten minims contain #; grain of Strychnine. One part of this solution added to three parts of distilled water forms an excellent local application for weakness of the eyes following inflam- matory attacks of these organs, for gleet, gomorrhoea, leucorrhoea with enfeebled vagi- mal walls, and diarrhaea with debility of the intestines or walls of the rectum. By hypodermatic injection, strychnine may be used in doses of Hºw to # of a grain ; 1 minim of the above solution contains Tºg of a grain of Strychnine. LIQUOR ZINCI CHLORIDI (U. S. P.)—SoLUTION OF ZINC CHLORIDE. “An aqueous solution of zinc chloride (ZnCl,+135.84), containing about 50 per cent, by weight, of the salt”—(U. S. P.). Preparation.—“Zinc, granulated, two hundred and forty grammes (240 Gm.) [8 ozs, av., 204 grs.]; hydrochloric acid, eight hundred and forty grammes (840 Gm.) [1 lb. av., 13 ozs., 276 grs.]; nitric acid, twelve grammes (12 Gm.)[185 grs.]; precipitated zinc carbonate, twelve grammes (12 Gm.) [185 grs.]; distilled water, a sufficient quantity. To the zinc contained in a glass or porcelain vessel, add one hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (150 Co.) [5 flá, 35 ml] of distilled water; then gradually add the hydrochloric acid, and digest, until the acid is saturated. Pour off the solution, add the nitric acid, evaporate the solution to dryness, and heat the dry mass to fusion at a temperature not exceeding 115° C. (239°F.). Let it cool, and dissolve it in a sufficient amount of distilled water to make the product weigh one thousand grammes (1000 Gm) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Then add the precipitated zinc carbonate, agitate the mixture occasionally dur- ing twenty-four hours, and then set it aside until it has become clear by subsi- dence. Finally, separate the clear solution by decantation, or by means of a siphon”—(U. S. P.). - Description.—“A clear, colorless liquid, odorless, having a very astringent, sweetish taste, and an acid reaction. Specific gravity, about 1.535 at 15° C.(59°F.). It conforms to the reactions and tests of an aqueous solution of zinc chloride (see Zinci Chloridum)”— (U. S. P.). The British Pharmacopoeia (1898) solution has a density of 1.530, and contains about 40 grammes of zinc (or about 83 grammes of zinc chloride) in 100 Co. of the preparation. An aqueous solution of zinc chloride was introduced in 1840, as a disinfectant, by Sir William Burnett, and known as Burmett's Disinfecting Fluid. Its density is 2.00; contained 200 grains of zinc to the fluid ounce (Imp.). Action and Medical Uses.—This agent is destructive to some forms of bacteria, and is used chiefly as a disinfectant and deodorant for sinks, vaults, Sewers, hospitals, dissecting rooms, and has been injected into cadavers for their preservation, which it accomplishes, but they are rendered unfit for dissection on account of the corrosive action of the preservative upon the scalpel. Inter- nally taken, it has proved fatal. From 10 to 20 drops in 4 fluid ounces of water, have been used in leucorrhaea and gomorrhoea, and as a collyrium for ophthalmia, the result of the latter disease, and of diphtheria. Great care should be exercised in its use. - Related Preparations.—LIQUOR ZINCI ET ALUMINI CoMPOSITUs (N. F.), Compound solution of zinc and aluminum. “Zinc sulphate, one thousand grammes (1000 Gm) [2 lbs, av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]; aluminum sulphate, one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]; naphthol, three grammes (3 Gm.) [46 grs.]; oil of thyme, ten cubic centimeters (10 Co.) [162 Tºll; water, a sufficient quantity to make five thousand cubic centimeters (5000 Ce.) [169 fl3, 33 Ill. Dissolve the zinc sulphate and aluminum sulphate in five thousand cubic centimeters (5000 Co.) [169 fl3, 33 ml] of water, by the aid of heat, add the naphthol and oil of thyme, and shake the mixture occasionally, in a stoppered bottle, until it cools. Set it aside for a few days, if convenient, and then pass it through a wetted filter, following it with enough Water to make five thousand cubic centimeters (5000 CC.) [169 fl:3, 33 ml]. Note.—The com- mercial aluminum sulphate (not alum) may be used for this preparation. This generally Contains a trace of iron, but by allowing the liquid to stand, this will be gradually precipi- tated”—(Nat. Form.). LIQUOR ZINCI ET FERRI CoMPOSITUs (N. F.), Compound solution of zinc and iron, Deodorant Solution.-‘‘Zinc sulphate, one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]; ferrous 1190 LIQUOR ZINGIBERIS.–LIRIODENDRON. sulphate, one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]; copper sulphate, three hundred and twenty-five grammes (325 Gm.) [11 oz. av., 203 grs.]; naphthol, three grammes (3 Gm.) [46 grs.]; oil of thyme, ten cubic centimeters (10 CC.) [1621ſl]; diluted hypo- phosphorous acid (U. S. P.), twenty cubic centimeters (20 Co.) [325 ſ[l]; water, a sufficient p-e quantity to make five thousand cubic centimeters (5000 Ce.) [169 fl3, 33 ml]. Dissolve the zinc sulphate, ferrous sulphate, and copper sulphate, in five thousand cubic centimeters (5000 Ce.) [169 fl:5, 33 ml] of boiling water, add the naphthol, and oil of thyme, and shake the mixture occasionally, in a stoppered bottle, until it is cold. Then add the diluted hypophosphorous acid, filter the liquid through a wetted filter, and lastly, pass enough water through the filter to make five thousand cubic centimeters (5000 CC.) [169 fl3, 33 ſill. Note.—This solution is used as a simple deodorant and antiseptic for common domestic uses when it is unnecessary or impracticable to employ more powerful agents. When a deodorant solution is required for purposes where iron is objectionable, as for instance where woven fabrics are to be steeped in it, the compound solution of zinc and aluminum (b. 248) may be employed ”—(Nat. Form.). LIQUOR ZINGIBERIS (N. F.)—SOLUTION OF GINGER. SYNoNYM: Soluble essemce of ginger. Preparation.—“Fluid extract of ginger (U. S. P.), three hundred and thirty- five cubic centimeters (335 Co.) [11 fiá, 157 fil]; pumice, in moderately fine pow- der, one hundred grammes (100 Gm.) [3 ozs. av., 231 grs.,]; water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 fil]. Pour the fluid extract of ginger into a bottle, add to it the pumice, and shake the mixture thoroughly and repeatedly in the course of several hours. Then add the water in portions of about one hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (125 Co.) [4 fl 3, 109 ml], shaking well and frequently after each addition. When all is added, repeat the agitation occasionally during 24 hours, then filter, return- ing the first portions of the filtrate until it runs through clear, and, if necessary, pass enough water through the filter to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 fi:;, 391 Aluº". Form.). Action and Medical Uses.—(Those of Zingiber.) LIRIODENIDRON.—TULIP TREE. The bark of Liriodendrom Tulipifera, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Magnoliaceae. COMMON NAMEs: Tulip tree, Yellow wood, White wood, Poplar, Yellow poplar, Canoe wood. ILLUSTRATION: Lloyd's Drugs and Medicines of North America, Vol. II, Pl. 26. Botanical Source.—This tree is ordinarily about 80 feet high, with a diameter of 2 or 3 feet, but in favorable situations it frequently attains a height of 140 feet, with a diameter of 8 or 9 feet. The trunk is perfectly straight, cylindric, covered with a bark of a brown or grayish-brown color, smooth when young, rough and furrowed when old. At the top it divides rather abruptly into coarse, crooked branches, in somewhat regular order, giving a symmetrical aspect to the tree; the bark of the young branches is bluish or of a reddish tinge. The leaves are large, bright-green, alternate, on long petioles, smooth, shining, 3-lobed, lateral lobes ovate, middle one truncated, appearing as if cut off by a broad, shallow notch. Lateral lobes of the large leaves furnished with a tooth or additional lobe on their outside. There is a variety with the lobes of the leaves not pointed, but very obtuse. The flowers are large, solitary, terminal, tulip-shaped, yellowish, and 4 to 6 inches in diameter. The bracts are 2, triangular, falling off as the flower expands. The calyx is double, the inner and proper sepals being 3, large, oval, concave, veined, of a pale-green color, spreading at first, and afterward reflexed. The corolla consists of 6, 7, or more petals, which are obtuse, concave, veined, of a pale, yellowish-green color, marked with an irregular indented crescent of a bright- orange on both sides toward the base. Stamens numerous, with short filaments, and long linear, adnate anthers. Pistil a large, conical, acute body, upper half covered with minute, blackish, recurved stigmas; lower furrowed, being a mass of coalescing styles and ovaries. The fruit is a cone of imbricated seed-vessels, which are woody, and solid, their upper portion formed by the long, lanceolate style; the seeds are 2, blackish, and ovate, and one or both often abortive (L-B.—W.). LIRIOD ENDRON. 1.191 History and Description.—This is one of the most magnificent and remark- able trees in the American forests, on account of its size, its elegant appearance when in flower, its therapeutical virtues, and its serviceable wood. It is found in rich soils from Maine to the Gulf of Mexico, and reaches its greatest size in the middle and southwestern states; its flowers appear in May and June. The wood is compact and light, and is extensively used as a substitute for pine. It is but slightly affected by dampness in the air, and is seldom injured by worms. The medicinal part is the bark of the trunk and root. It is whitish, with a yellow tinge when its epidermis is removed, light, fibrous, easily broken, of an unpleas- ant, somewhat aromatic odor, and an aromatic, pungent, slightly camphoraceous and amarous taste. The root-bark is colored the darkest. When fresh both kinds of bark are white, that of the root turning orange-colored on the surface next the bark, and finally gives the whole piece a streaked aspect; the tree bark turns yel- lowish. The fresh root bark is much the stronger, being “intensely acrid and bitter, producing, when chewed, a painful, biting sensation approaching to pep- periness” (Lloyd, in D. and M. of N. A.,Vol. II, p. 12). The virtues of this bark are somewhat impaired by time, though it may possess some activity after several years' keeping. Water or alcohol take up its active properties, which are dissi- pated by a continued heat at 100° C. (212°F.). The bark should be collected during the winter. Squirrels are fond of the mature flower buds, which have an aromatic, terebinthinate, bitter taste, and a turpentine-like odor. The leaves are purely bitter, and not acrid. Chemical Composition.— Prof. J. P. Emmet (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1831, p. 5) discovered in the bark a peculiar, putty-like principle which he named lirioden- drim, and which he considered as a camphor and intermediate between the vola- tile oils and the resins. Emmet obtained it in colorless scales or in needles, insoluble in cold water, soluble in alcohol, ether, or nitric acid, and having an aromatic, bitter, and somewhat acrid taste. Prof. J. U. Lloyd, as well as Prof. Coblentz, failed to obtain liriodendrin in crystals. Wallace Procter (1872) was likewise unsuccessful. According to Lloyd, “the characteristic principles, aside from the ordinary constituents of plants, are a bitter extractive, volatile oils, resin, coloring principles, and an alkaloid. The aroma of the fresh bark depends upon the volatile oils; the acridity upon the resin; the bitterness (especially of the green leaves), upon the bitter extractive matter; the coloring matter and the alkaloid are not perceptible to either taste or smell” (D. and M. of N. A., Vol. II, p. 15). The active constituent of the bark, according to the physiological investigations of Prof. Roberts Bartholow, is the alkaloid tulipiferine first obtained by Prof. J. U. Lloyd in 1886. According to Lloyd's description, it is colorless, odorless, tasteless, slightly soluble in water, but freely in diluted acids. Ammonia water in small amount precipitates it from aqueous solution, and an excess of ammonia dissolves it All the alka- loidal reagents afford precipitates with solutions of its salts (D. and J.I. of N. A., Vol. II, p. 16). (For account of color reactions, by Coblemtz and Lloyd, see same authority.) The alkaloid was small in amount. A small quantity of a glucosid, soluble in benzol, was separated by Prof. Coblentz. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Tulip-tree bark is an aromatic stimu- lant tonic, and has proved beneficial in intermittents, chronic rheumatism, chronic gastric and intestimal diseases, worms, and hysteria. In hysteria, combined with a small quantity of laudanum, it is said to be speedy, certain, and effectual, and also to abate the hectic fever, might-sweats, and colliquative diarrhaea of phthisis. The warm infusion is diaphoretic, and under certain states of the system has provem diuretic. It is now seldom used. Prof. Bartholow found the alkaloid tulipiferine to act emergetically upon the nervous system of frogs and rabbits. Dose of the |powdered bark, from 20 grains to 2 drachms; of the saturated tincture, which is the best form of administration, 1 fluid drachm; of the infusion, from 1 to 2 fluid ounces; of liriodendrin, from 5 to 10 grains. * Related Drug.—Calycanthus floridus, Linné, Florida allspice. Nat. Ord.—Calycanthaceae. A shrub, native of the southern states, and common in cultivation both in this country and Europe. The stem is from 6 to 8 feet high and much branched. The leaves are opposite, entire, coriaceous, oval, and borne on short leaf-stalks. The entire plant is pervaded with an aromatic, camphoraceous odor, which is especially the case with the bark and roots. The 1.192 LITHII BENZOAS. flowers are nearly sessile and borne near the ends of the branchlets. They are of a brownish- purple color, and exhale, especially when wilted or crushed, an abundant fragrance compared by some to that of the strawberry. This shrub, in common with other species of Calycanthus, is known also as Carolina all- Spice, Sweet-scented shrub, or “Bubby.” The C. laevigatus, Willdenow, and C. glaucus, are similar plants. The Californian C. Occidentalis, Arnott and Hooker, is called Spice bush. The bark con- tains resin, volatile oil, tannin, and an acrid principle, and the seeds of C. glaucus yield fixed oils, albumen, starch, and 2.25 per cent of an alkaloid calycanthime, discovered by R. G. Eccles (Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc., 1888, p. 84). It dissolves freely in chloroform and ether, and but slightly in Water, and is easily decomposable by caustic alkalies, a new crystallizable alka- loid resulting. A strong sweet odor like that of oil of ylang-ylang is at the same time devel- oped. The seeds of calycanthus contain no essential oil, while the bark, flowers, and leaves do. Dr. H. W. Wiley (Amer. Chem. Jour., 1889; see also Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1890, p. 96), con- firms the occurrence of calycanthine in the seeds of Calycanthus glaucus, as well as the reactions described by Dr. Eccles, and obtained 47 per cent of fatty oil from the seeds. This plant has been suggested for use in medicine as a stimulant, antiperiodic, and aromatic; its virtues in these respects are, very probably, in no way superior to the many agents already named in our materia medicas, possessing similar properties. LITHII BENZOAS (U. S. P.)—LITHIUM BENZOATE. SYNONYMs: Lithium benzoicum, Benzoas lithicus. ForMULA : LiC, H.O. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 127.72. Preparation.—Add carbonate of lithium to benzoic acid mixed with hot water, until effervescence ceases and the acid is dissolved and saturated ; then filter and evaporate the filtrate to dryness upon a water-bath, thus: Li,CO,-- 2HC, H.O. =2|LiC, H.O.--H,0+CO,. The salt may be obtained in permanent crys- tals, by evaporating the solution and setting the capsule or vessel aside. In our own experience, 32 parts of benzoic acid, mixed with 128 parts of water, require 11 parts of carbonate of lithium; and the yield is, practically, about that of the weight of the acid employed. The impurities to be expected are such as accom- pany carbonate of lithium. Description and Tests.-The official salt is “a light, white powder, or small, shining, crystalline scales; odorless, or of faint benzoin-like odor, and of a cooling, sweetish taste; permanent in the air. Soluble at 15° C. (59°F.), in 4 parts of water, and in 12 parts of alcohol; in 2.5 parts of boiling water and in 10 parts of boiling alcohol. The presence of sodium benzoate increases the solubility in water and lessens that in alcohol. When heated, the salt fuses; at a higher tem- perature it chars, emits inflammable vapors having a benzoin-like odor, and finally leaves a residue of lithium carbonate mixed with carbon. This residue imparts a Crimson color to a non-luminous flame, and its aqueous Solution has an alkaline reaction upon litmus paper. The aqueous solution (1 in 20) of lithium benzoate has a faintly acid reaction upon litmus. If 2 Co. of ferric chloride T.S. be mixed with a small drop of ammonia water, and added to 2 Co. of an aqueous solution of the salt, a voluminous brownish-pink precipitate of basic ferric benzoate will result. If 1 Co. of diluted nitric acid be added to 0.2 Gm. of lithium benzoate dissolved in 2 Co. of water, and the precipitated benzoic acid be removed by filtration, the clear filtrate should not be rendered turbid on addition of silver nitrate T.S. (absence of chloride), or of barium nitrate T.S. (absence of sulphate). If a concentrated solution of the salt be mixed with hydrochloric acid, a white precipitate of benzoic acid will be formed, which, after being separated from the liquid, and thoroughly washed and dried, should respond to the tests of purity given under Acidum, Benzoicum. If the filtrate from this precipitate be evaporated to dryness and ignited, 1 part of the residue should be soluble in 5 parts of abso- lute alcohol. If to this alcoholic solution an equal volume of ether be added, no precipitate or turbidity should appear (limit of other alkalies). The aqueous solution (1 in 20) of the salt should remain unaffected by hydrogen sulphide T.S., or ammonium sulphide. T.S. (absence of arsenic, lead, iron, aluminum, etc.), or by ammonium oxalate T.S. (absence of calcium), or by sodium cobaltic nitrite T.S. (limit of potassium); nor should silver nitrate T.S., or barium nitrate T.S., produce in it more than a very slight turbidity (limit of chloride and sulphate). If 1 Gm. of dry lithium benzoate be thoroughly ignited in a porcelain crucible, so as to burn of most of the carbonaceous matter, and the residue be mixed with 20 CC. of water, it should require, for complete neutralization, not less than 7.8 Co. LITHII BROMIDU M. 1193 of normal sulphuric acid (corresponding to not less than 99.6 per cent of the pure salt), methyl-orange being used as indicator”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—The employment of lithium conn- pounds in medicine is due to the fact that the urate of lithium is much more soluble than the other alkaline urates. Benzoate of lithium was recommended by E. B. Shuttleworth, as an agent superior to other compounds of lithium in the treatment of gout, and certain disorders of the urinary organs, more especially when there is an excess of wrates, or of uric acid. It is a stable, non-deliquescent prepa- ration, and consists of a combination of two agents, each of which have been found valuable in the treatment of certain forms of urinary difficulties, as well as in chronic inflammation of the neck of the bladder. It acts as a diuretic, and is especially useful to prevent gouty paroxysms, by preventing the formation and subsequent deposition of insoluble urates in the tissues, to remove the tendency to excessive deposition of uric acid or urates in the urine, and to render this fluid neutral or alkaline. It is useful in chronic rheumatism, where uric acid deposits are voided with the urine. It corrects ammoniacal wrime, relieves cystic irritation from the presence of gravel, and is reputed to retard the formation of biliary, calculi, and the consequent hepatic colic. The dose is from 1 to 30 grains, dissolved in a wine- glassful of water, repeating the dose 3 or 4 times daily. Doses of from 1 to 5 grains are preferable to the larger doses. - Specific Indications and Uses.—Bad taste, fetid breath, and imperfect nutri- tion, associated with continuous urinary irritation; lumbar uneasiness extending to the bladder, urine bearing mucus and earthy phosphates, perineum full and tense with frequent desire to micturate, the urine passing with difficulty. LITHII BROMIDUM (U. S. P.)—LITHIUM BROMIDE. FORMULA : Libr. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 86.77. SYNoNYMs: Lithium bromatum, Bromwretum lithicum. Preparation.—This salt may readily be prepared as follows: To a given amount of solution of hydrobromic acid, in a glass or porcelain evaporating basin, add gradually, with constant stirring, carbonate of lithium until the acid is satu- rated and effervescence ceases. Then filter, and evaporate the filtrate to dryness. The reaction is represented as follows: 2HBr-i-Li,CO,-2LiPr-i-H,0+CO. Owing to the low atomic weight of lithium, its bromide contains about 92 per cent of bromine, while the potassium bromide contains nearly 66 per cent, and the sodium bromide about 78 per cent. Its taste is not so disagreeable as that of the potassium salt, but more so than that of the sodium or ammonium bromides. It is incompatible with solutions of the carbonates of the other alkali metals, form- ing, by decomposition, carbonate of lithium (Li,CO.). “Lithium bromide should be kept in well-stoppered bottles”—(U. S. P.). Description and Tests.-This salt is officially described as “a white, granu- lar salt, odorless, and having a sharp, slightly bitter taste; very deliquescent. Soluble, at 15° C. (59°F.), in 0.6 part of water, and in 0.3 part of boiling water; very soluble in alcohol, also soluble in ether. At a low, red heat the salt fuses, and at a higher heat it is slowly volatilized. . It imparts a crimson color to a non- luminous flame. The aqueous solution is neutral to litmus paper. If a few drops of chloroform be added to 5 Co. of the solution (1 in 20), them 1 Ce, of chlo- rine water, and the mixture shaken, the liberated bromine will dissolve in the chloroform, communicating to it a yellow, or yellowish-brown color. If 0.5 Ce. of sodium cobaltic nitrite T.S. be added to 5 Co. of the aqueous solution, no pre- cipitate or turbidity should occur within 10 minutes (limit of potassium). One part of the salt should dissolve, without residue, in 5 parts of absolute alcohol, and the addition of an equal volume of ether should produce no precipitate in this solution (limit of other alkalies). The aqueous solution (1 in 20) should not be affected by hydrogen sulphide T.S. either before or after acidulation with a drop of hydrochloric acid (absence of arsenic, lead, copper, etc.), nor by annnno- mium sulphide T.S. (absence of iron, aluminum, etc.). In the aqueous solution no turbidity should be produced by the addition of barium chloride T.S. (absence of sulphate). If a few drops of starch T.S. be added to 5 Co. of the aqueous solution, 1194 LITH II CARBON A.S. them 1 or 2 drops of chlorine water, no blue color should appear (absence of iodide). If 0.3 Gm. of dry lithium bromide be dissolved in 10 Co. of water, and 2 drops of potassium chromate T.S. be added, it should require 35.3 Co. of deci- normal silver nitrate V.S. to produce a permanent red color of silver chromate (corresponding to at least 98 per cent of the pure salt)”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Roubaud, having investigated the action of this compound, arrived at the following conclusions: That it possesses the lithontriptic properties common to the lithium preparations; that, like other bromides, it affects reflex sensibility, with energy, and without that inconvenient action upon the heart usually following the use of bromide of potassium ; and that it is useful as a sedative and antilithic in cases of wric acid diathesis accom- panied by painful phenomena, or complicating neuroses. E. Levy considers it to have a beneficial effect in gout, but less so than some of the other salts of lithium, although its influence in diminishing the quantity of uric acid is very small; being very rich in bromine, it is more active than bromide of potassium, having a marked sedative influence upon the cerebro-spinal axis, without affect- ing the heart. Dr. S. W. Mitchell has found it to be a rapid and powerful sopo- rific agent, more so than any of the other bromides used in therapeutics, and has employed it advantageously in the milder forms of epilepsy, in headache, insomnia, wakefulness from mental or physical evertion, and in tinmitus aurium, attended with pain in the temporal region and sleeplessness. It has likewise been found bene- ficial in certain cases of spermatorrhoea, chronic irritability of the meck of the bladder, and in irritable uterus. It is a remedy for rheumatism when dependent on lithaemia. The dose is from 3 to 10 grains, in well-diluted solution, which should be repeated 3 or 4 times a day. Owing to its extreme deliquescence, this salt should be kept in aqueous or alcoholic solution. - Specific Indications and Uses.—Flushed countenance; mental depression; insomnia, due to mental and physical exhaustion ; Severe inter-scapular pain; mild attacks of epilepsy; renal inactivity. LITHII CARBONAS (U. S. P.)—LITHIUM CARBONATE. FoRMULA : Li,CO. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 73.87. SYNONYMs: Carbomas lithicus, Carbonate of lithia, Normal carbonate of lithium. Preparation.—This salt may be prepared by pouring a concentrated solu- tion of chloride of lithium (LiCl) into a solution of ammonium carbonate, in am- monia water, continuing the process until the precipitate ceases to form upon heating. (For its preparation from the lithium-bearing minerals, lepidolite, peta- lite, spodumene, etc., see C. Thompson, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1883, p. 318; also L. F. Kebler, ibid., 1898, p. 600.) - Description and Tests.-"A light, white powder, odorless, and having an alkaline taste; permanent in the air. Soluble in 80 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and in 140 parts of boiling water; much more soluble in water saturated with carbon dioxide; insoluble in alcohol; soluble in diluted acids with active effer- vescence. At a low, red heat the salt fuses, at a higher temperature it loses some of its carbon dioxide, and is partially converted into lithium oxide. It imparts a crimson color to a non-luminous flame. The aqueous solution has an alkaline reaction upon litmus paper. If 1 Gm. of lithium carbonate be dissolved in 40 Co. of diluted acetic acid, no insoluble residue should remain. Separate portions of this solution should not be affected by the following reagents: Hydrogen sul- phide T.S. (absence of arsenic, lead, etc.), ammonium sulphide T.S. (absence of iron, aluminum, etc.), ammonium oxalate T.S. (calcium), silver mitrate T.S. (chloride), barium chloride T.S. (sulphate), or sodium cobaltic nitrite T.S. (limit of potassium). If 0.5 Gm. of lithium carbonate be dissolved in 2 Co. of hydro- chloric acid, and the clear solution be evaporated to dryness, the dry residue should completely dissolve in 3 Co. of absolute alcohol, and an addition of 3 Co. of ether should not render the solution turbid (limit of other alkalies). If 0.5 Gm. of the dry salt be mixed with 20 Co. of water, it should require, for complete neutrali- zation, not less than 13.4 Co. of normal sulphuric acid (corresponding to at least 98.98 per cent of the pure salt), methyl orange being used as indicator”—(U. S. P.). LITHII CARBON A.S. 119.5 The alcohol-ether test serves to distinguish lithium carbonate from the more probable impurities, carbonates of potassium and of sodium, the chlorides of which elements are not soluble, especially in the latter of the menstrua named. Carbonate of lithium has been fraudulently adulterated with sugar of milk. This may be detected by its reduction of the copper salt in Fehling's solution; also by the adulteration emitting a caramel odor and turning black when exposed to calcination heat. HYDROGEN LITHIUM CARBONATE, or the Acid lithium carbonate (HLiCO,), is formed when freshly precipitated normal carbonate of lithium is suspended in water and exposed to a current of carbon dioxide. This salt is more soluble than the common carbonate, about 5 parts dissolving in 100 parts of water. It readily decomposes by exposure, and by evaporation on the water-bath, forming normal carbonate of lithium, carbon dioxide, and water, thus: 2HLiCO,-Li,CO,--H,0+ CO. The acid salt is not obtainable in solid form, except, perhaps, upon exceed- ingly slow evaporation of the bicarbonate solution (A. Goldammer, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1886, p. 347). It is, probably, the form in which it exists in mineral waters. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Carbonate of lithium is considered a diuretic, and an energetic alkalizing agent of the urine. Administered inter- mally, it causes the insoluble urates of the blood to form soluble urates of lithium, and hence has been advised in gout, and in wrimary deposits of uric acid and wrates, the same as the benzoate and the citrate of this alkali. The action of these agents may fail under certain conditions of the system, which, after having been ascer- tained, should be removed by appropriate measures previous to the administra- tion of the lithium salts. Lithium carbonate is reputed a powerful solvent of false membrane. The dose of carbonate of lithium is from 1 to 4 grains, in a gill or so of hot water, repeating it 3 or 4 times a day. Garrod and Charcot advise it to be taken as follows: Water, charged with carbonic acid, 1 pint; bicarbonate of sodium, 3 grains; carbonate of lithium, 1% grains. Mix, and keep well-stoppered. This quantity is to be used daily, in wineglassful doses, continuing to prepare and use it for 2 or 3 consecutive weeks. Specific Indications and Uses.—Indigestion and acid eructations, with uri- nary deposits; articular swellings; gout. Lithium and Its Compounds.—LITHIUM, Lithium. Symbol: Li. Atomic Weight: 7.01. Lithium is the metallic base of an alkaline oxide, lithia, and as yet has not been employed in medicine nor in the arts. The name, meaning “stony,” is derived from the Greek lithos, a stone. The alkali was discovered by Arfvedson, in 1817; the element, by Bunsen and Matthiessen, in 1855. Lithium is very widely distributed, but in small quantities, a fact brought out by the development of spectrum analysis by Kirchhoff and Bunsen. The important minerals which contain it are triphyline (a phosphate of iron, manganese, sodium, and lithium), petalite and spodumene (both silicates of aluminum, sodium, and lithium), and lepidolite (a silicate of aluminum, potassium, and lithium). Lithrophilite and amblygonite are lithium-bearing minerals, also, occurring in North Carolina, and containing from 9 to 10 per cent of lithium oxide. Some mineral springs are likewise found to contain it, notably one in the Wheal Clifford Mine, in Cornwall, England. Our Gettysburg Springs, Penn., and the Buffalo Lithia Springs, Meck- lenburg County, Va., likewise contain it. Lithium is much less oxidizable, and harder than either potassium or sodium, but softer than lead. When freshly cut it exhibits a silver-like surface, which tarnishes by exposure. It melts at 180° C. (356° F.), is the lightest of all known solids, having a specific gravity of 0.5986, floats on benzin and on water, quickly oxi- dizing in the latter case, but without fusing. Lithium is of interest to the medical profession from the fact that several compounds of it are employed in medicine. They are chiefly the carbonate, benzoate, bromide, salicylate, and citrate, the first being employed in the produc- tion of the others. However, the claims as to the curative properties of lithia and lithia-water Springs, in cases of gout, rheumatism, and uric acid diathesis, are liable to be exaggerated. It must be borne in mind, as Mr. L. Siebold, in 1889, has pointed out, that lithia owes its distinc- tion over caustic soda or potassa as a uric acid solvent, only to its small molecular weight. Much less of lithia than of soda or potassa is necessary to dissolve the same quantity of uric acid. Furthermore, lithium in the form of chloride, or sulphate, has not the slightest solvent action upon uric acid (see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1889, p. 530, and 1894, p. 588). LITHII BoroCITRAs.-Three borocitrates of lithium have been prepared for medicinal pur- poses—the mono-, the di-, and the tri-borocitrate of lithium. The first (CsIIs LiſbC)].OT + H2O) requires for its production lithium carbonate, 4 parts; boric acid, 6 parts; and citric acid, 20 parts. The second (CoH, Li2L BO]2O7-l-2H2O) requires lithium carbonate 7 parts; boric acid, 12 parts; and citric acid, 20 parts. The third (C6H5 Lis Oz +Bs H3O8) is prepared from lithium carbonate, 11 parts; boric acid, 18 parts; citric acid, 20 parts. The ingredients are dissolved in boiling water, evaporated to dryness, and powdered, or the concentrated, syrupy solution may be painted upon glass and scaled (E. Scheibe, 1880; Amer. Jowr, Pharm., 1881, p. 66). 1196 LITHII CITRAS. LITHII CHLORIDUM, Lithium chloride. Symbol: LiCl. Molecular weight: 42.38. This is prepared from lepidolite. This compound forms anhydrous Octobedra, soluble in water and alcohol. Its taste is saline, and it fuses at a red heat. Exposed to the air it readily deliquesces. Evaporation of its aqueous solution produces slight decomposition, traces of hydrochloric acid being evolved, and a corresponding amount of lithium oxide, of an alkaline reaction, being formed. Lithium chloride combines with water of crystallization in two proportions, forming LiCl-i-H2O and LiCl-|-2H2O. LITHII IODIDUM, Lithium iodide. Symbol: Liſ. Molecular weight: 133.54. This salt may be prepared by the process for making bromide of lithium, excepting that hydriodic is substi- tuted for hydrobromic acid. Prof. Zeiset, of Vienna, prepared it by double decomposition of ferrous iodide with lithium carbonate (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1882, p. 308). This salt is crystal- line, and forms with 3H2O deliquescent, prismatic crystals which, when exposed, have a tend- ency to become yellow, on account of the liberation of iodine. It dissolves readily in water and alcohol, and should be kept in tightly-stoppered vials. EFFERVESCING LITHIUM*CARBONATE may be prepared by heating in a flat vessel, to 100° C. (212° F.), with constant stirring until a granular product results, a mixture (all well powdered) of lithium carbonate (10 parts), sodium bicarbonate (50 parts), and citric acid (40 parts). Pass the product through a coarse sieve, and place the granules in closely-stoppered vials. LITHII CITRAS (U. S. P.)—LITHIUM CITRATE. FoRMULA : Li,C.H.O. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 209.57. SYNoNYMs: Lithiae citras, Lithium citricum, Citrate of lithia. Preparation.—Take of carbonate of lithium, 1 part; citric acid in crystals, 2 parts, or a sufficient quantity; distilled water, a sufficient quantity. Mix the carbonate of lithium with 2 parts of water heated to the temperature of 82.2°C. (180° F.), in a capacious glass or porcelain vessel. Then dissolve the citric acid in 4 parts of water, at the same temperature, and gradually pour a sufficient amount of the acid solution, with constant stirring, into the mixture of carbon- ate of lithium and water, to dissolve the carbonate. Then raise the temperature to 93.33°C. (200°F.), and cautiously stir into the solution a few grains of car- bonate of lithium ; if effervescence ensues, continue adding more of the carbon- ate until it is in slight excess; now filter the solution, evaporate, at a gentle heat, to the consistence of syrup; then dry in a warm-air closet, until the salt will pulverize, and inclose it in a well-stoppered bottle. As usually made, citrate of lithium is a very unsatisfactory preparation, from its promeness to deliquesce. To a great extent, this property is derived from the excess of citric acid usually present. We will call attention to the fact that, by reversing the process of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia (1870) and adding the solution of citric acid (q. S.) to the carbonate of lithium, better results appear to be obtained than with the process of the Pharmacopoeia. Citrate of lithium, prepared as above, may contain a slight proportion of carbonate of lithium, an uninimportant con- tamination. It is liable to contain all the impurities present in both the citric acid and the carbonate of lithium employed in its preparation. “Lithium citrate should be kept in well-stoppered bottles”—(U. S. P). Description and Tests.-The U. S. P. describes the salt to be “a white pow- der, odorless, and having a cooling, faintly alkaline taste; deliquescent on exposure to air. Soluble in 2 parts of water at 15° C. (59°F)., and in 0.5 part of boiling water; almost insoluble in alcohol or ether. At a red heat the salt chars, emits inflammable vapors of a pungent odor, and finally leaves a black residue of lithium carbonate mixed with carbon. It imparts a crimson color to a non- luminous flame. The aqueous solution is neutral to litmus paper. If the aque- ous solution (1 in 20) of lithium citrate be boiled with an equal volume of calcium chloride T.S., a white precipitate will be deposited "-(U. S. P.). Crys- tallizable lithium citrate is not deliquescent. ... According to Mr. Nunnery it has the composition Li C. H.O.--4H,O, corresponding to 74.3 per cent of anhydrous salt. (For a valuable résumé of the methods of its preparation and analysis, see C. Thompson, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1883, p. 314.) As regards tests, the U. S. P. directs as follows: “Separate portions of the solution, slightly acidulated with acetic acid, should not be affected by hydrogen sulphide T.S. (absence of arsenic, lead, etc.); ammonium sulphide T.S. (iron, aluminum, etc.); ammonium oxalate T.S. (calcium); or sodium cobaltic nitrite T.S. (limit of potassium). With barium nitrate T.S., or with silver mitrate T.S., not LITH II ( ITI.A.S EFFER WESCENS.—LITHII SALICYLAS. 1197 more than a slight turbidity should appear (limit of sulphate and of chloride). If the residue obtained by calcining the salt at a red heat be dissolved in a slight excess of diluted hydrochloric acid, and the filtrate evaporated to dryness, a por- tion of the residue, treated with 5 parts of absolute alcohol, should completely dissolve, and the addition of an equal volume of ether should not render the solution turbid (limit of other alkalies). If 1 gramme of dry lithium citrate be thoroughly ignited in a porcelain crucible, so as to burn off most of the carbona- ceous matter, and the residue be mixed with 20 Co. of water, it should require, for complete neutralization, not less than 14.2 CC. of normal sulphuric acid (corresponding to at least 99.2 per cent of the pure salt), methyl orange being used as indicator ’’— (U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Citrate of lithium is employed in the same affections as lithium carbonate, and in the same doses; being the more soluble of the two, it has been preferred to that salt. Its dose, as with that of the carbonate, may be carried to from 15 grains to even half a drachm; but these large doses are apt to occasion cardialgic dyspepsia. Lithium citrate is excreted in the urine as a carbonate, The iodide and sulphate of lithium have Occasionally been employed therapeutically, but no especial advantage has yet been derived from their use. The specific indications for lithium citrate are those given below. Specific Indications and Uses.—Indigestion and acid eructations, with uri- nary deposits; articular swellings; gout. LITHII CITRAS EFFERVESCENS (U. S.P.)—EFFERVESCENT LITHIUM CITRATE. Preparation.—“Lithium carbonate, seventy grammes (70 Gm.) [2 ozs. av., 205 grs.]; sodium bicarbonate, two hundred and eighty grammes (280 Gm.) 9 ozs, av., 384 grs.]; citric acid, three hundred and seventy grammes (370 Gm.) É. ozs, av., 22 grs.]; sugar, in fine powder, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Triturate the citric acid with about two hundred grammes (200 Gm.) [7 ozs. av., 24 grs.] of sugar, and dry the mixture thoroughly. Then incorporate with it, by trituration, the lithium carbonate and sodium bicarbonate, and enough sugar to make the pro- duct weigh one thousand grammes (1000 Grm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Keep the powder in well-stoppered bottles”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— (See Lithii Citras.) This furnishes a pleasantly acidulous form for the administration of lithium citrate. Dose, # to 2 drachms. LITHII SALICYLAS (U. S. P.)—LITHIUM SALICYLATE. FoEMUL.A.: LiC, H.O. MoDECULAR WEIGHT : 143.68. SYNoNYM : Lithium salicylicum. Preparation.—Heat together, until effervescence ceases, a mixture of lithium carbonate, 3 parts, salicylic acid, 11 parts, and water, 25 parts. Filter, wash, evapo- rate, and dry the salt, and place it in a closely-stoppered vial. Description and Tests. –This salt is official as “a white or grayish-white powder, odorless, and having a sweetish taste ; deliquescent on exposure to air. Very soluble in water and in alcohol. When heated, the salt is decomposed, emitting the odor of phenol, and finally leaving a residue of lithium carbonate and carbon. It imparts a crimson color to a mon-luminous flame. The aque- ous solution slightly reddens blue litmus paper. If copper sulphate T.S. be added to an aqueous solution (1 in 20) of the salt, the mixture should have a bright-green color. If a small quantity of ferric chloride T.S. be added to an excess of a concentrated aqueous solution (1 in 4) of lithium Salicylate, a deep-red color will be produced, which, after the liquid is largely diluted and mixed with more ferric chloride T.S., will change to a deep bluish-violet tint. Upon adding to 1 Gm. of the salt, in a test-tube, about 1 Co. of concentrated Sulphuric acid, then cautiously, in drops, about 1 Co. of methylic alcohol, and heating the mixture to boiling, the odor of oil of gaultheria will be evolved. Hydrochloric or sulphuric acid produces in the aqueous solution a voluminous 1198 IITHOSPERMIUM. precipitate of salicylic acid, which, when separated and washed, should conform to the reactions and tests given under Acidum Salicylicum. The aqueous solution should be colorless (absence of iron and organic coloring matters), and should not effervesce on the addition of diluted acids (absence of carbonate). If 1 part of the salt be agitated with 15 parts of sulphuric acid, no color should be imparted to the acid within 15 minutes (absence of readily carbonizable, organic impurities). If a portion of the residue, left after ignition, be dissolved in diluted acetic acid, separate portions of the filtrate should not be rendered turbid on the addition of a few drops of barium chloride T.S. (absence of sulphate), nor be rendered more than slightly turbid by silver nitrate T.S. (limit of chloride). Other portions of the same filtrate should not be affected by hydrogen sulphide T.S. (absence of arsenic, lead, etc.); nor by ammonium sulphide T.S. (aluminum, etc.); nor by ammonium oxalate T.S. (calcium); nor by sodium cobaltic nitrite T.S. (limit of potassium). If another portion of the residue, left after ignition, be dissolved in diluted hydrochloric acid, and the filtrate evaporated to dryness, a portion of the residue, when treated with 5 parts of absolute alcohol, should completely dissolve, and the addition of an equal volume of ether should not render the solution turbid (limit of other alkalies). If 2 Gm. of dry lithium salicylate be thoroughly ignited in a porcelain crucible, so as to burn off most of the carbonaceous matter, and the residue be mixed with 20 Co. of water, it should require, for complete neutralization, not less than 13.8 Co. of normal sulphuric acid (corresponding to at least 99.13 per cent of the pure salt), methyl-orange being used as indicator”—(U. S. P.). M. Julliard (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1887, p. 400) records an adulteration of lithium salicylate with from 12 to 15 per cent of Sodium salicylate. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This agent, like the other lithium com- pounds, is employed in gout, and, like the sodium salicylate, as a remedy for rheu- matic affections of the joints, claims having been made that it succeeds where the latter fails. It contains more of the salicylic acid radical than the sodium com- pound, and large doses have been charged with the induction of persistent, painful diarrhoea. Dizziness, tinmitus, impaired hearing and headache, are also effects of immoderate doses, the latter ceasing first. The average dose is from 1 to 8 grains, though as high as 75 grains have been given in a day. Such large doses are unnecessary and unsafe. LITHOSPERIMIUIM.–LITHOSPERMIUM. The roots and seeds of Lithospermum officinale, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Borraginaceae. CoMMON NAME: Common gromwell. ILLUSTRATION: Woodville's Medical Botany, Plate 105. Botanical Source and Chemical Composition.—This is a large, rough, hairy weed, a native of Europe, and very common in some parts; it is rarely naturalized in the eastern section of the United States, and is found growing in dry and gravelly soils. The stem is from 1 to 2 feet high, erect, much-branched, and covered with small, stiff hairs. The leaves are numerous, veiny, alternate, sessile, ovate, and acute at the apex. They are covered with a close, grayish pubescence, which is rough and stiff on the upper surface, but softer beneath. The flowers appear in June, and are small, in axillary or terminal, revolute, leafy spikes. The calyx has 5 acute lobes. The corolla is salver- form, slightly exceeds the calyx, and is of a pale-yellow color. The fruit consists generally of one or two smooth, hard, Shiny, gray, ovate nutlets, which are attached to the persistent calyx by the base. A native species of Lithospermum, L. latifolium, Michaux, closely resembling L. officinale, especially in the smooth, polished nutlets, and considered a variety of it by Willdenow, is common in the open §§§ woods of the middle states. It has green leaves, and is more loosely Lithosperm. branched than the introduced species. The ash of the seeds, accord- canescens, ing to Hornberger (1875), is rich in calcium carbonate (68.2 per cent) and silica (19.39 per cent). The root bark of Lithospermum arvense, Linné, LOBE LIA. 1199 contains a red coloring matter, lithospermum red, isolated by Ludwig and Kromayer (Archiv der Pharm., 1858, Vol. CXLVI, p. 278). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This plant is diuretic, possessing properties analogous to those of the Omostmodium Virginianum, and deserves fur- ther investigation. It has proved efficient in both acute and chromic cystitis, and likewise in certain calculous affections. A strong infusion of the dried root, 1 ounce to water 1 pint, may be given every 3 hours in tablespoonful doses. The seeds, in powder, are used in half-teaspoonful doses every 4 or 5 hours (King). Related Species.—Lithospernum cameSeems, Lehm, Hoary puccoon, or alkamet; also called in some sections Indian paint root. Dr. R. C. Ely (JE. M. J., 1882 and 1886) claims for this plant wonderful healing ploperties in cuts, wounds, old 80'es, ſunshot wounds, eczema, and buſ ſus. The Ointment is used. It is prepared by simmering the root in lard or fresh butter. The oint- ment has a pale-purple color, due to a coloring matter identical with alkanet found in the roots of the species of Lithospermum. (See illustration on page 1198.) LOBELIA (U. S. P.)—LOBELIA. “The leaves and tops of Lobelia inflata, Linné, collected after a portion of the capsules have become inflated "–(U. S. P.). Nat. Ord.—Lobeliaceae. COMMON NAMES: Lobelia, Indiam, tobacco, etc. (see History). ILLUSTRATIONs: Lloyd's Drugs and Med. of N. A., Plate 34; Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 295. Botanical Source.—This plant, generally known as Wild, or Indian tobacco, is an annual or biennial indigenous plant, nore commonly the latter, with a fibrous, yellowish-white root, and an erect, angular, very hairy stem, in the full-sized plant much Fig. 163. branched, and from 6 inches to 3 feet in height. The sº §§ leaves are alternate, scattered, sessile, ovate-lanceo- §2 % late, serrate, veiny, and hairy. The flowers are Nf, WWºº- small, numerous, pale-blue, on short peduncles, each & \\ N. originating from the axil of a small leaf. The calyx º § \º- consists of 5, subulate segments. The corolla is tubu- º lar, small, slit on the upper side, ventricose at the base; the limb bilabiate; tube prismatic ; segments spreading, acute ; two upper ones lanceolate, three lower ones Oval. The anthers are united into an ob- long, curved body, and of a purple color; filaments white. Style filiform ; stigma curved, 2-lobed, in- closed by the anthers. The capsule is 2-celled, ovoid, inflated, striated, 10-angled, crowned with the persistent calyx. The seeds are numerous, small, oblong, and brown (L.-B.—W.). History.—Lobelia is very plentiful throughout the United States, and is usually found thriving in dry soil - along roadsides, in dry fields, and old LObella inflata. pastures, as well as in woodland grazing grounds. It flowers from July to September, or until frost checks its blooming. It grows from a few inches to 2 feet in height, and is peculiar in that it will blossom when the flowering time arrives, even iſ it be but an inch in height. The plant has alternate leaves, and flowers of a light- blue color, inconspicuous, yet very pretty when closely examined, having the characteristic split corolla tube (along the upper side) seedlºelia of the Lobelias. The fruit is an inflated pod, resembling a small 8. balloon, easily compressible, and contains an innumerable number of minute brown seeds. The plant, when broken or cut, exudes an acrid, milky juice, imparting a taste very much resembling that of tobacco. The whole plant is active, but the leaves and seeds are more usually employed. The root is sup- posed to be more emergetic, medicinally, than any other part of the plant. The Fig. 164. 1200 - LOBELIA. proper time for gathering the plant is from the last of July to the middle of October, during which period the seed-vessels are in great abundance. The plant should be dried in the shade, and then be preserved in packages, or covered ves- sels, more especially if it be reduced to powder. When dried, it has a faint, nau- seous, rather disagreeable odor, and a strong, acrid, nauseous taste developed by chewing, somewhat similar to that of tobacco, which powerfully affects the throat and fauces, occasioning ptyalism and sickness at stomach. The leaves form a greenish powder; the seeds a brownish. Hot water, vinegar, ether, or alcohol take up its medicinal principles, but boiling dissipates them. Few drugs are more favored among Eclectic physicians than lobelia, and cer- tainly none others have so interesting a history. This plant is vulgarly known as Indian tobacco, though why it should have this name is difficult to say, as there is no distinct record as is the case with other plants (unless we accept the statements made that it was known to the Penobscot tribes), that it was ever employed as a medicine by the natives. As the plant resembles somewhat in taste the common tobacco (Nicotiama Tabacum), and was for this reason called Wild tobacco, the authors of “Drugs and Medicines of North America” advance the opinion that if known as Wild tobacco it was but a step farther to call it Indian tobacco, on the presumption that a tobacco that was wild would be used by the Indians. The earliest botanists did not use a common name for lobelia, and it was not until 1810 that we find the first popular name—Bladder-pod—given it by Aiton. Following this came Inflated lobelia and Bladder-pod lobelia for obvious reasons. So much for names suggested by the plant itself. When it came to be used in medicine a new set of popular names, having reference to its properties, were applied. Thomson and Cutler called it Emetic weed and Emetic herb. These names suggested those to follow—Puke weed, Vomit weed, and Gag root. Although the term gag root was employed, the root was never used in medicine, statements to the contrary notwithstanding. One of its very old names is Eye-bright—a name properly belonging to Euphrasia officinalis, and, from its use as an anti-asthmatic, some writers have referred to it as Asthma weed. Its generic name—lobelia—was given it in honor of Matthias de Lobel (de l'Obel), a distinguished botanist of the sixteenth century; its specific name—inflata—on account of its inflated seed pods. Though lobelia grows nearly all over this country, much of the drug supply of commerce comes from the mountainous districts of North Carolina. Dobelia was known to the Penobscot Indians, and was also extensively used by the people in New England in domestic practice, long before the time of Samuel Thomson, its assumed discoverer. Though used by a few in domestic practice, the credit for the introduction of lobelia into medical practice is due to Drs. Manasseh Cutler and Samuel Thomson. The latter claims to have been the first to employ it and, indeed, it would seem probable that Cutler learned the use of it from Thomson. As before stated, few drugs have been so notoriously historical as the one under consideration. It became widely known to the people during the early part of the present century, through the famous trials of Drs. Thomson and Frost. ... The name of lobelia became so odious, that to be known as a “lobelia doctor” was sufficient to subject the physician to all manner of ridicule. The prosecution of Thomson was brought at the instigation of a jealous physician–Dr. French— backed by a jealous profession. While under treatment by Dr. Thomson, one Ezra Lovett, of Beverly, Mass., died after a tedious course of medicine applied after the peculiar method of Thomson. The prosecutors charged the latter with killing Lovett with lobelia. Thomson denied it, claiming the drug employed to be marsh rosemary. The prosecutors showed their ignorance by exhibiting to to the court some of the powder alleged to have been employed, which powder actually proved to be marsh rosemary. Judge Parsons instructed the jury to acquit Thomson. The memory of lobelia was again revived, in 1837, by the trial of Dr. R. K. Frost, of New York City, for the alleged killing of T. G. French. The charge against Frost was that he put French into a “vapor bath” and “adminis- tered to him poisonous decoctions of lobelia, and giving deleterious herbs which no reasonable man would administer to a dog.” He was tried for manslaughter, the trial lasting ten days, and the jury found him guilty (in the fourth degree), but recommended him to the mercy of the court. The court sentenced him to three months' imprisonment. LOBE LIA. 1201. The first published account of the use of lobelia in regular medicine, is by the Rev. Manasseh Cutler, LL.D., in his “Account of Indigenous Vegetables” (1785), stating that the leaves, if chewed, “produce a giddiness and pain in the head, with a trembling agitation of the whole body.” Cutler was a great sufferer from asthma and found this drug to give him more relief than any other, and as Thomson had been in the habit of using lobelia for this complaint, and prac- ticing so mear to the home of Cutler, in Massachusetts, it is fair to presume that the latter derived his knowledge of the drug from Thomson. As early as 1820, the first edition of the U. S. P. recognized lobelia and it has continued official until the present time. Description.—The U. S. P. officially describes lobelia as follows: “Leaves alternate, petiolate, the upper ones sessile, ovate or oblong, about 5 Cm. (2 inches) long, irregularly toothed, pubescent, pale-green; branches hairy, terminating in long racemes of small, pale-blue flowers, having an adherent, 5-toothed calyx, which is inflated in fruit, a bilabiate corolla, and 5 united stamens; Odor slight, irritating; taste mild, afterward burning and acrid"—(U. S. P.). LOBELIA SEED.—Lobelia seeds are not official, excepting as included in the inflated pods of the plant. Lobelia seeds, viewed under the microscope, are about # of an inch in length, gºs of an inch in breadth, of a dark-brown color, oblong, with ridges and furrows, somewhat resembling basket-work; the only seeds which resemble them are those of the L. cardinalis, which are not so dark-colored, but are oval, or almond-shaped, reticulated with irregular, oblong-square, or rectan- gular reticulations not so well defined, and are of larger size (P-F. Curtis). Lobelia in the powdered form enters into the composition of the compound emetic powder, and is a constituent of the compound tincture of lobelia and capsicum (King's Antispasmodic), and the acetous emetic tincture. The oil, as before stated, is contained in the stillingia limiment. Specific lobelia, the pre- ferred preparation of this plant, has a deep wine color and a peculiar fatty odor. When dropped into water it produces a white turbidity, forming a yellowish- white, milky liquid, when viewed by reflected light. It mixes with alcohol without change. The taste is peppery and persistent, leaving a disagreeable acrid impression in the throat and fauces. A few drops only will sicken some persons and even produce emesis. Specific lobelia contains a large amount of oil of lobelia, which preserves the alkaloid in the preparation. Investigations made by Prof. Lloyd demonstrated that solutions devoid of the oil were inferior, being altered by age. Specific lobelia retains its emergies indefinitely. Chemical Composition.—The active principle of lobelia is an acrid, irrita- ting, unstable alkaloid, called lobeline, first obtained by Wm. Procter, Jr. (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1838, p. 98, and 1841, p. 1), as a yellowish liquid of faintly aromatic taste, soluble in water and exhibiting an alka- line reaction. It exists in combination with a vegetable acid—lobelic acid—form- ing precipitates with solutions of metallic salts (Pereira, 1842). Lobeline and its salts are exceedingly active emetics. Though stable when thus combined, it readily decomposes when freed from contact with the other constituents of the plant. Heat applied to either an aqueous preparation or an alcoholic tincture of lobelia, destroys this alkaloid, hence a decoction or hot infusion of this plant is irrational, Lobeline was obtained by Prof. Lloyd (see D. and M. of N. A., by J. U. and C. G. Lloyd, Vol. II, pp. 75 and 76), by depriving lobelia seeds of fat by means of benzin, abstracting the seeds with alcohol acidulated with acetic acid in a percolator, and evaporating and extracting the alkaloid with ammoniated ether. As thus obtained, lobeline, after further purification, is a colorless, odorless, amorphous, and non-hygroscopic alkaloid, of an alkaline reaction, soluble in alcohol, chloroform, benzol, ether, and carbon bisulphide. It is also somewhat soluble in water and exhibits in solution alkaloidal reactions. No crystallizable salts could be obtained, though Prof. Procter (loc. cit.) alludes to a crystallizable muriate, sulphate, nitrate, and oxalate of lobeline. Paschkis and Smita obtained from lobeline benzoic acid by oxidation with potassium permangamate (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1890, p. 339). Crystals of Inflatin, typical form. 76 1202 LOBELIA. H. von Rosen (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1889, p. 393), isolated two alkaloids, one liquid (lobeline) and another solid. According to Prof. Lloyd, the plant also contains a crystallizable, non-basic substance, to which he gave the name inflatin. This body exists in the plant, intimately associated with the alkaloid and some volatile oil (see below). Inflatin is tasteless and odorless, “insoluble in water, or glycerin, but soluble in carbon disulphide, benzol, chloroform, ether, and alcohol, in the order given" (Lloyd, D. and M. of N. A.,Vol. II, p. 78). It is not important in a medical sense. The lobelacrim of Enders (1871), which was obtained in warty tufts of a brown color, was regarded by W. H. D. Leurs (Pharm. Jour. Trams., Vol. VIII, 1878, p. 562), as probably lobeliate of lobeline. Lobelia contains a non-acrid, volatile oil of a pungent odor, possessing but little taste and no acridity. It was named lobeliamin by Pareira in 1840. In addition, the plant contains about 30 per cent of non- volatile oily matters. The impure oil (so-called) of lobelia, so extensively em- ployed by Eclectic doctors, is simply a syrupy extract of lobelia made with stronger alcohol, preferably acidulated with acetic acid. This so-called oil is the active constituent of that favorite Eclectic preparation, the compound stillingia liniment. The pure or true fived oil of lobelia is non-acrid and bland, but as usually obtained (impure), is acrid and of a green color. The fixed oil of lobelia (impure) may be obtained by bruising the seeds between heated rollers, and press- ing while hot in a strong linen cloth, between proper iron plates. Its consistence is nearly like that of linseed oil, and eminently possesses the drying qualities common to many fixed oils. It possesses all the medicinal properties of the seeds. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Lobelia, in the ordinary sense of the term, is not a poison. Undoubtedly, its injudicious use has, and might produce death, but the same is true of many other drugs that are not ordinarily considered as poisons. That the alkaloid lobeline will kill animals, has been fully demon- strated. A drop of the alkaloidal solution placed upon the tongue of a strong, healthy man, instantly vomited him. To this property of its alkaloid, is undoubt- edly due the failure of lobelia to act as a toxic agent. Its emetic action is so prompt and decided, that the contained alkaloid could not, under ordinary cir- cumstances, produce fatal results. Given in cases in extremis, the resulting exhaus- tion from repeated emesis would very likely hasten death, but death would be more likely due to the act of vomiting exhausting the patient, than to any poison- ous effect of the medicine. If lobelia be chewed, it gives rise to an acrid, prickling, and persistently pungent sensation in the throat and fauces, accompanied by slight nausea and a feeling of warmth and distension along the esophageal tract and in the stomach. The sensation is not very unlike that produced by tobacco. The salivary and buccal glands are impressed, pouring out saliva and mucus in abundance. A sense of epigastric depression succeeds, followed by profound nausea, and if the amount chewed be large enough, severe and thorough emesis results. The gas- tric mucus is secreted in great abundance and ejected with the contents of the stomach. The emetic action of lobelia is extremely depressing, and is usually accompanied by profuse perspiration. Oppressive prostration, relaxation of the muscular system, and a languid pulse accompany the emetic stage. The depres- sion, however, is of short duration, and is immediately followed by a sense of extreme Satisfaction and repose. Under its action the mental powers are unusu- ally acute, and the muscles are powerfully relaxed. The circulation is enfeebled by large and strengthened by small doses, and the bronchial secretions are aug- mented. When the drug does not prove emetic, it is said that it usually purges. Death, when due to lobeline, is said to result from respiratory paralysis. Lobelia is nauseant, emetic, expectorant, relaxant, antispasmodic, diaphoretic, Sialagogue, sedative, and, secondarily, occasionally cathartic and diuretic and astringent. It is in no sense a narcotic. The earliest use of lobelia, as will be seen from its history, was that of an emetic, and for this purpose it is still em- ployed when we desire the action of a systemic emetic. Though momentarily depressing, its beneficial after-effects cause it to be preferred above other agents, ipecac not excepted, when such an agent is required. Its action is somewhat modified by combination with ipecacuanha, and other vegetable emetics, and rendered safer and more effectual. Such a combination is the emetic powder. LOBELIA. 1203 It may be used in forming stages of febrile affections, and is especially indicated by a general sluggishness of the whole system with an oppressive feeling, and the tongue is heavily and foully coated at the base. In some chronic diseases its emetic action is salutary in arousing the system from its atomic state. When its emetic action is desired, small doses should be frequently administered until profound nausea is induced, and then the drug should rapidly be pushed to emesis. Copious draughts of warm water will hasten its action and render the act of emesis much easier. Spasmodic movement is incompatible with nervous and muscular relaxation, hence we find prompt relief in many spasmodic con- ditions by the use of this drug. The powerfully relaxant properties of lobelia render it a very efficient agent in several conditions, whose chief feature is the spasmodic element. For its control over spasmodic movement, nauseant or emetic doses must be given. For this purpose it may be exhibited in chorea, tetanus, “worm fits” of children, hysteric and infantile convulsions, epileptiform and other convulsive disorders. For puerperal eclamp- sia, chloroform by inhalation, and morphine subcutaneously injected, give better results than lobelia, though the latter drug has been used with success in some cases. Lobelia is of value in obstetrical practice. It powerfully subdues muscular rigidity. It is the remedy to overcome a rigid os uteri during parturition, and at the same time it relaxes the perimeal tissues. This it does when there is fullness of tissue—a thick, doughy, yet unyielding, os uteri; when, however, the edge of the os is thin and closely drawn, sharp like a knife edge, full doses of gelsemium are indicated. For its antispasmodic action it may be given by mouth and by rectum. Intestinal obstructions have been overcome by lobelia when other agents would have been inadmissible, hence it is of value in the reduction of Strangulated hermia, an enema being employed. Intussusception and fecal impaction may be treated with this drug when cathartics would result fatally. It is for its antispasmodic effects that it is given in asthmatic paroxysms, spasmodic croup, and whooping-cough. It has been successfully used to overcome the violent convulsions resulting from Strychnine pois0ning. Chloroform and ether excepted, it is the best antispasmodic drug in the materia medica, and much safer than either of these. In the so-called “worm fits” it should be carried to nausea and then followed by Santonin, after which a mild purgative may be given. Lobelia is a stimulant to the sympathetic system. It improves the inner- vation of the parts supplied by both the prleumogastric and sympathetic nerves. The appetite and digestion are improved by small doses of the drug. It will fre- quently be found indicated in indigestion and dyspepsia. We have frequently used it in small doses for sick headache due to gastric derangement. It is indicated by the feeling of “qualmishness” and nausea present. Though frequently over- looked when we are looking for a drug to overcome intestimal atomy, lobelia will be found one of the best drugs at our command for the relief of habitual constipation. B. Specific lobelia, gtt. i-ij, every 2 hours. Administered with podophyllin it tends to prevent the costiveness so frequently the result after using a “bowel persuader” in cathartic doses. It increases peristalsis. Small doses of it relieve infantile colic. Lobelia is the drug for angina pectoris, newſralgia of the heart, and pulmonary apoplexy. Though evanescent in its action, large doses of specific lobelia (about 20 drops), may be administered with the expectation of relieving the patient. The dose may be repeated if necessary. Lobelia is a cardiac stimulant, thus we class it with the sedatives, for all sedatives in medicinal (small) doses are heart stimu- lants. When the circulation exhibits a markedly slow pulse-wave it will be better corrected by lobelia than by any other drug we possess. In fact the most promi- ment indication for the drug is the full, oppressed, sluggish, doughy pulse. Asso- ciate this with praecordial oppression, thoracic pain, difficult breathing, Soreness or bruised feeling within the chest, nausea, with tongue heavily coated at base, fullness of tissue, and we have before us a fair range of the action of lobelia. It is a good remedy in cardiac congestion. Perhaps the most important use for this drug will be in the treatment of respiratory affections. For this class of diseases no remedy is more highly valued by physicians of our school. “Lobelia is an admirable pectoral remedy. As a nauseant expectorant it has no equal. When an emetic is desired in pulmonary 1204 LOBELIA. complaints it is one of the most efficient that can be employed. It has come to be the first of remedies for spasmodic asthma, and is not without utility in whoop- ing cough. It improves innervation and the circulation, and is one of the best remedies to employ in congestive conditions. It is frequently indicated in pleu- risy and pleuro-pneumonia. As a sedative it ranks between veratrum and aconite. Acute pneumonia, with tendency to congestion, the breathing being oppressed, is quickly relieved by lobelia. All chronic forms of sore throat, especially when ulcera- ted, are benefited by it. Chronic pneumonia, bronchitis, and laryngitis are all con- ditions in which lobelia will be of great service. In asthenic laryngitis of children it is exceedingly useful. It is a remedy of great value in chronic catarrh, dry, hard, or barking coughs, colds, and all forms of irritation of the respiratory tract, with oppression. It relaxes the tissues, favors expectoration when a large quantity of mucus is secreted and there is want of power to remove it. The indications for this drug are the full, oppressed, or small, feeble pulse, præcordial oppression, with difficult respiration, oppression anywhere in the chest, with accumulation of the bronchial secretions, cough with loud mucous rales within the chest. The “ace- tous emetic tincture,” which contains this agent, may be used to fulfil most of the indications for this drug. Powdered lobelia seeds or leaves, or the “com- pound powder of lobelia and capsicum,” are the best local applications that can be employed in acute pulmonary complaints, and give great relief in chronic cases with a sense of suffocation and fullness, accompanied by soreness within the chest” (Felter). When in the eruptive diseases retrocession takes place, lobelia, by promoting determination of blood to the skin, will promptly bring the eruption to the sur- face. It is also indicated in Scarlatina and measles when the eruption is tardy in making its appearance. Lobelia was formerly used to a considerable extent in the eruptive skin diseases. In the Western Medical Reformer for 1838, we find it lauded as a local wash for “herpes, lichen, eczema, mettlerash, and erysipelas.” There is one condition in which its use should not be overlooked, and that is in poisoning by Rhus Toxicodendrom. An aqueous solution of specific lonelia, or an infusion of the plant should be freely used by wetting the cloths in the lotion and applying frequently to the affected parts. Externally, the infusion has been found useful in ophthalmic affec- tions; and the tincture is a valuable local application to sprains, bruises, rheumatic pains, erysipelas, and erysipelatows inflammations, tetter, and other forms of cutaneous diseases. A poultice of powdered lobelia and slippery-elm bark, with a weak lye- water, will be found valuable in erysipelatous diseases, bites, and stings of poisomous insects, spasmodic affections of the limbs, pains, and to produce muscular relaxation. Tincture of lobelia, painted upon the parts before suppuration has begun, is said to abort felons. The oil of lobelia is valuable in tetanus and some other extreme cases, as it is easy to introduce enough upon the tongue to relax the whole system immediately. On account of the tendency to produce inflammation of the stomach, it should not be employed alone as a common emetic, but a few drops of it should be triturated with sugar, and diffused in chamomile, boneset, or other emetic infusion. One drop of the oil, triturated with 20 grains of sugar, and divided into from 6 to 12 doses will be found highly useful as an expectorant, nauseant, sedative, and diapho- retic, when given every 1 or 2 hours, as may be required. As a local application, much benefit may be derived from it, where a particular nerve is to be quieted, or a muscle to be relaxed. An excellent liniment may be made of a mixture of ounce, each, of oils of amber and sassafras, 1 drachm of oil of lobelia, and drachm of ethereal oil of capsicum. To be used in painful meuralgic and rheu- matic affections. That lobelia is a valuable remedy will be conceded by all, and that it has been notoriously misrepresented is apparent to all. Carefully used according to its specific indications, it will be better appreciated the more it is used. As an emetic, dose of the powder, from 20 to 60 grains; of the tincture, from 2 to 4 fluid drachms; as a nauseant and expectorant, from 5 to 20 grains. The dose of specific lobelia ranges from 1 to 40 drops, according to use, taken in a little water. When lobelia does not act as an emetic, it is very apt to purge. The relaxation caused by lobelia may be counteracted by the stimulating and tonic influence of capsicum. ; LOTIONES. 1205 Specific Indications and Uses.—Lobelia is specifically indicated by the full, labored, doughy pulse; the blood moves with difficulty; pain in chest of a heavy, Sore, or oppressive character; angina pectoris; cardiac neuralgia; pulmonary apoplexy; mucus accumulation in bronchiae; convulsive movements; rigidity of muscular tissues; rigid OS uteri, with thick doughy edges; rigid perineum, or vagi. nal walls; nausea; oppressive sick headache, with nausea. As an emetic when tongue is heavily coated at base. Related Species.—There are other species of Lobelia, as the Blue lobelia (Lobelia syphi- litica, Linné), and the Red lobelia (L. Cardinalis, Linné). The first is diaphoretic, emetic, and cathartic; also diuretic and antisyphilitic, and a strong infusion of it has cured gomorrhoea. It has likewise been used in dropsy, diarrhoea, and dysentery. . The root is the part used; dose, from 20 to 60 grains of the powder. The L. cardinalis is said to be anthelmintic, nervine, and antispasmodic. These two varieties are seldom, if ever, used in medicine. Wm. Procter, Jr. (1839) obtained a bitter, acrid, aromatic, oily, liquid alkaloidal body from this plant. It was probably a mixture of the alkaloid with impurities (see D. and M. of N. A.,Vol. II, p. 106). Lobelia Kalmii is the plant shown to Mr. Kalm by Col. Johnson, as the one used by the Indians of Some parts of North America to cure syphilis; and he was likewise informed that Syphilis was known among them previous to their acquaintance with the Europeans, and that they cured it very readily, even when “the patient is half rotten and insupportable to be approached” (General Practice of Physic, by R. Brookes, M. D., 7th ed., 1777, Vol. II, pp. 67–71). LOTIONES.—LOTIONS. SYNONYM : Washes. These comprise all compounds used as external washes and collyria, in which vegetable or mineral substances are dissolved in water or spirits, but which do not strictly class with infusions, liniments, mixtures, or timetures. Water is most often used in preparing them. Glycerin has been proposed as a vehicle for forming lotions with salts of alkaloids, thus: 1. MORPHINE LOTION.—Take of acetate of morphine, 3 grains; glycerin, 5 drachms (troy); dissolve. 2, STRYCHNINE LOTION.—Take of sulphate of strychnine, 6 grains; glycerin, 5 drachms (troy). Dissolve the salt in the glyc- erin in a porcelain mortar. A teaspoonful of this lotion is applied by friction in paralysis of the limbs, on the vertebral column in chorea, and on the temple in certain cases of amawrosis. 3. VERATRINE LOTION.—Take of veratrime, 15 grains; glycerin, 5 drachms; diluted hydrochloric acid, a sufficient quantity; dissolve. A teaspoonful, applied by friction in chronic rheumatic pains of the joints, or in the Sacro-lumbar region to relieve painful menstruation. 4. ATROPINE LOTION.—Take of atropime, 6 grains; glycerin, 2% drachms; diluted hydrochloric acid, a suffi- cient quantity. Dissolve and mix. Forty or 50 drops, 3 times a day, rubbed on the track of the infra- and supra-orbital nerves, on that of the facial nerve, etc. Liquid preparations in which glycerin forms a large portion of the men- struum, are termed “Glycerites,” Glyceroles, or Glycerin Solutions (see Glycerites, Oint- ments, and Plasmae). Other Lotions.—Two mercurial lotions, not employed, however, by Eclectics, are official in the British Pharmacopoeia. They are also found in the National Formulary from which we reproduce them as follows: IOTIO FL AvA (N. F.), Yellow lotion, Yellow wash, Aqua phagedæmica flava. –“Corrosive chlo- ride of mercury, three grammes (3 Gm.) [46 grains]; boiling water, solution of lime (U. S. P.), of each, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Ce.) [33 fl;, 391 ||ll. Dissolve the corrosive chloride of mercury in thirty-five cubic centimeters (35 Ce.) [1 fl3, 881]ll of boiling water, and add the solution to a sufficient quantity of solution of lime to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Ce.) [33 fl3, 391 ||ll. This mixture should be well agitated whenever any of it is to be dispensed ”—(Nat. Form.). LOTIO NIGRA (N. F.), Black lotion, Black wash, 21qwa phagedæmica migra.-‘‘Mild chloride of mercury, seven and one-half grammes (7.5 Gm.) [116 grs.]; water, solution of lime (U. S. P.), of each, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Ce.) [33 flá, 391 ||l]. Triturate the mild chloride of mercury with thirty-five cubic centimeters (35 Co.) [1 fl3, 88 ſill of water, and gradually add a sufficient quantity of solution of lime to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 fis, 391 (Ill. This mixture should be well agitated whenever any of it is to be dispensed"—(Nat. Form.). Other lotions are: Lorio ADSTRINGENs (N. F.), Astringent lotion, Warren's styptic, Styptic balsam, “Sulphuric acid (U.S. P.), thirty-eight cubic centimeters (38 Co.) [1 fl3, 137 ſill; oil of turpentine, thirty- one cubic centimeters (31 Co.) [503 ſill; alcohol, thirty-one cubic centimeters [31 Ce.) [503 ſill. To the sulphuric acid, contained in a wedgewood mortar, slowly add the oil of turpentine, in Small politions at a time, constantly stirring. Allow the mixture to cool, then add the alcohol 1206 LOTIO AETHERIS COMPOSITA.—LOTIO BORACIS. cautiously, in the same manner, and continue stirring until no more fumes arise. When the liquid is cold, pour it into a glass-stoppered bottle. Note.—In preparing this mixture caution should be used so that the temperature may not rise too high. Particular care is to be observed if a larger quantity of this mixture is to be prepared. In this case it is preferable to prepare it in several portions”—(Nat. Form.). This preparation, under the name Slyptic Balsam, was a favorite with the early Eclectic physicians. LOTIO PLUMBI ET OPII (N. F.), Lotion of lead and opium, Lead amd opium wash.—“Lead ace- tate, seventeen and one-half grammes (17.5 Gm.) [270 grs.]; tincture of opium (U. S. P.), thirty-five cubic centimeters (35 Co.) [1 fl3, 88 1ſt J.; water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 Tºll. Dissolve the lead acetate in about six hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (650 Co.) [21 fig, 470 ſl) of water, add the tincture of opium and enough water to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 fl3, 391 ||lj. This mixture should be well agitated whenever any of it is to be dispensed”—(Nat. Form.). LOTIO AETHERIS COMPOSITA.—COMPOUND ETHEREAL LOTION. SYNONYM : Evaporating lotion. Preparation. – Take of ether, alcohol, solution of acetate of ammonium, each, 1% ounces; rose-water, 3% ounces. Mix together. Action and Medical Uses.—This lotion may be used to produce a refrigerant or stimulant influence, according to its mode of employment. Applied to the surface and allowed to evaporate by free exposure, it acts as a refrigerant, but if the evaporation is prevented by covering the part to which it is applied with the hand or a cloth, it acts as a stimulant. The solution of acetate of ammonium, largely diluted (without the addition of ether or alcohol), is a superior cooling lotion in all cases of fever where there is a hot and dry state of the surface, often of itself inducing diaphoresis. LOTIO ALKALINI.-ALKALINE WASH. Preparation.—Take of carbonate of sodium (sal soda), 2 drachms; warm rain-water, 1 quart. Dissolve; or, make a weak ley, by adding hardwood ashes to hot water. Action and Medical Uses.—This wash was formerly extensively employed by physicians, as an application to the surface of the body and limbs in all febrile and inflammatory diseases, and in chronic affections. In the former cases it is ap- plied several times a day, especially when the acute symptoms run high ; in the latter affections it is commonly used once or twice a week. The surface should be well rubbed and dried immediately after each application. Frequently, when external stimulus is also required, the above proportion of water is lessened 4 or ; and the balance of the quantity made up by the addition of whiskey or other spirit. LOTIO AMMIONII CHLORIDI.—LOTION OF AMMONIUM CHLORIDE. SYNONYMS : Lotio ammoniae hydrochloras, Lotion of hydrochlorate of ammonium. Preparation.—Take of chloride of ammonium, 2 drachms; distilled water, 1 fluid ounce; tincture of conium, 1 fluid ounce. Dissolve the ammoniacal salt in the water and add the tincture. Action and Medical Uses.—This is sedative and resolvent, and is used as a local application to discuss twmors, etc. Its external use is sometimes associated with its internal exhibition. Professor King always used a saturated solution of ammonium chloride as a vehicle to carry remedies intended to be used by inunc- tion. His limiments were not fats and oils medicated, but this solution medi- cated. He claimed for it greater absorptive power, and decidedly greater advan- tage in cleanliness. LOTIO BORACIS.—BORAX LOTION. SYNoNYM : Cooling wash. Preparation.—Take of borax, in powder, 2 drachms; rose water, 3 pint. Dis- solve. In this preparation soft river water may be substituted for rose-water, when the latter can not be obtained (Beach's Amer. Prac.). LIQUOR BORACIS CUM MORPHINAE.—LOTIO JUGLANDIS. 1207 Action and Medical Uses.—This forms a cooling application, and may be used in inflammations of the eyes, and inflammation or ulceration of the nipples, and of the mouth and fauces, as well as other irritated or inflamed mucous surfaces. LOTIO BORACIS CUMI MORPHINAE.—BORAX LOTION WITH MORPHINE. Preparation.—Take of borax, in powder, 4 ounce; sulphate of morphine, 6 grains; decoction of golden seal, 8 fluid ounces. Add the borax and morphine to the decoction. Action and Medical Uses.—This forms a cooling and mild anodyne wash, and may be used in inflammation of the eyes, and 80re and inflamed nipples, pruritis vulvae, aphthous ulcerations of the mouth and fauces, and other irritated or inflamed mucows 8wrfaces. LOTIO GLYCER.INI.—GLYCERIN LOTION. Preparation.—Take of glycerin, ; ounce; distilled water, 3 pint. Mix. Action and Medical Uses.—This lotion has been recommended in eczema, lichen, and other cutaneous diseases; also as an application to the meatus externus in cases of deafness owing to want of secretion of cerumen. LOTIO HYDRASTIS COMPOSITA, COMPOUND LOTION OF GOLDEN SEAL. Preparation.—Take of strong infusion of green tea and of golden seal, each, 1 pint; sulphate of zinc, gunpowder, each, 2 drachms. Mix the decoction, then add the remainder of the articles, and agitate briskly. After solution and decomposition have ceased, and the precipitate has subsided, pour off the super- natant liquid. Action and Medical Uses.—This curious lotion was employed as a collyrium in chronic ophthalmic diseases, but it may be advantageously employed in all chromic affections of mucous Surfaces, as an external application. The affected parts are to be bathed with it several times a day. LOTIO HYDRASTIS ET ACONITI.-LOTION OF GOLDEN SEAL AND ACONITE. Preparation.—Take of golden seal, in powder, 4 drachms; boiling water, 4 fluid ounces; tincture of aconite, 1 fluid drachm. Add the golden seal to the water and digest for 3 hours by a gentle heat; them filter and evaporate to 2 fluid ounces, to which add the tincture of aconite. Action and Medical Uses.—This forms a superior application to the eye in many cases of disease in that organ. It may be applied by means of a camel's- hair pencil, or dropping 1 or 2 minims on the eyeball. I have likewise found immense benefit in these cases by substituting for the tincture of aconite 1 or 2 fluid drachms of the saturated tincture of black cohosh. Some physicians em- ploy the hydrochlorate of berberine in preparing the above formula, but as this is insoluble in water, it can effect but little influence. This preparation, used as a wash or injection, will also be found of service in chronic mucous difficulties, as vagi- mal leucorrhoea, etc. (J. King). LOTIO JUGLANDIS.—WALNUT LOTION. Preparation.—Take of extract of green walnut shells, 6 grains; distilled water, 50 grains. Mix and dissolve. Action and Medical Uses.—This is recommended as an efficient agent in enlargement of the tonsils, and is stated to be very prompt in its effects. It is applied to the parts by means of a camel's-hair pencil. 1208 LOTIO LOBELIAE COMPOSITA.—LOTIO ZINCI COMPOSITA. LOTIO LOBELIAE COMPOSITA.—COMPOUND LOBELIA LOTION. SYNoNYM : Herpetic wash. Preparation.—Take of bayberry bark, lobelia leaves and seed, yellow-dock root, each, in powder, 2 drachms; vinegar, 1 pint. Mix all together, and allow them to macerate for 7 days, and filter; or, make the lotion by percolation. Action and Medical Uses.—This preparation forms an excellent local appli- cation to several species of cutaneous disease, also to erysipelas and erysipelatous inflam- mations. It is frequently prepared with spirits instead of vinegar, especially where more active stimulation is desired. In erysipelas, , pint of a saturated solution of chloride of ammonium may be added to the above quantity with advantage. LOTIO MYRRHAE COMPOSITA.—COMPOUND MIYRRH LOTION. Preparation.—Take of myrrh, in powder, 3 ounce; acetate of zinc, 1% drachms; acetate of lead, ; drachm; water, 2 pints. Add the myrrh to 1% pints of water, and boil together for 10 or 15 minutes; when cold, add the rest of the water in which the lead and zinc salts have been previously dissolved. Let them stand 24 hours and filter. If necessary, add enough water to pass through the filter to make 2 pints of the lotion (J. King). Action and Medical Uses.—Compound myrrh lotion was formerly employed in cases of chronic ophthalmia. It will, however, be found useful in all chronic "mucous diseases. It is usually applied 3 or 4 times a day, and must not be used during the presence of inflammation. When too severe, it may be diluted with Water. LOTIO REFRIGERANS.–COOLING LOTION. SYNONYM: Salime wash. Preparation.—Take of fine salt, 3 ounce; spirits, vinegar, and rain water, each, 4 fluid ounces. Mix the fluids, and then dissolve the salt in them (Beach's Amer. Prac.). Action and Medical Uses.—This lotion is extensively employed as a cooling application in cases of pain or determination to the head, during fevers, inflam- mation of the brain, dropsy, etc. It is used cold or tepid, according to the benefit received from its application at these temperatures. LOTIO SASSAFRAS.–SASSAFRAS LOTION, Preparation.—Take of pith of Sassafras, 1 drachm; rose water, 1 pint. Mix. Let them stand for 4 hours, and filter (Beach's Amer. Prac.). Distilled water may be substituted for the rose water, and the preparation may be made more speedily by boiling the mixture for a few minutes. Action and Medical Uses.—This is an extemporaneous preparation, and is principally used in acute ophthalmia. A similar preparation of marshmallow root, elm bark, or buckhorn brake, will be found equally available. LOTIO SODII COMPOSITA.—COMPOUND SODA LOTION. Preparation.—Take of rock salt, 3 ounces; sulphate of zinc, 1 ounce; persul- phate of iron, 8 grains; rain water or clear river water, 1 pint. Add the articles together and form a solution. Action and Medical Uses.—Used as a stimulating collyrium in chronic ophthalmic diseases. LOTIO ZINCI COMPOSITA.—COMPOUND LOTION OF ZINC. Preparation.—Take of sulphate of zinc, alum, each, 2 grains; distilled water, 2 pints. Mix and, when dissolved, filter. LUPINUS. 1209 Action and Medical Uses.—This lotion is used as a stimulating application to the eye in cases of films, specks, opacities, etc.; to abnormal growths on mucous surfaces; to indolent ulcers with fungous growths; and to gangrene. LUPINU.S.—LUPIN. The seeds of Lupinus albus, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Leguminosae. COMMON NAMES: White lupin, Lupin. Botanical Source.—This is an annual with a stem nearly 2 feet high, hav- ing 5 to 7 foliate, palmate leaves, with obovate, oblong leaflets, from 1 to 2 inches in length. They are beset with white hairs beneath, but on their upper surface are smooth. The large, white, short-pedicelled flowers are borne in terminal spikes, or racemes. The fruit is a long, compressed pod, containing from 3 to 6 seeds which are flattish, circular, and of a white color. The seeds have no odor, but a bitterish taste. History and Chemical Composition.—This plant is indigenous to west Asia and south Europe, besides being met with in our gardens. Various species of Lupinus produce in sheep the so-called lupinose disease. From Lupinus albus, a very bitter alkaloid, lupinine (or lupinotocin of C. Arnold, Jahresb. der Pharm., 1883, p. 277), was isolated by Campani and Betelli (1882); it was soluble in ether, ben- zol, chloroform, and alkalized water. H. Weiske (Jahresb, der Pharm., 1883) records the comparative percentage of the toxic principle in various species of Lupinus; L. Cruikshankii contained most (1 per cent), L. hirsutus least of it (0.02 per cent), while L. albus contained 0.5 per cent. A. Soldaini (Archiv der Pharm., 1893, p. 321) found an optically inactive alkaloid (C, H.N.O) melting at 99°C. (230.2°F.), and a deliquescent alkaloid of the same formula. L. Sherman Davis, in Prof. Schmidt's laboratory, ascertained (Archiv der Pharm., 1897, p. 217) that the seeds of Lupinus albus contain two alkaloids: 1. Dextro-lupamin (C.H.,N.O), melting at 44°C. (111.2° F.) and identical with the deliquescent alkaloid of Soldaini, as well as with the dextro-lupamin obtained by himself from the seeds of the Blue lupin, L. angusti- folius, Linné. 2. Inactive lupanum (CoH isN.O), composed of equal molecules of dextro- and lavo-lupamin, which recalls the analogous isomerism existing in the tar- taric acid series. The seeds of lupinus also contain the albuminous bodies con- glutin and legumin (Ritthausen, 1883), soluble in diluted alkali, precipitable by acids, and separable by means of salt solution, in which the former is soluble. By distillation of the seeds of L. albus with water vapor, Campani and Grimaldi (1888) obtained vamillin. Action and Medical Uses.—The ancients employed lupin medicinally. An enema of 5 ounces of lupin decoction produced, on two occasions, toxic symp- toms, as follows: malaise, unpleasant sensations in the head, dimness of vision, palpebral heaviness, dizziness, mental excitation, and laryngeal and pharyngeal constriction (Donnabella.[1877], Practitioner). Diuretic, anthelmintic, and emmena- gogue properties have been ascribed to white lupin seeds, and the same, bruised and soaked in water, were formerly applied to ulcers. Related Species.—Lupinus hirsutus, Linné (blue or rose flowers), and Lupinus luteus, Linné (yellow flowers), both of south Europe, have similar properties. L. luteus is the species that has been most frequently investigated. I. Berend (Dissert., Marburg, 1897) established in the seeds of this species the presence of two alkaloids, viz.: crystallizable lupinin (ſCelhio N2O2], Baumert, 1881) and liquid lupinidin (Cs H15N). It is exceedingly probable that the alkaloids of the various species of Lupinus stand in close chemical relationship to one another. E. Schulze and E. Steiger obtained from the germinated seeds of Lupinus luteus an alkaloid which they named arginine. The young plants likewise contain asparagin, glutanin, leucine, tyrosine, etc., probably as decomposition products from the albuminoids (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1887, p. 428). E. Steiger (Amer. Jour. Phar., 1886, p. 449) found in the seed of Lupinus luteus a pecu- liar dextrin-like substance, which he named beta-galactam. Attempts have also been made to utilize lupinus as food material by depriving it of its bitterness (see Baumert, -írchiv der Pharm., 1888, p. 424). Many American species have like properties, among these are Lupinus per cºmmis, Linné (blue-flowers), of eastern United States, and Lupinus densiflorus, Nuttall, and Lupinus polyphyllus, Nuttall, of the western states. The two latter are often found in gardens. (See chemical investigations of Black lupinus as well as L. polyphyllus, by K. Gerhard, in Archiv der Pharm., 1897, pp. 342–364.) 1210 LUPULINUM. LUPULINUM (U. S. P.)—LUPULIN. “The glandular powder separated from the strobiles of Humwlus Lupulus, Linné (Nat. Ord.-Urticaceae)”—(U. S. P.). Preparation.—On beating or rubbing the strobiles of hops, and then sift- ing them, a glandular powder is separated, and is known in medicine as Lupulim. The sifting is necessary to remove the broken bracts and other vegetable parts. About 10 per cent of lupulin is thus obtained from the dried hops. Description.—“Bright brownish-yellow, becoming yellowish-brown, resin- ous, consisting of minute granules, which, as seen under the microscope, are subglobular, or rather hood-shaped, and reticulate; aromatic and bitter. When lupulin is agitated with water and the mixture allowed to stand, no considerable sediment (sand, etc.) should be deposited. When ignited, lupulin should not leave more than 10 per cent of ash”—(U. S. P.). Lupulin is of a cellular tex- ture and somewhat transparent. The common center around which the cells are arranged, is called the hilum. Lupulim has the odor and taste common to the hop; a gentle heat renders it tenacious; exposed to flame it burns. Owing to the presence of the oil, lupulin, in quantities, is liable to spontaneous combustion (see record of such combustion on board a vessel lying in the Bremen harbor, in Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1893, p. 555). Unless carefully dried it soon loses its proper- ties, which, indeed, under all circumstances are impaired by keeping. It is always preferable to the hop for medicinal purposes. The constituents of lupulin are essentially those described under Humulus (hops), which see. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—(See Humulus also.) Lupulin, or its tincture, is used in delirium tremems, and wakefulness in connection with nervous irritation, anxiety, or exhaustion ; it does not disorder the stomach nor cause constipation, as with opium. Also useful in after-pains, to suppress venereal desires, and allay the pain attendant on gomorrhaea. Lupulin has been found espe- cially useful in cases of genito-wrimary irritations, irritation of the bladder, as well as in those irritable conditions of the brain and genital organs, so often accompanying mocturnal emissions; it allays the irritation, promotes sleep, and checks the emis- sions, in quite a number of cases; it has also been advised as an efficient remedy in chordee. In these instances it requires to be given in quite large doses, double or triple the ordinary ones. The ethereal tincture of lupulin forms what was formerly termed the ethereal oil of lupulin (see OleOresima Lupulini) by allowing the ether to spontaneously evaporate. It produces at first a stimulant influence, suc- ceded by a very agreeable, calming sensation, and has been used with advantage in some cases of nervous irritability where opium and other narcotics failed. It does not, however, appear to possess any narcotic properties. A mixture of oil of chamomile, 1 fluid drachm, and ethereal oil of lupulin, 1}; fluid drachm, dis- solved in sulphuric ether, half a fluid ounce, in doses of from 30 to 60 drops, every 3 or 4 hours, has been found beneficial in dysmemorrhaea, and other painful wierine diseases. Mr. Duckworth advises as a very remarkable hypnotic, a preparation composed of lupulin, 1 ounce, aromatic spirit of ammonia, half a pint; mix, let them macerate for 7 days, with agitation from time to time, filter, and add more fluid to procure half a pint. The dose is from 15 minims to 1 fluid drachm. The dose of lupulin is from 6 to 10 grains, which may be given in powder, or in pill made by merely rubbing it in a warm mortar till it acquires a pilular consistence. The tincure of lupulin may be given in doses of from 1 to 4 fluid drachms, Tinc- ture of lupulin, as well as tincture of hop, may be used in dyspepsia, with marked restlessness, and disposition to brood over trouble. Use it also when fermentation and eructations occur after meals. Insomnia, due to worry or neurasthenia, is relieved by lupulin. The odor of lupulin, like that of hop, will cause in suscep- tible individuals a distressing sick headache, accompanied with extreme and pros- trating nausea; on the other hand both lupulin and hop have been employed to relieve various forms of headache, chiefly in debilitated subjects, with cerebral hyperemia. Specific Indications and Uses.—Nervousness, irritability, disposition to brood over trouble, delirium, insomnia, cerebral hyperemia; fermentative dyspepsia, with acid eructations; genital and mental irritability associated with spermatorrhoea. LYCOPODIUM. 1211 LYCOPODIUM (U.S. P.)—Lycopodium. “The spores of Lycopodium clavatum, Linné, and of other species of Lycopo- dium.”—(U. S. P.). & Nat. Ord.-Lycopodiaceae. COMMON NAMES AND SYNONYM : (Plant). Club moss; (Spores) Lycopodium seed, Pulverized lycopodium, Vegetable Sulphur, Sporae lycopodii. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 299. Botanical Source.—Club moss is a creeping perennial with a trailing stem, giving off several ascending leafy branches. The stem is often several feet in length and thickly clothed with lance-linear, awl-shaped, smooth, flat, evergreen leaves, which are imbricated and inflexed. The branches are from 2 to 4 inches high, the fertile ones hav- ing a long, terminal peduncle supporting from 1 to 3 erect, long, cylindrical flower spikes, which are cloth ed with ovate, sharp-pointed bracts, bearing in their axils the yellow remi- form sporangia (thecae). History.—Lycopodium, or Common club moss, is found in almost all parts of the earth, especially in northern regions, growing in dry situations, as pastures, mountains, and woods. The spores, the chief medicinal portion, are shaken out of the renal-shaped capsules (spo- rangia) which grow on “the inner side of the bracts covering the fruit spike” (Pharmaco- graphia) as a yellowish powder. The drug is gathered in Germany, Russia, and Switzerland, during the months of July and August, by the peasants, who cut the tops from the plants and carry them to their homes, where the powder is obtained by shaking the tops and sifting out the extraneous matter. As the plant fails to be plentiful some years, the annual collection is apt to vary much. Description.—According to the U. S. P., lycopodium is “a fine powder, pale, yellowish, very mobile, inodorous, tasteless, floating upon water and not wetted by it, but sinking on being boiled with it, and burning quickly when thrown into a flame. Under the microscope the spores are seen to be sphaero-tetrahedral, the surfaces marked with reticulated ridges, and the edges beset with short pro- jections. Lycopodium should be free from pollen, starch, sand, and other impuri- ties, any of which are easily detected by means of the microscope. When ignited with free access of air, lycopodium should not leave more than 5 per cent of ash”—(U. S. P.). If lycopodium be heated slowly it burns with violence, but if brought in contact with a flame, it suddenly catches fire with a vivid flash and a hissing explosiveness. Unlike most bodies, when triturated it becomes darker in color, assuming a somewhat greasy and coherent state. When dried at 100°C. (212°F.), it loses but 4 per cent of moisture (Pharmacographia). Chemical Composition.—Sugar to the extent of 3 per cent (Langer, 1889, 2.1 per cent), was found in lycopodium by Bucholz (1807). Pollenim is the name applied to the material composing the walls of the cells. Alfons Langer (Archiv der Pharm., 1889, pp. 241, 289, and 625), obtained from the spores of commercial Lycopodium clavatum, 49.34 per cent of a greenish-yellow oil having an acid re- action and consisting of about 80 to 86.6 per cent of a peculiar lycopodium-oleic acid (CºH, O, or [CH],CH.C.H.C.H.CICH,\,(CH.),COOH, decyl-isopropyl acrylic acid), with varying quantities of glycerin (about 3 to 5 per cent), and solid fatty acids, chiefly myristic acid. The spores must be powdered by trituration with quartz- sand if all of the oil is to be extracted (Pharmacographia). A. Bukowski (Archiv der Pharm., 1889, p. 625), analyzing freshly collected spores, obtained an oil of neu- tral reaction, and a constant quantity (8.2 per cent) of glycerin. It also differed Fig. 166. Lycopodium clavatum. 1212 LYCOPODIUM. in chemical composition from that obtained by Langer. The latter found the spores to contain 0.857 per cent of nitrogen, corresponding to 5.3 per cent of pro- tein substance. When heated with solution of caustic potash, the spores yielded monomethylamine (CH, NH.). Upon being incinerated, they gave 1.16 per cent of ash. The spores have the peculiar property of oxidizing a portion of the alcohol with which they are macerated, to aldehyde. Adulterations.—Besides the possible adulterants mentioned by the U. S. P., dextrin and spores of other species of Lycopodium, gypsum, talc, sulphur, and rosin may be present. According to A. L. Reichert (Pharm. Review, 1898, p. 260), most of the specimens of lycopodium examined were practically free from adul- teration, containing mostly fragments of the sporangium wall as impurities; one specimen contained 20 per cent of pine pollen, and two other specimens had potato starch, in one amounting to 30 per cent. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This agent was for a long time used only as a dusting powder for protective purposes in erysipelas, intertrigo, herpes, wlcers, eczemas, etc. Druggists used it to prevent pills from adhering to each other in the boxes, and pyrotechnists employed it in the manufacture of their wares, Of recent years it has become quite important as a remedy in our school, the sug- gestion coming first from the homoeopaths, who use it quite extensively. It was introduced to us as a remedy by Prof. Scudder. He prepared a tincture of the fresh plant before it had cast its sporules with 98 per cent alcohol, and also a tincture of the sporules first triturated in a dry mortar until doughy, then placing them in a percolator, covering with alcohol, allowing to macerate 4 days, when the tincture was drawn off. He recommended the tincture of the sporules in “extreme sensitiveness of the surface; sensitiveness of a part, and care to prevent its being touched; slow, painful boils; nodes or swellings; extreme sensitiveness of the organs of special sense, with pale, livid, or dirty complexion” (Spec. Med., 174). In fevers showing an obscure periodicity lycopodium has been found cura- tive. The cases are not distinctly agues nor ordinary intermittents, and consequently not influenced by quinine. The febrile phenomena are not active, and there may be an irritable stomach, with either diarrhoea, dysentery, or constipation, an obscure colic being associated with the latter, and some sore throat. The fever, though not active, is intractable, and exceedingly depressing, and the character- istic symptoms guiding the selection of lycopodium are a high-colored red urine staining the clothing, and an afternoon exacerbation, usually occurring in the middle of the afternoon. Lycopodium is an efficient gastric sedative, and with the high-colored red urine, and the patient suffering more in the afternoon, will be found of value in dyspepsia, and especially if constipation and cardiac palpitation are also present. There is tenderness over the stomach and a sense of fullness. Pyrosis, with flatu- lence, is corrected by it, and in indigestion, with fermentative changes and borbo- rygmus, it should be remembered when the special indications above alluded to are present. It is reputed useful in catarrhal gastritis. Lycopodium is prominent as a remedy in urinary disorders. Spasmodic reten- tion of wrime in children, and catarrhal cystitis in adults, with deposits of mucus or mucus and blood, with frequent painful micturition, are disorders in which it has rendered good service. It is a remedy for the lithic acid diathesis, when there is pain in the kidneys, ureters, and bladder, with unpleasant sensations in mictu- rition, and there are red, sandy deposits in the urine. Gomorrhaea, gleet, vesical catarrh, and rheumatism with uric acid diathesis, are said to be benefited by lyco- podium. Dr. Scudder recommended the tincture of the plant in chronic kidney diseases with blood in the urine; and in cases of “cough with bloody expectoration, congestive headache, dizziness, and tendency to syncope.” The usual method of administering lycopodium for its specific effects is as follows: R. Specific lyco- podium, gtt. x; aqua, ſläiv. Mix. Sig. Dose, a teaspoonful every 1 or 2 hours. Specific Indications and Uses.—Intractable forms of fever, not of an active type, showing obscure periodicity, with afternoon exacerbation, and the voiding of a high-colored red urine, staining the clothing; dyspepsia and indigestion with the same urinary symptoms, or with red, Sandy deposits in the urine, palpitation, constipation, borborygmus, and water brash; spasmodic retention of urine in children; cystic catarrh in adults, with painful micturition; urine loaded with LY COPUS. 1213 mucus or blood, or both, or deposits of red sand or phosphates; cough with bloody expectoration, congestive headache, dizziness, and tendency to fainting. Related Species.—There are several varieties of Lycopodium whose spores are some- times collected with those of L. clavatum. Among them may be mentioned the Lycopodiums— immundatum, complamatum, and ammotinum—of Linnaeus. An alkaloid lycopodine (C32B 52N2O3) was obtained from L. complamatum by K. Boedeker (1882). Lycopodium saururus. This plant is the Piligan of Brazil. Piligamine, a toxic alkaloid not identical with the above lycopodine, was discovered in it by Adrian (Jahresb. der Pharm., 1886 and 1892). A dog succumbed to 2 grains of this alkaloid, which is said to possess emeto-cathartic, and convulsant properties. The plant likewise acts as an emeto-cathartic, doses of 4 grains of the extract producing purgation. As a cathartic, piliganine hydrochlorate may be administered in doses of from # to # grain. LY COPUS.—BUGLEWEED. The whole herb of Lycopus virginicus, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Labiatae. COMMON NAMEs: Bugleweed, Sweet bugle, Water bugle, etc. (see below). Botanical Source.—This plant is an indigenous, perennial herb, with a fibrous root, and a smooth, straight, obtusely four-angled stem, with the sides concave, pro- ducing slender runners from the base, and 10 to 20 inches in height. The leaves are opposite, oblong, or ovate lanceolate, toothed, entire toward the base, with glan- dular dots underneath. The flowers are very small, purplish, in dense, axillary whorls; at the base of each flower are two, small, subulate bracts. The corolla is campanulate, 4-cleft, the tube as long as the calyx, upper segment broadest, and emarginate. The calyx is tubular, 4-cleft, longer than the achenia. Stamens 2, distant, diverging, and simple; anthers erect and bilobed ; ovary superior and 4-angled ; style straight and slender; stigma bilobate; achenia 4, smooth, obovate, obliquely truncate at apex, compressed, and margins thickened (G.-W.-R.). History.—Lycopus belongs to a class of perennial herbs somewhat resem- bling the mints, but lacking their aroma and having but 2 perfect stamens. It is found growing in almost all parts of the United States, being very common, and preferring moist, shady, places, showing particular fondness for wet, boggy soils. It grows from 6 to 18 inches in height, and, like most labiate plants, has a straight, smooth, square stem (obtusely 4-angled), with concave sides, supporting opposite, oblong, ovate or lanceolate, serrately-toothed leaves, having on their under sur- face small, glandular dots. The entire plant is smooth and often purplish, and the stem occasionally sends off long, slender runners. The flowers, which appear in midsummer (July and August), are very small, and arranged in dense, axillary whorls, or capitate clusters of a purplish color. The whole plant has an agree- able, yet peculiar balsamic, terebinthinate odor, and to most persons, a disagreeable, slightly bitter, balsamic taste. Its virtues are supposed to depend upon a volatile oil and tannin. Lycopus is popularly known as Bugleweed, Water bugle, Sweet bugle, Water hoarhound, Gypsy-weed, Paul's betony, Green ashangee and Archangel, though the latter name is oftener applied to another plant – the Archangelica Atropur- pure(t. The name lycopus originates from two Greek words—lukus, wolf; and pows, foot; hence wolf-foot, so called because of a fancied resemblance of the cut leaves to a wolf's foot. We have evidence that this plant was used early in the present century as a medicine. Schoepf, Ives, and Zollikoffer mention it. In 1828, Rafinesque, whose works were prominently recognized by the early Eclectics, notwithstanding the many liberties he took in his writings on scientific subjects, gave the best account of its introduction into medicine. He wrote of it that it was an excel- lent sedative, subtonic, submarcotic, and subastringent. He further states that “it is described as partaking of the properties of digitalis, sanguinaria, cinnici- fuga, and spigelia ; but it is neither diuretic nor anthelmintic, and is rather one of the mildest and best marcotics in existence.” The same author claimed “it acts somewhat like digitalis without producing any of its bad effects or ac- cumulating in the system.” He complaims that volumes have been written on fox-glove, a rank poison, while this excellent substitute has been allowed to pass almost unnoticed. 1214 LYCOPUS, Among the first to investigate the properties of bugleweed were Drs. Pendle- ton and Rogers, of New York, who published several cases of hemoptysis and incipient consumption cured by it. In Rafinesque's day it was used to a consid- erable extent in New York and New Jersey; in the latter state being much employed as a remedy for diarrhoea and dysentery. Rafinesque pointed out that it acted chiefly on the blood vessels, and was especially useful in plethoric and inflammatory states, particularly internal inflammations resulting from ine- briety, and for cardiac diseases. While he did not believe that it would cure phthisis, he stated that it was very valuable for hemoptysis, and that it acted on the circulatory system as a sedative, slowing the pulse and thereby allaying irritation and cough. Until recent years, lycopus has been scarcely mentioned by allopathic writers. It was introduced into homoeopathic practice by the late Prof. E. M. Hale, M. D., of Chicago, who first used it on the recommendation of an Eclectic physician in a case of incipient phthisis, for its control over the circulatory apparatus, with marked benefit. At present it is considerably employed by the homoeopathic branch of the profession. Since nearly all that has been written on this drug has come from Eclectic pens, we may safely claim the remedy as one of Eclectic development. Chemical Composition.—The Messrs. Tilden found this plant to contain tannic acid, organic and inorganic matters, bitter principle, and a peculiar prin- ciple. Mr. J. L. Weil (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1890, p. 72) found in it a fat (0.41 per cent) melting at 50° C. (122°F.), a granular, wax-like body (0.68 per cent) fusing at 70° C. (158° F.); a crystalline resin (0.43 per cent) soluble in ether; small amounts of tannic and gallic acids, and a crystallizable glucosid obtainable by extracting an alcoholic extract of the drug with ether. It readily splits into resin and sugar. The herb contains a small quantity (0.075 per cent) of volatile oil (Hennessy, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1889, p. 70; Schimmel’s Report, Oct., 1890, p. 62). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Lycopus fills an important place in Eclectic therapeutics. Its action is chiefly exhibited on the vascular structures and the sympathetic nervous system. It is a certain sedative, mild narcotic, subastringent, and tonic. Its sedative action is most pronounced and most fre- quently indicated where the vascular action is tumultuous, the velocity of the pulse rapid, with evident want of cardiac power. It is for this purpose that it is principally employed in advanced stages of acute disease with great debility, and in chronic disease with frequent pulse. It improves the circulation, and its good influence is extended to all the parts under the control of the vegetative system of nerves. As a sedative, Prof. Scudder classes it with aconite and vera- trum. It acts somewhat like digitalis in reducing the velocity of the pulse, but is devoid of the dangerous effects resulting from the use of that drug, and hence has proved useful in some cardiac affections. It controls excessive vascular excite- ment, general irritability, and diminishes exalted organic action. Upon the stomach its action is kindly, improving the appetite, and serving as a mild gastric tonic. Normal secretion is established by it, and blood-making and nutrition are improved. * Lycopus is a remedy for morbid vigilance and insomnia attendant upon either acute or chronic disease. As a remedy for painful and distressing forms of indiges- tion, the specific lycopus will be found advantageous as well as a mild tonic in general debility. In the past it has been employed to purify the blood of patients suffering from old ulcers, an infusion being employed locally at the same time. Bugleweed, simmered with fresh butter or petrolatum, may be employed as a topical dressing for burns and irritable ulcers. Several cases of diabetes mellitus have been reported, through the Eclectic Medical Journal, as benefited by lycopus. Dr. Gerald (1878) reported an extra- ordinary case as cured by it, but does not specify which variety of diabetes the patient was afflicted with. Prof. Edwin Freeman, M. D. (1879) used the drug with remarkable results in a case of diabetes, though he did not have the good fortune to see the disease cured, as the patient, who was rapidly improving, moved away and the doctor lost track of the case. Other successful cases were reported by Dr. Ray. Lycopus has proved a good remedy in some cases of albu- minuria with great irritation and rapid action of the heart. It has given good LYCOPUS, 1215 results in hemorrhages, being particularly adapted to those cases in which the bleeding is frequent but small in amount. Under such conditions specific lycopus is valuable in hemoptysis, epistaſcis, hematemesis, hematuria, and uterime and intestimal hemorrhage. Its therapy in gastro-intestinal affections is worthy of notice. We have already noticed its use in indigestion. In dysentery and diarrhoea, it may be given with advantage to the patient. It is of special value in the diarrhoea of phthisis, and is equally valuable to allay irritation and inflammation in gastritis and enteritis, especially those acute gastric disturbances and inflammatory diseases common to the drunkard. Bugleweed has been used both for its sedative effects and for its influence on the gastro-intestimal troubles accompanying intermittent fevers. Cardiac disease, both organic and functional, have been markedly impressed by lycopus. Administered to patients suffering from endocarditis and pericarditis it quickly subdues the inflammation. It is a good remedy for cardiac palpitation, dependent on irritation of the cardiac nerve centers, or when arising from organic lesions. It is best adapted to those forms of heart disease characterized by irri- tability and irregularity, with dyspnoea and praecordial oppression. Lycopus powerfully increases the contraction of the unstriped muscular fibers, particu- larly those of the heart and arteries, hence its value in cardiac dilatation and hypertrophy which have been known to undergo marked improvement under its administration. It quickly relieves the suffering and anxiety nearly always expe- rienced in heart diseases. It has favorably influenced eacophthalmic goitre. “Bugleweed is of great value in acute pulmonary complaints, and of still greater utility in chronic lung troubles. It acts as a gentle sedative and tonic. It reduces the frequency and force of the heart's action, and is indicated in pulmonary lesions with irritation and cough, and with tendency to hemorrhage. It is par- ticularly valuable in chronic cases with copious secretion of mucus or muco-pus. It lessens irritation, allays the distressing cough so frequently encountered in chronic bronchitis, pneumonia, and comSwmption. By its action as a nervine it gives rest and quiets pain. By its control over the circulatory apparatus it slows the pulse and brings down the temperature. Tumultuous action of the heart and consequent increase of the circulation through the lungs are controlled by it. It may be em- ployed in acute cases to control fever and inflammation. Here it gives rest, alleviates the pain, quiets the vascular excitement, besides allaying the irritative cough. It is one of our very best remedies for hemoptysis, especially in those cases where the bleeding is small in amount yet frequent, or it may be administered to prevent the tendency to hemorrhage in phthisis. In consumption it is a splendid remedy to relieve the distressing symptoms, and may be administered in drop doses every hour. It is valuable in acute as well as chronic pneumonia. In ordi- mary acute catarrh it may be administered with aconite, eupatorium, and other indicated agents. It is indicated by chronic cough, mucous or muco-purulent expectoration, frequent pulse, high temperature, tubercular deposits, and albu- minuria, with vascular excitement” (Felter). For pulmonary hemorrhage, lycopus combined with cinnamon and ipecac, is the best remedy with which we are acquainted. Dose of the powder, from 1 to 2 drachms; of the infusion (3i to aqua Oj), from 2 drachms to 4 fluid ounces; of a strong tincture (3viii to alcohol Oj) of the recent plant, from 5 to 60 minims; of specific lycopus, 1 to 30 minims. Specific Indications and Uses.—Vascular excitement; hemorrhage, in small amounts, resulting from determination of blood to the lungs, kidneys, or gastro- intestinal organs; albuminuria, with frequent pulse; cough, with copious expec- toration of mucus or muco-pus, especially debilitating chronic cough ; wakeful- ness and morbid vigilance, with inordinately active circulation; frequent pulse, with high temperature, and in tubercular deposits. Related Species.—Lycopus europaeus, Linné; Water horehound.—A European plant intro- duced into this country, is said to possess febrifuge properties, curing severe intermittents in doses of 1 or 2 drachms of the powdered plant, every 2 or 4 hours. It has been confounded With the L. virginicus, with which it is frequently collected, but may be discriminated by its stem being more acutely 4-angled, its leaves not so broad, the lower being somewhat feather- “left, its flowers more closely grouped, and the calyx divisions presenting short spines. This plant undoubtedly possesses many of the properties of Lycopus virginicus. 1216 LY THRUM.–MACIS. LY THRUMI.—LOOSESTRIFE. The Lythrum Salicaria, Linné (Lythrum Salicaria, var. pubescens, Pursh). Nat. Ord.—Lythraceae. CoMMON NAMEs: Loosestrife, Purple willow-herb, Milk willow-herb (Herba salicariae). Botanical Source.—This plant is a handsome perennial with a woody root branching at the crown, from which arise several erect, acutely quadrangular, either smooth or dowmy, leafy, generally simple, reddish stems 2 to 5 feet high. The leaves are nearly sessile, lanceolate, acute, entire, 3 to 6 inches long, about one-fourth as wide, the upper ones diminished to sessile bracteas, all mostly oppo- site, sometimes in whorls of 3 or 4, in which cases the number of angles on the stem is likewise increased. The flowers are large, numerous, showy, nearly ses- sile, in numerous axillary whorls, six in each, of a variable crimson or purple, composing long, leafy spikes. The calyx is inferior, cylindrical, striated, the limb with 6 broad teeth, and the same number of alternate, smaller, subulate diverging ones; 6 of the teeth long and reddish. Corolla of 6, equal petals. Stamens 12; anthers conspicuous, red, with green or yellow pollen. Capsule Small, elliptical, 2-celled, and many-seeded (L.-W.). History.—This plant grows in several parts of the globe, and is found in wet meadows, ditches, etc., in this country, especially in the northern and seastern states, bearing purple flowers in July and August. It has no odor, but am herb-like, astringent taste, and by chewing, becomes very mucilaginous. The ferruginous salts darken its infusion, and boiling water takes from it a large amount of muci- lage, becoming quite viscid. It yields its properties to water. It has not been analyzed, as far as we know, but probably contains tannin and much mucilage. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Loosestrife possesses considerable muci- lage, rendering it a demulcent, while at the same time its tannic acid gives to it astringent properties. A decoction of it used freely has been serviceable in various affections of the bowels where this class of remedies was indicated, as in colorectitis, summer complaints of children, diarrhoea, etc. Externally, it is very beneficial as a local application in chronic ophthalmia, wicers, and some forms of cutaneous disease; also in leucorrhoea, gleet, chronic gomorrhoea, etc., being used either as a wash, or in form of poultice. Dose of the decoction, 1, 2, or 3 fluid ounces; of the powder, 30 to 60 grains, repeated every 3 or 4 hours. An infusion is said to be better than a decoction. Related Species.—Decodon (Elliott), or Lythrum verticillatum, (Decodon aquaticum, Grmelin; Amonymus aquatica, Wright), Swamp willow-herb, or Grass-poley, bearing purple flowers, pos- sesses similar properties to the above; it is said to cause abortion in mares and cows brows- ing on it in winter, and may, perhaps, exert a medicinal influence on the human uterus. It grows in swamps throughout the United States and Canada, has a stem, woody at the base, often prostrate, and rooting at the summit, 3 to 8 feet long, or when erect 2 to 3 feet in height, and 4 to 6-angled. The leaves are opposite, or in whorls of 3, lanceolate, on short petioles, acute at base, 3 to 5 inches long, gradually acuminate, and acute at apex. The flowers are large, purple, in axillary subsessile umbels of 3 or more, apparently whorled, constituting a long, leafy, terminal, and showy panicle. Calyx short, broadly campanulate, with 5 erect teeth, and 5 elongated, spreading, horn-like processes. Petals 5 or 6. Stamens 10, alternate ones very long; style filiform; capsule globose, included, 3-celled, many-seeded (W.-G.). Lythrum alatum, Pursh. North America. Lyth run album, Kunth. Texas. Lythrum lanceolatum, Elliott. Under the name of yerba del cancer, the Mexicans employ these three species in poultices, to be applied to camcer. Cuphea viscosissima, Jacquin. Nat. Ord.—Lythraceae Grows from Massachusetts south and west, flowering in August. Cuphea lanceolata, Kunth. The Atlanchana of the Mexicans. These two plants are reputed useful in diarrhoea. Cuphea microphylla, Kunth. Branches and leaves employed in South America as an Cuphea antisyphilitica, Kunth. ſ antisyphilitic. MACIS (U. S. P.)—MACE. “The arillode of the seed of Myristica fragrams, Houttuyn (Nat. Ord.—Myristi- caceae)”—(U. S. P.). SYNoNYM: Arillus myristicae. Source and Preparation.—(See Myristica.) M A G NESIA. 1217 After the fruit of the nutmeg-tree is gathered, the outside fleshy pericarp is either thrown away, or made into a preserve, while the arillus, being cautiously removed from the nut, is compressed, exposed to the sun, and when dried, mois- tened with salt water, in order to aid in its conservation, and is then packed into sacks, forming the mace of commerce. Description.—“In narrow bands, 25 Mm. (1 inch) or more long, somewhat branched and lobed above, united into broader bands below ; brownish-orange; fatty when scratched or pressed; odor fragrant; taste warm and aromatic *- (U.S. P.). The best mace (Banda mace) is flaky and spread, and of a dingy-yellow color. It is seldom used in medicine, being employed chiefly as a flavoring agent. Bombay mace, from Myristica malabarica, Lamarck, is devoid of aroma, contains much dark, red-brown coloring matter allied to curcuma, and is often used as an adulterant of Banda mace (see description and tests by Tschirch and Hanausek in Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1882, p. 13, and 1890, p. 398; also P. Soltsien, *bid., 1893, p. 457). Chemical Composition.—By distillation with water, mace yields from 4 to 15 per cent of volatile oil, oil of mace (Oleum Macidis). It is dextro-rotatory, and contains the hydrocarbons pinene and dipentene (Wallach, 1889), and the stear- optem myristicin (C.H.O.) a crystallizable body melting at 30.25° C. (86.5°. F.) (F. W. Semmler, Berichte, 1890; also see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1890, p. 442). Prof. Flückiger obtained from mace, by extraction with boiling ether, about 24.5 per cent of a soft, resinous, non-fatty mass, and also found uncrystallizable sugar. Tschirch observed amylo-deatrim, a body intermediary between starch and dextrin, yielding a red or violet color with iodine. Starch is not present in mace, hence an adulteration of powdered mace with powdered nutmeg can readily be detected by the starch reaction (P. Soltsien, 1891). The ash of mace should not exceed 2.5 per cent referred to air-dry substance. TINCTURA MACIDIs, or Tincture of mace, is prepared by digesting mace, 1 part, in alcohol, 5 parts. Filter. Action and Medical Uses.—(See Myristica.) MAGNESIA (U. S. P.)—MAGNESIA. FoRMULA : MgO. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 40.26. SYNONYMS : Magnesia usta, Magmesia calcimata, Calcimed magnesia, Light magnesia (Magnesia levis), and Magnesium oxide. Preparation.— Magnesia, or Calcimed magnesia, as it is more generally termed, is obtained by placing a convenient quantity of commercial carbonate of mag- nesium, in small lumps (not finely powdered), in an earthen crucible, which should be firmly packed, nearly filled, loosely covered with a lid, and placed in a good wind furnace. When the crucible is at a dull-red heat, its contents are from time to time carefully stirred with a clean iron spatula; and when the interior portion has also acquired this temperature, a small quantity is withdrawn, and when cool, shaken with sulphuric or hydrochloric acid. If this causes an evolu- tion of gas, the heat must be continued until a small portion, dropped into dilute acid, quietly sinks in the liquid, and after a few minutes dissolves without the slightest evolution of gas. The contents of the crucible are now emptied on a clean copper or iron plate, and before they are quite cool placed in a well-stop- pered bottle; the crucible, in the meantime, is filled with a fresh portion, and the heating proceeded with as before. Nine parts of the carbonate yield about four parts of calcined magnesia. The process involved is represented by the fol- lowing equation: 4MgCO.Mg(OH), -5H,O (Magnesium carbonate, U. S. P.) =5MgO +6H,O-H-4CO. If the heat is continued after the water and carbon dioxide are expelled, the product soon loses it lightness and acquires a compact, lumpy form. There are two kinds of magnesia known—the light and the heavy. The former, Magnesia Levis, is designated in the U. S. P. simply as Magnesia. The heavy cal- cined magnesia, is produced precisely like the light magnesia excepting that heavy, instead of light magnesium carbonate, is used in its production. The heavy variety is designated by the U. S. P. as Magnesia Ponderosa, or Heavy magnesia. - Description.--The official description of light and of heavy magnesia is as follows: MAGNESIA (U. S. P.).-“A white, very light, and very fine powder, without * * { { 1218 MAGNESIA. Odor, and having an earthy, but not a saline taste. On exposure to the ail, it slowly absorbs moisture and carbon dioxide. Almost insoluble in water, and insoluble in alcohol, but soluble in diluted acids. It is not altered by heat, but when very strongly heated its density is increased. When moistened with water, it has a faintly alkaline reaction upon litmus paper. On stirring 1 part of mag- mesia with 15 parts of water, in a beaker, and allowing the mixture to stand for about half an hour, it will form a gelatinous mass of sufficient consistence to prevent it from dropping out when the glass is inverted. A filtered solution of magnesia in diluted sulphuric acid, mixed with ammonium chloride T.S., and an excess of ammonia water, yields, with sodium phosphate T.S., a white, crys- talline precipitate”—(U. S. P.). MAGNESIA PONDEROSA (U. S. P.), Heavy magnesia.—“A white, dense, and very fine powder, which should conform to the reactions and tests given under Mag- mesia. It differs, however, from the latter in not readily uniting with water to form a gelatinous hydrate”—(U. S. P.). Magnesia crackles slightly when thrown into water. Unlike lime, it evolves scarcely any heat when water is added to it, although this fluid in small quantity is absorbed by it. Water, in large quantity, dissolves traces of it; on heating the aqueous solution it becomes turbid, but clears again on cooling. Its specific gravity is variously given as 2.3, 3.07, and 3.2. Continued trituration will con- siderably increase its density, so that a bottle which would only contain 1 ounce of it when not triturated, will, by this process, readily hold 4 ounces. It is dis- solved by the dilute acids without effervescence; if gas-bubbles are given off, carbonic acid is present. Magnesia should be kept in well-closed containers. In the form of light magnesia, or still better, the gelatinous hydrate, separated from the solution of sulphate of magnesium by caustic potash, and dried, magnesia has been recommended as an antidote to arsenic (arsenous acid, AS,0,) by Bussy, insoluble magnesium arsenite (AsO, MgH) being formed; and experiments of Christison, as well as Ph. Hoglam (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1880, p. 487), show that arsenic is as thoroughly removed from a solution as by freshly precipitated ferric hydrate. This treatment must not be employed, however, in the case of arsenous Sulphide AS,S, ; the latter is comparatively innocuous because it is insoluble in water, but becomes converted into a soluble, and therefore poisonous, compound upon treat- ment with magnesia (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1879, p. 153). For solidifying copaiba, magnesia answers best when perfectly anhydrous (Mialhe). Tests.-‘‘If a mixture of 0.2 Gm. of magnesia with 10 Co. of water be heated to boiling, and, after cooling, 5 Co. of the supernatant liquid be filtered off, this filtrate should not give more than a faintly alkaline reaction with litmus paper, and, when evaporated to dryness, should not leave more than a very slight resi- due (limit of foreign soluble salts). The magnesia mixed with water remaining from the preceding test, when poured into 5 Co. of acetic acid, should dissolve without the evolution of more than a few isolated gas bubbles (limit of carbon- ate). This latter solution, when filtered, should not be rendered more than slightly opalescent by ammonium oxalate T.S. (limit of calcium), or by barium chloride T.S. (limit of sulphate), or, after the addition of a few drops of nitric acid, by silver nitrate T.S. (limit of chloride). If 0.4 Gm. of magnesia be dis- solved in 10 Co. of diluted hydrochloric acid, the solution should be colorless, and should not be affected by hydrogen sulphide T.S., mor, after the addition of a slight excess of ammonia water, should it be immediately affected by ammo- nium sulphide T.S. (absence of metallic impurities). If magnesia be exposed to a low red heat in a porcelain crucible, it should not lose more than 5 per cent of its weight (limit of water of hydration)”—(U. S. P.). If iron be present, the addition of tannic acid will occasion a violet or bluish-black turbidness in the neutral solution in sulphuric acid (Wittstein). Messrs. Keasbey and Mattison, in 1889 (Amer. Jour. Pharm., p. 122), called attention to a spurious commercial brand of English heavy calcined magnesia, which consisted of 79 per cent calcium sulphate and 20.7 per cent of water. An admixture with Rochelle salt is likewise on record (ibid., 1873, p. 13). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Magnesia is antacid, antilithic, and laxative. The stools produced by it are feculent (unless acid is present in large quantities), and are not strongly odorous. Whenever a laxative is indicated, MAGNESII CARBONAS. 1219 and acidity of Stomach and bowels is present, magnesia should be selected. It acts kindly, seldom causing nausea, or griping. It is slow, requiring 5 or 6 hours, but is mild, thorough, and efficient. It is one of the prompt remedies for heart- burn. It is useful in dyspepsia with acidity, and is preferable to the carbonate as it does not give rise to flatus, and the dose is less; its laxative qualities likewise give it some advantage over alkaline remedies. In all cases attended with acidity and constipation it will be found useful. It acts as an antilithic, first by correct- ing gastric acidity, and secondly, by forming with free lithic acid, or lithate of ammonium, the more soluble lithate of magnesium. It is on this account bene- ficial in gout, and rheumatic gout, frequently giving material relief. When no acid is present in the stomach or intestines, magnesia is liable to lodge in some part of them, hence, in such instances, its administration should be followed by a draught or two of lemonade. From 5 to 10 grains of rhubarb mixed with 20 to 40 grains of magnesia, and a few grains of ginger, form an excellent laxative and antacid. When the stools are green and excoriating in young children, give 5 grains of magnesia with 2 or 3 grains of rhubarb. Sick headache, with sour stomach, is often cut short with magnesia, as is occasionally the vomiting of preg- mancy with gastric acidity. Taken in laxative doses night and morning for a long period it is said to remove warts. The following is recommended in cases of poisoning, in which the nature of the poison is unknown : After freely evacuating the stomach by emetics, give the following mixture in a sufficient quantity of water—calcined magnesia, pul- verized charcoal, and hydroxide of iron, of each, equal parts, mixed together. It is perfectly innocuous, and as its ingredients are antidotes to the most active and commonest poisons, it is very likely to be efficient. Dose of magnesia as a laxative, from half a drachm to a drachm ; for children, 5 to 10 grains; as an antacid, or antilithic, from 10 to 30 grains twice a day. Specific Indications and Uses.— Gastro-intestinal acidity, pyrosis, heart- burn ; green, excoriating stools; constipation with acidity. Related Body.—INDIAN YELLOW. A yellow pigment prepared from an Indian sub- stance known as Pupree. The latter, Stenhouse believes to be the juice of some plant mixed with magnesia, and boiled to a solid state; others regard it as a body deposited in the urine of camels which have been fed upon the fruit of the mango tree, Mangifera Indica (see Philos. Mag.,Vol. XXX, and Chem. Gazette, 1855). Purree comes in dark-brown balls, yellow within, weighing about a quarter pound. It has a castor-like odor. Stenhouse found it to be composed mainly of the magnesium salt of purreic acid. Purreic acid (ew ranthic acid, Erdmann) occurs in the amount of half the weight of purree, forming small, pale-yellow crystals, resem- bling, berberine, and having a sweetish and afterward bitterish taste. Hot alcohol readily dissolves it. In hot water it is quite soluble, but sparingly so in cold water. Nitric acid converts it into yellow needles of oxypicric acid (Erdmann). MAGNESII CARBONAS (U. S. P.)—MAGNESIUM CARBONATE. FORMUL.A.: “Approximately ([MgCOJ.Mg[OH]--5H,O)”—(U. S. P.). Mo- LECULAR WEIGHT: 484.62. s SYNoNYMs: Carbonate of magnesia, Carbonicus magnesicus, Magnesia hydrico-car- bonica, Magnesia alba, Magmesiae carbomas. Source and History.—Native carbonate of magnesium, or magnesite (MgCO, in its purest form), has been found in Moravia; the vicinity of Turin, Piedmont; in the East Indies; and in the island of Euboea. It constitutes a range of low hills in Hindustan; also in Euboea there are entire hills of it. At one time, upward of 2000 tons are said to have been annually exported to Smyrna and England. The Euboean magnesite is almost pure magnesium carbonate. In England, car- bonate of magnesium is found in combination with carbonate of calcium, forming what is called magnesian limestone or dolomite (CaCO, MgCO). This mineral is also found abundantly in some portions of the United States, notably in the New England and New York states. Kieserite (MgSO,--H,O), found in the Stassfurt salt-beds in Germany, is also a source from which artificially prepared carbonate of magnesium is derived. The preparation magnesium carbonate, the Magnesia alba of Pharm. Lond., 1787, formerly bore the name at Rome, of Count Palma's powder, and was kept a secret for many years. The mode of preparation was 1220 MAGNESII CARBONAS. probably carried from Germany to Italy. Lancisi, in 1717 (and it is said, Valen- timi, in 1707), and afterward Hoffman, in 1722, made public the process of manu- facture. At that time it was extracted from the mother liquor which remains after the crystallization of rough miter (chloride of magnesium) by precipita- tion with a solution of carbonate of potassium or sodium. The name Miraculum Chemicum, was given to it from the circumstance of a precipitate being formed by the mixture of two clear solutions. - Preparation.—Magnesium carbonate may be prepared in several ways, de- pendent mainly upon the source from which the magnesia is derived, as each mineral requires a different mode of treatment according to its composition. In this connection the reader is referred to an exhaustive article on the occurrence and commercial production of magnesium carbonate in Pharm. Jour. Trams.,Vol. XIV, 1855, p. 221. The largest producers of magnesium carbonate in this country are the Keasbey & Mattison Company, of Philadelphia, who prepare it from dolomite and kieserite. When magnesium is in solution as chloride or sulphate, the carbonate is prepared by precipitating with sodium carbonate. By precipi- tating magnesium sulphate, for example, with sodium carbonate, the neutral com- pound MgCO, is never formed; basic carbonates are invariably precipitated (that recognized by the U. S. P.), having the composition (MgCO,),Mg(OH), H-5H,O. The process is represented by the following equation : 5MgSO,--5Na,CO,--6H.O= Mg(CO),Mg(OH), H-5H,0+5Na,SO,-i-HCO. If the liquid is warm, the carbonic acid gas escapes; if cold it remains and holds magnesium in Solution in the form of the soluble bicarbonate Mg(COH). The British Pharmacopoeia (1898) recognizes a heavy magnesium carbonate (Mag- mesii Carbomas Ponderosus), and a light magnesium carbonate (Magnesii Carbomas Lewis), both of the composition 3(MgCO,)Mg(HO),4H,O. Heavy Carbonate of Mag- mesium is directed to be prepared as follows: “Magnesium sulphate, 10 ounces (Imp.) [125 Grm., metric]; sodium carbonate, 12 ounces (Imp.) [150 Grm., metric]; distilled water, boiling, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the magnesium sulphate and the sodium carbonate, each, in a pint (or 250 Co.) of the distilled water, mix the solutions, and evaporate to dryness; digest the residue for 3 hour with 2 pints (or 500 Co.) of the distilled water, and, having collected the insoluble matter on a calico filter, wash it repeatedly with the distilled water, until the washings are free from sulphates; dry the product at a temperature not exceeding 100° C. (212°F)”—(Br. Pharm., 1898). Light Magnesium Carbonate is directed to be prepared by using the same mate- rials and amounts as in the preceding case, and dissolving “the magnesium sulphate and the sodium carbonate, each in , gallon (or 1 litre) of cold distilled water; mix the two solutions; boil the mixture for 15 minutes; transfer the pre- cipitate to a calico filter; pour upon it boiling distilled water, until the washings are free from sulphates; dry the product at a temperature not exceeding 100° C. (212°F.)”—(Br. Pharm., 1898). Description.—The official salt is described as “light, white, friable masses, or a light, white powder, without odor, and having a slightly earthy taste; perma- nent in the air. Almost insoluble in water, to which, however, it imparts a slightly alkaline reaction; insoluble in alcohol, but soluble in diluted acids with active effervescence. When strongly heated, the salt loses water and carbon dioxide, and is converted into magnesia. A filtered solution of the salt in diluted sulphuric acid, when mixed with ammonium chloride T.S. and an excess of anamonia water, yields with sodium phosphate T.S., a white, crystalline precipi- tate ’’—(U. S. P). Carbonate of magnesium is loose and granular if dense, but somewhat coherent, like starch, if light; more readily soluble in cold than hot water; if the water be charged with carbonic acid, it is rendered much more soluble, requiring only 48 parts of this fluid for its solution. As before stated, it exists in this solution as magnesium bicarbonate. When this solution is heated, carbonic acid is evolved, and basic magnesium carbonate precipitated. “The &ncompatible substances with this Salt are acids and acid salts, alkalies and neutral salts, alum, cream of tartar, nitrate of mercury, acetate of mercury, bichloride of mercury, acetate of lead, sulphates of zinc, iron, and copper” (Coxe). Impurities and Tests.-The impurities of carbonate of magnesium are similar to those of magnesia, and usually occur from carelessness in the process of MAGNESII CARBONAS. 1221 manufacturing. It is liable to contain traces of sodium carbonate, calcium, iron, sulphates and chlorides, etc., which are detected by employing the following tests of the U. S. P. : “If the salt be boiled with water, the filtered liquid, when evapo- rated to dryness, should not leave more than a very slight residue. A 2 per cent solution of the salt prepared by the addition of acetic acid, should not be rendered more than slightly opalescent by ammonium oxalate T.S. (limit of calcium); nor by barium chloride T.S. (limit of sulphate); nor after the addition of a few drops of nitric acid, by silver nitrate T.S. (limit of chloride). If 0.4 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in 5 Co. of diluted hydrochloric acid, the solution should be colorless, and should not be affected by hydrogen sulphide T.S., nor, after the addition of an excess of ammonia water, should it be immediately affected by ammonium sul- phide T.S. (absence of metallic impurities). If 1 Grm. of the salt be ignited in a porcelain crucible, the residue should weigh not less than 0.4 Gm.”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Carbonate of magnesium is antacid, antilithic, and purgative when it meets with an acid in the alimentary canal, but not without. Hence, it is always useful to give it in combination with lemonade or lemon juice. It has the same uses as magnesium oxide. It has proved use- ful in cases of acid stomach, gout, and where the urine contains an excess of wric acid; but from its liability to occasion flatus, owing to the escape of its carbonic acid gas, when in the intestines, it is inferior to calcined magnesia, especially for use in children. Doses of a teaspoonful of magnesium carbonate, night and morning, continued for a length of time, are said to be efficient in removing cutaneous warts. Dose, as an antacid and antilithic, 1 to 40 grains; as a cathartic, 1 or 2 drachms in water or milk. In preparing camphor, and other medicated waters, carbonate of magnesium by trituration, aids materially in diffusing the essential oils, etc., through the water. Its use for this purpose, however, has been discarded by the Pharmacopoeia in favor of precipitated phosphate of calcium. Magnesium and Its Compounds.—Magnesium, Magmium, Manganesium. Symbol: Mſg. Atomic weight: 23.94. This element is very abundant in nature, occurring in the form of carbonates, as magmesite (MgCO3); hydromagmesite (basic carbonate, 3MgCO3.Mg[OH]2+3H2O); dolomite (MgCOs. CaCO3); as sulphate in kieserite (MgSO4-H H2O), and in Epsom salts (MgSO,-- 7H2O) from bitter-water springs; as an aluminate in spinell, and in a great number of silicates, e.g., asbestos, talcum, tourmaline, etc. In the form of magnesium chloride the element exists in comparatively large quantity in sea water, and is also a constituent of the organic world. Metallic magnesium was first isolated by Davy. Subsequently it was obtained by reduc- tion of molten magnesium chloride with metallic sodium. In more recent years it is prepared by electrolytic decomposition of magnesium chloride (Bunsen), or certain magnesium min- erals, e. g., carnallite. Magnesium is a silver-white metal, permanent in dry air, but oxidizes on its surface when exposed to moist air. It has the specific gravity 1.75, and melts at slightly below 800° C. (1472°F.) (Victor Meyer, 1887). In commerce it is found both in ribbon and in powder form. When held in a flame, the ribbon ignites and burns with a brilliant white light, rich in chemically active (actinic) rays; hence its use in flash-light photography. White magnesium oxide (MgO) is formed in the combustion of the metal. Magnesium is also used in pyrotechnics as an ingredient of white and red fire. (See formulae in Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1885, p. 605.) It is likewise recommended as a substitute for zinc in the testing for arsenic, by Marsh's test, on account of its being free from contaminating arsenic. Magnesium decom- poses water slowly at boiling temperature, and dissolves in diluted acids with evolution of hydrogen gas, forming a line of salts which is of importance in medicine. Magnesium, under certain conditions, also combines with nitrogen, forming the nitride Mg3N2. This reaction became prominent by the part it played in the isolation of argon by Lord Rayleigh and Prof. Ramsay, in 1895. Magnesium also forms alloys with metals and an amalgam with mercury, which is used in analytical chemistry as a reducing agent. Other Magnesium Compounds.-MAGNESII SALICYLAs, Magnesium salicylate ([Cs H.OH. COO]2MgH2O). This salt forms in elongated colorless needles, hygroscopic, and soluble in alco- hol and water, and of bitterish taste. B. Fischer (Pharm. Zig., ISSS) prepares it by saturating a solution of salicylic acid in boiling water with magnesium carbonate. It has been used in typhoid fever, but has not become popular. MAGNESII CHILORIDUM, Magnesium chloride, MgCl2.-This salt is a by-product of the potash and bromine works at Stassfurt. It is a bitter, very deliquescent compound, acting as a mild purgative. It is said to augment the appetite, and promote an increased flow of bile. Dose, # to 1 ounce, well diluted. MAGNESII LACTAs, Magnesium lactate, (MIg[C3H8O3]2.3H2O).—Dissolve separately, in hot water, magnesium sulphate, 5 parts, and calcium lactate, 6 parts. Mix the solutions and filter from the precipitated calcium sulphate. To insure a complete precipitation, digest with a small quantity of magnesium carbonate, filter again, evaporate, and crystallize. Or it may be pre- pared by saturating an aqueous dilution of lactic acid (1 in 10) with an excess of carbonate of 1222 MAGNESII CITRAS EFFERVESCENS.–MAGNESII SULPHAS. magnesium. Filter and evaporate to crystallization. White, crystalline granules or needles, soluble in cold (30), and in boiling water (6), but not soluble in alcohol. It decomposes upon heating. ASBESTOs.—A compound of silicon, calcium, and magnesium, most largely of magnesium silicate, occurring in many sections of Europe, and in Canada and the United States. It con- sists of parallel aggregations of long, silky fibers, which are insoluble, incombustible, and is a poor conductor of heat. Formed into paper, or into pulp-like masses, it is used to protect structures from fire and to retain heat in steam pipes. It is also an excellent filtering substance for º which can not be passed through paper. In a finely divided state it is known as mineral wool. MAGNESII CITRAS EFFERVESCENS (U. S. P.)—EFFERVESCENT IMAGNESIUM CITRATE. Preparation.—“Magnesium carbonate, ten grammes (10 Grm.) [154 grs.]; citric acid, forty-six grammes (46 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 272 grs.]; sodium bicarbonate, thirty-four grammes (34 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 87 grs.]; sugar, in fine powder, eight grammes (8 Gm.) [123 grs.]; alcohol, distilled water, each, a sufficient quantity. Mix the magnesium carbonate intimately with thirty grammes (30 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 25 grs.] of citric acid and four cubic centimeters (4 Co.) [65 fil] of distilled water, so as to form a thick paste. Dry this at a temperature not exceeding 30°C. (86°F.), and reduce it to a fine powder. Then mix it intimately with the sugar, the sodium bicarbonate, and the remainder of the citric acid previously reduced to a very fine powder. Dampen the powder with a sufficient quantity of alcohol, so as to form a mass, and rub it through a No. 6 tinned-iron sieve. Then dry it, and reduce it to a coarse granular powder. Keep the product in well-closed vessels”—(U. S. P.). Care must be taken to observe these proportions exactly, and especially not to exceed the temperature indicated, in order to obtain a soluble product. In the first part of the process, an acid-soluble magnesium citrate is formed, and the final product is a mixture of acid magnesium citrate, sodium bicarbonate, some slight excess of citric acid, and Sugar. Description and Tests.-‘A white, coarsely granular salt, without odor, and having a mildly acidulous, refreshing taste. Deliquescent on exposure to the air. Soluble, with copious effervescence, in 2 parts of water at 15°C. (59°F.), and very soluble in boiling water; almost insoluble in alcohol. The aqueous solution (1 in 20) has an acid reaction, and, after the addition of ammonium chloride T.S. and a slight excess of ammonia water, it yields with sodium phosphate T.S., a white crystalline precipitate. If to another portion of the aqueous solution a little calcium chloride T.S. be added, and then a slight excess of ammonia water, the filtered liquid will deposit a white precipitate on boiling. A saturated, aqueous solution of the salt, when mixed with potassium acetate T.S., and a small quantity of acetic acid, should not yield a white, crystalline precipitate (absence of tartrate)”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—A mild laxative. Dose, 2 drachms to 1 ounce, well diluted. MAGNESII SULPHAS (U. S. P.)—MAGNESIUM SULPHATE. FoRMULA : MgSO,-H7H,O. MoDECULAR WEIGHT: 245.84. SYNoNYMs: Epsom Salt, Sulphate of magnesia, Sal Epsomense, Sal Sedlicense, Sal amarum, Sal anglicum, Sulfas magnesicus. Source and Preparation.—Sulphate of magnesium, commonly known as Epsom Salt, exists abundantly in Sea water, and in Some mineral springs. It was discovered in 1694 by Nehemias Grew, who prepared it from the saline waters of Epsom, in England, from whence it has derived its familiar name Epsom Salt; it also occurs in the form of the mineral kieserite (MgSO,--H.O), which is found in the celebrated Salt-beds of Stassfurt, Germany, with other magnesium-bearing minerals, such as kainite, polyhalite, etc. Magnesium sulphate may be prepared from various sources: From the natural bitter-waters by evaporation and recrys- tallization; from the mother liquors in the preparation of salt from sea water; from dolomite (magnesium calcium carbonate); from kieserite, by calcination, solu- tion in hot water and crystallization, etc. In large quantities it is obtained as MAGNESII SULPHAS. 1223 a by-product in the manufacture of carbonic acid gas from magnesite (MgCO.) with sulphuric acid. CRAB ORCHARD SALT, obtained by evaporating the water of certain wells in Kentucky, is an impure magnesium sulphate, its off-color being due to impurities, iron compounds probably contributing somewhat to the discoloration. Viley (1871) found it to contain magnesium sulphate to the extent of nearly 65 per cent (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1871, p. 209); also see ibid., 1874, p. 5, and 1875, p. 229). Description. — Magnesium sulphate occurs in “small, colorless, rhombic prisms, or acicular crystals, without odor, and having a cooling, saline, and bitter taste; slowly efflorescent in dry air. Soluble in 1.5 parts of water at 15° C. (59°F.), and in 0.7 part of boiling water; insoluble in alcohol. When heated to 52°C. (125.6°F.), the salt loses 1 molecule of water, and is converted into a white pow- der. At about 132° C. (269.6°F.), it still retains 1 molecule of water, and at a tem- perature of 200° to 238°C. (392° to 460.4°F.), it is rendered anhydrous. The aqueous solution is neutral to litmus paper. When mixed with ammonium chlo- ride T.S. and ammonia water, it yields with sodium phosphate T.S., a white, crys- talline precipitate. With barium chloride T.S. it yields a white precipitate insolu- ble in nitric acid '-(U. S. P.). Magnesium sulphate should be kept in well-closed containers to prevent it from efflorescing. Magnesium sulphate is decomposed by the hydroxides of barium, strontium, the alkalies, and all the salts formed by these bases, excepting the alkaline chlorides, mitrates, and sulphates; and by the nitrate, chloride, and carbonate of calcium. Caustic potash and soda, also lime- water and aqua ammoniae precipitate white magnesium hydroxide (Mg(OH].), which forms a soluble compound with ammonium chloride or any of the other salts of ammonium; hence the precipitation with ammonia water is incomplete, sulphate of ammonium being formed in the reaction. Alkali carbonates precipi- tate basic magnesium carbonate (see Magnesium Carbonate). The afore-mentioned crystalline precipitate with sodium phosphate in solu- tion of magnesium sulphate to which previously ammonia and ammonium chloride were added, is characteristic for magnesium. It has the composition PO,(NH,) Mg+6H,O, and is insoluble in water containing ammonium hydroxide. Heated to redness, it loses ammonia and water, and is transformed into mag- nesium pyrophosphate (P.O.Mg.). Impurities and Tests.-This salt is liable to various impurities, the most probable being iron and chloride of magnesium. When iron is present the solu- tion gives a violet or bluish-black precipitate with tannic acid, and a blue or bluish-white precipitate with ferrocyanide of potassium. The latter reagent pro- duces a red-brown precipitate if copper is present. If contaminated with chloride of magnesium, the Salt will be more or less deliquescent, according to the amount of chloride contained in it. If chloride of calcium be present, oxalate of ammo- nium will cause a precipitate in the salt solution acidulated with acetic acid. The presence of chlorides may be known by the evolution of hydrochloric acid gas when the sulphate is acted on by Sulphuric acid. If the salt is of acid reaction, contamination with zinc sulphate or with oxalic acid may be looked for. The U. S. P. directs the following tests: “When a small portion of the salt is introduced, on a clean platinum wire, into a non-luminous flame, it should not impart to the latter a persistent yellow color (limit of sodium). A 5 per cent aqueous solution of the salt should not be affected by hydrogen sulphide T.S. (absence of metallic impurities); nor produce more than a slight opalescence with silver nitrate T.S. (limit of chloride); nor should 20 Co. of the same solution give any coloration or precipitate on the addition of 0.5 Co. of potassium ferro- cyanide T.S. (absence of iron, zinc, or copper). If I Gm. of the powdered salt be shaken with 3 Co. of stanmous chloride T.S. (see List of Reagents, Bettendorff's Test for Arsenic), a small piece of pure tin-foil added, and the test-tube then set aside no coloration should appear within 1 hour (limit of arsenic).”—(U. S. P.). The arsenic test is officially given to guard against arsenic being introduced into the salt through the sulphuric acid used in its manufacture. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Refrigerant, cathartic, and diuretic. Sulphate of magnesium produces copious and repeated watery evacuations, de- pending in character largely upon the amount of water in which it is adminis- tered. If taken when the stomach is empty, it is prompt in action, and when it \ 1224 MAGNESII SULPHAS. can be retained in hot solution a quick action results. Diuresis accompanies the cathartic action and is often quite pronounced if the drug be in small amount and the skin kept cool. Owing to its marked refrigerant properties it should not be given to delicate individuals, except in hot weather. Concentrated doses of 2 ounces have caused death. Collapse without purgation has resulted from its administration in this manner. Chiefly used in febrile and inflammatory affections, or in cases where a refrigerant, mild, laxative effect is desired. It is specially adapted to Summer disorders requiring catharsis, though it is lacking in cholagogue properties. It may be dissolved in eight times its quantity of water. The addi- tion of 4 or 5 drops of sulphuric acid to the dose covers the bitter taste of the salt, causes it to sit easier on the stomach, counteracts its refrigerant effects, does not impair its energy, completely removes its tendency to gripe or irritate the rectum, and prevents it from interfering with the appetite or digestion. Magnesium sulphate is not so extensively used äs a cathartic as it was for- merly. It is one of the hydragogue cathartics which may be used for a continued length of time, and for that reason it has been of service in dropsy. Prof. Locke recommends the following combination : B Magnesium sulphate, potassium bi- tartrate, aa 3i; sulphur, 3i; oil of peppermint, gtt. iij. Mix. Sig. One tea- spoonful in plenty of water, every 2 or 3 hours. These doses should be followed by smaller doses after a free evacuation has been provoked. Magnesium sulphate in doses of from 10 grains to 1 drachm, should be frequently repeated for impacted feces in any part of the intestinal tract. It is particularly useful where impaction in the right iliac region threatens to provoke inflammatory action, and there is a rise of temperature. Ten-grain doses should be frequently given where other remedies are vomited in these cases. It is a remedy for constipation, being given in full laxative doses. Sulphate of magnesium is one of the most certain of the specific agents employed for the relief of dysentery. Occasionally, if the patient has been very costive, the larger dose will be required. But for ordinary cases of dysentery, and for dysentery following diarrhoea, the small doses gradually and surely bring about a cure. The proper dose is about 1 or 2 grains in a tablespoonful of water, every hour. Aconite and ipecac also aid its action, and may be given with it or in alternation. B. Magnesium sulphate, grs. xxx to 3i.; specific aconite, gtt. iij; specific ipecac, gtt. x; aqua, fláiv. Mix. Sig. Dose, a teaspoonful every hour. This overcomes the derangement of the upper bowel, allays the fever and the inflammation of the lower bowel, checks the outflow of mucus, allays the tor- mina, and promptly arrests the hemorrhagic manifestations when present. For acute lead poisoning or lead colic, large doses acidulated with sulphuric acid act specifically. Magnesium sulphate is contraindicated and dangerous in concen- trated doses and when the patient is suffering from chills, cholera, or wasting diseases, and in the cases of the old and debilitated. Webster (Dynam. Therap.) states that doses of Hº to # grain of magnesium sulphate, continued for 2 or 3 weeks are effectual in removing warts. The dose of this salt for its full purgative effect is about 1 ounce, well diluted; for its specific purposes in dysentery and fecal impactions, from 1 to 10 grains to 1 drachm may be employed, though in the former conditions the smaller the dose the better the action. M. Combes states that the bitterness of this salt may be removed by the following means: Take of sulphate of magnesium, 1 ounce; powder of roasted coffee, 2% drachms; water, about 16 ounces. Place in a vessel (not a tin one), and boil for 2 minutes; remove from the fire, and let the mixture infuse for some minutes, so as to allow time for the development of the aroma; then strain and sweeten to the taste. By this process the salt is not decomposed. Should it be required to increase the amount of the sulphate without augment- ing the proportion of coffee, 2 or 3 grains of tannic acid should be added to the boiling decoction. - Specific Indications and Uses.— Dysenteric, mucoid, or muco-sanguineous alvine discharges, with tormina and tenesmus; fecal obstructions; acute lead poisoning or “painters’ colic.” Related Preparation.— MAGNESII SULPHAs ExSICCATUS. The Magnesium Sulphuricum Siccum of the German Pharmacopoeia is made by exposing crystalline magnesium sulphate in MAGNESII SULPHIS. 1225 a warm situation until it loses in weight from 35 to 37 per cent, and then passing it through a sieve. Its properties are those of the crystalline salt, being, of course, of greater strength, bulk for bulk. It is hygroscopic, and consequently should be preserved in well-stoppered bottles. MAGNESII SULPHIS.—MAGNESIUM SULPHITE. FoRMULA : MgSO,.6H,O. Moſ, ECULAR WEIGHT: 255.76. SYNoNYM : Sulphite of magnesium. Preparation.—“Dissolve 136 parts of freshly prepared crystallized sulphite of sodium, free from carbonate and sulphate, in the smallest quantity of hot water; filter into this hot liquid a concentrated solution of 123 parts of Epsom salt, and stir the mixture till cold. Drain the mass of fine crystals on a strainer, press, and dry them at a moderate heat. The product should weigh 69 parts (J. C. Sticht in Wittstein's Vierteljahrsschrift, 1867, p. 49). Prof. Joseph P. Remington obtained better results by the following process, published in Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1868, p. 97: Take of pure calcimed magnesia, 8 ounces (av.), and make into a paste with distilled water, 1 pint, and then add sulphurous acid (U. S. P.), sp. gr. 1.035, stirring constantly until the liquid gives a slight acid reaction; allow the crystals that form to subside, and then decant the clear liquid. Drain the sulphite of magnesium on a muslim strainer, and wash with distilled water until free from impurities, then drain again and dry on bibulous paper. The yield should be 1 pound and 8 ounces of dry crystals. Description.—Sulphite of magnesium prepared by the above process is obtained in small, white crystals having the peculiar taste of the sulphites, mild and earthy at first, but afterward sulphurous They are soluble in 20 parts of water at 15.5°C. (60°F.); the solution on exposure to air gradually absorbs oxy- gen and is converted into the sulphate; by exposure to heat they soften, become ductile like gum, and lose 0.45 part in weight; strong heat sets the acid free, leaving pure magnesia behind. The specific gravity of sulphite of magnesium is 1.3802. Chloride of barium produces a precipitate with it which should be completely soluble in hydrochloric acid (absence of sulphate). Sulphite of mag- nesium destroys the color of a solution of permanganate of potassium, reduces the ferric to ferrous salts, forms a white precipitate of sulphite of silver with the mitrate, and reduces the chloride of gold from its acid solution. It does not so readily become converted into a sulphate, on exposure to the air, as the sulphite of sodium or of calcium, has the least taste of either, and contains a larger pro- portional quantity of acid than the sodium salt, and hence is more useful and valuable as an internal remedy when the action of the acid is particularly desired. Material in the dissecting room can be preserved for many weeks in a solution of one of these sulphites, without any change being induced in it, and without acting upon the instruments employed, in dissecting it. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—The sulphites of magnesium and so- dium were introduced to the profession as active azy motic agents, by Prof. Gio- vanni Polli, of Milan; and his statements of their efficacy have been confirmed by numerous physicians in this country and Europe. Their efficacy is due not wholly to the base, but in part at least to their sulphurous acid radical, which is set free in the stomach, and permeates the whole system, and that without any injury or destruction to the vital principles; though owing to their deoxidizing qualities, their long-continued use is apt to induce oadema and diseases of debility. They are supposed to act by destroying vegetable organisms when present, and by preventing the peculiar fermentation that develops zymotic phenomena; and which prevention may be due either to destruction of the fermentable material, or to a modification effected in its composition. After having taken them they appear in the urine in 20 minutes, but are gradually changed in the system into sulphates. Under ordinary circumstances they are not decomposed in the stomach, but when they are there, there is a manifest production of sulphurous acid gas; when this is the case, the acids of the stomach must be neutralized by a little magnesia. The hyposulphites are less efficient than the sulphites, are less active azy- motics, are more rapidly oxidized in their passage through the system, and hence appear in the urine as sulphates, and often occasion a troublesome diarrhoea, which i226 MAGNOLIA. is not the case with the sulphites. The earlier these are administered in the diseases for which they are used, before the blood corpuscles lose the greater part of their vitality, the more prompt will be their salutary influences. The diseases among others in which they have been found of specific application are hospital fever, puerperal peritomitis, pyemia, Septicemia, and all fevers with putridity and purulent absorption; measles, Scarlatina, Smallpoa, erysipelas, endemic or miasmatic fevers, typhus fever, irritative fever from absorption of pus, infection from wounds in the dissecting room, pertussis, dysentery, diarrhoea, cholera, influenza, diphtheria, plague, maligmamt Sore throat, and externally in the dressing of fowl ulcers or wounds, 'chorous, gamgrenous, phagedemic ulcers or sinuses, indolent wicers, and parasitical and other cutaneous diseases. In fevers they do not cut them short, but gradually dimin- ish the intensity of the symptoms. They are likewise used as prophylactics against zymotic action. These remedies are borne well by the stomach, and to obtain their curative effects rapidly and promptly, the system must be saturated with them as speedily as possible, giving moderately large doses daily, so that the fluids of the body, urine, saliva, and sweat, will contain some of the sulphite, As they are decomposed by all vegetable acids and many of deoxidizing agents, however weak these may be, their use is contraindicated when the sulphites are being taken; such as citric, malic, tartaric, oxalic, nitric, and hydrochloric acids, or food or drinks containing them, as fruits, oranges, lemons or lemonade, apple water, acid jellies, and the like. For internal use the sulphite of magnesium is an excellent form ; it may be given in powder in doses of from 1 to 30 grains, and repeated according to the urgency of the case, every 1, 2, 3, or 4 hours; it may be taken in water, syrup, or other vehicle not contraindicated. Unlike sodium sulphite, which is indicated by the broad, pallid tongue with white, pasty coat, magnesium sulphite is indicated by the deep-red or dusky tongue, with a dark-brown fur, or a smooth, glistening surface. If diarrhoea or vomiting be present, these must be relieved, otherwise the system will not be saturated; or else injections of the solution must be employed. The sulphite may be combined with opium for diarrhoea, pain, etc.; with quinine in cases of obstinate periodicity; with iron when anemia is present, and so on. If the remedy is likely to be efficient, a change for the better will occur in a few days (see Sulphite of Sodium). Specific Indications and Uses.—Typhoid and septic states with deep-red, dusky tongue, coated with a brown fur, or smooth and glistening without the brown coating. MAGNOLIA.—MAGNOLIA. The bark of Magnolia glauca, Linné; Magnolia acuminata, Linné; Magnolia Umbrella, Lamarck, and other species of Magmolia. Nat. Ord.—Magnoliaceae. COMMON NAMEs: (See below.) Botanical Source and History.—Besides the species herein described, there are four other native species of Magnolia, all probably possessing the same medici- nal properties as those herein mentioned. These four are: Magnolia grandiflora, Linné; Magnolia cordata, Michaux; Magnolia macrophylla, Michaux; and Magnolia Fraseri, Walter. The M. macrophylla and grandiflora (fruit only), are figured in Lloyd’s D. and M. of N. A.,Vol. II. The Magnolia grandiflora is the most magnifi- cent forest tree of the extreme south. Its flowers are large and very beautiful. The M. macrophylla has the largest leaves of any native tree, they being from 2 to 3 feet in length (C. G. Lloyd). MAGNOLIA GLAUCA.—This tree is known by several names, as White bay, Beaver- tree, Sweet magnolia, Swamp Sassafras, White, or Red laurel, etc.; it varies in height from 6 feet to 30 or more, being taller in the south and shorter in the north; its average height is about 25 feet. Bark of the trunk smooth, ash-colored, that of the young twigs a bright, smooth green, scarred with rings at the insertion of the leaves by the fall of the deciduous stipules. Branches crooked, spreading. Leaves alternate, petioled, regularly elliptical, entire, smooth, thick; their under side, except the midrib, of a pale, glaucous color; when young covered with a silken pubescence. Flowers large, solitary, terminal, cream-colored, of a grateful odor, MAGNOLIA. 1227 on a short incrassated peduncle. Calyx composed of 3 spatulate, obtuse, con- cave sepals; corolla of 8 to 14 obovate, obtuse, and concave petals, contracted at their base. Stamens very numerous, inserted in common with the petals on the sides of a conical receptacle; filaments very short; anthers linear, mucronated, 2-celled, opening inwardly. Ovaries collected into a cone, each divided by a fur- row, tipped with a brownish, linear, recurved style. Fruit a come, consisting of imbricated cells, which open longitudinally at the back for the escape of the seed. Seeds obovate, scarlet, connected to the cone by a funiculus, which suspends them some time after they have fallen out (L.-B.). It is found in swamps and morasses from Massachusetts to the Gulf of Mexico, and always in maritime districts; flowering from May to August, according to the climate in which it is located. At the south it is known as White-bay, or Sweet-bay. Although the flowers yield a delicate, agreeable odor, yet it sometimes occasions unpleasant symptoms, as difficult breathing, tendency to faint, etc. MAGNOLIA ACUMINATA, or Cucumber tree, sometimes called Blue, and Mountain magmolia, is a tree reaching from 60 to 80 feet in height, and 4 or 5 feet in diameter, with a perfectly straight trunk. Leaves oval, acuminate, green, a little pubescent beneath, scattered, about 6 inches long, half as broad. Flowers 5 to 6 inches in diameter, bluish, sometimes yellowish-white, numerous, faintly fragrant; petals 6 to 9, obovate, obtusish. Cones about 3 inches long, cylindric, bearing some resemblance to a small cucumber. This tree grows near the Falls of Niagara, and in the mountainous regions in the interior of the country from New York to Georgia; it is more abundant in the southern states. It is most abundant, how- ever, “in the moist valleys in the northern Allegheny Mountains” (C. G. Lloyd). Its flowers appear in May and June (W.—G.—B.). MAGNOLIA UMBRELLA, Lamarck, or Umbrella tree, the Magnolia tripetala, of Linné, is a small tree not exceeding 30 feet in height, generally having a sloping trunk. Leaves 16 to 20 inches long, by 6 or 8 in width, obovate, lanceolate, pointed at both ends, silky, when young, soon smooth, often appearing whorled at the ends of the branches in the form of an umbrella, displaying a surface 30 inches or more in diameter. Flowers terminal, white, 7 or 8 inches in diameter, with 5 to 12 narrow, lanceolate, acute petals, the 3 outer curved. Fruit conical, rose-colored, 4 to 5 inches in length. This tree is found growing in shady situa- tions, in strong, deep, fertile soil, in the same range of country as the M. acumi- Anata, being, however, more generally confined to the lower grounds. It also flowers in May and June (W.—G.-B.). Description.—All the species of these trees possess similar therapeutical vir- tues, which are found especially in the bark and fruit. The bark, either of the trunk or root, is the medicinal part; its odor is aromatic, and its taste warm, bitterish, and pungent, though these properties, with the exception of the bitter- ness, are lost by age. The bark is taken off during the spring and summer; it is ashen, smooth, and silvery externally, white and fibrous internally. The appear- ance of the bark varies much, depending upon the species. Magnolia, from these three species, was formerly official. Water or alcohol extracts its virtues. Chemical Composition.—The various species of Magnolia probably have analogous composition. From the bark of Magnolia Umbrella and M. acuminata, John Floyd, in 1806, obtained small amounts of an aromatic, volatile oil, a resin, and bitter principles. Dr. Stephen Procter (1842) analyzed the bark of M. grandi- flora in search for a substance analogous to liriodendrin of Emmet, and found numerous acicular crystals, a resinous body, and volatile oil. W. H. Harrison (1862) obtained from the bark of M. glauca a resin, volatile oil, and a crystalli- zable substance; from the fruit, ether extracted much fixed oil, and a pungent and acrid resin. Wallace Procter (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1872, p. 145), observed a deposit of color- less crystals in an evaporated tincture of the fruit of M. Umbrella (umbrella tree), which substance he called magmolim, having ascertained it to be different from liriodendrin of Emmet. Petroleum benzin readily removed it from the extractive and coloring matters. It is a neutral body, insoluble in cold, crystallizable in small quantity from hot water, freely soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, carbon disulphide and petroleum benzin. When pure the crystals are tasteless. A soft, pungent resin, gum, glucose, etc., were likewise found by the author. 1228 MALTU M. Prof. J. U. Lloyd separated from the bark of Magnolia glauca, three uncrys- tallizable resins, differing in their behavior toward solvents; furthermore, a crys- tallizable glucosid, and a fluorescent substance, probably a product of decompo- sition. The filtrate from the resins and the glucosid gave reactions for alkaloids, but no alkaloid could be isolated. (See D. and M. of N. A.,Vol. II, pp. 42–45, for the early chemical history.) Mr. W. F. Rawlins (1889) obtained from the leaves of Magnolia glauca, a glucosidal, occasionally crystallizable substance, by abstract. ing an evaporated alcoholic extract with water and shaking out with chloroform. It is noteworthy that the leaves of M. glauca produce upon linen an indelible stain (C. E. Hornberger, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1876, p. 279). Analysis of the bark of M. grandiflora, by B. A. Randolph (1891), showed the presence of volatile oil, tannin, starch, saccharine, and coloring matter; upon incineration, 6% per cent of ash was left. - Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Magnolia bark is an aromatic tonic bitter, of reputed efficacy, and appears likewise to possess antiperiodic properties. Intermittent fevers have been cured by it after cinchona had failed. It is not so apt to disagree with the stomach and bowels, nor to induce fullness of the head as cinchona, and can be continued a longer time with more Safety in all respects. Its curative agency is said to be favored by the diaphoretic action which generally follows its administration. In dyspepsia, with loss of tone in the stomach, it is very useful as a tonic, and has also proved of much service in the treatment of remittents with typhoid symptoms. A warm infusion acts as a gentle laxative and sudorific; a cold one as a tonic and antiperiodic, as does also the tincture and powder. The powder is considered the preferable form of administration. The bark of the M. Umbrella, chewed as a substitute for tobacco, has cured an inveterate tobacco chewer of the filthy habit, and deserves a further trial among those who wish to break up the pernicious practice. The bark in powder may be adminis- tered in #-drachm or drachm doses, to be repeated 5 or 6 times a day; the infusion may be taken in wineglassful doses, repeated 5 or 6 times a day. It is used in the above forms of disease, as well as in chronic rheumatism. The tincture, made by adding an ounce of the powder to a pint of brandy, and allowing it to macerate for 10 or 12 days, may be given in tablespoon doses 3 times a day, for the same purposes. A tincture made by adding 2 ounces of the cones to a pint of brandy, has long been used as a domestic remedy for dyspepsia and chronic rheumatism; it is given 3 or 4 times a day in doses of from 1 to 4 fluid drachms. Magnolia is contraindicated whenever inflammatory symptoms are present. Though possess- ing undoubted tonic properties, magnolia is now seldom employed. Related Species.—Telawma meanicana, Don. This is called, in Mexico, where it abounds, the yolo.cochitl. Quercetrim, volatile oil, resin, tannin, etc., have been found in the fragrant white blogsoms, which are reputed antispasmodic and tonic. Antiperiodic virtues are ascribed to the bark. - - MIALTUM.–MALT. “The seed of Hordeum distichum, Linné (Nat. Ord.—Graminaceae), caused to enter the incipient stage of germination by artificial means and dried”— (U. S. P., 1880). - SYNONYMs: Maltwm hordei, Barley malt. Preparation.—If barley, or any other grain, be soaked (steeped) in water and thrown into heaps (couched), it will spontaneously generate heat. By frequent turning, the heat is prevented from becoming too great. The barley is then spread upon the floors (floored), whereupon germination takes place. The grain, after its germ has attained a certain length (usually one-third the length of the seed), is quickly dried in kilns at a temperature not above 71°C. (160°F.), and constitutes what is termed malt. What are known as the varieties—pale malt, pale- amber, amber, and amber-brown malt—is the malt to which different degrees of heat have been applied in drying. For medicinal uses only the pale malt or pale-amber malt should be employed. Black, or roasted malt, is that kind, the integuments of which are deep-brown in color, made so by roasting in rapidly revolving cylin- ders. Should the interior of the grain be of the same hue it is then called crystal- MANGANI DIOXIDUM. 1229 lized malt. (For a very readable, short article on malt and malting, by F. X. Moerk, see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1884, p. 305; also see special treatises on the fernmentation industries.) Description and Chemical Composition.—Malt should have a pale or amber color, a sweetish taste, and a somewhat pleasant odor. Its aqueous infusion should be of a deep-yellowish or brown color. Besides the constituents of barley, malt contains the ferment diastase, dextrin, and Sugar. Diastase resembles ptyalin, in that it changes starch into dextrin and Sugar (maltose), and is, therefore, con- sidered by some as identical with that Salivary ferment (also see under Hordeum). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—(For uses of extract of malt, see Ea:- tractum. Malti.) Starchy food is rendered more easily digested by malt and its preparations, which act similarly to ptyalin, converting amylaceous matter into sugar and dextrin, and preventing fermentation. An excellent diastatic agent for addition to farinaceous foods, for those suffering from wasting disorders, where nutriment is either passed undigested or is vomited, and especially useful in the summer disorders of infants, and for marasmic and tubercular patients, is the following cold infusion of malt : Mix 1% ounces of crushed malt with 4 fluid ounces of cold water. Allow it to stand a half day, then filter it through paper until of a perfectly clear, sherry-brown color. Maltose and diastase are its principal con- stituents, and it readily ferments, hence but small amounts should be prepared, and those daily. A half ounce of this sweetish infusion added to half pint of any farinaceous gruel, at a moderately warm temperature, will cause the amylaceous products to be converted into glucose and dextrin. MANGANI DIOXIDUM (U. S. P.)—MANGANESE DIOxIDE. FoRMUL.A.: MnO, MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 86.72. “Native crude manganese dioxide, containing at least 66 per cent of the pure dioxide (MnO,-86.72)”—(U. S. P.). SYNoNYMs: Mangami oſcidum migrum (U. S. P., 1880), Black oxide of manganese, Pyrolusite, Manganese peroxide, Manganum hyperozydatum, Manganesia vitriariorum, Deutocide of mangamese, Binocide of manganese, Permanganic oxide. Source and History.—Dioxide (also called deutoxide, binoxide, peroxide, or black oxide) of manganese (MnO,) occurs in considerable abundance, and consti- tutes the mineral which Haidinger termed pyrolusite, from whence all the oxide of manganese used in the arts is obtained. It exists in various parts of Europe, and some in the United States, as in Vermont, Massachusetts, and on Red Island in the Bay of San Francisco; also in Nova Scotia. The purest varieties are found in Great Britain and Germany. Usually it is more or less impure from the pres- ence of lime, alumina, baryta, silica, oxide of iron, and brown mangamite. Description.—Manganese dioxide occurs in nature in the form of right rhom- bic prisms, or needles, or in amorphous masses. The official article is described as follows: “A heavy, grayish-black, more or less gritty powder, without odor or taste; permanent in the air. Insoluble in water or alcohol. It is not affected by cold, concentrated sulphuric acid, but when heated with the latter it is converted into mangamous sulphate, with the evolution of oxygen. When heated with hy- drochloric acid, it is converted into mangamous chloride, with the development of chlorine. At a red heat, the dioxide gives off oxygen gas, and is converted into reddish-brown manganoso-mangamic oxide (Mn,0)”—(U. S. P.). It is infusible before the blow-pipe, dissolves in fused borax with effervescence, and gives to the globule an amethyst color. Its specific gravity is stated to vary from 4.7 to 4.9. Chlorine is also evolved when manganese dioxide is heated with a mixture of common salt and sulphuric acid, the reaction taking place as follows: MnO,--2NaCl- 2H,SO,-MnSO,-- Na,SO,--2H,0+Cl,. On a large scale, the mangamous salt formed in this reaction is not thrown away, but is converted back again by oxidation into manganese dioxide by Weldon's process, which was introduced in 1867. (For its detailed description, see Roscoe & Schorlemmer's Chemistry.) Tests.-Iron is almost always present in this oxide, the crystals being the most free from it. If the dioxide be digested in hydrochloric acid until chlorine 1230 MANGANI SULPHAS. ceases to be evolved, the addition of ferrocyanide of potassium will color it green or blue if iron be present. The U. S. P. directs the following tests: “On inti- mately mixing 1 part of the dioxide with 1 part of potassium hydrate and 1 part of potassium chlorate, introducing the mass into a crucible, moistening with water, drying, and igniting, a dark fused mass is obtained, which yields, with water, a green solution, changing to purplish-red on being boiled, or on the addition of diluted sulphuric acid. If a portion of the dioxide be strongly heated in a dry test-tube, no combustion should ensue, nor should any carbon dioxide be evolved (absence of organic impurities). If to another portion of the dioxide, contained in a test-tube, a small quantity of diluted hydrochloric acid be added, no odor of hydrogen sulphide should be developed, nor should a strip of paper moistened with lead acetate T.S., and suspended over the mixture, become blackened (ab- sence of metallic sulphides). After the mixture of the dioxide with hydrochloric acid has been raised to boiling and filtered, the filtered liquid should not give, with hydrogen sulphide T.S., an orange-colored precipitate (absence of antimony sulphide). If 1 Gm. of the finely powdered dioxide, contained in a small, long- necked flask, be mixed with 5 Co. of water, then 4.22 G m. of ferrous sulphate, in clear crystals, added, and subsequently 5 Ce, of hydrochloric acid, the mixture digested for about 15 minutes at a gentle heat, and finally heated to boiling, the cooled filtrate, when immediately tested with freshly prepared potassium ferricya- mide T.S., should not acquire a blue color (presence of at least 66 per cent of pure manganese dioxide)”—(U. S. P.). Some other methods for the valuation of man- gamese dioxide are based on the fact that Oxalic acid is quantitatively and readily oxidized to carbonic acid by a mixture of manganese dioxide and sulphuric acid according to the equation : C,0, H,--MnO,--H,SO,-MnSO,--2H,0-1-2CO, Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—The actions of this oxide upon the system are but imperfectly understood. Dr. Coupar, of Glasgow, considered it to act as a cumulative poison, producing paralysis of the motor nerves, but without causing colic, constipation, or tremors. It has been used internally in many cuta- neous diseases, as herpes, scabies, and in the Scorbutic diathesis. It has likewise been found efficient in scrofula, chlorosis, syphilis, and in amemia. The gastro-intestinal membranes are said to absorb but very little of the salt, but if it be injected into parenchymatous tissues, it is readily taken up and excreted with the feces (Cahn). From 3 to 20 grains may be given, in pill form, every 3 or 4 hours. Externally, 1 drachm mixed with # ounce of lard, has been found advantageous as an appli- cation to itch, porrigo, and old ulcers. One part of binoxide of manganese, added to 5 or 10 parts of chlorate of potassium, and subjected to a moderate heat in a glass or iron retort, gives out a rapid flow of oxygen gas, which may be collected for various purposes. Dr. J. Kovascy recommends the following formulae: Take of binoxide of man- gamese, 4 grains; extract of savin, extract of aloes, each, 10 grains. Mix, and divide into 6 pills, of which 1 pill may be given 3 times a day. (2) Take of binoxide of manganese, 3 grains; powdered leaves of digitalis, 1 grain; sugar of milk, 8 grains. Mix, and divide into 6 powders, of which 3 are to be taken daily, preferably after meals. These are said to be useful in properly selected cases of chlorosis and a memorrhaea. MANGANI SULPHAS (U. S. P.)—MANGANESE SULPHATE. ForMULA: MnSO,--4H.O. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 222.46. SYNONYMS : Mangamesii Sulphas, Mangamous sulphate, Sulfas mangamosus, Man- gamum sulfuricum. Preparation.—This salt may be formed by adding to carbonate of manga- nese diluted sulphuric acid, as long as effervescence continues, then filtering and evaporating the solution to crystallization. Another method is to heat a thin, magma-like mixture of manganese dioxide and sulphuric acid. Evaporate to dryness, heat to redness in a crucible to decompose the ferrous sulphate present. Dissolve out the manganese sulphate with water, and heat the solution with a little carbonate of manganese to precipitate the last traces of iron, filter, evapo- rate, and allow to crystallize. MANGANI SULPHAS. 1231 Description.—“Manganous Sulphate varies in properties according to the water of crystallization present. If the salt is crystallized at a lower tempera- ture than 6° C. (48.8° F.), it will have the composition MnSO,.7H,O; between 7° and 10°C. (44.6° and 50° F.), it is represented by MnSO,5H,0; and at from 20° to 30° C. (68° to 86°F.), by MnSO,.3H,0”—(Lloyd's Chem, of Med., p. 320). The U. S. P. describes it as in “colorless, or pale rose-colored, transparent, tetragonal prisms (crystallized at a temperature between 20° and 30° C. [68° and 86°F.], and containing 4 molecules, or 32.29 per cent of water of crystallization), odor- less, and having a slightly bitter and astringent taste. Slightly efflorescent in dry air. Soluble in 0.8 part of water at 15° C. (59°F.), and in 1 part of boiling water; insoluble in alcohol. The aqueous solution is neutral, or very slightly acid to litmus paper, and yields, with ammonium sulphide T.S., a flesh-colored precipitate soluble in dilute acids; with potassium ferrocyanide T.S., a reddish- white precipitate; and with potassium ferricyanide T.S., a brown precipitate. With barium chloride T.S., it yields a white precipitate insoluble in hydrochloric acid. If a fragment of the salt be mixed with a little sodium hydrate T.S., and the mixture then dried and fused, it will yield a dark-green mass, dissolving in water with a green color”—(U. S. P.). When the water of crystallization is driven off by heat, a white, friable mass is formed. Sulphate of manganese should be preserved in well-stoppered bottles. Tests.—“A 5 per cent, aqueous solution of the salt, after being heated with a few drops of hydrochloric acid and a little chlorine water, should not be colored red by potassium sulphocyanate T.S. (absence of iron), and should not be affected by hydrogen sulphide T.S. (absence of copper or arsenic). If the manganese be completely precipitated from an aqueous solution of the salt by ammonium car- bonate T.S., the filtrate, on evaporation and gentle ignition, should leave no resi- due (absence of salts of the alkalies, or of magnesium). A solution of 1 Gm., each, of the salt, and of sodium acetate, in 10 Co. of water, to which a few drops of acetic acid are added, should not be affected by hydrogen sulphide T.S. (absence of zinc). If 1 Gm. of the salt be gently ignited, in a porcelain crucible, it should lose not more than 0.323 Gm., in weight (distinction from manganese sulphate containing a larger amount of water of crystallization)”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Sulphate of manganese appears to be a stimulant to the lymphatic system of vessels and glands, and has been found valuable in anemic conditions of the system, accompanied with a deficiency of the white corpuscles of the blood. It acts as a powerful cholagogue, causing a profuse secretion of bile, and has been used with efficacy in scrofula, chlorosis, jaundice, torpid liver, diseases of the spleen, and cachevia. Prof. Scudder praised this remedy for its effects in ascites, due to hepatic disease and particularly in old to pers. He directed from + to 1 grain as the proper dose. In jawndice, with hepatic enlarge- ment, with sense of weight and fullness in the hypogastrium, he considered it a useful remedy. He believed small doses to be curative in disorders where the chief symptoms were a pallid, dirty, leaden tongue, gastric fullness, sluggish bowels, and lax, pendulous abdomen. Minute doses, as of the first and second decimal trituration, were recommended by him where the tissues were old and feeble, and the cardiac action and circulation weak. A high dilution (6 x trituration) of manganese, has been recommended by Webster in doses of 2 to 3 grains, every 4 hours, in painful affections of the periostewm, associated with subacute inflammation. The dose for its gross action is from 2 to 20 grains, 3 times a day; for specific purposes, from ºn to 1 grain. One or 2 drachms dissolved in , or 1 pint of water, will act as a prompt purgative, with scarcely any depression of the system. Large doses, or its long-continued use in small doses, injures the tone of the stomach. One drachm of the sulphate mixed with 1 ounce of lard, has been used externally, as an ointment, in buboes, chamcres, indolent ulcers, and some diseases of the skin. Specific Indications and Uses.—Ascites, with hepatic disease, especially the result of spirituous beverages; lax, pendulous abdomen; pale, dirty, leaden-hued tongue; diarrhoea; small mucous passages, with tormina and tenesmus, Manganese and Its Compounds.-MANGANESE, Manganesium, Manganum. Symbol: Mn. Atomic weight: 54.8. Manganese, in the form of dioxide, has long been known and used in the manufacture of glass, and was commonly considered an iron ore until 1775, when Gahn succeeded in extracting a peculiar metal from it. The element is widely distributed 1232 |MANGANI SULPHAS. in the soil and in the vegetable kingdom. According to Flückiger (Amer. Jour. I'hal m , 1886, p. 147), certain species and natural orders—e.g., Zingiberaceae—are remarkable for their power of assimilating manganese. Trapa matams, or Water-nut, a marsh plant growing in Some parts of Germany, France, and Italy, is another example of these “manganivorous” plants. The element may be obtained by the reduction of pure oxide or carbonate of manganese with charcoal, flux material being added and the whole exposed, in a covered crucible, to a very violent heat for several hours. It will then be reduced to the metallic state and fused into a solid mass. Thus obtained it has a gray color, somewhat whiter than cast iron, finely granu- lar in texture, hard, and so brittle that it can be reduced to powder in a mortar. Manganese is an important factor in the production of white castiron (see Ferrum). Its specific gravity is 8.013 (7.13 to 7.21, Brunner). It has strong affinity for oxygen, quickly absorbing it from the atmos- phere, and, in consequence, must be kept like sodium and potassium, under naptha or benzin ; but if it contains iron it will be permanent in the air. It decomposes water rapidly at a red heat, hydrogen being disengaged. Manganese combines with oxygen in several proportions, forming chiefly the following oxides: (1) MnO, mangamese monoxide, or mangamous Oa'ide; (2) Mn2O3, mangamese Sesquioa ide, or mangamic Ocide; (3) Mn3O4; (4) MnO2, mangamese dioxide (which see); (5) MnO3, anamgamese trio ride; and (6) Mn2O4, mangamese heptoacide. (1) The oxide MnO is strongly basic, dissolving in acids and forming salts with them, known as mangamous Salts, which are analogous to fer- rous salts. Their solutions are of a rose-red or flesh color. The oxide, its hydroxide (Mn [OH]2), and the carbonate, when moist, easily oxidize when exposed to the air. Solutions of manganous salts become turbid upon standing if exposed to air and light (A. Gorgeu, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1889, p. 522). (2) The oxide Mn2O3 remains as residue when manganese dioxide (MnO2) is heated in oxygen gas. It occurs in nature as the mineral brawmite; its hydrate (Mn2O2(OH]2) as mangamite. The oxide and its hydrate have weak basic properties; dissolved in acids they yield manganic salts, which are analogous to ferric salts, but rather unstable. (3) The red oxide of manganese (Mn3O4) occurs in nature as the mineral hausman- mite. It is the form into which the lower and the higher oxides of manganese are converted upon being heated (the lower, when in contact with air). In some respects it is analogous to red lead (minium, Pb2O4). (4) Manganese dioxide (MnO2) has weak basic and weak acid prop- erties. It forms several salts of (the hypothetical) mangamous acid (Mng Oil H2). (5) Man- ganese trioxide (MnO3) (see Watts' Dictionary, 1892, Vol. III, p. 184) is the anhydride of mam- gamic acid (MnO, Hg), which is not known in the free state. Its salts (the namgamates) are green and are stable only when in contact with an excess of caustic alkali. Manganates may be formed from any manganese compound, by fusing it with oxidizers—e.g., salt- peter and soda, or potassium chlorate and caustic potash. The green mass is called chame- leon mineral (Scheele), because it undergoes a change of color from green to blue, violet, and red upon the addition of an excess of water. When the green, fused mass is treated with diluted acids—e.g., acetic or even carbonic acid—it likewise turns red, being decomposed into insoluble hydrate of manganesium dioxide and soluble permanganate of potassium, . This is a delicate reaction for manganese. (6) Manganese heptoxide (Mn2O7) is the anhydride of the dark-red liquid and powerfully oxidizing permangamic acid (MnO, H). Its potassium salt is the well-known potassium permangamate (which see), used as an oxidizing agent, being especially employed in analytical and organic chemistry. When heated with caustic potash, the solu- tion of permanganate turns green; potassium manganate is formed with evolution of Oxygen as follows: 2KMnO, +2KOH=2K2MnO, +O-H-H2O. MANGANI IoDIDUM, Mangamous iodide (Mnſ 2-1-4H2O).-This salt may be prepared by add- ing manganese carbonate (to saturation) to solution of hydriodic acid, thus: MnOO3 +2HI= Mn I2 + H2O+CO2. It forms very deliquescent, unstable crystals. A syrup of this salt is used in medicine. SYRUP OF IODIDE OF MANGANESE has been used in the same class of diseases as syrup of iodide of iron and manganese. Prof. Procter (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1850, p. 300) directs it to be made as follows: Take of sulphate of manganese, 16 drachms; iodide of potassium, 19 drachms. Dissolve these salts separately, each, in 3 fluid ounces of water, to which 2 fluid drachms of syrup have been previously added. Mix these two solutions in a glass-stoppered bottle, and when the resultant crystals of sulphate of potassium are all precipitated, filter the supernatant liquor, through a fine muslin strainer, into a vessel containing 12 ounces of pul- verized sugar. Add to this sufficient water to make the whole measure 16 fluid ounces. A fluid ounce of this syrup contains about 60 grains of iodide of manganese. Its dose is from 10 drops to 3 fluid drachm, repeated 3 or 4 times a day. Combined with cinchona, it is very efficient in ague-cake, or diseased spleen, following intermittent fevers. SYRUP OF IoDIDE OF I RON AND MANGANESE has been recommended in a memia, scrofula, cancer, and glamdular enlargements. Prof.W. Procter, Jr., gives the following formula for its prepa- ration: Take of iodide of potassium, 1000 grains; sulphate of iron, 630 grains; sulphate Cºf manganese, 210 grains; iron filings (free from rust), 100 grains; coarsely-powdered white sugar, 4800 grains; distilled water, a sufficient quantity. Triturate the sulphates and the iodide separately to powder, mix them with the iron filings, and add 3 fluid ounce of distilled water, triturate, and allow it to rest 15 minutes. A third addition of water should now be made and mixed. The sugar should then be introduced into a bottle capable of holding a little more than 12 fluid ounces, and a small funnel, prepared with a moistened filter, inserted into its mouth. Remove the magma of salts from the mortar to the filter, and when the dense solution has drained through, add carefully, and in small portions, some distilled water, until the solution of the iodides is displaced and washed from the magma of crystals of sulphate of potassium. Finally, finish the measure of 12 ounces by adding sufficient distilled water, and MANGIFERA. 1233 agitate the bottle until the sugar is dissolved. The solution of the sugar may be facilitated, when desirable, by placing the bottle in warm water for a time, then agitating Each fluid ounce of this syrup contains 50 grains of the mixed anhydrous iodides in the proportion of the 3 parts of iodide of iron to 1 part of iodide of manganese, and the dose is from 10 to 30 drops (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1853, p. 199). Another formula by Prof. Lloyd is recorded, ibid., 1874, p. 6. § ANGANI CHLORIDUM, Chloride of manganese, Mangamese dichloride (MnO12.4H2O).-Formed by dissolving pure dioxide of manganese in hydrochloric acid, evaporating the solution to dry ness, and exposing the white salt that remains to a red heat in a glass tube with a very nar- row orifice. This compound is also obtained as a by-product in the manufacture of chlorine gas from manganese dioxide and hydrochloric acid. Thus made it is impure, however, and must be deprived of the ferric chloride it contains by proper precipitation with sodium car- bonate. From the chloride most of the manganese salts are prepared, the carbonate being made the intermediary product. Manganous chloride consists of thin, broad, delicate, light-pink plates, which fuse in close vessels without alteration, at a red heat, and, when exposed to the air, deliquesce. Some- times the salt is granular. They are very soluble in water and alcohol, and have the specific gravity 1.56. They are inodorous, and have a saline, astringent taste. This salt has been rec- ommended in chronic diseases of the skin, in scorbutic affections, and syphilitic diseases, in doses of from 3 to 10 grains in watery or alcoholic solution. A drachm or 2 dissolved in 1 pint of water, has been used as a gargle in syphilitic ulceration of the mouth and throat. The alcoholic solution has been used internally to check epistacis, giving 10 or 20 drops every 4 hours, until a feeling of giddiness is perceived. MANGANI CARBONAs, Manganese carbonate (MnOO3).-This forms a white precipitate when solutions of either chloride or sulphate of manganese are mixed with solution of sodium car- bonate. The presence of a little syrup is desirable. Wash with boiling distilled water, and dry quickly at a moderate temperature. It is a tasteless, buff-colored salt, soluble in about S000 parts of water, and readily soluble in water containing carbonic acid (Roscoe & Schorlem- mer). Acids dissolve it readily with formation of salts. By Oxidation at ordinary tempera- ture, the carbonate yields no higher oxide than Mn2O3 ; when exposed to a heat of 200° C. (392°F.), 92 per cent of manganese dioxide (MnO2) is formed. Various other preparations of manganese have been used and recommended by physi- cians for nearly similar purposes, as the malate, tartrate, phosphate, lactate, etc., but their thera- peutical actions appear to be very nearly alike. Dr. T. S. Speer gives the following formula for a Saccharine carbonate of iron and mangamese, which has proved very useful in anemia. Take of finely powdered sulphate of iron, 25 drachms; carbonate of sodium, 5 ounces; sulphate of man- ganese, 500 grains; dissolve these, each, in 13 pints of water (Imperial measure), then add the solutions together and mix them well. Collect the precipitate on a filter of cloth and immedi- ately wash it with cold water, squeeze out as much of the water as is possible, and, without delay, triturate the pulp with sugar, previously reduced to a fine powder. Dry it at a tempera- ture of about 48.8°C. (120°F.). It forms a reddish-brown powder, having only a saccharine taste, and may be given in doses of 5 grains, 3 times a day, gradually increased to 20 grains. It should be given immediately after each meal (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1854, p. 127). The com- pounds of iron and manganese have cured cases of anemia in which iron alone failed. MANGANI PHOSPHAs, Mangamese phosphate (Mn3 [PO4]2+7H2O).—Produced when sodium phosphate solution is precipitated with solution of manganese sulphate, or chloride. A white, or faintly reddish, crystalline powder, . A syrup may be made by dissolving the salt in diluted phosphoric acid and adding to the cold Solution enough sugar to form a syrup. MANGANI LACTAs, Manganese lactate.-Shining, pale-rose crystals, produced by adding to hot lactic acid manganese carbonate. Soluble in cold water (12 parts) and boiling alcohol, from which the salt crystallizes on cooling. MANGANI TANNAs, Mangamese tammate.—Prepared by adding manganese carbonate (freshly precipitated and wholly free from iron) to a hot solution of tannic acid, in distilled water, until it ceases to be dissolved. Filter and dry by evaporation. Soluble in water. Its solution should not be of an inky color (absence of iron). MANGANI TARTRAs.--Take of Rochelle Salts, 10 parts; dissolve in its weight of boiling water. Likewise dissolve manganese sulphate, 8 parts. Mix the solutions. When cool, wash the salt with cold water. Decomposition results if hot water be employed to wash the product. White or faintly red, small crystals. - MANGIFERA.—MANGIFERA. The inner bark of the root and tree of Mangifera indica, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Anacardiaceae. COMMON NAME: Mango. ILLUSTRATION: Botamical Magazine, Plate 4510. Botanical Source, History, Description, and Chemical Composition.—A tall tree, native of the East Indies, but cultivated in most parts of the tropics for its edible fruit. It has “become thoroughly naturalized in the West Indies, and is forming large groves in waste places in Jamaica, where negroes, horses, pigs, and fowls feed upon the fruit for nearly four months of the year” (D. Morris, Amer. 7S 1234 MANGIFERA. Jour. Pharm., 1886, p. 444, from Gard. Chronicle). The leaves are alternate, lanceo- late, entire, from 6 to 8 inches long, and one-quarter as wide. They are petioled, and borne in clusters near the end of the branches. The flowers are small, yel- lowish, and disposed in large, loose, terminal panicles. The calyx-lobes and petals are 5. The stamens are 5, alternate with the petals, and all but one abortive, The fruit is a reddish-yellow drupe, about the size of a quince, and kidney-shaped; it consists of a hard, fibrous nut, which is surrounded by edible flesh in a manner like the peach, and is known as “mango fruit.” It is largely consumed in tropical countries, and forms one of the most highly esteemed fruits. The natives of India use the leaves and leaf-stalks to harden the gums; the wood, together with sandal wood, is used by the Hindus for burning their dead, and an infusion of the bark is employed for various skin diseases. When incisions are made into the bark of the tree, a soft, reddish-brown gum-resin exudes, which hardens by age, and resembles bdellium; this dissolves in spirits and partly in water, forming milky solutions; when chewed, it softens, adheres to the teeth, and gives a pungent and slightly bitter taste (Roxburgh). Sir J. D. Hooker reports (Pharm. Jour. Trans., 1883, Vol. XIV, p. 501), that the yellow pigment known as piuri or Indian yellow (compare purree) is produced in India by evaporating the urine of cows which are fed exclusively on mango leaves. This is said to increase the secretion of the bile pigment, and to impart to the urine of the animal a bright yellow color; the yield of the pigment is 2 ounces a day, but the animal becomes very unhealthy under this treatment. There is another piwri, of mineral origin, but less valued. In 1877, Dr. M. F. Linquist, New Haven, Conn., introduced the bark of the mango tree to the medical profession, having found it beneficial in a number of diseases. The bark was imported under the name “mango,” for the purpose of removing incrustations from steam boilers, it having been stated that when a small amount of a strong solution of the bark is added to the water within the boiler, the saline deposit quickly separates. The bark is very astringent, and this property suggested to Dr. Linguist its appropriate application in a therapeutical sense. As found in market it is a coarse powder, of a deep brownish-red color, none of the bark, entire, having come under our observation. The odor is pecu- liar, being, in a very slight degree, terebintheous. The taste resembles that of rhatany. According to Dragendorff (Heilpflanzen d. versch. Völker v. Zeitem, 1898), the bark contains 16.7 per cent of tannic acid and an acrid oil; the fruit contains much sugar, citric acid, mucilage, and yellow coloring matter. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Mango bark has been recommended in the treatment of nasal catarrh, diarrhoea, dysentery, vaginitis, metritis, diphtheria, hemorrhages, etc. Dr. Linquist, in writing to me concerning its use, makes the following statement: “I have used it for upward of eight years, and have largely experimented with it. It is an astringent of peculiar power upon the mucous membrane. I first employed it in certain uterine diseases, with marked benefit. In catarrh, with the spray atomizer, I have used it with better success than any other agent. In diphtheria, and other malignant diseases of the throat, its effect has been truly marvelous. During last year I have had several cases of diphtheria, that I have treated exclusively with the fluid extract, penciling the fauces with it, of full strength, and also using it as a gargle in the proportion of 2 fluid drachms of the fluid extract to 4 fluid ounces of water. As an internal remedy in hemorrhages from the uterus, bowels, or lungs, or in muco-purulent discharges from either the bowels or uterus, I know of no agent equal to it. It appears to have the following advantages: The dose is small, is easily taken, has no disagreeable taste, does not derange the stomach, is rapid in its action, and more certain in its effects than other medicines.” Prof. A. J. Howe, M.D., writes me as follows: “During the past year I have prescribed a tincture of Mangifera indica on many occasions; and I find it most useful in lessening leucorrhaeal discharges, and in diminishing too profuse menstrual evacuations. The agent exerts an astringent action, but not to the extent of constipating the bowels. It assuages catamenial pains to an appreciable degree, and corrects menstrual disorders in general. I consider the medicine a valuable adjutant to gynaecological therapeutics. I have also prescribed it in the treatment of chronic diarrhoea, and in obstinate gleet, and have obtained quite satisfactory results, though not better than from extract of MANIHOT. 1235 logwood, or from pinus Canadensis. In a case of albuminuria, the remedy, for a week or two, greatly lessened the amount of albumen discharged; yet it made no decided change for the better. The dose of the fluid extract is from 15 minims to 1 fluid drachm. Dr. Linquist adds from 2 to 4 fluid drachms of the fluid extract to 4 fluid ounces of water, and this mixture he administers in teaspoonful doses, repeated every hour or two (J. King). In Brazil, the flowers of the mango are used either in the form of tea or powder for catarrh of the bladder (G. Peckolt, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1884, p. 622). - Specific Indications and Uses.—Feeble relaxed tissues; mucous profluvia; chronic dysentery with muco-purulent passages. IMANIHOT.—TAPIOCA. The fecula of the root of Manihot utilissima, Pohl (Jatropha Manihot, Linné; Janipha Manihot, Kunth). Nat. Ord.—Euphorbiaceae. CoMMON NAMEs: Tapioca, Tapioca meal, Brazilian arrow-root. Botanical Source.—This plant is a native of Brazil, and is cultivated in various parts of South America. It has a large, fleshy, oblong, tuberous root, often weighing 30 pounds, and full of a wheyish, venomous juice. The stems are white, crooked, brittle, jointed, pithy, and usually 6 or 7 feet high, with a smooth, white bark. The branches are crooked, and have on every side, near their tops, leaves irregularly placed on long, terete petioles, broadly cordate in their outline, divided nearly to their base into 5 spreading, lanceolate, entire lobes, attenuated at both extremities. The leaves are dark green above, and pale glaucous beneath; the midrib is strong, prominent, and yellowish-red below with several oblique veins, connected by lesser transverse ones, branching from it. The stipules are small, lanceolate, acuminate, and caducous. The flowers are borne in axillary and terminal racemes, the pedicels having small, subulate bracts at their base. Male flowers smaller than the female. The calyx is campanulate, and divided into 5 spreading segments, purplish externally, fulvous-brown within. The disk is orange-colored, fleshy, annular, 10-rayed; the stamens number 10, alternating with the lobe of the disk. The filaments, which are shorter than the calyx, are white, filiform, and free, the anthers yellow and linear-oblong. The female flowers have the same color as the male, and are deeply 5-parted, the seg- ments being lanceolate-ovate and spreading. The disk has an annular, orange- colored ring, in which the purple ovate, furrowed ovary is imbedded; the style is short. Stigmas 3, reflexed, furrowed and plaited, and white. The capsule is ovate, 3-cornered, and tricoccous; the seeds are elliptical, black, and shining, with a thick, fleshy funiculus (L.—W.). History.—Manihot utilissima, formerly designated by botanists as Jatropha Manihot, furnishes a large amount of food to the inhabitants of southern America, under the names of mamdioc, tapioca, or cassava starch. The juice, mixed with molasses, and fermented, produces an intoxicating liquor which is much relished by the negroes and Indians of the West Indies. According to Pohl, there are two distinct species, the bitter and the Sweet cassava. The bitter is the more common species, Manihot utilissima above described; its root is much larger, knotty, black externally and contains a bitter and poisonous milky juice. The root of sweet cassava (Manihot palmata, of J. Mueller; Manihot Aipi, Pohl; Jatropha dulcis, Gmelin) is fusiform, brown externally, not exceeding 6 ounces in weight, with a sweet, amylaceous taste, and it is stated that it may be eaten with impunity (see Chemical Composition). Preparation.—Tapioca is prepared from the bitter cassava. The large, fleshy, and tuberous root is reduced to a pulp, this is washed with cold water in funnel- shaped mat-filters, the starch is allowed to subside in the milky fluid which passes through, and is then elutriated in the usual manner, and finally converted into the granular form by drying it on hot plates. Should any of the volatile poison- ous principle remain in the meal previous to drying it, the heat employed for this purpose entirely removes it. Cassava meal, which is obtained by pressing out the poisonous juice from the grated root, drying the remaining solid portion, and 1236 MANNA. finally grinding it, is made into cassava bread by the natives, who bake it in thin loaves. Large quantities of tapioca are now prepared by steam in Malacca. Description.—Tapioca is a very pure starch in the form of irregular, Warty grains, seldom larger than a pea, white, tasteless, and inodorous. Boiling Water dissolves it almost entirely, or, if in small proportion to the tapioca, it forms with it a translucent, tasteless jelly, and firmer than is made with most varieties of starch. Cold water partially dissolves it, forming a liquid which yields a blue precipitate with iodine. Under the microscope it is found to consist of aggre- gated starch globules, about grºw of an inch in diameter, partly broken, partly entire, the broken ones only being soluble in cold water, more uniform than the granules of most other varieties of fecula, with a distinct hilum, which is com- pletely surrounded by rings, and bursts in a stellate manner. The rupture ob- served in some of the granules is owing to the heat employed in drying (C.—P.). (See also an interesting article on Manioc or Cassava, by Dr. E. Chenery, in Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1890, p. 359.) Tapioca of commerce is frequently prepared from domestic sources, such as potatoes, etc. * Chemical Composition.—The poisonous principle in cassava juice was sus- pected to be hydrocyamic acid as early as 1796, by Dr. Clark, of Dominica, who pronounced the toxic symptoms caused by it in negroes to be similar to those caused by prussic acid. Dr. Fennor, of Cayenne, shortly afterward isolated the poison by distillation. Subsequently, Messrs. Henry and Boutron-Charlard iden- tified the poison in a specimen of cassava juice as hydrocyanic acid by chemical tests. In recent years, Mr. E. Francis (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1883, p. 35, from Chem. and Drug., 1882), found hydrocyanic acid not only in the bitter but also in the sweet cassava, the latter (15 samples from Trinidad) containing on an average 0.0168 per cent, the former (10 samples), 0.0275 per cent of prussic acid. Dr. Eberhard, of Blumenau, Brazil (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1869, p. 301), found the root of Manihot wtilissima to be composed of starch (13.63 per cent), water (61.7 per cent), lignin (23.49 per cent), and ash (1.18 per cent). The starch flour obtainable from cassava is very pure, being nearly all starch (99.1 per cent), with only about 0.5 per cent of protein substances. Dr. H. W.Wiley (U. S. Dep. of Agr., 1895, Bull. No. 44; also see Amer. Jowr. Pharm., 1895, p. 262), found in sweet cas- sava, growing in southern Florida, about 20 to 25 per cent of starch (referred to fresh root), and recommends the cultivation of this root for the economic pro- duction of tapioca, glucose, alcohol, and probably came sugar. Action and Uses.—Nutritive and demulcent. Used as a light and agreeable nourishment for the sick. It makes an excellent nourishment for infants about the time of weaning, and is less apt to turn sour on their stomach than any other farinaceous food. For the sick and convalescent, its flavor may be improved by raisins, sugar, prunes, lemon-juice, wine, spices, etc., as may be required. MANNA (U. S. P.)—MANNA. The concrete, Saccharine exudation of Fraſcinus Ornus, Linné (Ormus europaea, Persoon). Nat. Ord.—Oleaceae. CoMMON NAME: Manna. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 170. Botanical Source.—The manna tree, or Flowering ash, is a small tree, usually 20 or 30 feet high, with a close, round head; the bark is smooth and grayish. The leaves are opposite, unequally pinnated in 3 or 4 pairs; the petioles furrowed; the leaflets petiolate, oblong, acute, Serrated, and very hairy, at the base of the mid- rib on the under side. The flowers are white, in dense, terminal, nodding pani- cles, and appear with the leaves. Calyx very small and 4-cleft. Corolla divided to the base into linear, drooping segments. Stamens 2; anthers yellow and incum- bent. The pericarp is a winged key, not dehiscing (L.). The leaves on the same tree are said to be variable. History and Description.—The manna tree is a native of most parts of southern Europe. The official part is the juice of the tree, known in commerce as “manna.” Manna issues from the tree in part spontaneously from fissures, MANNA. 1237 partly from punctures produced by an insect, but more generally from incisions daily made in the tree (one above another) during the warm summer months, from which the viscous, brown, bluish fluorescent, bitterish juice flows out, and speedily hardens, losing thereby its bitterness and becoming white. These inci- sions are repeated annually, and alternately upon opposite sides of the tree, each season, so long as it yields manna. One tree may yield manna for 20 years. There are several varieties of manna, which chiefly differ from one another in quality according to the season and mode of gathering. The Sicily manna (mamma geraci) is the most esteemed. It is also called flake manna (mamma cannulata)— large and small flake—and is procured from the incisions on the upper part of the tree, during the height of the season, when the juice flows vigorously. It is col- lected on straws or twigs, etc., upon which it concretes in stalactitic masses. Long keeping deepens its color. Its fracture is somewhat crystalline, due to the pres- ence of crystals of mannite. The U. S. P. describes good manna as “in flattish, somewhat 3-edged pieces, occasionally 20 Cm. (8 inches) long and 5 Cnn. (2 inches) broad, usually smaller; friable; externally yellowish-white; internally white, por- ous, and crystalline; or in fragments of different sizes, brownish-white and some- what glutinous on the surface, internally white and crystalline; odor honey-like; taste sweet, slightly bitter and faintly acrid. On heating 5 parts of manna with 100 parts of alcohol to boiling, and filtering, the filtrate should rapidly deposit sepa- rate crystals of mannite. Manna consisting of brownish, viscid masses, contain- ing few or no fragments of a crystalline structure, should be rejected"—(U. S. P.). The ordinary quality is common mamma, or mamma in sorts; this is gathered late in the season when the temperature is diminishing, so that the juice imper- fectly concretes, and has to be exposed to the action of the sun to complete its drying. Pieces of manna picked up from the ground form part of this sort of manna. It is in masses of a similar color to, but of less size than the flake manna —joined by a soft, adhesive substance of a dark, yellowish-brown color; its taste is rather unpleasant. A third variety, termed fat mamma, is gathered in the latter part of autumn, when the season is wet and cool, and, in consequence of which, it does not readily concrete. A fatty manna is also said to be procured from the incision made in the lower part of the tree, during the warmer months. Fat manna is less solid than the preceding varieties, adhesive, not brittle, of a yellow- ish-red or yellowish-brown color, of a strong honey odor, a mawkish, sweet, un- pleasant taste, and mixed with sand, pieces of bark, and other foreign substances. There is not so much mannite present in this grade, but more of sugar, gum, etc. This is the kind of manna rejected by the Pharmacopoeia. Manna Softens with the heat of the hand, melts at a temperature somewhat higher, and is inflammable, burning with a blue flame, throwing out yellow sparks. Pure manna is almost entirely dissolved in 3 parts of water at 15.5°C. (60°F), and 1 part at 100° C. (212°F.). From the latter solution it is deposited, on cooling, in crystalline forms. In consequence of the sugar contained in manna it is capable of undergoing fermentation. Chemical Composition.—The principal constituent of pure manna is man- nite (C.H.IOH].), 90 per cent, with 11 per cent of sugar and about 0.75 per cent of impurities (Flückiger, Pharmacognosie, 1891, p. 27). Inferior sorts of manna con- tain mucilage, cane-sugar, lavulose, dextrin (Buignet, 1868; doubted by Flückiger), bitter substances soluble in ether, and fravin (CeBI, Olo), a fluorescent glucosid resembling aesculin. Manmite (mannitol) (C.Hs[OH]s, or C.H.O.) may be readily prepared from manna by digesting it in hot alcohol; on cooling, the mannite forms in tufts of silky, quadrangular prisms. C. T. Bonsall's method consists in dissolving manna in boiling water (3 parts by weight), precipitation of the gum, etc., by lead sub- acetate, removal of lead with sulphuric acid or hydrogen sulphide, concentration, and pouring the hot solution in cold alcohol (2 parts), from which the mannite is deposited on cooling...Manmite is sweet, odorless, requiring about 6 parts of water to dissolve it, is readily dissolved in boiling alcohol, much less so in cold, deli- quesces in the air, and does not dissolve in ether. Its solution possesses a feebly laevo-rotatory polarization. Mannite combines with bases, dissolves lime, reduces gold from its chloride solution, does not reduce Fehling's solution, forms oxalic and saccharic acids when heated with nitric acid, does not ferment when its solution 123S MARANTA, is mixed with yeast, though it ferments when in contact with old cheese and chalk at 40°C. (104°F.), alcohol, lactic, butyric, acetic, and carbonic acids and hydrogen being produced. Unlike cane-sugar, mannite does not char under the action of sulphuric acid, and does not become, like grape-sugar, brown when heated with alkaline solutions. It fuses at about 165° C. (329°F.), without los- ing weight, and, on cooling, the colorless solution forms a mass of radiated crys- tals. At about 200°C. (392°F.), it sublimes partially unchanged, but a large por- tion of it becomes a sweetish, viscid liquid, mammitam (C.H.O.). It is also changed into fermentable mammitose (C.H.O.) and mammitic acid. (C.H.I.O.) when in contact with moistened platinum black (Gorup-Besanez). Mannite also exists in Lami- maria saccharina, onions, asparagus tops, celery, unripe Olives, certain fungi, etc. It has also been procured from beet root, and the juice exuding from apple and pear trees. One or 2 ounces will, it is stated, act as a gentle laxative. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Mamma is nutritive in small doses, and mildly laxative in large ones. It operates without causing any local excitement or uneasiness, and is useful as a laxative for young infants, children, females dur- ing pregnancy and immediately after, inflammation of the abdominal viscera, disorders of childhood, hemorrhoids, costiveness, etc. It is accredited with cholagogue proper- ties, and has a somewhat beneficial action upon the respiratory tract. It is conn- monly added to other purgatives to improve their flavor, as well as to increase the purgative effect. One or 2 ounces may be taken by an adult; 1, 2, or 3 drachms by a child, according to its age. Two or 3 parts of mamma to 1 of Senna may be made into a laxative infusion for children. Sometimes manna causes flatulency and griping, which may be obviated by combining it with any grateful warm aromatic. False Mannas.-Various other trees of the family Ormus and Frazimus furnish manna, as the O. rotundifolia, O. parvifolia, O. subrufescens, O. lentiscifolia, F. excelsior, etc. The Abies or Pinus Lariv (Laria europaea) yields a sweet exudation called BRIANÇON MANNA, or EUROPEAN FALSE MANNA, but which contains no mannite, but a principle called mele2itose (C18H32016.2H2O). The Alhagi Camelorum (Hedysarum Alhagi), of Syria, yields the MANNA MERENIABIN, an inferior manna. The Laric Cedrus produces the MANNA of LEBANON ; the Tamaria gallica, of North Africa, the MANNA of MoUNT SINAI; it also yields tamarisk galls; and the Eucalyptus mammi- fera, a kind of manna called NEW Holla ND MANNA, containing a saccharine principle, but no mannite. Other species of Eucalyptus yield AUSTRALIAN MANNA. There are several other mannas, such as PERSIAN MANNA, OAR MANNA, ORIENTAL MANNA, LERP, etc., for description of which see works specially treating on the subject. The manna of Scripture is now thought possibly to be the lichen Lecanora esculenta, which sometimes falls in showers from Persia to the Desert of Sahara. It makes a fairly good bread, and is eaten by the people. It is called mamma. An AMERICAN MANNA, so called, is the product of an Oregon tree—the Pinus Lam- bertiana. It contains a non-fermentable, very sweet body called pimite (C6H12O5). The CALI- FORNIA MANNA, described, in 1702, by the Jesuit Father Picolo, is most likely an exudation of lº * Phragmites communis, caused by insects (see J. U. Lloyd, Amer. Jour, Pharm., , p. 329). IMARANTA.-ARROW-ROOT. The fecula of the rhizome of Maramta arumdimacea, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Marantaceae. CoMMON NAMES: Arrow-root, Bermuda arrow-root. Botanical Source.—This plant has a perennial rhizome, which is fibrous, producing numerous fusiform, fleshy, scaly, pendulous tubers from its crown. The stems are 2 or 3 feet high, much branched, slender, finely hairy, and tumid at the joints. The leaves are alternate, with long, leafy, hairy sheaths, ovate, lanceolate, slightly hairy underneath, and pale-green on both sides. The flowers are white, and disposed in a long, lax, spreading, terminal panicle, with long, linear, sheathing bracts, at the ramifications. The calyx is green and smooth ; the corolla white, small, unequal, with one of the inner segments in the form of a lip. The ovary is 3-celled and hairy. The fruit is nearly globular, with 3 obsolete angles, and the size of a small currant (L.). - History, Description, and Chemical Composition.—This plant, originally from the West Indies, has been introduced into several parts of the world, in warm latitudes and moist climates, where it is extensively cultivated. It has also been raised in South Carolina and Georgia. The plant is developed by planting por- tions of the root-stock, which gradually increases in size, and throws out leaves, MARANTA. 1239 which wither when the plant is mature. Arrow-root is prepared from the root when nearly a year old. The tubers are washed, beaten in large, deep vessels to a pulp, this is well stirred in clean water, the fibrous parts being separated by hand and thrown away. The milky liquor, which holds the starch in suspension, is passed through a fine sieve, the starch allowed to subside, the Supernatant clear fluid is poured off, the starch is again washed in clean water and drained, and is then dried on sheets in the sun. This constitutes West India arrow-root, of which the finest comes from the Bermudas. The crop of the root on this island in 1891, amounted to 180,000 pounds, yielding 12 per cent of arrow-root. Bermuda arrow-root is now getting very scarce, the attention of the Bermuda planters hav- ing turned toward raising early vegetables for the New York market. The island of St. Vincent, in the West Indies, is now the leading district where arrow-root from Maranta arundinacea is produced (see J. W. McDonald, Pharm. Jour. Trams., 1887, Vol. XVII, p. 1042). Arrow-root is likewise obtained from other plants, as the M. mobilis, M. Allowia, M. indica, Tussac (regarded merely as a variety of Maranta arundinacea) (L.), and Curcuma angustifolia, and C. leucorrhiza, Roxburgh, the last three furnishing the East India arrow-root. WEST INDIA ARRow-ROOT is in the form of a light, opaque, white powder, con- sisting of irregular, friable grains, varying in size from that of a millet-seed to a pea. It is inodorous, nearly tasteless, and crackles when rubbed between the fingers. Musty arrow-root should never be purchased (see Prof. Wm. Procter, Jr., Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1841, Vol. XIII, p. 188). Examined by the microscope, arrow- root is found to consist of minute, pearly globules, or granules, which are spherical or ovate, and have a diameter varying from 7 to 50 micromillimeters. The rings are said to be distinct, though fine. In polarized light, very distinct crosses are seen, the junction of the arm of the cross indicating the position of the hilum. Arrow-root presents all the chemical relations of wheat and potato-starch, though it makes a firmer jelly with the same quantity of boiling water, 9 parts in this respect being equivalent to 14 parts of common starch. According to J. W. McDonald, the tuber consists of 27 per cent starch, 63 per cent water, 1.56 per cent albumen, 4.10 per cent sugar, gum, etc., 0.26 per cent fat, 2.82 per cent fiber, and 1.23 per cent ash. Arrow-root starch, according to the same authority, con- tains 15.87 per cent water and 83.70 per cent starch. West India arrow-root is sometimes adulterated with wheat or potato starch, or with starches from sago and tapioca. The German Pharmacopoeia of 1872 (see C. L. Lochman's translation, 1873) recommended the test to shake 1 part of arrow-root for 10 minutes with 10 parts of a mixture consisting of 2 parts of hydrochloric acid and 1 part of water; the greater part of the powder should separate unchanged, and should not become mucilaginous nor yield an herbaceous odor similar to that of green, unripe bean- pods. According to Prof. Schaer (see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1875, p. 503), potato-starch in this process readily yields a thick, almost clear jelly, of a strong, herbaceous, bean-like Odor, and may thus be easily recognized. (For the microscopical differ- entiation of genuine arrow-root from adulterations, see the afore-mentioned phar- macopoeial authority; also see literature on this phase of the subject in Flückiger, Pharmacognosie, 1891, p. 244.) EAST INDIA ARROW-ROOT is chiefly prepared from plants growing through- out India, and particularly on the Malabar coast, the Curcuma angustifolia and Curcuma leucorrhiza, and to some extent from the Maranta indica; it is prepared by a process similar to that followed in the West Indies. It is commonly white, sometimes pale-yellow, less crackling between the fingers than the best West Indian kind, more frequently damaged by impurities, and composed of rather larger globules, unequal in size, egg-shaped, compressed, faintly rugous at their larger end, and with little projections attached to their sides. It is lighter than Maranta arrow-root, does not so quickly make a jelly, and is of inferior value. Action and Medical Uses.—Arrow-root is nutritive, and is used as an agree- able, non-irritating diet in certain chronic diseases, during convalescence from fevers, in irritations of the alimentary canal, pulmonary organs, or of the wrimary apparatus, and is well suited for infants to supply the place of breast-milk, or for a short time after having weaned them. It may be given in the form of jelly, variously seasoned with sugar, lemon-juice, fruit jellies, essences, or aromatics. Potato-starch is sometimes substituted for it, but it is more apt to cause acidity. Arrow-root is 1240 t MARMOR ALBUM.–MARRUBIUM. superior to every other kind of farinaceous food, except tapioca and tous-les-mois. Its jelly has no peculiar taste, and is less liable to become acid in the stomach, and is generally preferred by young infants to all others, except tapioca. Tous-les- mois makes a stiffer jelly. Two or 3 drachms of arrow-root may be boiled in a pint of water or milk, and seasoned as may be desired, if allowable. Other Varieties of Arrow-root.—A product termed ZAMIA ARROW-Root, Florida arrow- root, Indian bread root, or Koonti, is prepared in Florida by the Seminole Indians from the rhi- zome of the Zamia integrifolia (see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1898, p. 213), and a kind of arrow-root that came from Chili under the name Talcahuana arrow-root, proved to be the product of Alstroemeria ligtw. Other species of Alstroemeria also yield a starchy material which is used in South America, like arrow-root. Brazilian arrow-root is derived from Manihot wiilissima (which see). Arrow-voot of Tahiti is derived from Tacca oceanica; Australian arrow-root (of Queensland) is yielded by Camma edulis (see Camma). The Colocasia esculenta, Dioscored sativa (Common yam) and fruit of the bread-fruit tree (Arctocarpus incisa), have also yielded a fecula which has been substituted for true arrow-root. Related Substance.—Lewisia rediviva, Chita, Spathwm, Biller root. Northwestern United States. Roots largely used as a food by the American Indians of that locality. MARMOR ALBUM.–WHITE MARBLE FoRMULA: CaCO, MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 99.76. A nearly pure, native, white crystalline, or granular calcium carbonate. SYNoNYMs: Marble, Marmor (U. S. P., 1870). History and Description.—White marble is distinguished from most min- erals by its pure white color, its crystalline structure, and the effervescence it pre- sents when touched with nitric or hydrochloric acids. It is tasteless, inodorous, friable, easily powdered, and is not dissolved by water or alcohol; but water satu- rated with carbonic acid gas, dissolves fºrm part of it. From this solution it gradually precipitates, as the acid leaves it, in the form of a white powder. Its 'specific gravity is 2.717. Heat causes it to decrepitate, and, as the heat is in-, creased, the carbonic acid gas is driven off and caustic lime remains (CaCO,- CaO + CO.). Marble dissolves less rapidly in acetic acid than in nitric or hydro- chloric. It also dissolves with effervescence in sulphuric acid, and forms nearly insoluble calcium sulphate. It is sometimes rendered impure by the presence of magnesia. To detect this dissolve the marble in diluted hydrochloric acid, neutralize with ammonia, and precipitate the calcium by adding ammonium carbonate. Boil and filter, and to the cold filtrate add solution of sodium phosphate (PO, HNa,). If magnesium is present, a crystalline precipitate of ammonium-magnesium phosphate (PO, NH, Mg+6H,O) will be formed. Marmor album was formerly official in the U. S. P. (1870) and the Br. Pharm. (1885). Uses.— Marble is used for several purposes in pharmacy, the principal of which is to furnish carbonic acid gas. It is also used in preparing Liquor Calcii Chloridi. For pharmaceutical purposes, the purest marble is required, but for procuring the acid gas, ordinary marble will answer. The Dolomitic marble con- tains more or less magnesia, and is, therefore, unfit for pharmaceutical use. The finest and best variety of marble is the Carrara or Statuary marble. MARRUBIUM (U. S. P.)—MARRUBIUM. “The leaves and tops of Marrubium vulgare, Linné”—(U. S. P.). Nat. Ord.—Labiatae. COMMON NAMEs: Horehound, Hoarhound. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 210. Botanical Source.—Hoarhound has a perennial, fibrous root and numerous, annual, bushy stems, which are erect, quadrangular, leafy, clothed with fine, woolly pubescence, branching from the bottom, from 1 to 2 feet in height. The leaves are roundish-ovate, crenate dentate, rough and veiny above, woolly on the under surface, 1 or 2 inches in diameter, and supported in pairs upon long petioles; upper ones nearly sessile. The flowers are small, white, in Sessile, axillary, hairy MASSAE PILULARUM. 1241 dense whorls. Calyx tubular, 5 to 10-merved, nearly equal, with 5 or 10 recurved, acute, spiny teeth, alternate ones shorter; orifice of the tube hairy. The corolla is tubular, upper lip erect, flattish, and notched; lower spreading and trifid; middle lobe broadest. Stamens 4, didynamous, included Fig. 167. beneath the upper lip of the corolla ; anthers with divaricating, º somewhat confluent lobes, all nearly of the same form. Style with short, obtuse lobes. Achenia obtuse. Seeds 4, in the base of the calyx (L.-W.-G.). A synoptical key to various genera belonging to the natural order Labiatae, based upon the microscopic appear- ance of the nutlets, by S. E. Jelliffe, is given in the Druggists’ Cir- cular, 1897, p. 34. History and Description.—Hoarhound is indigenous to Eu- rope, but is naturalized in this country, where it is very common. It grows on dry, sandy fields, waste grounds, roadsides, etc., flower- ing from June to September. The entire plant has a white, hoary appearance. The whole herb is medicinal, and should be gathered before its inflorescence. It has a peculiar, rather agreeable, vinous, balsamic odor, and a very bitter, aromatic, somewhat acrid and persistent taste. Its virtues are imparted to alcohol or water. The U. S. P. describes the drug thus: “Leaves about 25 Mm. (1 inch) long, opposite, petiolate, roundish-ovate, obtuse, coarsely-crenate, strongly rugose, downy above, white-hairy beneath; branches quad- rangular, white, to men to se; flowers in dense, axillary, woolly whorls, with a stiffly 10-toothed calyx, a whitish, bilabiate corolla, and 4 included stamens; aromatic and bitter’—(U. S. P.). Chemical Composition.—J. A. McMaken, in 1845 (Amer. Jour. Pharm.,Vol. XVII, p. 1), isolated from the herb of M. vulgare a peculiar crystalline, bitter prin- ciple of neutral reaction, insoluble in water, soluble in ether, and more soluble in hot than in cold alcohol. The principle was again discovered, in 1855, by Mein, who named it marrubin. It was subsequently investigated by Harms (1855), Kromayer (1861 and 1863), and more recently by Hertel (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1890, p. 273), J. W. Morrison (ibid., p. 327), and Harry Matusow (ibid., 1897, p. 201). The latter, by extraction with acetone, obtained a yield of 0.8 per cent, referred to air- dried herb, and gives marrubin the formula C, H, O, The reactions generally confirm those given by Kromayer, only the melting point he found to be at 15.4° to 155° C. (309.2° to 311°F), while Kromayer finds 160° C. (320°F.). The sub- stance is not a glucosid. According to Morrison, several distinct bitter principles appear to exist in the plant. The latter also contains traces of volatile oil. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Hoarhound is a stimulant tonic, ex- pectorant, and diuretic. Its stimulant action upon the laryngeal and bronchial mucous membranes is pronounced, and it, undoubtedly, also influences the respi- ratory function. It is used in the form of syrup, in coughs, colds, chronic catarrh, asthma, and all pulmonary affections. The warm infusion will produce diaphoresis, and sometimes diuresis, and has been used with benefit in jawmdice, asthma, hoarse- mess, amenorrhaea, and hysteria; the cold infusion is an excellent tonic in some forms of dyspepsia, acts as a vermifuge, and will be found efficient in checking mercurial ptyalism. In large doses it purges. It enters into the composition of several syrups and candies. Dose of the powder, 1 drachm; of the infusion, or syrup, from 2 to 4 fluid ounces; specific marrubium, 1 to 30 drops. Marrubium Vul- gare. MASSAE PILULARUMI.—PILL MASSES. Three pill masses that may be kept in stock, are recognized by the U. S. P. MASSA HYDRARGYRI (U. S. P.), Mass of mercury, Pilula hydrargyri, Blue mass, Blue pill, Massa carulea.—“Mercury, thirty-three grammes (33 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 72 grs.]; glycyrrhiza, in No. 60 powder, five grammes (5 Gm.) [77 grs.]; althaea, in No. 60 powder, twenty-five grammes (25 Gm.) [386 grs.]; glycerin, three grammes (3 Gm.) [46 grs.]; honey of rose, thirty-four grammes (34 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 87 grs.]; to make one hundred grammes (100 Gm.) [3 ozs. av., 231 grs.]. Triturate the mercury with the honey of rose and glycerin until it is extinguished. Then gradually add the glycyrrhiza and althaea, and continue the trituration until globules of mercury are no longer .#. under a lens magnifying at least 10 diameters. If a portion of 1242 MASSA COPAIBAE,--MASSA FERRI CARBON ATIS. the mass be triturated, in a mortar, with warm acetic acid, the filtrate should not become more than slightly opalescent on the addition of a few drops of hydrochloric acid (limit of mercu- rous oxide). If another portion of the mass be digested with warm, diluted hydrochloric acid and a little purified animal charcoal, the filtrate should not be affected by hydrogen sulphide T.S., or by stamnous chloride T.S. (absence of mercuric oxide)''-(U. S. P.). A powder of blue mass is prepared by using the same ingredients as above, except that sugar of milk and a drop of oil of rose are employed in place of glycerin and honey of rose. By means of alcohol, to give moisture, rub the whole to a uniform mass, and allow the alcohol to evaporate. Reduce to powder. It is known as PULVIs MAss: HYDRARGYRI, Powdered blue An ass, or Æthiops saccharatus. PILULE HYDRARGY RI, or Blue pills, of the U. S. P., 1870, contained 1 grain, each, of mercury. (For uses, see Hydrargyrum.) Not employed in Eclectic practice. MASSA COPAIBAE (U. S. P.)—MASS OF COPAIBA. SYNoNYMs: Pilulae copaibae, Solidified copaiba. Preparation.—“Copaiba, ninety-four grammes (94 Gm.) [3 ozs, av., 138 grs.]; magnesia, six grammes (6 Gm.) [93 grs.]; water, a sufficient quantity. Triturate the magnesia with a little water, in a,capsule, until the powder is uniformly damp- ened throughout. Then gradually incorporate with it the copaiba, so that a uni- form mixture may result, place the capsule on a water-bath, and heat during half an hour, frequently stirring. Lastly, transfer the mixture to a suitable vessel, and set this aside until the mass has acquired a pilular consistence”—(U. S. P.). Anhydrous magnesia does not easily combine with the resin of Copaiba, hence the direction to sprinkle water upon the magnesia, thus hydrating it, in which state it more readily unites with the resin (copaivic acid) to form magnesium copai- vate. The volatile oil is simply absorbed. The above proportions will form the proper mass, provided too much volatile oil be not present. If such should be the case, evaporation or exposure will reduce the quantity of oil. For this reason Para copaiba, which is thin, has to be prepared in this manner before a good result can be obtained, while, on the other hand, Maracaibo copaiba, being much thicker on account of its greater abundance of resin, unites to form a hard com- pound, a sort of resin-soap. Hence the preference for the latter variety. Fresh calcium hydrate will produce similar results. Wax or spermaceti have been advised in making pills of Copaiba, as well as pills of copaiba and cubebs. Vege- table powders, as powdered liquorice root, may be combined with the wax in the mass if desirable. This method has the advantage of producing a pill which remains plastic. Action and Medical Uses.—Same as for Copaiba. It should be made into 5-grain pills, 2 or 3 of which is the ordinary dose. MASSA FERRI CARBONATIS (U. S. P.)—MAss OF FERROUs CARBONATE, SYNONYMs: Vallet’s mass, Vallet's pill-mass. Preparation.—“Ferrous sulphate, in clear crystals, one hundred grammes (100 Grm.) [3 ozs, av., 231 grs.]; sodium carbonate, one hundred grammes (100 Gm.) [3 ozs, av., 231 grs.]; clarified honey, thirty-eight grammes (38 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 149 grs.]; sugar, in coarse powder, twenty-five grammes (25 Gm.) [386 grs.]; syrup, distilled water, each, a sufficient quantity to make one hundred grammes (100 Grm.) [3 ozs, av., 231 grs.]. Dissolve the ferrous sulphate and the sodium carbonate, each separately, in two hundred cubic centimeters (200 Co.) [6 flá, 366 Till of boiling distilled water, and, having added twenty cubic centimeters (20 Co.) [325 ſil] of syrup to the solution of the iron salt, filter both'solutions, and allow them to become cold. Introduce the solution of sodium carbonate into a bottle having a capacity of about five hundred cubic centimeters (500 Co.) [16 flá, 435 fil], and gradually add the solution of the iron salt, rotating the flask con- stantly or frequently, until carbonic acid gas no longer escapes. Add a sufficient quantity of distilled water to fill the bottle, then cork the bottle and set it aside, so that the ferrous carbonate may subside. Pour off the supernatant liquid, and, having mixed syrup and distilled water in the proportion of 1 volume of syrup to 19 volumes of distilled water, wash the precipitate with the mixture by decan- MASTICHE. 1243 tation until the washings no longer have a saline taste. Drain the precipitate on a muslim strainer, and express as much of the water as possible. Lastly, mix the precipitate at once with the honey and sugar, and, by means of a water-bath, evaporate the mixture in a tared capsule, with constant stirring, until it is re- duced to one hundred grammes (100 Gm.) [3 ozs, av., 231 grs.]”—(U. S. P.). Description.—By this process the iron salt is almost completely prevented from oxidation by the presence of the saccharine matter. The finished product, through some loss by washing, contains but about 35 or 36 per cent of ferrous carbonate. If well made, it will be completely and easily dissolved by acids. When recently prepared, Mass of ferrous carbonate (U. S. P.) is a greenish-gray, soft mass, of a pilular consistence, which becomes, superficially, greenish-black or blackish on exposure. Its taste is strongly ferruginous. Medical Uses and Dosage, -(See Ferrous Carbonate.) Dose, 3 to 5 grains in pill. MASTICHE (U. S. P.)—MASTIC. “A concrete, resinous exudation from Pistacia Lentiscus, Linné'—(U. S. P.). Nat. Ord.—Anacardieae. COMMON NAMEs: Mastic, Mastich. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 68. Botanical Source.—The Lentisk, or Mastic-tree, is a mere bush, rarely attain- ing a height greater than 12 feet, and from 6 to 10 inches in diameter. The leaves are evergreen, and equally pinnate; the leaflets, 8 to 12 in number, usually alter- nate, with the exception of the two upper, which are opposite, oval, lanceolate, obtuse, often mucronate, entire, and perfectly smooth. The flowers are very small, in axillary panicles, and dioecious; the raceme of the males is amentaceous with 1-flowered bracts; calyx 5-cleft; stamens 5; anthers subsessile and 4-cornered ; the females’ raceme more lax; calyx 3-cleft; ovary 1 to 3-celled; stigmas 3, and rather thick. The fruit is a very small, pea-shaped drupe, reddish when ripe, with a smooth, somewhat bony nut (L.). History and Description.—This plant inhabits the south of Europe, north of Africa and the Levant, and abounds particularly on the island of Chios, where it is called “shinia,” and from whence the bulk of the drug comes; about 120,000 pounds annually. Pistacia Lentiscus also grows in the island of Cyprus, where the leaves are collected and exported for the purposes of tanning and dyeing. They contain from 10 to 12 per cent of tannic acid. The seeds are eaten by goats and pigs, and yield a fatty oil used for burning purposes. When transverse incisions are made into the bark of the male plant, in the month of August, a fluid exudes, which soon concretes into yellowish, translucent, brittle grains. There are two kinds of mastic in commerce, the picked mastic and mastic in sorts. The former is the finer variety. Good mastic is described by the U. S. P. as being in “globular or elongated tears, of about the size of a pea, sometimes cov- ered with a whitish dust, pale-yellow, transparent, having a glass-like luster and an Opalescent refraction; brittle; becoming plastic when chewed; of a weak, somewhat balsamic, resinous odor, and a mild, terebinthinate taste. Mastic is completely soluble in ether, and, for the most part, soluble in alcohol"—(U. S. P.). It is also soluble in oil of turpentine, or chloroform, insoluble in water. Boiling alcohol dissolves from it a resinous acid to the amount of eight-tenths of its weight, and leaves a white, ductile substance possessing properties similar to caoutchouc, and which is soluble in ether, or boiling absolute alcohol. Carbon disulphide dissolves about 75 per cent of mastic. At a moderate heat (below 120° C. or 248° F.), it melts, and at a higher temperature it burns with a clear flame and balsamic fumes. It has a specific gravity of 1,074. The mastic in sorts is a coarser kind, and is composed of many tears agglutinated together, vary- ing in color from pale-yellow to grayish-brown and black, together with pieces of wood, bark, and sand. - Chemical Composition.— Mastic contains 2 per cent of an essential oil; according to Flückiger, it is dextro-rotatory and chiefly composed of a terpene (CoHº), boiling from 155° to 160° C. (31.1° to 320°F.). The principal constituent of mastic is a resin which was differentiated by Johnston (Phil. Trams., 1839) into 1244 MATICO. alcohol-soluble alpha-resin (mastichic acid), about 80 per cent, and alcohol-insoluble beta-resin (masticin), the latter being tough and elastic, soluble in ether and in absolute alcohol, also in alcoholic solution of mastichic acid. According to E. Reichardt (Archiv der Pharm., 1888, p. 158), benzin effects the differentiation of mastic resin more readily and more completely than alcohol. Old mastic yielded to benzin 66 per cent, while new mastic yielded 90 per cent. Analysis showed that the insoluble resin is formed by the gradual oxidation of the soluble portion. Mastic also contains a bitter principle, soluble in boiling water; it is precipitated by solutions of tannic acid. Action and Miedical Uses.—Mastic is seldom employed in medicine, though it was formerly employed in renal and bronchial catarrhs. The Turks used it as a masticatory to sweeten the breath and strengthen the gums. It is sometimes employed by dentists to fill the cavities of decayed teeth. The following preparation is recommended for this purpose: Take of pulverized mastic, 9 parts; sulphuric ether, 4 parts; mix, and digest for several days, strain it through a cloth, and add native alum, in fine powder, a sufficient quantity to form a plastic mass, with which vials holding about 2 drachms are to be filled, having first poured into each about 30 grains of camphorated alcohol, and 15 grains of essence of cloves. This substance, introduced into the cavity of a carious tooth, first well cleansed and dried, is extremely useful on account of the great degree of hardness it acquires, An ounce of mastic, and , drachm of caOutchouc, dissolved in 4 fluid ounces of chloroform, and them filtered under cover to prevent the evaporation of the chlo- roform, forms an elegant microscopic cement. Another formula for dental mastic is as follows: Dissolve 4 parts of mastic and 2.5 parts of balsam of Peru in 7 parts of chloroform (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1885, p. 241, from L'Union Pharm., 1885). A solu- tion of mastic in alcohol, or oil of turpentine, forms an elegant varnish. Such a solution may be used to arrest slight hemorrhages from wounds, leech bites, etc. Related Products.-BoMBAY MASTIC, or East Indian mastic. This exudes from the Pis- tacia Khinjuk, Stocks, and the Pistacia cabulica, Stocks (Pistacia Terebinthus, Linné) of Kabul, Beloochistan, and Sind. In the Indian bazaars it is known as Mustagi-rūmí or Roman mastich. It very much resembles true mastic, but is usually more opaque and not so clean as that prod- uct. The same species, Pistacia Terebinthus, also grows in the islands of Chios and Cyprus, and yields Chian turpentine. The mode of its cultivation, etc., is described in Proc. Amner. Pharm. Assoc., 1897, p. 563. Chian turpentine contains from 9 to 12 per cent of volatile oil (Wig- ner, 1880). The Arabs of North Africa gather from an Algerian plant, the Pistacia Terebinthus, Linné, war. Atlantica, Desfontaines, a product similar to mastic. SANDARACH.—Sandaraca, Sandarac. A northwest African tree, the Callitris quadrivalvis, Ventenat (Thuja articulata, Vahl), Nat. Ord.-Coniferae, yields tears of sandarac by spontaneous exudation. They are brittle, elongated, light-yellow, and have a dusty appearance. When masticated they crumble to a powder, are translucent, have a vitreous fracture, and are almost completely dissolved by alcohol. Sandarac is also soluble in ether, amyl alcohol and acetone, partly soluble in chloroform and essential oils, insoluble in low-boiling petroleum benzºln, and in benzol, partly soluble in carbon disulphide, also soluble in considerable quantity in hot solution of caustic soda. The freshly exuding resin contains notable quantities of essential oil which evaporates, however, as the tears are exposed (Flückiger, Pharmacognosie, 1891, p. 108). Their odor is therefore feeble, unless the product be heated when it becomes balsamic; the taste is resin-like and subacrid. It is inflammable. Sandarac is said to be composed of 3 resins, which may be differentiated by their behavior toward solvents. One of these resins is Giese's sandaracin. Like mastic, sandarac resin contains small quantities of a bitter principle. Australiam Sandarach is physically very similar to the foregoing. It is obtained in Tas- mania and Australia. - PSEUDo-MASTICH.-Acantho-mastich. Agglutinated tears of an exudation from the Atrac- tylis gummifera. It comes in masses about the size of a small egg. It is employed in Greece. MATICO (U. S. P.)—MATICo. “The leaves of Piper angustifolium, Ruiz et Pavon”—(U. S. P.). (Piper elongatum, Vahl; Stephensia [Steffensia] elongata, Kunth; Artamthe elongata, Miquel). Nat. Ord.—Piperaceae. COMMON NAMEs: Matico, Matico-leaves. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 242. Botanical Source.—This plant is the Artamthe elongata of Miquel, and the Stephensia elongata of Kumth; it is described as a tall shrub, presenting a singular appearance from the segmentary character of its stems and branches. The leaves MATICO. 1245 are harsh, short-stalked, oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, pubescent beneath, tessel- lated or rough on the upper side on account of the sunken veins. The spikes are solitary, cylindrical and opposite the leaves; the bracts lanceolate; the flowers hermaphrodite, yellow, minute, and numerous. The fruit consists of small, almost black seeds. History and Description.—This is a Peruvian plant, which was brought into notice among the profession of this country by Dr. Ruschenberger, a member of the United States Navy. The dried leaves are the parts used; they have a strong, rather fragrant odor, not unlike that of cubebs, and a warm, aromatic. Somewhat feebly astringent taste. They are easily reduced to a powder of a color similar to that of Senna leaves. Water takes up their aroma and a slight pungency, but no astringency. Infusion of galls produces a gray precipitate with infusion of matico; iron causes a deep-green one; tartar-emetic, corrosive sublimate, and gelatin scarcely affect it. The official description of matico is as follows: “From 10 to 15 Crim. (4 to 6 inches) long, short-petiolate, oblong-lanceolate, apex pointed, base unequally heart-shaped, margin very finely crenulate, tessellated above, reticulate beneath, meshes small, and the veins densely-brownish-hairy; aromatic, spicy, and bitter- ish"—(U. S. P.). Chemical Composition.—Dr. Hodges, in 1844, found in the leaves a bitter principle which he called maticin, an aromatic, volatile oil nitrate of potassium, a soft, dark-green resin, etc. T. S. Wiegand (1846) and John J. Stell (1858), and more recently, Prof. Flückiger, doubt the existence of Hodge's maticin; Flückiger (Pharmacognosie, 1891, p. 748) was also unable to verify the existence of Marcotte's crystallizable artamith?c acid (1869), Tannin is present in the leaves. The volatile oil of matico is pale yellow and thick, and exists to the extent of 2.7 per cent. Its optical rotation is slightly right-handed. Most of the oil distills between 180° and 200° C. (356° and 392°F.). From the thick residue Prof. Flückiger obtained upon cooling, large crystals of a peculiar camphor; Kügler (1883) ascribes to the purified substance the formula CoIHis(C.H.)0. It melts at 94° C. (201.2°F.), and is devoid of odor and taste. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Matico is an aromatic bitter stimulant, whose virtues reside in its resin, volatile oil, and bitter principle. It has been highly reecommended in bleeding from the lungs, stomach, or kidneys, and in dysen- tery, but its use is doubtful in these cases. It has, however, been found advanta- geous in leucorrhaea, gomorrhaea, piles, and chronic mucous discharges, also in dyspepsia, owing to chronic mucous affections of the stomach. Externally, the leaves are used for arresting hemorrhages from wounds, leech-bites, etc.; the downy part of the leaf is said to be the most active part. Also applied to ulcers. A tincture is also used, made with 2% ounces of the leaves to 1 pint of diluted alcohol, of which the dose is from 1 to 3 fluid drachms. The infusion is made by macerating ounce of the leaves in , pint of boiling water for 1 hour; dose, from 1 to 2 fluid ounces, 3 or 4 times a day. Related Species.—Piper aduncum, Linné (Artamthe adunca, Miquel), abundant in Tropical America, furnishes a leaf which was substituted for matico, and was detected by Prof. Bentley in 1864. It differs but little in odor, shape, or color, from matico, though it does not appear tessellated like the latter. The parallel ascending nerves are more prominent on the under surface, and the spaces are nearly smooth, instead of rugose, and not hairy like the same sur- face of matico leaves. Chemically, it resembles matico, and therapeutically, it is probably not less effective. Artamthe lanceºfolium, Miquel (Piper lamcea folium, H. B. K.), yields a matico which is em- ployed in New Granada (Pharmacographia). The leaves of Eupatorium glutinosum, Nunth (the Chusalonga) (Nat. Ord.—Compositae), and Waltheria glomerata, Presl (Nat. Ord.—Sterculiaceae) of Central and South America, are known also as matico. It appears that the terms Mained and Yerba (palo) del Soldado (Soldiers' herb or tree), both Spanish names, are applied to these plants as well as to true matico, on account of their styptic qualities. The Piper adumeum is used in Brazil as a stimulant only, styptic properties not being mentioned. The fruit of the same is employed like cubebs. The leaves of the Eupatorium and Waltheria are sufficiently different as not to be confounded with matico. Piper Carpunya, Ruiz et Pavon. Peru and Chili. Glossy, leathery leaves used in gastric disorders. Piper umbellatum, Linné ; Piper peltatum, Linné. Tropical America. The catapeba or peri- p(trabo. Rhizomes, diuretic; leaves employed for tumors and cutaneous diseases. (See also - Ireca, Piper methysticum, and Piper B (le.) 1246 MATRICARIA. MATRICARIA (U. S. P.)—MATRICARIA. “The flower-heads of Matricaria Chamomilla, Linné’—(U. S. P.). (Chamomilla officinalis, Koch; Chrysanthemum Chamomilla, Bernhardi.) Nat. Ord.—Compositae. COMMON NAME: German chamomile. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 155. Botanical Source.—A branching annual, having a stem from 1 to 2 feet high, with alternate, smooth, deep-green, pinnate, or bi- or tri-pinnate leaves, the leaflets of which are small and linear. The numerous small branches bear single, terminal flowers, about # inch in breadth, with spreading rays. The calyx-scales are obtuse, whitish, translucent, and membranaceous near the margins, but green in the cen- ter. The white ray-florets are spreading at first, finally becoming reflected. The disc is convex primarily, and later becomes prominently comical and hollow. History and Description.—This plant is found in wastes and fields in Europe northward to Finland, and is cultivated in this country by our German popula- tion. It is likewise found in Asia in the temperate localities, and, through maturali- zation, has become one of the plants of Australia. All parts of the plant are medicinal, but the flowers are generally employed. When dried they are much smaller than the fresh heads. Matricaria is described by the U. S. P. as follows: “About 15 to 20 Mm. (; to # inch broad), composed of a flattish, imbricate involucre, a comical, hollow, maked receptacle, which is about 5 Mm. (4 inch) high, about 15 white, ligulate, reflexed ray-florets, and numerous yellow, tubular, perfect disk- florets without pappus; strongly aromatic and bitter. The similar flower-heads of Anthem is arvensis, Linné, and Maruta Cotula, De Candolle (Nat. Ord.—Compositae), have conical, solid, and chaffy receptacles”—(U. S. P.). (See Anthemis.) Chemical Composition.—In addition to the ordinary constituents of plants, matricaria contains a small portion of tannin and tammates, malates, bitter ex- tractive, and a volatile oil. The latter, known as Olewm Chamomillae AEthereum, may be obtained, by distillation in a suitable apparatus, in the quantity of 0.45 per cent (Schimmel & Co.). It has an aromatic, warm taste, and a pronounced odor of matricaria. It is thick, somewhat viscid, opaque in bulk, but in layers transparent, and has a rich, dark-blue color which, on exposure to air and light, gradually becomes green, and, lastly, brown. Its density is 0.93; its congealing point, —20° C. (−4°F.). It consists of a colorless oil having the composition Clo H, O, and a terpene (CoHº). Azulene (of Piesse), or coeruleim (of Gladstone), a volatile body said to be present in all blue or green oils, gives to it its blue colora- tion. It was investigated by Kachler (1871), and occurs only in the highest fractions of the oil. An Oleum Chamomillae Citratum, sometimes met with, is pre- pared by adding oil of lemon (1 part) to recently gathered matricaria (480 parts), and distilling. It is thinner than the true oil, and its blue color changes more readily. Werner, in 1867, states to have obtained from Matricaria Chamomilla the crystallizable, bitter anthemic acid, isolated by Pattone (1859) from the flowers of Anthem is arvensis, Linné; and a crystallizable alkaloid, which he called anthem idime. Flückiger (1891) doubts the correctness of these results. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Matricaria is usually listed as having properties similar to anthemis, but of less activity. It has, however, come to be preferred over the latter by Eclectic practitioners, and is now an important remedy with us, particularly in affections of young children. It has two particu- lar specific fields of action—one upon the nervous system, subduing nervous irri- tability, and the other upon the gastro-intestinal tract, relieving irritation. Upon the nervous system its action is most pronounced, affecting both the sensory and motor nerves. It is peculiarly adapted to the nervous manifestations of dentition, and in other affections where there seems to be a morbid susceptibility to pain. Ear- ache, rheumatic and neuralgic pains, abdominal neuroses, etc., are relieved by it when the nervous apprehension is all out of proportion to the actual amount of pain experienced. A matricaria patient is restless, irritable, discontented, and impa- tient, and, if a child, is only appeased when continually carried. In pregnancy, it relieves nervous twitching, cough, false pains, etc., accompanied by great unrest. It should be borne in mind, however, that it is not the gross dose of matricaria ^a MEL. 1247 that will overcome these morbid, nervous phenomena, but the small, or almost minute dose. It is one of those agents, and we have many, that exert their pecu- liar effects only in small doses, yet can be used without harm in large doses, but without the peculiar benefit derived from the smaller amounts. It relieves the erethism producing hysteria—a little slowly, perhaps, but its effects are lasting— and for the conditions that threaten infantile convulsions, during dentition, it is one of the most certain of drugs. After the spasms have supervened, it is not equal to gelsemium or lobelia. While it has been said that it has two specific fields of action—upon the men- tal and nervous, and upon the digestive tract—it must be remembered that the nervous manifestations calling for matricaria, are nearly always present in the disorders of the latter, while, on the other hand, the nervous phenomena may occur without any disturbance of the latter. Hence the references to the nervous symptoms of stomach and bowel disorders, given as specifically calling for the drug. In the summer diarrhoea of irritation (not of atomy), it becomes an impor- tant remedy. The condition will probably not be without call for other specifics, but the indications for matricaria will be distinct. There is marked irritability, the child is peevish and fretful, the stools extremely fetid, and may excoriate around the anus more or less. In appearance they vary—may be watery and green. or slimy, perhaps in yellow and white lumps, or it may be of undigested curds of milk, imbedded in a green mucus—an appearance aptly compared by Prof. Bloyer to “chopped eggs and greens.” In subacute inflammation and in congestion of the liver, Small doses of matricaria are very efficient when the bowels are costive, the urine voided with difficulty, the child fretful and peevish, and the right hypochondrium tender. If fever is present, aconite may be associated with it. It corrects the skin eruptions and rashes due to these disorders. Alone, or associated with phytolacca, it relieves Soreness and swelling of the breasts in infrints, and is useful in suppression of the lacteal Secretion. It is a remedy for flatulent colic with distension. Either small or large doses of matricaria (specific or infusion) are of value in amenorrhaea, with sense of weight and heaviness in the womb, and bloating of the abdomen, accompanied with sudden nervous explosions of irascibility. The infu- sion, given to the extent of producing free diaphoresis, relieves dysmemorrhaea, with labor-like pains, and tends to prevent the formation of clots. Various painful conditions, due to contracting colds, are relieved by matricaria infusion associated with aconite. Among these may be mentioned carache, rheumatism, catarrhal affec- tions of the bowels, ears, mose, and eyes. Locally, it has been used as a wash for leucor- rhoea, mammary abscess, ulcerating bubo, and catarrhal conjunctivitis. For topical application and internal administration, an infusion (5ss to water Oj) may be used. For its gross action, it may be given freely, but for specific pur- poses, teaspoonful doses of an infusion of half the above strength will give the best results. Specific matricaria is given in doses of a fraction of a drop to 30 drops. Specific Indications and Uses.—Nervous irritability, with peevishness, fret- fulness, discontent, and impatience; sudden fits of temper during the catamenial period; muscular twitching; morbid sensitiveness to pain; head sweats easily; alvime discharges, fetid, greenish and watery, and of green mucus with curds of milk, or of yellow and white flocculi, associated with flatulence, colic, and exeoria- tion of the anal outlet; a remedy particularly fitted for the disorders of dentition, and to correct the condition threatening to end in dentition convulsions. Related Species.—Anthem is avensis, Linné. America and Europe. The flowers of this species have no Odor, but have a bitter, acrid taste. They are possessed of medicinal qualities similar to anthemis and matricaria, but are regarded less valuable. Pattone (1S,59) found the flowers to contain bitter and crystallizable anthemic acid, and a crystallizable alkaloid, anthem ine. Flückiger (Pharmacognosie, 3d ed., 1891, p. 832) doubts the correctness of these statements. MEL (U. S. P.)—HoNEY. “A saccharime secretion deposited in the honeycomb by Apis mellifica, Linné”— (U. S. P.). Class: Insecta. Order: Hymenoptera. Source and History.—The Apis mellifica, or homey-bee, belongs to the order Hymenoptera, of the class of insects. In the wild state it dwells in the hollows of 1248 MEL. trees in large communities, consisting of males, females, and neuters. Honey is a saccharine matter secreted by the nectariferous glands of flowers, which is col- lected by the working bees, and deposited in their crop or homey-bag, from which it is ejected when the insect reaches its hive. The taste, odor, and quality of honey varies according to the age of the bees and the character of the flowers from which it is gathered. The presence of pollen grains in honey mostly permits the iden- tification of the flowers from which the honey is taken. There is no doubt but the secretions of the crop of the insect, somewhat alter the properties of the honey received into it from the mectaries. It is established, for example, that these secretions contain a ferment which readily converts cane sugar and starch into invert-sugar. Virgin homey is the best kind, and is procured by dripping homey- comb from a hive of young bees before they have swarmed. Honey of a superior quality is obtained by allowing it to ooze from the honeycomb. After the first honey is thus procured, by subjecting the honeycomb to compression, an inferior variety may be expressed; or it may be obtained by fusion in the vapor-bath. Although a large amount of homey is supplied in our own country, yet a great quantity is also imported from some of the West Indian islands. A plea for Cali- fornia honey was made by J. E. S. Bell, in Amer, Jour. Pharm., 1888, p. 126. The best honey is stated to be produced from linden flowers. On the other hand, cer- tain poisonous plants, especially of the natural order of Ericaceae, yield poisonous honey, the toxic principle very likely being amdromedotoxim (see interesting paper by L. F. Kebler, Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc., 1896, p. 167). Description.—The U. S. P. describes honey as “a syrupy liquid of a light-yel- lowish to pale, yellowish-brown color, translucent when fresh, but gradually becoming opaque and crystallime, having a characteristic, aromatic odor, and a sweet, faintly acrid taste”—(U. S. P.). (See Mel Despumatum.) The specific gravity of good honey, on the average, is 1.425; it should not be lower than 1.375 (U. S. P.). In a great measure it is soluble in water, not so readily soluble in alcohol; hot alcohol dissolves it, but on cooling deposits crystals of grape sugar. Chemical Composition.—According to J. König (Die Menschlichen Nahrungs- wnd Genussmittel, 3d ed., 1893, p. 784), the average composition of 100 parts each, in 183 samples of honey analyzed, was as follows: Water, 20.6; nitrogenous matter, 0.76; lavulose (fruit sugar), 38.65; dextrose (grape Sugar or glucose), 34.48; came sugar (sucrose), 1.76; (maximum in one single instance, 12.91; the beehives in this case were situated near a cane sugar manufactory); gum, 0.22; pollen and wax, 0.71; non-sugar substances, 2.82; ash, 0.25; phosphoric acid, 0.028. Thus it is seen that the bulk of the sugar is present as invert Sugar (equal molecules of dex- trose and lavulose) with larvulose somewhat preponderating. Most of the genuine honey therefore, is decidedly lacvo-rotatory. Still, a possible increase in canc sugar, which is dextro-rotatory, or of dextrin-like bodies (sometimes as much as 4 per cent), in matural honey is liable to change the optical rotation to the right. Pure honey, upon standing becomes semi-crystalline, crystals of dextrose (C.H.O.-- H.O) being deposited. A peculiar property of invert sugar, which is made use of in analysis by optical methods, consists in the fact that its optical rotation, which is to the left, becomes zero at a temperature of 87.2° C. (189°F.). Honey, diluted with water, is susceptible to the vinous fermentation, without the addition of yeast; if yeast be added, it forms the alcoholic liquor called mead; the presence of albuminous bodies in honey facilitates fermentation ; if nitric acid be allowed to act on honey, oxalic acid results. Honey also contains formic acid, which the bees deposit in the honey in order to preserve it. f Adulterations and Tests.-Honey is occasionally adulterated with flour or starch, especially the inferior kinds, in order to give it a white appearance. If the honey be thin and slow to crystallize, it is probably adulterated with water. Honey is also liable to be adulterated by the addition of solution of came sugar, or of glucose syrup. The presence and quantity of cane sugar may be established by determining the reducing power of the honey in question upon Fehling's solu- tion before and after inversion with diluted hydrochloric acid. An increased reduction after inversion is due to the presence of cane sugar. The aforenamed adulterants are recognized by the following official-tests: “When recent honey is diluted with 2 parts of water, the resulting liquid should be almost clear, not stringy, and should have a specific gravity not lower than 1.100 (corresponding MEL BORACIS. 1249 to a specific gravity of 1.375 for the original honey). Honey has a faintly acid reaction toward litmus paper. If 1 part of honey be dissolved in 4 parts of water, a clear or nearly clear solution will result, which should not be rendered more than faintly opalescent by a few drops of silver nitrate T.S. (limit of chlorides), or of barium chloride T.S. (limit of sulphates). If 1 volume of honey be diluted with 1 volume of water, and a portion of this liquid gradually mixed with 5 vol- umes of absolute alcohol, it should not become more than faintly opalescent (as compared with the reserved portion of the solution), and should neither become opaque, nor deposit a slimy substance on the inner walls and bottom of the test- tube. And when honey is incinerated, in small portions at a time, in a platinum crucible, it should not leave more than 0.2 per cent of ash (absence of glucose and foreign inorganic substances). On boiling 1 part of honey with 5 parts of water, the resulting solution, when cold, should not be rendered blue or green on the addition of iodine T.S. (absence of starch)"—(U. S. P.). Dr. O. Haenle (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1890, p. 445), employs dialysis and subse- quent polarization of the residual liquid to prove the presence of glucose syrup in homey; the residue is optically active if glucose (which always contains dextrin- like bodies) is mixed with the honey in question. Yet, genuine honey, being of variable composition, may contain, as stated before, large quantities of dextrin as a natural constituent. In this connection, see the elaborate researches on the chemistry of honey, by O. Künnmann and A. Hilger, in Forschungsberichte, 1896, pp. 211–226. In testing honey for chlorides, an excess of chlorides present may in some cases be accounted for by the gathering of honey from flowers grown in “salt marshes '' (see L. F. Kebler, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1895, p. 27). The so-called Euca- lyptus homey of Australia, for which its discoverer, D. Guilmeth, and his followers, claimed the virtue of containing large amounts of eucalyptol, proved to be a misrepresentation. (Compare Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1887, p. 471, and 1891, p. 517.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Honey is nutritious, antiseptic, diu- retic, and demulcent. Used in wrimary affections, and as an addition to gargles, lotions, injections, etc. A very excellent preparation for coughs, especially during febrile or inflammatory attacks, is composed of honey, olive-oil, lemon juice, and sweet spirits of niter, each 1 fluid ounce, to be taken several times a day, in half fluid-drachm or fluid-drachm doses. Honey sometimes enters into the formation of cataplasms for diminishing the lacteal Secretion, and for the treatment of fissured nipples, carbuncles, and boils. Several preparations, as honey of borax, honey of rose, etc., are used as local applications in aphthous sore throat and mouth, and to local disorders of the female genitalia. It is said that the Indians make an infusion of the honey bee, and give 1 gill of it every half hour, in Strangury, suppression of wrime, etc. (see Apis), and it is further added, that this infusion has the power of destroying the sexual propensity. The latter statement requires confirmation. A tincture of honey bees is made by collecting a quantity of the living insects in a vial, agitating them roughly so as to irritate them, and while in that condi- tion they are to be covered with alcohol; in a few days it will be ready for use. In small doses, several times a day, this is a highly useful remedy in many dis- eases of the bladder and kidneys, as well as in some uterime affections (see Apis). Some practitioners assert that it will produce abortion in the pregnant female, if its use be too long continued, or when employed too freely. Though exten- sively used as a food, honey occasionally causes, in susceptible individuals, unpleasant head symptoms, and more often flatulent colic of a peculiar char- acter, and will sometimes produce diarrhoea. MEL BORACIS.—BORAX HONEY. SYNoNYMs: Mel sodil boratis, Homey of sodium, borate. Preparation.—Mix 60 grains of finely powdered borax with 30 grains of glycerin, and 480 grains of clarified homey. This accords with the British Phar- macopazia. The parts used are respectively 2, 1, and 16. This is extemporaneously prepared as needed. (See an interesting article on the chemistry of mel boracis, by W. R. Dunstan, in Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1883, p. 453, from Pharm. Jour. Trams., 1883.) 79 1250 MEL DESPUMATUM.–MELILOTUS. Action and Medical Uses.—Its uses are practically those of each of the ingredients composing it. It is especially applicable to aphthous conditions in young children. MEL DESPUMATUM (U. S. P.)—CLARIFIED HONEY. Preparation.—“Honey, a convenient quantity; glycerin, a sufficient quan. tity. Mix the honey intimately with two (2) per cent of its weight of paper- pulp, which has been previously reduced to shreds, thoroughly washed and soaked in water, and then strongly expressed and again shredded. Then apply the heat of a water-bath, and, as long as any scum rises to the surface, carefully remove this. Finally, add enough distilled water to make up the loss incurred by evaporation, strain, and mix the strained liquid with five (5) per cent of its weight of glycerin "-(U. S. P.). Some older processes employed for purification of honey, at boiling heat, the white of eggs, animal charcoal, gelatin, with sub- sequent addition of tannic acid, etc. (see description of these processes in this Dispensatory, preceding editions). “Clarified honey should conform to the tests of purity given under homey (see Mel)”—(U. S. P.). Pharmaceutical Uses.— Honey is used in the preparation of pills, confec- tions, oxymels, and medicated honeys. MELLITA.— Medicated homeys. Simple mixtures of drugs with honey, prepared extemporaneously on account of their liability to decompose. OXYMELLITA.—Oxymels. Medicated honeys, containing vinegar, or acetic acid (see Oxymel). MEL ROSAE (U. S. P.)—HONEY OF ROSE. Preparation.-' Fluid extract of rose, one hundred and twenty cubic centi- meters (120 Co.) [4 fl 3, 28 ſil]; clarified honey, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Into a tared vessel introduce the fluid extract of rose, then add enough clarified honey to make the contents weigh one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.], and mix them thoroughly ’’—(U. S. P.). Action and Medical Uses.—Useful and pleasant addition to mouth-washes and gargles. It is slightly stimulant and astringent, and is adapted to inflammatory ulcerations of mouth and throat. MIELILOTUS.–MIELILOT. The leaves and flowering tops of Melilotus officinalis, Willdenow (Melilotus vul- garis, Eaton and Wright; Trifolium officinale, Linné). Nat. Ord.—Leguminosae. CoMMON NAMES: Sweet clover, Yellow melilot, Yellow melilot clover. ILLUSTRATION: Johnson, Med. Bot. of N. A., Fig. 120. Botanical Source, History and Description.—Yellow melilot has an erect, sulcate stem, about 3 (2 to 4) feet high, with spreading branches. The leaves are pinnately trifoliate; the leaflets obovate-oblong, obtuse and smooth, with remote, mucronate teeth. The flowers are yellow, in one-sided, spicate, axillary, loose, paniculate racemes; the calyx half as long as the corolla; the legume ovoid and 2-seeded. The petals in this species are of about equal length. It is an indige- nous annual, growing in alluvial meadows, and flowering in June. The whole plant is scented, having nearly the odor of the sweet-scented vernal grass, Antho- acanthwm, odoratum. The taste of the plant, when dried, is somewhat pungent, aro- matic, and bitterish. A closely related species, the Melilotus officinalis of Desrous- seaux (M. diffusa, Koch ; M. arvensis, Walroth) of Europe, is collected also with the foregoing species. It has light-yellow flowers having short carinas, while the fruit is a transversely-rugose, obovate, usually 1-seeded legume. An American species, having white flowers, probably has virtues similar to yellow melilot. It is the Melilotus alba, Lamarck (Melilotus officinalis, Pursh ; Melilotus officinalis, var. alba, Nuttall; Melilotus leucantha, Koch). In this species the standard is longer MELKILOTUS. 1251 than the other petals. It is known as White Anelilot, White melilot clover, or Sweet- scented clover, and is a biennial, with an erect, robust, very branching, sulcate stem, 4 to 6 feet high. The leaflets are variable, oval, ovate, ovate-oblong, truncate, and mucronate at the apex, remotely serrate, and 1 or 2 inches long; stipules seta- ceous. The flowers are white, numerous, the racemes more loose and longer than in the first species. The petals are unequal, the banner longer than wings or keel, and the calyx shorter than the corolla by more than one-half. This plant grows in similar situations with M. officinalis, flowering in July and August, and having a sweet fragrance, which is improved upon being dried—(W.). Chemical Composition.—The characteristic constituent of melilotus is the aromatic, crystallizable coumarin (C, H.O.), which is the anhydrid of Ortho-coumanic acid (C, H,OH,CHCHCOOH). The latter, and hydrocoumaric (melilotic) acid (C, H, OH.CH,CH,COOH) likewise occur in the plant. Cumarin forms with melilotic acid a crystallizable compound (Zwenger and Bodenbender). Melilotol of Phipson (1875), is a volatile oil, probably the anhydrid (lactone) of melilotic acid. As much as 0.2 per cent has been obtained by distilling the fresh herb with water. Chenopodin, a crystallizable principle occurring quite frequently in various plants, was observed by Reinsch (1867) as a deposit from an alcoholic extract of Melilotus alba; it is probably identical with leucin (amido-caproic acid, C.H.I.NH,COOH) (Flückiger, Pharmacognosie, 1891). COUMARIN is also the odoriferous principle of many other plants, occurring, e.g., in Tonka beams where it was first discovered ; in Liatris, Asperula odorata, etc. (see list of counarim-bearing plants in Husemann and Hilger, Pflanzeristoffe, p. 1037). It was found in melilotus only in small quantity (about 0.04 per cent, in combi- nation with melilotic acid). Cowmarin is now obtained synthetically by the action of acetic anhydrid and sodium acetate upon the sodium compound of salicylic aldehyde (C.H.OHCHO). It forms hard, colorless prisms, melting at 67°C. (152.6°F), and boiling at 291° C. (608°F.). It sublimes, however, at ordi- nary temperature, in the form of white needles; sometimes it is found in crystals on the herb. Countarin is soluble in ether, volatile and fatty oils, in acetic and tartaric acids, also soluble in boiling alcohol, and requires 400 parts of cold, and 45 parts of hot water for solution. Hot alkalies convert it into ortho-coumaric acid. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Melilotus (species), placed between woolen clothing, is used in Europe to guard against the ravages of the moth. The medicinal properties of melilotus are undoubtedly chiefly due to counarin. Many observers have found it peculiarly effective in certain painful disorders, particularly meuralgias of long standing and associated with debility. It is adapted to idiopathic meuralgic headaches, and to meuralgic affections not depending upon reflex causes, although it has given good results in headaches arising from painful disorders of the stomach. Recurring meuralgia, especially from cold or fatigue, have been promptly relieved by small doses of the drug. It relieves ovarian neuralgia sometimes as if by magic, and in dysmemorrhaea its beneficial effect is observed when lameness and soreness are prominent symptoms, and par- ticularly when the trouble seems to follow the great sciatic nerve. Rheumatic cases, showing marked lameness, are also said to be cases for its exhibition. It is likewise of value in painful dysuria, colic, painful diarrhoea, and menstrual colic. Gastralgia, neuralgia of the stomach, and other abdominal viscera, have been promptly relieved by it, and a prominent symptom in these disorders, that has been met by the drug, is the coldness of the extremities. We should remember melilotus in painful states, with coldness, and marked soreness or tenderness to the touch. Dose of specific melilotus, 1 to 10 drops; of a strong timeture, 1 to 20 drops. The leaves and flowers of these two plants (M. officinalis and M. alba) are boiled in lard, and formed into an ointment, which is found of utility as an application to all kinds of wicers. The Vanilla, or Seneca grass, used for a stimulant purpose, is the Hierochloé borealis. - Specific Indications and Uses.—Idiopathic headaches; long-standing neu- *algias; coldness, tenderness, lamenesss or marked soreness of parts; painful menstruation with lameness or sensation of cold ; menstrual colic; ovarian neu- ralgia ; colic with diarrhoea and much flatus. Related Drugs.--Ton KA BEANs. These are derived from the Dipterya odorata, Willde- now (Coumaround odorata, Aublet), a large, papilionaceous tree inhabiting Guiana. The fruit 1252 MELISSA. consists of an oblong-ovate, 1-seeded legume. The seed, or part employed, is somewhat 2-edged, appearing compressed, blackish-brown in color, and has a brittle, shining, or fatty-like skin, is deeply rugose, and has an oily, pale-brown kernel. The seeds possess an aromatic, bitterish taste, and a balsamic, agreeable, vanilla-like odor. The chief constituent, and the one upon which its odor depends, is cowmarin (see Melilotus), which is often found between the two halves of the seeds, and upon the surface, as an efflorescence. Coumarin was first observed in Tonka beans, in 1820, by Vogel, who held it to be benzoic acid. Guibourt soon afterward declared it to be a different substance, and gave it its present name. Tonka beans are about 2 inches long. A variety known as English Tomka beams, are smoother, smaller, and do not contain as much coumarin as the preceding, 108 grains having been yielded by 1 pound of true Tonka beans. The English Tonka bean is the seed of Dipterya oppositifolia, Willdenow. Tonka depends undoubtedly upon coumarin for its virtues. Pronounced narcotic effects have been observed from coulmarin, which is also a cardiac stimulant, and finally paralyzes the heart. Dr. Laurence Johnson attributes the evil effects of cigarette smoking to this principle, for among the substances used in preparing cigarettes are plants containing coumarin, notably Liatris Odoratissima. A fluid extract of Tonka bean has been used in pertussis. FAHAM LEAVES.—The leaves of Angraecum fragrams, belonging to the Orchidaceae. They have a strong and delicious aroma, and a sharp, aromatic taste. Introduced at one time in France as a substitute for ordinary tea. Fifteen grains are infused in a cup of cold water, brought to a boil for 10 minutes, poured into a closed container, and sweetened when partaken of. It comes from Mauritius and the Isle of Reunion, and contains cowmarim. MELISSA (U. S. P.)—MELISSA. “The leaves and tops of Melissa officinalis, Linné”—(U. S. P.). Nat. Ord.—Labiatae. - CoMMON NAMES: Balm, Lemon balm. Botanical Source. — Balm is a perennial herb, with upright, branching, 4-sided stems, 10 to 20 inches high. The leaves are opposite, broadly ovate, acute, coarsely crenate-Serrate, rugose, petioled, and more or less hairy. The flowers are pale-yellow, in axillary dimidiate verticils, and subsessile; the bracts are few, ovate-lanceolate, and petiolate. The calyx is slightly gibbous at base, 13-ribbed, flattish above, upper lip 3-toothed, lower one bifid. Corolla with a recurved- ascending tube; upper lip erect, flattish, lower lip spreading, 3-lobed, middle lobe mostly broadest. Stamens ascending (W.—G.). History and Description.—Balm is a native of southern France, but is natu- ralized in various parts of Europe and the United States. It grows in fields, along roadsides, and is well-known as a garden plant, flowering from May to August. The whole plant is medicinal, and should be collected previous to its flowering. In the recent state, it has a lemon-like odor, which is nearly lost by drying. Boiling water extracts its virtues. It is officially described as follows: “Leaves about 5 Cn. (2 inches) long, petiolate, ovate, obtuse, rounded or subcor- date at the base, crenate, somewhat hairy, glandular; branches quadrangular; flowers in about 4-flowered cymules, with a tubular, bell-shaped, 5-toothed calyx, a whitish or purplish bilabiate corolla, and 4 stamens; fragrant, aromatic; some- what astringent and bitterish”—(U. S. P.). The Nepeta Cataria, Linné, var. B. citriodora, a powerful emmenagogue, is some- times cultivated and employed by mistake for balm. It has the same odor, but may be distinguished by both surfaces of its leaves being hairy. Chemical Composition,--Balm contains a bitter substance, some tannin, gum, and a peculiar volatile oil, which is yellowish, or reddish-yellow, very limpid, about 0.89 in density, and possessing the fragrance of the plant in a very high degree. A stearopten is present in it (Bizio); the oil is soluble in 5 parts of alcohol. The yield in oil does not exceed 0.1 per cent. The infusion of balm is incompatible with mitrate of silver, acetate of lead, and sulphate of iron. - Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Balm is moderately stimulant, diapho- retic, and antispasmodic. A warm infusion, drank freely, has been serviceable as a diaphoretic in febrile diseases and painful menstruation, and to assist the operation of other diaphoretic medicines; in combination with ipecacuanha and potassium nitrate, a valuable diaphoretic is formed. It is also occasionally used to assist menstruation. When given in fevers, it may be rendered more agreeable by the addition of lemon juice. The infusion may be taken ad libitum. Related Species.—Melissa cordifolia, Persoon, is now accepted as a variety of Melissa offici, malis. Its leaves are more woolly, larger, and have an unpleasant odor. MEN IS PERMUM. 1253 Cedronella pallida, Lindley, and Cedronella mericana, Bentham, are employed by the Mexi- can people as substitutes for balm. e Pogostemon Patchouly, Pelletier (Pogostemon suave, Tenore).-Eastern India. An aromatic plant, the dried leaves of which yield the volatile oil of patchouly (patchouli), much employed in giving lasting qualities to other odors in perfumes. The first bale of the leaves was offered in London in 1844, though the plant was known as early as 1826. Oil of patchouly is of two grades—that distilled from the selected fresh stock near the Indian plantations, and that distilled in Europe from the imported leaves. It is of a brownish-yellow color, slightly vis- F- cid. According to Gladstone (1864), the bulk of two specimens examined, boiled at 257°C. (495° F.). The residual liquid contained a strongly blue principle—coerulein, or azulene—of much higher boiling point, 302°C. (576°F.). It is also found in the oils of achillea, calamus, absinthium, matricaria, etc. The oil of patchouly, upon standing, deposits crystalline prisms of patchouly camphor (C15H26O), a stearopfen which fuses at 59°C. (138.2°F.) when pure (Mont- golfier). The oil has a specific gravity of 0.975 to 0.995, according to Schimmel & Co. (Report, April, 1897), and contains cadinene and patchouly alcohol. The leaves yield from 1.5 to 4 per cent. The oil is said to be occasionally adulterated to the extent of 60 per cent with cubeb and cedar oils (see interesting article on Patchouli, by J. C. Sawer, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1881, p. 187; also ibid., 1888, p. 184, from Kew Bulletin). Prophylactic powers are ascribed to this plant by the Japanese, Chinese, and Arabs. - MENISPERMUM (U. S. P.)—MENISPERMUM. “The rhizome and roots of Memispermum canadense, Linné”—(U. S. P.). Nat. Ord.—Menispermaceae. CoMMON NAMEs: Yellow parilla, Canadian moonseed, Moonseed Sarsaparilla, Texas Sarsaparilla, Vime maple. Botanical Source.—This plant has a perennial, horizontal, woody, very long root, of a beautiful yellow color externally, and a round, striate, climbing stem, greenish-yellow when young, 8 to 12 feet in length. The leaves are roundish, cordate, peltate, 3 to 7-angled or lobed, smooth, the petiole inserted near the base, 3 to 5 inches long, white lines radiating from the petiole on the upper surface to each angle, glaucous green above, paler below, entire, 4 or 5 inches in diameter. The flowers are small, yellow, and in axillary clusters; sepals, 4 to 8, in a double row; petals 4 to 7, minute, retuse, and shorter than the sepals. Stames 12 to 20 in the sterile flowers; anthers 4-celled. Pistils 2 to 4 in the fertile flowers, raised on a short stalk, 1 or 2 ripening into round drupes. Imperfect stamens are some- times found in the fertile flowers. The drupes are about 4 lines in diameter, black, with a bloom resembling frost-grapes, and 1-seeded. The seeds are crescent- shaped and compressed (W.-G.). History.--This is a valuable American remedy, not in extensive use among physicians. It grows in woods and hedges near streams, from Canada to Caro- lina, and west to the Mississippi, flowering in July. The rhizome, with its roots, is the official part. It has a bitter, persistent, but not unpleasant acrid taste, and yields its virtues to water or alcohol. The root of this plant has been offered in our markets as a Texas Sarsaparilla (see Amer. Jour. Pharm.,Vol. XXVII, page 7). Description.—The U. S. P. describes yellow parilla as follows: “Rhizome Several feet long, about 5 Mm. (# inch) thick, brown or yellowish-brown, some- what knotty, finely wrinkled longitudinally, and beset with numerous thin, rather brittle roots; fracture tough, woody; internally yellowish, the bark rather thick, the wood-rays broad, porous, and longest on the lower side; pith distinct. Nearly inodorous; taste bitter”—(U. S. P). Chemical Composition.—Prof. J. M. Maisch found in it a small amount of berberine, and a large quantity of a white, amorphous, bitter alkaloid, which is soluble in ether, alcohol, and in much water with alkaline reaction (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1863, p. 303). It does not dissolve in benzene or alkaline solutions, but dissolves in 20 parts of chloroform. H. L. Barber (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1884, p.401) has shown it to differ in its properties from memispermine (from Cocculus indicus) and oxyacanthine (from Berberis vulgaris). Maisch has named it menispine; its taste is a pure bitter, like that of gentian. Tannin, gum, resin, and starch are also present in the drug. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Yellow parilla is tomie, laxative, altera- tive, and diuretic. In small doses, no obvious effects are produced on the gen- eral system, but in larger doses, a slight increase of the volume of the pulse may be perceived, as well as increase of the appetite, and the action of the bowels. In 1254 MENTH A PIPERITA. excessive doses, purging and vomiting will follow, but no other unpleasant effect. It is a superior laxative bitter. It acts quite prominently upon the glandular structures. It was formerly much esteemed as a remedy in Scrofulous, cutaneous, arthritic, rheumatic, syphilitic, and mercurial diseases. Likewise employed in dyspepsia, general debility, and chronic inflammation of the viscera. Externally, the decoction has been used with good effect as an embrocation in gouty and cutaneous affections. Indications seem to pöint to its probable value in leucocythaemia, especially when the spleen is prominently involved. Dose of the decoction, from 1 to 4 fluid ounces, 3 times a day; of the extract, from 2 to 6 grains, 3 or 4 times a day; o! the saturated tincture, from 4 to 1 fluid drachm. Specific Indications and Uses.—“Skin brown, tongue coated at the base, tip red, irregular appetite, constipation '' (Scudder, List of Specific Indications). Related Drug.—Pangium edule. East India. Contains an alkaloid which has been com- pared to memispermnime. Anthelmintic and narcotic, and, in large doses, toxic. MENTHA PIPERITA (U. S. P.)—PEPPERMINT. “The leaves and tops of Mentha piperita, Smith ”—(U. S. P.). Nat. Ord.—Labiatae. CoMMON NAME: Peppermint. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 203. Botanical Source.—This herb is a perennial, with procumbent, ascending, branched, reddish stems, quite smooth, or fringed, with a few spreading hairs, fur- rowed and quadrangular, and 2 or 3 feet in height. The leaves are ovate-oblong, or somewhat lanceolate, rounded at the base, deep-green, smooth or hairy on the under side, serrate, and borne on ciliated petioles. The flowers are in whorls, small, and purplish; upper floral leaves small, lanceolate-subulate, shorter than the flowers. The whorls are few, lax, uppermost in a short, oblong, obtuse, reddish spike; lowermost remote, with the cymes shortly stalked. Bracts subulate, outer ones as long as the calyx. Pedicels quite smooth. Calyx 5-toothed, teeth hispid, subulate, erect. The corolla is 4-cleft, tubular, with the broadest segment emarginate. Stamens 4, awl-shaped, straight, and distant; anthers with 2 parallel cells. Achenia smooth (L.—W.—G.). History, Description, and Chemical Composition.—Pep- permint is indigenous to England, and has been extensively cultivated in various parts of Europe and throughout the United States. It grows wild in damp places, and flowers from July to September. In order to preserve the fragrance of this plant, the roots require to be reset triennially, perhaps oftener. Care must also be taken to keep out the weeds, especially Erigerom canadense, Linné; Erechtites hieraci- folia, Rafinesque, and Ambrosia trifida, Linné. The entire herb is medicinal; it should be collected as soon as the flowers begin to develop, and be carefully dried in the shade. The whole plant has a peculiar, aromatic, diffusive odor, and an agreeable, warm, burning, bitter taste, followed by a feeling of coolness during inhalation. These properties are more marked in the fresh than in the dried plant. Both the odor and taste are retained when the plant is dried, and may be preserved for a long time. The U. S. P. describes it as follows: “Leaves about 5 Cm. (2 inches) long, petiolate, ovate-lanceolate, acute, sharply serrate, glandular, nearly smooth, the few hairs containing crystals of mentbol in one or more thin cells; branches quadrangular, often purplish; flowers in terminal, conical spikes, with a tubular, 5-toothed, often purplish calyx, a purplish, 4-lobed corolla, and 4 short stamens; odor aromatic; taste pungent and cooling”—(U. S. P.). Its vir- tues are due to a volatile oil (see Oleum Menthae Piperitae), which is contained in little vesicles existing throughout the plant, and visible in the leaves; the oil may be obtained by distillation with water. The plant also contains tannic acid, as its infusion becomes dark-green with ferric salts. Its virtues are taken up in infu- sion by water, and still better by alcohol. As regards the treatment and distil- Mentha piperita MENTHA VIRIDIS, 4. 1255 lation of peppermint plants, see two interesting papers by W. M. L. Weills, Proc. Penn. Pharm. Assoc., 1887, p. 147, and A. M. Todd, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1888, p. 328. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Peppermint is a powerful diffusive stimulant, antispasmodic, carminative, stomachic, and weak anodyne. It undoubt- edly possesses marked antiseptic properties. Used in the treatment of gastrodynia, flatulent colic, hysteria, spasms or cramps of the stomach, to allay the griping of cathartics, to check nausea and vomiting, and to disguise the unpleasant taste of other medicines. Equal parts of the essence and alcohol, used by atomization, relieve the cough of bronchitis and pneumonia. The fresh herb, bruised and applied over the bowels, will often allay sick stomach, and is efficient in cholera infantum. The same kind of application sometimes relieves headache. The infusion may be drank freely; but the most usual form of administration is the essence, made by dissolving 1 fluid drachm of the oil in 1 fluid ounce of alcohol. Dose, from 10 to 60 drops, in sweetened water. - º e Specific Indications and Uses.—Gastrodynia, flatulent colic, and difficult digestion. MENTHA VIRIDIS (U. S. P.)—SPEARMINT. “The leaves and tops of Mentha viridis, Linné’—(U. S. P.). (Mentha sylvestris, var. glabra, Koch.) Nat. Ord.—Labiatae. CoMMON NAME : Spearmint. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants,202. Botanical Source.—Spearmint is a creeping-rooted, herbaceous plant, with erect, branching, quadrangular, smooth stems, 1 or 2 feet high. The leaves are subsessile, ovate-lanceolate, unequally ser- - rated, and smooth; those under the flowers all bract-like, rather longer than the whorls; these last and the calyces hairy or smooth. The flowers are pale purple. Spikes cylin- drical and loose. Whorls approximated, or the lowest or all of them distant; peduncles smooth, round, and shining. The calyx is bell-shaped and 5-toothed. Corolla funnel- shaped (L.-W.). History and Chemical Composition.— Spearmint(Herba menthae acute [vel Romanæ]) is an European herb, but like the preced- ing Species of mint, is extensively culti- wated in various moist places in this coun- try on account of its oil, and for domestic use. It flowers in July and August; the whole herb is medicinal, and should be gath- ered for medicinal use during dry weather and previous to the full development of the flowers. If gathered to procure its oil, it should be done after the flowers have become developed, and before the ripening 9f the seeds. It has a strong, peculiar, aromatic odor, and an aromatic, faintly bitter taste, followed by coolness in the mouth during inhalation. When the plant is carefully dried, these properties are preserved for a long time. Its virtues are due to a volatile oil (see Oleum Mentha Viridis), which may be obtained by distillation, with water. Alcohol extracts its virtues, also water by infusion. ft. contains a little tannin. - Description:-"Leaves about 5 Cm. (2 inches) long, subsessile, lance-ovate, acute, sºrrate, glandular, nearly smooth; branches quadrangular, mostly light- green; flowers in terminal, interrupted, narrow, acute spikes, with a tubular, sharply 5-toothed, calyx, a light-purplish 4-lobed corolla, and 4 rather long sta. mens; odor aromatic; taste pungent”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—The carminative, antispasmodic, and stimulant properties of spearmint are somewhat inferior to those of peppermint; Fig. 169. Mentha Viridis. 1256 MENTHOL. its principal employment is for its diuretic and febrifuge virtues. As a febrifuge, it is superior to peppermint, and may be used freely in warm infusion. The cold infusion is beneficial in high color, or scalding of wrime, difficult mucturition, etc.; it may be used alone or in combination with marsh-mallow root. In fact, it is one of the best of simple diuretics, and acts nicely with potassium acetate. A saturated tincture of the fresh herb with gin has been found serviceable in gomor- Thaa, strangury, suppressed wrime, gravel, and as a local application to painful hemor- rhoids. The oil is diuretic, stimulant, antispasmodic, and rubefacient, and is used externally in rheumatic and other pains. Dose, same as peppermint. Specific Indications and Uses.—Scanty secretion of urine with frequent desire to urinate; simple mausea. MENTHOL (U. S. P.)—MENTHOL. ForMULA : C, H, OH. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 155.66. “A stearopten (having the character of a secondary alcohol), obtained from the official oil of peppermint (from Memtha piperita, Smith), or from Japanese or Chinese oil of peppermint (from Memtha arvensis, Linné, var. piperascens, Holmes, and Mentha canadensis, Linne, var. glabrata, Holmes. Nat. Ord.—Labiatae). Menthol should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place ’’—(U. S. P.). Source and Preparation.—Menthol is the solid constituent of oil of pepper- mint, to which its characteristic odor is due, and was formerly known as pepper- e mint camphor. It occurs in largest quantity in the oils of Fig. 17 O. peppermint known as the Chinese and Japanese oils. Our - home-grown peppermint (Memtha piperita) yields about 20 per cent of an excellent article of menthol, of a pure mint odor, and known in trade as pip-menthol. It forms hand- some, dry crystals, and was first prepared in this country by Mr. A. M. Todd, of Nottawa, Michigan. Analysis by the late Prof. Henry Trimble (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1884, p. 405) shows it to conform to the above formula more closely than Japanese menthol, which still contained traces of liquid hydrocarbons and also showed a slightly reduced melting point on this account. According to Mr. Todd (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1886, p. 159), menthol is obtained by subjecting the distilled oil of peppermint to a temperatule of —22°C. (–7.6° F.), by the aid of a freezing mixture. The menthol crystallizes out in satiny crystals, and the mother liquor is removed while the low temperature is maintained. In rare instances, the distillate congeals at —4.4°C. (24°F.). Description.—The U. S. P. describes menthol as form- ing “colorless, acicular or prismatic crystals, having a strong and pure odor of peppermint, and a warm, aromatic taste, followed by a sensation of cold when air is drawn into the mouth. Menthol is only slightly soluble in water, but imparts to the latter its odor and taste. It is freely soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, carbon disulphide, or glacial acetic acid. It melts at 43°C. (109.4°F.) to a colorless liquid, boils at 212°C. (413.6°F.), and volatilizes slowly at the ordinary tempera- ture. When it is triturated with about an equal weight of camphor, thymol, or chloral hydrate, the mixture becomes liquid. Its alcoholic solution is neutral to litmus paper, and deviates, polarized light to the left”—(U. S. P.). Chemically, menthol is a secondary alcohol of the formula C.H.,(OH)CH,C,EI.H., or hexa-hydro- oxy-para-cymene, yielding, upon oxidation, a mobile, dextro-rotatory fluid (menthone, CoELO), which is a ketone, and bears the same relation to menthol as Japan cam- phor does to borneol (see Camphora). Reversedly, menthol may be obtained from menthone by reduction with metallic sodium. The hydrocarbon (mentheme, C.H.) is obtained by heating menthol with zinc chloride, or other dehydrating agents. Tests.-‘If a little menthol be heated in an open capsule, on a water-bath, it should gradually volatilize without leaving any residue (absence of wax, paraffin, or imorganic substances). If a few crystals of menthol be dissolved in 1 Co. of glacial acetic acid, and then 3 drops of sulphuric acid and 1 drop of nitric acid added, no green color should be produced (absence of thymol)”—(U. S. P.). Cones Crystals of Menthol. MIENY ANTHES. 1257 or pencils of menthol, which are so extensively sold as a remedy for headache, neuralgia, etc., are usually largely mixed with wax, paraffin, or other foreign admixture, the presence of which is recognized by the above test. Mr. L. F. Kebler (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1897, p. 189) recommends the quantitative determination of menthol by a modification of the process given by Prof. Power and Dr. Kleber in Pharm. Rundschau, 1894, p. 157. According to this process, the combined menthol—i.e., occurring in the form of esters—is first determined by saponification of the oil with a known amount of caustic soda solution. The total menthol is then determined by forming an acetyl ester of menthol, and saponify- ing the product by a known excess of caustic soda. The amount of free menthol is then represented by the difference between the total and the combined men- thol. (For the details of this process, consult the interesting papers quoted.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Menthol possesses the general proper- ties of peppermint oil somewhat intensified. It undoubtedly has active germicidal and pronounced tonic properties. It exerts considerable anaesthetic power over parts to which it is applied, and is frequently added to ether, chloroform, etc., when they are to be used in spray for the relief of local pains. Paralysis of the spinal nerve centers and nerves, involving a loss of both sensation and motion, has resulted from large doses of menthol. When applied in solid form to the skin or mucous tissues, it first produced a sharp, burning sensation, soon followed by a sense of coldness with decreased sensibility of the parts. It forms a good applica- tion to itching Swifaces, and in prwritis vulvae a weak solution in olive oil has given us excellent satisfaction. It is largely used for itching of the surface, cellular inflam- mations, and local pains—such as occur in burns, Scalds, insect bites and Stings, eczema, Tingworm, wrticarict, toothache, earache, meuralgia, sciatica, boils, carbuncles, etc. In boils of the external auditory canal, a 20 per cent solution in oil may be applied on cottom, renewing every 24 hours. A petrolatum ointment of menthol (20 per cent) has been recommended as a stimulating agent where there is a lack of secre- tion of cerumen. Coryza and hay fever are frequently treated with the vapor or the direct application of a 10 to 20 per cent solution to the nostrils, and a solution of the latter strength has been recommended where thickening of the membranes give rise to obstruction or stemosis of the Eustachian tubes. Ozaema, catarrhal sore throat, and chronic inflammation of the pharyna are treated with the solution, while it has been used by atomization with success in pertussis, asthma, and bronchitis of a chronic type. Its vapor relieves irritable bronchial cough. Extraordinary claims regard- ing its effects in nebulized spray, have been advanced concerning its retarding influence and even arresting power over both pulmonary and laryngeal phthisis. These claims, however, require substantiation. Small doses sometimes allay vomit- Čng, as of pregnancy, etc. The dose of menthol for internal use is from to 2 grains in pill, capsule, trituration, or olive oil; for local uses, ointments, liminents, and Solutions are employed in strength ranging from 5 to 20 per cent. Specific Indications and Uses.—Topically, to pruritic surfaces. te Related Product.—MENTHIoDoI. Heat carefully in a capsule menthol, 4 parts, and add iodol, in fine powder, 1 part, and triturate until a uniform mass is obtained. Mold into suitable pencils or cones. . If too hard, soften by remelting with a small quantity of gum camphor. A local application for neuralgia. MENYANTHES.—BUCKBEAN. The leaves and rhizome of Menyanthes trifoliata, Linné. Nal. Ord.—Gentianaceae. COMMON NAMES : Buckbeam, Bogbeam, Marsh-trefoil, Water-shamrock. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 184. Botanical Source.—This plant is perennial, has a blackish rhizome, about 5 or 6 lines in diameter, penetrating horizontally in the earth to a great distance, regularly intersected with joints at the distance of about half an inch from each other; these joints are formed by the breaking off of the old petioles and their sheaths. The leaves proceed from the end of the rhizome on long stalks fur- nished with broad, sheathing stipules at the base; are trifoliate, nearly oval, gla- brous somewhat fleshy, slightly repand, or furnished with many irregularities at the edge, which hardly prevent them from being entire. The scape is round, 1258 METHYLENI BICHLORIDUM. ascending, smooth, about a foot high, bearing a conical raceme of flowers. Ped- uncles straight, supported by ovate, concave bracts. Calyx erect, Somewhat cam- panulate, 5-parted and persistent. Corolla white; its tube short, border 5-cleft, spreading, at length revolute, and clothed on the upper part with a coating of dense, fleshy, obtuse hairs. Stamens 5, shorter than the corolla, and alternate with its segments; anthers oblong, arrow-shaped. Ovary ovate; stigma bifid and compressed. Capsule ovate, 2-valved, and 1-celled ; seeds numerous and min- ute (L.). Its flowers are flesh color or pale lilac. History.—Buckbean is indigenous to this country and Europe, growing in spongy, boggy soils, swamps, ditches, etc., flowering from April to August. The whole plant possesses medicinal properties, but the root and leaves are the parts more generally employed. The whole plant is nearly odorless, but has a very bitter, somewhat aromatic taste. Water, or alcohol, takes up its active properties. Infusions of the leaves, Saccharated by adding simple syrup, gelatinize through the presence of pectin; if the latter is removed by alcohol, no gelatinization takes place (see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1881, p. 360). Chemical Composition.—Memyanthes trifoliata contains a bitter, glucosidal principle, first isolated, in 1861, by Ludwig and Kronmayer, and called menyamthin. Karl Lendrich, in 1892, gave an improved method of obtaining menyanthin (Archiv der Pharm., 1892, p. 38), and found it to have the formula C, H, O,. It is a neutral body of bitter taste, and yellow color, soluble in alcohol and hot water; soluble with difficulty in cold water and ether. Although menyanthin contains no mitrogen, it strangely enough responds to alkaloidal reagents, such as Mayer's solution, tannic acid, etc. Diluted alkalies or acids cause it to split into a resinous product, a laevo-rotatory sugar, and a volatile, sweetish, aromatic oil, memyanthol (C, H, O,)n, which is both an aldehyde and a phenol. Contrary to some statements, it has not the odor of bitter almond oil. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Buckbean, when recent, and given in large doses, usually causes emesis. It is, when dried, tonic and astringent, or purgative, according to the dose. It is valuable as a tonic where digestion and blood making are impaired, and particularly when there is an associated wierime disease or irregularity, or when following the use of quinine in malarial disorders (Scudder). For this purpose, a strong tincture of the fresh leaves may be given in doses of from 1 to 10 minims. It has been given in dyspepsia, intermittent and Temittent fevers, with advantage; and has been highly recommended in chronic Theumatism, hepatalgia, dropsy, worms, and some cutaneous diseases, and as a tonic in scrofula, and various cachectic affections. As a tonic, the powdered root or herb may be given in doses of from 10 to 25 grains; of the aqueous extract, 5 or 10 grains; of the infusion (made by infusing 2 drachms of the herb or root in 4 fluid ounces of water at 212° F.), a fluid ounce or two ; repeating the dose of either every 3 or 4 hours. Sixty grains of the powder, or 4 fluid ounces of the infusion, produce catharsis, and sometimes emesis. METHYLENI BICHLORIDUMI.—METHYLENE BICHLORIDE. FoRMUL.A.: CH,Cl, MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 84.71. SYNoNYMs: Methene dichloride, Bichloride of methylene, Methylene dichloride, Mono- chlorinated chloride of methyl, Chlorinated chloride of methyl, Dichloromethane, Dichlor- methane, Chloro-methyl, Metheme chloride. History and Preparation.—This substance may be considered the second substitution product of the action of chlorine upon methane (marsh gas), CH, the first product being gaseous methyl chloride, or chloromethane, CH,Cl. It was discovered, in 1840, by Regnault; Dumas and Peligot having prepared chloride of methyl about five years previously. It is difficult to prepare, and is seldom found in commerce. It is formed when chlorine gas is passed into di-iodome- thane covered with water, the retort containing it being at the same time heated; iodine separates in crystals, and an oily liquid (dichloromethane), with impurities, passes into the cooled receiver. This is purified by prolonged contact with chlo- rine, then distilling from solution of potash, agitating with calcium chloride, and METHYLENI BICHLORIDUM. 1259 redistilling to separate water. It may also be made (Regnault's process) by chlo- rination of methyl chloride (CH,Cl), bringing the gases together in the sunlight, and afterward separating the methene dichloride by fractional condensation; also by the action of chlorine on methyl iodide, thus: CHAI+Cl,+CH,Cl,+HI. Another process consists in treating chloroform in alcoholic solution with zinc and sulphuric acid as follows: CHCl,--H,-CH,Cl,--HC1. Description and Adulterations.—Dichloride of metheme is a colorless liquid, of a sweet, chloroform-like odor, of specific gravity 1.360 at 0°C. (32°F.), and boiling at 40°C. (104°F.) (Butlerow). According to Watts and others, Regnault's prepa- ration boils at 30.5°C. (87°F.), has a specific gravity of 1.344 at 18°C. (64.4°F.), is very volatile, and resenbles Dutch Liquid. It is dissolved by alcohol or ether, does not affect test papers, and emits a vapor that is readily combustible. It is stated that chloroform has been substituted for methene dichloride, but the fraud can be readily detected by the specific gravity, unless the adulterating liquid be reduced to the gravity of methene by the addition of ether. In this case, the odor of ether will be apparent. Should a mixture of chloroform and absolute alcohol be prepared and substituted, agitation with cold distilled water will separate the alcohol, and the difference in bulk will reveal the fraud, while specific gravity of the heavy liquid will be found greater than 1.360. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Bichloride of methylene has been proposed by Richardson, Wells, and others, as an anaesthetic. The inhalation of its vapor is rather agreeable, its influence occurs without any unpleasant sensa- tions, and the return to consciousness is rapid and without any feeling of pros- tration. Vomiting frequently accompanies its administration, and occasionally, a very obstinate period of agitation and struggling. It has been considered less dangerous than chloroform, though Richardson states that it is one of a danger- ous family of chemical substances, involving more or less risk, unless used with great care. Spencer Wells, the celebrated ovariotomist, having employed it in nearly one thousand cases, in the course of a surgical practice of ten years, recommends it as more effective and less dangerous than any other known anaes- thetic; yet, notwithstanding these commendations, and their confirmation by several other surgeons, the substance has not come into general use in surgical practice. The quantity required for inhalation varies from 20 to 40 minims; and 10 or 20 minims subsequently, if required, whenever symptoms of a return to consciousness begin to manifest themselves. The use of this vapor, undi- luted, is unsafe; it should always be inhaled in association with a certain quan- tity of atmospheric air; and for this purpose, a hollow come, of metal or paste- board, perforated with numerous apertures, has been advised. The material upon which the liquid has been poured, is to be placed within the cone, and the vapor be inhaled therefrom. Wells recommends Junker's apparatus for this purpose. Messrs. Regnault and Villejean make the statement (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1884, p. 646) that the methylene chloride at one time supplied to surgeons, was often noth- ing but a mixture of chloroform and methylic alcohol. Pure dichloride of methy- lene prepared by them, differed markedly from chloroform in its physiological action, excepting that both agencies produce unconsciousness. The pure methy- lene chloride, however, produced constant symptoms of an alarming character. Related Compounds. –METHYLENE, or ENGLISH METHYLENE CIILORIDE. This is not the above substance, and should not be confounded with it, as it is not a definite chemical com- pound, but simply a mixture of ether and methylene chloride. It has anaesthetic properties. Richardson declared it a safe anaesthetic in doses of from 1 fluid drachm to 3 fluid ounce. Others, however, regard it as a dangerous agent and one to be altogether avoided. According to Helbing, a second product has been sold as methylene chloride. It is a mixture of methyl chloride and chloroform. METHYL CIILORIDE, Monochlormethane (CH3Cl), Chlormethyl.—This compound is produced by the action, in the presence of a small quantity of zinc chloride, of hydrochloric acid gas upon methylic alcohol. It is also formed by heating the hydrochloride of trimethylamine (NICH3]3.HCl) to a temperature of 260°C. (500°F.) It is thus obtained as a colorless gas, with an ethereal smell. Ignited it burns with a green-edged flame. At —23°C. (–9.4°F) it gondenses to a fluid. Likewise a pressure of 5 atmospheres, at common temperature, reduces it to a liquid. It dissolves in ether, alcohol, and chloroform, but less readily in water. By employing the condensed liquid in the form of a spray, it is used as a freezing agent to pro- duce local qmºsthesia. Reputed success has attended its use in sciatica (Debove), the parts over the nerve being treated with its spray. 1260 METHYLI IODIDUM.—METHYL SALICYLAS. METHYLI IODIDUMI.—METHYL IODIDE FoEMUL.A.: CH, I. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 141.50. Preparation and History.—Equal proportions of anhydrous methylic alco- hol and potassium iodide are mixed together in a retort, and a stream of dry hydrochloric acid is passed into the mixture. Upon warming, iodide of methyl distills. It is now chiefly prepared by a modification of the method employed, in 1835, by its discoverers, Dumas and Peligot—namely, by the interaction of pure wood alcohol (35 parts), iodine (100 parts), and Ted (amorphous) phosphorus (10 parts). The reaction which takes place is as follows: 10CH,OH-H Io-HP,- 10CH.I-L,PO,H,--2H,0. Description.—Methyl iodide is a heavy, colorless liquid, having a sweetish, ethereal odor. Its specific gravity at 0°C. (32°F.) is 2.199; at 15° C. (59°F.), 2.23; its boiling point, 42.8°C. (109°F). At a low temperature it forms, with water, a crystalline hydrate (CH, I.H.O). It gradually turns brown when exposed to light, and ignites with difficulty, burning with evolution of violet fumes of iodine. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This agent was introduced as an anaes- thetic by Richardson, in 1868. While a powerful anaesthetic, it is equally a dan- gerous one. It is very liable to decompose, and, when it does so, it produces the irritant effects of iodine. After anaesthesia under its use, the effects last for many days. It will not come into use for operative purposes. It has more recently (1884) been given internally as a sedative, and to quiet pain and hypera-sthesia in cancer of the mammae and womb. Richardson so employed it, using 1 grain of the iodide in 10 minims of alcohol. Related Compounds.--METHYLEN1 IoDIDUM (Methyleni biniodidum), CH2 I2. Molecular Weight: 267.03. This compound was first prepared by the interaction of sodium ethylate (C, HsONa) and iodoform (Butlerow). It may conveniently be prepared by heating for some hours, at about 130° C. (266°F.), a mixture of strong hydriodic acid and chloroform. It is a yellow fluid, congealing at about 0°C. (32°F.). Its specific gravity is 3.34; its boiling point, 180° C. (356°F.). Partial decomposition ensues at the boiling point. METHYL FLUORIDE is asserted by H. Moissan to be anaesthetic. METHYL SALICYLAS (U. S. P.)—METHYI, SALICYLATE. FoRMULA: CH.C.H.O. MoDECULAR WEIGHT: 151,64. “Methyl salicylate, produced synthetically. It should be kept in well-stop- pered bottles, protected from light”—(U. S. P). SYNoNYMs: Artificial (or Synthetic) oil of wintergreen. Preparation.— G. M. Beringer's (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1887, p. 8) method is essentially as follows: In 2 fluid ounces of absolute methylic alcohol dissolve # ounce of salicylic acid, and add gradually to the solution 1 fluid ounce of Sul- phuric acid. Heat gently for a day. Distill from a retort into which a jet of steam is injected. Wash the distillate thoroughly and decant the product. The odor of the product is said to improve by time. In the bark of Betula lenta methyl salicylate results from the decomposition of gaultherin, a bitter, crystallizable glu- cosid discovered, in 1843, by Prof. Procter, and recently investigated by Schnee- gans and Gerock. (See review by F. X. Moerk, in Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1895, p. 8, also see an interesting review of the occurrence of methyl salicylate in plants, by Prof. Henry Kraemer, in Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1898, p. 412). Description and Tests.—It is asserted that artificial oil of wintergreen is more uniform in quality, and gives better results than the natural oils from birch or gaultheria. It is now very extensively used. Methyl salicylate, according to the U. S. P., is “a colorless, or slightly yellowish liquid, having the characteristic, strongly aromatic odor, and the sweetish, warm, and aromatic taste of oil of gaul- theria, with the essential constituent of which it is identical. It is wholly identi- cal with volatile oil of betula (see Oleum. Betulae Volatile). Specific gravity 1.183 to 1.185 at 15° C. (59°F.). Boiling point 219° to 221°C. (426.2° to 429.8°F). It is optically inactive. Soluble, in all proportions, in alcohol, glacial acetic acid, or carbon disulphide. The alcoholic solution is neutral or slightly acid to litmus paper. If a drop of methyl salicylate be shaken with a little water, and a drop of MEZEREUM. 1261 ferric chloride T.S., subsequently added, a deep-violet color will be produced. When heated on a water-bath, in a flask provided with a suitable condenser, it should yield no distillate having the characteristics of alcohol or chloroform. If to 1 Co. of methyl salicylate, contained in a capacious test-tube, 10 CC. of Sodium hydrate T.S., be added, and the mixture agitated, a bulky, white, crystalline pre- cipitate will be produced; then, if the test-tube, loosely corked, be allowed to stand in boiling water for about 5 minutes, with occasional agitation, the precipitate should dissolve, and form a clear, colorless, or faintly yellowish solution, without the separation of any oily drops, either on the surface or at the bottom of the liquid (absence of other volatile oils, or of petroleum). If the alkaline liquid thus obtained be subsequently diluted with about 3 times its volume of water, and a slight excess of hydrochloric acid added, a white, crystalline precipitate will be produced, which, when collected on a filter, washed with a little water, and recrystallized from hot water, should respond to the tests of identity and purity described under Acidwm Salicylicum (absence of methyl benzoate, etc.)”—(U. S. P.). Action and Uses.—Same as for oil of wintergreen (see Oleum Gawltheriae) MEZEREUM (U. S. P.)—MEZEREUM. “The bark of Daphne Mezereum, Linné, and other species of Daphne’—(U.S.P.). Nat. Ord.—Thymuelaeaceae. COMMON NAME AND SYNONYMs: Mezereom-bark; Mezerei cortez, Cortea, mezerei, Cortex thymneleas, Cortea coccogmidii. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 225, 226, 227. Botanical Source.—DAPHNE MEZEREUM. Mezereon, or Spurge olive, is a weather-proof shrub, with a large root and bushy stem, 4 or 5 feet high, with upright alternate, smooth, tough, and pliant branches, leafy when young, and a smooth, dark-gray bark, which is not strongly attached to the wood. The leaves are terminal on the branches, scattered, stalked, lanceolate, smooth, deciduous, 2 inches long, appearing after the flowers, and soon accompanied by flower-buds for the next season. The flowers are highly fragrant, of a pale-rose color, in little clusters on the naked branches, with several brown, smooth, ovate bracteas under- neath. Calyx tubular, hairy externally, like a corolla in texture, and crimson all over; limb in 4 deep, ovate, spreading, colored segments. Stamens 8; filaments short, in 2 rows, from about the middle of the tube; anthers roundish-oblong, 2-celled, simple, and inclosed within the tube. Ovary superior, ovate; style short and terminal; stigma capitate, depressed, and entire. The berry is scarlet, pulpy, # ºned and 1-sided; the seed suspended, oval, and large, with a thin brittle skin (L.). DAPHNE GNIDIUM is a small bush, with the leaves linear-lanceolate, clustered, acuminate, cuspidate, and quite smooth. The flowers are numerous, small, white, downy, and fragrant, in terminal, panicled racemes. The fruit is globular, dry, at first green, but ultimately black (L.). DAPHNE LAUREOLA, or Spurge-laurel, is a smooth plant, with a stem 2 or 3 feet high, round, pale, brown, upright, tough, and pliant branches, crowned with tufts of evergreen leaves, elegantly drooping in all directions, about 2 or 3 inches long, lanceolate, glabrous, acute, entire and subsessile. The flowers are deep-green, with orange anthers, 4 of which are just visible in the throat of the calyx, 5 together in each axillary raceme. An oval, concave bract accompanies each short partial stalk, at the base. Berry oval and black (L.). History and Description.—All species of Daphne possess active properties, but the bark met with in commerce is usually obtained from the three above described, that from the latter being less active than the others. The D. Meccrewm is a native of the northern parts of Europe, where it is cultivated both as a medi- cine and as an ornament; it flowers very early in the spring, often before the Snow has disappeared. This species is the most active plant of the genus; its bark is generally collected in the spring. It is met with in flat or quilled pieces, a few feet in length, and from 8 to 12 lines in breadth, and put up in packages which are, often globular. Alcohol takes up its virtues, also boiling water. Oils or fats boiled with it, likewise take up its active principles and form ointments. The D. Gºnidium is found in the south of France on hills and barren plains, and its 1262 MICA PANIS.–MIMULUS. bark is employed equally with that of the other kinds; the root-bark is also used in medicine. The barks of the three species constitute the official drug, which is described as follows: “In long, thin bands, usually folded or rolled into disks; Outer surface yellowish or brownish-yellow, with transverse scars, and minute, blackish dots, underneath of a light-greenish color; inner surface whitish, silky; bast in transverse layers, very tough ; inodorous; taste very acrid"—(U. S. P.). The leaves of D. salicifolia, Kunth, of Mexico, are used in that country as an epispastic. Chemical Composition.—The active principle of the bark of Daphne Mezereum is an acrid resin soluble in alcohol and ether, insoluble in water (Buchheim); it is probably formed by oxidation of volatile oil present in the bark. The latter also contains wax, yellow coloring matter, sugar, mitrogenous and gummy matter, malic acid and malates, and daphºmim, a crystallizable odorless, neutral substance of bitter, somewhat astringent taste, discovered in 1812 by Vauquelin, in the bark of D. alpina, and by Gmelin and Bär (1822) in the bark of D. Mezereum. Zwenger (1860) found it to be a glucosid, of the formula C, H, O,--2H,0. It is but little soluble in cold water or alcohol, but readily soluble in hot water or alcohol, insoluble in ether. By boiling with diluted acids, or under the influence of cer- tain ferments, daphnin is decomposed into sugar and daphºmetim, a crystallizable body having the odor of coumarin; it was found by Stümkel (1879) to be dioxy- cowmarin (C.H., [OH],..CHCH.COO). Umbelliferon (see Galbanum), an isomer of daphnetin, was obtained by Zwenger (1854) upon dry distillation of mezereum- resin. In the fruit, A. Casselmann (Jahresh. der Pharm., 1870, p. 62) determined the presence of 31 per cent of a fatty, drying oil, 5.46 per cent ash, 0.32 per cent of an acrid resin soluble in alcohol, and 0.38 per cent of coccogmin, a crystallizable substance not identical with daphnin. It is soluble in alcohol and alkalies, soluble with difficulty in hot water, insoluble in cold water and in ether. Upon being heated it sublimes with partial decomposition, the odor of coulmarin being developed. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—In large doses, nezereon is an irritant poison, causing redness and vesication of the skin when left in contact with it, and causing when swallowed, dryness and burning of the throat, vomiting, hyper- catharsis, and frequently renal irritation. The berries have proved fatal to chil- dren who have eaten them ; yet in some countries they are used as a purgative in doses of 8 to 12. In small doses it acts as a stimulant, alterative, diuretic, dia- phoretic, in warm decoction, and cathartic. It acts favorably in syphilis, mercurio- syphilis, Scrofula, chromic rheumatism, and some forms of obstimate disease of the skin. Dose of the decoction, from 1 to 3 fluid ounces; of the powder, 10 grains. Homoeo- pathists regard it highly in the treatment of the perioSteal pains and modes following syphilitic infection, and in rheumatic, and even in syphilitic periostitis. Externally, it is used occasionally; sometimes employed by practitioners to produce rubefaction and vesication, and in the form of ointment as an applica- tion to blistered surfaces, indolent ulcers, and issues, in order to excite suppuration. When vesication is desired, the bark is soaked in hot vinegar and water to soften it, and then applied to the part by a compress and bandage. The application is to be renewed night and morning, until vesication is produced. MICA PANIS.–CRUMB OF BREAD. The soft portion of bread made from wheaten flour was official under the above title in the British Pharmacopoeia of 1885. Bread crumb is employed as a pill- excipient, and is a constituent of the former British charcoal poultice and of sev- eral emollient cataplasms. Corn meal is generally used in this country in making charcoal poultice. MIMIUI, U.S.—HAIRY MONKEY-FLOWER. The plant Mimulus pilosus, Watson. Nat. Ord.—Scrophulariaceae. CoMMON NAME: Hairy monkey-flower. Botanical Source.—This is a small annual plant, a native of California, and found growing in damp situations. It has an erect, angular stem, less than a foot MISTU RAE.—MISTURA A L)STRING ENS ET ESCH A ROTIC A. 1263 high, and much branched from near the base. The entire plant is covered with soft and sticky hairs, whence the specific name. The leaves are opposite, from 1 to 2 inches long, sessile, and entire. The flowers are small, bright-yellow, and are borne on short axillary peduncles; they appear in July and August. The corolla is about + of an inch in length, and 2-lipped; it has a broad tube, a 2-lobed, erect upper lip, and a 3-lobed lower lip, bearing 2 purple spots. The calyx is bell- shaped, slightly shorter than the corolla-tube, and has 5 unequal teeth. The fruit is a dry, 2-celled capsule, containing many seeds. This plant has never been examined chemically. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This plant is of rather recent intro- duction to the profession, and deserves further investigation. A local application of the plant, in the form of a cataplasm, made either by bruising the leaves, or by steeping them in hot water, is reputed very efficient in local inflammations and painful affections, as in rheumatism, meuralgia, erysipelas, burns, etc. A tincture of the plant, in the dose of from 3 to 10 minims, repeated 3 or 4 times a day, will like- wise be found beneficial in rheumatism, meuralgia, and other painful disorders. In cardiac affections, the sequence of rheumatic attacks, it has proved very serviceable, in several cases. In obstimate bronchial and laryngeal affections, I have derived much benefit from the use of a tincture, made with diluted alcohol, in the form of spray. It is probable that some of the other species of Mimulus possess similar properties (J. King). MISTURAE.-MIXTURES. Mixtures include those liquid preparations containing oleaginous, mucilagi- nous, albuminous, or saccharine substances, which are used internally, and can not properly be classed with infusions, decoctions, syrups, tinctures, emulsions, etc.; also pharmaceutical compounds in which insoluble substances, whether liquid or solid, are suspended in aqueous fluids by the intervention of viscid substances. - As a rule, those preparations containing oily substances in suspension belong with emulsions, although compounds not easily classified, as will be seen below, are included under the elastic term mixture. Saturations are effervescing draughts prepared by neutralizing with a carbonate solutions of a vegetable acid, like citric and tartaric acids, the container being tightly corked to prevent the escape of carbonic acid gas. Guttae are mixtures that are to be administered by drops. If designed to be taken at one or a few doses, a mixture is sometimes called a Haustus, Potion, or Draught. A sweetened, aromatic mixture, containing a medicated water or an essential oil, is denominated a Julep (Julapium); a sweet, syrupy mixture, a Linctus. MISTURA ACACIAE (N. F.)—MIXTURE OF ACACIA. SYNONYM : Mixtura gummosa (Ger. Pharm., I). Preparation.—“Acacia, in coarse powder, seventy-five grammes (75 Gm.) [2 OZS. av., 282 grs.]; sugar, seventy-five grammes (75 Gm.) [2 ozs, av., 282 grs.]; water, eight hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (850 Co.) [28 flá, 356 lil]. Dis- Solve the acacia and sugar in the water. This preparation should be freshly made when wanted for use ’’—(Nat. Form). Uses.—(See Acacia.) MISTURA ADSTRINGENS ET ESCHAROTICA (N. F.) ASTRINGENT AND ESCHAROTIC MIXTURE. SYNONYM : Villate’s solution. Preparation.—“Solution of lead subacetate (U. S. P.), one hundred cubic centimeters (100 Co.) [3 flā, 183 ml]; copper sulphate, sixty-five grammes (65 Gm.) [2 ozs, av., 128 grs.]; zinc sulphate, sixty-five grammes (65 Gm.) [2 ozs, av., 128 grs.]; diluted acetic acid (U. S. P.), eight hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (850CC.) [28 flá, 356 ml]. Dissolve the copper sulphate and zinc sulphate in the 1264 MISTURA ALTERANTIAE COMP-MISTURA CAJUPUTI COMP. diluted acetic acid, add the solution of lead subacetate, and agitate thoroughly. Set the mixture aside so that the precipitate may subside. Then decant, or siphon off, the clear liquid and preserve it for use. Note.—In attempting to pass the liquid through a filter, it will usually be found that the finely divided pre- cipitate of lead sulphate will partially pass along with it. This may be prevented (in this and many similar cases) by adding to the mixture a small quantity of starch, thoroughly incorporating this by agitation, and pouring the mixture on the previously wetted filter. The first portions of the filtrate are poured back until it runs through clear”—(Nat. Form.). Action and Medical Uses.—This fluid mixture is designed as an astringent and escharotic. MIISTURA. ALTERANTIAE COMPOSITA.—COMPOUND ToNIC MIXTURE. Preparation.—Take of sulphate of iron, 1 drachm ; phosphate of sodium, 6 drachms; sulphate of quinine, 192 grains; Strychnine, 6 grains; white sugar, 14 ounces; diluted phosphoric acid, 14 fluid ounces; aqua ammoniae, diluted sul- phuric acid, water, boiling water, each, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the sul- phate of iron in 1 fluid ounce of the boiling water, also dissolve the phosphate of sodium in 2 fluid ounces of the boiling water, Mix these 2 solutions, and wash the precipitate (phosphate of iron) until the Washings pass tasteless. Dissolve the sulphate of quinine in 2 fluid ounces of the water, with the aid of a sufficient quantity of the diluted sulphuric acid, and then add the solution of ammonia, a sufficient quantity, to precipitate the quinine, and thoroughly wash this precipi- tate. Add the phosphate of iron and the quinine thus obtained, together with the strychnine, to the diluted phosphoric acid, and when they are dissolved, add the sugar; dissolve without heat. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Of this mixture, which is similar to the syrup of Easton, Prof. J. M. Scudder observes: “A very important object in the treatment of many forms of chronic disease, is to restore the tone of the stomach and bowels, and give better innervation through the ganglionic nerves. The loss of power in the worst cases (as in Secondary syphilis) is sometimes so great that it requires powerful means to accomplish the object. It is in these cases espe- cially, that this combination will be found most effective. This is one of the most powerful combinations I have ever employed to restore the action of the ganglionic system of nerves, the appetite, and the functions of digestion and nutrition. It may be employed in any cachéctic diseases, or where the blood is deficient in quantity and quality, with imperfect innervation. It is also an excellent remedy in periodical diseases, as well as a prophylactic against them. The dose is from 15 minims to 1 fluid drachm.” MISTURA GAJUPUTI compos[TA—CoMPOUND CAJEPUT MIXTURE. SYNoNYM : Humm's drops. Preparation.—Take of oils of cajeput, cloves, peppermint, and anise, each, 1 fluid ounce; rectified alcohol, 4 fluid ounces. Dissolve the oils in the alcohol. - Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This is a very valuable stimulant and antispasmodic preparation, and has been successfully used in colic, cramp of the stomach, or elsewhere, flatulence, pains in the stomach or bowels, painful diarrhoea, cholera morbus, Asiatic cholera, and in all cases where stimulant and antispasmodic action is desired. During the cholera of 1849–51, it was extensively used in Cin- cinnati for the purpose of overcoming violent spasmodic action, in the doses of 1 or 2 fluid drachms, every 10 or 15 minutes; 1 or 2 doses generally succeeded in relieving the pains and spasms when all other means had failed. The ordinary dose is from 10 drops to , fluid drachm. It should be given in simple syrup, mucilage of slippery-elm, or in hot brandy and water sweetened. Care should be taken not to give too much of this preparation, as a large amount would produce inflammation of the stomach. It is a very valuable agent when properly used, and should be kept by every physician and druggist (J. King). MISTURA CAMPIHORAE COMP,-MISTURA CHENOPODII COMP. 1265 MISTURA CAMPHORAE COMPOSITA.—COMPOUND MIXTURE OF CAMPHOR. Preparation.—Take of camphor water, peppermint water, and spearmint water, each, 1 fluid ounce: camphorated tincture of opium, 2 fluid drachms. Mix. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This is a very efficient agent in allay- ing nausea and vomiting. It was extensively and successfully employed in Cincin- nati in the nausea and vomiting attending Asiatic cholera. It possesses the virtues of the several articles entering into its composition, without the stimulating influ- ence of the alcohol (which enters into their tinctures), upon already partially- inflamed mucous surfaces. The dose is from a teaspoonful to a tablespoonful, every 5 minutes, if the patient be vomiting, and every 10 minutes if he be only nauseated (J. King). This preparation may be employed in painful States due to gaseous distension of the intestines. Other Camphor and Diarrhoea. Mixtures.—MISTURA CAMPHORAE ACIDA (N. F.), Acid camphor mucture, Mistura antidysenterica, Hope's mixture. “Nitric acid (U. S. P.), seventeen and one-half cubic centimeters (17.5 Co.) [284 ſilj; tincture of opium (U. S. P.), twelve cubic cen- timeters (12 Co.) [195 ſ[l]; camphor water (U. S. P.), a sufficient quantity to make one thou- sand cubic centimeters (1000 CC.) [33 fl3, 391 ||lj. Mix the nitric acid with about five hun- dred cubic centimeters (500 Co.) [16 fl3, 435 ſill of camphor-water, add the tincture of opium, and, lastly, enough camphor water to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 CC.) [33 fl3, 391 ml]”—(Nat. Form.). MISTURA CoNTRA DIARRHOEAM (N. F.), Diarrhoea mixture, Cholera mixture.—1. “Tincture of opium (U. S. P.), tincture of capsicum (U. S. P.), tincture of rhubarb ( U. S. P.), spirit of cam- bhor (U. S. P.), spirit of peppermint (U. S. P.), of each, twenty cubic centimeters (20 Co.) |. †l]. Mix them and filter. Note.—The formula above given, which appears to be that in most general use, is also known under the name of ‘Sun Mixture.’ Of other similar prepa- rations, in more or less general use, the following may be mentioned here: 2. Loomis' diarrhoea mixture.—“Tincture of opium (U. S. P.), twelve and one-half cubic centimeters (12.5 Co.) [203 ſill; tincture of rhubarb (U. S. P.), twelve and one-half cubic centi- meters (12.5 Co.) [203 ſilj: compound tincture of catechu (U. S. P.), twenty-five cubic centi- meters (25 Co.) [406 ſill; oil of Sassafras, one cubic centimeter (1 Co.) [16 ſill; compound tinc- ture of lavender (U. S. P.), forty-nine cubic centimeters (49 Co.) [1 fl3, 315 ſilj. 3. Squibb's diarrhoea mixture.—“Tincture of opium (U. S. P.), twenty cubic centimeters (20 Co.) [325 ſ[l]; tincture of capsicum (U. S. P.), twenty cubic centimeters (20 Co.) [325 ſ[l]; spirit of camphor (U. S. P.), twenty cubic centimeters (20 Co.) [325 ml]; chloroform (U. S. P.) seven and one-half cubic centimeters (7.5 Co.) [122 ſill; alcohol, thirty-two and one-half cubic centimeters (32.5 Co.) [1 fl:3, 47 ml]. 4. Thielemann's diarrhoea mixture.—“Wine of opium (U.S.P.), twenty-five cubic centimeters (25 Co.) [406 ſill; tincture of Valerain (U. S. P.), thirty-seven and one-half cubic centimeters (37.5 Co.) [l fl3, 129 ſilj; ether (U. S. P.), twelve and one-half cubic centimeters (12.5 Co.) [203 ſill; oil of peppermint, three cubic centimeters (3 Co.) [49 ml]; fluid extract of ipecac (U. S. P.), three-fourths of a cubic centimeter (0.75 Co.) [12 Yll; alcohol, twenty-one and one- fourth cubic centimeters (21.25 CC.) [345 ml]. This preparation is practically identical with the Mistura. Thielemanni of the Swedish Pharm. 5. Velpeau's diarrhoea mixture.—“Tincture of opium (U.S.P.), compound tincture of catechu U. S. P.), spirit of camphor (U. S. P.), of each, thirty-three and one-third cubic centimeters 33.33 Co.) [l fl:3, 61 ml]”—(Nat. Form). MISTURA CHENOPODII COMPOSITA.—COMPOUND WORMSEED MIXTURE. SYNONYM : Worm, mixture. Preparation.—Take of castor oil, 1 fluid ounce; wormseed oil, anise oil, and tincture of myrrh, of each 1 fluid drachm. Mix (Beach's Amer. Prac.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This is an excellent vermifuge, and may be used in doses of one teaspoonful for an adult, to be repeated three or four times a day, and after having been taken for three successive days, to be fol- lowed by a cathartic. This somewhat resembles Fahmestock's Termifige, which is said to be composed of castor oil, 1 fluid ounce; oil of wormseed, i fluid ounce; oil of anise, 3 fluid ounce; tincture of myrrh, ; fluid drachm; oil of turpentine, 10 minims; croton oil, 1 minim. Mix. The dose is a teaspoonful for an adult, every 2 hours, to be continued for 10 or 12 hours. S0 \ 1266 MIST. CHLORALI ET POTASSII BROMIDI COMP.-MIST. COPAIBAE COMP. MISTURA CHLORALI ET POTASSII BROMIDI COMPOSITA (N. F.) COMPOUND MIXTURE OF CHLORAL AND POTASSIUM BROMIDE. Preparation.—“Chloral (U. S. P.), two hundred and fifty grammes (250 Grm.) [8 ozs, av., 358 grs.]; potassium bromide, two hundred and fifty grammes (250 Gm.) [8 ozs, av., 358 grs.]; extract of Indian cannabis (U. S. P.), two grammes (2 Gm.) [31 grs.]; extract of hyoscyamus (U. S. P.), two grammes (2 Gm.) [31 grs.]; alcohol, sixty cubic centimeters (60 Co.) [2 flá, 141ſt]; tincture of quillaja (U. S. P.), sixty-five cubic centimeters (65 Co.) [2 fl 3, 95 ml] ; water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 Till. Dissolve the chloral and potassium bromide in six hundred cubic centimeters (600 Co.) [20 flá, 138 m) of water, dissolve in this solution the extract of hyoscyamus, and add the tincture of quillaja. Then dissolve the extract of Indian cannabis in the alcohol, and add this solution gradually, and under shaking, to that first prepared. Finally, add enough water to make one thousand cubic centimeters This preparation should be shaken whenever any of it is to be dispensed. Each fluid drachm contains 15 grains each of chloral and potassium bromide, and # grain each of extract of Indian cannabis and of extract of hyoscyamus. Note.—The resinous extract of Indian cannabis, is merely held in suspension by means of the tincture of quillaja, as it is practically insolu- ble in the liquid. If the mixture is filtered, the resin will remain on the filter”— (Nat. Form.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—(See Chloral and Potassium Bromide.) Dose, from , to 1 fluid drachm. MISTURA CHLOROFORMI ET CANNABIS INDICAE COMPOSITA (N. F.) COMPOUND MIXTURE OF CHLOROFORM AND CANNABIS INDICA. SYNoNYM : Chloroform amodyne. Preparation.—“Chloroform, one hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (125 Co.) [4 fl 3, 109 ml]; ether, thirty-five cubic centimeters (35 Co.) [1 flá, 88 m.); tincture of Indian cannabis (U. S. P.), one hundred and twenty-five cubic centi- meters (125 Co.) [4 flá, 109 ml]; tincture of capsicum (U. S. P.), sixty-five cubic centimeters (65 Co.) [2 fl 3, 95 ſil]; morphine sulphate, two and one-half grammes (2.5 Gm.) [39 grs.]; oil of peppermint, two cubic centimeters (2 Co.) [32 ml]; glycerin, one hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (125 Co.) [4 flá, 109 ml]; water, sixty-five cubic centimeters (65 Co.) [2 fl 3, 95 ml]; alcohol, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá,391 * Dis– solve the oil of peppermint in five hundred cubic centimeters (500 Co.) [16 flâ, 435 ml] of alcohol, add the chloroform, ether, and the tinctures. Mix well, and add the morphine sulphate, previously dissolved in the water and glycerin. Finally, add enough alcohol to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 Tl). Each fluid drachm represents about 7% minims of chloroform ; 7% minims of tincture of Indian cannabis; 3% minims of tincture of capsicum; and , of a grain of morphine sulphate”—(Nat. Form.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This mixture is employed for the relief of painful conditions, and is similar to the various preparations that have been known as Chlorodyne. The average dose is 1 fluid drachm (see also Mistura Chloroformi et Opii [N. F.], which is also called Chloroform anodyme). MISTURA COPAIBAE COMPOSITA.—COMPOUND COPAIBA MIXTURE. SYNoNYM : Diuretic drops. Preparation.—Take of spirit of nitrous ether and oil of almonds, each, 1 fluid ounce; Copaiba and oil of turpentime, of each, ; fluid ounce; camphor, in powder, 10 grains. Mix the liquids, then add the camphor, and agitate briskly (Beach's Amer. Prac.). MISTURA CREOSOTI.—MISTURA CIRETAE. 1267 Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This forms a diuretic mixture, which has been successfully and extensively used in gomorrhoea, gleet, Scalding of urine, and wrimary affections. The dose is 1 fluid drachm three times a day, in some tea or mucilage. It should be well agitated previous to administration. Other Copaiba Mixtures.—There are various mixtures of copaiba in use for the cure of gonorrhaea, and as several of them have been found efficient, I give the formulas for pre- paring them : 1. Take of copaiba, spirit of nitrous ether, compound spirit of lavender, tincture of chlo- ride of iron, of each, 1 fluid ounce. Mix. The dose is a teaspoonful three times a day. 2. Take of oil of cubebs, oil of anise, copaiba, tincture of opium, tincture of chloride of Iron, of each, 1 fluid ounce. Mix. The dose is a teaspoonful three times a day. The forego- ing preparations are very disagreeable to the taste, but very efficient in goworrha (t, after the active symptoms have subsided. They must be agitated thoroughly previous to taking each dose, and in order to protect the teeth from the injurious action of the acid in the tincture of iron, it is recommended to rinse the mouth immediately after taking each dose, with a solu- tion of bicarbonate of potassium. 3. Take of solidified copaiba, 2 ounces; white wax, 1 ounce; oil of cubebs, oil of spear- mint, of each, 1 fluid drachm; niter, finely pulverized, 2 drachms. Melt the wax, add the oils, and then the copaiba; stir all well together, and, finally, add the niter. This forms a paste once used for the cure of gonorrhoea. The dose is a quantity about the size of a small chestnut, three times a day. 4. Take of alum, in powder, 1 drachm; precipitated carbonate of iron, 3 ounce; pulver- ized cubebs, 1 ounce ; copaiba, a sufficient quantity to form a kind of paste. The dose is the same as in the preceding preparation (J. King). MIISTURA COPAIBAE COMPOSITA (N. F.), Compound copaiba mixture.-1. Lafayette in icture: “Copaiba, one hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (125 Co.) [4 fl 3, 109 ſill; spirit of nitrous ether (U. S. P.), one hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (125 Co.) [4 fl 3, 1091ſl]; compound tincture of lavender (U. S. P), one hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters § Co.) [4 fl 3, 109 ſill; solution of potassa (U. S. P.), thirty-five cubic centimeters (35 Ce.) 1 fl;, 88 º syrup (U. S. P.), three hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (325 Ce.) [10 fl3, 475 ſill; mucilage of dextrin (F. 277), a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 fl:3, 391 ||U}. Mix the copaiba with the solution of potassa and the spirit of nitrous ether. Then add the compound tincture of lavender, and lastly, the syrup and mucilage of dextrin. Mix the whole thoroughly by shaking. This mixture should be well agitated whenever any of it is to be dispensed. Each fluid drachm contains 73 minims of copaiba, Note:-The above mixture has usually been, and may be, prepared with mucilage of acacia ; but if mucilage of dextrin be used, it will keep for a longer time without separating. A mixture of somewhat similar composition, in considerable use in some parts of the country, is the following: 2. Chapman's mixture.—Copaiba, two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (250 Ce.) [8 fl:5, 218 ſill; spirit of nitrous ether (U. S. P.), two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (250 Ce.) [8 #. 218 ſill; compound tincture of lavender (U. S. P.), sixty-five cubic centimeters (65 Ce.) [2 fl 3,95 ml]; tincture of opium (U. S. P.), thirty cubic centimeters (30 Ce.) [1 fij, 7 mucilage of acacia (U. S. P.), one hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (125 Ce.) [4 fi 109 IIll; water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Ce. [33 fig, 391 ||ll ”—(Nat. Form.). l; 3, MISTURA CREOSOTI.—CREOSOTE MIXTURE. Preparation.—To a mixture of 15 minims, each, of glacial acetic acid and creosote, add gradually, 15 fluid ounces (Imp.) of distilled water. Finally, add to this 1 fluid ounce of syrup and , fluid drachm of spirit of juniper. This accords with the British Pharmacopoeia, 1885. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—(See Creosota.) This agent is intended to check vomiting. Dose, to 1 fluid ounce. MISTURA CRETAE (U. S. P.)—CHALK MIXTURE. Preparation.--‘‘Compound chalk powder, two hundred grammes (200 Gun.) [7 ozs, ay, 24 grs.]; cinnamon water, four hundred cubic centimeters (400 Ce.j [13 flā, 252 ſill; water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centi- meters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 ml]. Rub the compound chalk powder, in a mortar, with the cinnamon water and about two hundred cubic centimeters (200 Co.) [6 flā, 366 till of water, gradually added, to a uniform mixture; transfer this to a graduated vessel, and rinse the mortar with enough water to make the product measure one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Ce) [33 flä, 391 m). Mix the 1268 MISTURA EXPECTORANS, STOKES.–MISTURA FERRI AROMATICA. whole thoroughly. This preparation should be freshly made when wanted"— (U. S. P.). As this readily decomposes in hot weather, the addition of a little glycerin is recommended by Kennedy. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This preparation is popular with some physicians, chiefly those of the Allopathic school, for the diarrhoeas of children and adults when the dejecta are foamy and greenish, and there is flatulence and gastric acidity. It is recommended for the watery diarrhoea preceding cholera. Astringents and tincture of opium are often added to it. The dose is from 1 to 4 fluid drachms. MISTURA EXPECTORANS, STOKES (N. F.)—STOKES' EXPECTORANT MIIXTURE. SYNONYM : Stokes’ expectoramt. Preparation.—Ammonium carbonate, seventeen and one-half grammes (17.5 Gm.) [270 grs.]; fluid extract of Senega (U. S. P.), thirty-five cubic centimeters (35 Co.) [1 flá, 88 m.]; fluid extract of squill (U. S. P.), thirty-five cubic centime- ters (35 Co.) [1 fiá, 88 ſill; camphorated tincture of opium (U. S. P.), one hundred and seventy-five cubic centimeters (175 Co.) [5 flá, 440 ml]; water, one hundred cubic centimeters (100 Co.) [3 flá, 183 ſil]; syrup of tolu (U. S. P.), a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 m). Dissolve the ammonium carbonate in the water, add the fluid extracts and tinc- ture, and lastly, enough syrup of tolu to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 m.]. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—As its name implies, this preparation is intended as an expectorant mixture. Dose, 1 fluid drachm. Other Expectorants.-MISTURA AMMONII CHLORIDI (N. F.), Miature of ammonium chloride, Mistura (or Miatura) Solvems simplea: ; “Ammonium chloride, twenty-five grammes (25 Gm.) [386 grs.]; purified extract of glycyrrhiza (F. 158), twenty-five grammes [25 Gm.) [386 grs.]; water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 fl3, 391 ||U}. Dissolve the solids in a sufficient quantity of water to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 fl3, 391 ||ll. Note.—Sometimes a Mistura (or Mixtura) Solvens Stibiata is pre- scribed. This may be prepared by dissolving thirty centigrammes (0.30 Gm.) of antimony and potassium tartrate in one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 CC.) [33 fl3, 391 ||ll of mistura ammonii chloridi”—(Nat. Form.). MISTURA OLEI PICIs (N. F.), Miature of oil of tar, Mistura picts liquidae, Tar mixture.—“Puri- fied extract of glycyrrhiza (F. 158), sixty-five grammes (65 Gm.) [2 OZS. av., 128 grs.]; oil of tar (U. S. P.), thirty-five cubic centimeters (35 Co.) [1 fl3, 88 ſill; sugar, two hundred and fifty grammes (250 Gm.) [8 ozs, av., 358 grs.]; chloroform (U. S. P.), ten cubic centimeters (10 Co.) [162 ſill; oil of peppermint, three cubic centimeters (3 CC.) [49 IIll; alcohol, one hun- dred and sixty cubic centimeters (160 Co.) [5 fl3, 197 (Ill., water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 fig, 391 ||l]. Add the purified extract of glycyr- rhiza and sugar to six hundred cubic centimeters (600 Co.) [20 fl3, 138 (Ill of water, contained in a covered vessel, and heat the mixture to boiling until the extract and sugar are dissolved. Then add the oil of tar, cover the vessel, and allow the contents to cool, stirring occasionally. Next add the chloroform and oil of peppermint, previously dissolved in the alcohol, and lastly, enough water to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 fl3, 391 ||U}. This mixture should be well agitated, whenever any of it is to be dispensed”—(Nat. º MISTURA FERRI AROMATICA.—AROMATIC MIXTURE OF IRON. Preparation.—Macerate, in a closed vessel, for 3 days, with occasional agita- tion, 1 ounce of powdered red cinchona bark, ounce of coarsely powdered calumba root, 3 ounce of bruised cloves, and ounce of fine iron wire, in 12 fluid ounces of peppermint water. Filter, and by pouring upon the filter a sufficient quantity of peppermint water, bring the measure to 12% fluid ounces. Then add * fluid ounce of tincture of orange-peel, and 3 fluid ounces of compound tincture of cardamoms. (Weight, avoirdupois; measure, Imperial.) Preserve in tightly- stoppered bottles. This accords with the formula of the British Pharmacopoeia, 1885. It is a greenish-black fluid, and is properly a compound in fusion. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Excellent tonic for debilitated and amemic individuals. Dose, 1 to 2 fluid ounces. MISTURA FERRI COMPOSITA.—MISTUR. A. GLYCYRREIIZAE COMPOSITA. 1269 MISTURA FERRI COMPOSITA (U. S. P.)—CoMPOUND IRON MIXTURE. SYNoNYM : Griffith's mixture. Preparation.—“Ferrous sulphate, in clear crystals, six grammes (6 Gm.) [93 grs.]; myrrh, in small pieces, eighteen grammes (18 Gm.) [278 grs.]; sugar, eighteen grammes (18 Gm.) [278 grs.]; potassium carbonate, eight grammes (8 Gm.) [124 grs.]; spirit of lavender, sixty cubic centimeters (60 Co.) [2 flá, 14 ſill; rose water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 Till. Rub the myrrh, sugar, and potassium carbonate, in a mortar, with seven hundred cubic centimeters (700 Co.) [23 flá, 321 ml] of rose water, at first very gradually added, so that a uniform mixture may result. Transfer this to a graduated vessel, add the spirit of lavender, then the ferrous sulphate, previously dissolved in about fifty cubic centimeters (50 Co.) [1 flá, 332 fil] of rose water, and, lastly, enough rose water to make the product measure one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 ml]. Mix the whole thor- oughly. This preparation should be freshly made when wanted”—(U. S. P.). By the interaction of the potassium carbonate and ferrous sulphate, potas- sium sulphate and ferrous carbonate result. The mixture, when freshly made, is of a greenish color, but if allowed to oxidize, as it will do if not tightly corked, the ferrous salt changes to rust-red ferric compounds. Therefore, the mixture should be extemporaneously prepared as needed. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This agent was formerly much ad- mired as an antihectic remedy in purulent chronic bronchitis with bronchial dilata- tion. The sulphate and the myrrh tend to overcome relaxation while the iron is present to fulfil the common uses of the ferruginous compounds. Dose, to 1% fluid ounces. Griffith's mixture has also been employed in menstrual irregularities, and in anemic and debilitated patients. s MISTURA GLYCYRRHIZAF COMPOSITA (U. S. P.)—CoMPound MIXTURE OF GLYCYRRHIZA. SYNONYM : Brown mixture. Preparation.—“Pure extract of glycyrrhiza, thirty grammes (30 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 25 grs.]; syrup, fifty cubic centimeters (50 Co.) [1 flá, 332 Till; mucilage of acacia, one hundred cubic centimeters (100 Co.) [3 flä, 183 ſill; camphorated tincture of opium, one hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (120 Co.) [4 flä, 28 ſil]; wine of antimony, sixty cubic centimeters (60 Ce.) [2 fis, 14 ml]; spirit of nitrous ether, thirty cubic centimeters (30 Co.) [1 flá, 7 ml]; water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 ml]. Rub the pure extract of glycyrrhiza, in a mortar, with five hundred cubic centimeters (500 Co.) [16 flá, 435 ml] of water until it is dissolved. Transfer the solution to a a graduated vessel containing the other ingredients, and rinse the mortar with enough water to make the product measure one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flā, 391 ml]. Mix the whole thoroughly’’-(U. S. P.). This forms an unsightly mixture, yet it is very popular with some physi- cians. The antimonial wine contained in the preceding mixture will render it unpopular with the Eclectic profession, and the following old formula will more nearly meet with the approval of our physicians where a mixture of this kind is desired : MISTURA GLYCYRRHIZE COMPOSITA, Compound liquorice mixture.—Take of pow- dered extract of liquorice, powdered gum Arabic, and white sugar, each, 2 drachms; triturate these with water, 6 fluid ounces, added to them gradually, and when these are dissolved, strain the solution, and add to it camphorated tincture of opium, 1 fluid ounce; tincture of bloodroot, fluid ounce; spirit of nitrous ether, 2 fluid drachms. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — The latter preparation forms an excellent cough mixture, and may be used in catarrhal affections after the subsi- dence of the more active symptoms, and when expectoration is present. An adult may take # fluid ounce for a dose, and a child 3 or 4 years old a fluid drachm. 1270 MISTURA GUAIA CI.-MISTURA MAGNESIAE ET ASAFOETIDAE, A very excellent cough remedy may be made as follows: Dissolve ammonium chloride, 2 drachms, in water, 6 fluid ounces; then add extract of liquorice, 2 drachms; extract of hyoscyamus, # drachm; when these are dissolved, add syrup of tolu, 1 fluid ounce. The dose is the same as the above, and may be repeated 3 or 4 times a day. A grain or two of the sulphate of Sanguinarine may be added to render it more expectorant (J. King). MISTURA GUAIACI (N. F.)—MIXTURE OF GUAIAC. Preparation.—“Guaiac (U. S. P.), in powder, twenty-five grammes (25 Gm.) [386 grs.]; sugar, twenty-five grammes (25 Grm.) [386 grs.]; acacia, in fine powder, fifteen grammes (15 Gm.) [231 grs.]; cinnamon water (U. S. P.), one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 ſl]. Triturate the powdered guaiac with the Sugar and acacia, then gradually add the cinnamon water, and mix thor- oughly. This mixture should be well agitated, whenever any of it is to be dis- pensed. Note.—This preparation is practically identical with the Mistura Guaiaci of the British Pharmacopoeia.”—(Nat. Form.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Same as for Guaiacum. Dose, 4 to 1 fluid ounce, several times a day. Mixture of guaiac was once very popular in the treatment of constitutional syphilis and syphilitic rheumatism. MISTURA MAGNESIAE ET ASAFCETIDAE (N. F.)—MIXTURE OF MAGNESIA AND ASAFETIDA. SYNONYMs: Dewees’ carminative, Mistura Carminativa, Dewees. Preparation.—“Magnesium carbonate, fifty grammes (50 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 334 grs.]; tincture of asafoetida, seventy-five cubic centimeters (75 Co.) [2 fl 3. 257 ſill; tincture of opium, ten cubic centimeters (10 Co.) [1627ſl]; sugar, one hundred grammes (100 Grm.) [3 OZS. av., 231 grs.]; distilled water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 ml]. Rub the magnesium carbonate and sugar, in a mortar, with the tincture of asa- foetida and the tincture of opium. Then gradually add enough distilled water to make the mixture measure one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flâ, 391 ml]”—(Nat. Form.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This agent was formerly much used in infantile colic. The average dose is from 10 to 20 minims. This preparation contains Tº part of laudanum. Related Preparations.—MISTURA CARMINATIVA (N. F.), Carminative mixture, Dalby's car- ºminative. “Magnesium carbonate, sixty-five grammes (65 Gm.) [2 ozs. av., 128 grs.]; potas- sium carbonate, three grammes (3 Gm.) [46 grs.]; tincture of opium (U. S. P.), twenty-five cubic centimeters (25 Co.) [406 ſill; oil of caraway, one-half cubic centimeter (0.5 Co.) [8 m.); oil of fennel, one-half cubic centimeter (0.5 Co.) [8 ſill; oil of peppermint, one-half cubic cen: timeter (0.5 Co.) [8 ſil]; Syrup (U. S. P.), one hundred and sixty cubic centimeters (160 Co.) [5 fig, 197 ſil]; water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 ſill. Triturate the oils with about ten grammes (10 Gm.) [154 grs.] of magnesium carbonate, and seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (750 Ce.) [25 fl:3, 173 m) of water gradually added. Then add the remainder of the magnesium carbonate and the other ingre- dients, and lastly, add enough water to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 fl:, 391 ||U}. This preparation should be freshly made, when wanted for use. Each fluid ounce represents about 1 grain of opium”—(Nat. Form.). MISTURA SASSAFRAS ET OPII (N. F.), Mixture of Sassafras and opium, Mistura opii alkalina, Godfrey's cordial.—“Oil of sassafras, one cubic centimeter (1 Co.) [16 ml]; tincture of opium (U. S. P.), thirty-five cubic centimeters (35 CC.) [1 fl3, 88 ſill; alcohol, fifty cubic centimeters (50 Co.) [1 fig, 332 ſill; potassium carbonate, eight grammes (8 Gm.) [123 grs.]; molasses, three hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (325 Ce.) [10 fl3, 475 ml]; water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 fl3, 391 ml]. Mix the tinc- ture of opium with the alcohol in which the oil of Sassafras had been previously dissolved. Dissolve the potassium carbonate in about five hundred cubic centimeters (500 Co.) [16 fl3, 435 ml] of water, mix this with the molasses, then add the mixture first prepared, and lastly, enough water to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 fl:3, 391 m.]. Allow the mixture to become clear by standing, then pour off the liquid portion and preserve it for use. Each fluid, drachm contains 2 minims of tincture of opium, corresponding to about ; grain of opium ”—(Nat. Form.). MISTURA OLEORUM CAMPHORATA.—MISTURA SANGUIN ARIAE COMP. 1271 MISTURA. OLEORUIM CAMPHORATA.—CAMPHORATED MIXTURE OF OILS. Preparation.—Take of oils of cloves, cajeput, and amber (rectified), and cam- phor, each, # ounce. Mix, the oils together, and dissolve camphor in the mixture. Action and Medical Uses.—This is intended for the relief of toothache. The decayed portion of the tooth is to be cleansed and dried, and then a few drops of the mixture on cotton applied to the part; continue application 2 or 3 times in the same manner, and leave the last in the tooth. This has proved very efficient, and has been extensively sold throughout the country as “Parisen's Vegetable Specific.” It will not be amiss to give at this place, another preparation for toothache, which I have found of service. Take of opium and saltpeter, each, 2 ounces; cam- phor, 14 ounces; galls, in powder, 4 ounces; alcohol, 1}; pints. Place the articles in the alcohol, macerate for 14 days, and filter. To be applied the same as the preceding mixture. Various other agents, as solution of tannic acid, or gallic acid in alcohol, etc., have also been recommended for relieving toothache (J. King). IMIISTURA. OLEORUIM COMPOSITA.—COMPOUND MIIXTURE OF OILS. SYNoNYM : Vermifuge oil. Preparation.—Take of castor oil and wormseed oil, each, 1 ounce; oil of tur- pentime, and oil of anise, of each, ounce. Mix. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This forms an efficient remedy for worms, and may be given in teaspoonful doses to an adult, and repeated every 2 hours. After its employment for 2 or 3 days, a purgative must be administered (T. V. Morrow). MISTURA RHEI ET SODAE (U. S. P.)—MIXTURE OF RHUBARB AND SODA. Preparation.—“Sodium bicarbonate, thirty-five grammes (35 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 103 grs.]; fluid extract of rhubarb, fifteen cubic centimeters (15 Co.) [243 ſill; fluid extract of ipecac, three cubic centimeters (3 Co.) [49 ml]; glycerin, three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (350 Ce.) [11 flä, 401 mill: spirit of pepper- mint, thirty-five cubic centimeters (35 Co.) [1 flá, 88 mill; water, a sufficient quan- tity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 iſl]. Dissolve the sodium bicarbonate in about four hundred cubic centimeters (400 Co.) [13 flá, 252 Till of water. Then add the fluid extracts, the glycerin, and the spirit of eppermint, and, lastly, enough water to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flä, 391 ml]”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This preparation, in large doses, is purgative and Carminative; in smaller amounts, it checks diarrhaea and colic accompanying infantile dyspepsia. Dose, , fluid drachms to 2 fluid ounces. Related Preparation.—MISTURA RHEI CoMPOSITA (N. F.), Compound mixture of rhubarb, Squibb's rhubarb mixture. “Fluid extract of rhubarb ( U. S. P.), twelve cubic centimeters (12 Co.) [195 ſill; fluid extract of ipecac (U. S. P.), two cubic centimeters (2 Co.) [33 1/l]; sodium bicarbonate, twenty-four grammes (24 Gm.) [370 grs.]; glycerin, two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (250 Ce.) [8 fl3, 218 ſil]; peppermint water (U. S. P.), a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Ce.) [33 flá, 391 m.]. Dissolve the sodium bicarbonate in about five hundred cubic centimeters (500 Ce.) [16 fl3, 435 ml] of peppermint water, then add the fluid extracts and glycerin, and lastly, enough peppermint water to make One thou- sand cubic centimeters (1000 Ce.) [33 fl3, 391 ml]”—(Nat. Form.). This preparation must not be confused with the well-known neutralizing cordial, which in some respects it resembles. MISTURA SANGUINARIAE COMPOSITA.—COMPOUND MIXTURE OF BLOODROOT. SYNONYM : Cough drops. Preparation.—Take of syrup of ipecacuanha, syrup of squill, tincture of bloodroot, syrup of balsam tolu, camphorated tincture of opium, each, 1 ounce. Mix (J. King). 1272 MISTURA SCAMMONII.-MISTURA SPIRITUS WINI GALLICI. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This is a very efficient preparation in severe coughs from colds, catarrhal, or bronchial irritations. The dose is from # to 1 fluid drachm whenever the fit of coughing is severe. I have used it for many years in practice, with much benefit. A very pleasant preparation for cough is composed of oil of anise, oil of sweet almonds, tincture of balsam of tolu, Canada balsam, Madeira wine, each, 1 ounce. Mix (Beach's Amer. Prac.). The dose is from 10 to 20 drops, 3 or 4 times a day, in a little elm or flaxseed infusion. It assists expectoration, and affords great relief in tickling coughs (J. King). MIISTURA SCAMIMIONII.—SCAMIMONY MIXTURE. SYNONYMS : Lac Scammomii, Emulsio purgams cum Scammonia. Preparation.—Make a uniform emulsion by triturating together 6 grains of powdered scammony and 2 fluid ounces of milk. This is really an emulsion, and has a fine appearance, and is not unpleasant to the taste. The formula accords with that of the British Pharmacopoeia, 1885. It should be made only when needed for immediate use. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—(See Scammomia.) The above mixture is intended for a single dose for an adult; for a child the dose is one-third of this mixture. MISTURA SENNAE COMPOSITA.—COMPOUND MIXTURE OF SENNA. Preparation.—Dissolve, by means of gentle heat, 4 ounces (av.) of magne- sium sulphate in 15 fluid ounces (Imp.) of infusion of senna, and add 1 fluid ounce of liquid extract of liquorice, 2% fluid ounces of tincture of senna, and 1% fluid ounces of tincture of cardamoms. This is the British form (Br. Pharm., 1885) of compound infusion of Senna, or black drawght (see Infusum, Sennae Com- positwm for American black drawght). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Same as for Compound Infusion of Senna. Dose, from 1 to 1; fluid ounces (Imp.). MISTURA sod/E ET MENTHAE (N. F.)—MIXTURE OF SODA AND SPEARMINT. SYNONYM : Soda mºnt. Preparation. —Sodium bicarbonate, fifty grammes (50 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 334 grs.]; aromatic spirit of ammonia (U. S. P.), ten cubic centimeters (10 Co.) [162 Till; spearmint water (U. S. P.), a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 fl:3, 391 Till. Dissolve the sodium bicarbonate in about seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (750 Co.) [25 flá, 173 ml] of spearmint water, add the aromatic spirit of ammonia and enough spearmint water to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 ml]. Filter, if necessary”—(Nat. Form.). Action and Medical Uses.—Antacid and carminative. MISTURA SPIRITUS WINI GALLICI, MIXTURE OF FRENCH BRANDY. SYNoNYM : Brandy mixture. Preparation.—Take of brandy, cinnamon water, each, 4 fluid ounces; the yolks of two eggs; refined sugar, 4 ounce; oil of cinnamon, 2 minims. Mix— (Lond.). This is identical with the present formula of the British Pharmacopoeia (1898), excepting that the latter does not add the 2 minims of cinnamon oil. Action and Medical Uses.—This forms a nutritive and stimulating prepa- ration, especially adapted to the stage of prostration in low forms of fever, and in cases of much debility from various other causes. MISTURA SULPHURICA ACIDA.—MITCHELLA. 1273 MISTURA SULPHURICA ACIDA (N. F.)—SULPHURIC ACID MIXTURE. SYNONYMs: Miatura sulphurica acida (Ger. Pharm.), Haller's acid elixir. Preparation.—“Sulphuric acid (U. S. P.), two humdred and fifty grammes (250 Grm.) [8 ozs. av., 358 grs.]; alcohol, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand grammes (1000 Grm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Add the acid very gradually to seven hundred and fifty grammes (750 Gm.) [11b.av., 10 ozs., 199 grs.] of alcohol contained in a flask, agitating after each addition, and taking care that the temperature of the mixture be not allowed to rise above 50° C. (122°F.). When the mixture is cold, add enough alcohol, if necessary, to make one thou- sand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Note.—The same product may be obtained, approximately, by carefully and slowly adding 1 volume of sul- phuric acid to 7 volumes of alcohol, and this method may be used when small quantities are required for immediate use in a prescription”—(Nat. Form.). The sulphuric acid gradually becomes converted into ethylsulphuric acid, of which this mixture is merely an alcoholic solution. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. — (See Acidum Sulphuricum.) Dose, 1 to 8 minims, well diluted with water. MITCHELLA.—PARTRIDGEBERRY. The whole plant of Mitchella repens, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Rubiaceae. COMMON NAMEs: Partridgeberry, Checkerberry, Squaw-vine, Squaw-berry vine, Winter clover, Deerberry, and One-berry. Botanical Source.—This is an indigenous, evergreen herb, with a perennial root, from which arises a smooth and creeping stem, furnished with roundish ovate, or slightly heart-shaped, petiolate, Fig. 171. opposite, flat, Coriaceous, dark-green, and shining leaves, usually variegated with whitish lines. The flowers are white, often tinged with red, very fragrant, in pairs, with their ovaries united. Calyx 4-parted. Corolla funnel-form, two on each double ovary, limb 4-parted, spreading, and densely hairy within. Stamens 4, short, and inserted on the corolla. Style slen- der; stigmas 4. The fruit is a dry, berry- like, double drupe, crowned with the calyx- teeth of the two flowers, each containing 4 small and seed-like, bony nutlets. Some plants bear flowers with exserted stamens and included styles; others, conversely, those with included stamens and exserted styles (W.—G. —T.). According to Mr. Thomas Meehan, this is a dioecious plant, having imperfect rudimentary pistils in Mitchella repens. the male plant, with the calyx-teeth coarser than in the female, the anthers on ſilaments projecting considerably beyond the corolla throat; in the female plant, the anthers are sessile, rudimentary, concealed in the coarse down of the corolla tube, and the pistil, with its well-developed stigma, projects beyond the throat of the corolla (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1868, p. 554). History.—This plant is indigenous to the United States, growing in dry Woods, annong hemlock-timber, and in swampy places, flowering in June and July. The leaves bear some resemblance to clover, and remain green through the winter. The fruit or berry is bright scarlet, edible, but nearly tasteless, dry, and full of stony seeds, and also remains through the winter. The whole plant is medicinal, and imparts its virtues to boiling water or alcohol. 1274 MONARDA. Chemical Composition.—E. Breneiser found in this plant a saponin-like body, frothing in aqueous Solution; the water-soluble part of an ether extract of the plant contained a principle forming a precipitate with tannic acid and with picric acid ; but it was neither an alkaloid nor a glucosid. No volatile oil was present (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1887, p. 229). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Partridgeberry is parturient, diuretic, and astringent. Used in dropsy, suppression of wrime and diarrhoea, in decoction. It seems to have an especial affinity for the uterus, exerting a powerful tonic and alterative influence upon this organ, and has hence been found highly beneficial in many uterime derangements, as in a memorrhaea, some forms of dysmemorrhoea, memorrhagia, chronic congestion of the uterus, enfeebled uterine nervous system, etc. It is said that the squaws drink a decoction of this plant for several weeks previous to their confinement, for the purpose of rendering parturition safe and easy. Similar virtues have been ascribed to it by competent physicians of our time. The remedy is peculiarly American, not being noticed or used by foreign practi- tioners. Dose of a strong decoction, from 2 to 4 fluid ounces, 2 or 3 times a day. The berries are a popular remedy for diarrhoea and dysuria. Used as follows, par- tridgeberry is highly recommended as a cure for sore nipples: Take 2 ounces of the herb, fresh if possible, and make a strong decoction with a pint of water, then strain, and add as much good cream as there is liquid of the decoction. Boil the the whole down to the consistence of a Soft salve, and when cool, anoint the nipple with it every time the child is removed from the breast. MIONARDA.-HORSEMINT. The leaves and flowering tops of Monarda punctata, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Labiatae. COMMON NAME: Horsemimt. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 208. Botanical Source.—Horsemint is an indigenous perennial or biennial herb, with a fibrous root. The stems are obtusely angled, hoary pubescent, branched, and 2 or 3 feet high. The leaves are oblong-lanceolate to oblong, remotely and obscurely serrate, narrowed at base, punctate, and petioled. The flowers are yel- low, with brown or purple spots, in numerous, dense, axillary whorls. The bracts are large, yellow, and red, lanceolate, obtuse at the base, sessile, and longer than the whorls. The corolla is nearly smooth, ringent, tubular, upper lips spotted with purple, lower lip reflexed, 3-lobed. Calyx elongated, cylindric, 15-merved, subequally 5-toothed, and hairy in the throat; the teeth are short and rigid, awnless. Stamens 2, elongated, ascending, inserted in the throat of the corolla; anthers linear, cells divaricate at base, and commate at apex (G.-W.). History and Chemical Composition.—This plant is found growing in sandy fields and barrens from New England to the Gulf of Mexico, and westward beyond the Mississippi, flowering during the summer. The entire plant has a rather fra- grant odor, and a pleasant, pungent, slightly bitter taste. It contains an abun- dance of essential oil (Oleum Monardae, U. S. P., 1870) on which its active virtues depend. The oil may be obtained by distillation of the recent herb with water. The plant yields its virtues to alcohol, or boiling water by infusion. OLEUM MonARDAE, or Oil of horsemint, is of a yellowish, or more often yellow- ish-red or brownish-red color, and has a sharp taste and an aromatic, pleasant odor. Alcohol readily dissolves it. Below 5°C. (39°F.), it deposits crystals of a stearopten once called monardin, but which has subsequently been shown to be thymol (CoH, OH). H. J. M. Schroeter (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1888) believes the oil to contain 50 per cent of a hydrocarbon (CoHº), 25 per cent of thymol, which he pronounced to be dextro-gyrate, while thymol from oil of thyme is optically inac- tive, and oxygenated bodies of the composition CoPI, O. He also found small quan- tities of formic, acetic, and butyric acids in the form of esters. More recently, Prof. Edward Kremers and W. R. Schumann (Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc., 1896, p. 238) distilled the flowering herb of Monarda punctata of their own collection, and obtained an amber-colored oil of 0.9307 specific gravity, at 20°C. (68°F), which yielded to a 10 per cent caustic soda solution, 56 per cent of thymol. The residue MONESIA. 127.5 distilled with water, yielded an oil containing the hydrocarbon cymene (CoHº.), previously shown by Brennan (1895) to occur also in the oil of Monarda fistulosa. Another lot of the herb collected by the same authors before flowering yielded upon distillation 3.39 per cent of oil, while more recently, Kremers and W. E. Hendricks (Pharm. Archives, 1899, Vol. II, p. 73), obtained only 1 per cent of oil from a flowering specimen of the plant. In the latter case, 60 per cent of phenols were present, mostly thymol. Its isomer, carvacrol, may be occasionally present in small quantity. The non-phenol part of the oil contained 10 per cent of an alcohol; furthermore, cymene, and a small quantity of dextro-rotatory limomene. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Horsemint is stimulant, carminative, sudorific, diuretic, and anti-emetic. The infusion or essence is used in flatulence, nausea, vomiting, and as a diuretic in Suppression of the wrime, and other urinary disorders. The warm infusion is a stimulating diaphoretic, and has acquired some celebrity as an emmenagogue; it may be drank freely. The oil is extremely sharp and pungent, and applied to the skin, excites heat and redness, and if too long or too closely applied, will produce a painful blister. It is used like pepper- mint oil internally, and is employed locally in embrocations to relieve pain. The full strength oil may be used upon meuralgic parts. The M. didyma and M. fistulosa may be used as substitutes for the above. Related Species.—Monarda didyma, Linné; Oswego tea. This species grows in the Alle- ghany Mountains, from North Carolina northward to Canada. In the northern states it often grows along streams and in other wet situations. The flower is composed of a showy, large crimson corolla, and crimson-stained bracts. The stamens are much exserted. It is often cul- tivated in gardens. Monarda fistulosa, Linné; Wild bergamot, also called Horsemint. From New England states west and south, growing in thickets. Flowers are in a terminal head, large, and have a greenish, white, light lilac, or blue corolla. It is a variable species. The uses of these two species are similar to those of horsemint. The chemical composition of the oil of this plant is analogous to that of Monarda punctata, carvacrol taking the place of its isomer, thymol, contained in the latter plant. Less than 2 per cent of thymol is present in the oil of M. fistulosa. The latter also contains a crystalline red coloring matter resembling alizarin (see E. J. Melzner and Edward Kremers, Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc., 1896, p. 242, and Pharm. Archives, Vol. II, 1899, p. 76). MIONESIA.—MIONESIA-BARK Extract of the bark of Chrysophyllum Glyciphloeum, Casaretti (Chrysophyllum Buranhem, Riedel; Lucuma Glycyphloea, Martius et Eichler). Nat. Ord.—Sapotaceae. COMMON NAME: Monesia. Botanical Source.—Chrysophyllum Glyciphloeum is a common Brazilian tree known locally as buranhem or guaranhem. It is often from 40 to 50 feet in height. The genus Chrysophyllum comprises several species, mostly South American trees, with milky juice. The leaves are alternate, entire, and furnished with a golden- yellow pubescence underneath, hence the name. The fiowers are small, and in fascicled umbels in the axils of the leaves. The corolla is bell-shaped, and has 5 stamens. The ovary has 10 1-ovuled cells, and bears a peltate 10-lobed stigma. History and Description.—The bark is in fragments, nearly smooth, and cinnamon-colored internally. The pieces are thin, about 3 or ; inch in thickness; at first a sweetish taste is imparted, which subsequently becomes acrid and astrin- gent. It has no odor. The fruit of the C. Caimito, and other species are called “star apples,” and are eaten by the natives. Chrysophyllum Glyciphloeum is of interest from the fact that an extract from the bark is used in medicine, and known as Momesia. MONESIA (Extractum Monesiae), the extract of the foregoing bark, was intro- duced to notice in 1839, in an article written by Dr. St. Ange, and published in the Paris Medical Gazette (Br. Pharm. Jowr., Vols. III and IV). The extract appeared in the form of brown, brittle cakes of about 1 pound each, insoluble in ether, partly Soluble in alcohol, but more so in water; forming with the latter menstruum, a frothy, soap-suds-like solution. Monesia extract, when prepared in the cold is of a dark-red color, and is considered in Brazil to be superior in quality. T. Peckolt reports (Pharm. Rundschaw, 1888, p. 30) that the extract is not now exported to any considerable extent. 1276 MONESIA. Chemical Composition.—Shortly after the introduction of monesia bark Derosme and Henry examined it, and found it to contain chlorophyll, wax, glycyr- Thizin, iron-bluing tannin, and red coloring matter. The supposed active prim- ciple, which is acrid, they named momesin; although it is probable that the tannin and other substances are of therapeutic value. Momesin is regarded as identical with Saponin (C.HsOs). It forms transparent yellow scales, insoluble in ether, but soluble in water and alcohol, and produces in aqueous solution, upon shaking, an abundant froth. It is odorless, but has a bitter, acrid taste. Peckolt's analysis of the bark (loc. cit.) shows the presence of 'monesia-tammic acid, 6.2 per cent; red coloring matter, 2.2 per cent; starch, 1.97 per cent; monesin, 0.28 per cent; glycyrrhizin, 1.5 per cent; crystallizable hivwraheim (lucumin), 0.009 per cent, etc. The latter substance is bitter, insoluble in cold water, soluble in ether and hot alcohol. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Monesia appears to possess slightly stimulating and astringent properties. In doses of from 2 to 10 grains, repeated 2 or 3 times a day, it acts as a gentle excitant of the stomach, improving the appe- tite and the digestive functions. In larger doses, it causes a burning sensation in the epigastric region, gastric uneasiness, and costiveness. It has been found advantageous in certain atonic forms of dyspepsia, as a stimulant and tonic; and as a tonic and astringent in diarrhoea and hemorrhages, as from the lungs, stomach, and kidneys, in hemorrhoids, and in profuse menstruation. In chronic bronchitis, attended with considerable expectoration, and in the catarrhal affections and winter cough of persons in advanced years, it has proved useful. As an alterative, it has been advised in Scrofulous and Scorbutic affections, though it is somewhat doubtful as to its good effect in these cases, although it is stated to have been effectual in the purpura of Scurvy. It has been advised as a tonic in convalescence from malarial fevers and in incipient consumption. As a local application, in the form of powder sprinkled upon the parts, in aqueous solution, tincture, or ointment, it has proven valuable in obstinate indolent ulcers, in amal and buccal fissures, in Scor- butic or other wmhealthy condition of the gums, in vaginal leucorrhoea, and in nasal hemorrhage; it may be applied on lint, as a wash, by injection, or by spray. The dose of monesia is from 2 to 10 or 15 grains; of monesin, from 3 to , grain. These may be given in pill, or powder, and in some syrup or other convenient vehicle. The tincture may be made of any desirable strength, from 1 to 4 ounces of monesia extract to a pint of alcohol. The ointment may be made by tritu- rating 1 drachm of the extract with 7 drachms of cerate, or purified lard. Related Species.-Lucuma Salicifolia, Kunth. The Zapote amarillo or Z. borracho of the Mexicans. The fruit produces sleep and the seeds are employed by the natives in pleuritis. Several Brazilian species yield food or medicines. Bassia longifolia, Linné; Elloopa-tree.—East India. A nutritious jelly is prepared from the fruit and flowers of this tree, which also furnishes valuable timber. The bark, leaves, and a fixed oil from the seeds have antirheumatic virtues and have been used in skim disorders. Elloopa oil is greenish and odorous. Bassia butyracea, Roxburgh.-The seeds yield a butyraceous substance known as fulwa- butter. It is used like the oil of the preceding species. Bassia parkii yields Shea butter. Mimusops Elengi, Linné.-India. The sweet fruit of this species is eaten, and the tree furnishes an excellent timber. A pleasant perfume is obtained from the flowers, and the seeds yield a drying fixed oil. Bark and root are reported astringent and tonic, and are em- ployed as such in India. The juice of the unripe fruit and the bark are used to fix colors in silk dyeing (Dymock). Mimusops heaſandra, Roxburgh.-Fruit eaten. Uses same as for preceding. Mimusops Schimperi and M. Kummel yield a variety of gutta-percha. Achras Sapota, Linné (Sapota Achras, Miller); Sapota plum (Zapotilla) or Bully tree.—West Indies, South America, and naturalized in western India, where the natives eat the quince- flavored fruit called by them Chikku or Kittath. . As a preventive against febrile and bilious attacks, the inhabitants of the Concan eat the fruit which has been soaked over night in melted butter. The bark is regarded astringent, tonic, and febrifuge; the Seeds diuretic and aperient. Bernou (1883) obtained a crystalline alkaloid, Sapotine, from the bark (Sapotilla Bark); it is insoluble in water, but dissolves in alcohol, chloroform, and ether. He also found two resins, and a large amount of Sapotamnic acid, the last giving the bark its astringency (See Dymock, Mat. Mod. of Western India). G. Michaud (1891), obtained from the seeds Sapotin (C39H82020), a crystalline, white, acrid glucosid, insoluble in chloroform, ether, and benzol, but soluble in hot alcohol and water. Mimusops globosa, Gaertner (Sapota Muelleri, Blukrode; Achras Balata, Aublet); Bully tree.— Guiana. The concrete milky juice of this tree furnishes what is variously known as balata, MONOTROPA.—MORUS RUBRA. 1277 Chicle, gum chicle, zapota gum, or tuno gum. It is intermediate between gutta-percha and caout- chouc, and is used in America in manufacturing chewing gum. Its behavior toward solvents is like that of gutta-percha (see Gutta-percha and its Related Products; also see Amer. Jour: Pharm., 1883, p. 523, on Pseudo Gutta-perchas). MONOTROPA.—INDIAN PIPE. The root of Monotropa uniflora, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Ericaceae. COMMON NAMES: Indian pipe, Ice-plant, Bird's nest, Fit-plant, Ova-ova, Pipe-plant, etc. ILLUSTRATION: Dana’s How to Know the Wild Flowers. Botanical Source and Description.—This plant has a dark-colored, fibrous, perennial root, matted in masses about as large as a chestnut-burr, from which arise one or more short, ivory-white stems, 4 to 8 inches high, furnished with ses- sile, lanceolate, white, semi-transparent, approximate leaves or bracts, and bearing a large, white, terminal, Solitary flower, which is at first nodding, but becomes upright in fruit. The calyx is represented by two to four scale-like deciduous bracts, the lower rather distant from the corolla. The corolla is permanent, of 5 distinct, erect, fleshy petals, which are narrowed below with a small, nectariferous pit at the base. Stamens 10, sometimes 8; anthers short on the thickened apex of the hairy filament, 2-celled, opening by transverse chinks. Stigma 5-crenate, depressed, and beardless. Pod or capsule 5-celled and 5-valved; the seeds numer- Ous, and invested with an arillus-like membrane (W.—G.—Eaton). History and Chemical Composition.—This is a singular plant, found in various parts of the Union from Maine to Carolina, and westward to Missouri, growing in shady, Solitary woods, in rich, moist soil, or soil composed of decayed wood and leaves, and near the base of trees, on whose roots it is said to be para- sitic. The whole plant is ivory-white in all its parts, resembling frozen jelly, and is very succulent and tender, so much so that when handled it dissolves and melts away in the hands like ice. The flowers are inodorous, and appear from June until September; their resemblance to a pipe has given rise to the names Indian pipe or Pipe-plant. The root is the part used; it should be gathered in September and October, carefully dried, pulverized, and kept in well-stoppered bottles. A. J. M. Lasché (Pharm. Rundschau, 1889, p. 208) has found in this plant a crystallizable poisonous principle, which also occurs in several other ericaceous plants; it is named andromedotocin (CAHs, Olo). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Ice-plant root is a tonic, sedative, nervine, and antispasmodic. It has also been employed in febrile diseases, as a Sedative and diaphoretic. The powder has been employed in instances of rest- lessness, pains, nervous irritability, etc., as a substitute for opium, without any deleterious influences. It is reputed to have cured remittent and intermittent fevers, and to be an excellent antiperiodic. In convulsions of children, epilepsy, chorea, and other spasmodic affections, its administration has been followed with prompt suc- cess; hence its common name, Fit or Convulsion root. The juice of the plant, alone, or combined with rose water, has been found an excellent application to obstºmate ophthalmic inflammation, to ulcers, and as an injection in gomorrhaea, and inflammation and ulceration of the bladder. Dose of the powdered root, from # to 1 drachm, 2 or 3 times a day. It has been used as a substitute for opium. This plant is undoubtedly one of value, and deserving of more confidence and attention than is at present bestowed upon it. It is, however, seldom or never used at the present day. It is not the Mesembryanthemum crystallimum (see Ficus, p. 891), or Ice-plant of Europe, which has a creeping stem a foot or more in length, with large, ovate, wavy, frosted leaves, and white flowers; and the whole plant is Covered with frost-like, warty protuberances, which give it a singular aspect. MORUS RUBRA.—RED MULBERRY. The fruit of Morus rubra, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Urticaceae. CoMMON NAME: Red mulberry. Botanical Source.—Morus rubra, or the Red mulberry, is but a shrub in the northern and New England states, 15 to 20 feet high, but in the middle and 1278 MORPHIN A. western states it attains an elevation of 50 to 60 feet, with a diameter of 2 feet, and covered with a grayish, furrowed, much-broken bark. The leaves are alter- nate, rounded or subcordate at base, acuminate, equally serrate, either ovate or 3-lobed, rough above, pubescent beneath, thick, dark-green, 4 to 6 inches long, and about two-thirds as wide. The flowers are small, monoecious, rarely dioecious; sterile ones in loose spikes; calyx 4-parted; fertile ones in dense spikes; styles 2, filiform, stigmatic down the inside. The ovary is 2-celled, one of the cells smaller and disappearing. Achenium ovate, compressed, inclosed within the succulent, berry-like calyx. Fertile spikes cylindric, constituting a dark-red, thickened, oblong and juicy, compound berry or fruit. The sterile spikes are rather slender (W.—G.). History.—The red mulberry is indigenous to the United States, growing in rich woods, flowering in May, and ripening its fruit in July. The wood of the tree is fine grained, strong, and durable. The fruit is oblong-oval, of a dark-red color, and is compounded of a great number of small berries, which are very juicy, inodorous, and of an agreeable sweetish and acidulous taste; in appearance it very much resembles the fruit of the blackberry. This species is fully equal in value to the Morus migra, Linné, of Europe (figured in Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 229), the juice of which was official in the British Pharmacopoeia, 1885, under the title MORI SUCCUs. The Morus migra, Linné, possesses similar proper- ties. It is probably a native of the Levant, though cultivated in Europe, and to some extent in the United States. This species, and that following, is a tree of about 30 feet in height, and has a purplish, black, berry-like fruit. Its leaves furnish food for silk-worms. The Morus alba, Linné, a native of China, with white fruit which is more saccharine and less pleasant than the preceding species, is one of the trees upon the foliage of which the silk-worm feeds. This species is naturalized in this country. Chemical Composition.—Mulberries are said to consist of bitartrate of potas- sium, pectin, Sugar, woody fiber, coloring matter and water. They contain rather more grape-Sugar than the ordinary berries, such as strawberries, blackberries, Currants, etc., being exceeded only by the cherry and grape. Fresenius found mulberries of the following percentage composition : sugar, 9.19; malic acid with a little tartaric, 1.86; albuminous matter, 0.361; gum, pectin, and fatty matter, 2.31; woody fiber, 0.91; ash, 0.66; water, 84.71. Wright and Patterson (Pharm. Jour. Trams.,Vol. VIII, 1878, p. 540) found the solid matter in the juice of the unripe berries to amount to 70.16 Gm. to the liter. A large proportion (26.83 Gm.) of this was citric acid, and a smaller quantity (7.82 Gm.) was malic acid. G. Goldsmith (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1882, p. 456) observed succinic acid in the form of its calcium Salt (C, H, OCa) in an exudation from the bark of Morus alba. It is the mulberry acid of Klaproth. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Mulberries possess very slightly nutri- tive qualities; they are refrigerant and laxative, and their juice forms a pleasant and grateful drink for patients suffering under febrile diseases, as it checks the thirst, relieves febrile heat, and when taken freely, gently relaxes the bowels. The juice, formed into a syrup and added to water, answers the same purpose, and forms a pleasant adjunct to gargles in quimsy. If the berries are eaten to excess they are apt to induce diarrhoea. The bark of the tree is reputed purga- tive and vermifuge, having expelled tapeworm. Morus nigra. MORPHINA (U. S. P.)—MORPHINE. FoRMUL.A.: C, H, NO,--H,0=302.34. “An alkaloid obtained from opium”—(U. S. P.). SYNoNYMs: Morphinum, Morphium, Morphia. Source and History.—Morphine, the first alkaloid identified, was discovered and its alkaline quality made known in 1816, by Sertürner, a Hanoverian chemist, MORPHINA. 1279 though Derosne and Seguin, two French chemists, had separated it, as well as marcotine, as far back as 1803 and 1805, without recognizing, however, their differ- ences or establishing their alkaloidal nature. Its only source thus far known, is opium, obtained by inspissation of the milky juice exuding from incisions into the unripe capsules of the poppy (Papaver Somniferum, Linné) and its varieties. Morphine is also said to occur in the milky sap of the Papaver orientale, Linne, and of Argemone mea'icama, Linné. Preparation.—Numerous processes have been devised to isolate morphine from opium, the aim being to free it chiefly from contaminating aneronic aſ id, codeine (methyl morphine) marcotine, and the other opium bases, and resinous and coloring matters. In Gregory-Anderson's process, Originated by Robertson, an aqueous extract of opium is neutralized with marble dust, the fluid evaporated to a syrup, and the latter boiled for a short time with excess of solution of calcium chloride. Upon dilution with water, resin falls out ; the liquid is filtered, again treated with marble dust, and concentrated by evaporation. Calcium meco- mate falls out, which is removed. Upon evaporation to syrupy consistence, and cooling, a mass of crystals is formed, consisting of the hydrochlorides of mor- hine and codeine. After removing the black mother liquor, the salts are puri- fied by treatment with animal charcoal, dissolved in water, and treated with aqua ammoniae which precipitates only morphine, since codeine is much more soluble in water. From the black mother liquor, aforementioned, the other opium bases may be obtained. By Merck’s process, an aqueous extract of opium is pre- cipitated by means of sodium carbonate, the morphine thus obtained is purified by washing with water and alcohol, and dissolving in acetic acid which leaves narcotine undissolved, since the latter does not easily combine with acetic acid. Or, marcotine may be dissolved out by ether, in which morphine is nearly insolu- ble. Mohr’s process is that on which is based the assay of opium for morphine, as given in the U. S. P., 1880, and the Br. Pharm., 1898. It depends on the fact that morphine forms with milk of lime, in excess, a soluble compound which is decomposable by the addition of ammonium chloride, morphine being precipi- tated. The other opium bases are not soluble in milk of lime (see the details of this process in this Dispensatory, preceding editions). (For a useful review of the methods employed for abstracting morphine from opium, see Husemann and Hilger, Pflanzemstoffe, 1884, p. 666.) The amount of morphine obtainable from opium has been found to vary between the limits 2.7 and 22.8 per cent (Guibourt); the usual average is about 10 per cent. Description.—As officially described, morphine occurs in “colorless or white, shining, prismatic crystals, or fine needles, or a crystalline powder, odorless, and having a bitter taste; permanent in the air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 4350 parts of water, and in 300 parts of alcohol; in 455 parts of boiling water, and in 36 parts of boiling alcohol; also soluble in 4000 parts of ether. When heated to about 75° C. (167° F.), morphine begins to lose its water of crystallization. Heated for some time at 100° C. (212° F.), it becomes anhydrous. At 254°C. (489.2° F.) it melts, forming a black liquid. Upon ignition, it is consumed with- out leaving a residue. Morphine has an alkaline reaction upon litmus paper’— (U. S. P.). The dry crystals are first tasteless, afterward slightly bitter ; in solu- tion the taste is strongly bitter. Morphine is hardly soluble in chloroform if this is absolutely free from alcohol. According to Van der Burg, 1 part of mor- phine requires for solution 10,000 parts of absolute chloroform; 2000 parts if it contains 1 per cent alcohol; 222 parts if it holds 5 per cent, and 111 parts if it contains 10 per cent of alcohol. One part of morphine furthermore requires 220 parts of glycerin, 400 parts of cold, 90 parts of hot amyl alcohol, and 500 parts of acetic ether. It is nearly insoluble in alcohol-free benzol, and in carbon disulphide. It is also soluble in diluted acetic, hydrochloric, nitric, and sulphu- ric acids, in the fixed and volatile oils, in solutions of caustic potash and of soda, in solutions of caustic baryta, lime, and stromtia, also in small quantity in aqua ammomiae. It is precipitated from its alkaline solutions, when exposed to the atmosphere, on account of the alkalies combining with the carbonic acid to form carbonates. In aqueous and in alcoholic solution, morphine is optically lavo-rotatory. Morphine is a tertiary amine also containing two phenol groups. Its formula 1280 MORPHINA. is C, H, NO,--H.O (Laurent), or, Cº. Hm(OH), NO. Its solubility in excess of alka- lies, the blue color-reaction with ferric chloride (see Tests), etc., are in accord with this formula. Morphine dissolves in acids, forming a series of salts. In solution it is precipitated by alkaloidal reagents (see enumeration in Charles E. Sohn's Dictionary of the Active Principles of Plants, London, 1894). Solutions of alkaline carbonates, like alkalies, precipitate morphine from its solutions, but it is much more slowly soluble in excess of the precipitant. Morphine, both free and in combination, is remarkable for its reducing properties. It reduces gold chloride, silver nitrate, silver oxide, chromic acid, cuprammonium sulphate, potassium ferricyanide, iodic and periodic acids, bismuth submitrate, and the acids of tungsten, tin, titanium, vanadium, and molybdenum. Morphine, when dissolved in caustic potash solution, is oxidized upon exposure to the air, owydimorphine (Cs, Has N.O.) being formed. When a salt of morphine is heated, in a closed tube, to 150° C. (302° F.), in the presence of strong hydrochloric acid, 1 molecule of water is abstracted and apomorphine (CrH, NO,) is formed (which see). Morphine also stands in close connection with codeine (CºHusſOCHJNO,), the latter being methylmorphine (see Codeima). Morphine, when heated with strong potassium hydroxide, yields methylamine, and upon destructive distillation over zinc dust, various hydrocarbons and bases are yielded, among them phenanthren (C, Ho), tri- methylamine (NLCH.I.), pyrrol (C, H,NH), pyridine (C.H.N.), quinoline (C.H.,N), etc. Tests.-The U. S. P. gives the following tests for morphine: “When crystals of morphine are sprinkled upon nitric acid (specific gravity 1.250 to 1.300) they will assume an orange-red color, and then produce a reddish solution gradually changing to yellow. On shaking a small portion of morphine, in a test-tube, with 10 Co. of chlorine water, the latter will acquire a yellowish color. On now carefully pouring a small amount of ammonia water on the surface of the liquid, a brown or reddish-brown zone will form at the line of contact of the two liquids. If to a neutral 1 per-cent solution of morphine, made by the careful addition of dilute sulphuric acid, a few drops of ferric chloride T.S. be added, a blue color will be produced which is destroyed by acids, alcohol, or heating. On treating morphine with cold, concentrated sulphuric acid free from nitric acid, the liquid should not at once acquire more than a faintly yellowish tinge (absence of more than traces of narcotine, papaverine, etc.); and the subsequent addition of a Small crystal of potassium permanganate should produce only a greenish, but no violet or purple, color (difference from strychnine). On precipitating a solution of any of the salts of morphine by ammonia water, dissolving the washed pre- cipitate in sodium hydrate T.S., shaking the solution with an equal volume of ether, and evaporating the ethereal solution, no appreciable residue should remain (absence of narcotine, codeine, etc.). On adding 4 Co. of potassium or Sodium hydrate T.S. to 0.2 Gm. of morphine, a clear, colorless solution, free from any undissolved residue, should result (absence of, and difference from, various other alkaloids)”—(U. S. P.). A delicate test for morphine is that with Fröhde's Reagent (a solution of 0.5 Gm. of sodium molybdate in 100 Co. of sulphuric acid). Traces of morphine produce, with a thin layer of this solution, a beautiful violet coloration which changes to blue, olive-green, yellow, and in 24 hours to purplish-blue again. Other alkaloids, e.g., codeine, produce a similar change of color with this reagent. According to Flückiger, if a trace of morphine be added to a solution of titanic acid in concentrated Sulphuric acid, a brown-red to violet coloration will be produced. A sensitive test for morphine is that based on the liberation of iodine from solution of iodate of potassium, in a slight excess of acetic acid, when a small quantity of morphine is added. The liberated iodine may be recognized by the blue starch reaction. Other alkaloids, however, e.g., codeine, cryptopine, eseridine, laudanime, and marcotine, behave in the same manner (see Flückiger-Nagelvoort, Reactions, Detroit, 1893, p. 77). The solution of morphine, in diluted nitric or acetic acid, must give no precipitate with nitrate of silver, or nitrate of barium (absence of hydrochloride or sulphate of morphine). Upon incineration of morphine, upon platinum foil, no residue should remain (absence of inorganic impurities). Action and Medical Uses.—(See Morphinae Sulphas.) Salts of Morphine.—In addition to the salts of morphine considered herein under special headings, there are other salts, such as the mitrate, phosphate and tartrate; they are pre- MORPHINAE ACETAS. 1281 }. like the acetate, by substituting the respective acids. Doses, same as acetate. The ast-named Salt occurs in warty, needle crystals, very soluble in alcohol and water, and pre- ferred by some to the sulphate for hypodermatic use, on account of its greater solubility. MORPHINAE HYDRIODAs.—Hydriodate of morphine (C17H19NO3.H.I.2H2O) may be made by mixing together strong solutions of hydrochlorate of morphine, 2 parts, and of iodide of potassium, rather more than 1 part. Wash the precipitate with a little cold water; press it between folds of blotting paper, redissolve it in hot water, and crystallize. It may also be prepared with morphine and warm hydriodic acid. , Long, silky needles, sparingly soluble in water. This salt, according to E. Schmidt, is probably identical with Winckler's Iodide of mor- phine (Morphimae Iodas, see directions for its preparation in this Dispensatory, preceding editions, and in Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1853, p. 126). Doses of these, same as the acetate. MoRPHINAE HYDROBROMAs, Morphine hydrobromate (C17H16NO3.HBr.2H2O), Morphine bro- mide.—Prepared by double decomposition between alcoholic solutions of morphine sulphate (19 parts), and potassium bromide (6 parts), or by dissolving pure morphine in warmed hydro- bromic acid. It forms long, white needles, soluble in 25 parts of cold water. MORPHINE PHTHALAs, Morphine phthalate.—To a hot solution of pure phthalic acid add pure morphine as long as the latter is dissolved. Filter and evaporate. This salt dissolves in 5 parts of water, forming neutral solutions, and is recommended for hypodermatic use. MORPHINAE LACTAs (C17H19NO3.C3H8O3).—Morphine lactate crystallizes in prisms soluble in water (1 in 8), and alcohol (1 in 93) (see D. B. Dott, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1886, p. 353). MORPHIN E VALERIANAS.–Morphine neutralized with valerianic acid, forms Valerianate of morphine, a salt which is used to some extent in nervous diseases, restlessness in fevers, etc. The dose is the same as for the sulphate of morphine. MoRPHINE BIMECONAs, Morphine bimecomate.—A preparation called Solution of Bimeconate of Morphia was at one time introduced into this country from England, and at a very high price, and was stated to possess all the therapeutic effect of opium without any of its disagree- able influences, as well as to be serviceable in those cases where from idiosyncrasy or other causes the crude drug or its ordinary preparations could not be employed, when these were indicated (see P. Squire, Amer. Jour. Pharm.,Vol. XI, 1839, p. 166). In the Londom Pharmaceutical Journal, on page 288, Vol. XV, 1885, the following formula for this solution is given : “Take of bimeconate of morphine, 10 grains; alcohol, 1 fluid drachm; distilled water, 13 fluid drachms. Mix.” But there is no formula for the bimeconate itself. If there be such a salt, it may probably be made by the addition of meconic acid to a solution of morphine. According to Prof. W. Procter, Jr., the morphine bimeconate may be prepared as follows: Macerate Opium in powder (or dry enough to powder) 5 troy ounces in distilled water, a pint, with agitation for three days, strain with expression, and again macerate in successive portions of distilled water, a pint each time, for 24 hours, until 4 pints have been used, and the opium is sufficiently exhausted. Evaporate the liquors carefully to the measure of a pint, filter, and add Solution of acetate of lead until it ceases to produce a precipitate. Collect this on a filter, thoroughly wash it with water, suspend it in a pint of warm distilled water, pass a current of hydrogen sulphide through the mixture until the lead is entirely precipitated, heat and filter the solution of meconic acid that remains, until deprived of sulphuretted odor. Meanwhile, take the liquid filtered from the lead precipitate (containing the morphine, etc.) together with the washings, evaporate them at a gentle heat to 4 fluid ounces; drop in sufficient diluted sulphuric acid to precipitate the oxide of lead present, and filter; then mix the filtrate with an equal bulk of alcohol, and carefully add water of ammonia, with agitation, until it remains in slight excess; allowing it to rest 24 hours, that the morphine may separate. Collect the impure morphine on a filter, wash it with a little water, and dissolve it in the hot solution of mecomic acid (above referred to) and filter if necessary, washing the filter with a little distilled water. Finally, add sufficient distilled water to the filtrate to make it measure 3 pints, and then stronger alcohol, 95 per cent, a pint, and mix them. - This solution is of a light, reddish-brown color, varying however, in different specimens, and which is due to adhering coloring matter, and especially to the oxide of iron with which it comes in contact during the process; its odor is that of alcohol, and its taste decidedly bitter. Its morphine strength is about 3.3 grains per fluid ounce. Prof. Procter does not believe it to possess any merit not embraced in the Liquor Opii Compositus, of Dr. Squibb (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1860, p. 120), and the Deodorized Tincture of Opium of the U. S. P. (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1867, p. 104). Mr. D. B. Dott (Pharm. Jour. Trans.,Vol. IX, 1879), p. 883, endeav- Oring to prepare the meconates of morphine, could obtain only one well-defined crystallizable Salt, namely, the neutral dimorphine mecomate, of the formula (C17H16NO3)2.C, H, O, .5H2O. It is easily prepared by dissolving the equivalent quantities of morphine and meconic acid in boiling water and allowing the solution to cool. The author was unable, however, to prepare a crystallizable momomorphine mecomate (morphine bimecomate) and, therefore, doubts its existence (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1887, p. 188). MORPHINE ACETAs (U. S. P.)—MoRPHINE ACETATE. FoRMULA : C, H, NO,C,EI.O,--3H,O. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 398.12. “Morphine acetate should be kept in dark amber-colored, well-stoppered vials”—(U. S. P.). - SYNONYMs: Morphise acetas, Morphium aceticwm, Morphinum aceticum, Acetate of 'morphia, Acetas morphicus, Acetas morphinae. 81 1282 MORPHINAE HYDROCHLORAS. Preparation.—Wittstein’s process is: “Intimately mix 2 parts of pure mor- phine with 2 parts of water in a mortar, warmed in a sand-bath, and them add concentrated acetic acid to it until the morphine is dissolved ; 1 part of acetic acid, sp. gr. 1,045, will be sufficient. Pour the solution on a shallow porcelain plate, dry at a temperature not to exceed 48.8°C. (120°F.), powder, and preserve in a closed vessel in a cool place. The yield will be about one-eighth more than the weight of the morphine employed.” In the British process (Br. Pharm., 1885) the morphine is freshly prepared from the hydrochlorate by precipitation with solution of ammonia. The well- washed morphine is then saturated with diluted acetic acid and evaporated by water-bath, keeping the acid in slight excess, until when cooled it will solidify. The product is dried at a low heat to prevent the dissipation of the acid, rubbed to a powder, and preserved in well-stopped bottles. Description and Tests.-Morphine acetate is officially described as being “a white or faintly yellowish-white, crystalline or amorphous powder, having a faint, acetous odor, and a bitter taste. It slowly loses acetic acid when exposed to the air. Soluble at 15°C. (59°F.), when freshly prepared in 2.5 parts of water, and in 47.6 parts of alcohol; in 1.5 parts of boiling water, and in 14 parts of boiling alcohol; also soluble in about 1700 parts of ether, 2100 parts of cold chlo- roform, and 60 parts of boiling chloroform. On protracted exposure to the air. the salt gradually loses some acetic acid, and becomes less soluble. When heated, the salt loses water as well as acetic acid. Upon ignition, it is consumed, leaving no residue. The salt is neutral or faintly alkaline to litmus paper. The addition of potassium or sodium hydrate T.S. to an aqueous solution of the Salt causes a white precipitate, which is soluble in an excess of the alkali, and which conforms to the reactions and tests of morphine (see Morphina). On adding sulphuric acid to the salt, vapors of acetic acid are evolved ’’—(U. S. P.). If a solution of the acetate is required the addition of a trace of acetic acid will render the solution clear in case the salt has lost some acid by evaporation. Its aqueous Solution, moderately concentrated, is affected by nitric acid and ferric chloride in the same manner as morphine; and the alkalies and alkaline earths precipitate morphine from it, but redissolve it if added in excess. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Acetate of morphine exerts a similar influence upon the system to the other salts of morphine, and is preferred by some practitioners to them; but I have not found the combination of any acid to appreciably affect the therapeutical influence of morphine (J. King). It may be substituted for opium, as a general rule, or for any of the other salts of mor- phine. The dose to produce an anodyne or hypnotic effect is from # to + grain; but under certain excitable conditions of the system, even more may be required. One-sixth of a grain represents about 1 grain of opium. It is sometimes used externally, applied to vesicated surfaces, for the purpose of affecting the system. Internally, it may be given either in the form of pill or solution. A solution (Liquor Morphimae Acetatis) may be formed by adding 4 grains of acetate of mor- phine to 4 fluid ounces of distilled water. If it does not readily dissolve, 5 min- ims of diluted acetic acid may be added. The dose of this is from , to 2 fluid drachms. A fluid drachm or two of alcohol, mixed with the water forming the solu- tion, will prevent spontaneous decomposition. (See also Liquor Morphimae Acetatis [Br. Pharm.], which is four times stronger, containing 4 grain of morphine to the fluid drachm.) MORPHINAE HYDROCHLORAS (U. S. P.)—MoRPHINE HYDROCHLORATE. FoRMULA: C, H, NO, HCl–H3H,O. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 374,63. SYNoNYMs: Morphiae murias, Hydrochloras morphicus, Murias morphicus, Muriate of morphia, Morphiæ hydrochloras. Preparation.—“Take of pure morphine, 2 parts; rub in a porcelain dish with water, 5 parts; heat to the boiling point, and add pure hydrochloric acid until the morphine is dissolved (1 part of acid, sp. gr. 1.130, will suffice), and then allow it to cool. After standing a day, the crystals which form are separated from the supernatant liquid, which is evaporated to further crystallization. The MORPHINAE SULPHAS. 1283 salt is spread on filtering paper and dried; about 2% parts by weight should be obtained ” (Wittstein). The hydrochloric acid must be added gradually, and the mixture be constantly stirred. The process of the U. S. P. (1870) was essentially the same. The process of the British Pharmacopoeia (1885) is based on Dr. Wm. Gregory's method of obtaining the hydrochlorate from opium as the starting point. By this process the meconate of morphine existing in the opium is decomposed by chloride of calcium, which forms, through double decomposition, a precipitate of meconate of calcium, leaving hydrochlorate of morphine in solution, which is obtained in crystals by evaporation; these are purified by repeated solution, con- centration, and crystallization, and lastly, decolorization with animal charcoal. (Also compare Morphima.) Description and Tests.-Hydrochlorate of morphine is described by the U. S. P. as occurring in “white, feathery needles of a silky luster, or minute, color- less, cubical crystals, odorless, and having a bitter taste; permanent in the air. Soluble at 15° C. (59°F.), in 24 parts of water, and in 62 parts of alcohol; in 0.5 part of boiling water, and in 31 parts of boiling alcohol. Very slightly soluble in ether or chloroform. When heated at 100° C. (212°F.), the salt loses its water of crystallization (14.38 per cent); at 300° C. (572°F.), it coheres slightly, but does not completely melt; and upon ignition it is consumed, leaving no residue. The salt is neutral to litmus paper”—(U. S. P.). Hydrochlorate of morphine also dis- solves in 20 parts of glycerin and 800 parts of olive oil. This salt contains of crystallized morphine, 80.7 per cent; of anhydrous morphine, 75.9 per cent. Hydrochlorate of morphine is decomposed by diluted sulphuric acid, with disen- gagement of hydrochloric acid. “The addition of potassium or sodium hydrate T.S. to an aqueous solution of the salt causes a white precipitate, soluble in an excess of the alkali, and conforming to the reactions and tests of morphine (see Morphina). The aqueous solution of the salt yields, with silver nitrate T.S., a white precipitate insoluble in nitric acid"—(U. S. P.). The British Pharmacopoeia directs that this salt should dissolve “without coloration in strong sulphuric acid; the addition of a small quantity of sodium arsenate to a portion of this solution causes a bluish-green coloration, and a small quantity of bismuth oxynitrate added to another portion, gives a purplish-brown coloration ”—(Br. Pharm., 1898). White sugar is said to have entered sometimes into hydrochlorate of morphine as an adulteration. The fermentation test will serve to discover it. Hydrochlorate of morphine should be entirely soluble in water, giving a colorless solution; its loss of weight at 100° C. (212°F.), should not exceed 14.38 per cent. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Hydrochlorate of morphine possesses properties similar to the other salts of morphine, having essentially all the actions of opium. It is much more extensively used in Great Britain than in this coun- try; and may be employed as a substitute for opium, or the acetate or sulphate of morphine. Its dose is from to # grain; # of a grain represents about 1 grain of opium. A solution of the hydrochlorate of morphine (Liquor Morphinae Hydro- chloratis) is made by dissolving 4 grains of hydrochlorate of morphine in distilled water, 4 fluid ounces. If it does not readily dissolve, 5 minims of diluted hydro- chloric acid may be added. The dose is from # to 2 fluid drachms. Alcohol, 1 or 2 fluid drachms, mixed with the water forming this solution, will prevent spontaneous decomposition (see also Liquor Morphinae Hydrochloridi [Br. Pharm , 1898], which is four times as strong as the foregoing solution.) MORPHINAE SULPHAS (U. S. P.)—MoRPHINE SULPHATE. FoRMULA : (C, H, NO.),H,SO,--5H,O. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 756.38. SYNONYMs: Morphiæ sulphas, Sulphas morphicus, Sulphate of morphia. Preparation.—“Take of pure morphine, 2 parts; rub it in a porcelain dish with 5 parts of distilled water, then heat to boiling and add sulphuric acid until the morphine is dissolved, and then allow the solution to cool. After standing a day, the crystals which form are treated in the same manner as named for the crystals of fººt. of morphine. The sulphuric acid must be added gradu- ally, an excess of acid is to be tested for with blue litmus paper, and the mixture 1284 MORPHINAE SULPHAS. must be constantly stirred” (Wittstein). The processes of the U.S. P. (1870) and of the Br. Pharm. (1885) are essentially the same. Morphine is here saturated with sulphuric acid, of which saturation its complete solution in the water is an indi- cation. As in the preparation of the acetate of morphine, the heat must not be too high during evaporation of this salt, else it will be decomposed. Description and Tests.-Morphine sulphate is officially described as occur- ring in “white, feathery, acicular crystals of a silky luster, Odorless, and having a bitter taste; permanent in the air. Soluble at 15° C. (59°F.), in 21 parts of water, and in 702 parts of alcohol; in 0.75 part of boiling water and 144 parts of boil- ing alcohol; almost insoluble in ether. When heated for some time at 100° C. (212° F.), the salt loses 3 molecules (7.12 per cent) of water of crystallization; the remaining 2 molecules (4.75 per cent) are gradually expelled by raising the tem- perature to 130°C. (266°F.). At 255° C. (491°F.) the salt melts, and upon igni- tion, it is consumed, leaving no residue. The salt is neutral to litmus paper. The addition of potassium or sodium hydrate T.S. to an aqueous solution of the salt causes a white precipitate, which is soluble in an excess of the alkali, and which conforms to the reactions and tests of morphine (see Morphina). The aqueous solution yields, with barium chloride T.S., a white precipitate insoluble in hydrochloric acid”—(U. S. P.). Morphine sulphate is also soluble in glycerin (1 in 5). It contains of crystallized morphine, 79.94 per cent; of anhydrous morphine, 75.19 per cent. D. B. Dott (1877) found a certain commercial specimen of morphine sulphate to consist of more than one-third of anhydrous sulphate of sodium. Analysis of the mixture thrown on the market in 1898, under the name “Husa,” showed that it contained large amounts of morphine sulphate (see J. U. Lloyd, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1899, p. 210). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—The effects of morphine and its salts are practically those of opium, which see. Being but one of the constituents of that drug, however, slight differences in action have been observed. Much depends also, upon the manner of administering it. The indications are those given under Opium. Morphine is not so soluble as its salts, which are usually employed; the principal ones are the sulphate, hydrochlorate, and acetate. Pereira says that in comparing the morphine Salts with opium, we observe that they are less stimu- lant, and less disposed to cause sweating, constipation, headache, and dryness of the tongue; the feelings which they excite are less agreeable, and hence they are not adapted to be substituted for opium by the eaters of this drug; they more readily affect the bladder than opium. Morphine is more likely to provoke nausea and vomiting than opium. If given by mouth for any length of time it induces diarrhaea, while opium does not, but the bowels cease to be costive. Hypoder- matically, morphine constipates. Morphine primarily diminishes the frequency of the pulse, while opium increases it. Morphine lowers the temperature, while opium often increases it. Less stimulation of the nervous and circulatory sys- tems are observed under morphine, and itching of the surface is far more readily produced by the alkaloid. Finally, the narcotic action of the morphine is com- paratively less profound than that of the parent drug. A weak and oppressed heart is always embarrassed by opium and its alkaloids. Enormous amounts of morphine are consumed by morphine habitués (see Opium). Many cases are reported in which the daily allowances were 14, 16, 18, 40, 50 grains, and even 80 grains have been taken for a few days. A case is reported in which a woman took, hypodermatically, 25 grains at one time, and a case came under our care in which a one-legged habitué attempted suicide by the injection of 24 grains, besides shooting himself through the lower edge of the left lung, the bullet lodging in the skin of the back. Every inspiration forced frothy blood out of the bullet wound. He recovered. His arms, left leg, and side of body pre- sented a tattooed appearance from the habitual injections to which he had been accustomed. The uses of morphine have been considered mainly under the head of opium (see Opium). It may be well, however, to briefly enumerate some of the conditions there mentioned, and to add a few others. It should be borne in mind, however, that unless contraindicated, it is the drug for Sudden, acute pain, and pain from wounds, burns, and Scalds. It is useful, therefore, following the indications given under Opium in puerperal convulsions, peritomitis, pleuritis, amgina pectoris, ovaritis, M OSCHUS. 1285 metritis, appendicitis, asthma, Sciatica, to alleviate severe pain in the various forms of meuralgia, as pleurodynia, gastrodynia, etc., and in obstimate vomiting, cholera mor- bus, renal and biliary colic, local spasms, epileptiform convulsions, lead colic, various severe and acute abdominal pains, and pois0ning by belladonna or atropine, Stramo- mium or Strychnine. In sumstroke, with general excitation, jactitation, and convul- sions, morphine gives relief. As a stimulant in the prostrating stage of typhus and typhoid fevers, and to check unhealthy discharges, opium is to be preferred to morphine. Morphine salts are always used to relieve the excessive operation of strychnine. The dose of morphine and its salts, is from # to 4 grain; and , of a grain represents about 1 grain of ordinary opium. The various Salts of morphine, dis- solved in water, are used by subcutaneous injection. A dose of from # to 3 grain of the selected salt, in solution, is injected at once, repeating the operation in 1 or 2 days, or even every 3 or 4 hours, if the urgency of the case requires. Vomit- ing, nausea, or uneasiness, sometimes follows the injection, but soon passes away without injury to the patient. Sulphate of morphine is probably more often employed in this country than any other of the salts of this alkaloid, and is considered to be more uniform in its effects on the system. It possesses the usual properties belonging to morphine and its various salts, and is used in cases where these are indicated. The dose is from # to + grain, which may be given in pill or solution, or hypodermatically. A solution of sulphate of morphine (Liquor Morphiæ Sulphatis, U. S. P., 1870), is made by dissolving 4 grains of the sulphate of morphine in 4 fluid ounces of distilled water. This forms a convenient solution, in which the morphine may be administered in minute or ordinary doses to suit the occasion; it will keep for a long time unaltered. A fluid drachm of this solution is equal to about ; of a grain of the sulphate (see also Liquor Morphinae Sulphatis [Br. Pharm., 1885], which is four times as strong as the U. S. P. [1870] solution.) MOSCHUS (U. S. P.)—MUSK. “The dried secretion from the preputial follicles of Moschus moschiferus, Linné”—(U. S. P.). Class: Mammalia. Order: Ruminantia. Source and History.—This article is obtained from the male of Moschus mos- chiferus or Musk deer, a wild ruminating animal, rather larger than the domestic goat, and approaching the deer in its characters, and which is an inhabitant of Central Asia. At the posterior part of its abdomen, there is a small sac situated immediately under the skin, which opens a little in front of the preputial orifice, and which is filled with a thick fluid, abounding particularly in the rutting season. This fluid, in the dried state, is musk. It is removed from the animal in its con- taining bag, and dried in this state for exportation. The musk-bag, or pod, is usually plano-convex; and in general the plane surface is a bare membrane, while the convex surface is covered with stiff hairs; but sometimes the hairy and mem- branous parts are reversed. It weighs along with its contents, between 5 and nearly 10 drachms, and contains on an average 23 drachms of musk, i.e., from 26 to 52 per cent. Two kinds of musk are met with in American commerce. The Chinese, Thibet, or Tonquin musk is the variety that should always be preferred. It occurs in commerce in lots of about 25 paper-wrapped sacs, shipped in lead- lined boxes (caddies). The yellowish or brownish hairs are cut short. It comes to us partly from Tonquin, but for the greater part, from the Chinese province of Yun-Nan, and is shipped from the Chinese port, Shanghai, hence the name Chinese musk. A consular report from Shanghai, in 1885, stated the annual export to be about 3000 caddies, each containing, on an average, 20 pods, thus represent- ing an annual decimation of the animal by about 60,000. Siberian musk is also called Russian musk; it is exported from St. Petersburgh. It resembles the pre- ceding, yet often is of a much inferior quality, having an ammoniacal, somewhat fetid odor. Cabardine musk is a variety which connes in flat, ovate sacs, the hairs on which are somewhat paler and thinner, and the odor of which is feebler and far less 1286 MUSCH U.S. aromatic than that of good musk, besides having a urinous smell. Two other grades, Assam and Bucharian musk-sacs, are not found in American markets. Musk is now scarcely ever prescribed, both on account of its high price, and the extreme difficulty of obtaining a pure article, as nearly all the musk in trade at the pres- ent day, is an almost uncontrollable drug (see Adulterations; also see an interest- ing article on “Musk,” from the Chemist and Druggist, 1890, in Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1891, p. 149). Description.—“In irregular, crumbly, somewhat unctuous grains, dark red- dish-brown, having a peculiar penetrating, and persistent odor, and a bitterish taste. It is contained in oval or roundish sacs about 4 to 5 Cm. (1% to 2 inches) in diameter, on one side invested with a smoothish membrane, on the other side covered with stiff, appressed, grayish hairs, concentrically arranged around 2 orifices near the center. About 10 per cent of musk is soluble in alcohol, the tincture being light brownish-yellow, and on the addition of water becoming slightly turbid. About 50 per cent of musk is soluble in water, the solution being deep-brown, faintly acid, and strongly odorous. When ignited with free access of air, musk gives off a peculiar, somewhat urinous odor, and leaves behind not more than 8 per cent of a grayish ash”—(U. S. P.). It is very inflammable. Musk is very little soluble in ether or chloroform. The powerful odor of musk is destroyed when it is rubbed together with camphor, cinnamom, syrup or oil of bitter almonds, oil of fennel, precipitated sulphur, ergot, quinine sulphate or chloride, etc. Hence, to remove the odor from the hands, it is advised to rub the hands with some quinine, moistened with diluted sulphuric acid. On the other hand, alkalies intensify the odor of musk. The odor is also lost by drying the musk over sulphuric acid; it gradually returns, however, as moisture is reab- sorbed. With some persons the odor of musk produces several unpleasant effects, as cephalalgia, fainting, etc. Chemical Composition.—The chemical nature of the odoriferous principle is not known. Geiger and Reinmann found musk to contain a peculiar volatile Substance, ammonia, a peculiar, fixed, uncrystallizable acid, stearin and olein, cholesterin, peculiar bitter resin, osmazome (see foot-note under Ichthyocolla), and salts. The U. S. P. demands that musk, upon incineration, should yield not more than 8 per cent of ash. In addition to the substances mentioned above, musk is incompatible with bichloride of mercury, sulphate of iron, nitrate of silver, and infusion of cinchona. Adulterations.—Owing to its high price, musk is very liable to adulterations; indeed it is rare that the pure article can be obtained in commerce. In 1889, a consular report from Shanghai states that the article comes into the Chinese mar- ket in simple wood cases of 9 to 14 caddies; every parcel contains a number of adulterated sacs, which must be bought along with the good ones. About 50 per cent seems to be adulteration. The parcels are then, as a rule, broken up by the exporter and sorted for the London market. He divides the lot into three grades, all of which are probably thrown on the market. “The sophistication consists of earth, rasped wood, and small pieces of leather or skin, which are inserted in the pods after the musk has been removed. Less frequently the sophistication is effected with lead, heavy pieces of flesh, or paper inserted between the thin inner and thick outer skin, which can only be discovered upon cutting it. In the last year or two, the adulteration has gone up to 80 per cent, but in the absence of better qualities, even such an article has found buyers” (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1889, p. 376). These adulterations are very difficult to detect. Musk which is not readily inflammable, whose odor is weak, which is of a black or pale color, very damp, or gritty to the touch, should be rejected as containing impurities. By incineration, genuine musk leaves behind a grayish-white ash, whereas blood leaves a reddish one. It is probably advisable to insist on buying the musk in its containing bag. False pods may be distinguished from the genuine ones, by their ammoniacal odor, by the absence of any aperture in the middle of the hairy coat, by the hair not being arranged in a circular manner, and by the absence of the remains of the penis, which accompanies every genuine musk-sac. False sacs may often be known by being stitched together, because a genuine sac may be opened to introduce foreign matter; such a sample becomes suspicious, and invites further analysis. MOSCHUS. 1287 To test a bag for lead inserted through its aperture, exposing the specimen to the action of the Roentgen rays will reveal the fraud without the necessity of cutting open the bag (see interesting shadowgraph of an adulterated musk-bag, by E. Wolff, Pharm. Centralh., 1896, p. 827). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Musk is a stimulant to the nervous and vascular systems, acting much after the manner of the alcoholics, and an irri- tant to the stomach, deranging its functions; also said to possess narcotic proper- ties secondarily. From its influence on the nervous system it is termed a powerful antispasmodic; and has been used with advantage in typhus and low forms of fever, obstimate hiccough, pertussis, epilepsy, chorea, hysteria, asthma, palpitation of the heart, colic, convulsions of infants, all spasmodic affections, etc. (see Specific Indications below). United with ammonia, it has been used with success in stopping the progress of gangrene. Fifteen grains of musk, combined with extract of valerian, and alco- holic extract of cimicifuga, of each, 15 grains, and divided into 15 pills, will be found beneficial in pneumonia accompanied by delirium, and in the involuntary movements observed in low typhoid fevers. One pill may be given every 1 or 2 hours, until there is a marked improvement in the symptoms. In small doses musk is hypnotic. If its use is long continued, it imparts its peculiar odor to the Secretions. It should always be given in substance, either in the form of pill or emulsion. Dose, from 5 to 20 grains, every 2 or 3 hours. Niter, cochineal, of each, 2 grains; musk, 1 grain ; mix and form a powder. This powder, given and repeated every 2 or 3 hours, is said to be very useful in some low forms of fever, and in febrile or inflammatory affections with spasmodic action or delirium. Specific Indications and Uses.—Hiccough; muscae-volitantes, subsultus ten- dinum, low muttering delirium, and stupor; pulse small, quick, irregular, or tremulous; muscular spasm; insomnia from physical or mental fatigue. Related Products.-A naturalist found in Central Africa numerous flocks of a small ruminant of the gazelle family, the excrement from which exhaled so decided an odor of musk that he thought it might be advantageously used. M. Stanislas Martin formed a tincture with some of it, using alcohol of 80 per cent. It had a greenish color. This excrement, powdered and macerated with glycerin, lard, or fixed oils, forms a powerful musky odor, answering all the purposes of musk as a perfume, and being decidedly cheaper (Bull. de Thérap., 1868). The species probably referred to is the Antilope Dorcas, Linné, or Algerian gazelle. The excrements are small and globular, Jacqueme obtained an alcoholic extract (7 per cent) from them, which contained calcium, ammonium, and sodium salts, a resinous body of musky odor, and an acid capable of crystallization, HYRACEUM.—Probably derived from the Hyraa, capensis, Cuvier (Order: Hyracoidea), or Badger, a South African mammal. The drug comes in brittle, resinous, irregular, blackish- brown fragments, of a nauseously bitter taste. When heated it becomes soft and evolves a castor-like odor; further heated it burns, evolving acrid fumes. Water does not wholly dis- solve it, and it is still less soluble in alcohol or ether. It is collected on mountain sides in Africa, and is either a fecal or urinous product. Analyses of Wn. H. Greene and A. J. Parker (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1879, p. 363), show this substance to yield, upon incineration, 34 per cent of ash, chiefly containing chlorides and carbonates of sodium, calcium, potassium, and magne- sium. The organic matter constitutes about 52 per cent, containing traces of urea, uric acid, hippuric and benzoic acids. Hyraceum is said to resemble the American castor in physio- logical action. A similar dried body, renal and fecal, is found in rock-fissures in New Mexico, and is believed to be the product of the Neotoma or Wild rat (Cope). CIVETTA, or ZIBETHUM, Civet, Zibeth. — An unctuous, musky secretion, collected from receptacles between the anus and genitalia of both male and female of the Tiverra Civetta, Schreber (Civet cat), of Africa, and Viverra Zibetha, Schreber, of the East Indies. The animals are kept in captivity for the purpose of obtaining the drug. It was formerly employed in medicine, but is now wholly consumed in the perfumer's art. It is semisolid, yellowish, chang- ing to brown, unctuous, not so diffusible nor agreeable as musk, of an unpleasant, subacrid, bit- ter, greasy taste, soluble in part in hot alcohol and in ether, but not in water. It is fusible, and burns without leaving much residue. It contains salts, resin, coloring bodies, various fats, and a volatile oil. AMERICAN MUSK.—The musk-sacs of the Musk-rat (Fiber 2ibethicus) have been substituted for musk under the name American musk. Its, odor differs somewhat from that of musk, but º §. be * employed in perfumes (see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1881, p. 397, and , p. 550). ARTIFICIAL MUsk.—An artificial musk is prepared, by carefully adding, drop by drop, 3 parts of fuming nitric acid to 1 of unrectified oil of amber. The acid is decomposed and the oil converted into an acid resin, which must be kneaded under pure water until all excess of acid is removed. The substance which remains is of a yellowish-brown color, viscid, and of an odor similar to musk, for which it may be used as a substitute, in doses of from 15 to 30 grains. 1288 TMUCILAGINES.–MUCILAGO AMYLI. MoscHUs FACTITIUs, Artificial musk.-The artificial musk introduced by Dr. A. Baur, and known commercially as “Musk Baur,” is trimitr080-butyl-toluene (C6H.CH3.CICH3]3.[NO3]3), pre- pared by the interaction of tertiary butyl-toluene (C6H4CH3.C[CH3]3), and a mixture of sul- phuric and nitric acids. It forms yellowish-white needles melting at 96° to 97° C. (204.8° to 206.6°F.), insoluble in water, but soluble in alcohol, chloroform, ether, benzol, and light petro- leum ether (see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1890, p. 489, and 1892, p. 31). The action of this body is similar to, but less energetic, than that of musk. The dose for a small child is from 3 to 1 grain, every 2 or 3 hours; for an adult, 10 grains. Of a tincture (5.j to 3x of alcohol), the dose is 1 fluid drachm. Hauner, of Munich, praises it in spasm of the glottis in children. VEG, ETABLE MUSK.—On account of the high price of musk, and its liability to adulteration, Dr. Hannon (Jour. de Pharm., 1854) sought for a vegetable substitute, which he thinks he has found in a Columbian plant, cultivated in Belgium, Mſimulus moschatus, which plant yields an essential oil by distillation. In doses of 2 or 3 drops, this oil exerts an energetic, excitant action on the intestinal canal, and on the brain. In a state of health it caused vertigo, cephal- algia, dryness in the fauces, epigastric weight, and eructations. He believes it may replace the animal musk, and may be given in hysterna and analogous complaints, in doses of from 2 to 4 drops in 24 hours. He calls it vegetable musk. Nearly all of the preceding products are used in the manufacture of perfumes and not, at the present time, in medicine. MIUCILAGINES.–MIUCILAGES. Mucilages are viscid, somewhat tenacious, and generally adhesive liquids, prepared with water as a solvent. As represented by the preparations of the U. S. P. they are usually solutions of gums, or closely related bodies. The official mucilages gradually decompose and become acid, thinner, and offensive in smell. Such changes may often be checked or entirely prevented by glycerin, alum, or creosote. The majority of the mucilages should be prepared only as wanted. MUCILAGO ACACIAE (U. S. P.)—MUCILAGE OF ACACIA. SYNoNYM : Mucilage of gum, Arabic. Preparation.—“Acacia, in small fragments, three hundred and forty grammes (340 Grm.) [11 ozs, av., 435 grs.]; water, a sufficient quantity to make one thou- sand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Wash the acacia with cold water, and let it drain. Then add to it enough water to make the mixture weigh one thousand grammes (1000 Grm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.], agitate or stir occasionally until the acacia is dissolved, and strain. Keep the product in well- stoppered, completely filled bottles, in a cool place ’’-(U. S. P.). . . Clear, white pieces of gum acacia should be selected for this mucilage. By rapid, washing of the fragments first with cold water, much of the impurities may be removed. The mucilage becomes thick and dense during preparation, making it somewhat difficult to stir or agitate, and it has been proposed to make the solution by suspending the gum in a loose-textured bag, which should be moved occasionally from place to place in order to bring it into contact with successive portions of water. In our experience, however, no difficulty is experienced in making it by the usual method. It should be at once put into well-filled bottles, and even then it readily sours with the development of acetic acid. Mucilage of acacia should be a colorless, or but faintly yellowish, transparent, nearly tasteless, viscid fluid, with a faint, although not disagreeable odor. Aluminum sulphate (1 to 125 parts) is said to increase its adhesiveness. Heat should not be employed in the prepara- tion of this mucilage as it is said to promote the formation of acetic acid. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This flavored and sweetened, diluted mucilage forms an agreeable and soothing drink for febrile and inflammatory con- ditions, being particularly applicable in gastric and respiratory inflammations. It is probably nutritive. In pharmacy it is employed to give adhesiveness in pill masses, and in mixtures to hold in suspension insoluble ingredients. It is some- times used in making troches. It may be freely given. MIUCILAGO AMYT.I.-MUCILAGE OF STARCH. Preparation.—To 120 grains of starch gradually add 10 fluid ounces (Imp.) of distilled water, with constant trituration. Boil for a few moments, with con- tinual stirring. This accords with the British Pharmacopoeia, 1885. It should be MUCILA GO CHONDRI.—M UCILA GO DEXTRINI. 1289 prepared only when needed. This mucilage is of proper consistence for an enema, being opaline and gelatinous. Action and Medical Uses.—This is employed for its demulcent effects in Tectal and other intestimal inflammations that can be reached by an enema. It is chiefly employed as a vehicle for anodyne applications (as laudanum) in dysentery, and for this purpose but small quantities, 2 or 3 fluid ounces, should be employed so that the patient may be able to retain the medicament until its effects are produced. MUCILAGO CHONDRI (N. F.)—MUCILAGE OF IRISH Moss. Preparation.—“Irish moss, thirty grammes (30 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 25 grs.]; water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 Till. Wash the Irish moss with cold water, then place it in a suitable vessel, add one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 ml] of water, and heat it, on a boiling water-bath, for 15 minutes, frequently stirring. Then strain it through muslim, and pass enough water through the strainer to make the liquid, when cold, measure one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flä, 391 Till. Mucilage of Irish moss may also be prepared in the following manner: Irish moss gelatin (F. 184), twenty grammes (20 Grm.) [309 grs.]; water, a suffi- cient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá,391 ml]. Heat the Irish moss gelatin with one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 Till of water, at a boiling temperature, until it is completely dissolved. Then allow the solution to cool, and add enough water, if necessary, to make u the volume to one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flä, 391 ml]. Note.-- Mucilage of Irish moss, thus prepared, is well adapted for the preparation of emulsions of fixed oils. If it is, however, required for admixture with clear liquids, it should be diluted, when freshly made, and while still hot, with about 3 volumes of boiling water, filtered, and the filtrate evaporated to the volume corresponding to the proportions above given. The filtration may be greatly facilitated by filling the filter loosely with absorbent cotton, and pouring the liquid upon the latter. “Mucilage of Irish moss may be preserved for some time by transferring it, while hot, into bottles, which should be filled to the neck, then pouring a layer of Olive oil on top, securely stoppering the bottles, and keeping them, in an upright position, in a cool place. When the mucilage is wanted for use, the layer of oil may be removed by means of absorbent cotton ’’—(Nat. Form.). Medical Uses.—(See Chondrus.) MUCILAGO CYDONII (N. F.)—MUCILAGE OF CYDONIUM. SYNONYMs: Mucilage of quince-seed, Mucilago cydoniae. Preparation.—“Cydonium, two grammes (2 Gms.) [31 grs.]; distilled water, one hundred cubic centimeters (100 Co.) [3 flä, 183 ml]. Macerate the cydonium for half an hour, in a covered vessel, with the distilled water, frequently agita- ting. Then drain the liquid through muslim without pressure. This preparation should be freshly made, when required for use ’’—(Nat. Form.). An identical prepa- ration was official in the U. S. P., 1880. Rose-water is employed by the German Pharmacopoeia. The hair-dressing mucilage known as Bandolin, is prepared by macerating, in 1 pint of water, 2 drachms of quince-seeds (unbroken), and adding cologne water, 1 ounce. Other perfumes may be substituted, if preferred. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Quince-seed mucilage is soothing and protecting, and adapted for inflammations of mucous surfaces. It is therefore valu- able in gastro-intestimal inflammations, irritation of broncho-pulmonary tract, with cough, Cystitis and other acute wrimary disorders, and cutaneous and conjunctival inflammations. It may be freely used. MUCILAGO DEXTRINI (N. F.)—MUCILAGE OF DEXTRIN. Preparation.—“Dextrim, three hundred and thirty-five grammes (335 Gm.) [11 ozs, av., 357 grs.]; water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic 1290 MUCILA GO SALEP.—MUCILA GO TRAG ACANTHAE. centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 Till. Mix them in a tared vessel, and heat the mixture, under constant stirring, to near boiling, until the dextrin is dissolved and a limpid liquid results. Then restore any loss of water by evaporation, strain the liquid through muslim, and allow it to cool short of gelatinizing, when it will be ready for immediate use. Note.—If the mucilage is not at once to be used for preparing emulsions or other mixtures, transfer it, while hot, to bottles, which should be filled to the neck. Then pour into each bottle a sufficient quan- tity of olive oil to form a protecting layer, and when the mucilage has gelatinized, securely cork the bottles, and keep them in a cool place, in an upright position. When gelatinized mucilage of dextrin is to be used for the preparation of emul- sions and other mixtures, pour off the protecting layer of oil from the surface, remove the remainder of the oil by a pellet of absorbent cotton, and warm the bottle gently, until the mucilage is liquefied. Then allow it to cool short of gelati- nizing. The kind of dextrin suitable for this preparation is the commercial, white variety, provided it still contains some unaltered or only partially altered starch, and forms a jelly on cooling, when made into a mucilage after the formula above given. The yellow variety, which is completely soluble in about 2 parts of cold water, will not answer the purpose”—(Nat. Form.). MUCILAGO SALEP (N. F.)—MUCILAGE OF SALEP. Preparation.—“Salep, in fine powder, ten grammes (10 Gm.) [154 grs.]; cold water, one hundred cubic centimeters (100 Co.) [3 flá, 183 ml]; boiling water, nine hundred cubic centimeters (900 Co.) [30 flá, 208 m). Place the powdered salep into a flask containing the cold water, and shake until the powder is divided. Then add the boiling water, and shake the mixture continuously until it has cooled to 25°C. (77°F.), or below this temperature. The cooling may be hastened by frequent and brief immersion of the flask in cold water. Mucilage of salep should be freshly made, when wanted for use. Note.—If sugar or syrup is prescribed in the same mixture with mucilage of salep, it is preferable to tritu- rate the required quantity of powdered salep with either of the former, as the case may be, and then to add rapidly the proportionate amount of boiling water’— (Nat. Form.). Action and Medical Uses.—(See Salep.) MUCILAGO SASSAFRAS MEDULL.A. (U. S.P.)—MUCILAGE OF SASSAFRAS PITH. Preparation.—“Sassafras pith, two grammes (2 Gm.) [31 grs.]; water, one hundred cubic centimeters (100 Co.) [3 flá, 183 ml]. Macerate the sassafras pith in the water during 3 hours, and strain. This preparation should be freshly made, when wanted ''-(U. S. P.). Sassafras mucilage has a bland taste, is thickish, colorless, and transparent. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This is a soothing and refreshing drink for inflammatory conditions of mucous surfaces and in febrile disorders. It is especially applicable in dysentery. Locally, it is applied in conjunctivitis (acute), erythema, and various inflammatory skin disorders. It may be freely used. MUCILAGO TRAGACANTHAE (U. S. P.)—MUCILAGE of TRAGACANTH. Preparation.—“Tragacanth, six grammes (6 Gm.) [93 grs.]; glycerin, eigh- teen grammes (18 Gm.) [278 grs.]; water, a sufficient quantity to make one hun- dred grammes (100 Grm.) [3 ozs. av., 231 grs.]. Mix the glycerin with seventy- five cubic centimeters (75 Co.) [2 flá, 257 ml] of water in a tared vessel, heat the mixture to boiling, add the tragacanth, and let it macerate during 24 hours, stirring occasionally. Then add enough water to make the mixture weigh one hundred grammes (100 Gm.) [3 ozs. av., 231 grs.], beat it so as to make it of uni- MUCILA GO ULMI.—MUCUNA. 1291 form consistence, and strain it forcibly through muslin’—(U. S. P.). Tragacanth is but partly soluble in water. The mucilage is viscid and thick. Action and Medical Uses.—This has been applied locally to burns, Scalds, ulcers, etc., for its protective purposes. It is employed as an excipient where a slowly dissolving preparation is desired, as in troches, and in laxatives and non- irritating mixtures. It is also used as a pill excipient. MUCILAGO ULMI (U. S. P.)—MUCILAGE OF ELM. Preparation.—“Elm, bruised, six grammes (6 Gm.) [93 grs.]; water, one hundred cubic centimeters (100 Co.) [3 flā, 183 ml]. Digest the elm with the water, on a water-bath, in a covered vessel, during 1 hour, then strain. This preparation should be freshly made, when wanted"—(U. S. P.). Though this ful- fils the idea of the framers of the Pharmacopoeia, inasmuch as it produces what is understood by the term “mucilage,” it does not produce the kind of a muci- lage most useful and most grateful to the patient. By a mucilage, the U. S. P. refers to a kind of opaque semifluid, gelatinous product, having more or less of a viscid or adhesive quality. It is often a solution in water of a gum, or some material closely related to it. The substance wanted in this mucilage is the mucilaginous constituent of the elm-bark, and that is best extracted by means of very cold water. Therefore, the best method to pursue in making mucilage of slip- pery-elm for the patient, is as follows: Take fresh slippery-elm, or, if it can not be obtained direct from the trees, use the dried strips as found in the drug houses. Shred these, longitudinally, so that the individual pieces will be about the width of an ordinary lead pencil. Now, after bundling together the smaller strips, tie them at one end so that the other ends may be left free after the manner of a whisk-broom. In tying the pieces together leave a long piece of cord by which to suspend the bundle of shreds. Prepare a pitcher of ice-cold water, and place a stick across the top of the vessel and from the stick suspend the shredded bark in the water. If particles of ice be floating in the water, so much the better. In a short time the water will be found to have assumed a thick, ropy, mucilaginous consistence. This preparation should be prepared often, and kept in an ice-cold condition. Furthermore, it should be placed in a situation remote from the sick- room, outdoors if necessary, on account of the great facility with which it absorbs gases and noxious emanations of the sick-chamber. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Prepared by the second method, a good mucilage of slippery-elm is obtained, and will be found a grateful drink for patients undergoing febrile and inflammatory diseases, as well as those who cough much and complain of drymess of the mouth and fauces. It is regarded as particu- larly useful in catarrhal and inflammatory diseases of the stomach and genito-wrimary tract. Locally, it is serviceable as a cooling and soothing application to cutaneous diseases, especially the various forms of dermatitis, erysipelas, furuncles, and car- bwncle. Besides being a good demulcent, its nutritious value is considerable. It may be freely administered. MIUCUNA.—COWHAGE. The hairs from the pods of Mucuma pruriens, De Candolle (Mucuma prurita, Hooker; Dolichos prwriens, Linné ; Stizolobium pruriens, Persoon ; Carpopagom pru- riens, Roxburgh). Nat. Ord.—Leguminosae. CoMMON NAMEs: Cowhage, Cowage (Seta siliquae hirsutae). ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 78. . Botanical Source.—This is a perennial plant, with a fibrous root and a twin- ing, herbaceous, much-branched stem, and of considerable length. The leaves are alternate, pinnately trifoliate, distant, and on long petioles; leaflets entire, ovate, acute, smooth above, hairy beneath; lateral ones oblique at the base, middle one slightly rhomboidal. The flowers are rather large, have a disagreeable, allia- çeous odor, are disposed in axillary, lax, many-flowered, interrupted racemes, 1 to 1% feet long. The corolla is papiliomaceous; vexillum cordate, incumbent 1292 MUCUNA. on the wings, much shorter than they and the keel, without callosities, and flesh- colored; wings oblong-linear, commivent, purple, or violet; keel or carina straight below, slightly falcate in the upper part, terminated by a smooth, polished, acute beak, and greenish-white. Stamens diadelphous (9 and 1), alternately longer; anthers alternately longer and ovate. Calyx campanulate, bilabiate, with 2 very caducous bracteoles as long as the tube, hairy, pink, bilabiate, with narrow lanceo- late segments; upper lip broad, entire, or emarginate; lower, trifid, middle seg- ment the largest. Style long, slender, and hairy below; stigma small. The legume is about 3 inches long, as thick as the finger, and closely covered with strong, brown, stinging hairs. The seeds are oblong and variegated, with a white hilum (L.). *. History, Description, and Chemical Composition.—This plant inhabits the West Indies, and other tropical parts of South America; it is found in woods, along river courses, upon fences, and in waste, neglected places. The medicinal part of the plant is the hair of the pods, which are generally imported into this country attached to the pod, and from which they are carefully removed, so that they do not fastem to the operator's hands. They are straight, about ; of an inch in length, quadrangularly prismatic, with upper half retrorsely serrated, and acutely pointed at the apex. They are brown and glossy, and inclose a granular, brown substance, which but partially fills the hair. Mucuna, according to Mar- tius (1827), contains resin and a small amount of tannin. The shorter, darker- hued spicula of the Stizolobium wºems, Persoon (Mucuma wrems, De Candolle; Dolichos wrens, Linné), is used for the same purposes as cowhage. The seeds of this species are employed in dysuria in the West India Islands. In India the root of the cowhage plant is a reputed remedy for cholera. Mucuna was first introduced to the notice of English physicians by Bancroft, about the year 1769 (see Dymock’s Vegetable Materia Medica of India, p. 229). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Cowhage was formerly regarded as a mechanical anthelmintic, acting by irritating the body of the worms; its decoc- tion or tincture has no anthelmintic properties. It was used in the treatment of 'ntestimal worms, which are expelled alive. It is very probable, however, that its setae did very little mechanical harm to the worm, for when the spiculae are mois- tened, they largely lose their irritating properties. It has no effect on taenia, but appears more serviceable in removing the lumbrici and ascarides. Dose, from 1 drachm to # ounce, in syrup or molasses, and followed a few hours afterward by a purgative. The application of oil is the best to allay the heat and itching it pro- duces when rubbed on the skin. Cowhage has been recommended in the form of an ointment, as a cutaneous irritant, in the place of croton-oil and tartar-emetic; also as a good medium for the endermic application of various substances, as hydrochlorate of morphine. The proportions are, 7% grains of the hairs of cow- hage to 1 ounce of lard. This must be rubbed in from 10 to 20 minutes; 7 or 8 grains are usually sufficient. The immediate effect is the production of a sen- sation resembling stinging with nettles; but the burning sensation, and the itching diminish during the friction, and entirely pass off in less than half an hour. The skin generally becomes covered with white, flat papulaº, which soon disappear, leaving a sensation of heat. It produces no inconvenience, and chil- dren bear it easily. It is seldom used. Related Species.—The following species of Corylus are indigenous to (one cultivated in) the United States, one of which has covering the involucre spiculae, which are employed like mucuna, as a vermifuge. They belong to the natural order Cupwliferae. Corylus rostrata, Aiton, Beaked hazel. — Canada, northern United States, and along the Appalachian ranges. Shrub 2 to 5 feet high. Fruit inclosed in a long, scaly involucre, which is hirsute, and terminates in a prolonged, tube-like beak. The spiculae are reputed to act as a mechanical vermifuge. Corylus americana, Walter.—North American thickets. Fruit wide and long, surrounded by an involucre at least double the length of the fruit. Corylus (trellama, Linné, Hazel.-Europe, North Asia, in wood and thickets. Cultivated in the United States. A shrub, from 10 to 15 feet high, flowering in early spring and bearing fruit in une autumn. The fruit is known as the filbert, and is a hard nut, with a pale-blow 11, ligneous shell, surrounding a sweetish, oleaginous, white kernel. . It is about an inch long. The seeds yield about 50 per cent of hazelnut oil, a light-yellow, fixed oil, without odor, but tasting some- what like the nuts. It is composed of olein, palmitin, arachin, and stearin, freezing at near the zero point, 0°F. (–17.8°C.). MYRICA. 1293 MYRICA.—BAYBERRY. The bark and wax of Myrica cerifera, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Myricaceae. CoMMON NAMEs: Waa-myrtle, Bayberry, Candle berry, Waaberry. Botanical Source.—This plant is a branching, half-evergreen shrub, 1 to 12 feet in height, and covered with grayish-bark. The leaves are glabrous, cuneate- lanceolate, rather acute or obtuse, distinctly petiolate, margin entire, but more frequently remotely dentate, particularly toward the end, paler, with distinct veinlets beneath, generally twisted or revolute in their mode of growth, shining, resinous, dotted on both sides, 1% to 2% inches in length, and from , to # of an inch wide. The flowers appear in May, before the leaves are fully expanded. The males grow in aments, are sessile, erect, 6 to 9 lines in length; originating from the sides of the last year's twigs. Every flower is formed by a concave, rhomboidal scale, containing 3 or 4 pairs of roundish anthers on a branched foot- stalk. Females on a different shrub, less than half the size of the males, consist of narrower scales, with each an ovate ovary, and 2 filiform styles. To these aments succeed clusters or aggregations of small globular fruits, resembling ber- ries, which are at first green, but finally become nearly white, and consist of a hard stone inclosing a dicotyledonous kernel, studded on its outside with small, black grains, resembling fine gunpowder, over which is a crust of dry, greenish- white wax, fitted to the grains, giving the surface of the fruit a granulated appear- ance. The fruit is persistent for 2 or 3 years (L.—P.—W.—G.). History and Description.—This plant is found in dry woods, or in open fields, from Canada to Florida. The bark of the root is the preferred part; boil- ing water extracts its astringent and alcohol its stimulating principles. BAYBERRY BARK.—As met with in commerce, the bark is in curved or quilled pieces, from 1 to 6 or 7 inches long, covered with a thin, grayish, mottled epi- dermis, with slight transverse fissures, beneath which the true bark is of a dull reddish-brown color, rugged, darker internally, breaking rapidly with a short frac- ture, and giving, when pulverized, a light brown powder, of a pungent, peculiar, spicy odor, a bitter taste succeeded by astringency, acridity, and a stinging sensa- tion which gradually extends to the fauces, where it leaves an unpleasant feeling and a sense of constriction ; it is powerfully stermutatory, excites cough, and forms a dense froth when briskly agitated with water. Water takes up its active proper- ties; diluted alcohol is its best menstruum. The root should be collected late in the fall, cleansed from dirt and foreign substances, and then, while fresh, pounded with a hammer or club to separate the bark, which should be thoroughly dried without exposure to a wet or moist atmosphere, then pulverized, and kept in darkened and well-closed vessels. BAYBERRY-TALLow, or MYRTLE WAx (Bayberry wag.) —This substance is yielded by the berries and is obtained by boiling them in water, upon the top of which it floats, and from which it is removed when it has become cold and hardened; it is a concrete oil or fatty substance of a pale-green color, with a tend- ency to dirty gray, of moderate hardness and consistence, having the tenacity of beeswax, but more brittle and not so unctuous to the touch, of a faintly balsamic and pleasant odor which is increased by burning it, and of an astringent, bitter- ish taste. It fuses at a temperature of from 47° to 49°C. (116.6° to 120.2°F.) (Moore), burns with a clear, white flame, producing little smoke, and has the spe- cific gravity 1,004 to 1.006. Water does not act upon it; boiling alcohol dissolves about four-fifths of its weight, but deposits it again upon cooling; but ether also dissolves it, and on cooling deposits it in crystallime plates like spermaceti; the ether becomes green, leaving the wax nearly white; oil of turpentine, aided by heat, dissolves it sparingly; alkalies and acids act upon it nearly as upon beeswax. Sulphuric acid, assisted by heat, dissolves about one-twelfth of its weight, and converts it into a thick, dark-brown mass. A bushel of bayberries will yield about 4 pounds of the wax. Chemical Composition.—According to George M. Hambright (1863), bay- berry bark contains albumen, tannic and gallic acids, starch, gum, red coloring matter, traces of oil, an acrid resin soluble in alcohol or ether, an astringent resin 1294 . MYRICA. soluble in alcohol, insoluble in ether; myricinic acid, etc. The latter substance is granular, and when shaken with water, produces a bulky froth, hence is analo- gous to Sapomim. It is persistently acrid in taste. Ammonia, added to its aque- ous solution produces a rapid change of colors from deep green to red, and finally to yellow (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1863, p. 193). The fruit yielded (Dana) solid fat, 32 per cent; starch, 45 per cent; and resin, 5 per cent. According to G. E. Moore (1852), bayberry-tallow is composed of palmitin, 1 part, and palmitic acid, 4 parts, with a little lauric acid (laurim). A more recent analysis by G. Schneider (1890) shows this wax to be chiefly composed of palmitin (70 per cent), myristin (8 per cent), and lauric acid (4.7 per cent), mostly in the free state (see G. M. Beringer, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1894, p. 221). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Bayberry bark is astringent and stimu- lant, and as such is valuable in debilitated conditions of the mucous membranes; in drachm doses, it is apt to occasion emesis. It was largely employed by the followers of Samuel Thomson, in catarrhal states of the alimentary tract. The bark has been successfully employed in scrofula, jaundice, diarrhaea, dysentery, aphtha, and other diseases where astringent stimulants were indicated. Specific myrica, in small doses (2 to 5 drops) will be found a good stimulant to the vegetative sys- tem of nerves, aiding the processes of digestion, blood making, and nutrition. In larger doses (5 to 20 drops) it is a decided gastric stimulant. In small doses it has been found advantageous in chronic gastritis, chronic catarrhal diarrhaea, muco-enteritis, and in dysentery having a typhoid character. It is said to restore arrested lochial discharges. Cases calling for myrica show feeble venous action, while the pulse is full and oppressed. It is not adapted to acute disorders of the alimentary tract, as a rule. A weak infusion used as an injection, is an admirable remedy in a memorrhaea and atomic leucorrhoea. Use the specific medicine or tincture internally also. In Scarlºttina in the latter stages, when the tissues are swollen and enfeebled, it may be used both for its antiseptic and stimulating effects (Locke). The powdered bark, combined with blood root, forms an excellent application to indolent ulcers, and has likewise been employed as a snuff for the cure of some forms of masal polypus. In the form of poultice, with elm or alone, it is a valuable application to scrofulous tumors or ulcers. The decoction is beneficial as a gargle in Sore mouth and throat, and is of service in injection, in leucorrhoea and fistula, and also as a wash for ulcers, timea capitis, etc. It also forms an excellent gum wash for tender, Spongy, and bleeding gums. The leaves are reputed astringent, and useful in scurvy and Spasmodic affections. Probably the M. pennsylvanica, M. carolimensis, and M. Gale, possess similar properties. Bayberry or myrtle wax, has been used by Dr. Fahnestock in epidemic dysentery with typhoid symptoms, with considerable success; it possesses mild astringent, with some narcotic properties. It is also used in the form of plaster, as an application to scrofulous and other ulcers. Dose of the powdered bark, from 20 to 30 grains; of the wax, 1 drachm; of the decoc- tion of the leaves or bark, from 2 to 4 fluid ounces; specific myrica, 2 to 20 drops. Bayberry bark was a constituent of “Thomson's Composition Powder or No. 6.” Specific Indications and Uses.—Profuse mucous flows; catarrhal states of the gastro-intestinal tract; atomic diarrhoea, typhoid dysentery, atomy of the cuta- neous circulation; full oppressed pulse. Locally and internally—sore mouth; Spongy, flabby, bleeding gums; Sore throat of scarlet fever when enfeebled and swollen. Related Species.—Myrica Gale, Linné. Sweet gale, or Dutch myrtle, a smaller plant than the bayberry, is found in Swampy places in northern portions of Asia and Europe, and in the United States from the Carolinas to Canada. Its subcoriaceous leaves, pubescent-downy beneath, and its fruit are dotted with a yellow resin. The taste of the leaves and twigs is aromatic, bitterish, and astringent; the odor strongly balsamic. A volatile oil, seven-tenths of which is a stearopten, was obtained in small quantity by Ravenhorst (1836) from sweet gale leaves. It solidifies at 12°C. (53.6°F.). Myrica. Ocuba, a widely distributed shrub, in the Brazilian province of Para, furnishes a ºose seeds yield Ocuba wav. It has been used in Brazil in the manufacture of cheap C2, DCI 1628. Myrica jalapensis, Kunth.-A solid fat, is obtained from the fruit by boiling it with water, and the bark of the root is astringent and acrid, and in larger doses emetic. The fat is readily Saponifiable with alkalies, has probably the same composition as myrtle wax from Myrica Cerifera, and is given internally in powder for diarrhoea and jawndice (Prof. J. M. Maisch, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1885, p. 339). MYRISTICA, 1295 MYRISTICA (U. S. P.)—NUTMEG. “The seeds of Myristica fragrams, Houttuyn,” “deprived of its testa”—(U.S. P.). Nat. Ord.—Myristicaceae. COMMON NAME: Nutmeg (Nua, moschata). ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 218. Botanical Source.—This is a tree from 20 to 25 feet high, having a grayish- brown, somewhat smooth bark, abounding in a yellow juice; the branches are spreading, in whorls. The leaves are alternate on Fig. 173 petioles from 4 to # of an inch long, plane above, or e sº- ºf e oblong, approaching to elliptical, Subbifarious, gla- brous, rather obtuse at the base, acuminate, quite en- tire, aromatic, dark-green and somewhat glossy above, paler be n e at h, and from 3 to 6 inches long. The flowers are dioecious, small, in axillary, suburmbellate racemes, sometimes forked, or compound. The ped- uncles and pedicels are glabrous, the latter having a quickly deciduous, ovate bract at its summit, often pressed close to the flower. Male flowers, 3 to 5, or more, on a peduncle. Calyx urceolate, thick, fleshy, clothed with a very indistinct, reddish pubescence, dingy pale-yellow, cut into 3 erect, or erecto-patent teeth. The filaments are incorporated into a thick- ened, whitish cylinder, about as long as the calyx, the upper half covered by about 10 linear-oblong, 2-celled anthers, free at their base, opening longitudinally. The female flowers are scarcely different from the male, except that the pedicel is very frequently solitary. Pistils solitary, shorter than the calyx, broadly-ovate, a little tapering upward into a short style, bearing a 2-lobed, persistent stigma. The fruit is a fleshy pericarp, nearly spherical, of the size, and somewhat of the shape, of a small pear; flesh astringent, yellowish, almost white within, 4 or 5 lines thick, opening into 2, nearly equal, longitudinal valves. The arillus (mace) is thick, between horny and fleshy, much laciniated, folded and anastoniosing toward the extremity, almost enveloping the nut, and so tightly as to form inequalities on its surface; when fresh, brilliant scarlet ; when dry, much more horny, of a yellowish-brown color, and very brittle. The nut is oval or broadly- ovate, with a hard, rugged, dark-brown, glossy shell, pale, smooth within, about half a line thick. The seed, or nutmeg, is oval, pale-brown, quite smooth when fresh, but soon becomes shriveled, with irregular, vertical lines or furrows on its surface. Its substance or albumen is firm, fleshy, whitish, being traversed by veins of a red-brown color, abounding in oil. Near the base of the albumen, imbedded in a cavity in its substance, is the embryo, which is small, fleshy, yellowish-white, rounded below, and where is found the hemispherical radicle; cotyledons of 2, large, somewhat foliaceous, plicate lobes, in the center of which is seem the plumule (L.). History and Description.—This tree has received several botanical names, as M. officinalis, Linné, M. moschata, Thumberg, M.I. aromatica, Lamarck, and M. fra- grams, Houttuyn; this last is the one now generally adopted by botanists. The nutmeg tree is indigenous to the Molucca Isles, and is raised in Sumatra, French Guiana, the Mauritius, and various West Indian Islands. The nutmeg tree is propagated by planting the uninjured seed; when it has attained the age of about 9 years, it commences to blossom, and continues to yield fruit for about three-quarters of a century, requiring hardly any attention from its cultivators. The seeds are frequently spread in the Banda Isles by certain species of pigeons, which thus contribute to the propagation of the tree. In the eighteenth cen- tury this was the cause of much disaster to the natives of these islands in their dealings with the Dutch East Indian Company who endeavored to limit and monopolize the plantation of the nutmeg tree, by prohibiting its being planted on certain isles (A. Tschirch, Indische Heil-und Nutzpflanzen, Berlin, 1892, p. 104). In the Banda Isles there are three harvests annually, the principal one in July or August, in November, and in March or April. The ripe fruit is gathered by Myristica fragrams. 1296 MYRISTICA, means of a barb attached to a long stick; the mace or arillus separated from the nut, and both separately cured (P.). The kernel of the fruit, or mutmeg, and the - arillus of the nut, or mace (see Macis), are the official parts; they are imported from the East Indies, from Europe, and a small portion from the West Indies. The nutmegs, previous to exportation, undergo a process of curing to pre- serve them, and protect them from the attacks of insects; the nuts are exposed to the sum for 4 or 6 days, and afterward smoke-dried for several weeks at about 60° C. (140°F.); when thoroughly dried, the kernel rattles in the shell, which is then cracked with a wooden mallet, and the perfect nuts selected ; these are then covered with dry lime, or steeped for a time in a thick mixture of lime and water; the former is considered the preferable plan. Nutmegs are officially described as follows: “Oval or roundish-ovate, about 25 Mm. (1 inch) long, light-brown, reticulately furrowed, with a circular scar on the broad, end; internally pale- brownish, with dark orange-brown veins, and of a fatty lustre; odor strongly aromatic; taste aromatic, warm, and somewhat bitter’—(U. S. P.). From the interior veins mentioned, an oil may be easily expressed with the point of a warm knife. The virtues of nutmegs are extracted by alcohol or ether. The small, round, heavy nutmeg is esteemed superior to those which are larger, longer, lighter, less marbled, and not so oleaginous. It produces a grayish-brown, some- what fatty powder. Singapore and Penang nutmegs are unlimed; those from the Dutch colonies are limed. (For botanical and anatomical studies of various spe- cies of Myristica, see A. Tschirch [Jahresb. der Pharm., 1885, p. 98, and 1887, p. 108, and Archiv der Pharm., 1895, p. 443]; also J. Moeller [Pharm. Centralhalle, 1880, pp. 453,465 and 473], and W. Busse [Jahresb. der Pharm., 1895, p. 113].) An exhaustive and classical monograph, on the history, botany, commercial aspect, etc., of nut- meg, was written quite recently by O. Warburg (1897). Chemical Composition.—Nutmegs contain 8 to 10 per cent of volatile oil (see Olewm Myristicae), 30 to 40 per cent of fatty oil (see Oleum Myristicae Expresswºm), from 9 to 13 per cent of water, and about 5 per cent of ash ; furthermore, nitro- genous matter, starch, gum, woody fiber, etc. The fatty oil of nutmeg contains as the characteristic constituent, about 12 per cent of myristin, the glycerin ester of myristic acid (C, H.O.), discovered by Playfair, in 1841. Stearic and oleic acids are likewise present in the fatty oil. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Both nutmeg and mage possess aro- matic stimulating properties, and are occasionally used to remove flatulency, cor- rect the nausea arising from other drugs, and to allay nausea and vomiting. It may be used in gastrodynia and atomic diarrhoea. The nutmeg forms a very agree- able addition to various drinks for convalescents, as well as to some articles of diet; it is generally grated over them, or mixed with them. Applied locally, grated nutmeg, mixed with lard, has been found an excellent application in piles, and the nutmeg roasted is used internally in some parts of the country, as a domestic remedy for leucorrhaea. I have known the following preparation to cure several cases of intermittent fever, and have been assured of its almost universal success in this disease. It is also recommended for the cure of other forms of fever. Char a nutmeg by holding it to the flame, and permitting it to burn by itself without disturbance; when charred, pulverize it, combine it with an equal quantity of burnt alum, and divide the mixture into three powders. On the commencement of the chill, give a powder—if this does not break it, give the second powder on the approach of the next chill, and if not cured, the third powder must be given as the succeeding chill comes on. Usually the first powder effects a cure, and it is seldom that the three powders are required. The bowels should be acted upon by a purgative previous to the administration of the pow- ders. It is certainly deserving attention, though I do not pretend to account for its action (J. King). Nutmeg occasionally controls passive uterime hemorrhage. The powder, dusted upon a larded cloth, is effectual as an application to the chest in pneumonic complaints and colds, and to the bowels in cholera infantum, and over the stomach to allay vomiting. Dose of nutmeg or mace, from 5 to 20 grains, Larger doses possess decided narcotic qualities, and in doses of 2 or 3 drachms, dangerous symptoms have been produced. Death followed the eating of two nutmegs by a boy of 4 years. The symptoms produced in various cases of nutmeg poisoming vary. The chief symptoms, however, are headache, coldness and collapse, drowsi- MYROBALANUS. 1297 iness, indisposition to muscular movement, and increased diuresis. In fatal cases the urine has been suppressed (see case of Myristica poisoning, Ec. Med. Jour., 1891, p. 125; also Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1885, p. 23). Related Species and False Nutmegs.-Myristica argented, Warburg, grows in New Guinea; its leaves are silvery below, hence the name. The nutmeg is longer and narrower than that of M. fragrams, after which it ranks next in commercial importance. Instead of this species M. fatua, Houttuyn, growing in the Molucca Islands, has for a long time been erro- neously believed to yield the long nutmeg of commerce. The seed of M. fatua (Male wutmeg, Mannetjes-mooten) soon loses its already weak aroma. M. inadagascariensis, Lamarck, growing in Madagascar, and cultivated in the French island of Bourbon, is probably identical, according to Warburg (Ber. d. Deutsch Pharm. Ges., 1892, p. 211), with M. fragrams. M. officinalis, Martius, growing in Brazil, yields the solid Bicvyba oil of the Brazilians. The seed is but faintly aromatic, and yields 72 per cent of oil (see analysis by A. Stutzer, Jahresb. der Pharm., 1887, p. 108). M. bicultyba, Schott, growing in Brazil, produces a seed of an agreeable, cacao-like Odor. H. Nördlinger (Amer. Jour. Pharm, 1886, p. 88) found the dried kernels to yield 73.7 per cent of an aromatic fat, chiefly the glycerides of myristic and oleic acids with free myristic acid. M. surinamensis, Roland.—Reimer and Will found in the seeds 73 per cent of a slightly aromatic fat, melting at 45°C. (113°F.), and consisting of myristin and 6.5 per cent of myristic acid (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1886, p. 88). M. malabarica, Lamarck, is believed to yield Bombay mace (see Macis). Prof. Schaer (1896) found in the inspissated extract of the bark a new kino (see Kino). CALAB \sh NUTMEG, or JAMAICA NUTMEG, is the product of Monodora Myristica ; PLUME, or NEW Holla ND NUTMEG, from Atherosperma, moschata; and CLOVE NUTMEG, from Agathophyllum aromaticum. (For species yielding oils, see also Oleum Myristica: Expressum.) CALIFORNIA NUTMEG.-The seed of a California conifer, the Torreya californica, Torrey (Torreya Myristica, Hooker). It has a terebinthinate taste, is oblong, its testa Smooth, brown and thin, and the seed upon cross-section is marbled. MYROBALANU.S.–MYROBALAN. The fruit of Terminalia Chebula, Retzius; Myrobalamus Chebula, Gaertner. Nat. Ord.—Combretaceae. CoMMON NAME: Myrobalans. Botanical Source.—Terminalia Chebula is a tree whose trunk towers from 40 to 70 feet, its verticillate branches giving the tree a symmetrical head. The leaves are short-petioled, alternate, entire, or slightly dentate, arranged on the ends of the branches (hence the name Terminalia), coriaceous and spotted. The 10-stamened flowers are white or yellowish, and borne in racemes or spikes. The fruit is a drupe about the size of a large plum. History.-Several other species yield commercial myrobalans, but the fruit is almost unknown in Western commerce. In India and China, where the spe- species are indigenous, the fruit is highly valued for almost every ill that flesh is heir to. The hard wood takes a fine polish and is useful in cabinet work. The creamy, fragrant juice of the T. angustifolia, Wight, when dried, is used in Indian temple worship as an incense. The tree is regarded sacred, and has interesting historical and mythological connections. The celebrated India Ink is the product of the bark and leaves of T. cattapa, Linné. All the species yield a tanning bark. The leaves, bark, and fruit yield a dye, which with iron gives a rich black, and with alum a fine yellow color. Description.—Chebula myrobalans are ovoid or oblong, about the size of the prune, yellow-brown, marked with 5 or 6 obtuse angles, and ribbed. The light- brown endocarp is resin-dotted. The single seed is white. The Myrobalami citrima, or Yellow myrobalans, are smaller, orange or yellow-hued, and of a more pronounced bitter taste. They have been sold as white galls. The unripe fruit is known as Myrobalani migrae, or Black myrobalams. They are blackish, shrivelled and brittle, glossy on fracture, and contain either none or an imperfect seed. They are astrin- gent and somewhat sour. & Chemical Composition.—The fruit, as well as all other parts of the tree, contains tannin. According to E. Mafat (Pharm. Jowr. Trams.,Vol. XXIII, 1892, p. 145), the amount of tannin in chebulic myrobalans varies from 18.2 to 52 per cent. Stenhouse (1843) found 45 per cent of tannin, gallic acid, mucilage, and a brown-yellow coloring matter. The black variety contains much sugar. , Apéry (1888) isolated from black myrobalans a green oleoresin soluble in alcohol, ether, 1298 MYRRHA. petroleum spirit, and oil of turpentine. He named it myrobalamin. A. Campbell Stark (Pharm. Jour. Trans., 1892, Vol. XXIII, p. 253) making a complete analy- sis of myrobalans, observed the same oil and obtained only 20.6 per cent of tannin. Dr. G. Zölffel (Archiv der Pharm., 1891, p. 123) found the tannin matter of myrobalans to be identical with that of algarobilla, the astringent fruit of Caesalpinia brevifolia, Bentham, a Chilenian plant. It consists of two principles which differ in both plants only with regard to their relative proportions. Accordingly, the tannin matter of myrobalans is a mixture of predominatin ellaggen-tannic acid (C, H, O, Loewe, 1875, or C.H.COOH.[OH], O.O.CO.C.H.IOH], Zölffel), and a smaller quantity of gallic acid glucosid, yielding, upon hydrolysis, gallic acid and dextrose. Gallic acid also preexists in part in myrobalans. Ellag- gen-tannic acid, isolated by Loewe (1875) from the fruits of Caesalpinia Coriaria, Willdenow (Divi-divi), as well as from myrobalans, decomposes, upon hydrolysis, into water and ellagic acid (C, H,0s-H2H,O). Fridolin's crystallizable chebulinic acid (1884), upon hydrolysis, splits into 2 molecules of gallic, and 1 molecule of tannic acid. It is no doubt closely related to the tannic principles aforenamed. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Myrobalans were known to the ancients who appear to have valued them highly in innumerable complaints for which they are never now employed. They impart a green color to the saliva, and have an astringent, sourish taste. Like rhubarb, they have been found to possess both cathartic and astringent properties (Apéry), and are reputed of some value in the chronic forms of diarrhoea, dysentery, and catarſhal discases of the bowels. The dose is from 2 to 5 grains, in pill or capsule, every 2 to 4 hours. Other Myrobalans.—BELLERIC MYROBALANs. Subglobular, smaller than the chebulic myrobalans, short-stalked, tomentose, and of a red-brown color. The putamen is light-brown, 5-sided, odorless, bitter, and astringent. The fleshy part of the fruit is resinous. It is the prod- uct of Terminalia bellerica, Roxburgh (see its analysis in Pharmacographia Indica, Vol. II, 1890, p. 7). Several other species of Terminalia yield astringent barks and are employed in tanneries. EMBLIC MYROBALANs.--This is furnished by an entirely different plant from the Termi- malia, the Phyllanthus Emblica, Linné (Emblica officinalis, Gaertner); Nat. Ord.—Euphorbiaceae. India. Subglobular, drupaceous fruit, having 6 grooves, deeply furrowed between grooves, . each cell enclosing 2 glossy, brownish-red seeds. The taste of this fruit is astringent 2.Il Cl SOUII’. MYRRHA (U. S. P.)—MYRRH. “A gum-resin obtained from Commiphora Myrrha (Nees), Engler”—(U. S. P.). (Balsamodendron Myrrha, Nees.) Nat. Ord.—Burseraceae. CoMMON NAME: Myrrh (Gummi-resina myrrha). ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 60. Botanical Source.—The Commiphora Myrrha (Balsamodendron Myrrha), has a shrubby, arborescent stem, with squarrose, spinescent branches, a very pale-gray bark, and a yellowish-white wood. Its leaves are ternate, on short petioles; leaflets obovate, obtuse, somewhat tooth-letted at the apex, the lateral smooth. The flowers are unknown. The fruit is ovate, smooth, brown, somewhat larger than a pea, surrounded at base b ** a 4-toothed calyx, and supported on a very short stalk (Nees— De Candolle). History.—Until recent years much doubt was entertained as to the true botanical source of myrrh. Nees von Esenbeck exam- ined specimens of the Supposed myrrh tree brought from Ghizam (Arabia), in 1826, by Ehrenberg, and named it Balsamodendrom Myr- tha. D. Hanbury, in 1873 (see his Science Papers, p. 378), described four districts, all situated around the Gulf of Aden and the Red Sea, which have been mentioned by various travelers as being the home of the myrrh tree. Still the species from which the bulk of com- mercial, especially Somali, myrrh is derived, is not as yet known Coºra with exactness. Authorities, including the U. S.P., however, accept * that the drug is derived from Commiphora Myrrha (Nees), Englér. Mr. E. M. Holmes (see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1897, p. 110) believes that Arabian myrrh at least is derived from Balsamodem dron Myrrha, Nees, and that in tracing Fig. 174. MYRRHA. 1299 the botanical origin of other commercial varieties, the taste and peculiar odor of myrrh may reasonably serve as a guide, since these qualities undoubtedly exist in the plants themselves. An exceedingly useful description of the plants pos- sibly yielding myrrh and báellium, by Mr. E. M. Holmes, is recorded in Pharm. Jour. Trans., 1898, Vol. VII, p. 547, and 1899, Vol. VIII, pp. 26 and 77. The region south of the gulf of Aden, the country of the Somalis, furnishes almost the entire commercial drug. Formerly, myrrh was known in commerce as Turkey myrrh, as it formerly entered commerce from Egypt and the Mediter- ranean ports; but now it goes first to Berbera (ancient Mosylon) and Aden, and from thence to Bombay, where the bags are opened and sorted ; the best grades going into European and American commerce, while the inferior sorts are sent to China to be used as incense. What was formerly known as India myrrh is the bissa bol of the Somalis (see Other Myrrhs). True myrrh is known in its native country as Mur (Arab), Mulmul (Somali), Heerabole (Indian), names also applied to an Arabian product from the tree known as Didthin, a tree identical with that furnishing African myrrh. (Also see commercial classification and description of the drug, by Mr. E. M. Holmes, in Pharm. Jour. Trans., 1898, Vol. VII, p. 547.) The juice flows naturally from the myrrh tree, like cherry-tree gum upon the bark; at first it is soft and pale-yellow, but by drying becomes hard, darker and redder, and forms the medicinal gum myrrh.. Myrrh varies in size from that of a pea to that of a large walnut, and may be even larger. Description.— Myrrh is “in roundish or irregular tears or masses, dusty, brownish-yellow or reddish-brown; fracture waxy, somewhat splintery, translu- cent on the edges, sometimes marked with whitish veins; odor balsamic ; taste aromatic, bitter and acrid. When triturated with water, myrrh yields a brown- ish-yellow emulsion ; with alcohol it yields a brownish-yellow tincture which acquires a purple tint on the addition of nitric acid. Dark-colored pieces, the alcoholic solution of which is not rendered purple by nitric acid, and pieces of gum which dissolve completely, as well as those which merely swell in water, should be rejected "-(U. S. P.). Myrrh is friable and readily powdered in cold weather, but in a warm atmosphere it is difficulty pulverized, unless some of its oil and water have been extracted from it. When heated it softens, then froths up and at length ignites and burns with difficulty. Its proper solvent is rectified spirit. It is not wholly dissolved by water, ether, or proof spirit; water dissolves its gum, and the mucilage retains the oil and part of the resin in the state of emulsion ; proof-spirit dissolves some of its resin. The tincture is transparent, and when poured into water forms a yellow opaque fluid, but does not form a precipitate, while the watery solution is always yellow and opaque. Alkaline solutions are good solvents for myrrh. Chemical Composition.—Myrrh is composed of gum, 40 to 60 per cent, in- soluble in alcohol; resin, about 27 to 40 per cent, soluble in alcohol, and volatile oil, 2.18 per cent, Ruickholdt; 7 to 8 per cent, O. Köhler, 1890. Upon incineration, myrrh leaves about 3.5 per cent of ash, principally calcium carbonate. O. Köhler (Archiv der Pharm., 1890, p. 291) found 57 to 59 per cent of gum which was ascer- tained to be a carbohydrate of the formula C, H, O,. The resins (myrrhim and myrrhic acid, of Ruickholdt) were separated by Köhler into an indifferent resin (C, H.O.) soluble in alcohol and ether, and having three replaceable hydroxyl groups, and two dibasic resin-acids. The essential oil (myrrhol, or myrrhemol of older observers) contains a volatile compound (CoH,O) not identical with thy- mol or carvol. The volatile oil of myrrh is laevo-rotatory. When exposed to air and light, it resinifies by oxidation and acquires the appearance and consistence of myrrh. Formic acid is said to be developed in this process. Myrrhol, dissolved in carbon disulphide and subsequently treated with bro- mine or nitric acid, gradually assumes a permanent violet-blue coloration. The resin gives the same reaction due to the presence of some volatile oil. Flückiger also abstracted, by means of water, a bitter glucosid from the resin as obtained by alcohol. It is amorphous, brittle, and brown, and sparingly soluble in water, producing an exceedingly bitter, yellowish solution (Pharmacographia). Small amounts of pyrocatechuic acid and pyrocatechin are formed when myrrh is fused with potassium hydroxide. The gum makes a good non-decomposing adhesive paste, which is still more adhesive if molasses be added to it (Shuttleworth, 1871). 1300 MYRRHA. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— Myrrh is stimulant, especially to mucous tissues. It also exerts an antiseptic influence, and is used to promote expectoration, as well as menstruation. It has also been used as a vermifuge. Internally, the smaller doses promote digestion. Large doses accelerate the pulse, augment the heat of the body, cause gastric heat and burning, great sweating and marked prostration; occasionally it causes nausea, vomiting, and purgation. It is not antispasmodic, and is contraindicated in internal inflammations. It is generally used in enfeebled conditions of the body, and has been found useful in cases of excessive mucous Secretion, as in gleet, chronic gomorrhaea, and chronic catarrh ; also in laryngitis, bronchitis, humoral asthma, and other diseases of the air-tubes accompanied with profuse secretion, but expelled with difficulty. Its property of restraining the mucous discharges is observed to be most pronounced upon the renal and bronchial tract. As an expectorant, it acts best by combining it with such agents as squill, giving to both an increased force possessed by neither alone. Chronic respiratory disorders are the cases for its exhibition, it being indi- cated in chronic bronchitis with unhealthy and exhausting secretions, relaxed mu- cous tissues, and difficulty in raising the sputa. It is contraindicated by arterial excitement or fever. For use in the above condition, the following combination, an excellent alterative expectorant and stimulating tonic, is recommended by Prof. Locke: R. Syr, prunus virg., syr. senega, āā fláij; Comp. tinct. of myrrh and capsicum fläij. Mix. Sig. Teaspoonful every 3 hours. The same may also be used in the asthma of the aged. Cough and expectoration are lessened, the secretions reduced in quantity, and the consequent exhaustion incident to pro- fuse expectoration' prevented. Besides, it acts kindly on the stomach, and other- wise sustains the strength of the patient. Myrrh has some reputation as an emmenagogue. It is adapted to female dis- orders accompanied with weight, dragging, and leucorrhoea. It is reputed useful in Suppressed menses, and in some cases of anemia. In either instance, however, it is not efficient unless exhibited with some form of iron, aloes, etc. Locke recom- mends for amenorrhoea, and particularly if the uterine torpor be associated with constipation, the following prescription: B. Pulv. myrrh, grs. xxx; aloes, grs. x; macrotin, grs. x. Mix. Make 20 pills. Sig. Dose, 1 or 2 pills three times a day. Myrrh is of value in chronic gastritis and atomic dyspepsia with full, pallid tongue and mucous tissues, and with frequent, mucous alvine discharges accom- panied with flatulence. Here myrrh and gentian act well, and if nervous symp- toms are prominent, an equal quantity of valerian may be used with them. The dose of the combination of equal parts of these tinctures is from 5 to 20 drops. Chronic mucous fluºres, from the bowels or urinary tract, are benefited by myrrh. Myrrh was formerly used as a dressing for indolent ulcers to promote granu- lation and alter the character of the discharges. It was at the same time given internally also. Topically, it is a very useful application to indolent Sores, gangre- nows wicers, and aphthous or slowghy sore throat, spongy or w!cerated conditions of the gums, caries of the teeth, etc. In chronic pharyngitis, with tumid, pallid membranes, elongated uvula, and spongy, enlarged tonsils,...it is an exceedingly useful topical agent. It overcomes the bad breath of dyspeptics and Scorbutics. It is sometimes combined with hydrastis and capsicum, in aphtha. The dose of myrrh, in pow- der or pill, is from 5 grains to 3 drachm; of the tincture, from 20 drops to 2 fluid drachms. - Specific Indications and Uses.—Chronic bronchitis, with profuse secretion of mucus or muco-pus, with difficult expectoration; membranes lax and pallid, tonsils enlarged and spongy, throat pale and tumid; soreness and sponginess of the gums ; reproductive disorders of women, with weight and dragging in the parts, and leucorrhoea. Other Myrrhs.—BIssa BoI, (Bysabole, Bhesabol), Hebbakhade, Habaghadi. This species of myrrh was formerly known as East Indian myrrh, and is regarded in eastern commerce as a very inferior quality of myrrh. The plant yielding it is now known as Balsamea erythrea, Engler (see Flückiger, Pharmacognosie, 3d ed., 1891, p. 43). This product resembles Héera bol or true myrrh, but has a somewhat different odor, recalling that of the mushroom. Its taste is almost acrid, and its resin is paler than that of myrrh. Carbon disulphide but sparingly dis- solves it; it is almost insoluble in petroleum ether. Besides it differs from myrrh in being unaffected by bromine, the latter producing an intense violet hue with myrrh in carbon disul- phide solution. W. Tucholka (Archiv der Pharm., 1897, p. 290) proposes the following charac- MYRTUS. 1301 teristic test for Bisabol myrrh : 6 drops of a petroleum ether extract (its concentration not to exceed 1:15) are mixed in a test-tube with 3 Co. of glacial acetic acid, and 3 Co. of concen- trated sulphuric acid are cautiously added so as to form a lower layer. A beautiful rose-red color becomes apparent at the zone of contact; shortly afterward the whole acetic layer will be of a permanent rose-red. If the petroleum ether extract is more concentrated, the result- ant color is brown. True myrrh, under the same conditions, produces merely a faint rose-red coloration of the acetic layer, and a green coloration at the zone of contact, turning brown with green fluorescence upon standing. Analysis of bisabol showed the following percentage composition: Gum, soluble in water, 22.1; gum, soluble in soda solution, 29.85; resin, 21.5; bitter principle (crude), 1.5; ethereal oil, giving the above reaction plainly, 7.8; water, 3.17; vegetable and inorganic matter, 13.4. ARABIAN MYRRH.—This product occurs in irregular pieces very much resembling com- mon myrrh, though it lacks the whitish markings on fracture, is less unctuous, and has a gummy appearance externally. With bromine it reacts like myrrh. It comes from Aden, being collected in Arabia by the Somalis. Related Drugs.-BDELLIUM. Chiefly two varieties of this product are known in com- merce, Indian and African. Indian bdellium, or East Indian bdellium, is believed to be the prod- uct of Balsamodendron Mukul, Hooker (Balsamea Mukul, Engler), of India, and possibly Arabia. It forms large, rounded, dusty fragments; has a flattish shell-like fracture; in thin section translucent, but in mass dark, even deep-brown, and possesses the odor and taste of myrrh in a lesser degree. Nitric acid does not impart a purplish color to the tincture of this or the next variety. African bdellium is the product of Balsamodendron africanum, Arnott (Commiphora afri- cama, Engler), of western Africa. It occurs in oval, or roundish, irregular translucent tears, breaking with a wax-like fracture, and ranging in color from yellowish to brownish-red. It also has a cedar-like odor and a slightly bitter taste. Bdellium is infusible, but inflammable. It consists of resin, 59 per cent; bassorin, 30.6 per cent; gum, 9.2 per cent; and volatile oil, 1.2 (Pelletier). The French use the African variety in plasters. Bdellium was once used for pur- poses similar to myrrh. BALsAMUM GILEADENSE, Balsam of Gilead, Balm of Gilead, Opobalsamum, Mecca balsain.—This product is referred to a small, evergreen, non-thorny tree, the Balsamodendron Opobalsamum, Kunth (Commiphora Opobalsamum, Engler). The dried fruit of this species formerly went by the name carpobalsamum ; the dried branchlets acylobalsamum; and the exudation, as opobalsamum. As it spontaneously exudes from the tree it is a whitish or yellowish opaque, viscid fluid, hav- ing considerable fragrance. By exposure, it solidifies. Bonastre found in it volatile oil, 10 per cent (Trommsdorff, 30 per cent); adhesive resin, 70 per cent, and hard resin, 12 per cent. Trommsdorff obtained of hard resin, 64 per cent. It is seldom found in commerce. Balsamodendron Berryi.—An Indian thorn-tree, Mulu Kilivary, yielding a gum-resin in abundance, which contains 84 per cent of gum, soluble in water. This gum-resin is devoid of fragrancy and bitterness (see D. Hooper, Amer. Jowr. Pharm., 1889, p. 508, from Pharm. Jour. Trans., 1889). * MYRTU.S.—MYRTLE, Myrtus communis, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Myrtaceae. CoMMON NAMEs: Myrtle, Common myrtle, European myrtle. Botanical Source.—The myrtle is an evergreen shrub, whose stem is from 6 to 8 feet in height and covered with a deep-grayish, fissured bark. The stem is branched, and bears opposite, ovate, lanceolate leaves of variable IFig. 175 width, short-petioled, closely pellucid-punctate, smooth, glossy, and is *. evergreen. The flowers are solitary, axillary, and white, or pale- pinkish, and have many stamens. The fruit is a 2 or 3-celled bluish- black, fleshy berry, subglobular, each cell containing 4 or 5 remi- form, whitish seeds. The flowers, leaves, and berry are all very fragrant. The bark is astringent. History.—The myrtle grows in tropical and subtropical climes, often being cultivated. It is thought to be a native of the south- eastern portion of Italy, and now grows abundantly throughout the borders of the Mediterranean. Florists consider five varieties of this species. The myrtle has been held as the emblem of honor and authority, and was worn by the Athenian judges in the exer- Myrtus, cise of their functions. It constituted the wreaths of the Grecian * and Roman victors, in the Olympian and other festivities. Scriptural allusions to it are abundant, and to the Jews it was a token of peace, and entered into bridal decorations. It is a Mohammedan tradition that it was among the pure things carried by Adam from out the Garden of Eden. The leaves, berries, and twigs have been employed in flavoring food and wines, and the leaves are said to furnish a good tea (see Willis, Practical Flora). 1302 MYRTUS. The French distill an aromatic water from the leaves and flowers which they call eau d’ange. Myrtle was one of the medicinal plants of the ancients, and was practically obsolete in modern therapeutics until revived, in 1876, by Delioux de Savignac. In Mexico the Myrtus Arroya, Kunth, is substituted for myrtle. Its leaves contain a volatile oil and tannin. Chemical Composition.—The ripe fruit of myrtle yielded Riegel (1849) resin, sugar, citric and malic acids, tannin, and volatile oil. P. Bartolotti obtained by distillation of the leaves and twigs 0.56 per cent of an emerald-green volatile oil (Jahresb. der Pharm., 1891, p. 452). It is dextro-rotatory, and has a specific gravity of 0.895 to 0.915. Myrtol was at one time supposed to be its chief constituent; however, it is not a simple body, and consists of a mixture of pinene, cineol, and dipentene, boiling between 160° and 180°C. (320° and 356°F.) (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1891, p. 48). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Myrtle has recently been revived as a remedy for relaxation of parts with mucous and other profluvia. The oil and the alcoholic solution of the same possess anodyne properties, less in degree, however, than that of menthol and peppermint oil. The powder, sprinkled upon cotton first impregnated with glycerin, has been applied with marked advan- tage to uterine ulcerations. Suppurative wounds and ulcers, intertrigo, and eczema have been treated in the same manner, Omitting the glycerin, while in cases with offensive discharges and threatened gamgrene, a wine of myrtle has been employed with the result of correcting the fetor and inducing granulation. An infusion of the leaves or the tincture, diluted, may be used for the above-named purposes, and has given excellent results when used as an injection in uterime prolapse, laſt vaginal walls, and leucorrhaea. An infusion is likewise valuable as a topical agent in catarrhal conjunctivitis, pharyngitis, and bronchitis. Made into a bolus with Ven- ice turpentime, it has some reputation as a curative agent in hemorrhoids. An infusion injected is said to relieve dysentery, while the powder in doses of 15 to 40 grains is asserted useful in remal and cystic catarrh, and colliquative sweating of phthisis, and in doses of 10 to 30 grains, to check the wasting in memorrhagia. The oil stimulates the gastric, renal, and pulmonic membranes, increasing their functions, and is reputed to possess decided antiseptic and deodorant powers. In doses of 2 minims, the oil (in capsules) every 2 or 3 hours, is asserted prompt and curative in fetid bronchitis and pulmonary gamgrene. The chief advocates of the use of myrtle are Delioux de Savignac and Eichhorst. Infusion (leaves or berries, 3ii to 3iv to water Oj) locally; for internal use should be diluted, and even then it is very unpleasant to take. A much stronger infusion of the bark may be pre- pared (3i to 3ii to water Oss). Dose, of the fine powder, 5 to 40 grains; of the oil (in capsules), 1 to 5 minims. Related Species.—Myrtus Chekan, Sprengel (Eugenia Chekam, Molina). This Chilian shrub is known in its native land as cheken, chequen, or chekam. The rough brownish bark is astrin- gent, and the leaves almost sessile, nearly an inch long, elliptic or ovate-lanceolate, smooth, pale-green, with slightly revolute margins, and beset with oil-glands, are gathered with the branchlets, for medicinal use. The leaves have a feeble, aromatic fragrance, and a bitter, pun- gent, aromatic taste. The leaves contain volatile oil (2 per cent, J. W. England, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1883, p. 248), soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, and amylic alcohol; insoluble in water. It burns with a brilliant white flame, and becomes oxidized when exposed to the air. Fritz Weiss (Jahresb. der Pharm., 1888, p. 80) found it to consist of about 75 per cent of pineme (C10H16), 15 per cent of cineol (C10H18O), and 10 per cent of undetermined higher boiling frac- tions. The leaves, freed from the essential oil, yielded to the author the following substances: Crystallizable chekenom (C40H44Os), insoluble in water, soluble in hot alcohol; amorphous, non- poisonous cheken bitter, soluble in all ordinary solvents except water and petroleum-ether; chekenin (C12H1103), crystallizing in yellowish plates, and probably being a di-phenol, and chekenetin (C11H+Os–H H2O), forming yellowish, olive-colored crystals, probably related to quercetin. The mother liquor finally contained large amounts of sugar and a small amount of choline, which tends to explain, the formation of the volatile base chekemime, observed by Mr. England (loc. cit.) upon distillation of the leaves with alkali after they were deprived of their essential oil. The leaves were also found to contain about 4 per cent of tannin (J. W. England, loc. cit., and J. Hoehn, ibid., p. 253). Cheken was brought forward as an efficient remedy for catarrhal disorders of the broncho-pulmonic tract, and similar conditions of the urinary organs. It is claimed to be a good remedy for winter cough and oppressed breathing. The dose of the fluid extract is a fluid drachm, 3 times a day. Jambosa vulgaris, De Candolle (Eugenia Jambos, Linné; Jambosa malaccensis, De Candolle).- India. The flowers, leaves, and bark are used medicinally by the natives. The bark of jam- NABALUS. 1303 bosa root is astringent, and is used in India in leucorrhoea, diarrhoea, and dysentery. A minute portion of alkaloid (Lyons), a crystalline, non-glucosidal body jambosin (C10H15NO3), and an oleoresin have been found in it (A. W. Gerrard, Pharm. Jour. Trans., 1884, Vol. XIV, p. 717). The fruit is rose-flavored and pleasantly acid, and is known as rose-apple. Psidium Guajava, Linné (Psidium pomiferum, Linné, and Psidium pyriferum, Linné).—West Indies and the tropics. The acidulous fruit of these species is the guava, much employed by the natives in jellies, etc. The aromatic leaves and astringent bark are reputed febrifuge. They contain 12 per cent of tannin, and a resinous substance guavim (Bertherand, 1888); the latter is believed to be the active principle. Eugenia Jambolana, Lamarck (Syzygium Jambolanum, De Candolle; Calyptranthes Jambolana, Willdenow). Nat. Ord.-Myrtaceae. Jambul, Jamboo, Jara plum.—The seeds of this plant are reputed a remedy for diabetes. The subacid fruit is largely eaten by the natives, and a vine- gar prepared from it is regarded as carminative, stomachic, and diuretic. The whole plant is astringent, the bark being employed where astringents are indicated. The bark externally is fissured and gray: internally fibrous and red. It has a very astringent taste and the Odor of oak-bark (Dymock). The fruit is purple, of the shape and size of an olive, and excessively astringent unless altered by cultivation. The fruit is employed in India in bilious diarrhoeas, sore throat, and ringworm. The seeds have been highly lauded as a remedy for diabetes, the amount of sugar being appreciably reduced in a marvelously brief space of time, the patients at the same time being able to partake of amylaceous food without ill effects. It appears, however, that the opinions as to the efficacy of this remedy are divided (see Chemist and Drug- gist, 1892, Vol. XLI, p. 319). The seeds are nearly 3 inch long, and 3 inch wide, gray-black in color, cylindrical in shape, with one truncated and one dome-shaped extremity, very hard and nearly tasteless. Analysis by Mr. W. Elborne (1888) showed the presence of a trace of essential oil, fat, chlorophyll, gallic acid (1.65 per cent), colored extractive soluble in water, albumen, and resin soluble in ether and alcohol, all in small amounts, together with a large proportion of insoluble matter (Pharm. Jour. Trams.,Vol. XVIII, p. 921). The fluid extract of the seeds is administered in doses of from 30 minims to 1 fluid drachm a day, beginning with 10-drop doses 3 times a day at first, and gradually increasing each day. NABALUS.–LION'S FOOT. The plant Nabalus albus, Hooker (Premanthes alba, Linné). Nat. Ord.—Compositae. CoMMON NAMEs: Lion’s foot, Rattlesnake root, White lettuce, Gall of the earth, Can- cer weed. Botanical Source.—This plant is an indigenous, perennial herb, with a smooth, somewhat glaucous stem, corymbose-paniculate at the summit, stout, purplish, often deeply so in spots, from 2 to 4 feet in height. The radical leaves are angular-hastate, often more or less deeply 3 to 5-lobed; the uppermost cauline ones lanceolate; between these the intermediate forms hastate and ovate, petiolate, and all irregularly dentate. The heads are pendulous and glabrous; the involucre of 8 linear scales, and from 9 to 12-flowered; the scales purplish, and the corollas whitish. Pappus brown (W.-G.). There is a variety of the above plant Nabalus Serpentaria (or Premanthes Serpen- taria), with rough, dentate leaves, of which the radical are palmate, the cauline with long foot-stalks, sinuate-pinnatifid, disposed to be 3-lobed, with the middle lobe 3-parted, the upper lanceolate. The racemes are terminal, somewhat pani- cled, short, nodding, with an 8-cleft calyx, and 12 florets; it is about 2 feet high, with purple flowers (W.—G.). History and Chemical Composition.—This plant is found in moist woods and shades, in rich soils, from New England to Iowa, and from Canada to Caro- lina, flowering in August. The variety N. Serpentaria is common to the moun- tainous districts of Virginia, North Carolina, and other sections of the United States, and is considered more active than the N. albus. The root, leaves, and juice of the plant are employed. According to N. B. Williams (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1887, p. 117), the rhizome contains tannin, gum, resins, etc., and the leaves 12 per cent of ash. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Nabalus is said to be an antidote to the bite of the rattlesnake, and other poisomous Serpents. The milky juice of the plant is taken internally, while the leaves steeped in water are to be applied to the wound, and frequently changed. A decoction of the root, which is bitter, has been successfully used in the bite of the rattlesnake, also in dysentery. This plant is deserving further and more accurate investigation, possessing undoubted power over the nervous system. A strong tincture of the green plant (3 viii to 1304 NAPHTALINUM. alcohol, 76 per cent, Oj) should be employed in doses of from 1 to 20 drops in experimenting for its effects in nervous disorders. NAPHTALINUM (U. S. P.)—NAPHTALIN. FoRMULA: C, Hs. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 127.7. “A hydrocarbon obtained from coal-tar. It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles”—(U. S. P.). SYNONYMs: Naphtalene, Naphtaline. History and Preparation.—Naphtalin was first observed, in 1819, in the prod- ucts of the distillation of coal, by A. Garden, and believed by him to be a camphor. J. Kidd (1821) gave it its present name. T. Thomson showed that it was a hydro- carbon, and M. Faraday ascertained its correct percentage composition. The view of Dumas that naphtalin exists ready-formed in coal was refuted by Reichen- bach. E. Erlenmeyer established its graphic formula, the correctness of which was experimentally proved by Gräbe and others (Roscoe and Schorlemmer's Chem- distry, Vol. III, 1892). * - Naphtalin is formed by the dry distillation of wood and coal, and is obtained by fractional distillation of the resulting wood- or coal-tar, the latter containing from 5 to 10 per cent of naphtalin. It is also formed when certain organic sub- stances, e.g., oil of turpentine, camphor, even alcohol, acetic acid, etc., are allowed to pass in vapor form through red-hot metallic tubes, Naphtalin may also be obtained from the Baku and Burmese petroleum. Naphtalin is contained in that fraction of the distillation of coal-tar which distills over between 180° and 250° C. (356° and 482°F.). The condensing pipes, must be kept warm in order to prevent the naphtalin from crystallizing. Upon cooling the distillate, dark-colored crude naphtalin crystallizes and is separated by straining. It is then deprived of its mother liquor (containing phenols) by pressure, and is purified by treatment with solution of caustic soda, which removes phenol; then washed with water and treated with sulphuric acid, whereby some bases (amiline, etc.) are removed. After washing out the acid, and drying, naphtalin is finally obtained almost pure by sublimation. Still, owing to the presence of certain phenols, it has a tendency, when exposed to light and air, to become darker in color. A mixture of manga- nese dioxide and sulphuric acid is then made to act upon it for about a quarter of an hour, at the heat of a water-bath; this oxidizes and removes the phenols, after which the product, is washed with water and caustic soda solution, and lastly sublimed. For pharmaceutical purposes this product should then be recrystal- lized from alcoholic solution. - Description.—Naphtalin is officially described as occurring in “colorless, shining, transparent laminae, having a strong, characteristic odor resembling that of coal-tar, and a burning, aromatic taste; slowly volatilized on exposure to air. Insoluble in water, but when boiled with the latter imparting to it a faint odor and taste. Soluble in 15 parts of alcohol at 15°C. (59°F.), and very soluble in boiling alcohol; also very soluble in ether, chloroform, carbon disulphide, and fixed or volatile oils. Naphtalin volatilizes slowly at ordinary temperatures; rap- idly when heated. It also volatilizes with the vapors of water or alcohol. At 80°C. (176°F.) it melts, and at 218°C. (424.4°F.) it boils. Its vapor is inflam- mable, burning with a luminous and smoky flame. When ignited, it is consumed, leaving no residue. Naphtalin is neutral to litmus paper moistened with alcohol. On shaking a small portion of naphtalin with concentrated sulphuric acid, the acid should remain colorless; nor should it acquire more than a pale reddish tint if the mixture be heated, for 5 minutes, on a water-bath (absence of contamina- tions derived from coal-tar)”—(U. S. P.). Naphtalin is heavier than water, its specific gravity at 4°C. (39.2°F.) being 1.145. The graphic formula for maphtalin, as given by Erlenmeyer, suggests the possibility of a number of substitution products, which are considered in detail in every text-book of organic chemistry. Diluted nitric acid converts naphtalin into phtalic acid; with concentrated nitric acid it yields nitronaphtalenes (CoH. NO,); these in turn are converted by reduction into crystallizable map.htylamines (C.H.N.H.). With sulphuric acid it yields sulpho-acids. By substituting naph- NAPHTOL. * 1305 talin hydrogen by one or more phenol groups (OH), the various naphtols are obtained (see Naphtol). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Naphtalin destroys vegetable and ani- mal parasites. It forms a popular material for protecting woolens from the moth, sometimes being called “tar camphor,” “moth balls,” etc. It also finds extensive application in the preparation of a great number of organic dye-stuffs (see Amiliate Colors). Applied to the sound integument it exerts no action upon it, but if the skin be broken it causes heat and smarting, and if the raw surfaces are secreting, decom- position of the discharges is prevented. Some contend that as high as 75 grains may be taken day after day for a long time without any untoward results, owing to its limited absorption into the system. On the other hand it is claimed that even 5 grains have produced unpleasant urinary symptoms and positive suffering, with frequent, burning, painful micturition, tenesmic pain in the bladder, and a reddening of the meatus urinarius has been induced by 15-grain doses. Collapse with facial pallor has been observed in its employment for the diarrhoea of infants. To the taste it is sharp, acrid, and burning, and occasions an abundant Secretion of froth-like or ropy sputa, on which account Dupasquier, a half century ago, brought the drug forward as an expectorant in chronic bronchitis. It is now used in vapor form in the bronchorrhaea and chronic bronchial inflammations of the aged, and in pertussis. Naphtalin possesses decided antiseptic properties. It is for this action that it has been valued in diarrhoeas caused by fermentative changes and catarrhal states, and by the ulcerations of Peyer's patches in enteric fever. Intesti- mal worms have been expelled under its influence. Externally and to mucous tracts the drug has been applied for the purpose of preventing putrescency. In this manner wounds and foul w!cers have been treated with it. An ointment of lard, green soap, chalk, and naphtalin is used in Scabies, and a 5 per cent oint- ment has been lauded in prwrigo and other skin affections, while sprains, bruises, etc., have been treated with its alcoholic solution. A watery emulsion of naph- talin is occasionally employed in purulent ophthalmia, reducing the redness and swelling of the eyelids, without however, materially lessening the discharge. For local use, an ointment containing from 15 to 25 grains to the ounce of lard or other base may be used; for internal use the powder should be given in capsules in doses ranging from 3 to 30 grains. It has been very little used in Eclectic medicine. Related Product.—DIoxy-NAPHTALENE (C10HsO2). Several isomers of this body are known, all being di-phenols. The chief are alpha- and beta-dioxy-maphtalenes. Lepine found it to be active in the lower animals, producing severe convulsions. Three grains of it a day are said by Lepine to increase power in asthenic individuals. NAPHTOL (U. S. P.)—NAPHToL. FoRMUL.A.: CoEI.O.H. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 143.66. “A phenol, occurring in coal-tar, but usually prepared artificially from naph- º Mºnto should be kept in dark, amber-colored, well-stoppered bottles”— I. S. P.). SYNONYMs: Beta-naphtol, B-naphtol, Iso-naphtol, Naphtol. Preparation.—Schäffer first prepared naphtol in 1869. By acting upon naph- talene at 200°C. (392°F.) with strong sulphuric acid, beta-naphtalene sulphonic acid (CoH.HSO) is formed. This high temperature insures the conversion into the beta variety. At a low temperature, near 80°C. (176°F.), the alpha acid is chiefly produced, and is converted into the beta acid by elevation of the tempera- ture. The product is dissolved in water, milk of lime added to saturation, and the calcium compound crystallized out and redissolved, this aqueous solution being then acted upon by sodium carbonate, yielding sodium naphtalene sulpho- nate (CoH,SO,Na). The sodium compound is then added to melted caustic soda, Sodium naphtol (CoH,ONa) and sodium sulphite (Na,SO) resulting. To the sodium naphtol hydrochloric acid is added, resulting in the production of sodium chloride and naphtol. To purify the beta-naphtol it is sublimed and recrystal- lized from hot water or petroleum ether (benzin). Description and Tests.-"Colorless, or pale buff-colored, shining, crystal- line laminae, or a white or yellowish-white, crystallime powder, having a faint phenol-like odor, and a sharp and pungent, but not persistent taste. Permanent 1306 NAPHTOL. in the air. Soluble at 15° C. (59° F.), in about 1000 parts of water, and in 0.75 part of alcohol; in about 75 parts of boiling water, and very soluble in boiling alco- hol. Also very soluble in ether, chloroform, or solutions of caustic alkalies. When heated, naphtol sublimes easily. Jt is also volatilized with the vapors of alcohol or water. It melts at 122°C. (251.6° F.), and boils at 286°C. (546.8° F.). On ignition, it is consumed, leaving no residue. It is neutral to litmus paper mois- tened with alcohol. A cold, saturated, aqueous solution of naphtol, when mixed with ammonia water, exhibits a faint bluish fluorescence. Chlorine or bromine water, added to the aqueous solution, produces a white turbidity, which disappears on adding ammonia water in excess. On adding about 0.1 §. of naphtol to about 5 CC. of an aqueous solution (1 in 4) of potassium hydrate, then about 1 Co. of chloroform, and gently warming, the aqueous layer will acquire a blue tint, changing after a while to green and brown. Ferric chloride T.S. colors the aqueous solution of naphtol greenish, and after some time, causes the separation of white flakes, which turn brown upon the application of heat. A piece of pine wood, dipped into an aqueous solution of naphtol, and afterward moistened with diluted hydrochloric acid, becomes green on exposure to daylight, Naphtol should dissolve in 50 parts of ammonia water without leaving a residue (absence of naphtalin), and the solution should not have a deeper, tint than pale yellow (absence of various other organic impurities). If 0.1 Grm. of naphtol be mixed, in a test-tube with 1 drop of syrup and 5 Co. of water, and about 3 Co. of concentrated sulphuric acid be then poured into the tube held in a slanting position, so that the liquids may form separate layers, a yellowish-brown color will appear at the Zone of contact, which becomes darker on standing (absence of, and distinction from, alpha- naphtol, which produces at once a crimson color, turning deep blue in the upper part of the zone on standing)”—(U. S. P.). By E. Leger's test, the presence of alpha-naphtol in beta-naphtol may be ascertained by the following delicate reaction: Rub the naphtol in a mortar with water, until a saturated solution is obtained; then add to 10 Co. of this solution 2 drops of a solution of sodium hypobromite pre- pared by adding 30 Co. of soda solution, 36° B., to 100 Co. of water, and adding 5 Co. of bromine. The alpha-naphtol produces a violet color and precipitate which is still noticeable in dilution, while beta-naphtol merely turns yellow, them greenish, and finally yellow again (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1897, p. 369). * Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Beta-naphtol is deodorant, antiseptic, antifermentative, and stimulant. Unless in strong solution, it does not stain the integument nor hair, and may be readily washed from garments. Strong solu- tions in water and alcohol fissure the skin, slightly staining the epidermis brown- yellow. By absorption when applied in skin affections, it has produced a sort of intoxication. A 10 to 15 per cent ointment is efficient in itch, prwritis, prwrigo, acne, morbus pediculosis, ichthyosis, herpes, and lupus erythematosus, when not actively inflamed, but has proved irritating in eczema (Kaposi). A Soapy solution has been applied in Ozºna, Otitis, conjunctivitis, etc., and the drug, is given internally in typhoid fever, diarrhaea, dysentery, dyspepsia, and cardiac dilatation, all with fermen- tative changes. The dose is from 3 to 5 grains. Beta-naphtol (5 per cent solution) has been beneficially employed once a day in trachoma, both acute and chronic. For a few minutes considerable irritation is produced, but this may be subdued by the application of cold water. A solu- tion (1 in 2500) has been found efficient in purulent ophthalmia, but the drug is contraindicated when the cornea is ulcerated (Foltz). Related Products.-CAMPHORATED, NAPHTOL. Beta-naphtol, 1 part; camphor, 2 parts. Mix. A transparent, brownish, Syrup-like fluid. Coryza, furunculous inflammations, etc., are painted with this preparation which causes considerable pain. w - ALPHA-NAPIITOL.—This body, as has been stated above, is produced in the same manner as beta-naphtol, except that a lower temperature, 80° to 90° C. (176° to 194°F.), is employed (see Naphtol). It is isomeric with beta-naphtol, but is more toxic, dissolves more easily in water, fuses at 94°C. (201.2°F.), and boils near 280°C. (536°F). A collyrium (1 to 5000) is employed in purulent ophthalmias. HYDRONAPHTOL.—A derivative of beta-naphtol, produced by acting upon the latter with reducing substances... It is stated to crystallize in silver-white laminae of a slight, aromatic odor, dissolving readily in alcohol, ether, chloroform, glycerin, benzol, and fixed oils, less solu- ble in water (1 in 1000). It melts at about 117°C. (242.6°F.). The hydronaphtol of commerce is said to be merely impure beta-naphtol (see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1886, pp.93 and 158). This agent was recommended as a substitute for carbolic acid, having much greater antiseptic NARCISSU.S. 1307 power, is non-corrosive, non-toxic, and not destructive to garments. Organic matter is said not to decompose it. The usual antiseptic wash consists of an aqueous solution of 1 part in 1000 of water. It is said to destroy the parasite producing timed tonsurans. tº º Bºnzo-NAPHToi, or B-NAPIſtol, BENZOATE (C10H, O.COC5H4).--This compound 9i benzoic acid and beta-naphtol is produced by acting upon beta-naphtol with benzoyl chloride (C6H5 CO.Cl). A crystalline white powder or long, acicular, tasteless and odorless crystals, insoluble in colá water, soluble in chloroform and hot alcohol, little soluble in ether. It melts at 110°C. (230°F.). This agent slows the action of the heart and lungs, reduces temperature, and in- creases the renal secretions. It is used as an antiseptic and diuretic. The dose has been variously given as from 4 to 8 grains, suspended in water or syrup, while others give, as the daily dose, 30 to 70 grains. Care should be exercised in its use, as it is somewhat toxic. B-NApiſtol, S.N.ICYLATE (C, H, OH.COO.C10Hz), Betol, Naphtalol, Salinſiphtol, NaphtoSalol.— This body is analogous to salol, splitting up in the intestines by action of the alkaline pan- creatic fluid into beta-naphtol and salicylic acid. Comparing molecular weights, betol contains about 10 per cent less of salicylic acid than salol. It has a higher fusing point, 95°C. (203°F.), (salol at 43°C. (109.4°F.), and is prepared like salol (which see), excepting that sodium naph- to, is substituted for sodium phenol. An odorless and nearly tasteless, lustrous, crystalline powder, soluble in ether, boiling alcohol, benzol, and warm linseed oil, soluble with difficulty in cold alcohol and turpentine; not at all soluble in hot or cold water and glycerin. Cold concentrated acids or diluted alkalies scarcely affect it, but when heated with concentrated alkaline solutions, it is saponified into beta-naphtol and Salicylic acid. Concentrated Sulphuric acid, when pure, produces with betol a lemon-yellow solution. This, upon the addition of a minute quantity of nitric acid, becomes an olive- or brownish-green. No Such changes take place with salol under like treatment. This agent is pleasant to the taste, and is not consid- ered toxic. In doses of 4 to 8 grains, in syrup or mucilage, it is administered in rheumatism of the joints, cystic catarrh, gomorrhoeal cystitis when the urine is annmoniacal, and in intestinal disor- dors, chiefly of children. It is eliminated by the urine, which, when treated with ferric chlo- ride, exhibits a violet color. DIIoDo BETA-NAPHTOL (NAPHTOL-ARISTOL).—A solution of iodine and potassium iodide (2.4 parts each) is mixed with a solution containing beta-naphtol (11 parts), and sodium carbonate (4 parts). A solution of sodium hypochlorite precipitates the naphtol-aristol from the mixture. A greenish-yellow, tasteless, and Odorless compound, evolving violet vapors when heated. Chloroform dissolves it freely; alcohol, acetic acid, and ether sparingly ; it is insoluble in water. MICRoCop IN.—A non-caustic, antiseptic compound, varying somewhat in composition, but containing most largely sodium-naphtol. By melting together 1 part of beta-naphtol and 3 part of caustic soda, it is obtained as a white powder. Antiseptic; said to be twenty-fold more active than boric acid, and ten-fold more prompt than phenol. A solution (1 to 5 parts in 1000 of water) is used upon gamgrenous and other ulcers, and discharging wounds. ALPHA-oxyNAPHTOIC ACID (C10H5OH.COOH).—Prepared by acting upon sodium alpha- naphtol with carbonic acid gas. Crystallizes in colorless needles, in odor resembling that of naphtol; they melt at 185° Ö. (365°F.). Quite readily soluble in hot water; sparingly in cold water, glycerin, alcohol, and ether. It unites with alkalies to form soluble compounds. Anti- septic and disinfectant. Used in scabies and other skin affections, employed as an ointment con- taining 10 per cent of the acid. ALUMNoL.—Aluminum naphtolsulphonate. Probably obtained by the double decomposition of barium naphtolsulphonate and aluminum sulphate. A non-hygroscopic, white powder, easily soluble in glycerin and cold water, less soluble in alcohol, and insoluble in ether. Its solu- tions in alcohol and water are acid and exhibit blue fluorescence. A solution prepared with hot water will remain clear if not containing more than 40 per cent of alumnol. It precipitates albumen and gelatin, but excess of the latter redissolves the precipitate. Ferric chloride strikes blue with the aqueous solution. Introduced in 1892 as an astringent antiseptic by Heinz and Liebrecht. As APROL, Calcium beta-naphtol-alpha-monosulphonate ([Chohis.OH.SO3]2Ca+3H2O).-This is prepared by neutralizing its component acid with chalk, evaporating, and crystallizing the product. A neutral, crystalline, colorless powder soluble in water (1 in 1$), and alcohol (1 in 3). Introduced, in 1892, as an antiseptic by Stackler and Dubief. Used in enteric fever, la grippe, and acute rheumatism. Doses, increasing gradually daily, announting to 30, 40, 50 grains a day, being given in divided quantities with plenty of Water, CRESOL-NAPHTOL.—A viscid tarry-brown liquid recommended by Guinard as an active germicide, Water produces with it an emulsion, but does not dissolve it. Though toxic, poi- soning is said to be seldom produced in animals, when given by mouth, from the fact that speedy emesis occurs to eject the poison. When mixed with water and applied surgically, it is apt to be deposited in the wounds, making it an undesirable remedy. NARCISSU.S.—DAFFODIL. * The bulb of Narcissus Pseudo-Narcissus, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Amaryllidaceae. - CoMMON NAME: Daffodil. Botanical Source and History.—This is a perennial, bulbous plant, native of the central and northern parts of Europe, and a common plant in moist woods in England. It is often cultivated in this country, especially the form with double 1308 NECT ANDRA, flowers, and is among the first of spring flowers. The bulb is globular, white in- termally, and has a blackish coat. The leaves are all radical, linear, and about a foot long. The scape, which is a little longer than the leaves, is erect, and bears a large, terminal, nearly modding flower of a yellow color. The flower is inclosed in bud in a membranous spathe, which splits lengthwise when the flower expands, and remains persistent at the base. The perianth has a funnel-form tube and six acute segments, about an inch long; near the mouth of the tube is borne a large bell-shape Cup, about the length of the perianth segments, and with a crisped, 6-lobed margin. The stamens are 6, attached to the perianth tube, and included in the flower. The pistil consists of a 3-celled, inferior ovary, a slender style, and a 3-lobed stigma. The seeds are numerous. Narcissus poeticus, Linné, Poet's narcissus, is an allied species, native of central Europe, and maturalized in many places in England; it is one of the most com- mom of spring flowers in cultivation in this country. The ovate bulb has a brown skin, and possesses medicinal properties similar to the bulbs of N. Pseudo- Narcissus. The perianth segments are spreading, and of a pure white color. The cup is very short, and has a crenate, crimson margin. Narcissus Jonquilla, Linné.-Jonquil has a scape bearing from 2 to 5 fragrant, yellow flowers. Chemical Composition.—M. Jourdan has described a white, deliquescent, active principle, possessing emetic properties, which he named “marcitime,” and M. Caventou obtained from the flowers an odorous, yellow coloring matter, which he termed “marcissine.” From the bulbs, Mr. A. W. Gerrard (Pharm. Jour. Trams., 1877, Vol. VIII, p. 214) obtained a small amount of a neutral crystalline body, and a non-crystallime alkaloid, somewhat analogous to atropine, to which the mame pseudo-narcissime has been given. The flowers of the jonquil yielded Robi- quet, by extraction with ether, a volatile, buty raceous, yellow oil, very fragrant, from which jonquil camphor crystallized out, upon cooling, in the form of yellowish, warty crystals, volatile by heat. Louis Robechek found the bulbs of Narcissus orientalis (Chinese lily) to contain 0.02 per cent of an alkaloid, and 0.2 per cent of a glucosid ; furthermore, resin, pectin, sugar (3 per cent), mucilage (9.5 per cent), ash (3 per cent), etc. (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1893, p. 369). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—The flowers and bulbs of this plant are the parts that have been employed, and the recent, wild plant appears to pos- sess more active properties than the cultivated. Internally, in large doses, it is an active and even dangerous article, occasioning severe emeto-catharsis and gas- tro-intestimal inflammations, and its local application to the surface of ulcers and wounds is stated to occasion similar results, and, in addition the reto, serious depressing effects upon the nerve centers. The alkaloid from the bulb is a myd- riatic, and, in many respects, resembles atropine in action. As a medicine, mar- cissus is rarely employed in this country, but is said to possess enetic, cathartic, antispasmodic, and narcotic properties. It has been used in epilepsy, in hysteria, and other spasmodic affections. Laennec employed it with success in pertussis, and other European practitioners have accorded to it an efficient action in intermittent fever, diarrhoea, dysentery, worms, etc. It has likewise been found of prompt benefit in severe catarrh. The cases for marcissus are those exhibiting epileptoid move- ments of the muscles, in chorea, in rheumatism, showing muscular contractions, and in cerebral diseases, with dull eyes and dilated pupils. A tincture of the bulbs by maceration in 98 per cent alcohol, may be given in doses of + drop to 10 drops. Dose of dried flowers or bulbs, in powder, from 10 to 60 grains; from 1 to 3 grains of the aqueous extract provokes vomiting. A syrup, ethereal oil, and acetous tinc- ture have also been employed. g Specific Indications and Uses.— Epileptiform in ovements and muscular contractions; eyes dull, pupils dilated. NECTANDRA.—BEBEERU-BARK. The bark of Nectandra Rodiaei, Schomburgk. Nat. Ord.—Lauraceae. CoMMON NAMES: Bebeeru, Bebeeru-bark, Greenheart-bark, Bibiru, Sipiri (Corter belieru, or bibiru, Nectandra cortea, IBr.]). NECT ANDRA. 1309 w ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 219. Botanical Source.—This is a magnificent forest tree, growing from 60 to 80 feet in height, branching near the Summit, and covered with a smooth, ash-gray bark. The leaves are nearly opposite, smooth, shining, coriaceous, 5 or 6 inches long, and 2-or 3 broad. The flowers are obscure, whitish-yellow, cordate, and dis- posed in axillary panicles. The fruit is a globular berry, about 6 inches in cir- cumference, having a woody, grayish-brown, speckled pericarp, and a seed with 2 large, plano-convex cotyledons, which is yellow when freshly cut, and possesses an acid reaction and an intensely bitter taste. The fruit abounds in bitter starch (Schomburgk). History and Description.—This tree is a native of British Guiana. Its bark was introduced by Dr. Rodie as an energetic tonic and febrifuge. It is in flat pieces of 1 or 2 feet in length, from 2 to 6 inches broad, and about 4 lines in thick- ness, dark, heavy, brittle, with a rough, fibrous fracture, dark cinnamon-brown, and rather smooth internally, and covered externally with a brittle, grayish-brown epidermis. It has little or no odor, but a strong, persistent, bitter taste, with con- siderable astringency. The fruit is about the size of a small peach, somewhat heart-shaped, or inversely ovate, slightly flattened, the outside coat being frangi- ble, and the kernel pulpy. It is exceedingly bitter. The sulphate of beberine is obtained from the bark and seeds. Chemical Composition.—The bark of nectandra contains starch, iron-green- ing tannin, deliquescent bebiric acid, melting at 150° C. (302°F.), subliming at 200° C. (392°F.), and has two alkaloids—bebeerine (bibirine or beberine) and mectam- drine (sipeerine or sipirine of Maclagan, 1845). The British Pharmacopoeias of 1867 and 1885, indicate an elaborate process for the preparation of beberine sulphate from mectandra bark. The product is probably a mixture of sulphates of beberine (C, H, N,O.), mectandrime (CoH, N,Os), and other alkaloids (Maclagan and Gamgee, Pharm. Jour. Trans., 1869, Vol. XI, p. 19). BEBERINE (Cls H, NO, von Planta, Flückiger) is identical with the alkaloids bwºme and pelosine (see Buºus and Pareira brava). It is an amorphous substance, very soluble in alcohol, soluble in ether, sparingly soluble in water. NECTANDRINE (CoH, NO, Maclagan and Gamgee) is a white, amorphous pow- der of an intensely bitter taste, fuses in boiling water, is very soluble in chlo- roform, but is much less soluble in ether than beberine. One part beberine requires 104.2, 1 part nectandrine, 2500 parts of ether. When heated with strong sulphuric acid and manganese dioxide, a magnificent green color is developed, which changes to violet (similar to the analogous strychnine reaction). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—The sulphuric acid salt of the alkaloid beberine is employed as a substitute for quinine, in preference to the bark itself (see Beberinae Sulphas). Related Species.—Ocotea opifera, Aublet (Oreodaphne opifera, Nees). Brazil. Source of camella de chevro. The fruit yields a volatile, aromatic oil, used as a liniment. Ocotea gutanensis, Aublet.—Bark employed in decoction for abscesses. Cryptocaria australis, Bentham, Laurel, Moreton bay laurel, Gray Sassafras.—Australia. In- sects dislike the wood on account of its odor. Bark persistently bitter through the presence of an alkaloid, which crystallizes from solution in stellate masses. It is toxic, producing in warm-blooded animals difficult respiration, ending in asphyxia and death (Bancroft, 1887; see Useful Native Plants of Australia, by Maiden). Mespilodaphne pretiosa, Nees (Cryptocaria pretiosa, Martius),-Brazil. Source of casca pre- tiosa. A warty, cinnamon-colored bark, having a combined cinnamon-sassafras Odor, and a warm, arolmatic, sweetish taste. Nectandra puchwry major, Nees, and Nectandra puchury nimor, Nees, Pichury beam, Pichurim beam, Sassafras muts.-Brazil. The halves, or cotyledons, of the two sizes (one about 13 inches long by , inch thick, the other about one-half that size) are oblong, or round-ovate, convex on one side, flat-concave on the other, having a depressed radicle scar at One end, deep-blown or chocolate-colored externally, pale-brown internally, interspersed with oil cells, and yellow in color. The small seed are darkest in color. Both taste and odor are aromatic, recalling the combined characteristics of Sassafras and nutmeg. Starch, gum, butyraceous fat (pichurim fal) containing laurostearin, solid fat, and volatile oil, possibly containing safrol. The “native oil of Sassafras or laurel,” irom Venezuela, an oleoresin, described by Procter (1851), as having a pale-amber color, a penetrating, peculiar odor, and a pungent, bitter, aromatic, cannphora- ceous taste, and thought to be the substance employed to adulterate Maracaibo Copaiva, is referred, by Prof. Carson, to this species (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1855, p. 387). Used for same pur- poses as the ordinary aromatics. In doses of from 10 to 20 grains, in powder or infusion, pichurim beans are given as a stimulant tonic in mild infestimal disorders, as atomic diarrhoea and 1310 NICCOLI SULPHAS. dysentery of a subacute or chronic character, and in intestimal weakness with flatulence. The bark, in doses of from 20 to 40 grains, has been employed in typhoid disorders, chromic "omitºmy, dyS- pepsia, intermittents, and atonic nemstrual derangements. NICCOLT SULPHAS.—NICKEL SULPHATE. ForMUL.A.: NiSO.7H,O. MoDECULAR WEIGHT: 280.14. Preparation and Description.—This salt is easily formed by dissolving metallic nickel or carbonate of nickel in diluted sulphuric acid, and concentra- ting the solution. When the solution contains an excess of acid, the crystals are bluish-green, quadratic pyramids of the composition NiSO,--6H.O. When it is neutral, the crystals are rhombic prisms, isomorphous with Epsom salts, sulphate of zinc, ferrous sulphate, etc., and having the composition NiSO,--7 H.O. The color of the salt is a fine, deep emerald-greem, its taste is sweetish, styptic, slightly acrid and persistent. At 15.5°C. (60°F.), 100 parts of water dissolve 75.6 parts of these crystals. Neither alcohol nor ether dissolves them. Exposed to the air, the rhombic prisms lose a little water, but the square prisms do not. When heated, they swell up but do not melt. At 100° C. (212° Fº a salt of the compo- sition NiSO,--H,O remains. The last molecule of water can not be expelled under temperatures above 280° C. (536°F.). Nickel-ammonium sulphate ([NHJ,NiISO],.6H,0) is precipitated when nickel sulphate solution is mixed with an excess of saturated ammonium sulphate solu- tion. It is a blue-green compound, chiefly employed in the electroplater's art. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Nickel sulphate has been asserted to act much like iron and manganese compounds, and to be less apt to nauseate than the corresponding salts of copper and zinc. However, in doses of 5 grains, both nausea and giddiness were produced by it. It appears to be a mild tonic, and pain-relieving agent, though Soporific properties are not attributed to it. Sulphate of nickel was recommended by Prof. Simpson, of Edinburgh, as a tonic, in doses of from , grain to 1 grain, repeated every 4 or 5 hours, and given in pill form. He found it quite efficient in periodical cephalalgia (Braithwaite's Retrospect, Vol. XXVII, p. 446). Chronic catarrh of the stomach, irregular heart action due to valvular lesions, diarrhoea, and rheumatic pains, are other conditions in which it has been thought useful. The dose should not exceed 3 grains. Nickel and Its Compounds.-Niccolu M, Nickel. Symbol: Ni. Atomic Weight: 58.6. Nickel was first prepared from niccolate (kupfer-nickel, NiAs), a mineral known since 1694. The metal was discovered in 1751, by Cronstadt, and the discovery confirmed in 1774, by Bergmann. Nickel occurs to a slight extent in the waters of certain mineral springs, and in combination with sulphur, iron, cobalt, antimony, and arsenic, in various Ores in several parts of Europe, as well as in the United States and Canada. The ore from New Caledonia is free from cobalt. It is a silicate of nickel and magnesium, and is called garmierite. Nickel is prepared from its ores by converting them into oxides by roasting and calcinating, and subsequently reducing the oxide formed by strongly heating with charcoal. A purer product is obtained when proceeding in the wet way (see Roscoe and Schorlemmer's Chemistry, Vol. II, p. 144). A remarkable method for obtaining pure nickel is that recently devised by Ludwig Mond, of England. “When nickel is heated to 80°C, (176°F.) in the presence of carbon monoxide, it is combined with the latter to nickel-carbonyl, and the latter is again decomposed into its constituent parts at 150° C. (302°F.). Mond has turned this knowledge to practical account to separate nickel from cobalt in the ore. Passing carbon dioxide over the warmed nickel (previously obtained from the ore by calcination and reduction as stated above) gaseous nickel- carbonyl is formed, while cobalt remains behind. On heating the gas, pure nickel separates, while the reformed carbon monoxide is used over and over again. A curious fact about this metallic compound is that it forms a colorless fluid which boils at a temperature lower than chloroform, 43°C. (109.4°F.). (Adapted from Western Druggist, 1896, p. 120; also see Pharm. Jour. Trams., 1898, Vol. VII, p. 525.) Nickel is also a Constituent of meteoric masses. When pure, nickel is white, resembling silver, is softer than iron, has the specific gravity 8.27 to 8.93, is malleable, attracted by the magnet, is not altered by the action of the air or of water, is soon tarnished when moderately heated, and forms two oxides, the mom-o., ide (NiO), and per-oride (Sesquioxide) (Ni2O3). Only the monoxide forms salts. Nickel is used in electro- plating, and forms an essential part in certain alloys, e.g., German silver (Copper, nickel, and zinc, in the proportion of about 5:3:2), and the lower coins in some countries, including the United States. Our 5-cent coin consists of 25 parts of nickel and 75 parts of copper. Nickel is also used in the manufacture of wickel-steel. Its preparations are said to be poisonous. The sulphate, chloride, and bromide have been recommended for medicinal use. Niccoli BROMIDUM, Nickel bromide (NiPrz.3II2O).--Molecular Weight: 272. Prepared by digesting nickel with an aqueous solution of bromine, or by the interaction of hydrobromic NITROBENZENUM. 1311 acid and nickel carbonate. It forms deliquescent, green prismatic, or acicular crystals, soluble in water, alcohol, and other. Its aqueous solution decomposes on exposure, with the deposi- tion of nickel hydroxide. It has a sharp, hot taste. It has favorably influenced the seizures of epilepsy, in several instances having been effective as a nerve sedative when the alkali bromides failed, and may be used in only a third as large a dose. The dose is about 10 grains. NICCoLI CII LORIDUM, Nickel chloride.—This salt is prepared by dissolving the oxide or car- bonate of nickel in diluted hydrochloric acid, and evaporating to dryness. The anhydrous salt is yellow ; when hydrated (with 6H2O), it forms deliquescent, green crystals. Heated in the presence of air, it evolves chlorine, leaving nickel oxide as residue ; if the air is excluded, the salt can be sublimed without decomposition. Two-grain doses have been successfully given in amenia and a memorrhoea. - NICCoLI CARBONAs, Nickel carbonate.—Prepared by precipitating with sodium (or potas- sium) carbonate an aqueous solution of salts of nickel. It forms a compound of uncertain (basic) composition, having a light or very dark-green color. NICKEL-CARBONY L., Carbonic oride of nickel (NiſCO]; ).-This compound is not employed in medicine, and is extremely toxic, vapors of it producing very violent headache. It reduces bodily temperature, and is thought to act upon the blood, destroying the haemoglobin. NITROBENZENUIM. NITROBENZENE. ForMUL.A . C. H.N.O. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 122.75. SYNoNYMs: Nitrobenzol, Oil of mirbane, etc. (see below). Preparation and History.—This article is prepared (impure) in quantities for the purpose of manufacturing aniline colors, by acting upon benzene with a mixture of nitric and sulphuric acids, at a temperature not exceeding 50° C. (122°F.); or, by decomposing nitrate of sodium in contact with benzene, by means of sulphuric acid. In the former case, the sulphuric acid seems to con- centrate the nitric acid, by abstracting water from it; and, in the latter case, it liberates nitric acid from its combination with sodium. It was discovered by Mitscherlich (1834), and was originally made by slowly adding benzene to warm, fuming nitric acid. An oily liquid separates on cooling, which is washed with water, them with caustic soda, and then distilled from chloride of calcium. Description and Tests.--Nitrobenzene is a yellowish, oily liquid, having the odor of bitter almond oil, and a sweet but burning taste. Its specific gravity is 1.208 at 15° C. (59°F.), and its boiling point is 206° to 207°C. (402.8° to 404.6°F.) (Prof. S. P. Sadtler, Handbook Indust. Org. Chem., 1895, p. 391). It is insoluble in water, but dissolves in all proportions in ether and alcohol. It forms acicu- lar crystals at -3°C. (37.4° F.); dissolves in funning mitric acid and in concen- trated Sulphuric acid, and, upon heating, is then converted into dinitrobenzene (C.H.I.N.O.J.). Nitrobenzene is used in the arts for preparing aniline, and by soap manufac- turers for scenting Soap, under the name, oil or essence of mirbane. It is called artificial oil of bitter almonds, and has been used to adulterate the genuine bitter almond oil. Various methods have been proposed to detect the presence of nitro- benzene in oil of bitter almonds; one of these is as follows: “2 Co. of the sus- pected oil are well shaken with 34 Co. of 45 per cent alcohol. Pure oil of bitter almond will dissolve completely; but nitrobenzol or mirbane oil will gradually subside from the liquid in the course of 24 hours” (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1887, p. 557). Another process is as follows: “Warn with a little sodium hydrate, and add ferrous sulphate to destroy odor of hydrocyanic acid ; an addition of considerable excess of potassium permanganate will now remove the odor of oil of bitter almond by oxidizing this compound to benzoic acid, while the treatment does not affect the nitrobenzol, which can now be easily detected by its odor’ (Dr. K. List, Chem. Złg., 1888, p. 1727; also see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1889, p. 77). Action and Medical Uses.—Nitrobenzol is a very poisonous agent, causing death in very small doses (Letheby, Lond. Pharm. Jour., Sept., 1863), and whether its toxical effects be due to internal or external employment, occasioning vertigo, nervous and muscular prostrations, spasms, convulsions, dilatation of the pupils, dyspnoea, irregular action of the heart, and eventually death; consciousness being retained the most of the time. These symptoms vary in severity and in rapidity of appearance, according to the amount of the dose employed, and are supposed to be owing to the conversion of the nitrobenzol in the system into aniline. The pathological conditions after death are, congestion of the lungs, heart, and brain, 1312 NITROGENII MONOXID UTM. and a dark, tarry appearance of the venous blood. It should never be employed in therapeutics, though it has been advised as a local remedy in the treatment of itch and parasitic cutameows maladies; but even in these affections dangerous symp- toms have followed its employment. The best means to employ in cases of poi- soning by this agent, are stimulants internally, as carbonate of ammonium, etc., and extermally, electro-magnetism, frictions, and baths as hot as can be used with- out impairing the integrity of the skin, together with the application, at the same time, of cold douches to the head and along the vertebral column. NITROGENII MONOXIDUMI.—NITROUS OXIDE. FORMULA: N.O. MoDECULAR WEIGHT : 43.98. SYNoNYM : Laughing gas. Source, History, and Preparation.—Nitrous oxide was discovered by Priest- ley, in 1776. It remained of interest to the experimental chemist only until some time after Davy, in 1800 (Elements of Chemistry, by Lavoisier, 1802, Vol. II), discovered its wonderful action when inhaled. Then it became a curiosity, and under the name of lawghing gas, remained such until a recent period. At present it is in extensive use throughout civilized countries for the purpose of producing temporary insensibility in dental operations. It is best to prepare it from fused nitrate of ammonium. At a certain temperature this substance splits up into water and nitrous oxide gas (NH, NO,-N.O-I-2H,0). If the nitrate of ammonium be free from chloride, no special precautions are necessary further than washing the gas with warm water; but if, as is often the case, the ammonium nitrate is impure, precautions must be taken to separate the impurities. For this purpose the following process is recommended: Into a spacious retort introduce fused nitrate of ammonium to one-third its capacity. Connect it by means of glass tubes, with two consecutive wash bottles. The first bottle should be half filled with solution of sulphate of iron, the second with solution of caustic potash. Connect the latter bottle with the gas bag, or with a pneumatic trough containing warm water. Apply heat to the retort, and, when the temperature approaches 200° C. (392° F.), nitrous oxide gas will be abundantly disengaged. As the reaction progresses the temperature may be cau- tiously increased. The traces of nitric oxide will be retained by the solution of ferrous sulphate, and the free chlorine (if present) by the solution of caustic otash. p Description.—Nitrogen monoxide, or nitrous oxide, is a colorless gas, having a sweet taste and a pleasant odor. Its specific gravity is 1.52 (Colin), 1.6 (Dalton). It is somewhat soluble in cold water, and more so in alcohol. When the gas is compressed by 30 atmospheres, at 0°C. (32°F.), it liquefies to a colorless liquid. Wills has solidified it to a snow-like formation (Jowr. Chem. Soc., 1874). The gas supports combustion, in consequence of its ready decomposition at higher tem- peratures, with liberation of oxygen, which, in reality, is the combining agent. It derived the name laughing gas, from the curious effect it produced upon the sys- tem when mixed with oxygen and inhaled. At present, nitrous oxide gas may be obtained in our cities compressed into cylinders, and ready for use, and for dental purposes it is extensively employed in this form, and the dentist is thus saved the trouble of its preparation. Oxygenous aerated water is a solution of this gas in water, prepared under a 5-atmosphere pressure. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Sir Humphrey Davy (1800) discovered that nitrous oxide possessed anaesthetic properties, and Dr. Horace Wells (1844), of Hartford, Conn., first used it to annul pain during the extraction of teeth. Among anaesthetics it stands remarkable for its quickness and brevity in action, and its comparative safety. The death rate from this agent is estimated at 1 in 100,000. Though seldom fatal, occasionally untoward results follow its administration, among them being convulsions, coma lasting several days, paralysis, hysteria, and albuminuria, though these effects are exceedingly rare. The first effect of the inhalation is a general stimulation of the body with accelerated, strong pulse, quick, shallow breathing, a tingling sensation throughout the system, uncommon mental activity, and a pale countenance. After inhaling the gas for a period less NUX VOMIC.A 1313 than 2 minutes in duration, stertorous breathing ensues, the face becomes cyanotic, and loss of consciousness and sensation follows. If the inhalation be withdrawn before the latter effects are produced, a stage of intoxication is produced. Mus- cular rigidity or twitchings are sometimes observed under this agent, and occa- sionally hysterical manifestations and even erotic actions are observed. The high state of excitement produced, causing the individual to sing, make speeches, or to laugh immoderately, has given to this agent the popular appellative of “laughing gas.” Occasionally one becomes violent under its influence. Its effects are quickly over as soon as the agent is withdrawn. Nitrous oxide is obviously employed only where transient or quick operations are to be performed. It may be safely administered to young or old, and scarcely any condition contraindicates its use. The Operative stage may be known by the loss of sensation when the conjunctiva is touched, and by the stertorous breath- ing. It is best inhaled by a mouth-piece having a valve to permit expiration, the apparatus being connected by tubing to the container, which is generally a rubber bag, or wrought-iron cylinder. The nostrils should be held closed. The chief use to which it has been put is in dentistry to allay the pangs of teeth extraction. Opening of abscesses, operations for cataract, and other operations requiring not more than 20 minutes' time, may be performed under its influence. It has been used to mitigate the sufferings of labor, to relieve neuralgia and other painful affec- tions, but is now seldom employed outside of operative dentistry. NUX VOMICA (U. S. P.)—NUx Vom ICA. “The seed of Strychnos Nua, vomica, Linné”—(U. S. P.). Nat. Ord.—Logamiaceae. CoMMON NAMEs: Nua, vomica, Nua, vomica seed, Quaker buttons, Poison nut (Semen mucis vomicæ). ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 178. Botanical Source,—This is a moderate-sized tree, with a short, pretty thick, often crooked trunk. The branches are irregular, covered with smooth, ash-col- ored bark; the young shoots deep-green and highly polished. The wood is white, hard, close-grained, and bitter. The leaves are opposite, short-stalked, oval, shining, smooth on both sides, 3 to 5-nerved, or rather between that and triple, or quintuple, differ- ing in size from 1% to 4 inches long, and from 1 to 3 broad. The flowers are small, greenish-white, funnel-shaped, in small, ter- minal cymes, with a disagreeable odor. Calyx 5-toothed; corolla also 5-parted. Fila- ments scarcely any, or exceedingly short, in- serted over the bottom of the divisions of the corolla; anthers oblong, half within the tube, and half without. Ovary superior, roundish, 2-celled, with many Ovules in each cell, attached to the thickened center of the partition. Style as long as the tube of the corolla; stigma cap it a te. The fruit is a berry, round, about the size of a large apple, covered with a smooth, hard rind, of a rich-orange color when ripe, and filled with a white, soft, gelatinous pulp. The seeds are 5, nidulant, discoidal, with a central prominence, covered with a fine woolly substance, but whitish and hard like horn internally (L.). History and Description.—The nux vomica tree inhabits India, along the Coromandel coast, Ceylon, and other parts of the East Indies. The wood is exceedingly bitter, especially that of the root, which is said to cure intermittent fevers and bites of venomous snakes. The pulp of the fruit is greedily eaten by various birds. The Lignum colubrinum, or Snake-wood, which is generally referred t’) S3 Strychnos Nux Vomica. 1314 NUX VOMIC A. to the Strychnos colubrina, is also derived from the nux vomica wood. The bark contains a large proportion of brucine and some Strychnine, and is said to be identical with the false angustura bark, which at one time ap- peared on the market. The characteristic seeds are the parts used in medicine, the Bombay variety being considered the best commercial sort. As described by the U. S. P., nux vomica is “about 25 Mm. (1 inch) in diameter, orbicular, grayish or green- ish-gray; soft-hairy, of a silky lustre, with a slight ridge extend. ing from the center of one side to the edge; internally horny, somewhat translucent, very tough, with a large circular cavity, into which the heart-shaped, nerved cotyledons project. It is inodorous and persistently bitter”—(U. S. P.). The seeds are with difficulty reduced to a powder. An efficient method is that of the former Edinburgh Pharmacopoeia, which directs them to be softened well with steam, and them sliced, dried, and ground. By another process the seeds may be dried whole for a few days in a drying oven, and, after breaking them into fragments, dried again by the action of warm air, and lastly powdered. The powder has a fallow-gray color, a bitter taste, and a peculiar odor, similar to that of liquorice. Concentrated sulphuric acid blackens it; nitric acid renders it a deep, orange-yellow color. Hot water and diluted alcohol dissolve the bitter, active ingre- dients; the last solvent acts most emergetically. Ether takes up Seºnos a concrete, oil and some wax. . The aqueous decoction is of a e pale, grayish-yellow color, and intensely bitter, and becomes orange-yellow on the addition of nitric acid, and emerald-green by Sesquioxide of iron, the color disappearing on the addition of hydrochloric acid. Tannic acid, or infusion of nutgalls, produces in the aqueous decoction a copious precipitate. Chemical Composition.—The chief constituents of nux vomica are Strychºmime (see Strychnina) and brucine, both existing in combination with igasuſ ic acid (Pel- letier and Caventou), a tannic principle identical with caffeo-tannic acid (G. Sander, 1897). A crystallizable glucosid (logamin, C.H.O.) was discovered by Dunstan and Short (Pharm. Jour. Trams., 1884, Vol. XIV, p. 1025), in the pulp surrounding the seeds, the dried pulp containing between 4 and 5 per cent. Iogamin was also found in the seeds in small amounts. When gently heated with a few drops of strong sulphuric acid, a handsome red color is developed, changing to purple on standing. When boiled with diluted acids, it splits into glucose and log(tmetim. Loganin is readily dissolved by alcohol or water, but is less soluble in ether, chlo- roform, and benzene. A supposed third alkaloid, 'gasurin (Desmoix, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1854, p. 31), according to Shenstone (ibid., 1881, p. 610) is probably nothing but inpure brucine. The seeds also contain a fatty substance (3 to 4 per cent), yellow coloring matter, nitrogenous matter (11 per cent), gum, sugar, and about 1.5 per cent of ash. The amount of total alkaloids in the seeds, usually contain- ing strychnine and brucine in about equal proportions, has been found to vary from about 2 to 5 per cent. Dunstan and Short (Pharm. Jour. Trams., 1884, Vol. XV, p. 6) found specimens of Ceylon nux vomica especially rich in alkaloids, the latter amounting on an average to 1.7 per cent of Strychnine and 3.2 per cent of bru. cine; the total amount in one instance was 5.34 per cent. BRUCINE (C.H.N.O.--4H.O) was discovered by Pelletier and Caventou in 1819. It exists in the bark and seeds of nux vomica, and in St. Ignatius' bean (see Ignatia). It was obtained by its discoverers from false angustura bark (for- merly thought to be the bark of Brucea antidysenterica, Miller—hence the term bru- cine), but is now obtained as a by-product in the preparation of Strychnine from nux vomica (see Strychnina). Shenstone (loc. cit.) prepared it pure by converting the base (contaminated with small amounts of Strychnine) into the hydriodide, and recrystallizing the latter from alcohol repeatedly. Brucine slowly crystallizes in colorless, transparent, oblique, 4-sided prisms, or by rapid evaporation in pearly scales. . It is odorless, intensely and persistently bitter, slightly efflorescing in the air, and fusible a little above 100° C. (212°F.). When anhydrous, it is soluble in alcohol (1.5 parts), chloroform (7 parts), and glycerin (70 parts), in 850 parts of cold water, and 500 parts of boiling water; the hydrous alkaloid (4H.O) is soluble *... º K. * • * ~ Sº Sºº Č% §§ º 3% º *s § : * ºr §§Nº. & º's º §§§ S.*. sº tº : *. FUX WOMICA. 1315 in 320 parts of cold and 150 parts of hot water and in aqua ammoniae; sparingly soluble in fixed and volatile oils, and insoluble in ether. Brucine forms crystal- lizable salts with acids. In chlorine water brucine entirely dissolves, assuming a rose color, which ammonia converts to a dirty yellow. Nitric acid dissolves it, also with decomposition, forming a deep rose-scarlet or blood-red color, which, on warming, becomes yellow ; if stamnous chloride is now added a purple-violet color and precipitate is formed. This behavior toward stannous chloride distinguishes brucine from morphine. Strychnine can be quantitatively separated from bru- cine by Gerock’s process, which consists in converting the mixture of Strychnine and brucine into picrates, and warming with nitric acid of specific gravity 1.056, which destroys the picrate of brucine only. Brucine may likewise be destroyed in its mixture with strychnine by merely warming it for half an hour with nitric acid of the strength mentioned (see J. B. Nagelvoort-Flückiger, Reactions, Detroit, 1893, p. 137; and Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc., 1893, p. 165). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Nux vomica is an emergetic poison, exerting its influence chiefly upon the cerebro-spinal system; it affects the spinal cord principally, because the division of this cord does not prevent its poisonous influence, and, again, because when the cord is destroyed by the introduction of a piece of whalebone into the spinal canal, the convulsions immediately cease. In poisonous doses, nux vomica produces violent tetanic convulsions, without impairing the functions of the brain, with asphyxia and death. When given in doses sufficiently large to influence the system, a sensation of debility and heavi- mess is experienced, the spirits become depressed, the limbs tremble, and a slight rigidity or stiffness comes on when it is attempted to move. Frequently, the person can not stand erect; he staggers, and if at this time he be suddenly tapped on the ham while standing, a slight convulsive attack will often ensue, with an inability to stand. In the most severe paroxysms caused by this medicine, the patient retains his mental faculties, and the slightest motion, noise, or even a breath of wind passing over him, will excite convulsions anew, every time these occur. Sometimes, even with small doses, there will be sudden starts resembling shocks of electricity, which will be more or less severe, occasioning him to jerk the muscles acted on in this manner. It frequently occasions priapism. Of course, these symptoms vary with different persons, in proportion to their sus- ceptibility to the influence of the medicine, and to the quantity swallowed. The usual effects of nux vomica are about as follows: in poisonous doses, stiff. mess, weariness, pain or rending in the limbs, violent tetanic convulsions, with short intervals of repose, acute sensibility, dreadful alarm, and finally death; in small doses, twitching of the muscles, restlessness, anxiety, and increase of urine, perspiration, etc.; when the doses are rather large, there will be more active spasm of the muscles, a tendency to lockjaw, with the preceding symptoms more or less severe. Heat in the epigastric region, constriction of the throat, headache, dizziness, and impairment of vision with closely contracted pupils, are often caused by small doses; and more especially with the corpulent and apoplectic, there will be painful sensations in the skin compared to an electric shock, or to the creeping of insects over the surface, with more or less perspiration, slight involuntary spasms of the muscles, and a very disagreeable, dreamy or vague con- dition of the brain. The pulse may or may not be increased in frequency. Chlo- roform is beneficial in poisoning by nux vomica. (For other effects, and treatment of poisoning by mux womica and strychnine, see also Strychninae Sulphas.) In medicinal doses, mux vomica is tonic, and increases the action of the various excretory organs; it should always be given, as well as its alkaloids, in doses to fall short of any immediate sensible effects upon the system. The key- note to its use is atomy. It was formerly employed in cases where there is a want of nervous energy, as in the treatment of paralysis, especially when this has been of some standing, and not occasioned by hemorrhage in the nervous centers, or inflammatory conditions of them. Strychnine is now generally used in its stead. It must not be used in recent cases, or while reaction prevails, or when signs exist either of local irritation in the brain or spinal cord, or of determination of blood toward the head.. Congestion or inflammation must always be removed before employing it. It is said to be more beneficial in general paralysis and para- plegia than in hemiplegia, and also in local paralyses, as of the bladder, in amaurosis, - 1316 NUX WOMICA, | *mpotence, spermatorrhoea, tremor of the muscles produced by habitual intoxication, etc. It has also been beneficially employed in newſralgia, chorea, prolapsus of the Tectum, borborygmi of females, colica pictonwm, etc. A small quantity added to cathar- tics frequently increases their energy. Rheumatism, hysteria, mania, and worms have been successfully treated by the use of this agent. As a remedy for atomy of the gastro-intestimal tract, few agents equal, and none exceed nux vomica in value. The condition must not be one of irritation or inflammation, though it may be one of irritability due to atomy. Often there is an enfeebled spinal innervation. The tongue is pallid and expressionless, there is nausea, or vomiting, a yellow or sallow circle is about the mouth, and there is evidence of a disordered liver. There may be a yellow, pasty coating upon the tongue, yellowness of the conjunctiva, pain or fullness in the hepatic region, pain in shoulder, and colicky pains pointing to the umbilicus. With any or all of these symptoms it becomes a remedy of first importance, both for the ailments of adults and children. When nausea is due to irritating material in the stomach, mux will not be apt to relieve, but if due to simple atomy, it is a posi- tive agent. Used as above indicated, it is very valuable in cholera infantum, cholera morbus, Asiatic cholera, constipation, chronic dysentery, diarrhoea of atomy, mervous debility of the stomach, the gastric irritability of the dipsomaniac (with good food and capsi- cum), and in chronic mom-inflammatory infantile diarrhoea. It is especially used in obstimate and habitual constipation due to atomy. A drop of nux vomica should be taken in a glass of cold water upon rising in the morning, and a regular habit of going to stool be encouraged. Nux relieves constipation due to spasmodic con- ditions of the bowels, and to some extent, that arising from the effects of lead. Nux is a remedy for heartburn, flatulent colic, colic of atomy in infants, in all of which the pain centers near the umbilicus. It relieves the vomiting of pregnancy, of hys- teria, and of phthisis pulmonalis. In chronic dyspepsia of an atonic character, or associated with dilatation, or flatulent distension, it is one of our best remedies. Drop doses are of great benefit in the dyspepsia of inebriates. Though usually con- traindicated by congestion, it is nevertheless a remedy for hepatic and splenic conges- tion, or other parts supplied by the coeliac axis. It stimulates the sluggish portal circulation and thereby relieves the congestion dependent thereon. It is the remedy for “biliousness,” for hepatic colic, when not due to calculi, and for chronic jawmdice due to atomy. In Stomach and liver disorders requiring nux, there is always a feeble and slug- gish circulation, and enfeebled spinal and sympathetic innervation. These condi- tions are overcome by nux vomica more quickly than by any other agent. Nux vomica is more largely used in disorders of the gastro-hepatic tract than strych- nine, while Strychnine is generally preferred in nervous, sexual, and bladder dis- orders. Nux vomica frequently acts as a sedative and antiperiodic. This it does when the conditions above referred to are present. Thus it has proved exceed- ingly useful when nerve force was low, as in typhoid fever, and in asthmatic seizures, in both of which there was impaired spinal innervation and difficulty in breath- ing. It is adapted to cases where the patient awakens suddenly from sleep, with a sense of Suffocation; where breathing seems to depend largely on the will power. Here strychnine is valuable. When respiration flags in pneumonia, nux or strychnine is demanded. Nux and strychnine are of great value in the wrinal incontinence of children, when not due to irritation, and the same in the aged when due to a relaxed or paralyzed sphincter with feeble circulation. It is also a remedy for paralytic ) retention of wrine. It is often of value in catarrh of the bladder. It is a remedy for wterime inertia, and is said to lessen the liability to post partum hemorrhage. Nux has long been used in Sexual atomy, as a remedy for impotence, spermatorrhaea, Seawal frigidity in the female, etc. In a memorrhaea it serves well with iron if there is weak- ness, constipation, anemia, and torpor. When in dysmemorrhaea, the discharges are premature and associated with cramps and chilliness, or in menstrual colic with sharp, cramp-like pain and marked atomy, nux vomica is the remedy to be used. Small doses benefit leucorrhaea with a heavy, yellow discharge, and great torpor of the system. f Nux vomica has been praised in amblyopia when due to excessive use of tobacco or alcoholics, in mervous affections of the lids, and in muscular asthenopia NUX VOMICA. 1317 (Foltz). Where atomy of the general system contributes toward the aggravation of eye and ear disorders, nux should be administered. It often aids in the cure of conjunctivitis and phlyctenular keratitis. It is of some value in choroïditis. In purulent otitis media with general lack of tone, mux is the best remedy (Foltz). Nux vomica and its alkaloids should always be given with great care, the physician closely observing its effects. The dose of powdered nux vomica is from # grain to 5 grains, three or four times a day, and gradually increased to 10, or until a slight influence is observed as indicated. Specific nux vomica, tincture, or alcoholic extract, are the best forms of administration. The extract may be given in doses of from 45 to ºr of a grain as astonic; and in paralytic affections from # grain to 2 grains in the form of a pill, and, as with the powder, gradually increased. The saturated tincture may be given in doses of from 5 to 30 drops, likewise gradually increased. For specific uses, the usual prescription is: B. Spe- cific nux vomica, gtt. V to xv.; aqua, fláiv. Mix. Sig. One teaspoonful every 1 to 3 hours, as indicated. (For further consideration, see Strychninae Sulphas.) Specific Indications and Uses.—Atomic states; tongue pallid and expres- sionless, uncoated, or coated with a pasty-yellowish coat; yellowness of the con- junctiva; yellow or sallow countenance, and yellowish or sallow line around the mouth ; fullness and dull pain in the right hypochondrium ; pain in shoulder, colicky pains pointing to the umbilicus; menstrual colic; constipation ; diar- rhoea of atomy; functional forms of paralysis. Related Species.—Strychnos malaccensis, Bentham (Strychnos Gaultheriana, Pierre), Hoàng- Nām, Tropical bindweed. A climber of Malacca and neighboring isles, also of China. Its bark con- tains brucine and Strychºmime, the former preponderating. The drug closely resembles the latter alkaloid in action, producing in the inferior animals violent tetanic convulsions. In doses of 3 grains of the powdered bark, it has been employed in cases in which nux vomica is applicable. Strychnos colubrina, Linné, yields true ligmum colubrinum, often substituted in India for nux vomica branches. It contains strychnine and brucine. Strychnos potatorwm, Linné, Clearing muts, Indian gum muts, Chilbinz.-India. The seeds of this species are subglobular, and of a brown-gray color. They are insipid in taste, and do not contain any alkaloid (Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc., 1893, p. 865), but an abundance of an albumin- ous body upon the presence of which their properties most likely depend. They are used in India to clear muddy water, and as an emetic, and in dysenteric disorders. Strychnos Tieute, Leschenault.—A climbing plant of Java. A decoction of the root-bark, mixed with Onions, garlic, pepper, and other substances, constitutes the arrow poison wbas tiewte. Strychnine (about 1.5 per cent) and very little brucine are the toxic principles contained in it. The seeds are lighter in color, and smaller than those of nux vomica. The seeds and the leaves, according to Boorsma, also contain 1.4 per cent of strychnine. Akazga, Ikaja, M'Boundow, Quai, Ikaju, Icaja, Bowmdow. — According to Pecholier and Saint-Pierre, of France, this is believed to be a shrub of the family of Apocynaceae, which, as with some other plants of the same family (Nerium Oleander, Inée, etc.), is used in the prepara- tion of a violent arrow poison. More recently, however, it was ascertained to be a Strychnos species, and the poison is now accepted to be derived from Strychnos Icaja, Baillon (1879). The root-bark is employed. It is intensely bitter, and feebly aromatic, and contains, according to Prof. T. R. Fraser, of Edinburgh, a crystallizable alkaloid which he has named akazgine. Heckel and Schlagdenhauffen, in 1881, established the absence of brucine and the presence of strych- nine, in Icaja poison. This is confirmed by the more recent researches of Gautret and Lautier (Jour. Pharm. Chim., 1896, p. 418), who also found that the active principle is chiefly contained in the bark of the root, and is also found in much smaller quantity in the leaves and the stems. According to Pecholier and Saint-Pierre, the bark of this shrub (Strychnos Icaja) is em- ployed in infusion among the Africans on the Gabon as an ordeal liquid under the name of M'Boundow. The bark is macerated and the infusion given to the accused to drink, followed by certain proceedings; and if the accused can successfully pass the ordeal, he is deemed inno- cent of the charge against him. Its effect is to determine tetanic convulsions, with rapid death. Sometimes profuse urination occurs, and the person gradually returns to health and life. From experiments on frogs, a dog, and rabbits, these gentlemen have concluded that the boundou contains a poisonous principle, soluble in water and in alcohol, which exerts an action upon the sensitive nervous system analogous to that caused by nux vomica. Adminis- istered by the stomach, or used endermically, this poison increases the number of inspirations and cardiac pulsations, succeeded by a great diminution of these movements; at the same time it causes an exaggeration of sensibility, followed by tetanic convulsions, and, finally, insensibility, paralysis, and death. Its action on the motor nervous system is only secondary, and it does not affect the contractility of the muscular system. It is not a poison to the heart, which, on the contrary, continues to pulsate for a long time after death (Montpelicº Medical). IPOH.—At one time believed to be derived from Terris elliptica or Tuba root. The arrow- poison of the Malays and fish poison of Java. Its active constituent, an acid resin, dervid, is reputed intensely poisonous, gold-fish being stupefied by Fºwing part, death following in 30 minutes. Recently (1892), Ipoh has been ascertained to be identical with Upas antiar, from 1318 NYMPHAEA. Antiaris towicaria (see Wray, Pharm. Jour. Trans., 1892, p. 613). The pygmies of Central Africa use an arrow-poison containing both Strychnime and erythrophloeine (also see Arrow-poisons under Strophanthus). * Hedwigia balsamifera.—Habitat, the Antilles. Contains a resin and an alkaloid. The extract from root and stems acts powerfully upon the nervous system. The alkaloid acts upon the spinal cord, inducing convulsions; the resin is a paralyzer. Hyamanche globosa (Tovicodendron capense).-South Africa. , Contains a powerfully poison- ous, bitter, neutral principle hyamanchine, acting much like strychnine, except that it markedly ſº ºrum. the convulsions being of centric origin (see Engelhardt, Jahresb. der Pharm., 2, p. 55). NYMIPHAEA.—WATER LILY. d The rhizome of Nymphºea odorata (Dryander), Aiton (Castalia odorata, Dry- ander). Nat. Ord.—Nymphaeaceae. COMMON NAMEs: Water lily, Pond-lily, White pond-lily, Sweet-scented water lily, Water nymph, Water cabbage. Botanical Source.—White pond-lily has a blackish, large, fleshy, perennial rhizome, growing in mud, where the water is from 3 to 10 feet in depth. It is often as thick as a man’s arm, sending up leaves and flowers to the surface. The petioles are long, somewhat semi-circular, perforated throughout by long tubes or air-vessels which serve to float them. The leaves are floating, orbicular, some- times almost kidney-shaped, peltate, cordate- cleft at the base quite to the insertion of the petiole, lobes on each side prolonged into an acute point, entire, reddish, with prominent veins beneath, dark shining-green above, 5 or 6 inches in diameter. The flowers are large, white or rose-colored, beautiful, and fragrant. Sepals 4, lanceolate, green without, white within. Petals numerous, lanceolate, 1 to 2% inches long, of the most delicate texture, white, sometimes tinged with purple on the outside. Stamens numerous and yellow, in several rows; filaments dilated gradually from the inner to the outer Series so as to pass insensibly into petals. Anthers in 2 longitudinal cells growing to the filaments, and opening inwardly. Stigma with 12 to 24 rays, very much resembling abortive anthers, at first - incurved, afterward spreading. The pericarp is º- º berry-like, many-celled, and many-seeded (L.- Nymphaea odorata. W.—G.). */ History and Chemical Composition,--This plant grows in ponds, marshes, and sluggish streams, in most parts of the United States, flowering from June to September; the flowers shut at night and open about sunrise, and the seeds ripen under water. It is one of the most beautiful of flowers, and commands a ready sale among flower-lovers. The root is the medicinal part, and becomes light, spongy, and friable on drying. It has an astringent and mucilaginous, bitter taste, and readily imparts its virtues to water. The root should be collected in the fall, freed from dirt, cut into slices and carefully dried. Nymphaea is said to contain tannic and gallic acids, with starch, mucilage, resin, sugar, tartaric acid, etc. It probably contains several non-toxic alkaloids (see Related Species). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—The root is astringent, demulcent, ano- dyne, and antiscrofulous. Used in dysentery, diarrhoea, gomorrhoea, leucorrhaea, and scrofula, and combined with wild cherry in bronchial affections. Externally, the leaves and roots have been used in form of poultice to boils, twmors, scrofulous ulcers, and inflamed skin. In infusion, used as a gargle in wicers of mouth and throat, and as an injection in leucorrhaea. I recollect a lady, who, several years since, was pro- nounced by several physicians to have uterine cancer, which resisted all their treat- ment; she was permanently cured by a squaw, who gave her to drink freely of the Fig. 178. E-Z OENOTHERA. 1319 decoction of a root, which proved to be that of the white pond-lily, as well as to inject it in the vagina (J. King). It should be especially experimented with for Its alterative effects and its influence on mucous tissues. A tincture may be pre- pared from the root (3 viii), and alcohol, 76 per cent (Oj), the dose of which ranges from 1 to 10 drops. The dose of the powdered root is ; drachm in milk or sweet- ened water; but one of its best forms of administration is the infusion made by macerating for 30 minutes 1 ounce of the eoarsely powdered root in a pint of boil- ing water, of which from 2 to 4 fluid ounces may be given 3 or 4 times a day. Related Species.—Nuphar advena (R. Brown), Aiton (Nymphaea advena, Solander). The Yellow pond-lily, called also Spatterdock, Frog-lily, Cow-lily, etc., possesses similar properties, and may be used as a substitute for the preceding. . It has a large and extensively creeping rhi- zome, with large, erect leaves, or floating on half-cylindrical petioles, oval, rounded at apex, with rounded, diverging lobes at base, dark shining green above, and when floating, pale and slimy beneath. Flowers rather large, globular, erect, yellow, on a thick rigid stalk. Sepals 6, the 3 outer yellow inside, the 3 inner entirely yellow. Petals numerous, small, yellow, fur- rowed externally, inserted with the stamens on the torus. Stamens numerous, truncated, linear. Stigma sessile, discoid, with prominent rays. Fruit an ovoid, naked pericarp, many- celled, many-seeded. It is a very common plant in ponds, ditches, muddy lakes, and mostly in shallow water (W.—G.). Nymphaea alba, Linné, European water lily.—The flowers of this species are official in the French Codex as Nénuphar blanc. Dragendorff (1879), and W. Grüning (Archiv der Pharm., 1882, p. 604) found in the rhizome an amorphous alkaloid probably closely related to, but not identical with, nupharin. The rhizome, according to Grüning, also contains several tannic principles, viz., ether-soluble tanmo-nymphaein (C56H52O86), nymphaeo-phlobapheme (C56H4SO36), and nymphaea-tannic acid proper (C56H58O38). (See Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1883, p. 96.) This drug was formerly employed as an aphrodisiac. Nuphar luteum, of Smith, contains a non-toxic alkaloid, mupharine, a white, amorphous body, soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, acetone, amylic alcohol, and diluted acids. The seeds contain a tannin, nuphar-tannic acid (C56H36037), associated with muphar-phlobapheme (C56H50035) (Grüning, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1883, p. 96). This agent has been employed in sper- ºnatorrhoea, and to arrest nocturnal emissions, as well as to give tone and increased power to the Sexual organs. Its best effects are probably obtained in digestive disorders with morning diar- rhoea, and in chronic diarrhoea. Dr. Zell Baldwin praises the fluid extract of Nuphar luteum, employed full strength locally, as a valuable agent in many chronic forms of uterine disease (Ec. Annual of Med. and Surg.). The dose, of a strong tincture of the fresh root, is a fraction of a drop every 3 or 4 hours. OENOTHERA.—EVENING PRIMROSE. The root, bark, leaves, and twigs of OEmothera biennis, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Onagraceae. COMMON NAMES : Evening primrose, Tree primrose. Botanical Source.—This is an indigenous, biennial plant, with an erect, rough, hirsute, and branching stem, from 2 to 5 feet high. The leaves are ovate- lanceolate, alternate, acute, obscurely toothed, roughly pubes- Fig. 179 cent, 3 to 6 inches long, # to 1% inches broad, those on the © a ºwe stem sessile, the radicles tapering into a petiole. The flow- %2 \. ers are numerous, pale-yellow, Sessile, odorous, in a terminal, a }\ | |Aſſº somewhat leafy spike; they are nocturnal, open but once by ºº night, and continue only a single day. The calyx tube is §9WNY) jºš 2 or 3 times longer than the ovary, deciduous, 4-lobed, and \; /** | reflexed. Petals 4, equal, obcordate, or obovate, inserted into the top of the tube. Stamens 8, a little shorter than the petals. Anthers mostly linear. Capsule oblong, somewhat tapering above, 3-celled, and 4-valved. Seeds numerous, naked, and in 2 rows in each cell (G.—W.). History.—Tree primrose grows throughout the country in fields and waste places, flowering in July and August. There are several varieties of it, as CE. muricata, CE. grandiflora, (E. parviflora, CE. cruciata, and CE. canescens. When growing in retired, isolated places, a white substance appears on the leaves, rendering them apparently very downy. By cultivating the plant, its flowers improve, growing much larger, and acquiring a darker hue. Each flower opens at the dusk of eve- ning, and does not close till about 9 or 10 o'clock the next morning, after which CEnothera biennis. 1320 OLEA. they do not open again. Pursh remarks that he has “frequently observed a sin- gularity in this plant, and it might be interesting to make further inquiry into its cause; it is that in a dark night, when no objects can be distinguished at an inconsiderable distance, this plant, when in full flower, can be seen at a great dis- tance, having a bright white appearance, which probably may arise from some phosphoric properties of the flowers.” The bark, leaves, and twigs are the parts used. Their taste is very viscid, with a subsequent slight acrimony, which last is diminished by desiccation. Water takes up the properties of the plant. Chemical Composition.—The stem of this plant contains tannin (Braconnot). Mucilage is abundant. The aenotherin of Chicoisneau (1834) is composed of several substances, and has not been well studied. The alcoholic extract of CE biennis sometimes deposits crystals of potassium nitrate (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1884, p. 365). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—An ointment made by boiling the twigs, leaves, and bark, in lard or tallow—or a strong decoction of these—has been found very efficient in curing tetter, milk-scall, and other cutaneous affections of infants. Collect the material when the plant is in flower. In formentation, or when recent, the bruised leaves form an excellent application to ulcers. Inter- nally, Cenothera has been used for a number of purposes, and its specific field of action seems none too well established. It has, however, been accorded a place in the treatment of gastro-intestimal disorders of a functional character. Dr. Scud- der points out as the indications for it, a sallow, dirty skin, with full and expres- sionless tissues, an expressionless face, an unnatural and large tongue, having the sallow, dirty hue of the skin, and the patient's mentality is of a gloomy and de- spondent character. Under these conditions he has employed it with success in dyspepsia, hepatic torpor, splenic and mesenteric glandular enlargements, and in female disorders, with torpor and pelvic fullness. The dyspepsia met by it is that form associated with vomiting, distressing sensations after taking food, restlessness at night, and frequent desire to pass urine. When cholera infantum and watery diar- Thaas assume a choleraic form, it has been asserted to act well, as it does in dysen- tery, with marked tenesmus and bloody stools. The intestimal irritation and con- sequent liability to destructive inflammation of Peyer's patches, in enteric fever, is said to be lessened by the timely administration of oenothera (Webster). It relieves difficult respiration and chromic asthma, with gastric complication. The dose of the fluid extract ranges from 5 to 30 drops; of a strong tincture of the recent plant (98 per cent alcohol), from 1 to 15 drops. Specific Indications and Uses.—Sallow, dirty skin, tissues full and expres- sionless, tongue unnatural in size and color, being large and of the dirty color of the skin, face dull and apathetic; dyspepsia, with vomiting of food, and gastric distress, with desire to urinate frequently; choleraic and dysenteric discharges; nocturnal restlessness; innervation feeble; patient gloomy and despondent; atomic reproductive wrongs of the female, with pelvic fullness. OLEA.—OILS. The term Oil applies to a number of unctuous bodies not miscible with water, from both the vegetable and animal kingdoms, which are fluid at ordinary or slightly elevated temperature. When placed upon paper they render it translu- cent, or impart to it a greasy stain. Oils may be conveniently divided, with reference to their volatility, into two great classes: Fived or fatty oils and fats, to which also belong the waves (see Cera), and volatile or essential oils. Intermediate between the two, although chemically unlike either, stand the mineral oils and mineral waſtes, or paraffins (see Petrolatum). Olea Fixa.-FIxED or FATTY OILs (Olea pinguia). Fixed oils derive their name from not being volatilized by the vapors of boiling water. The difference between fatty oils and fats is merely one of consistency, the former being liquid, the latter solid or semisolid at ordinary temperatures. In the vegetable kingdom, fixed oils are mostly derived from the seeds of dicotyledonous plants, although monocotyledonous plants, such as the palm trees, furnish several of the techni- cally important fixed oils. The oil often constitutes a large proportion of the seeds, e.g., not less than 25 per cent in linseed, 50 per cent in walnuts, about as OLEA. 1321 much in almonds, as against about 2 per cent in cereals. It is obtained from the crushed oil-bearing material, either by Cold or warm pressure, in hydraulic presses, or by extracting with such solvents as carbon disulphide, or by boiling the crushed material with water, whereby the oil floats on top and may be con- veniently collected. The residual press-cakes, obtained in the first process (oil cakes), are valuable feed material for cattle, since they contain much nitrogenous and fatty matter (see table in Prof. S. P. Sadtler's Handbook of Indust. Org. Chem., 2d ed., 1895, p. 70). The oils and fats derived from the animal kingdom, are obtained from vari- ous organs of the animal; thus, bone-oil from bones, by boiling with water, or extraction with solvents; meat's-foot oil from the feet of oxen by boiling with water; cod-liver oil and shark oil, from the respective livers, by spontaneous exudation and gentle expression ; tallow and lard from the internal abdominal fat of sheep and hogs (see Sevum and Adeps), etc. The crude oils and fats as obtained in the manner alluded to, are mostly of a yellow, brown or even black color, and frequently require more or less purification. This is often effected by mechanical treatment, such as filtration with or without charcoal, etc., but more frequently, by chemical processes, especially treatment with 1 or 2 per cent of strong sulphuric acid (applicable, for example, to linseed oil), or with zinc chlo- ride, or alkalies, tanning materials and oxidizers, such as potassium bichromate, hydrogen peroxide, etc. The fatty oils of marine animals, and those from most vegetable sources, are fluid at ordinary temperature ; palm oil, cacao-butter, nutmeg butter, cocoanut oil, and others, are semisolid like butter. When exposed to cold, fixed oils solidify at temperatures varying with the oil. Fatty oils are insoluble in water, rendering that fluid milky when agitated with it, but the oil finally rises upon the surface; if a mucilaginous substance, or alkaline carbonate be added, the oil is prevented from rising, and a permanent milky mixture called an emulsion is formed. With the exception of castor oil and croton oil, fatty oils are nearly insoluble in cold alcohol. They dissolve readily, however, in ether, carbon disul- phide, chloroform, benzol, petroleum benzin, amyl alcohol, acetone, and oil of turpentine, and freely mix with one another, as well as with resins and volatile oils. They are all lighter than water, their specific gravities ranging from 0.879 to 0.968. Fatty oils are not volatile as such, but can be heated to boiling (at about 315°C., or 600°F.) whereby decomposition takes place, acrid fumes of acro- lein (see Glycerin) being evolved, together with carbonic acid gas, some volatile organic acids and inflammable hydrocarbons. Upon condensing the vapors, an empyreumatic oil is obtained. When in the state of vapor, fixed oils take fire upon the approach of an ignited body; the products of combustion are water and carbonic acid gas. As to their chemical nature, most fatty oils are mixtures of salts of the triva- lent alcohol glycerin (C, H,LOH].), with the saturated palmitic (Cls H.O.) and stearic acids (Cls H, O,), both higher homologues of acetic acid, of the general formula CnH, O, and the unsaturated oleic acid (CsII, O.), which represents the series CnH, -,0,. The salts are called glycerim esters, or glycerides, and are known re- spectively as palmitin, Stearin, and olein. The former two are solid and preponder- ate in solid fats—e.g., lard—while olein is liquid and predominates in liquid fats —e.g., olive oil and almond oil. The solid and liquid constituents of a fatty oil are frequently separated by subjecting the oil to hydraulic pressure at about the temperature of melting ice. Olive oil, for example, is differentiated into a purified olive oil and solid olive oil stearin, lard into lard oil and lard stearim, sperm oil (from the head of Physeter macrocephalus) into purified sperm oil and solid sper- maceti (see Cetaccwm), etc. In some fats—e.g., butter—part of the fatty acid is replaced by lower fatty acids—e.g., butyric, or in porpoise oil, by valerianic acid— both occurring as glycerin esters, butyrin, valerim, respectively (see also Glycerin and Adeps). In drying oils (see below), oleic acid is in part replaced by the still more unsaturated linoleic acid (CºPI, O, of the type CAH, -0), the chief con- stituent of linseed oil, which is the type of drying oils. The waxes have an analo- gous, yet different composition (see Cera and Cetaceum). The presence of certain albuminous matters in fatty oils, and other causes as well, often induce the lib- eration of free fatty acid, especially the ill-smelling lower volatile acids. Thus 1322 OLEA. butyric acid is formed in old butter, causing what is known as rancidity. Qlive oil, palm oil, etc., are also liable to become rancid with age. Oils which have a tend- ency to liberate free fatty acids are undesirable for lubricating purposes. Neat's- foot oil hardly possesses this tendency. Mineral oils (see Petrolatum) are now fre- Quently employed as lubricants, owing to their indifferent chemical nature. When fatty oils and fats are treated with caustic alkalies, they are decomposed (saponified) into glycerin and the alkali salts of the fatty acids that were combined with glycerin. These alkali salts are called soaps, and the process is that of Saponi- fication. Analogous decomposition may also be effected by means of caustic lime, or oxides of heavy metals (see Emplastrum Plumbi), or by superheated steam (see Glycerinwm, and Sapo). For analytical purposes, this reaction is likewise of great importance. Since each ester requires a definite amount of caustic potash solu- tion for saponification, values expressing the number of grammes of the fat or oil which are saponifiable by one gramme-equivalent of the caustic alkali employed, have been obtained for all fatty oils and waxes (Koettstorfer's Saponification Equiva- lent). The values obtained present some striking differences in various classes of oils, and may serve as useful guides in the detection of adulterations by certain oils. Thus, paraffin oils, on account of being hydrocarbons, are unaffected by caustic alkali, and, if mixed with fatty oils, will raise the saponification equiva- lent of the latter upon saponification of the oil. Washing out the soap with water will allow of the recovery of the admixed paraffin oil (see table and comment, by A. H. Allen, Commercial Organic Analysis, Vol. II, Part I, 3d ed., Philadelphia, 1899, pp. 53–58, and p. 111). An additional important analytical method is based upon the absorption of bromine (Mills) or iodine (Hübl) by the different oils when they are in contact with solutions of these elements. Oils in which the glycerides of Saturated acids (carbon atoms united by single bonds) dominate, as, for example, cocoanut oil, absorb much smaller quantities of halogens than those oils containing a highly unsaturated fatty acid (with two pairs of carbon atoms united by double bonds)—e.g., the glyceride of linoleic acid, th9 chief constituent of limseed oil. (For details, see A. H. Allen, loc. cit., pp. 62–66; and S. P. Sadtler, loc. cit. 2d ed., 1895, pp. 78 and 79.) Parallel with their capacity for absorbing halogens, runs the well-known Quality of fatty oils to absorb oxygen by prolonged exposure to the air, and to become more or less dry and solid. Accordingly, fatty oils are differentiated into drying oils and non-drying oils. The type of drying oils is linseed oil, and of the non-drying, olive oil (see enumeration of both classes of oils in the table sub- joined). J Drying oils are also characterized by not yielding solid elaidin when treated with nitrous acid in form of gas or in solution, while non-drying oils by virtue of their olein contents, when treated with nitrous acid gradually become a hard mass of elaidin, an isomer of olein (compare Acidum, Oleicum). (For a special description of the more important oils, see the authorities quoted; the pharmacopoeial oils are described under their respective headings.) The following general classification of the fatty oils and waxes is adapted from A. H. Allen (Commercial Organic Analysis, 3d ed., Philadelphia, 1899, Vol. II, Part I, p. 88; and S. P. Sadtler, Handbook of Indust. Org. Chem, 2d ed., 1895, p. 51): Classification of Fatty Oils and Waxes.—I. OLIVE-oil, GROUP. Vegetable oleins, Vegetable mon-drying oils. Lighter than Groups III, IV, and V. Specific gravity, 0.914 to 0.920. Yields solid elaidins with nitrous acid. Moderate Saponification equivalents and iodine absorptions. Includes olive, almond, peach, and earthnut oils. II. RAPE-oil, GROUP.—All oils from Cruciferae. Less perfectly non-drying oils. Yield pasty elaidins; have higher iodine absorptions and high Saponification equivalents. Includes oils of rape-seed (colza), cabbage seed, black and white mustard. III. Cotton-SEED OIL GROUP.—Specific gravity, 0.920 to 0.926. Intermediate between drying and non-drying oils. Undergo more or less drying on exposure. Yield little or no elaidin. Includes oils of cotton-seed, grape-seed, maize, sesame, sunflower, hazelnut, and beech nut. IV. LINSEED-OIL GROUP.—Drying oils. Specific gravity, 0.924 to 0.937. Yield no elaidin. Less viscous than the preceding groups. Includes oils of linseed, hemp-seed, poppy seed, tobacco seed, niger seed, Scotch fir-seed, and walnut. CASTOR-ori, GROUP.—Medicinal oils. Very viscous and of high specific gravity (0.937 to 0.985). Includes castor and croton oils, both distinguished by their solubility in alcohol and glacial acetic acid. OLEA. 1323 VI. PALM-OIL GROUP.—Solid vegetable fats. Do not contain notable quantities of esters of lower fatty acids. Includes palm-oil, cacao butter, nutmeg butter, bayberry tallow, and shea or galam butter. t VII. CoCoANUT-OIL GROUP.—Solid vegetable fats, of high Specific gravity and low saponi- fication equivalents. Members of sub-group A (cocoanut, palm-kernel, laurel, and macassar oils) contain notable proportions of esters of lower fatty acids, distilling over in a current of steam. Sub-group B are wax-like and of peculiar composition. (Japan Wax, myrtle Wax.) VIII. LARD-OIL GROUP. —Animal oleins. Do not dry notably on exposure, and give solid elaidins with nitrous acid. Not turned brown by boiling with caustic alkalies (difference from marine animal oils). Includes neat's-foot oil, bone oil, lard Oil, and tallow oil. IX. TALLow GROUP.—Solid animal fats. Predominantly glycerides of palmitic and stearic acids, although butter contains glycerides of lower acids, notably butyric acid. Includes tallow (suet), lard, hone fat, wool fat (suint), butter fat, Oleomargarine, and manufactured Stearin. Y. WILALE-OIL GROUP.—Marine animal oils. Offensive fishy Odor, especially on warming: Reddish-brown color upon warming with caustic alkali. Dries more or less upon exposure, * sº but little elaidin. Includes whale, porpoise, Seal, menhaden, cod-liver, and shark- IV el' OllS. XI. SPERM-oil, GROUP.—Liquid waxes. Are not glycerides, but are esters of higher mon- atomic alcohols of the methane series. Yield solid elaidins. Includes Sperm oil, bottle-nose oil (doegling oil), and dolphin oil. SPERMACETI GROUP.—Waves proper. Are esters (organic Salts) of higher monatomic alcohols with higher fatty acids in free state. Includes spermaceti, beeswax, Chinese wax, and carnauba wax. In the early days of Eclecticism a few plant preparations in which the natu- ral oil of the drug was intimately associated with other proximate constituents, were introduced under the name oil, and as such are still employed. Among these may be named oil of stillingia, oil of capsicum, and oil of lobelia. These preparations are made by exhausting the thoroughly dried drug (stillingia root, capsicum, and lobelia seed) with official alcohol, and then distilling the alcohol until the residue is syrupy. This product in each case is a mixture that carries the therapeutical qualities of the drug in a marked degree of concentration, but consists largely of foreign substances. The “oil of stillingia” is prone to gelatinize, but the others keep fairly well. (Compare Oleo resinae.) Olea Volatilia.-VoIATILE OILs (Essential oils). Volatile oils (essential oils) are aromatic liquids of vegetable origin, practically insoluble, or but slightly soluble in water, and capable of being distilled with more or less facility in the vapors of boiling water, even though their own boiling points lie considerably higher. Like fatty oils, they render paper translucent, but the oily stain pro- duced gradually disappears upon exposure. With one exception (Oil of Aspidium) essential oils have been obtained from phanerogamous plants only, in which, as a rule, they occur ready-formed. Some oils, e.g., of bitter almond, black mustard, or sweet birch, originate in definite compounds contained in the plants (amyg- dalin, sinigrin, gaultherin respectively), and are evolved, therefrom in the presence of water by the action of certain ferments or enzymes (emulsin, myrosin, betw!ase) that are likewise present. All parts of a plant, leaves, flowers, fruits, stems, and roots may yield essen- tial oils, although the oil is in most cases derived only from one or two of these organs. In a few cases, such as Chinese cinnamon (Cassia cinnamon), oil of uni- form quality may be obtained in fair quantities from various parts of the plant, while reversedly, in Ceylon cinnamon (Cinnamomum zeylamicum) the oils yielded by the bark, the leaves, and the root differ materially in their chemical composition. Some essential oils, e.g., of bitter orange, oil of lemon, etc. (which see), are prepared by expressing the rind of the fruit containing the oil. Certain oils used in perfumery, which are sensitive to heat, e. g., the odoriferous principles of hya- cinth, jasmine, etc., are obtained by maceration, especially by abstracting the aroma by means of liquid fats or semisolid paraffins (enfleurage). Again, synthetic oils, such as artificial methyl salicylate, are obtained by laboratory processes which are briefly described under their respective headings. All other oils are obtained by distillation with the vapors of boiling water. Directions for the pharmaceu- tical preparation of essential oils were given by the older pharmacopoeias, for example, the Edinburgh and the Dublin Pharmacopoeias (see this Dispensatory, pre- ceding editions). . The technical preparation of essential oils in the different countries produc- ing them is carried out by distilling the oil from the oil-bearing material, mixed 1324 OLEA. with water, by means of steam, which either runs into the material direct, or is applied to the vessel extermally by means of a steam-jacket. In some cases (e.g., eucalyptus oils) the oil-bearing material is deprived of its oil by direct steam without previous maceration. Rectification of the crude oils thus obtained is effected by fractional distillation either at atmospheric pressure, or, if decompo- sition is to be feared, at reduced pressure, whereby the boiling point is lowered. The advances made within comparatively recent years in the theoretical study of essential oils has been the cause of a simultaneous development of this branch of chemical industry. By operating upon the basis of exact physical and chemical investigation, the manufacture of essential oils has been carried to a degree of refinement well illustrated by the classical work now before us, Die AERherischen Oele, by E. Gildemeister and Frederick Hoffmann, published within recent months by Messrs. Schimmel & Co., of Leipzig. We are greatly indebted to this invaluable work, which we freely consulted in the preparation of this paper, but which, in its complete form, should be in the hands of every pharmacist. Most essential oils are colorless or yellowish, although some are greenish or bluish-green, while others, like oil of thyme, soon acquire a dark red-brown color. Some oils deposit a crystalline body upon standing, often called a Stearopten or camphor; the fluid portion being termed an elaºoptem. Such deposits are formed, for example, in the oils of meroli, chamomile, matico leaves (Flückiger's matico cam- phor), elecampame (alamt camphor), etc. Other oils produce crystallime deposits at low temperatures, e.g., anise oil deposits amethol, American peppermint oil memthol; Japanese peppermint oil is a semisolid mixture of menthol and liquid oil. The specific gravities of essential oils vary more than those of fatty oils. While all of the latter class are lighter than water, a number of essential oils, such as those of bitter almond, cassia, cinnamon, cloves, Sassafras, mustard, and wintergreen, are heavier than water. The specific gravities vary from 0.800 for oil of heracleum and 0.833 for oil of rue, to 1.187 for oil of wintergreen. All essen- tial oils are soluble in absolute alcohol, ether, chloroform, benzene, benzol, carbon disulphide, etc.; most of them also form clear solutions with weaker alcohol, of even as low strength as 70 per cent by volume. This property assists us in recog- nizing many adulterations, e.g., mineral oils and most fatty oils. An important agency in the identification of an essential oil consists in its behavior toward a ray of polarized light, which is determined by means of polarimeters (polariscopes). (See article on “The Polarimeter and Its Use in Pharmacy,” by Dr. Charles Symes, in Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1880, p. 44, where there is also appended a list of specific gravities and optical rotations for a number of essential oils.) Most essential oils readily undergo a change in color, consistency, and com- position if exposed to air and light, and gradually change in odor; hence the necessity of keeping them in well-stoppered bottles, preferably of amber color, protected from air and light. The constituents of essential oils are of a far greater variety than those of fatty oils, and may be conveniently classed as follows (adapted from the work above quoted): I. HYDROCARBONS.–Paraffins (CnH2n+2), and olefines (unsaturated paraffins CnH2n-4) are sometimes found in essential oils, such as arnica flowers, matricaria (matricaria-camphor), oil of bay (myrcen, C10H16), etc. Other hydrocarbons of occasional occurrence are para cymol (C10H14) in oil of thyme, etc., and Styrol (C6H, .CH:CH2) in oil of storax. By far the most important, essential oil hydrocarbons are those known as the TERPENEs. They are isomers of the formula C10H16, unsaturated, boiling between 150° and 180°C. (302° and 356°F.) They are optically dextro- or laevo-rotatory, or inactive, and comprise the following: (1) Pimene; (2) campheme, solid, melting at 50° C. (122°F.); (3) femcheme; (4) limonene; (5) dupentene; (6) syl- vestrene; (7) terpineme; (8) phellamdreme. SESQUITERPENEs are hydrocarbons of the formula C15H24; they boil between 250° and 280°C. (482° and 536°F.); their specific gravity is above 0.90; they comprise: (1) cadimene; (2) caryophylleme; (3) humuleme; (4) cedreme, etc. PoſNTERPENES.–Diterpenes and triterpenes, boiling above 300° C. (572°F.). They have been little investigated. The following classes comprise substances which constitute the characteristic odoriferous principles of the oils in which they occur: II. ALCOHOLS.–(1) hexyl-(CoIH13OH) and octyl-alcohol (Cs HiſOH) in heracleum oils; (2) linalool (coriandrol) (Cho H18O) in oils of bergamot, coriander, etc.; (3) geraniol (rhodinol) (C10H18O) in oils of rose and lemon grass; (4) citromellol (C10H200), in oils of geranium and rose; (5) ter- pineol (Croſſ 180), in oils of Cajeput and campllor; (6) borneol (C10H18O) in Borneo camphor; (7) menthol (C10H200). º OLEA. 132.5 III. ALDEHYDES.—(1) Citral (Geranial) (C10H16O), the aldehyde of geraniol; in lemon- grass oil; (2) Citronellal (CoH18O), in citronella oil; (3) fulfurol (C4H4O), in oil of cloves; (4) benzaldehyde (C, H, CHO), in oils of bitter almond and cherry laurel; (5) salicylic aldehyde (C, H, OH.CHO), in spiraea oil; (6) aniº-aldehyde (C6H4.OCH3.CHQ), in old anise oil; (7) “guin aldehyde (C, H, C, H, CHO), in oil of Roman chamomile; (8) vauilliu (C6H3.OH.9CH3CHO); (9) heliot, opin, in spiraea oil; (10) cinnamic aldehyde (C6H3CH:CH.CHO), in cassia and cinna- mon oils; (11) ortho-cumar-aldehyde methyl-ether (C6H4.OCHA.CH:CH.CHO), in oil of cassia. IV. KETONES.—(1) Methyl-amyl-ketone (CH3.CO.C.s Hui), in oil of cloves; (2) meth/l-heptenone (Cs H140), allied to linalool; (3) carvone (C10H140), in oil of caraway; (4) amis-ketone (C6H4. OCHA.C.H.CO.CH3); (5) Japan camphor (C10H16O) (see Cauphora); (6) fenchone (C10H16O), liquid, in oil of tennel; (7) thujome (tºnacetone) (C10H16O), in oil of thuja; (8) pulegoué (C10H16O), in oil of pennyroyal; (9) menthone (C10H18O), in oil of peppermint; (10) irone (C15H26O), in oil of Orris root V. AcIDs.--Acetic, propiomic, butyric, valerianic, tiglinic acids, seldom free, mostly as esters, combined with higher alcohols. Furthermore, benzoic, Saltcylic, and cinnamic acids. LACTONES.– couma, ºn and hydrocoumarim, alamto-lactone (heleniu) in oil of elecampane; Ox1DES.–Cantol (ewca- lyptol C10H18O), occuring in many oils, especially from Artemisia ciuſ, cajeput and eucalyptus. VI. PIENOLS and PHENOL-ETHERS.—(1) Tamillin ; (2) anethol; (3) para-cresol methyl-ether (Cs H, CH3.OCH3), in ylang-ylang oil; (+) carracrol (iso-propyl ortho-cresol), in oil of Monarda fistulosa, etc.; (5) thymol (iso-propyl meta-cresol), in oil of thyme, etc.; (6) chavicol (para-allyl-phenol), in Java betel-leaf oil, and oil of bay; (7) methyl-chavicol, in anise oil; (8) eugemol (allyl-guanacol) (Cs H3.C3H5.OCH3OH), in oil of cloves; (9) Safrol (C10H10O2), in Sassafras and camphor oils; (10) asaron (C12H18O3), in oil of Asarum europæum ; (11) apiol (C12H1404), from oil of parsley. VII. MIUSTARD OILS.–Contain sulphur compounds. The more important of these constituents will be briefly described under the oils wherein they chiefly occur. Since the chemical nature of essential oils is in many cases well-defined, it often permits of a more or less exact quantitative determination of their characteristic constituents. Thus, esters, e.g., linaloyl ace- tate in oil of bergamot, may be determined by their saponification value (com- pare Fatty Oils; also see Cera); certain aldehydes, e.g., cinnamic aldehyde in oil of cassia, by means of the crystalline compounds they form with sodium bisul- phite; phenols, e.g., eugenol in Ceylon cinnamon oil, by the loss of volume which the oil incurs by being shaken with solution of caustic potash. An interesting analytical method, applicable to oils containing an alkyl-Ory-group (e.g., methoxy, OCH,) as amethol in anise oil (which see), consists in determining the methyl- number, i.e., the number of milligranumes of methyl that is split off when 1 gramme of oil is boiled with hydriodic acid (measured by the amount of silver iodide that is precipitated when the vapors of the methyl iodide formed are conducted into an alcoholic solution of silver mitrate). Since alcohol also gives a methyl- number when subjected to this reaction, the latter may serve as a good test for alcohol in such oils as do not contain a methoxy-group, and consequently do not yield a methyl number, as bitter almond, bergamot, caraway, lemon, cubeb, euca- lyptus, lavender, peppermint oils, etc. Owing to their high price, essential oils are frequently subject to adultera- tion. If a few drops of the oil in question be placed on filtering paper, the odor will sometimes indicate impurities. An addition of alcohol reduces the specific gravity of the oil. Larger quantities may be recognized by shaking out with water, distilling the aqueous liquid and testing the distillate for alcohol by the iodoform test, viz., by warming with sodium carbonate and iodine, whereby iodo- form is precipitated. Or, shaking the oil with dry chloride of calcium (Borsa- relli), or acetate of potassium (J. J. Bernoulli), will separate the alcohol from the essential oil. Oil of turpentine is the adulterant most frequently used. It may often be recognized by its odor. Its presence affects the specific gravity and the solubility of the oil in 70 per cent alcohol. Its chief constituent being pineme, the presence of this body in oils not naturally containing it, proves the presence of turpentine. Addition of fatty oils to essential oils may be recognized by a perma- nent greasy stain they leave on paper, upon prolonged exposure. Their presence may also be detected by distilling the essential oil with the vapors of boiling water, and heating a portion of the residue on platinum foil, or in a dry test- tube with acid potassium sulphate, whereby the irritant vapors of acrolein are evolved. Treatment with 70 per cent alcohol, in which all fatty oils, including castor oil, are insoluble, will also reveal their presence in many oils. Mineral oils (petroleum) are easily separated and recognized by reason of their insolubility in alcohol, their low specific gravity, and their inability to saponify with alkalies. 1326 OLEA. INFUSA.—OLEANDER. Some essential oils as stated above, contain small quantities of paraffins as regu- lar constituents. Oils of cedar, copaiba, and gurjwn balsam, are also used as adul- terants of essential oils, and are detected with difficulty. They dissolve with difficulty in alcohol of 70 to 90 per cent, are strongly lavo-rotatory, and boil at temperatures above 250° C. (482°F.). OLEA INFUSA (N. F.)—INFUSED OILS. Preparation.—“The dry herb, in moderately coarse (No. 40) powder, two hundred grammes (200 Grm.) [7 ozs, av., 24 grs.]; alcohol, one hundred and fifty grammes (150G m.) [5 ozs. av., 127 grs.]; water of ammonia (U. S. P.), four grammes (4 Gm.) [62 grs.]; lard oil, five hundred grammes (500 Gm.) [1 lb. av., 1 oz., 279 grs.]; cotton seed oil, five hundred grammes (500 Gm.) [1 lb, av., 1 oz., 279 grs.j. Moisten the powdered herb with a sufficient quantity of the alcohol and water of ammonia previously mixed, then pack it tightly into a stone or enamelled iron vessel of suitable capacity, pour on the remainder of the ammoniated alcohol, cover it well, and allow the mixture to macerate for 24 hours. Then add one hundred and twenty grammes (120 Grm.) [4 ozs. av., 102 grs.] of the mixed oils, digest, under frequent agitation, during 12 hours, at a temperature between 50° and 60° C. (122° and 140° F.), transfer the mixture to a strainer, and express strongly. To the residue, returned to the vessel, add the remainder of the oils, digest and express in the same manner, and unite the expressed portions. Note.— This process is a modification of that prescribed by the German Pharmacopoeia. The alcohol and free ammonia are dissipated during the digestion. Infused oils are usually prepared only from so-called narcotic plants, but it is known that only a portion of their active constituents is taken up by the oil. The above process is to be used for the preparation of Olewm Hyoscyami of the German Phar- macopoeia, and similar infused oils”—(Nat. Form.). The uses of the infused oils will be those of the ingredients which enter into their composition. OLEANDER,-OLEANDER. The leaves of Nerium Oleander, Linné. Nat. Ord.-Apocynaceae. COMMON NAMEs: Oleander, Lawrier rose. Botanical Source.—The oleander bush is an arborescent shrub, having branches ternately divided, and coated with an almost smooth bark of a grayish or greenish-gray color. The smooth, coriaceous, deep-green, almost sessile leaves, are in whorls of three; above, they are glossy; beneath, grayish or pale-green. They are linear- lanceolate, acuminate, entire, marked with delicate, feather veins, and about 4 to 6 inches long. The flowers are beau- tiful, and of a rose or white color, and waxy appearance. History and Chemical Composition.—The leaves of this ornamental shrub, grow wild in northern Africa, western Asia, and the south of Europe. They have been used in the treatment of epilepsy, but without apparent benefit. All parts of the shrub are cardiac poisons. The acrid and bitter leaves of Nerium Oleander contain, according to Schmiede. berg (1882), three glucosids, namely: non-basic, amorphous, poisonous oleandrin, discovered by Leukowsky (1864), who believed it to be an alkaloid; merein (merin), considered by Schmiedeberg to be identical with digitalein (see Digitalis), and crystallizable meriamthin, free from nitrogen. (For details regard- ing the study of Oleander, see Husennann and Hilger, Pflanzemstoffe, 1884, p. 1331.) From the bark of Nerium Oleander, E. Pieszczek (Archiv der Pharm., 1890, p. 352) isolated a new, poisonous, nitrogen-free glucosid, rosaginin, in the form of warty crystals, melting at 171°C. (339.8° F.), soluble in strong alcohol with neu- tral reaction, nearly insoluble in water, petroleum ether, chloroform and ether if free from alcohol. In addition were obtained, bitter, amorphous meriin, of Pig. 180. Nerium Oleander. OLEANDER. 1327 Schmiedeberg, nitrogen-free, lemon-yellow, soluble in water and absolute alcohol with neutral reaction, insoluble in ether and petroleum ether, and producing a purple-violet coloration when dissolved in concentrated sulphuric acid and brought into contact with bromine vapor; a volatile oil of an unpleasant odor, and a crystallizable, fluorescent body occurring more pronouncedly in older bark, probably identical with umbelliferon. The oleander of Algeria, upon incision of the twigs, yields a poisonous exudate which is said to contain strophanthin (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1899, p. 281). The flowers of the oleander are reputed to yield a poisonous honey. The exhalation of the flowers of oleander in bedrooms is said to have caused death (see Pieszczek, loc. cit.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—According to Orfila, Kurzak, and others, all parts of the oleander plant are poisonous. From experiments upon birds and the lower animals, it was determined that both the voluntary and involuntary muscles were paralyzed by it, and the voluntary muscles were some- what convulsed. When death ensues, respiration is first arrested and then the heart's action stops. The action of the active constituents has been compared to that of digitalis. Water in which oleander leaves have lain, is said to have caused the death of animals, and the flesh of fowls has been rendered sufficiently toxic to be fatal to man. Rats are said to be poisoned by the bark, and pediculi destroyed by a decoction of the leaves. In fatal cases, the heart has been found flaccid, and the larger venous trunks filled with a dark-colored biood. The chief therapeutic use that has been made of oleander, is in epilepsy, and it has been abandoned in that malady as useless. From its decidedly toxic power over the heart, it seems worthy of an investigation as a cardiac remedy. In fact it has been found to act well in valvular affections, rapidly slowing the heart's action, reducing the Oedema, and relieving the dyspnoea. Some have preferred it to digitalis in atheromatous States. It is actively diuretic, and occasionally purges. The dose, in infusion or tincture, represents from 1 to 3 grains of fresh bark or dried fruit. Related Species.—Nerium odorum, Aiton (Nerium odoratum, Lamarck). India. Wild and cultivated. Closely resembles the preceding plant, but its flowers are fragrant, its leaves longer, and has a paracorolla which is fringed. Greenish, in 18S1, isolated two toxic, bitter glucosids, and a fixed oil. Nervodorin is a yellow, tenacious, transparent varnish, soluble in chloroform, somewhat less in alcohol, and little soluble in water. According to Schmiedeberg, It is analogous to oleandrin, while meriodoriin is a lemon-yellow powder, insoluble in chloro- form, but soluble in water and alcohol, and resembling neriin. Neither are dissolved by car- bon disulphide, benzin or benzol. Geissospermum larve, Baillon.—A Brazilian tree known in its habitat as pa pereira. The bark is very bitter, and contains three alkaloids. Geissospermine (C19H2; N 302 -- H2O, O. Hesse. 1877), crystallizable, melting at 160° C. (320°F.), is insoluble in Water and ether, not easily soluble in cold, but readily soluble in warm alcohol; soluble in concentrated sulphuric acid to a colorless liquid which soon turns blue ; it is poisonous, and causes death by paralysis. Pereirine (C19H2N2O, O. Hesse), an amorphous alkaloid, soluble in alcohol, ether, chloro- lorm, nearly insoluble in water. Nitric acid dissolves it with blood-red color which does not turn violet with stannous chloride (difference from brucine, see Nur Tomica), Large doses cause paralysis, fever, and death. Tellosine (C23H3SN2O4, MI. Freund and Fauvet, Jahresb. der Pharm., 1893, p. 513, and 1895, p. 449) is a well-crystallizable alkaloid, insoluble in water, soluble in chloroform, alcohol, warm benzol and petroleum benzin, partly soluble in ether. Accord- ing to analysis by T. Peckolt (ibid., 1896, p. 40), the air-dried bark contains pereirine, 2.72 per cent; geissospermine, 0.125 per cent; wax, stal ch, resin, etc. The leaves, but not the bark, con- tained tannic acid. The bark is an antiperiodic also. Parameria rulneraria, Radlkofer.—Philippine Islands. A climbing plant, the bark and leaves of which, when boiled in cocoanut oil, yield a peculiarly odorous, yellow substance known as Cebu balsam (Balsamo de Tagulaway). An aromatic resin, 3 per cent, and caoutchouc, 8.5 per cent, are yielded by the bark of the root (Zipperer, Archiv der Pharm., 1885, p. 817) The oily, yellow-white liquid is applied to wounds and cutaneous affections. Thevetia yecotli, De Candolle (Cerbera theretioides, Kunth).-The tree known in the Mexican Cordilleras as the joyote. It inhabits the damp, hot sections of the mountains. The in uit is applied to hemorrhoids. The seeds, which are known as joyote seeds, are very acrid and poi- Sonous. A. Herrera (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1877, p. 145) obtained, by pressure, 40 per cent, of a fixed oil, and a crystallizable, acrid glucosid which he called theretosin, Merck (1894) isolated another glucosid which he named cerberid. It is a cardiac poison. Thevetia meriifolia, De Candolle (Cerbera Theralia, Linné).-West Indies. Bark of this shrub used as an antiperiodic. It yields the crystallizable glucosid theretin, discovered by De Vrij. º treatment with diluted acids, it splits into sugar and a resinoid body, the pºsin, Theº tin (C54HsO24) is bitter, odorless, soluble to some extent in cold water, more soluble in alcohol and acetic acid. Theveresin (CASH10O17) is a white powder, and is but slightly dissolved by 1828 OLEATA.—OLE ATUM WERATRINAE. bot water. Both principles are toxic. Thevetin is a cardiac, and to some extent a respiratory paralyzer. Its effects are practically identical with those of digitalin. Its identity with cerberin and tamghine has been questioned. The latter is the active constituent of the “Madagascar on deal bean,” from the Tamghinia venemifera; the former, the active constituent of Cerbera odal- lum, Gaertner. Thevetia ovata, De Candolle, and Thevetia cuneifolia, De Candolle, have proper- ties similar to ſcootli, and are known as marcisos amarillos and also as joyote. This bark is a drastic cathartic, and the fruit causes emesis. OLEATA.—0LEATES. M. L'hermite (1854) proposed solutions of alkaloids in oleic acid as substitutes for the oleaginous and glycerinic solutions of these bases. He objected to the oils from their incapability of dissolving the alkaloids, and to the glycerin flom its not possessing unctuous properties. His suggestions passed largely unnoticed until the matter was revived, in 1872, by Prof. John Marshall. Oleic acid tritu- rated with the alkaloids dissolves these and their salts perfectly, and the solu- tions, if desired, may be perfumed. When either alkaloids or metallic oxides are treated with oleic acid, a salt known as an oleate, is produced. The oleates, as em- ployed medicinally, are solutions of these normal salts (true oleates) in an excess of oleic acid. Heat should be avoided where possible, though in many instances a moderate degree of heat is permissible. Oleates, especially of the metallic oxides, are also prepared by double decom- position between a salt of the base selected and a sodium or potassium oleate or castile soap (sodium oleo-palmitate), with the last-named soap yielding an impure oleate. Prof. J. M. Good (Proc. Mo, Pharm. Assoc., 1891) suggests dissolving the alkaloids in just sufficient oleic acid to effect solution, and then diluting with almond oil or other bland oil. The oleates possess the properties of their bases, and are employed like the ointments of the same bodies, being, however, more cleanly and finer in appear- ance, and, on the other hand, more irritating, unless diluted with some bland oil. They should not be applied with friction, but should be gently applied with the finger or brush. (For a short treatise on the oleates, see G. M. Beringer, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1889, pp. 593–600; also see John W. Shoemaker, The Oleates, Phila., 1885.) OLEATUM VERATRINAE (U. S. P.)—OLEATE OF VERATRINE. Preparation.—“Veratrine, two grammes (2 Gm.) [31 grs.]; oleic acid, ninety- eight grammes (98 Gm.) [3 ozs, av., 200 grs.]. To make one hundred grammes (100 Grm.) [3 ozs.,231 grs.]. Rub the veratrine with a small quantity of oleic acid, in a warm mortar, to a smooth paste. Then add the remainder of the oleic acid, previously warmed, and stir frequently until the veratrine is dissolved”—(U.S.P.). This preparation contains 2 per cent of veratrine. The other alkaloidal oleates may be made after this formula, when a 2 per cent strength is desired; should a 5 per cent preparation be wanted, as is usually the case with cocaine and mor- phine, use 5 parts of the alkaloid and 95 parts of oleic acid. Quinine oleate is usually 25 per cent in strength; for making this use 25 parts of the alkaloid and 75 parts of oleic acid. Action and Medical Uses.—This oleate is just half the strength of veratrime ointment. It is employed in localized neuralgia, and well adapted for inunction purposes. Where it is desired that the alkaloid shall not be absorbed the oint- ment is preferable. Other Oleates.—OLEATUM ACONITINAE (N. F.), Oleate of aconitine. “Aconitine, alkaloid, two grammes (2 Gm.) [31 grs.]; oleic acid, ninety-eight grammes (98 Gm.) [3 ozs. av., 200 grs ). Triturate the aconitine with a small portion of the oleic acid in a mortar, then incorporate the remainder of the oleic acid, and stir the mixture frequently until the alkaloid is dissolved. Note.--The market affords a variety of aconitines made by different processes, by different manu- facturers, and of greatly different potency. Only the pure crystallized or crystallizable alka- loid, prepared by Duquesnel's method, or at least one equal to it in strength, should be used for this preparation ”—(Nat. Forn.). This agent, in very small amounts, is employed as a topical application for local neuralgias (see article by E. R. Squibb, in Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1882, p. 572). This preparation is a dangerous remedy, and is seldom employed by Eclectic physicians. OLEATUM BISMUTIII, Oleate of bismuth.-Rub to a fine powder, 480 grains (1 ti oy ounce) of bismuth oxide, dried at 100°C. (212°F.) until it no longer loses weight, and mix thoroughly OLE ATUM ZINCI. 1329 with 1735 grains of purified oleic acid. Add water, 2 parts, and boil until complete saponifi- cation takes place, adding water to replace that lost by evaporation. When the process has so far ºf that a portion of the oleate, when dropped into water, assumes an ointment-like consistence, without separating any free oleic acid, the Operation may be considered finished. This method was proposed by G. M. Beringer (Amner. Jour. Pharm., 1889, p. 599). The uses of the oleate are those of bismuth Oxide. OLEATUM HYDR \RGY RI (U. S. P.), Oleate of mercury, Mercuric oleate.—“Yellow mercuric oxide, thoroughly dried, two hundred grammes (200 Gm.) [7 QzS. av., 24 grs.]; Oleic acid, eight hundred grammes (800 Grm.) [1 lb. av., 12 ozs., 96 grs.]; to make one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs, av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Introduce the oleic acid into a capacious mortar, and gradu- ally add to it the yellow mercuric oxide by sifting it upon the surface of the acid, and incor- porate it by continuous stirring. Then set the mixture aside in a warm place, at a tempera- ture not exceeding 40°C. (104°F.), and stir frequently, until the oxide is dissolved”—(U. S. P.). Contact with metals must be avoided in its preparation. The above oleate is of a yellow color, and firm, butyraceous consistence. It contains 20 per cent of the yellow oxide, and is rather an unstable compound. It is employed like mercurial ointment. The British Pharmacopoeia (1898) prepares it by the interaction of mercuric chloride with oleic acid and hard soap. OLEATUM PLUMBI (N. F.), Lead oleate.—“Lead acetate, seventy-five grammes (75 Gm.) [2 ozs. av.,282 grs.]; Solution of sodium oleate (F. 246), two thousand cubic centimeters (2000 Co.) [67 fl;, 301 ſill; acetic acid (U. S. P.), water, each, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the lead acetate in four thousand cubic centimeters (4000 Co.) [135 fl3, 1221ſl] of water. Should the solution be turbid or Opalescent, add to it acetic acid, in drops, until it has become clear. Then filter, if necessary, through a pellet of absorbent cotton placed in the neck of a funnel, and mix it slowly, and under constant stirring, with the solution of sodium oleate. Heat the mixture to boiling, transfer it to a strainer, and when the liquid has drained off, wash the resi- due with four thousand cubic centimenters (4000 Co.) [135 fig, 122 iſ J of boiling water. Lastly, take the mass from the strainer, remove any occluded water by pressure, and transfer it, while warm and soft, to suitable vessels. This product contains an amount of lead corresponding to about 28 per cent of lead oxide. Note.—The theoretical yield of lead oleate obtainable from 75 grammes of lead acetate is 143 grammes; in practice, about 125 grammes will be obtained. Lead oleate prepared by the above process is of about the consistence of lead plaster, and may be converted into an ointment by mixing with it such a proportion of oieic acid as may be required ''-(Nat. Form.). Its uses are practically those of lead acetate, locally applied. OLEATUMI QUININAE (N. F.), Oleate of quinine.—“Quinine (U.S. P), dried at 100° C. (212°F.), until it ceases to lose weight, twenty-five grammes (25 Gm.) [386 grs.]; oleic acid, seventy-five grammes (75 Gm.) [2 ozs, av., 282 grs.]. Triturate the quinine with the oleic acid, gradually added, then apply a gentle heat, and stir frequently, until the quinine is dissolved. The prod- uct contains 25 per cent of dry quinine. Note.—When the official quinine (C20H24N2O2.3H2O) is not available, the quantity corresponding to 25 grammes of dry quinine may be prepared as follows: Take 34 grammes of official quinine sulphate, dissolve it in 200 grammes of water with the aid of a sufficient quantity of diluted sulphuric acid, then precipitate the quinine by means of water of ammonia, added, under constant stirring, until it is in slight excess. Trans- fer the magma to a close muslin strainer, previously wetted, allow the liquid to drain off, and wash the precipitate with ice-cold water, until the washings are practically tasteless, but using not more than about 200 grammes of water. Lastly, dry the precipitate. The theoretical quan- tity of dry quinine obtainable from 34 grammes of the sulphate is 25.27 grammes. In practice. approximately 25 grammes will be obtained ”—(Nat. Form.). Its uses are those of quinine by inunction. OLEATUM ZINCI (U. S. P.)—OLEATE of ZINC. Preparation.—“Zinc oxide, fifty grammes (50 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 334 grs.]; oleic acid, nine hundred and fifty grammes (950 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 1 oz., 223 grs.]. To make one thousand grammes (1000 Gm) [2 lbs., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Introduce the oleic acid into a capacious capsule, and gradually add to it the zinc oxide by sift- ing it upon the surface of the acid, and incorporate it by continuous stirring. Set the mixture aside for a few hours, and then heat it on a water-bath, frequently stirring, until the oxide is dissolved ’’—(U. S. P.). This oleate is of soft, ointment consistence, and contains 5 per cent of zinc oxide. That of the British Pharmacopoeia (1885) contains 10 per cent of oxide of zinc, and is a much firmer preparation. Uses, those of zinc oxide, locally applied. OLEATUM ZINCI (N. F.), Zinc oleate.—“Zinc acetate, crystallized, one hundred and fifteen grammes (115 Gm.) (4 ozs, av., 25 grs.]; Solution of sodium oleate, five thousand cubic centi- meters (5000 Co.) [169 fl3, 33 ml]; water, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the zinc acetate in ten thousand cubic centimeters (10,000 Ce.) [338 fl3, 66 ill] of cold water, filter the solution, if neces- sary, through a pellet of absorbent cotton placed in the neck of a funnel, and then mix it slowly, and under constant stirring, with the solution of sodium oleate. Transfer the mixture to a Wetted muslin strainer, and when the liquid has drained off, wash the precipitate with water, until the Washings are practically tasteless, Lastly, dry the precipitate, spread on paper, by exposure to dust-free air, without heat. The product contains an amount of zinc corresponding S4 1330 OLEORESINAE.—OLEORESINA ASPIDII. to about 13 per cent of zinc oxide. Note.—The theoretical yield of zinc oleate obtainable from 115 grammes of zinc acetate is 287.5 grammes; in practice, about 265 grammes will be obtained. Zinc oleate, prepared by the above process is in the form of a soft, white powder, and may be converted into a plaster or ointment by mixing it with such a proportion of oleic acid as may be required ”—(Nat. Form.). PowDERED ZINC OLEATE.—Dissolve castile soap, 1 ounce, in water, 2 pints; also dissolve zinc acetate, 360 grains, in water, 4 pints. Both solutions being cold, add the soap solution slowly to the zinc solution, with constant stirring. The precipitate should now be collected, washed well with cold water, and dried without heat. This is the method of Parsons. OLEORESINAE.—OLEORESINS. Oleoresins are those substances obtained from vegetable medicines by means of ether (sometimes alcohol, etc.), which consist principally of a fixed or volatile oil and a resin. In some cases the resin will be held in solution in the oil, while in others it will be deposited upon standing, and will require agitation to again diffuse and suspend it in the oil. A third case occurs in which the oil and resin form a more or less permanent mixture, having the consistence of a very soft extract. The resins in these preparations, like the essential oils, are generally mixtures of two or more resins, but which on account of their unequal solubility in different menstrua, may frequently be isolated from each other. Often the resins are formed by the oxidation of the essential oils contained in the plants, or of a certain portion of these oils. In many instances, especially with the oleo- resins obtained from alcoholic tinctures, it will be better not to distill off the remaining third of the alcohol from the water, until the oleoresin has sponta- neously precipitated and been separated from the liquid, because an elevated or too prolonged heat will injure the preparation. All these oleoresins should be kept in well-stopped vessels. Mr. N. H. Rittenhouse, in the process for obtaining oleoresins, recommends the use of 1% ounces of ether for each ounce of drug treated, followed by sufficient benzin to make the amount of percolate equal to the amount of ether employed, as both economical and satisfactory (Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc., 1866, p. 208). The expense may be considerably reduced by recovering a part of the ether distilled for employment in future operations. The suggestion of Mr. George M. Beringer (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1892, p. 145), to use acetone in place of ether can not but be regarded favorably. It is equally as efficient, has a higher boiling point than ether, and is much less expensive. OLEORESINA ASPIDII (U. S. P.)—OLEORESIN OF ASPIDIUM. SYNoNYMs: OleOresin of male fern, Liquid extract of male ferm, Olewm filicis maris, Oleoresima filicis, Extractum filicis liquidwm, Oleorešin offern, Ethereal extract of fern. Preparation.—“Aspidium, recently reduced to No. 60 powder, five hundred grammes (500 Grm.) [1 lb. av., 1 oz., 279 grs.]; ether, a sufficient quantity. Put the aspidium into a cylindrical glass percolator, provided with a stop-cock, and arranged with cover and receptacle suitable for volatile liquids. Press the drug firmly, and percolate slowly with ether, added in successive portions until the drug is exhausted. Recover the greater part of the ether from the percolate by distillation on a water-bath, and, having transferred the residue to a capsule, allow the remaining ether to evaporate spontaneously. Keep the oleoresin in a well- stoppered bottle. Note.—Oleoresin of aspidium, usually deposits on standing, a granular-crystalline substance. This should be thoroughly mixed with the liquid portion before use”—(U. S. P.). Or, by percolation, exhaust coarsely powdered root of male fern, any quan- tity, with ether, a sufficient quantity. Distill off three-fourths of the ether, and, having placed the remainder of the solution in an evaporating dish, allow it to evaporate spontaneously. Description.—A thick, deep-green or brownish-green liquid, having a bitter- ish, nauseous, subacrid taste, and the odor of male fern. On standing it deposits filicic acid in granules, hence the above pharmacopoeial direction to shake the oleoresin before use. Only such parts of the rhizomes as are greenish in color OLEORESINA CAPSICI.-OLEORESIN A CUBEBAE. 1331 should be employed in making this oleoresin; the rhizome with the stipes gives a brown product. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This may be used in all cases where male fern is indicated, for which see Aspidium. Six grains in capsule, with or without a like quantity of ether, may be given every quarter hour until 1% or 2 drachms have been taken. OLEORESINA CAPSICI (U. S. P.)—OLEORESIN OF CAPSICUM. SYNoNYM : Ethereal extract of capsicum. Preparation.—“Capsicum, in No. 60 powder, five hundred grammes (500 Gm.) [1 lb. av., 1 oz., 279 grs.]; ether, a sufficient quantity. Put the capsicum into a cylindrical glass percolator, provided with a stop-cock, and arranged with cover and receptacle suitable for volatile liquids. Press the drug firmly, and perco- late slowly with ether, added in successive portions, until the drug is exhausted. Recover the greater part of the ether from the percolate by distillation on a water- bath, and, having transferred the residue to a capsule, allow the remaining ether to evaporate spontaneously. Then pour off the liquid portion, transfer the re- mainder to a strainer, and, when the separated fatty matter (which is to be rejected) has been completely drained, mix the liquid portions together. Keep the oleoresin in a well-stoppered bottle”—(U. S. P.). Or, exhaust finely powdered capsicum, any quantity, in a percolating appa- ratus, by ether, a sufficient quantity. Distill off three-fourths of the ether, and, having placed the remainder of the solution in an evaporating dish, allow it evaporate spontaneously. Description.—This oleoresin consists of a thick oily liquid holding the active principle capsaicin (see Capsicum), and a fatty substance which gradually separates when the fluid is allowed to rest, and which may be separated by decantation or straining. The oleoresin forms a thick, dark-brownish fluid possessing in a high degree the acrid, burning taste of the capsicum, which is slightly soluble in water or vinegar, but very soluble in alcohol, ether, oil of turpentine, and the caustic alkalies, forming reddish-brown solutions. Benzin is an excellent solvent of cap- sicum, and may be employed in the above process instead of ether. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—As this oleoresin is a very powerful stimulant, it may be added to liniments, poultices, etc., whenever excessive stimu- lation or rubefaction is desired. It is entirely too active to employ as an internal remedy, except in very small doses, not exceeding 1 drop, which should be greatly diluted with syrup, glycerin, mucilage, or olive oil. Thus used it may prove use- ful in delirium tremens, and torpid conditions of the stomach. OLEORESINA CUBEBAE (U. S. P.)—OLEORESIN OF CUBEB. Preparation.—“Take of cubeb, in No. 30 powder, five hundred grammes (500 Gm.) [1 lb. av., 1 oz., 279 grs.]; ether, a sufficient quantity. Put the cubeb into a cylindrical glass percolator, provided with a stop-cock, and arranged with cover and receptacle suitable for volatile liquids. Press the drug firmly, and per- colate slowly with ether, added in successive portions, until the drug is exhausted. Recover the greater part of the ether from the percolate by distillation on a water- bath, and, having transferred the residue to a capsule, allow the remaining ether to evaporate spontaneously. Keep the product in a well-stoppered bottle. Note.— OleOresin of cubeb deposits after standing for some time, a waxy and crystalline matter, which should be rejected, only the liquid portion being used’—(U. S. P.). Description.—This oleoresin is of a deep brownish-green, or bright green color, according to the amount of chlorophyll present in the cubebs. It contains active resins (cubeb resin and cubebic acid; see Cubeba) and volatile and fixed oils, its relative fluidity depending on the quantity of the oil present. Cubebin and waxy matter are also present, and will deposit on standing. These should be separated by decantation, as their presence adds nothing of special value to the preparation. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—(See Cubeba.) Dose, 1 to 30 minims, in capsule or on sugar. 1332 OLEORESIN A CYPRIPEDII.—OLEORESIN A IRIDIS. OLEORESINA CYPRIPEDII.—OLEORESIN OF CYPRIPEDIUM. SYNoNYM : Cypripedin. Preparation.— By percolation, exhaust coarsely powdered root of yellow ladies’ slipper any quantity, with alcohol a sufficient quantity. Distill off about two-thirds of the alcohol, and add the residue to two or three times its volume of water; by distilling off the remaining alcohol, or by allowing the mixture to stand, the oleoresin precipitates. Collect it, wash it in clear water, allow it to sub- side, and then separate it from the water by decantation and filtration. The result is a dark substance of the consistence of a soft extract. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This oleoresin may be used in all cases where cypripedium is indicated, in doses of from 1 to 5 grains, 2 or 3 times a day; it is best given in pill form with some inert or active (as may be desired) excipient. A dry Cypripedim has been presented to the profession, consisting of the oleoresin and a sufficient quantity of magnesia or other absorbent powder; in other instances, it has been simply a dried aqueous extract. Either of these dried preparations are nearly worthless. OLEORESIN A IRIDIS.—OLEORESIN OF IRIS. SYNONYMs: OleOresin of blue flag, Iridin. Preparation.— By percolation, exhaust moderately fine powder of the root of blue flag any quantity, with alcohol a sufficient quantity. Distill off about two-thirds of the alcohol, and add the residue to two or three times its volume of water. By distilling off the remaining alcohol, or by allowing the mixture to stand, the oleoresin precipitates, collect it, wash it in clear water, allow it to sub- side, and then separate it from the water by decantation and filtration. History.-I had the pleasure of calling the attention of the profession to this article in 1844, about the same time I introduced podophyllin (to remarks on which I refer the reader), and again in 1846. I have used it extensively and find it to be an invaluable medicine. It is soluble in alcohol, but insoluble in water (J. King). Iridin, or Irisin, in powder, is prepared by adding to the oleo- resin about 10 per cent of magnesia or other absorbent; sometimes the extract of the root deprived of its oleoresin, has been dried, powdered, and sold under one of the above names. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This oleoresin is cathartic, alterative, sialagogue, diuretic and anthelmintic. I have used it more or less extensively for several years in combination with the resin of podophyllum, and in the form of pill, for dropsy, primary and Secondary syphilis, chronic visceral affections, rheuma- tism, gomorrhoea, and many female affections. It is not as nauseating, when given alone, as the resin of podophyllum, and requires rather larger doses. One grain, triturated with 10 grains of sugar, may be given in 3-grain doses, every hour or two, until a cathartic effect is produced. I have long used the following as a sialagogue in those cases of glandwlar diseases which seemed to resist the action of other means, viz.: equal parts of oleoresins of iris, podophyllum, and xanth- oxylum, given in grain doses every hour or two until ptyalism was produced. By trituration with sugar or lactin, this combination becomes more active. Oleo- resin of iris is not as prompt in its effects as resin of podophyllum, although it may be substituted for this in all instances; and its alterative influence, though slowly developed and without any immediate appreciable effect, is yet positive and certain. For several years I used it in preference to the resin of podophyl- lum, conjoined with resin of cimicifuga, in uterime diseases. The usual dose of oleoresin of iris ranges from º grain to 5 grains. Physicians will occasionally meet with patients upon whom resin of podophyllum, even in small doses, exerts a powerful and long-continued influence, sometimes not readily obviated ; in such cases, oleoresin of iris seems to me to be more especially indicated. The addition of capsicum or resin of caulophyllum to oleoresin of iris, mitigates any harshness of action it may produce. A combination of oleoresins of iris and xanthoxylum, with resin of podophyllum, or extract of corydalis, is a most pow- erful and certain remedy for syphilis, either primary or secondary, and will be OLEORESIN A LUPUI,INI.-OLEORESINA PTELEAE. 1333 found very useful in Scrofula. OleOresin of iris, 3 grains, extract of leptandra, 6 grains, and bitartrate of potassium, 20 grains, made into one powder, forms a hydragogue cathartic of much value in some forms of dropsy. OleOresin of iris may be used in all cases where iris is indicated (J. King). OLEORESINA LUPULINI (U. S. P.)—OLEORESIN OF LUPULIN. SYNoNYMS: OleOresima lupulinae (U. S. P., 1870), Extractum lupulini aethereum, Ethereal extract of lupulin. Preparation.—“Lupulin, one hundred grammes (100 Grm.) [3 ozs. av., 231 grs.]; ether, a sufficient quantity. Put the lupulin into a cylindrical glass perco- lator, provided with a stop-cock, and arranged with cover and receptacle suitable for volatile liquids. Press the drug very lightly, and percolate slowly with ether, added in successive portions, until the drug is exhausted. Recover the greater part of the ether from the percolate by distillation on a water-bath, and, having transferred the residue to a capsule, allow the remaining ether to evaporate spon- taneously. Keep the oleoresin in a well-stoppered bottle "—(U. S. P.). Description.—This forms a thick, dark red-brown oleoresin, of the consist- ence of a very Soft extract, and possessing the taste and smell peculiar to lupulin. It is soluble in ether, alcohol, and water of ammonia. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Similar to those of lupulin (see Lupw- linwm). The dose of this oleoresin is from 1 to 6 grains, 2, 3, or 4 times a day, given in pill form with some inert, or active if desired, excipient. It may also be rub- bed up with syrup, glycerin, mucilage, etc., by the aid of a little ether or other solvent. OLEORESINA PIPERIS (U. S. P.)—OLEORESIN OF PEPPER. SYNoNYMS : Oleoresin of black pepper, Ethereal extract (or Oil) of black pepper. Preparation.—“Pepper, in No. 60 powder, five hundred grammes (500 Gm.) [1 lb. av., 1 oz., 279 grs.]; ether, a sufficient quantity. Put the pepper into a cylindrical glass percolator, provided with a stop-cock, and arranged with a cover and receptacle for volatile liquids. Press the drug firmly, and percolate slowly with ether, added in successive portions, until the drug is exhausted. Recover the greater part of the ether from the percolate by distillation on a water-bath, and, having transferred the residue to a capsule, set this aside until the remain- ing ether has evaporated, and the deposition of crystals of piperim has ceased. Lastly, separate the oleoresin from the piperim by expression through a muslin strainer. Keep the oleoresin in a well-stoppered bottle "—(U. S. P.). Description.—Oleoresin of pepper forms a dark, greenish, rather thick liquid, containing volatile and fixed oil, and the pepper-resin, and possessing all the active properties of the pepper. About one-sixteenth part of the oleoresin is thus obtained, mixed with piperin, which is removed by the expression. This is not so dark in color, and contains more of the volatile oil than oil of black pepper, once employed and for which this oleoresin is a substitute. Oil of black pepper is a dark, almost black-green body, and is obtained as a by-product in the prepa- ration of piperin. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Oleoresin of black pepper may be used in cases where the fruit itself is indicated, in doses of from 1 to 3 or 4 drops, rubbed up with mucilage, glycerin, syrup, or with pill mass. OLEORESINA PTELEAE. OLEORESIN OF PTELEA. SYNoNYMs: Oleoresin of wafer ash, Ptelein. Preparation.—By percolation exhaust moderately fine powder of the bark of wafer ash, any quantity, with alcohol, a sufficient quantity. Distill off two- thirds of the alcohol, and add the residue to two or three times its volume of Water. By distilling off the remaining alcohol, or by allowing the mixture to 1334 OLEORESINA SENECII. stand, the oleoresin precipitates. Collect it, wash it in clear water, allow it to sub- side, and then separate it from the water by decantation and filtration. History and Description.—The oleoresin of ptelea, improperly named ptelein, was, I believe, first prepared by Mr. Wm. S. Merrell, and is obtained from the tincture of the bark by precipitation with water, in the same manner by which the oleoresins of Eupatorium purpureum, iris, xanthoxylum, etc., are obtained. It is of the consistence of thick syrup or molasses, dark-brown in mass, much lighter when in thin layers, and has a peculiar odor, somewhat similar to that of the extract of liquorice, and an oily, bitterish, acrid, persistent taste, peculiar and rather disagreeable, and acting powerfully on the fauces. It is soluble in alcohol, ether, oil of turpentine, and rather imperfectly in alkaline solutions; insoluble in acids and water. It imparts a slight milky color to water, and separates into two portions, one of which floats on the water while the other sinks. Acetic acid added to its alcoholic or ethereal solution does not disturb them, unless added in excess. Water added to the alcoholic solution produces a milky color, precipi- tating the resin; added to the ethereal solution it separates the oil which floats on the surface. The same remarks apply to “ptelein’ in powder, as are given concerning “irisim "in powder (J. King). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Oleoresin of ptelea is a tonic, and pos- sesses other properties, not yet satisfactorily understood. It is a valuable medici- mal agent. I have used it extensively and successfully, combined with equal parts of oleoresin of xanthoxylum, and given in doses of 1 or 2 grains, repeated 3 times a day, in cases of dyspepsia; if constipation be present, I have found the following an admirable combination: Take of oleoresin of ptelea, 19 grains; alcoholic extract of nux vomica, 1 grain; white sugar, or lactin, 2 drachms. Mix thoroughly together. The dose is 6 grains, to be repeated 3 or 4 times a day. I have found the follow- ing a valuable pill in chronic erysipelas, hepatic torpor, enlarged spleen, habitual consti- pation, chronic dysentery, and some forms of dyspepsia : Take of resin of podophyl- lum and extract of leptandra, each, 1 grain; sulphate of quinine, 4 grains; oleo- resin of ptelea, 8 grains; mix these together, and divide into 8 pills. The dose is 1 pill, to be repeated 2 or 3 times a day, and the alkaline bath to be used daily (J. King). OLEORESINA SENECII.—OLEORESIN OF SENECIO. SYNONYMS: OleOresin of life root, Senecin. Preparation.— By percolation, exhaust moderately fine powder of the root and herb of life root, any quantity, with alcohol, a sufficient quantity. Distill off about two-thirds of the alcohol, and add the residue to two or three times its volume of water. By distilling off the remaining alcohol, or by allowing the mixture to stand, the oleoresin precipitates. Collect it, wash it in clear water, allow it to subside, and then separate it from the water by decantation and filtra- tion. Any other of the Senecios referred to in this work may be used in the prepa- ration of this oleoresin. Description.—OleOresin of Senecio thus prepared, is of thick consistence, a very dark green color, appearing quite black in mass, having a peculiar, herba- ceous odor, and a bitter, slightly pungent, persistent, and rather unpleasant taste. A portion of it, probably the oil, is soluble in alcohol, imparting a green color to the solution; on the addition of liquor potassae to the alcoholic solution, the oleo- resin is rendered wholly soluble, and if hydrochloric acid be added in small quan- tity, it changes the green solution to greenish-white, without precipitation. It is entirely soluble in ether, forming a greenish solution, which is not precipitated by water nor acetic acid. It is insoluble in water, but becomes soluble on the addition of strong alkaline solutions. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Oleoresin of senecio possesses the vir- tues of the plant from which it is obtained in a high degree. It is, however, more especially employed in the treatment of female diseases, as a memorrhoea, dys- memorrhoea, and other uterine derangements. Combined with alcoholic extract of aletris, resin of caulophyllum, or resin of cimicifuga, it will be found especially useful in these complaints. In memorrhagia it may be combined with extract of geranium advantageously; or its ethereal tincture may be administered in some OLEORESINA XANTHOXYLI. 335 astringent infusion. A pill of oleoresin of senecio, alcoholic extract of aletris, and sulphate of iron, will be found of benefit in chlorosis accompanied with amen- orrhoea. In dysmemorrhoea, it may be combined with extract of belladonna and sulphate of quinine. It is one of those agents which exert a tonic influence upon the uterus, thereby restoring its various functional derangements to a normal con- dition. Dose of the oleoresin, from 3 to 5 grains, 3 times a day (J. King). Related Preparation.—SENECIONINE is the incorrect name given to a concentrated pow- dered preparation formerly made by our manufacturers. Dr. H. H. Hill prepared it as follows: Make a tincture of the coarsely powdered leaves and roots of Senecio, with alcohol of 76 per cent. Distill off the alcohol until the liquid is of the consistence of a fluid extract, add to it several times its weight of water, and precipitate with a solution of alum. Wash the precipitate to free it from the alum, and dry it in the Open air without heat. It forms a dark-green powder, having a peculiar, herbaceous, strong, unpleasant, somewhat resinous and senna-like taste and odor, is soluble in water, partially soluble in alcohol, and more so in ether. It is said to pos- sess the virtues of the plant, and may be given in doses of from 1 to 5 grains, 3 or 4 times a day (J. King). OLEORESINA XANTHOXYLI.—OLEORESIN OF XANTHOXYLUM. SYNONYMS: Oleoresin of prickly ash, Xanthoxylin. Preparation.—By percolation exhaust finely powdered prickly ash bark, any quantity, with alcohol, a sufficient quantity. Distill off two-thirds of the alcohol, and add the residue to two or three times its volume of water. By distilling off the remaining alcohol, or by allowing the mixture to stand, the oleoresin precipi- tates. Collect it, wash it in clear water, allow it to subside, and then separate it from the water by decantation and filtration. History and Description.—The profession is indebted to Mr. Wm. S. Mer- rell for the preparation of this valuable agent, which appears to possess all the medicinal properties of the bark in a concentrated form. When in mass it is blackish, but of a reddish-brown color in thin layers; it has a peculiar odor, some- what similar to that of most oleoresins, and a peculiar bitterish taste, quickly succeeded by a persistent pungency in the mouth and fauces. It is insoluble in water, partially soluble in aqua ammoniae and liquor potassae, forming a solution with a soapy feeling; soluble in ether, from which aqua ammoniae removes a por- tion without much change of color; soluble in oil of turpentine, and to a greater or less extent in oil of Savin, and some other essential oils; soluble in alcohol, from which water precipitates it, forming a dirty-white solution. Acetic, nitric, sulphuric, and hydrochloric acids, when added to the alcoholic solution, occasion no precipitate. “Xanthorylin” in powder is prepared somewhat similar to the process named for “irisin” in powder; as a rule all these so-called dry oleoresins (?) are nearly inert, and not as active as the powdered crude article from which they are made. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Oleoresin of prickly ash bark is stimu- lant, tomic, alterative, and sialagogue, and may be used in all cases where it is desired to stimulate and strengthen mucous tissues. It forms an excellent remedy for rheumatism unaccompanied with inflammation, or where there is an asthenic con- dition of the system, and I have often used it for this purpose with resin of black cohosh, in doses of 1 grain of each, every 1, 2, or 3 hours, with much advantage. Combined with quinine, it will be found very beneficial in cases where quinine alone appears to exert no influence, and will prove a valuable agent in dyspepsia, accompanied with loss of appetite, flatulence, and distress after eating, given in conjunction with oleoresin of ptelea. In low typhoid fever, oleoresin of prickly ash bark will be found a valuable and permanent stimulating tonic, and may, when necessary, be added to laxatives in that disease, to prevent too much prostration —it must, however, be employed only during the stage of prostration. It may be used alone as a stimulating tonic and alterative. When a stimulating tonic is required for children after diarrhoea, dysentery, or other debilitating diseases, a com- bination of hydrochlorate of berberine with oleoresin of prickly ash bark will admirably fulfil the indication. In chronic rheumatism. I have found the following preparation highly beneficial: Take of resin of cimicifuga, oleoresin of prickly ash bark, and extract of apocynum, each, 1 drachm; proof-spirits or whiskey, 1 pint. Mix. Of this, the dose is a tablespoonful 3 times a day, or sufficient to slightly 1336 OLEORESIN A ZINGTBERIS.–OLEUM ADIPIS. affect the head, at the same time attending to the surface and the excretory func- tions. Sometimes I add 2 drachms of guaiacum to the above. The dose of the oleoresin of prickly ash bark is from 1 to 3 grains, 3 or 4 times a day (J. King). OLEORESINA ZINGIBERIS (U. S. P.)—OLEORESIN OF GINGER. SYNONYMs: Extractum zingiberis aethereum, Ethereal extract of ginger. Preparation.—“Ginger, in No. 60 powder, five hundred grammes (500 Gm.) [1 lb. av., 1 oz., 279 grs.]; ether, a sufficient quantity. Put the ginger into a cylin: drical glass percolator, provided with a stop-cock, and arranged with cover and receptacle suitable for volatile liquids. Press the drug firmly and percolate slowly with ether, added in successive portions until the drug is exhausted. Recover the greater part of the ether from the percolate by distillation on a water-bath, and, having transferred the residue to a capsule, allow the remaining ether to evaporate spontaneously. Keep the oleoresin in a well-stoppered bottle”—(U. S. P.). Description and History.—This substance is the piperoid of ginger of Beral. It is a clear, thickish, deep-brown liquid, having the sharp pungency and the flavor of ginger root. Less oleoresin is obtained from the uncoated Jamaica gin- ger, but it has a more pleasant flavor, a lighter color, and greater fluidity when obtained from the latter. Acetone extracts the full amount of it. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Same as for ginger. Dose, 1 minim, well diluted. OLEOSACCHARA (N. F.)—OIL-SUGARS. SYNONYM : Elaeosacchara (Ger. Pharm.). Preparation.—“Any volatile oil, one drop (1 drop); sugar, two grammes (2 Gm.) [31 grs.]. Triturate the sugar with the volatile oil to a fine powder. This preparation should be freshly made when wanted for use. Note.—When Elaeosaccha- Twm Anisi, E. Faeniculi, E. Menthae piperitae, etc., are prescribed, these are to be pre- pared from the corresponding essential oils, according to the above formula”— (Nat. Form.). OLEUM ADIPIS (U. S. P.)—LARD OIL. A fixed oil expressed from lard at a low temperature. Preparation.—If lard be enclosed in stout bags and exposed to a very low temperature, about that of freezing, and then subjected to a gradually increased, yet powerful pressure, the olein separates from the stearin and yields a little over 60 per cent of lard oil. The residual stearin is utilized in the manufacture of soap. Lard oil chiefly contains olein, with some palmitin and stearin. Its com- position is similar to that of olive oil. Description and Tests.-Lard oil, according to the U. S. P., is “a colorless or pale-yellow, oily liquid, having a peculiar odor, and a bland taste. Specific gravity, 0.910 to 0.920 at 15°C. (59°F.). At a temperature a little below 10°C. (50°F.) it usually commences to deposit a white, granular fat, and at or near 0°C. (32°F.) it forms a semisolid, white mass. When it is brought in contact with concen- trated sulphuric acid, a dark reddish-brown color is instantly produced. If 5 Co. of the oil be thoroughly shaken in a test-tube, with 5 Co. of an alcoholic solution of silver nitrate (made by dissolving 0.1 Gm. of silver nitrate in 10 Co. of deodorized alcohol, and adding 2 drops of nitric acid), and the mixture heated for about five minutes in a water-bath, the oil should remain nearly or quite colorless, not acquiring a reddish or brown color, nor should any dark color be produced at the line of contact of the two liquids (absence of more than about 5 per cent of cot- ton-seed oil). If 5 Co. of the oil, contained in a small flask, be mixed with a Solution of 2 Gm. of potassium hydrate in 2 Co. of water, then 5 Co. of alcohol added, and the mixture heated for about 5 minutes on a water-bath, with occa- sional agitation, a perfectly clear and complete solution should be formed, which, on dilution with water to the volume of 50 Co., should form a transparent, light- OleUM AFTHEREUM.—CLEUM AMYGDALAF AMARAE. 1337 yellow liquid, without the separation of an oily layer (absence of appreciable quantities of paraffin oils)”—(U. S. P.). Medical Uses.— Lard oil is used chiefly in pharmacy. In the absence of other fats it might be employed in poisoning by the caustic alkalies. OLEUM AETHEREUM (U. S. P.)—ETHEREAL OIL. “A volatile liquid consisting of equal volumes of heavy oil of wine and ether”—(U. S. P.). Preparation.—“Alcohol, one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 ml]; sulphuric acid, one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 ml], distilled water, twenty-five cubic centimeter (25 Co.) [406 ml]; ether, a sufficient quantity. Add the acid slowly to the alcohol, mix them thoroughly, and allow the mixture to stand, in a closed flask, for 24 hours, or until the liquid is clear; then pour the clear liquid into a tubulated retort of such capacity that the mix- ture shall nearly fill it. Insert a thermometer through the tubulure, so that the bulb shall be deeply immersed in the liquid, and, having connected the retort with a well-cooled condenser, and also having connected with the receiver a bent glass tube for conducting the uncondensed gases into water, distill, by means of a sand-bath, at a temperature between 150° and 160° C. (302° and 320° F.), until oily drops cease to come over, or until a black froth, which forms on the surface, begins to rise in the retort. Separate the yellow ethereal liquid from the distillate, and expose it to the air for 24 hours, in a shallow capsule. Then transfer it to a wet filter, and when the watery portion has drained off, wash the oil which is left on the filter with the distilled water, which should be as cold as possible. When this also has drained off, transfer the oil to a graduated measure, and add to it an equal volume of ether. Keep the product in small, glass-stoppered vials, in a cool place”—(U. S. P.). Description and Chemical Composition.—Ethereal oil is officially described as “a transparent, nearly colorless, volatile liquid, of a peculiar, aromatic, ethereal odor, a pungent, refreshing, bitterish taste, and neutral to dry litmus paper. Spe- cific gravity, 0.910 at 15° C. (59°F.)”—(U. S. P.). The chemical composition of this oil is tersely stated by Bruno Hirsch (Uni- versal Pharmacopoeia, 1890, No. 2109) as follows: “The heavy oil of wine which constitutes one-half of the finished product, is to be considered a solution of solid atherin and liquid aetherol, both of the empirical formula C, H, in diethyl-sulphurous acid ([C, H.J.S.O.) and diethyl-Sulphuric acid ([C.H.].S.O.) in variable quantities, the proportions of which are not yet determined.” (Also see Prof. J. M. Maisch, Amer. Jour, Pharm., 1865, p. 100; and Charles L. Diehl, ibid., p. 126.) Uses.—This oil is used only for pharmaceutical purposes. It is a constituent of compound spirit of ether. In moderate doses ethereal oil stimulates the vasomotor centers, and if the dose be sufficiently large, this is followed by paraly- sis of the tunics of the blood vessels. OLEUM AMYGDALAF AMARAE (U. S. P.)—OIL OF BITTER ALMOND. “A volatile oil obtained from bitter almond by maceration with water, and Subsequent distillation. It should be kept in small, well-stoppered bottles, pro- tected from light”—(U. S. P.). SYNONYM : Olewm amygdalarum (amararum) artherewm. Preparation and Chemical Composition.—The greater quantity of com- mercial oil of bitter almond is prepared from the seeds of apricots, which yield an oil identical with that from bitter almond (Gildemeister and Hoffmann, Die ºtherischen Oele, Leipzig, 1899, p. 572). The seeds are first deprived of their fixed ºil by subjecting them, ground, to a hydraulic pressure of 350 atmospheres. Bitter almonds yield 50 per cent, apricots 35 to 38 per cent of fatty oil. The powdered press-cake is then mixed with about 6 parts, by weight, of water, the Imixture allowed to digest at about 50° C. (122°F) for some 12 hours; the oil is then distilled off with steam. Oil of bitter almond does not preexist in the 1338 OLEUM AMYGDALAF AMARAE. kernels, but is produced in the presence of water by the action of the ferment emº- sim upon the glucosid amygdalin, whereby dextrose, oil of bitter almond, and hydro- cyanic acid are formed, thus: C, H, NOM (amygdalin) + 2 H.O (water)=2C.H.O. (glucose)+C, H.O (oil of bitter almond) + HCN (hydrocºſamic acid). Time must be allowed this chemical decomposition to take place, and the temperature must not be too high, or else the fermentative power of emulsim will be destroyed (compare Amygdala Amara and Lawrocerasus). The yield of the oil from bitter almonds is 0.5 to 0.7 per cent; from apricots, 06 to 1 per cent. It consists of benzaldehyde (C.H.CHO) and hydrocyamic acid, the former being easily convertible by oxidation into benzoic acid. This change is favored by removal of hydrocyanic acid. The quantity of the latter may nor- mally vary from 1.5 to 4 per cent (F. B. Power, Essential Oils, published by Fritzsche Brothers, 1894). A third body may occur in the oil, namely the mitril of mandelic acid (C.H.CHOH.CN), which is merely an addition product of equal molecules of benzaldehyde and hydrocyanic acid. It forms when both substances are in prolonged contact with each other, and is decomposed into its constituents by steam heat. It is therefore not present in the fresh oil. It has the specific gravity 1.124, while the normal oil has the specific gravity of 1,045 to 1,060. Thus a high specific gravity of the oil (exceeding 1.070) indicates the presence of dangerous proportions of hydrocyanic acid. As to the method of valuation of hydrocyanic acid in bitter almond oil, see paper by Prof. Edward Kremers and O. Schreiner, in Pharm. Review, 1896, p. 196. The oil may be completely deprived of its hydro- cyanic acid by shaking with milk of lime and ferrous sulphate, whereby insoluble calcium ferrocyanide is formed (Gildemeister and Hoffmann, loc. cit.). The crude oil may also contain benzoin (CuIH.O.), a solid, crystallizable substance formed by polymerization of benzaldehyde. Description.—Oil of bitter almond is officially described as “a clear, color- less or yellowish, thin, and strongly refractive liquid, having a peculiar, aromatic odor, and a bitter and burning taste. Specific gravity, 1.060 to 1,070 at 15° C. (59°F.). Boiling point, about 180°C, (356°F.). Optically inactive. Soluble in 300 parts of water at 15° C. (59°F.)., and in alcohol or ether in all proportions; also soluble in nitric acid at ordinary temperatures without the evolution of nitrous vapors. In the fresh state the oil is neutral to litmus, but when kept for some time it assumes an acid reaction, due to the formation of benzoic acid”— (U. S. P.). Warm nitric, or fuming nitric acid converts it into nitrobenzaldehyde and benzoic acid. Tests.--The U. S. P. gives the following tests: “If 10 drops of the oil, dis- solved in a little alcohol, be shaken with a few drops of a strong solution of sodium hydrate, then with a little ferrous sulphate T.S., and finally mixed with a slight excess of hydrochloric acid, a blue precipitate will be produced (presence of hydrocyanic acid). The presence of artificial oil containing chlorinated products may be detected in the following manner. Fold a small strip of filter paper in the form of a taper, saturate it with the oil, and lay it in a small porcelain cap- sule. Set this capsule into a larger one, and provide a large beaker to be inverted over the capsule containing the taper. Then, having moistened the inner sur- face of the beaker with distilled water, ignite the taper, immediately invert the beaker over the capsule, and allow the products of combustion to be absorbed by the water in the beaker. If the beaker be now rinsed with a little distilled water, and the liquid filtered, the filtrate should yield no turbidity with silver nitrate T.S. If 5 Co. of the oil be vigorously shaken, in a flask, with 50 Co. of a cold, saturated solution of sodium bisulphite, and the mixture heated for a few minutes on a water-bath, the odor of the oil should disappear, and a nearly clear solution be formed, without the separation of any oily drops on the surface of the liquid (absence of most other volatile oils and of nitrobenzol)”—(U. S. P.). The latter test depends on the property of aldehydes to enter into crystallizable, imodorous addition-compounds with sodium bisulphite. Thus: C, H.CHO-H-Na. HSO,-C.H.CHOH.SO, Na (also see test under Nitrobenzenum). Another rapid and simple test for artificial oil containing chlorine compounds depends upon the dis- tinct, but evanescent, green-flame coloration imparted to the flame of a Bunsen burner by a clean, copper wire when moistened with the oil in question, the col- oration being due to the vapors of copper chloride (F. B. Power, loc. cit.). OLEUM AMYGDALAE EXPRESSUM. 339 ARTIFICIAL OIL of BITTER ALMOND, or pure benzaldehyde (benzoic aldehyde) C.H.O, or C.H.COH, is now extensively prepared, in Europe, from certain chlorine substitution products, e.g., benzalchloride (C.H.C.HCl), of the fluid coal-tar hydro- carbon toluene (C.H.C.H.). This artificial product is now frequently used ; it is naturally free from hydrocyanic acid, but has a slightly peculiar smellowing to the presence of traces of chlorine compounds, which are difficult to remove (see Tests). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—The medicinal uses of this agent are those named under diluted hydrocyanic acid, which see. It is used in the arts to give flavor and odor to candies, and in pharmacy to flavor castor and cod-liver oils. It is extremely poisonous, 1 drop having proved fatal to small animals, and 15 drops to an adult. Locally (oil, 1 drop, to water, 1 flá) it allays itching. The maximum dose internally should not exceed one-half minim, given in emulsion with sugar, water, and acacia. OLEUM AMYGDALAE EXPRESSUM (U. S. P.)—EXPRESSED OIL OF ALIMOND. “A fixed oil expressed from the bitter or sweet almond. It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place"—(U. S. P.). SYNONYMs: Oleum amygdalae (Br.), Oleum amygdala dulcis, Oleum amygdalarum, Expressed oil of almond, Sweet oil of almond. Preparation. —Both bitter and sweet almonds deprived of the adherent brownish dust by means of rubbing or sifting, and freed from inferior pieces, are bruised or ground, put into a bag, and strongly pressed between perfectly smooth and slightly warmed steel plates. The heat should not be greater than 30°C. (86°F.). The margins of the press-cake, if again powdered and expressed, yield an additional quantity of oil. At first the oil is turbid. It is allowed to stand, and the clear oil is then decanted. The yield is from 40 to 55 per cent for sweet almonds; about 30 to 50 per cent for bitter almonds. The highest yields are obtained only by strong hydraulic pressure. If almonds be immersed in hot water, deprived of their cuticular covering, oven-dried and then expressed, a color- less oil is obtained, but it is more liable to become rancid than if prepared as above directed, and to develop a prussic acid odor. Description and Chemical Composition.—“A clear, pale straw-colored or colorless, oily liquid, almost inodorous, and having a mild, nutty taste. Specific gravity, 0.915 to 0.920 at 15° C. (59°F.). Only slightly soluble in alcohol, solu- ble in ether and in chloroform in all proportions. It remains clear at –10°C. (14°F.), and does not congeal until cooled to near —20°C. (–4°F.)”—(U. S. P.). Almond oil is non-drying and when exposed to the atmosphere is liable to become rancid and acrid. Benzin and the fixed oils readily dissolve it in all pro- portions. The coloring matter, together with a small portion only of the oil, is dissolved by alcohol. According to G. M. Beringer (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1889, p. 232), 1 part of oil of almond is completely dissolved in 4 parts of boiling abso- lute alcohol, and in 34 parts of the same solvent at ordinary temperature, while 42 parts of boiling alcohol of the specific gravity 0.820, are required for complete Solution. Expressed oil of almond consists principally of the glyceride of oleic acid with appreciable amounts of the glyceride of linoleic acid (see A. Hazura, in Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1889, p. 471). Tests.--"If 2 Co. of the oil be vigorously shaken with 1 Co. of fuming nitric acid and 1 Co. of water, a whitish, not red or brownish, mixture, should be formed, which, after standing for some hours at about 10°C. (50°F.), should separate into a solid, white mass, and a scarcely colored liquid (distinction from the fixed oils of apricot and peach kernels, and from sesamum, cotton-seed and poppy-seed oils). If 10 Co. of the oil be mixed with 15 Co. of a 15 per cent solution of sodium hydrate and 10 Co. of alcohol, and the mixture allowed to stand at a temperature of 35° to 40° C. (95° to 104°F.), with occasional agitation, until it becomes clear, and then diluted with 100 Co. of water, the clear solution thus obtained, upon the subsequent addition of an excess of hydrochloric acid, will set free a layer of oleic acid. This, when separated from the aqueous liquid, washed with warm water, and clarified in a water-bath, will remain liquid at 15° C. (59°F.), although some- times depositing particles of solid matter and becoming turbid. One part of this 1340 OLEUM ANETHI.—OLEUM ANIMALE AETHEREUM. oleic acid, when mixed with 1 volume of alcohol, should give a clear solution, which, at 15° C. (59°F.) should not deposit any fatty acids, nor become turbid on the further addition of 1 volume of alcohol (distinction from olive, arachis, cotton- seed, sesamum, and other fixed oils)”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—A non-poisonous, bland oil of agree- able taste, which may be given like olive oil, in dose of 1 to 8 drachms in muci- lage or egg emulsion for the relief of chronic coughs. OLEUM ANETHI.—OIL OF DILL. The volatile oil distilled from the fruit of Amethwm, graveolens, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Umbelliferae. Preparation and Description.—The yield of the oil, obtained by distillation with water, is from 2.5 per cent (East Indian) to 4 per cent (Russian) (Schim- mel & Co.). The residual herb is rich in nitrogenous and fatty matter, and in dried form is used as feed for cattle. The oil is pale yellow, having a sweetish, sharp, burning taste, and a penetrating odor resembling that of the fruit. It gradually becomes darker in color. The odor of East Indian dill oil differs markedly from that of the German product. The density is 0.905 to 0.915 (as high as 0.970 for East Indian) (Schimmel & Co.). Optical rotation, +70° to +80°; East Indian, +-41° 30'. Chemical Composition.—Oil of dill contains from 40 to 60 per cent of carvone (carvol), identical in optical rotation and other physical and chemical properties with that from oil of caraway (see A. Beyer, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1884, p. 324). Furthermore, the terpene hydrocarbons, dextro-limoneme, and sometimes phellam- dreme are present. The East Indian dill oil contains a peculiar heavy constituent, ascertained by Ciamician and Silber (1896) to be an isomer of apiol from parsley oil and named by these chemists dill-apiol (C,EI.O.) (Gildemeister and Hoffmann, Die AEtherischen Oele, 1899). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Carminative and local anodyne. Useful in flatulent colic. Dose, 5 to 10 drops in sweetened hot water. OLEUMI ANIMALE AETHEREUMI.—ANIMAL OIL. SYNoNYMS: Olewm animale Dippelii, Dippel's animal oil, Olewm cormw cervi rectifi- Catwºm. History and Preparation.—J. C. Dippel, in 1711, first obtained this oil by the destructive distillation of dried blood. It is now produced by the rectifi- cation of Crude (or fetid) animal oil (Olewm Cornw Cervi, or Bone oil). When animal Substances, such as bones (previously freed from fat), hoofs, horns, blood, hide, etc., are subjected to dry distillation, the following substances are chiefly produced: Carbonic acid gas and combustible gaseous products, a sublimate of carbonate of ammonium (Salt of hartshorn, Sal Cornw cervi); an aqueous liquid (Spiritus Cornw Cervi), containing ammonium Salts of carbonic and hydrocyanic acids, ammonium sulphide, and empyreumatic oils; furthermore, a black-brown, fetid tar (Oleum Cornw Cervi), and a residue of charcoal containing nitrogen. The tar chiefly con- sists of pyridine bases, such as pyridine (C.H.N), picoline (C.H.N.), lutidine (C.H.N), collidine (C.H.M.N), etc., and yields upon repeated rectification Dippel’s ethereal oil. According to Hager (Hamdbuch der Pharm. Praxis, Vol. II, 1886, p. 568), the crude oil is first distilled from a glass retort by the heat of a sand-bath, as long as a thin oil passes over. The distillate is mixed with four times its bulk of distilled water, and this mixture distilled from a metallic retort. The distillate separates into an aqueous and an oily layer; the latter is drawn off and run into small bottles, securely sealed and put into a dark and cool place. The yield is about 15 to 20 per cent. Description.—Medicinal, or rectified animal oil is a thin, colorless, or but faintly yellow, oily body, the average specific gravity of which is 0.80. Its odor is ethereal, not fetid, and powerfully penetrating; its taste acrid and sharp, with a cooling, bitter after-taste. Water (80 parts), volatile and fixed oils, alcohol, and OLEUM ANISI. 1341 ether, dissolve it. When exposed to the atmosphere and light its color deepens rapidly, and the oil assumes a denser consistence. Its reaction is feebly alkaline. Chemical Composition.-This oil is a mixture of many substances which are but partly known. Besides several hydrocarbons, methyl-, propyl-and butyl- amine, aniline, pyrrol (C, H.N), pyridine (C.H.,N), lutidine (C.H.,N), picoline (C.H.O), and collidine (C, Hu N), etc., are present (Anderson). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Animal oil is not now employed to any extent in therapy. Formerly it was employed, alone or combined, by fric- tion, for the same purposes as liminents. From 5 to 30 drops were formerly used internally, combined with sugar, ether, and Hoffmann's anodyne, for the expul- sion of tapeworms, and in chorea, epilepsy, paralysis, hysteria, Sciatic neuralgia, chronic rheumatism, and in typhoid states. It has much to condemn it and nothing to com- mend it. It is extremely poisonous, 3 drachms having quickly killed an adult. Derivatives of Crude Animal Oil.-PYRIDINE (not pyrodine) (C3H3N) is a colorless fluid base obtained from Dippel’s animal oil, and is found also in tobacco smoke, coal-naphtha, shale-oil, peat-tar, etc. It is obtained by treating the oil with sulphuric acid, afterward with caustic soda, subjecting the decomposed mixture to fractional distillation, treating with oxidi- zers to remove aniline, and fractionating a scoond time. It is also synthetically prepared. Its specific gravity is 0.980; its boiling point, 116°C. (240.8°F.); it has a sharp, peculiar, empyreumatic, and persistent taste. With acids it unites to form salts. Water dissolves it, but caustic potash or soda in excess precipitates it. Fixed oils, ether, alcohol, benzol, and chloroform mix with it in all proportions. Lºrge doses of it act as a powerful poison, inducing cyanosis, general muscular paralysis, and death from respiratory failure. Small doses are reputed stimulant, and are said to have been employed successfully in angima pectoris. Dose, 6 to 12 drops, once a day; or better, 2 to 4 drops, 3 times a day. It has been more generally recommended as a palliative inhalant in asthmatic affections. An aqueous solution (1 in 300) has been employed locally in gomorrhoea. PYRIDINE TRICARBoxylic ACID (C5H2(COOH]3 N).-A derivative of pyridine, aud also obtained from certain of the cinchona alkaloids. It forms prismatic crystals which fuse at 244°C. (471.2°F.). Reputed antipyretic, antiastbmatic, and antiseptic. Ten-grain doses are said to have been more effective than quinine in malarial fever, given after the paroxysm. Asserted useful in typhoid fever, asthma (1 to 2-grain doses), and to have a specific effect on gomorrhaea (locally applied). PYRODINE.—(See Related Compounds and Derivatives of Phenacetinum.) OLEUM ANISI (U. S. P.)—OIL OF ANISE. “A volatile oil distilled from amise. It should be kept in well-stoppered bot- tles protected from light, and, if it has separated into a liquid and a solid portion, it should be completely liquefied by warming before being dispensed "-(U. S. P.). Source and Chemical Composition.—This oil is prepared by distilling anise seed, from Pimpinella amisum, Linné, with water. The Russian seeds are now mostly used; they yield, according to Schimmel & Co. (Reports, April, 1897), from 2.4 to 3.2 per cent of oil; Italian fruit (Bolognese) yielded as high as 3.5 per cent. Over 90 per cent of the oil consists of amethol (para-methory-propenyl-benzol, Cohl,O, or C.H.IOCHJ.CH:CH.C.H.), which is the essential aromatic constituent of the oil. It was obtained synthetically, in 1877, by Perkin. It is a snow-white, crys- tallizable body, of sweet taste, melts at 21.5°C. (69.8° F.), and is optically in- active. The liquid constituent of anise oil is methyl-chavicol, an isomer of amethol. Both amethol and methyl-chavicol also occur in the oil of star-anise (Illicium verum) (Schimmel’s Report, Oct., 1895); amethol is also found in fennel oil (Cahours, 1841). In oil of star-anise, dextro-pinene and laevo-phellamdrene were also found. Description and Tests. –The U. S. P. describes the oil as follows: “A color- less or pale-yellow, thin, and strongly refractive liquid, having the characteristic odor of anise, and a sweetish, mildly aromatic taste. Specific gravity, about 0.980 to 0.990 at 17°C. (62.6°F.), increasing with age. At a low temperature, usually between 10° and 15° C. (50° and 59°F.), it solidifies to a white, crystal- line mass. Soluble in an equal volume of alcohol to a clear solution (absence of most fixed oils and oil of turpentime). This solution is neutral to litmus paper, and should not assume a blue or brownish color on the addition of a drop of ferric chloride T.S. (absence of some volatile oils containing phenols). When the oil is dropped into water, without agitation, it should not produce a milky turbidity (absence of alcohol)”—(U. S. P.). 1342 OLEUM ANTHEMIDIS.—OLEUM AlJRANTII CORTICIS. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Both oil of anise and oil of star-anise, are carminative and antispasmodic, and especially adapted to flatulency and colic of infants. They likewise, in connection with aqua ammonie, ammonium chlo- ride, or ammonium carbonate, afford relief in spasmodic cough. . The dose is from 5 to 10 drops. Ruschenberger states that the offensive odor of the tersulphides in solutions or ointments is removed or completely covered by the presence of oil of amise. Oil of amise is an ingredient of paregoric and other well-known preparations. Related Oil.-OIL of ANISE BARK. From Madagascar; botanical Source unknown, but the bark closely resembles the Massoi bark, and yields 3.5 per cent of essential oil. The oil is pale-yellow, spicy and feebly sweet to the taste, and has an odor suggestiye of Safrol. Density, 0.969. It contains chiefly Eykman's methyl-chavicol (CH3O.C.s HA.C.H.C.H.CH2), the fluid ane- thol isomeric with ordinary anethol, of which it also contains a small proportion (Schimmel & Co.'s Report, April, 1892, p. 53). OLEUMI ANTHEMIDIS.—OIL OF CHAMIOMILE. The essential oil distilled from the flowers of Anthem is mobilis, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Compositae. SYNoNYMs: Olewm chamomillae Romanæ, Oil of Roman chamomile. Source and Description.—Oil of chamomile is obtained by distillation of chamomile flowers (Anthemis mobilis) with water, the yield being 0.8 to 1 per cent (Schimmel & Co.'s Report, April, 1897). When first obtained it is bluish, after- ward greenish, but finally becomes yellowish-brown; its specific gravity is about 0.9083 (0.905 to 0.915). It has the odor of chamomile flowers, and an aromatic, somewhat pungent taste. It dissolves in 6 parts of 70 per cent alcohol. Chemical Composition.—The constituents of this oil, according to Schim- mel & Co., are chiefly the isobutylester of isobutyric and angelic acids, the amyl- and hexyl-ester of angelic and tiglic acids. The highest boiling fractions yield upon saponification and distillation, principally two alcohols, viz., methyl-ethyl-propyl alcohol (C.H.C.H.C.H.C.H.C.H.OH), and anthemol (CoH,O) an isomer of camphor. A paraffin-like body, anthemem (CsII, ) (Naudin, 1884) is probably also present in the highest fractions. (For interesting details regarding the chemistry of this oil, see Gildemeister and Hoffmann, loc. cit.) Angelic and tiglic acids are isomers, their composition being C.H.O.. Heat converts the former into the latter acid. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Oil of chamomile is tomic and anti- spasmodic; and has been found very serviceable in spasm of the stomach, painful dysmemorrhaea, hiccough, pertussis, to allay mausea and vomiting, and to prevent or lessen the griping influence of some cathartics. The dose is from 5 to 10 drops. The Matricaria Chamomilla furnishes a thick, deep-blue oil, becoming brown by age, and which is frequently substituted for the oil of chamomile. It is less antispas- modic than the true chamomile oil. It is an ingredient of some limiments for painful affections. OLEUM AURANTII CORTICIS (U. S. P.)—oil, OF ORANGE PEEL. “A volatile oil obtained by expression from the fresh peel of either the bitter orange, Citrus vulgaris, Risso, or the Sweet orange, Citrus Aurantium, Linné (Nat. º It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place”— (U. S. P.). SYNONYM : Essential oil of orange peel. Source and Preparation.—There are in commerce two oils of orange peel, viz.: OLEUM AURANTII DULCIS, Oil of Sweet orange peel, and OLEUM AURANTII AMARI, Oil of bitter orange peel. Both are included in the official oil. They are prepared in southern Europe by at least five different methods: (1) by rupturing the super- ficial portion of the rind, thus liberating the oil from the glands; (2) by forcibly twisting the fresh rind and collecting the oil upon sponges, and afterward Squeez- ing the contents of the saturated Sponges into a suitable vessel; (3) by grating the exterior of the rind, and expressing; (4) by putting the scrapings into hot water and skimming off the oil; (5) by distillation of the residues after expres- sion, which yields an inferior product. Ol.EUM A JRANTII FLORUM. 1343 Chemical Composition.—Both oils are composed chiefly (to 90 per cent) of (leºtro-limoneme (Wallach, 1884). In addition the oil of sweet orange peel contains, according to Semmler (1891), a small quantity of geranial (citral), and an alde- hyde of lower boiling point (Power, Essential Oils). The oil of orange peel is under further chemical investigation. Ninety per cent of the oil distills between 175° and 180° C. (347° and 354°F.). DEXTRO-LIMONENE occurs chiefly in orange and lemon oils; also found in oils of caraway, dill and elsewhere; lavo-limoneme in American oil of peppermint and a few other oils. Both modifications are identical in every respect except their optical antagonism. Combined in equi-molecular quantities, they form a terpene nearly identical with dipentene which is inactive. Limonene is a colorless liquid of a pleasant lemon odor; its specific gravity at 15° C. (59°F.) is 0.846; boiling point 175° to 176°C. (347° to 348.4°F.). Being an unsaturated terpene, 1 mole- cule absorbs 4 atoms of bromine, forming there with a characteristic addition prod- uct which melts at 104.5°C. (220°F.) (Wallach, 1887). Description and Tests.-Chemically, and in most other particulars, these two oils are similar. Their flavor differs somewhat, and that from the bitter oranges undergoes change more quickly on exposure. Oil of sweet orange peel is gener- ally preferred in making elixir of orange. The best is the Sicilian oil, though not all is made in Sicily. That from Bigarade orange is known in France as Essence de Bigarade, and regarded the most valuable; that from the Portugal or Sweet orange is called Essence de Portugal. Oil of orange peel is officially described as “a pale yellowish liquid, having the characteristic, aromatic odor of orange, and an aromatic and, when obtained from the bitter orange, somewhat bitter taste. Specific gravity, about 0.850 at 15°C. (59°F.). Its optical rotation should not be less than 95° to the right in a 100 Mm. tube, and at a temperature of about 15° to 20°C. (59° to 68°F.). Soluble in about four times its volume of alcohol, this solution being neutral to litmus paper; also soluble in all proportions, in absolute alcohol or in carbon disulphide, and in an equal volume of glacial acetic acid. When kept for some time the oil should not develop a terebinthinate odor or taste (absence of oil of turpentine or of other oils containing pinene)”—(U. S. P.). Both oils have the same specific gravity (0.848 to 0.854, Schimmel & Co.). Action and Uses.—This agent is enployed for perfuming or flavoring medi- cines. Its properties are those of an irritant, and it is somewhat marcotic. Those who prepare the oil are subject to mental confusion, muscular debility, neural- gia, ºaches disordered digestion, and erythema, papules, and vesicles upon the skin, OLEUM AURANTII FLORUM (U. S. P.)—OIL OF ORANGE FLOWERS. “A volatile oil distilled from the fresh flowers of the bitter orange, Citrus vul- garis, Risso (Nat. Ord.—Rutaceae). It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, protected from light”—(U. S. P.). SYNONYMS : Oil of meroli, Essence of meroli. Preparation and History.—This oil is obtained in the making of orange- flower water, the oil floating upon the surface of the fluid in small amounts. It is best when prepared from the petals rather than from the whole flower. As found in commerce it is usually adulterated with oil or essence of petit grain. The latter is the volatile oil of the leaves, shoots, and the young fruits of the Bigarade orange. The term oil or essence of petit grain, was at one time applied to the oil obtained by distillation from small, immature oranges, but is now referred to the oil produced as above stated. Description.—“A yellowish or brownish, thin liquid, having a very fragrant odor of orange flowers, and an aromatic, somewhat bitter taste. Specific gravity, 0.875 to 0.890 at 15°C. (59°F.). Soluble in an equal volume of alcohol, the solu- tion being neutral to litmus paper. If a little alcohol be poured on the surface of the oil, and the mixture gently undulated, a bright, violet fluorescence will usu- ally be observed. In contact with a saturated solution of sodium bisulphite it assumes a handsome and permanent purplish-red color”—(U. S. P.). The oil has a slight right-handed optical rotation. 1344 OLEUM BERG AMOTTAE. Chemical Composition.—Orange-flower oil contains an odorless stearoptein, formerly called meroli camphor; it is a paraffin, melting at 55° (131°F., Pharmaco- graphia). Tiemann and Semmler, in 1893, obtained by fractional distillation of the oil limoneme, laevo-linalool, limaloyl acetate, and geraniol. Schimmel & Co., in 1894, discovered in the oil small quantities of anthramilic acid methyl-ester (NH.C.H. COOCH), melting at 25°C. (77°F.), to the presence of which the fragrance and the fluorescence of the oil are due (see Report, April, 1899, p. 32). An artificial body, many times stronger than oil of neroli, and used quite extensively by soap- makers and perfumers, is on the market under the name merolin. It is a white powder, soluble in fixed oil and alcohol, but not in water. Uses.—Oil of orange flowers is used chiefly in manufacturing perfumes, and has been suggested for perfuming local applications. OLEUM BERGAMOTTAF (U. S. P.)—OIL OF BERGAMOT. “A volatile oil obtained by expression from the rind of the fresh fruit of Citrus Bergamia, Risso et Poiteau (Nat. Ord.—Rutaceae). It should be kept in well- stoppered bottles, in a cool place, protected from light”—(U. S. P.). SYNONYM : Oleum bergamī (Pharm., 1880). Botanical Source, Preparation, and History.—Oil of bergamot exists in the rind of the ripe fruit of Citrus Bergamia, from which it may be obtained by expression in the same manner as for procuring the oil of lemon. It may also be obtained by distillation, but the product is not so agreeable as by expression. According to Wight and Arnott, the leaves of the bergamot tree are oblong, more or less elongated, acute, or obtuse, underside somewhat pale; the petiole more or less winged or margined ; the flowers usually small and white; the fruit pale- yellow, pyriform or depressed; the rind with concave receptacles of oil; the pulp more or less acid. About 2% ounces of oil may be obtained by expression from 100 bergamots. The plant is cultivated in the south of Europe from whence the oil is imported. Description and Tests.-Bergamot oil is sometimes erroneously called essence of bergamot. The U. S. P. describes it as “a greenish or greenish-yellow, thin liquid, having a peculiar, very fragrant odor, and an aromatic, bitter taste. Specific gravity, 0.880 to 0.885 at 15° C. (59°F). Its optical rotation should not be more than 20° to the right in a 100 Mm. tube, and at a temperature of about 15° to 20°C. (59° to 68°F.). Two volumes of the oil, when mixed with 1 volume of alcohol, should give a clear solution of a slightly acid reaction, and this solution should not become turbid on the further addition of alcohol (distinction from oil of orange or oil of lemon). The oil should also be soluble at 20°C. (68°F.), with- out the separation of oily drops, in 1.5 to 2 volumes of alcohol of 80° per cent by volume. It is soluble, in all proportions, in glacial acetic acid. If about 2 Gm. of the oil be evaporated in a small, tared capsule, on a water-bath, until the odor has completely disappeared, a soft, green, homogeneous residue should be left, amount- ing to not more than about 6 per cent of the oil (absence of fatty oils)”—(U.S.P.). Chemical Composition.—The fragrance of oil of bergamot is due to the acetic ester of lavo-limalool, its quantity varying in the oil from 36 to sometimes 40 per cent. The fully matured fruits yield most of this ester. Furthermore, free linalool, dextro-limoneme, perhaps dipentene, and 5 per cent of inodorous bergamot cam- phor or bergapten (C, H.O.) are present. According to Pomeranz (1891), it is the mono-methyl-ether of dioxy-coumarin, derived from phloroglucin (Gildemeister and Hoffmann, loc. cit.). Action and Medical Uses.—Gently excitant, but is used almost wholly in perfumery, soaps, and for scenting toilet preparations and ointments. Related Oils.-OII, OF LEMON GRAss, Oleum andropogon citrati. An essential oil, sometimes called oil of verbena, derived from several species of Andropogon, particularly Andropoſſom citratus, cultivated in India, Ceylon, Malayan peninsula, and near Singapore. It is yellowish-brown with a sharp taste and peculiar odor, used only in perfumes in this country, but as a stimulant and carminative in the East. When treated with a saturated solution of sodium bisulphite, it yields a crystalline compound. The known constituents of this oil are the aldehyde citral (C10H16O), an unsaturated ketone methyl-heptenome (Cs H140), and in the highest boiling fractions the alcohol geraniol (C10H18O). OLEUM BETULAE VOLATILE.—OLEUM BUBULUM. 1345 OIL of CITRONELLA, Oleum andropogon mardi.-The volatile oil distilled from a plant in cultivation in Ceylon, in the Straits Settlement, and coast of Malabar. The natives of Ceylon are engaged in the treatment of the plant, which is distilled by steam in suitable apparatus. It is a yellowish-green oil, slightly laevo-rotatory, of the specific gravity 0.886 to 0.900, has a sharp taste and characteristic odor. With alcohol, it mixes in all proportions. Two or two and one-half volumes of alcohol (80 per cent) should mix perfectly transparent with 1 volume of the oil, at a temperature not lower than 20°C. (68°F.). If the mixture be cloudy it indicates the presence of fixed oils. If oily drops form upon standing, when 5 to 10 volumes of 80 per cent alcohol are added, the presence of petroleum is indicated. Citronella oil contains about 50 per cent of geraniol, citromellal, an aldehyde (C10H18O) which Semmler (1891) succeeded in converting into citromellic acid (C10H18O2); furthermore borneol (1 to 2 per cent), methyl-heptemone, acetic and valeriamic acids in the form of esters. The higher specific gravity observed in Lama batu, oil is due to the presence of methyl-eugenol (allyl-ceratrol C6H3.C3H5.OCH3.OCH3) (Gilde- meister and Hoffmann, loc cit.). The oil is employed in perfuming soaps. YLANG-YI, \NG OIL, Camanga oil, Oleum unomae, Oleum anomac.—The flowers of a south Asiatic tree, growing in Java and Manila, yield this essential oil which is used only in per- fumes. A reputed solution of it, in the oil of the cocoanut, is known as Macassar Hair Oil. Ylang-Ylang oil contains larvo-linalool, geraniol, benzoic and acetic acids (in the form of esters), methyl-ether of para-kresol (CH3.C.6 H.A.OCH3), traces of a phenol, Cadineme, etc. OLEUM BETULAE VOLATILE (U. S. P.)—VoIATILE OIL OF BIFTUL.A. “A volatile oil obtained by distillation from the bark of Betula lenta, Linné, Sweet birch (Nat. Ord.— Betulaceae). It is identical with methyl salicylate (CH, C.H.O.), and nearly identical with oil of gaultheria. It should be kept in well- stoppered bottles, protected from light”—(U. S. P.). SYNONYM : Oil of sweet birch. History and Chemical Composition.—This oil is formed in the bark by the action of the ferment betwlase (Schneegans, 1896) upon the glucosid gaultherin (C, H, Os–H H.O) (Procter, 1843; Schneegans and Gerock, 1894). Upon saponifi- cation, it yields salicylic acid and methyl alcohol. The oil was first distilled from sweet birch, in 1865, in Luzerne county, Pennsylvania, and although the yield is only 0.23 per cent, against 0.80 per cent from gaultheria, distillation of the former material is less expensive. (See, in this connection, two interesting papers by Mr. Geo. W. Kennedy, in Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1882, p. 49, and W. H. Breisch, ibid., 1891, p. 579.) The oil is frequently sold for Natural oil of wintergreem. Dr. F. B. Power and Dr. C. Kleber (Pharm. Rundschau, 1895, p. 228) summarize the differ- ences between oil of wintergreen and oil of sweet birch as follows: (1) “Oil of wintergreem (Gaultheria) contains about 99 per cent of methyl salicylate, together with a small amount of a paraffin, which is probably triacomtam (C.H.), an alde- hyde or ketone, an apparently secondary alcohol (C.H.O), and an ester (C.H.O.). A pure, fresh oil of gaultheria deviates a ray of polarized light to the left, and the extent of this rotation should not be less than —0° 25' in a tube of 100 Mm. (2) Oil of sweet birch (Betula), in its unrectified state, contains about 99.8 per cent of methyl salicylate, together with a very small amount of the above-mentioned paraffin (C.H.), an aldehyde or ketone, and the ester (C.H.O.), but does not con- tain the alcohol (C.H.O), which is found in gaultheria oil. The oil of sweet birch is always optically inactive. (3) Both of these oils have a specific gravity varying from 1.180 to 1.187 at 15° C. (59°F.). Both of them, as well as synthetic methyl salicylate, form a clear solution with five times their volume of 70 per cent alco- hol, at 20° to 25°C. (68° to 77°F.). Neither the oil of gaultheria nor the oil of sweet birch contains any trace of benzoic acid or its esters, nor do they contain any terpene or sesquiterpene.” Volatile oil of betula, “ has the same properties and conforms to the same reactions and tests as methyl salicylate”—(U. S. P.). (See Methyl Salicylas; also Oleum Gaultheriae.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Same as Olewm Gawltheria (which see). OLEUM BUBULUMI.—NEAT’S-FOOT OIL. The oil obtained from the feet of the Bos domesticus. SYNONYMS : Oleum pedum tauri, Awungia pedum tauri. S5 1346 OLEUM CADINUM.–OLEUM CARBOLATUM. Preparation.— Having removed the skin and hoof from ox feet, subject them to the long-continued action of water at 100°C. (212°F.); the fatty matters which rise and float upon the surface must be skimmed off from time to time, placed into another portion of clear water, and the whole be heated to about 90.6° or 93.3°C. (195° or 200°F.). The oil again floats upon the surface, and may be taken therefrom. The oil may be still further purified, if necessary, by placing it in clean water, and subjecting it, for 20 or 25 hours, to a temperature which will be just sufficient to isolate the oil from its fat; upon the cooling of the water, and after the solidification of the fat, the thin oil which remains should be passed through a coarse charcoal filter. Description.—Good neat's-foot oil has no smell, a mild taste, an oily feel, and is of a white or pale-yellowish color. According to Hager (Handbuch, 1886), it does not become rancid, even after a lapse of one year; its use for hair pomades is therefore suggested. Its specific gravity at 15° C. (59°F.) is 0.915. It does not readily solidify remaining fluid at very low temperatures, and is used for lubri- cating purposes, likewise by saddlers and shoemakers, to soften and preserve leather and prevent its cracking. Glycerin, oleic acid, and a small portion of stearic acid, are yielded upon saponification. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This oil is emollient and relaxant, and may be applied with advantage to the breast and throat, in crowp or cough, rub- bing it on with brisk friction. It likewise enters into various extemporaneous limiments and poultices. Dr. C. R. Hall stated in the London Journal of Medicine, that he has used this oil in the place of cod-liver oil, in tuberculous diseases with much efficacy; the dose is the same as that of the cod-liver oil, and occasionally proves laxative. He found it especially useful among those patients with whom the fish oil occasioned nausea. The oil used was merely freed from foreign parti- cles; it was of a yellowish-brown color, and thick and opaque with stearin, like honey not over clear. It does not, however, find favor at the present day, on account of its taste and odor, and its tendency to purge. It is now largely used for rendering leather soft and pliable. OLEUM CADINUM (U. S. P.)—OIL OF CADE. “A product of the dry distillation of the wood of Juniperus Oxycedrus, Linné (Nat. Ord.—Coniferae).”—(U. S. P.). SYNONYM : Olewm juniperi empyreumaticum. Description and Chemical Composition.—“A brownish or dark-brown, clear, thick liquid, having a tarry odor, and an empyreumatic, burning, some- what bitter taste. Specific gravity, about 0.990 at 15° C. (59°F.). It is almost insoluble in water, but imparts to it an acid reaction. It is only partially solu- ble in alcohol, but is completely soluble in ether, chloroform, or carbon disul- phide”—(U.S. P.). It is inflammable, and is prepared in France in a manner similar to that for making tar. Common juniper-wood oil is often substituted for it. Oil of cade contains phenols and large quantities of the sesquiterpene cadineme (C.H.) (Wallach, 1887). * Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Oil of cade has been much used in France as a remedy in many cutaneous affections, as prwrigo, chronic eczema, particu- larly of the moist variety, psoriasis, pityriasis rubra, and favus, and for the removal of worms (3 to 5 drops, several times a day). Probably our common tar will, as a substitute, prove fully as effectual. It is largely used upon animals. It may be used pure, or in ointment, liminents, Soaps, or glycerites. OLEUM CARBOLATUM (N. F.)—CARBOLIZED OIL. Preparation.—“Carbolic acid, five grammes (5 Gm.) [77 grs.]; cotton-seed oil, ninety-five grammes (95 Gm.) [3 ozs, av., 154 grs.]. Melt the carbolic acid with a gentle heat, and mix it with the cotton-seed oil”—(Nat. Form.). Action and Medical Uses.—(See Acidum Carbolicwm.) OLE U M C AJ U PUTI. 1347 OLEUM CAJUPUTI (U. S. P.)—OIL OF CAJUPUT. “A volatile oil distilled from the leaves of Melaleuca Leucademdron, Linné (Nat. Ord.— Myrtaceae). It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place”—(U. S. P.). SYNoNYMs: Oleum cajeputi, Oil of cajeput, Oleum. Wittmebianum. Botanical Source and History.—This oil is distilled from the leaves of Melaleuca Leucademdron, a tree growing in the Moluccas and adjacent islands. It is variously known as White tea-tree, Broad-leaved tea- tree, Paper-barked tea-tree, Swamp tea-tree, and White- wood. It is a small tree, with a tolerably erect but crooked trunk; a soft, thick, spongy, whitish, ash- N ſ * colored bark; and scattered branches, with the slem- Alſº §§§º Fig. 181. der twigs often drooping as completely as in the weeping willow (Salia, Babylonica). The leaves are * :- : s~ Š .º%§ :; gº alternate, most frequently vertical, short-stalked, nar- §: row-lanceolate, while young, sericeous, sometimes §§ g * º º Sºğ. slightly falcate, entire, from 3 to 5 inches long, and ; \ $.§** §§ § y& from , to # of an inch broad; and very aromatic when bruised. The flowers are ternate, sessile, small, white, scentless, in terminal and axillary, downy spikes; the bracts are solitary, lanceolate, silky, and caducous. Calyx urceolate. Corolla white and orbicular; filaments 30 to 40, much longer than the petals; anthers ovate-cordate, with a yellow gland on the apex. The style is somewhat longer than the stamens; the stigma obscurely 3-lobed. The capsules are 3-celled and 3-valved; the seeds numer- ous, and angularly wedge-shaped (L.). This tree is the Melaleuca Cajuput of Roxburgh, and the Melaleuca minor of De Candolle. By Bentham, it is regarded as a variety of Melaleuca Lew- cademdron. Several other species of Melaleuca, as M. latifolia, M. viridifolia, and M. hypericifolia, yield closely related oils, while an extract prepared from the M. paraguayensis has been used in rheumatic and allied complaints. Preparation and Description.—Cajuput oil is obtained by distillation of the leaves, which are collected in autumn, allowed to steep for a might in water, and then distilled in copper vessels. The yield is very small. It is imported from the East Indies in green-glass bottles. The U. S. P. describes it as “a light, thin, bluish-green, or, after rectification, colorless liquid, having a peculiar, agreeable, distinctly camphoraceous odor, and an aromatic, bitterish taste. Specific gravity, 0.922 to 0.929 at 15° C. (59°F.). With an equal volume of alcohol it affords a clear solution, which either has a slightly acid reaction, or, in the case of the rectified oil, is neutral to litmus paper”—(U. S. P.). The odor of the oil has been stated to resemble the combined fragrance of camphor, rosemary, and cardamom. The green color is not essential, and may be removed by distillation ; it is due chiefly to the presence of copper, and partly to the presence of some altered chlo- rophyll. The oil is slightly lavogyre. Sulphuric and nitric acids have but little action on cajuput oil. Adulterations and Tests.—In consequence of its high price, oil of cajuput is subject to adulteration. Oils of rosemary or turpentime, combined with cam- phor and bruised cardamom seeds, and appropriately tinted with milfoil resin, have been sold as genuine oil. Oil of camphor has been used as an adulterant. Oils of lavender, origanum, and rosemary, frequently serve for adulteration, but are distinguished by the emergetic action of a solution of iodine, besides, all would materially affect the nature of the residue of the iodine test subsequently described. “On shaking 5 Co. of the oil with 5 Co. of water containing a drop of diluted hydrochloric acid, the oil loses its green tint and becomes nearly colorless. If to this acid liquid, separated from the oil, a drop of potassium ferrocyanide T.S. be added, a reddish-brown color will usually be produced (presence of traces of copper). If 5 parts of the oil be heated to 50° C. (122°F.), and 1 part of Melaleuca Leucadendron. 1348 - OLEUM CARI. powdered iodine gradually added, with avoidance of any further rise of tempera- ture, the mixture, on cooling, will deposit a mass of crystals”—(U. S. P.). Chemical Composition.—The chief constituent of cajuput oil is cineol (caje- putene hydrate, cajeputol CoFI.O) (Blanchet, 1833; Wallach, 1884), terpineol (C.H.O), both free and as an ester of acetic acid, and small amounts of terpenes, such as lavo-pinene. The lowest fraction of the crude oil contained valeric aldehyde and benzoic aldehyde (Voiry, 1888). (For interesting details regarding this oil, see Gildemeister and Hoffmann, Die AEtherischen Oele, 1899.) CINEOL (Eucalyptol, CiołII.O) is a constituent of many essential oils. It is a colorless liquid, of a characteristic camphoraceous odor, optically inactive, boils at 177°C. (350.6°F.), congeals at a temperature slightly below the freezing point of water, and forms a characteristic addition product with hydrobromic acid which is decomposable by water into its constituents. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Cajuput oil is a powerful diffusive stimulant, diaphoretic and antispasmodic. When swallowed, it occasions a warmth in the stomach, with an increased action of the pulse, and occasionally diaphoresis. It is very much valued in the islands of the Indian Ocean, the inhabi- tants of which employ it extensively in rheumatism, palsy, epilepsy, and many other diseases; using it both internally and as a local application. It may be advan- tageously employed internally in chronic rheumatism, hysteria, colic, spasms or cramps of the stomach or bowels, cholera morbus, Asiatic cholera, congestive dysmemorrhaea, hiccough, nervous dysphagia, in the typhoid stage of fevers, in mervous vomiting, and wherever a powerful stimulant is required. It also appears to be useful in remov- ing worms, and in chromic affections of mucous tissues, being especially useful in chronic laryngitis and chronic bronchitis, as well as catarſh of the bladder. It should never be given internally when inflammation is present. Externally, it is very beneficial as an application to rheumatic, neuralgic and other pains, mervous head- (uche, and may be used alone, or in combination with other oils. It has likewise been found efficient as a local application in gutta rosea, parasitic and other cuta- meow8 maladies. Applied to the cavity of a carious tooth, it alleviates toothache The dose is from 1 to 10 drops, on sugar, in emulsion, or in sweetened brandy and water. Externally, it may be applied 3 or 4 times a day. OLEUM CARI (U. S. P.)—oil, OF CARAway. A volatile oil distilled from Carum Carvi, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Umbelliferae. “It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, protected from light”—(U. S. P.). SYNoNYMs: Oleum carwi, Oleum carvi. Preparation and Description.—This oil is easily separated by distillation of the fresh fruit (caraway) with water, which yields from 3.2 to 3.6 per cent (Rus. sian, wild), or 6 to 7 per cent (Hessian, wild). The Dutch fruit, cultivated, yields from 4 to 6.5 per cent (Schimmel & Co.'s Report, April, 1897). The residue from the distillation of caraway seeds is used as feed for cattle. When fresh-prepared the oil is colorless, but by keeping it becomes yellow, and ultimately brown. It produces right-handed rotation on a ray of polarized light (+75° to +85°). The official oil is described as “a colorless, or pale yellow, thin liquid, having the characteristic, aromatic odor of caraway, and a mild, spicy taste. "Specific gravity, 0.910 to 0.920 at 15° C. (59°F.). Soluble in an equal volume of alcohol, this solu. tion being neutral to litmus, paper”—(U. S. P.). Oil of caraway is little soluble in 70 per cent alcohol, but dissolves clear in 3 to 10 volumes of 80 per cent alco- hol. Its boiling point is between 175° and 230°C. (347° and 446°F). Chemical Composition.—Oil of caraway is chiefly composed of two constitu- ents, the hydrocarbon deatro-limoneme (Schweizer's carvene, 1841), and the ketone dextro-carvome (CoH, O, Völckel, 1840; Wallach, 1893), formerly called carvol. The latter is the peculiar odoriferous principle of oil of caraway, and occurs therein to the extent of 50 to 60 per cent. Carvome is official in the German Pharmacopoeia under the name of Oleum Carvi or Carvol, specific gravity 0.96, boiling point 224°C. (435.2°F.); according to Schimmel & Co., 229° to 230° C. (444.2° to 446°F) if OLEU M C ARYOPHYLLI. 1349 mercurial column is surrounded by the vapors. Carvone is soluble in 20 parts of 50 per cent alcohol to a clear liquid; the presence of 2 per cent of carvene is indicated by turbidity (Schimmel & Co.). Carvone, if exposed to air, turns yellow, and then produces a red-violet coloration with a diluted Solution of ferric chloride. Carvome is an unsaturated ketone, forms a crystallizable compound with hydrogen sulphide (CoH, O.H.S), by means of which it can be isolated and purified; with hydroxylamine (NH,OH) it forms a crystallizable, not very volatile oſcime (CoH,. NOH), melting at 72°C. (161.6°F.). E. Kremers and O. Schreiner (Pharm. Review, 1896, p. 76) estimate the quantity of carvone in oil of caraway by converting it into the oſcime and separating the latter from the volatile carvene by distillation with steam. Carvone, when heated with sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid, chloride of zinc, or alkalies, etc., is converted into its isomer carvacrol (isopropyl-Ortho cresol) which is also an isomer of thymol, the principal constituent of oil of thyme. Carvacrol occurs chiefly in Olewm Origami (which see), and occasionally in the oil of Monarda punctata (see Monarda). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Oil of caraway is a warm diffusible stimulant and carminative. It is frequently used to allay the griping and sicken- ing effects of medicines, also to increase their flavor. Like oil of anise it allays flatulent colic, and is a local anodyne. The dose is from 1 to 5 or 10 drops. Carva- crol, placed on cotton and introduced into the cavity of a carious tooth, is said to give prompt relief. OLEUM CARYOPHYLLI (U. S. P.)—OIL OF CLovEs. A volatile oil distilled from the immature flower-buds of Eugenia aromatica (Linné), O. Kuntze (Eugenia caryophyllata, Thunberg). Nat. Ord.—Myrtaceae. “It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, protected from the light”—(U. S. P.). Preparation.—Oil of cloves is procured by submitting cloves, with water, to repeated distillation; to extract the whole of the oil from cloves, they must be subjected to repeated cohobations. The addition of common salt is often resorted to to raise the point of ebullition. On an average they yield from 17 to 22 per cent of volatile oil. At the present time nearly all the oil is produced by means of superheated steam. The bulk of the oil used in this country is distilled here from South American cloves. In Europe clove-Stalks are said to furnish a portion of the oil. The yield from this source is 5.5 to 6 per cent, and the specific gravity 1.055 to 1.065 (Schimmel & Co.). Description.—The official oil is described as “a pale-yellow, thin liquid, becoming darker and thicker by age and exposure to the air, having a strongly aromatic odor of cloves, and a pungent and spicy taste. Specific gravity, 1.060 to 1.067 at 15° C. (59°F.). Soluble in an equal volume of alcohol, this solution being slightly acid to litmus paper; also soluble in an equal volume of glacial acetic acid”—(U. S. P.). It is also dissolved by ether and the fixed oils. Nitric acid reddens it, and when the mixture is heated, oxalic acid is formed. It is one of the least volatile and most difficult to distill of all the volatile oils. It boils between 250° and 260° C. (482° and 500°F.). It sinks in water, and is sparingly soluble in it. Its optical rotation is slightly left-handed. Chemical Composition.—The principal constituents of oil of cloves are euge- mol (70 to 85 per cent), aceto-eugemol (2 to 3 per cent, Erdmann, 1897), the sesquiter- pene caryophyllene constituting the remainder. Eugemol (allyl-guaiacol, C.H.S.C., Hs. OCHA.OH) is a faintly yellowish liquid possessing a strong clove odor and a burn- ing taste. It is heavier than water, its specific gravity being 1.072 at 14.5°C. (58.1°F). By oxidation it yields vamillin, which is also a constituent of the oil. Like the typical phenol (carbolic acid), eugenol dissolves in solution of caustic alkalies, forming phenolates, whereby its odor is lost; the eugenol may be lib- erated again by the addition of acid. On account of its being an Ortho-diphenol- derivative, it turns blue in alcoholic solution with ferric chloride (compare Guaia- colum). . Caryophyllene (C.H., Church, 1875; Wallach, 1892) is a colorless liquid of 1350 OLEUM CHIENOPODII. a faint odor; it forms a crystallizable compound with 1 molecule of water (caryo- phyllene hydrate, C.H.O), melting at 96° C. (204.8°F.). Caryophyllene also occurs in oil of copaiba. Minor constituents of oil of cloves are Salicylic acid (Scheuch, 1863; Erdmann, 1897), methyl alcohol, fulfurol (fulfur-aldehyde, C.H.O.CHO), to the presence of which is probably due the turning brown of oil of cloves upon expo- sure, and methyl-amyl-ketome, having an ethereal fruit odor (see Gildemeister and Hoffmann, Die AEtherischem. Oele, 1899). Tests.-The U. S. P. directs the following tests for oil of cloves: “When shaken with an equal volume of a concentrated Solution of potassium hydrate, or of stronger ammonia water, it forms a semisolid, yellowish mass. If 2 drops of the oil be dissolved in 4 Co. of alcohol, and a drop of ferric chloride T.S. added, a bright green color will be produced ; and if the same test be made with a drop of dilute ferric chloride T.S., prepared by diluting the test-solution with four times its volume of water, a blue color will be produced which soon changes to yellow. If 1 Co. of the oil be mixed with 2 Co. of a mixture of 2 volumes of alcohol and 1 volume of water, it should form a clear and perfect solution (absence of petro- leum, most fatty oils, oil of turpentine, and similar oils). If 1 Co. of the oil be shaken with 20 Co. of hot water, the water should show a scarcely perceptible acid reaction to litmus paper. If, after cooling, the aqueous layer be passed through a wet filter, the clear filtrate should yield, with a drop of ferric chloride T.S., only a transient grayish-green, but not a blue or violet color (absence of carbolic acid) *-(U. S. P.). A markedly lower specific gravity than that given above, points to the addition of lighter oils, as oil of turpentine, etc. Oil from clove- stalks is difficult to identify chemically; according to Gildenheister and Hoffmann (loc. cit.), it differs from oil of cloves in being devoid of aceto-eugemol. The eugemol contents of oil of cloves may be determined quantitatively, according to H. Thoms (1891), by converting it into its benzoyl compound and weighing the latter; or, according to Umney (Pharm. Jour. Trans.,Vol. XXV, 1895, p. 950), by adding a 10 per cent (better a 4 to 5 per cent) solution of caustic potash to a definite quantity of the oil, and measuring the volume of the oil above the eugenol-potassium layer. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Oil of cloves is stimulant and irritant, and is much used as a corrector of other medicines, and as an external counter- irritant. It is frequently inserted on cotton into the cavity of a carious tooth to alleviate toothache, and in the external auditory meatus to relieve earache. Its dose is from 2 to 5 drops on sugar, or in emulsion. One part of oil of cloves mixed with 3 parts of linseed oil, and given in doses of 6 or 8 drops in milk, 2 or 3 times a day, has been found useful in allaying pain, palpitation, and other annoying symptoms common to some forms of heart disease. It preserves mucilage of traga- canth prepared for adhesive purposes. Derivatives of Eugenol.-EUGENOL-ACETAMIDE (C6H3,CA}{3.OCHA.OCH3CONH2). This body is said to be obtained by the interaction of concentrated solution of ammonia and eugenol- acetic-ethyl-ether. It forms shining, crystalline needles or scales, which melt at 110° C. (230°F.). Water and alcohol dissolve it. It is reputed antiseptic and a local anaesthetic, acting somewhat like cocaine. It is a patented preparation (see Pharm. Centralhalle, 1892, p. 441). BENZOYL-EUGENOL (C6H3.C3 Haſ OCH3].O.COC's Hg). —This compound forms colorless, odor- less, slightly bitter needles, of a neutral reaction. It fuses at 70.5°C. (158.9°F.). Water scarcely dissolves it, but it is readily dissolved by hot alcohol, acetone, ether, and chloroform. It is recommended for the treatment of tuberculous disorders. It is patented. CINNAMYL-EUGENOL (C6H3.C3 Haſ OCH3]O.COICH]2C5H5).—Tasteless, odorless, colorless, shining needles, fusing at 90° to 91° C. (194° to 195.8°F.). Hot alcohol, ether, acetone, and chloroform dissolve it. Its uses are the same as those of the preceding drug (see Pharm. Centralhalle, 1891, p. 366). OLEUM CHENOPODII (U. S. P.)—OIL OF CHENOPODIUM. “A volatile oil distilled from chenopodium. It should be kept in well-stop- pered bottles, in a cool place”—(U. S. P.). - SYNoNYM : Oil of American wormseed. - - Preparation, History, and Description.—Oil of wormseed is prepared in this country; that produced near the city of Baltimore is the most esteemed. It is obtained by distillation of the bruised seed or ripe tops of the plant with OLEUM CINNAMOMI. 1351 water, and when first obtained is of a light-yellow color, but becomes darker by age. It possesses the odor and taste of the plant, and has a varying specific gravity which may become higher by age. An oil of less strength is prepared in the western states from the leaves, stalks, and seeds of the matured plant, and probably possesses similar properties when given in larger doses. That from the seeds always commands the highest price. Thirteen ounces of the seeds gave 3% drachms of volatile oil, according to Engelhardt, which corresponds to a yield of about 3.4 per cent. Gildemeister and Hoffmann (loc. cit.), however, report a much smaller yield from the seeds, namely, 0.6 to 1 per cent. The herb of C. ambrosioides yields 0.25 per cent of oil, of specific gravity 0.901 (Schimmel & Co.'s Report, April, 1897). The oil is soluble in alcohol and ether. The U. S. P. describes it as “a thin, colorless or yellowish liquid, having a peculiar, penetra- ting, somewhat camphoraceous odor, and a pungent and bitterish taste. Specific gravity, about 0.970 at 15° C. (59°F.). One Co. of the oil should form a perfectly clear solution with 10 Co. of a mixture of 3 volumes of alcohol and 1 volume of water”—(U. S. P.). The oil is slightly lavo-rotatory. Chemical Composition.—This oil has not been recently investigated. Accord- ing to Garrigues (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1854, p. 404), it contains a hydrocarbon (CoHº), boiling at 176°C. (348.8°F.), probably limonene, and a body (CoH),O). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This oil is used only as an anthelmin- tic. Its dose is from 3 to 6 drops for a child, repeated twice a day for 4 or 5 days, and then followed by an active cathartic. It forms the basis of several popular nostrums for worms. Poisonous effects have been observed, from its immoderate use. It has also been used in dyspepsia of Stomach and bowels, and in certain spas- modic mervous disorders. oLEUM GINNAMoMI (U. S. P.)—ori of CINNAMON. “A volatile oil distilled from cassia cinnamon. It should be kept in well-stop- pered bottles, in a cool place, protected from light”—(U. S. P.). SYNONYMS : Oil of cassia, Olewm cinnamom? cassiae, Olewm cassiae, Chinese oil of CQ,7070,000)\O7). Source, Preparation, and Description.—There are several oils of cinnamon the chief commercial varieties of which are the Oil of Chinese Cinnamon, and the Oil of Ceylon Cinnamom, the former alone is recognized by the present edition of the U. S. P. I. OLEUM CINNAMOMI ZEYLANICI, Oil of Ceylon cinnamom.—Oil of cinnamon is obtained in Ceylon, by macerating refuse bark and chips, reduced to a coarse powder, in sea-water for two days, adding chloride of sodium, and then distilling off the water. Part of the oil floats, and the other part sinks in the water which comes over; the whole amounting on an average to 8 ounces from 80 pounds, avoirdupois, of recently prepared cinnamon (0.5 to 1 per cent, Schimmel & Co.). The color of oil of cinnamon is pale-yellow, or wine-yellow, which slowly passes to cherry-red. Its taste is at first sweetish, afterward burning and aromatic. It is readily soluble in alcohol, also clearly soluble in 3 parts of 70 per cent alcohol. Its specific gravity varies from 1,024 to 1,040 (about 1,040, U. S. P., 1880). This oil has the finest aroma of all cinnamom oils; the chemical nature of the aro- matic principle, however, is not known. The oil contains 65 to 75 per cent of cinnamic aldehyde, and about 4 to 8 per cent of eugemol, both of which form the heavy distillate; the lighter distillate contains the hydrocarbon phellandreme. This oil is often adulterated with the oil from the leaves, which are frequently distilled along with the bark; the oil of the leaves (1.8 per cent) is characterized by a much higher percentage of its eugemol contents (70 to 90 per cent), and con- sequently by a higher specific gravity (1,044 to 1,065). II. OLEUM CINNAMOMI CASSIAE.-Oil of cassia, or Chinese oil of cinnamom, resem- bles the Ceylon oil in color, odor, and taste, but it is much inferior. Its chemical reactions are similar to those of the oil of cinnamon, as well as are its medicinal virtues. The Chinese oil is optically inactive, while the Ceylon oil is slightly lavo- or dextro-gyrate. According to Schimmel & Co. (£eport, Oct., 1892), this oil is obtained mainly from cassia leaves mixed with stem, twigs, and refuse por- tions of the trees. Schimmel & Co. (Semi-Ammual Report, Oct., 1892 and Oct., 1893) 1352 OLEUM CINN AMOMI. obtained by separate distillations of various parts of cassia, the following per- centages of cinnamic aldehyde: Yield Of Oil. FART. Per Cent. Per cent, Specific gravity. Cassia bark. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS.9 1.5 1.035 at 20° C. Cassia buds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . { } 80.4 1.55 1.026 at 20° C. Cassia bud-sticks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 1.64 1.046 at 15° C. Cassia branch tops. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 0.2 1.045 at 15° C. Cassia leaves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 0.54 1.056 at 15° C. Cassia leaves, leaf-stalks, and young twigs, mixed. 93 0.77 1,055 The U. S. P. describes the official oil as follows: “A yellowish or brownish liquid, becoming darker and thicker by age and exposure to the air, having the characteristic odor of cinnamon, and a sweetish, Spicy, and burning taste. Spe- cific gravity, 1.055 to 1,065 at 15° C. (59°F.). Soluble in an equal volume of alco- hol, the solution being slightly acid to litmus paper; also soluble in an equal volume of glacial acetic acid. When shaken with a saturated solution of sodium bisulphite, it solidifies to a crystalline mass. If 4 drops of the oil, contained in a test-tube, be cooled to 0°C. (32°F.), and then shaken with 4 drops of fuming nitric acid, crystalline needles or plates will be formed "-(U. S. P.). In the latter reaction, the cinnamic aldehyde of the oil and the nitric acid unite to form a decomposition product, decomposable by water. Chemical Composition and Tests.-The chief constituent of cassia (Chinese) oil is cinnamic aldehyde (C.H.CH:CHCHO), discovered, in 1834, by Dumas, and Péligot. It is a light-yellow liquid, of specific, gravity 1.064 at 15°C. (59°F.), forming a crystallizable compound, as stated above, with nitric acid, also with sodium bisulphite. Upon the formation of this compound is based a method for the valuation of cinnamic aldehyde in oil of cassia, devised by Messrs. Schim- mel & Co. (For a description of this process, see Gildemeister and Hoffmann, Die AEtherischen Oele, 1899.) Other constituents of oil of cassia are cinmamyl-acetate (C.H.C.H.O.) (Schimmel & Co., 1889), and 1 per cent of free cinnamic acid, formed by oxidation of cinnamic aldehyde. . The presence of this acid causes corrosion of the leaden containers in which the oil is shipped. Oil of cassia was at one time much adulterated with colophony and petroleum. The U. S. P. directs the following tests: “If a portion of the oil be shaken with water, and the liquid passed through a wet filter, the clear filtrate should give, with a few drops of basic lead acetate T.S., a white turbidity, without a yellow color (absence of oil of cloves). If 4 drops of the oil be dissolved in 10 Co. of alcohol, the subsequent addition of a drop of ferric chloride T.S. should produce a brown, but not a green or blue, color (absence of oil of cloves or of carbolic acid). If 1 Co. of the oil be mixed with 3 Co. of a mixture of 3 volumes of alcohol and 1 volume of water, a clear solution should result; and if to this solution there be gradually added 2 Co. of a saturated solution of lead acetate in a mixture of 3 volumes of alcohol and 1 volume of water, no precipitate should be produced (absence of petroleum, or of colophony) "-(U. S. P.). The latter test is that of Hirschsohn (1890). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Oil of cinnamon is stimulant, aro- matic, antispasmodic, and carminative. It is frequently used to modify the taste of medicines, and is given as a stimulant in flatulent colic, cramps of the stomach, paralysis of the tongue, etc. It exerts an influence upon the uterus, and is one of the most valuable of agents, in the form of alcoholic tincture, in uterime hemor- rhage. The tincture of the bark is frequently administered for this purpose, but we know from experience, that although destitute of astringency, yet the tinc- ture or essence of the oil has the same, if not a better action, in such cases; again it is an unsafe remedy to exhibit during pregnancy, as it is very apt to produce miscarriage. The essence, or even cordial of cinnamon, stimulates the generative organs, and produces an aphrodisiac influence. Tincture of oil of cinnamon combined with ergot, ipecac, erigeron, or lycopus, as indicated, is an excellent remedy for hemoptysis. The dose of oil of cinnamon is 1 or 2 drops, given in emul- sion ; of the essence from # to 1 fluid drachm, given in a wine-glass of sweetened water. Ten drops of oil of cinnamon added to a fluid drachm of olive oil, gently OLEUM COCOS —OLEU M COPAIBAE. 13.53 heated and rubbed upon the spine, will frequently quiet a restless, fretful child suffering with flatulence or colic, and cause it to sleep; if the rubefacient power requires to be increased, 10 drops of aqua ammoniae may be added. Related Oils.-OLEUM CINNAMOMI RADICIS, Oil of cinnamom root. Distilled from the root- bark of Cinnamomum Zeylamicum, Breyn. This oil is nearly colorless, has a cinnamon-like and camphoraceous odor, and a camphor-like taste. It is not so heavy as water, and at ordinary temperature separates common camphor. It also contains cinnamic aldehyde. OLEUM CINNAMOMI Folio RUM, Oil of cinnamon leaves.—Distilled from the leaves of Cºnwa- monum Zeylamicum. This is a bright, limpid, pale-yellow oil, with a combined cinnamon-clove Odor. Its constituents are evgenol, Safrol, and cinnamic aldehyde, sometimes replaced by benz- aldehyde (also see Olewm Cinnamomi Zeylamici). OIL OF CINNAMON from the bark of a north Indian tree, the Cinnamomum Wightii, of Meissner, is highly aromatic, has a specific gravity of 1.01, and boils between 130° and 170°C. (266° and 338°F.). The yield is 0.3 per cent (Schimmel & Co.). OLEUM COCOS.—COCOANUT OIL. The fixed oil obtained from Cocos mucifera, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Palmae. SYNONYMs: Olewºm, cocois, Cocoanut butter. Botanical Source and History.—The cocoanut tree (Cocoanut palm) yields the cocoanut (properly coconut), much used in this country for culinary pur- poses, and in the confectioner's art. The tree is met with in most tropical climes, growing from 50 to 100 feet high. The narrow, long, rigid leaflets compose the leaves, which are of great length (12 feet or more), and borne in a cluster at the apex of the tall trees. The flowers are yellowish-white and the fruits, borne in clusters of from 10 to 20, are the well-known cocoanuts. When unripe they are filled with a sweetish liquid. As many as 120 of these large nuts are sometimes to be found on the tree. The uses of the cocoanut palm, and its products, are probably more extensive than those of any other plant. (For an account of its varied uses, see Practical Flora, by O. R. Willis; Useful Native Plants of Australia, by Maiden; Treasury of Botany; and Materia Medica of Western India, by Dymock.) The oil is obtained by boiling in water, or preferably by hot expression. Description.—Cocoanut oil must not be confused with palm oil, or with cacao butter. It is white, butyraceous, of a mild, bland taste, and a peculiar odor. It is capable of forming a hard, white soap, which is not precipitated by salt, and there- fore may be used with sea-water. On exposure to the atmosphere, it becomes ran- cid. Its melting point ranges from 20° to 28°C. (68° to 82.4°F.), the cold expressed oil having the lowest melting point. When fused it is thin, yellowish, and trans- parent, congealing again between 14° and 23°C. (57.2° and 73.4°F.). It may retain its fluidity for many days after having been subjected to a heat of 240° C. (469°F.). The soap combines with much water when mixed with it near the congealing point. Chemical Composition.—This oil contains a small amount of oleic acid, as glyceride (oleim). The bulk of the oil consists of a glyceride sometimes called coconim (cocinate of glycerin), which is a mixture of several glycerides (Oudemans), chiefly lawrin, the glycerin ester of lauric acid. Myristin, palmitin, and stearin are likewise present, as well as the glycerides of caproic, caprimic, and caprylic acids. The oil is separable by hydraulic pressure into a solid portion utilized in candle- making, and an oily portion used for salad dressings, illuminating purposes, the manufacture of soaps, etc. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Besides the commercial uses above referred to, cocoanut oil has been employed, but without success, as a substitute for cod-liver oil. The dose is about ; ounce. OLEUM COPAIBAE (U. S. P.)—OIL OF COPAIBA. “A volatile oil distilled from copaiba. It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place”—(U. S. P.). Preparation.—The oil is obtained by distilling copaiba balsam with water. “Take of copaiba, 12 ounces; water, 2 gallons. Distill, preserving the water; 1354 OLEUM CORIANDRI.—OLEUM CUBEBAE. when most of the water has passed over, heat, return it into the still, and resume the distillation; repeat this process so long as a sensible quantity of the oil passes over with the water” (Ed.). Description and Chemical Composition.-The more recent the copaiba bal- sam, the greater the amount of volatile oil obtained. Usually about 33 to 50 per cent of oil may be distilled from copaiba, and it is stated that one specimen yielded 80 per cent (Amer. Jour. Pharm.,Vol. XXII, p. 289). It is inflammable, soluble in ether and sulphide of carbon; its boiling point is 243.3°C. (470°F.); it dissolves caoutchouc; absorbs hydrochloric acid gas, artificial camphor being deposited in crystals. The U. S. P. describes the oil as “a colorless or pale yellowish liquid, having the characteristic odor of copaiba, and an aromatic, bitterish, and pun- gent taste. Specific gravity, 0.890 to 0.910 at 15°C. (59°F.), increasing with age. Soluble in about ten times its volume of alcohol, forming a slightly turbid liquid, which is neutral to litmus paper”—(U. S. P.). Potassium may be preserved in the oil unchanged. When dropped on iodine, hydriodic acid is produced with sudden development of heat. It dissolves Sulphur, iodine, and phosphorus, and is converted into a resinous substance by nitric and Sulphuric acids. It has a left-handed optical rotation. It is composed mainly of the hydrocarbon caryophyl- lene (C.H.). (Compare Oil of Cloves; also see Copaiba.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—The oil of Copaiba exerts an influence upon the system similar to that of copaiba, to which it is preferred on account of the smaller dose required, and its non-tendency to cause nausea. It enters into many of the nostrums of the day for the cure of gomorrhaea. It is also reputed useful in bronchial catarrh. The dose is 10 or 20 drops, which should be given in syrup, peppermint, or cinnamon water, mucilage, or emulsion. OLEUM CORIANDRI (U. S. P.)—OIL OF CORIANDER. A volatile oil distilled from the fruit of Coriandrum sativum, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Umbelliferae. “It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place”—(U. S. P.). Preparation.—This is obtained by distilling ground coriander fruit with water or by steam. The yield ranges from 0.2 per cent (East Indian) to 0.8 to 1 per cent (Russian) (Schimmel & Co.). Description and Chemical Composition.—“A colorless or slightly yellowish liquid, having the characteristic, aromatic odor of coriander, and a warm, spicy taste. Specific gravity 0.870 to 0.885 at 15°C. (59°F.). One Co. of the oil forms a perfectly clear solution with 3 Co. of a mixture of 3 volumes of alcohol and 1 volume of water, the solution being neutral to litmus paper. The oil is also soluble in an equal volume of glacial acetic acid”—(U. S. P.). The oil is dextro- gyrate (+4° to +13°) and contains about 5 per cent of dextro-pimene; the bulk consists of the dextro-rotatory modification of linalool (CoHisO), formerly called coriandrol. Neither of these constituents nor their mixture exhibits the peculiar odor of coriander. The flowering herb distilled yields an oil of a repulsive bed- bug odor, which disappears, however, upon standing. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.-This oil is carminative, aromatic, and anodyne. It may be used locally for neuralgic and rheumatic pains, and internally for flatulent colic, cramps, etc. It gives an agreeable flavor to many medicines, senna in particular. Dose, from 1 to 5 drops. OLEUM CUBEBAE (U. S. P.)—OIL OF CUBEBs. A volatile oil distilled from the fruit of Piper Cubeba, Linné filius. Nat. Ord.—Piperaceae. “It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place”—(U. S. P.). Preparation, Description, and Chemical Composition.—Cubebs ground and distilled with water, furnish from 10 to 18 per cent of this oil. The bulk of the oil boils between 250° and 280°C. (482° and 536°F.). It is lighter than water, of specific gravity 0.910 to 0.930 (Schimmel & Co.), and thickens on exposure to the air without losing its odor; occasionally it deposits crystals which are called OLEUM ERECHTITIS.—OLEUM ERIGERONTIS. 1355. cubeb camphor (C.H.H.O). This camphor is deposited in old oil, or in that dis- tilled from old fruit. Oil of cubeb is officially described as “a colorless, pale green- ish, or yellowish liquid, having the characteristic odor of cubeb, and a warm, camphoraceous, aromatic taste. Specific gravity, about 0.920 at 15° C. (59°F.). Soluble in an equal volume of alcohol, the solution being neutral to litmus paper”—(U. S. P.). It contains some dipentene (CoHº), but is composed mainly of cadimene (C.H, ). * Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Oil of cubebs may be substituted for the powdered berries, in many instances with benefit. It is less pungent than the oleoresin or fluid extract, and is probably only one of the active principles of cubebs. The dose is 10 or 12 drops, 3 times a day, gradually increased, as the stomach will permit, or until it produces some decided results. It may be given in syrup, emulsion, or in the form of capsules, like Copaiba. OLEUM ERECHTITIS.–OIL OF FIREWEED. Botanical Source and Description.—This oil is obtained by distilling the plant Erechtites hieracifolia with water. Thus obtained, it is quite fluid, transpar- ent, yellowish, of a strong, peculiar, fetid, and slightly aromatic odor, and a fetid, bitterish, burning taste. In its odor and taste it somewhat resembles the oil of fleabane. It is soluble in ether, alcohol, and partially in acetic acid; its specific gravity, according to Prof. Power (Pharm. Rundschau, Vol. V, 1887, p. 201), is 0.838 at 18.5° C. (65.3°F.). According to Beilstein and Wiegand (1882), its chief con- stituent is a terpene (CoHº), boiling at 175°C. (347°F.). The oil of commerce is liable to be mixed with oil of fleabane (cee Olewm Erigerontis; also see A. M. Todd, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1887, p. 302, and Drugs and Med, of N. A.,Vol. II, pp. 126–140). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—The therapeutical action of oil of fire- weed is not well understood. It seems to resemble the oil of fleabane in its in- fluence upon various hemorrhages, and for which agent it is frequently substituted, and is considered by many to be the most efficient in such cases, of the two oils. It also exerts a beneficial effect on mucous surfaces, and has been successfully used in diarrhoea, dysentery, hemorrhoids, etc. As an antispasmodic it has been found of value in Spasms of the Stomach and bowels, colic, hiccough, hysteria, and pertussis, though it is apt to disagree with the stomach, causing nausea, etc. It is chiefly employed for the same purposes as the oil of fleabane. The dose is from 5 to 20 drops on sugar, or in emulsion. When triturated with the extract of stramonium, oil of fireweed is said to form a valuable preparation for piles. OLEUM ERIGERONTIS (U. S. P.)—OIL OF ERIGERON. “A volatile oil distilled from the fresh flowering herb of Erigeron canadense, Linné (Nat. Ord.—Compositae). It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, protected from light”—(U. S. P.). SYNoNYMS: Oil of fleabane, Oleum erigerontis canadensis (U. S. P., 1870), Oil of Canada fleabane. Preparation, History, and Description.—This oil is obtained by distillation of the leaves and flowers of fleabane (Erigeron camadense) with water. When freshly obtained it is colorless, or of a light-yellow color, and transparent; both the Odor and taste recall to mind those of oil of spearmint, combined with oil of amber. The oil is inflammable, burning with an abundant, sooty flame. The U. S. P. describes this oil as “a pale-yellow, limpid liquid, becoming darker and thicker by age and exposure to the air, having a peculiar, aromatic, persistent odor and an aromatic, slightly pungent taste. Specific gravity, about 0.850 at 15°C. (59°F.), increasing with age. Soluble in an equal volume of alcohol (distinction from oil of fireweed [derived from Erechtites hieracifolia, Rafinesque, Nat. Ord.—Compositae] and from oil of turpentine), this solution being neutral or slightly acid to litmus; also soluble in an equal volume of glacial acetic acid. It distills for the most part between 175° and 180° C. (347° and 356°F.)”—(U. S. P.). Oil of erigeron was introduced into practice by Eclectic physicians, 1356 OLEUM EU CALYPTI. Chemical Composition.—This oil is mainly composed of deſctro-limoneme (see Fritz W. Meissner, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1893, p. 420), and terpineol (Kremers and Hunkel, Pharm. Rundschau, Vol. XIII, 1895, p. 137). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Oil of fleabane is haemostatic, stimu- lant, and carminative, with Scarcely any perceptible astringency. It appears, notwithstanding, to exert a very remarkable influence on the system in hemor- Thages, to check which it is chiefly used. It is of superior value in all hemorrhages, but more especially when from the uterus. Further investigations with this remedy are required in order to know its proper therapeutic action. The dose is from 2 to 10 drops, dissolved in alcohol, and administered in mucilage or sweet- ened water. It should be repeated, according to circumstances, every 15 or 30 minutes, or every 1, 2, or 4 hours. Combined with 5 or 6 parts of castor oil, or of stramonium ointment, it forms a valuable application to piles. (For further uses, See Erigerom.) OLEUM EUCALYPTI (U. S. P.)—OIL OF EUCALYPTUs. “A volatile oil distilled from the fresh leaves of Eucalyptus globulus, Labillar- dière; Eucalyptus oleosa, F. von Mueller, and some other species of Eucalyptus (Nat. Ord.—Myrtaceae). ‘It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, pro- tected from the light”—(U. S. P.). History and Description.—When the leaves are distilled with steam, and the distillate purified by treatment with caustic soda solution and again rectified, a fragrant, yellowish oil is obtained, which becomes brown and resinous from oxidation, when exposed to the atmosphere. Eucalyptus tar is the soap-like, brown residue from the purification of the crude oil with caustic soda. It is sometimes used as a cheap disinfectant. The flower buds yield eucalyptus oil in great quan- tity, and even when dry are found to contain numbers of large oil glands filled with oil. As described by the U. S. P., it is “a colorless or faintly yellowish liquid, having a characteristic, aromatic, somewhat camphoraceous odor, and a pungent, spicy, and cooling taste. Specific gravity, 0.915 to 0.925 at 15° C. (59°F.). Solu- ble, in all proportions, in alcohol, carbon disulphide, or glacial acetic acid. Its alcoholic solution is neutral, or slightly acid, to litmus paper. If 1 Co. of the oil be mixed with 2 Co. of glacial acetic acid, and 1 or 2 Co. of a saturated, aqueous solution of sodium nitrite be gradually added, the mixture, when gently stirred, should not form a crystalline mass (distinction from oils of eucalyptus containing a considerable portion of phellandrene)”—(U. S. P.). The oil, if rich in cineol, solidifies when surrounded by a freezing mixture; it dissolves resins readily, but does not dissolve gutta-percha. The oils of various species of Eucalyptus differ in many respects. Since 1854, the manufacture of eucalyptus oil has been estab- lished in Australia by Joseph Bosisto, and it is now an article of considerable com- merce. (In this connection, see an interesting article by Mr. E. M. Holmes, on the manufacture, etc., of eucalyptus oil, in Pharm. Jour. Trams.,Vol. XXV, 1894, p. 501.) Large quantities of the oil are now also produced in Algeria. Chemical Composition.-The oil of Eucalyptus globulus contains cineol (C, H, O, Jahns, 1884), formerly called eucalyptol (Cloéz, 1870). It is the chief constituent of this oil, as well as oil of cajuput (which see), and occurs in smaller quantities in a number of other oils (see enumeration, in Gildemeister and Hoffmann, loc. cit.). It is a colorless fluid of a characteristic camphoraceous odor, and crystalliz- ing slightly below the freezing point of water. It boils at 177°C. (350.6°F.), and is optically inactive. It forms crystallizable addition compounds, chiefly with hydrobromic acid gas and with concentrated phosphoric acid, which serve in the isolation, and perhaps the quantitative determination of cineol. The oil of Eucalyptus globulus also contains the hydrocarbon (leatro-pîmeme (Wallach and Gildemeister, 1884), formerly called eucalypteme, and other hydro- carbons. The crude oil contains valeric, butyric, and caproic aldehydes, to which the acrid odor of the oil is due. The oil of the Australian E. amygdalina, Labil- lardière, or White and Brown peppermint tree, contains chiefly phellandreme, with little cineol. The aldehyde citromellal (C, H, O) is the principal constituent (80 to 90 per cent) of the oil of E. citriodora, Hooker, and other species; and citral (C.H.O) is found in large quantity in the oils from Eucalyptus Staigeriana, F. von Mueller, . OLEUM FOENICULI.—OLEUM GAULTHERIAE. 1357 and Backhousia citriodora, F. von Mueller. E. oleosa, F. von Mueller, contains cineol and cum in-aldehyde. (For abundant information regarding eucalyptus oils, see Gildemeister and Hoffmann, Die AEtherischen Oele, 1899.) } Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—(For uses, see Eucalyptus.) Dose, 2 to 10 drops. OLEUM FOENICULI (U. S. P.)—OIL OF FENNEL. “A volatile oil distilled from Foeniculum capillaceum, Gilibert (Faeniculum vul- gare, Gaertner) (Nat. Ord.—Umbelliferae). It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, and, if it has partly or wholly solidified, it should be com- pletely liquefied by warming before being dispensed”—(U. S. P.). Description.—Oil of fennel is prepared from bruised fennel seeds, by distil- lation with water. The yield from different sources (Saxon, Galician, Moravian, Roumanian) varies from 4 to 6 per cent. As officially described, the oil is “a colorless or pale-yellowish liquid, having the characteristic, aromatic odor of fen- nel, and a sweetish, mild, and spicy taste. Specific gravity, not less than 0.960 at 15° C. (59°F.). Between 5° and 10°C. (41° and 50°F.) it usually solidifies to a crystalline mass, but Occasionally it remains liquid at a considerably lower tem- perature. Soluble in an equal volume of alcohol, the solution being neutral to lit- mus paper; also soluble in an equal volume of glacial acetic acid”—(U. S. P.). Chemical Composition and Tests.-Oil of fennel contains from 50 to 60 per cent of amethol (see Oleum Anisi) which crystallizes out upon cooling, and dextro-femehome (CoH, O, Wallach and Hartmann, 1890), an oily, camphoraceous ketone of bitter taste, solidifying above the temperature of melting ice, boiling at 192° to 193°C. (377.6° to 379.4°F) and forming with hydroxylamine a crys- tallizable orime (CoHis:N.OH), characterized by its melting point, 164° to 165° C. (327.2° to 329°F.). Furthermore, dextro-pineme and dipentene are present. Tardy (1897) found in a specimen of French fennel oil, in addition, methyl-chavicol (see Oleum Amisi), and perhaps amise-ketone (C.H.OCH, CH,COCH). The relative amounts of these constituents vary according to the geographical sources of the oil; thus, fench one is entirely absent in sweet or Roman fennel from southern France and Macedonia, while Sicilian fennel (Faemiculum piperitum, De Candolle) contains but traces of amethol. Oil of bitter fennel, growing wild in France, Spain, and Algeria, contains principally deſctro-phellamdreme, and traces of fenchone and amethol. According to Gildemeister and Hoffmann (Die AEtherischen Oele, p. 740), oil of fennel from which part of its anethol is removed by refrigeration, does not solidify at or above 3°C. (37.4°F.). An addition of alcohol or oil of turpentine reduces the specific gravity of the oil. The specific gravities, accord- ing to Schimmel & Co. (Report, April, 1897), range from 0.920 (Spanish fruit) to 0.987 (Asia Minor or Aleppo fruit). The U. S. P. gives the following tests for the purity of oil of fennel: “The oil is not colored by the addition of a drop of ferric chloride T.S. (absence of some foreign oils containing phenols, and of car- bolic acid). If the oil be dropped into water, without agitation, it should not produce a milky turbidity (absence of alcohol)”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Oil of fennel is principally used as a carminative, and for the purpose of correcting or concealing the unpleasantness of other medicines. It is emmenagogue, and increases the lacteal secretions. The dose is from 5 to 20 drops. OLEUM GAULTHERIAE (U. S. P.)—OIL OF GAULTHERIA. “A volatile oil distilled from the leaves of Gaultheria procumbens, Linné (Win- tergreem, Nat. Ord.—Ericaceae), consisting almost entirely of methyl salicylate (CH, C.H.O. =151.64), and nearly identical with volatile oil of betula. It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, protected from light”—(U. S. P.). SYNoNYMs: Oil of wintergreen, Oil of teaberry, Oil of partridgeberry. History.—This volatile oil is not peculiar to gaultheria alone, but has been derived also from the bark of Betula lemta, the root of Polygala paucifolia, and the stems and roots of Spiraca Ulmaria, Spirica lobata, the leaves of Gaultheria hispidula, Gaultheria leucocarpa, Gaultheria punctata, and from Monotropa Hypopitys. Gaultheria 135S OLEU M GOSSYPII SEM.INIS, procumbens is a small, herbaceous plant, growing in the United States along the Atlantic coast as far south as Georgia and Alabama, and westward as far as Min- mesota. The oil was first distilled early in this century, in the states of Pennsyl- vania, New Jersey, and New York, but its production has gradually been super- seded, to a great extent, by the distillation of the oil from Betula lenta, and later by the manufacture of artificial methyl salicylate, which is the chief constituent of both oils, a fact discovered almost simultaneously by Wm. Procter, Jr. (1842), and Cahours, in France (1844). Oil of gaultheria was first mentioned in American literature by Jacob Bigelow, in 1818 (see historical notes in Pharm. Review, 1898, p. 176; and especially Dr. Frederick Hoffmann, in Die AEtherischen Ocle, 1899, p. 765). Description.—“A colorless or yellow, or occasionally reddish, liquid, having a characteristic, strongly aromatic Odor, and a sweetish, warm, and aromatic taste. Specific gravity, 1.175 to 1.185 at 15° C. (59°F.). Boiling point, 2.18° to 221°C. (424.4° to 429.8°F.). It deviates polarized light slightly to the left. In other respects it has the same properties and conforms to the same reactions and tests as methyl salicylate (see Methyl Salicylas; also Oleum. Betulae Volatile)”—(U. S. P.). Oil of gaultheria is the heaviest essential oil known. It dissolves in 6 parts of 70 per cent alcohol, which is not the case if the oil is adulterated with petroleum oil. An addition of the latter also reduces the specific gravity of the oil. Its odor distinctly differs from that of synthetic methyl salicylate. The only physical difference between the oils of gaultheria and sweet birch, consists in the optical inactivity of the latter. Chemical Composition.—According to Power and Kleber (Pharm. Rundschaw, 1895, p. 228), 98.05 per cent of the oil consists of methyl salicylate, and may be removed by shaking the oil with solution of caustic potash (7.5 per cent); this converts the salicylate into the water-soluble potassium-methyl-Salicylate (C.H. OK.COOCH.). The remainder, a semisolid, insoluble mass, was differentiated into the paraffin triacontam (CoHº.); an aldehyde or ketone, possessing the odor of Cemanth-aldehyde; its corrresponding alcohol (C.H.O); and an ester (C.H.O.), saponifiable into the same alcohol (C.H.O), and an acid (C.H.O.). Both alcohol and ester possess the characteristic odor of wintergreen not to be found in the artificial oil (Gildemeister and Hoffmann, loc. cit.). The terpene gaultherilene, observed by Cahours (1844) in the quantity of 10 per cent, must have been due to an adulteration of his specimen with oil of turpentine. Oil of gaultheria, according to recent investigations (see Oleum. Betulae Volatile), is formed in the plant by decomposition of the glucosid gaultherin, under the influence of a pecu- liar ferment; but some oil, at least, must exist ready-formed, judging from the odor it emits when rubbed between the fingers. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This oil is stimulant and aromatic, and is largely employed to correct or disguise the taste of other medicines. The essence, or the oil dissolved in alcohol, is stated to have been found effectual in curing intermittent fever. Oil of wintergreen possesses decidedly active properties, and in 3 ounce doses has produced death. It acts much like salicylic acid, but death is preceded by coma. Congestion of the kidneys, stomach, and duodenum, and black fluid blood, are revealed upon autopsy. The symptoms produced are drowsiness, cerebral congestion with throbbing of the arteries, delirium, visual impairment with contracted or dilated pupils, tinnitus, paresis, somnolence and coma. Oil of wintergreen has been more recently largely employed in gomorrhoea, and in gomorrhaeal and other forms of rheumatism, in trigeminal mewralgia, tie dowlow- rewa, and in Subacute and chronic cystitis. As large doses as can be borne should be given in rheumatic disorders, but like salicylic acid and the salicylates its action upon the heart must be closely watched. Locally used, it relieves pain. The dose of the oil is from 5 to 10 to 30 drops on sugar, in capsules, or in emulsion. OLEUM GOSSYPII SEMINIS (U. S. P.)—CoTToN-SEED OIL. “A fixed oil expressed from the seed of Gossypium herbaceum, Linné, and of other species of Gossypium (Nat. Ord.—Malvaceae), and subsequently purified. It should be kept in well-closed vessels”—(U. S. P.). SYNONYMS: Oleum gossypii, Oil of cotton, Cottom oil. OLEUM GOSSYPII SEM.INIS. 1359 Source and Preparation.—Cleaned cotton seeds are about $ inch long and # inch wide, irregularly ovoid, covered with a hard, somewhat fragile, brown testa marked with a conspicuous raphè. Internally, the cotyledons are folded, and, imbedded throughout their substance are a number of resin-glands of a blackish color. The embryo is whitish. To obtain the oil, of which 2 gallons are yielded by 1 bushel of the seeds, the testa is crushed by machines especially designed for this purpose, the fragments winnowed out, the kernel ground, placed in bags, and expressed by powerful hydraulic pressure. Purification.—Cotton-seed oil, when freshly expressed, is thick, turbid, of a ruby-red to dark-brown color, and contains much albuminous matter. Upon standing it deposits a considerable quantity of its impurities, leaving the oil as a clear orange-yellow liquid. This is known as clarified oil. The albuminous constituents may be coagulated by heating the oil by means of boiling water. Another method of purifying the crude oil consists in agitating the oil in the cold with a weak solution of caustic soda, which removes the characteristic coloring matter of the oil (see Chemical Composition), and forms with part of the oil a soap which settles upon standing, in the form of a black deposit. Thus the oil becomes of a much lighter color and constitutes refined oil. The loss by this process is about 4 to 7 per cent, sometimes considerably more. Bleaching agents are also frequently employed in the refining of cotton-seed oil. Description and Tests.-This oil is officially described as “a pale yellow, oily liquid, without odor, and having a bland, nut-like taste. Specific gravity, 0.920 to 0.930 at 15° C. (59°F.). Very sparingly soluble in alcohol, but readily soluble in ether, chloroform, or carbon disulphide. On cooling the oil to a tem- perature below 12°C. (53.6°F.), particles of solid fat will separate. At about 0° to —5 C. (32° to 23° F.), the oil solidifies”—(U. S. P.). This oil stands intermediate between the non-drying and drying oils; it thickens upon exposure, but does not become solid. Strong solutions of alkalies readily saponify cottom-seed oil. Purified cotton-seed oil is largely employed for culinary purposes, e.g., as salad oil, as a butter substitute, one of its chief uses being to adulterate other oils, especially olive oil. It also serves in the manufac- ture of soap, in the preparation of woolen and Morocco leather goods, and has taken a prominent place in pharmaceutical preparations, displacing, in a measure, olive and almond oils. The crude oil may be easily recognized by the beauti- ful purple or violet coloration (cottom-seed blue) which the soap prepared from it assumes upon exposure to the air. For the purified cotton-seed oil there are sev- eral color tests, in addition to the requirements of specific gravity and other phys- ical constants. A red color is observed upon treating the oil with strong solution of lead acetate and allowing it to stand; S. S. Bradford (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1882, p. 481) regards it an easy test for the detection of this oil as an adulteramt of olive oil. The U. S. P. tests are as follows: “When the oil is brought in contact with concentrated sulphuric acid, a dark reddish-brown color is instantly produced. If 6 Gm. of the oil be thoroughly shaken, in a test-tube, for about 2 minutes, with a mixture of 1.5 Gm. of nitric acid and 0.5 Gm. of water, then heated in a bath of boiling water for not more than 15 minutes, the oil will assume an orange or reddish-brown color, and, after standing for 12 hours at the ordinary temperature, will form a semisolid mass. If 5 Co. of the oil be thoroughly shaken, in a test- tube, with 5 Co. of an alcoholic solution of silver nitrate (made by dissolving 0.1 Gm. of silver nitrate in 10 Co. of deodorized alcohol and adding 2 drops of nitric acid), and the mixture heated for about 5 minutes in a water-bath, the oil will assume a red or reddish-brown color.”—(U. S. P.). The second of these includes the elaidin test; the third is Becchi's test. Halphen's test, introduced in 1897, seems to be very delicate. According to A. H. Allen (Commercial Organic Analysis, Vol. II, Part I, 3d ed., 1889, p. 143), it is executed as follows: Carbon disulphide, containing about 1 per cent of sulphur in solution, is mixed with an equal volume of pentyl (amyl) alcohol. Equal volumes of this reagent and the sample—about 3 Co. of each—are mixed and heated in a bath of boiling brine for 15 minutes. A red or orange tint is produced when cotton-seed oil is present. If the color is not produced, 1 Co. more of the reagent is added, and heating con- tinued for 5 or 10 minutes longer; in the absence of color, the addition is repeated OI). Ce IY) Ol'e. 1360 OLEUM HEDEOMAE. Chemical Composition.—This oil is composed mainly of palmitin and olein. Cottom-seed blue (C|IH, O,), an amorphous body, has been obtained by Kuhlmann (1861) as an oxidation product of a chromogene contained in the oil. Exposure to light and air bleaches the blue substance, while oxidizers wholly destroy it. It dissolves in strong sulphuric acid with a purple color, is also soluble in ether and alcohol, while chloroform and carbon disulphide sparingly dissolve it. It is insoluble in water, diluted acids, and alkalies. The chromogene body, according to J. Longmore, is a pungent, golden-yellow substance insoluble in water, soluble in alcohol and alkalies, insoluble in acids. It is a fast dye for wool and silk (see A. H. Allen, loc. cit.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This oil is a wholesome and digestible food, and is employed in pharmacy, medicine, and surgery, for many of the purposes for which olive oil is employed. Dose, 1 fluid drachm to 2 fluid ounces. Related Oils.-OIL OF BRAZIL. NUTS. The tree, whose seed yields this oil, is the hand- some South American Berthollettia excelsa, of Humboldt and Bonpland (Nat. Ord.—Lecythi- daceae). It is known to the Brazilians as castamhiero de Para, and the seeds are edible and an article of commerce under the names of Brazil or Para muts. These nuts are the seeds of a Harge globular fruit nearly a foot in diameter, from 16 to 20 seeds being contained in 1 fruit. Brazil nuts are long (13 to 2 inches), triangular, convex on back, and have a rough, hard, brownish-gray testa, inclosing a kernel of a creamy white hue, and tasting somewhat like almonds. It is considerably used in making a cream-Syrup for soda fountain uses. The ker- nels yield over 60 per cent of a fixed oil used by the natives as a burning fluid, as an adulterant of copaiba, and in unguents. It is a bland oil of a light-yellow color, readily becoming rancid. At —1°C. (30°F.) it congeals. It is composed chiefly of olein, palmitin, and stearin. OIL or SAPUCAYA NUTS.—An oil similar to Brazil-nut oil is obtained from the nuts (Sapu- cay ºuts) of Lecythis Zabłucajo, Aublet, a Brazilian tree. OLEUM FAGI, Beech oil, Beech-mut oil.-The fruit of the beech tree of Europe (Fagus syl- vatica, Linné (Nat. Ord.—Cupuliferae), yields a yellow oil, mild if prepared by cold expression, and acrid if heat be employed; in this case it becomes mild after a time. It is obtained from the kernels deprived of the integuments, the yield being about 22 per cent. Its specific gravity is 0.921 to 0.923; its congealing point near –17.5 C. (+.5°F.). A soft soap may be obtained from it by saponification. It does not readily become rancid. The oil contains stearin and palmitin, but is composed chiefly of olein. The press-cake, while eaten with impunity by fowls and swine, is said to produce untoward effects in horses or cattle. (See also interesting data on beech-nut oil by Charles H. La Wall, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1896, p. 11.) OIL OF MIAIZE —The germ alone of our Indian corm, or American maize, contains about 22 per cent of a rich golden-yellow oil of a characteristic, not unpleasant odor and taste. It is obtained largely as a by-product in preparing starch, glucose and alcohol. It is thickish and has a specific gravity of 0.916 at 15° 8. (59°F.). At –10°C. (14°F.) it congeals. It is composed of olein, Stearin, and palmitin, and easily becomes rancid. OLEUM HEDEOMAE (U. S. P.)—OIL OF HEDEOMA. A volatile oil distilled from the leaves and tops of Hedeoma pulegioides (Linné), Persoom. “It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, protected from light”—(U. S. P.). SYNONYMS: Oil of pennyroyal, Oil of American pennyroyal. Preparation.—The oil of pennyroyal is distilled from the wild herb mainly in North Carolina, and eastern and southern Ohio, by means of rather crude apparatus, in the same mammer as oil of Sassafras (see T. C. Harris, Pharm. Jour. Trams, Vol. XVII, 1887, p. 672; and J. F. Patton, Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc., 1891, p. 548). The yield from the fresh herb in the districts named, is 10 to 25 pounds of oil from 1 ton of herb, gathered while in bloom and partially dried; Schimmel & Co. (Report, Oct., 1893) obtained 3 per cent from dried leaves, and 1.3 per cent from dried leaves and herb. Description.-‘A pale-yellowish, limpid liquid, having a characteristic, pun- gent, mint-like odor and taste. , Specific gravity, 0.930 to 0.940 at 15° C. (59° F.). The oil should form a perfectly clear solution with twice its volume of a mixture of 3 volumes of alcohol and 1 volume of water, this solution being neutral or slightly acid to litmus paper. It is also readily soluble in carbon disulphide, or in glacial acetic acid”—(U.S.P.). By means of this test, adulteration with petroleum, oil of tur- pentine, etc., may be recognized. The oil is optically dextrogyrate (+18° to +22°). Chemical Composition.—The principal constituent of oil of pennyroyalispule- gone, identified by Habhegger (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1893, p. 417). Besides there are present two ketones (C, H, O), one hedeomol, the other probably menthone; further- OLEUM JUNIPERI.—OLEUM JUNIPERI VIRGINIAN E. 1361 more, small quantities of formic, acetic, and isoheptylic acids (C.H.O.) (E. Kremers, Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc., 1887, pp. 546–561; and Pharm. Rundschau, 1891, p. 130). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Oil of pennyroyal is a stimulant, car- minative, antispasmodic, and emmenagogue. It has been used with benefit in cramp of the stomach, flatulent colic, nausea, amenorrhoea, and to diminish the harsh- ness of griping, as well as nauseating, medicines. It is frequently employed for the purpose of occasioning abortion, but as with all agents of this sort, it is very dangerous. It is sometimes applied externally as a mild rubefacient. The dose is from 2 to 10 drops on Sugar, or in emulsion. (For further uses, see Hedeoma.) Related Oils.-OIL of EUROPEAN PENNYROYAL. Distilled from Mentha Pulegium, Linné (Pulegium rulgare, Miller). A strongly aromatic, mint-like, yellowish or greenish-yellow oil, whose purity is to be tested for in the same manner as the American oil; it appears to pos- sess like therapeutic properties. Specific gravity, 0.935 to 0.955. Contains about 80 per cent of the ketone pulegome (C10H18O), a colorless fluid having an agreeable, peppermint-like odor. Optical rotation of the oil +18° to +23°; of pulegone, --21° 16'. The boiling point of the latter, at reduced pressure (60 Mm.), is 130° to 131° C. (266° to 267.8°F.). The major portion of the oil distills at 212° to 216°C. (413.6° to 420.8°F.), pure pulegone at 221° to 222°C. (430.8° to 431.6°F) (see Power, Essential Oils). OIL OF PULEGIUM MICRANTHUM, Claus, resembles the preceding, but its boiling point is higher, and its specific gravity greater. This plant grows in southern Russia. OLEUM JUNIPERI (U. S. P.)—OIL OF JUNIPER. “A volatile oil distilled from the fruit of Juniperus communis, Linné (Nat. Ord.—Coniferae). It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, protected from light”—(U. S. P.). SYNoNYMs: Oleum fructus juniperi, Oleum baccae juniperi, Oil of juniper-berries. Preparation and Description.—Oil of juniper is procured from the bruised berries by distillation with water. The full-grown, green fruit yields more oil than the ripe, as in the process of ripening the oil becomes converted into resin. Schimmel & Co. (Report, April, 1897) obtained a yield varying from 0.6 per cent in east Prussian to 1.5 per cent in Italian berries. Oil of juniper is “a colorless or faintly greenish-yellow liquid, becoming darker and thicker by age and exposure to air, having the characteristic odor of juniper, and a warm, aromatic, some- what terebinthinate and bitterish taste. Specific gravity, 0.850 to 0.890 at 15° C. (59°F.). Soluble in about four times its volume of alcohol, forming a somewhat turbid liquid, which is neutral or slightly acid to litmus paper. Also soluble in an equal volume of carbon disulphide "—(U. S. P.). The optical rotation of oil of juniper is mostly left-handed (to –18°), sometimes right-handed, rarely inactive. As a rule, the oil is soluble in about 8 to 10 parts of alcohol of 90 per cent by volume; age diminishes its solubility in alcohol. Chemical Composition.— Pineme is contained in the fraction of the oil boiling from 155° to 162°C. (31.1° to 323.6°F); cadineme in the fraction 260° to 275° C. (500° to 527°F.); the intermediary fractions, containing esters, have not been fully analyzed, but contain the characteristic aroma of the oil. The aroma can not be due to an ester, because it outlasts saponification. Jumiper-camphor, frequently observed by older chemists, forms crystalline deposits in the higher fractions of the oil when exposed to cold. One such deposit of needles, upon purification, melted at 165° to 166° C (329° to 330.8° F.) (Gildemeister and Hoffmann, Die AEtherischen Oele, p. 350). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Oil of juniper is a stimulant diuretic, and is employed to arrest chromic mucous discharges, especially from the urethra. It may also be used as a diuretic with other agents in cases of dropsy. Locally, it red- dens the skin, and may vesicate. The dose is from 5 to 15 or 20 drops. The peculiar taste and diuretic property of Holland gin is owing to the presence of this oil. OLEUM JUNIPERI VIRGINIANAE.—OIL OF CEDAR. An essential oil distilled from the leaves of Juniperus virginiana, Linné (Nat. Ord.—Coniferae), Red cedar. SYNoNYM : Oil of cedar leaves (American). S6 1362 OLEUM LAW ANDULAE FLORUM. Preparation, History, and Description.—This oil is prepared by distillation of the tops and leaves of red cedar with water. Messrs. Schimmel & Co. (Report, April, 1898) state that commercial cedar oil is liable to be found admixed with oil from the leaves of Thuja occidentalis, because this is also called cedar in the United States, though distinguished as White cedar; also the leaves of other coniferae are said to be used by distillers of cedar oil. A number of commercial oils examined, varied in specific gravities from 0.863 to 0.920, in optical rotation from—3°40' to —24° 10'; some were soluble in 4 or 5 volumes of 70 per cent alcohol, others were not. A genuine oil, distilled by the same authorities (yield 0.2 per cent), had the following properties: Specific gravity 0.887, optical rotation +59°25'. Not soluble in 10 parts of 80 per cent alcohol. The fraction below 180° C. (356°F.) constituting the larger portion, consisted chiefly of dextro-limomene; the higher fractions yielded cadimene, some borneol, and small quanities of bornyl esters (Gilde- meister and Hoffmann, Die AEtherischen Oele, p. 358). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Internally this oil is stimulant and emmenagogue, possessing properties similar to those of the oil of Savin ; however, it is very seldom administered internally. It is chiefly used as a rubefacient, and forms an excellent application in inflammatory rheumatism and other painful affec- tions, either alone or combined with other articles to form a liniment. The dose, internally, is from 2 to 10 drops on sugar. Related Oil.— OIL OF CEDAR WooD. Florida. Distilled from the wood of Juniperus virginiana, Linne. Light or greenish-yellow, thickish, having an agreeable and characteristic odor, and a specific gravity of 0.940 to 0.960. Its optical rotation is from —20° to −40°. It is largely employed in perfuming soaps, and is also employed as an adulterant of oil of Sandal. Its constituents are cedar camphor (cedrol, C15H26O), melting at 84°C. (183.2°F.) (Rousset, 1897), and cedrene (C15H24). OLEUM LAVANDULAE FLORUM (U. S. P.)—OIL OF LAVENDER FLOWERS. “A volatile oil distilled from the fresh flowers of Lavandula officinalis, Chaix (Nat. Ord.—Labiatea'). It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, protected from light”—(U. S. P.). Preparation.—Oil of lavender is distilled in France, from wild-growing, in England, from cultivated flowers. Distillation in France is effected by means of portable copper stills, in which the flowers are heated with water by direct fire, wood being used as fuel. The stills are carried to the fields where the flowers grow, because it is believed that the flowers deteriorate upon transportation. (In this connection, see an excellent illustration of such a distillerie ambulante in Gilde- meister and Hoffmann, Die AEtherischen Oele, p. 785.) In stationary distilleries, the oil is obtained by distillation with steam. The yield is 1 pound of oil from 200 pounds of fresh flowers. Schimmel & Co. obtained from dried French flowers a yield of 1.2 per cent, from dried German flowers, 2.8 per cent. All lavender oils were indiscriminately termed oil of spike in former centuries (see Related Oils). Description.—The official oil is described as “a colorless or yellowish liquid, having the fragrant odor of lavender flowers, and a pungent and bitterish taste. Specific gravity, 0.885 to 0.897 at 15° C. (59°F.). It is soluble in all proportions in alcohol (distinction from oil of turpentine), and in three times its volume of a mixture of 3 volumes of alcohol and 1 volume of water (distinction from, and absence of, oil of turpentine); it is also soluble in glacial acetic acid. With an equal volume of carbon disulphide it forms a turbid mixture. The alcoholic Solution of the oil is neutral or slightly acid to litmus paper. When heated on a water-bath, in a flask provided with a well-cooled condenser, the oil should yield no distillate having the characters of alcohol”—(U. S. P.). The oil is optically lavo-rotatory (–3° to —10°). Upon exposure to the air it has been observed to absorb oxygen to the amount of about 120 volumes in 43 months. Oil of lavender is distinguished from all other oils of the natural order Labiatea by the quick and violent fulmination which takes place with iodine when about 0.1 Gm. of dry iodine is placed on a watch-glass and about 4 to 6 drops of the oil are brought in contact with it. Oil of lavender shares this property with oils of turpentine, lemon, orange peel, bergamot, spike, etc. A number of other oils, OLEUM LIMONIS. 1363 e.g., peppermint, cajuput, rue, etc., does not react in this manner, and this differ- ence in behavior toward iodine, may sometimes be useful in detecting adultera- tions. (See classification of oils along this line in Hager's Handbuch der Pharm. Pravis, Vol. II, 1886, p. 565.) Chemical Composition.—French lavender oil, according to Bertram and Walbaum (1892), and Schimmel & Co. (1893 and 1898), consists of large quanti- ties of linalool (C, H, O, or CH,CECH.):CH.C.H.C.H.CICH, OH.CH:CH,), l-lima- loyl-acetate (30 to 45 per cent), butyrate, and probably propionate and valerianate; traces of pineme and cineol, and geraniol. Contrary to the statements of older observ- ers, no camphor is present in true oil of lavender. The esters are the carriers of the aroma. English lavender oil, according to Semmler and Tiemanh (1892), and Schimmel & Co. (1894), contains limoneme, l-limalool, l-limaloyl acetate (7 to 10 per cent), a sesquiterpene, and appreciable quantities of cineol. (For method of deter- mining the quantity of linaloyl acetate in lavender oils, see Power, Essential Oils, p. 20.) Ilarge amounts of cineol in lavender oil indicate adulteration by oil of spike; pineme, by oil of turpentine. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Oil of lavender possesses stimulant and Carminative properties, and is sometimes administered in hysteria, mervous debility, and headache. Its fragrance renders it an important article in perfumery, in which it is principally used. Its dose is from 1 to 6 drops. Related Oils.-OIL OF SPIKE. The broad-leaved variety of lavender (Lavandula spica, De Candolle) furnishes the Oil of spike; it is not so fragrant as the preceding oil, and has a camphoraceous odor. Its specific gravity is 0.905 to 0.920; optical rotation, +3° (Schimmel & Co.). It is chiefly used in the manufacture of varnishes for artists, in painting on porcelain, and in veterinary practice. With 3 volumes of 70 per cent alcohol at 20°C. (68°F.), according to Power (Essential Oils), it should produce a clear solution (absence of turpentine). It con- tains camphor (Kane, 1838), cineol (10 per cent), pineme (?), campheme, linalool, borneol, and possibly geraniol and terpineol. - OIL OF LAW ANDULA STCECHAs, Linné.-Distills between 180° and 245° C. (356° and 473°F.); Specific gravity, 0.942; odor, rosemary-camphor; known constituent, cineol. OIL OF LAVANDULA DENTATA, Linné.--Distills almost entirely between 170° and 200° C. (338° and 392°F.); specific gravity, 0.926; known constituent, cineol. OLEUM LIMONIS (U. S. P.)—OIL OF LEMON. “A volatile oil obtained by expression from fresh lemon peel. It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, protected from light”—(U. S. P.). Preparation.—Oil of lemon is obtained by lightly grating the fresh rind of the lemon, placing it in a fine cloth bag, and then subjecting it to pressure; the Sediment is allowed to settle, and the clear oil is poured off (C.). It may also be obtained by distillation, but this mode is not advisable, because the distilled oil readily decomposes. Other methods, such as the process of rupturing the oil glands and gathering the product upon sponges, etc., are likewise followed (see Olewm Aurantii Corticis). The oil is imported from the southern parts of Europe, as Italy, Portugal, etc. Description and Tests.-Oil of lemon as officially described, is “a pale yel- low, limpid liquid, having the fragrant odor of lemon, and an aromatic, some- what bitterish taste. Specific gravity, 0.858 to 0.859 at 15° C. (59°F.). Its optical rotation should not be less than 60° to the right in a 100 Mm. tube, and at a ten- perature of about 15° to 20°C. (59° to 68°F.). Soluble in three times its volume of alcohol, the solution being neutral or slightly acid to litmus paper; also soluble, in all proportions, in absolute alcohol, carbon disulphide, or glacial acetic acid. When kept for some time, the oil should not develop a terebinthimate odor or taste (absence of oil of turpentine, or other oils consisting chiefly of pinene)”—(U.S. P.). When exposed to light and air, oil of lemon readily decomposes, becoming thicker, and forming a brown, sticky sediment. Oil of lemon is frequently adulterated by alcohol, the fixed oils, or more fre- quently oil of turpentine. Alcohol may be detected by the milky fluid which forms upon agitating the oil with water. The fixed oils may be known by leav- ing a residue of more than 5 per cent upon evaporation of the oil. Well rectified * <> ſº 2-y –- • * * 1364 CŞ., T. UN'ſ LINI. coal oil has its odor entirely covered when added to oil of lemon, but the adul- teration may be detected by the difference in specific gravity, and by the almost complete insolubility of the coal oil in alcohol. Oil of turpentine may be detected by the turpentime odor evolved when the impure oil is evaporated from heated paper. Its presence can be more accurately established by its diminishing influ- ence upon the optical rotation of the oil. Oil of lemon contains no pineme (Schimnel & Co., 1897). Chemical Composition.—Ninety per cent of oil of lemon consists of ter- penes, the chief constituent of which is dectro-limoneme (Wallach, 1885; Tilden’s citréne, 1877), with a small quantity of phellandreme (Schimmel & Co., 1897). The highest fractions contain a sesquiterpeme (Olivieri, 1891). The agreeable fragrance of lemon oil is due to oxygen compounds, especially citral (CoH, O, or CH,C [CH,):CH.C.H.C.H.CICHJ:CH.CHO), a doubly unsaturated aldehyde, present in the quantity of about 7 to 10 per cent (J. Bertram, 1888). Its chief occurrence is in lemon-grass oil (70 to 80 per cent). It is a golden-yellow fluid, optically inactive, boiling with slight decomposition at 228° to 229°C. (442.4° to 444.2°F.), under atmospheric pressure. It is the aldehyde of geramiol (see Oleum Rosae), and forms a crystallizable compound with sodium bisulphite. It is convertible into £omone, an isomer of irome, both possessing the essential odor of orris root (see Gildemeister and Hoffmann, Die AEtherischen Oele, p.215). Oil of lemon further- more contains the fragrant aldehyde citronellal (C, H.O), and small amounts of the esters geranyl-acetate (in Messina and Palermo oils), and limaloyl-acetate in the latter oil alone (Umney and Swinton, Pharm. Jour. Trams.,Vol.VII, 1898, pp. 196 and 370). The non-volatile lemon camphor is not a uniform substance. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Stimulant and aromatic. Its chief use is in perfumery, and to impart an agreeable flavor to medicines. It has been recommended in certain affections of the eye, as a local application. A very agree- able drink for the summer and for febrile patients may be made of white sugar, 4 ounces; oil of lemon, 10 drops; triturate together, and add citric acid, 2 drachms; a teaspoonful of this to a tumbler of water forms a pleasant, refreshing draught. Tartaric acid may be substituted for the citric, if desired. OLEUM LINI (U. S. P.)—LINSEED OIL. “A fixed oil expressed from linseed without the use of heat. It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles”—(U. S. P.). : SYNONYM : Oil of flaq'seed. Preparation.—When prepared by cold expression the yield varies from 15 to 20 per cent. Prepared by the aid of heat, the gummy substance in the tegu- ment of the seeds is often removed by roasting or steaming them previous to expression, and after expression, the oil in the expressed fluid separates and floats above the mucilaginous water. The yield by hot expression varies from 24 to 28 per cent. For medicinal purpose only that prepared without heating is admis- sible, because otherwise it has a darker color and an acrid taste. The press-cake remaining in the expression of the oil is known as oil cake (see Linum). The oil as first obtained is called raw oil, and is mostly purified by agitation with about 1 per cent of strong sulphuric acid, the latter being removed by boiling water. The oil thus obtained is called refined oil. Description.—The U. S. P. describes linseed oil as a “yellowish, or yellow, oily liquid, having a slight, peculiar odor, and a bland taste. When exposed to the air, it gradually thickens, and acquires a strong odor and taste; and if spread, in a thin layer, on a glass plate, and allowed to stand in a warm place, it is gradu- ally converted into a hard, transparent, resin-like mass (absence of non-drying oils). Specific gravity 0.930 to 0.940 at 15°C. (59°F.). It does not congeal above –20 C. (−4°F.). Soluble in about 10 parts of absolute alcohol, and, in all pro- portions, in ether, chloroform, benzin, carbon disulphide, or oil of turpentine”— (U. S. P.). When cooled to.—27°C. (–16.6°F) linseed oil congeals to a yellowish mass. Upon exposure to the air, old oil is liable to become rancid. On account of its drying properties, facilitated by warmth, linseed oil is a most important article, being used in the making of paints and varnishes, of printer's ink, oil- O LEUM LINI. 1365 cloth, etc. Its affinity for the oxygen of the air is so great that it is liable to inflame cotton waste and other fibrous material Soaked with it. BOILED LINSEED OIL.-For technical purposes, the raw oil absorbs Oxygen and hardens too slowly. This process is promoted by heating the oil to a tempera- ture of 130° C. (266°F.) while a current of air is made to pass through it; its temperature is then raised until bubbles, arise, due to decomposition of the oil. Then it is called boiled oil, as contrasted with the raw or unboiled oil. Boiled oil is thicker, darker, has a somewhat higher specific gravity (0.939 to 0.950) and dries more rapidly than raw oil, hence is preferred by painters for outside work when it is desired that the paint dry rapidly. The drying properties are materially increased by incorporating during the process certain metallic oxides, as litharge, ferric oxide, red lead, manganese dioxide, especially lead acetate, manganous borate, etc., whose function seems to be partly to facilitate the transmission of oxygen, and partly to form more readily oxidizable metallic salts of the fatty acids. The nature of these substances, as well as the mode of manipulation, is usually kept secret. Of late, oil-soluble “driers” or “siccatives” have come into use—namely resinates of certain metals, as lead and manganese. (Concerning these, See A. H. Allen, Commercial Organic Analysis, Vol. II, Part I, 3d ed., Philadelphia, 1899, p. 150.) Chemical Composition and Tests.-Linseed oil consists of 10 to 15 per cent of Stearin, palmitin, and myristin; the remainder is chiefly isolinolemin (the glyceride of isolinolemic acid, Cispi, O, of the type CnH2n-.O.), and Smaller amounts of linolein (the glyceride of linoleic acid, CsPI.O., type CnH2n-.O.), and olein (the glyceride of oleic acid, CaFI.O., type CnH2n-.O.). Unsaponifiable constituents annount to about 1 per cent (also see Linwm). The drying qualities of limseed oil depend on the presence of the highly unsaturated linolein, linolenin, and isolinolemin. Upon drying, linseed oil becomes gradually converted into a hardened varnish, which is insoluble in ether. Chemically, it is an ester, called hydroxy-linolin (Mulder's linozym). Linseed oil is subject to many sorts of adulteration. Flax- seed itself is often found mixed with oil-bearing weed seeds, adulterated with hemp-seeds, and the oil may be adulterated with cotton-seed, niger-seed, and fish oils, mineral oils, and turpentine. These additions influence the specific gravity, congealing point, iodine absorption, and other physical and chemical constants of pure limseed oil. (For details regarding the analysis of linseed oil, see A. H. Allen, loc. cit., pp. 152–155.) The U. S. P. gives the following tests for linseed oil: “It should not more than slightly redden blue litmus paper previously moistened with alcohol (limit of free acid). If 2 Co. of the oil be shaken with 1 Co. of fuming nitric acid and 1 Co. of water, it should neither completely nor partially solidify, even after stand- ing for 1 or 2 days (absence of non-drying oils). If 10 Co. of the oil, contained in a small flask, be mixed with a solution of 3 Gm. of potassium hydrate in 5 Co. of water, then 5 Co. of alcohol added, and the mixture heated for about 5 minutes on a water-bath, with occasional agitation, a dark-colored, but clear and complete solution should be obtained. If this liquid be diluted with water to the measure of 50 Co., then cooled, and shaken with 50 Co. of ether, the clear, ethereal layer, after having separated, should not show a bluish fluorescence, and, when carefully decanted, and allowed to evaporate spontaneously, should leave not more than a slight, and not oily, residue (absence of paraffin oils)"—(U. S. P.). Rancid linseed oil may be again made sweet by shaking it with warm water, allowing it to stand a while, and finally decanting. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—(See Limum.) Related Oils.-The following are drying oils: CANDLE-NUT OIL.--This oil is obtained by boiling in water the crushed seeds of Alemurites triloba, Forster (Alewrites moluccama, Willdenow), found in tropical regions, in the isles of the Indian and Pacific Oceans, India, and the West Indies. The oil is known by several names, as Kekume oil, in Ceylon; Bankul oil, in India; Spanish-walnut oil, in Jamaica; Kakui oil, in the Sandwich Isles, where it is used as a mordant for vegetable colors. The tree yielding the fruit is known as the Candleberry tree, from the fact that the seeds, strung upon palm-fibers, are used for lighting purposes by the Polynesians. The nuts taste like walnuts, and are used as food by the natives of New Georgia. The tree is called Indian akrot (walnut) in India. On account of the oil being much used by painters, it is sometimes known as country-walnut oil or artist's oil (see Treasury of Botany). The oil is limpid, transparent, syrupy, amber-yellow, odorless, and rapidly drying. The yield is about 60 per cent. It consists of palmitim, stearin, 1366 OLEUM MENTHAE PIPERITAE. myristin, and olein, the latter being somewhat like linolein from linseed oil. The oil is laxative (see Wood Oil of China). GRAPE-SEED OIL.-From 10 to 20 per cent of a slowly drying, odorless, pale-yellow or brownish oil is obtained from the seeds of grapes (Vitis vinifera, Linné). It has a feebly bitter taste. At near—16°C. (3.2°F.) it congeals. Its chief constituent is the glyceride of erucic acid (C23H42O2). At 34°C. (93.2°F.) this acid fuses, and, if melted with caustic potash, yields arachic and acetic acids. The lesser constituents are Stearin and palmitim. NIGER-SEED OIL.-A yellow oil, intermediate between the drying and non-drying oils, ob- tained to the extent of about 40 per cent from the black akenes of Guizotia oleifera, De Candolle (Terbesina sativa, IKoxburgh), a composite plant of India and East Africa. It has a nut-like 3avor, and congeals at –10°C. (14°F.). It is composed of two kinds of Olein, One closely analogous to linoleim, and myristin and palmitin. MIADI OIL.-The akenes of Madia sativa, Molina, a composite annual found native in Chili and cultivated in the Old World, yields a bland, yellow, fixed oil (about 40 per # having a distinctive odor, a specific gravity of 0.930, and congeals at about —20°C. (–4°F. It readily turns rancid on exposure, and gradually assumes a semisolid state. WALNUT OIL-(See Juglams.) } º oLEUM MENTHAE PIPERITAE (U.S. P.)—OIL OF PEPPERMINT. A volatile oil distilled from Mentha piperita, Smith (Nat. Ord.—Labiatea'). “It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles in a cool place”—(U. S. P.). History and Preparation.—The three most important peppermint-growing countries are the United States, Japan, and England, the Japanese oil being derived from the species Memtha arvensis, Linné, var. piperascens, Holmes. Dis- tillation in the United States began in 1816, in Wayne county, in the State of New York; since 1835, peppermint has been grown and oil distilled therefrom in Michigan. Until 1846 distillation was carried out by means of simple copper stills heated by direct fire; since that date distillation by steam has become the rule. Indiana also distills large quantities of oil. Much care is now taken to exclude from the peppermint fields such weeds as Erechtites (fireweed), Erigerom, and Hedeoma (pennyroyal), to prevent undesirable contamination with the oils from these plants. The total production of oil of peppermint has reached enormous proportions, the United States alone, in 1897, producing 251,000 pounds. Minor quantities of oil of peppermint are produced in Russia, Germany, Italy, Norway, etc. (For much interesting detail regarding the history and statistics of this oil, see Dr. Frederick Hoffmann, in Die AEtherischen Oele, pp. 825–836.) The yield from German herb (fresh) is reported by Schimmel & Co. to be 0.1 to 0.25 per cent; from dried herb, 0.7 per cent. Description.—The U. S. P. describes oil of peppermint as “a colorless, or yel- lowish, or greenish-yellow liquid, becoming darker and thicker by age and expo- sure to the air, having the characteristic, strong odor of peppermint, and a strongly aromatic, pungent taste, followed by a sensation of cold when air is drawn into the mouth. Specific gravity, 0.900 to 0.920 at 15° C. (59°F.). The oil does not fulminate with iodine. It form a clear solution with an equal volume of alcohol, becoming turbid when somewhat further diluted, and is soluble in all proportions, in carbon disulphide and in glacial acetic acid. The alcoholic solution of the oil is neutral to litmus paper”—(U. S. P.). The oil is optically laevo-rotatory vary- ing in American oil from —25° to —33°. The better grades of oil from Wayne county, New York, do not form a clear solution with 3 to 5 volumes of 70 per alcohol, while the Michigan (western oils), the English and the Japanese oils do. Schimmel & Co. suggest that this difference may be due to the practice of pre- viously drying the herb, which yields an oil not soluble in diluted alcohol, while that from fresh herb is soluble (Gildemeister and Hoffmann, loc. cit., p. 838). When American oil of peppermint is subjected to cold, crystals of menthol fall out (see Tests below). The Japanese oil is semisolid at ordinary temperature, owing to the large quantity of menthol it contains. Tests.--Adulterations of the oil with alcohol and oil of turpentine are not infrequent; the latter may be known by the turpentine odor, by the imperfect solu- tion it forms with alcohol, and by its fulmination when iodine is added to it; the former may be known by the formation of a dirty-white liquid when an equal volume of water is added to it. Sometimes adulteration is practiced by removing part of the menthol by freezing. The following are the official tests, which include OLEUM MENTHAE VIRIDIS. I367 the characteristic color reactions of the oil of peppermint: “If 5 drops of the oil be added to 1 Co. of glacial acetic acid, and the mixture gently warmed, the liquid will assume a blue color, with a red fluorescence. If 2 Co. of the oil be mixed with 1 Co. of glacial acetic acid, and 1 drop of nitric acid added, the liquid will soon acquire a green, greenish-blue, blue, or violet tint with a copper-red fluorescence. If 1 Co. of the oil be dissolved in 5 Co. of alcohol, 0.5 Gm. of sugar, and 1 Co. of hydrochloric acid added and the mixture gently heated, a deep-blue or violet color will gradually be produced. If to 5 Co. of nitric acid 1 drop of the oil be added, and the mixture gently agitated, and allowed to stand for about 3 hours, it should have a yellowish, but not a bright red color (absence of oil of camphor and of oil of Sassafras). If a portion of the oil, contained in a test-tube, be placed in a freezing mixture of snow (or pounded ice) and salt for 15 minutes, it should become cloudy and thick, and after the addition of a few crystals of menthol, being still exposed to cold, it should soon form a crystalline mass (distinction from dementholized oil). When heated on a water-bath, in a flask provided with a well-cooled condenser, the oil should not yield a distillate having the characters of alcohol"—(U. S. P.). Chemical Composition.—The chief constituent of peppermint oil is menthol, known also as mint Stearoptem, or mint camphor (see Menthol). New York oil contains 50 to 60 per cent total menthol, of which 40 to 45 per cent are free, and the rest combined in the form of ester. It also contains 12 per cent of menthone. Michigan oil contains about 48 to 58 per cent total menthol, of which 43 to 50 per cent are free menthol. By distilling menthol with phosphoric anhydride, a colorless liquid of an agreeable odor, mentheme (CoHis) results. This hydrocarbon has been said to occur in Russian oil of peppernuint; the American oil does not contain it. According to a detailed research on American peppermint oil by F. B. Power and C. Kleber (Pharm. Rundschau, 1894, p. 157), this oil contains the following substances: (1) Acetaldehyde; (2) isovaleric aldehyde; (3) amyl alcohol; (4) free acetic, and (5) isovalerianic acids; (6) pimene; (7) phellandreme; (8) l-limoneme; (9) cadineme; (10) cineol; (11) a lactone (CoH, O,); (12) menthone; (13) menthol; (14) menthyl-acetate; (15) memthyl-isovaleriamate; (16) memthylester of an acid, CsPI, O.; (17) dimethyl sulphide (SECH.I.). Substances 3 and 17 were additionally found in the laboratory of Schimmel & Co., in 1894 and 1896. English oil of peppermint, according to Umney (Pharm. Jour. Trans., 1896, Vol. II, p. 123, and Vol. III, p. 103), contained of total menthol, 63 to 66 per cent; menthol in the form of ester, 3 to 14 per cent; menthome, 9 to 11 per cent. Gilde- meister and Hoffmann (loc. cit., p. 844) believe that the other constituents of the English oil will prove the same as those of the American oil above enumerated. The Japanese oil contains of total menthol, 70 to 91 per cent; of free menthol, 65 to 85 per cent. It does not give the above-described color reactions, or but very faintly, with glacial acetic acid. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Oil of peppermint is a powerful diffu- sible stimulant, with Carminative, antispasmodic, and antiemetic properties. It is much employed to relieve flatulence, gastrodynia, nausea, spasms of the stomach, and to cover the taste of other drugs. Externally, it is occasionally employed as a rubefacient and anodyne. It relieves the pain of burns, scalds, and toothache from carious teeth. In spray, it is useful to alleviate painful and inflamed fauces and tomsils, and by inhalation relieves many of the unpleasant symptoms of asthma and chronic bronchitis in old persons. It enters into a limiment, which at one time was a popular remedy for various painful local affections; it is com- posed as follows: Take of oil of olives, oil of peppermint, oil of turpentine, tinc- ture of opium, alcohol, aqua ammoniae, each, 1 fluid ounce. Mix. To be applied 3 or 4 times a day. Peppermint oil is commonly used under the name of essence of peppermint, which is a tincture of it. The dose of the oil is 2 to 10 drops On Sugar. OLEUM MENTHAE VIRIDIS (U. S. P.)—OIL OF SPEARMINT. “A volatile oil distilled from Mentha viridis, Linné (Nat. Ord.—Labiatae). It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, protected from light"— (U. S. P.). 1368 OLEUM MONARDAE. –OLEUM MORREHUAE. Preparation and Description.—The oil is obtained by distillation of spear- mint herb with water; the yield from American fresh herb, gathered at the beginning of flowering, was 0.3 per cent (Schimmel & Co.). It is extensively distilled in this country, and in smaller quantities in Germany and Russia. The U. S. P. describes it as “a colorless, yellowish, or greenish-yellow liquid, becom- ing darker and thicker by age and exposure to the air, having the characteristic, strong odor of spearmint, and a hot, aromatic taste. Specific gravity, 0.930 to 0.940 at 15° C. (59°F.). With an equal volume of alcohol it forms a clear solu- tion, which is neutral or slightly acid to litmus paper. When somewhat further diluted with alcohol, it becomes turbid. It also yields a clear solution with an equal volume of glacial acetic acid, and with half its volume of carbon disul- phide; but with an equal volume of the latter it forms a turbid mixture *- (U.S. P.). The oil is optically laevo-rotatory (as high as —43°). An exceptionally high specific gravity (0.980) is reported by Schimmel & Co. for the oil above mentioned. Chemical Composition.—This oil consists of two, and probably three, laevo- gyrate bodies. One is laevo-carvome (CoH, O), a ketone of a pure caraway odor, found also in the oils of caraway and dill (in the latter two as deatro-carvone). The quantity of carvone in spearmint oil was found by Kremers and Schreiner (Pharm. Review, 1896, p. 244) to be 56 per cent. The second body is laevo-limoneme, once known as carvene (CoHº). The third constituent is probably pimene. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.-Oil of spearmint is carminative, anti- spasmodic, and diuretic. It is used very frequently as a substitute for the oil of peppermint, and is more often prescribed on account of its diuretic properties. The tincture of the oil combined with potassium acetate renders the latter more efficient as a diuretic, besides imparting a pleasant flavor to it. The dose of the oil is 5 or 10 drops on sugar. OLEUMI MIONARDAE. –OIL OF HORSEMINT. A volatile oil distilled from the fresh herb of Monarda punctata, Linné (Nat. Ord.—Labiatae). Preparation and Description.—Oil of horsemint is obtained in this country from the fresh herb, by distillation with water. The yield is about 3 per cent. The oil is of a yellowish or brownish-amber color, having a penetrating, aromatic, thyme-like odor, like that of the plant, and a strong, pungent, somewhat acrid taste; and is soluble in alcohol. Its specific gravity is 0.930 to 0.940. Chemical Composition.—Oil of horsemint contains thymol (monardin) and cymol, sometimes carvacrol, and traces of dextro-limoneme. (For details, see Monarda.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Oil of horsemint is stimulant, anti- spasmodic, and antiemetic, and in the form of the essence, has been much used to allay mausea and vomiting in Asiatic cholera, cholera morbus, etc.; it relieves the diarrhaea of debility, its action in these cases being prompt and permanent. It stimulates the nervous system and increases cardiac force. It gives sleep and quiet when there is exhaustion with nervous excitation. It restores suppressed menses when due to colds, and given with turpentine or wintergreen it renders good service in the tympanites of enteric fever. Oil of horsemint serves well in the vomiting of inebriates, and in nausea accompanying a flatulent distension of the stomach. Externally, it is rubefacient and even vesicant, and has been advan- tageously used in low forms of fever, cholera infantum, paralysis, rheumatic and new- Talgic pains, etc. It soon causes rubefaction when locally applied, affording in many instances almost immediate relief. The dose of the oil is from 2 to 5 drops on sugar; of the essence, from 10 to 30 drops in sweetened water. OLEUM MORRHUAE (U. S. P.)—Cod LIVER OIL. “A fixed oil obtained from the fresh livers of Gadus Morrhua, Linné, and of other species of Gadus (Class, Pisces; Order, Teleostia; Family, Gadida). It should be kept in well-stoppered and perfectly dry bottles"—(U. S. P.). SYNoNYMs: Oleum jecoris aselli, Cod oil, Oleum hepatis morrhwae. OLEUM MORRPH.U.A. 1369 Source and History.—The common codfish is the Gadus Morrhua of Linnaeus, or Morrhaa vulgaris and Asellus major of other naturalists. It is a fish 2 or 3 feet in length, having a gray back with yel- lowish spots, and a white abdomen. The body is somewhat flattened, and symmet- rical; the ventral fins are pointed and placed under the throat. There are 3 dor- Sal and 2 amal fins, and a cirrus or beard at the end of the snout. The teeth are pointed and unequal, and are disposed in several rows. The large gills are 7-rayed. On the external surface of the body are scales, rather soft, and not of large size. It is an inhabitant of cold or temperate seas, and is found, at certain seasons of the year, in abundance on the coast of Norway, in the neighborhood of Iceland, in the Russian Arctic Sea, and on the New England and Newfoundland coasts. The Norwegian oil, from the Lofoten Archipelago, is the most famous, and much of it is consumed in this country; but in recent years, the oil from the Newfoundland coast is gradually gaining in favor, owing to improvements in its manufacture. Other species of Gadus from which cod-liver oil is sometimes obtained, are coal-fish (G. carbonarius, Linné, or Merlangus carbonarius, Cuvier), dorsch, or dorse (G. callarius, Linné), turbot (Rhombus maſcimus, Cuvier), and occasionally from the pollack (Gadus pollachius, Linné, or Merlangus pollachius, Cuvier), hake (Gadus Merluccius, Linné, or Merluccius communis, Cuvier), whiting (Gadus Merlangus, Linné, or Merlangus vulgaris, Cuvier), ling (Gadus Molva, Linné, or Lota Molva, Cuvier), and haddock (Gadus aegliftmus, Linné). In the Lofoten Islands, the codfish come in innumerable quantities in the month of January to deposit their spawn, all other fishes disappearing as if by enchantment. The codfishing commences about the early part of January and terminates about the middle of April; there being no less than 25,000 persons engaged in the busi- ness, and the quantity of the fish is prodigious, incalculable. The annual pro- duction in the Lofoten Archipelago alone is on an average about 400,000 gallons. Three barrels of liver yield 1 barrel of first quality oil, and , barrel of brown oil obtained by heat and expression. (For details regarding the Norwegian codfish- eries, we refer those interested to an exceedingly readable monograph entitled Cod- liver Oil and Chemistry, published quite recently, by Dr. F. Peckel Möller, London and Christiania, 1895.) Among many other items of interest, it is demonstrated how the peculiar formation of the Norway seaboard together with the habits of the codfish serves to make the Lofotem Islands the natural center of the Nor- wegian fisheries. (Also see résumé of the commerce in cod-liver oil and its chem- istry, by J. H. Stallmann and E. H. Game, in Amer. Drug., Jam., 1899, pp. 37–40.) Preparation.—The principal process by which the oil is now prepared is to remove blood and impurities from the carefully sorted livers by repeated wash- ings; then the gall-bladder is removed and the livers, as soon as practicable, are put into iron kettles and subjected to steam heat with constant stirring. The oil separates from the liver tissue, and, after decantation and filtration through a funnel, is drawn off into barrels. In the Newfoundland fisheries, the oil obtained by steam heat is exposed to intense cold until it is partly solidified; the mass is then put into bags and subjected to strong pressure. In this manner the Ameri- can shore oil is obtained. The residual stearin is sold to soap-makers. Description.—Three kinds of cod-liver oil are usually met with in commerce : The white or pale-yellow, which is obtained from fresh and perfectly healthy livers (shore oil). It is the official oil and is described by the U. S. P. as “a pale-yellow, thin, oily liquid, having a peculiar, slightly fishy, but not rancid odor, and a bland, slightly fishy taste. Specific gravity, 0.920 to 0.925 at 15° C. (59°F.). Scarcely soluble in alcohol, but readily soluble in ether, chloroform, or carbon disulphide; also in 2.5 parts of acetic ether ”–(U. S. P.). The second form is pale-brown, or brownish-yellow (straits oil); less care is exercised in the selection of the livers and the preparation of the oil. The third kind is dark-brown (banks oil), and is an inferior grade, being derived from putrefied livers; its odor is disagreeable, its taste acrid and bitter; and it has an acid reaction. The best grade is universally preferred in the United States. Gadus Morrhua. 1370 OLEUM MORREIUAE. Adulterations and Tests.-Cod-liver oil is subjected to adulterations in Several ways. One method is to bleach an inferior, dark oil, it is stated, by exposure to the rays of the sun. The addition of mineral oils can be recognized by Saponification which leaves the adulterant unaffected. An oil that has undergone partial putrefaction may be judged by the quantity of free volatile acids in the oil. Such oils also absorb much less iodine than fresh cod-liver oil. Refined seal oil and seed oils are also used as adulterants of cod-liver oil. (For a more detailed consideration of this phase of the subject, see special works on analysis, e.g., A. H. Allen, Commercial Organic Analysis, Vol. II, Part I, 3d ed., 1899, p. 197.) The U. S. P. gives the following tests for the purity of cod-liver oil: “If I drop of the oil be dissolved in 20 drops of chloroform, and the solution shaken with 1 drop of sulphuric acid, the solution will acquire a violet-red tint, rapidly changing to rose-red and brownish-yellow. If a glass rod, moistened with sulphuric acid, be drawn through a few drops of the oil, on a porcelain plate, a violet color will be produced. Cod-liver oil should be only very slightly acid to litmus paper previ- ously moistened with alcohol (limit of free fatty acids). When the oil is allowed to stand for some time at 0°C. (32°F.), very little or no solid fat should separate (absence of other fish oils, and of many vegetable oils). If 2 or 3 drops of fum- ing mitric acid be allowed to flow alongside of 10 or 15 drops of the oil, contained in a watch-glass, a red color will be produced at the point of contact. On stirring the mixture with a glass rod, this color becomes bright rose-red, soon changing to lemon-yellow (distinction from seal oil, which shows at first no change of color, and from other fish oils, which become at first blue, and afterward brown and yellow”—(U. S. P.). The presence of seal oil may also be detected by means of Amagat and Jean's oleo refractometer (see Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc., 1898, p. 888). Chemical Composition.—For a chronological history of the chemical study of cod-liver oil, see M. P. Heyerdahl in F. Peckel Möller's monograph above men- tioned. According to older analyses, especially by De Jongh (1843), cod-liver oil was accepted to consist of about 19 to 26 per cent of palmitin and stearin, 72 to 76 per cent of Olein, and from 2 to 5 per cent of non-fatty matters. The following substances have been observed in cod-liver oil in minor quantities, although the presence of many are no doubt due to putrefactive changes in the liver: (1) Tolatile acids (valerianic, Spaarmann, 1828, acetic and butyric acids, De Jongh); (2) iodine (De l'Orme, 1836; on an average only 0.000322 per cent, Stanford, 1884); (3) bromime (Herberger, 1839); (4) phosphorus (De Vrij, 1838); (5) biliary constituents (De Jongh, 1843; this is not confirmed by subsequent researches; if the gall-bladders are excluded from the process, no bile reaction can be obtained in cod-liver oil; Buchheim, 1884, Salkowsky, 1887); (6) chol- esterin (Allen and Thompson, 1885; 0.46 to 1.32 per cent); (7) lipochrome (of W. Kühne, to which, in part, the color reaction with sulphuric acid is due; Salkowsky, 1887); (8) volatile bases: butyl-amine, amyl-anime, he lyl-amme, dihydro-lutidime; (9) non-volatile alkaloids—aselline (C25H22N4) and norrhuime (C19H27N3), both occurring only in the darker oils; (10) crystallizable morrhuic acid (CoH13NO3), a pyridine derivative, existing in the oil to the extent of 0.1 per cent. (Numbers 8, 9 and 10 were observed by Gautier and Mourgues, 1888; the existence of alkaloids in light-brown Norwegian oil, as well as in Newfoundland and Maine oils, was also confirmed by J. O. Schlotterbeck, Pharm. Jour. Trams.,Vol. XXV, 1895, p. 585, from Pharm. Era.) A solid, fatty acid, gadīnic acid, melting at 63° to 64°C. (145.4° to 147.2°F.), was obtained by Luck, in 1856, from a deposit in cod-liver oil. Morrhuol is an alcoholic extract of cod-liver oil obtained by Chapoteaut (Amner. Jour. Pharm., 1886, p. 19). According to M. P. Heyerdahl's researches, published in the monograph aforementioned, pure cod-liver oil contains no stearin, no olein, and only about 4 per cent of palmitic acid as tri-palmitin. Two new glycerides, however, were dis- covered, namely, 20 per cent of tri-therapin, the glyceride of therapic acid (C, H.O.), a hitherto unobserved, unsaturated fatty acid containing four double bonds, and forming an Octo-bromine addition product (CºH, Br,0,); and over 20 per cent of tri-jecolein, the glyceride of jecoleic acid (CºH, O,) which contains only one double bond, and is isoneric with doeglic acid. . The remainder of the oil contains glycer- ides with one or more unsaturated acids belonging to the same series as jecoleic acid, but as yet entirely unknown. The solid fat removed in the manufacture of cod-liver oil by cooling and Subsequent pressure, and believed to be stearin, probably contains chiefly these undetermined acids. Therapic and jecoleic acids, both free and as glycerides, become rapidly oxidized when exposed to air, espe- cially if heated at the same time. They are converted into hydroxyacids which OLEUM MORREIUAE. 1371 the author demonstrates to be the cause of rancidity in the oil, hitherto ascribed to the presence of free fatty acids. These hydroxyacids are thus shown to be physiologically undesirable, hence the necessity of absolutely excluding the air in the preparation of the oil; this is done by a patented process, in which an inert gas (carbonic acid) remains in contact with the oil during its manufacture. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Cod-liver oil is nutritive and alterative. It has long been used as a domestic remedy in chromic rheumatic and strumous dis- eases, especially in the northern parts of Europe, and has been in general medicinal use only since the treatise upon it by Prof. , Bennett, of Edinburgh, in 1841, although employed occasionally in the profession as early as 1766. Cod-liver oil is a remedy for defective nutrition, and when tolerated can be relied upon to give good results; but if it provokes persistent nausea, vomiting, disgust, and diar- rhoea, it can not be expected to be other than harmful. Cod-liver oil is a fat-pro- ducing agent, excelling other fats which have been proposed as substitutes for it, in digestibility. When cod-liver oil “is kindly received by the stomach it increases the quantity of red corpuscles, improves the appetite and general strength, and the pulse becomes full and strong, flesh increases, and nutrition is improved ’’ (Locke's Syllabus of Mat. Med., p. 346). Though used for many conditions, it has been shown to do the most good in the poorly nourished, suffering from phthisis pulmonalis, tabes, rickets, chronic bronchitis, and chronic rheumatism in the scrofulous. It is not necessarily a curative agent, but in many conditions it tides the patient over while other agents exert their curative effects. In tubercular arthritis, and so-called scrofulous inflammations of the joints, its influence is often marked. Where there is necrosis, however, its effects are less evident. It may be given in tabes mesenterica when there is emaciation, a hard abdomen, offensive breath, and cough. When epilepsy depends upon a scrofulous and debilitated condition, cod-liver oil often proves a good remedy (Locke). In Tickets, given internally and applied locally to the spine, it is one of our best remedies. Fistula in amo, Scrofulous embarge- memts, and Scrofulous w!cerations call for it. It undoubtedly prolongs the consump- tive's life, but it should not be forced if the stomach persistently refuses to toler- ate it. In some cases it does not seem to derange the stomach, but nauseates by its unpleasant taste. In these cases the difficulty is sometimes overcome by per- sisting in the use of the remedy or by changing from one to another preparation of the oil. In all cases where it can be tolerated, the pure oil should be preferred over the emulsions. The diseases, besides those enumerated, in which it is said to be most effi- cient, are strumous diseases, strumous ophthalmia, pseudo-Syphilis, in Scrofulous constitu- tions, and various chronic cutaneous diseases, as in eczema, impetigo, prurigo, lichen, squa- mous affections, pityriasis, ichthyosis, etc. Gout, and occasionally caries, it is said, have yielded to its influence. It is also asserted to have been found useful in diseases of the joints &md Spine, lupus, obstimate constipation, worms, and incontinence of wrime; and may be advantageously employed in all chronic cases, in which the disease appears to consist mainly in impaired digestion, assimilation, and nutrition. Externally used in opacities of the cornea, a drop or two placed on the cornea with a camel's-hair pencil; also in various chronic cutaneous diseases, rhagades, chaps, eczema, excoriations, and fissures. Its use is contraindicated in plethora, or where there is a strong tendency to it, lest hemorrhage be provoked. When long used, it is said to frequently occasion an eruption on the surface of an eczematous character. But little advantage will be apparent from the administration of cod- liver oil, until its use has been persevered in for 5 or 6 weeks, though it often commences earlier. The light-colored oil is the best. Some prefer the darker colored oils. The dose of cod-liver oil is ; fluid ounce, twice a day, or more; but it is best to begin with small doses at first, say 1 drachm only, in order to lessen the risk of nausea and vomiting. Patients soon accustom themselves to its use without repugnance. It is best given alone, followed by some claret, or a little sugar and cinnamom powder, or prepared with aromatic oils, the same as castor oil (which see). It may be given in coffee, milk, or brandy, and for consumptives in Bourbon. A pinch of salt sometimes renders it palatable, while others advise the chewing of a small portion of smoked herring. Tomato catsup, and particu- larly the froth of malted beverages appears to mask the unpleasantness of the oil. (For various methods of rendering the oil palatable, see Emulsio Olei Morrhwae.) 1372 OLEUM MYRCIAE. Dr. Alexander Wallace recommends a mixture of equal parts of lime-water and cod-liver oil, well shaken together, as a tonic, Sedative, antacid, and nutrient; it forms a thick, milky emulsion, palatable, especially when taken with a little sherry wine, and may be used in all the forms of disease in which cod-liver oil is recommended. In Germany a ferruginous cod-liver oil is much employed; it is prepared by first making a soda soap, from which its glycerin is removed by concentrated solution of sea salt, giving as the result an iron soap by double decomposition— this last soap is dissolved in sixteen times its weight of cod-liver oil. The oil thus prepared is brown and holds in Solution ##5 of iron, the taste of which is hardly discernible. Related Oils.-OLEUM RAJAR, Ray, or Skate oil. From the livers of Raja Batis, Linné. Spe- cific gravity, 0.928. Odor and taste, fishy; color, bright or pale-yellow; reaction, neutral. Said to contain a greater quantity of iodine than cod-liver oil. It is used by the Belgians and IFrench as a substitute for cod-liver oil. OLEUM BALENAE, Whale oil, Train oil.—Obtained from the blubber of Balaena mysticetus, Linné, Greenland whale; and Balaema australis, Desmoulins, Cape whale. Specific gravity, 0.926. Odor, fishy; taste, disagreeable. At 10° C. (50°F.) it deposits a solid material, palmitin. Some whale oils contain notable quantities of valerim. MIENHADEN OIL.-Obtained on the New England coast from the Alosa Menhaden, Cuvier. It constitutes one of the oils known as the fish oils or whale oils, and is used in the manufacture of leather. The term train oils now includes all oils from the fleshy parts of the seal, shark, cod, and like fishes or marine mammals. OLEUM SQUALI, Shark oil.—Specific gravity varies from 0.911 to 0.928. Taste, acrid ; color, pale-yellow. At –6°C. (21.2°F.) it is still a limpid fluid. It is obtained from the liver of Squalus Carcharias, Linné, or Shark, besides some other related species. The livers of Pastinaca hastata, De Kay, or American stingray, also yield an oil by expression. From 0.7 to 17.3 per cent of chol- esterol (cholesterin) have been obtained from six specimens of shark oil by A. H. Allen (Org. Chem. Anal.,Vol. II, Part I, 3d ed., p. 200). OLEUM CETI, Sperm oil.—Found in the cranial cavity of the Physeter macrocephalus, Linné, or Sperm whale, and obtained by expression. Specific gravity, about 0.879. Color, yellow or brownish-yellow. It is distinguished from the oils of the Whale-oil group by its lower specific gravity and its composition. Upon cooling, spermaceti is deposited. Sperm oil proper yields, upon saponification, chiefly oleic acid and dodecatyl alcohol (C12H25OH). It is a valuable lubricant. OULACHON OIL, or EULACHON OIL-A proposed substitute for cod-liver oil, yielded abun- dantly by the Candle-fish (Thalicthys pacificus) of the north Pacific coast. Congelation of this oil begins at-7°C. (19.4°F.), though according to some statements it is of the consistence of lard at common temperatures. Specific gravity, 0.907 at 15.5° (60°F.). It contains oleic acid (60 per cent), Stearic, and palmitic acids (20 per cent), and non-Saponifiable matter (about 13 er cent). p Rºose OIL.-The Dugong (Halicore Dugong, Cuvier) is an herbivorous mammal found in shallow waters throughout the Indian seas. There are two species of them—the Malay or Indian Dugong (Halicore indicus), and the Australian (Halicore australis). They are from 6 to 16 feet in length, and weigh from 400 to 600 pounds upon an average; occasionally, however, they are found of larger size. They frequent the neighborhood of ocean inlets where sea-grass, algae, and fuci abound, and the water is shallow. They are called Sea-hogs, and their flesh (intermediate in flavor between beef and pork), is esteemed a great delicacy by the natives of the islands and countries near which the animal abounds. Underneath the skin (which is about $ inch in thickness, and is often made into gelatin) is found a layer of adipose tissue, which yields from 4 to 16 gallons of oil, according to the size of the dugong. This oil is very palatable, and is acceptable to the most sensitive stomach, and has obtained somewhat of a reputation as a substitute for cod-liver oil. The oil is fully as nutritious as cod-liver oil, and may be administered in all forms of tuberculous and wasting diseases, and with equal advantage in cases where there is a decided repugnance to the cod-liver oil (J. King). TURTLE OIL.-This oil is said to be fully as efficacious as cod-liver oil in malnutrition, especially in strumous individuals. Large quantities of it are consumed in South America, where it is prepared from turtle-eggs; in Jamaica and the Seychelle Island it is prepared from turtle-fat. OLEUM MYRCIAE (U. S. P.)—OIL of MYRCIA. “A volatile oil distilled from the leaves of Myrcia acris, De Candolle (Nat. Ord.—Myrtaceae). It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, protected from light”—(U. S. P.). SYNONYM : Oil of bay. Botanical Source and History.—The tree producing the leaves which yield oil of bay, is indigenous to Venezuela and the West Indies, where it is known as the Wild cinnamon, Bayberry, and Wild clove tree. Its branches are 4-angled, and sup- OLEUM MYRISTICAE. 1373 port broad-ovate, almost obtuse, short-petiolate, strongly-veined, entire, leathery leaves. These are dotted with pellucid oil-glands, and when bruised give off a pleasant, clove-like aroma. The flowers are small and reddish, and the fruit is a smooth, subglobular berry. Oil of bay and Spirit of bay, or Bay rum, are distilled from this plant. Preparation.—This oil is obtained partly in the islands from the fresh leaves, but mostly in the United States, from the dried leaves, by distilling them with water, or by means of steam. An oil lighter than water first distills over, followed by another heavier than water. The commercial oil consists of a com- bination of these two fractions. .* Description and Tests.-‘A yellow or brownish-yellow liquid, having an aromatic and somewhat clove-like odor, and a pungent, spicy taste. Specific gravity, 0.975 to 0.990 at 15°C. (59°F.). With an equal volume of alcohol, gla- cial acetic acid, or carbon disulphide, it yields slightly turbid solutions. The alco- holic solution is slightly acid to litmus paper. When mixed with an equal volume of a concentrated solution of sodium hydrate, it forms a semisolid mass. If 2 drops of the oil be dissolved in 4 Co. of alcohol, and a drop of ferric chloride T.S. be added, a light-green color will be produced; and if the same test be made with a drop of diluted ferric chloride T.S., prepared by diluting the test-solution with four times its volume of water, a light-bluish coloration will be produced, which soon disappears. If to 3 drops of the oil, contained in a small test-tube, 3 drops of concentrated sulphuric acid be added, and, after the tube has been corked, the mixture be allowed to stand for 4 hour, a resinous mass will be obtained. On adding to this mass 4 CC. of diluted alcohol, vigorously shaking the mixture, and gradually heating to the boiling point, the liquid should remain nearly colorless, and should not acquire a red or purplish-red color (distinction from oil of pimenta and oil of cloves). If 1 Co. of the oil be shaken with 20 Co. of hot water, the water should not give more than a scarcely perceptible acid reaction with litmus paper. If, after cooling, the liquid be passed through a wet filter, the clear filtrate should produce, with a drop of ferric chloride T.S., only a transient grayish-green, but not a blue or violet color (absence of carbolic acid)”—(U. S. P.). The test for dis- tinguishing between this oil and oil of pimenta, above given, is regarded by Schimmel & Co. (Prof. F. B. Power, Essential Oils, 1894) as unreliable. Chemical Composition.—The following substances, arranged in the order of their relative proportions, have been ascertained to occur in oil of bay: (1) Euge- mol, first observed in this oil by Prof. Markoe (1877); (2) myrcen (CoH), a liquid, unsaturated, open-chain hydrocarbon (olefine) of a characteristic odor, specific gravity 0.802, and convertible by hydration into linalool; (3) chavicol (C, H, O); (4) methyl-eugemol; (5) methyl-chavicol; (6) l-phellandrene; (7) citral. No pimene is present, hence oil of turpentine may easily be recognized if present as an adul- terant (Gildemeister and Hoffmann, Die AEtherischen Oele, p. 669). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This oil is chiefly employed in per- fumes, and is a constituent of Spiritus Myrciae, or Bay rum. OLEUM MYRISTICAE (U. S. P.)—OIL of NUTMEG. “A volatile oil distilled from Nutmeg. It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, protected from light”—(U. S. P.). SYNONYMS: Oleum mucist㺠athereum, Volatile oil of mutmeg. Preparation.—This oil is obtained by distilling ground nutmegs by means of steam. It may be prepared as suggested by Cloéz (1864), by exhausting the nuts with carbon disulphide or ether, and finally distilling the extract thus obtained with the aid of steam. Nutmegs yield from 8 to 15 per cent (Schimmel & Co.) of oil. Description and Chemical Composition.—The U. S. P. describes oil of nut- meg as “a thin, colorless or pale yellowish liquid, having the characteristic odor of nutmeg, and a warm, spicy taste. It becomes darker and thicker by age and exposure to the air. Specific gravity, 0.870 to 0.900 at 15°C. (59°F.). Soluble in an equal volume of alcohol, the solution being neutral to litmus, paper; also soluble in an equal volume of glacial acetic acid, and in carbon disulphide in all proportions”—(U. S. P.), - 1374 OLEUM MYRISTICAE EXPRESSUM. The specific gravity at 15° C. (59°F.), according to Schimmel & Co., may be as high as 0.920. It is dextrogyre (+14° to +30°), fulminates with iodine, and forms a clear solution with 3 parts of 90 per cent alcohol. Oil of nutmeg con- sists of (1) pinene (Wallach, 1884; Schacht's macene, 1862); (2) dipentene; (3) Glad- stone's myristicol (CoH),0: Wright, C, H.O) boiling at 224°C. (435.2°F.); specific gravity, 0.9466 convertible into cymol, (4) myristicin (isomyristicin) (C.H.O.) in the highest fractions, melts at 30° C. (86°F); its specific gravity is 1.150 at 25°C. (77°F.), and it has a strong odor of mace; (5) myristic acid (C, H.O.), formerly called myristicin, often forms a sediment (stearopten) in old oils. Oil of nutmeg contains more terpenes than oil of mace, otherwise their composition and proper- ties are alike (Gildemeister and Hoffmann, Die AEtherischen Oele). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Rarely used in medicine. In 2 or 3-drop doses it may be used for the same purposes as nutmeg. OLEUMI MIYRISTICAE EXPRESSUMI.—EXPRESSED OIL OF NUTMEG. The fixed oil obtained from nutmegs. SYNONYMs: Adeps myristicae, Adeps mucistae, Balsamum nucista, Butyrum mucistae, Nutmeg butter, Oleum mucist㺠expressum, Comcrete oil of nutmeg, Preparation, Description, and Chemical Composition.—The powder of nut- megs, beaten to a pulp with a little water, and pressed between heated plates, yields from 20 to 30 per cent of a fragrant, orange-colored, concrete oil, mottled with white, sometimes, but incorrectly, called oil of mace. It may also be obtained by extracting the bruised nutmegs with disulphide of carbon. This oil is imported from the East Indies (Penang and Singapore) in the form of rectangular cakes about 2% inches wide and thick, and 10 inches long, enveloped in bast-fibers or pisang leaves. The best grade is the Java article. Much oil is also obtained in Europe from unsalable nutmegs. The fat has the consistence of suet, and possesses the odor and taste of the nutmeg. It is inflammable, burns with a bright, nearly smokeless flame, and, when free from tallow, etc., does not emit a tallow odor when the flame is extinguished. Nutmeg butter is soluble in boiling alcohol and ether, depositing myristin upon cooling; its specific gravity is about 0.995; its melting point is given by the German Pharmacopoeia, as 45° to 51° C. (113° to 123.8°F.). The crude article, when melted, leaves a sediment of foreign matters, and must therefore be purified by melting and sedimentation. Nutmeg butter consists chiefly (to 40 or 50 per cent) of myristin (Playfair, 1841), the glyceride of myristic acid (C, H.O.). It melts at 55° C. (131°F.), and is insoluble in cold alco- hol or ether. The fat also contains free myristic acid, some palmitin, and olein, about 6 per cent of volatile oil, and a red-brown coloring matter. Factitious nut- meg butter has been made by melting together tallow, spermaceti, etc., flavoring this with essential oil of nutmeg, and coloring it with saffron. Adulteration with fat is recognized by its being left in the residue when treated with hot alcohol; smaller quantities of fat which go into solution, fall out with the myristicin upon cooling, and reduce its melting point. - Action and Medical Uses.—This oil is bland, and does not readily become rancid; hence it furnishes a good vehicle for topical applications. It has been employed alone by friction for the relief of rheumatism. Related Fats.-BECUIBA TALLOW (Bicuhiba fat, or B. balsam). This fat is obtained from the seeds of a Brazilian species Myristica Becuhyba, Schott, by expression. It resembles ex- pressed oil of nutmeg, except in its taste, which is sharp and acidulous. Fusing point, 47°C. (116.6°F.). Alcohol but partially dissolves it. OCUBA WAx, or VIROLATALLOW-A subcrystalline, yellowish fat, melting at 45° to 50° C. (113° to 122°F.), dissolving wholly in alcohol, obtained from the fruit of a Para shrub, the Virola sebifera, Aublet (Myristica sebifera, Swartz). OTOBA BUTTER.—Obtained from the fruit of Myristica Otoba, Humboldt and Bonpland. A nearly colorless or yellowish fat, the odor resembling that of nutmegs when fresh, but becom- ing brownish in color and disagreeable in odor with age. It fuses at 38°C. (100.4°F.). It con- tains myristin, olein, and otobit. The latter forms colorless, Odorless, tasteless, prismatic crys- tals, which fuse at 133°C. (271.4°F.). Cold aleohol sparingly dissolves them. |UCUHUBA FAT.-A yellow solid fat obtained from Ucuhuba muts, the fruit of Myristica suri- namensis. (Compare Myristica, Related Species.) OLEUM OLIVAE. 1375 OLEUMI OLIVAE.—OLIVE OIL. “A fixed oil expressed from the ripe fruit of Olea europaea, Linné (Nat. Ord.— Oleaceae). It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place”—(U. S. P.). SYNONYM : Sweet oil. ILLUSTRATION: (Tree) Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 172. - Botanical Source.—The olive-tree is an evergreen, from 12 to 20 feet high, with hoary, rigid branches, and a grayish bark. The leaves are opposite, lanceo- late, or ovate-lanceolate, mucronate, short-petioled, green above, and hoary on the underside. The flowers are small, in short, axillary, erect racemes, very much shorter than the leaves. The corolla is short, white, with 4 broad, ovate segments; the calyx short and 4-toothed. Stamens 2, rather projecting; style very short; stigma bifid, with emarginate segments. The fruit is a drupe about the size of a damson, smooth, purple, 2-celled, with a nauseous, bitter flesh, inclosing a sharp-pointed stone (L.). History.—The native country of the olive-tree is unknown; it is supposed to have been originally from Asia, since it is mentioned in the Bible. At present it is extensively cultivated in the south of Europe, especially in Spain, France, Sicily, Italy, Calabria, and Apulia. It has been introduced into South America, California, and Our Southern states; in the latter section it does not thrive successfully, but in California it promises to have a commercial future. The tree commences yielding fruit in its third year; in its sixth year it is very productive, and remains so for an indefinite length of time. Varieties of the tree are based on the size, color and taste of fruit, and character of the foliage. The bark of the tree was formerly used in medicine, as well as the leaves, which have a bitter and acrid taste. In the warmer prov- inces of Europe a substance exudes from the bark, which has been called Gomme d'Olivier, and which, according to Pelletier, consists of a peculiar resin containing a small quantity of benzoic acid, and a peculiar Crystalline principle, which he called olivin or olivile. This was at one time used as a remedial agent. The fruit, gathered when not quite ripe, is very solid, bitter, and acrimonious; but when steeped for several days in a lye of wood ashes, and then pickled in brine, it constitutes the olive of commerce, much valued by many as a food. Accord- ing to Flückiger, the bitterish seeds yield a bland, non-drying oil, which, when obtained together with that of the pulp, amounts to #y of the whole quantity. The leaves and fruit of this tree, before maturing, contain mannit, but when the fruit has ripened this substance has wholly disappeared. Preparation.—The oil is obtained by expression from the fleshy pericarp of the fruit. The fruit is carefully collected immediately previous to its ripening, or when it assumes a reddish hue, one day usually completing the gathering; if the olives be collected when fully ripe, the tree will bear only every other year. Without delay, the drupes are passed through a mill, having its stones so arranged as not to break the olive nuts; the pulpy mass thus obtained undergoes cold expression, from which the finest oil, termed virgin oil, is procured. The residual press cake is crushed, dampened with boiling water, and again exposed to pres- sure, thus yielding a second-rate oil, which is made use of as a salad oil and for preparing fine soaps; it is the ordinary olive oil of commerce. Upon again break- ing up the press-cake, steeping it in water, allowing it to remain for 10 or 12 days, until it begins to ferment, and then expressing it, an inferior oil is obtained, which is used in lamps, and for making plasters, inferior soaps, etc. Carbon disul- phide is sometimes used to extract residual oil in marc that has already been treated with pressure and water. Such an oil is very inferior. The process here described is followed in more or less modified form in the different olive-growing countries. Description.—The best grade of olive oil comes from the south of France (Provence oil), and from Italy (Lucca oil, Gallipoli oil, etc.). Spain and, recently, California yield good grades of olive oil. Olive oil that is dark in color, cloudy, Olea europaea. 1376 OLEUTM OLIVAE. having a pronounced acrid after-taste, easily becomes rancid, and congeals at a point lower than that given below, is inferior in quality and should have no place in medicine. The U. S. P. describes the best oil as follows: “A pale-yellow, or light greenish-yellow, oily liquid, having a slight, peculiar Odor, and a nutty, oleaginous taste, with a faintly acrid after-taste. Specific gravity, 0.915 to 0.918 at 15° C. (59°F.). Very sparingly soluble in alcohol, but readily soluble in ether, chloroform, or carbon disulphide. When cooled to about 10°C. (50°F.), the oil begins to become somewhat cloudy from the separation of crystalline particles, and at 0°C. (32°F.) it forms a whitish, granular mass”—(U. S. P.). Olive oil is little soluble in alcohol if free from uncombined oleic acid. It is soluble in petro- leum benzin and benzol, and in 5 parts of acetic ether. If exposed to light and air, olive oil becomes rancid and liberates oleic acid. Olive oil is the type of non- drying oils, and is therefore much used as a lubricant, although its tendency to become rancid prevents its unrestricted application for this purpose. Pure olive oil is also characterized by giving the elaidin reaction (see Tests below). Chemical Composition.—Olive oil may be differentiated by cold and pressure into about 30 per cent of a solid fat, chiefly consisting of palmitin, Stearin, and a small amount of arachin, the glyceride of arachic acid ([C, H, O, I, a constituent of earthnut oil), and about 70 per cent of a fluid oil composed of olein with about 7 per cent of linolein (the glyceride of linoleic acid; see Olewm Lini). Rancid olive oil may contain from 2 to 24 per cent of free oleic acid. Chlorophyll and small amounts of the alcohol cholesterim (C.H.OH) likewise occur in olive oil. Olive oil is frequently adulterated, being substituted, wholly or in part, by cotton-seed oil, earthnut oil, poppy, rape-seed, sesame, and lard oil. Its physical and chemical char- acteristics, such as specific gravity, point of congelation, Saponification equivalent, its non-drying quality, the elaidin test, its low iodine number, resulting from its limited power to absorb iodime, and other tests, assist in detecting adulterations. Tests.-The U. S. P. gives the following tests for the purity of olive oil: “If 10 Co. of the oil be shaken frequently, during 2 hours, with a freshly prepared solu- tion of 1 Gm. of mercury in 3 Co. of nitric acid, a perfectly solid mass of a pale straw-color will be obtained. If 6 G m. of the oil be thoroughly shaken, in a test- tube, for about 2 minutes, with a mixture of 1.5 Gm. of nitric acid and 0.5 Gm. Of water, then heated in a bath of boiling water for not more than 15 minutes, the oil should retain a light-yellow color, not becoming orange or reddish-brown, and, after standing at the ordinary temperature for about 12 hours, it should form a perfectly solid, light-yellowish mass (absence of appreciable quantities of cotton- seed oil, and most other seed oils). If 5 Co. of the oil be thoroughly shaken, in a test-tube, with 5 Co. of an alcoholic solution of silver nitrate (prepared by dis- solving 0.1 Gm. of silver nitrate in 10 Co. of deodorized alcohol, and adding 2 drops of nitric acid), and the mixture be heated for about 5 minutes in a water- bath, the oil should retain its original, pale-yellow color, not becoming reddish or brown, nor should any dark color be produced, at the line of contact of the two liquids (absence of more than about 5 per cent of cotton-seed oil, and of many other foreign oils). If 30 Co. of the oil be saponified by heating with 20 Co. of alcohol and 5 Gm. of potassa, the liquid then diluted with 200 Co. of water, and freed from alcohol by boiling, on supersaturating the solution with diluted sul- phuric acid, the fatty acids will form a layer on the surface. If these be separated as far as possible, free from water, and filtered, 5 Co. of the filtrate, when shaken in a test-tube with 5 Co. of concentrated hydrochloric acid, should not color the latter green ; and, on the subsequent addition of about 0.5 Gm. of sugar, and again shaking the mixture, no violet or crimson tint should be produced in the acid layer within 15 minutes (absence of sesamum oil)”—(U. S. P.). (For the detection of oil of Sesame in olive oil, by a new color test, see J. F. Tocher, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1891, p. 140. For details of analysis, we must refer the reader to special works, such as A. H. Allen's Commercial Organic Analysis, Vol. II, Part I, 3d ed., 1899, p. 126.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—According to Mr. Sidney H. Maltass, a strong decoction of the leaves of the olive-tree, given in doses of a wineglassful every 3 hours, has cured the most obstinate and severe forms of intermittent fever. He considers it more effectual than quinine. Olive, or sweet oil, as it is often called, is emollient, nutritive, and aperient. A fluid ounce or two purges, but is OLEU M ORIG ANI. 1377 uncertain and often ineffective; yet is very useful in teaspoonful doses for newly- born infants, where the mother's milk does not prove sufficiently laxative. As a demulcent, it is very useful in irritation of the mucous surfaces of the air passages, and of the alimentary tube. It may be given as a gentle aperient in cases where other agents would cause too much intestinal irritation ; and is of service as an antidote to the strong alkalies, in which it acts by combining with them to form soap. It has been used in cases of poisoming by camtharides, but owing to its readily dis- solving their active principle, it increases the peril of the patient. As an article of diet it is generally harmful to dyspeptics. Olive oil is largely used by workers in lead to prevent comstipation and lead poisoming. Large doses, prepared in emul- sion with egg and mint, have been successful in removing biliary concretions. It is said to be effectual in phthisis, particularly to control excessive sweating. Externally (with lime-water), it is a valued agent for anointing bruises, excoriations, Superficial wounds, burns and Scalds. It is a good application to the body outlets to prevent excoriation from acrid discharges. Olive oil is frequently used as a vehicle for anodynes and local anaesthetics, such as morphine, menthol, camphor, etc. An olive oil solution of camphor, applied warm, is very effective in mastitis. Olive oil relieves the various forms of earache. It removes rectal worms, and has a soothing effect, upon the rectum in dysentery. Live insects in the ear may be destroyed and removed by filling the canal with the oil. Applied warm it gives relief to the bites and stings of insects. Rubbed over the whole surface of the body, it has been considered beneficial in the treatment of plague, Scarlatina, and some other eſcam- thematous affections. Finally, it is largely used as a lubricant for the operator's hands, and for specula, bougies, and other instruments to be introduced into the orifices of the body. To facilitate the passage of catheters, first introduce into the urethra, a quantity of warm olive oil. Olive oil enters largely into the formation of liminents, cerates, ointments and plasters. The dose of olive oil ranges from 2 fluid drachms to 2 fluid ounces. In the countries where the olive grows the oil is used as a food. - OLEUM ORIGANI.—OIL OF ORIGANUM. SYNoNYM : Oil of wild majoram. Preparation and Description.—This oil is produced from the Origamum vul- gare, by distillation of the plant with water. The yield referred to dried herb is 0.15 to 0.4 per cent (Schimmel & Co.). It is of a yellowish or reddish-yellow color, of a peculiar, agreeable, balsamic odor, and a warm, very pungent taste. Its spe- cific gravity ranges from 0.87 to 0.91. It is imported from Europe, and frequently contains oil of turpentine. Very little true oil of origanum is met with in this country; that generally sold for it is imported from France. Chemical Composition.—A camphor-like stearopten has been observed in this oil by Kane (1839). Two phenols, one being carvacrol, were found in the oil by Jahms (1880) in small quantity, not exceeding 0.1 per cent. The bulk cf the oil is probably composed of terpenes (CoHis). Its chemical examination is incomplete. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Oil of origanum is stimulant and rube- facient, and is chiefly employed in the form of liminent as an application to various parts suffering from painful affections. As with many other essential oils, it affords relief in toothache upon being applied to the decayed tooth by means of lint or cottom. It is very seldom administered internally. Related Oils.-OLEUM MAJORAN E. The Oil of sweet marjoram, obtained by distillation of the Origamum majorama, Linné, is a pale yellow or greenish-yellow oil with the strong odor and taste of sweet marjoram, and on standing deposits a camphor. Its specific gravity is 0.890 to 0.91. Optical rotation +17° 10' (Schimmel & Co.). According to W. Biltz (1898), this oil con- tains 40 per cent of terpenes, chiefly terpimene, and in addition, dextro-terpimeol, partly in the form of ester. It is employed as a medicine and as a perfume for soaps. It is seldom used in the United States. OLEUM ORIGANI CRETICI, Cretian oil of origamum.—This herb is distilled from several spe- cies of Origamum, as O. creticum, Linné; O. hirsutum, Link; O. macrostachyum, Link, and O. mega- stachyum, Link. A golden-yellow oil when fresh, becoming yellowish or brownish with age. It has an aromatic, penetrating, thyme-like odor. Specific gravity, 0.960 to 0.980 (Power). The Trieste commercial variety, probably derived from O. hirsutum, Link, contains, according to S7 1378 OLEUMI PALMAE.—OLEUM PHOSPHORATUM. Jahns (1879), carracrol (isopropyl ortho-cresol, C6H3.CH3.OH.C3H7), a colorless, thick, liquid phe- mol, solidifying in the cold. Good origanum oil should contain from 60 to 85 per cent. Jahns furthermore found 0.2 per cent of a second phenol and a large amount of cymol. Smyrna origa- num oil (from the herb of Origanum Smyrnaeum, Linné) also contains cymol, but less carvacrol (25 to 60 per cent), and contains in addition l-linalool (Gildemeister, Archiv der Pharm., 1895, p. 1S2). Origanum oil forms a clear solution with 3 parts of 70 per cent alcohol. For micro- scopical purposes the oil should be pale-yellowish and kept in well-filled and closely-stopped bottles, placed in a dark situation (Power, Essential Oils). OLEUMI PALMAE.—PALM OIL. The fixed oil from the fruit of Elaeis guineensis, Jacquin. Nat. Ord.—Palmae. SYNoNYMs: Palmöl, Palm butter. Botanical Source.—The oil palm is a mative of western Africa, and is found growing in other tropical sections. It is a very handsome, graceful tree, growing to a great height, and supports on its spine-armed petioles, large, pinnately-divided leaves, the leaflets of which are narrow, long, and linear. The fruit is a drupe, yellow, mottled, and about an inch in length. Its leathery sarcocarp contains much oil; the seed kernel is likewise oily. - Preparation and History.—Palm oil, or fat is obtained either by pressure of the oily sarcocarp, or by boiling it in water. It is produced in western Africa, West Indies, Brazil, and Cayenne. The best varieties are those known as Lagos prima and Lagos Secunda, the bulk of the oil being shipped from that port and from Palmas. • Description.—Palm oil is of a butyraceous consistence, of a reddish-yellow or orange-yellow color, and a pleasant odor. It melts at 27°C. (80.6°F.). By expo- sure and age the fat becomes whitish and rancid, a large portion of it being decom- posed into glycerin and fatty acids; this change is not objectionable to its use in soap-making. Such changes are accompanied by rise of melting point, which reaches occasionally as high as 42°C. (107.6°F.). When fresh it will melt by the. heat of the hand. Its specific gravity is 0.945. Ether completely dissolves it, while it is but partially soluble in alcohol. The kernels also yield an oil (palm-kermel oil, or palm-mut oil), which has a white or pink color and an agreeable, orris-like, or violaceous odor. Palm oil is largely employed in the making of soaps, which retain the agreeable odor of the fat. To prepare a white soap, the oil is first bleached by means of potassium dichromate solution. It is the most easily saponified of the fixed oils. Chemical Composition.—Palm oil consists of palmitin, olein, and free palmitic acid. Palm-kernel oil differs from palm oil in containing a considerable quantity of glycerin esters of lower fatty acids. According to Oudemans (see A. H. Allen, Com. Org. Amal..,Vol. II, Part I, 3d ed., 1899, p. 164), one sample of palm-kernel oil consisted of olein (26.6 per cent); Stearin, palmitin, and myristin (33 per cent), and lawrin, caprin, caprylin, and caproin (40.4 per cent). All fatty acids here repre- sented contain an even number of carbon atoms. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This is an agreeable emollient, useful as an application to bruises, Sprains, and like injuries. It is less drying than most of the vegetable oils used for this purpose. Related Oils.--(Compare Oleum Cocos.) TUCUM OIL. A bright-red, pleasantly fragrant oil obtained from the fruit of the South American Astrocaryum vulgare of Martius. MACAJA BUTTER.—A yellowish, butyraceous oil, having an agreeable, violaceous odor, prepared from the seeds of the Cocos aculeata, Jacquin, of the American tropical belt. OLEUM PHOSPHORATUM (U. S. P.)—PHosphor.ATED OIL. Preparation.—“Phosphorus, one gramme (1 Gm.) [15.5 grs.]; expressed oil of almond, ether, each, a sufficient quantity to make one hundred grammes (100 Gm.) [3 ozs. av., 231 grs.]. Introduce a sufficient quantity of expressed oil of almonds into a flask, heat it on a sand-bath to 250° C. (482°F.), and keep it at that temperature for 15 minutes. Then allow it to cool, and filter it. Put ninety OLEUM PICIS LIQUID.E.—OLEUM PIMENTAE. 1379 grammes (90 Gm.) [3 ozs. av., 76 grs.] of the filtered oil together with the phos- phorus, previously well dried by filtering paper, into a dry, tared bottle capable of holding about one hundred and twenty cubic centimeters (120 CC.) [4 fl 3, 28'ſſl]; insert the stopper, and heat the bottle in a water-bath until the phos- phorus melts. Then agitate it until the phosphorus is dissolved, allow it to cool, add enough ether to make the mixture weigh one hundred grammes (100 Grm.) [3 ozs, av., 231 grs.], and agitate again. Lastly, transfer the Solution to small glass stoppered vials, which should be completely filled and kept in a cool and dark place”—(U. S. P.). To prevent the oxidation of the phosphorus the oil is heated to expel any moisture or air that may be present. Dr. Squibb advises that the phosphorus be dissolved in the oily fluid only in the presence of carbon dioxide. In this way he prepares a solution of 1 part of thoroughly dried phosphorus in 99 parts of cod-liver oil. The ether is present to preserve the preparation by preventing Oxidation, and to impart a more agreeable taste. In the British Pharmacopoeia formula ether is omitted, hence the strong phosphorescence of the British official product, which fumes in the air through combination of the phosphorus with atmospheric oxygen. The U. S. P. oil contains 1 per cent of phosphorus, that of the British Pharmacopoeia, 0.99 per cent. Description.—The U. S. P. describes phosphorated oil as “a clear, yellowish liquid, having the odor of phosphorus and of ether, but not phosphorescent in the dark. It should be perfectly free from any particles of undissolved phos- phorus”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This is a convenient form for the administration of Phosphorus (which see). OLEUM PICIS LIQUIDAE (U. S. P.)—OIL OF TAR. “A volatile oil distilled from tar”—(U. S. P.). Preparation.—When common wood-tar is distilled, that portion of less den- i. than water passing over, is called oil of tar; a residue known as pitch is left in the retort. Description and Chemical Composition.—“An almost colorless liquid when freshly distilled, but soon acquiring a dark reddish-brown color, and having a strong, tarry odor and taste. Specific gravity, about 0.970 at 15° C. (59° F.). It is readily soluble in alcohol, the solution being acid to litmus paper”—(U. S. P.). The density of oil of tar is apt to vary according to the amounts of its various constituents present. If prepared from coniferous tars turpentine is likely to form a large portion of the oil. Oil of tar contains empyreumatic substances, several acids, among them acetic acid, and a number of hydrocarbons. Action and Medical Uses.—This oil has the uses of Tar (which see). It is applied locally in scaly and other forms of skin diseases. It has been used for the relief of chronic coughs. The dose is 1 to 5 drops in emulsion or capsule. OLEUM PIMENTAE (U. S. P.)—oil, of PIMENTA. A volatile oil distilled from Pimenta officinalis, Lindley. “It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, protected from light”—(U. S. P.). SYNoNYMS: Oil of allspice, Oil of pimento. Preparation, Description, and Tests.--When unripe and sun-dried allspice or pimento berries are bruised and distilled with water, they yield a volatile oil to the extent of from about 3 to 4.5 per cent. The ripe fruits are nearly odorless. The oil is heavier than water, its lowest density being given as 1,024 (Schimmel & Co.'s Report, April, 1899). The official oil is “a colorless, or pale-yellow liquid, having a strong, aromatic, clove-like odor, and a pungent, spicy taste. It becomes darker and thicker by age and exposure to the air. Specific gravity, 1.045 to 1,055 at 15° C. (59°F.). With an equal volume of alcohol it forms a clear solution which is slightly acid to litmus paper. It also forms a clear solution with an equal volume of glacial acetic acid, and a nearly clear solution with an equal 1380 OLEUM PINI SYLVESTRIS.—OLEUM RICINI. volume of carbon disulphide. When mixed with an equal volume of a concell- trated solution of sodium hydrate, it forms a semisolid mass. If 2 drops of the oil be dissolved in 4 Co. of alcohol, and a drop of ferric chloride T.S. be added, a bright green color will be produced; and if the same tests be made with a drop of diluted ferric chloride T.S., prepared by diluting the test-solution with four times its volume of water, a blue color will be produced changing to greem, and soon becom- ing yellow. If 1 Co. of the oil be shaken with 20 Co. of hot water, the water should not give more than a scarcely perceptible acid reaction with litmus paper. If, after cooling, the liquid be passed through a wet filter, the clear filtrate should produce, with a drop of ferric chloride T.S., only a transient grayish-green, but not a blue or violet color (absence of carbolic acid)”—(U. S. P.). Chemical Composition.—This oil contains over 60 per cent of the heavy eugenol (C.H.C.H.IOH][OCHJ), the chief constituent of oil of cloves (which see), and a sesquiterpene of the composition C, H, boiling at 255° C. (491°F.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Oil of pimenta is stimulant and aro- matic, and may be used for similar purposes as the other oils of like character, in doses of from 2 to 10 drops. oLEUM PINI SYLVESTRIS.–FIR-LEAF ODI. The volatile oil distilled from the Pinus Sylvestris (silvestris), Linné. Nat. Ord.—Coniferae, SYNoNYM : Olewn folii pini Sylvestris, Fir-wool oil, Pine-meedle oil, Olewm pini joliorwm. - Preparation and History.—This oil is in use in various parts of Europe, and is distilled in Scotland, Sweden, and Germany, from the leaves of Pinus Sylvestris, or “Scotch pine,” which is found in the highlands of Scotland, where it occurs, as . tree or shrub, according to the locality of its growth. The oil was admitted into the Pharmacopoeia of the Throat Hospital, London (1872). It must not be confounded with oil of turpentime, which is abundantly produced from the trunk of same tree. This oil is, like that from the other species of pine, also known as pine-needle oil, and is prepared by distilling with water the leaves pounded into a fibrous condi- tion, and them known as fir-wool. The yield is about 0.5 per cent. Scotch leaves yielded in winter 0.13 per cent. - Description and Chemical Composition.—Fir-leaf oil is a limpid, greenish- yellow fluid, soluble in about 10 volumes of 90 per cent alcohol. It has a strong, but agreeable, coniferous odor, combined somewhat with that of lavender. The German and Swedish oils are dextro-rotatory (about +10°), but the Scotch oil is laevo-rotatory (about —8° to —19°). The specific gravities of the German and Scotch oils vary from 0.884 to 0.889; that of the Swedish is 0.872. The German oil contains dextro-pineme, d-sylvestreme, cadineme, and probably bornyl- or terpinyl-acetate (about 3.5 per cent). The Swedish and English oils are similarly constituted, except that the hydrocarbons occur in the left-handed modification, in the English oils. (For other pine-meedle oils, see table of oils in Schimmel & Co.'s Report, April, 1897, and especially Gildemeister and Hoffmann, Die AEtherischen Oele, 1899.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—It is said that fir-leaf oil is largely sold in England and on the continent, as a patent liniment for the cure of rheumatism. In maladies of the throat it may be administered internally in the dose of a few drops, diluted, and likewise locally applied to the throat and chest. OLEUM RICINI (U. S. P.)—CASTOR OIL. “A fixed oil expressed from the seed of Ricimus communis, Linné (Nat. Ord.— Euphorbiaceae). It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles”—(U. S. P.). Botanical Source.—Ricimus communis, the Castor-Oil bush, in the United States, is a herbaceous annual, with a white, frosted, or glaucous, hollow, smooth stem, of a purplish-red color upward. The root is long, thick, and fibrous. The leaves are large, alternate, deeply divided into 7 or 9 lanceolate segments, peltate, pal. mate, serrate, 4 to 12 lines in diameter, and on long, tapering, purplish petioles. The flowers are borne in long, green, and glaucous spikes, Springing from the OLEUM RICINI. 1381 divisions of the branches; males from the lower part of the spike, females from the upper. The capsule is prickly, 3-celled, and 3-seeded; the seeds ovate, Shin- ing, and black dotted with gray (L.-W.) History.—Ricinus communis, or Palma Christi, is an East Indian plant, in which country it attains the size of a tree. In the United States, where it has become naturalized, it seldom grows higher than 8 or 10 feet, flowers in July and August, and matures its seeds in August and Septem- ber. The plant is much grown in California for its oil, also in Italy. The fixed oil of the seeds is the castor oil of commerce, and was known to the ancient Egyptians. The seeds are poisonous, about 4 lines in length, 3 lines in width, and about 1% lines in thickness, and consist of a smooth external coat, covering a thick, hard, and dark-brown shell, composed of two layers which inclose the white nucleus or oleaginous kernel, which has within it a large, dicotyledonous, leafy embryo. A non- ; griping cathartic oil, Tambor oil, is obtained from a Central American euphorbiacea, Om- phalea oleifera, Hemsley. (For a detailed his- torical account of the castor-oil plant, See H. Stillmark's dissertation on Ricim, 1889.) Preparation.—Castor oil may be obtained by several methods, mostly by warm or cold pressure after the seeds are deprived of their husks. The cold-drawn oil is the most esteemed, although the U. S. P. does not expressly demand it. In order to remove the acridity of the fresh oil, and to coagulate albuminous matter, the oil is purified by repeatedly boiling it with water. By cold expression the seeds yield 40 to 45 per cent of oil, and a smaller quantity upon subsequent warm expression. The latter oil, however, is not used medicinally. The poisonous principle contained in the seed remains in the press-cake, and is destroyed by boiling with water. Description and Tests.-Castor oil, as demanded by the U. S. P., is “a pale- yellowish or almost colorless, transparent, viscid liquid, having a faint, mild odor, and a bland, afterward slightly acrid, and generally offensive taste. Specific gravity, 0.950 to 0.970 at 15° C. (59°F.). Soluble in an equal volume of alcohol, and in all proportions in absolute alcohol, or in glacial acetic acid; also soluble at 15° C. (59° F.), in three times its volume of a mixture of 19 volumes of alcohol and 1 volume of water (absence of more than about 5 per cent of most other fixed oils). With an equal volume of benzin, it forms, at 15° C. (59°F.), a turbid mix- ture, but at 17°C. (62.6°F.), it yields a clear solution. When exposed to the air in a thin layer, it slowly dries to a varnish-like film. When cooled to 0°C. (32°F), it becomes turbid, with the separation of crystalline flakes, and at about —18°C. (–0.4°F.) it congeals to a yellowish mass. If 3 Co. of the oil be shaken for a few minutes with 3 Co. of carbon disulphide and 1 Co. of sulphuric acid, the mixture should not acquire a blackish-brown color (absence of many foreign oils)"—(U. S. P.). - This oil is one of the heaviest and most viscid of the fixed oils, and is dis- tinguished from all other oils except croton oil, by its ready solubility in alcohol and acetic acid in the cold. Its remarkable insolubility in an excess of benzin (see above) may be overcome by the admixture of a third fatty oil, e.g., lard oil. When exposed to the air in bulk, its viscidity increases, and the oil becomes rancid; in thin layers it slowly dries, it also yields with nitrous acid (according to Pharmacographia, 6 parts of castor oil warmed with 1 part of starch and 5 parts of nitric acid of specific gravity 1.25) solid ricin-elaidin. Thus castor oil shares the conspicuous properties of both drying and non-drying oils. Unlike most other fixed oils, some specimens of castor oil, e.g., East Indian oils, show a right- handed optical rotation. When heated to temperatures above 100°C. (212° F.), castor oil becomes altered, the characteristic amanthol being among the products of decomposition (see below). I'ig. 184. Ricinus Communis. 1.382 OLEUM RIC.INI. It is stated that rancid, acrid castor oil may be deprived of its disagreeable odor and taste, as well as of acrimony, by boiling it for 15 minutes with water and a little calcimed magnesia. Castor oil, in addition to its medicinal uses, is much employed in the preparation of lubricants and cheap soaps, and in the making of turkey-red oil, which is used as a mordant in dyeing cotton with alizarin dyes. Chemical Composition.—I. SEEDs. According to Geiger, the seeds consist to about one-fourth of the husks, and three-fourths of nucleus. The seed-coats con- tain tasteless resin and extractive, 1.91; brown gum, 1.91; ligneous fiber, 20.00. The nucleus of the seeds contains fatty oil, 46.19; gum, 2.40; casein (albumen), 0.50; ligneous fiber, with starch, 20.00; loss or moisture, 7.09 (P.). They also contain a peculiar and acrid principle which does not enter the oil, for the seeds are power- fully active after the oil has been expressed. The active poisonous principle, according to Stillmark (loc. cit., 1889), is an unorganized albuminous ferment, called ricin. In air-dry seeds it is present in the quantity of about 3 per cent. It is obtained in largest amount by extracting the press-cake cold, with a 10 per cent solution of Sodium chloride, and precipitating the filtrate with magnesium sulphate. The poison is destroyed by boiling with water, although not by dry heat. It is not a glucosid. II. OIL.-According to Alfred H. Allen (Com. Org. Amal.,Vol. II, Part I, 3d ed., 1889, p. 156), castor oil is free from palmitin or oleim, but contains small amounts of Stearin. Its chief constituents are ricinolein (C.H.I.C.s H.O.J.), isoricino- lein, and dihydroxystearin. RICINOLEIC ACID (Cls H.O.) is the principal acid of the oil; it forms a thick oily liquid, solidifying below 0°C. (32°F.), soluble in alcohol and ether. It does not absorb oxygen from the air, although as an unsaturated acid it absorbs 2 atoms of bromine. By the action of nitrous acid it is slowly converted into its stereo-isomer, ricinelaidic acid, which crystallizes in needles melting at 50° C. (122°F.). By distillation under diminished pressure, ricinoleic acid yields among other products aenamthol (aemamthic or heptoic aldehyde C, H, O or C.H.CHO), a highly refractive liquid of a characteristic odor, boiling at 154°C. (309.2°F.). Castor oil also yields a manthol when rapidly distilled. In addition, aenamthic acid (C.H.COOH), acrolein, and other substances are formed. In this connection we may refer to aenamthic ether (C.H.COOC, H,), a constituent of the bouquet of wines, which is prepared by conducting dry hydrochloric acid gas into a solution of aenamthic acid in absolute alcohol. It boils at 188°C. (370.4°F.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—The castor-oil seed or bean is a power- ful cathartic and gastric irritant, and has proved fatal to man when taken to the extent of 20 seeds at once. Yet the oil expressed from it is only a mild cathartic, operating promptly, producing thin, feculent, but not watery stools, and causing but little griping or nausea. From its mildness of action, it is especially adapted to young children, pregnant or puerperal females, likewise in hemorrhoidal affections, colic, diarrhaea, dysentery, enteritis, after the reduction of hermia, obstimate constipation, collections of indurated feces, accumulation of acrid secretions, and in worms. It is fre- quently used to remove constipation, and also in diarrhoea when due to undi- gested material. When throat and skin disorders depend upon intestinal accu- mulations, castor oil is an efficient purgative. One part of oil of turpentine mixed with 3 or 4 parts of castor oil increases its purgative and anthelmintic effect. The greatest objections to this cathartic are its nauseous taste and its tendency to cause sickness or unconquerable disgust. This may be overcome by adding to 1 pint of the oil # fluid ounce each of oils of origanum and wintergreen, or 1 ounce of Sassafras oil; the dose of this may be given in sweetened water. Any other aromatic oils will answer equally as well. When not contraindicated it may be taken in wine, spirituous liquors, or the froth of beer, likewise in cin- namon or peppermint, water. I find it a very pleasant mode of administration to boil the dose of oil with about a gill of good sweet milk for a few minutes, sweeten with loaf-sugar, and flavor with essence of cinnamom or other favorite aro- matic; it somewhat resembles custard in its taste and appearance, and is readily taken by even the most delicate stomach (J. King). Stuncke states that castor oil saponifies readily with alkalies, and gives with soda a white solid Soap, which, in the form of pills, is a certain and agreeable purgative. M. Parola proposes an ethero-alcoholic extract and the ethereal and OLEUM ROSAE. 1383 alcoholic tinctures of the seeds as a substitute for the oil; he states that the above tinctures have a purgative action four times as strong as the oil, are less irritating, and remain unalterable in all climates. As an enema, castor oil may be used in the quantity of 2 or 3 fluid ounces mixed with some mucilaginous liquid. Externally, it has been recommended in itch, ringworm, and other cutaneous diseases. Daily applications of castor oil to warts is said to remove them in a few weeks. Dose for an adult, 1 or 1; fluid ounces; for an infant, 1, 2, or 3 fluid drachms, according to its age. Equal parts of castor oil and copal varnish form an excellent local application for hemorrhoidal affections. A hairwash for keeping the hair from fall- ing, and cleansing it of damdruff, is sold by the perfumers, and is made as follows: Take castor oil, pound; strongest alcohol, , pint; powdered cantharides, 48 grains; oil of bergamot, 3 ounce; otto of roses, 4 drops. Mix, let them stand for 7 days, frequently shaking, and then filter, and keep in well-closed bottles. CASTOR-OHL LEAVES.—According to Dr. J. O. McWilliam, the natives of the Cape Verde Islands use the leaves of the castor-oil plant, which they term “Bofareira,” for accelerating and increasing the flow of milk, in cases where it is tardy in appearing or deficient in quantity, and also in cases of emergency, where the females are not child-bearing, or have not suckled a child for many years. The white plant, known by the light-green color of the leaf-stem, is used instead of the red, having a purplish-red leaf-stem. The breasts are frequently fomented, and the boiled leaves placed upon the breasts in the form of a poultice. This operation is fre- quently repeated, and in obstinate cases the thighs and generative organs are exposed to the vapor from the decoction. One, two, or three days are required before the child can procure a supply of milk from the breasts of persons thus treated—according to circumstances. Women with well-developed breasts are most easily affected by it, while those with small and shriveled breasts have the uterine system acted upon, bringing on the menses, if their period be distant, or causing their immoderate flow if their advent be near. Exposure to cold is carefully avoided by women brought under its influence; they scrupulously abstain from wetting the hands or feet with cold water. It is said to affect virgins of adult age, similar to child-bearing women. It sometimes produces swelling and pain in the breasts and axillary glands, pain in the back, and an increase of a leucorrhoeal discharge. This remedy, and the Red bofareira, both of which are common to this country, have been tried by physicians, as an emmenagogue, and the results have been sufficiently favorable to render further investigation very desirable. OLEUM ROSAE (U. S. P.)—OIL OF ROSE. “A volatile oil distilled from the fresh flowers of Rosa damascema, Miller (Nat. Ord.—Rosaceae). It should be kept in well-stoppered vials, in a cool place, pro- tected from light. When dispensed, it should be completely liquefied by warm- ing, if necessary, and well mixed by agitation”—(U. S. P.). SYNONYMS : Otto of roses, Attar of roses, Essence of rose. History and Source.—The earliest nations gave attention to the rose aroma, and employed oil of rose in many of their religious ceremonies. This oil con- sisted for centuries merely of some fatty oil saturated with the aroma of the flower. Arab Writers mention the distillation of the oil of rose in the eighth and ninth centuries. . In the middle ages Persia was the principal country of its pro- duction. It gradually extended to India and westward, and gained a foothold in Bulgaria early in the seventeenth century. Since about 1850 the French, and in more recent years the German rose industries, have become important. Adul- teration with Santal-wood oil was practiced in Persia (E. Kämpfer, 1682–1684), and with East Indian geranium (Palma rosa) oil in Kashmir (Polier, 1788). (See Dr. Hoffmann in Die AEtherischem. Oele, p. 556.) Rose oil is distilled in Bulgaria as well as in Germany, from the fresh leaves of Rosa damascena, Miller; in southern France from Rosa centifolia, Linné. The yield of German oil is 1 pound from 5,000 to 6,000 pounds of flowers, or about 0.02 per cent. Description.—The official oil of rose is thus described: “A pale-yellowish, transparent liquid, having the strong, fragrant odor of rose, and a mild, slightly sweetish taste. Specific gravity, 0.865 to 0.880 at 20°C. (68°F.). It is but slightly soluble in alcohol, and neutral to litmus paper moistened with alcohol. The con- gealing and melting points of the oil are subject to some variation, depending upon the amount of stearopten, but, when slowly cooled to a temperature, usually between 16° and 21°C. (60.8° and 69.8°F.), it becomes a transparent solid, inter- spersed with numerous slender, shining, iridescent, scale-like crystals. Upon the 1384 OLEUM ROSMARINI. application of the heat of the hand, the crystals should float in the upper portion of the liquefied oil”—(U. S. P.). It is combustible, and its vapor is said to form an explosive mixture with oxygen. The pharmacopoeial description is that of the Bulgarian oil. The German oil is stated to have a much stronger rose odor than the Bulgarian, and to be of absolute purity (see Power, Essential Oils, p. 30). At ordinary temperatures, it is a semisolid, soft mass, congealing between 27° and 37°C. (80.6° and 98.6°F.), and containing from 26 to 34 per cent of stearopten, while Bulgarian oil contains from 10 to 15 per cent. Chemical Composition.—Rose-Stearoptem, or rose camphor, is odorless, and was recognized by Flückiger (1869) to be a paraffin hydrocarbon. It may be differen- tiated, by distillation in vacuo, into two paraffins, one melting at 22°C. (71.6°F.), the other at 40° and 41° C. (104° and 105.8°F.). The presence of this paraffin renders the oil partly imsoluble in alcohol. The liquid portion of oil of rose con- tains as its chief constituent the alcohol geraniol (Bertram and Gildemeister, 1894; U. Eckart’s rhodimol, 1891). GERANTOL is a colorless liquid, boiling at 230°C. (446° F.), of a rose-like odor, having the formula C, H, 0 or (CH, CICH,):CH.CH, CH,CECHJ:CH.CH2OH). It is a primary alcohol, and yields, upon oxidation, the aldehyde citral (CoH,0). It is likewise the principal constituent of East Indian geranium, rose geranium, citronella, and lemon-grass oils. It forms a characteristic, crystallizable addition compound with dry calcium chloride insoluble in the usual organic solvents, but decomposable by water; this regenerates therefrom geraniol, which may be obtained chemically pure by this method. Oil of rose furthermore contains about 20 per cent of l-citromellol (Tiemann and Schmidt, 1896). Both geraniol and citronellol are, for the smaller part, combined in the form of ester (about 3 per cent). The exact homey-like odor of rose oil has not yet been obtained by a combination of the constituents enumerated. Adulterations and Tests.—Owing to its high price, oil of rose is subject to adulteration; the additions to it are mostly the oils of palma rosa (East Indian geranium from Andropogon) and of rose geranium (from Pelargomium). A deficiency in rose camphor, resulting from the addition of these oils, is sometimes made up by adding spermaceti. The addition of these oils, if carried out intelligently, is very difficult to detect. Crude adulterations may be recognized by determining the following constants: Specific gravity, optical rotation, congealing point, amount and chemical nature of Stearopten, Saponification, and acetylation (see details of these determinations in Gildemeister and Hoffmann, Die AEtherischen Oele, pp. 566–570). The U. S. P. gives the following color tests for the purity of oil of rose: “If to 5 drops of the oil, contained in a test-tube, 5 drops of concentrated sul- phuric acid be added, a reddish-brown, thick mixture will be produced, but no white fumes or tarry odor should be developed, and the fragrant odor of the oil should not be destroyed. If this mixture be then shaken with 2 Co. of alcohol, the resulting liquid may be turbid, but should be nearly colorless, and should not at once assume a red or reddish-brown color (absence of oil of ginger-grass or Turkish oil of geranium, from Andropogon Schoemanthus, Linné [Nat. Ord.—Gra- mineae], and from oil of rose geranium, from Pelargonium Radula [Cavanilles], Aiton, Pelargonium capitatum [Linné], Aiton, and Pelargonium odoratissimum [Linnéſ], Aiton [Nat. Ord.— Geraniaceae])”—(U. S. P.). Power (loc. cit.) suggests that the foregoing test is rather reliable if 5 Co. of alcohol is employed instead of 2 Co., and if the adulterant is present in considerable quantity. The oils mentioned in the above test all have an acid reaction, as well as the oil of rhodium (from roots of Convolvulus [Rhodorrhiza, Webb] Scoparius, Linné, and Convolvulus floridus, Linné, of Canary Isles), which is occasionally an adulterant. The latter has the com- . bined odor of rose, copaiba, and cubeb, and is bitter. Uses.—Oil of rose is used altogether as a perfume, and is frequently added to cerates, ointments, liquors, etc., for the purpose of rendering them fragrant. OLEUM ROSMARINI (U. S. P.)—OIL OF ROSEMARY. “A volatile oil distilled from the leaves of Rosmarinus officinalis, Linné (Nat. Ord.—Labiatae). It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, pro- tected from light”—-(U. S. P.). * OLEU M IRUTAE. 1385 Source and Description.—Rosmarinus afficinalis, Linné, is a shrub growing in the European Mediterranean countries from Greece to Spain. There are two kinds of oil in commerce, the Italian and the French oil. The former is obtained from the Dalmatian Islands in the Adriatic Sea. The French oil has the finer aroma. The yield from Dalmatian leaves is 1.4 to 1.7 per cent, from dry French leaves 2 per cent, from the flowers 1.4 per cent (Schimmel & Co., Reports, October, 1893 and 1897). The commercial oils are often adulterated with oil of turpentine. The U. S. P. gives the following description of oil of rosemary: “A colorless or pale yellow, limpid liquid, having the characteristic, pungent odor of rosemary, and a warm, somewhat camphoraceous taste. Specific gravity, 0.895 to 0.915 at 15° C. (59°F.). Soluble in an equal volume of alcohol, the solution being neutral or very slightly acid to litmus paper; also soluble in an equal volume of glacial acetic acid”—(U. S. P.). Oil of rosemary is optically dextro-rotatory, but is never lavo-rotatory, unless adulterated with oil of French turpentine. The oil requires from 2 to 10 volumes of alcohol of 80 per cent (by volume) for complete solution. Chemical Composition and Tests.—Pure oil of rosemary contains camphor (Lallemand, 1860); borneol (Bruylants, 1879), about 18 per cent (Gildemeister and Stephan, 1897); cineol (E. Weber, 1887); d-and l-pinene and camphene (Gildemeister and Stephan, 1897). In order to test the oil for adulterations, its optical rotation, especially that of the lowest fraction, which is always dextro-rotatory in pure oil, and its specific gravity and solubility in alcohol render useful aid. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Oil of rosemary is stimulant and rube- facient; it is principally employed, however, in perfumery. It may be used in colic, mervous disorders, debility, painful or tardy menstruation, etc., and locally to pain- ful parts. The dose of oil of rosemary is from 2 to 10 drops. A very pleasant cologme may be made as follows: Take of oil of rosemary, oil of lemon, each, 2 fluid drachms; oil of lavender, oil of bergamot, of each, 1 fluid drachm ; oil of cinnamon, oil of cloves, oil of rose, of each, 8 minims; alcohol, 1 pint. Mix, agitate well, and after allowing the mixture to stand for a few days, with frequent agitation, filter. The following formula has been published by Farima, one of the originators of Cologne: Take of purified benzoin, oil of rose- mary, each, by weight, + ounce; oil of lavender, 3 ounce, by weight; strong alco- hol, 9 pints. Mix, and agitate thoroughly together, and then add, successively, oil of neroli (petit grains), oil of lemon, each, 1 ounce and 144 minims; oil of sweet orange (Aurantii dulcis), oil of limmetta (lime), oil of bergamot, each, 2 ounces and 228 minims; tincture of rose geranium flowers, a sufficient quantity to impart the desired fragrance. Macerate for several weeks, and then fill into flasks (Amer. Drug. Cir.,Vol. VIII, p. 85; Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1864, p. 375). I have reduced the weights and measures in the above (J. King). OLEUM RUTAE.—OIL OF RUE. The essential oil distilled from Ruta graveolens, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Rutaceae. Preparation and Description.—The fresh leaves and tops of Ruta graveolens, Linné, an herbaceous plant indigenous to the Mediterranean countries, yield, when distilled with water, about 0.06 per cent of volatile oil (Gildemeister and Hoffmann, loc. cit.). It is a colorless to yellow liquid, of a strong, penetrating, persistent odor. Its specific gravity is 0.833 to 0.840, this being nearly the lowest of all essential oils. It is slightly dextro-rotatory (+0° 30' to +2° 10'), and con- geals between 8° and 10°C. (46.4° and 50°F.). The bulk of the oil distills between 215° and 232° C. (419° and 449.6°F.); 5 per cent distills below 200° C. (39.2°F) (Umney, 1895 and 1897). The oil forms a clear solution with 2 to 3 volumes of 70 per cent alcohol. Chemical Composition and Tests.-About 90 per cent of oil of rue consists of methyl-monyl-ketone (CH,CO.C., Huo Giesecke, 1870; Gorup-Besanez and Grimm, 1874). Below 15°C. (59°F.) it is solid, boils at 224°C. (435.2°F.), and has a spe- cific gravity of 0.8295 at 17.5°C. (63.5°F). The oil is also said to contain lauric aldehyde (C.H.O) (C. G. Williams, 1858). No terpene is present in oil of rue. Adulterations with other essential oils increase the specific gravity and decrease 1386 OLEUM SABINAE.—OLEUM SANTALI. the congealing point of oil of rue. Petroleum and oil of turpentine may be recog- nized by being insoluble in alcohol of 70 per cent by volume. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Oil of rue is stimulant, antispasmodic, and emmenagogue. It has decidedly active properties. Locally it is irritant, and internally, even in small doses, it has produced severe gastro-intestinal and nerv- ous disturbances. Oil of rue, in the dose of from 1 to 5 drops, 3 times a day, has been used with advantage in hysteria, convulsions, pertussis, amenorrhaea, and dysmen- orrhoea. It is sometimes criminally used for the purpose of producing abortion, in which it is highly dangerous, having been followed by fatal consequences. OLEUM SABINAE (U. S. P.)—OIL OF SAVINE. A volatile oil distilled from the tops of Juniperus Sabina, Linné. Nai. Ord.—Coniferae. “It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, protected from light”—(U.S. P.). SYNoNYM : Oil of savin. Preparation and Description.—The tops and leaves of savine, when sub- mitted to distillation with water, yield this oil in the quantity of from 4 to 5 per cent (Schimmel & Co., Report, April, 1897). The official oil is described as “a col- orless or yellowish liquid, having a peculiar, terebinthimate odor, and a pungent, bitterish, and camphoraceous taste. It becomes darker and thicker by age and exposure to the air. Specific gravity, 0.910 to 0.940 at 15°C. (59°F.). Soluble in an equal volume of alcohol (distinction from oil of juniper and oil of turpen- time), the solution being neutral to litmus paper; also soluble in an equal volume of glacial acetic acid”—(U. S. P.). The oil is dextro-rotatory. Chemical Composition.—The chief constituent of oil of savine is the alco- hol Sabinol (Schimmel & Co., Report, 1895), of the formula CoIHO, and boiling at 208° to 209° C. (406.4° to 408.2°F.) (E. Fromm, 1898). It exists partly free (10 per cent), partly in the form of acetate (40 to 44 per cent) The highest fractions of oil of savine contain cadineme (Wallach, 1877). The lowest fractions contain ter- penes, probably pimene. According to Umney (Pharm. Jour. Trans., 1895), not more than 25 per cent of the oil distills below 200° C. (392°F.). If the quantity of distillate exceeds this figure, adulterations with oil of turpentine may be looked for. French oil of savine is stated to be frequently adulterated with oil of turpen- tine. An addition of the latter (if of French origin) also reduces the optical rota- tion of the oil (see Gildemeister and Hoffmann, Die AEtherischen Oele, 1899, p. 352). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Oil of savine is a powerful irritant to the mucous tissues, and powerfully deranges the nervous system. It may induce gastro-intestinal inflammation, vesical tenesmus and strangury, congestion of the pelvic organs, fever, mental excitation and intoxication, coma, and death. Oil of savine is an emmenagogue, and is seldom used for any other purpose, save as a liniment to the lumbar and Sacral regions, and internally in a memorrhoea from tor- por of the reproductive organs, in which it is sometimes very efficient. It also acts as a stimulant and abortivant. Ten drops of the oil on sugar, repeated 3 times a day, will, it is stated, positively produce abortion in from 1 to 3 weeks; but, as with all other agents of this kind, is apt to be followed by very serious consequences. It has been used for the relief of uterine leucorrhoea, uterime hemorrhage, dysmemorrhaea, and sterility. It is reputed to cure condylomata. The dose of oil, ordinarily, is from 2 to 10 drops. OLEUM SANTALI (U. S. P.)—OIL OF SANTAL. “A volatile oil distilled from the wood of Santalum album, Linné (Nat. Ord.— Santalaceae). Oil of Santal should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, protected from the light”—(U. S. P.). SYNoNYMs: Oil of sandal-wood, Oleum ligmi Santali, Olewm Samtali flavi, East Indian oil of Samtal. Botanical Source and History.—The White Santal is indigenous to the Indian Peninsula, and to some of the islands of the Indian Archipelago, notably Sumba OLEUM SANTALI. 1387 (Sandal-wood Island) and Timul. It grows in the mountainous districts in dry. open places, and not in woods, a strip of country 250 miles long, north and north- west of the Nilgherry Hills, lying mainly in Mysore and Coimbatore, yielding the most valuable wood. By the provisions of a treaty made in 1770, with Hyder Ali, the cutting of the trees in Mysore is entirely under the control of the East India Company, whose officers see to the felling of the trees. In other places these restrictions have been removed (see Pharmacographia). The Santalum album is a small tree growing to a height of 20 or 30 feet, the trunk measuring in girth from 18 to 35 inches. The leaves are opposite, smooth, glaucous on under surface, oval or lanceolate in shape, or rather varying between these two forms. Its numerous small flowers are without odor and of varying hues, and borne in a panicled cyme. The tree attains about a foot in diameter when from 20 to 30 years old, when they are in their prime. The tree is para- sitic, and will attach itself to other plants by tuberous processes on its roots. In regard to the manner of collecting the wood, the authors of Pharmacographia give the following account: “A tree having been felled, the branches are lopped off, and the trunk allowed to lie on the ground for several months, during which time the white ants eat away the greater part of the inodorous sapwood. The trunk is then roughly trimmed, sawn into billets 2 to 24 feet long, and taken to the forest depots. There the wood is weighed, subjected to a second and more careful trim- ming, and classified according to quality. In some parts it is customary not to fell, but to dig the tree up; in others the root is dug up after the trunk has been cut down, the root affording valuable wood, which, with the chips and sawdust, are preserved for distillation, or for burning in the native temples. The sapwood and branches are worthless”—(Pharmacographia, p. 601). SANTAL-WOOD (Lignum Samtali album, Samtalum album, Lignum Samtali citrinum), Yellow or White sanders wood.—Whitish or brownish-yellow billets, from 3 to 9 inches thick, and 3 or 4 feet long, hard, heavy, of a bitterish, subacrid, aromatic taste, and an agreeable, rose-like odor (when rubbed or rasped). On transverse section the wood has a lustrous, waxy appearance, showing alternate light and dark, irregularly-concentric circles, which are, however, sometimes not well marked. The medullary rays are delicate and the vessels very fine. The darker-colored wood is most highly valued (that from the root being the best quality), and the taste and odor vary according to the source of the wood. In the Chinese markets three grades are known : South Sea Island, Timor, and Malabar, the last far exceed- ing the others in price. Preparation.—Santal oil is procured by distilling the wood with water or by means of steam. The most and best oil is obtained from the root-wood. Accord- ing to Flückiger, 2.5 per cent are obtained in India, notwithstanding imperfect apparatus. The yield, according to Schimmel & Co., is 1.6 to 3 per cent for Macas- Sar (Dutch Indian), and 3 to 5 per cent for East Indian. Speaking of its uses, Prof. Flückiger says: “It is employed as a perfume and for the fabrication of small articles of ornament. Among the natives of India it is largely consumed in the celebration of Sepulchral rites, wealthy Hindus showing their respect for a departed relative by adding sticks of sandal-wood to the funereal pile. The powder of the wood, made into a paste with water, is used for making the caste mark, and also for medicinal purposes. The consumption of sandal-wood in China appears to be principally for the incense used in the temples”—(Pharmacographia, p. 603). Description and Tests.-Oil of sandal-wood is described officially as “a pale yellowish or yellow, somewhat thickish liquid, having a peculiar, strongly aro- matic odor, and a pungent, spicy taste. Specific gravity, 0.970 to 0.978 at 15° C. (59°F.). It deviates polarized light to the left, distinction from Australian (spe- cific gravity, 0.953) and West Indian (specific gravity, 0.965) sandal-wood oils, which deviate polarized light to the right. Readily soluble in alcohol, the solution being slightly acid to litmus paper. If to 1 Co. of the oil, at 20° C. (68°F.), there be added 10 Co. of a mixture of 3 volumes of alcohol and 1 volume of water, a perfectly clear solution should be obtained (test for cedar-wood oil, castor oil, and other fatty oils, etc.)”—(U. S. P.). According to Schimmel & Co., the optical rota- tion remains rather constantly between the limits —17° to —20°. Oil of copaiba, as an adulterant, has the effect of diminishing the optical rotation to some extent. West Indian sandal-wood oil may also be recognized by being very little soluble 1388 OLEUM SASSAFRAS. in alcohol. True sandal-wood oil, however, when exposed to air and light, or by age, becomes less soluble in diluted alcohol than when fresh, which must be con- sidered in applying the above pharmacopoeial test. Chemical Composition.—The official oil is the East Indian Oil of Samtal, and according to Chapoteaut (1882), and Chapman and Burgess (1896), contains some samtalal (C.H.O), presumed to be an aldehyde boiling at 300° C. (572°F.), and from 93 to 98 per cent of Santalol (C, H.O), an alcohol boiling at 310°C. (590°F.). Phosphoric anhydride converts the latter into the hydrocarbon Santalene (C.H.), which boils at 260° C. (500°F.). When oil of sandal-wood is heated to 150° C. (302°F.) with acetic anhydride, the acetic ester of Santalol (C, H.O.COCH.) is formed. Upon this reaction is based a method of valuation for oil of sandal-wood (see Gildemeister and Hoffmann, Die AEtherischen Oele, 1899, p. 446). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Oil of Santal is an active substance of agreeable odor employed in the treatment of subacute and chromic affections of mucous tissues, particularly gonorrhaea after the active symptoms have been mitigated. Chronic bronchitis, with fetid expectoration, chronic mucous diarrhoea, chronic inflam- mation of the bladder and pyelitis are also said to be benefited by it. It occasionally disturbs the gastro-intestimal tract, and, like Copaiba, which it was introduced to supersede, it will occasion cutaneous eruptions. The dose ranges from 5 to 20 drops, in capsules or emulsion. Related Products.--I. OTHER SANTAL-wooDs. The following species furnish varieties of santal-wood. (For Pterocarpus Samtalimus, see Santalum Rubrum.) Santalum freycinetianum, Gaudin.—Sandwich or Hawaiian Isles. Santalum pyrularium, A. Gray.—Sandwich or Hawaiian Isles. Santalum Gasi, Seeman,—Fiji Islands. Samtölumn austro-caledonicum, Veiell.—New Caledonia. Fusanus spicatus, R. Brown (Santalum spicatum, A. De Candolle; S. cygnorum, Miquel), Fra- grant Sandal-wood.—Australia. Not very fragrant, and shipped to China and India for the production of oil. Fusants acuminatius, R. Brown (Santalum Preissianum, Miquel; Santalum acuminatum, A. De Candolle), Native peach.-Australia. Edible fruit and seed. The nuts yield a fatty oil which is used as an illuminant. The wood is pleasantly fragrant, takes a very fine polish, and is much used in cabinet work. Fisanus persicarius, F. von Mueller (Santalum persicarium, F. von Mueller), Native sandal- wood.—Australia. Yields a grade of sandal-wood. Santalum lanceolatum, R. Brown (S. oblongatum, R. Brown).-Australia. Samdal-wood of the colonists. Yields an agreeable purple fruit. Wood firm, yellow, and close-grained. Useful in cabinet work. Santalum obtusifolium, R. Brown (Santalum ovatum, R. Brown), Samdal-wood.—Australia. Yields a portion of Australian sandal-wood. The source of JAPANESE SANDAL-WooD is unknown. WEST INDIAN SANDAL-WooD is de- rived from Amyris balsamifera, Linné, not belonging to Santalaceae (Schimmel & Co., 1899). The Wood furnishing the last-named oil is called Tenezuela sandal-wood. The Eremophila initchelli, Bentham (Nat. Ord.—Myropinae), is known in Queensland as Sandal-wood, Bastard Samdal-wood, and Rosewood. It is very fragrant, beautifully grained, brown, and used for veneers. It is not a true sandal-wood. The so-called Samdal-wood bark bears no relation to the sandal-woods, and is thought to be derived from a species of Myrospermum, or Myroacylom. A fluid resembling Peru balsam may be obtained from it. The bark is used as an altar incense. II. OTHER SANTAI, OILs. (See Schimmel & Co., Report, Oct., 1893; also Power's Essential Oils.) OIL OF SANTAL (South Australian).--From Santalum Preissianum, Miquel (Fusamus acumina- tus, R. Brown). Color, cherry-red; congeals at ordinary temperature; specific gravity, 1,022; con- stituent, a crystallizable alcohol, melting at 101° to 103°C. (213.8° to 217.4°F.); yield, 5 per cent. OLL OF SANTAL (African).-Botanical source unknown. From Madagascar. Color, ruby- red; specific gravity, 0.969; consistence, like the official Santal oil; yield, 3 per cent. OIL OF SANTAL (West Indian).-(For botanical source, see Related Woods.) Specific gravity, 0.963 to 0.967; optical rotation, about +26°; yield, 1.5 to 3.5 per cent. OIL of SANTAL (West Australian from Swan River).--From Samtalum cygnorum, Miquel (Fusanus spicatus, R. Brown). Specific gravity, 0.953; optical rotation, +5°20'; odor, resinous, empyreumatic, and sharp; yield, 2 per cent; seems to contain 75 per cent Samtalol (E. J. Parry, 1898). OLEUM SASSAFRAS (U. S. P.)—OIL OF SASSAFRAs. A volatile oil distilled from the bark of the root of Sassafras variifolium (Salis- bury), O. Kuntz (Sassafras officinale, Nees). “It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, protected from light”—(U. S. P.). Nat. Ord.—Laurineae. OLEUM SESAMI. 1889 History and Preparation.—The sassafras tree grows in North America from Canada to Florida and Alabama, and westward as far as Kansas, and early attracted the attention of the American Indians on account of its peculiar and pleasant aroma, and its supposed power to purify the blood. Until about 1860, oil of Sassa- fras was distilled from the root-bark in the states of Pennsylvania, Maryland, and Virginia, often in a rather primitive manner; since then, the oil has been manu- factured on a large scale in other states, as New Jersey, New York, Tennessee, and the New England states. In large plants, one charge consists of 20,000 pounds of wood, which is exhausted of its oil in about 48 to 50 hours. The yield is from 6 to 9 per cent, the wood of the root yields only about 0.9 per cent. (For inter- esting details regarding the history of Sassafras and the preparation of its oil, see Dr. Frederick Hoffmann, in Die AEtherischen Oele, 1899, p. 514; also see J. U. Lloyd, “Am Historical Study of Sassafras,” in American Druggist, 1898, p. 258.) Description.—According to Prof. W. Procter, Jr. (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1866, p. 481), a reddish colored oil is yielded from the bark of old stump roots, while young roots are said to yield a colorless oil. The U. S. P. describes the oil as “a yellow- ish or reddish-yellow liquid, having the characteristic odor of Sassafras without the odor of camphor, and a warm, aromatic taste. It becomes darker and thicker by age and exposure to air. Specific gravity, 1,070 to 1,090 at 15° C. (59°F.). Solu- ble, in all proportions, in alcohol, the solution being neutral to litmus paper; also soluble, in all proportions, in glacial acetic acid, and in carbon disulphide. If to 5 drops of the oil 5 drops of nitric acid be added, a violent reaction will take place, producing at first a red color, and finally converting the oil into a red resin. If to a few drops of the oil a drop of sulphuric acid be added, a deep-red color will be produced at first, which soon becomes blackish ’’-(U. S. P.). The oil is slightly dextro-rotatory (+3° to +4°). The above reaction with mitric acid, first observed by Bonastre (1828), is attended with emission of flame. *Chemical Composition.—Oil of Sassafras, according to Gildemeister and Hoffmann (loc. cit., p. 522), has the following percentage composition, ascertained by Power and Kleber (Pharm. Review, 1896, p. 101): safrol (CoH,00), 80 per cent; pinene (safrene of Grimaux and Ruotte, 1869) and phellandreme, together 10 per cent; dextro-camphor (ordinary Japan camphor), 6.8 per cent; eugemol (Pomeranz, 1890), 0.5 per cent; sesquiterpene in the highest fractions, and residue, 3 per cent. SAFROL is a colorless or yellowish liquid, possessing the pure Sassafras odor, and becomes solid upon moderate cooling; it melts again at 11° C. (51.8° F.). It was first observed by Binder, in 1821, as a deposit from the oil. Its specific gravity is 1.108, its boiling point 233°C. (451.4°). Chemically, it is the methylene ether of an allyl-pyrocatechin (C.H.C.H.OOCH,), and also occurs in large quantity in camphor oil, and in oils of star anise and cinnamon leaves. Adulteration.—The substitution of Sassafras oil by camphor oil is very diffi- cult to detect, since the constituents of both are the same; sometimes deviations in specific gravity will point to substitution. Artificial oil of Sassafras is thought to be a fraction of camphor oil having the same specific gravity as oil of Sassafras (see Gildemeister and Hoffmann, loc. cit., p. 522). Oil of sassafras is rarely adul- terated in this country with oils of turpentine, cloves, or lavender. * Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Sassafras oil is stimulant, diuretic, car- minative, alterative and diaphoretic. It may be used for all the purposes for which the bark is recommended. It is said to be an efficient application to wens. It is much used as a local application to rheumatic and other pains, and has proved advantageous when given internally in chronic gomorrhoea and cystirrhoea. Its dose is from 3 to 12 drops on sugar, or in emulsion. It is stated by Dr. Shelby, of Hunts- ville, that oil of Sassafras will not only prevent the injurious effects of tobacco, but speedily remove them when produced; he has verified this either by combining the tobacco with some Sassafras bark, and by smoking tobacco, in a strong pipe, to which a few drops of the oil has been added (Boston Jour. Chem., 1860). OLEUM SESAMI (U. S. P.)—OIL OF SESAMUM. “A fixed oil expressed from the seed of Sesamum indicum, Linné (Nat. Ord.— Pedaliaceae). It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles”—(U. S. P.). SYNoNYMs: Sesame oil, Teel or Til oil, Benne oil, Gingili or Jingili oil 1390 OLEUM SESAMI. Preparation.—This oil is obtained by expressing the seeds, the yield being about 50 per cent by weight. When pure, it is one of the least alterable of oils (Flückiger). German sesame oil is derived from Camelina sativa, Crantz. Description and Tests.-Oil of sesamum stands intermediate between the drying and the non-drying oils. It shares with castor oil and croton oil the property of being optically active; it is dextro-rotatory. The U. S. P. describes the oil as “a yellowish or yellow, oily liquid, inodorous or nearly so, and having a bland, nut-like taste, Specific gravity, 0.919 to 0.923 at 15°C (59°F.). When cooled to —3°C. (26.6°F) it becomes thick, and at —5°C. (23°F.) it congeals to a yellowish-white mass. Concentrated sulphuric acid converts it into a brownish- red jelly. If 5 Co. of the oil be shaken with an equal volume of concentrated hydrochloric acid, the latter will usually assume a bright emerald-green color, especially if the oil has been exposed for some time to the action of air and light; and, on the subsequent addition of about 0.5 Gm. of sugar, and again shaking the mixture, a blue color, changing to violet, and finally to deep crimson, will be produced "--(U. S. P.). The latter test is that known as Baudoin’s Test. It was modified by Villavecchia and Fabris (Jahresh. der Pharm., 1893, p. 693) who ob- served that furfuroi is the active principle in Baudoin’s test. They proceed as follows: Mix 0.1 Co. of a solution of 2 Gm. furfuroſ (C, H,O.CHO) in 100 Co. of alcohol with 10 Co. of the oil, and shake with 10 Co. of hydrochloric acid (specific gravity, 1.19) in a test-tube. As little as 1 per cent of sesame oil may be recog- nized by the crimson coloration produced in the aqueous layer. This test is char- acteristic for oil of sesame (also see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1894, p. 99). Another color reaction with nitro-sulphuric acid, discovered by Behrens (1852), is mentioned in Pharmacographia. In this connection, see J. F. Tocher's Sesamin (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1891, p. 142, and 1893, p. 194). Chemical Composition and Uses.—Flückiger found the oily portion to con- tain 76 per cent of olein, and a small quantity of a peculiar resinoid substance giving the above color test of Behrens. The solid portion of oil of Sesamum con- sisted of palmitin, Stearin, and myristin (Pharmvºucographia). The oil also contains small quantities of linoleim, to the presence of which its partial drying qualities are due. According to Villavecchia and Fabris (see Jahresb. der Pharm., 1893, p. 693), there are present crystallizable sesamin (C, H,O.), melting at 123°C. (253.4°F.); an alcohol (C, H.O), melting at 137° C. (278.6°F.); and a non-nitrogenous oil to which the color reaction (in Baudoin’s test) is due. Oil of sesamum is used for cooking purposes; in Germany, an addition of 10 per cent sesamum oil to oleo- margarine is required in order to facilitate the detection of adulteration of butter. Sesamum oil is also used in soap manufacture, for illuminating purposes, and as a substitute for almond and olive oils. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—(See Sesamum.) Related Oils.-OLEUM ARACHIS, Peanut oil, Ground-nut oil, Earth-nut oil, Arachis oil. This non-drying oil is obtained from the nutritious oily seeds known as peanuts, and derived from the leguminous plant Arachis hypogaea, Linné. The yield is nearly 50 per cent. It is obtained by cold expression. When the seeds are first warmed an inferior oil is obtained. It is thin, almost colorless, or pale yellow, has a faint, pleasant odor, and a bland, nutty taste. The specific gravity of the best product is about 0.918 (Pharmacographia). At 3°C. (37.4°F.) it is turbid; at-3° to —4°C. (26.6° to 24.8°F.) it concretes, and hardens at —7°C. (19.4°F.). Expo- sure to air slowly causes it to thicken ; even in closed containers it becomes disagreeably rancid (Pharmacographia). . It is composed of the glycerides of four fatty acids, chiefly oleic acid. The other acids which are present in the form of glycerides, are palmitic, stearic, arachic (C20H10O2), hypogaeic (C16H3003), and linoleic acids. This oil is official in India where it is largely consumed as a substitute for olive oil, under, the name of Katchung oil. It is extensively em- ployed in soap-making, and the Chinese use it for illuminating purposes. Soy OIL-A yellowish, bland oil, furnished to the extent of 18 per cent by the edible seeds of Soja hispida, Moench (Dolichos Soja, Linné) (Nat. Ord.— Leguminosae), of Japan and southern Asia. A sauce called 80y is also prepared from the seeds. GERMAN SESAME OIL.-The seeds of Camelina Saliva, Crantz, yield a slowly drying oil, sometimes feebly pungent, sometimes bland, to which the name German Sesame oil is occa- sionally applied. KURUNG OIL.-Derived from the gray, reniform Seeds of Pongamia glabra, Ventenat (Dal- bergia arborea, Roxburgh) (Nat. Ord.—Leguminosae). A tree of the East Indies. The oil is yellow and thickish, becomes turbid at about 7°C. (44.6°F.), and has a specific gravity of 0.945. The leaves and root of this tree have been used in medicine; the oil in skin diseases. NICKER-SEED OIL.-Bonduc-muts, the seeds of a tropical vine, the Casalpinia Bonducella, Roxburgh (Guilandina Bonducella, Linné), yield, by expression, an oil which is used in lini- OLEUM SIN APIS VOLATILE. 1391 ments by the natives of India. There the seeds, as well as the root-bark, are employed as an antiperiodic and tonic. The seed is variously known as Semen bonducellae, Semen guilaudinae, Grey micker seeds (or Nuts), and Bonduc seeds. Flückiger obtained from them a non-alkaline, very bitter powder, sparingly soluble in water, and soluble in alcohol and ether (Pharmaco- graphia, p. 212). BEN OIL, BEHEN OIL.--The expressed oil of ben nuts, the seeds of Moringa pterygosperma, Gaertner (Moringa oleifera, Lamarck, and Guilandina Moringa, Linné), of the Nat. Ord.—Morin- gaceae, is a palatable product, more employed, in the arts than in medicine. The tree furnishing the seeds is known as the Horseradish-tree, on account of the resemblance of its root-bark, both in taste and Odor, to our common horseradish. Several allied species are also said to yield a portion of the oil. Oil of ben resembles olive oil, and is employed for like pur- poses. Its density is 0.912 to 0.917; its color, yellowish and clear; it is odorless and bland in taste. If, however, the oil be expressed by heat, it becomes acrid and bitter, and possesses cathartic powers. It does not easily become rancid. At 7°C. (44.6°F.) it begins to deposit fatty materials; at 0°C. (32°F.) it becomes solid. The liquid portion overlying the solid fats is employed in extracting from flowers their delicate odors. Ben oil is composed of the glyc- erides of oleic, palmitic, myristic, Stearic, moringic (C15H2SO2), and benic (behemic [C22H4O2]) acids The latter acid is crystalline; inoringic acid is fluid. The yield of this fixed oil is about 30 per cent, and it is expressed in Europe from Egyptian seeds. OLEUM SINAPIS VOLATILE (U. S. P.)—VOLATILE OIL OF MIUSTARD. “A volatile oil obtained from Black mustard by maceration with water, and subsequent distillation. It should be carefully kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, protected from light”—(U. S. P.). SYNoNYMs: Oil of mustard, Oleum sinapis acthereum. Preparation and Description.—Volatile oil of mustard does not pre-exist in black mustard seed, but is formed in the decomposition of its glucosid sinigrim by a process of fermentation (see Chemical Composition). The fixed oil is first removed by hydraulic pressure, the press-cake is crushed, digested with water at a tempera- ture not exceeding 70° C. (158°F.), and the volatile oil of mustard is then dis- tilled off with steam. The yield is about 0.5 to 0.75 per cent. White mustard seed does not yield a volatile oil when thus treated (see Sinapis). The volatile oil of mustard thus obtained is “a colorless or pale-yellow, lim- pid, and strongly refractive liquid, having a very pungent and acrid odor and taste, Specific gravity, 1.018 to 1,029 at 15° C. (59°F.). Boiling point, 148° to 150° C. (298.4° to 302°F.). Freely soluble in alcohol, ether, or carbon disulphide, the solutions being neutral to litmus paper”—(U. S. P.). The oil is soluble in from 160 to 300 parts of water, and in 10 parts of 70 per cent by volume of alcohol. Exposed to light, volatile oil of mustard decomposes, turning reddish-brown, and depositing a thin brown film on the walls of its containing vessel. Chemical Composition.—The principal constituent of volatile oil of mustard is allyl-isothiocyamide (allyl-mustard oil, S:C:N.C.H.), with small amounts of allyl cyanide (CN.C, H,) and carbon disulphide (CS,), the latter being of somewhat obscure origin. Allyl-cyanide is formed by decomposition of allyl-mustard oil, which takes place, for example, when the oil is in prolonged contact with the copper of the still, thus: SCNC, H,--Cu-CuS+CNC, H. Notable quantities of this compound, which has the specific gravity 0.835, may render the volatile oil of mustard lighter than water (Will, 1863). ALLYL-ISOTHIOCYANIDE is formed by the decomposition of the glucosid sini- grin (or potassium myromate CoH, NS,KO), under the influence of the albuminous ferment myrosin, both being constituents of black mustard seed. The reaction, as elucidated by J. Gadamer and his predecessors (see Archiv der Pharm., 1897, p. 44), takes place as follows: C, H, NS,KO, (simigrin) +H.O=SCNC, H, (allyl-mustard oil) +C.H.O. (dextrose) +KHSO, (acid potassium sulphate). It may also be pre- pared synthetically by the interaction of potassium sulphocyanide (NCSK), and allyl iodide (C, H, I) in alcoholic solution, whereby a molecular rearrangement from N:C.S.C.H. (allyl-thio-cyanide) to S:C:N.C, H, (allyl-isothiocyanide) takes place Tests and Assay.—The U. S. P. directs the following tests for the volatile oil of mustard: “If to 3 Gm. of the oil 6 Gm. of sulphuric acid be gradually added, the liquid being kept cool, the mixture, upon subsequent addition, will evolve sulphur dioxide, but will remain of a light-yellow color, and at first perfectly 1392 OLEUM SUCCINI. clear, becoming afterward thick, and occasionally crystalline, while the pungent odor of the oil will disappear”—(U. S. P.). The final product in this reaction is sulphate of allylamine (C, H.N.H.). “If a portion of the oil be heated in a flask connected with a well-cooled con- denser, it should distill completely between 148° and 150° C. (298.4° and 302°F.), and both the first and the last portion of the distillate should have the same spe- cific gravity as the original oil (absence of alcohol, chloroform, carbon disulphide, petroleum, or fatty oils). If a small portion of the oil be diluted with 5 times its volume of alcohol, and a drop of ferric chloride T.S. be added, no blue or violet color should be produced (absence of phenols). If a mixture of 3 Gm. of the oil and 3 Gm., of alcohol be shaken, in a small flask, with 6 Gm., of ammonia water, it will become clear after standing for some hours, or rapidly when warmed to 50° C. (122° F.), and usually deposit, without becoming colored, crystals of thiosima mine (allyl-thio wrea, CS.N.H.I.C.H.]). To determine the proportion of thio- sinamine obtainable from the oil, decant the mother water from the crystals, and evaporate it gradually in a tared capsule, on a water-bath, adding fresh portions only after the ammoniacal odor of each preceding portion has disappeared. Then add the crystals from the flask to those in the capsule, rinsing them out of the flask with a little alcohol, and heat the capsule on a water-bath until its weight remains constant. The amount of thiosimamine thus obtained from 3 Gm. of the oil should be not less than 3.25 Gm., nor more than 3.5 Gm. After cooling, thiosinamine forms a brownish, crystallime mass, fusing at 70° C. (158°F.), and having a leek-like, but no pungent odor. The mass should be soluble in 2 parts of warm water, forming a solution which should not redden blue litmus paper, and which possesses a somewhat bitter, not persistent taste”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—(See Sinapis.) OLEUMI SUCCINI.-OIL OF AMBER, The volatile oil obtained by dry distillation of amber and purified by recti- fication. Preparation.—The crude oil of amber (Oleum. Succini Crudum) is obtained by destructive distillation of amber as a by-product in the preparation of succinic acid from this source (see Amber, below). It is of a syrupy consistence, dark-brown, and of an unpleasant, empyreumatic, persistent odor. In order to make rectified oil of amber (Oleum. Succini Rectificatum), the U. S. P. (1870) directs to mix in a glass retort, oil of amber, 1 pint; water, 6 pints, and to distill until 4 pints of water have passed with the oil into the receiver; then separate the oil from the water, and keep it in a well-stopped bottle. According to Hager, the yield is from 65 to 70 per cent of the crude oil. - Description.—The oil thus obtained is thin, colorless or pale-yellow, but turns brown and viscid if not carefully kept. It has an empyreumatic, balsamic, yet disagreeable odor, and a bitter and acrid taste. Its specific gravity varies from 0.88 to 0.93; Power (Essential Oils) records 0.975 for crude, and 0.915 for the rectified oil. The latter is readily dissolved in absolute alcohol, chloroform, ether, disulphide of carbon, or the fixed oils; alcohol of 90 per cent by volume dissolves only about one-fifth of it. It is not soluble in water, though this fluid acquires its taste and odor in a slight degree. It is a solvent for caoutchouc. It is princi- pally a mixture of hydrocarbons containing some phenols (Power), and has no constant boiling point. It does not fulminate with iodine. Fuming nitric acid added gradually forms with it a balsamic resin, called artificial musk. Eaw de Luce is formed by dissolving 1 part of rectified oil of amber in 24 parts of alcohol, spe- cific gravity 0.830, and 96 parts of caustic ammonia, specific gravity 0.916, Adulterations.—Oil of amber is sometimes adulterated with oil of turpen- time. Dr. Bolley suggests the following method of detecting it: In a cylindrical glass vessel about a foot high, place the suspected oil, and pass a current of hydro- chloric acid gas into it by a tube dipping to near the bottom. The gas must be previously dried by passing it through two bottles containing coarsely-broken chlo- ride of calcium, before entering the oil. The current is to be continued an hour, and if oil of turpentine is present to the extent of even 5 per cent, the mixture OLE U M SU CCINI. 1393 gives crystalline evidence of it after standing 12 hours. Of course, where the adulteration is large, the artificial camphor is apparent much sooner (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1854, p. 119). According to Mr. A. E. Ebert, rectified oil of amber is liable to adulteration with kerosene, rendering the oil insoluble in absolute alcohol, im- parting an Opalescence to it by exposure to direct sunlight, and forming no resin or artificial musk when treated with nitric acid. He believes that there is but a small amount of the true rectified oil of amber to be had in our markets, that which is sold for it consisting principally either of turpentine agitated with the crude oil of amber until it has the desired color, and which may be detected by its odor, and violent fulminating action with iodine; or kerosene may be substi- tuted for the turpentine on account of the cost of the latter (Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc., 1865, p. 149). It may be owing to this adulteration that piles are cured by a local application of it to them, as named by Prof. Procter in Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1866, p. 217, as I have known numerous instances where persons have cured or relieved themselves of piles by the application of ordinary coal-oil (J. King). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Rectified oil of amber is the only form in which oil of amber should be employed for internal use. It is stimulant, diu- retic, and antispasmodic; and has been employed with benefit in amenorrhaea, hys- teria, dysmemorrhaea, tetanus, epilepsy, pertussis, infantile convulsions, and various other spasmodic affections. The dose is from 5 to 30 drops on sugar, repeated as often as required. Applied externally it is a rubefacient, and has been efficaciously used as a liniment in palsy, chronic rheumatism, pertussis, and infantile convulsions; in the latter affection it should be rubbed along the spine, either alone or combined with an equal part of laudanum and 3 or 4 parts of olive oil. ROCHE's EMBROCATION, for pertussis and other spasmodic affections, is composed of oil of olive, oil of cloves, each, 1 fluid ounce; oil of amber, , fluid ounce. Mix. Related Products.-SUCCINUM, or AMBER, Ambra flava, Electrum. The origin of amber is somewhat uncertain; it is believed to be a fossil resin, produced by the hardening of the resinous exudates of certain extinct coniferae. That it was at one time liquid, is obvious from the insects which are occasionally found buried in it. No living insect is known exactly simi- Iar to those found in amber; showing that a very long period must have elapsed since the trees producing it vegetated (T.). The greatest part of the amber of commerce is found in Prussia, on the south shore of the Baltic, being thrown up from the sea between Königsberg and Memel. It is supposed to be derived from beds of wood-coal from Pinites succinifer, Goep- pert (Pityocylon succiniferum, Kraus), in the basin of the Baltic. It is also met with on the Sicily coast, in Poland, in France near Paris, in China, and in several parts of the United States, Amber is a brittle, light, hard substance, usually nearly transparent; sometimes almost color- less, but commonly yellow, deep-brown, or red. It usually occurs in irregularly shaped pieces, tasteless, and without Smell, except when pounded or heated, when it emits a fragrant odor. Amber is capable of acquiring a fine polish, on account of which it is used for small articles of Ornament. It yields readily to the knife, has a conchoidal vitreous or resinous fracture, becomes negatively electrical by rubbing, and has a specific gravity of 1.065. Water has no action on it, but alcohol, by long digestion, dissolves about one-eighth of the amber, and forms a col- ored solution which, when concentrated, becomes milky when mixed with water; the precipi- tate, possesses the properties of a resin. Volatile oils and ether but partially dissolve it. "A boiling solution of fixed alkali almost wholly dissolves amber, forming a kind of soap, soluble in alcohol or water. Diluted acids have no action on amber; sulphuric acid converts it into a black resinous mass; nitric acid acts upon it, dissolving it completely. Heated in the air, amber softens at about 215° C. (419°F.), and fuses at about 290° C. (554°F.), evolving an agreeable aromatic odor, and burning with a clear yellow flame. It can not be fused without undergoing some chemical change. By destructive distillation in a retort, amber yields first an acid liquor, which contains succinic and acetic acids; then some succinic acid is deposited in the neck of the retort, and an empyreumatic oil (oil of amber) comes over, at first thin and yellowish, afterward brown and thick; toward the end of the operation, a yellowish light sublimate is observed in the neck of the retort; this is called by Gmelin, amber- Camphor. An inflammable gas is evolved during the whole time of the operation. The residue in the retort consists of a brown resin (colophonium succini). The proximate principles of amber are a volatile oil, with a strong but agreeable odor; a resin soluble in cold alcohol, a resin Soluble in poiling alcohol, succinic acid as high as 6 per cent, and a bituminous matter on Which alcohol, ether, fixed and volatile oils, and alkaline solutions exert no solvent action. Baudrinont found 0.48 per cent of sulphur in 100 parts of amber. Roumanian amber yielded tº 9. Helm (<1me". Jour, Pharm., 1881, p. 442) 1.15 per cent of sulphur, and 5.2 per cent of suc- cinic acid, Sicilian amber yielded only 0.4 per cent of the latter acid, and a dark variety of amber, called glessite, had a specific gravity of only 1.015 to 1,027, and yielded no succinic acid upon dry distillation. Amber is not used as a medicine; its principal employment is in the preparation of its oil, succinic acid, and varnish. Amber warnish is made by roasting 2 pounds of amber, and then 8S 1394 OLEUM TAN ACETI.—OLEUM TEREBIN THINAE. dissolving it in 3 pounds of linseed oil, and a sufficient quantity of oil of turpentine. Adultera- tion with colophony may be recognized by alcohol, which dissolves out the adulterant. ACIDUMISUCCINICUM, Succinic acid, Sal succini volatile (H2C, H, O, ). Molecular weight: 117.72. Succinic acid was observed by Agricola in 1550, and was long believed to be a volatile salt of amber, until its acid character was demonstrated in 1675, by Lemery. It exists in nature, also in fossilized Wood, and in many vegetable and animal fluids. It may be obtained by the action of nitric acid upon the higher fatty acids, wax, or spermaceti. Pasteur discovered its formation in the vinous fermentation of sugar. It has also been obtained synthetically. The medicinal acid is obtained by the distillation of amber, although another and more convenient method con- sists in the fermentation of calcium malate or of tartaric acid (see details in Roscoe and Schor- lemmer's Chemistry, Vol. III, Part II, New York, 1884, p.185). The acid, when pure, forms white or transparent and odorless crystals; when prepared from amber the crystals are yellow or brown, with a smoky, acid taste, and have the odor of amber oil. They may be purified by boiling with nitric acid, of specific gravity 1.32. Succinic acid is soluble in 20 parts of cold, 2 parts of hot Water, less soluble in alcohol, and nearly insoluble in ether. The pure acid melts at 180° C. (356°F.). Its salts are called succinates. It was formerly used to considerable extent in medi- cine, but it is now seldom employed. It has but little action except to accelerate the pulse and promote cutaneous and bronchial excretion. The dose of succinic acid is from 5 to 15 grains. SUCCINATE OF AMMONIUM has been employed in spasmodic comditions and as a remedy for delirium tremens, hysteria, rheumatism, and bronchitis. A liquor of succinate of ammonium, known also as Liquor Cornu Cervi Succinici, has been considerably employed in Germany for similar purposes. OLEUM TANACETI. OIL OF TANSY. The very poisonous, oxygenated volatile oil distilled from Tamacetum vulgare, Linné (Nat. Ord.—Compositae). Description and Chemical Composition.—Oil of tansy is prepared by dis- tilling the flowering herb with water. It is usually yellow, sometimes of a green color, turning brown on exposure to air and light, a warm, extremely bitter taste, and an odor like that of tamsy, but more intense. An oil distilled from English cultivated tansy (Schimmel & Co., Report, Oct., 1895) had a camphoraceous odor resembling rosemary, and upon cooling to 0°C. (32°F.) deposited part of its cam- hor. It also differed from American and German oils by being laevo-rotator (—27°), the former exerting a right-handed optical rotation (+30° to +45°). Oil of tansy is soluble in alcohol; the American oil, when pure, forms a clear solution also with 70 per cent alcohol. The specific gravity of oil of tansy (fresh plant) varies from 0.925 to 0.940; dry herb 0.955. The yield of oil ranges from 0.10 to 0.20 per cent for fresh, and 0.20 to 0.30 per cent for dry herb (Schimmel & Co.). The characteristic odor of oil of tansy is due to its chief constituent thujone or tamacetone (Bruylants, 1878; Semmler, 1892). It is a ketone (CoH, O) boiling at 203°C. (397.4°F.), and combines with sodium bisulphite, and forms an Oxime with hydroxylamine. The oil also contains preformed (Schimmel & Co.) the lavo-rotatory modification of camphor (CoHº O) with small quantities of borneol; a terpene boiling at 160° C. (320°F.) is likewise present (Bruylants). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Oil of tansy possesses the properties of the plant (see Tamacetwm), but is seldom employed internally on account of its bitterness. It has been employed to produce abortion, but almost always with fatal results. Dose of the oil from 2 to 5 drops. According to Peyraud (1887), the oil produces in animals a disease similar to hydrophobia, called “rage tanacétique” (Gildemeister and Hoffmann, Die AEtherischen Oele, 1899, p. 890). OLEUM TEREBINTHINAE (U. S. P.)—OIL OF TURPENTINE. “A volatile oil distilled from turpentine”—(U. S. P.). (See Terebinthima.) “Oil of turpentine should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, protected from light’—(U. S. P.). SYNONYMs: Spirits of turpentime, Essence of twrpentine. Preparation and History.—Oil of turpentine is the volatile constituent of the oleoresinous exudate obtained from coniferous trees and known as turpentine (see Terebinthima). The oil is separated by distillation with water or steam ; the residue in the still is known as rosin or colophony (see Resima). By subjecting tur- pentine to a dry heat, an empyreumatic oil is produced, to which the term resin OLEUM TEREBINTHINAE. 1395 oil is more properly applied. By distilling the leaves or fruit-cones of various species of the natural order Coniferae with water or steam, the so-called pine-needle oils are obtained which have a somewhat different composition (see Oleum Pini Sylvestris). In former centuries, the large pine forests extending through central Europe westward to the Atlantic, supplied the oils of commerce. In the eighteenth century, American turpentine made its appearance and was first distilled in North Carolina and Virginia. Up to the present time the American oil ranks first in the world’s market, the French oil, which is esteemed for its finer odor, ranking second. The center of the manufacture of oil of turpentine in the United States is slowly marching southward, on account of the gradual depletion of the pine forests where the industry is carried out. The leading place of export not long ago was Charleston, South Carolina; now its position is taken by Savannah, Georgia. (For a full account of the manufacture of the oil, on the so-called “tur- pentine farms,” see Dr. Frederick Hoffmann, in Die AEtherischen Oele, p. 310; also see Bastin & Trimble’s “North American Coniferae,” in Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1896, p. 242.) Description.—Official oil of turpentine is “a thin, colorless liquid, having a characteristic odor and taste, both of which become stronger and less pleasant by age and exposure to the air. Specific gravity, 0.855 to 0.870 at 15°C (59°F.). It boils at 155° to 170° C. (311° to 338° F.). Soluble in three times its volume of alcohol, the solution being meutral or slightly acid to litmus paper; also soluble in an equal volume of glacial acetic acid"—(U. S. P.). It is scarcely soluble in water, but is easily dissolved by chloroform, benzol, ether, etc. ... Of 90 per cent alcohol, 5 to 12 parts are required for complete solution. Old Oil dissolves more easily than fresh oil. It dissolves resins, fixed oils, fats, Sulphur, phosphorus, many alkaloids and neutral vegetable principles, and is also a solvent for Caout- chouc. Unless purified, oil of turpentine has a slightly acid reaction, owing to the presence of acetic and formic acids. “Bromine or powdered iodine acts vio- lently upon it. When brought in contact with a mixture of nitric and sulphuric acids, it takes fire”—(U. S. P.). It also takes fire when brought into contact with chlorine gas. The oil is inflammable, burning with a fierce, red flame and much black smoke. The various oils of turpentine are optically active ; the French oil is markedly lavo-rotatory (–20° to —40°) while the American oil is, as a rule, dextro-rotatory (to +10°), and in rare cases slightly lavo-rotatory (to —2° 5') (Gilde- meister and Hoffmann, loc, cit., p. 320). Oil of turpentine is quite volatile at ordi- nary temperatures. When exposed to the atmosphere, especially in the presence of moisture, it becomes “ozonized '' by absorption of oxygen ; it thickens, resini- fies, and acquires an acid reaction. In this condition it is a strongly oxidizing agent, due to its containing oxygen in some active form, which is not, however, that of Ozone; this has been pointed out by Kingzett (1874) and others. Hydrogen peroxide is one of the active products formed. C. Engler and J. Weissberg have more recently shown (Berichte d. Deutsch. Chem. Ges., 1898, p. 3046) that absolutely dry oil of turpentine absorbs a maximum volume of active oxygen at 100° C. (212° F.), no ozone, nor hydrogen peroxide being formed. The oil thus charged with oxygen retains its active properties for years if it is kept in a dark place. Above this temperature oxidation of the oil takes place. Among the products of oxidation of “ozonized '' oil are formic and acetic acids, and camphoric acid (CºH.O.), and small quantities of an aldehyde (CºH.O.) (Schiff, Chem. Zeitung, 1896, p. 361), to which the penetrating odor of old, rancid oil is probably due. (For further details on this subject, see Gildemeister and Hoffmann, Die AEtherischen Oele, p. 300.) Tests.-Oil of turpentine may be adulterated with petroleum, paraffin oils, or resin. For their detection, the U. S. P. directs that “if a little of the oil be evaporated in a small capsule on a water-bath, it should leave not more than a very slight residue (absence of petroleum, paraffin oils, or resin)”—(U. S. P.). The lighter petroleum oils reduce the specific gravity of oil of turpentine. The heavier paraffin oils may be recognized by not being volatile with steam, and may be identified in the residue by their indifference toward strong sulphuric or nitric acid. A quantitative separation of mineral oils from oil of turpentine, may be effected (Burton, 1890; Allen, 1890) by means of fuming nitric acid which destroys the latter oil only. 1396 OLEUM TEREBIN THINAE, Chemical Composition.—Oil of turpentine consists chiefly of hydrocarbons (terpenes), of the formula CiołIle (Houton-Labillardière, 1817). Among these, pºmene, boiling point 155° to 156°C, (31.1° to 312.8°F.), is the most prominent. Campheme, melting point 50° C. (122°F.), boiling point 159° to 160° C. (318.2° to 320° F.), and probably fencheme, boiling point 15.4° to 156°C. (309.2° to 312.8°F), are also regular constituents of oil of turpentime, as well as dipentene, boiling point 175° to 176°C. (347° to 348.8°F.), and Sesquiterpenes, boiling at higher temperatures. Certain pine-needle oils also contain the hydrocarbons l-limomene, dipentene, d-syl- restreme, l-phellandreme and cadineme, and the fragrant ester bornyl (borneol) acetate. PIN ENE occurs in two modifications which are chemically identical. Lævo- pinene (Wallach, 1885; Berthelot's terebentene) is the principal constituent of the French oil of turpentine, while deatro-pimene (Berthelot's australene) occurs, as a rule, in the American oil. It is a colorless, mobile liquid, which, to some extent, resinifies and absorbs oxygen when exposed to the air. It is an unsaturated hydrocarbon with one double bond. Accordingly, it combines, when surrounded by ice, with dry hydrochloric or hydrobromic acid gas, the former yielding the solid compound CoELs.HCl, which has the odor of camphor, hence is called arti- ficial camphor. It melts at 125°C. (257°F.), the bromine compound at 90° C. (194°F.). Pineme is best identified by the melting point of its nitroso-chloride (C.H.I.NOCl) which lies at 103°C. (217.4°F.). When heated to 250° to 270° C. (482° to 518° F.), pinene is changed into dipentene, the inactive (racemic) modi- fication of d- and l-limoneme, boiling at 176° C. (348.8°F.). Alcoholic sulphuric acid converts pinene into terpinolene and terpineme. Pinene in prolonged contact with diluted mineral acids, is converted into crystallizable terpin hydrate (CoHis [OH].H.O) (see Terpimi Hydras). By the action of sulphuric and glacial acetic acids, pinene forms the alcohol terpineol (CoH,O), which has the odor of hyacinth and is much used in perfumery. By the action of diluted nitric acid, or chromic acid, pimene is oxidized with formation of the lower fatty acids, and terephtalic (CAH.O.) and terebenic (C.H.O.) acids. By distillation with sulphuric acid, pinene is converted into inactive terebene (see Terebenum). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—The actions of oil of turpentime are complex. It is irritant, stimulant, cathartic, diuretic, vermifuge, and, in rela- tion to chronic mucous discharges, astringent. Given in large doses it occasions fullness of the head, or giddiness, with a feeling similar to that of intoxication, or a state resembling trance; sometimes it gives rise to pain in the stomach, nausea and vomiting, and more frequently it gives rise to violent strangury, bloody urine, and other symptoms of renal or vesical irritation. In small doses long continued, or when absorbed from its external application, or its vapor inhaled, it produces in the urine an odor resembling that of violets, and some- times produces strangury. Its most constant effect is purgation, and when this occurs, the other effects seldom present themselves. In medicinal doses it warms the stomach, elevates the temperature of the surface, quickens the pulse, and when given at short intervals, in slight doses, it acts upon the kidneys, causing an increased urinary discharge. In the typhoid stage of febrile diseases, especially when intestimal ulceration is diagnosed from the symptoms, the tongue becoming dry and dark-colored, the skin dry and husky, and tympanites is present, with occasionally mental derangement, Small doses given at short intervals and con- tinued for some time, will act as a stimulant and remove all these symptoms. It is supposed, in these instances, to normally influence the ulcerated tissues. It is likewise recommended in neuralgia, chronic rheumatism, dropsy, suppression of wrime, worms, especially taenia–tympanitic distension in typhoid fever, peritomitis, or other diseases—chorea, hysteria, crowp, colic, jaundice, and in cases where gravel is habitu- ally carried off by copious discharge of lithic acid and lithate of ammonium. It has a tendency to diminish excessive mucous discharges, and has been employed with advantage in chronic catarrh, chronic bronchitis, fetid bronchitis, and pulmonary gamgrene (in lung troubles by inhalation as well as internally), chromic dysentery, chronic diarrhoea, chronic inflammation of the bladder, gleet, chronic gomor- rhoea, and leucorrhaea. The dose in ordinary cases is from 6 drops to , fluid drachm, and even to 1 drachm, at intervals of an hour or two in acute and every 3 or 4 hours in chronic diseases. In the course of its action it is absorbed, and imparts its odor to the breath and perspiration. In doses varying from 20 U L E U M TEIREBINTH IN E. 1397 minims to 1 fluid drachm, according to the urgency of the symptoms, and repeated every 3 or 4 hours, it is a most efficacious astringent, and may be used in epistaſcis, hematemesis, hemoptysis, and other sanguineous discharges. It may be administered in water, flavored with some agreeable aromatic syrup, or in infu- sion of matico, in hemoptysis; in the decoctions of uva ursi, epigaea, or eupa- torium, etc., in hematuria; or in the decoction or infusion of cinchona, in purpura hemorrhagica. Where much arterial blood has been lost, tincture of chloride of iron will form a valuable adjunct. Combined with castor oil, it is an excellent vermifuge. It probably prevents the formation of biliary calculi. Externally it is a rubefacient, and is used as a counter-irritant in the form of liniment in rheu- matism, paralysis, meuralgia, inflammation of internal organs, in the neighborhood of indolent tumors, to chilblaims, indolent and erysipelatous ulcers, caries, Sloughing, espe- cially from pressure in exhausting diseases, gangrene, chronic inflammation of the edge of the eyelids, and, combined with linseed oil, in recent burns or scalds. Turpentine, locally and internally, has given signal results in diphtheria and Sciatica. In the latter affection about 30 drops, 3 times a day, is the proper dose. It forms a good local application in mammitis, pleurisy, pneumonia, bronchitis, laryn- gitis, and rhus pois0ning. It has given relief in puerperal peritomitis. Its vapor kills the itch insect. Where deafness is occasioned by a scanty or abnormal Secretion of cerumen, the oil of turpentine rubbed up with some bland oil, may be passed into the ear, on cotton. In a memorrhaea arising from torpor of the uterine vessels, in obstimate comStipation, in tympanites, or when the bowels are distended with flatus, and in ascarides, oil of turpentine used as an injection will frequently be found a superior remedy. From 4 to 8 fluid drachms may be rubbed up with half a pint of water and the yolk of a few eggs, or with some mucilage, and injected into the rectum, where it should be retained for some time. When given inter- nally, it may be administered in simple or aromatized syrup, or rubbed up with Sugar, or taken in gin, when not contraindicated, etc.; or it may be triturated with the yolk of egg, gradually adding syrup and essence of cinnamom, with a portion of water. One yolk is sufficient for trituration with every 2 fluid drachms of the oil. In tapeworm, it has been combined with gin, and given in doses of 1 or 2 fluid ounces. As an ordinary vermifuge, 3 or 4 parts of castor-oil may be added to 1 part of the oil of turpentine. Dr. James Warren has used a preparation for a number of years in the treat- ment of hemorrhages, with uniform success. It acts both by its sedative power, in diminishing the force of the circulation, and by its astringent qualities, in contact with the bleeding vessels. He is satisfied that no known remedy exerts a more specific power and gives more speedy relief, especially in hemoptysis, hema- temésis, epistaºis, and memorrhagia. Dr. Warren terms it Styptic Balsam. It is made as follows: Place sulphuric acid, 5 drachms by weight, in a Wedgewood mortar, and slowly add to it oil of turpentine 2 fluid drachms, stirring it constantly with the pestle; then add in the same manner alcohol 2 fluid drachms, and continue stirring until no more fumes arise, when it may be bottled, and should be stopped with a ground stopper. It should be prepared from the purest materials; and When made should exhibit a dark but clear red color, like dark blood; but if it be a pale, dirty red, it will be unfit for use. The dose is 40 drops, to be used as follows: into a common-sized teacup put a teaspoonful of brown sugar, thor- oughly incorporate the 40 drops by rubbing together, and then slowly stir in water until the cup is nearly full, when the mixture should be immediately swal- lowed. The dose may be repeated every hour, for 3 or 4 hours, and its use should be discontinued as soon as fresh blood ceases to flow. After standing a few days, a pellicle forms upon the surface of the balsam, which should be broken, and the liquid below it used. If in well-stoppered bottles, age does not deteriorate it (N. Y. Jour. Med.). French oil of turpentime and old oil of turpentine are antidotes to poisoning by phosphorus. Related Oil.-ABIETIENE (C7H16). This highly volatile and very inflammable oil was obtained by Prof. W. T. Wenzell (...[mer. Jour. Pharm., 1872, p. 97) from the terebinthinous exudate of the Nut pine or Digger pine (Pinus Sabiniana, Douglas) of California. The nut of this Species is eaten by the Digger Indians. The crude oil is colorless and boils from 101° to 115°C. (213 to 239°F.); the boiling point of the largest fraction is 101° C. (213°F.). Its specific gravity is 0.694; its odor penetrating, strong, and orange-like. According to T. E. Thorpe (Chem. News, 1879), it is identical with heptane (C7H16), one of the low-boiling petroleum hydrocarbons. 1398 OLEU M TEREBIN THINAE RECTIFICATUM.—OLEUM THEOBROMATIS. Abietene (heptane) dissolves both bromine and iodine without fulmination, and is soluble in 95 per cent alcohol (5 parts). According to Prof. Sadtler (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1879, pp. 176 and 293), an oil of the same composition is furnished by the Californian Pinus ponderosa, of Douglas. ol.EUM TEREBINTHINAE RECTIFICATUM (U. S. P.)—RECTIFIED OIL OF TURPENTINE. Preparation.—“Oil of turpentime, a convenient quantity; lime-water, a suffi- cient quantity. Shake the oil thoroughly with six (6) times its volume of lime- water, and introduce the mixture into a copper still connected with a well-cooled condenser. Then distill, until about three-fourths of the oil have passed over, and separate the clear oil from the water. Keep the product in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, protected from light "--(U. S. P.). Description.—“A thin, colorless liquid, having the general properties men- tioned under oil of turpentine (see Oleum Terebinthimae). Specific gravity, 0.855 to 0.865 at 15° C. (59°F.). Boiling point, about 160° C. (320°F). Its alcoholic solution should be neutral to litmus paper. If about 10 Co. of the oil be evapo- rated in a capsule on a water-bath, no weighable residue should be left "- (U. S. P.). “Rectified oil of turpentine should always be dispensed when oil of turpentine is required for internal use ’—(U. S. P.). OLEUM THEOBROMATIS (U. S. P.)—OIL OF THEOBROMA. “A fixed oil expressed from the seed of Theobroma Cacao, Linné (Nat. Ord.— Sterculiaceae)”—(U. S. P.). SYNONYMs: Oleum theobromae (U. S. P., 1880), Butter of cacao, Oleum cacao, Buty- 77.077). ("((C((O. Preparation and Description.—Butter of cacao must not be confounded with cocoanut oil from Cocos nucifera; with palm oil from Elaeis guineensis; nor with coca, the dried leaves of Erythroaylon Coca; it is obtained by two or three processes, one of which is to roast the seeds, and, after removing the testa, grind the seeds, put them in canvas bags, expose them to steam, and press between hot iron plates. The butter thus expressed may be purified by melting it in hot water, by passing it through hot animal charcoal, or by the use of acids, and then running it into molds. The seeds contain about 45 per cent of this fat, 6 to 11 per cent of starch, 1 to 4 per cent of theobromime, nitrogenous matter, cacao-red, ash, etc. The yield of cacao butter is about 30 to 35 per cent. Butter of cacao is officially described as “a yellowish-white, solid, having a faint, agreeable odor, and a bland, chocolate-like taste. Specific gravity, 0.970 to 0.980 at 15° (59°F.). Readily soluble in ether or chloroform, also soluble in 100 parts of cold and in 20 parts of boiling absolute alcohol, all these solutions being neutral to litmus paper. It is brittle at 15° (59°F.), and melts at 30° to 33°C. (86° to 91.4°F.), to a clear liquid "-(U. S. P.). The melted fat solidifies again at 20.5°C. (68.9°F.), accompanied by a sudden rise of temperature to about 27°C. (80.6°F.). It is not easily liable to become rancid. Chemical Composition.—Butter of cacao consists of the glycerides Stearin and olein, with small quantities of lawrim, palmitim, and arachim. Kingzett's theobromic acid (C, H, O, 1877) could not be reobtained (M. C. Traub, Archiv der Pharm., 1883, p. 19). P. Graf (Archiv der Pharm., 1883, p. 830) also found small quantities of formic, acetic, and butyric acids, and cholesterim (phytosterim). Adulterations and Tests.-Butter of cacao may be adulterated with tallow, beef Suet, Stearin, stearic acid, wax, spermaceti and paraffin, oils of cocoanut, almond, etc. Some of these admixtures may be recognized by determining the acid and iodine numbers and the saponification equivalent of the fat. The U. S. P. directs the following test: “If 1 Gm. of oil of theobroma be dissolved in 3 Co. of ether, in a test-tube, at a temperature of 17°C. (63°F.), and the tube subsequently plunged into water at 0°C. (32°F.), the liquid should not become turbid, nor deposit a granular mass in less than 3 minutes; and if the mixture, after congeal- ing, be exposed to a temperature of 15° C. (59°F.), it should gradually form a perfectly clear liquid (absence of paraffin, wax, stearin, tallow, etc.)”—(U. S. P.). 2. OLL U M T H Y Mi [. 1399 Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Oil of theobroma is emollient and nutrient. It forms a good dressing for wounds and abraded or excoriated parts, and on account of its melting at the temperature of the body, furnishes a good base for suppositories for the relief of rectal, vaginal, and uterine lesions. Internally, in 5 to 30-grain doses, it has been employed in chronic bronchial and intestinal disorders. Related Oils.--SHEA BUTTER, also known as Bambuk or Galam butter, is a light-greenish or grayish fat, mild to the taste, and having an odor like cacao butter. It fuses near 28°C. (82.4°F.). It is expressed from the seeds of Bassia Parkii, De Candolle, an African tree. MAN WAHI BUTTER.—From the seeds of the Indian Bassia latifolia of Roxburgh. The oil is yellowish or greenish. Its fusing point is near 45° C. (113°F.). The flowers of this species are fleshy and said to yield 50 per cent of sugar, and are employed by the natives in the making of a spirituous beverage, and for food. (For other species of Bassia, see Monesia.) MIAFURA BUTTER.—The seeds of the Trichilia emetica, Vahl (Mafu reira oleifera, Bertero) (Nat. Ord.—Meliaceae), are bitter and have the characteristic odor of cacao-beans, and yield a fat much resembling cacao-butter. It is yellow, not so soft as tallow, is mild in taste, and has the odor of cacao-butter. It fuses at 42°C. (107.6°F.). Olein and palmitin are its constituents, and when Saponified it yields a large amount of palmitic acid. The oil is obtained in tropical Africa by boiling the seeds in water. - OLEUM THYMI (U. S. P.)—OIL OF THYME. “A volatile oil distilled from the leaves and flowering tops of Thymus vulgaris, Linné (Nat. Ord.—Labiatae). It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a cool place, protected from the light”—(U. S. P.). - Preparation.—This oil is chiefly obtained in Southern France, where the plant grows in immense quantity. Spain also produces oil of thyme, although this is of somewhat different physical and chemical characters. The crude prod- uct is known as red oil of thyme, and is usually sold under the name of oil of origa- num (see Oleum. Origami). The rectified oil is known as white oil of thyme. In Southern France these two grades are known respectively as huile rouge de thyme and hwile blanche de thyme. In this connection, Gildemeister and Hoffmann (Die AEtherischen Oele, 1899, p. 817) point out that rectified oil of thyme, unless rectified under especial precautions, soon acquires the red color of the crude oil again. The permanently pale French oil is stated to be produced by distilling the crude. oil with an excess of oil of turpentime; hence such oils contain at most 5 per cent of phenols, as against 20 to 25 per cent, sometimes 42 per cent in normal oils. The yield of oil of thyme varies from 0.3 to 0.4 per cent (fresh herb, German) to 1.7 per cent (dry, German), and 0.9 per cent (fresh, French) to 2.5 and 2.6 per cent (dry, French). Description.—“A yellowish or yellowish-red liquid, having a strong odor of thyme, and an aromatic, pungent, afterward cooling taste. It becomes darker and thicker by age and exposure to the air. Specific gravity, 0.900 to 0.930 at 15° C. (59°F.). It does not fulminate with iodine. The oil is soluble in half its Volume of alcohol, forming a clear solution which is neutral or only very slightly acid, to litmus paper. The oil is also soluble, in all proportions, in carbon disul- phide, and in glacial acetic acid. With a drop of ferric chloride T.S. the oil yields a greenish-brown color, which changes to reddish"—(U. S. P.). French and German oil of thyme is soluble in 1 or 2 volumes of alcohol of 80 per cent, but 15 to 30 vol- umes of 70 per cent are required for complete solution, while the Spanish oil, prob- ably from another botanical source, forms a clear solution with the latter solvent. Chemical Composition and Tests.-The characteristic constituents of oil of thyme are the solid thymol and the liquid carvacrol, two isomeric phenols of the formula CoII.O (see Thymol). As stated before, the total amount of phenols in oil of thyme (French and German oils) is 20 to 25 per cent, seldom as high as 42 per cent; thymol is usually the only phenol present; sometimes it is either entirely or to a small extent, replaced by carvacrol. The Spanish oil contains from 50 to 70 per cent of carvaerol exclusively (compare Oleum. Origami). The correct formula for thymol was established by Lallenland (1853). He also found oil of thyme to contain the hydrocarbons cymol (CoH), and a small quantity of !-thymene, which was identified by Schimmel & Co. (1894) as l-pineme. The latter also established the presence of borneol and linalool in the higher fractions of oil of thyme; these results were confirmed by Labbé (1898). 1400 OLEUM TIGLII. The presence of oil of turpentine in oil of thyme may be recognized by the Specific gravity being lower than 0.900, or by the diminished Solubility in alcohol, and the deficiency in the phenol contents of the oil. A convenient method for determining, the amount of phenols in oil of thyme consists in Shaking a given Volume of the oil (e.g., 10 CC.) in a burette with an equal volume of a 5 per cent caustic soda solution, allowing to stand from 12 to 24 hours, and measuring the Volume of the remaining non-phenols (compare Oil of Cassia). By drawing off the aqueous phenolate, and rendering acid with sulphuric acid, the regenerated Dhenols will solidify upon standing when consisting of thymol, but will remain fluid when they consist of carvacrol. An iodometric method for the estimation of phenols in oil of thyme was devised by E. Kremers and O. Schreiner (see Pharm. Review, 1896, p. 221). The U. S. P. directs the following test: “If 1 Co. of the oil be shaken with 10CC. of hot water, and, after cooling, the liquid be passed through a wet filter, the filtrate should not assume, with a drop of ferric chloride T.S., a bluish or violet color (absence of carbolic acid)”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—(See Thymus and Thymol.) Related Oils.--OLEUM SERPYLL1, Oil of wild thyme. The essential oil distilled from Thy- ºnw8 Serpyllum, Linné. A colorless or golden-yellow, laevogyrate oil of the specific gravity 0.905 to 0.930. Odor slightly like thyme, but more like melissa. Constituents, chiefly cymol (C10H14), With 1 per cent of thymol, carvacrol, and probably other phenols. OIL OF THYMUS CAPITATUS.—Has a pronounced thyme-like odor; specific gravity, 0.901; constituents, thymnol (6 per cent), cymol, pinene, dipentene, bornyl-acetate, and possibly carracrol (Schimmel & Co.'s Report, October, 1889). Produced in Spain. QII, OR THYMUS CAMPHORATUS.–Specific gravity, 0.904. Constituent, carvacrol (Power, Essential Oils). -- OLEUM TIGLII (U. S. P.)—CROTON OIL. The expressed fixed oil of the seeds of Croton Tiglium, Linné; Tiglium officinale, Klotzsch. Nat. Ord.—Euphorbiaceae. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 239. Botanical Source.—Croton Tiglium is a middle-sized tree, the young branches of which are terete, smooth, shiming, and somewhat furrowed toward the extremi- IFig. 185. ties. The leaves are alternate, petiolate, oval, oblong, acute, 3 to 5-nerved at the base, acuminate at the apex, with shallow, glandular serratures; thin, membranous. with 2 glands at their base, and covered when young with very minute, scattered hairs, dark-green above, and paler below. The petioles are about one-third the length of the leaf, channeled, having stellate hairs º ~s when quite young, but soon losing them. sº Yº Yº The flowers are downy, in erect, terminal §º \s. Y racemes; male flowers at the apex, female ºn ºn . below. The male flowers have a 5-cleft calyx, 5 lanceolate, woolly, straw-colored petals, and 15 distinct stamens; female have a 5-cleft, permanent calyx, with long and bifid styles. The fruit is a smooth, oblong, obtusely triangular capsule, about tº * * * the size of a hazel-nut, closely covered with Croton Tiglii. minute, stellate hairs, with 3 cells, each of which is completely filled with a solitary seed. The skin of the seeds is of a pale, dull-brown color, and overlies a harder, dark integument (L.-Wi.). History and Preparation.—This tree is a native of the East Indies, growing in Ceylon, in the Molucca Islands, in China, etc., and is cultivated in Japan and European countries. The tree was probably first known in China. Its wood (lignum pavanae) and seeds (pini nuclei moluccani) were made known to the Euro- peams in 1578, by the Portuguese physician, Christobal Acosta. Like the various *AQ OLEU M TIGLII. 1401 plants of this natural order, it is imbued in all its parts (root, bark, leaves, seeds) with a sharp, energetic, drastic cathartic element. The oil obtained from the seeds is the official part. The seeds are of ān ovoid form, about the size of a pea, reddish-brown when recent, grayish-brown when old, sometimes brownish-black. They consist of a thin, brittle, ligneous shell; a delicate, white, membranous in- tegument; and an oleaginous kernel composed of a pale, yellowish-white albu- men, and a beautiful embryo, with large, leafy cotyledons. The oil, which con- stitutes about 50 to 60 per cent of the kernels, is obtained by removing the shells from the seeds, bruising these to a pulp, and subjecting the pulp to a strong pressure. By digesting the residue with sulphuric ether, filtering, and expelling the ether by a gentle heat, an additional quantity of oil is often obtained. The residual press-cakes must be burned up in order to guard against accidents that might possibly result from handling them. Or, the seeds may be extracted alto- gether with sulphuric ether, or with carbon disulphide, and the solvent evapo- rated. These methods, however, are not recognized by the U. S. P. A. H. Allen (Com. Org. Anal.,Vol. II, Part I, 1899, p. 161) reports that extraction with ether removes three times as much oil as when the oil is expressed, or extracted with alcohol. Expression yields a pale oil, ether a light-brown, and alcohol a dark- brown oil, containing twice as much free acid as the specimens obtained by the other methods. Its saponification value is also much higher. Description and Tests.-The croton oil of commerce is partly imported from India, and partly expressed in England from the imported seeds. English croton oil is of a reddish-brown color, and forms a uniform, transparent mixture with equal parts of absolute alcohol, without the aid of heat. The East Indian crotom oil is pale-yellow, like Canada balsam, and mixed with equal parts of abso- lute alcohol, forms an opaque, milky solution, which is rendered transparent and uniform upon the application of heat. The East Indian is the official oil, and is described as “a pale-yellow or brownish-yellow, somewhat viscid, and slightly fluorescent liquid, having a slight, fatty Odor, and a mild, oily, afterward acrid and burning taste (great caution is necessary in tasting). When applied to the skin, it produces rubefaction or a pustular eruption. Specific gravity, 0.940 to 0.960 at 15° C. (59°F.). It reddens blue litmus paper moistened with alcohol. When fresh, it is soluble in about 60 parts of alcohol, the solubility increasing by age. It is freely soluble in ether, chloroform, carbon disulphide, and in fixed or volatile oils. When gently heated with twice its volume of absolute alcohol, it forms a clear solution from which the oil usually separates on cooling”—(U. S. P.). The U. S. P. also directs that “croton oil should be kept in small, well-stoppered bot- tles, and should be handled with caution ”—(U. S. P.). - Croton oil has the highest specific gravity (see above) of all fatty oils, except Castor oil. It is also soluble in glacial acetic acid, and soluble in petroleum ether, while castor oil is insoluble in the latter solvent. Croton oil is intermediate between the drying and non-drying oils, and does not give the elaidin reaction. Accordingly the U. S. P. directs that “if to 2 Co. of the oil 1 Ce. of fuming nitric acid and 1 Co. of water be added, and the mixture vigorously shaken, it should not solidify, either completely or partially, after standing for 1 or 2 days (absence of other non-drying oils)”—(U. S. P.). The presence of castor oil may probably be detected by its insolubility in petroleum ether. It is stated that an oil not quite as active as the pure croton is obtained from the Barbadoes nuts, or the seeds of Cwreas purgans, Adamson (Jatropha Curcas, Linné) (see Curcas); it is an active purgative in a dose of 3 to 5 drops. The seeds of the Croton pavamae, Hamilton, are likewise supposed to furnish some of the commer- cial croton oil. An inferior oil which has been recommended as a substitute for Croton oil is obtained from the Caper spurge, or Garden spurge (Euphorbia Lathyris, Linné) of south Europe. It is extracted with carbon disulphide, and deposits a Crystalline body on standing. Crotom oblongifolius, Roxburgh, has similar seeds, While the seeds of Croton morifolius, of Mexico, yield an oil, mildly cathartie in 2 or 3-drop doses. Chemical Composition.—I. THE SEEDs. These, according to Flückiger, com- sist of 31.6 per cent of husks, and 68.4 per cent of kermels, the latter containing from 50 to 60 per cent of croton oil. The husks hold about 1.65 per cent of oil (Zinnel, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1890, p. 122). The seeds contain, beside the oil and 1402 OLEUM TIGLII. the usual seed constituents, two powerfully poisonous albuminous bodies, crotom- globulin and croton-albumin (Ufstrand, 1897). The poisonous principle remains to some extent in the press-cake (H. Stillmark's Dissertation, Ueber Ricim, 1889, p. 146). II. THE OIL.-Croton oil was found by Schlippe (1858) to contain the glycer- ides of Stearic, palmitic, lauric, myristic, and oleic acids, and a vesicating resinous prin- ciple crotomol. The additional angelic acid, of Schlippe, was found by Guenther and Fröhlich (1870) to differ from true angelic acid in melting point, and was named tiglinic acid. Schmitt and Berendes (1878) found this acid to be identical with Frankland and Duppa's methylcrotomic acid (C.H.O.), and also established the presence of isobutyric and isovaleric acids in croton oil. Acetic acid was previously shown by Guenther and Fröhlich to be present. Regarding the active principles of croton oil, it has long been known (Nimmo, 1823) that alcohol differentiates the oil into an alcohol-soluble vesicant part and an alcohol-insoluble, purgative part (Harold Senier, Pharm., Jour. Trams., 1878, p. 705; and 1883, p. 446). In 1857, Buchheim and Krich, by saponification of the purgative portion, isolated therefrom a vesicant principle; hence a close relation must exist between the alcohol-soluble and insoluble portions of the oil. Kobert and von Hirschheydt, in 1890 (Ueber die Crotomol-såure, R. Buchheim's), came to the conclusion that the efficacy of the alcohol-soluble, vesicant part is due to the presence of free crotomoleic acid, a rather unstable body, while the alcohol-insoluble part contains it as a glyceride. The authors also demonstrated, by experiment, that the neutral oil (insoluble in alcohol) is decomposed by the pancreatic fer- ment, whereby the vesicating crotomoleic acid is liberated. More recently, Prof. W. R. Dunstan and Miss L. E. Boole (Pharm. Jour, Trams., 1895, p. 5) investigated crotomoleic acid. After separating therefrom some inert oily acids, the last frac- tion contained a powerfully vesicating resin, croton resin, a hard, light-yellow, brit- tle substance, nearly insoluble in water, readily soluble in alcohol, ether, and chloroform. Prolonged boiling with caustic alkalies destroys its vesicating power. (Adapted from an article on Croton Tiglium, by J. U. Lloyd, in The Western Druggist, April, 1898.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Croton oil is a powerful irritant and cathartic. In large doses it is a dangerous poison, Occasioning emesis, painful gripings, hypercatharsis, and other serious symptoms. Its action is prompt, fre- quently causing catharsis within an hour; and, from the smallness of its dose, it is especially adapted to cases where medicines requiring large doses can not be given, as in trismus, coma, insanity, congestive apoplexy, etc. In most cases, catharsis may be produced by placing a drop or two on the back part of the tongue. It is principally used as a purgative when the bowels are very torpid; in comatose con- ditions as a revellant; and in dropsy as a hydragogue. It is admissible in obstimate comstipation when no inflammation exists, and is the most efficient purgative in lead colic. It is likewise asserted that, irrespective of its cathartic property, it possesses efficacious influences in spasmodic and painful mervous affections. It may be used in all cases where prompt and active purgation is indicated. It is distin- guished from other powerful cathartics by occasioning much borborygmus or rumbling of wind, by its action commencing speedily and ending soon, and by the purgative effect, however exhausting at the time, being followed by little debility. In certain forms of diarrhoea and other enteritic affections, I have derived great benefit by dissolving croton oil, , fluid drachm, in alcohol, 2 fluid ounces, and administering it in doses of from 5 to 15 drops, according to circumstances (J. King). Externally, it produces erythematic redness, intense burning, and an eruption of minute vesicles. A croton-oil limiment is made by mixing 1 part of croton oil with 4 or 5 parts of olive oil, or 6 parts of turpentine; it is rubbed on the skin several times a day, to cause redness and a pustular eruption; it is very beneficial in follicular disease of the throat, affections of the laryma, bronchial vessels, and lungs, indolent tumors, and all painful attacks. The dose of croton oil is from 1 to 6 drops, which is best given on sugar, or made into a pill with crumb of bread, in order to avoid the disagreeable, acrid sensation it occasions in the throat, with a constant tendency to hawk, as well as to prevent nausea or vomiting. Four drops of the oil, thoroughly rubbed around the navel, will, it is said, produce catharsis. Croton oil is now seldom used externally; it was once very popular as a counter-irritant. Soubeiran rec- OLEUM VALERIANAE.—OLIBANUM. 1403 ommends the following lozenges: Take of vanilla chocolate, 4 ounce; sugar, 2 drachms; starch, 40 grains; Croton Oil, 10 drops; mix thoroughly together, and form into 60 lozenges. Related Drug.—Bocconia. South American natives employ several species of this genus as purgative, abortifacients, and topical irritants (H. H. Rusby, Bull. of Pharm., 1891). OLEUM WAI,ERIANAE.—OIL OF WALERIAN. The essential oil distilled from the root of Valeriana officinalis, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Valerianaceae. Preparation and Description.—The root of Valeriana officinalis distilled with water yields about 1 per cent of volatile oil. When freshly prepared it is a yellowish-green, faintly acid, thin liquid, the odor of which is not unpleasant. Upon exposure to the air it becomes dark-brown, viscid, strongly acid, and of a very disagreeable odor, owing to the liberation of valerianic acid (C.H.O.). Fresh oil of Valerian has a specific gravity of 0.93 to 0.96 and is optically lavo-rotatory. Chemical Composition.—The characteristic constituent of oil of valerian is bornyl-(borneol-) valeriamate (Bruylants, 1878), an ester which undergoes spontaneous decomposition into borneol and Valerianic acid when the oil is exposed to air. The stearopten sometimes deposited in old oil is borneol. According to Gerock (1892), about 9.5 per cent of this ester is present, with 1 per cent, each, of bornyl- formiate, acetate, and butyrate. Upon saponification of these esters with caustic alkali and fractionating the resultant oil, the hydrocarbons l-pîmeme and l-campheme were found in the lowest fractions, then followed l-borneol, terpineol, a Sesquiterpene, and an alcohol, C, H, O (Olivieri, 1893). From the saponification water, Olivieri iso- lated a crystallizable, laevo-rotatory alcohol (CoH, O.), melting at 132°C. (269.6°F.). The highest fractions of oil of Valerian, according to Prof. Flückiger (1876), con- tain a blue oil (Gildemeister and Hoffmann, Die AEtherischen Oele, 1899); its taste is warm and camphoric. Caustic alkalies saponify the oil uniting with its vale- rianic acid to form valerianates. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Oil of valerian possesses the properties of the root in a concentrated degree, and may be substituted for it in all cases where the root is applicable. It has been found especially useful in hysteria, chorea, Testlessness, etc. An efficient preparation for nervous, sleepless, and hysterical cases is composed of: Tincture of lupulim, tincture of hyoscyamus, of each, 4 fluid ounces; camphor, 1 drachm ; and oil of Valerian, 22 minims. Mix, and give 1 or 2 fluid drachms for a dose. The dose of the oil of valerian is 2 to 6 drops in alcoholic solution, pill, or emulsion. oLIBANUM.–FRANKINGENSE. A dry gum-resin obtained from Boswellia Carterii, Birdwood, with its varieties, and several other species of Boswellia. Nat. Ord.—Burseraceae. SYNoNYMs: Gwºmmiresima olibamwm, Thus. ILLUSTRATION: (Boswellia Carterii) Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 58. Botanical Source and History.—The individual species of Boswellia yield- ing this product are not well known. Several trees, possibly distinct species, are classed as varieties of B. Carterii. The genus comprises trees having odd-pinnate leaves, with leaflets serrate, flowers small, 10-stamened, and borne in racemes, and succeeded by 3-celled, drupe-like capsules, each cell of which is 3-seeded. The trees are found in East Africa (Somali country), South Arabia, and India. (For an account of the several species consult Pharmacographia, 2d ed., pp. 133 and 139.) Olibanum is the frankincense of the ancients and was among the offerings of the Magi to the infant Savior. It constituted a large part of the incense so frequently alluded to in the Scriptures. It is collected in the Somali country by making deep incisions into the trunk of the tree from which the milky gum-resin exudes and Soon concretes. The clear tears are first gathered, and the portion which has run down the side of the tree or has fallen to the ground, constitutes an inferior sort. Description.—Olibanum is a translucent, brittle, whitish-yellow substance, in roundish, club-shaped, pear-shaped, or irregular tears, and usually covered by 1404 ONOSMODIUM. a whitish, farinaceous substance produced by the pieces rubbing against each other. It has a sub-acrid, terebinthimate, bitter taste, and a pleasant, resinous Odor, and when burned, it produces a brilliant flame, and diffuses an agreeable aroma. It melts with difficulty, not without decomposition, becomes soft and adhesive by chewing, forms an incomplete, white emulsion when rubbed up with water, and is dissolved by alcohol to the amount of about 65 per cent. It has a specific gravity of 1.22. Chemical Composition.—Olibanum consists chiefly of an acid resin (56 per cent), soluble in alcohol and having the formula C, H, O, (Hlasiwetz, 1867); it yields no benzene derivatives when fused with caustic potash. When burned, it emits an agreeable odor. Water removes from it a bitter, viscid substance, little soluble in ether. Olibanum also contains gum (30 to 36 per cent), insoluble in alcohol, and resembles ordinary gum arabic. With 3 parts of water it forms a thick mucilage (Pharmacographia). Finally, olibanum contains about 3 per cent of ash, and from 4 to 7 per cent of a volatile oil. According to Kurbatow (1874), it con- sists chiefly of a terpene olibeme (CoHº), boiling at 158°C. (316.4°F.). Flückiger found it laevo-rotatory, and Wallach (1889) identified it as l-pineme, and in addition found dipentene. Schimmel & Co. also report the occurrence of phellamdreme in the oil (Gildemeister and Hoffmann, Die AEtherischen Oele, p. 641). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Olibanum is a stimulant, producing results similar to those from the tolu and Peru balsams; it is principally used as a fumigating article, and occasionally forms an ingredient of plasters. The dose, when used internally, is from 5 to 40 grains, in emulsion. Related Species.—Another gum-resin is obtained from an unidentified tree inhabiting the neighborhood of the Red Sea; it grows upon the bare rocks, without any other support than the very round, thick substance, of a nature between bark and wood, which is thrown out from the base of the trunk, and which adheres very firmly to the rocks. Kempthorne (1843) alludes to this species as being the tree furnishing olibanum. Boswellia serrata, Roxburgh, is the Boswellia thurifera, Colebrooke, a leafy forest tree of the Coromandel coasts and other parts of India. Though formerly thought to furnish Olibanum, this tree is not the source of that drug, but yields a soft odorous resin which slowly hardens within a period of a year, and is used only by the natives as incense. Boswellia papyrifera, Richard, yields a transparent resin, probably destitute of gum, though thought to contain a volatile oil. It grows in western Abyssinia. Boswellia Frereana, Birdwood, the Yegaar of the Somalis, yields a fragrant resin of a lemon odor. It contains no gum, and is employed in the East as a masticatory. Hedwigia balsamifera.--An alcoholic extract of this plant, administered hypodermatically. proved a nerve and cardiac poison. A convulsing alkaloid is contained in it, and a resin capable of lowering the body heat and inducing paralysis (Ann. de Thérap., 1889). (See also p. 1318.) ONOSMIODIUMI.—FALSE GROMWELL. The root and seeds of Onosmodium virginianum, A. De Candolle (Lithospermum virginianum, Linné). CoMMON NAMEs: False gromwell, Gravel weed, Wild Job’s tears. Botanical Source.—This plant is a perennial herb, clothed all over with harsh and rigid appressed bristles. The stems are rather slender, 1 or 2 feet in height. The leaves are oblong, or oblong-lanceolate, often oval, and even ovate- lanceolate, Sessile, minutely strigose, 3 to 5-veined ; lower ones narrow at base, 1 inch to 2% inches long, , or # of am inch broad. The flowers are yellowish- white, in terminal, leafy racemes, which are recurved at first, but finally become erect and elongated. Calyx 5-cleft, lobes lanceolate, pilose on both sides, half as long as the corolla. Corolla oblong-tubular, with a ventricose, half 5-cleft limb, with lance-subulate segments clothed externally with long hispid hairs. Sta- mens 5, with very short, flattened filaments supporting included, Sagittate apicu- late anthers. Style much exserted and smooth. Achenia ovoid, smooth and shining, fixed by a flat base (G.-W.). History.—This plant is found growing from New York to Florida, in dry, hilly grounds, flowering from June to September. The root and seeds are the parts employed, and yield their virtues to water. There are two other species of this genus which possess similar properties (see next page). OPIUM, 1405 Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Diuretic and tonic. Said to dissolve calculi. A strong infusion of the root and Seeds, taken in doses of 4 fluid ounces, every 2 hours for about a day, or until it purges, is highly extolled as a cure for calculous affections. It occasions excessive urination, hence care must be taken that it be not employed too long, for fear of producing too great a flow of urine. It is worthy of a full investigation. Onosmodium carolinianum, De Candolle, and OmoSmodium Strigosum, possess similar properties (see also Lithospermum officinale). OPIUM (U. S. P.)—OPIUM. “The concrete, milky exudation obtained by incising the unripe capsules of Papaver sommiferum, Linné (Nat. Ord.—Papaveraceae), and yielding, in its normal, moist condition, not less than mine (9) per cent of crystallized morphine, when assayed by the process given below ’’—(U. S. P.). (For botanical description of poppy, see Papaveris Capsulae.) SYNONYMs: Mecomium, Succus thebaicus. Official Forms of Opium.—I. OPIUM (as above indicated). II. OPII PULVIs, Powdered opium. III. OPIUM DEODORATUM, Opium demarcotisatum, Deodorized opium, Demarcotized opium. History, Commercial Sources, and Description.—Opium was known to the ancient Greeks, being mentioned in the writings of Theophrastus (about 370 to 286 B.C.), and by the writers of the first century, e.g., Dios- corides and Pliny. Its most probable geographical source was then Asia Minor. Egyptian (Thebaic) opium is recorded as early as the sixth century. The knowledge of the drug was, spread eastward by the Arabs. During the middle ages it was used in Europe only as a medicine, and entered into most of the marcotic preparations known as theriac. In eastern Asia, however, its use as a stimulant gradually increased and re- ceived a powerful impetus, since about 1770, by the exporta- tions of opium from India into China. This trade has fallen off considerably, owing to extensive production of the drug by the Chinese themselves. The most notable event in the chemical history of the drug was the discovery of the first alkaloid known, morphine, by Sertürner, in 1811. The opium met with in commerce is principally that w from Asia Minor, which was the kind expressly demanded by * 9 . the U. S. P., 1880, and the Br. Pharm., 1885, and which is still “” ” required by the Ger. Pharm., 1890. The present U. S. P. and British Pharmacopoeia do not specify the origin of opium; still, most of the opium entering this country, comes from Asia Minor. Other opium-producing countries are Persia, India, Egypt, China, Australia, and some parts of Europe. ASIA MINOR OPIUM, Turkey opium, Smyrna opium, Constantinople opium.—This is obtained from Papaver Sommiferum, Linné, war. glabrum, Boissier. In the north- western provinces of Asia Minor, opium cultivation is in the hands of small holders of land, owing to the scarcity of hired labor. The poppy requires a naturally moist and rich soil, much manure, and diligent hoeing and weeding, which is done mostly by women and children, yet the opium crop is very uncer- tain, because the poppy may be injured or destroyed by spring frosts, drought or locusts. About the end of May the plants begin to ripem, and a few days after the petals have fallen, the head or capsule is ready for incision. This is done on hot afternoons in order that the exuding juice may dry rapidly. A transverse cut is made with a knife in the lower part of the capsule, the incision being car- ried round to near its starting point. Great care must be taken not to cut too deep, i.e., to avoid penetrating the interior wall of the seed-vessel, because in this case the juice would flow into the inside and be lost. The following morn- ing, the capsules are scraped off with a blunt instrument and the dried juice placed on a leaf. Night-dew promotes the flow of juice and increases the yield, but the opium is darker than when the night is dry. A high wind is also harmful, because of the dust it throws on the opium. A crop of 5 to 8 pounds of opium, and 200 pounds of poppy-seed, from 1 toloom of land (1600 square 1406 - OPIU M. yards), is considered a good yield ; in some years only a little over , pound has been obtained. After the opium is collected, the seeds are shaken out, expressed in hand presses, and the oil thus obtained is used for burning and for eating pur- poses. Part of the poppy-seeds are sold to Smyrna merchants who find a market for them in Europe. The opium, before it is marketed, is wrapped in poppy leaves, and dried in the shade, and then put into thin cotton bags which are sealed and placed into round baskets. These are sent to Smyrna, carried by mules, each animal carrying two baskets, weighing from 130 to 162 pounds each. Most of these baskets also contain about 5 per cent of inferior grades, partly adul- terated with sand, pounded poppy-heads, half-dried apricots, dried grape-juice mixed with flour and sometimes turpentine, figs, or gum tragacanth. The bags are opened in Smyrna, examined by a government official, and the lowest grades (chicantee, chikimti) are rejected and sold at cheaper rates to manufacturers of mor- phine. Upon repacking, the seeds of some Rumex species are strewn between the opium cakes, in order to prevent their agglutimating together. Mr. Sidney H. Maltass, who gives the foregoing information (Pharm. Jour. Trans.,Vol. XIV, 1855, pp. 395–400), also states that the distinction usually made between Constan- tinople and Smyrna opium does not really exist, as the opium from the inter- mediate districts may be sent to both places. At the time of his report, prefer- ence was given to Smyrna, because the opportunities for smuggling were greater in the latter place. (For additional information on Smyrna opium, see an excel- lent article by E. R. Heffter, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1868, p. 362, and translation of an official Turkish bulletin on poppy-growing, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1883, p. 413, from Pharm. Jour. Trams.) Good commercial opium is described by the U. S. P. as occurring “in irregu- lar or subglobular cakes, with the remnants of poppy leaves and fruits of a spe- cies of Rumex adhering to the surface; plastic, or of a harder consistence; chest- nut-brown or darker, and somewhat shining; internally showing some tears and fragments of vegetable tissue. It has a sharp, narcotic odor, and a peculiar, bitter taste”—(U.S. P.). The Smyrna opium cakes vary in weight from about 300 to 700 grammes, or about , to 2 pounds; in rare cases, they weigh as much as 3 kilo- grammes, or over 6 pounds (Flückiger, Pharmacognosie, 3d ed., 1891, p. 178). The only change that good opium undergoes by keeping, is that of becoming gradu- ally hard; too moist varieties are apt to become moldy. PERSIAN OPIUM.–This variety first appeared on the market in the later fifties. It is chiefly grown in the provinces of Kermanshah and Ispahan, from the variety Papaver 80mmiferum, Linné, war, album (Papaver officinale, Gmelin), and is said to contain, when pure, from 13 to 16 per cent of morphine, while the Smyrna opium contains, at best, little over 13.5 per cent (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1885, p. 36). Persian opium, however, has greatly lost in favor, owing to its being frequently adulterated. It is mixed, for example, with evaporated grape must, or limseed oil (8 to 10 per cent), probably in order to facilitate its being rolled into small balls or cylinders. W. Stoeder (Jahresb. der Pharm., 1884, p. 335) found the best variety to contain about 12 per cent of morphine. It occurs in commerce in the form of cones, weighing about 180 to 300 grammes, or in brick shape, or in circular, flat cakes of 600 grammes weight, or in the form of small cylinders wrapped in glazed paper, and weighing about 15 grammes (see Reveil, Pharm. Jour. Trams., Vol. II, 1860, p. 271). It is shipped from the Persian ports Bushahr and Bender Abbas, and now and them reaches the London market, it being used chiefly in the preparation of pure morphine. EAST INDIA OPIUM.–About 1770 the Calcutta authorities embarked upon the cultivation of opium and its exportation into China, in order to raise revenue for the benefit of the government officials. The astonishing financial success of this measure, however, induced the East Indian Company to assume entire control of this trade, and to exercise strict supervision over the production and disposi- tion of opium (see K. von Scherzer, Fach. Berichte ü, d. CEst. Ung. Exp. m. Siam, China and Japan, 1872). For the last 30 years, this trade has been gradually falling off, owing to the competition of the Chinese products (see Pharm. Jour. Trans., Vol. III, 1896, p. 465). Although East India opium is raised in greater quantity than any other kind of opium, probably, except the Chinese, it reaches the western markets only in OPIUM. 1407 small quantities. The principal varieties are the Bengal and Malwah opiums. The Bengal opium is raised in the Central Ganges territory between Patna and Benares, and is fully controlled by the government. The opium growers must obtain a license, and must sell their product, which must possess a specified consistency (70 per cent of dry substance), to the government. It is produced in nearly the same manner and under the same precautions as Smyrna opium. The capsules are repeatedly cut by means of a knife with several parallel blades tied together. The opium growers bring their product to the government factories where it is roughly assayed, mixed in vats and filled into previously prepared shells of agglu- timated poppy leaves. The balls thus formed weigh about 2 kilogrammes each ; they are then rolled in “poppy-trash,” i. e., broken leaves, capsules, and stalks, then dried by exposure to the air and in drying rooms, and finally put in chests, each holding 40 balls. (See an explicit description of the Bengal opium manu- facture, and the mode of its official supervision, by W. C. B. Eatwell, Pharm. Jour. Trams.,Vol. XI, 1851, pp. 269, 306, and 359; also J. R. Jackson, Pharm. Jour. Trans., Vol. I, 1871, p. 782.) This opium is a rather inferior grade, owing to possible fer- mentation, during the several months which are consumed in its manufacture. It contains only from 3 to 4 per cent of morphine, and about as much narcotine. A better grade is the Patna garden opium (see Guibourt, Hist, d. Drogues, 1876), which is said to reach Smyrma opium in quality. Malwah opium is made in Central India; its cultivation is free, only the product has to pay a tax upon delivery at Bombay, from whence it is shipped. It is formed in tº, of about 300 grammes each. Malwah opium has been most esteemed by the Chinese. The opium in- tended for export to China, is called in India provision opium; that grown for local consumption is called excise opium (Benares Akbari). In recent years the latter yielded to the Indian government an annual revenue of about £1,000,000. During 1893 the value of the total exports of opium from India was about £8,000 000 (P. L. Simmonds, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1895, p. 325). The cultivation of opium in other parts of India is insignificant. In the Madras presidency it is prohibited. CHINESE OPIUM.–Opium was hardly known in China until the importations from India began, about 1780, notwithstanding the protests of the Chinese govern- ment. The drug being admitted into China since 1858, the Chinese production has been greatly stimulated by the high import duties placed upon the foreign drug. The Chinese government, although without avail, has, from time to time, issued proclamations placing the penalty of death upon the cultivation of opium, “which covers the nourishing rice-fields with useless and harmful plants” (Scherzer, loc. cit.). The chief provinces where opium is now grown are Ssuchuan and Yün- nan, and in recent years the import into Shanghai from the western provinces seems to correspond with the decrease in the imports of the English drug (see statistics in Pharm. Jour. Trams.,Vol. III, 1896, pp. 465 and 532). The Chinese opium was at one time inferior to the English opium, while also much cheaper, 20 to 50 per cent; but its quality has since improved. (For some interesting information regarding the smoking of opium by the Chinese, see editorial in the Pharm. Jour. Trans.,Vol. XIII, 1882, p. 225; G. Birdwood, ibid.,Vol. XII, 1881, p.500; and S. Culin, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1891, p. 497.) - EGYPTIAN OPIUM.–This is now used only by the natives, and is produced at Akmim, and at Assiout, both on the river Nile. Mr. Martindale (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1889, p. 187) reports the former to contain 7.24 per cent, the latter only 0.6 per cent of morphine. AUSTRALIAN OPIUM.–Poppy was first grown in Australia in 1871, and is sown and cultivated in the same manner as Smyrna opium, except that, on account of the antipodal seasons, sowing is done at three different times in the months of June and July, instead of from November to February, as practiced in Asia Minor. An analysis of Bacchus Marsh opium showed 10.65 per cent morphine, and 6.48 per cent narcotine (W. E. Matthews, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1888, p. 45). EUROPEAN OPIUM.–Poppy has been planted in various parts of Germany; but while it yields a high percentage of morphine (8.7, 14.8, and 22 per cent in Würtemberg opium, E. Dieterich, 1888), the culture of opium is not promising on account of the great value of ground, and the large cost of labor. Guibourt (Jour. Pharm. Chim., 1862, p. 199) reports on a number of French opiums of high percentage in morphine (from 12 to 22.8 per cent). 1408 OPIUM. AMERICAN OPIUM.–Attempts have been made to cultivate poppy in Missis- sippi, Louisiana, Virginia, Tennessee, Illinois, California, and other states; but while an opium rich in morphine may be obtained from the capsules, the labor it requires would make the cultivation unprofitable. Poppy grown in New Ulm, Minn., yielded 15.23 per cent of morphine, 0.325 per cent narcotine, 0.416 per cent codeine, and 3.5 per cent meconic acid (E. Weschcke, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1886, p. 407). Pharmaceutical Preparations of Opium.—(See also other opium prepara- tions under their respective heads.) OPII PULVIS (U.S.P.), Powdered opium: “Opium dried at a temperature not exceeding 85°C. (185° F.), and reduced to a very fine (No. 80) powder. Powdered opium, for pharmaceutical or medicinal purposes, when assayed by the process given under opium, should yield not less than 13 nor more than 15 per cent of crystallized morphine. Any powdered opium of a higher percentage may be brought within these limits by admixture with pow- dered opium of a lower percentage, in proper proportions”—(U. S. P.). OPIUM DEODORATUM (U.S. P.), Deodorized opium, Opium demarcotisatum (U.S. P., 1880), Denarcotized opium.—“Powdered opium, containing 13 to 15 per cent of mor- phine, one hundred grammes (100 Grm.) [3 ozs. ay.,231 grs]; ether, fourteen hun- dred cubic centimeters (1400 Co.) [47 flá, 163 ſil]; sugar of milk, recently dried and in fine powder, a sufficient quantity to make one hundred grammes (100 Gm.) [3 ozs. av., 231 grs.]. Macerate the powdered opium with seven hundred cubic centimeters (700 Co.) [23 flá, 321 Till of ether, in a well-closed flask, during 24 hours, agitating from time to time. Pour off the clear, ethereal solution as far as possible, and repeat the maceration with two further portions of ether, each of three hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (350 Ce.) [11 flá, 401 ml], first for 12 hours, and the last time for 2 hours. Collect the residue in a weighed dish, dry it, first by a very gentle heat, and finally at a temperature not exceeding 85°C. (185° F.), and mix it thoroughly, by trituration, with enough sugar of milk to make the product weigh one hundred grammes (100 Gm.) [3 ozs. av.,231 grs.]”— (U. S. P.). The purpose of this process is to remove narcotine from opium by means of ether, in which it is soluble, while morphine is nearly insoluble (see Morphina). Adulterations and Tests.-In addition to the adulterants before enumerated, opium may be falsified with stones, sand, clay, gypsum, litharge, starch, gum Arabic, ashes, fragments of poppy capsules, resins, wax, licorice juice, etc. Some of these additions may be recognized by closer ocular or microscopic examina- tion; others may be more difficult to detect. Inorganic matter will be indicated by the increase in ash, of which good opium yields not more than 5 or 6 per cent. Gum would be indicated by a gelatinous consistency of a hot aqueous infusion of opium ; starch by the iodine test; licorice extract by a dark coloration of the moderately diluted aqueous infusion. The presence of morphine alone in a vegetable extract does not suffice to prove the extract to contain opium; it must also give the tests for mecomic acid. This is done in the following manner: Filter the aqueous infusion of the sup- posed opium, treat it with excess of solution of acetate of lead, and set aside in a tall vessel for the precipitate of meconate of lead to subside; the clear liquor holds in solution acetate of morphine. Pour off the supernatant fluid, and collect the precipitate on a filter. Test the clear filtrate for morphine by evaporating to dry- ness with potassium carbonate, abstracting the morphine with alcohol, and apply- ing to it the tests as given under morphine (see Morphina). Test the Fº for mecomic acid by suspending it in water and decomposing the lead salt by a current of hydrogen sulphide gas or with diluted sulphuric acid; filter, and in the first case, expel the excess of gas by warming on the water-bath, and apply to the solution the tests for meconic acid (see Mecomic Acid, p. 1413). Purchasers of opium in former years relied almost exclusively on external characters, as color, odor, taste, texture, moisture, and freedom from obvious admixture. In recent years, the quality of a given opium is judged mainly by its morphine contents, ascertained by reliable assay methods. As stated above, the U. S. P. demands good opium to contain, in its natural, moist condition, not less than 9 per cent of morphine. This is to be ascertained by the following official process: OPIUM. 1409 ASSAY OF OPICM (U. S. P.).-‘‘Opium, in any condition to be valued, ten grammes (10 Gm.) [154.3 grs.]; ammonia water, three and five-tenths cubic centi- meters (3.5 Co.) [57 ſil]; alcohol, ether, water, each, a sufficient quantity. Intro- duce the opium (which, if fresh, should be in very small pieces, and if dry, in very fine powder) into a bottle having a capacity of about 300 Co., add 100 CC. of water, cork it well, and agitate frequently during 12 hours. Then pour the whole as evenly as possible upon a wetted filter having a diameter of 12 Cm., and, when the liquid has drained off, wash the residue with water, carefully dropped upon the edges of the filter and the contents, until 150 Co. of filtrate are obtained. Then carefully transfer the moist opium back to the bottle by means of a spatula, add 50 Co. of water, agitate thoroughly and repeatedly during 15 minutes, and return the whole to the filter. When the liquid has drained off. wash the residue, as before, until the second filtrate measures 150 Ce., and finally collect about 20 Co. more of a third filtrate. Evaporate in a tared capsule, first, the second filtrate to a small volume, then add the first filtrate, rinsing the vessel with the third filtrate, and continue the evaporation until the residue weighs 14 Gm. Rotate the concentrated solution about in the capsule until the rings of extract are redissolved, pour the liquid into a tared Erlenmeyer flask having a capacity of about 100 CC., and rinse the capsule with a few drops of water at a time, until the entire solution weighs 20 Gm. Then add 10 Gm. (12.2 CC.) of alcohol, shake well, add 25 Co. of ether, and shake again. Now add the ammonia water from a graduated pipette or burette, stopper the flask with a sound cork, shake it thoroughly during 10 minutes, and then set it aside, in a moderately cool place, for at least 6 hours, or over night. * “Remove the stopper carefully, and, should any crystals adhere to it, brush them into the flask. Place in a small funnel two rapidly acting filters, of a diameter of 7 Cm., plainly folded, one within the other (the triple fold of the inner filter being laid against the single side of the outer filter), wet them well with ether, and decant the ethereal solution as completely as possible upon the inner filter. Add 10 Co. of ether to the contents of the flask, rotate it, and again decant the ethereal layer upon the inner filter. Repeat this operation with another portion of 10 Co. of ether. Then pour into the filter the liquid in the flask, in portions, in such a way as to transfer the greater portion of the crystals to the filter, and, when this has passed through, transfer the remaining crystals to the filter by washing the flask with several portions of water, using not more than about 10 Co. in all. Allow the double filter to drain, then apply water to the crystals, drop by drop, until they are practically free from mother water, and afterward wash them, drop by drop, from a pipette, with alcohol previously satu- rated with powdered morphine. When this has passed through, displace the remaining alcohol by ether, using about 10 Co., or more if necessary. Allow the filter to dry in a moderately warm place, at a temperature not exceeding 60° C. (140°F.), until its weight remains constant, then carefully transfer the crystals to a tared watch-glass, and weigh them. “The weight found, multiplied by 10, represents the percentage of crystallized morphine obtained from the opium ”—(U. S. P.). The characteristic feature of the foregoing process, which is practically that of Dr. E. R. Squibb (see Ephemeris, 1888, p. 967), consists in precipitating the mor- phine, by aqua ammoniae, from a hydro-alcoholic solution of about 30 per cent alcohol. The addition of the latter has the purpose of keeping the coloring matter dissolved. The addition of alcohol is objected to, by E. Dietrich and others, because alcoholized mother liquors will retain a certain quantity of morphine in solution, at least more than an aqueous mother liquor would hold ; the addition of alcohol also facilitates the precipitation of calcium meconate which will be added to the weight of, and counted as, morphine. It is believed, however, that these opposite sources of error about balance each other. Ether is used in the assay in order to remove narcotine, which is soluble, while morphine is nearly insoluble, in this solvent (see Morphina). The U. S. P. assay process lacks directions for testing the purity of the mor- phine obtained. The degree of its purity may be judged by several methods: (1) Titration with volumetric acid solutions; (2) incinerating the assay morphine, calculating the weight of the ash as calcium meeonate, and deducting this value 89 1410 OPIUM. from the weight of morphine employed; (3) treating the assay-morphine with 100 parts of lime-water and weighing the non-morphine residue; (4) separating the morphine from inorganic salts by means of alcohol. Regarding these methods, and the desirability of perfecting the U. S. P. assay method in general, see L. F. Kebler, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1895, p. 398, and 1896, p. 257; also F. X. Moerk, ibid., 1894, pp. 433–446, and 1897, pp. 343–350. The German Pharmacopoeia, following Dieterich's process (see Pharm. Centralh., 1886, p. 541, and 1890, p. 597), avoids the : use of alcohol. An aqueous infusion of opium (which contains the morphine as sulphate and meconate) is first treated with just sufficient diluted ammonia water to precipitate the bulk of narcotine; the filtrate is then treated with ether and sufficient ammonia water to precipitate the morphine. Among the recently proposed methods for the assay of opium, the volu- metric method of H. M. Gordin and A. B. Prescott (Pharm. Archives, 1898, p. 121) stands conspicuous. Its principle is as follows: The opium alkaloids are set free by trituration of the opium sample with a mixture of stronger ammonia water and alcohol, of each 1 part, ether 4 parts, and chloroform 2 parts. The free nar- cotine, papaverine, codeine, and thebaine, are then removed by percolation with benzol, after which the morphine is taken out by percolation with acetone or pure amyl alcohol. This solvent is evaporated, the residue taken up with lime- water which completely dissolves and purifies the morphine. Filter the lime solution, acidulate it, to a very slight excess, with hydrochloric acid, and deter- mine the morphine as periodide (CºH, NO.H.I.I.) by adding an excess of deci- normal iodine volumetric solution, shaking thoroughly until the precipitate has subsided and the liquid is clear; the excess of iodine is then titrated back in an aliquot part of the liquid, with decinormal sodium thiosulphate solution. One Co. of decinormal iodine solution corresponds to 0.0094.7937 gramme of morphine. This method gives higher results than the U. S. P. assay method (see Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc., 1898, p. 372). Chemical Composition.—The characteristic constituents of opium are its alkaloids, of which about 20 have been discovered. They occur mostly combined with sulphuric acid and with mecomic acid; narcotine, being a weak base, seems to occur in the free state. Some opiums do not contain all these alkaloids. For example, specimens of French opium, according to Decharme (1862), were free from narcotine, narceine and thebaine. E. Kauder (Archiv der Pharm., 1890, pp. 419–431) found eleven crystallizable alkaloids in opium, viz.: morphine, codeine, narceine, narcotine, papaverine, thebaine, and the rarer alkaloids, cryptopine (70), laudanine (20), protopine (3.5), laudanosine (1), and a new alkaloid, tritopine (2); the relative proportions of the latter being indicated by the numbers affixed. The alkaloids lanthopine, codamine, and hydrocotarnine of O. Hesse (1870 and 1871), were not observed in E. Kauder's opium material. Morphine, however, occurs in all opiums. Indifferent substances in opium are mecomin (CoH)6O.), and meco- ^oiosin (C.H.I.O.). According to Flückiger (Pharmacognosie des Pflanzenreichs, 3d ed., 1891, p. 182), opium contains also small amounts of caOutchouc, wax, and sugar; mucilage, not identical with gum Arabic, albumen, pectin, coloring matter, and inorganic matter (3 to 5 per cent of ash). Starch, fat, and tannin, seem to be absent. The following table enumerates the peculiar constituents of opium : Name. Formula. Discoverer. Per Cent, Notes. ALKALOIDAL Narcotine C22H23NOz Derosne, 1803 || 2 to 10 Opianime of Hinterber- (Matthiessen and | Robiquet, ger; weak base. Foster, 1863) 1817 Morphine C17H19NO3 + H2O Sertürner, 2.7 to 22.8 (See Morphina.) (Laurent) 1811 Codeine C18H21NO3 + H2O Robiquet, 0.2 to 0.75 Methyl-morphine (see (Gerhardt) 1832 Codeima). Narceine C28H29NOo Pelletier, 0.1 to 0.4 Weak base; not very (Anderson) 1832 poisonous. Thebaine C19H21NO3. Thibouméry, 0.2 to 1 Strongly basic. (Anderson) 1835 OPIUM. 1411 Name. Formula. Discoverer. Per cent. Notes. ALKALOIDAL Pseudo-morphine | Cai H36N2O6 Pelletier and 0.02 or traces | Identical with Polstorff’s Thibouméry, Ovy-dimorphine (1880) 1835 (see Morphima). Papaverine C20H21NOA Merck, 1848 || 0.5 to 1 Not very poisonous. Rhoeadine C211121NOe Hesse, 1865 2.1 From red poppy (Papa- ver Thoeas); weak base; sublimable. Cryptopine C21H23NOg T. & H. Smith 0.003 hydro- Pharm. Jour. Trans., Vol. (O. Hesse, 1871) 1867 chloride VIII, p. 595. Codamine C20H25NO.4 O. Hesse, 1870 | . . . . . . . . . . . . Sublimable. Laudanine C20H25NOA O. Hesse,1870 | . . . . . . . . . . . . Acts like strychnine. Lanthopine CŞ3H25NO.4 O. Hesse,1870 | . . . . . . . . . . . . Not basic. Meconidine C2, H23NO a O. Hesse, 1870 | . . . . . . . . . . . Amorphous. Protopine C20H19NOg O. Hesse, 1871 | . . . . . . . . . . . . Also in Chelidomium and Samguimaria (see Amer. Jour. Pharm.,’90, p.13). Hydrocotarnine C12H15NO3 +}}{2O | O. Hesse, 1871 | . . . . . . . . . . . . Obtainable from narco- time. Laudanosine C21H27NO; O. Hesse, 1871 | . . . . . . . . . . . . Resembles tritopine. Oxy-marcotine C22H23NOs Beckett and . . . . . . . . . . . . From the mother liquors Wright, 1875 of narceine. Gnoscopine C22H23NOz T. & H. Smith | . . . . . . . . . . . . Isomeric with narcotine. 1878, 1893 Tritopine C42H54N2O7 E. Kauder, . . . . . . . . . . . Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1890, - 1890 p. 492. Xanthaline C37H36N2O6 T. & H. Smith . . . . . . . . . . . . Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1893, 1881, 1893 p. 240. NON-ALKALOIDAL Meconic acid C7H3O+ +3H2O Sertürner, 2.5 to 5.5 1805 Meconin C10H10O. Dublanc, 1828 0.01 to 0.086 Or opianyl; bitter, neu- - Couerbe, 1832 tral; by reduction of narcotine. Meconoiosin C7H4O7 T.& H.Smith, . . . . . . . . . . . . Pharm. Jour. Trans.,Vol. tº º 1878 VIII, p. 981. Opionin Nitrogen free O. Hesse, 1885 | . . . . . . . . . . . . Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1885, p. 425. The separation of these substances is effected, according to the method of Gregory; Robiquet, and Anderson (see Morphina). (For details, see Husemann and Hilger, Pflanzenstoffe, p. 669.) An analytical scheme of separating opium alkaloids has been devised by P.C. Plugge (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1887, p. 511, and Pharm. Jour. Trans.,Vol. XVIII, 1888, p. 692). I. NARCOTINE (Narcotia) (C, H, NO, Matthiessen and Foster) may be obtained by extracting opium, first with cold ether, which removes wax and fatty matter, then with warm ether, and recrystallizing the narcotine from alcohol. It crystal. izes in rhombic prisms, is tasteless and odorless, little soluble in boiling water, soluble in 100 parts of cold, in 20 parts of boiling 85 per cent alcohol, in 166 parts of cold, in 48 parts of warm ether, and in 2.69 parts of chloroform, in 60 parts of acetic ether, in 22 parts of benzol, and 300 parts of amyl alcohol; insoluble in cold, but soluble in hot solution of caustic potash or lime. Narcotine is a weak base, forming with acids uncrystallizable, bitter, and soluble salts of acid reaction, decomposable by excess of water, or by evaporation if combined with a volatile acid. Concentrated sulphuric acid dissolves marco- time first colorless and then yellow, and later reddish-yellow; the colorless solution, gradually heated, turns orange-red and exhibits beautiful blue-violet streaks, finally a red-violet color. Neutral narcotine solutions, e.g., in chloroform, are Qptically lavo-rotatory; in acid solution the rotation is reversed to the right. Marcotine, when oxidized with sulphuric acid and manganese dioxide, yields needles of cotarmine (C, H, NO, H-H.O), little soluble in water, and crystallizable, bitter opianic acid (C, H, O.), soluble in hot water (Wöhler, 1844). The latter acid vields upon further oxidation hemipinic acid (CoH, O,), and upon reduction with 1412 OPIUM. nascent hydrogen mecomin (CoH)6O). Cotarmine is a Soporific, and is also a motor paralyzant. The complete graphic formula of narcotine is now known; according to Roser, it is closely related to hydrastine (see A. R. L. Dohme's report in Westerm Druggist, 1895, p. 58). The effects of marcotine upon the system are but imperfectly known. Magendie states that a grain of it dissolved in olive oil and administered to a dog, was followed by death in about 24 hours, while 24 grains, dissolved in acetic acid, diluted, produced no effect. It is very probable that pure narcotine does not possess any very active narcotic powers, and that the first experiments were made with an impure article. Undoubtedly, some morphine is often present in narcotime. Three grains of narcotine, dissolved in diluted hydrochloric acid, and repeated 3 times daily, have been strongly recommended as a powerful anti- periodic, acting without occasioning constipation, uneasiness, and cephalalgia, but frequently causing copious diaphoresis (Br, and For. Med. Rev.,Vol. VIII, p. 263). Upon animals narcotine exhibits convulsive effects, but not upon man. Bar- tholow compares its action upon man to the actions of the alkaloids of the ber- berine class; upon animals to those of strychnine, etc. - II. MoRPHINE (Morphia) (CºHis NO.) (see Morphina).—Apomorphine (Apomor- phia) (Cp H, NO.) is the name given to an artificial base derived from morphine by Matthiessen and Wright. It is white or grayish-white, non-crystalline, but Soon turns green when exposed to the air, is partly soluble in water, soluble in alcohol, ether and chloroform, yielding different colored solutions with each menstruum, and in very small doses is a powerful, non-irritant emetic and con- trastimulant. Its crystallized hydrochlorate is now official (see Apomorphinae Hydrochloras). III. Cod EINE (Codeia, Methyl-morphine) (C, H, NO,.H.O.). (See Codeina.) IV, NARCEINE (Narceia) (C, H, NO.).-It is obtained from the mother liquors remaining from the preparation of morphine. It crystallizes in rhombic prisms or needles, is first bitter, afterward styptic, and without odor. Very divergent melting points have been found. The crystals contain some water which it is difficult to expel at 100° C. (212°F.). They are soluble in boiling water and boil- ing alcohol, insoluble in ether, benzol, petroleum ether, slightly soluble in amyl alcohol and chloroform. Narceine is more soluble in diluted alkalies and ammo- nia water than in cold water. Narceine is a weak base, but forms with diluted acids crystallizable and soluble salts. When exposed to heat, a smell resembling that of herring-brine (trimethylamine) is evolved. Concentrated sulphuric acid colors pure narceine brown, but the solution is light-yellow, and changes to deep red. If rhoeadine, thebaine, or papaverine are present, a blood-red or blue color will result. Narceine dissolves in concentrated nitric acid with blood-red color. Diluted solution of iodine colors it blue. If narceine is treated with a little con- centrated Sulphuric acid, and a small amount of sodium nitrite is added, a brown- green coloration is formed, turning blue at the edges; upon heating, a blue-violet color arises. The therapeutical properties of marceine are not well known; it is supposed, however, to influence the inferior part of the spinal marrow, dimin- ishing sensation and mobility in the inferior extremities. It was once thought to be equal to morphine, but free from the unpleasant effects of the latter. Five grains or more of it act as a feeble hypnotic in man. It is not convulsant, and by some is regarded as wholly inert. V. THEBAiNE (Thebaina of Couerbe, 1835; paramorphia of Pelletier, 1832) (C, H, NO.), was discovered by Thibouméry, in 1832, in Pelletier's chemical estab- lishment. It may occur in rectangular scales or needles, or crystalline granules, It has an acrid, styptic taste, and is of a strong alkaline reaction, forming water- soluble salts with acids, crystallizable from alcohol and ether. Thebaine melts at 193°C. (379.4°F.), and becomes negatively electric upon friction. It is insoluble in Water and diluted alkalies; soluble in boiling alcohol, and ether, in about 19 parts of benzol and 60 parts of amyl alcohol; little soluble in chloroform, insoluble in petroleum ether. Boiling with diluted hydrochloric acid converts thebaine into the amorphous bases thebenime and thebaicine. Both turn blue with concen- trated sulphuric acid. Thebaïne is dissolved by concentrated sulphuric acid with blood-red color, changing to yellow-red. (See additional reactions of this and all other opium bases in Charles E. Sohn, Dictionary of the Active Principles of Plants, London, 1894; also see discussion of the probable graphic formula of thebaine OPIU M. 1413 by Prof. Freund, in Chem. Centralblatt, Vol. II, 1897, p. 314.) Thebenine has the formula C, H, NO, (Freund). Thebaïne is considered to be a poison analogous to Strychnine, occasioning, in a small dose, tetanic symptoms resembling those produced by that alkaloid. One and one-half grains, hypodermatically, produce in man anodyne and hypnotic effects without nausea or headache, being equal in power to 4 grain of morphine. VI. PAPAvePINE (papaverina) (C, H, NO.).-Pure papaverine crystallizes from alcohol in the form of a network of acicular, white crystals, insoluble in water, but readily soluble in boiling alcohol or ether, in 37 parts of benzol and 76 parts of amyl alcohol; also soluble in warm petroleum ether. Chloroform abstracts it both from acid and alkaline solutions (Dragendorff). It melts at 147°C. (291.4°F.). Papaverine forms crystallizable salts with acids, soluble with diffi- culty in water. From solution of papaverine in diluted hydrochloric acid addi- tion of strong hydrochloric acid precipitates a heavy oil, the hydrochloride, which soon solidifies to a crystallized mass. Papaverine is colored a deep blue by con- centrated sulphuric acid; the solution becomes violet and slowly fades. Potas- sium permanganate colors this solution green, which changes to a slate color. Strong sulphuric acid containing 0.1 per cent of sodium molybdate, produces with papaverine a beautiful violet coloration changing to blue, and fading within 24 hours. Papaverine has been recommended as a sedative and soporific in mental affections, mania, etc., by certain physicians; while on the other hand, others state that it does not possess any therapeutical virtues. The graphic for- mula of papaverine has been elucidated by Goldschmidt (see Dohme, loc. cit.). VII. RHCEADINE (C, H, NO.) was discovered by Hesse in 1865. Besides being a constituent of opium, and the ripe capsules of Papaver sommiferum, it is found in all parts of Papaver rhoeas. It forms tasteless, non-poisonous, white, prismatic crystals, melting at 232°C. (449.6°F.), and sublimes in the form of long crystals at a slightly higher heat. It is indistinctly alkaline, almost insoluble in water, alco- hol, ether, benzene, chloroform, and ammonia water. Moderately strong hydro- chloric or sulphuric acids dissolve rhaeadine with a deep purple-red color. This alkaloid is thereby differentiated into a colorless, crystallizable isomer of rhoeadin called rhaeagemine, and a red coloring matter. Rhaeagenime is distinctly basic to lit- mus, and forms salts with acids. The coloring matter is sufficiently intense to be still visible in a dilution of 1 in 800,000. Rhaeadine is dissolved by concentrated sulphuric acid with olive-green, by concentrated nitric acid with yellow color. VIII. CRYPTOPINE (Cryptopia) (C, H, NO.) was discovered, in 1867, by T. & H. Smith, of Edinburgh (see process in Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1867, p. 421), in minute, silky, white, hexagonal prisms or plates, inodorous, slightly bitter, but soon fol- lowed by a peculiar sense of coolness recalling the taste of oil of peppermint. When heated it is volatile without residue; it fuses at 217.3°C. (422°F). It is decidedly alkaline, perfectly neutralizing the strongest acids, and forming salts, of which the Sulphate, acetate, hydrochlorate, etc., have been obtained in distinct crystals; however, they all have a tendency to form a jelly. Cryptopine is almost insoluble in water, ether, and benzol; it is soluble in alcohol, or chloroform; insoluble in benzin, oil of turpentime, ammonia water, and caustic mineral alka- lies, but readily soluble in diluted acetic, nitric, sulphuric, or hydrochloric acids. Concentrated sulphuric acid gives a blue color with it; but the slightest tinge of purple (or blood-red) indicates the presence of thebaine. A small particle of miter (potassium nitrate) added to the blue acid solution produces a permanent green color. Papayerine would change through green to orange-red. Cryptopine is amodyne and hypnotic, acting upon man similarly to morphine without the dis- advantages of the latter. Said to be four times weaker than morphine; upon the lower animals it is reputed tetanizing and convulsant. As regards the rarer opium bases, laudamine, laudamosine, codamine, protopine, etc., see O. Hesse (Liebig's Annalem, Vol. CLIII, p. 47, and Supplement, Vol. VIII, p.261); and O. Kauder (Archiv der Pharm., 1890, p. 419), as well as the references given in the above table. IX. MECONIC ACID (C.H.O.3H,O).—This acid may be obtained from an aque- ous infusion of opium by precipitating it with calcium or barium chloride, as calcium or barium meconate, and decomposing these salts by means of sulphuric or oxalic acids (compare Morphina). Mecomic acid crystallizes from water in the 1414 OPIUM. form of micaceous scales or rhombic prisms, which lose their water of crystalli- zation at 100° C. (212°F.). Meconic acid tastes sour, and reddens blue litmus paper. It is little soluble in cold water, easily soluble in 4 parts of boiling water, also in alcohol; insoluble in chloroform, not easily soluble in ether. Mecomic acid is dibasic, and accordingly forms two series of salts with bases; only the neutral alkali and ammonium meconates are soluble in water; the salts of other metals are insoluble. Thus mecomic acid forms insoluble white mecomates with silver nitrate, barium chloride, and lead acetate, the precipitates being soluble in nitric acid. A green precipitate of copper meconate is formed when solution of mecomic acid is mixed with solution of ammoniated copper sulphate. Morphine seems to combine with mecomic acid only in one proportion, forming the neutral dimor- phine meconate ([Crºſs NOJ.C.H.O.5.H.O) (see Morphimae Bimecomas). A characteristic reaction for mecomic acid consists in the blood-red coloration it yields with a neutral solution of ferric chloride. This reaction is similar to that produced when ferric chloride is mixed with potassium sulphocyanate (rhodamate). The ferric meconate, however, is insoluble in ether, while the ferric rhodamate is soluble; Solution of corrosive sublimate destroys the rhodanate of iron, while it does not affect the meconate. Boiling the solution of ferric meconate does not cause a precipitate or discoloration; while solution of ferric acetate which is of a similar color, would precipitate brown ferric oxyacetate, while the solution would become colorless. When exposed to about 120°C. (248° F.), meconic acid is decomposed into carbonic dioxide and crystallizable commenic acid (C.H.O.), upon further heating, sublimable pyromecomic acid (C.H.O.) is formed, with additional loss of carbon dioxide, water, acetic acid, and benzol. Meconic acid partly undergoes the first- named decomposition even when heated in aqueous solution. Action and Toxicology.—Opium is narcotic and stimulant, acting under various circumstances as a sedative, antispasmodic, febrifuge, diaphoretic, and an inspissant of the mucous secretions. Topically, it is a direct stimulant and indi- rect sedative of the nervous, muscular, and vascular systems. A medium dose, taken while in health, augments the volume and velocity of the pulse, increases the heat of the surface, gives energy to the muscles, renders the mind more acute, and produces a general excitement of the whole system: the brain is especially acted upon, the faculties becoming more clear, the ideas more brilliant, precise, and under control, the power of application more intense, the conversational ener- gies augmented, and frequently a state of frenzy or hallucination is induced. After a time this stimulation abates, leaving a calm, careless, indifferent, pleasur- able sensation, with a series of obscure fleeting ideas, which is succeeded, after a longer or shorter period, by sleep, which may continue for several hours, and is followed by giddiness, languid pulse, sickness at stomach, cephalalgia, tremblings, want of appetite, and other indications of derangement of the nervous system. Other effects likewise occur during the period of its influence upon the system, thus—the mucous Secretions become suspended, constipation is induced, the cuta- neous secretion is increased, and the urinary and biliary secretions may be un- affected, or merely inspissated, in consequence of their discharges being impeded. The retention of urine and constipation, sometimes exist for several days. Gener- ally, no serious results occur from this action of opium, except from a repetition of the dose, so often as to impair the vital powers by continuous over-stimulation. The unpleasant symptoms following the sleep caused by opium may be removed by lemon-juice, strong coffee, or a cathartic. The effects of opium vary in different persons, and not unfrequently in the same individual under dissimilar circumstances. In some persons the smallest dose will cause nausea, emesis, and gastro-intestinal spasm; in others it will occasion feverishness, headache, watchfulness, restlessness, startling, disagreeable visions, delirium, anxiety, and afterward, an aggravated degree of the more familiar sub- sequent effects of this drug; these phenomena constitute what is called the idio- symcratic action of opium. Though commonly the result of idiosyncrasy, yet these symptoms are often induced in persons with whom opium in general agrees, simply because the specific indications for the drug are unheeded. Lemon-juice or vinegar renders the action of opium more favorable and less liable to produce the above disagreeable consequences. An unpleasant prickling sensation on the OPIUM. 1415 surface of the body, or a troublesome itching, occasionally accompanied with a slight eruption, is sometimes produced by opium, or more readily by Salts of mor- phine. Occasionally, the rash resembles that produced by scarlatina, and desqua- mation follows. Again, the efflorescence may be of an urticarial nature. The narcotic power of opium is lessened by certain states of disease, as in the advanced stage of pneumonia, or peritonitis, by profuse hemorrhage, especially uterine, by severe dysentery, delirium tremens, some varieties of mania, tetanus, and severe pain or spasm of any kind. It is also modified by the conjunction of other reme- dies; camphor is thought to diminish the chance of its subsequent or idiosyn- cratic effects; and given with ipecacuanha, three or four times the ordinary hyp- notic dose may be administered without inducing sleep, but with the effect of bringing on sweating with much greater certainty. Belladonna is antagonistic in its effects to those of opium and has been used in cases of poisoning by the latter agent, as an antidote; but when used for this purpose the means hereafter named must not be omitted. Persons who are ordinarily very nervous are very susceptible to the effects of opium. Females are more easily impressed by it than males, and it should be remembered that infants are extremely susceptible to it, even very small doses having been energetic enough to produce death. Nursing infants may be narcotized by the mother's milk while opiates are being taken. On account of the imperfect eliminative powers, opium and its deriva- tives should be cautiously used upon the aged. Through whatever channel opium is introduced into the body—the stomach, the rectum, a wound, vein, excoriation, blistered surface, etc.—its remote action is exerted on the brain. It acts most energetically when it is promptly absorbed. When opium, or any of its preparations, is applied freely to a blistered, excoriated, or inflamed surface, its effects should be attentively watched, for dangerous acci- dents have occasionally happened in this way. In large doses, Opium is a poison, producing death if the proper remedies are not promptly and unremittingly resorted to. The state of stimulation and vivacity, if caused at all, is of short duration, being speedily followed by depression of the circulation, and of the functions of the brain, as manifested by diminu- tion of the frequency of the pulse, but not of force, prostration of muscular power, slow, stertorous, and afterward soft or almost imperceptible respiration, flaccidity of the extremities, languor, drowsiness, torpor, or coma, first livid or turgid, after- ward pale features, livid lips, excessively contracted pupils, coldness of the limbs, generally retention of the urine, and frequently profuse, cold perspiration, together with an almost entire apathy to external agencies. This state ends in death, unless speedily relieved. Convulsions may precede death, especially in children, and the pupils dilate just previous to death. It is said that in children the strong pupillary contraction may persist until dissolution. Death is due to respi- ratory paralysis or asphyxia. Post-mortem examination may reveal cerebral con- gestion, the brain sometimes being ecchymosed in spots. The cerebral convolu- tions have been observed to be flattened, and serum may or may not be collected in the ventricles and at the base of the brain, between the membranes. Extra- vasation of blood on the brain is rarely found, but upon cutting the cerebral sub- stance minute drops of dark blood may ooze from the divided capillaries. The Vessels of the spinal cord may be engorged with blackish blood. The spleen, liver, heart, and lungs are sometimes filled to distension with dark blood, and this is especially true when convulsions have preceded death. Great lividity of the skin is frequently observed, and the pupils are often dilated. Taylor observes (Med. Jurisprudence, p. 180) that there is nothing specially indicative of opium poisoning but “fullness of the vessels of the brain;" and this is not always present. If vomiting freely occurs before stupor supervenes, there is a fair chance of recovery., Four grains of opium killed a man of thirty-two, convulsions pre- ceding death, while 2 drachms of laudanum have produced death in an adult. Hypodermatically, grain of morphine has killed an adult. Instances are com- mon where persons addicted to the morphine or opium habit have taken enor- mous doses without injury; but in those unaccustomed to these drugs, the ordi- narily recognized medicinal doses should never be exceeded, and treatment should always be begun with the minimum amounts. When a toxic dose of morphine is injected, narcotism ensues very speedily. Opium may kill within 2 hours, though 1416 OPIUM. from 6 to 18 hours usually lapse before death ensues (Taylor). The majority die in from 6 to 12 hours. It must not be forgotten that death may occur after the patient has apparently recovered, this being due to syncope, or to pulmonary congestion. The remedies are, emetics of mustard and lobelia seed, zinc or copper sulphate, ipecac, or apomorphine subcutaneously, with strong coffee, stomach-pump, exter- mal counter-irritation, cold applications to the head and spine, forced exercise, galvanism, and artificial respiration. As soon as the stomach has been properly evacuated by emesis, internal stimulants must be administered, the best of which are brandy and carbonate of ammonium. Alcoholic stimulants should be given in small amounts, lest they increase the narcosis. The importance of keeping the patient in motion must not be overlooked. This may be accomplished by walking the patient between two attendants. The pleadings of the patient to rest must not be heeded, but he should be forced to move and keep awake by flagellations, electric shocks, and alternate dashings of warm and cold water upon the spine. Tickling the throat with a feather may assist in provoking emesis. Sometimes, when vomiting can not be produced, the shock to the nervous system produced by the means employed to prolong wakefulness, will so impress the nerve centers that they will so far recover their powers as to allow emesis to be produced. The respiration must not be allowed to flag. Ammonia may occasion- ally be inhaled. As before stated, belladonna is antagonistic to opium. Indeed, atropine is regarded as the best antagonist to poisoning by opium and morphine. Repeated small doses, #5 to #5 grain of atropime should be subcutaneously injected at intervals until the pupils begin to dilate. This method is preferable to giving a large dose at once, and is attended with results not otherwise obtainable. Stra- monium may be used; also gelsemium, giving it short of sedation. Strychnine and cocaine have also been advised, and nitrate of amyl has some advocates. Permanganate of potassium is said to destroy the activity of morphine, and thus prevents its toxic effects. This requires further confirmation. As soon as con- sciousness is once fairly restored, an active cathartic, with the continuation of the forced exercise, generally completes the cure. The same toxicological treatment should be pursued in case of poisoning by any of the salts of morphine. Physiologically, opium and its chief alkaloid affect chiefly the functions of the cerebro-spinal tract. In man, the cerebral functions are most impressed; in animals, the spinal axis. The motor and sensory, as well as the higher nerve- centers, are affected, and the terminal nerve-organs respond to its action. It, at first, stimulates and then paralyzes the cardiac motor ganglia and the end-organs of the vagus. The action of the heart and arteries are, at first, increased, and, secondarily, lowered by these drugs. The overstimulation of the spinal cord observed in the lower animals is not generally observed in the human species, and, when occurring, children being generally the individuals so affected. Opium depresses the sexual functions, and impotence in the male and cessation of the menses are not uncommon in opium habitues. Medical Uses and Dosage.—The special uses of opium are so numerous that it is impossible to do more here than mention the most important of them. In all febrile and inflammatory diseases, it was formerly given either alone, or in com- bination with ipecacuanha to produce diaphoresis. While, in some instances, it will prove useful, as a rule it is now seldom used in fevers, as we possess better agents to accomplish the results formerly sought from the use of opium. In cases of painful inflammatory affections, however, it is of considerable value. But to pre- scribe opium and its derivatives intelligently, it is necessary to understand the con- ditions which are benefited by them, and those in which they produce harmful effects. The patient with the hard, small pulse, the dry tongue, dry, contracted skin, the flushed face, bright eye, and contracted pupil, is always injured by the administration of opium. On the contrary, the patient will be benefited when the pulse is soft and open, or when small, the waves are short and give a sensation of fullness and always lacking hardness, the skin is soft, the tongue moist, the face pale, and the eyes dull, expressionless, immobile, or dilated. In the last case the drug will act kindly, both in relieving pain and spasm, as a cerebral and spinal stimulant, and as a stimulant to the vegetative processes, and one need not fear the untoward effects usually attributed to idiosyncrasy. When, in typhoid and OPIU M. 1417 other low fevers, an exhausted state of the nervous system supervenes, then opium, in stimulant doses only, may be employed. In intermittents, it sometimes aids the action of quinine. While it has been used in the examthematous diseases, to hasten the appearance of the eruptions, this use of it is not extensive, for better agents are possessed by us, and the use of opium in children’s affections should be avoided as far as possible. As an anodyne-diaphoretic opium, with ipecac, is likewise beneficial in rheu- matic, neuralgic, and gowty diseases, in nervous irritability, morbid vigilance, restlessness, diarrhoea, and dysentery. Opium, as a pain-reliever, is of inestimable value when properly used, while, when improperly administered, it still relieves the pain, but may mask conditions of disease so that the physician may be unable to properly watch the progress of the case, the amount of pain often being his best guide to the seriousness and extent of the trouble. When opium, in stimulant doses, relieves pain, no untoward results need be expected, for, in these cases, it does not relieve the pain unless indicated. The danger lies in its employment as a seda- tive and marcotic. Fortunately, newralgia, in which opium is so extensively and beneficially used, depends, as a rule, upon a state, the symptoms of which are those in which the drug is specifically indicated. There is nervous debility and often anemia, and opium or morphine acts kindly. - - As an antispasmodic, opium is valuable in asthma, colic, cholera, hysteria, tetamws, some forms of dyspepsia, spasmodic and convulsive affections, especially in spasms accompanying the passage of biliary and other calculi, or which are present during an attack of nephritis or gout. Not only does opium relieve the pain, but it also relaxes the spasm attending the passage of the concretions. Here large doses may be necessary. In fact, when no contraindications are present, it is one of our most valued agents in spasmodic disorders. Morphine is generally employed in place of opium where pain and spasm are very severe. Hypodermatic injec- tions of full doses of morphine form the best known treatment of puerperal eclampsia; its action may be assisted by the inhalation of chloroform and other internal treatment as indicated. When opium or morphine are previously admin- istered, anaesthetization is more easily accomplished with chloroform, and much less of the latter is required. Opium is often useful after severe surgical operations to prevent shock and irritative febrile reaction. In respiratory and digestive affec- tions opium, when indicated, will allay cough, soothe pain, relieve nausea, over- come tenesmus, and calm nervous irritability. It is of much utility in checking abnormal and increased discharges, as in chronic catarrh, excessive secretions from the pulmonary mucous membranes, diarrhoea, uterine and other hemorrhages, etc. In those painful conditions of the digestive tract, in which the food acts as an irritant and causes distress, bismuth or nux with opium generally relieves. Morphine with bismuth submitrate is frequently demanded in gastralgia. In diarrhoea, opium is frequently indicated, and its tincture injected into the rectum, with starch-water, is the only agent, sometimes, that will give relief from tenesmus in acute dysentery. At the same time, the proper internal treatment must be pursued. An injection of morphine is the promptest agent for the relief of cholera morbus. In the exhausting choleraic diarrhoea, rendering one liable to an attack of true Asiatic cholera, during the prevalence of that dreaded disease in this country, Prof. Locke employed the following combination with the best of results: R Tincture of opium, tincture of camphor, essence of peppermint, tincture of kino, aa, flāj; tincture of capsi- gum, fläss; neutralizing cordial, fláiijss, Mix. Dose, a teaspoonful every , hour in severe cases, 3 times a day in mild cases. But little of fluids should be taken, and a mustard plaster applied to the abdomen. In true cholera, stimulant injec- tions of morphine often check the cramps, vomiting, and diarrhoea. When on- stipation is due to spasm of the bowels, opium relieves it. Opium, in well-selected cases, is one of the best remedies in peritomitis and enteritis, Aconite, veratrum, and bryonia will also usually be indicated, but opium, in the form of the diaphoretic or Dover's powder, or even morphine, will give rest from pain and peristaltic movements. In nervous affections, opium is a very important remedy, and many of the symptoms of other disorders partake largely of the nervous element. In- deed, it will be found valuable in all symptoms or forms of disease characterized by pain, Wakefulness, inflammation, increased nervous excitability, increased mucous secretions, or spasmodic action. 141S OPIUM. Probably opium formerly killed more individuals suffering from delirium tre. ºnens than all other agents combined. This was owing to the enormous doses admin- istered without regard to conditions. If the patient can not sleep or can not take food, he will die; if there is kidney disease, opium will probably kill the patient; if there is a flushed countenance, bloodshot eyes, wild and furious delirium, pain in the head, red and turgid tongue, and full, bounding pulse, opium will kill the delirium tremens patient; if, on the contrary, the skin is relaxed and moist, the circulation feeble, the face pale, and the tongue moist and dirty, opium is a safe remedy, for here it stimulates and sustains the nervous powers, and favors sleep. Here morphine is generally employed in a # or not more than } grain dose, every 3 or 4 hours until sleep is induced (Locke, Mat. Med., p. 241). In traumatic tetanus, opium is less valuable than morphine; the patient should be kept fully under the influence of the latter until the spasms are over. Though opium and its prepara- tions should be carefully used in affections of the heart, it is one of the very best agents for the relief of angima pectoris. Here it, or morphine, which is usually pre- ferred, is to be given in stimulant doses only. Under its use the pain and dysp- noea are relieved, and the action of the heart strengthened. Opium is not a remedy for continuous and persistent dyspnoea, but that form which is paroxysmal and occurring particularly upon going to bed. In asthma, morphine is one of the pal- liatives, and may be employed until the action of other agents may be obtained. It is occasionally resorted to in alleviating the distressing cough of phthisis. In threatened abortion, from over-exertion or nervous agitation, , drachm of tincture of opium, injected into the rectum, frequently prevents the accident. Dover's powder may also be used. Opium may be employed in insomnia, where cerebral stimula- tion is required. Of all conditions, it is here that the specific indications must be closely followed. The small or stimulant dose only should be given. The same may be said of it in insanity, in the puerperal form of which it seems to give the best service. Opium and morphine are the direct antagonists to the poisomous effects of atropime, belladonna, physostigma, stra monium, and Strychºmime. Opium should not be used internally in cases of excessive inflammatory action, without having first allayed this action considerably by other means; or, if opium be administered, it should be combined with ipecacuanha, as in the compound powder of ipecac and opium, for the purpose of modifying its influ- ence and promoting a determination to the surface. In phrenitis, cerebral Con- gestion, accumulation of blood in the vessels of the head, inflammation of the mucous tissues with diminished secretion, and in ordinary states of costiveness, its employment is not proper. If the costiveness be due to spasmodic action, it may then be given as an antispasmodic in combination with a laxative. Opium is often eaten by persons until it becomes a habit exceedingly difficult to over- come; when taken to excess in this manner it may be known by the deadly pale or sallow aspect, with tokens of emaciation, and a gradual loss of the energies and activity of the whole system. A morphine habitue does not regard truth, and will say and do anything to get the coveted drug. Nervousness, trembling, neu- ralgic pains, insomnia, loss of appetite, spasms, hyperaesthesia, hallucinations, impotence, cessation of the menses, excessive perspiration, and tendency to self- destruction are among the effects of the habitual use of opium or its alkaloid, by mouth or subcutaneously. Some, however, take them for years without uncom- fortable effects only when the supply of the drug is deficient. When the habit can be cured it is usually accomplished by the gradual withdrawal of the drug, and the substitution of small amounts of atropine until the full effects of the latter are obtained. Tonics, capsicum, good feeding, amusements, exercise in the open air, and pleasant society do much to assist in the cure. There is, however, a strong tendency to return to the habit. When the nervous system can with- stand the shock it is best to wholly withdraw the drug at once. Murrell very properly remarks that “a good cook is half the battle,” for good, stimulating, and nourishing food must be taken and assimilated if good results are to be expected. De Quincy, in his work entitled “Confessions of an English Opium-eater,” states that he has taken 8,000 drops of laudanum, or 210 grains of opium daily; and attrib- utes his cure of this lamentable vice to the use of the ammoniated tincture of valerian as a substitute for his opiate stimulant. Probably any other stimulant would have answered the same purpose (see also Morphimae Sulphas). OPIUM. 1419 Externally, opium is employed chiefly to subdue pain, and arrest local inflam- matory action; it is applied in the form of lotion, liniment, or plaster, and is of Service in neuralgia, rheumatism, some forms of cutaneous diseases, irritable blistered surfaces, diseased mucous surfaces, and in erysipelatous inflammations. It is likewise added to topical preparations for inflamination of the eye, and to gomorrhaeal injec- tions. There is much variety of opinion among physicians as to the use of this drug as a medicine, some contending against its use and others in its favor. That it is a useful agent in many diseases, and exerts an influence not possessed by any other one, no person will attempt to deny; neither does it, when given in the proper medicinal doses, leave the seeds of after-disease in the system, as is the case with mercurial preparations, which in small doses decompose the constitu- ents of the body; therefore, although its present results may be disagreeable, yet, as they are not permanent, there is no good reason why we should dispense with an agent so well calculated to lessen the effects of disease upon the human sys- tem. When we administer the almost death-like prostrating emetic, lobelia, the emergetic, prostrating, and nauseating hydragogue, resin of podophyllum, etc., etc., it is too much like prejudice without reason to oppose opium because its effects continue for a few days, or improper doses and carelessness in its use have resulted in death, and which may, in a degree, be said of every active remedy in the materia medica (J. King). In suppository it is useful in hemorrhoidal and other rectal troubles, as well as some bladder and wrethral disorders, and to allay reflex: vomiting therefrom. - Dose of Opium in pill or powder, from 4 to 3 grains, according to its influ- ence upon the patient, the character of the disease, and the object to be accom- plished. Sometimes larger quantities are given, as in severe tetanic, or other nervous affections, and in cases of severe pain. The medium dose to ease pain and produce sleep, is 1 grain. The dose of the tincture is from 10 to 50 drops. When it can not be taken by mouth, as in cases of persistent vomiting, and in Stramgury, severe pain accompanying diseases of the kidneys, bowels, or uterus, and painful tenesmus, it may be injected into the rectum with much benefit, adding to it a small quantity of water, flaxseed or elm infusion, starch-water, mucilage of gum Arabic, etc. When thus given the quantity may be twice that exhibited by the mouth—yet the practitioner should be cautious, as some patients are more powerfully influenced by it than others. (For the action of the opium constitu- ents, see respective alkaloids under the chemical composition of opium, and under MORPHINA and CodeINA.) Specific Indications and Uses.—To give rest from pain and spasm, and to stimulate the vegetative functions and restrain secretions when the pulse is soft and open, or with short waves, the skin soft and moist, and the tongue moist and Sometimes dirty. . Some Opium Preparations.—Poppy capsules are much weaker in their action than 9pium ; they are occasionally used in the form of syrup or decoction among children, but are in every Way inferior to opium itself prepared similarly. The decoction, or the poppy capsules, are used for emollient and anodyne fomentations (see Papaveris Capsula). SYRUP of Popries.—A syrup of poppies may be made by depriving of their seeds, poppy- heads, 9 Qunces; reduce them to a coarse powder, moisten them thoroughly with diluted aſco- hol and digest for 48 hours; then transfer the whole to a percolator, and gradually pour upon it diluted alcohol until 2 pints of the filtered liquor are obtained; then evaporate by means of a Water-bath to 8 fluid ounces, filter, add sugar, 15 ounces; proceed in the manner directed for simple syrup. When cool, add best French brandy, 2 fluid ounces, and mix (C. W. Epting). (See also Syrupus Papaveris.) - *- SYDENITAM's LAUDANUM.–Sydenham's laudanum is a vinous tincture of opium, made accord- ing to the Parisian Codex, by macerating for 2 weeks in 1 pint of sherry wine, 2 ounces of opium, 1 ounce of Saffron, and 1 drachm each of bruised cinnamon and cloves; then filter. A fluid drachm of this laudanum is equivalent to 3 grains of opium (see also Tinctura Opii). RoussBAU's LAUDANUM.–Rousseau's laudanum is made by exposing a vessel, in which 6 Qunges of honey have been dissolved in 13 pounds of hot water, to a temperature of about 26.6°C. (80°F.), until fermentation commences; then add 2 ounces of good opium previously diffused in 1 pound of water, and again expose to a temperature of 26.6°C. (80° F.), for a month; express, filter, and evaporate to 5 ounces, to which 1 ounce of alcohol should be added. Six drops of this preparation are equivalent to 1 grain of opium. BLAck DROP-Black, or.Quaker's drop, is variously made; the Edinburgh formula is: “Take of opium; 4 ounces; distilled vinegar, 16 fluid ounces. Cut the opium into small frag- ments, triturate it into a pulp with a little of the vinegar, add the rest of the vinegar, macerate 1420 ORIG ANU M. in a closed vessel for 7 days, and agitate occasionally. Then strain and express strongly, and filter.” The aromatics added in some formulae are unnecessary (see also Acetumn Opii). Related Preparation.—PAPINE. A specialty of Battle & Co., of St. Louis, Mo., contain- ing the anodyne principle of opium without the narcotic and convulsive constituents. Used to control pain and acute inflammatory disorders. One fluid drachm, the dose for an adult, equals in pain-relieving power grain of morphine; for infants under 1 year, from 2 to 10 drops. Related Species and Product. —Eschscholtzia californica, Chamisso; California poppy. This papaveraceous plant, the adopted flower of the state of California, is reputed analgesic and Soporific without the dangers attending opiates. Prof. G. F. Walz years ago (1844) found in it two alkaloids, one acrid, the other bitter, besides Samguimarine and some succinic acid. Bardet and Adrian, in 1888, found in it a glucosid and two alkaloids, one of which gave the reactions for morphine. According to E. Schmidt and L. Reuter (Pharm. Centralhalle, 1889, pp. 590 and 611), the morphine-like body is protopime, one of the alkaloids of opium. By some the alcoholic extract has been used to the extent of 185 grains in a day, commencing with a 12-grain dose. Its action is pronounced valuable, quieting pain and producing calm sleep. Respiration is depressed by large doses, while toxic quantities impress the spinal cord. r METHYLTHEBAINE (C20H23NO3), a derivative of thebaine, found by physiological tests to act similarly to, but less emergetically, than thebaine. ORIGANUM.–ORIGANUM. The plant Origamum vulgare, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Labiatae. CoMMON NAME: Wild marjoram. Botanical Source.—Origamum vulgare, or Wild marjoram, is a perennial herb, with erect, leafy, hairy, purple, quadrangular, corymbose stems, from 6 inches to 2 feet in height. The leaves are opposite, petiolate, broad-ovate, obtuse, subser- rate, hirsute, rounded at the base, green on both sides, sprinkled with resinous dots, and paler beneath ; the petioles hairy, and one-fourth as long as the leaves. The flowers are numerous, purplish-white, in smooth, erect, roundish, panicled, and fasciculate spikes, accompanied with ovate, purplish bracts longer than the calyx. Calyx ovate-tubular, striated, with 5 nearly equal teeth, and hairy in the throat. Corolla funnel-shaped, about the length of the calyx, and slightly 2-lip- ped; upper lip Suberect, flat, and emarginate, the lower trifid, with lobes nearly equal. Stamens 4, exserted, somewhat didynamous, with double anthers; stigma bifid and reflexed. Achenia dry and somewhat smooth (G.-W.-L.). History and Chemical Composition.—Wild marjoram is common to Europe and America. It is found in limestone regions, on dry banks, and in dry fields and woods, flowering from May to October. The whole herb is medicinal, but it is seldom collected, except for the purpose of procuring its volatile oil (see Oleum Origami), on which its virtues depend, and which may be separated by distilla- tion with water. The plant has a strong, peculiar, rather agreeable balsamic odor, and a warm, bitterish, aromatic taste, which properties are imparted to alcohol, or boiling water by infusion. This plant contains a bitter body and some tannin. Action and Medical Uses.—Origanum is gently stimulant, tonic, and em- menagogue. A warm infusion produces diaphoresis, and tends to promote men- struation, when recently suppressed from cold. It is sometimes employed exter- mally in formentation. Related Species.—Origanum Majorano, Linné (Majorama hortensis, Moench), or Sweet mar- joram, possesses properties similar to the above species. It is a native of Portugal, but cul- tivated in Our gardens, and much used in cookery as a seasoning. Its leaves are oval or obovate, obtuse, entire, petiolate, hairy, pubescent, flowers pink-colored, in compact, roundish, pedunculate, terminal spikes, with roundish bracts. It flowers a month earlier than the pre- ceding species. Its Odor is stronger and more agreeable, and its taste more camphoraceous (W.). It yields a volatile oil (see Oleum Majoramae, under Oleum Origami). Used in cookery and for the same purposes as Origanum. - Origamum creticum, Linné.-South Europe. Leaves pungent and aromatic. Flowers whitish. It yields a volatile oil, used like those above. - Origanum hirtum, Link.--This plant yields an essential oil, often substituted in commerce for the oil of the preceding species (see under Oleum Origami). Origamum Dictammus, Linné, Levant.—Deep-purple flowers. Plant pungent and aromatic. Lippia origamoides, Kunth (Nat. Ord.—Verbenaceae). Mexico. This plant is known among the native Mexicans as origamo. Lippia Mexicana.-An evergreen shrub of Mexico. In to 1 drachm doses a saturated * tincture (1 in 4) of the stalks and leaves has been used as a demulcent expectorant. ORYZ.A.—OSMORRELIZA. 1421 ORYZA.—RICE. The seeds, deprived of their husks, oſ Oryza sativa, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Gramineae. COMMON NAME: Rice. Botanical Source.—Rice is an annual plant, with several jointed culms or stems, from 2 to 10 feet in height. The leaves are long, slender, and clasping. The panicle is terminal, diffuse, and bowing when the seed is weighty. The spikelet is hermaphrodite and 1-flowered. Glumes 2, and small. Paleae 2, and adhering to the ovary. Scales 2, smooth; stamens 6; ovaries sessile; styles 2; stigma feathery. Caryopsis compressed, and inclosed by the paleae (W.-G.—P.). History and Chemical Composition.—Rice is supposed to have been origi- nally a native of China, from whence it came to the East Indies; it is at present cultivated in nearly all parts of the world where the soil and climate are favor- able. The harvesting of the new rice in India is introduced by religious worship. Rice, in order to thrive, requires a marshy, moist soil, and is accordingly now grown with success in Florida. Several species of cultivated rice are recognized. The husked seeds of the plant constitute the ordinary commercial rice. When boiled with water, the grains swell up, become soft, and absorb about twice their weight of water. Carolina rice, on analysis, has been found to consist of 85.07 per cent of starch, 3.60 of nitrogenous matter, 0.71 of gum, 0.29 of uncrystallizable sugar, 0.13 of fatty oil, 4.80 of woody fiber, 5.00 of water, and 0.40 of saline matters (Braconnot, Jour. Pharm. Chim., 1817, p. 314). J. König (Die Menschl. Nahrungs- und Genussmittel, 3d ed., 1893, p. 527) records the average of 35 analyses of ordinary cooking rice as follows: Water, 12.55 per cent; nitrogenous matter, mostly albuminous substance, 7.88 per cent; fat, 0.53 per cent; nitrogen-free extractive matter, 77.79 per cent (containing 75.79 per cent of starch, 1.3 per cent of sugar, gum, etc.); crude fiber, 0.47 per cent, and ash, 0.78 per cent. Of all cereals, the rice grain is richest in pure starch. The ash of rice grain contains much potassium phosphate and magnesium salts. Manganese is also contained in the ash. Rice is used as food by millions of people in China and certain parts of India (see consular report on the rice crop in India, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1898, p. 272). In addition to its employment for culinary and medicinal purposes, it is used in making ardent spirits (Arrack, see Alcohol), or rice beer; in Japan, a wine is made from it, called sake or saki. What is known as Chinese “rice paper,” is obtained from the pith of Aralia papyrifera, by skillfully slicing it with a sharp knife (see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1878, p. 340). Action and Medical Uses.—Rice is nutritious, and boiled in water until per- fectly soft, is very useful in cases of debilitated stomach or bowels, and diarrhaea; it is likewise reputed a valuable article of food to overcome the diarrhoea, so common to those who, for the first time, use the river waters of the western states. It is, by Some, considered injurious to the eyes when used in any quantity, but this is an erroneous opinion, as many nations employ it almost exclusively as a diet, without any such effects. A decoction of rice (rice-water) is an excellent soothing and nutri- tive drink in febrile diseases, and likewise in inflammations of the internal organs. OSMORREIIZA.—SWEET CICELY. The root of Osmorrhiza longistylis, De Candolle (Uraspermum Claytoni, Nuttall). Nott. Ord.—Umbelliferae. - - COMMON NAMES: Sweet cicely, Smoother sweet cicely. Botanical Source.--This plant has a perennial, thick, fleshy, branching root, of an agreeable, aromatic flavor, and an erect, nearly smooth stem, branching above, and from 2 to 3 feet high. The leaves are large, decompound, the ultimate divisions often pinnate; radical leaves on long, slender petioles, cauline sessile, The leaflets are irregularly divided by clefts and sinuses into lobes and teeth; the lobes broadly ovate and slightly pubescent. The flowers are white, in axillary and terminal umbels, about 5-rayed; central ones barren, outer ones fertile. Calyx. margin obsolete; petals oblong, nearly entire, with a short inflexed point. In- volucres of linear bracts longer than the rays. The style is as long as the villose 1422 - OSMUNDA. germ, filiform, erect, and deflexed. The fruit is linear-oblong, about an inch in length, angled, tapering downward into a stalk-like base, contracted at the sides, blackish, and crowned with the persistent styles. Carpels with 5 equal, acute, upwardly bristly ribs; commissure with a deep, bristly channel; intervals without vittae (W.—G.). History and Chemical Composition.—This plant grows in various parts of the United States, in rich moist woods, on the sides of low meadows, on the banks of running streams, and on the borders of low woodlands. It flowers in May and June. The root is the part employed; it has a sweet smell and taste, resembling anise seed. By distillation of the root with water, L. Eberhardt (Pharm. Rund- Schau, 1887, p. 149) obtained 0.63 per cent of an oil heavier than water, of specific gravity, 1.0114 at 10°C. (50°F.). The oil solidified at 10° to 12°C. (50° to 53.6°F), and was chiefly composed of amethol (see Olewm Anisi). The air-dry root contained about 12 per cent of moisture, much sugar, some fat, resin, tannin, but no alka- loids. The ash referred to dried substance was 4.6 per cent. Mr. H. L. Green (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1882, p. 149) records 68.5 per cent of moisture in the fresh root. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Sweet cicely is aromatic, stomachic, carminative and expectorant. Useful in coughs, flatulence, and as a gentle stimulant tonic to debilitated Stomachs; the fresh root may be eaten freely, or it may be used in infusion with brandy or water. OSMUNDA—BUCKHORN BRAKE. The rhizome of Osmunda regalis, Michaux (Osmunda spectabilis, Willdenow). Nat. Ord.—Filices. - COMMON NAMES: Buckhorm brake, Royal flowering ferm. Botanical Source.—This fern has a hard, scaly, tuberous rhizome, beset with numerous fibers, and having a whitish core in the center. The fronds are several, erect, 3 or 4 feet high, doubly pinnate, smooth, bright green; primary divisions or pinnae from 6 to 10, nearly opposite, remote, and hardly a span long. The leaflets are more numerous, often alternate, Sessile or nearly so, oblong, bluntish, entire or obscurely-crenate, with 1 rib, and numerous transverse veins; base dilated, heart-shaped, or somewhat lobed. Some of the upper leaflets are cut, and as it were, partially transmuted, into dense clusters or spikes of innumerable, small, light-brown, veiny, globular, 2-valved thecae, entirely covering the segments; sev- eral of the upper divisions of the leaf consisting entirely of such theeae, com- posing a compound panicle. Spores green (L.-W.-G.). History and Description.—This beautiful ferm is found in meadows and low moist grounds, throughout the United States, flowering in June. The main root or caudex is the medicinal part; it is about 2 inches long, and has the shape of a buck's horn. It is composed of a number of layers or scales, which are elon- gated, imbricated, with satiny, translucent margins, and throws out a mass of entangled, delicate radicles. It contains an abundance of mucilage, which is extracted by boiling water. The ash of osmunda consists, to about 50 per cent, of silica. The roots should be collected in August, or about the latter part of May, and dried with great care, as they are apt to become moldy. The Osmunda cinnamomea, or Cinnamon-colored ferm, is inferior to the preceding, but is frequently used for the same purposes. Its root is similar, but much larger, and when its stems are young, during the spring months, they present a white or cinnamon-colored, pubescent appearance, with the leaves circinate and downy. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Mucilaginous, tonic, and styptic. Used in chronic coughs with profuse perspiration, diarrhoea, and dysentery; also as a tonic during convalescence from exhausting diseases. One root, infused in a pint of hot water for half an hour, will convert the whole into a thick jelly. Very valu- able in leucorrhoea, and other female weaknesses, and said to be an almost certain cure for rickets, in doses of 3 drachms of the root, 3 times a day. The mucilage mixed with brandy is a popular remedy as an external application for Sublu.ca- tions and debility of the muscles of the back. For internal use, the roots may be infused in hot water, sweetened, and ginger, cinnamon, brandy, etc., added, if not contraindicated. OSTRY A.—OXALIS. - 1423 OSTRY A.—IRON-WOOD. The inner wood and bark of Ostrya virginica, Willdenow. Nat. Ord.-Cupuliferae. COMMON NAMES: Iron-wood, Hop-hornbeam, Lever-wood. - Botanical Source.—This is a small tree from 25 to 30 feet in height, remark- able for its fine, narrow, longitudinally divided, and brownish bark. The wood is white, hard, and strong. The leaves are oblong, ovate, subcordate, acuminate, unequally serrate, and somewhat downy ; the buds acute. The sterile flowers are in cylindrical aments; scales orbicular-ovate, acuminate, ciliate, 1-flowered; filaments somewhat united irregularly; anthers bearded at the summit. The fertile flowers are in pairs, numerous, in a short, oblong, pendulous, loosely im- bricated, linear, terminal ament, with small, deciduous bracts; scales none, but each flower is inclosed in a membranous sac-like involucre, bristly hairy at the base, and which enlarges, forming a bladdery closed bag in fruit, these being im- bricated to form a sort of strobile appearing like that of the hop. The ovary is 2-celled, 2-ovuled, crowned with entire and bearded border of the perianth, forming a small and seed-like, smooth nut. Styles 2, united at the base; nut lance-oblong, somewhat compressed, and included in the enlarged, imbricated, bladder-like sac (G.—W.). - History.—This is a tree common to the United States, growing in rich woods, and flowering in April and May. The flowers are green, and appear with the leaves, and the large and handsome oval-oblong strobiles are matured in August. The inner wood and bark are the parts used; they are bitter and yield their vir- tues to water. Prof. Trimble found it to contain 6.5 per cent of tannin referred to dried substance (Bull. of Pharm., 1895, p. 412). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Iron-wood is antiperiodic, tonic, and alterative. It has been used with efficacy in intermittent fevers, meuralgic affections, dyspepsia, Scrofula, and all diseases where an antiperiodic tonic is indicated. Dose of the decoction, 1 or 2 fluid ounces, 3 or 4 times a day; of the fluid extract, 1 fluid drachm. Related Species.—Carpinus americana, Michaux. This is another tree known as Iron- wood and Hornbeam, closely resembling the above. It grows from 10 to 20 feet high, has a Smooth gray bark, with an irregularly ridged trunk, and very fine-grained, compact, white wood. The scales of the fertile aments are 3-parted, the middle segment being much the largest, oblique, with a lateral tooth, persistent, and becoming foliaceous. The nut small, Ovoid, bony, ribbed, with a simple, one-sided, enlarged, and open leaf-like involucre. This tree is not bitter, and must not be confounded with the Ostrya (G.—W.). OXALIS.—WOOD-SORREL. The whole herb of Oxalis Acetosella, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Geraniaceae. COMMON NAME : Wood-sorrel. Botanical Source.—Wood-sorrel is a small, perennial, acaulescent herb, with a greeping, scaly-toothed root-stock. The leaves are numerous, radical, palmately 3-foliate, on long, weak, hairy stalks; leaflets broadly obcordate, with rounded lobes entire, pubescent, of a yellowish-green color, but frequently purplish beneath; they close and droop at night-fall. . The scape is longer than the petioles, and 1-flowered, with 2 scaly bracts near the middle. The flowers are white, yellowish at the base, delicately veined with purple, and scentless. Stamens 10, monadel- phous at the base, alternately shorter; sepals 5, persistent; style as long as the inner stamens. Capsule 5-lobed, 5-celled, and oblong; seeds several, with an elastic testa (G.—W.). History and Chemical Composition.--Wood-sorrel is indigenous to Europe and this country, growing in woody and shady places, and flowering from April to June. It is inodorous and has a pleasantly acid taste, which is somewhat im- paired by drying. The acidity is due to the presence of oxalic acid in combination with potassium forming acid potassium oxalate, sometimes called potassium bimoralate (HKC.O.). In some parts of Europe this salt was formerly separated from the plant, 1424 OXYDENIORON. and sold under the manne of salts of Sorrel (sometimes under the name Salt of lemons), for the purpose of removing ink spots and iron marks from linen. This salt is poisomous when taken internally. It can now be conveniently prepared from oxalic acid. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— The several varieties of sorrel are cooling and diuretic. Useful in febrile diseases, hem- orrhages, gomorrhaea, chromic catarrh, wrimary affections, and in Scurvy; it may be used in infusion, or it may be infused in milk to form whey, or the herb may be eaten, but in neither case to excess, on account of the potassium binoxalate they contain. Exter- nally, the bruised leaves or inspissated juice have been found useful as an application to scrofulous, malignant, and indolent ulcers. The Rumea; Acetosa, or Garden Sorrel, R. Acetosella, or Sheep Sorrel, and R. vesicarius, possess similar properties (which see). The antidote to poisoning by any of the species of Oxalis, or by Oxalic acid or potassium binoxalate, Oxalis Acetosella, is a mixture of chalk with water. Fig. 187. Related Species.—There are other species of Oaxalis possessing analogous properties, as the Oxalis stricta, Linné, and O. violacea, Linné. They all have ternate leaves with obcordate leaflets, and with the exception of O. violacea, bear yellow flowers. Oval is crassicaulis.-Peru. Root edible; the syrup of an astringent, acidulous juice ex- pressed from the leaves, has been employed in catarrhal troubles, gonorrhoea, and hemorrhages. Oxalis corniculata, Linné.—Europe. This species has properties similar to Oaxalis AcetoSella. OXYDENIDRON.—SOURWOOD TREE. The leaves of Oxydendron arboreum, De Camdolle (Andromeda arborea, Linné), Nat. Ord.—Ericacae. COMMON NAMEs: Sourwood, Sorrel tree. Botanical Source.—Oxydendron arboreum is a tree growing from 40 to 50 feet high, with a trunk from 10 to 15 inches in diameter. The leaves are oblong- lanceolate, acuminate, Serrate, petiolate, * deciduous, from 5 to 6 inches long, from 1 to 2 inches broad, villous when young, at length smooth, with a distinctly acid taste, and early in autumn they turn bright scarlet. The flowers are pedicel- late, Secund, spreading, at length reflexed; panicles terminal, consisting of numerous spicate racemes. Calyx without bractlets. The corolla is ovate-oblong, narrowed at the summit, 5-toothed, and pubescent ex- ternally. The filaments are thickened; anthers awnless, the cells long and pointed. The capsule pyramidal and pentangular; the seeds are ascending from the base, linear, with a loose coat and taper-pointed at both ends; and bracts and bractlets minute and deciduous (W.—G.). History.—This elegant tree inhabits Fig. 188. rich woods from New York to the Gulf of A Mexico, and in the Allegheny valleys, and w bears white flowers in July. The leaves are Oxydendron arboreum. the parts used. They have an agreeable * tartness, and yield their properties to water, According to Plugge and De Zaayer (1889), no andromedotoxin occurs in this plant. OX YG EX IU M. * 1425 Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Sorrel tree leaves are tonic, refrigerant, and strongly diuretic. Fever patients will find a decoction of the leaves a pleas- ant, cooling, and diuretic drink. A tincture of the leaves and twigs in whiskey is said to have been a popular remedy in Kentucky for the kidney and bladder ail- ments of aged men, being employed to increase the renal secretion, and to relieve the unpleasant symptoms attending prostatic enlargement, vesical calculi, and chronic Črritation of the neck of the bladder, The remedy was specially recommended in the treatment of dropsies by Dr. J. W. Davis, of Lewisburg, Ky., in 1881 (Ec. Med. Jour'., 1881, p. 497). Its strong diuretic powers were generally recognized, and several experimenters reported remarkable success from its employment in amasarca, hydrocele, pleuritic effusions, and hydropericardium. It was asserted to give marked relief in urinary troubles, with frequent desire to urinate, with burning pain at urethral outlet, and the urine passing in drops, mixed with blood. It was subse- quently employed in bowel troubles from exposure to cold, as when a determina- tion of blood to the viscera occurred, causing diarrhoea or dysentery. It undoubt- edly acts by giving increased tone to relaxed capillaries. Pills of a solid extract, containing 3 to 6 grains may be given every 2 hours; specific oxydendron, 1 to 20 minims every 2 or 3 hours. Specific Indications and Uses.—Anasarca, ascites, and other forms of dropsy; the urinary difficulties of old men; painful micturition, with scanty renal Secretion. Related Species.— (Compare Kalmia and Rhododendrom.) Some species of Andromeda are poisonous, e.g., Andromeda mitida, Bartram, an elegant evergreen, known as Fetter-bush; Andromeda polyfolia, Linné, the Wild rosemary, growing in boggy situations, and containing andromedotoxin; Andromeda mariana, Linné, Stagger-bush, a seaboard plant, found also in Ten- nessee and Arkansas, and said to produce staggers in calves and lambs (see illustration in Meehan’s Native Flowers and Ferms, Vol. II, p. 185); and Andromeda angustifolium, Pursh, a swamp growth. The blossoms and leaves of the Andromeda speciosa, Michaux, have a pulverulent sub- stance upon their surface, which is reputed a strong sternutatory. OXY GENIUM.–OXYGEN. SYMBOL: C. ATOMIC W EIGHT: 15.96. History.—Oxygen, the most abundant of the elements, was discovered, in 1774, by Priestley, of England, and Scheele, of Sweden, independently of each other. Lavoisier, of France, first recognized its function in the phenomena of combustion. He named it oxygen from two Greek words, meaning “I produce sour”—i.e., a generator of acids. The waters of the globe consist of 88.87 per cent of oxygen. From 33 to 45 per cent of the whole weight of the earth has been estinated to consist of this element. It is one of the chief constituents of animal and vegetable structures. In gaseous form, it constitutes about 21 per cent, by volume, of the atmosphere, the balance being nitrogen, argon, and a Small portion of carbon dioxide. Preparation.—Oxygen is prepared from certain oxides or other oxygen com- pounds, which readily part with their oxygen under the influence of heat or re- agents. Thus oxygen may be produced by subjecting mercuric oxide to a red heat in a glass retort: 2HgC)= Hg, H.O. Likewise manganese dioxide is decom- posed by heat with evolution of oxygen, thus: 3MnO,-Mn,O,--O. The usual mode of obtaining oxygen is to heat, in a retort, powdered potassium chlorate (KClO4), the reaction being broadly expressed by the equation: 2KClO,-2KCl +3O,. In practical operation, the powdered chlorate is mixed with about one- fifth or one-fourth its weight of pure manganese dioxide. This must previously be ‘ascertained to be free from charcoal or antimony sulphide, else dangerous explosions may occur. The purpose of the addition of mangamese dioxide is to bring the temperature at which the oxygen commences to be given off, below the melting point of the salt, which is about 350° C. (662°F.); the gas is then dis- engaged at as low a temperature as 200° C. (392°F.). The manganese dioxide remains unchanged in this process. Otto Brunk has shown (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1894, p. 144) that the chlorime-like odor observed in this process is due to ozone, the quantity of which is 0.3 per cent of the oxygen evolved, if equal amounts of potassium chlorate and manganese dioxide are taken. Pure potassium chlorate, When heated, yields no ozone, but when it contains traces of impurities, even Q() 1426 OXY GENIU M. potassium chloride, evolution of ozone takes place. The gas must be washed by passing it through a strong solution of caustic Soda. Oxygen (containing ozone) is also produced by the electrolysis of water, being liberated at the positive pole. Other methods of producing oxygen are enumerated in every text-book on chemistry. Several methods, based on the action of hydro- gen peroxide upon reducible substances, such as potassium permanganate, or fer- ricyanide, or chlorinated lime, have also been proposed (see Amer. Jour. Pharm, 1882, p. 407; 1889, p. 565; 1890, p. 489; also see paper on oxygen and its medicinal applications, by Mr. J. W. England, ibid., 1892, p. 11). Description.—Oxygen is a colorless, odorless, and tasteless gas, whose density when compared to air, is 1.1056. The weight of 1 liter oxygen at 0°C. (32°F.) and 760 Mm. atmospheric pressure is 1.43028 grammes. Cailletet and Pictet, in 1878, succeeded in condensing oxygen to a liquid, a pressure of 475 atmospheres and a temperature of -130°C. (–202°F.), being necessary to accomplish it. Met- als in the molten state, especially silver, absorb oxygen, but give it off again upon cooling. It is slightly soluble in water and alcohol. With the possible exception of fluorine it combines with all the elements, forming oxides. When a substance combines with oxygen, the process is called oſcidation. If this process is accom- panied with emission of light or flame, it is termed combustion. Processes of oxidation producing no light or flame, are termed slow combustion. An instance of the latter is the chemical change in the human body of venous to arterial blood, effected by the oxygen taken in during respiration. The chief supporter of combustion is oxygen, and substances burn more readily in pure oxygen than in ordinary air. A piece of wood glowing without flame ignites when held into a current or an atmosphere of oxygen. The gas is recognized by this reac- tion. A glowing piece of iron wire held in pure oxygen gas, burns with a display of brilliant sparks. Ocides are of three classes, according to the chemical nature of the element with which the oxygen combines, and according to the combining quantity of the latter. Thus we have: (1) basic oſcides, mostly those of the metals, e.g., sodium oxide (Na,0), calcium oxide (CaO), chromic oxide (Cr,0); they form bases or hydroſcides with the elements of water; (2) acid-forming oſcides, mostly those of non-metallic elements, such as sulphur trioxide (SO), forming with water sulphu- ric acid (H,SO.); phosphorus pentoxide (P.O.), forming phosphoric acid (HPO,); chromic trioxide (CrO.), forming chromic acid (CrO.H.), etc. These oxides are also called anhydrides, e.g., chromic anhydride; (3) perovides, mostly those of metals, rarely of non-metals, as sodium peroxide (Na,0,); barium dioxide (BaO); lead dioxide (PbO.); manganese dioxide (MnO,), etc. They contain an excess of com- bined oxygen, with which they easily part. They are therefore typical oſcidizers. Oxidizers should not be triturated with easily combustible material. It is dan- gerous to triturate together such substances as chlorate or nitrate of potassium and sulphur. Other well-known oxidizers are chromic acid or potassium bichromate in sul- phuric acid solution, potassium permanganate, ozone (see below), hydrogen per- oxide, etc. The term oſcidizer, in its broadest sense, includes also substances capable of producing oxygen available for oxidation; thus chlorine, although it contains no oxygen, is a strong, though indirect oxidizer, in the presence of water, because it combines with its hydrogen, for which it has great affinity, thus setting free the oxygen of the water. Substances which have a tendency to combine with oxygen and to abstract it from oxygen-bearing compounds, are called reducing substances or deoxidizers, such as glowing charcoal, sulphurous acid (H,SO.), nascent hydrogen, etc. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Since the researches a few years ago of Smith, Richardson, Buchheim, and others, proving that no more oxygen than that proportion which is present in atmospheric air could be appropriated by the blood through the respiratory organs, the use of oxygen as a food to the system and vivi- fying agent seems to have been on the wane. Large doses, instead of acting as a vivi- fying stimulant, appear to relax and consequently debilitate the system, and even induce a narcotic condition if carried sufficiently far. That a certain amount of it inhaled admixed with the air, however, appears to increase the appetite, quicken the circulation, increase bodily weight, and slightly elevate temperature, seems OXYMEL. 1427 established. Notwithstanding the fact that it is asserted to have been overrated as a therapeutic agent, it has been successfully employed in several forms of anemia, particularly those resulting from hemorrhages and suppwrative diseases. It is also thought useful, though not curative, in many exhausting and wasting conditions. Some claim that it augments the appetite, lessens expectoration, hectic, and colliquative sweats, and increases weight in phthisis, but does nothing more. In asthmatic seizures and diseases of the lungs attended with symptoms of asphyxiation, life is occasionally saved, and often prolonged by its judicious in- halation. Asphygia from carbonic acid fumes, narcotic poisoning, and movious gases have been reported restored by oxygen inhalations. In diabetes it decreases the renal secretion and lessens the production of sugar, but fails to cure; the quan- tity of albumen appears to be lessened by it in albuminuria. The disorders, how- ever, in which the oxygen treatment appears to possess real merit, are post-Scar- latinal nephritis, and in chlorotic dyspepsia. , Oxygen water (water charged with oxygen gas) may be given by mouth, and the pure gas inhaled from the rubber bag in which it is usually stored. This bag should be furnished with a tube supplied with valves and a stop-cock. Ozone has similar uses, and is particularly lauded in anemia. Ozone.—ACTIVE Oxygen. Formula: Q3. Molecular Weight: 47.88. Ozone was observed as early as 1785 by Van Marum, who passed an electric spark through oxygen and noticed the peculiar smell of the gas and its property of tarnishing a bright surface of mercury. In 1840 Schönbein made a detailed study of ozone, and gave it its name, from a Greek verb, meaning “to smell.” Ozone is produced by slow oxidation of phosphorus, or by the passage of a silent electrical discharge through oxygen gas. Electrical discharges during thunder showers produce ozone in the atmosphere, although the fact must not be over- looked that the higher oxides of nitrogen are also formed, and behave toward potassium iodide starch paper in the same manner as ozone. Ozone is also generated when manganese dioxide is heated in a current of oxygen or with potassium chlorate (O. Brunk, see Orygen). 1.55 per cent cent of ozone was produced when the proportion of manganese dioxide and potassium chlorate was 25 to 1. Ozone has not been obtained in the pure state; it is always diluted with oxygen. In recent years the manufacture of ozone by electric disclarges is being very greatly perfected. Ozone is quite Soluble in many essential oils, e.g., oil of turpentine, oil of cinnamon, etc., and is sparingly soluble in water. It is a powerful oxidizer, decolorizes indigo and blood, and destroys albumen and even caoutchouc and gutta-percha, tarnishes bright metallic surfaces, e.g., silver or mercury, and converts alcohol (C2H5O) into aldehyde (C2H40). From potas- sium iodide it liberates iodine; thus the most delicate test for ozone (which distinguishes it from hydrogen peroxide) is the blue coloration imparted to a paper saturated with a solution of potassium iodide in starch water. It colors alcoholic tincture of guaiac blue (see Guaiacum). Ozone is a colorless gas, but may be liquefied by pressure to an indigo-blue liquid (Hautefeuille and Chappuis). Liquid ozone boils at –119°C. (–182.2°F.), at atmospheric pressure (L. Troost, Chem. Zeitung, 1898, p. 543). . The researches of Andrews and Tait (1860) have shown that ozone is an allotropic modi- fication of oxygen, i. e., consisting of the same substance, but possessing different properties. The formation of ozone from oxygen is attended by a condensation of 3 volumes (or molecules) of oxygen to 2 volumes (or molecules) of ozone, according to the equation: 302 =20s; hence the molecule of ozone must be regarded as consisting of 3 atoms of oxygen, and has been aptly called peroride of oºcygen (O2O). Vice versa, 2 volumes of ozone, when heated to about 300° C. (572°F.), yield again 3 volumes of ordinary oxygen. In its chemical reactions, only one-third of the oxygen is available. Thus, for example, when ozone acts upon potassium iodide solution only one-third of its oxygen liberates iodine, while ordinary oxygen is formed as follows: O3+IK+ H2O=O2+2KOH-i-I. The resultant volume of oxygen is the same as the original Volume of Qzone, because one-third of the latter, being in combined form, has disappeared as a gas. The medicinal uses of ozone are the same as those of oxygen. OXYMEL.—OXYMEL. SYNONYMS: Oxymel simplex, Mel acetatum. Preparation.—This is prepared according to the British Pharmacopoeia (1898), by heating to liquefaction 40 ounces (Imp.), or 800 grammes, of clarified homey, and mixing with it 5 fluid ounces each, or 100 cubic centimeters each, of acetic acid and distilled water, the finished product to have the specific gravity 1.320. The German Pharmacopºeia (1872) directed a simple mixture of acetic acid, sp. gr. 1,040 (1 part), with clarified honey (40 parts). The French Codex orders virgin honey, 4 parts, and white wine vinegar, 1 part. Concentrate and clarify with paper pulp. 142S OXY MEL SCILLAE.—PAEONIA. Action and Medical Uses.—This represents a popular gargle for 80te throat. It is also used as a vehicle for expectorant preparations, such as ipecacuanha, squill, etc., and in fever-drinks. OXYMEL SCILLAE,--OXYMEL OF SQUILL. Preparation.—Mix 2 pounds (av.) of clarified honey, with 1 pint (Imp) of vinegar of squill. Evaporate, by means of water-bath, until the product when cold, has a specific gravity of 1.32. This accords with the Br. Pharm., 1885 and 1898. Honey (2 parts), vinegar of squill (1 part). Evaporate to 2 parts and strain (Ger. Pharm., 3d ed.). Honey (4 parts), vinegar of squill (1 part). Clarify with pulp of paper and evaporate to specific gravity 1.26 (French Codea). The National Formulary directs: “Vinegar of squill (U. S. P.), fifty grammes (50 Gm.) [1 oz. av.,334 grs.]; honey, one hundred grammes (100 Grm.) [3 ozs, av., 231 grs.]. Mix them in a tared porcelain capsule or enameled iron vessel, and apply the heat of a water-bath until the mixture has been reduced to the weight of one hundred grammes (100 Gm.) [3 ozs. av.,231 grs.]. Then strain, allow it to cool, and transfer it to bottles, which should be well corked ”—(Nat. Form.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Used for the same purposes for which squill is employed (see Scilla). Dose, as an expectorant, for infants, 1 to 15 drops; for an adult, 20 to 60 drops. PAEONIA.—PEONY. The root of Paeonia officinalis, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Ranunculaceae. CoMMON NAMEs: Peony, Piney. Botanical Source.—Peony has many thick, long-spreading, perennial roots, running deep into the ground, with an erect, herbaceous, large, green, and branch- ing stem, 2 or 3 feet high. The leaves are large; the lower ones bipinnately di- vided; the leaflets ovate-lanceolate, smooth, and variously incised. The flowers are large, red, terminal, and solitary; the sepals 5, and unequal. Petals red, cordi- form; stamens numerous, mostly changed to petals by cultivation. Carpels 3; stigmas double and persistent; follicles fleshy, and many-seeded; seeds black, numerous, dry, and round (W.-R.). History and Description.—This plant is indigenous to southern Europe, and is cultivated in gardens in the United States and elsewhere, on account of the elegance of its large flowers, which appear from May to August. The root is the medicinal part; it consists of a root-stalk, from # to 1 inch in diameter, from which proceed fusiform tubers, gradually terminating in delicate fibers. . These, together with the seeds, have, when recent, a strong, rather unpleasant odor, and a sweetish, mawkish taste, succeeded by a sub-acrid bitterishness and slight astrin- gency; drying nearly removes these properties. The recent flowers have a similar, but feebler, odor, and a more herbaceous taste. They all yield their virtures to diluted spirits. Chemical Composition.—The fresh root has the odor of bitter almonds, and contains starch, fat, sugar, a small quantity of tannin, oxalates, malates, and phos- phates (Morin). Wiggers (Handbuch der Pharmacognosie, 1864) obtained, by distilla- tion of the fresh root with water, a distillate possessing the odor of bitter almonds. Ether removed therefrom a small quantity of an oil having the same odor, and producing, in aqueous or alcoholic solution, a blood-red color with ferric chloride. Dragendorff found in the seeds of Paeonia officinalis tannin and peonia-fluorescin (see Related Species). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Peony is antispasmodic and tonic. It is asserted to have been successfully employed in chorea, epilepsy, spasms, and various nervous affections. In combination with white snakeroot, or black cohosh, it has proved valuable in pertussis. An infusion may be made by adding 1 ounce of the root, in coarse powder, to 1 pint of a boiling liquid, composed of 1 part of good gin, and 2 parts of water, which may be sweetened. Dose, 2 or 3 fluid ounces, 3 or 4 times a day. Dose, of the expressed juice of the recent root, 1 or 2 drachms; of the powdered root, 1 drachm, 3 or 4 times a day; of the powdered seeds, from PANAX. • 1429 30 to 40 grains. The seeds, taken might and morning, have been, successfully used in removing mightmare attendant upon dropsical persons. They are also reputed emetic, cathartic, and, antispasmodic. It undoubtedly relieves merºots ârritation, and should be restudied. A tincture of the fresh root (3 viii to alcohol, 76 per cent, Oj) may be given in doses of 1 to 30 drops. Related Species.—Paconia Moutan, Simson; Botan-ſoot, Japan. The root, of this plant yielded Jagi (1878), by extraction with ether, a crystallizable body, peomol, melting at #5 C. (113°F.), said to be closely related to caprinic acid. It is readily dissolved by alcohol and ether, and believed to be a ketone. * e & * & Taconia peregrina, Miller.—The root of this species, according to analysis of Mandelin and Johannson (Archiv der Pharm., 1879, p. 535), contains starch (14.25 per cent), moisture (15.5 per cent), sugar, gum, resins, tannin, fat, ash, and a small quantity of ºn. alkaloid. The seeds, according to Dragendorff and Stahre (ibid., 1879, pp. 412 and 531), contain fatty oil (23.6 per cent), peonia-resinic acid, with indifferent peonid-resin (1.13 per cent), tannic acid (less than 1 per #é. the coloring matters, peonia-fluorescin and peonia-brown (a phlobaphene) (of each about 4 per cent), legumin, sugar, mucilage, and an alkaloid. PANAX.—GINSENG. The root of Aralia quinquefolia, Decaisne and Planchon (Panac quinquéfolium, Linné; Ginseng quinquefolia, Wood). Nat. Ord.—Araliaceae. CoMMON NAME: Ginsemg. ILLUSTRATION: Johnson, Med. Bot. of N.A., Fig. 132. Botanical Source.—Ginseng has a perennial, fusiform, whitish, thick, and fleshy root, transversely wrinkled, and terminating in fibers; its upper portion slender and marked with the scars of the former shoots. The stem is round, smooth, green, often with a tinge of red, about 1 foot high, regularly divided at top into 3 petioles, with a flower-stalk in their center. The petiole is round, smooth, and swelling at the base. Leaves 3, ternate, quinate, or Septentate. Leaflets pedicel- late, obovate, sharply serrate, acuminate, smooth on both sides, with scattered bristles on the veins above. Flowers small, green- ish, in a simple umbel, supported by a round, slender peduncle, which rises from the top of the stem, in the center of the petioles. The involucre is composed of a multitude of short, subulate bracts, interspersed among the flower-stalks, which are so short as to give 45% the appearance of a head rather than an umbel. Calyx with 5 Araliºnque. small, acute teeth. Petals 5, oval, reflexed, and deciduous. Sta- Ollºl. mens 5, with oblong anthers. Styles 2, reflexed and persistent. Ovary large, inferior, ovate-cordate, and compressed. The berries are kidney-shaped, retuse at both ends, compressed, of a bright-scarlet color, crowned with a calyx and styles, and contain 2 and sometimes 3 semicircular seeds. The outermost florets ripen first, and their berries often obtain their full size before the central ones are expanded; the central florets are frequently abortive (L.-W.). History and Description.—Ginseng is a native of most of the middle and northern states, and extends on the mountains far south, growing in rich soil and in shaded situations, and flowering in July. C. S. Rafinesque (Med. Flora of the U.S., Vol. II, 1830, p. 53) states that the Jesuits, knowing the plant from their sojourns in Tartary, found it afterward, toward 1718, in Canada, and instituted the trade in this root with China. The root is somewhat fusiform, 2 or 3 inches in length, and about ; an inch in diameter, and sends off a few delicate fibers. When dried, it consists of a soft, yellowish-white, corrugated bark, inclosing a central, woody substance. It has a faint smell, and its taste is sweetish, somewhat bitter, muci- laginous, and feebly aromatic, Water or alcohol takes up its properties. Large quantities of it are now gathered and sent to Chima, where it commands an enormous price, as the Chinese ascribe wonderful medicinal virtues to it. The American drug is cheapest (about $1.86 per pound), next ranks Corea ginseng ($16.50 per pound), and highest in price is the genuine Chinese ginseng. The latter is seldom found in the stores, and the finest qualities command the price of from $60 to $100 for a weight of about 580 grains. In Corea, the cultivation Fig. 189. 1430 TANCREATINUM. and trade in ginseng is a government monopoly (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1887, p. 597; 1897, p. 551, and 1898, p. 251). Ginseng is also grown in Japan, but is considered inferior to Corea, ginseng. The genuine Chinese gimSeng is the root of Aralia Gim- Seng, A. Meyer (Pamaa, Ginsemg, Nees), an east Asia plant. Altogether, 5 commer- cial grades of ginseng are distinguished in China. It is often adulterated by mix- ing it with the root of some species of Convolvulus and other roots. (On the cultivation of ginseng in America, see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1891, p. 411.) Ginseng is becoming very scarce and, unless a method of cultivation becomes practical, bids fair to be exterminated. The price now is from $4.00 to $7.50 per pound and advancing. Chemical Composition.—Rafinesque (loc. cit.) states that the roots have a pleasant, camphorated smell, and that they owe their active properties to a pecu- liar substance similar to camphor, which he calls pamacine—white, pungent, solu- ble in alcohol and water, more fixed than camphor. The roots also contain a volatile oil, sugar, mucilage, resin, etc. S. S. Garrigues (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1854, p. 511) obtained from an aqueous infusion a sweetish-bitter, amorphous yellow principle, which he calls pamaquilom. It is soluble in ether and alcohol, insoluble in water. Concentrated sulphuric acid dissolves it with purple-red color. If the solution is poured into water, a white precipitate (panacon) results (see Davydow, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1890, p. 338). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—A mild tonic and stimulant. Useful in loss of appetite, slight mervous debility, and weak stomach. Continued for some length of time, for its temporary administration gives but little benefit, it is a very important remedy in mervous dyspepsia, and in mental exhaustion from over- work. It gives fairly good results in mervous prostration, and in cerebral amemia. By some, it is considered useful in asthma, gravel, convulsions, paralysis, to invigor- ate the virile powers, etc. It gives fairly good results in atomic laryngitis, bron- chitis, and some relief in phthisis, being a secondary remedy for these complaints. Dose, of the powder, from 10 to 60 grains; of the infusion, from 2 to 4 fluid ounces; specific panax, 5 to 60 drops. Specific Indications and Uses.— Nervous dyspepsia; mental and other forms of nervous exhaustion from overwork. * tº PANCREATINUM (U. S. P.)—PANCREATIN. “A mixture of the enzymes naturally existing in the pancreas of warm- blooded animals, usually obtained from the fresh pancreas of the hog (Sus scrofa, Linné [Class: Mammalia. Order: Pachydermata])”—(U. S. P.). Source.—The pancreas (meaning all flesh) is a long, flat, conglomerate gland, analogous in its structure to the Salivary glands, and which is situated trans- versely across the posterior wall of the abdomen, behind the epigastric and the two hypochondriac regions. It secretes a fluid termed the pancreatic juice, which is injected into the duodenum, and there mixing with the bile from the liver, and the chyme from the stomach, it helps to convert the latter pulpy substance into chyle. The pancreatic juice is a colorless, odorless, strongly alkaline, viscid liquid (specific gravity 1.008 or 1.009), containing from 1.5 to 2.5 per cent of soluble albuminous matters (enzymes), resembling ptyalin in action. They may be pre- cipitated from aqueous solution by alcohol, and still be soluble again in water (difference from albumen). Pancreatic juice has the power to emulsify fats, also to dissociate them into glycerin and fatty acids, to convert starchy matters into dextrin and sugar, and to dissolve albumen and fibrin (see below). PANCREATIN is the name given to the purified dried juice of the pancreas, or to the precipitated albuminoids of this juice. Preparation.—The National Formulary (1st ed., 1888) directs as follows: “Take pancreas of the hog, fresh, water, alcohol, each, a sufficient quantity. Reduce the fresh pancreas of the hog, freed as much as possible from fat and membranes, to a fine paste by means of a suitable chopping machine. Mix it with half its weight of cold water, and knead it thoroughly and frequently during 1 hour, then trans- fer the mass to a strainer of canton flannel, and add to the filtrate an equal vol- ume of alcohol. Collect the precipitate, drain it, and free it by pressure from as PANCREATINUM. 1431 much of the adherent liquid as possible. Then spread it on shallow trays, and dry it by exposure to warm air, at a temperature not exceeding 40°C. (104°F.). Triturate the dry product, in a mortar, with 4 times its weight of pure benzin ; transfer the mass to a dry filter, and when the liquid has passed below the sur- face of the powder, follow it with enough fresh benzin to displace the retained portion. Lastly, dry the powder between bibulous paper. Note.—If larger quan- tities of pancreas are operated upon, and there is risk of its decomposition in presence of the water, it is advisable to saturate the latter with chloroform, which will retard. decomposition for a long time. * * * In place of pancreatin, prepared by the formula above given, any other commercial preparation of the pancreas may be used, provided it reaches the standard of peptomizing power prescribed for the former’—(Nat. Form., 1st ed.). (See also note to Pulvis Pan- creaticus Compositus.) f For R. V. Mattison's process of preparing Saccharated pancreatin, based on the precipitation of pancreatin by sodium chloride solution, see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1873, p. 532. Pancreatin possesses the power of emulsifying a very large amount of fat or oil. + Description and Tests.-The U. S. P. describes pancreatin as “a yellowish, yellowish-white, or grayish, amorphous powder, odorless, or having a faint, pecu- liar, not unpleasant odor, and a somewhat meat-like taste. Slowly and almost completely soluble in water, insoluble in alcohol. Pancreatin digests albumin- oids, and converts starch into sugar; prolonged contact with mineral acids renders it inert. If there be added to 100 Co. of tepid water, contained in a flask, 0.28 Gm. of pancreatin and 1.5 Gm. of sodium bicarbonate, and, afterward, 400 Co. of fresh cow's milk, previously heated to 38°C. (100.4°F.), and if this mixture be maintained at the same temperature for 30 minutes, the milk should be so com- pletely peptonized, that, if a small portion of it be transferred to a test-tube and mixed with some nitric acid, no coagulation should occur. Peptonized milk, pre- pared in the manner just described, or even when the process is allowed to go on to the development of a very distinct, bitter flavor, should not have an odor suggestive of rancidity”—(U. S. P.). - Pancreatin absorbs moisture from the atmosphere and deteriorates when exposed to air for a long time; it becomes inert when heated to temperatures higher than 50° C. (122°F.). Chemical Composition.—Pancreatin is a proteid substance containing solu- ble ferments (enzymes). The pancreatic juice holds at least 4 ferments, as fol- lows: (1) Trypsin (of Kühne), which digests albuminoids, changing them to peptones, leucin, tyrosin, etc., and acting best in neutral or alkaline media, unlike pepsin, which requires an acid medium. It also acts in feebly acid solution, but stronger acids and the gastric juice render it wholly inert. The most favorable temperature for its action is at about 38°C. (100.4°F.) (see above test). (2) Amy- lopsin digests carbohydrates and acts upon starch with greater energy than ptya- lin, which it resembles, producing maltose and dextro-glucose. It also closely resembles diastase. (3) Steapsin, the digester of fats, is probably the chief emul- sifying agent, and resolves fats into fatty acids and glycerin and esters—e.g., salol —into their component alcohol and acid—in this case, phenol and salicylic acid (see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1892, p. 404). (4) A milk-coagulating or rennet-like ferment, probably the same as that contained in the fourth stomach of the calf. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Pancreatin has been recommended in atomic dyspepsia, due either to impaired secretion or defective composition of the juices secreted; in acid dyspepsia, the result of the abnormal transformation of the food in the stomach, from morbid conditions of the gastric juice; in flatulent dys- pepsia, and in the dyspepsia of children, who are fed chiefly upon milk and amy- laceous diet, and who often suffer therefrom, with emaciation and diarrhoea. It may be employed where there is chylows or fatty diarrhoea, with abdominal uneasi- ness, and in intestimal dyspepsia. Infantile dyspepsia, jaundice, with imperfect diges- tion of fats, scrofula, diabetes, rickets, anemia, leukaemia, chlorosis, incipient tuberculosis, and dyspepsia, with nausea, vomiting, diarrhoea, flatulence, and abdominal pain, are cases in which it has been administered by stomach. In organic diseases of the a’sophagus and stomach, and in nervous vomiting and vomiting of pregnancy, a pancreatic enema has been administered with the effect of being absorbed and sustaining 1432 PANCREATINUM. the life of the patient. Luebe's enema consists of about equal parts of lean meat, grated to a fine pulp, and chopped pancreas, beaten in a mortar or bowl, gradu- ally adding luke-warm water until a pap-like mixture results. If fat is needed, it may be added in proportion of one-sixth of the quantity of meat employed. From 5 to 10 ounces may be used as an enema, and should be injected per rectum with a large-mouthed syringe and retained as long as possible. As nature has furnished the pancreatic juice to effect the conversion of chyme into chyle, in the duodenum, and probably with the aid of the presence of bile; and as the pancreatin must certainly undergo some change from the action of the juices of the stomach previous to its entrance into the duodenum, it is somewhat puzzling to clearly understand the utility of pancreatin in the stomach, at least until the food has been wholly converted into chyme; besides, when digestion is sluggish or becomes difficult, this is not entirely owing to the deficiency of the gastric, pancreatic, or intestinal juices, but generally to a more radical change in the secretion and composition of these juices, dependent upon an abnormal con- dition of the organ secreting them. However, pancreatin is an inoffensive agent, and may be conveniently tested in the cases in which it has been advised; and if, after 10 or 12 days, no benefit is derived from it, its use should be suspended. It should be remembered that it gives temporary aid only, and that it has failed to fulfil all the demands for which it was introduced. Its dose is 3 or 4 grains, about an hour after meals. It may be made into pills of 3 grains each, with a sufficient amount of honey; or 1 drachm of it may be mixed with 15 grains of phosphate of calcium, and the mixture be divided into 10 doses. Chopped pan- creas may be given in desertspoonful doses with the food. The latter should not be hot. It is frequently given with sodium bicarbonate. Trypsin is a reputed solvent for diphtheritic membranes, a spray of 30 grains of trypsin and 10 grains of sodium bicarbonate in 1 fluid ounce of water, being employed for this purpose. An injection of it has been proposed to dissolve blood-clots in the bladder (Webster). Specific Indications, and Uses.—Intestinal indigestion, with diarrhoea of fatty or chylous feces, and with flatulence, abdominal pain, nausea, and vomit- ing; in diseases of mesenteric glands. For temporary effects only. Preparations.—LIQUOR PANCREATICUs (N. F.), Pancreatic solution. “Pancreatin (U. S. P.), seventeen and one-half grammes (17.5 Gm.) [270 grs.]; sodium bicarbonate, fifty grammes (50 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 334 grs.]; glycerin, two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (250 Co.) [8 flá, 218 ſill; compound spirit of cardamom (F. 347), thirty-five cubic centimeters (35 Co.) [1 fl3, 88 muj; alcohol, thirty-five cubic centimeters (35 Ce.) [1 fl3, 88 ſill; purified talcum (F. 395), fifteen grammes (15 Gm.) [231 grs.]; water, a sufficient quantity to make One thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flº, 391 ||U}. Triturate the pancreatin and the sodium bicarbonate gradually with six hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (650 Ce.) [21 fl:3, 470 ml] of water, add the alcohol, compound spirit of cardamom and purified talcum ; mix them thoroughly by shak- ing, and pour the mixture upon a wetted filter, returning the first portions of the filtrate, until it runs off clear. Wash the filter with enough water to obtain seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (750 Co.) [25 fl3, 173 ſill of filtrate. To this add the glycerin. Each fluid drachm represents 1 grain of pancreatin (U. S. P.)”—(Nat. Form.). PULVIS PANCREATICUS COMPOSITUs (N. F.), Compound pancreatic powder, Peptomizing pow- der.—“Pancreatin (U. S. P.), twenty grammes (20 Gm.) [309 grs.]; sodium bicarbonate, eighty grammes (80 Gm.) [2 ozs, av., 360 grs.]. Mix them by trituration. Note.—If pancreatin of proper strength is not available, any other commercial preparation of pancreas, as, for instance, the extract, may be used in place of it, provided it attains the required standard. Twenty-five (25) grains of this powder are sufficient to peptonize 1 pint of fresh cow's milk, by proceeding in the following manner: Add the compound pancreatic powder to 4 fluid ounces of tepid water contained in a suitable flask, and, afterward, add 1 pint of fresh cow's milk, previously heated to 38°C. (100.4°F.). Maintain the mixture at this temperature during 30 minutes, then transfer the flask to a cold place. Milk thus peptonized should not be used when it has been kept over 24 hours, or when it has developed a bitter taste”—(Nºtt. Form.). ExtractUM PANCREATIS presents the digestive ferments of the pancreas in the form of a dry, whitish powder. It contains these principles in such a degree of activity, that their action upon various food substances can be quickly demonstrated—viz., the action of trypsin upon albumen, of diastase upon starch, of the emulsive ferment upon fats and olis, and the milk-curdling ferment. Extractum pancreatis is a specialty of Fairchild Bros. & Foster, New York, who also offer Trypsalin, a preparation which presents the ferment, trypsin, in a form especially designed for application to the throat and mucous membrane. ENzy MoL–A purified solution of the proteolytic enzyme obtained by direct solution from the gastric glands in sterilized and aromatized menstruum. It is practically an artificial gastric juice, intended for external use only, being a painless solvent for all dead tissues and Septic PAPAVERIS CAPSU LAE. 1433 matter, and a corrector of offensive odors. It may be used, diluted with an equal bulk of Water and applied by a spray, compress, or injection, upon all ulcers, wounds, or in abscess cavi- ties. A specialty of Fairchild Bros. & Foster, New York º PANopepton.—This is a predigested, albuminous, and farinaceous artificial food-product, prepared from bread and beef peptones, and preserved in agreeable solution in sherry wine. It is specially adapted as a food for delicate individuals, convalescents, and infants with faulty digestion. It is very readily retained by the most irritable of stomachs. It is a spe- cialty of Fairchild Bros. & Foster, New York City. PAPAVERIS CAPSULAE.—POPPY CAPSULES. The nearly ripe capsules of Papaver Sommiferum, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Papaveraceae. SYNONYMS : Papaver (U. S. P., 1870), Fructus papaveris, Poppy-heads. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 18. Botanical Source and History.—The poppy is an annual plant with a taper- ing and white root. The stem is round, erect, smooth, with occasionally a few hairs on its upper part, glaucous, branched, leafy, and from 2 to 4 or 5 feet in height. The leaves are alternate, 4 to 8 inches in length, 2 or 3 inches broad, amplexi- caul, slashed, repand, with rather blunt teeth, sessile, ovate-oblong, and glaucous beneath. The flowers are large, brilliantly white or silvery gray, double by culti- vation, on long, terminal, leafless peduncles, with bristly hairs. The calyx con- sists of 2 smooth, convex, deciduous sepals. The corolla is composed of 4 petals, very large, sometimes with a deep purple spot at the base. Stamens numerous; anthers oblong and compressed; style, 1; stigmas, 4 to 20, radiating, and Sessile upon the crown of the nearly globular ovary. The capsules are obovate or glo- bose, smooth, about the size of a middling apple, rather hard and brittle, 1-celled, opening by pores beneath the lobes of the stigma, and filled with numerous parietal placentae. Placentae many-seeded. The seeds are reniform, oily, white, or gray, sweet, and edible (L.-W.). Formerly, distinction was made between the black and the white variety of poppy, based on the color of the seeds, and to some extent on that of the petals, those of the latter variety being white, of the former violet or red. Cultivation has produced grades intermediate between these varieties sometimes difficult to distinguish. Boissier (1867) established three well-marked varieties, viz: (1) Papaver somniferum, Linné, war. Setigerum (Papaver setigerum of De Candolle). This is the wild variety of poppy, beset with long, stiff bristles; leaves acutely toothed; 7 to 8 stigmas. This variety occurs in the Peloponnesus, Corsica, Cy- prus, and the Hières Islands; (2) P. sommiferum, var. glabrum, smooth, with sub- globular capsule and from 10 to 12 stigmas, cultivated in Asia Minor and Egypt (see Opium); and (3) P. Somniferum, var. album (Papaver officinale of Gmelin), with more or less egg-shaped capsules devoid of apertures; it is cultivated in Persia (see Pharmacographia). The white poppy is considered the official variety; it is probably a native of Persia, but is also extensively cultivated in many of the warmer parts of the world. In Asia the flowering season is in February; in this country and Europe it is during the months of June, July, and August; the official parts of the plant are the capsules, and opium, or the concrete juice from the capsules (see Opium); the seeds are employed for obtaining their fatty oil (see page 1434). Description.-PAPAVERIs CAPSULE. The capsules of the poppy, or poppy- heads, should always be gathered before they have ripened; at this time they abound in the juice from which opium is formed, and which becomes greatly diminished when the capsule has fully matured. When dried, the unripe cap- Sules possess the peculiar bitterness and narcotic qualities of opium, which are hardly observable in those that are allowed to ripen. The dried capsules are of various sizes, from that of a smail egg to that of a large orange; they are of an ovate or globular form, flattened underneath, and surmounted by the persistent stigma. . The capsules of the white poppy are larger than those of the black. They owe their virtues entirely to the opium contained in them. The white capsules are usually devoid of apertures (indehiscent) under the crowning circular disk, gem- erally oblong, though sometimes so depressed as to be broader than long. Some 1434 PARALDEHYDUM. varieties have the lower end narrowed and prolonged. Where the fruit joins the stalk there is a tumid ring. The stigmas are peltate and sessile, from 8 to 20 in number, constituting sharp, angular ridges agreeing in number with the carpels. The placentae are also of the same number, projecting into the 1-celled interior So as to form incomplete partitions. On their faces and edges are borne the minute kidney-shaped seeds in immense numbers. The black capsules are smaller, globular-ovate, broadest below, usually about 1% inches in diameter, and exhibit underneath the circular disc of stigmas, the apertures (dehiscences) which allow the seeds to be shaken out. SEM.INA PAPAVERIS.–Poppy-seeds or Maw-seeds are very numerous, a single capsule containing many thousands. They are reniform, white, bluish, grayish, or blackish, finely net-veined, oleaginous and emulsive, and yield by expression nearly 50 per cent of a yellowish fixed oil (Oleum Papaveris, Oil of poppy-seeds). Sacc, in 1849, obtained about 55 per cent of oil from the seeds, with 23 per cent of mucilage and 12.6 per cent of protein matter. The oil is odorless, has a pleasant, mucilaginous, bland taste, is pale-yellow and transparent, and destitute of narcotic properties. It has a specific gravity of 0.925, and becomes solid at –18°C. (0°F.). It is soluble in 25 parts of cold and 6 parts of boiling alcohol, and in ether. Upon Saponification it yields 9% per cent of glycerin. Upon exposure to the air for some time it easily dries, forming a varnish; it is therefore used by painters, also for culinary and for burning purposes, and as an adulterant of higher-priced oils, as Olive oil. Its chief constituent, according to Hazura and Friedrich (1887), is the glyceride of cammabinoleic acid (Cls H.O.). Chemical Composition.— The largest quantity of opium alkaloids is formed in the plant at the time when the seeds begin to accumulate oil and albuminous matter. The alkaloids are distributed over all parts of the plant, except the seeds, which, when clean from adhering particles of the capsule, are absolutely free from alkaloids. Young plants do not contain them (Clautrian, Jahresb. der Pharm., 1889, p. 80). The unripe capsules contain the constituents of opium, only in a more diluted form; thus morphine is present to the extent of 1 to 2 per cent, and narcotine, codeine, rhoeadine, marceine, and meconic acid in correspondingly less quantities. The capsules also contain ammonium salts, tartaric and citric acids, mineral acids, mucilage and wax (Deschamps d’Avallon, 1864). Ripe capsules dried at 100° C. (212°F.) yielded Flückiger 14.28 per cent of ash, chiefly consist- ing of chlorides and sulphates of alkali metals. Action and Medical Uses.—Poppy-heads are occasionally used externally in fonmentations, though both for topical and internal use they have been supplanted by opium and its preparations, which are now prepared of definite strengths. PARALDEHYDUM (U. S. P.)—PARALDEHYDE. FoRMULA: C.H.O. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 131.7 “A polymeric form of ethylic aldehyde (C, H,0=43.9). Paraldehyde should be kept in well-stoppered, dark, amber-colored bottles, in a cool place”—(U. S. P.). Preparation.—When hydrochloric acid, zinc chloride, sulphur dioxide, or carbonyl chloride (COCl) is allowed to act upon ethylic aldehyde at ordinary temperature, the liquid becomes heated and paraldehyde is formed by a process of polymerization. The new product is an agglomeration of 3 molecules of ethylic (acetic) aldehyde, whereby contraction of volume takes place. It is generally pre- pared by acting upon aldehyde with hydrochloric acid gas, or with a small amount of concentrated sulphuric acid, until the liquid no longer dissolves in an equal bulk of water. The product thus obtained is purified by alternate crystallization in the cold and subsequent distillation. Description and Tests.-Paraldehyde is officially described as “a colorless, transparent liquid, having a strong, characteristic, but not unpleasant or pungent odor, and a burning and cooling taste. Soluble in 8.5 parts of water at 15° C. (59°F.), and in 16.5 parts of boiling water; miscible, in all proportions, with alco- hol, ether, and fixed or volatile oils. When cooled to near 0°C. (32°F.), paral- dehyde solidifies to a crystalline mass, which becomes liquid again at 10.5° C. (51°F.). It boils at 123° to 125° C. (253.4° to 257°F.), giving off inflammable PAI: A LL) EHYDUM. 143.7 vapors. Paraldehyde is neutral, or slightly acid, to litmus paper. When distilled with a small portion of sulphuric acid, paraldehyde is converted into ordinary aldehyde, boiling at about 21°C. (70°F.). On warming some silver ammonium nitrate T.S. saturated with paraldehyde, in a test-tube, a silver mirror will form on standing. On heating some paraldehyde on a water-bath, it should completely volatilize without leaving any disagreeable odor (absence of aldehyde derived from fusel oil). One Co. of paraldehyde should form, with 10 Co. of water, a clear Solution, free from oily drops (absence of amylic alcohol, etc.), and this solution. when acidulated with mitric acid, should not be affected by silver nitrate T.S. (absence of hydrochloric acid), or barium chloride T.S. (absence of sulphuric acid). A mixture of 8 Co. of paraldehyde and 8 Co. of alcohol with 1, drop of phenolphtalein T.S. should acquire a pink color upon the addition of 0.5 CC. of normal potassium hydrate T.S. (limit of free acid)”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Paraldehyde is soporific rather than anodyne, acting better when wakefulness is pronounced than when a person en- joys the customary sleep. The sleep produced is peaceful and approaches a natu- ral slumber, the individual upon awakening experiencing no headache nor tired sensations. The appetite is not disturbed by it, but the functions of circulation and respiration are slowed and the bodily heat lowered. It is eliminated chiefly by the breathing organs, and to some extent by the kidneys, imparting to both the urine and the breath the characteristic odor of one in drunkenness. It very much resembles chloral in action, though it is less depressing. Pain interferes somewhat with its action, for it is less anodyne than soporific. Its long-continued use may produce fatty changes in the liver and heart, and in disorders of the latter with feebleness, and especially cardiac dilatation accompanying emphy- sema, it is contraindicated. Like chloral, it produces disturbances of nutrition, resulting in obstimate nasal ulcerations, scarlatinoid, desguanative eruptions, ocular, faucial, and rectal irritation, and ulcers about the nails. Respiratory par- alysis is the cause of death from toxic doses. Paraldehyde has been chiefly used as a hypnotic, being for this purpose comparatively safe, though it is not adapted to bring sleep when pain or fever exists. It is nauseous and apt to disturb the stomach, though the appetite generally remains unaffected. It has been success- fully used to calm and produce sleep in acute mania, melancholia, and other forms of im Samity, mental exhaustion, and delirium tremens. It is said to be suited to all forms of insanity, and all ages, but appears best adapted to acute cases, exhibiting maniacal excitement and insomnia with great agitation. It is generally contraindi- cated in cases lacking this excitement. It has been especially used in violent forms of chronic insanity, dementia, etc. The ordinary dose ranges from 5 to 60 grains, in water (sweetened), or flavored whiskey, brandy, or other alcoholic fluid, or masked in some tincture of a bitter drug. An elixir is often prescribed. One after Wearm is prepared as follows: “Take of paraldehyde 3 parts, alcohol 10 parts. Solve. Add orange-flower water 4 parts, simple syrup 10 parts, and enough distilled water to make 32 parts. Color with 5 minims of burnt sugar. Related Preparations.—ALDEITY DE, Acetic aldehyde, Acetaldehyde (C2H, O=CHs.CHO). Molecular weight: 44. Aldehyde is an oxidation product of alcohol, and was isolated and its relation to alcohol shown by Liebig, in 1835, who gave it its present name (alcohol dehydro- gematum, from 2 atoms of hydrogen being oxidized away). It was previously observed by Scheele in 1774. Acetic aldehyde may be formed in various ways. On a large scale it is obtained in the manufacture of alcohol, being found in those fractions distilling at lowest temperatures. In the laboratory, acetic aldehyde may be prepared by the dry distillation of a mixture of calcium acetate and formiate, as follows: (CHA.COO), Ca--(H.COO)2Ca–2CH3. CHO-H2CaCO3, or more frequently in the wet way, by carefully distilling alcohol with an oxidizing mixture, e.g., sulphuric acid and potassium bichromate. Alcohol, aldehyde, ether, and other products pass over. The distillate is rectified by cautious redistillation with cal- cium chloride, and pure aldehyde is obtained by converting it, in ethereal solution, into a crystallizable ammonium compound by means of dry ammonia gas, decomposable into its con- stituents by distillation with diluted sulphuric acid. (For details of these operations, see Roscoe and Schorlemmer's Chemistry, Vol. III, Part I, 1882, p. 475.) Aldehyde is a clear, colorless liquid, of a peculiar and powerful ethereal odor, of specific gravity 0.79 at 18°C. (65°F.), and boiling at 21°C. (70°F.). It is neutral, inflammable, and mixes in all proportions with water, alcohol, and ether. It rapidly absorbs oxygen, being oxidized to acetic acid as follows: CHA.CHIO +O=CHA.COOH. Aldehyde also has the prop- erty of reducing metallic silver from its ammoniated nitrate solution; the silver firmly adheres to the glass Wherein it is reduced, and forms a mirror upon it. Silver mirrors may be made 1436 - - PAREIRA. in this manner. Acetic aldehyde combines with ammonia gas, forming a crystallizable com- pound, aldehyde-ammonia, as follows: CH3CHO-H-NH3 =CH3CHOH.NH2. When heated with caustic potash, aldehyde is rapidly converted into resin of aldehyde, which swims on the sur- face of the liquid in the retort in the shape of a brownish, plastic substance, which, when heated to boiling, evolves a disagreeable odor. Aldehyde inhaled, even in small amounts, asphyxiates, but when mixed with air it acts as an anaesthetic, though its irritant action upon the tissues has led to the abandonment of the idea of ever again using it as such on man. Taken into the stomach it irritates, and has produced dangerous results. It quickly and deeply intoxicates, and it is to the presence of aldehyde that the first distillate of inferior grades of spirits owe their rapid and dangerous action. The heart's action is but little interfered with by its inhalation, but even small doses quicken respiration, and larger doses may induce respiratory paralysis. Aldehyde possesses greater anti-putrefactive qualities than alcohol, a very dilute solution of it perfectly preserving meat from decay. METALDEHYDE (C12H24O6), a reputed hypnotic sometimes used like aldehyde, is occasion- ally deposited in the form of crystals from aldehyde at ordinary temperature. Liebig found it to have the same percentage composition as aldehyde, and to be a polymerized form of the latter. It is produced by acting upon acetic aldehyde with polymerizing agents, such as acids, carbonyl chloride, etc., at the freezing point of water, or with calcium chloride at ordinary temperatures. It crystallizes in white needles, is not soluble in water, but dissolves easily in ether or alcohol. It sublimes without fusing at 100° C. (212°F.), but when heated in a closed tube to a higher temperature, it is converted into ordinary acetaldehyde. PAREIRA (U. S. P.)—PAREIRA. “The root of Chondodendron tomentosum, Ruiz et Pavon"—(U. S. P.). (Cocculus gºndºn, De Candolle; Cissampelos Abutwa, Vellozo; Botryopsis platyphylla, iers.) Nat. Ord.—Menispermaceae. - CoMMON NAMEs: Pareira brava, Pareira root. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 11. Botanical Source.—This plant is “a lofty climbing shrub, with long, woody stems, and leaves as much as a foot in length. The latter are of variable form, but mostly broadly-ovate, rounded or pointed at the extremity, slightly cordate at the base, and having long petioles. They are smooth on the upper side ; on the under, covered between the veins with a fine, close tomentum of ashy hue. The flowers are unisexual, racemose, minute, produced either from the young shoots or from the woody stems. The fruits are # of an inch long, oval, black, and much resembling grapes in form and arrangement” (Hanbury, Pharmacographia). History and Description.—This plant was introduced into Europe by the Portuguese in the second half of the seventeenth century. Its true origin was made known by Hanbury, in 1873, after it having been believed, for more than a hundred years, to be the product of Cissampelos Pareira, Linné (see D. Hanbury, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1873, p. 449). It is a woody, climbing vine of Brazil and Peru, being plentiful in the neighborhood of Rio Janeiro. In Brazil it is called abutwa. It is much subject to adulteration, one of the most frequent substitutions at one time having been the worthless stem for the root (see E. R. Squibb, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1872, p. 107; and John Moss, ibid., 1874, p. 335). Occasionally, sub- stitutes of unknown origin turn up (see Ringer and Brooke, on “True and Com- mercial Pareira, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1892, p. 255). Spurious drugs may be known by their non-conformity to the pharmacopoeial requirements. True pareira brava is officially described as follows: “In subcylindrical, somewhat tortuous pieces, about 10 to 15 Cnn. (4 to 6 inches) long, varying in thickness from 2 to 10 Cn. (# to 4 inches); externally dark brownish-gray, with transverse ridges and fissures and longitudinal furrows; internally pale brown, and, when freshly cut, having a waxy lustre; bark thin ; wood porous, in 2 or more somewhat irregularly concentric circles, with rather large medullary rays, and no distinct central pith; inodorous; taste bitter. Pieces having a bright- yellow color, or the woody portion of which is grayish, hard, and nearly tasteless, should be rejected "–(U. S. P.). - Chemical Composition.— F. A. Ringer and E. Brooke (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1892, p. 255) made a comparative analysis of true pareira and a spurious variety from Bahia, of unknown botanical origin. The distinguishing feature was the petroleum-ether extract (fats and fatty acids), which amounted in the true root to PAREIRA. .437 8.67 per cent; in the false to only 0.28 per cent. Both drugs also contained starch, gum, tannin (1.26 per cent in the true), phlobaphene (0.52 per cent), and an alka- loid (0.819 per cent). The spurious drug contained only 0.143 per cent of the lat- ter. Both alkaloids were insoluble in water, but soluble in alcohol and ether. Charles Morrison (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1878, p. 430) records the presence of two alkaloids in a specimen of false pareira brava, having a bright-yellow wood; one of the alkaloids was similar to, but not quite identical with berberine. Wiggers, in 1839, named an amorphous, white alkaloid, which he found in a probably undetermined species of pareira brava, pelosine; it was insoluble in water, soluble in alcohol and acids, and of an intensely bitter taste. Pelosine was subsequently found by Flückiger (Neues Jahrbuch der Pharmacie, 1869, pp. 257-276) in notoriously genuine Cissampelos Pareira, associated with an indifferent body, deſamittin. Pelo- sine was proven by Flückiger to be identical with the alkaloids beberine and buwine (which see). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Tonic, diuretic, and aperient. To the kidneys it is a decided stimulant and tonic, relieving irritation of the urinary tract, being indicated by abdominal uneasiness, with desire to pass urine fre- Quently. Used in chronic inflammation of the bladder, pyelitis, and various disorders of the urinary organs. Also recommended in calculous affections, leucorrhoea, dropsy, rheumatism, and jawndice. Dose, of the infusion, from 1 to 4 fluid ounces; of the extract, from 10 to 20 grains. A strong tincture (bark, 3 viii to alcohol, 76 per cent, Oj) may be administered in doses of from 1 to 10 drops for specific purposes. Specific Indications and Uses.—Chronic cystitis and pyelitis; irritation of urinary tract, with abdominal uneasiness; frequent desire to urinate, which act is accomplished with pain in urethra and glans penis. Other Drugs Known as Pareira Brava.-Roots AND STEMS OF : I. CISSAMPELos PAREIRA, Linné (C. microcarpa, De Candolle); illustration in Bentley and Trimen’s Med. Plants, 15.—This was thought originally to be the source of pareira brava. It is also termed Telvet-leaf and Ice vine, and is a shrub with a round, ligneous root, stems either smooth, or with close-pressed down, and climbing over trees. Leaves large, nearly orbicular, peltate, aristate at the point, when full grown smooth above, underneath covered with silky pubescence, but not truly downy. Flowers dioecious, hispid, in racemes; sepals 8, 4 inner united into a cup, with usually an entire margin; peduncles Solitary or in pairs, branching from the base, as long as the petiole, or longer, racemose corymbose, with divaricating, downy ramifications. Racemes, in the female plant, longer than the leaves, bearing the flowers in spiked fascicles. Bracts sessile, somewhat orbicular, scarcely mucronate. Ovary solitary, and surmounted with 3 stigmas. Berries scarlet, round, reniform, compressed, shriveled, thinned to the edge, all over hispid with long hairs (L.). This plant is a native of the West India Islands and the Spanish Main. The root and stem seldom attain the diameter of 1 inch, and are more often the size of a quill. No concentric rings are shown on cross-section. It is very bitter, not sweetish nor astringent. This variety is made up chiefly of stems with some sections of root. II. CoMMON FALSE PAREIRA BRAvA.—This is derived from undetermined plants of the natural order Memispermaceæ, and is the drug that yielded pelosine to Wiggers, in 1839. Accord- ing to Hanbury, “the drug consists of a ponderous, woody, tortuous stem and root, occurring in pieces from a few inches to a foot or more in length, and from 1 to 4 inches in thickness, coated with a thin, hard, dark-brown bark. The pieces are cylindrical, 4-sided, or more or less flattened, sometimes even to the extent of becoming ribbon-like. In transverse section, their structure appears very remarkable. Supposing a piece to be stem, a well-defined pith will be found to occupy the center of the first-formed wood, which is a column about 3 of an inch in diameter. This is succeeded by 10 or 15 or more concentric, or oftener eccentric, zones, fºr to ºf of an inch wide, each separated from its neighbor by a layer of parenchyme, the outermost being coated with true bark. In pieces of the true root, the pith is reduced to a mere point. Sometimes the development of the zones has been so irregular that they have formed them- selves entirely on One side of the primitive column, the other being coated with bark. The zones, including the layer around the pith (if pith is present), are crossed by numerous small in dullary rays. These do not run from the center to the circumference, but traverse only their respective zones, on the outside of which they are arched together. The drug, when of good quality, has its wood firm, compact, and of a dusky, yellowish-brown hue, and a well- marked, bitter taste. It exhibits, under the knife, nothing of the close, waxy texture seen in the root of Chondodendrom, but cuts as a tough, fibrous wood”—(Pharmacographia). This root is unaffected by iodine. This kind possesses medicinal value, but has been largely superseded by an inert drug, devoid of bitterness, in cylindrical sticks of light weight, dull color, splitting readily, and having two easily detached layers of bark. D. Hanbury advocates returning to the use of the original pareira brava, which gave the drug its reputation. III. ...STEMs of CiroN popBNDRON TOMENTOSUNI. By far less efficient than the root (see iº. R. Squibb, .11ner. Jour, Pharm., 1872, p. 107). It is also known as Part irſt brana, 143S PARTHENIUM. IV. WILITE PAREIR \ BRAVA.—Stems and roots of Abuta rufescens, Aublet. A tasteless and odorless drug, not found in commerce, whose decoction turns strongly blue when treated with iodine. The root, on transverse section, shows white, amylaceous, concentric Zones, marked with handsome, dark, wedge-shaped medullary rays. V. YELLOW PAREIRA BR \v A.—Probably derived from Abuta amara, Aublet, of Guiana. Internally, it is bright-yellow, and has eccentric zones. It is probably the specimen analyzed by Morrison (see above). g PARTHENIUMI, FEVERFEW The flowering herb of Pyrethrum Parthenwum, Smith (Matricaria Pyrethrum, Linné; Chrysanthemum Parthenium, Persoon; Tamccetum Pyrethrum Schultz). Nat. Ord.—Compositae. CoMMON NAMEs: Feverfew, Featherfew. Botanical Source.—Feverfew is a perennial, herbaceous plant, with a taper- ing root, and an erect, branched, leafy, round, furrowed stem, about 2 feet high. The leaves are alternate, petiolate, flat, bipinnate, or tripinmate, hoary green, the segments or leaflets inclining to ovate, decurrent, gashed, and dentate. The flowers are white and compound. The panicle is corymbose, sometimes com- pound; peduncles long-naked, single-flowered, and swelling upward. Flower- heads erect, about $ inch broad, with a convex, yellow disk, and numerous short, broad, abrupt, 2-ribbed, white rays; often wanting; sometimes multiplied, and the disk being obliterated, constitutes a double flower. The involucre is hemi- spherical, imbricate, pubescent, with the scales scarious at the edge; the receptacle flat or convex, and naked; the achemia wingless, angular, uniform, crowned by a coronetted pappus, which is usually toothed, and occasionally auriculate (L.-W.). History.—This is a Europeam plant, and is common to the United States; found occasionally in a wild state, but is generally cultivated in gardens, and flowers in June and July. It imparts its virtues to water, but much better to alcohol. Bees are said to dislike this plant very much, and a handful of the flower-heads will cause them to keep at a distance. Chemical Composition.—J. Chautard, in 1863, obtained from this plant, by distillation with water, an oil which deposits upon standing in the cold, a laevo- rotatory camphor, pyrethrum-camphor (CoHO), distinguished from ordinary cam- phor by its opposite optical rotation. Besides, the volatile oil contains an oxy- genated liquid, and possibly a terpene hydrocarbon. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Tonic, carminative, emmenagogue, vermifuge, and stimulant. This agent is one of the pleasantest of the tomics, influencing the whole intestinal tract, increasing the appetite, improving diges- tion, and promoting secretion, besides having a decided action upon the renal and cutaneous functions. The warm infusion is an excellent remedy in recent colds, flatulency, worms, atomic dyspepsia, irregular menstruation, mervous debility, hysteria, suppression of the wrine, and in some febrile diseases. In hysteria or flatulency, 1 tea- spoonful of the compound spirits of lavender forms a valuable addition to the dose of the infusion, which is from 2 to 4 fluid ounces. The cold infusion or extract makes a valuable tonic. The leaves in poultice are an excellent local application in Severe pain or swelling of the bowels, etc. Related Species. – Parthenium integrifolium, Linné; Cutting almond. This plant, also known by the name of Nephritic plant, is indigenous and perennial, with an erect, striate, pubescent stem, from 3 to 6 feet in height. Leaves alternate, lance-ovate, hispid-scabrous, coarsely dentate-crenate, coriaceous, lower ones petiolate, upper sessile, sometimes clasping, 4 to 12 inches long, about half as wide. Radical petioles a foot long. Heads many-flowered, tomentose, corymbed ; ray-flowers 5, somewhat ligulate, fertile; disk-flowers tubular, sterile. Involucre hemispherical, 5-leaved; scales in 2 Series, outer ovate, dilated, inner orbicular; receptacle minute, comical, chaffy ; achenia 5, obovate, compressed, cohering with 2 contiguous paleae. It is sometimes known as Prairie dock (W.). This plant grows in the middle and western states, in dry soils, flowering from July to September. The root is the part used. Its growth is singular; it issues from a head or caudex, at first small, but gradually increases in size, and terminates very abruptly, giving off other roots of a similar form, each being a dis- tinct root, about the size and shape of a radish, but growing horizontally, and sending up stems from near the large ends of the principal roots, which are blackish outside, and bluish-gray within. According to analysis by Frank B. Meyer (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1881, p. 494), the bitter- ness of the drug is due to a crystallizable substance obtained by abstracting the powdered drug first with petroleum benzin, which removes a dark-green wax; then with ether, and PASSIFLORA. 1439 taking up the ethereal extract with boiling water. The crystals turn deep-red with ferric chlo- ride, and do not reduce Fehling's solution. The liquid preparations of the drug possess an agreeable orange-like odor. Diuretic. A cold infusion of the root, in wineglassful doses, 3 or 4 times a day, will be found very beneficial in heat of the ſtrine, straugury, dysuria, gomorrhaea, gravel, and diseases of the kidneys and bladder generally. It is highly recommended by some practitioners in these diseases. Likewise said to be an aromatic bitter and stimulant. The flowering tops have been used as an antiperiodic. Two fluid ounces of their infusion have no unpleasant influence on the nervous system, and are said to be equal to 20 grains of sulphate of quinine (Houlton). Parthenium Hysterophorus, Linné, is employed like feverfew. It resembles cutting almon, , and is indigenous to Louisiana, Florida, and the West Indian Islands. It is a common weed in Jamaica. Dr. José R. Tovar, of Cuba, employed parthenin obtained from this plant, in cases of facial neuralgia with much success (Therap. Gazette, 1885, p. 359). M. Guyet (Proc. Amer. Pharm. A380c., 1886, p. 416) points out the complex composition of this active constituent, which he states is not a definite body. Dr. Carlos Ulrici (see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1886, p. 451, and Merck's Bulletin, Oct., 1888, p. 53) found in the drug five alkaloids, parthenicine being the active, bitter and crystallizable principle, quite readily soluble in hot water. Uncrystallizable parthenic acid is likewise present. Dr. Harry V. Arny observed that the plant is richest in the active bitter principle in the months of June and July, when about 1 per cent may be obtained therefrom in large crystals. It is not a glucosid as was first supposed, nor an alkaloid. A volatile oil containing a camphor was obtained by distillation with steam (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1897, p. 169). Small doses (3 grains) of the total active principle quicken, and larger doses (15 grains) retard cardiac movements. Large doses (50 grains) slow the respiration, reduce arterial tension, and bring down the temperature. PASSIFLORA.—PASSION FLOWER. The root and stem-base of Passiflora incarnata, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Passifloraceae. CoMMON NAMEs: Passion flower, May pops. Botanical Source.—A pubescent, climbing shrub, reaching a height of from 20 to 30 feet, and supporting 3 to 5-cleft leaves, the lobes being serrated, and the petiole bearing above 2 glands. The involucre is 3-parted. The flowers are large, wonderful, and handsome, being about 2 inches broad, and of a nearly white color, the crown being triple and of a purplish and flesh-colored or roseate hue. The fruit is the size of a hen's egg, oval, and orange-yellow. It is a perennial herb (G.-W.). Botanical History.—The genus Passiflora inhabits mainly the tropical por- tions of America. They are climbing herbs or shrubs, usually with tendrils hav- ing alternate, generally palmately divided (some undivided) leaves, with stipules. The flowers are perfect; the calyx is of 5 sepals united at the base to form a cup, and usually have the color of the petals at least on their inner surface. The 5 pet- als are inserted on the calyx throat, which is a complex, double or triple filamen- tous crown. The filaments of the 5 stamens are united to form a tubular sheath for the long-stalked ovary, upon which are the 3 club-shaped styles. The anthers are large and fixed by their middle. The many-seeded, 1-celled berry-like fruit is often edible. The seeds are invested by a pulpy substance (Gray). Two species of this genus have been used to some extent in this country, P. incarnata and P. lutea. The former has now become an important remedy. This species is found within our borders, thriving in dry soils from Virginia to Florida, and from thence westward to Missouri and Arkansas. The common name in Our Southern states for the fruit is May-pops. The generic name Passi- flora is, according to Gray, “an adaptation of flos passionis, a translation of fior della passione, the popular Italian name early applied to the flower from a fancied resemblance of its parts to the implements of the crucifixion.” The fruit is orange-colored, about the size of a hen's egg, and filled with a sweetish-yellow pulp. The juice of the leaves of this species, together with those of Passiflora pallida and Passiflora maliformis, were long ago used by the Brazilians for inter- mittent fevers. The entire plant is used in medicine. Prof. Goss, who intro- duced it to the Eclectic profession, employed the root and its preparations. We know of physicians who prefer the tincture of the leaves, and others still, who desire the root with a few inches of the stem attached. Passiflora contains small amounts (often traces only) of an alkaloid. Its constituents seem not to possess any decided chemical characteristics, 1440 PASSIſ LORA. Passiflora was introduced into medicine in 1839 or 1840 by Dr. L. Phares, of Mississippi, who, in the New Orleans Medical Journal, records some trials of the drug made by Dr. W. B. Lindsay, of Bayou Gros Tete, La. The use of the remedy has been revived within recent years, Prof. I. J. M. Goss, M.D., of Georgia, having intro- duced it into Eclectic practice. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—The physiological action of passiflora has not been well-studied. Medicinal doses produce no special physiological im- pressions, but we have observed even small doses to occasionally provoke emesis, Some individuals appear to be very susceptible to this effect. Moderate doses act as an antispasmodic and are somewhat marcotic. Dr. Phares, who introduced the drug, stated that he was satisfied that it possessed no marcotic properties. It is, at least, hypnotic. Excessive doses are said to have produced in animals both spasms and paralysis. - The clinical application of passiflora has been with most observers satisfac- tory. Its force is exerted chiefly upon the nervous system, the remedy finding a wide application in Spasmodic disorders and as a rest-producing agent. It is best adapted to debility and does not act so well in sthenic conditions, although not contraindicated in such. It is specially useful to allay restlessness and overcome wakefulness, when these are the result of exhaustion, or the nervous excitement of debility. It proves specially useful in the insomnia of infants and old people. It gives sleep to those who are laboring under the effects of mental worry or from mental overwork. It relieves the nervous symptoms due to reflex sexual or men- strual disturbances, and the nervous irritability resulting from prolonged illness. We have employed it with good results to allay the restlessness of typhoid fever, although its action appears to be slow, but sure. The sleep induced by passiflora is a peaceful, restful slumber, and the patient awakens quiet and refreshed. A further study of the drug will undoubtedly give us a better guide to its adaptation as a nerve sedative and hypnotic. An atonic condition appears to be the keynote to its selection. - Passiflora is a remedy for convulsive movements. One of its first successful appli- cations in medicine was for the relief of tetamus, both in man and the horse. If given in full doses in epilepsy when the aura gives warning of an approaching at- tack, the remedy is said to be of considerable value, but after the convulsions have begun it has little or no effect. Some, however, have reported success in all stages of the disease. Passiflora is praised for its control over the spasms of childhood, whether from dentition, worms, or undigested aliment; it has also been success, fully employed in trismus mascentium. Spasms, dependent upon meningeal inflam. mation, have been controlled with it. It appears not to be contraindicated in any form of spasm. Dr. Holmes (Ec. Med. Jour., 1896, p. 55) reports a case of post-partum puerpéral eclampsia relieved after but two convulsions by the hypodermatic use of 2 drachms of passiflora. The remedy has given good results in chorea, espe- cially in girls approaching the menstrual age. When whooping-cough is associated with convulsions, passiflora has given relief, and in hysteria with spasmodic move- ments it is reputed equally successful. Passiflora is a remedy for pain, particularly of the neuralgic type. Thus it has relieved neuralgic and Spasmodic dysmemorrhaea, rectal pain, cardiac pain, facial and other forms of meuralgia, many reflex painful conditions incident to pregnancy and the menopause, and other forms of pain accompanied or not with spasmodic action. Sick or nervous headache, the headache of debility, or from cerebral fullness are often relieved by passiflora. All such cases show marked atomy of some part or function. Passiflora has been employed to relieve many of the nervous phenomena attending la grippe, and both internally and externally has been given to mitigate the ravages of erysipelas (particularly when facial) and syphilis. Prof. Scudder long ago characterized passiflora as a remedy to relieve irritation of the nerve centers, and to improve sympathetic innervation, improving the circulation and nutri- tion, and stated that it might be used “in torpidity of the liver with hemorrhoids, and in congestion of ovaries and uterus.” He employed for the latter purpose frac- tional doses of the drug (Spec. Med., p. 197). It has been used to check diarrhaea and dysentery. An aqueous extract has been lauded as an application to recent burns and scalds, and to hemorrhoids; also to ulcerating carcinomata, painful ulcers, PENTHORUM. 1441 chamcres and chancroids. A pledget of cotton Saturated with passiflora and intro- duced into a carious tooth has promptly allayed violent toothache. The dose of specific passiflora is from a fraction of a drop to 2 fluid drachms. Specific Indications and Uses.—Irritation of brain and nervous system with atomy; sleeplessness from overwork, worry, or from febrile, excitement, and in the young and aged; neuralgic pains with debility; exhaustion from cerebral fullness, or from excitement; convulsive movements; infantile nervous irrita- tion; nervous headache; tetanus; hysteria; oppressed breathing; cardiac palpi- tation from excitement or shock. Related Species.—Passiflora lutea, Linné. Smooth and slender; summit of the leaves obtusely 3-lobed and lobes entire; glandless petioles and greenish-yellow flowers an inch broad. Damp thickets from Pennsylvania to Florida, and west to Illinois, Missouri and Louisiana. The fruits are acidulous and edible. Used by Dr. Phares, of Mississippi, like Passiflora incarnata. - Passiflora carulea, Linné. –Leaves 5-lobed and entire; flowers fringed and greenish, bluish, purplish, or white; fruit, orange-yellow. ... A native of Brazil, and often cultivated in warm countries for ornamental coverings for walls, houses, and arbors. The fruit is not eaten. Fig. 190. Passiflora lyraefolia,Tussac.—Leaves unequally 3-cleft at top; Nº flowers red ; fruit like a cherry. §º Passiflora rubra, Linné.-Leaves, 2-lobed; flowers whitish Sºś ºs and light red; scarlet berries. Reputed narcotic by inhabi- º tants of Jamaica and the Caribbee Islands. ; º <s §§ Edible. 2N /ºs. º Passiflora alata.-An extract of the leaves with aloes was 2 º & reputed beneficial in atrophy of various parts. ºft\%. 23% Passiflora capsularis.-Reputed emmenagogue. Passiflora foetida, Cavanilles.—Leaves 3-lobed; flowers whit- ish, with purple crown; odor fetid. Said to be antispasmodic, emmenagogue, and expectorant. Used in poultices. Passiflora laurifolia, Laurel-leaved granadilla.--West Indies. Known also as Water lemon and Homey-suckle by the English, Pomme de Liane by the French, and in South America as Grama- dilla and Murucuja. Fruit about the size of a hen's egg. Yellow and dotted with white; the pulp is whitish and watery, and the juice, which is peculiarly flavored and agreeably acid, is Sucked by Europeans and natives through an opening made in the tough, thin rind. “It is said that it quenches thirst, allays heat, induces an appetite, and elevates the spirits’’(Hogg). The leaves are bitter, and considered anthelmintic and moderately astringent. Passiflora maliformis, Linné, Apple-fruited granadilla, or Sweet calabash.-Flowers white and fringed with blue. Fruit is dull yellow and resembles an apple in size and shape. Pulp gelatinous, pale yellow, very agreeably acid, and usually eaten with wine and sugar. Juice of the leaves used in Brazil in intermittent fevers (Hogg). Passiflora contrayervg.—Root sweetish, pungent and fragrant. Reputed “counter-poison, deobstruent and cordial.” Passiflora quadrangularis, Linné.-Branches 4 angled and winged. Fruit large as a goose egg, and of a greenish-yellowish color. Native of Jamaica and South America and known as the Common granadilla, or Gramadilla vine. The sweet, acidulous, purple-colored pulp is the edible portion. . The root is reputed very poisonous, causing emesis, convulsions, paralysis and death. Small doses of the root are said to act as an anthelmintic. An active principle, some- What like morphine, has been isolated from the root and named passiflorine. . Murucuja ocelatia.--West Indies. “Anthelmintic, diaphoretic and antihysteric” (Hogg). An infusion and syrup are used in Jamaica, like laudanum. A vinous or spirituous tincture of the flowers is employed under the name of Bull-hoof or Dutchman's laudanum, as an efficient and easy narcotic. . . Modeccº palmetta.--Reputed tonic and pectoral, and Modecca integrifolia, beaten with butter, is said to “heal hemorrhoids.” Adenia ºenewala-Africa. A climber known as Passion flower in its habitat. Lauded as a vesicant by Schweinfurth. Passiflora caerulea. PENTHORUM.–PENTHORUM. The whole herb of Penthorum sedoides, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Crassulaceae. COMMON NAMEs: Virginia stone-crop, Ditch stone-crop. Botanical Source.—This is an erect, perennial herb, about a foot high, found growing in creeks and wet situations throughout the United States and Canada. The stem is smooth, round at the base, but angular above, and often branched. 91 1442 PENTHORUM. It has numerous scattered, thin leaves, from 2 to 3 inches iong, about ; as wide, and attached to the stem at an acute angle. They are lanceolate, smooth, finely and sharply serrate, tapering regularly to an acute apex. and at the base to a very short leaf-stalk. The flowers are small, inconspicuous, and arranged in terminal naked cymes, consisting of from 2 to 4 slender, simple, 1-sided branches, which unroll as the flowers expand. The flow- ers are supported on short peduncles about ; of an inch long, and consist, each, of a 5-parted calyx, 10 stamens, and 5 pistils, which are united at the base. The petals are generally wanting. The fruit consists of 5 dry, 1-celled capsules, beaked with the persistent style, and united at the base. They open, when ripe, at the sum- mit, and are filled with numerous minute seeds. The genus Penthorum, which differs from its allies of the Crassulaceae in not having fleshy stems, consists of only 2 species—the one described above, indigenous to North America, the other found only in China. History and Chemical Composition.—Penthorum sedoides was mentioned by some of the older authori- ties, but its more recent introduction into medicine may IFig. 191. Nº be ascribed to Dr. F. H. Briggs (Ec. Med. Jour., 1875, p. W 479). The fresh herb has an astringent, slightly acid Penthorum Sedoides, taste, and, when bruised, an herb-like odor. The proper- ties of the fresh plant are best extracted by alcohol, and seem chiefly to depend upon a form of tannin which, in alcoholic solution with ferrous sulphate, first turns blue and then precipitates black. With ferric sul- phate, it forms a deep-green solution. Neither the tincture, nor the tincture freed from tannin, shows the slightest indication of an alkaloid with the ordi- nary reagents. When the herb is distilled with water, the distillate is free from volatile oil. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Dr. Briggs states that “the older au- thorities gave this agent as a demulcent and laxative, and it does not seem to exert the astringent action common to agents containing tannic acid. The im- pression upon the mouth is that of an astringent, but, on examining the mucous membrane, it does not seem corrugated, but very fresh and rosy, and it would undoubtedly prove a valuable tooth and mouth wash.” The fluid extract and specific medicine have been employed successfully in the treatment of cholera infantwm, diarrhoea, and hemorrhoids. Prof. J. M. Scudder observes that mucous membranes, especially when they have suffered from inflammatory action, are peculiarly influenced by this agent, which gradually removes irritation, promotes normal functional activity, and restores the tissues to their normal condition. He found it not only an excellent remedy in diarrhoea, but likewise in chronic nasal catarrh, in chronic pharyngitis, in chronic bronchitis, with increased secretion, and in chronic vaginitis, with or without leucorrhoeal discharge. He employs it internally and locally, when this can be effected, in spray; also as a topical appli- cation to chronic ulcers. It is not, as a rule, as well adapted to acute as to chronic disorders, and must be used for a length of time to obtain its best effects. As a reliever of irritation of mucous surfaces, its best results have been obtained in chronic affections of the posterior mares, pharyngeal vault, and Eustachiam tubes. It may be used both internally and by atomization. It has been of benefit in indigestion and nervous dyspepsia. Its effects upon the gastric membranes have been com- pared to those of Small doses of ipecac. The dose of the fluid extract is from 10 to 60 minims, repeated every 3 or 4 hours; of the specific penthorum, 1 to 30 minims, in a teaspoonful of water. Penthorum is a remedy of undoubted power, and deserves a more careful study than has been hitherto bestowed upon it. It is best adapted to chronic conditions, being of little service in acute phases. Specific Indications and Uses.—Pharyngeal and nasal disorders of a chronic type, with fullness, dryness, and irritation, with a purplish, congested appearance; catarrhal inflammations, with profuse secretions; catarrhal gastric disorders; catar- rhal diarrhoea; spongy gums. PEPO. 1443 PEPO (U. S. P.)—PUMPKIN SEED. “The seed of Cucurbita Pepo, Linné”—(U. S. P.). Nat. Ord.—Cucurbitaceae. CoMMON NAME: Pumpkin Seed. Botanical Source.—Cucurbita, Pepo is an annual plant, hispid and scab- rous, with a procumbent stem and branching tendrils. Its leaves are large, cor- date, palmately 5-lobed, or angled and denticulate. The flowers are yellow, large, axillary, and the males long-pedunculate. Corolla campanulate; the petals united and coherent with the calyx. The calyx of the male flowers is 5-toothed; of the female the same, the upper part being deciduous after flowering; the stigmas are 3, thick, and 2-lobed; the pepo, or fruit, subligneous, very large, roundish, or oblong, smooth, yellow when ripe, furrowed and torulose, containing yellowish seeds, somewhat resembling those of the watermelon in form (W.). History.—The pumpkin flowers in July, and matures its fruit in September and October. It is a native of the Levant, and is extensively cultivated as a kitchen vegetable, and for cattle. The seeds of this plant are used in medicine, and have long been popular with the laity as a remedy for worms. An oil may be obtained from the pumpkin seeds by expression. The West India seeds are more active as an anthelmintic than our own. Description.—The seeds are “about 2 Cm. ($ inch) long, broadly-ovate, flat, white or whitish, nearly smooth, with a shallow groove parallel to the edge; con- taining a short, conical radicle, and 2 flat cotyledons; inodorous; taste bland and oily”—(U. S. P.). Chemical Composition.—Pumpkin seeds are composed of 25 per cent of husks and 75 per cent of kernels, and contain upward of 33 per cent of a red- dish fixed oil, which, according to Kopylow (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1877, p. 23), con- sists of the glycerides of palmitic, myristic, and oleic acids. These also occur partly in the free state. No alkaloid was found in the seeds, nor the glucosid, cucurbitin, of Dorner and Wolkowitsch (1870). According to Dr. L. Wolff (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1882, p. 382), the active (taenifuge) principle is a greenish-brown, acrid, bitter resin (Heckel, 1875) not contained in the petroleum-benzin extract of the seeds, but in the extract obtained with ether. It is also soluble in alcohol and chloroform. Its dose, as a taenifuge, is 15 grains, in pill form. The fatty oil is soluble in absolute, but not in 95 per cent alcohol (W. E. Miller, ibid., 1891, p. 385). Air-dried pumpkin seeds contain about 3.7 per cent of ash. The juice of pumpkin pulp contains 1.6 per cent of dextrose and 0.9 per cent of cane sugar (Mr. Both, in Dragendorff's Heilpflanzen, 1899, p. 650). The coloring matter of the pumpkin is due to carotin (Jahresb. der Pharm., 1896, p. 84). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Mucilaginous, taenicide, and diuretic, and of Service in Strangwry and wrimary affections, also in gastritis, enteritis, and febrile diseases. The infusion may be drank freely. The expressed oil of the pumpkin Seeds, in doses of 6 to 12 drops, several times a day, is said to be a most cer- tain and efficient diuretic, giving quick relief in scalding of wrime, spasmodic affec- tions of the wrimary passages, and has cured gomorrhaea. Half a fluid ounce of oil of pumpkin seeds, taken upon a fasting stomach, repeated in 2 hours, and in another 2 hours followed by a dose of castor oil containing 3 fluid ounce of the pumpkin-seed oil, has been effectual in removing tapeworm. The following mix- ture has been found efficient in the removal of tapeworm: Take of the ethereal oil of pumpkin seeds, 1 fluid ounce; ethereal extract of male ferm, 1 fluid drachn; sugar, 2 drachms; water, 4 fluid ounces; rub the oil with the sugar, then the extract, and finally add, gradually, the water. One-fourth of this is a dose, to be repeated every hour. An infusion of the seeds has also been found effectual in removing tapeworm. The method now chiefly pursued is to have the patient fast for a day and take a saline cathartic to wash the intestimal mucus, etc., from the worm. Then, the patient being kept in bed to prevent emesis, administer to him 3 doses of # of a pint each, every 2 hours, of an emulsion prepared from the fresh seeds beaten with pulverized sugar and diluted with milk or water. After a few hours, a purgative, like castor oil, may be administered to aid in the expulsion of the worm. This is also effectual in removing the roundworm. It was formerly 1444 PEPSINUM, believed that the taenifuge properties resided in the external covering of the seeds, but later investigations do not confirm this view, e Specific Indications and Uses.—Tapeworm ; roundworm ; ardor urinae. Related Species.—Citrullus vulgaris, Schrader (Cucurbita Citrullus, Linné; Cucumis Citrul- lus of Seringe); Waterinelon. This is a native of Africa and southern Asia, and is cultivated in this country for its large and delicious fruit, which is usually ripened in August, the flowers appearing in June and July. The fruit contains many obovate, smooth, compressed seeds, thickened at the margin, and of a black or yellowish-white color (W.). The fleshy, juicy pulp of the watermelon is diuretic, and forms a grateful article of diet for febrile patients, When not contraindicated. Watermelon seeds possess properties similar to pepo, and, as a diuretic (Infusion of bruised seeds) is one of the mildest and best we possess. Acetate of potassium added to it, increases its efficiency and augments the excretion of the solid constituents of the urine. F. Popow (Jahresb. der Pharm., 1888, p. 51) found the edible portion of the water- melon to consist of water (94.96 per cent) and dry substance (5.04 per cent); the latter was composed of nitrogenous matter (0.67 per cent), dextrose (3.67 per cent), laevulose (0.46 per cent), mucilage (0.05 per cent), fat (0.06 per cent), cellulose (0.10 per cent), and mineral matter (0.28 per cent). The seeds contain resin (2.3 per cent), albumen (6 per cent), and dextrose (3 per cent) (Dragendorff's Heilpflanzen, 1899, p 650). Lagenaria vulgaris, Seringe (Cucurbita Lagenaria, Linné); Gowrd, or Calabash. – Pulp is occasionally bitter and purgative (A. De Candolle, 1882). Cucumis sativus, Linné; Cucumber.—This plant is too well known to require description. Both the fruit and seeds are employed. The latter contain, besides mucilage, a bland, fixed oil, of a pale-yellow color, to the amount of about 32 per cent. Prof. Procter proposed, in 1853, a cucumber ointment, prepared as follows: Take green cucumbers, 7 pounds; Suet, 15 ounces; lard, 24 ounces. Grate the fruit and express the juice. Then melt together the lard and Suet, and, when sufficiently cooled so as to form a semisolid mass, gradually incorporate with it the cucumber juice, adding about one-third of it each time. After some time, melt the whole mixture, strain, and keep in glass containers, covering the ointment with rose-water. Close the jar securely. When needed, take out a portion, and mix it to a white, creamy paste by triturating it with a small amount of rose-water. Cucumber seeds have been used for diuretic purposes like other seeds of this class. The ointment is emollient, and may be applied to cuts, abrasions, etc. Dr. J. M. Scudder (Spec. Med., p. 119) advised a tincture of green cucumber, prepared with 98 per cent alcohol for “irritation of the urinary passages, sharp pain in the loins, and rheumatic pains in the shoulders.” Cramp-like pains in the shoulder and loins, with inability to urinate, are the indlcations given by Dr. O. H. Rohde (Trans. Of N. Y. Ec. Med. Assoc., Vol. XVII, p. 165). Momordica balsamina, Linné; Balsam-apple.—This long-ovate fruit, tapering at each ex- tremity, has been used considerably as a vulnerary. It is verrucose, Orange or bright-red, rather angular and spontaneously divides laterally, displaying an interior containing Oval, flat, brown seeds, somewhat rugose, and imbedded in a fleshy arillus of a red color. The root and fruit are both purgative. Two drachms of balsam-apple are said to have killed a dog. A preparation of the fruit (without the seeds), infused in almond or olive oil, has been employed considerably in prolapsus ami, hemorrhoids, burns, scalds, chapped hands, and old w!cerations. An extract of it has been praised for its curative effects in dropsy. Balsam-apple, infused in whiskey, is quite largely employed by the German population of this country as a vulnerary. It is often applied to chilblaims. Internally, an alcoholic tincture and a jelly have been em- ployed for the relief of pain in the chest from acute colds, and in pulmonary congestion. Proper doses relieve gastro-intestinal irritation, and give relief in gastro-intestinal pains, particu- larly in colic. Cucurbita Melopepo, Linné; Squash. Cucumis Melo, Linné; Muskmelom.—The seeds of this and the foregoing species possess similar properties to those of pepo, but in a milder degree. The seeds contain 39 per cent of fatty oil. From the root an emetic principle, melon-enetime, was isolated, in 1887 (Pharm. Cen- tralhalle, p. 600), by Heberger and Jorosiewicz. Cucurbita maa'ima, Duchesne.—Improperly called Gourd. Seeds contain Sugar, gum, an aromatic body, a soluble organic acid, yellow, bland fixed oil (25 per cent), and emulsin, but no alkaloid nor a glucosid (Cadenberg, 1881). The seeds give, on rubbing with water, a bland, white emulsion. PEPSINUM (U. S. P.)—PEPSIN. “A proteolytic ferment or enzyme obtained from the glandular layer of fresh stomachs from healthy pigs, and capable of digesting not less than 3000 times its own weight of freshly coagulated and disintegrated egg albumen, when tested by the process given below. If it be desired to use a diluent for reducing pepsin of a higher digestive power to that required by the Pharmacopoeia, sugar of milk should be employed for this purpose”—(U. S. P.). Source, History, and Preparation.—Pepsin is a peculiar, probably non-albu- minous principle, occurring in the gastric juice, and possessing the power, in the PEPSINU Mſ. 1445 presence of hydrochloric or other acids, to dissolve coagulated albumen and muscu- lar fiber, converting them into the modified proteids known as peptomes. The name pepsin was first used about 1836, by Schwann, who obtained the “digestive prin- ciple” by macerating cleaned stomachs in acid water, precipitating the liquid with mercuric chloride, and separating the mercury with sulphide of hydrogen. Com- mercial pepsin was first prepared by drying the granular layer of the stomach of the pig or calf, at low temperatures, and powdering the product. Pepsin is not known in the absolutely pure state. Besides being soluble in water, it is also soluble in glycerin; according to Wittichs, it may be extracted from the mucous membrane of the stomach by means of glycerin acidulated with 0.1 per cent of hydrochloric acid and then precipitated by alcohol. By the process of the British Pharmacopoeia (1885), the washed mucous liming of the fresh stomach of a sheep, calf, or pig, is scraped with a blunt instrument, the viscid pulp is immediately spread in a thin layer on glass plates or glazed earthenware, and dried at a temperature not to exceed 37.8°C. (100°F.). This product is sparingly soluble in water, because it naturally contains much inert animal matter. A more active pepsin may be obtained by this method if the immer coating of the stomach wherein the pepsin glands are imbedded, be utilized, i.e., washed, dried, and powdered. (For Scheffer's process, based upon the precipitation of pepsin by sodium chloride solution, see Pepsinum Saccharatum; see also an interesting article on the manufacture of pepsin, in Amer, Jour. Pharm., 1893, p. 140, from Pharm. Jour. Trans., and ibid., 1892, p. 562.) Description and Chemical Properties.—“A fine, white, or yellowish-white, amorphous powder, or thin, pale-yellow or yellowish, transparent or translucent grains or scales, free from any offensive odor, and having a mildly acidulous or slightly Salime taste, usually followed by a suggestion of bitterness. It slowly attracts moisture when exposed to the air. Soluble, or for the most part soluble, in about 100 parts of water, with more or less opalescence; more soluble in water acidulated with hydrochloric acid; insoluble in alcohol, ether, or chloroform. On heating a solution of pepsin in acidulated water to 100° C. (212° F.), it becomes milky, or yields a light, flocculent precipitate, and loses all proteolytic power. In a dry state it can bear this temperature without injury. Pepsin usually has a slightly acid reaction. It may be neutral, but should never be alkaline”— (U. S. P.). Pepsin having a foul odor should be rejected. Aqueous solution of pepsin will to a slight extent dissolve coagulated albumen, but the addition of a few drops of hydrochloric acid. (about 0.1 to 0.3 per cent) renders it at once an active solvent; while pancreatin is active only in alkaline media. Pepsin is not destroyed by the process of digestion. After it has ceased to act, the addition of another supply of acid apparently regenerates it, and renders it capable of again performing the part of a digestive agent. Pepsin curdles 80,000 parts of milk (Amér. Jour: Pharm., 1872, p. 49), Neutralization suspends the action of pep- sin; alkalies and alcohol injure it; boiling destroys it. Precipitated dry pepsin, obtained according to Mr. Scheffer's method, resembles parchment paper, or “solé leather,” the color ranging from light-straw to brown. Pepsin, after having been dried, swells in water, dissolves slowly, but in small proportion. When freshly precipitated, it is very soluble. Solution of pepsin is almost neutral, yields a transparent, gelatinous precipitate with alcohol without losing its peptomizing power, and coagulates on boiling. Bichloride of mercury and nitrate of lead give white precipitates with it. Valuation of Pepsin.--" Prepare, first, the following three solutions: A. To 294 Co. of water add 6 Co. of diluted hydrochloric acid. B. In 100 Co. of solution A dissolve 0.067 Gm. of the pepsin to be tested. C. To 95 Co. of solution A, brought to a temperature of 40°C. (104°F), add 5 Ce. of solution B. The resulting iOO Co. of the liquid will contain 2 Co. of diluted hydrochloric acid, 0.00335 Gm, of the pepsin to be tested, and 98 Co. of water. Immerse and keep a fresh hen's egg during 15 minutes in boiling water; then remove it and place it in cold Water. , When it is cold, separate the white, coagulated albumen, and rub it through a clean sieve having 30 meshes to the linear inch. Reject the first por- tion passing through the sieve. Weigh off 10 Gm, of the second cleaner portion, place it in a flask of the capacity of about 200 Co., then add one-half of solu. tion Q, and shake well, so as to distribute the coherent albumen evenly through- out the liquid. Then add the second half of solution C, and shake again, guarding 1446 PEPSINUM, against loss. Place the flask in a water-bath, or thermostat, kept at a tempera- ture of 38° to 40°C. (100.4° to 104°F.), for 6 hours, and shake it gently every 15 minutes. At the expiration of this time the albumen should have disappeared, leaving at most only a few, thin, insoluble flakes. (Trustworthy results, particu- larly in comparative trials, will be obtained only if the temperature be strictl maintained between the prescribed limits, and if the contents of the flasks be agitated uniformly, and in equal intervals of time.) The relative proteolytic power of pepsin stronger or weaker than that described above may be determined by ascertaining, through repeated trials, how much of solution B made up to 100 Co. with solution A will be required exactly to dissolve 10 Grm. of coagulated and disintegrated albumen under the conditions given above"—(U. S. P). The National Formulary (1st ed.) made less strict requirements, demanding only that pepsin should be capable of dissolving not less than 500 times its own weight of hard-boiled egg-albumen, giving explicit directions for its valuation. (For the results of the valuation of 15 commercial samples of pepsin by th U. S. P. assay method, see Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc., 1895, p. 244.) - Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Previous to the introduction of pepsin, it was a common course among several nations, and in domestic practice, to col- lect the gizzards of chickens, ducks, turkeys, pigeons, and other birds, remove their inner mucous membranes, dry them, and then reduce them to powder; and this powder, now called ingluvim, either alone or in combination with other sub- stances, was administered in derangements of the digestive organs. Pepsin, prop- erly prepared, answers a much better purpose, but to be of efficacy, it must not be united with starch, bismuth, wine, alcohol, or other substances that impair or destroy its peculiar properties. The articles with which it may be combined without injury are, in the form of powder, sugar of milk, or silica, and in fluid form, glycerin, or acidulated water and glycerin, which will preserve it for a con- siderable period. Pepsin, while aiding or correcting digestion, exerts no influence upon the various lesions upon which the impaired digestive process depends; though it may, in certain cases, afford such relief to this process as to permit the natural recuperative energies of the system to effect recovery. It frequently affords relief in various forms of indigestion, or of dyspepsia. Infants of delicate constitution, suffering from gastric derangements either previous to or during the period of dentition, as manifested by tumid abdomen, emaciation, diarrhoea, and often a tendency to vomit, will derive much benefit from its use, during the administration of which these symptoms will disappear, and the sufferings from dentition will be greatly mitigated. Among those infants raised artificially upon cow’s milk, and with whom this fluid does not readily digest, pepsin has likewise been recommended; it may be serviceable in some instances of this kind, though it appears to me that liquid rennet would answer a much better purpose (J. King). It should be remembered that its continued use tends to enfeeble gastric digestion, and thus defeats the purposes for which it is given. In cases of Sick headache due to gastric acidity, large doses of pepsin, taken shortly after meals, will tend greatly to postpone or prevent the cephalalgic attack. It will also be of value in the feeble or tardy digestion attending convalescence from exhausting febrile or inflammatory disorders, and that present during long- standing chronic diseases. According to M. Liebreich, pepsin is contraindicated in carcinoma, and ulceration of the stomach, in which its administration would tend to hasten the process of thinning the diseased portion of the gastric walls. M. Castro (1868) has successfully used hypodermatic injections of an acid solution of pepsin for the removal or diminution of twmors, passing the injection directly into their substance. Pepsin, to be of service, must be pure and reliable, and the more recent its preparation the more satisfactory will be its effects. The dose of Saccharated pepsin is from 10 to 60 grains, taken shortly after each meal; it may be taken alone, washed down with a draught of water, or it may be mixed in equal parts of water and pure glycerin; of pure pepsin, from 2 to 10 grains; of liquid pepsin, from 2 fluid drachms to 2 fluid ounces. Related Preparations.—(See Pepsimum Saccharatum [ U. S. P.], and Pinum Pepsini [N.F.].) LIQUID PEPSIN (Scheffer).-‘‘Take of saccharated pepsin, 64 grains; water, 5 fluid ounces; hydrochloric acid, 1 fluid drachm; after solution, add glycerin, 3 fluid Ounces, then mix and filter, One fluid ounce dissolves 90 grains of coagulated albumen”—(Nat. Form). PEI’SINU M SACCHARATUM. 1447 PEPSINUM AROMATICUM (N. F.), Aromatic pepsin.-“Saccharated pepsin (U. S. P.), ninety- seven grammes (97 Gm.) [3 ozs. av., 184 grs,J; aromatic fluid extract (U. S. P.), six cubic gen- timeters (6 Ce.) [97 ml]; tartaric acid, one and one-half grammes (1.5 Gm.) [23 grs.]; sodium chloride, one and one-half grammes (1.5 Gm.) [23 grs.]. Mix the ingredients by trituration, dry the product by exposure to warm air, and keep it in well-stoppered bottles”—(Nat. Form.). PULVIS PEPSINI CoMPOSITUs (N. F.), Compound powder of pepsin, Pulvis digestivus.-" Saccha- rated pepsin (U. S. P.), fifteen grammes (15 Gm.) [231 grs.]; pancreatin (U. S. P.), fifteen grammes (15 Gm.) [231 grs.]; diastase, one gramme (1 Gm.) [15 grs.]; lactic acid (U. S. P.), one cubic centimeter (1 Co.) [16 ml]; hydrochloric acid (U. S. P.), two cubic centimeters (2 CC.) [32 ſill; sugar of milk, sixty-six grammes (66 Gm.) [2 OZS. av., 143 grs.]. Add the acids gradu- ally to the sugar of milk, and triturate until they are thoroughly mixed. Mix the pepsin, pan- creatin, and diastase, and then incorporate this mixture, by trituration, With the sugar of milk. Finally, rub the mixture through a hair-sieve, and preserve the powder in bottles. Note:- The best commercial variety of diastase, capable of converting the largest comparative amount of starch into dextrin and glucose, should be used for this preparation ”—(Nat. Form.). GLYCERITUAL PEPSINI (N. F., 1st ed.), Glycerite of pepsin.—Pepsin, 640 grs. ; hydrochloric acid, 80 m. ; purified talcum, 120 grs.; glycerin, 8 flá; water, enough to make 16 fluid ounces. Mix the pepsin with 7 fluid ounces of water and the hydrochloric acid, and agitate until solution has been effected. Then incorporate the purified talcum with the liquid, filter, returning the first portions of the filtrate until it runs through clear, and pass enough water through the filter to make the filtrate measure 8 fluid ounces. To this add the glycerin, and mix. Each fluid drachm represents 5 grains of pepsin (N.F.). Note.--For filtering the aqueous solution of pepsin first obtained by the above formula, as well as for filtering other liquids of a viscid char- acter, a filter paper of loose texture (preferably that known as ‘Textile Filtering Paper’), or a layer of absorbent cotton placed in a funnel, or percolator, should be employed ”—(Nat. Form., 1st ed.). PEPSINUM SACCHARATUM (U. S. P.)—SACCHARATED PEPSIN. Preparation and History.--‘‘Pepsin, ten grammes (10 Gm) [154 grs.]; sugar of milk recently dried, and in No. 30 powder, ninety grammes (90 Gm.) [3 ozs. ay., 76 grs.]. To make 100 grammes (100 Grm.) [3 ozs. av., 231 grs.]. Triturate the pepsin with the sugar of milk to a fine, uniform powder. Keep the product in well-stoppered bottles. Saccharated pepsin, when tested by the process given under Pepsin (see Pepsinum), with the modification that 0.67 Gm., of it are to be taken in preparing solution B, should digest 300 times its own weight of freshly coagulately and disintegrated egg albumen.”—(U. S. P.). In 1872 (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1872, p. 49), Prof. E. Scheffer, of Louisville, an- nounced the formula for making saccharated pepsin now generally used by manufacturers, a process that is easy and practical. It is carried out as follows: Dissect the mucous membrane from well-cleaned hogs' stomachs, chop it fine, and macerate it for several days, in water acidulated with hydrochloric acid; strain the resulting liquid, and mix it with its bulk of saturated solution of chloride of sodium. The pepsin now separates, will rise to the surface, and must be skimmed off, drained upon a muslim strainer, and submitted to strong pressure to rid it of salt; then, while still moist, it is to be mixed with milk sugar, in such proportion that ten grains dissolved in one fluid ounce of water acidulated with hydrochloric acid, will dissolve one hundred and twenty grains of coagulated albumen, at about 38°C. (100°F.), in from 4 to 6 hours. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Those of Pepsin. (See Pepsimum.) d Related Preparations.—The following preparations and plant are employed as aids to digestion: --- LIQUOR PEPSINI (U. S. P.) (N. F.), Solution of pepsin.-‘‘Saccharated pepsin (U.S. P.), forty rammes (40 Grm.) [1 oz. av., 180 grs.]; hydrochloric acid (U. S. P.), twelve grains (12 Gm.) 185 grs.]; glycerin, three hundred and twenty-five cubic centimeters (325 Ce.) [10 fij, 475 ml]; water, six hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (650 Ce.) [21 fl:5, 470 ml). Dissolve the saccharated pepsin in the water, previously mixed with the hydrochloric acid, add the glycerin, let the mixture stand 24 hours, and filter”—(Nat. Form.). LIQUOR PEPSINI AROMATICUs (N. F.), Aromatic solution of pepsin.—“Pepsin (U. S. P.), seven- teen and one-half grammes (17.5 Gm.) [270 grs.]; oil of cinnamon, four (4) drops; oil of pimenta, four (4) drops; oil of cloves, eight (8) drops; purified talcum (F. 395), fifteen grammes (15 Gm.) [231 grs.]; alcohol, thirty-five cubic centimeters (35 Co.) [1 fl:3, 88 ſill; hydrochlorie acid (U. S. P.), ten cubic centimeters (10 Ce.) [162 ſill; glycerin, two hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (250 Co.) [8 fl3, 218 ſill; water, a sufficient quantity to make one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 fl3, 391 ||l). Mix the pepsin with five hundred cubic centimeters (500 Co.) [16 fl3, 4351ſl) of water and the hydrochloric acid, and shake the mixture frequently until the pepsin is dissolved. Then add the purified talcum and the oils, previously dissolved 1448 PETROLATUM. in the alcohol ; mix the whole thoroughly, by agitation, and filter it through a wetted filter, returning the first portions of the liquid until it runs through clear. Pass enough water through the filter to make the filtrate measure seven hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (750 Co.) [25 fl:5, 173 ſilj. To this add the glycerin. Each fluid drachm represents 1 grain of pepsin ( U. S. P.)”—(Nat. Form.). LIQUOR SERIPARUs (N. F.), Liquid rennet.—“Calves' rennet, fresh, one hundred grammes (100 Gm.) [3 ozs, av., 231, grs.]; Sodium chloride, forty grammes (40 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 180 grs.]; alcohol, two hundred cubic centimeters (200 Co.) [6 flá, 366 ml]; water, eight hundred cubic centimeters (800 Co.) [27 flá, 25 ſ[l]. Dissolve the sodium chloride in the water, add the alco- hol, and macerate in this mixture the rennet (or the washed mucous membrane of the fresh stomach of a suckling calf), during 3 days, under frequent agitation, then filter. Note.—If this liquid is to be used merely for curdling the milk, without separating the whey as a distinct layer, it should be added to the milk, previously warmed to a temperature of about 35°C. (95°F.), and the mixture should then be set aside undisturbed, until it coagulates. If the whey is to be separated, the liquid rennet should be added to the milk while cold, and the mixture heated to about 35°C. (95° F.), but not exceeding 40°C. (104°F.) One part of the liquid should coagulate between 200 and 300 parts of cow's milk"—(Nat. Form.). INGLUVIN.—This is the essential digestive principle of the domestic chicken, introduced to physicians by Wm. R. Warner & Co., of Philadelphia and New York. It is said to depend upon a bitter principle for its therapeutic effects. Ingluvin has, for a number of years, been sucessfully used as a gastric tonic and digestant, in indigestion and flatulent dyspepsia, and is one of the few agents which have been found most successful in controlling the vomiting of pregnancy. It has superseded pepsin, to some extent, in the treatment of indigestion. Dose, 5 to 20 grains. Amanassa sativa, Schult. ; Pineapple.—This well-known fruit has been proven an active di- gestant of albuminous material (Marcano, Chittenden). Its active ferment, to which the name bromelin (from Bromelia, the name given the plant by Linné), is said to resemble trypsin more nearly than it does pepsin. Fresh pineapple juice is a quick digestant, acting best in neutral solution, though still active in acid or alkaline media. Between 50° and 60°C. (122° and 140°F.), it shows greatest digestive power, and at 70° C. (158°F.), its effects are arrested. It has been considerably employed in gastric debility, and to dissolve the diphtheritic membrane. PETROLATUMI, PETROLATUMI, Source and History. —Three varieties of petrolatum are now official, as follows: I. PETROLATUM LIQUIDUM (U. S. P.), Liquid petrolatum.—“A mixture of hydro- carbons, chiefly of the marsh-gas series, obtained by distilling off the lighter and more volatile portions from petroleum, and purifying the residue when it has the desired consistence ’’—(U. S. P.). II. PETROLATUM MoLLE (U. S. P.), Soft petrolatum (Petrolatum, Pharm., 1880), Soft petroleum ointment.—“A mixture of hydrocarbons, chiefly of the marsh-gas series, obtained by distilling off the lighter and more volatile portions from petro- leum, and purifying the residue when it has the desired melting point. When petrolatum is prescribed or ordered without further specification, soft petrolatum (Petrolatum Molle) is to be dispensed”—(U. S. P.). III. PETROLATUM SPISSUM (U. S. P.), Hard petrolatum (Petrolatum, Pharm., 1880), Hard petroleum ointment. —“A mixture of hydrocarbons, chiefly of the marsh-gas series, obtained by distilling off the lighter and more volatile portions from petroleum and purifying the residue when it has the desired melting point”—(U. S. P.). These forms of petrolatum are obtained by distilling off the more volatile, lighter portions from petroleum, either in a vacuum or by means of superheated steam. The residual oil is termed reduced oils, and is purified by passing it through long columns of granular, well-dried animal charcoal while being warmed to from 40° to 55° C. (104° to 131°F.). At first a colorless portion passes, subsequently followed by colored products. Or, petrolatum may be obtained from deposits sometimes formed in crude petroleum. Commercial varieties of petrolatum are known as vaseline, cosmoline, etc. (For a detailed account of the manner of obtain- ing petrolatum, see S. P. Sadtler's Handbook of Indust. Org. Chem., 2d ed., 1895.) Description and Tests.-I. PETROLATUM LIQUIDUM (U. S. P.), Liquid petro- latum (Liquid paraffin, Ger. Pharm.) : “A colorless or more or less yellowish, oily, transparent liquid, without odor or taste, or giving off when heated, a faint odor of petroleum. Specific gravity, about 0.875 to 0.945 at 15° C. (59°F.). Insoluble in water, scarcely soluble in cold or hot alcohol, or in cold absolute alcohol; but soluble in boiling absolute alcohol, and readily soluble in ether, chloroform, PETRO LATUM. - 1449 carbon disulphide, oil of turpentime, benzin, benzol, and fixed or volatile oils. When heated on platinum, liquid petrolatum is completely volatilized, without emitting any acrid vapors. The alcoholic solution of liquid petrolatum is neutral to litmus paper. If 5 Gm. of liquid petrolatum be digested, for half an hour with 5 Gm. of sodium hydrate and 25 Co. of water, the aqueous layer separated, and supersaturated with sulphuric acid, no oily substance should separate (absence of fixed oils or fats of animal or vegetable origin, or of resin). If 2 volumes of con- centrated sulphuric acid be added to 1 volume of liquid petrolatum, in a test-tube, placed in hot water, and the contents occasionally agitated during 15 minutes, the acid should not acquire a deeper tint than brown, nor lose its transparency (limit of readily carbonizable, organic impurities)”—(U. S. P.). Mr. G. M. Berin- ger (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1894, p. 15) points out that liquid petrolatum is nearly insoluble in castor oil. The analogous preparation of the British Pharmacopoeia (1898) is Paraffinum Liquidwm, a non-fluorescent liquid of specific gravity 0.885 to 0.890, boiling at a temperature not below 360° C. (680° F.). “A mixture of 4 Co. with 2 Co. of absolute alcohol, and 2 drops of a clear saturatcd solution of lead oxide in solution of sodium hydroxide, should remain colorless when kept at 70°C. (158°F.) for 10 minutes (absence of sulphur compounds)”—(Br. Pharm., 1898). II. PETROLATUM MoLLE (U. S. P.), Soft petrolatum (Petroſatum, U. S. P., 1880), Soft petroleum ointment, Adeps petrolei, Paraffinum unguinosum, Paraffinum anolle, Soft paraffin, Paraffin jelly.—“A fat-like mass, of about the consistence of an ointment, varying from white to yellowish, or yellow, more or less fluorescent when yellow, especially after being melted, transparent in thin layers, completely annorphous, and without odor or taste, or giving off, when heated, a faint odor of petroleum. If a portion of soft petrolatum be liquefied and brought to a temperature of 60°C. (140°F.), it will have a specific gravity of about 0.820 to 0.840. The melting point of soft petrolatum ranges between about 40° and 45° C. (104° and 113°F.). In other respects soft petrolatum has the characteristics of, and should respond to the tests given under liquid petrolatum (see Petrolatum Liquidum)”—(U. S. P.). None of nine samples of commercial Petrolatum Molle analyzed by Mr. L. F. Kebler (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1895, p. 142), contained any saponifiable matter, while the melting points conformed more nearly to the requirements of the U. S. P. (1880) (40° to 51° C. or 104° to 125° F.) than to those of the present Pharmaco- poeia. Paraffinum Molle of the British Pharmacopoeia (1898), melts at 35.5° to 38.9°C. (96° to 102°F.), and has a specific gravity of 0.840 to 0.870 at the melting point. III, PETROLATUM SPIssuM (U. S. P.), Hard petrolatum (Petrolatum, (U. S. P., 1880), Hard petroleum ointment.—“A fat-like mass, of about the consistence of a cerate, varying from white to yellowish or yellow, more or less fluorescent when yellow, especially after being melted, transparent, in thin layers, completely amor- phous, and without odor or taste, or giving off, when heated, a faint odor of petro- leum. If a portion of hard petrolatum be liquefied, and brought to a temperature of 60° C. (142°F.), it will have a specific gravity of about 0.820 to 0.850. The melting point of hard petrolatum ranges between about 45° and 51° C. (113° and 125°F.). In other respects hard petrolatum has the characteristics of, and should respond to the tests given under liquid petrolatum (see Petrolatum Liquidum)”— (U. S. P.). (For the Paraffinum. Durum of the British Pharmacopoeia, 1898, see Paraffin, under Petroleum.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Petrolatum is employed chiefly as a non-irritating ointment base, for which it is admirably adapted. It does not turn rancid like fats. It may be employed wherever an oily protective is demanded, and also for lubricating purposes. A semisolid, crude form, known as “rod war,” that which concretes on the casings of the oil wells, has been administered in 3 grain pills, in chronic bronchial affections and in phthisis. Vaseline, cosmoline, etc., are slightly laxative, and are said to allay gastro-intestinal irritation, and even inflammation. Used with a spray apparatus, liquid petrolatum is employed locally to allay inflammatory comditions of the nasal, pharyngeal, laryngeal, and brom- chial mucous surfaces. Soft petrolatum is an excellent agent to prevent falling of the hair, and for that dry condition of the scalp which allows the formation of dam- druff. For this purpose it is not sufficient that it be merely applied to the hair as a pomade, but it should be rubbed in upon the scalp, at the roots of the hair, tak- ing small areas that it may be well applied. It should be used about once a week. 1450 PETRO LEUM. PETROLEUMI.—PETROLEUM. A bituminous, combustible fluid issuing from the earth. SYNONYMs: Oleum petrae, Rock oil, Naphtha. History and Source.—This fluid now so universally used, has come into prominence only since the boring of the first oil well in the Pennsylvania oil fields, at Titusville, in 1859, although oil had previously been observed in the United States to exude with salt springs. Bituminous exudations from the earth have been known, moreover, from early historical times. Pliny and Dioscorides report on the use of petroleum in certain parts of Sicily for lighting purposes. It occurs in the earth in all strata, from the lower silurian to the tertiary period, in limestone and sandstone formations, mostly collected in large subterranean cavities. When freshly struck, the oil sometimes gushes forth to a considerable height. American oil fields are those in western Pennsylvania and New York (Seneca Lake); in Ohio, near Lima; in West Virginia, Kentucky, Tennessee, and California, and the Canadian province of Ontario, near Euniskillen. The Russian petroleum district of Baku, on the Caspian Sea, began to be exploited in 1866, and now ranks second in importance to the Pennsylvania fields. Petroleum is also obtained in large quantities in Galicia, and is found in Hannover, Alsatia, in Italy, Persia, Java, Burmah (Rangoon), Japan, and the West Indies. The geological origin of petroleum is not known with certainty. Some claim that it is formed by the dry distillation of beds of coal, which is disputed by others. Advocates of the chemical theory believe it to be formed by chemical processes, e.g., the interaction of water and iron carbide at a white heat (Men- delejeff), while others assume it to be formed by the decomposition of organic bodies. Thus C. Engler, in 1888 and 1889, showed that by destructive distillation of fish-oils under pressure, a distillate is formed possessing all the qualities of petroleum ; accordingly, he believes that petroleum is formed under similar con- ditions from huge fish-like animals. This theory should be enlarged so as to include the possible formation of petroleum from vegetable oils. Prof. S. P. Sadtler (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1896, p. 466) observed in the destructive distillation of lin- seed oil some 40 per cent of a neutral hydrocarbon oil of greenish fluorescence, from which paraffin oil and paraffin could be isolated. Prof. Edward Orton (Pharm. Jour. Trams.,Vol. XXII, 1891–92, p. 1066) believes the Lima and California oils, which contain nitrogen and sulphur, to be of animal, the Pennsylvania oil of vegetable origin, i.e., indirectly derived from the resinous spores of marine vegetations. Quite recently, G. Kraemer (Chemiker Zeitung, No. 80, 1899, p. 843) shows the formation of petroleum and paraffin by the vegetative action of diatoms. Petroleum is now extensively used in the manufacture of illuminating and lubri- cating oils and paraffin. Description and Chemical Composition.—Crude petroleum is an oily liquid varying from the thinness of water to the consistency of butter, and has all shades of color from light to dark-red and black. It often has a blue fluorescence. The specific gravity of the oil varies from 0.78 to 0.91. The Russian and German oils have a higher specific gravity than the Pennsylvania oil. The American petro- leum is also chemically different from the Russian oil. It consists chiefly of hydrocarbons of the paraffin series (CnH2n+.), which vary from the gaseous meth- ane (CH,), to the solid paraffin (C.H.). Besides, hydrocarbons of the unsatu- rated series (olefines, CnH2n) are present. Petroleum, when exposed to the air, loses its volatile constituents; the residue, by partial oxidation, thickens, and is converted into asphaltwm (see below). The oil obtained near Lima, Ohio, has a peculiar unpleasant smell, and contains sulphur compounds, on account of which special methods for purification are required. The Russian petroleum contains 10 per cent of benzol hydrocarbons and 90 per cent of peculiar hydrocarbons (CnH2n) called naphtenes (Markownikoff). (See detailed paper on these naphtenes by Dr. R. Wischin, Baku, in Chemiker Zeitung, 1899, pp. 916–926.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Petroleum, or rock oil, is not an active poison, unless it contains sulphur, which is the case with crude petroleum from Canada and Lima, Ohio. Even with children, the fatal dose must be very large, death being due to its secondary gastro-intestinal effects, rather than to any results PETROLEUM. 1451 of absorption of the hydrocarbons (Taylor, Med. Jurisp.). The toxic effects are vomiting, dizziness, a Sense of fullness, pain and constriction in the head, thirst, burning in fauces and stomach, cardiac palpitation, faintness, pallor and coldness of surface, cold sweats, weak pulse and symptoms of collapse, Occasionally fol- lowed by somnolence. Sometimes tetanic convulsions take place, and, as a rule, diarrhoea does not occur. Often vomiting does not ensue. The vapor of the various products included under the name petroleum intoxicate, and various cases of intoxication have lately been recorded from the intentional inhalation of gasoline. The local application of coal oil must be guarded, for, if air be ex- cluded extensive and dangerous blistering and ulceration may result (Felter, Ec. Med. Jour., 1897, p. 110). Therapeutically, petroleum appears to possess stimulating properties, and has been recommended as a remedy in various diseases. It is decidedly antiseptic, and somewhat antispasmodic, expectorant, and diuretic. A mixture, composed of 16 drops of petroleum and 24 drops of tincture of asafoetida, to be taken at 1 dose, and repeated 3 times a day, has been advised in the treatment of tapeworm. Pe- troleum has also been recommended in various diseases of the lungs and air-tubes, when not accompanied with inflammatory symptoms. Internally, it has been advised in bronchitis, and in other conditions attended with increased secretion of mucus. For internal use, the crude oil is preferred to the purified, and has been used for the relief of whooping-cough and crowp. Its dose is from 10 to 30 drops, in wine, milk, syrup, etc. Externally, it has been employed as a stimula- ting embrocation in lepra, psoriasis, and other scaly diseases of the skin, atomic chronic Thewmatism, chilblaims, sprains, Symovitis, twmors, burns, Stiffness and contraction of the joints, local paralysis, etc. It is asserted to dissolve the diphtheritic membrane. It destroys the itch insect and pediculi. British oil is composed of 4 fluid ounces, each, of oil of turpentine and oil of linseed; 2 fluid ounces, each, of oil of amber and oil of juniper; 1; fluid ounces of Barbadoes petroleum, and , fluid ounce of American petroleum or Seneca oil. Coal oil (Kerosene, see Derivatives, below) is reputed to drive away crickets, cock- roaches, bedbugs, rats, mice, etc., if sprinkled around their haunts. It is consider- ably used as a popular local remedy for piles, itch, rheumatism, painful affections, sprains, etc., and has been recommended internally in several diseases. Mecca oil, a mineral oil from a place named Mecca, Ohio, is said to be useful in bronchial, larymgeal, and pulmonary affections, and was formerly sold at most ex- travagant prices for such purpose. The dose varies from 5 to 30 drops, repeated 2 or 3 times a day. Dr. Andreosky asserts to have used petroleum maphtha, in doses of 10 to 20 drops, in 2 or 3 fluid ounces of wine or mint-water, with benefit in Asiatic cholera. Derivatives of Petroleum.—Crude petroleum, by rectification, is differentiated into several Constituents of commercial importance. The most valuable constituent is the burning oil fraction, which formerly, in American oil, amounted to from 35 to 55 per cent, while from 20 to 30 per cent of lubricating oil was obtained. By means of a peculiar process, whereby the Vapors are allowed to become superheated (cracking), the yield of burning oil is increased at the expense of the lubricating fraction. Thus the yield is now 75 to 80 per cent of the former and about 6 per cent of the latter (Prof. S. P. Sadtler, Handbook of Indust. Org. Chem., 2d ed., 1895, p. 19). The principal fractions of the crude oil are the benzine distillate, burning oil dis. tillate, and residuum ; the latter is redistilled in so-called tar-stills, and yields block paraffin, lubricating oil, yellow wax and coke. In Baku, distillation is continuous, and is not carried to coking; the residual mass is used in the same process as fuel. BENZINE DISTILLATE amounts to 12 per cent of the crude oil, and is separated into a great number of commercially important fractions—e.g., (1) Cymogeme, boiling at 0°C. (32°F.), hence a gas at Ordinary temperature. It is used in the making of artificial ice. (2) Rhigolene, boiling at 18.3°C. (65°F.), hence an exceedingly volatile and inflammable liquid, having a specific gravity of 0.60. As it reduces the temperature to —28.3°C. (–19°F.), by evaporation, it is recommended in the form of a spray by Dr. H. J. Bigelow (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1866, p. 363), as a substitute for ether as a local freezing anaesthetic. It has not come into general use. (3) Petroleum ether (Sherwood oil), boiling from 40° to 70°C. (104° to 158°F.). It is used as a solvent, especially for Caoutchouc and fats, and to propel gas motors, (4) Gasoline (camadol), boiling from 70° to 90°C. (158° to 194°F.). It is used as a solvent for oil from seeds, and was suggested as an effective and cheap agent to free the cutaneous surfaces and subjacent tissues. (5) Petro- leum naphtha boils from 80° to 110°C. (176° to 230°F.), and has a specific gravity of 0.69 to 0.70. It dissolves wax, caoutchouc, oils, pitch, etc., and is used in the manufacture of oil-cloth and of varnishes. (6) Ligroine boils from 80° to 120°C. (176° to 248°F.), has a specific gravity of 0.71 to 0.73, and is chiefly used as a solvent. 1452 PETROLEUMI. BURNING OIL FRACTION (Keroseme, Coal oil).-The commercial illuminating and burning oils occur under varied and often fanciful names. They are distinguished mainly by their color and their fire test. In order to remove color and empyreumatic odor from the crude fractions, they must be purified by shaking with 13 to 2 per cent of sulphuric acid, washing with water and with solution of caustic soda. The most important test for burning oils is that which ascertains the degree of safety in burning; it is known as the fire-test, and includes the determination of the flashing point and the burning point of the oil. The flashing point is that temperature at which the oil gives off vapors which, when mixed with air, will explode in the presence of an Open light—e.g., a spark—yet without igniting the oil; at a somewhat higher temperature—the burning point—the oil will be ignited by the explosion. Many methods have been devised to determine the flashing point of petroleum with greatest possible accu- racy, for which see details in Prof. S. P. Sadtler's Handbook of Indust, Org. Chem., 2d ed., 1895, p. 34. The official apparatus used in England and Germany is that devised by Sir Frederick Abel, and the operation is known as the Abel test; in this a closed oil-cup is used. In the United States, a modified, open-cup test is used; this gives results somewhat too high as compared with the other test. It is stated that the oils going to the continent of Europe, to China and Japan, have a flashing point of 43.3°C. (110° F.); the “head-light,” used in America, a flash- ing point of 65.5°C. (150°F.). It is a matter of regret that the official standard in Germany and England and other countries is as low as 21°C. (69.8°F.) by the Abel test. In this con- nection, see an exceedingly interesting article on the flashing point of petroleum, by Lobry de Bruyn, in Chemiker Zeitung, 1896, pp. 251–265 and 623–626, wherein it is earnestly advocated to raise the official flashing point to 40°C. (104°F.) by the Abel test. PARAFFIN is a solid mixture of hydrocarbons of the paraffin series (CnH2n+2), occurring chiefly in crude petroleum, especially the thick variety, from which it is often deposited upon standing. It was discovered, in 1830, by Reichenbach in the tar resulting from the destructive distillation of beech wood; it is also formed by the dry distillation of peat, bituminous shales, and coals—e.g., cannel coal, boghead coal—and occurs in nature in the form of the “minerals” Ozokerite or earth war, in Galizia, and meft-gil, in Persia; of the former it constitutes about 50 per cent, and, when obtained from it, resembles wax, and is called ceresine. Paraffin also oc- curs native in Utah and Texas. On a commercial scale, it is obtained either from petroleum, by fractionally distilling the burning oil residue in tar stills, purifying the distillate, and sepa- rating the solid paraffin from the liquid paraffin oil by chilling and pressing, or, as is done in Germany and in Scotland, by the dry distillation of bituminous shales at low temperatures, whereby benzene, naphtha (photogene), and burning oil (Solar oil) are likewise obtained (see details in Prof. Sadtler's Handbook, 2d ed., pp. 21, 25, and 27). The preparation of petrolatum (U. S. P.), from petroleum, is considered under Petrolatum. Paraffin is a white, microcrystalline mass, resembling wax or spermaceti, inodorous and tasteless, and slightly greasy to the touch. The melting point of paraffin varies considerably, according to its origin. The Br. Pharm. (1898) demands for Paraffinum Durum (Hard paraffin) a melting point of 54.4° to 57.2° C. (130° to 135°F.), while the Ger. Pharm. (1890) requires for Paraffinum Solidum the unusually high melting point of 74° to 80°C. (165.2° to 176°F.). Paraffin varies in specific gravity from 0.82 to 0.94 (Br. Pharm.). It is insoluble in water, slightly solu- ble in absolute alcohol, almost entirely soluble in ether. It is also soluble in oil of turpen- time, ether, benzol, and hot olive oil; does not dissolve camphor, naphtalin, or pitch, when fused with them, but may be readily mixed with stearin, spermaceti, beeswax, and common resin. Lard and Suet separate from it on cooling, Sulphide of carbon dissolves its weight of paraffin, and chloroform, about one-fifth its weight. It is a good insulator of electricity. When ignited, it burns with a bright flame, leaving no residue. When heated to temperatures above 300° C. (572°F.), it may be distilled without being decomposed. The Ger. Pharm. directs that, if 3 Gm. Of paraffin be heated, on the water-bath, with 3 Co. of concentrated sul- phuric acid for 10 minutes, with repeated shaking, the acid should but slightly turn brown, and the paraffin should not be altered. One part of alcohol, boiled with I part of paraffin, should not redden blue litmus paper. Paraffin is indifferent toward acids and alkalies at ordinary temperatures, hence its name, from p(trum affinis, meaning of little affinity. Bromine, however, readily evolves hydrobromic acid upon warming with paraffin, chlorine also acts upon this substance at a higher temperature. Paraffin is used in the manufacture of paraffin can- dles and Swedish matches; in the manufacture of sugar, to prevent the syrup from foaming and boiling over, to produce gloss On paper and fabrics, to prevent surfaces of vessels from being attacked by corrosive liquids, and for many other purposes. ASPIALTUM, Asphalt, also known as Mineral pitch, Pitch of Judea, is a bituminous product, resulting from petroleum by evaporation of the lighter hydrocarbons and partial oxidation of the residue. In liquid form (mallha), it is found in Alsatia, in California, Utah, Kentucky, Tennessee, and Texas. Solid asphalt is chiefly obtained from the asphalt lake of Trinidad, in the West Indies, which supplies most of the asphalt used in the United States, and from Vene- zuela, South America (Bermudez asphalt). Other deposits of solid asphalt are in Cuba, Switzer- land, Hannover, and the Dead Sea in Palestine. Asphalt, has the appearance of pitch, and is brownish-black in color. Its bituminous part is Insoluble in acids, alkalies, water, and alcohol, and soluble in fatty oils, oil of turpentine, petroleum, carbon disulphide, chloroform, acetone, and ether. The total quantity of bitumen is determined by extraction with carbon disulphide. That part of the extracted bitunnen, Soluble in petroleum naphtha, called pet, olene, is tough and elastic, and, for paying purposes, is the only valuable part; the rest is brittle asphaltene. Trinidad asphalt contains about 39.8 per cent of bitumen, and 34 per cent of mineral matter, while Bermudez asphalt contains over 90 per cent of bitumen and only 2.6 per cent of mineral matters (S. P. Sadtler, loc. cit , p. 17). For paving purposes, asphalt is mixed with limestone PETROSELINUM. 1453 and sand. This addition prevents the mass from being inflamnable, and, when properly pre- pared, permits expansion and contraction, in hot or cold weather, without cracking. Asphalt is also used in the making of varnishes. PETROSELINUIM.–PARSLEY. The root of Petroselinum sativum, Hoffmann (Apium Petroselinum, Linné). Nat. Ord.—Umbelliferae. COMMON NAME: Parsely, Common parsley. Botanical Source.—Parsley is a biennial plant with a fleshy, spindle-shaped root, and a round, striated, erect, smooth, branching stem. The radical leaves are biternate, bright-green, and borne on long, channeled petioles; the leaflets are rhomboidal-ovate, wedge-shaped at the base, deeply incised, the segments mucro- mate and sometimes rounded. The upper leaves gradually become more entire and narrower, till the uppermost are simply ternate with linear segments. Unn- bels terminal and axillary, pedunculated, with 5 to 8 rays. General involucre none, or 1 or 2 subulate, minute bracts; partial involucre with 6 or 8 setaceous bracts, much shorter than the pedicels, erect, forming a perfect whorl. The flowers are white or greenish ; the petals rounded, incurved, and scarcely emar- ginate; the calyx with the limb obsolete; the disk short, conical, and somewhat crenulate; the styles diverging. The fruit is ovate, about a line long, compressed, pale greenish-brown, the back occupied by three elevated, pale primary ridges, the two others quite on the margin at the side. The stamens are longer than the corolla (L.). History.—Parsley is a European plant, and was known as early as the first century. It is now cultivated in nearly all moderate climates as a culinary vege- table. The plant has a grateful aroma. The seeds, herb, and root, are the medici- nal parts; the root has rather an agreeable odor, and a saccharine, slightly spicy taste, and should be used while fresh. The root and herb contain small quantities of a volatile oil; larger quantities are contained in the seeds. Chemical Composition.—The root, besides sugar, starch, mucilage, and 0.08 per cent of essential oil, contains a peculiar body, named by Braconnot (1843) apčim. The essential oil from the root has a specific gravity of 1,049, and upon standing, deposits crystals, probably of apiol (see below). Parsley seeds contain fatty Oil (about 22 per cent, Rump, 1836), volatile oil containing the well-defined crystallizable body apiol, tannin, gelatinous apiim (of Braconnot), and an oily sub- stance apiol (Joret and Homolle, Jour. Pharm. Chim., 1855, p. 212). Parsley seeds yield, upon distillation with water about 2.8 per cent (4.27 per cent, H. C. Whit- ney, 1880) of an essential oil (oil of parsley), part of which is heavier than water. Crystals of apiol (formerly called parsley camphor) are formed by exposing the oil to a low temperature. Some oils are semisolid, owing to the presence of large quantities of apiol. Apiol (C.H.O.) melts at 30°C. (86°F.), and boils at 294°C. (561.2°F.), hence is not easily volatilized with the vapors of boiling water. It has the characteristic taste, but only a faint odor of parsley. Its chemical com- position was cleared up, by Ciamician and Silber (1888 and 1890). It is soluble in alcohol and ether; almost insoluble in water. Oil of parsley also contains laevo- pineme (v. Gerichten, 1876). APIOL, of Joret and Homolle, is an oily liquid which has the odor and taste of parsley; it is not miscible with water, has a specific gravity of 1.078, and was introduced as a febrifuge capable of supplanting quinine. It is probably not a uniform body, and is prepared by abstracting an alcoholic extract of the seeds, with chloroform or ether, removing fat by triturating the evaporated residue with lead oxide, and after 48 hours filtering through charcoal. The oil thus obtained is probably identical with the heavy part of the volatile oil from the seeds. Also See paper on this subject by H. C. Whitney (New Remedies, 1880, p. 7). APIIN may be isolated from the seeds by extracting them with alcohol and removing apiol from the alcoholic extract by means of ether. The residue is purified by repeated solution in alcohol and precipitation with water. Similarly, apiim may be obtained from the herb, wherein it was first discovered. It is a white, tasteless, microcrystalline powder, soluble in warm alcohol and boiling Water. Upon cooling it falls out, forming a jelly in as dilute a solution as 1 in 1454 PHELL ANDRIU M, 1500. It is soluble in alkalies, and is precipitated therefrom by acids. Aqueous solutions of apiim produce a deep blood-red coloration with ferric chloride (Bra- connot). It is a glucosid, and is decomposed by the action of diluted acids into dextrose and apigemin (Lindenborn, 1867; v. Gerichten, 1876). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—PARSLEY. Diuretic, relieving urinary irritation. Very useful in dropsy, especially that following Scarlatina, and other cranthematous diseases. Also used in retention of wrime, Strangwry, and gomorrhoea. Parsley Seeds have a powerful odor, somewhat like that of turpentine, and a spicy, pungent taste, and have been used as a carminative, and for the same purpose as the root—they are said to be very poisomous to the parrot. The seeds as well as the leaves, sprinkled on the hair, in powder, or in the form of an ointment, will effectually destroy vermin; the leaves, applied as a fonmentation, will, it is asserted, cure the bites or Stings of insects. The leaves, bruised, are a good applica- tion to contusions, swelled breasts, and enlarged glands—reputed to “dry up the milk.” of wet-nurses. The oil is efficient as a diuretic, in doses of 3 or 4 drops a day; dose of the infusion, 2 to 4 fluid ounces, 3 or 4 times a day. APIOL.–In doses of from 7 to 15 grains apiol occasions a cerebral excitement similar to that caused by coffee, a sensation of vigor and composure, and warmth about the stomach; in doses of from 30 to 60 grains it causes intoxication, giddi- mess, flashes of light, vertigo and ringing in the ears, etc. It is highly recom- mended as a substitute for quinine in intermittent fevers, and has proved very effi- cient. It has likewise been found valuable in menstrual derangements; as fetid men- Struation, meuralgic dysmemorrhaea, newralgic wierine colic, amemorrhaea, etc.; also in the might-sweats of consumption. The dose is 3 to 6 grains, several times a day, begin- ming a couple of days prior to menstruation, given in gelatin capsules, or formed into pills with medicinal amygdalin soap, and magnesia, gum, or yellow of egg. Related Species.—Apium graveolens, Linné; Celery. This well-known garden plant is indigenous to European countries, where it is found growing wild in meadows and ditches. The fruit is used under the name fructus apii or celery-seed. The leaves and root contain man- nit; the Whole plant contains mucilage, fat, sugar, and essential oil. The latter has the char- acteristic odor of celery, a specific gravity of 0.870 to 0.895, and contains 90 per cent of hydro- carbons, among these deactro-limomene but no pinene. The odor of celery oil is due to sedamolid (C12H18O2), and the anhydride of sedamomic acid (C12H16O2) (Ciamician and Silber, 1897). Both substances are volatilized with difficulty, and the greater part of them may often be obtained from the residue of distillation (see Gildemeister and Hoffmann, Die AEiherrschen Oele, 1899, p. 713). An infusion of the roots or herbs has been employed for rheumatic complaints, chronic bronchial affections and in internittents. The seeds and plant are reputed nerve tonics, and are used for about the same purposes as parsley. The seeds enter into the formation of many medicines intended as nerve tonics. Locally, the infusion or the bruised plants have been employed as a stimulant, anodyne poultice. Conioselinum canadense (Selinum canadense, B. and H.). Wet woods of northern United States. Used, under the name Hemlock parsley, in dysentery. PHELLANDRIUM.–WATER, FENNEL. The fruit of CEnamthe Phellandrium, Lamarck (Phellandrium aquaticum, Linné). Nat. Ord.—Umbelliferae. COMMON NAMES: Water femmel, Fine-leaved water hemlock, Watcr dropwort. Botanical Source.—This plant is a biennial or perennial, umbelliferous herb, having a thick, spindle-shaped root, with many whorled fibers. The stem is hol- low, furrowed, half immersed in the water, very bushy, with numerous spread- ing, leafy branches, and from 2 to 4 feet in height. The leaves are petioled, spreading, repeatedly pinnate, cut, with innumerable fine, expanded, dark-green, shining, acute segments. The umbels are opposite to the leaves, on shortish stalks, about 5-rayed, without any general bracts. Partial umbels are very dense, of numerous short rays, accompanied by many narrow, taper-pointed bracts. The flowers are white, numerous, all fertile, Outer ones largest and most irregular; innermost more certainly prolific. Styles long, filiform, spreading, and capitate. Fruit ovate, rather compressed, purplish, smooth, oblong, crowned with the min- ute spreading calyx, and rather short, permanent, slightly spreading styles; the dorsal ridges distinct, but little elevated, the lateral ones much broader and thicker; all confluent below the calyx. The pedicels are shorter than the fruit (L.). i’HENACETINUM. 1455 History and Description.—This plant is common to Europe, growing in ditches and wet places, and its leaves are reputed harmful to cattle, causing a species of palsy after eating it. It is poisonous, but not so dangerously so as the CEnamthe Crocata (Dead-tongue, or Hemlock dropwort; see Related Species), which is con- sidered the most emergetic poison of the narcotico-acrid Umbelliferae. By desic- cation, they lose much of their poisonous properties. The CE. Phellandrium is occa- sionally found in this country. The seeds are the parts used. They are about Tº inch long, of a yellowish-green color, elliptical, slightly curved, flat on one side and gibbous on the other, striated with 10 filiform ribs, and terminate in small, 5-toothed heads, the remains of the calyx and styles. They have a peculiar, strong odor, somewhat resembling angelica, and an acrid, spicy taste, owing to a volatile oil, which they contain in abundance. Chemical Composition.—The seeds contain about 1.5 per cent of volatile oil and 19.5 per cent of fatty oil. Indications of an alkaloid have been variously observed (see Flückiger, Pharmacognosie, 3d ed., 1891, p. 953). It is probably the poisonous phellandrin of earlier chemists. The volatile oil has a penetrating, aro- matic odor, a specific gravity of about 0.87, and contains 80 per cent of the ter- pene hydrocarbon phellandreme. It was discovered by Pesci (1883) in the seeds of this plant, from which it was named. It is present as dertro-phellandreme, which also occurs in other oils, while laºvo-phellamdréme is the chief constituent of certain Eucalyptus and other oils—e.g., Eucalyptus amygdalina. Phellandrene forms a characteristic nitrite, melting at 103°C. (217.4°F.). It is an unstable terpene, capable of polymerization into solid diphellandrene, or of being converted into the optically inactive isomer, dipentene. - Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Water fennel is a mild marcotic stimu- lant, expectorant, alterative, and diuretic. In large doses, it produces dizziness, inebriation, and dull pains in the head. The seeds have been most success- fully used in chronic affections of the air-passages, as laryngitis, asthma, hemoptysis, catarrh, etc.; also in periodical febrile diseases, dyspeptic affections, and in indolent ulcera- tions. They are given in powder, commencing with 4 or 5 grains, every 1 or 2 hours throughout the day, cautiously increasing the dose to 8 or 10 grains. Two parts each of powdered gum Arabic and sugar of milk may be mixed with 1 part of the powdered seeds, and divided into doses of 25 grains each, which may be repeated every 2 or 3 hours. Dr. Turnbull, of Liverpool, used the following tinc- ture and extract: Take of well-bruised seeds of phellandrium, 16 ounces; alco- hol, a sufficient quantity to displace by percolation 32 fluid ounces. The dose is from # to 1 fluid drachm. For the alcoholic extract, take of the seeds of phellan- drium, bruised, 16 ounces; alcohol, 3 parts; displace by percolation, distill off 2% pints of alcohol, and evaporate the remainder to the consistence of an extract. The dose is from 3 to 5 grains, in pill. He recommended it highly in consumption and bronchitis, to relieve troublesome cough, render expectoration less and easier, and produce sleep at night. He believed the above preparations to contain all the beneficial properties of the seeds, and to act with more certainty and power. Related Species.—CEnanthe Crocata, Linné (GEmanthe apifolia), Nat. Ord.—Umbelliferae; Water hemlock, Water lovdge, Water dropwort, Hemlock dropwort, Dead-tongue. Indigenous to Eng. land, France, Spain, and Sweden, thriving in swamps and moist situations. The root of this Species is medicinal. This is an exceedingly poisonous plant. The active poisonous principle is a resinous matter, Soluble in ether and alcohol, insoluble in water. An alkaloid could not be isolated (A. Vincent, Jour. Pharm. Chim., 1864, p. 140; also see microscopical investigation by H. W. Jones, Pharm. Jour. Trans., Vol. XVI, 1885, p. 357). The plant produces severe gas- tro-intestinal disturbances and convulsions. A number of cases of poisoning, some fatal, are recorded in Hale's New Remedies—Therapeutics. Small doses of the tincture have been advised in epilepsy by Several Writers in the Eclectic Medical Journal, Eclectic Medical Gleaner, and other journals, DOSes of even 5 drops sometimes produce violent headache and other unpleasant symptoms, in which case the dose will have to be lessened. PHENACETINUM, PHENACETIN. FoRMULA : C, H.OC, H.NHC, H.O. Moi, ECULAR WEIGHT: 178.63. SYNONYMS: Para-acetphenetidim, Para-ethory-acetamilid, Phenacetime. History and Preparation.—This compound was introduced to the profession by Kast and Hinsberg, in 1887. It is produced by a series of chemical processes,” 14.56 PHEN ACETINUIM. by which its molecule is gradually built up. The successive steps are as follows: Phenol (carbolic acid, C.H.OH) is converted into para-nitro-phenol (C.H.O.H. NO) by means of nitric acid; of this compound the sodium salt (C.H.O.Na.N.O.) is prepared, and converted by double decomposition with ethyl-iodide (C, H, I) into para-nitro-phenetol (C.H.OC, H.N.O.), which yields, upon reduction of the nitro-group by means of nascent hydrogen, para-amido-phenetol, or paraethoxy-ami- line (C.H.OC, H.NH). Upon boiling this compound with glacial acetic acid (CH CO.OH), the amido-group is acetylized, and phenacetin (C.H.OC, H.N.H. CH,CO) results. Description and Tests.-Phenacetin consists of white, tasteless, inodorous, glistening, scaly crystals, neutral to litmus. It dissolves in boiling alcohol (1 in 2), cold alcohol (1 in 6), boiling water (1 in 70), and very sparingly in cold water (1 in 1400); melting point 135°C. (275° F.). When heated on platinum foil, it should volatilize without leaving a residue. It dissolves without color in sul- phuric acid. When 0.1 Gm. of phenacetin is boiled with 2 Co. of hydrochloric acid for half a minute, the liquid diluted with 20 Co. of water, cooled and filtered, the filtrate assumes a deep-red coloration upon the addition of solution of chromic acid (BP. Pharm., 1898). In this reaction, phenacetin is hydrolyzed into acetic acid and para-phenetidim (C.H.OC, H, NH,), which yields red color-reactions with oxidizers. This test, slightly modified, is also official in the German Pharmaco- poeia. To establish the absence of para-phenetidin, the British Pharmacopoeia gives the following test: “A mixture of 0.3 Gm. of phenacetin with 1 Co. of alcohol (90 per cent), should not acquire a red tint when diluted with 3 times its volume of water, and boiled with 1 drop of volumetric solution of iodine (absence of para- phenetidin)”—(Br. Pharm., 1898). The German Pharmacopoeia tests for acetamilid as follows: Dissolve 0.1 Grm. of phenacetin in 10 Co. of hot water, allow to cool, filter, and add to the filtrate bromine water, until the solution is yellow. The absence of turbidity, which would consist of para-brom-acetanilid, will indicate the absence of acetanilid. The latter is more readily soluble in water than phenacetin. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Phenacetin is probably the best of the coal-tar products which have been introduced and so wonderfully multiplied in the last few years. However, while ordinarily safe in proper doses, in large amounts, and sometimes even with the regulation doses, it is capable of produc- ing serious symptoms, if not death. Among the toxic symptoms are vomiting, chills, profuse sweating, quickened respiration, sleepiness, marked reduction of the temperature, and almost stoppage of the heart's action. Cyanosis is marked. After the internal administration of phenacetin, the urine contains a substance reducing Fehling's solution. Therapeutically, it is analgesic, diaphoretic, and antipyretic. In local conges- tions and inflammation, it has a tendency to reduce the swelling in proportion as it controls the pain. The sweating produced is not as severe as that caused by antipyrin, nor is it so apt to produce the cutaneous eruptions and aural symp- toms that sometimes follow the use of the latter and other antipyretics. It is of of some value in fevers, and gives comfort in, but does not in the least shorten the duration of typhoid fever. Here the smaller doses should be employed. In 2-grain doses, it controls the high-temperature of phthisical patients, without producing excessive diaphoresis. One of its most important uses with us is to produce that moistened condition of the skin and tongue necessary to render the patient cap- able of being benefited by the action of quinime. A dry skin and tongue and an irritable nervous system are, with us, contraindications for the latter drug. But in malaria and other disorders, in which quinine, when properly administered, does good service, phenacetin readily puts the patient in condition for the kindly reception of the antiperiodic. Its use, however, as a primary antipyretic is not favored by the Eclectic profession. Phenacetin promptly controls pain, acting best when independent of struc- tural change. It is adapted to either acute or chronic conditions. It is one of the popular remedies for headaches, particularly of the nervo-congestive and catar- rhal forms. As an antil heumatic, its action in relieving pain is pronounced, and for the property of controlling muscular pain, it has been extensively employed in la grippe, ague, tonsillitis, and febrile and inflammatory diseases. It controls the PHEN ACETINUM. 1457 pains of dysmemorrhoea, articular rheumatism, neuralgia, pleurisy, and acute nephritis, but should be used with care. Muscular spasm is relaxed by it, and it lessens the irritability of the congested larynx in pertussis and laryngitis, and is claimed of value in hysteria, asthma, and epilepsy, acting as an antispasmodic. As an anti- thermic, the dose is from 1 to 5 grains; as an analgesic, 3 to 20 grains, beginning always with the smaller dose. It may be given in powder upon the tongue, or floating upon water, or preferably, in capsules. If given in powder, in water, it should be first moistened with a few drops of some alcoholic fluid to prevent its adherence to the glass or spoon. Owing to its sparing solubility phenacetin is somewhat unmanageable (Murrell). Contraindicated by debility. Specific Indications and Uses.—Sthenic conditions; severe muscular pain; pain from congestion ; neuralgic pains; nervo-congestive or catarrhal headache; high temperature; preparator for quinine administration. Related Compounds and Derivatives.—METHACETIN (CsIFIA.OCH3.NHC2H3O), Para- acetamisidim, Para-methorſ-acetamilid. This compound is analogous to phenacetin, the ethyl group of the latter being replaced by the methyl group. Hence it is produced exactly in the same man- ner as phenacetin, excepting that methyl iodide (or chloride) is substituted for ethyl iodide (or chloride). It forms coloriess or faintly reddish, odorless, lustrous scales, fusing at 127°C. (260.6° F.), and vaporizing unchanged at a greater heat. It dissolves readily in boiling water (1 in 12), but sparingly in cold water (1 in 526). Alcohol, chloroform, acetone, glycerin, and the fixed oils dissolve it readily. If heated with less water than is required to dissolve it, it melts to an oily liquid, which becomes solid again when cooled. This serves to distinguish it from phenacetin, which falls out in the form of crystals. Methacetin is reputed antipyretic, antiseptic, and analgesic. It is an unsafe remedy, however, for it powerfully reduces the tem- perature and pulse-rate in febrile conditions, frequently producing excessive sweating, cyano- sis, and dangerous collapse. It has been employed in phthisis, articular rheumatism, neuralgia, and typhoid fever, with rather unfavorable results. It should never be given to debilitated individuals. The dose for one day is from 7 to 15 grains. L ACTOPHENIN is an antipyretic, analgesic, and antineuralgic agent, the specialty of C. F. Boehringer & Soehne, New York City. It is a derivative of phenetidin, containing a lactic acid constituent in place of the acetic acid constituent of phenacetine. Chemically it is lactyl- paraphenetidin (CSH, OC, H, .NH.CO.CHOH]CH3). It is a crystalline powder, slightly bit- ter, and soluble in about 300 parts of water; acids and alkalies decompose it. Therapeutically, it acts as an antipyretic, reducing temperature gradually, with no effect on the heart; and as an amalgesic, and as a mild hypnotic. Its range of application is indicated by these properties; according to clinical reports it has been used with marked success in typhoid fever, articular Theumatism, meuralgia, headache, migraine, influenza, etc.; reports of its safety and desirability in children's practice have been frequent. The dose for adults is from 4 to 15 grains, with daily maximum of 30 to 45 grains. PHENOCOLL HYDROCHLORIDE, Glycocoll paraphemetedim hydrochloride, Phenocoll hydrochlorate (C6H4.OC2H5.N.H.COCH2. NH2.HCl). — Phenocoll results from the interaction of glyeocoll (amido-acetic acid) and phenetidin (para-amidophenetol) (see Phenacetin). Its hydrochloride forms a very fine white, crystalline powder soluble in cold water (1 in 20) with neutral reaction. Alcohol and hot water dissolve it more freely. From hot water it crystallizes in cubical crys- tals; from boiling alcohol in acicular crystals. It is practically insoluble in benzol, chloro- form, and ether. Volatile and fixed alkalies and their carbonates precipitate the base pheno- coll from solutions of phenocoll hydrochloride. When anhydrous the base fuses at 100.5°C. (213°. F.); the hydrated compound (with 1 molecule of water) at 95°C. (203°F.). Acetate (soluble in water, 1 in 4), carbonate, and salicylate of phenocoll have also been produced. This compound has been employed as an antipyretic and analgesic. It is said to be a fairly safe remedy for rheumatic and neuralgic conditions, allaying pain, reducing the temperature, and promoting sleep. The urine becomes dark-colored under its administration. It is apt to pro- duce excessive sweating. Its use in influenza, malarial intermittents, phthisis, and typhoid fºrers is hardly justified by results. From 5 to 15 grains, administered in powder, capsules, or in water, from 3 to 5 times a day, is the usual dose. IODOPIENIN, Iodophenime, Iodo-phenacetim.—This product, which contains about 50 per cent of iodine, is closely related to phenacetin, probably being an iodine addition-compound of the latter (3 atoms of iodine to 2 molecules of phenacetin). It is prepared by adding an aqueous potassium-iodide solution of iodine to a mixture of aqueous solution of phenacetin (cold and suturated) and hydrochloric acid. The presence of the latter is essential. This gives a choco- late-colored precipitate composed of fine crystals. Warm glacial acetic acid is substituted for Water as a better solvent for phenacetin; in this case, steel-blue crystals result. Iodophenin has a burning, sharp taste, a faint iodine odor, and fuses under decomposition at 130° C. (266°F.). It imparts a yellow stain to the skin. Water does not dissolve it. The compound is readily soluble in alcohol, boiling hydrochloric acid, and glacial acetic acid, little soluble in chloroform and benzol. This agent is antiseptic and a topical irritant. It is not of much yalue in medicine. It is used locally only. When internally administered iodine is liberated in the intestines, resulting in iodine poisoning. Iodine is readily split off upon boiling with Water or upon treatment with sodium thiosulphate or caustic soda (Pharm. Centralhalle, 1891, p. 312; also compare ibid., p. 406). 92 1458 PHOSPHORUS. HYDRACETIN, Acetylphenylhydrazine (C6H5 HN–NHC2H3O).—To prepare this componnd, acetic anhydride and phenylhydrazine are heated together, the product is dissolved in boiling water, and allowed to crystallize. It forms nearly tasteless, odorless, colorless, prismatic crys- tals, melting between 128° and 129°C. (262.4° and 264.2°F.). Boiling with concentrated acid decomposes it into its constituents, phenylhydrazine and acetic acid. The commercial com- ound known as pyrodin or pyrodine, is impure hydracetin. It is soluble in alcohol, cold water (1 in 50), and in boiling water (1 in 8 or 10). Sulphuric acid dissolves it colorless, but the solution becomes blood-red when a drop of nitric acid is added to it (difference from methacetin and phenacetin). Like phenylhydrazine, hydracetin reduces Fehling's solution. It is a cumula- tive poison, destroying the blood-corpuscles. It has nevertheless been employed for a brief period in 3-grain doses, twice a day, as an antipyretic and antirheumatic agent. Even exter- nally applied, as has been recommended for psoriasis (5 to 15 per cent lanolin ointment of bydracetin), it has produced deleterious effects. It should have no place in medicine. PHENYLHYDRAZINE (CoH, .NH.NH2).-This is an oily, colorless fluid obtainable by vari- ous methods, e.g., by reduction of diazobenzene chloride (C6H5.N: N.Cl), with Stannous chlo- ride and hydrochloric acid. The following reaction takes place: C5 H5N: N.Cl-H2SnCl2 + 4HCl=C, H, NH.NH2.HCl (phenylhydrazine hydrochloride)+2SnCl4. Phenylhydrazine boils at 233°C. (451.4°F.). At a low temperature it solidifies in the form of tabular crystals, which fuse at 23°C. (73.4°F.). Alcohol and ether easily dissolve it, while it is soluble with difficulty in water. It is a basic substance, forming salts with acids. It has the characteristic property of entering into combination with aldehydes and ketones and their derivatives, notably with members of the sugar group. The remarkable achievements in the chemistry of the sugar group by Prof. Emil Fischer are due to the discovery of the characteristic behavior of phenyl- hydrazine toward the sugars. With dextrose it forms a characteristic crystallizable yellow compound called phenyl-glucosazone, and is recommended accordingly as a delicate test for sugar in urine. Phenylhydrazine enters into the manufacture of antipyrine and allied substances. This body is too poisonous for use in medicine. PHOSPHORUS (U. S. P.)—PHosphorus. SYMBOL: P. ATOMIC WEIGHT: 30.96. A non-metallic element, obtained from calcium phosphate by reduction with charcoal. “Phosphorus should be carefully kept under water, in strong, well-closed ves- sels, in a secure and moderately cool place, protected from the light”—(U.S. P.). Source and History.—Phosphorus was accidentally discovered in 1669, by Brandt, of Hamburg, as he was attempting to extract from human urine a liquid capable of converting silver into gold. In the year 1769, Gahn discovered it in bones, and very soon after, Scheele devised a process for obtaining it from them, which is essentially the process now pursued. It is a constituent also of nerves, brain, etc.; it is also found in the form of phosphates in various plants, combined with calcium, potassium, or iron, etc., and in this form is also met with in the mineral kingdom. Preparation.—Take animal bones, calcine them in an open fire till all the charcoal is burned out and they become white. In this state they contain from 75 to 80 per cent of phosphate of calcium (PO.),Ca. Reduce the calcined bones to a fine powder, and to 10 parts of this powder add 30 or 40 parts of water, and gradually stir in 6 parts of concentrated sulphuric acid. After 24 hours, 50 or 60 parts of water are added to the mixture, and the whole well stirred and digested for 1 or 2 days. The liquid is then strained and evaporated to the consistence of thick syrup, and then contains acid phosphate of calcium, which is formed according to the following equation: . ([POJ,Ca,--2H,SO,-20aSO,--[POJ,H,Ca). The syrup is now mixed with one-fourth of its weight of powdered charcoal, placed in an iron pot, and dried by exposure to a dull red heat, which converts the acid phosphate into calcium metaphosphate (PO.),Ca. This dried mass is then placed in a stoneware or iron retort, the neck of which ends in a wide bent tube which dips a little under water, in a bottle or receiver, and is gradually heated to whiteness. Two-thirds of the phosphoric acid in the mass is reduced by the charcoal, and phosphorus is set free, which distills over and condenses under the water. The reduction takes place as follows: 3(PO),Ca+10C=10CO-- (PO.),Ca,--4P). This equation also shows that carbonic oxide gas (CO) is dis- engaged in large quantity. Owing to the presence of water in the mass, part of the phosphorus is liable to be disengaged in combination with hydrogen, forming a spontaneously combustible gas. Care must, therefore, be taken to avoid explo- PHOSPHORUS. 1459 sions. The phosphorus first obtained is usually of a reddish-brown color, owing to the presence of phosphide of carbon, formed during the process; to purify it, it is melted under water, and while liquid, squeezed through chamois leather, which separates impurities. It is lastly melted under water and molded into sticks by running it under water into glass tubes and allowing to cool. To make the process more economical, the organic matter of the bones is previously utilized (see Gelatin); or the bones are first subjected to dry distillation whereby bome-black (animal charcoal) is yielded, which is used on a large scale in sugar refineries; after it has become useless for this purpose, it may be completely incinerated and used in the manufacture of phosphorus as described. Wöhler obtained phosphorus by distilling 2 parts of bone-black with 1 of quartz sand at a white heat. The silicic acid of the sand decomposed the phos- phate of calcium contained in the bone-black, and disengaged the phosphoric acid which was reduced by the carbon. A. Rossel (1893) prepares phosphorus by reducing glacial phosphoric acid or sodium- or calcium-metaphosphate with aluminum or zinc. This requires a much lower heat for the liberation of phos- phorus than the older method. In recent years, phosphorus is obtained by dis- tilling a mixture of calcium phosphate and coke in an electrical furnace (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1898, p. 595, from Scient. Amer.). Description.—Phosphorus exists in three allotropic modifications—namely, as the ordinary, Octobedral, poisonous; the red, amorphous, non-poisonous; and the metallic, or rhombohedral phosphorus. Ordinary, or yellow phosphorus is produced in the form of cylindrical sticks of a light-amber color, and a crystalline structure. The U. S. P. describes it as a “translucent, nearly colorless solid, of a waxy lustre, having, at ordinary tempera- tures, about the consistence of beeswax. By long keeping, the surface becomes red, and occasionally black. It has a distinctive and disagreeable odor and taste (but should not be tasted, except in a state of great dilution). When exposed to the air, it emits white fumes, which are luminous in the dark, and have an odor some- what resembling that of garlic. On long exposure to the air, it takes fire sponta- neously. Specific gravity 1.830, at 10°C. (50°F.). Melting point, 44°C. (111.2°F.). Phosphorus is insoluble or nearly so in water, to which, however, it imparts its characteristic, disagreeable odor and taste. Soluble in 350 parts of absolute alco- hol at 15°C. (59°F.), in 240 parts of boiling absolute alcohol, in 80 parts of abso- lute ether, in about 50 parts of any fatty oil, and very soluble in chloroform, or in carbon disulphide, the latter yielding a solution which must be handled with the greatest of care to prevent danger from fire”—(U. S. P.). From solutions in the latter two solvents phosphorus may be obtained in the form of well-developed crystals of the regular system. Phosphorus is somewhat flexible at ordinary temperatures, and may be easily cut with a knife, but is brittle at 0°C. (32°F). The presence of 0.3 per cent of sulphur, or even much less, renders it brittle at ordinary temperatures. Friction will cause phosphorus to ignite. When the atmosphere is excluded, phosphorus boils when heated to 290°C. (554°F.), but evaporates and sublimes at a much lower temperature (about 104°C., or 219.2°F.). Phosphorus combines with chlo- rine, bromine, and iodine, spontaneous combustion taking place in the reaction. The luminosity of phosphorus, when exposed to moist air, is due to slow oxida- tion, whereby phosphorous acid (HPO,) is formed. It is strange, however, that phosphorus is not in the least oxidized when in contact with pure oxygen even for months. The luminosity produced by phosphorus is destroyed by alkalies, alcohol, carbolic acid, etc. Phosphorus also imparts luminosity to the vapors of water, with which it is distilled, and may thus be identified. Heated in oxygen, phosphorus burns with a dazzling light. The heavy, white cloud which forms when phosphorus burns in the air, consists of phosphorus pento&ide (P.O.), the anhydride of phosphoric acid (P.O.--3H,0=2PO,H,) (also see Acidum Phosphoricum). Upon slow oxidation of phosphorus, the volatile, white tri-ovide (P.O.) is formed, which is the anhydride of phosphorous acid (P.O.--3H,0=2POH). The anhydride of hypophosphorous acid (PO.H.) (see Acidwm Hypophosphorosum), which would have the formula (P.O), does not exist. . Yellow phosphorus is a very dangerous substance to handle, and occasions painful and slow-healing sores when in contact with the skin. When small pieces 1460 PHOSPHORUS. are dried between filtering paper, they soon ignite. Phosphorus should be pre- served under water in well-stoppered vessels, and kept in a dark place. Phosphorus is used as a poison for rats and vermin, and finds extensive appli- cation in the manufacture of matches. In the laboratory, it is employed for many chemical processes, e.g., the preparation of pure phosphoric acid and other pharmaceutical compounds. Impurities and Tests.—Phosphorus sometimes contains arsenic or sulphur or both. “To test for arsenic and sulphur, proceed as follows: Add 3 Gm. Of phosphorus to 15 Co. of nitric acid diluted with 15 Co. of distilled water in a flask having the capacity of 50 Co., and digest the mixture at a gentle heat on a waters bath, until the phosphorus is dissolved. Transfer the solution to a capsule, and evaporate it until no more nitrous vapors are given off, and then dilute the solu- tion to 30 Co. with distilled water. Heat 20 Co. of the diluted solution to about 70° C. (158° F.) for half an hour, passing hydrogen sulphide through it during the half-hour's heating, and then until the liquid has become cold. If the liquid be now allowed to stand at rest during 24 hours, not more than a very small Quantity of lemon-yellow precipitate should be visible (limit of arsenic). On add- ing barium chloride T.S. to the remainder of the liquid, not more than a slight opalescence should be produced (limit of sulphur)”—(U. S. P.). Allotropic Modifications.—AMORPHOUs, or RED PHOSPHORUS. Ordinary, or yellow phosphorus, exposed to sunlight or violet light, turns into red phos- phorus. Exposure to temperatures between 240° and 250° C. (464° and 482°F.) accomplishes the same result, while a heat above 260° C. (500°F.) revives ordi- nary phosphorus. The best method to obtain the red modification is to heat ordinary phosphorus in a closed vessel above its boiling point, i. e., to 300° C. (572°F.). It forms a deep-reddish powder or mass, having a metallic lustre, is absolutely stable in the atmosphere, does not ignite when rubbed, is insoluble in the solvents for ordinary phosphorus, has a higher specific gravity (2.106), and is non-poisonous, because it is not absorbed by the system. It is not fusible, but vaporizes at 260° C. (500°F.). When heated in the presence of nitrogen to 450°C. (842°F.), it is converted into vitreous (ordinary) phosphorus. Commercial red phosphorus is liable to contain traces of ordinary phosphorus, which should be removed by boiling with caustic soda. The crude article should, therefore, be kept under water. METALLIC, or RHOMBOHEDRIC PHOSPHORUS, is obtained by exposing phos. phorus with metallic lead in closed vessels to a red heat for 40 hours, allowing to cool, and dissolving out the lead with diluted nitric acid. It forms lustrous, dark Scales, or microscopic rhombohedra, has a specific gravity of 2.34, and is con- verted into ordinary phosphorus again by heating it to 358°C. (676.4°F.). BLACK PHOSPHORUS.—The so-called black phosphorus of Thénard, obtained by rapidly cooling melted phosphorus, is due to the probable formation of metal- lic phosphides. Another variety of “black phosphorus” obtainable by the action of ammonia and heat upon ordinary powdered phosphorus, was shown by Flücki- ger (1892) to be arsenic originating from the sulphuric acid employed, and held dissolved in the phosphorus. Action and Toxicology.—In minute doses, and properly diluted, phosphorus becomes absorbed and acts as a stimulant and tonic to the nervous, vascular, and secreting organs. It excites the mental faculties and the sexual feelings, raises the temperature of the skin, increases the frequency and volume of the pulse, and promotes the secretions. Cell growth, particularly of the skin, is quickened by it. In large doses, it operates as a poison, causing gastro-enteritis, becomes absorbed, and produces tissue changes and convulsions, insensibility, and death. Tardieu and Roussin state that phosphorus is poisomous of itself, and acts only on the economy in a state of isolation and purity. Fatty degeneration of the liver and heart, are chief among its results. According to Mial he, the absorption of phosphorus (and also of sulphur) is due, not to the chemical action of the alkalies present in the intestinal juices, but to the fatty matters contained in the alimentary substances, which, after effecting its solution, serve as the vehicle for its introduction into the economy. The phosphorus so absorbed may remain several days within the body without undergoing any sensible change, as its union with the fatty matters enables it to almost completely escape the action of PHOSPHORUS. 1401 the chemical agents with which it comes in contact, and to diffuse itself through- out the system in the same manner as poisons soluble in water. Hence, the reason for the phosphoresence, and the garlicky odor observed at the autopsy of persons who have been poisoned by phosphorus. Phosphoretted hydrogen acts similarly, as when introduced into the blood, it gives rise to the production of water, and to a precipitate of phosphorus in a state of minute division eminently suited for the development of its deleterious action. † s As a poison, phosphorus acts both locally (as an irritant) and specifically. The symptoms of acute poisoning from the ingestion of phosphorus are as fol- lows: Within a few minutes, or, more generally, after a few hours, the victim experiences a disagreeable, alliaceous, or garlicky taste, and the breath is observed to be alliaceous. Burning pain (not intense) in the stomach, with a sense of oppression in that organ follows, and there is general malaise and eructations of garlicky vapors of the drug. The vapors may show luminosity if the room be dark. Vomiting of luminous, coffee-colored, yellowish, or bilious material is com- mom, and often violent and frequent. The abdomen is hot, distended, and ten- der upon palpation. Purging is not a common occurrence (constipation at first being the rule), but when taking place the stools are loose, dark, or sanguineous, and painful. The stools are often phosphorescent in the dark. When death occurs early, the symptoms rapidly intensify until collapse, followed by death, takes place. Should death be delayed, however, for several days, as is frequently the case, and particularly when active symptoms are late in developing, jaundice supervenes and becomes rapidly progressive. The irritant symptoms usually sub- side, forming an apparent intermission for the better, but the danger is as great as ever. The pulse and temperature, which are at first above normal, soon become subnormal, great prostration ensues, the pulse becomes feeble and rapid, and some- times the radial pulse is almost imperceptible, the skin is cold, the urine scanty, albuminous, and contains tube-casts. At this stage the stools are usually abun- dant and dark-greenish or bloody. The skin may show hemorrhagic areas and petechial spots, and wounds or sores upon the surface bleed freely and easily. The nervous symptoms follow the establishment of jaundice. Coma ensues, asso- ciated with jactitation or convulsive muscular movements, and death occurs usu- ally about 5 or 6 days after the ingestion of the poison. When phosphorus vapors come in direct contact with bone, necrosis of the part, generally results. Formerly, it was quite common for those manufacturing lucifer matches to be thus affected (particular the jaw bones), but improved meth- ods have largely overcome the danger from this source. This necrosed condition is now believed to be rare, unless the phosphorus can come into direct contact with the bare bone, as through carious teeth, or ulcers of the mouth. However, it has been known to produce caries of the teeth, with abscesses, and thus become extended to the alveolar processes. The foregoing bone effects and the following Symptoms constitute chronic phosphorus poisoming: Nauseous eructations, vomit- ing, purging, burning pain in the stomach, hypersensitiveness to cold, stiffness, numbness, and pain in the limbs and joints, wasting, dyspepsia, straw-colored or grayish skin, and hectic fever, with respiratory irritation and cough. The patient may die of the effects of the phosphorus direct, or he may die of dyspepsia or phthisis. The chief post-mortem changes from phosphorus poisoning are fatty degeneration of the liver, heart, kidneys, and other organs, as well as of the volun- tary muscles; some surface disorganization of tissue may be observed, chiefly in the stomach. The blood is thick and dark-colored. The liver is deep-yellow, inter- spersed with reddish patches, and altogether closely resembles the effects of yellow atrophy of the liver, which disease poisoning by phosphorus most nearly resem- bles. The whole interior of the body is phosphorescent, and the luminosity may persist for months. (For further post-mortem appearances, consult Taylor's Med- deal Jurisprudence.) In phosphorus poisoning, death does not usually take place until several days have elapsed. The shortest period on record is one-half hour (Habershon, in Tay- lor's Med. Jurisp.). Less than 1 grain (, grain, Wormley) has caused death. Only White or ordinary phosphorus is poisonous, red or amorphous phosphorus being non-toxic. Locally, phosphorus produces dangerous burns quite difficult to heal. The pregnant woman invariably aborts when poisoned by phosphorus. 1462 PHOSPHORUS, ſm poisoning by phosphorus the stomach should be evacuated as speedily as possible. For this purpose sulphate of copper, which is itself one of its best chemical antidotes (forming the black phosphide of copper), may be given in 2 or 3-grain doses, every 5 minutes, until vomiting ensues. Apomorphine hydrochlo- rate may be used subcutaneously if desired, to induce emesis. After vomiting has freely occurred, small doses of the copper sulphate (2 grains) should be con- tinued every half hour, so that any free phosphorus may be converted into the black phosphide, at the same time endeavoring to prevent further vomiting by means of ice or of small doses of morphine sulphate. After full enesis by copper sulphate, copper carbonate followed by vinegar, has been successfully used as an antidote. Following the use of the copper sulphate, administer French oil of turpentime, 2 fluid drachms of which may be given in mucilage of acacia every 15 minutes until 1 ounce has been taken. Old (ozonized) oil should be prefer- red. Ordinary turpentine is not effective unless old or ozonized. (For Dr. P. E. Andant's use of turpentine, see previous editions of this Dispensatory.) The use of magnesia (Pareira, X. Landerer) has been advised, as has a draught of calcimed magnesia, 4 grains; chlorine water, 16 grains, and distilled water, 224 grains. The alkalies, however, are but feebly effective. In phosphorus poisoning no albu- minous or oily bodies (except French oil of turpentine) should be given, lest by their attenuation of the poison they favor its toxic action. Oxygenated water and the inhalation of oxygen have been advised as true antidotes, as has also potassium chlorate. M. Mial he advised, in cases of poisoning by phosphorus, to expel this agent as rapidly as possible from the system by means of acidulated laxative drinks, with abstinence, or, at all events, a prohibition of any kind of food containing fatty matter. He considered the solution of phosphorus in ether or chloroform as more apt to act dangerously than the solution in oil. After the use of the antidote free purgation should be produced by means of magnesium sulphate, magnesium citrate, or Rochelle salts. No remedy is effective as an anti- dote after degeneration of tissue has begun. The best preventives of chronic phosphorus poisoming among those engaged in the manufacture of lucifer matches are a wetted sponge over the mouth, good ventilation of the factory, and per- sonal cleanliness. Medical Uses and Dosage.—Though accredited with various therapeutical properties, phosphorus may be said to be chiefly a remedy for nerve exhaustion with prostration of the vital powers. Though a powerful nerve stimulant, it is still a question whether its action is temporary, tiding the patient Over a critical period, or whether it primarily produces a permanent tonic effect. That its effects are but temporary is the view held by most observers, and tomic effects fol- low this reassertion of nerve power. The cases for phosphorus are those of atomy, adynamia, debility, low nerve force, or nerve exhaustion. The phosphorus pa- tient is weak, digestion and blood-making are imperfect, the glandular secretions and the excretions are defective, there is languor, lassitude, sexual debility in the adult, brain-fag, and general apathy. Sympathetic innervation is below par, the skin is dull and inactive, the tongue lifeless in appearance, and the whole system shows a lack of activity and evidence of imperfect elaboration of the blood, and defective nutrition of the nerve centers. In such conditions, through its primary stimulating power, it may prove tonic and restorative. Prof. Locke says of phos- phorus that “it bears the same relation to the nervous system that iron does to the blood.” - Bearing in mind the indications above given, phosphorus becomes an impor- tant remedy in many mervous diseases. It was early employed as a stimulant in convulsive and old paralytic cases, and for progressive locomotor ataxia. In all such cases inflammation should be absent. When paralysis of Spinal origin is functional, it is often more serviceable than Strychnine (Locke). It frequently proves the best remedy for long-standing, obstinate meuralgia, particularly in the aged. In such cases nerve exhaustion is a marked symptom. It occasionally benefits in epilepsy with the same nerve debility, or when due to sexual excesses, or abuse. Ordinarily, however, it is of little value in this disease. In meurasthenia, due to debility or to physical or mental overwork, or to Sexual weaknesses, and in degem- erative nerve-changes due to semility, it often proves a good remedy. When insomnia is due to cerebral anemia, phosphorus frequently gives rest and sleep, and it occa- I’HOSPHORUS. 1463 sionally proves useful in the debility due to acute and chronic alcoholism, the morphine habit, and in melancholia, dementia, and hysteria. For mental failure, mental aberrations, paralysis agitans due to imperfect nutrition or to degenerative changes, and in atheroma of the cerebral vessels, the remedy has been highly endorsed. Though not an analgesic proper, it relieves pain of a neuralgic and rheumatic character, particularly rheumatic headache, when due to great debility, and when the pain suddenly subsides in some other part of the body and quickly attacks the head. It is a good remedy for intercostal neuralgia in the debilitated, and a good agent for the relief of nervous headache in similar subjects. The sexual and urinary apparatus are impressed by phosphorus. Its effects in sexual weakness are probably not due so much to a special affinity for these parts as to its general stimulating effects upon the body at large. However, it appears to improve the circulation and innervation of the genito-urinary tract, and it is a good remedy to improve vesical, prostatic, and testicular irritation, whether arising from or associated with sexual excesses (Scudder). It has given good results in “chronic cystitis, chronic prostatitis, enlarged and pendulous testes, gleet, chronic ovaritis, and vaginitis” (Scudder). To these we may add chronic irritation of the kidneys and ovaries, and atomic dysmemorrhaea; also chronic nephritis, with atomy and the voiding of milky urine. “In the treatment of disease from Sexual abuse, as in involuntary Seminal emissions with marked atony and morbid irritability, it is the very best remedy known '' (Locke, Syllab. of Mat. Med., p. 199). It has long been used as a remedy for impotency due to excesses or to debility of sexual organs or of the whole system. Phosphorus in minute doses (gtt. iij to v in aqua 3iv ; teaspoonful every hour) is a valuable agent in low grades of pneumonia and bronchitis. It is a better agent in the second stage of pneumonia than aconite. It is an agent of great power in lung hepatization. In chronic pneumonia with secretion of muco-pus and expec. toration of blood—the patient hastening on to consumption—this remedy or the hypophosphites will be found of great value. In the extreme debility of typhoid pneumonia, no agent is more efficient than phosphorus. Rust-colored sputa is one of the strongest indications for phosphorus; hacking, dry cough in the early stage of phthisis is also an indication for this drug. Chronic bronchitis, with bloody and muco-purulent expectoration and chronic laryngitis, with marked dryness and sense of heat in the throat, and associated with nervous depression, call for small doses of phosphorus. Pleurisy, in some subjects, and especially in the chronic form, may require phosphorus to assist in the absorption of the effusion. In such cases the patient is extremely weak, the pulse feeble, tongue pasty, and appetite and digestion much impaired. Phosphorus has been used as a stimulant to the nervous centers in low fevers With low, muttering delirium, unconsciousness, and involuntary passage of the fecal and urinary discharges. It is also useful as a cutaneous stimulant in some cºanthematous diseases in which the eruption has receded from the skin. It has also been advised, chiefly in conjunction with arsenic, for boils, carbuncles, scrofu- louš abscesses, acne, herpes zoster, scald-head, lepra, lupus, psoriasis, fistula, osseous caries, and enlarged glands. In the so-called scrofulous diathesis it is sometimes useful, and in such a state it relieves amenorrhaea, dysmemorrhoea, leucorrhoea, chlorosis, nasal (ſtarrſ, colliquative sweating and other debilitating discharges in phthisis, especially the diarrhºea of phthisis. Ten or 20 minims of specific phosphorus, added to 4 fluid ounces of Water, and given in teaspoonful doses every 2, 3, or 4 hours, have been found by Prof. J. M. Scudder, M. D., very useful in cholera infantum, where there was nervous exhaustion, the discharges from the bowels being slimy and frothy, with tympanites. Phosphorus has been endorsed as a remedy for permicious ame. mia, but often fails. Prof. Locke advises minute doses of phosphorus for “muscular weakness, as in children who are slow in learning to walk.” In fatty degenerations of the brain, spinal cord, heart, liver, and kidneys, it has been with some physicians a favorite remedy. In fatty hepatic degeneration with a pale, waxy countenance, and in malignant jaundice, with delirium and marked prostration, it is a serviceable remedy. In fatty degenerations the dose must be minute. It is a remedy for osteo- malacia and rickets, and has been advised in proctitis and in diabetes mellitus. In ocular and aural therapeutics, phosphorus is sometimes useful. Thus, in functional inner ear disorders, associated with general neurasthenia, it sometimes 1464 PHYSALIS. benefits, and tâmnitis aurºum, is occasionally overcome by it. The dose is about Hºw grain, 4 times a day (Foltz). In eye affections it frequently aids in a cure, particu- larly if there be a scrofulous or tubercular taint. It quickly relieves retinal.hyper- emia and retinitis. It has also benefited disseminated choroiditis and retinochoroïditis. Foltz (Dymam. Therap.) declares that it will rapidly increase visual acuity in func- tional or reflew amblyopia, provided no morbid process is present, and that it is the best remedy for insufficiency of the internal recti and paralysis of the ocular muscles. The dose for this purpose is from gºt to Tăn grain. Others have pronounced it a good remedy for asthenic amawrosis of functional character. Phosphorus may be given in solution in alcohol, ether, olive, almond, or cod- liver oil, chloroform, glycerin, or in pill. An elixir of phosphorus and phospho- rated oil are now official. The dose of phosphorus ranges from gºt grain, cau- tiously and gradually increased to # grain, from Hºw to gº grain being the usual range of dosage. Elixir of phosphorus, 15 minims to fläj=(ºw to g’s grain); phos- phorated oil (1 per cent phosphorus) 1 to 10 minims; specific phosphorus is the form usually employed in Eclectic practice, the most common prescription read- ing: R Specific phosphorus gtt. v to xx, aqua fláiv. Dose, 1 teaspoonful, every 2 to 4 hours. One minim of specific phosphorus represents ºn grain of white phosphorus. As phosphorus appears to accumulate in the system, its action should be carefully watched, and as soon as vomiting, diarrhoea, or other Symp- toms of derangement of the digestive organs appear, the use of the remedy should be temporarily ceased, and, after 2 or 3 days, be again commenced with the smallest dose, as before. Indeed, when no symptoms whatever manifest themselves, it will be prudent to cease its administration every 15 or 20 days, recommencing its use in 4 or 5 days, and so on. Specific Indications and Uses.—Nervous exhaustion; atomy; vesical and prostatic irritation, with mucoid discharges; sense of fullness and dragging in the perineum; sense of weariness in lower extremities; mucoid rectal discharges; nate, with stipels. The flowers are large, about an inch long, in pendulous, fascicled racemes, on axil- lary peduncles, pale-pink or purplish, and beauti- fully veined. The bracts generally fall early, and the flower-stalk or rachis is covered with tuber-like knots. Corolla crescentiform, papiliomaceous; vexil- lum round-ovate, recurved; apex bilobed, base an- gustate, margin s auriculate; alae oblong-obovate, free, incurved; keel obovate and produced into a twisted beak. The calyx is campanulate, quadrifid, 5-toothed, short, broad, the two upper nearly united. Upper stamens free; anthers all alike. Ovary raised on a stipe, 2 or 3-ovuled. Style thickened within the beak of the keel, and twisted with it, bearded along the inner side, and bearing a hood-like append- age at the apex covering the stigma. The legume g is broad-linear, flattened, but convex on both sides, Physostigma venenosum. 2-valved, and slightly constricted between the seeds, which are oblong, with a long, linear hilum. 1466 PHYSOSTIGMA. History.—This plant, the Ordeal bean of Calabar, is a native of Calabar, in the Gulf of Guinea, on the western coast of Africa, and, according to Dr. Mery, Fi around the sources of the river Coma, near Gabon. It is ig. 193. & e ------ the only known species of the genus, unless we include A the Mucuma cylindrosperma, Welwitsch, by some called Phy- # Sostigma cylindrospermum, whose seeds were found with the commercial drug by Holmes, in 1879. It grows along the banks of rivers, climbing upon the adjacent trees and *~sº shrubs, and when the seeds become ripe they frequently fall Calabar bean; fruit of Physos into the rivers, are carried down the stream, and collected tigma Venenosum. by the natives residing on the borders. The Calabar negroes call the seed eséré, and use it as an ordeal for the purpose of deciding the guilt or innocence of persons accused of crimes. It has been a very difficult matter to procure these beans, as the natives were averse to giving them to foreigners, hence their high price. In this connection, see a more detailed account of thr Calabar bean and its uses, by J. U. Lloyd, in the Western Druggist, 1897, p. 249 Calabar beam is a violent poison, but did not attract attention on the part of the medical profession until its power of contracting the pupil of the eye was dis- covered. The first important notice on the subject was made by Dr. Christison before the Royal Society of Edinburgh, February 5, 1855, and which is published in their proceedings. Dr. Thomas R. Fraser was the first to discover, in 1862, its peculiar property of contracting the pupil, and subsequently Dr. Argyll Robinson made a more complete analysis of its ophthalmic properties. The present botan- ical name of the plant was given to it by Dr. Balfour, of Edinburgh. The pow- der, the tincture, specific physostigma, eserine, and the extract of Calabar bean (see Extractum Physostigmatis) are employed for internal use. Description.—The bean or seed is the part used, and is officially described as “about 25 to 30 Mm. (1 to 1% inches) long, 15 to 20 Mm. (; to # inch) broad, and 10 to 15 Mm. (# to $ inch) thick; oblong, and somewhat reniform; testa granular, chocolate-brown, with a broad, black groove extending over the entire length of the convex edge; embryo with a short, curved radicle, and 2 large, white, con- cavo-convex cotyledons; inodorous; taste beam-like. On moistening the embryo with potassium hydrate T.S., it becomes pale-yellow”—(U. S. P.). The latter test serves to distinguish this bean from that of Physostigma cylindrospermum, which produces with the alkali an almost orange color, turning to greenish (see E. M. Holmes, Pharm. Jour. Trams., Vol. IX, 1879, p. 913). The average weight of the seed is about 4.1 grammes (63 grains). Alcohol takes up its virtues entirely, water but partially. The kernel is brittle and constitutes the most poisonous part of the seed, the episperm being nearly inert; but it is exceedingly difficult to completely separate the latter. Chemical Composition.—Calabar bean contains starch (48 per cent), muci- lage, albumen (23 per cent), fatty oil (2.5 per cent), and salts, mainly potassium phosphate. The chief active principle of physostigma is the alkaloid physostig- mime, discovered, in 1864, by Jobst and Hesse. Wée and Leven (1865) claimed to have obtained it in crystallized form, and named it eSerime, from ésére, the African term for the ordeal bean. Jobst and Hesse prepared it by treating an alcoholic extract of the seeds with solution of sodium bicarbonate, and shaking out the alkaloid with ether, abstracting it with diluted sulphuric acid and again treating this solution with sodium bicarbonate and ether. The French Codea, uses the name eSerime exclusively. PHYSOSTIGMINE (Cls H.N.O.) (Eserine) forms colorless, hygroscopic, thin plates, slightly soluble in water, easily soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, benzol and carbon disulphide. It is strongly basic, and forms salts with acids, some of which are crystallizable. Physostigmine is an unstable body when exposed to light and air, and especially at a higher temperature (100° C. or 212° F.), it turns red, and is converted into Duquesnel's rubreSerime (Cu,FIIs N.O., Ehrenberg, 1894), a deep-red substance insoluble in ether, but soluble in chloroform. Free alkali and ammo- nia favor this change, while sodium bicarbonate hardly affects the alkaloid. The salts of physostigmine yield precipitates with alkaloidal reagents (see color re- actions under Physostigminae Sulphas and Salicylas). This alkaloid is too poisonous for general use. It may cause death when absorbed by the conjunctiva; the #5 PHYSOSTIGMA. 1467 of a grain injected hypodermatically, or # of a grain introduced into the stomach, will, with the adult, cause symptoms of intolerance; a larger dose will produce graver symptoms. It is not a counter-poison to strychnine. It merely changes #. symptoms of the poisoning and the results of the autopsy without retarding the death. A second alkaloid, calabarime, was discovered in Calabar bean, in 1876, by Harnack and Witkowski, distinguished from eserine principally by its being in- soluble in ether. It is soluble in alcohol and water, and its toxic power is about one-sixth that of eserine. It resembles strychnine in its physiological action more nearly than physostigmine, producing tetanic movements in animals of the lower order. Ehrenberg (Chem. Centralblatt, 1894, p. 439) believes that calabarine is a decomposition product of physostigma alkaloids. Eber, in 1888, found in the Calabar bean an alkaloid, eseridine (C.H.N.O.), distinguished by its property of liberating iodine from iodic acid. Ehrenberg (loc. cit.) finally isolated the crys- tallizable alkaloid, eseramine (CeBI.N.O.), which is physiologically inactive. By extracting Calabar bean with petroleum ether, Hesse (1878) obtained phytosterin, a substance closely related to the alcohol cholesterin in animal fats. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Calabar bean, when administered in poisonous doses to animals, appears to produce a depressing influence, as mani- fested by a slight tremor, followed by paralysis of the limbs, slow and irregular respiration, with stertor, muscular twitchings, more or less complete loss of sen- sation, contraction of the pupils, frothy mucus escapes from the mouth, and finally there is only a gasping inspiration previous to death. Consciousness is pre- served during the whole time, until the power of expression is lost. Reflex action can not be produced by either pricking or pinching the skin. Immediately after death the pupils dilate. With 45 children who were accidentally poisoned by the Calabar bean and taken to the Southern Hospital of Liverpool, the more prominent symptoms were loss of mobility, extreme prostration, slowness and fee- bleness of pulse, profuse sweats, coldness of the extremities, vomitings, and with Some, severe diarrhoea. One of the children died, with whom there was neither nausea nor vomiting. These symptoms, with most of the children, disappeared in the course of 6 or 7 hours. Some look upon Calabar bean as a respiratory poi- Son causing asphyxia; others, as interfering with contractions of the heart and producing syncope. Calabar bean appears to be a spinal paralyzer, lessening excitability of the peripheral extremities of the motor nerves, destroying excita- bility of the muscles, and directly diminishing reflex action. Its action on blood- vessels is, firstly, to contract them; secondly, to dilate them. It diminishes the pulsations of the heart (Fraser). Retention of the urine is sometimes produced owing to the sphincter contraction induced by the drug. . There is no known antidote to poisoning by Calabar bean except atropine, which should be injected in ºn grain doses; one indispensable condition is an evacuation of the poison; for, when used as an ordeal among the Calabar negroes, those who vomit do not die; so it was with the children above referred to. As to other measures, they must be based upon general principles according to the symp- toms presenting, such as artificial respiration, electricity, coffee, stimulants, etc. . Calabar bean, was introduced into medical practice as a valuable local agent in certain conditions of the eyes, since which it has been successfully employed internally in certain nervous disorders. The alcoholic extract of the bean was the preparation formerly used in ophthalmic practice as a local application to the eye, While at the present day the alkaloid eserine has largely supplanted the use of the extract; when brought into contact with the conjunctiva, physostigmine çauses lachrymation, and in about 5 minutes later contraction of the pupil, fol- lowed by contraction of the ciliary muscles; this contraction reaches its height in half an hour, and continues for about 12 hours (sometimes less pronounced for days), without, however, producing complete immobility of the pupil. It counteracts the effect of atropine, and also acts if there is paralysis of the pupil. The contraction of the pupil and ciliary muscle thus produced, generally causes pain, which may be very severe and continue for hours. If the eye be used, or efforts at accommodation be made, the pain increases. It appears, according to the views of some observers, to act by depressing the functions of the spinal cord, and thus preventing the transmission of nervous impulses through the cord to 1468 PHYSOSTIGMA. and from the iris; others, however, believe that it does not primarily affect the spinal axis, but acts directly upon the muscles and their controlling nerves. The pupillary contraction is thought to be due to dilatation of the blood vessels supplying the iris. The effects of physostigmine may be confined to the eye to which it is applied. It has been successfully employed as a local application in mydriasis, from atropine or other cause, in iritis and inflammations of neighbor- ing structures, when desirable to produce alternate contraction and dilatation of the pupils, thus preventing adhesions; paralysis of the ciliary muscle, retin it is with photophobia, photophobia with strumous ophthalmia, granular and irritable lids, ulcera- tion of the margin of the cornea, prolapsus of the iris, and in all cases where pupillary contraction is indicated, or where it is desired to improve the accommodative power of the eye for distant vision. Glaucoma is palliated by the use of physos- tigmine, especially if it be induced by the use of atropine. It is a remedy for episcleritis. In corneal w!cerations with feeble recuperative powers, in indolent, non- vascular, corneal ulcers, and in hypopyon ulcers, it is extremely valuable. Physostigmine is the agent to be selected to control excessive ocular tension after traumatisms. It subdues neuralgic pains in the eyeball, sometimes relieves con- wergent Strabismus, and is often employed to overcome spasm of the muscles of accom- Tmodation when persistent. Gelatin discs of physostigmine (Lamellae Physostigminae) containing about Tºro grain of the alkaloid are occasionally used, and readily dissolve when placed upon the conjunctiva of the lower lids. The local effect ceases in from 12 to 24 hours. Generally, the solution (1 in 1000) is employed. A glycerin solution (1 part in 5) of the extract was formerly, and is still used to SOme extent. - The internal administration of the extract has also been found useful in chorea, centric or eccentric tetanus, epilepsy, reflex newralgia, reflex paralysis, etc. How- ever, its therapeutical effects in these diseases, are not fully decided. It is, how- ever, a useful remedy in diseases of the brain and spinal cord, when administered in minute doses, the usual prescription being: B. Specific physostigma, gtt. V, aqua 3iv. Mix. Dose, a teaspoonful every 2 to 4 hours. The indications for its use here are a cool surface, cold extremities, feeble, tremulous pulse, and con- tracted pupils. Occasionally the dilated pupil will lead to its use if the associate symptom is a rapid, small, tense pulse. Dullness of intellect, pupillary contrac- tion, and the small, weak pulse are the symptoms of cerebro-Spinal meningitis, which call for its exhibition. The same state of the pulse with a forcible upturning of the eyes, points to its use in puerperal convulsions, which it sometimes relieves. Larger doses than for the above-named nervous conditions are required in tetanus. As large a dose as 5 drops of specific physostigma may be repeated every 1 or 2 hours in this complaint. In one case of trawmatic tetanus, Watson gave 2 grains every hour. Fraser does not think the powder advisable in tetanus, the functions of the stomach being considerably impaired in this disease. The ordinary tincture is an uncertain preparation, and should not be used. The alcoholic extract must be adminis- tered with great care; its commencing dose should not exceed # of a grain in 24 hours, and at no time should its dose exceed 2 grains in 24 hours. It may be given in pill form, or dissolved in diluted alcohol, spirit, wine, or glycerin. Watson advises a preparation made by dissolving 8 grains of the alcoholic extract in , fluid ounce of boiling water, then gradually adding 1% fluid ounces of alco- hol, and filtering; 10 minims of this contain ſº of a grain of the extract, which is a good dose to begin with in an adult. When used in subcutaneous injection the extract may be rubbed up in water, and a little chloride of sodium or a few drops of liquor potassae be added. In a severe case of traumatic tetanus, Ashdown made use of a subcutaneous injection of # of a grain of the extract in 18 minims of water; repeating the injection every 2 hours. But great care is required in deter- mining the amount of extract necessary in any given case; when physostigmine is employed for this purpose, a solution of 1 part to 1000 is amply sufficient, of which a few drops only should be injected, repeating the operation according to the effects produced. Physostigmine has also been proposed as an antagonist to poisoning by bella- donna or atropine. I have found its internal use decidedly successful in several cases of impotence, the result of masturbation, also in cases of imperfect erection PHYSOSTIGMINAE SALICYLAS. 1469 with premature seminal discharge on attempting coition; in which affections I am not aware its use has been heretofore tested. The dose of the powder is usu- ally about 4 or 5 grains, during the 24 hours, in water, ennulsion, or pill form (J. King). Extract of physostigmine (ſº grain) and eserine (ºn grain) have been successfully employed in excessive sweating, while the internal use of the former has been suggested in cholera, diarrhaea, fecal accumulation due to intestimal dilatation, and in gastralgia, chronic constipation, intestimal, renal, and cystic catarrh, phthisical night sweats, dyspnoea, emphysema, bronchial dilatation, and asthma. Commencing dose of the extract, ºr grain; of the powder, 1 grain; for specific uses in nervous diseases, a fraction of a drop of specific physostigma; for other purposes a fraction of a drop to 5 drops; of eserine, Hºw grain, carried as high as ºf grain; for local ocular purposes, a few drops of a solution of eserine (1 in 1000); for hypodermatic use, a solution of eserine (1 in 1000). Specific Indications and Uses.—Eserine: Locally to induce contraction of the pupil in mydriasis or injuries to the eye; iritis, corneal ulcers, iridal prolapse, and ocular inflammations. Physostigma: Pulse feeble and tremulous, surface cool, extremities cold, and pupils contracted; or pupils dilated with small, rapid, tensive pulse; mental torpor in cerebro-spinal meningitis; breathing difficult with sense of constriction. - Related Drugs and Substitutions.—ANTIARIs, Upas antiar. A gummy-resinous exudate from Antiaris toaricaria, Leschenault (Nat. Ord.—Urticaceae). The tree furnishing this poison is one of the large forest trees of Java, Celebes, and the islands near by. It is well known on account of the term Deadly upas applied to it, for it is said to exhale, like the poisonous species of Rhus, a volatile matter which affects some individuals, causing swellings and eruptions upon the skin. The milk-white or yellowish exudate flows when the tree is wounded; this upon exposure becomes brownish in color. It forms the bulk of the Upas antiar or so-called Jard mese arrow-poison, and is identical with the Ipoh poison of the Malays (see Nu, Tomica). Upas antiar is a waxy, reddish-brown body having an acrid, and excessively bitter taste. Alcohol and ether partially dissolve it; with water it forms an emulsion. It contains besides albumen, wax, and gum, the following peculiar principles: (1) The toxic, crystallizable, glucosid, antiarin (C27H42H10+4H2O, Kiliani, 1896), discovered in 1824 by Pelletier and Caventou; it is soluble in 27.4 parts of boiling alcohol, in 254 parts of water at 22.5°C. (72.5°F.), and in 2792 parts of ether (Mulder). It has a high melting point (225°C. or 437°F., Kiliani). When heated with diluted hydrochloric acid, it is decomposed into antiarigemin and antiarose, isomeric with rhamnose (Kiliani). (2) Antiarol (CoH12O4, Kiliani), soluble in warm water, melting at 146°C. (294.8°F.). (3) Amtiaresin (C23H360, Kiliani), crystallizing from hot alcoholic solution in long needles, melting at 173.5°C. (344.3°F.) (see Jahresb. der Pharm., 1896, p. 46). The effects of upas antiar and antiarin are decidedly different from those produced by Other bodies also known as upas. Thus the Upas Tieuté (which see) gives the tetanizing effects of Strychnine, which it contains. Upas antiar does not appear to act upon the brain or spinal axis, but upon voluntary and involuntary muscles and the larger nerve trunks. It does not produce convulsions or tetanize, but all voluntary movements are impaired or wholly sus- pended by it according to the amount of the poison absorbed. Even small doses act upon the VaSOmotor centers, producing increased arterial tension, while large doses paralyze the heart muscle, death taking place from this effect. In effects it more closely resembles physostigma than any other agent, but has not yet been applied therapeutically. CANou RA.—The seeds of a creeper of Salvador, from which the inhabitants prepare a paste, said to act violently upon the nervous system. A state of delirium lasting a week or more is said to have been induced by it. . CALI NUTS, or CALI BEANs.-These are worthless substitutes for Calabar beans, mostly derived from certain papilionaceous plants of the genus Entada, e.g., E. scandens (see article With illustration by W. B. Hay, in the Western Druggisi, 1898, p. 101). They bear no resemblance to Calabar beans (see articles on Cali beans in Chem. Zeitung, is87, p.633; 1890, p. 34; 1891, p. S23). PHYSOSTIGMINAE SALICYLAS (U. S. P.)—PHysos.TIGMINE SALICYLATE, FORMULA : CsPI, N,0,0, H.O. MoDECULAR WEIGHT: 412.17. . “The salicylate of an alkaloid obtained from physostigma. It should be kept in small, dark, amber-colored and well-stoppered vials”—(U. S. P.). SYNONYM : Eserine salicylate. , , Preparation.--This salt may be prepared, according to Hager, by dissolving in boiling distilled water (35 parts) pure salicylic acid (1 part) and physostigmine (2 parts). Strain the solution, if necessary, and allow the salt to crystallize. 1470 PHYSOSTIGMINAE SULPHAS. Description and Tests.—This salt is officially described as “colorless or faintly yellowish, shiming, acicular, or short, columnar crystals, odorless, and hav- ing a bitter taste. It acquires a reddish tint when long exposed to light and air. Soluble, at 15°C. (59°F.), in 150 parts of water, and in 12 parts of alcohol; in 30 parts of boiling water, and very soluble in boiling alcohol. When heated to about 179° C. (354.2° F.), the salt melts. Upon ignition, it is consumed, leaving no residue. The salt usually has a faintly acid reaction on litmus paper. On add- ing a small portion of the salt to colorless, concentrated sulphuric acid, the latter assumes a tint not deeper than yellow. If a minute portion of the Salt be added to a few cubic centimeters of ammonia water, in a small capsule, the liquid will acquire a yellowish-red color. On evaporating the liquid on a water-bath, a blue residue will be left which yields, with alcohol, a blue solution, becoming violet- red upon supersaturation with acetic acid, and exhibiting a strong, reddish fluo- rescence. The aqueous solution of the salt, when mixed with ferric chloride T.S., assumes a deep-violet color”—(U. S. P.). The solutions of this compound, both alcoholic and aqueous, exposed to light, turn reddish more quickly than the dry salt. This compound has the advantage over the sulphate, particularly in not being deliquescent. The blue color formed in the above test is known as physOS- tigmine blue. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This agent is designed for hypoder- matic use, but as it does not readily dissolve in water, and is apt to decompose when exposed to light, its utility is doubtful. Diarrhoea and dysentery have been treated with it. Its other uses are those of physostigma. The dose should not be more than 45 grain, though as high as Tº grain has been recommended; for local use upon the eye, a solution of from , grain to 2 grains to the ounce of distilled water may be employed. Other Physostigmine Salts.—PHYSOSTIGMIN.E. HYDROBROMAs, Physostigmine hydrobromate, This salt is used like the preceding. It is less stable than the salicylate, but more permanent than the sulphate. It is crystalline. Physostigmine tartrate and P. hydrochlorate have uses and doses similar to those of the sal- icylate. PHYSOSTIGMINAE SULPHAS (U. S. P.)—PHYSOSTIGMINE SULPHATE. FoRMULA: (C.H.I.N.O.), H.S.O. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 646.82. “The sulphate of an alkaloid obtained from physostigma. It should be kept in small, dark, amber-colored and well-stoppered vials”—(U. S. P.). SYNoNYM : Eserime sulphate. Description and Tests.--This salt is more soluble than the salicylate, but on exposure it deliqueSces and assumes the consistence of an extract, therefore it is not so convenient to dispense as the latter salt. The U. S. P. describes physos- tigmine sulphate as “a white or yellowish-white, micro-crystalline powder; odor- less, and having a bitter taste. It is very deliquescent when exposed to moist air, and gradually turns reddish by exposure to air and light. Very soluble in water and in alcohol, at 15° C. (59°F.), and still more so at the boiling tempera- ture of these liquids. At 105°C. (221°F.), the salt melts, and upon ignition it is consumed, leaving no residue. The Salt is neutral to litmus paper. On add- ing a small portion of the salt to colorless, concentrated sulphuric acid, the latter should not assume a tint deeper than yellow. If a minute portion of the salt be added to a few cubic centimeters of ammonia water, in a small capsule, the liquid will acquire a yellowish-red color. On evaporating this liquid on a water-bath, a blue or bluish-gray residue will be left which yields, with alcohol, a blue solution becoming violet-red upon supersaturation with acetic acid, and exhibiting a strong reddish fluorescence. The aqueous solution of the salt yields, with barium chloride T.S., a white precipitate, insoluble in hydrochloric acid "–(U. S. P.). It is distinguished from the salicylate by not producing a violet coloration with ferric chloride. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.-Used like the salicylate of physostig- mine, and in the same doses. PHYTOLACCA. 1471 PHYTOLACCA.—PHYToLACCA. The root, leaves, and berries of Phytolacca decandra, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Phytolaccaceae. COMMON NAMEs: Poke, etc. (see below). Botanical Source.—Phytolacca is a handsome plant growing from 3 to 9 feet high. It is indigenous, with a perennial root of large size, frequently exceed- ing a man's leg in diameter, usually branched, fleshy, fibrous, whitish within, easily cut or broken, and covered with a very thin brownish bark or cuticle. When young the stem is green, but as the plant matures it becomes more or less pur- ple. The stem is annual, about 1 inch in diameter, much branched, smooth, stout, and hollow. The leaves are oppo- site, scattered, ovate, entire, 5 inches long by 2 or 3 wide, smooth on both sides, with ribs underneath. The flowers are numerous, arranged in long racemes opposite the leaves. There are no petals, but 5 rounded, incurved, petaloid sepals, whitish, or greenish-white in color. Stamens 10, shorter than the sepals. Styles 10, recurved. Ovary of 10 carpels, green, and united in a ring. The fruit is a handsome, flattened, *i; blackish-purple berry, 10-seeded, and contains a º eautiful crimson iuice. * Official Parts"Fiviolacca. FRUCTUs (U. S. P.), Phyto- Phytolacca decandra. lacca fruit (Phytolaccae bacca, Pharm., 1880; Poke-berry). “The fruit of Phytolacca decandra, Linné (Nat. Ord.—Phytolaccaceae).”—(U. S. P.). PHYTOLAcc.F. RADIx (U. S. P.), Phytolacca root, Poke-root.—“The root of Phyto- lacca decandra, Linné (Nat. Ord.—Phytolaccaceae).”—(U. S. P.). History.—Phytolacca is the North American representative of a small family of plants—the Phytolaccaceae. The plant also grows in North Africa, China, south- º Fig. 195 ern Europe, the Azores, and in the Sandwich Ig. l 9 O. Islands. Phytolacca is known by many com- erºs mon names, as Poke, Poke-weed, Poke-root, Vir- ginian poke, Garget, Garget-weed, Scoke, Scoke- weed, Coacum, Coakum, Cocum, Mechoacan, Pigeon-berry, Cancer-root, Jalap cancer-root, Red nightshade, American nightshade, Red- weed, and Scoke jalap. The manne Phytolacca is derived from the Greek phytom—a plant—and the modified Latin lacca, or French lac, meaning lake, having reference to the crimson color of the juice of the berries. Poke is common in the United States, growing in hedges, and along the borders of fields Fi º g. l86. and clearings, along roadsides and in un- cultivated fields and moist grounds. Its root is very tenacious of life. In this coun- try it is regarded only as a weed, but in Europe is valued as an ornamental garden plant. The plant, flowers from July to Septem- ber, and the berries ripen in autumn. The young, green shoots, as they start in the spring and before the leaves have developed, are used as a table vegetable, being con- sidered the best substitute for asparagus. They become Cathartic as they advance to maturity. E. Preston (1884) calls attention to the peculiar and little-known property of phytolacca leaves to emit, in autumn, a phosphorescent light in the dark. Prof. E. Schär found the phenomenon to be due to an oxydizing enzyme, Fig. 194. I’oke-root. Section of Poke-root. 1472 BHYTOLACCA. which he succeeded in isolating (see Jahresb. der Pharm., 1896, p. 534). The official parts of this plant are the root and berries. The root, which is more commonly employed, should be gathered in the latter weeks of autumn, cleansed from dirt and impurities, sliced transversely, and carefully dried. The leaves, if they are to be used medicinally, should be gathered just previous to the ripening of the ber- ries. The berries must be gathered when they are fully matured; they have a disagreeable, mawkish taste with a faint degree of acrimony, and are nearly in- odorous. They contain an abundance of a beautiful dark-purple juice, which is turned yellow by an alkali, while an acid reinstates its purple color; the latter is of a very fugitive mature, The juice is said to have been used by the Turks for tinting sweetmeats (Landerer). The berries, though poisonous, lose their toxic qualities somewhat when cooked, and some have gone so far as to make pies of the fruit—a practice which, however, should be condemned. Severe purging has fol- lowed the eating of the flesh of pigeons which had fed upon the berries. Poke has long been used in domestic practice, principally as a poultice to discuss tumors. The berries steeped in gin have long been popular as a remedy for chronic rheu- matism. The American Indians made use of this plant, but it must not be con- founded with the plant known as Indian poke, which is the Veratrum viride. It is much used for the inflammatory condition of cow's udders, known as “garget,” hence one of the names for this plant. Phytolacca yields its virtue to water and alcohol. The leaves and berries possess some medicinal activity, but the root is the part principally used. This root loses its medicinal properties with age, conse- guently only recent material should be used for making the fluid preparations. According to E. H. Cressler (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1875, p. 196), the inhalation of the powdered root produces Soreness of the throat and chest, severe coughing and inflammation of the eyes. Description.—I. PHYTOLAccAE FRUCTUs (U. S. P.), Poke-berries. “A depressed- globular, dark-purple, compound berry, about 8 Mm. ($ inch) in diameter, come posed of 10 carpels, each containing 1 lenticular black seed; juice purplish-red; inodorous; taste sweet, slightly acrid "-(U. S. P.). II. PHYTOLACCAE RADIX (U. S. P.), Poke-root.—“Large, conical, branched and fleshy; mostly in transverse or longitudinal slices, wrinkled, grayish, hard; fracº ture fibrous, the wood-bundles in several distinct, concentric circles; inodorous; taste sweetish and acrid "–(U. S. P.). Chemical Composition.—The berries, according to Terreil (Comptes Rendus, 1880), contain phytolaccic acid, which is gummy, non-deliquescent, soluble in water and alcohol with acid reaction, hardly soluble in ether. Haverland (Dis- Sert., 1892) likewise obtained it, with small quantities of acetic, citric, and tartaric acids. W. Cramer (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1881, p. 598) found the juice of the berries to contain gum, Sugar, malic acid, and coloring matter. The coloring matter was isolated in comparatively pure form by Herman Harms (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1893, p. 1) as a purplish-red powder, insoluble in absolute alcohol, ether, and chloro- form, but readily soluble in water. It is destroyed by ferric chloride, chlorime water, hydrogen sulphide, etc. It reduces Fehling's solution direct. Alkalies dissolve it with yellow color which is turned red by acids. Phytolaccin is an indif. ferent crystallizable principle isolated by Edo Claassen (New Remedies, 1879, p. 326) from the seeds of phytolacca berries; it is soluble in chloroform and alcohol, slightly soluble in water. It was also obtained by Harms (loc. cit.) and analyzed by Haverland (1892), who found it to be free from nitrogen and related to the tannins. The root of phytolacca is remarkable for the great amount of potassium it contains. A splinter of the root imparts to the Bunsen flame a violet coloration. G. B. Frankforter (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1897, p. 134) found in the dried root 13.38 per cent of ash, of which 41.6 per cent, or 5.56 per cent of the dried root, are potassium oxide. Part of the latter exists in the form of potassium nitrate (Pape, Amer. Jowr, Pharm., 1881, p. 597). A quantitative analysis of poke-root by G. F. Frankforter (ibid., p. 281), showed it to have the following percentage composi- tion: Fatty oil and wax 0.6, bitter resin 1, non-reducing sugar 9.46, reducing sugar 0.4, proteids 1.94, amido compounds 1.6, probably free formic acid 0.36, potassium formate 1.9, starch 11.68, calcium oxalate 6.2, nitrates 2.4, cellulose 16.4, ligmin 3.2, gum coloring matter, ash, moisture 42.75. The absence of acetic, citric, malic, tartaric, benzoic, and salicylic acids are affirmed, likewise the absence of PHYTOLACCA. - 1473 tannin and of chlorides. Phytolaccic acid is possibly present, but no alkaloid or glucosid could be isolated, although reactions were obtained with some alkaloidal reagents. Edmond Preston (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1884, p. 567), had obtained an alkaloid from the root, which he named phytolaccine, while N. Coscera (Chem. Centralbl., 1887) found a glucosid. The root contains a substance probably closely allied to saponin (see H. Trimble, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1893, p. 273). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Physiologically, phytolacca acts upon the skin, the glandular structures, especially those of the buccal cavity, throat, sexual system, and very markedly upon the mammary glands. It further acts upon the fibrous and serous tissues, and mucous membranes of the digestive and urinary tracts. The drug is principally eliminated by the kidneys. Applied to the skin, either in the form of juice, strong decoction, or poultice of the root, it produces an erythematous, sometimes pustular, eruption. The powdered root when inhaled is very irritating to the respiratory passages, and often produces a severe coryza, with headache and prostration, pain in chest, back, and abdomen, conjunctival injection and ocular irritation, and occasionally causes violent emeto-catharsis. Phytolacca slows the heart's action, reduces the force of the pulse, and lessens the respiratory movements. It is a paralyzer of the spinal cord, acting principally on the medulla. In poisoning by this agent tetanic con- vulsions may ensue. Death results from carbonic acid poisoning, the result of respiratory paralysis. Upon the gastro-intestimal tract doses of from 10 to 30 grains of it act as an emetic and drastic cathartic, producing nausea which comes on slowly, amounting almost to anguish, finally after an hour or so, resulting in emesis. It then continues to act upon the bowels, the purging being prolonged for a considerable length of time. It is seldom used for emeto-cathartic purposes, on account of its tardy action, which, when established, continues for some time. It rarely causes cramps or pain. Large doses produce powerful emeto-catharsis, with loss of muscular power—occasionally spasmodic action takes place, and fre- quently a tingling or prickling sensation over the whole surface. Dimness of vision, diplopia, vertigo, and drowsiness are occasioned by large doses not suffi- cient to produce death. Therapeutically, phytolacca is emetic, cathartic, narcotic, and alterative. In certain conditions of the system which might come under the head of dycrasia, it proves a most valuable alterative. Scrofulous, syphilitic, and rheumatic conditions are invariably benefited by it. It is best suited to chronic rheumatism, and syphilitic and rheumatic joint affections. As an antirheumatic quite large doses are necessary. The specific phytolacca may be used, or a saturated gin tincture of the berries. Preparations of the root are excellent for the removal of those severe pains attend- ºng mercurio-Syphilitic affections (osteocopus), often being more beneficial than opium. Phytolacca plays an important part in dermatological practice. It destroys the “itch” insect, consequently it is of value in scabies. The condition which calls for it is one of indolent action of the skin, usually associated with vitiated blood. There is a glandular difficulty—a scrofulous condition. There may be scaly, vesicu- lar, pºstulaſ, or tuberculous eruptions, and lymphatic enlargements with pain. The skin may be inflamed, but does not itch because there is not activity enough in the part. It is often indicated in chronic eczema, syphilitic eruptions, psoriasis, tinea capitis, favus, and varicose and other ulcers of the leg. Associated with iris, it is a valuable agent in acute Sycosis, fissures, fistulae, boils, carbuncles, dermal abscesses, and all ulcera- tions of the outlets of the body. It relieves the pain of burns and promotes rapid heal- ing. For skin diseases it should be employed internally and locally. R Specific bhytolacca 5Ss, aqua 5iv. Sig, Teaspoonful every 3 hours. Locally: R Specific phytolacca 5ij, glycerin 3.j. Mix. Apply. - In diseases of the mouth and throat it is highly esteemed. It is useful in acute and chronic mucous affections, as, in tracheitis, laryngitis, influenza, catarrh, and especially in those affections where there is a tendency to the formation of false unembrane, as diphtheria. There is a pallid, somewhat leaden-colored tongue, with but little coating, being a slick, glutinous coat, if covered at all. The mucous membranes present whitish erosions, or vesicular patches. With these conditions it may be employed in tonsillitis, follicular pharyngitºs, stomatitis, aphtha, nursing sore ºnouth, or ordinary sore mouth, and syphilitic faucial w!cerations. It should be taken internally and used locally as a gargle. It is one of our most valuable agents in 93 1474 i’HYTOlACCA. mom-malignant diphtheria. It is indicated by diphtheritic deposits. It stimulates the mucous surfaces, promotes glandular activity, and removes the diphtheritic membrane. It is a good remedy in chronic tonsillar hypertrophy. It is beneficial in difficult respiration produced by bronchocele (iris is useful here also) and asso- ciated with baptisia, does good service as a local wash in ozema and other forms of masal catarrh. Cough resulting from inflamed or irritated sore throat is cured by it when the other indications for the drug are present. In diseases of the glandular apparatus phytolacca and iris are our best drugs. Unlike iris, though, the former is best suited to hard, lymphatic enlargements. It is not the remedy for suppurative conditions of the glands. In such cases iris with baptisia renders the best service. No other remedy equals phytolacca in acute mastitis. If employed early it prevents suppuration, yet it acts kindly even when the abscess has to be opened, and the diluted specific phytolacca may be injected into the cavity. The remedy should be administered internally, alter- nated with specific aconite. Ilocally, specific phytolacca and glycerin may be applied when suppuration has not begun. Or the powdered root may be em- ployed, moistened with water. Parotitis is almost always cured with phytolacca and aconite. Metastasis of mumps to the testes, as well as orchitis, from other causes, indicate this drug. Sore nipples and mammary tenderness, or morbid sensitiveness of the breasts during the menstrual period call for phytolacca. It is a good remedy for ovaritis. Lymphoma has been cured by it. Subinvolution of the uterus, wterine and vaginal leucorrhaea, and some cases of membramous dysmemorrhoea are cured by this agent. Applied as a poultice it has been greatly beneficial in the treatment of felons, and internally administered has cured bronchocele when iodine has failed. - Ulceration of the mucous crypts of the stomach and of Peyer's patches call for phy- tolacca. Nasal catarrh, Ozema, and other ulcerated conditions of the nasal mem- branes are benefited by phytolacca associated with specific baptisia. It has been used with success in gomorrhoea and copious mocturnal wrimation. It relieves conjunc- tival inflammations, and gomorrhoeal and syphilitic Sore eyes. In granular conjunctivitis I have derived much advantage by bathing the eyes daily with a decoction of the root, applying it to the affected conjunctiva by means of a camel's hair pencil, at the same time administering the tincture of the recent root internally (J. King). It has been used for the cure of piles, hydrophobia, and angima pectoris, but we pos- sess better agents for these conditions. Headache, whether rheumatic, nervous, syphilitic, or sympathetic (as, sick headache from gastric acidity and debility), is much benefited by it. It is also one of our most useful remedies in asthenic hyper- emia of the uterus, Spleen, liver, and other organs. Good results have followed its internal administration in albumimuria, and in those dropsies attended with albu- men in the urine. The root, roasted in hot ashes until soft, and then mashed and applied as a poultice, is unrivaled in felons and twmors of various kinds. It discusses them rapidly, or, if too far advanced, hastens their suppuration. Asso- ciated with iris it may be employed in mesenteric and splenic tuberculosis. Several years ago it was noticed that birds lost their adipose tissue when feeding upon poke-berries. Recently, this agent, in the form of an extract of the berries, has been employed to reduce obesity. Reports for and against its virtues in this line are now appearing in journals, but its action is still doubtful. Some, believing that it does act in this way, have suggested its use in fatty degeneration of the heart. Probably it would be more clearly indicated if associated with a rheumatic dia- thesis. The root or leaves finely powdered, and added to lard to form an oint- ment, in the proportion of 60 grains to 1 ounce of lard, is very efficient in sº cla- head, and many other obstinate skin diseases, occasionally causing a slight degree of irritation when applied. An infusion of the leaves taken internally is slightly cathartic; when bruised and applied locally, they are beneficial in indolent ulcers. A strong decoction of the leaves is of much benefit in hemorrhoids; if injected into the rectum 2 or 3 times a day, and a formentation of the leaves applied to the part, it will almost always give relief, and eventually effect a cure. A fluid drachm or two may be taken internally at the same time, and repeated 2 or 3 times a day; should any narcotic effects be produced, its use may be omitted for 1 or 2 days, and then commenced in smaller doses. The inspissated juice of the leaves has been recommended in PICROTOXINUM. 1475 indolent ulcers, and as a remedy in cancer; in this last disease, Dr. Bone combined it with gunpowder. Quite recently, the inspissated juice of the leaves has been lauded as a new local remedy for the removal of carcinoma. The treatment, how- ever, is not new, having been referred to by American medical writers early in the present century (see Felter, Ee. Med. Jour., 1896, p. 335). The usual prescription for specific uses is: B. Specific phytolacca, gtt. x to xxx, aqua 3iv. Mix. Sig. Tea- spoonful every 1, 2, or 3 hours. As a glycerole: B Specific phytolacca 5ii, glyc- erin 3i. Mix. Apply in chronic skin diseases. The dose of specific phytolacca ranges from 1 to 10 drops. - Specific Indications and Uses.—Pallid mucous membranes with ulceration; sore mouth with small blisters on tongue and mucous membrane of cheeks; sore lips, blanched, with separation of the epidermis; hard, painful, enlarged glands; mastitis; Orchitis; parotitis; aphtha ; SOreness of mammary glands, with impaired respiration; faucial, tonsillar, or pharyngeal ulceration ; pallid sore throat, with cough or respiratory difficulty; Secretions of mouth give a white glaze to surface of mouth, especially in children; white pultaceous sloughs at corners of mouth or in the cheek; and diphtheritic deposits. Related Species and Pharmacal Preparations.— Phytolacca dioica, Linné (Pircunia dioica, Moquin-Tandon). A tree about 25 feet high and from 6 to 10 feet in circumference; native of Brazil or Mexico, and naturalized in Algeria. The wood is spongy. The berries grow in racemes, are yellowish-green, 12 to 15-celled, each cell containing a flattened seed. According to Balland (Jour. Pharm. Chim., 1881, p. 232), the berries are sweet and edible, and yield by expression 74 per cent of a juice which contains resin, volatile oil, dextrose (3.20 per cent), saccharose (11.2 per cent), an undetermined organic acid (perhaps phytolaccic acid) (2.6 per cent), gum (4.4 per cent), etc. The resin is soluble in ether, and very acrid, but exists only in minute quantity. (Also see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1882, p. 13.) Phytolacca acinosa.-This plant is said to be violently toxic. The Japanese use it as a diuretic. A non-crystalline resin, phytolaccotoacin (C24H880s), has been isolated from it by Dr. Kashimura. It produces spinal convulsions and is reputed to impress the vasomotor system, acting thereby as a stimulant to the circulatory apparatus. ARTIIRosLA.—This specialty of Wm. R. Warner & Co. (Philadelphia and New York) is a combination in pilular form of salicylic acid, extracts of colchicum and phytolacca, resin of podophyllum, quinine, and capsicum. It is antirheumatic, antilithic, tonic, and alterative, and is prescribed in acute and chronic gout, rheumatism, neuralgia, sciatica, rheumatic headache, and in Some renal and hepatic affections. Dose, 2 pills, 3 times a day, an hour before meals. SUCCUs ALTERANs is a combination of vegetable alteratives prepared after the formula of Dr. George W. McDade, by Eli Lilly & Co., of Indianapolis, Ind. It is very extensively used as an alterative in syphilis, scrofula, amemia, eczema, and other diseased conditions the result of impoverishment of the blood. It contains in combination, the juices of Stillingia sylvatica, Smilax Sarsaparilla, Phytolacca decandra, Lappa minor, and Xanthoxylum carolinianum. PICROTOXINUM (U. S. P.)—PICROToxin. FoEMUL.A.: C, H.O. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 600.58. “A neutral principle obtained from the seed of Amamirta paniculata, Cole- prooke”—(U. S. P.). (Amamirta Cocculus, Wight and Arnott; Memispermum Cocculus, Linné; Coccus suberosus, De Candolle.) Nat. Ord.—Menispermaceae. - Botanical Source and History.—The seeds furnishing this body are known as Cocculus indicus (Fructus cocculi), Fishberries or Indian berries. The plant furnish- jng them is a strong, climbing shrub, with a corky, ash-colored bark, with deep cracks or fissures. The leaves are dense, smooth, shining, coriaceous, roundish, acute, very slightly cordate, if at all, sometimes truncate at the base, with 5 digi- tate ribs, about 6 inches long, and as many broad. The stalks are a little shorter than the leaves, tumid at both ends, especially the lower. Flowers dioecious; the female flowers being in lateral compound racemes. The calyx is composed of 6 sepals in a double series, with 2 closely-pressed bractioles. The stamens are united into a central column dilated at the apex. Anthers numerous, covering the whole globose apex of the column. The drupes, from 1 to 3 in number, are globose, 1-celled and 1-seeded. The seed is globose and deeply excavated at the hilum. Albumen fleshy. Cotyledons very thin, linear-oblong, distant, diverging, and very membranous (L.-W.-A.). . 1476 PICROTOXINUM. Cocculus indicus inhabits Malabar, the Eastern Islands, etc., of India. Other plants, especially the Coccus lacunosus of Celebes and the Molucca Isles, and a Malabar species, Cocculus plumkenetii, are stated by some authors to furnish a portion of commercial fishberries. ? THE FRUIT (Fructus cocculi).-The fruit, as met with in commerce, consists of a dry, light, roundish nut, nearly , inch in diameter, of a grayish-black color, Fig. 198 wrinkled, in odoro us, subreniform, and --~~ composed of an external, slightly bitter shell or layer, beneath which is a white, thin, ligneous endocarp, containing an oleaginous, whitish-yellow, Odorless, but *** - - intensely bitter nucleus or seed of a semi- Cocculus indicus; fruit of lunar form, within which arises a central **** placenta contracted at the base, but enlarged and divided into two cells superiorly. Preparation of Picrotoxin.—According to Prof. E. Schmidt (1883), the grains, coarsely powdered, are deprived of most of their fatty oil by warm pressure, boiled out with water, the solu- tion precipitated with lead acetate, filtered, the lead removed from the filtrate by means of hydrogen sulphide, the liquid again filtered and evaporated to crystallization. The crude picrotoxin is recrystallized from water and strong alcohol. Picrotoxin may also be extracted by means of alcohol or petroleum ether. (For Wittstein's process, see details in this Dispensatory, preced- ing editions. The yield, according to this process is 1 ounce or 1; ounces from 8 pounds of berries, or about 1.2 per cent.) Chemical Composition.—The husk of cocculus grains contains two isomeric, non-poisonous, non-bitter, crystallizable alkaloids—menispermine and para-meni. spermine (CsPI.N.O., Pelletier and Couerbe, 1834). The former is soluble in ether, the latter insoluble. Both are insoluble in water, but soluble in warm alcohol. Menispermine is also soluble in diluted acids, forming well-crystallizable salts; it melts at 120°C. (248°F.). The husk also contains a yellow resin, fat, wax, chloro- phyll, and the problematical hypo-picrotoxic acid of Pelletier and Couerbe, insoluble in boiling water and ether, readily soluble in alkalies with brown color. The Seeds, or nuclei, of cocculus grains contain resin, gum, starch, and large amounts of fat (23.6 per cent, Römer, 1882), of which more than one-third consists of free fatty acid, principally stearic acid. The seeds also contain the very poison- ous, bitter principle, picrotocin (CºH, O, Schmidt and Loewenhardt; Paterno and Oglialoro, 1881; picrotoxic acid of Pelletier and Couerbe), which was first isolated by P. Boullay (1812). It is accompanied by the crystallizable, tasteless cocculin or amamirtin (CoH, Olo, E. Schmidt and E. Loewenhardt, 1884), crystallizable from hot water, insoluble in alcohol and ether. The chemical composition of picrotoxin agrees best with the formula C, H, O, Barth and Kretschy (1884) asserted that picrotoxin is not a uniform body, being a mixture of the poisonous picrotoximin (Cas HO.) and the bitter, non-poisonous picrotin, separation being effected by boiling with benzol, in which picrotoximim is soluble, picrotin very little soluble. Schmidt and Loewenhardt (Jahresb. der Pharm., 1883–84, p. 774), on the other hand, maintained that picrotoxin is a defi- nite body, being decomposed by boiling benzol into the constituents named, as follows: C, H, O, (picrotoxin)=Cisłł, O, (picrotoximin)+C, H, O, (picrotin). Quite recently, Richard Joseph Meyer succeeded in obtaining picrotoxin, with all its characteristics synthetically, by the mere crystallization of a mixture of 2 mole- cules of picrotoximin and 1 molecule of picrotin, and concludes that picrotoxin is a mixture of picrotocinim (CºH, O,-H H.O) and picrotin (C, H.O.) in the approxi- mate proportion of 2 molecules of the former and 1 molecule of the latter (Berichte der Deutsch. Pharm. Ges., 1897, p. 16). He has also shown that the molecular weight of picrotoxin, as determined by the kryoscopic method, is only one-third of that represented by the formula C, FI, Ols; that the above decomposition is not equino- lecular, but picrotin invariably forms only one-third of the picrotoxin employed, Description and Tests.-Picrotoxin is officially described as forming “col- orless, flexible, shining, prismatic crystals, or a micro-crystalline powder; odor- Fig. 197. *:::N-º. Anamirta paniculata. PILOCA RIPIN E H YI) ROCHILORAS. 1477 less, and having a very bitter taste; permanent in the air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 240 parts of water, and in 9 parts of alcohol; in 25 parts of boiling water, and in 3 parts of boiling alcohol; also soluble in solutions of the alkalies, and in acids. Very slightly soluble in ether or chloroform *-(U. S. P.). It is also soluble in amyl alcohol and glacial acetic acid. “Picrotoxin is neutral to litmus paper. When heated to 200° C. (392°F.), picrotoxin melts, forming a yellow liquid, and upon ignition it is consumed, leaving no residue. Concen- trated sulphuric acid dissolves picrotoxin with a golden-yellow color, very gradu- ally changing to reddish-brown, and showing a brown fluorescence. On mixing about 0.2 Gm. of powdered sodium nitrate with 3 or 4 drops of sulphuric acid, in a small, flat-bottomed capsule, sprinkling a minute quantity of picrotoxin over it, and then adding, from a pipette, concentrated solution (1 in 4) of sodium hydrate, drop by drop, until it is in excess, the particles of picrotoxin will acquire a brick-red to deep-red color, which fades after some hours. On diluting 2 Co. of alkaline cupric tartrate V.S. with 10 Co. of water, and adding a small portion of picrotoxin, red cuprous oxide will be separated within half an hour at ordinary temperatures, and much more rapidly upon the application of heat. The aque- ous solution of picrotoxin should remain unaffected by mercuric or platinic chlo- ride T.S., tannic acid T.S., mercuric potassium iodide T.S., or other reagents for alkaloids (absence of alkaloids)"—(U. S. P.). The fact that picrotoxin may be shaken out from acidulated aqueous liquids by means of ether or amyl alcohol, facilitates its detection in certain articles of food, e.g., beer, to which it has been fraudulently added in order to impart bitter- mess to it. Flückiger (Pharmacognosie, 3d ed., 1891, p. 790) recommends evapo- rating the sample to dryness with calcined magnesia, extracting with alcohol, dis- solving the evaporated alcoholic extract with hot distilled water, acidulating with sulphuric acid, and shaking out with ether; recrystallize from water, and apply the tests for picrotoxin as given above. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Cocculus indicus is occasionally given internally, though very poisonous. Given to animals it acts on the cerebro-spinal system, causing giddiness, staggering, tetanic convulsions, and coma. It also pro- duces gastric irritation. The powder, or an ointment, has been applied in barber's ſitch, scald-head, itch, and other unyielding diseases of the skin, as well as to kill lice. Given to fish, it poisons them, depriving them of sensibility, and has been used for the purpose of catching them. Extraordinary claims have been made by Planat for cocculus, as an agent in spasmodic disorders, including epilepsy, infantile convulsions, chorea, etc. Others, however, claim that it aggravates, at least in epi- lepsy. It has likewise been employed in paralysis of the sphincters and limbs. By some physicians, cocculus and picrotoxim, in minute doses, are recommended in disorders for which strychnine and mux vomica are employed. It is also an an- tagonist to these drugs, and may be used in cases of poisoning by them. Nervous debility, paresis, mild forms of paralysis, facial paralysis, paralysis agitans, and alco- holic tremor are conditions in which minute doses have rendered good service. Spasms of the muscles of locomotion, with cold skin and deficient capillary circula- tion, are said to be benefited by cocculus. It has also been advised in gastric atomy and intestimal dyspepsia, with torpor of the parts involved. Dr. John Fearm recom- mends 2-grain doses of the 3 x trituration as a certain remedy for profuse sweating. It has been endorsed by others as exceedingly efficient in might-sweats, the above doses being given every 2 hours, in the evening, for 3 or 4 days. An attenuation of cocculus, as employed by Homoeopaths, is an efficient remedy to prevent the nausea and sickness incident to travel by rail and upon water (Sea-sickness). The dose of picrotoxin ranges from +}t; to ºf grain. PILOCARPINAE HYDROCHLORAS (U. S. P.)—PILOCARPINE HYDROCHLORATE. ForMULA : C\RI.N.O.HCl, Molecul, AR WEIGHT: 243,98. “The hydrochlorate of an alkaloid obtained from pilocarpus. It should be kept in small, well-stoppered vials”—(U. S. P.). Preparation.—The free alkaloid is first prepared, e.g., by Petit's process. The coarsely-powdered leaves are percolated with alcohol of 80 per cent, containing 1478 PII, OCARPUS. about 0.8 per cent of hydrochloric acid. The alcohol is distilled off under reduced pressure, the aqueous hydrochloride Solution separated from the fatty layer, the solution rendered alkaline with aqua ammoniae, and shaken out with chloroforn). The crude bases thus obtained are converted into the nitrates by carefully adding diluted nitric acid to very slight excess, and evaporating the solution to dryness. The crude nitrate is then repeatedly crystallized from alcohol, whereby jaborine, which forms no crystallizable mitrate, and the small quantities of pilocarpidine present remain in solution. Pilocarpine is then liberated from the purified salt, dissolved in slight excess of hydrochloric acid, and the solution evaporated to crystallization. Description and Tests.--"Small, white crystals, odorless, and having a faintly bitter taste; deliquescent on exposure to damp air. Very soluble in water and in alcohol; almost insoluble in ether or chloroform. When heated to 197°C. (386.6°F.), the salt melts, and upon ignition it is consumed, leaving no residue. The aqueous solution (1 in 100) of the salt is neutral, or has a faintly acid reaction upon litmus paper”—(U. S. P.). It is practically insoluble in carbon disulphide and in benzol. It is soluble in 1% parts of water, both cold and boiling, the solu- tion remains clear, even after having been kept for some length of time. But 7 parts of cold alcohol and #part of boiling alcohol are required to dissolve it (Schuchardt). “Concentrated sulphuric acid dissolves the salt to a colorless liquid, with evolution of hydrochloric acid vapor. If a small fragment of potassium dichromate be added to a few drops of this solution, on a white porcelain surface, the dichromate will gradually dissolve with a vivid, dark-green color. Fuming nitric acid dissolves the salt with a faintly greenish tint. The aqueous solution (1 in 100) of the salt is precipitated by iodine T.S., bromine water, mercuric chlo- ride T.S., and most other reagents for alkaloids. If the aqueous solution be slightly acidulated, the subsequent addition of ammonia water will produce no precipitate. Sodium hydrate T.S. produces a precipitate only in a concentrated solution of the salt. The aqueous solution yields with silver nitrate T.S. a white precipitate imsoluble in nitric acid”—(U. S. P.). (Regarding the melting point of the hydrochloride, see paper by Paul and Cownley, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1897, p. 108.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage,_(See Pilocarpus.) Dose, to # grain; hypodermatically, to 3 grain. Related Compound.—PILOCARPINAE NITRAS (C11H16N2O2HNO3). This salt is official in the British Pharmacopoeia. According to the British Pharmacopoeia (1885), it is prepared from extract of jaborandi by agitating the latter with chloroform and an alkali, evaporating the chloroform solution, neutralizing the residue with nitric acid, and recrystallizing. It forms a crystalline, white powder or needles. Nitrate of pilocarpine is soluble in 8 or 9 parts of water, at 15° C. (59°F.), freely soluble in boiling alcohol, but slightly soluble in cold alcohol. The solution of this salt is precipitated by chloride of gold, in fine needles, and by chloride of plati- num, in prismatic crystals. It should leave no ash when burned with free access of air. A diluted solution applied to the eye, causes contraction of the pupil. Uses and doses, same as for Pilocarpine hydrochlorate. N PILOCARPUS (U. S. P.)—PILOCARPUs. “The leaflets of Pilocarpus Selloanus, Engler (Rio Janeiro Jaborandi), and of Pilocarpus Jaborandi, Holmes (Pernambuco Jaborandi)”—(U. S. P.). Nat. Ord.—Rutaceae. COMMON NAME: Jaboramdi. ILLUSTRATIONs: Pilocarpus Jaborandi— Pharm. Jour. Trams., 3d series, Vol. V, 1874–75, p. 582; and H. Geiger, Berichte der Deutsch. Pharm. Ges., 1897, p. 424, Plates. P. Selloanus and P. penmatifolius–Pharm. Jour. Trams., 4th series, Vol. I, p. 521. Botanical Source and History.—The jaborandi shrub is a native of Brazil, and grows to the height of from 6 to 10 feet. The genus is represented by about 19 described species, for an enumeration of which, see Pharm. Jour. Trams.,Vol. I, 1895, p. 541. They are natives of South America and the West Indies. Jabo- randi was introduced to the medical profession by Dr. S. Coutinho, of Pernambuco, in 1874. The leaves were examined by Prof. Baillon, and the plant referred to the Pilocarpus penmatifolius of Lemaire, described by him, in 1852, Engler (1874) states that its leaves are pilose (hairy) beneath, while E. M. Holmes (1875) calls PILOCARPUS. 1479 attention to the fact that commercial leaves are glabrous (devoid of hair). How- ever, not much importance can be attached to this distinction, because Planchon (1875) has observed that the leaves of Pilocarpus pennatifolius, grown in Paris, may occur partly in the glabrous, partly in the pilose form. In 1875 (Pharm. Jour. Trans.,Vol. V, pp. 581 and 641), Mr. E. M. Holmes referred one of the two grades then in commerce (Rio Janeiro jaborandi) to Pilocarpus Selloanus, Engler, and, in 1893 (ibid.,Vol. XXIII, p. 1008; also, ibid.,Vol. I, 1895, p. 520) established for the other (Pernambuco jaborandi) a new species, Pilocarpus Jaborandi, Holmes, which he described from a specimen grown in the Cambridge Botanical Garden. Engler's botanical description of P. Selloanus, as communicated by E. M. Holmes, is as follows: The stem is covered with thin, purple bark, and leafy toward the apex. The leaves are imparipinnate. The petiole of the leaf is semiterete, flattened a little above, quite glabrous. The leaflets are trijugate, oblong, distinct, nearly equal, obtuse, margin reflexed, membranaceous or subcoriaceous, grayish- green, quite glabrous on both sides, pellucid-punctate; mid-rib sulcate above, very prominent beneath; lateral nerves rather prominent beneath; petiole of leaflets short. The raceme is terminal, nearly three times longer than the leaves, terete, purple, quite glabrous, with slender pedicels, horizontally patent and slightly hairy, six times longer than the buds, and furnished at the middle and base with 2-minute, ciliolate bracts. The calyx is very short, with broad, rounded lobes, which are ciliolate. The petals are coriaceous, lanceolate, acute, furnished with a prominent mid-rib, inflexed at the upper margin and at the apiculus. The sta- mens are shorter than the petals. The ovary is depressed, globose, very smooth, half included in the disk, and crowned with a short, rather thick style (Pharm. Jour. Trans.,Vol. V, 1875, p. 641). The new species, P. Jaboramdi, Holmes, differs from P. Selloanus, to which it is most nearly allied, in having 4 pairs of leaflets; in the elliptic-oblong shape of the leaflets and their more fleshy consistence; in the veinlets being more promi- nent on the upper surface; in the slender, glabrous pedicels, only three times longer than the leaf-buds; in the minute bracts, being situated near the apex of the pedicel; in the rose color of the ovate petals, pedicels, and upper part of rachis; and in the rugose-crenate disc. The calyx is pentagonal, not lobed (Pharm. Jour. Trans.,Vol. XXII, 1892, p. 875). The subsequent investigations of E. M. Holmes (ibid., 1895, pp. 520 and 539), and, more lately, those of H. Geiger (Berichte der Deutsch. Pharm. Ges., 1897, pp. 356 and 425), have shown that commercial jaborandi leaves, at present in the market, are to be referred to the following Fig. 199. 5 species: (1) P. Jaboramdi, Holmes (Pernambuco jaborandi), identical with P. officinalis (Poehl, 1879); (2) P. penmatifolius, Lemaire (Paraguay jaborandi), which, according to Geiger, is identical with P. Selloamus, Engler; (3) P. trachylophus, Holmes (Ceara jaborandi); (4) P. microphyllus, Stapf (Maran- ham, or Small jaborandi); and (5) P. spicatus, Saint-Hilaire (Aracati jaborandi). In 1896, a spurious jaborandi was refer- red, by Holmes, to a hitherto unknown plant, Swartzia decipi- ems. The momenclature, according to the places of export, as adopted by Holmes, is abandoned by Geiger, because the com- mercial bales rarely even contain leaves of a single species. Description.— Official jaborandi is thus described by the U. S. P. : “About 10 to 15 Cnn. (4 to 6 inches) long, and 4 to 6 Cm. (13 to 2+ inches) broad, short-stalked, oval or ovate-oblong, entire, and slightly revolute at the margin, obtuse and emarginate, unequal at the base; dull-green, coriaceous, pellucid-punctate, mostly smooth ; when bruised slightly aromatic; taste somewhat bitter and pungent"— (U. S. P.). Commercial jaborandi is usually mixed with leaf-stalks, twigs, and bark. The leaflets are almost odor- less when entire; have a slightly aromatic taste, followed by a persistent acridity. (For a comparative histological study of jaborandi leaves, see Albert Schneider, Journal of Pharmacology, 1897, p. 141.) Leaf of Jaborandi. 1480 PILOCARPUS. Chemical Composition.—The active principle of jaborandi leaves is the alkaloid pilocarpime, which was discovered almost simultaneously by E. Hardy, in France, and A. W. Gerrard, in England, in 1875. Several other active princi- ples were subsequently isolated from the mother liquors of pilocarpine—namely, the alkaloids jaborine (Hardy, 1875; Harmack and Meyer, 1880), pilocarpidime (Merck, 1885), jaboridine (Harmack, 1885), and volatile jabonine (C.H.I.N., Hardy and Calmels, 1887), as well as jaboric and pilocarpic acids; but it is somewhat doubtful whether these derivatives of pilocarpine preexist in the leaves. Other constitu- ents are a volatile oil (0.56 per cent, Hardy), an acrid resin, tannin, and a volatile acid, forming large crystals. Pilocarpine (CuIH, N,O, Harnack and Meyer, 1880) may be obtained as de- scribed under pilocarpine hydrochlorate (which see). It forms a viscid liquid, optically dextro-rotatory, soluble in water and alcohol, slightly soluble in cold ether or chloroform, and in acids, forming a series of salts, of which the acetate is soluble in ether. The nitrate crystallizes well; the hydrochloride is very deli- quescent. Pilocarpine, boiled with water, is decomposed into trimethylamine (NICH,L) and beta-pyridine-alpha-lactic acid (C.H.N.CIOH.C.H.].COOH). Its syn- thesis was effected by Hardy and Calmels, in 1887 (see graphic formula in Pharm. Jour. Trans.,Vol. XVIII, p. 89). These observers, as well as Merck (1885), consider it to be methyl-pilocarpidine (see below). According to J. van de Moer (1895), pilo- carpine also stands in close connection with the alkaloid cytisine (see Baptisia). Jaborine (C.H.N.O., Hardy and Calmels, 1887) is a strongly basic, amor- phous alkaloid, indicated by Hardy (1875), and shown by Harmack and Meyer (Chem. Centralblatt, 1880) to correspond in its physiological action with atropine, while pilocarpine in this respect resembles nicotime. It is formed when alcoholic or acid solutions of pilocarpine are concentrated by evaporation, and is not con- tained originally in the fluid extract of jaborandi. Its formation explains the lack of uniformity of the physiological action of pilocarpine as first obtained. When pilocarpine is rapidly heated to 175°C. (347°F.), and kept at this tem- perature for half an hour, it is decomposed into ether-soluble jaborine and water- soluble pilocarpidine and jaboric acid (CoPI.N.O., Hardy and Calmels, Pharm. Jour. Trans., Vol. XVII, 1887, p. 550). Jaborine is a brittle mass, insoluble in water, soluble in alcohol, ether, and a solution of jaboric acid. Its salts are un- crystallizable. Boiling with aqueous solution of caustic potash, converts it into pilocarpidine. Pilocarpidine (CoH.N.O., Harnack, 1885) was discovered by Merck (1885), and was considered by him and others to be the lower homologue of pilocarpine. This simple relation, however, does not seem to exist between these two bases (E. Merck, Archiv der Pharm., 1898, p. 141), nor are they isomers, as was asserted by Petit and Polonowsky (Pharm. Jour. Trans.,Vol. V, 1897, p. 83). The aqueous solution of its salts is not precipitated by chloride of gold (difference from pilo- carpine). It is a syrupy liquid, forming a well-crystallizable nitrate. The for- mula of nicotine being CiołII, N, pilocarpidine may be regarded as dioxy-nicotine. It has been obtained synthetically as an intermediary product in the synthesis of pilocarpine (see above). It is easily converted into jaboridine (C.H.N.O., Harmack, Chem. Centralblatt, 1885), which is probably identical with jaborandine of Parodi (1875) from Piper Jaborandi. . It may also be formed from pilocarpine by treat- ment with fuming nitric acid (Chastaing, 1882). The chemistry of pilocarpine and derivatives is held by Petit and Polonowsky (1897) to be still doubtful. The following table states the yield of total alkaloid and nitrate, as recorded by several observers: Ource of Percent Pilo- |Fºr gent Crystal | Per cent regrystal- Analyst. # |*|†† A. Poehl, 1879 || Hairy 1.97 * Non-hairy 0.19 F. Budee, 1880 I. Hairy | . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.26 0.77 Arch, d. Pharm., Non-hairy 1.00 0. 56 1880, p. 25. New lot 1.01 0.609 Stems 0.066 PILOCA RPUS. 1481 ge Per cent crystal- | Per cent recrystal- S f P t Pilo- || “... e e * + r. Analyst jº. “º" ºr | #: F. Budee, 1880 II. Non-hairy| 0.35 0.198 III. Mostly non-hairy 0.67 0.34 Ibid * M: : … ſ 1.21 |. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . id. F. Miller, 1880 || Hairy \ 1.265 Non-hairy { § A.Dohme, 1893 || P. pennatifolius || 0.33 |. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Proc.A.P. Assoc., 1894 | P. pennatifolius 0.18 1895, p. 266. 1895 P. pennatifolius 0.19 1894 | P. microphyllus 0.16 1895 ||P. microphyllus 0.19 Paul & Cown- ley, 1894 | P. Jaborandi | . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 to 0.8 pil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phr. Jr. Trans., nitrate Vol. I, 1895, P. pennatifolius |. . . . . . . . . . . . 0.18,0.19; 0.38 p. 542. pil. nitrate P. microphyllus . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.16 to 0.19 pil. nitrate P. microphyllus | . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 0.8 alk. nitrate P. trachylophus 0.02 (new alkaloid) Paul & Cown- pe - ºr g Y anº 0.03 at 151.5°C.|Ibid.,Vol. III, ley, 1896 || P. spicatus 0.16 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . {}; 130.5°C. 1896, p. 1. P. trachylophus 0.4 0.02 •z, an alº pºw O 0.37 at 162.7°C. P. Jaborandi || 0.72 0.67 at 161°C.|{}; ; }; e O 0.23 at 162.7°C. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Jaborandi acts upon the glandular system, increasing the secretory action of the glands; however, its influence is more especially exerted upon the sudoriferous and salivary glands. A drachm or two of the powdered leaves and smaller branches infused in a cupful of boil- ing water, and the whole taken at a draught, will, in about 10 or 20 minutes afterward, occasion a tingling sensation with redness of the cutaneous surface; this sensation is at first experienced in the face, but soon extends over the whole surface, and is quickly followed by an abundant perspiration, which is apt to con- tinue for 4 or 5 hours. Almost simultaneously with the sweating, the secretion of Saliva increases to such an extent as to greatly embarrass speech, the person being often obliged to assume an inclined position that the escape of the saliva may be facilitated. During its salivary action 1 or 2 pints of saliva, and even more, may be secreted, and, not infrequently, there will be, in addition, an aug- mentation of the bronchial and lachrymal secretions. At times the mucous glands of the intestines will be so influenced as to occasion a diarrhoea, and it is not a rare circumstance that the submaxillary glands enlarge. After the admin- istration of jaborandi, patients are often attacked with nausea, vomiting, vertigo, hiccough, heaviness of the head, and contraction of the pupils. According to S. Ringer and A. Gould, the temperature of the body becomes greatly lessened during the sweating, falling 1.4°F.; on the other hand, Green, Rabuteau, Gubler, Robin, Ambrosoli, and Riegel, state that it becomes considerably elevated. As the rule, at the termination of the diaphoresis, the temperature becomes the same as it was at the time the jaborandi was administered ; in a few cases it has been slightly lower, but returned to the normal degree in the course of from 12 to 24 hours. From the commencement of the perspiration, the face becomes pale, the pulse fuller, and more frequent; the pulsations of the heart become irregular, and, with persons laboring under some cardiac affection, a kind of asystolia is observed. The effects of this agent have been found to occur more readily with adults than 14S2 PILOCARBUS. with children. In the exhibition of this article as a diaphoretic, the use of warm drinks, and other aids toward facilitating the sweating, are not required. During the sudorific action of jaborandi, the quantity of urine is lessened, to a greater or lesser extent, and micturition frequently proves painful. As urea exists to a large extent in the saliva and sweat caused by jaborandi (no uric acid being found), a diminution of it occurs in the urine voided ; but, after sweating, it gradually returns to its normal figure in the urine, and from this it would appear that the drug does not increase the combustions of the economy. Experi- ments with the sphygmograph, made at various periods during the action of the drug, have shown an almost complete asystolia with a very considerable diminu- tion of vascular tension. M. Robin is led to believe that jaborandi has an espe- cial action upon the vasomotors, which it paralyzes; from whence results the cardiac asystolia and the copious secretions of sweat and saliva. M. Gubler, while admitting this paralyzing action upon the vasomotors, maintains that it has, in addition, a special irritating influence upon the sudoriferous and salivary glands, and upon the renal glomerules, which stimulates their functional activity. Dryness of the mouth and throat, with a sense of fatigue and depression, most usually follow the cessation of its active effects. Administered in divided doses, jaborandi, instead of acting as a diaphoretic and sialagogue, becomes an active diuretic. When given in cases where there is a diminished secretion of milk, contrary to what might be anticipated, it increases the quantity of this mammary secretion. Martindale dissolved extract of jaborandi in glycerin, and applied it around the eye; a marked contraction of the pupil ensued. A similar result, with impaired vision, is apt to follow its internal administration in large doses, but this disappears on the cessation of the medicine. Pilocarpine is the active principle of jaborandi, having an action nearly identical; however, it causes less salivation, less vomiting, and is more certain in its effects—the hydrochlorate and the nitrate of this alkaloid are used; they may be employed internally, or by subcutaneous injections. Therapeutically, jaborandi has been found of value in the removal of serous effusions, as in hydrothoraq, amasarca, ascites, chronic pleurisy, etc., whether these be due to disorders of the heart, liver, kidneys, to chronic inflammatory conditions, to albuminuria, or exist as a sequence of exanthematous affections, etc. While in certain of these effusions it acts as a curative agent, in others it will prove useful as affording temporary relief, from time to time, until other indicated remedial agents have been enabled to overcome or to modify the abnormal conditions giv- ing rise to such effusions. In cardiac diseases, from its tendency to diminish the contractility of the heart and arteries, and to favor their dilatation (diastole), thus conducing to dyspnoea and even to asphyxia; if used at all, great care and prudence should be observed. In those disorders, in which its employment from time to time is followed by persistent debility, it is contraindicated. Jaborandi has been used with more or less success in the following diseases: Asthma, bronchitis (with or without emphysema), albuminous diabetes, dropsies, in cases of poisoning and diseases due to miasms or morbid poisons (puerperal sep- ticemia?) eruptive fevers impeded in their evolution, etc. (Gubler); in metastatic orchitis (Czernicki); in polyuria (Laycock); in chronic rheumatism, syphilitic rheuma- tism, and in acute articular rheumatism, but in which the endocarditis was aggra- vated (Fereol)—this author has also observed an attack of gout, and an increase of the intensity of hemicrania, in cases where it was administered; in the albu- minuria of pregnancy its use was followed with hematuria (Langlet); in acute albuminous nephritis (Bloch)—this author likewise states that jaborandi will be found efficient in chronic parenchymatous mephritis, especially when the renal lesions are not of long standing; that the existence of uraemic phenomena is not an absolute contraindication of the drug; that it is seldom of service in interstitial Alephritis; and that it should be employed with the greatest caution when cardiac lesions are present. Petithau advises its employment in all subacute or chronic catarrhal or rheumatic affections; in dropsies, when there is no morbid change of the kidneys, and anemia is but slight; in permicious intermittent fevers; in psoriasis and other dry forms of cutaneous diseases; in chronic syphilitic affections, etc. According to M. Rabuteau, coffee is an antagonist of jaborandi; when given concurrently with it, it will prevent the nausea and vomiting, and likewise PILOCARIP U.S. 1483 appears to diminish the perspiration as well as the excretion of the urea. The effects of jaborandi upon the human system are also counteracted by subcuta- neous injections of solution of atropine; while those of belladonna or atropine are overcome by subcutaneous injections of pilocarpine. But this antagonism does not invariably appear, as the symptoms following the administration of one of these substances, are not always counteracted by the employment of the other; besides while the dose of jaborandi or pilocarpine may always be readily deter- mined, that of belladonna, and especially of atropine, is so difficult to regulate, that extreme circumspection is required (J. King). Where depressing effects are produced by jaborandi, as sometimes occurs where there are valvular disease or fatty degeneration of the heart, or morbid pulmonic circulation, Strychnine hypo- dermatically may sustain the heart-action. Digitalis, cactus, caffeine, or strophan- thus may also be used. The profuse sweating may be checked by atropine. When pilocarpine acts like atropine, such effects are probably due to contaminating jaborine. Since the foregoing uses, as recorded by the earlier investigators of jaborandi, were established, the drug has come into prominence in Eclectic practice chiefly through the writings of Webster, Ketchum, and Foltz. Added to its diuretic and sudorific qualities, jaborandi is sedative and antispasmodic, many preferring it to veratrum for the former purpose, and to lobelia or gelsemium for the latter. The indications for this drug, specifically considered, may be summed up as fol- lows: It is a remedy for sthenic conditions, and must be avoided, or its use care- fully guarded, in weakened conditions of the heart. Jaborandi is efficient in disorders exhibiting a dry, hot skin, with febrile reaction, especially when accom- panied by acute suppression of the secretions, dry, parched mouth, full, strong, hard, and sharp pulse, deficient renal activity with deep-red urine, scanty in quantity and of high specific gravity; restlessness, and, with any of these symp- toms, pain. Jaborandi is claimed by Prof. Webster to be adapted to almost any febrile or inflammatory condition, sthenic or asthenic, with or without a dry skin. Most observers however, prefer to limit its use to sthenic conditions only. As a remedy for pain and inflammation it has been highly endorsed in mammitis, with dry skin and suppressed lacteal secretion, in acute articular inflammation and acute articular rheumatism, the joint being extremely painful and swollen. In erysipelas with dry skin and elevation of temperature, it has rendered good service, and is particularly of value when locally applied. Webster declares that in cerebro-spinal meningitis, it has no equal. In rheumatic complaints its value is enhanced by its power to eliminate urea and uric acid from the system. Jaborandi is indicated by stiffness, Soreness, and swelling of the joints, whether the parts show redness or pallor. One of its chief indications in such disorders is puffiness of the tissues. For acute (preferably) or chronic muscular pain, pleurodynia, lumbago, muscular spasm, cardiac rheumatism and (tºngina pectoris, few remedies are more efficient. The spe- cific indications, must, of course, be observed. Jaborandi is recommended for cough when the throat is very dry and secre- tion checked. It is well recommended in bronchial asthma and whooping-cough with dryness of the respiratory passages. Small doses relieve “winter cough,” and the cough of chronic bronchitis with lack of secretion, and dry, irritable, hoarse cough. In the early stage of bronchitis, and in the congestive stage of pneumonia, it rapidly relieves the local inflammation, and reduces the fever if it be given in diaphoretic doses. In respiratory troubles it does best service when associated with other indicated remedies, as bryonia, asclepias, lobelia, etc. In acute tonsillitis with secretion of tenacious pharyngeal mucus, it serves an excellent purpose. Foltz values it highly in pharyngitis sicca (Eclectic Med. Gleamer, Vol. V, p. 193). When exudation has taken place in pleurisy, jaborandi is one of the best agents to effect the removal of the fluid and promote resolution. It finds also, a place in the treatment of dry croup, laryngismus stridulus, laryngeal diphtheria, and So-called membramous crowp. In the latter two affections, if the child is strong, jaborandi may be administered in doses sufficient to increase the secretions of the throat, and thus loosen the false membranes. Jaborandi has given good serv- ice in metastatic and gomorrhoeal orchitis, ovaritis, and metritis, the specific indica- tions for it being present. Jaborandi is one of the most useful of agents in prop- erly selected cases of la grippe or epidemic influenza, and of catarrhal fever. In fact 1484 PILOCARPU.S. the drug acts admirably as a non-stimulating diaphoretic and sedative in many inflammatory and febrile conditions, provided the stomach is not too irritable to retain the medicine. - In diseases of the kidneys, jaborandi does effective work in throwing a part of the burden of elimination upon the skin. In this way the kidneys are relieved of excess of watery secretion, and of the elimination of a portion of urea. For this reason it has been employed in various forms of nephritis, particularly in acute albuminuria, and in so-called Bright's disease. It is undoubtedly the best remedy (using pilocarpine preferably) we possess for uraemic poisoning, but the full diaphoretic action must be obtained if good results are to be expected. Diapho- retic doses also benefit the albuminuria of pregnancy. It has been successfully employed in conjunction with ergot to control the excessive secretion of urine in diabetes insipidus. Acting upon the theory that the act of parturition is favored by free diapho- resis, jaborandi and its alkaloid have been successfully used in cases of tedious labor due to a rigid, hard OS uteri. In these cases the pains are severe yet inef- fectual, the skin dry, pulse full, sharp, and hard, and there is some febrile re- action. These conditions are rectified by diaphoretic doses of the drug. A full dose or a couple of broken doses of jaborandi is accredited with the cure of puer- peral eclampsia. In such cases it may be advantageously combined with other indicated agents. Jaborandi has proved a useful drug in evanthematous diseases with tardy appear- ance or tendency to recession of the eruption, and by this action has been thought to avert the danger of post-Scarlatinal dropsy. Many skin disorders of a dry char- acter appear to be benefited by the internal and external use of jaborandi. Among these disorders are eczema, prwritis, particularly when occurring in a jaun- diced skin, prwrigo, hyperhydrosis pedum, psoriasis, and rhus pois0ning. In the lat- ter affection grindelia has been employed locally with jaborandi. This drug is accredited with the rather singular effect of causing the hair to become darker in color; and it is likewise said to be useful in alopecia to promote the growth of the hair. For this purpose pilocarpine may be employed, with or without can- tharides, and mixed with lanolin. Copious and annoying night-sweats are said to be relieved by minute doses of jaborandi. Locally, the drug has given relief in burns and Scalds, and internally and locally is of considerable value in parotitis. In small doses it has been lauded as an effective agent in ptyalism and aphthous stomatitis. In local and general dropsies the drug is sometimes useful, but as cau- tioned by Ellingwood, it should be used discretely, particularly in hydrocephalus, lest harm be done to the patient. - Pilocarpus and its alkaloidal salts have been used to counteract the poisomous effects of belladonna, atropine, Stramonium, daturine, and poisomous bites or stings, and in ptomaine poisoning from canned fish and meats. In the latter instances it has no antidotal power, but favors elimination of the offending material. While often failing to counteract the toxic effects of atropine, it nearly always relieves the unpleasant dryness of tissue following the use of that alkaloid or of belladonna. Prof. Foltz is an enthusiastic advocate of the use of jaborandi in eye, ear, nose, and throat disorders, particularly where there is a lack of the natural secretions of these parts. Full doses of jaborandi contract the pupils, impair accommodation, diminish intraocular tension, and increase Secretion. Locally applied, the action is similar, the effects upon the pupil, however, being much less pronounced when the drug is internally administered. Dr. Foltz praises it in rheumatic iritis, and for the absorption of “mom-organized vitreous opacities.” In iritis he always uses it, and believes that it shortens the duration of the disease, and if adhesions are present, assists in their absorption, Optic neuritis, petinal detachment, choroïditis, episcleritis, tobacco and alcoholic amblyopia, and atrophy of the optic nerve are also conditions in which he advises its use. After traumatism, with increased ocular tension, the latter as well as the pain, will be relieved by the local use of pilocar- pine hydrochlorate. Instilled in the eye the same is useful in keratitis and phlyc- tenular conjunctivitis, both in the early stage. For Ocular affections Foltz advises as a dose from 3 to 10 drops of specific jaborandi, every 2 or 3 hours; and as a collyrium, 1 to 2 grains of pilocarpine hydrochlorate to 2 fluid ounces of water. In ear disorders jaborandi improves by increasing the secretions of the aural cavi- PILOCARPUS. 1485 ties and canals. Unhealthy cerunnen is frequently restored to its natural condition by the continued use of jaborandi. Jaborandi is the best remedy in non-suppu. rative inflammation of the middle ear, of the proliferous type (Foltz), and it proves a good drug for nervous deafness, deafness following Scarlet fever and diphtheria, and with appropriate adjunct treatment, in immer ear diseases of syphilitic origin (Foltz). The alkaloidal salts (§ to # grain subcutaneously) have been employed in these disorders, but the parent drug is to be preferred in doses of 3 to 10 drops every 3 or 4 hours. PILocarpLNE.—The alkaloid pilocarpine has been used in the forms of hydro- chlorate and nitrate in the same diseases as the infusion and alcoholic prepara- tions of the leaves. The effects of the alkaloid are said to be more certain than when the leaves are used, and the tendency to nausea and vomiting is greatly diminished. Pilocarpine may be used in many of the aforementioned disorders, although jaborandi is preferred by the Eclectic profession. Outside of the special mentions of the use of the alkaloids given above, they may be used in the fol- lowing conditions: For uraemic convulsions and in puerperal convulsions it is pre- ferred by many to jaborandi. CEdema of the laryma is said to be promptly relieved by pilocarpine. Beranger considers the hydrochlorate of pilocarpine of great value, therapeu- tically, in certain eye diseases; he uses it in instillations, and in subcutaneous injections, two very distinct effects being obtained, according to the methods em- ployed. By injections, profuse discharges follow, accompanied with a diminution of ocular tension, and a more rapid renovation of the media of the eye; this form of use he considers indicated in acute and chronic glaucoma, iritis, floating bodies in the vitreous humor, certain opacities of the cornea, and in poisonings. Some- times complete recovery will ensue; at others, great relief follows. His solution was made by dissolving 3 grains of the hydrochlorate of pilocarpine in 75 minims of cherry-laurel water, of which solution from 10 to 15 drops were injected at a time. It must be remembered, however, that pilocarpine injected into a tumor of the eye, has produced great weakness and emaciation, without in the least affecting the size of the growth (see Armaingaud, in previous editions of this Dis- pensatory). By instillations, he employs it as a powerful myotic in mydriasis, and prefers it to eserine, as it is accompanied with no irritation. He likewise prefers it in instillation, to eserine, in disturbances of vision associated with secondary paralysis and characterized by asthenopia, with feebleness of the intrinsic muscles of the eye, and also in certain cases of presbyopia which is not constant but returns at different periods. Dr. Landesberg, of Philadelphia, found both the fluid extract of jaborandi, internally, and the hydrochlorate of pilocarpine, by subcutaneous injection, more effective and reliable than any other known remedy, in intraocular hemorrhages, and in opacities of the vitreous and aqueous fluids; but he prefers eserine to pilocarpine, as a myotic, on account of the increased action of the lachrymal and salivary glands occasioned by the latter, when absorbed. Gillet de Grand- mont, of France, has used the nitrate of pilocarpine, by subcutaneous injection, in the forearm, of from # to # grain, in solution; and has found surprisingly good results to follow in specific or rheumatic iritis, either simple, or complicated with alterations of the cornea, in the keratitis of Hutchinson, in dimmess and hemorrhage of the vitreous body, in glaucoma, in atrophy of the choroid, in hemorrhages and plastic exudations of the retina, and in commencing atrophy of the optic merve. In all the above- named affections, the agent produced its usual results, as sweating, increase of the Cardiac pulsations, etc. The dose of jaborandi in infusion (45 grains to 2 fluid ounces of water) is 1 fluid ounce, which may, if necessary, be repeated every 10 or 15 minutes; of the fluid extract, from 10 drops to 1 drachm; of specific jaborandi, 1 to 30 drops; of pilocarpine or its salts, internally, from 4 to # grain; by subcutaneous injection, # to + grain, in solution. In cases where the internal exhibition of jaborandi by mouth, occasions mausea or vomiting, this may be avoided in giving the dose by rectal enema. Specific Indications and Uses.—Deficient secretion; marked dryness and heat of skin and mucous tissues; pulse full, hard, sharp, and strong; muscular pain; muscular spasm; urine suppressed, of deep color and high specific gravity; elevated temperature, with deficient secretion; puffiness of tissues; rigid, hard os 14.86 PILULAE. uteri; marked restlessness; dry, harsh cough ; tenacious sputum; Oedema; uraemic poisoming and convulsions; increased Ocular tension ; itching, with jaundice. Adapted chiefly to sthenic cases. Minute doses relieve colliquative sweating. PILULAE.–PILLS. Preparation and History.—Eclectic physicians-prefer liquid remedies when practicable, objecting to any form of pill, tablet, or confectionary, especially of galenicals. “The points demanded to prepare a proper pill mass are, to obtain suf- ficient consistency that the particles may cohere together, and to have them firm enough to retain a globular form; their component parts should be such as to prevent any tendency to moldiness, or any absorption of moisture when exposed to the atmosphere. Medicines which are deliquescent should never enter into a pill mass, and efflorescent salts should be previously exposed to heat so as to fall to powder, by the removal of their water. Ingredients which have a chemical reaction upon each other should not be added together in a pill mass, unless it be desired to secure the influence of the resulting compound. “Gum-resins and inspissated extracts are sometimes soft enough to be made into pills without addition; where any moisture is requisite, a few drops of alco- hol is more proper than syrups or conserves, as it unites more readily with them, without sensibly increasing their bulk. In some instances, where alcohol will not act upon the mass, water may be substituted” (Coxe). Substances which do not admit of being made into a pill mass by themselves, must have certain inert matters added to them, called eſcCipients, and such excipi- ents only should be employed as will give the proper degree of consistence and tenacity to the mass, without interfering in any way with the action of its medici- mal agents or rendering the pills too large or hard. Excipients vary much in their character, according to the nature of the articles to be made into pill form ; the most common are syrup, glycerin, mucilage, soap, bread-crumb, conserve of roses, water, spirit, gum, sugar, magnesia, starch, molasses, etc. The dry excipi- ents are used to give the required firmness to extracts, confections, oils, and other fluid or soft substances, while the moist excipients are intended for dry medi- cines, or agents which are insoluble, and among these molasses, syrup, and con- serve of roses are the most esteemed, especially when the pills are to be kept for a length of time. The addition of too much gum Arabic or tragacanth to the pill mass, is objec- tionable, as it often causes the pill to become so hard as to materially modify its Operation, or perhaps cause it to pass through the intestines without being dis- solved. Whenever the excipient is named by the physician in his prescription, the apothecary should adopt it if practicable; but, if it be not practicable, then he must follow his own judgment. Indeed, it would always be better in prescrib- ing extemporaneous preparations of pills, if the physician would omit the excipi- ent, and leave it to the more practical knowledge of the apothecary to supply the appropriate excipient. The best excipients for dry powders, as jalap, rhubarb, ipecacuanha, ginger, digitalis, conium, etc., are molasses or conserve of roses; those for resinous extracts, resins and gum-resins, are soap, proof-spirit, alkaline solutions, and sometimes mucilage; and those for the volatile oils and oleoresins, are soap, magnesia, white wax, etc. The proper selection of these, however, depends entirely upon the pecu- liar nature of the medicines ordered, and requires a considerable degree of prac- tical knowledge, not expected to be possessed by the practicing physician. The medicinal ingredients of the pill mass should be perfectly mixed and in- corporated, usually combining together the active ingredients first, and afterward the excipient, and the mass should be worked in the hand, on a pill slab, or in a mortar, until it is thoroughly homogeneous. If the mass be too hard, it may not be dissolved in the juices of the stomach; if too soft, there will be difficulty in forming it into pills. The pill mass being properly formed, is now to be divided into pills; certain portions of it are, by means of a spatula, or by the pill-machine, made into long, round, slender rolls, of the desired thickness, which are then dis vided into pills. If the pill-machine be used, the pills are accurately divided and PI LULAE. * 1487 made globular at the same time; if the spatula be used, the pills are to be rounded by the fingers. Most apothecaries are furnished with the pill-machines, which serve to expedite the process, as well as to secure a greater degree of accuracy. Pills containing vegetable drugs usually weigh from 1 to 5 grains; containing heavy mineral preparations, 5 to 10 grains. A larger pill than these is denomi- nated a bolus; a very small, sugar-coated pill, a granule. PILL-CoATING.—In order to cover the taste and odor of pills many plans have been devised; formerly they were covered with gold or silver leaf, but this is a very objectionable method, as pills thus prepared frequently pass through the bowels without being dissolved. Another mode is to dip each pill in a melted solution of pure glue, but this plan is tedious and requires considerable time for the drying of the pills. Collodion has been recommended as an agent for cover- ing pills, but as the collodion will not readily dissolve in the stomach, its employ- ment would be improper. Sugar is frequently used, combined with gum Arabic, and sometimes starch is likewise added, the proportions of each article being the same; the pills to be dipped in a thin syrup, and then rolled in the mixture. This process is most applicable to disagreeably odorous substances, as castor, asa- foetida, Valerian, etc., which are completely masked by it. When the gelatin is previously colored with Carmine, the pills resemble hawthorn berries. M. Calloud treats of the subject of enveloping medicinal substances in a cov- ering to prevent unpleasant taste, in Jour. de Pharm.,Vol. XXIII, p. 301. He had recourse to the dried mucilage of flaxseed prepared with sugar. His method is: Take of flaxseed, 1 part; white sugar, 3 parts; spring water, a sufficient quantity. A thick mucilage is obtained by carefully boiling the seeds, the sugar is added, and the whole of the moisture evaporated by careful desiccation. The mixture is but slightly hygroscopic, may be reduced to fine powder, and employed for cover- ing pills. This operation is effected extemporaneously with great facility. The pills, slightly moistened, are rolled in the mucilaginous powder, by which they are coated with a layer of the compound. M. Calloud suggests another process, applicable in certain cases, which is the use of butter of cacao as a covering for pills, where, owing to gastric irritation, the unmasked pills will cause disagreeable symptoms. . The process is very simple; the prepared pills are thrown into melted butter of cacao, then removed with a perforated skimmer, and finally rolled in finely-powdered sugar, or what is better, sugar of milk. He also prepares a powder, in which the pills, previously damp- ened externally with water; are agitated until sufficiently coated; it is prepared by mixing a clear mucilage of tragacanth (made of tragacanth, 1 part; water, 2 parts) with sugar of milk, 20 parts; spreading this thinly upon plates, and, when thoroughly dried, pulverizing it. Blanchard's method, as improved by Baildon, consists of using a solution of balsam of tolu, 1 drachm, in chloroform, 3 drachms. Some of this is placed in a suitable box, the pills agitated in it, them turned upon a slab, and so arranged that they do not touch each other. In about 20 minutes they are dry and non- adhesive, and present a finished appearance. It not only conceals any unpleas- ant taste or smell, but it prevents the pills from becoming too hard (Amer. Jour. Pharm...,Vol. XXIX, p. 350). The foregoing remarks are largely historical, and record the method of pill- coating in the apothecary shops, and may be useful still when it is desirable to coat a few pills extemporaneously. But, at present, the coating of pills is done on a large scale by manufacturing pharmacists, who supply not only simples, but compounds of every description capable of being made into pills. Two forms of pill-coating are used—sugar and gelatin—of which we prefer the latter. Some- times admixtures of foreign bodies are employed, such as chalk or starch, and, in Some cases, the pills are given a coating of shellac or rosin previous to the sugar. This is to prevent coloring of the sugar-coat, and is to be objected to because of its insoluble mature. The methods of each manufacturer are in part peculiar to himself, and are derived from his experience and skill, but all are an outgrowth of the hand-coating processes mentioned in this article. Mr. H. C. Archibald describes the method pursued by manufacturers in sugar- goating pills and granules, in Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1867, p. 199; and, in the same journal, 1867, p. 12, Prof. E. Parrish makes known a new process for preparing 1488 PILULAE ACONITI COMPOSITAE. sugar-coated pills, but which is only practicable on a large scale. (For other excipients and coatings, see following pill formulae.) PILL-DUSTING.—Several substances are used for covering pills to prevent them from adhering to each other, as powdered elm-bark, powdered orris or liquorice roots, lycopodium, carbonate of magnesium, starch, etc., and these powders are also used during the formation of the pill to prevent them from Sticking to the fingers or to the apparatus on which they are made. The powders ordinarily used are liquorice, lycopodium, and elm. Carbonate of magnesium can only be used in those instances where it occasions no decomposition with one or more active constituents of the pill. CoMPRESSED PILLs.-This class of preparations is usually prepared by means of a proper instrument, by compression of the desired material, in powder, with- out the addition of an excipient. Powders which are not deliquescent, yet easily soluble in water, are best adapted for compressed pills. Occasionally, for the sake of rendering the substance more easily compressible, or to facilitate the removal of the pills from the mold or instrument employed, very dry materials are combined with a very little of petrolatum, sugar, cacao butter, or alcohol. These pills are generally of lenticular shape. (See Remington's and Coblentz's Prac. of Pharm.) PRESERVATION.—Pills are much better preserved in small, loosely-stoppered glass bottles than in the common wood or pasteboard boxes, and should be dis- pensed in glass vials by the apothecary. As it is not always convenient to make a large amount of pill mass into pills at one time, the balance may be kept in a bladder, which should be moistened occasionally with some of the same kind of liquid the mass was made up with, or with some aromatic oil. - TABLET TRITURATES.–These are made by compressing mixtures of powders or of simple substances in powder form into discs of variable size and shape. They are open to many objections as medicinal representatives of drugs, and can not carry the values of substances which either disintegrate or evaporate on dry. ing. For this reason, they can not correctly represent a large class of natural drugs. Tablets are easily made, and their manufacture, on a large scale, might properly become a part of the confectioner's art. In our opinion, for all plant preparations, such as extracts, gelatin-coated pills are preferable and fully as ele- gant. For such simples as chemicals, that do not alter by action of the air, tab- lets are suitable, providing they are not stamped so hard as to prevent them from dissolving. Great discrimination should be employed in the use of tablets, and if the physician is not qualified to judge of the remedy’s nature, he should be very cautious concerning its use in tablet form. Sugar and other inert substances are employed in the making of tablets to give bulk to energetic bodies. In our opinion, much injury has been done by the indiscrete attempt of tablet makers to put into tablet form remedies that deteriorate or are destroyed by drying. These general remarks on tablets are offered in this place because of the fact that we have no special department for them. PILULAE (N. F.), Pills.-‘‘In giving the formulas for pills, the quantities of the several ingredients required for one hundred (100) pills are given in metric weights in the first column, while the quantities required for each single pill are given in apothecaries' weight in the second column. When it is desirable to pre- pare a number of pills by the proportion given for the single pill, it is recom- mended that, upon multiplying by the number of pills required, the nearest whole number, or nearest convenient fraction, in each case, be chosen”—(Nat. Form.). This arrangement has been altered in this work so that the figures represent- ing the amount in each pill follow the general formula. This is done to save space. PILULAE ACONITI COMPOSITAE.—COMPOUND PILLS OF ACONITE. Preparation.—Take of extract of aconite, ; drachm; extract of stramonium, 4 grains; Valerianate of quinine, 20 grains. Mix thoroughly, form a pill mass, and divide into 60 pills. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—These pills are very efficient in febrile and inflammatory complaints, where nervous irritability, restlessness, or wakefulness is PILU LAE ALOES.–PILUI, AE ALOES ET FERRI. 1489 present; also in mervous headache, and other nervous affections. They are but little used at the present time. The dose is 1 pill every 2, 3, or 4 hours, according to the urgency of the symptoms, and the effect caused by the use of the pills (J. King). PILULAE ALOES (U. S. P.)—PILLS OF ALOES. SYNONYM ; Pills of Socotrime aloes. Preparation.—“Purified aloes, in fine powder, thirteen grammes (13 Gm.) [201 grs.]; soap, in fine powder, thirteen grammes (13 Gm.) [201 grs.]; water, a sufficient quantity to make 100 pills. Beat the powders together with water, so as to form a mass, and divide it into 100 pills”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— (See Aloes.) Dose, from 1 to 3 pills. PILULAE ALOES COMPOSITAE.—COMPOUND PILLS OF ALOES. SYNoNYM : Anti-dyspeptic pills. Preparation.—Take of extracts of boneset, mandrake, and ginseng, each, 2 drachms; aloes, in powder, 8 drachms; gamboge, castile soap, of each, in powder, 4 drachms; capsicum and lobelia seed, of each, in powder, 1 drachm ; oil of cloves, 2 minims. Mix the extracts together, then add the soap, beating it well in a mor- tar, and finally thoroughly beat and work in the powders, and when the whole is well incorporated, add the oil of cloves. Divide the mass into pills of 4 grains each (T. V. Morrow, M.D.). This pill is by many considered superior to the one originally given in Beach's Amer. Prac., of which the following is the formula: Take of Socotrine aloes, in powder, 4 ounces; castile soap, colocynth, gamboge, of each, 2 ounces; extract of gentian, 4 ounces; oil of cloves, 2 drachms. Mix as above. Dose, same as above. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This pill is cathartic in doses of from 2 to 4 pills. It has been found very useful in dyspepsia, constipation, jaundice, amen- orrhaea, and in all ordinary cases where cathartics are required. PILULAE ALOES ET ASAFCETIDAE (U. S. P.)—PILLs of ALOES AND ASAFETIDA. Preparation.—“Purified aloes, in fine powder, nine grammes (9 Gm.) [139 grs.]; asafetida, nine grammes (9 Gm.) [139 grs.]; soap, in fine powder, nine grammes (9 Gm.) [139 grs.]; water, a sufficient quantity to make 100 pills. Beat the solids together with water, so as to form a mass, and divide it into 100 pills”—(U. S. P.). * Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This pill is applicable in constipation in nervous and hysterical individuals who suffer from gastric debility and flatulence. Dose, 2 to 5 pills. PILULAE ALOES ET FERRI (U. S. P.)—PILLS OF ALOES AND IRON. Preparation.—“Purified aloes, in fine powder, seven grammes (7 Gm.) [108 grs.]; dried ferrous sulphate, seven grammes (7 Gm.) [108 grs.]; aromatic pow- der, seven grammes (7 Gm.) [108 grs.]; confection of rose, a sufficient quantity to make 100 pills. Beat the powders together with confection of rose, so as to form a mass, and divide it into 100 pills”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This pill is employed in treating a mem- orrhaea, accompanied by constipation, in debilitated and anemic women. Dose, 1 to 3 pills. Small doses should be administered for some little time previous to the menstrual periods. 94 1490 PILULAE ALOES ET MASTICHES. PILULAE ALOES ET MASTICHES (U. S. P.)—PILLS OF ALOES AND MASTIC. * Preparation.—“Purified aloes, in fine powder, thirteen grammes (13 Gm.) [201 grs...]; mastic, in fine powder, four grammes (4 Gm.) [62 grs.]; red rose, in fine powder, three grammes (3 Gm.) [46 grs.]; water, a sufficient quantity to make 100 pills. Beat the powders together with water, so as to form a mass, and divide it into 100 pills”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This is a modification of Lady Web- ster's Dinner Pills. The mastiche retards the solubility of the pill so that its chief action is exerted on the large intestine, hastening rectal evacuation. Used for constipation and gastro-intestimal torpor. Dose, 1 pill (each pill contains about 2 grains of aloes) at dinner or at bedtime. Related Pills.-ANDERSON'S SCOTS PILLS. Take Barbadoes aloes, 12 ounces; colocynth, 3 ounce; gamboge, 3 ounce. All in very fine powder. Beat them with Soap, 2 ounces, a little water, and oil of anise, fláii. Divide into 3-grain pills. Hooper's FEMALE PILLS.—Take aloes, 40 parts; ferrous sulphate (crystallized), 20 parts; myrrh, extract of black hellebore, and soap, aā, 10 parts; ginger and canella, both in powder, àā, 5 parts. Beat into a mass with water. Divide into 24-grain pills. Cathartic and emmenagogue. PILULAE, AD PRANDIUM (N. F.), Dinner pills.—“I. When ‘dinner pills,' under this or some other equivalent name, are prescribed without further specification, it is recommended that the Pilulae Aloesel Mastiches of the U. S. P., also called Lady Webster's Dinner Pills, be dispensed. Note.—Of other combinations bearing similar names, or used for similar purposes, the follow- ing appear to be those most commonly in use: II. Chapman's Dimmer Pills.-“Purified aloes (U. S. P.), nine and seven-tenths grammes (9.7 Gm.) [150 grs.]; mastic, nine and seven-tenths grammes (9.7 Gm.) [150 grs.]; ipecac, in fine powder, six and one-half grammes (6.5 Gm.) [100 grs.]; oil of fennel, one and one-half cubic centimeters (1.5 Co.) [25 ml]. To make 100 pills. Each pill contains 13 grains of aloes, 1% grains of mastic, 1 grain of ipecac and about # minim of oil of fennel” (see Pilulae, N. F.). III. Cole's Dinner Pills.-‘‘Purified aloes (U.S. P.), Seven and eight-tenths grammes (7.8 Gm.) [120 grs.]; mass of mercury (U. S. P.), seven and eight-tenths grammes (7.8 Gm.) [120 grs.]; jalap, in fine powder, seven and eight-tenths grammes (7.8 Gm.) [120 grs.]; antimony and potassium tartrate, thirteen centigrammes (0.13 Gm.) [2 grs.]. To make 100 pills. Each pill contains 1% grains of aloes, 1% grains of blue mass, 1# grains of jalap, and #5 grain of tartar emetic” (see Pilulae, N. F.). IV. Hall's Dinner Pills.- “Purified aloes (U. S. P.), six and one-half grammes (6.5 Gm.) [100 grs.]; extract of glycyr- rhiza, six and one half grammes (6.5 Gm.) [100 grs.]; soap, in powder, six and one-half grammes (6.5 Gm.) [100 grs.]; molasses, six and one-half grammes (6.5 Gm.) [100 grs.]. To make 100 pills. Each pill contains 1 grain of aloes, 1 grain of extract of liquorice, I grain of Soap, and 1 grain of molasses” (see Pilulae, N. F.). Adapted from Nat. Form. PILULAE ALOES ET PODOPHYLLI CoMPOSITAE (N. F.), Compound pills of aloes and podophyllum, Janeway's pills.-‘ Purified aloes (U. S. P.), six and one-half grammes (6.5 Gm.) [100 grs.]; resin of podophyllum (U. S. P.), three and one-fourth grammes (3.25 Gm.) [50 grs.]; alcoholic extract of belladonna leaves (U. S. P.), one and six-tenths grammes (1.6 Gm.) [25 grs.]; ex- tract of nux vomica (U.S. P.), one and six-tenths grammes (1.6 Gm.) [25 grs.]. To make 100 pills. Each pill contains 1 grain of aloes, 3 grain of resin of podophyllum, 3 grain of extract of bella- donna leaves, and # grain of extract .#. vomica” (see Pilulae, N. F.). Adapted from Nat. Form. PILULE TRIPLICES º F.), Triplex pills, Pilula triplex.-I. “Purified aloes (U.S. P.), thir- teen grammes (13 Gm.) [200 grs.]; mass of mercury (U. S. P.), six and one-half grammes (6.5 Gm.) [100 grs.]; resin of podophyllum (U. S. P.), one and six-tenths grammes (1.6 Gm.) [25 grs.]... To make 100 pills. Each pill contains 2 grains of aloes, 1 grain of blue mass, and 3 grain of resin of podophyllum (see Pilulae, N. F.). Note.—When Pilula triplea, under this name or Some equivalent, is prescribed without further specification, it is recommended that the above preparation be dispensed. A formula devised by Dr. John W. Francis is also in use: II. Francis' triplex pills.-Purified aloes (U. S. P.), five and one-half grammes (5.5 Gm.) [85 grs.]; Scammony, five and one-half grammes (5.5 Gm.) [85 grs.]; mass of mercury (U. S. P.), five and one-half grammes (5.5 Gm.) [85 grs.]; croton oil, thirty-two one-hundredths cubić gentimeter (0.32 Cº.) [51]ll; oil of caraway, one and six-tenths cubic centimeters (1.6 Co.) [23 Till; tincture of aloes and myrrh (U. S. P.), a sufficient quantity to make 100 pills. Each pill contains #grain of aloes, # grain of scammony, #grain of blue mass, ºr minim of croton oil, # minim of caraway oil, and a sufficient quantity of tincture of aloes and myrrh" (see Pilulae, N. F.). Adapted from Nat. Form. sº PILULE QUADRUPLICEs (N. F.), Quadruplew pills, Quatuor pills, Pilulae ferri et quinimae com- pºsite.T." Dried sulphate of iron, six and one-half grammes (6.5 Gm.) [100 grs.]; quinine sul- phate, six and one-half grammes (6.5 Gm.) [100 grs.]; purified aloes (U.S. P. ), six and one-half grammes (6.5 Gm.) [100 grs.]; extract of nux vomica (U. S. P.), one and six tenths grammes (1.6 Gm.) [25 grs.]; extract of gentian (U. S. P.), * Sufficient quantity to make 100 pills. Each pill contains 1 grain of sulphate of iron, 1 grain of quinine Sulphate, 1 grain of aloes, 3 grain of extract of nux vomica, and a sufficient quantity of extract of gentian” (see Pilulº, N.F.). Adapted from Nat. Form. PILULE ALOEs ET MYRRHAE.—PILULE ASAFCETIDAE. 1491 PILULAE ALOES ET MYRRHAE (U. S. P.)—PILLs of ALOES AND MIYRRH. SYNONYM : Rufus’ pills. Preparation.—“Purified aloes, in fine powder, thirteen grammes (13 Gm.) [201 grs.]; myrrh, in fine powder, six grammes (6 Gm.) [93 grs.]; aromatic pow- der, four grammes (4 Gm.) [62 grs.]; syrup, a sufficient quantity to make 100 pills. Beat the powders together with syrup, so as to form a mass, and divide it into 100 pills”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—As a laxative, 1 to 2 pills; purgative, 2 to 6 pills. Also employed in uterime disorders marked by constipation and torpor. Related Pill.—PILULE FERRI CoMPOSITAE (N. F.), Compound pills of iron (U. S. P., 1880). “Myrrh, nine and three-fourths grammes (9.75 Gm.) [150 grs.]; sodium carbonate, four grammes and eighty-five centigrammes (4.85 Gm.) [75 grs.]; sulphate of iron, 4 grammes and eighty-five centigrammes (4.85 Gm.) [75 grs.]; syrup, a sufficient quantity. To make 100 pills. Each pill contains 13 grains of myrrh, ; grain of sodium carbonate, and # grain of sulphate of iron’ (see Pilulae, N. F.). Adapted from Nat. Form. PILULAE ALOINI, STRYCHNINAE, ET BELLADONNAE (N. F.) PILLS OF ALOIN, STRYCHNINE, AND BELLADONNA. Preparation.—“Aloin, one and three-tenths grammes (1.3 Gm.) [20 grs.]; strychnine, alkaloid, five centigrammes (0.05 Gm.) [; gr.]; alcoholic extract of belladonna leaves (U. S. P.), eight decigrammes (0.8 Gm.) [12.5 grs.]. To make 100 pills. Each pill contains # grain of aloin, Tºp grain of strychnine, and # grain of extract of belladonna leaves (see Pilulae, N. F.). Note.—These pills are also pre- pared with double the amount of strychnine. It is recommended that the stronger pills be dispensed only when specially demanded.” Adapted from Nat. Form. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—These pills are very popular with phy- sicians at the present day for the treatment of habitual constipation. Dose, 1 to 2 pills a day. - Related Pills.—PILULE ALOINI, STRYoRNINAE ET BELLADONNAE CoMPOSITE (N. F.), Com- ownd pills of aloin, Strychnine, and belladonna. “Aloin, one and three-tenths grammes (1.3 Gm.) 20 grs.]; Strychnine, alkaloid, five centigrammes (0.05 Gm.) [# gr.]; alcoholic extract of bella- donna leaves (U. S. P.), eight decigrammes (0.8 Gm.) [12.5 grs.]; extract of rhamnus purshiana, three and one-fourth grammes (3.25 Gm.) [50 grs.]. To make 100 pills. Each pill contains # grain of aloin, Tây grain of Strychnine, grain of extract of belladonna leaves, and 3 grain of extract of rhamnus (see Pilulae, N. F.). Note.—If extract of rhamnus purshiana is not available, take fluid extract of rhamnus purshiana (U. S. P.), and evaporate it on a water-bath, to a pilular consistence. These pills are also prepared with double the amount of strychnine. It is recommended that the stronger pills be dispensed only when specially demanded.” Adapted from Nat. Form. PILULE ALOINI CoMPOSITE (N. F.), Compound pills of aloin.-‘‘Aloin, three and one-fourth grammes (3.25 Gm.) [50 grs.]; resin of podophyllum (U.S. P.), eight decigrammes (0.8 Gm.) [12.5 grs.]; alcoholic extract of belladonna leaves (U. S. P.), one and six-tenths grammes (1.6 Gm.) [25 grs.]. To make 100 pills. Each pill contains 3 grain of aloin, grain of resin of podophyl- lum, and 4 grain of extract of belladonna leaves” (see Pilulae, N. F.). Adapted from Nat. Form. PILULE ANTIDYSPEPTICE (N. F.), Antidyspeptic pills.-“Strychnine, aſkaloid, sixteen cen- figrammes (0.16 Gm.). [23 grs.]; ipecac, in fine powder, sixty-five centigrammes (0.65 Gm.) [10 grs.]; alcoholic extract of belladonna leaves (U. S. P.), sixty-five centigrammes (0.65 Gm.) [10 gºs.]; mass of mercury (U. S. P.), thirteen grammes (13 Gm.) [200 grs.]; compound extract of colocynth (U. S. P.), thirteen grammes (13 Gm.) [200 grs.]. To make 100 pills. Each pill contains is grain of Strychnine, ſº grain of ipecac, ºr grain of extract of tºnn. leaves, 2 grains of blue mass, and 2 grains of extract of colocynth” (see Pilulae, N. F.). Adapted from Nat. Form. PILULAE, ASAFCETIDAE (U. S. P.)—PILLs of AsAFETIDA. Preparation.—“Asafetida, twenty grammes (20 Gm) [309 grs.]; soap, in fine powder, six grammes (6 Gm.) [92 grs.]; water, a sufficient quantity to make 100 pills. Beat the solids together with water, so as to form a mass, and divide it into 100 pills”--(U. S. P.). This pill should be coated with sugar. Each pill con- tains 3 grains of asafoetida. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Same as Asafoetida. Dose, 1 to 3 pills. 1492 PILULAE ASAFCETIDAE COMP.—PILULA. CAMPHORAE COMP. PILULAE ASAFCETIDAE COMPOSITAE (ECLECTIC).-CoMPOUND PILLS OF ASAFETIDA. Preparation.—Take of asafoetida, opium, carbonate of ammonium, each, 1 drachm. Mix the asafoetida and opium together by aid of a gentle heat, and, while soft, add the ammonium carbonate. Divide the mass into 75 pills. Medical Uses and Dosage.—This pill is useful in many mervous and hys- terical disorders. Each pill contains # of a grain of opium. The dose is 1 or 2 pills, according to the severity of the case. PILULAE BAPTISIE ComPositAE.—CoMPOUND PILLS OF WILD INDIGO. Preparation.—Take of extract of leptandra, 4 grains; resin of podophyllum, 8 grains; sanguinarine, 1 grain; alcoholic extract of wild indigo root, a sufficient quantity to form a pill mass. Mix thoroughly together, and divide into 16 pills. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—These pills are cholagogue, laxative, and antiseptic; they were formerly considered especially useful in typhoid fevers, and in all typhoid conditions, where it was required to keep the bowels regular. The dose is 1 pill, to be repeated every 2, 3, or 4 hours until a mild operation is produced; to be given daily, or every other day (J. King). PILUT, AE GAMBOGIAE COMPOSITAE.—COMPOUND PILLS OF GAMBOGE. Preparation.—Take of gamboge and scammony, each, in powder, 12 grains; elaterium, 2 grains; Croton oil, 8 minims; extract of hyoscyamus, a sufficient quantity. Mix together, and divide into 12 pills. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This is a quick and certain cathartic, useful in dropsy, obstimate constipation, etc. The dose is 1 pill, repeated every 1 or 2 hours, until it operates. It is contraindicated when inflammation of any of the abdominal viscera is present. - PILULAE CAMPHORAE COMPOSITAE, COMPOUND PILLS OF CAMPHOR, SYNoNYM : Cholera pill. Preparation.—Take of camphor, opium, kino, of each, in powder, 30 grains; capsicum, 5 grains; conserve of roses, a sufficient quantity. Mix together, and form a pill mass, and divide into 30 pills. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—These pills were much employed in Asiatic cholera, as a stimulant, antispasmodic, anodyne, and astringent, and with much success. One pill to be given after each discharge from the bowels, or oftener, if the urgency of the case requires it. When powders are preferred, the conserve of roses may be omitted, and the mixture be given in powder. Related Pills. HPILULE OPII ET CAMPHORE (N. F.), Pills of opium and camphor. “Pow- 'dered opium, six and one-half grammes (6.5 Gm.) [100 grs.]; camphor, thirteen grammes (13 Gm.) [200 grs.]... To make 100 pills. Each pill contains 1 grain of opium and 2 grains of cann- phor” (see Pilulº, N. F.). Adapted from Nat. Form. Uses, similar to those of Dover’s powder. Dose, 1 to 2 pills. - , PILUL E, ANTINEURALGICE (N. F.), Antineuralgic pills.-I. Gross' antineuralgic pills. “Quinine sulphate, thirteen grammes (13 Gm.) [200 grs.]; morphinc sulphate, thirty-two centigrammes (0.32 Gm.) [5 grs.]; Strychnine, alkaloid, twenty-two centigrammes (0.22 Gm.)[3.3 grs.]; arse. nous acid, thirty-two centigrammes (0.32 Gm.) [5 grs.]; extract of aconite leaves (U.S. P., 1870), three and two-tenths grammes (3.2 Gm.) [50 grs.j. To make 100 pills. Each pill contains 2 grains of quinine sulphate, ; grain of morphine sulphate, ºr grain of strychnine, 26 grain of arsenous acid, and 3 grain of extract of acónite leaves (see #ifulæ, N.F.), "Note—when ‘anti- PILULAE CATH ARTICAE COMP.-PILULAE CATH ARTICAE VEGET. 1493 neuralgic pills,' or “neuralgia pills,' without other specification, are prescribed, it is recom- mended that the above preparation be dispensed. Sometimes, the morphine sulphate is directed to be omitted. II. Brown-Séquard's antineuralgic (or neuralgia) pills.-Extract of hyos- cyamus (U. S. P.), four and one-half grammes (4.5 Gm.) [67 grs.]; extract of conium (U. S. P.), four and one-half grammes (4.5 Gm.) [67 grs.]; extract of ignatia (U. S. P.), three and two- tenths grammes (3.2 Gm.) [50 grs.]; extract of opium (U. S. P.), three and two-tenths grammes (3.2 Gm.) [50 grs.]; extract of aconite leaves (U. S. P., 1870), two and two-tenths grammes (2.2 Gm.) [33 grs.]; exträct of Indian cannabis (U. S. P.), one and six-tenths grammes (1.6 Gm.) [25 grs.]; extract of stramonium (U. S. P.), one and three-tenths grammes (1.3 Gm.) [20 grs.]; alcoholic extract of belladonna leaves (U. S. P.), one and one-tenth grammes (1.1 Gm.) [17 grs.]. To make 100 pills. Each pill contains 3 grain of extract of hyoscyamus, 3 grain of extract of conium, 3 grain of extract of ignatia, 3 grain of extract of opium, # grain of extract of aconite leaves, 3 grain of extract of cannabis, # grain of extract of stramonium, and # grain of extract of belladonna leaves” (see Pilulae, N. F.). Adapted from Nat. Form. PILULAC CATHARTICAE COMPOSITAE (ECLECTIC).-CoMPOUND CATHARTIC PILLS. Preparation.—Take of extract of leptandra, gamboge, Scammony, each, in powder, 1 drachm; resin of podophyllum, castile soap, each, 4 drachm. Triturate the powders thoroughly together, then add the soap ; mix and beat the whole together till they are thoroughly incorporated. Divide the mass into 100 pills (J. King). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This is a valuable pill in all cases where a cathartic is required, as in constipation, torpor of the biliary apparatus, hepatic disease, intermittent and remittent fevers, jawndice, etc. One pill will generally be found sufficient for a dose, rarely 2 pills will be required. PILULA. CATHARTICAE VEGETABILES (U. S. P.)—VEGETABLE CATHARTIC PILLS. Preparation.—“Compound extract of colocynth, sixty grammes (60 Gm.) [2 ozs. av., 51 grs.]; extract of hyoscyamus, thirty grammes (30 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 25 ; extract of jalap, thirty grammes (30 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 25 grs.]; extract of leptandra, fifteen grammes (15 Gm.) [231 grs.]; resin of podophyllum, fifteen grammes (15 Gm.) [231 grs.]; oil of peppermint, eight cubic centimeters (8 Co.) [130 ml]; water, a sufficient quantity to make 1000 pills. Mix the compound ex- tract of colocynth intimately with the resin of podophyllum and incorporate the oil of peppermint. Rub the extracts of hyoscyamus, jalap, and leptandra with enough water to render them plastic, then beat them together with the mixture first prepared, using a sufficient quantity of water to form a mass, to be divided into 1000 pills”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—As the name indicates, this is a vege- table cathartic. Dose, as a laxative, 1 pill; as a cathartic, 2 to 3 pills. Related Pills.-PILULE CATH ARTICE CoMPositä. (U. S. P.), Compound cathartic pills, Anti- bilious pills. “Compound extract of colocynth, eighty grammes (80 Gm.) [2 ozs, av., 360 grs.]; mild mercurous chloride, sixty grammes (60 Gm.) [2 ozs. av., 51 grs.]; extract of jalap, thirty grammes (30 Gm) [1 oz. av., 25 grs.]; gamboge, in fine powder, fifteen grammes (15 Gm.) [231 grs.]; water, a sufficient quantity to make 1000 pills. Mix the powders intimately, then gradu- ally incorporate them with the extract of jalap and a sufficient quantity of water to form a mass, to be divided into 1000 pills”—(U. S. P.). Often repeated, this pill will salivate. Dose, as a laxative, I pill (about 3 grains); as a brisk cathartic, 3 pills. Extensively used by mem. bers of the old School of practice as a laxative and cathartic. It is not employed in Eclectic medicine. PILULE ANTIMONII CoMPOSITIE (U.S. P.), Compound pills of antimony, Plummer's pills, Com- pound pills, of subchloride of mercury, Compound cºlonel pills.--" Sulphurated antimony, four grammes (4 Gm.) [62 grs.]; mild mercurous chloride, four grammes (4 Gm.) [62 grs.]; guaiac, in fine powder, eight grammes (8 Gm.) [123 grs.]; castor oil, a sufficient quantity to make 106 pills. Beat, the powders together with castor oil, added a few drops at a time, so as to form a mass, and divide it into 100 pills”—(U. S. P.). This pill is not employed by the Eclectic profes- Sion. It is used in old School practice for rheumatic and cutaneous disorders of syphilitic origin. Dose, 1 to 4 pills a day. 1494 PILULAF CIMICIFUGAE COMPOSITAE.—PILULAF COPAIBAE. PILULAE CIMICIFUGAE COMPOSITAE.—COMPOUND PILLS OF BLACK COHOSH. Preparation.—Take of the alcoholic extracts of black cohosh and scutellaria, each, 1 drachm; Valerianate of quinine, 3 drachm. Mix thoroughly together, form into a pill mass, and divide into 60 pills. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—These pills will be found very useful in choreſt and other derangements of the nervous system, also in fevers or other dis- eases, attended with much restlessness or wakefulness, and in several uterime affections. The dose is 1 pill every 1, 2, or 3 hours, daily, according to the urgency of the symptoms (J. King). PILULAF COLOGYNTHIDIS COMPOSITE (N. F.)—CoMPOUND PILLS OF COLOCYNTH, SYNONYMs: Pilulae cocciae, Cochia pills. Preparation.—“Extract of colocynth (U. S. P.), one and one-tenth grammes (1.1 Gm.) [17 grs.]; purified aloes (U. S. P.), thirteen grammes (13 Gm.) [200 grs.]; resin of scammony (U. S. P.), thirteen grammes (13 Gm.) [200 grs.]; oil of cloves, one and one-half cubic centimeters (1.5 Co.) [25 ml]. To make 100 pills. Each pill contains # grain of extract of colocynth, 2 grains of aloes, 2 grains of scammony, and + minim of oil of cloves (see Pilulae, N. F.). Note. —The Pilula Colocynthidis Composita of the British Pharmacopoeia, for which the above is an equivalent, is prepared with colocynth pulp, and contains potassium sulphate, which was originally added as an aid to reduce the ingredients to powder. With the use of extract of colocynth this becomes unnecessary. The British Pharmaco- poeia directs the above to be kept as a pill mass, to be made into pills of such weight as may be prescribed. When such specification is omitted, it is recom- mended to dispense pills containing the quantities above directed.” Adapted from Nat. Form. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This pill is employed as a purgative. Dose, 1 to 2 pills. Related Pills.-PILULE ColocyNTHIDIs ET Hyoscy AMI (N. F.), Pills of colocynth and hyos- cyamus. “Extract of colocynth (U. S. P.), sixty-five centigrammes (0.65 Gm.) [10 grs.]; puri- fied aloes (U. S. P.), nine and seven-tenths grammes (9.7 Gm.) [150 grs.]; resin of scammony (U. S. P.), nine and seven-tenths grammes (9.7 Gm.) [150 grs.]; oil of cloves, one cubic centi- meter (1 Co.) [17 ſill; extract of hyoscyamus (U. S. P.), nine and seven-tenths grammes (9.7 Gm.) [150 grs.). To make 100 pills. Each pill contains I'ſ grain of extract of colocynth, 1} grains of aloes, 1% grains of scammony, # minim of oil of cloves, and 1% grains of extract of hyoscyamus (see Pilulae, N. F.). Note.—The Pilula Colocynthidis et Hyoscyami of the British Phar- macopoeia is directed to be made by mixing 2 parts of compound pill of colocynth (F. 298), with 1 part of extract of hyoscyamus, and is directed to be kept as a pill mass, to be made into pills of such weight as may be directed. When such specification is omitted, it is recommended to dispense pills containing the quantities above directed.” Adapted from Nat. Form. PILULE COLOCYNTHIDIs ET PODoPHYLLI (N. F.), Pills of colocynth and podophyllum.—“Com- pound extract of colocynth (U. S. P.), sixteen and two-tenths grammes (16.2 Gm.) [250 grs.]; resin of podophyllum (U. S. P.), one and six-tenths grammes (1.6 Gm.) [25 grs.]. To make 100 ills. Each pill contains 2% grains of extract of colocynth, and 3 grain of resin of podophyl- um ” (see Pilulae, N. F.). Adapted from Nat. Form. PILULAE COPAIBAE.—PILLS OF COPAIBA. Preparation.—Take of copaiba and white wax, of each, 1 drachm. Melt the wax, mix in the copaiba, and divide into 30 pills (compare Massa Copaibae). These pills are frequently combined in other proportions, and with the addition of cubebs. Thus: take of copaiba 1 part; white wax, 13 parts; cubebs, in pow- der, 2 parts. Melt the wax, add the copaiba and cubebs, and divide into 4-grain pills. This combination is suitable to warm climates. Another combination is: take of Copaiba, 1 part; white wax, 2 parts; cubebs, in powder, 3 parts. Prepare as above, and divide into 4-grain pills. Copaiba is usually solidified into a pill mass by the use of the recently cal- cined magnesia. The magnesia absorbs the oil of copaiba, and at the same time PILULAE COPAIBAE COMPOSITAE.—PILULAE FERRI CARBON ATIS. 1495 forms with the acid of the copaiba a copaivate of magnesium. The time required to effect the solidification of the copaiba will be several hours, and the quantity of magnesia required will depend upon the amount of Copaivic acid present. Ordinarily, 16 parts of magnesia to 1 of copaiba will effect the solidification; and the mass should not be allowed to harden too much before it is divided into pills. The addition of the magnesia does not materially increase the size of the pill. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—These pills are useful in gomorrhoea, and other affections where the medicinal agents are indicated. The dose is 2 to 4 pills, 3 times a day. PILULAE COPAIBAE COMPOSITAE.—COMPOUND PILLS OF COPAIBA. Preparation.—Take of solidified copaiba, 1 drachm; ethereal extract of cubebs, # drachm; resin of podophyllum, 9 grains; gum myrrh, 1 drachm; alcoholic extract of nux vomica, 15 grains. Mix thoroughly, and divide into 3-grain pills. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—These pills are useful in gonorrhaea, gleet, stricture, and chronic inflammation of the prostate. The dose is from 2 to 4 pills, twice a day. For ordinary cases, the following preparation will be found bene- ficial: Take of solidified copaiba, 2 drachms; ethereal extract of cubebs, 1 drachm; oil of juniper, a sufficient quantity, not to impair the pilular consistency of the mass. Mix, and divide into pills of 4 grains each. The dose is the same as above. PILULAE FERRI CARBONATIS (U. S. P.)—PILLS OF FERROUS CARBONATE. SYNoNYMs: Ferruginous pills, Chalybeate pills, Blaud's Pills, Pills of iron, Gräf- fith's pills. Preparation.—“Ferrous sulphate, in clear crystals, sixteen grammes (16 Gm.) [247 grs.]; potassium carbonate, eight grammes (8 Gm.) [123 grs.]; sugar, four grammes (4 Gm.) [62 grs.]; tragacanth, in fine powder, one gramme (1 Gm.) [15 grs.]; althaea, in No. 60 powder, one gramme (1 Gm.) [15 grs.]; glycerin water, each, a sufficient quantity to make 100 pills. Rub the potassium carbon- ate, in a mortar, with a sufficient quantity (about 10 drops each) of glycerin and water, then add the ferrous sulphate and sugar, previously triturated together to a uniform powder, and beat the mass thoroughly, until it assumes a greenish color. When the reaction appears to have terminated, incorporate the tragacanth and althaea, and, if necessary, add a little more water, so as to obtain a mass of a pilular consistence. Divide this into 100 pills. These pills should be freshly prepared, when wanted "–(U. S. P.). History.—This pill is the modified Blaud's pill, and has the official name formerly given to Vallet's mass (Pilulae Ferri Carbonatis), and also differs much from the pill of similar name directed by the British Pharmacopoeia. Hence, a confusion of names and the pills they represent will be likely to occur among physicians. - Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Its uses are those of compound mix- ture of iron (see Mistura Ferri Composita). This pill is a ferruginous tonic, and may be employed in all cases where iron is required. It is especially valuable in anemia, atomic amenorrhoea, chlorosis, and hysterical affections; also in the hectic fever of phthisis and chronic mucous catarrhs. It appears to have the usual effects of iron on the blood, increasing its coloring particles and rendering it of a more scarlet color. It may be divided into 3 or 5-grain pills, of which from 2 to 6 may be given 3 times a day, and continued for several weeks, particularly if their use is followed by an amelioration of the symptoms of disease. Related Pills. – PILULE FERRI CARBONATIs (N. F.), Pills of carbonate of iron, Ferru- ginous pills, Blaud's pills, Chalybeate pills. “Sulphate of iron, in clear crystals, 240 grains; carbonate of potassium, 140 grains; sugar, 48 grains; tragacanth, in fine powder, 16 grains; glycerin, 10 minims; water, a sufficient quantity. Triturate the sulphate of iron with the sugar to a uniform powder. In another mortar triturate the carbonate of potassium with the glycerin and 10 minims of water. Add to this mixture the previously prepared powder, and 1496 PILU L.E FERRI COMPOSITIE, PILULE FERRI IODIDI. beat the mass thoroughly until it assumes a greenish color. When the reaction appears to have terminated, incorporate the tragacanth, and, if necessary, add a little more water, so as to obtain a mass of a pilular consistence. Divide this into 96 pills. Each pill represents about 1 grain of carbonate of iron (ferrous). Note.—Sometimes so-called “3-grain’ Blaud's pills (Pilulae Blaudii Minores) are prescribed or demanded. These may be prepared by using the quantities given in the above formula, and dividing the mass into 168 pills”—(Nat. Form., 1st éd.). PILULE METALLORUM (N. F.), Metallic Pills, Pilulie metallorum amarae, Bitter metallic pills.- Reduced iron, six and one-half grammes (6.5 Gm.) [100 grs.]; quinine sulphate, six and one- half grammes (6.5 Gm.), [100 grs.]; Strychnine, alkaloid, thirty-two centigrammes (0.32 Gm.) [5 grs.]; arsenous acid, thirty-two centigrammes (0.32 Gm.) [5 grs.]. To make 100 pills. Each pill contains 1 grain of reduced iron, 1 grain of quinine sulphate, ºn grain of strychnine, and 25 grain of arsenous acid (see Pilula, N. F.). Note—A similar combination is known under the name of Aitken's tonic pills: “Reduced iron, four and one-half grammes (4.5 Gm.) [67 grs.]; quinine sulphate, six and one-half grammes (6.5 Gm.) [100 grs.]; strychnine, alkaloid, thirteen gentigrammes (0.13 Gm.) [2 grs.]; arsenous acid, thirteen centigrammes (0.13 Gm.) [2 grs.]. To make 100 pills. Each pill contains 3 grain of reduced iron, 1 grain of quinine sulphate, an grain of Strychnine, aſ grain of arsenous acid” (see Pilulae, N. F.). Adapted from Nat. Form. { { PILULAE FERRI COMPOSITAE.—COMPOUND PILLS OF IRON. SYNONYM : Emmenagogue pills. Preparation.—Take of Vallet's carbonate of iron, 1 drachm; resin of podo- phyllum, 15 grains; white turpentine, drachm. Mix well together, and divide into 30 pills. This pill should not be confounded with Pilulae Ferri Compositae of the U. S. P. of 1880 (which see under Pilulae Aloes et Myrrhae). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This pill is used chiefly as an em- menagogue. The dose is 1 pill every 3 or 4 hours. PILULAE FERRI FERROCYANIDI COMIPOSITAE.—COMPOUND PILLS OF FERROCYANIDE OF IRON. Preparation.—Take of ferrocyanide of iron, sulphate of quinine, and alco- holic extract of black cohosh, each, 40 grains. Mix, and divide into 40 pills. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—These pills are tonic, alterative, and antiperiodic, and may be used in all diseases attended with periodicity, as inter- 'mittent fever, chorea, epilepsy, etc. They will be found an excellent remedial agent. The dose is 1 pill, 3 or 4 times a day, or oftener if required (J. King). PILULAE FERRI IODIDI (U. S. P.)—PILLs OF FERRoUs IoDIDE. SYNoNYM ; Pills of iodide of iron. Preparation.—“Reduced iron, four grammes (4 Gm.) [62 grs.]; iodine, five grammes (5 Gm.) [77 grs.]; glycyrrhiza, in No. 60 powder, four grammes (4 Gm.) [62 grs.]; sugar, in fine powder, four grammes (4 Gm.) [62 grs.]; extract of glyc- yrrhiza, in fine powder, one gramme (1 Gm.) [15.5 grs.]; acacia, in fine powder, one gramme (1 Gm.) [15.5 grs.]; water, balsam of tolu, ether, each, a sufficient quantity to make 100 pills. To the reduced iron, contained in a small mortar, add six cubic centimeters (6 Co.) [97 Till of water, and then, gradually, the iodine, constantly triturating, until the mixture ceases to have a reddish tint. Then add the remaining powders, previously well mixed together, and mix the whole thor- oughly. Transfer the mass to a porcelain capsule, and evaporate the excess of moisture, on a water-bath, with constant stirring, until the mass has acquired a pilular consistence. Then divide it into 100 pills. Dissolve ten grammes (10 Gm.) [154 grs.] of balsam of tolu in fifteen cubic centimeters (15 Co.) [243 ml] of ether, shake the pills with a sufficient quantity of this solution until they are uniformly coated, and put them on a plate to dry, Occasionally rolling them about until the drying is completed. Keep the pills in a well-stoppered bottle”—(U. S. P.). Tests.-‘‘Pills of ferrous iodide should be devoid of the smell of iodime. If a few of the pills be triturated with water, the filtrate should not assume more than a light-blue tint on the addition of starch T.S. (absence of more than traces of free iodine)”—(U. S. P.). PILU LAE GALBANI COMPOSITAF.—PILULAE LEPTANDRAE COMPOSITAE. 1497 Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This pill possesses the same medicinal properties as the solution of iodide of iron, and may be given in the same diseases. About 1% grains of the iodide of iron enters into each pill, 1 of which may be given for a dose, and repeated 2 or 3 times a day. The U. S. P. pill contains about 1 grain of ferrous iodide. PILULAE GALBANI COMPOSITAF (N. F.)—COMPOUND PILLS OF GALBANUM. Preparation.—“Galbanum, nine and three-fourths grammes (9.75 Gm.) [150 grs.]; myrrh, mine and three-fourths grammes (9.75 Gm.) [150 grs.]; asafoetida, three and one-fourth grammes (3.25 Gm.) [50 grs.]; syrup, a sufficient quantity to make 100 pills. Each pill contains 1% grains of galbanum, 1% grains of myrrh, and grain of asafoetida” (see Pilulae, N.F.). Adapted from Nat. Form. This agrees with the U. S. P. (1880) formula. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Formerly much employed in hysterical manifestations, and as a stimulant in mucous profluvia. Dose, 2 to 5 pills. PILULAE GLONOINI (N. F.)—PILLS OF GLONOIN. SYNoNYM : Pills of nitroglycerin. Preparation.—“Spirit of glomoin (U. S. P.), six and one-half grammes (6.5 Gm.) [100 grs.]; althaea, in fine powder, six and one-half grammes (6.5 Gm.) [100 grs.]; confection of rose (U. S. P.), a sufficient quantity. Mix the spirit of glonoin intimately with the powdered althaea, expose the mixture for a short time to the air, so that the alcohol may evaporate, then make a pill mass by means of confec- tion of rose, and divide it into 100 pills. Each pill contains rºw grain of glonoin (nitroglycerin)”—(Nat. Form.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—(See Spiritus Glomoini.) PILULAE HYOSCYAMI COMPOSITAE.—COMPOUND PILLS OF HYOSCYAMU.S. Preparation.—Take of extract of hyoscyamus, extract of valerian, each, 2 drachms; extract of aconite, sulphate of quinine, of each, 1 drachm. Mix thor- oughly together, and divide into pills of 3 grains each. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—These pills will be found advantageous in meuralgia, rheumatism, chorea, dysmemorrhoea, and many affections of a similar character. The dose is 1 pill every 2, 3, or 4 hours, according to circumstances. As the virtue of valerian resides in its oil, it is probable the extract is nearly use- less, and one-half the quantity of the oil of Valerian, or of Valerianic acid, should be substituted for the extract, and forms a much more efficient pill (J. King). PILULAE LEONURI COMPOSITAE.—COMPOUND PILLS OF MOTHERWORT. Preparation.—Take of the alcoholic extracts of motherwort and unicorn-root, each, 2 drachms; extract of leptandra, resin of cimicifuga, each, 1 drachm. Mix thoroughly together, form a pill mass, and divide into 60 pills. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—These pills are useful in many uterine affections, acting as a uterine tonic and alterative. One pill may be given every 1, 2, or 4 hours, according to the urgency of the case (J. King). PILULAE LEPTANDRAE COMPOSITAE.—COMPOUND PILLS OF LEPTANDRA. Preparation.—Take of extract of leptandra, 1 drachm; resin of podophyl- lum, # drachm; extract of rhubarb, a sufficient quantity. Mix together, and 1498 PILULA. OLEORESINAE EUPATORII COMPOSITAE.–PILULE PHOSPHORI. divide into 60 pills. Some prefer making these pills with extract of dandelion instead of rhubarb. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This is a valuable cholagogue pill, very beneficial in liver affections, obstimate constipation, or wherever catharsis is re- quired. It will likewise be found useful in dysentery. The dose is from 1 to 3 pills, once or twice a day. A very useful and effectual pill, that will not occasion gastro-intestinal irritation, may be made by thoroughly mixing together resin of podophyllum, 30 grains; extract of leptandra, 60 grains; extract of hyoscyamus, 45 grains; and dividing the mass into 60 pills. The compound cathartic pill of some of our practitioners is composed of resin of podophyllum, 15 grains; dry extract of leptandra, extract of hyoscyamus, each 1 drachm. Mix, and divide into 60 pills. PII,ULAE OLEORESINAE EUPA.TORII COMPOSITAE.—COMPOUND PILLS OF OLEORESIN OF QUEEN OF THE MEADOW. Preparation.—Take of oleoresin of Eupatorium purpureum (eupurpurin), 40 grains; oleoresin of xanthoxylum, 20 grains; strychnine, 1 grain. Mix thor- oughly together, and divide into 20 pills. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This forms a stimulating diuretic, and will be found useful in suppression of wrime, torpor or paralysis of the kidneys or bladder, rheumatism, hepatic torpor, derangements of the digestive functions, etc. The dose is 1 pill, to be repeated 3 or 4 times a day (J. King). PILULA. OPII (U. S. P.)—PILLs of OPIUM. Preparation.—“Powdered opium, six and one-half grammes (6.5 Gm.) [100 grs.]; soap, in fine powder, two grammes (2 Gm.) [31 grs.]; water, a sufficient quantity to make 100 pills. Beat the powders together with water, so as to form a mass, and divide it into 100 pills”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—(Same as Opium.) Old pills of opium are better than fresh pills or liquid preparations of the same when a local action and prolonged contact of the drug is desired in painful gastric and other visceral disorders. By their slow solution they are effectual in gastric ulcers, gastralgia, etc. Dose, 1 pill, which contains 1 grain of opium. Related Pills.—PILULA SAPONIs CoMPositA (U. S. P., 1870). Opium, in fine powder, 60 grains; Soap, in fine powder, 3 troy ounce. Beat together with water so as to form a pilular mass. PILULA. OPII ET PLUMBI (N. F.)—PILLs of OPIUM AND LEAD. Preparation.—“Powdered opium, six and one-half grammes (6.5 Gm.) [100 grs.]; lead acetate, six and one-half grammes (6.5 Gm.) [100 grs.]; to make 100 pills. Each pill contains 1 grain of opium and 1 grain of lead acetate” (see Pilulae, N. F.). Adapted from Nat. Form. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This agent is used chiefly by members of the old School as an astringent and anodyne in bowel and bronchial disorders. Dose, 3 to 5 grains. PILULAE PHOSPHORI (U. S. P.)—PILLs of PHosphorus. Preparation.—Phosphorus, six centigrammes (0.06 Gm.) [1 gr.]; althaea, in No. 60 powder, six grammes (6 Gm.) [93 grs.]; acacia, in fine powder, six grammes (6 Gm.) [93 grs.]; chloroform, glycerin, water, balsam of tolu, ether, each, a suffi- cient quantity to make 100 pills. Dissolve the phosphorus in a test-tube in five cubic centimeters (5 Co.) [81 Till of chloroform, with the aid of a very gentle heat, replacing from time to time any of the chloroform which may be lost by evapo- ration. Mix the althaea and acacia in a mortar, next add the solution of phos- PILULE PHYTOLACCAE COMPOSITAE.—PILULAE POLYGONI COMPOSITAE. 1499 phorus, then immediately afterward a sufficient quantity (about four cub.9 centi- meters [4 Co., 65 ml]) of a mixture of 2 volumes of glycerin and 1 volume of Water, and quickly form a mass, to be divided into 100 pills. Dissolve ten grammes (10 Gm.) [154 grs.] of balsam of tolu in fifteen cubic centimeters (15 Oc.) [243 ml] of ether, shake the pills with a sufficient quantity of this, Solution until they are uniformly coated, and put them on a plate to dry, occasionally rolling them. about until the drying is completed. Keep the pills in a well-stoppered bottle. The U. S. P. pill contains Tº grain of phosphorus, that of the British Pharma- copoeia (1898) ºn grain of phosphorus, which is twice the strength of the phos- phorus pill in British Pharmacopoeia, 1885. It is necessary in handling phosphorus that its oxidation be prevented if possible, and this is accomplished by dissolv- ing it in a closed tube in chloroform, the vapor of which prevents its oxidation. It may also be melted under water as is directed by the British Pharmacopoeia, 1885. The present British Pharmacopoeia employs a solution of phosphorus in carbon disulphide. Besides tolu balsam, rosin has been proposed as an excipient (A.W. Gerrard); cacao butter (Walling) has also been successfully employed. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Same as for Phosphorus (which see). Dose, 1 to 2 pills. PILULAE PHYTOLACCAE COMPOSITAE.—COMPOUND PILLS OF POKE. Preparation.—Take of extract of poke, 2 drachms; alcoholic extract of stil- lingia, 1 drachm; extract of stramonium, 8 grains. Mix thoroughly together, form into a pill mass, and divide into 64 pills. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—These pills will be found of value in osteocopus, or pains in the bomes of a mercurial or syphilitic character, and are also beneficial in rheumatism, syphilis and scrofula. The dose is one pill every 2, 3 or 4 hours, as the urgency of the case may require. The fluid extract of stillingia may be substituted for the alcoholic extract, and pulverized poke root added as an excipient (J. King). PILULAE PODOPHYLLI BELLADONNAE ET CAPSICI (N. F.) PILLS OF PODOPHYLLUM, BELLADONNA, AND CAPSICUM. SYNoNYM : Squibb's podophyllum pills. Preparation.—“Resin of podophyllum (U.S. P.), one and six-tenths grammes (1.6 Gm.) [25 grs.]; alcoholic extract of belladonna leaves (U. S. P.), eight deci- grammes (0.8 Gm.) [12.5 grs.]; capsicum, in moderately fine powder, three and two-tenths grammes (3.2 Gm.) [50 grs.]; sugar of milk, in fine powder, six and one-half grammes (6.5 Gm.) [100 grs.]; acacia, in fine powder, one and six-tenths grammes (1.6 Gm.) [25 grs.]; glycerin, syrup (U. S. P.), each, a sufficient quantity to make 100 pills. Each pill contains 4 grain of resin of podophyllum, grain of extract of belladonna leaves, # grain of capsicum, 1 grain of milk sugar, 4 grain of acacia, glycerin, syrup, each, a sufficient quantity” (see Pilulae, N. F.). Adapted from Nat. Form. Aºn. Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Efficient laxative and cathartic. Dose, 1 to 2 pills. PILULAE POLYGONI COMPOSITAE.—COMPOUND PILLS OF WATER-PEPPER. Preparation.—Take of dried sulphate of iron, and resin of cimicifuga, each, 1 drachm; oleoresin of iris, 15 grains; extract of water-pepper, a sufficient quan- tity. Mix well together, and divide into 60 pills. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—These pills are emmenagogue, and exert an especial influence on the female organs of generation. They have been used with advantage in chlorosis, amenorrhaea, dysmemorrhoea, wierine leucorrhoea, etc. The dose is 1 pill every 2 or 3 hours (J. King). 1500 PILULE QUININAE COMP.—PILUL.E RESINAE PODOPHYLLI COMP. PILULAF: QUININAE COMPOSITAE.—CoMPOUND PILLs of QUININE. Preparation.—Take of sulphate of quinine, extract of cornus, and tartaric acid, each, in powder, 1 drachm; alcoholic extract of black cohosh, a sufficient quantity. Mix together, and divide into 4-grain pills. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—These pills are tomic and antiperiodic, and may be employed in intermittent and remittent fevers, and in all diseases at- tended with symptoms of periodicity. The addition of the tartaric acid renders the quinine more readily soluble in the juices of the stomach. The dose is 1 pill every 1, 2, or 3 hours, according to the severity or urgency of the symptoms. A compound quinine pill is occasionally employed, which is composed as follows: Take of sulphate of quinine, hydrochlorate of berberine, each, 1 drachm; resin of podophyllum, 10 grains; extract of nux vomica, 8 grains. Mix, and divide into 60 pills (J. King), PILULAE QUININAE SULPHATIS.–PILLs of SULPHATE OF QUININE. Preparation.—Take of sulphate of quinine, 1 drachm; aromatic sulphuric acid, 45 drops; drop the acid into the quinine on a tile or slab, and triturate with a spatula until it assumes a pilular consistence; then divide into 60 pills. The same can be effected much more readily by substituting a very small quantity of tartaric acid in solution for the aromatic sulphuric acid (J. King). This pill should be coated with either sugar or gelatim. This method of forming quinine into a pill mass was made known by Mr. E. Parish. The ingredients, when mixed, form a fluid, which soon thickens into a paste, and finally becomes quite solid, and so adhesive as to be readily divided and rolled into pills; care must be taken not to allow the mass to become too dry and brittle before dividing it, as it is liable to do if allowed to remain too long. In this form, a portion of the neutral sulphate being converted into the soluble bisulphate, the preparation more nearly resembles the solutions in composition, and is believed to be more certain and rapid in its action. When it is desired to incorporate other substances in powder with the quinine thus prepared, as ferro- cyanide of iron, etc., they should be added to the mass when it is just so soft that, upon their addition, it will immediately assume the proper consistence. It is not, however, advisable to employ this process when any considerable quantity of other ingredients are prescribed with the quinime, unless a little syrup or honey is also added to prevent the too rapid hardening and consequent crumbling of the mass. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—(For the uses of these pills, see Quininae Sulphas.) Each pill contains 1 grain of sulphate of quinine, and 12 are equivalent to 1 ounce of good Peruvian bark. The above pill mass may be made into 2 or 5-grain pills if desired, which will not be found inconveniently large. PILULAF RESINAE PODOPHYLLI COMPOSITAE.—COMPOUND PILLS OF RESIN OF PODOPHYLLUM. Preparation.—Take of resin of podophyllum, scammony, gamboge, each, in powder, 1 drachm; castile soap, , drachm. Triturate the powders thoroughly to- gether for about half an hour, then add the soap. Mix, and beat the whole together until they are thoroughly incorporated. Divide the mass into 120 pills. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This is a most valuable pill for all dis- eases where cathartics are required, and has cured many cases of hepatic affections by a continued use of them. The dose is 1 or 2 pills every night. They have no tendency toward producing constipation, but rather the reverse, and, after using them for several days in succession, they will generally be found so active that it will be necessary to omit them for a number of days before resuming their admin- PILULAE RHEI.—PILULAE SCAMMONII COMPOSITAE. 1501 istration. They may be safely used in all ordinary cases where purgation is de- sired; they operate freely and thoroughly, and usually without causing nausea, griping, or debility. * In consequence of the difficulty with which pure scammomy is obtained in this country, many practitioners substitute for it, in these pills, extract of apocy- num, or extract of rhubarb, or oleoresin of iris, either of which will probably be found preferable to an impure or counterfeit scammony (J. King). A very useful pill for saturnine constipation is the following: Take of resin of podophyllum, 6 grains; extract of nux vomica, 7 grains; extract of belladonna, 4% grains. Mix, and divide into 10 pills, Dose, 2 or 3 pills a day, accompanied with sulphurous baths (Van den Corput). PILULAE RHEI (U. S. P.)—PILLS OF RHUBARB. Preparation.—“Rhubarb, in No. 60 powder, twenty grammes (20 Gm.) [309 grs.]; Soap, in fine powder, six grammes (6 Gm.) [93 grs.]; water, a sufficient quan- tity to make 100 pills. Beat the powders together with water so as to form a mass, to be divided into 100 pills”—(U. S. P.). This pill contains 3 grains of rhubarb. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Mildly laxative in 3-grain doses (1 pill). Of value in mild forms of constipation (see Rheum). Dose, 1 to 3 pills. PILULAE RHEI COMPOSITAF (U. S. P.)—CoMPOUND PILLS OF REIU BARB. SYNoNYM : Compound rhubarb pills. Preparation.—“Rhubarb, in No. 60 powder, thirteen grammes (13 Gm.) [201 grs.]; purified aloes, in fine powder, ten grammes (10 Gm.) [154 grs.]; myrrh, in fine powder, six grammes (6 Gm.) [93 grs.]; oil of peppermint, one-half cubic centimeter (0.5 Co.) [81īl]; water, a sufficient quantity to make 100 pills. Mix the oil of peppermint with the powders, then beat the mixture with water so as to form a mass, to be divided into 100 pills”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Tonic laxative (see Myrrh, Aloes, and Rhubarb). Useful in chronic constipation and gastric and intestimal flatulence. Dose, 1 to 4 pills. PILULAE SAPONIS COMPOSITAE (ECLECTIC).-COMPOUND PILLS OF SOAP. SYNoNYM : Diuretic pills. Preparation —Take of oils of spearmint, juniper, and Sassafras, each, 1 fluid drachm; castile soap, 1% drachms. Beat the soap in an iron mortar, gradually adding the oils, and, when the ingredients are thoroughly incorporated, divide into 18 pills (Beach's Amer. Prac.). This is not the Compownd Pill of Soap (Pilula Saponis Composita) of the British Pharmacopoeia or the U. S. P., 1870 (for which, see Related Pills, under Pilulae Opii). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—These pills are stimulant and diuretic, and are very beneficial in gravel and chronic wrimary affections. The dose is 3 pills, 3 times a day, or 1 pill every hour through the day. They were first recom- mended by the late Prof. T. V. Morrow, M. D. PILULAE SCAMIMONIT COMPOSITAE.—COMPOUND SCAMMONY PILLS. Preparation.—“Take of resin of scammony, 1 ounce; resin of jalap, 1 ounce; curd soap, in powder, 1 ounce; strong tincture of ginger, 1 fluid ounce; rectified spirit, 2 fluid ounces. Add the spirit and the tincture to the soap and resins, and dissolve with the aid of a little heat; then evaporate the spirit by the heat of a water-bath until the mass has acquired a suitable consistence for forming pills”— 1502 PILU L.AF, TARAXACI COMPOSITAE.—PIMENTA. (Br. Pharm., 1885). The British Pharmacopoeia (1898) replaces the rectified spirit with an equal quantity of tincture of ginger. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—(See Scammonium.) A drastic purgative. Dose, 5 to 15 grains. * PILULAE TARAXACI COMPOSITAE.—COMPOUND PILLS OF DANDELION. Preparation.—Take of bloodroot, in powder, 1 drachm; resin of podophyl- lum, 10 grains; extract of dandelion, 1 drachm; oil of spearmint, 5 minims. Mix the powder with the extract, add the oil, beat up thoroughly together, and divide into 50 pills. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Laxative, nauseant, and diuretic. They are of much efficacy in jawndice, hepatic diseases, and affections of the kidneys. The dose is 1 or 2 pills, 3 times a day, sufficient to produce a slight sensation of nausea. This pill is superior to the one made after the old formula (T. V. Morrow, M.D.). PILULAE WALERIANAE COMPOSITAE.—COMPOUND PILLS OF WALERIAN. Preparation.—Take of the alcoholic extract of scullcap, and extract of chamo- mile, each, 2 drachms; extract of boneset, sulphate of quinine, of each, 1 drachm; capsicum, 20 grains; oil of valerian, ; drachm, by weight. Mix the articles to- gether, beat them until thoroughly incorporated, and divide into 90 pills. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—These pills are tonic and nervine, and may be used in all cases where such a combination of action is desired. The dose is 1 pill, every 2 or 3 hours. PILULAE WIBURNI COMPOSITAE.—COMPOUND PILLS OF HIGH CRANBERRY. Preparation.—Take of alcoholic extracts of high cranberry, blue cohosh, and unicorn root, each, ; drachm; extract of partridge-berry, 1 drachm. Mix together, and divide into 40 pills. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—These pills are of superior efficacy in wterime diseases, as a memorrhaea, dysmemorrhaea, leucorrhaea, etc.; as a uterine tonic in habitual miscarriages; and may be given during pregnancy to relieve cramps and many other unpleasant sensations occurring at that period. The dose is 1 or 2 pills, 3 times a day (J. King.) PIMENTA (U. S. P.)—PIMENTA. “The nearly ripe fruit of Pimenta officinalis, Lindley”—(U. S. P.). (Eugenia Pimenta, De Candolle; Myrtus Pimenta, Linné; Pimenta vulgaris, Wight and Arnott.) Nat. Ord.—Myrtaceae. CoMMON NAMES: Allspice, Pimenta, Pimento, Jamaica pepper. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 111. Botanical Source.—This tree, the Eugenia Pimenta of De Candolle, is an evergreen, reaching to the height of 25 feet, or more. The trunk is erect, with many round branches toward the summit; twigs compressed, the younger and the pedicles downy. The leaves are opposite, entire, oblong or oval, with pel- lucid dots, and somewhat opaque and smooth. The flowers are small, in axillary and terminal, trichotomous panicles; Some flowers are fourfid and subsessile in the forks of the panicle. Calyx-tube is nearly globose, the limb being divided down to the ovary into 4 roundish segments. Petals 4, greenish-white. Stamens numerous, distinct; ovary 2-celled. Berry globose, 1-seeded, black, the size of a pea. Embryo roundish, with the cotyledons consolidated (L.). History.—The allspice, or pimento tree, is a native of South America and the West India Islands, especially Jamaica, The tree completes its growth in about seven years, though fruit may be had from it in its third year; it flourishes PIPER. 1503 best in a limestone soil. The unripe berries are the official part, and are more generally known by the name of Allspice. Other names, as Jamaica pepper, Bay- berry, etc., have been given to them. They are gathered just before maturity, thoroughly dried, and them packed for foreign markets. When these trees are in blossom they emit a most delicious fragrance. The pimento tree is not improved by cultivation. After the old groves, or walks, as they are called, are exhausted, a clearing is made in the forest near the old groves, and, through the agency of birds and the winds, seeds are scattered in this open area, and a new grove springs up. When the young trees are two or three years old the weaker ones are cut down. After thus thinning the grove, it requires no further attention. The fruit is gathered in July and August, the young fruit-laden tips of the branches being broken off (which benefits the trees) and thrown upon the ground, where they are stripped of the berries by women and children and placed in bags, carried to a sunny exposure and dried, either by Solar or artificial heat, and again bagged for the market. The stems of young pimento trees at one time were exported from Jamaica to England and the United States, to be used for umbrella sticks. They came in bundles, containing from 500 to 800 sticks, each representing a young pimento tree (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1882, p. 11, from Scient. Amer., 1881). Description.—Pimento, or allspice, also known as Piper Jamaicense, and Semen Amoni, when dried, becomes brownish-black, round, wrinkled, and umbilicate at the apex. Its odor and taste combines that of cinnamon, nutmegs, and cloves; hence its name, allspice. Boiling water takes up the aroma, and alcohol all the active properties. The infusion is brown, and has an acid reaction on litmus paper. The U. S. P. describes pimenta as being “about 5 Mm. ($ inch) in diameter, nearly globular, crowned with the short, 4-parted calyx or its remnants, and a short style; brownish or brownish-gray, granular and glandular, 2-celled; each cell containing 1 brown, plano-convex, roundish-reniform seed; odor and taste pungently aromatic, clove-like”—(U. S. P.). Chemical Composition.—Two-thirds of the fruit consists of the shell, and one-third of the seeds. The berries contain a volatile oil (see Oleum Pimentae), which may be obtained by distillation, a green, soft resin, of a burning aromatic taste, a concrete fatty substance, tannic acid, gum, sugar, malic and gallic acids, etc. (Bonastre). They also contain starch (Braconnot). Dragendorff (1871) found a minute portion of an alkaloid in the fruit. The latter, upon incineration, leaves 6 per cent of ash. W.W. Abell (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1886, p. 163) obtained from the leaves # per cent of an essential oil bearing a close resemblance to oil of bay (Myrcia acris). The leaves also contain 0.4 per cent of tannin and 11.25 per cent of ash. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Pimento is a hot, aromatic stimulant, and carminative, and may be used where such agents are indicated. It is seldon employed in medicine, but is used largely as a hot aromatic in cookery; and some- times it is added to other medicines to render them more agreeable. A tincture has been advised as a local remedy in chilblains. Dose of the powder, from 10 to 30 grains; of the tincture, from 1 to 2 fluid drachms; of the oil, from 2 to 5 drops. PIPER (U. S. P.)—PIPER. “The unripe berries of Piper migrum, Linné”—(U. S. P.). Nat. Ord.—Piperaceae. - COMMON NAME: Black pepper. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 245. Botanical Source.— Piper migrum is a perennial vine with a trailing or climbing stem, round, smooth, shrubby, flexuose, dichotomously branched, jointed, swelling at the joints, and often throwing out radicles there which adhere to bodies like the roots of ivy, or become roots striking into the ground. The leaves are from 4 to 6 inches iong, alternate, distichous, broad-ovate, acumi- nate, of a dark-green color, glossy above, paler beneath, 5 to 7 nerved, the nerves connected by lesser transverse ones or veins, and prominent beneath; the petioles are round, and from # to 1 inch long. The flowers are whitish, small, not stalked, and borne in Spikes opposite the leaves, chiefly near the upper ends of the branches, pedunculate, 3 to 6 inches long, slender, drooping, apparently some 1504 PIPER. male, others female, while sometimes the flowers are furnished with both stamens and pistils. Stamens 3. The fruit ripens irregularly all the year round, is sessile, the size of a pea, at first green, then red, and afterward black, covered by pulp (L.). History and Description.—Piper nigrum is a native of the East Indian con- tinent, notably the Malabar coast, as well as of many islands in the Indian ocean, where it is extensively cultivated, as well as in the West Indies. Commercial grades are known as Malabar, Singapore, Penang, Sumatra pepper, etc. The berries are collected while red, before they have fully matured, and when dried, form the black pepper of commerce; when allowed to ripen, and then divested of their husks by being soaked in water, dried, rubbed and winnowed, they constitute white pep- per, which is less pungent and aromatic than the black. Sumatra and Java fur- nish the principal portion of the black pepper met with in this country and Europe. The berries, which are about the size of a currant, are officially described as “globular, about 4 Mm. (; inch) in diameter, reticulately wrinkled, brownish- black or grayish-black, internally lighter, hollow, with an undeveloped embryo; odor aromatic; taste pungently spicy”—(U. S. P.). Alcohol or ether extracts their virtues completely; water only partially. * Chemical Composition.—The sharp taste of pepper is due to the presence of about 6 to 8 per cent of the weak alkaloid piperime (CºHº, NO.) which in substance is almost tasteless, but develops its sharp taste when in solution. White pepper seems to contain even more piperine than black. Piperine, when boiled with alcoholic caustic potash, is decomposed into the potassium-salt of piperic acid (C.H.O.), and into the powerfully basic piperidine (C.H.I.N) (see Piperinum). Ac- cording to T. Weigle (Chem. Zeitung, 1893, p. 1365), the sharp taste of the fresh fruit is produced by the piperine being dissolved in the essential oil; old fruits taste less sharp owing to partial resinification of the essential oil and consequent partial crystallization of piperine. The odor of the fruit is due to the essential oil (oil of pepper) which is devoid of sharp taste. From 1 to 2.3 per cent may be obtained from the powdered fruit by distillation with water. It is colorless to yellowish green, slightly laºvo-rotatory and has a specific gravity of 0.880 to 0.905, Its principal constituent is laevo-phellandreme (Schimmel & Co., 1890). The pepper fruit also contains cellulose, large quantities of starch (as much as 32 per cent), some coloring matter and a viscid, non-saponifiable, tasteless and almost odorless oil (CoH, O,), probably formed from the essential oil by oxidation. It is soluble in alcohol of 90 per cent, in ether, and petroleum ether; piperine is hardly soluble in the latter solvent (Weigle). Pepper fruit dried at 100° C. (212°F.), leaves from 3.2 to 5.7 per cent of ash; its average is 4.5 per cent. Tannin is absent in the pepper fruit. Buchheim (1876) obtained from the pepper fruit, besides piperime, an amorphous alkaloid chavicine soluble in alcohol, ether and petroleum ether. Alcoholic caustic alkali decomposes it into the alkali salt of chavicic acid, and piperidine (compare Piperimwm). Adulterations and Tests.—Falsification of the whole pepper fruit is of rare occurrence. It may be found occasionally admixed with the fruit of cubebs, all- spice, piper longum, etc. A globular iron ore (bean-ore) has been reported as an adulterant of whole pepper (Chem. Zeitung, 1889, p. 1030). Adulteration of pow- dered pepper may be recognized by the microscope and by chemical methods. The determination of ether extract, representing the piperine and resin, in con- junction with the determination of ash may be useful in deciding the purity of a given sample. Mr. J. E. S. Bell (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1888, p. 481) found sixteen out of twenty samples of pepper, mostly from American markets, to be pure. The ether extract in the four impure samples varied from 3.29 to 4.11 per cent, the ash from 7.25 to 8.59 per cent, while in pure pepper it varies from 3 to 5 per cent. The highest yield of ether extract was 7.85 per cent. Genuine black pepper should yield 7.66 per cent piperine (Niederstadt). T. F. Hanausek (1884) men- tions among adulterants of powdered pepper, crust of bread, flour, linseed cake, acorn meal, sawdust, powdered olive kernels; of late (1898), powdered exhausted coriander fruit, less frequently mineral matters, such as sand, gypsum, etc. Mr. F. A. Hennessy (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1890, p. 276) reports on the wholesale manu- facture of “spice mixture” from a low grade of wheat flour. Also see an interest- ing article on “poivrette,” an adulterant of powdered pepper made from olive kernels, in Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1887, p. 146. (For a detailed consideration of the PIPER METHYSTICUM. 1505 microscopical and chemical analysis of pepper, see J. König, Die Menschl. Nahr- wngs- und Genussmittel, 3d ed., 1893, p. 673; also see literature in Flückiger's Phar- mſtroſſmosie, 3d ed., 1891, p. 914.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Pain and redness are the results of the local application of powdered pepper. Internally administered it excites in the mouth and fauces a burning sensation, warms the stomach and slightly quickens the circulation. Abdominal heat and burning, marked thirst, vomiting, fever, and sometimes convulsions follow an excessive dose. It may produce an urticaria, which, however, soon disappears. Large doses increase renal activity and irritate the urinary tract. Black pepper is a gastro-intestinal stimulant, and is much used as a condiment to improve the flavor of food, and to favor its digestion by stimulating the stomach. It has been advantageously used as a carminative to remove flatulency, and to correct the nauseating or griping quality of other drugs, and is sometimes added to quinine in cases where the stomach, from torpidity or other cause, is not acted upon by the quinine alone. It has been recommended as a remedy in intermittents, but very often fails, though it nearly always mate- rially assists the action of quinine. As a gastric stimulant it is very valuable in congestive chill, cholera morbus, and associated with hydrastis, nux vomica, or other stomachic bitters is effectual in atomic dyspepsia. Combined with macrotys it has rendered good service in atomic amenorrhoea and dysmemorrhaea. The unbroken seeds of white pepper taken in teaspoonful doses 2 or 3 times a day, have been recommended to overcome the obstimate constipation of dyspeptics; they are, however, rarely used at present. The dose of black pepper is from 1 to 15 grains. Prof. Scudder, with whom black pepper was a favorite drug, directs from 1 to 10 drops of the following tinc- ture : Take finely ground black pepper, 3 viii; alcohol, 98 per cent, Oj. Pack the drug in a percolator, moisten with a portion of the alcohol, allow it to stand a day, and then pºss through it the remaining portion of alcohol. * Specific Indications and Uses.—Gastric atomy; congestive chills. Related Peppers.--LONG PEPPER. This pepper is derived from two species of Piper, Piper officina) won, De Candolle (Chawica officinarum, Miquel), producing the Java long pepper, and Piper longum, Linné (Chavica Rowburgh ul, Miquel) producing the India long pepper. Both species grow in the islands of the Indian Ocean, the latter species also in the Philippine Islands, in southern India, Malabar, Bengal and Ceylon. The Java long pepper grows in cylindrical aments consisting of a multitude of minute ovoid berries, each iſ of an inch long, densely arranged in spiral form around a common axis, the whole spike being about 13 to 2 inches long and 3 inch thick and of an ashen gray color. When washed they are reddish brown. The fruits are collected before maturity, dried in the Sun, and have a mild aromatic odor but a pungent, aromatic taste. India long pepper is of similar growth, but its spikes are shorter, only from 1 to 13 inch in length, and the fruits are less pungent. Its aromatic taste and odor are gradually developed upon drying. It is less esteemed than the Java variety. Long pepper contains piperine (Winkler, 1828; Fluckiger, Pharmacognosie, 1891), and yields upon distillation with water, 1 per cent of a bland, thickish, yellow-green oil of specific gravity 0.861, and resembling ginger in odor. Long pepper is rarely used medicinally in the United States. Piper Nove-Hollandae.—Australia. The berries of this pepper contain an essential oil reputed useful in gonorrhoea and related disorders. PIPER METHYSTICUMI.—KAVA-KAVA. The root of Piper methysticum, Forster (Macropiper methysticum, Miquel). Nat. Ord.—Piperaceae. COMMON NAMES: Ava, Kava-kava, Intoxicating long pepper, Ava pepper shrub. Botanical Source and History.—This is a shrub about 6 feet high, some- what resembling the bamboo in growth, a native of and common in cultivation in the South Sea Islands. It was discovered by James Cook, the celebrated ex- plorer, in 1769, in the Tahiti Islands. The leaves (see illustration in Pharm. Jowr. Trams., 1876, p. 149) are alternate, cordate, with a wavy, entire margin, and an abrupt, acute point. The petiole is about an inch long, dilated at the base, and furnished with linear, erect stipules. The veins are prominent, about 12, diverg- ing from the base of the leaf-blade. The flowers are small, a petalous, and arranged on slender spikes. Those bearing male flowers are axillary and solitary. The female spikes are numerous. This shrub is known in its native country under 9.5 1506 PIPER METHYSTICUM. the names Kava, Ava, Arwa, Ava-kava, Kava-kava, etc., and is the “Intoxicating Long Pepper,” from which a disgusting drink is prepared by the natives, and even by the whites, of these islands. This drink is invariably made by chewing the root of the plant to a pulp, covering this with water, macerating a short time, and then straining it through “fow,” a fibrous material obtained from the bark of a certain native tree. The taste is said to resemble soap-Suds and tannin. (For the methods of its preparation by the natives and its uses, see an interesting illus- trated paper by Dr. R. H. True, in Pharm. Review, 1896, p. 28; also see T. R. N. Mor- son’s abstract from Mariner's History of the Tonga Islands, in Pharm. Jour. Trans., Vol. III, 1844, p. 474; and Dr. Seeman's Letters from the Fiji Islands, in the Althe- naeum, 1861.) The leaf is chewed with the betel-nut, and the dried root, under the name pipula moola, forms an article of commerce in India. Description.—The root is the part recommended for use in medicine. Of the lot inspected by us, the main root seems to have grown horizontally beneath the surface of the ground, sending up stalks at intervals of from 2 to 4 inches. Each stalk is from # to 3 inches in diameter at the base, and is hollow. The cavity extends through the main root, thus giving to a longitudinal Section of the root the appearance of several separate roots having grown together. Externally, the main root is brown, and covered with a thin bark. From the sides and lower part are secondary roots, about 3 to # of an inch in diameter. These appear to be arranged about the bases of the stalks; in some cases they are quite long, and com- mence to send out rootlets at a distance of 6 inches from the main root. Inter- mally, the large root is covered with a network of fibers beneath the bark. Coarse medullary rays compose the body. The root breaks with a fibrous fracture; it is frequently much worm-eaten internally, though, to an external examination, apparently sound. After chewing a little of it, a peculiar, acrid, benumbing sen- sation is imparted to the parts of the mouth with which the pulp comes in con- tact. This property is possessed in a much greater degree by the small rootlets. Chemical Composition.—The chief constituent of kava-kava root, annount- ing to 49 per cent, is starch (Gobley, 1860). It also contains about 1 per cent of a neutral, tasteless, crystallizable principle called kavahin or methysticin (Morson, 1844; Cuzent, 1860). It is hardly soluble in cold water, easily soluble in alcohol and ether. C. Pomeranz (Chem. Centralbl., 1890, p. 124) found methysticin (C, H, O.) to be the methyl ester of methysticic acid (C, H, O,) which stands in close relation- ship to piperic acid of Fittig and Mielck (see Piperinum). Dragendorff (Heilpflanzen, 1899) differentiates methysticin from kavahim, stating the latter to be methylene proto- catechwic aldehyde (which is the chemical name for heliotropin or piperomal). An alka- loid, kavaine, was isolated in 1889 by Lavialle (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1889, p. 136). The active principle of kava-kava consists, however, in an acrid resin (2 per cent, Gobley, 1857) which was differentiated by Lewin (Pharm. Centralhalle, 1886, p. 72) into alpha-resin, which is a strong local anaesthetic, and the less active beta-resin. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—The root of Piper methysticum has a pleasant, somewhat lilac odor, and a slightly pungent, bitter and astringent taste, which augments the Salivary discharge. It has marked general and local anaes- thetic properties. It has been employed as a pleasant remedy in bronchitis, rheu- ºnatism, gout, gomorrhoea, and gleet, and has also been recommended as a powerful sudorific. It appears to exert its influence more especially upon diseased mucous membranes, and may be found useful in chronic catarrhal affections of various organs, and in chronic inflammation of the neck of the bladder. The action of the root varies, according to the annount taken ; in small doses, it is tonic and stimulant; while in large doses it produces an intoxication, which, unlike that from alcohol, is of a reserved, drowsy character, and attended with confused dreams. The natives who use its infusion as an intoxicating beverage for a considerable length of time, are said to become affected with a dry, scaly, cracked, and ulcerated skin, and vision becomes more or less obscured. According to Kesteven, leprous ulcerations may be produced by its habitual use. M. Dupouy, who has given considerable attention to the therapeutical virtues of this drug, arrives at the following con- clusions: Given in drink, kava is a Sialagogue, but is not sudorific. In medicinal doses, it acts upon the stomach, similar to the bitter stimulants, increasing the appetite, without occasioning diarrhoea or constipation, and may prevent catarrhal affections of this portion of the digestive tube. It exerts a special stimulation PIPERAZINUM. 1507 upon the central nervous system, differing essentially from ethylic intoxication; and, as its taste is agreeable, one soon becomes a proselyte to it. It has a very powerful action upon aqueous diuresis, and may be classed among the most effi- cient diuretics. It does not occasion priapism, but, on the contrary, antagonizes it. It is endowed with remarkable and prompt blennostatic properties, augment- ing the discharge previous to effecting its cure. It is of undoubted efficiency in acute vaginitis or wrethritis, allaying the inflammation, causing the pain during micturition to disappear, when dysuria is present, and suppressing the nuco- purulent catarrh from the vesico-urethral mucous membrane. It has, over other blennostatic agents, the marked advantages of being pleasant to take, of augment- ing the appetite, of occasioning neither diarrhoea nor constipation, of alleviating or entirely subduing pain during urination, of completely changing the character of the discharge, and of effecting the cure in a very short time—10 or 12 days. He can not too highly recommend its employment, especially in the treatment of gomorrhaea. Ellingwood (Mat. Med., 1898) declares it of great value in subacute and slow forms of gonorrhoea, and especially in gleet. It is a remedy for nocturnal incon- timence of wrime in the young and old, when due most largely to muscular weakness. . The anticatarrhal action is probably due to the resin present, and the diuretic effects to the neutral crystallizable principle, methysticin or kavain. There may likewise be present some other active principle, not yet detected, to account for cer- tain other influences following its employment. Piper methysticum has been suc- cessfully employed in atomic dyspepsia and in neuralgic or spasmodic dysmemorrhaea. Prof. Webster (Dymam. Therap.) regards it as our most reliable remedy for neural- gia, particularly of the parts supplied by the fifth cranial nerve, as in dental new- ralgia (when not due to exposure of the dental pulp), neuralgic affections of the eyes, ears, etc., and in reflex newralgias in other parts of the body, as gastric and intestimal mewralgia, abdominal newroses, from prostatic, urethral, or testicular disorders, and pectoral pain due reflexly to nervous dyspepsia. He also suggests its employment in renal colic. Piper methysticum has proved useful in dropsy, intestimal catarrh, and in hemorrhoids. Sixty or 70 grains of the scraped root, macerated for about 5 minutes in a quart of water, may be taken in the course of 24 hours, repeating this quantity daily, as long as required. The dose of the fluid extract of the root is from 15 to 90 minims, in a glass of water, repeating the dose every 3 or 4 hours; specific piper methysticum, 5 to 30 minims. Specific Indications and Uses.—Neuralgia, particularly of the trifacial nerve; toothache; earache; ocular pain; reflex neuralgia; anorexia; dizziness and des- pondency; gonorrhoea; chronic catarrhal inflammations; vesical irritation; pain- ful micturition; dysuria. Related Species–Piper Betle, Linné. An indigenous East Indian creeper, the leaves of which, together with the areca nut (also called betel nut), and the addition of lime and some- times catechu, constitute the celebrated masticatory of the Asiatics, the richer natives adding such aromatics as cloves, camphor, cardamoms, nutmegs, etc. Betel leaf, masticated, exerts a gently stimulant and exhilarant effect, and such is its power that, when deprived of it, its habitué experiences a sense of languor and fatigue. (See an interesting illustrated article, by Dr. Rodney H. True, on the subject of betel chewing, in Pharm. Review, 1896, pp. 130 and 177.) It has several medicinal applications among the natives, being especially used to harden the gums, preserve the teeth, and sweeten the breath. It is said to improve the voice, and is re- puted aphrodisiac. (For Indian uses of the drug, see either Dymock's Materia Medica of West- ern India, or Dutt's Hindu Materia Medica.) Piper Betle leaves are about 5 inches long, broad- ovate, obliquely heart-shaped at base, acuminate, 5 to 7-nerved, and leathery. Their upper surface is glossy. They have an aromatic, bitter, burning taste. Betel leaves contain an essen- tial oil, the composition of which differs according to the geographical source of the leaves. Eykman (1889) found the oil from Java leaves to contain a peculiar phenol which he called charicol (C6H4.C3H5.OH, para-allyl-phenol). The characteristic constituent of all betel oils, however, is betel phenol (Bertram and Gildemeister, 1889), an isomer of eugenol (see Oil of Cloves). Siam betel oil also contains the sesquiterpene cadineme (Ch;H24). (For interesting details, see Gildemeister and Hoffmann, Die AEtherischen Oele, 1899, p. 426; also see Dymock, Mat. Med. of Western India; and article under .ſreca). PIPERAZINUMI.—PIPERAZINE. FORMULA : C, H, N,. MoDECULAR WEIGHT: 85.9. SYNONYMs: Piperazidine, Diethylene-diamine, Ethylene-imine, Dispermine, Hera- hydro-pyrazine. 1508 PIPERINUM. Preparation.—This substance, once thought to be identical, chemically, with spermine, may be produced when ethylene bromide (or chloride) is acted upon by ammonia, and the product of the reaction subjected to fractional distillation. The fraction, distilling between 130° and 180° C. (266° to 356°F.), deposits, on cooling, crystals of piperazine (A. W. Hofmann), (For the process of W. Majert and A. Schmidt, see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1893, p. 188.) Description.—Piperazine, a patented preparation of R. Schering, forms crys- talline, colorless masses; when crystallized from water, it forms lustrous, glass- like, tabular crystals. Exposed to the atmosphere, it rapidly absorbs carbon di- oxide, and is very deliquescent. It fuses between 104° to 107°C. (219.2° to 224.6° F.), although the true melting point seems to be 112°C. (233.6°F.). It boils at about 145° C. (293°F.). Alcohol does not dissolve it as readily as water, in which it is very soluble. Its aqueous Soiution has a distinctly alkaline reaction. Chem- ically, it stands in close relation to piperidine (see Piperinum), as the two formulae here given will show : CH, (CH, CH,);NH (piperidine); NH:(CH, CH,);NH (piperazine). It forms a characteristic, insoluble, red double salt with bismuth iodide. It unites with uric acid to form a compound soluble in 50 parts of water, hence is thought to be more valuable than lithium carbonate, for the removal of uric acid in excess from the body, on account of its greater solvent action. Its hydrochlorate forms lustrous, silky needles, and is likewise very soluble in water. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Marked physiological effects are not produced by ordinary doses of piperazine. This agent appears to be a solvent of great power for uric acid, and is, therefore, a remedy for the conditions hinging upon a wric acid diathesis. It also dissolves phosphatic and oralic concretions. The cases for its exhibition are those in which there is a persistent oversecretion of uric acid and urates, with dry skin, sickening backache and general muscular aching, and Scanty secretion of urine of high specific gravity and with brick-dust deposits. With such conditions, it relieves acute rheumatism, rheumatic pericarditis, gout, and chromic rheumatic arthritis. It has recently been found of much value in acute and chronic gomorrhoea, and in purulent cystitis, daily doses of 10 grains having been employed in carbonated water (Tison and Attaix, Gaz, Méd. de Strasbourg, 1896). For ordinary use, about 3 grains every 3 hours, or 5 grains 3 times a day, in water or carbonated water, will be the proper dosage (Ellingwood). Related Preparations.—LYCETOL, Dimethylpiperazine tartrate. A permanent white pow- der, melting at 243°C. (469.4° F.), and obtained by expelling the water of crystallization (3 molecules) from the well-crystallizable salt; it is readily soluble in water, with a pleasant, acidulous taste (For its preparation and properties in detail, see Pharm. Centralhalle, 1894, p. 180.) This remedy, in doses of 15 to 30 grains, well diluted, daily, is praised as a decided uric acid solvent, and of therapeutic value in the various phases of gout, lithaemia, chronic rheuma- tism, renal calculus, and renal colic. UROTROPIN, Hearamethylene tetramine (C6H12NA).-This agent is produced by the action of ammonia upon formaldehyde. It forms white crystals, readily soluble in water, but diffi- cultly soluble in alcohol. The aqueous solution has a pleasant, sweetish taste, and the drug is excreted by the kidneys unchanged. This agent, in doses of 15 to 30 grains, is said to be a very positive remedy in phosphaturia, and purulent cystitis and pyelitis. Sixty grains, well diluted with water, may be given in a day. PIPERINUM (U. S. P.)—PIPERIN. FoRMULA : C, H, NO. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 284.38. “A neutral principle obtained from pepper, and obtainable also from other plants of the natural order Piperaceae.”—U. S. P.). Source, History, and Preparation.—Piperin, the active principle of pepper (see Piper), exists in the black, white and long pepper, and in the berries of Cubeba Clusii, Miquel. It was first obtained by Oersted, of Copenhagen, in 1819, who believed it to be an organic base. Pelletier (1821) proved, however, that it is a non-basic principle. It may be isolated by various methods. According to Cazeneuve and Caillol (Jahresb, der Pharm., 1877, p. 68), powdered pepper is mixed with milk of lime, the mixture evaporated to dryness on the water-bath, and extracted with ether. This solvent upon evaporation leaves piperim in the form of impure crystals, which are purified best by crystallization from acetone (Flückiger, 1891). Sumatra pepper yielded Cazeneuve, on an average, 8.10 per PISCIIDIA. 1509 cent; Singapore white pepper, 9.15 per cent of piperin. T. Stevenson (see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1885, p. 513) prepares an extract from 50 grammes of pepper with methyl alcohol, dissolves out the resinous portion by means of potassium car- bonate; the residual piperim is washed with water and recrystallized from alcohol. Description and Chemical Composition.—Piperim (C.H.I.N.O.) is described by the U. S. P. as forming “colorless or pale yellowish, shining, prismatic crystals, odorless, and almost tasteless when first put in the mouth, but on prolonged con- tact producing a sharp and biting sensation. Permanent in the air. Almost insoluble in water; soluble in 30 parts of alcohol at 15°C. (59°F.), and in 1 part of boiling alcohol; very soluble in hot acetic acid; only slightly soluble in ether. When heated to 130° C. (266° F.) piperin melts; upon ignition it emits alkaline vapors, and is consumed, leaving no residue. The alcoholic solution of piperim is neutral to litmus paper. Concentrated Sulphuric acid dissolves piperin with a dark blood-red color, which disappears on dilution with water. When treated with nitric acid, piperin turns rapidly first orange and then red, and the acid acquires a yellow color, deepening to reddish as the crystals dissolve. On adding to this solution an excess of potassium hydrate T.S., the color is at first yellow, but upon boiling it becomes blood-red ''-(U. S. P.). Piperin is also soluble in chloroform, benzol, carbon disulphide, but almost insoluble in petroleum ether. Piperin has only weak basic properties, being hardly soluble in dilute acids. With hydrochloric acid and platinic chloride, however, it forms a well crystal- lizable double salt. Piperin is not decomposable even by boiling solution of caustic potash (Gerhardt); but prolonged heating with alcoholic solution of caustic potash decomposes it into piperidine and the potassium Salt of piperic acid (v. Babo and Keller), according to the following equation : C, H, NO,--KOH= C.H.O.K+C.H.I.N. Piperin, reversedly, was synthetized from these constituents by L. Rügheimer (1882). Piperic acid (C, H, O,), being nearly insoluble in water, may be precipitated from the solution of its potassium salt by the addition of hydrochloric acid, and recrystallized from alcohol. The acid forms yellow crystals, melting at 150° C. (302°F.). According to Fittig and Mielck (1869), it has the formula: CH, O, C.H.CH:CH.CH:CH.COOH. The potassium salt by oxi- dation yields piperonal (which see). Piperidine (C, Hu N) is a volatile, strong base, which may be separated in the above reaction by distillation with steam and col- lecting the vapors in dilute acid. It has the odor of ammonia and pepper, and forms well crystallizable salts with acids. Ladenburg, in 1885, succeeded in obtaining piperidine by synthesis, proving it to be hexa-hydro-pyridine (C.H.N.Hs, or CH, [CH.C.H.];NH). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Formerly this agent was frequently substituted for or used in conjunction with the cinchona alkaloids in the treat- ment of malarial fevers. Piperin is now occasionally employed in intermittent fever, but will be found less efficient than the alcoholic extract of black pepper. Its use has also been advised in colic, diarrhoea, cholera, Scarlatina, chronic gomorrhoea, and in solution as a wash for timea capitis. Piperin should not be administered with astringents, as it is thereby rendered nearly inert. The dose is 1 to 8 grains, 3 or 4 times a day (see Piper). Derivative of Piperin.—PIPERONAL, or HELIOTROPIN (CsPIs Os). This compound is an aldehyde, the methylene ether of protocatchuic aldehyde, and has the formula: CH2:03:Cs H3.CHO. Its corresponding acid (CH2:O3: CSIH3.COOH) is called piperonylic acid. Piperonal is obtained by oxidizing the potassium salt of piperic acid (see Piperimum ; also see Piper Methys- ticwm) with potassium permanganate in neutral solution. It forms small, white crystals, solu- ble in alcohol and ether, but sparingly soluble in cold water (1 in about 600). It resembles counarin and vanillin in Odor, and is now manufactured for purposes of perfumery; but it has also been given medicinally in 10 to 15-grain doses, every 3 hours, as an antipyretic and an antiseptic. PISCIDIA.—JAMAICA DOGWOOD. The bark of the root of Piscidia Erythrina, Jacquim. Nat. Ord.—Leguminosae. CoMMON NAME: Jamaica dogwood. ILLUSTRATION: Nuttall’s North American Sylva, Plate 52. Botanical Source and History.—This is a small tree, native of the West In- dies, and known as Jamaica dogwood. It is rarely found in southern Florida. The 1510 PISCII) IA. Elig. 200. flowers are in lateral clusters, appearing in profusion before the leaves. They have a broad, bell-shaped, 5-toothed calyx, and a papilionaceous corolla, of a dirty white color tinged with purple. The s leaves are unequally pinnate, “S with entire, oval, acute leaf- | lets, resembling those of the 2" || coffee-nut tree. The fruit is a Ø a 4-winged legume. The bark 2% º of the tree is very astringent, \!!--→s* and is said to have been used | Šs in tanning. It is much em- */Zº ployed in its native country Ż as a fish poison (whence the generic name of the tree). It seems to act upon the lowerani- mals as a poisonous narcotic. Description.—Piscidiabark comes in quilled pieces, or in curved or flat sections. The c or ky layer is of a vivid orange (occasionally whitish) color, and is rugose, or appears fissure d. Upon removal of the cork a deep ashen-gray surface appears, somewhat tinted with a brownish or blackish shade, and is marked with sinuous, longi- tudinal striae, as well as by small ridges transversely arranged. Internally, it is smooth (sometimes fibrous) and of a brownish hue. The interior of the bark is bluish-green or brown-green, probably due to chlorophyll. It breaks with a fibrous, tough fracture, giving a narcotic, opium-like Odor, and its taste, though slight at first, soon becomes acrid and bitter. Chemical Composition.—The bark exhibits crystals of apparently oxalate of calcium, which, however, are phosphate of calcium (Berberich, 1898). According to Edward Hart (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1883, p. 369), the active principle is a neutral body, piscidin (C.H.O.), which is neither a glucosid nor an alkaloid. It is pro- duced by mixing 1 pound of the fluid extract of piscidia with 30 grammes of slaked lime, digesting for 3 hour, filtering, adding water in small amounts until the liquid becomes turbid; upon standing for 2 or 3 days the crystalline prin- ciple falls out, contaminated with some resin. They are finally recrystallized by means of alcohol. The principle occurs in prismatic, nearly colorless crystals, readily soluble in chloroform, boiling alcohol, and benzol, sparingly in cold alco- hol and ether, insoluble in water. The crystals are also dissolved by strong acids, and from this solution are precipitated, apparently unchanged, by the addition of water. Its melting point is 192°C. (377.6°F.). These results were fully confirmed more recently by H. Berberich (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1898, p. 424), who made a com- plete analysis of the bark. Beside the active principle, piscidia (piscidim), some resin, caOutchouc, wax and fat, starch (1.34 per cent), were present; tannin was not found. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Jamaica dogwood possesses active properties, its chief uses being to control pain and to produce sleep. Dr. Isaac Ott (see Pharmacology of Newer Materia Medica, p. 597), who made extensive experiments with the drug, declares its physiological effects to be essentially as follows: It increases the salivary and cutaneous secretions; slows the pulse, increases the arterial tension, succeeded by a fall of tension due to a weakening of the heart; dilates the pupils, except when passing into a state of asphyxia, when contraction takes place; it does not affect the irritability of the motor nerve fibers, nor does it attack the peripheral sensory nerve endings; it reduces reflex Piscidia Erythrina. PIX BURG UN DIC A. 1511 action by stimulating Setschenow's centers, and induces a tetanoid condition by stimulation of the spinal marrow; finally, he pronounces it narcotic to frogs, rabbits, and men, Piscidia destroys life by causing heart failure or by arresting respiratory action. Unpleasant results have been occasioned by even small doses of piscidia; among these are nausea, vomiting, headache, etc. Convulsions were provoked in the case of a woman who had been given a #-drachm dose for hemicrania. The drug is recommended to replace opium, chloral, and similar narcotics. Dr. Ham- ilton (Burnett's Outlines, p. 684) states that a tincture of the bark of this tree is, the same as the bark itself, astringent and irritating. He also observes that it is most powerfully and remarkably narcotic and diaphoretic, and that its local application is a specific in removing toothache. For the latter purpose it has also been applied locally and given internally at the same time, in irritation of the dental pulp, inflammation of the peridental membrane, alveolar abscess, as well as in other painful affections of the mouth. Burns, Scalds and hemorrhoids have been relieved by it, while a solution of it has been recommended as an injection in gomorrhoea (Fearn). Internally administered, it relieves pain, overcomes spasm, allays nervous excitability, and induces sleep. It is a favorite remedy in pro- longed insomnia, particularly in the aged, and in those of an excessively nervous temperament. It should at least be given the preference over opiates until its utility or non-utility is established. It has rendered good service in neuralgia— particularly sciatica, abdominal newſralgia, renal neuralgia, migraine, and tic-dowlow- newa. It allays the pain of cholera morbus, and the gastro-enteralgia sometimes fol- lowing enteric fever. It also relieves painful spasms of the muscles and acute articular and other forms of rheumatism. In the disorders of women it has rendered excel- lent service in alleviating neuralgic and other forms of dysmemorrhaea and in various pelvic meuroses. With viburnum, it has been administered to check false labor-pains and threatened abortion. Hysterical convulsions, delirium tremens and the insomnia of insanity have yielded to it. In the pain of carcinoma and that attend- ing fractures, it has been preferred by some to opium and other anodynes. It relieves the spasmodic element of pertussis and asthma, and has been lauded for reflex coughs and the cough of spasmodic and chromic bronchitis, and pulmonary con- sumption. Foltz (Webster's Dynam. Therap., p. 595) praises it in neuralgia of the eyeball (where opium was not tolerated) and in supraorbital meuralgia, the dose given being from 10 to 20 drops of the fluid extract every 2 or 3 hours. He speaks lightly of it for the relief of pain in acute catarrh of the tympanum. Others speak highly of it in acute abscess of the external auditory canal and in tritis, panophthal- mitis, and other inflammatory and painful affections of the eye. The dose of the fluid extract ranges from 10 drops to 2 fluid drachms; of specific Jamaica dog- wood, 10 to 60 drops. * Specific Indications and Uses.—Insomnia and nervous unrest; to allay spasm, control pain and allay nervous excitability ; migraine; neuralgia. PIX BURGUNDICA (U. S. P.)—BURGUNDY PITCH. “The prepared, resinous exudation of Abies excelsa, Poiret"—(U. S. P.). (Abies excelsa, De Candolle; Pinus excelsa, Lamarck; Picca excelsa, Link; Pinus Picca, Du Roi; Pinus Abies, Linné.) Nat. Ord.—Coniferae. COMMON NAMES: Norway pine, Spruce fir, Norway spruce fir. ILLUSTRATIONs: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 261; Woodville, Med. Bot.,208. Botanical Source.--This tree inhabits northern Germany, the Alps, Russia, Norway, and other northern parts of Europe, as well as of Asia, and also grows now in this country. It is a large tree, often having a diameter exceeding 4 feet, and attaining an altitude of 140 feet. The leaves are somewhat tetragonal, short, scattered, mucronate, dark-green, and glossy above. The male catkins are soli- tary, growing out of the axils, and purplish; the scales staminiferous at the apex. The female catkins are simple, purple, growing from the summit; the ovaries 2; the cones cylindrical, pendent, with oval, inbricated, slightly indented scales. The Polyporus officinalis, or Larch agaric, is a fungus nourished on this tree. 1,512 PIX CAN ADENSIS. Though only the Abies excelsa, Poiret, is given as the official source of this drug, it is also prepared from the concretions formed upon Abies Picea (Pinus Picea, Linné; Pinus pectinata, De Candolle) (see below). The term Burgundy pitch is a misnomer, since no such substance has ever been produced in Burgundy. In France, resin is produced from Pinus maritima, Poiret (P. Pimaster, Aiton and Lam- bert). The bulk of true Burgundy pitch comes from Finland, and smaller quan- tities at one time came from the Black Forest in Germany, and from Vienna (see D. Hanbury, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1867, p. 547). The resin from which Burgundy pitch is prepared, is collected by making longitudinal incisions into the bark of the trees. The exudate is called Abietis resina, Thus, or Frankincense (a term also applied to Olibanwm), and forms concrete tears, consisting of resin and volatile oil similar to oil of turpentine. An exudate, formerly collected in Alsatia from the same tree, and known under the name of Strassburg turpentine, is now obtained on a small scale only (see Terebinthima). Burgundy pitch proper is prepared from the exudate by boiling it in water and straining it. In composition, it largely consists of abietic acid. Description.— Burgundy pitch is officially described as being “hard, yet gradually taking the form of the vessel in which it is kept; brittle, with a shin- ing, conchoidal fracture, opaque or translucent, reddish-brown or yellowish-brown, odor agreeably terebinthinate; taste aromatic, sweetish, not bitter. It is almost entirely soluble in glacial acetic acid, or in boiling alcohol, and partly soluble in cold alcohol”—(U. S. P.). Burgundy pitch softens by the warmth of the hand. Much of the article now found in commerce is a concoction. D. Hanbury (1867) believes it to be obtained by melting together common resin with palm oil or other fats, water being stirred in to produce an opaque appearance. The charac- teristic odor of true Burgundy pitch, and its nearly complete solubility in alco- hol, and especially in glacial acetic acid, may aid in establishing some of its pos- sible sophistications. Action and Medical Uses.—Burgundy pitch is generally used externally for the purpose of producing a redness of the surface with a slight serous exhalation. Occasionally, it produces an eruption of pimples, sometimes minute blisters, and in Some rare instances has been known to cause hardness, considerable suffering, and irritation, terminating in one or more ulcers. It has been principally em- ployed as a counter-irritant in chronic diseases, especially of the lungs, stomach, in- testines, etc., as well as in local rheumatic affections. It enters into the composition of several salves and plasters. Related Species.—Abies Picea (Pinus pectinata, De Candolle; Abies pectinata, Lamarck; Pinus Abies, Du Roi; Abies alba, Miller; Abies earcelsa, Link; Pinus Picea, Linné; Pinus taxifolia of French Codex), European silver fir, Silver pine. This tree grows in the mountains of Siberia, Ger- many, and Switzerland (L.). Branches horizontal; leaves copious, linear, either acute or emar- ginate, entire, spreading more or less perfectly in two rows, sometimes curved to one side; upper surface of a dark, shining, rather glaucous green; under glaucous white. Male flowers numer- ous, axillary, Solitary, about as long as the leaves, yellow; their axis the length of the toothed involucre; anthers remarkable for their rounded, 2-lobed crest, crowned with a pair of divari- cated horns. Female catkins lateral, erect, cylindrical, green; bracts, much narrower than the capillary Scales, distinguished by a long, projecting, awl-shaped point, very conspicuous in the full-grown cones, which are also erect, 3 or 4 inches long, cylindrical, of a reddish-green, till they turn brown in drying (L.). According to Tingley, this species alone furnishes the true Purgundy pitch. RETINoL.—This product, obtained in 1838, as resin oil or resinol, from Burgundy pitch, by destructive distillation, is a yellowish, oleaginous fluid, boiling above 280° C. (536°F.). It is not soluble in water, but is itself a solvent for many substances, such as numerous alkaloids, phos- phorus, phenol, iodol, cocaine, aristol, Salol, etc. It is a non-irritating antiseptic, and in S-grain doses, in capsule, it has been used in gomorrhaea. Besides being a vehicle for the application of the substances named above, it has been injected (5 to 10 per cent solution) in cystitis, and used locally in vaginitis. PIX CANADENSIS.–CANADA PITCH. The prepared juice or resinous exudation from Abies canadensis, Michaux (Tsuga canadensis, Carrière; Pinus canadensis, Linné; Picea canadensis, Link). Nat. Ord.—Coniferae. CoMMON NAMEs: Canada pitch, Hemlock pitch, Gwm hemlock (improperly). PIX LIQUIDA. 1513 re- Botanical Source and Preparation.—Canada pitch is obtained from the oleoresinous exudate of the hemlock spruce tree (see Abies canadensis for botanical Source). It is sometimes improperly termed gum hemlock. Mr. F. Stearns (1859) reports that the resin is collected by two methods— either by cutting a cup-like cavity in the tree, allowing the oleoresin to accumu- late therein, from which it is then collected; the more common method of pro- ducing pitch, however, is that of removing the bark and wood around the pitch- laden knots and gnarled portions, putting the pieces together into boiling water, skimming the resinous product from the surface of the water, and purifying by melting and straining a second time. Description and Chemical Composition.—Purified Canada pitch or gum hemlock, is at first whitish, but gradually becomes darker colored, changing to a yellow, brown, or blackish color. It is pulverable, almost insipid, of a faint char- acteristic Odor, unlike that of turpentine, and has the specific gravity 1.033. A gentle heat renders it soft and tenacious, and, when elevated to nearly 93.3°C. (200°F.), liquefies it. It consists of resin, the composition of which has not been studied, with a small quantity of volatile oil. An essential oil is also obtained by distilling with water the branches and leaves of the tree, about 8 pounds of which yield an ounce of the oil. It is known as oil of hemlock, or oil of spruce. The oil, according to Bertram and Walbaum (1893), contains laevo-pinene and laºvo-bornyl- acetate. This result was verified by C. G. Hunkel (Pharm. Review, 1896) on a genu- ine specimen of oil distilled by himself. About 51 per cent bornyl-acetate was present (also see Abies canadensis). The leaves and bark of the root and the trunk also contain notable amounts of tannin (see analyses and description of hemlock tannin by Prof. H. Trimble, in Some North American Coniferae, 1897, pp. 111–118). An aqueous extract of the bark is used by tanners. Action and Medical Uses.—Canada pitch is a mild stimulant, and, when in contact with the skin for a few hours, causes a slight degree of redness. It is fre- quently substituted for Burgundy pitch, as it possesses similar virtues. The tinc- ture of hemlock pitch is diuretic and stimulant. It is not so eligible for plasters, however, on account of its softness. PIX LIQUIDA (U. S. P.)—TAR. “An empyreumatic oleoresin obtained by the destructive distillation of the wood of Pinus palustris, Miller, and of other species of Pinus (Nat. Ord.—Comijerae).” —(U. S. P.). SYNONYM : Resina empyreumatica liquida. Source and Preparation.—The trees generally employed in producing tar are, besides the above-named Pinus palustris, Miller, the American species, Pinus ºrigida, Miller, Pinus Taeda, Linné; and also the European species, Pinus sylvestris, Linné; and Laria, Sibirica, Ledebour (see Terebinthima). Tar is made in several northern countries of Europe (e. g., Stockholm tar), and in the United States, especially in North Carolina and Virginia, from the waste of pine or fir timber; it is usually prepared by making a conical cavity in the earth, communicating at the bottom with a reservoir. Logs or billets of wood are then placed, so as not only to fill the cavity, but to form a conical pile over it, which is covered with turf or earth, and kindled at the top. The admission of air is so regulated, that the wood burns from above downward, with a slow and smothered combustion. The wood itself is reduced to charcoal, and the smoke and vapors formed are obliged to descend into the excavation in the ground, where they are condensed, and pass along with the liquefied matters into the receivers. This mixture is termed tar, Piº liquida. By long boiling or distillation in retorts, tar is deprived of its volatile ingredients (Oil of Taº; see Oleum Picis Liquidae), and converted into pitch, Resina migra, or Pia migra. Description and Chemical Composition. —The U. S. P. describes tar as “thick, viscid, semifluid, blackish-brown, heavier than water, transparent in thin layers, becoming granular and opaque with age; odor empyreumatic, tere- binthinate; taste sharp, empyreumatic. Tar is slightly soluble in water, soluble in alcohol, fixed or volatile oils, and solution of potassium or sodium hydrate. 1514 PLANTAGO. Water agitated with tar acquires a pale yellowish-brown color and an acid reac- tion, yields with ferric chloride T.S. a transient green color, and is colored brown- ish-red by an equal volume of calcium hydrate T.S.”—(U. S. P.). Upon pro- longed standing, tar becomes granular from the deposition of pyrocatechin. Tar is a very complex substance and varies in composition according to the method of preparation and the kind of wood employed. The tar from leaf-trees, e.g., the beech, is rich in phenols (see Creosotwm) while pine-wood tar contains more resinous matters. Pine-wood tar also differs from beech-wood tar in being miscible with melted lard. Coal tar differs from wood tar principally in contain- ing more basic substances, such as aniline and quinoline, while wood, upon dry distillation, yields more acid products, e.g., pyroligneous acid. (For constituents of wood tar, see Acetic Acid and Creosotwm.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Tar is stimulant, diuretic and dia- phoretic. It has been advantageously used in chronic coughs, chromic bronchial and laryngeal affections; the inhalation of its vapor acts as a stimulant and irritant to the bronchial mucous membrane, promoting its secretion, but is seldom used. It is chiefly used externally as a local application to some cuta- neous affections, as porrigo, tinea capitis, lepra, psoriasis, prwrigo, eczema, and herpes circinatus. Excellent results sometimes follow its employment in suppurating burns, excoriations, furumcles, cracked mipples, and piles. Oakum, a dressing some- times impregnated with tar forms a good antiseptic absorbent for pus-bathed surfaces, and also to obstimate wicers. It is an excellent antipruritic and that is its specific use. A tar-water has been recommended in cough and bronchial affections, and to prevent the reproduction of boils. It is prepared as follows: To gallon of boiling water, add 1 pint of tar and 1 pint of honey; stir the mixture, and when cold strain off the liquid. It is stimulant and diuretic, and may be taken 3 or 4 times a day, in doses of a wineglassful. It will also be found beneficial as a wash in some forms of cutaneous disease. B. J. Crew recommends the following: Rub 2 drachms of oil of tar with 40 grains of carbonate of magnesium, add a portion of 14 ounces of water, mix well, and then add the balance, filter, and add simple syrup, 2 ounces. The dose is a small wineglassful, 3 times a day (Amer. Jour. Pharm.,Vol. XXVII, p. 13). (See also Aqua Picis.) M. Adrian gives the following formula for a glycerinated tar, which has the consistence of an ointment, and the advantage of being soluble in water, and of not adhering to the skin : Take of tar, 15 parts; glycerin, 15 parts; water, 30 parts. Mix. The French employ emulsions, syrups, wine, and concentrated alkaline solutions of tar, which, however, have not been introduced into the medical practice of this country. Internally, the dose of tar is from 30 to 60 grains, 3 or 4 times a day, or even oftener, but it is commonly used in the form of tar-water, 1 pint of which may be taken in a day. Specific Indications and Uses.—Locally to itching surfaces. Related Product.— Pix NAVALIS, Pia migra, Resina nigra, Piac solida, Resina pini empyreu- matica; Pitch, or Black pitch. This substance is obtained by evaporating or distilling off the more volatile constituents of wood tar; in the second case, oil of tar (see Oleum Picis Liquidae) distills over and pitch remains as residue. It is a black, firm substance, having a faint, tarry odor, a brilliant fracture, softening by the warmth of the hand, melting in boiling water. It is soluble in alcohol, and in alkaline Solutions, and consists of empyreumatic resin and colo- phony (rosin). Pix nigra has been used internally in ichthyosis, and certain obstinate diseases of the skin; its dose is from 10 to 60 grains, and may be made into pills with flour or other farinaceous substance. Pereira says it may be taken to a great extent, not only without injury, but with advantage to the general health. In piles it has been used with great advantage in the form of the following ointment: Take of pitch, wax, resin, each, 10 ounces; olive oil, 1 pint, Melt them together, and express through linen, and when nearly cool, stir in four ounces of Scotch snuff. PLANTAGO.–PLANTAIN. The root and tops of Plantago major, Linné. Nat. Ord.— Plantaginaceae. CoMMON NAMEs: Plantain, Rib grass, Ripple-grass, Ribwort. Botanical Source.—This is a perennial acaulescent plant with a round scape 1 to 3 feet in height, arising from a fibrous root. The leaves are ovate, smooth- ish, somewhat toothed, 5 to 7-nerved, each of which contains a strong fiber which PLANTAGO. 1515 may be pulled out, and abruptly narrowed into a long, channeled petiole. The flowers are white, very small, imbricated, numerous, and borne on a cylindrical spike 5 to 20 inches long. Small plants are frequently found with the spikes only # to 2 inches long, and the leaves and stalks proportionately small. The stamens and styles are long; the seeds numerous (G.-W.). History and Chemical Composition.—Plantain is a well-known herb, growing in rich, moist places, in fields, by the roadsides, and in grass plats, and is common in Europe and America. It flowers from May to October. The root has a some- what sweetish, salty taste; the leaves are bitterish and unsavory. The plant loses its medicinal activity by drying. All its preparations should be made from the freshly-gathered roots and tops. Water or alcohol extracts the virtues of the plant. The leaves contain chlorophyll, resin, wax, albumin, pectin, citric and oxalic acids (Th. Koller, N. Jahrb. f. Pharm., 1868, p. 139). Upon incineration, they leave 12.8 per cent ash. Sugar is present, while alkaloids and glucosids are absent (D. Rosenbaum, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1886, p. 418). The root, according to Strawinsky (ibid., 1898, p. 189), contains starch, wax, fatty matter, dextrose, sac- charose, mucilage, traces of tannin, but no alkaloid or glucosid. The ash was 24.7 per cent, moisture 6.9 per cent. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Plantain is alterative, diuretic, and antiseptic, once considered vulnerary. The tops and roots, in strong decoction, have been highly recommended in syphilitic, mercurial, and Scrofulous diseases, in the dose of from 2 to 4 fluid ounces, 3 or 4 times a day. It is likewise reputed beneficial in memorrhagia, leucorrhoea, hematuria, colic, cholera infantum, aphtha, diar- rhoea, dysentery, incipient phthisis, pulmonary hemorrhage, dysuria, and hemorrhoids. The specific medicine may be employed in these disorders. The juice taken in- ternally, in doses of 1 fluid ounce every hour, and also applied to the wound, is in high repute as an antidote to the bites of venomous serpents, spiders, and insects. It is a remedy for toothache from dental caries, the cavity being cleansed and spe- cific plantago major applied on cotton to the sensitive pulp, renewing every half hour. Its internal use is said to control toothache through its effects upon the trifacial, tic-dowloureuſe being benefited in the same manner. The same prepara- tion, locally applied, often relieves earache. Bedwetting in children, due to relaxed vesical sphincter, with profuse colorless discharge of urine, is said to be relieved by plantago. Externally, the bruised leaves, or an ointment made with them, is useful in wounds, wicers, ophthalmia, eczema, erysipelas, and some other cutaneous affections. The best forms of administration are the juice dissolved in diluted alcohol, and evaporated by gentle heat to the consistence of an extract; and spe- cific plantago major, the dose of which is from 1 to 5 drops. Specific Indications and Uses.—Locally, toothache and earache. Related Species.— Plantago lanceolata, Ilinné; Lance-leaved plantain, has properties simi- lar to common plantain. Its leaves contain much bitter matter. Locally applied, it has proved a haemostatic for small bleeding surfaces. Plantago cordata, Lamarck.-This is an indigenous perennial plant, known likewise as the Heart-leaved plantain. It is an acaulescent herb, with stout, naked scapes, 1 or 2 feet in height. Leaves radical, cordate-ovate, broad, smooth, somewhat toothed, thickish, about 6 inches long, 6 or 8-ribbed below, with a thick midrib, on long, stout petioles. Flowers small, whitish, somewhat imbricate, the lower one scattered, and on elongated spikes which are from 6 to 8 inches long; bracts ovate, obtuse. Calyx and corolla lobes very obtuse. Pyxis a third longer than the calyx, 2-celled, with 2 seeds in each cell (G.-W.). This plant grows in moist places, and along the banks of rivers, from New York and New Jersey to Tennessee, also from Ohio to Wisconsin, and flowers from April to August. The root is the part used, and it yields its properties to water. The root of Plantago cordata is astringent, anodyne, antispasmodic, and antiemetic. . The decoction and extract have been successfully used in Asiatic cholera, checking the disease in a short time; they have likewise proved beneficial in dysentery. The plant is certainly deserving of more extended investigation, for it directly influences the nervous system, controlling irritation. A poultice of the roots is recommended as an application to old, indo- lent wicers, bruises, wounds, etc. It allays inflammation and reduces swelling. Plantago Psyllium, Linné; Flea-wort, Flea-seed plant.—South Europe and Barbary. The seeds of this species are flea-colored, boat shaped, and shining on the convex surface. They yield a mucilage, used in Southern Europe as that of flaxseed, slippery elm, etc., is used in this country. The seeds, in tablespoonful doses, in a glass of water, before dinner, have been successfully employed to relieve chronic constipation. The Plantago arenaria, Waldstein and Kittaibel, and Plantago Cymops, Linné, also contain mucilage. Plantago Ispaghula, Roxburgh (Plantago decumbens, Forskal), Spogel or Ispaghul seed —This little plant is common throughout northwestern India, Arabia, and neighboring countries, 1516 PLA SMAF.—PLASMA ACIDI CARBOLICI. The seeds are the parts used. They are about of an inch in length, and half as broad, concave on One side, convex upon the opposite, and according to the Pharmacographio, are so light as to require 100 to Weigh a single grain. Spogel seed have long been employed in India, and, in 1868, were admitted to a position in the Pharmacopoeia of that country. (For an illus- tration of this plant, see New Remedies, 1878, p. 68.) Spogel seed are very mucilaginous, and form a thick jelly with water. They are employed, either in substance or in decoction, in India, for the treatment of diarrhoea and dysentery,. In chronic diarrhoea, they are often given whole, in doses of from 1 to 2 drachms, mixed with a little syrup, or powdered and mixed with sugar and water. When bruised and moistened with water, the seeds are often used by physicians, in India, as an emollient poultice. Dr. O. S. Laws (Calif. Med. Jour., 1899) calls attention to a plant of the Plantago family, growing in damp situations in southern California and Arizona, as a valuable local remedy for nasal catarrh. He applies equal parts of the tincture of the roots, water and glycerin, On cotton placed in the nasal fossae. He calls it Plantago aquatica; it is probably Alisma Plantago. PLASMAE.—PLASMAS. History.—In 1858, G. F. Schacht proposed glycerim as a substitute for oils and fats in ointments, the glycerin being heated with starch, and the compounds thus formed being termed “Plasmas.” This term we propose to employ here for all solid or semisolid preparations for external use, excepting glycerites, in which glycerin forms an important basis. These preparations are more costly than the ordinary fatty ointments, but there are certain cases in which the latter irritate the parts to which they are applied, and, consequently, aggravate the disorders for which they are used, which is not the case with the plasmas, the glycerin being compara- tively unirritating, not possessed of any rancidity, nor of any irritating fatty acids, etc. In addition to these advantages, it can be removed at any time with- out the use of soap and friction, and its application does not involve soiling and greasing the garments or bed-clothing (see Glycerita). The formula of Mr. Schacht is to take powdered starch, 70 grains; glycerin, 1 fluid ounce; mix the ingredients and heat to 115.5°C. (240° F.), constantly stirring. If a large quantity (6 or 8 pounds) is to be prepared, he advises that the starch be triturated with one-twelfth of the glycerin, placing the remainder on the fire, heating it to 126.6°C. (260°F.), and then stirring it thoroughly into the mixture previously made. By this means much time is saved, as well as labor, in stirring the mass. He states that the plasma does not mold by keeping. Other formulae besides that of Mr. Schacht's have, at various times, been of- fered to the profession, thus: Mr. H. Seymour has offered the following: (1) Take of Fuller's earth, ounce; palm oil, 2 drachms. (2) Take of Fuller's earth, 4 ounce; oil of sweet almonds, 2 fluid drachms; water, 2 fluid drachms; glycerin, 1 fluid drachm. More recently, Mr. T. B. Groves has proposed a new basis for ointments, which he calls Glycelaeum. It is made by triturating together almond meal (from oil-cake, or decorticated pressed sweet almonds), 4 ounce; glycerin, 1 ounce; Olive oil, 3 ounces. Mix by trituration in a mortar. It forms a soft, semi-gelatinous paste, which, when mixed gradually with water or a watery fluid, readily forms an emulsion. As it remains unaffected by the ordinary temperatures of the body, its softness is not an objection to its use, which, in fact, is an advantage, as it leaves plenty of room for powdery admixtures of every kind (Trans. Brit. Conf, 1867; Chem. and Drug., Sept. 14). PLASMA ACIDI CARBOLICI.-PLASMA OF CARBOLIC ACID. Preparation.—Take of carbolic acid 6% parts; glycerin, 27# parts; prepared chalk, finely powdered, 94 parts. Mix together the carbolic acid and glycerin, and then add the chalk; mix thoroughly by kneading, and enclose in closely stopped jars (Thomas E. Jenkins, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1869, p. 292). This gives a prepara: tion possessing the proper consistence, and preserving its properties, unimpaired for a long time, when kept in closed jars. It is offered as a substitute for Dr. Lister's preparation made with putty, which dries very rapidly and become hard. Action and Medical Uses.—This plasma is used as a surgical dressing to wounds, etc., effectually excluding the action of the air and other external agencies, and at the same time preventing any tendency to gangrene or putrefaction. PLASM A CUPRI SULPHATIS.—PLATINUMI. 1517 PLASMA CUPRI SULPHATIS.—PLASMA OF COPPER SULPHATE. Preparation.—Take of finely powdered sulphate of copper, 20 grains; glycerin, 1 fluid ounce; finely powdered starch, 70 grains. Dissolve the copper salt in the glycerin, then add the starch ; heat the mixture to 115.5°C. (240° F.), constantly stirring, and continue the heat and stirring until the consistence of a soft ointment is acquired. Keep in closely stopped jars. Action and Medical Uses.—This forms an excellent local application to gram ulated lids, and in other ophthalmic affections; also as a stimulant to chamcres, wlcers, etc. PLASMIA PETROLEI.—PLASMA OF PETROLEUM. Preparation.—Take of finely powdered starch, 70 grains; petroleum, 1 fluid drachm ; glycerin, 1 fluid ounce. Triturate the starch and petroleum together until quite smooth, gradually add the glycerin, and heat to 115.5°C. (240° F.), constantly stirring (G. F. Schacht). Action and Medical Uses.—This is very valuable as a local application in many cutaneous diseases, and in hemorrhoids. PLASMA PICIS LIQUIDAE.-PLASMA OF TAR. Preparation.—Take of finely powdered starch, 2 drachms; glycerin, puri- fied tar, each, 6 ounces. Add the glycerin, warm, to the starch, stir well together, heat to 115.5°C. (240° F.), gradually add the tar, and stir constantly until thor- oughly incorporated (Brady). Action and Medical Uses.—This will be found useful as a local application to wounds, wicers, and in several forms of cutaneous diseases. PLASMIA POTASSII IODIDI.-PLASMA OF POTASSIUM IODIDE. Preparation.—Take of finely powdered starch, 140 grains; glycerin, 2 fluid ounces; iodide of potassium, 2 drachms. Dissolve the iodide of potassium in the glycerin, then add the starch gradually with trituration, and heat to 115.5°C. (240° F.), constantly stirring until it is of the proper consistence. Action and Medical Uses.—A local application to scrofulous and other tumors, several forms of cutaneous diseases, and wherever the external use of iodide of potassium is indicated. PLASMIA ZINCI OXIDI, PLASMA OF ZINC OXIDE. Preparation.—Take of finely powdered starch, 140 grains; glycerin, 2 fluid ounces; oxide of zinc, 1 drachm. Triturate the starch and oxide of zinc together, gradually add the glycerin, then heat to 115.5°C. (240° F.), constantly stirring until thoroughly incorporated. Action and Medical Uses.—A local application for severe burns, and in cutaneous diseases, as, herpes, eczema, pemphigus, chafes, chaps, etc. PLATINUIM.–PLATINUM. SYMBOI, ; Pt. ATOMIC W EIGHT : 194.3. Source and History.—Platinum occurs in nature only in its elemental form, but is almost invariably contaminated with other metals, e. g., iridium, osmium, rhodium, iron. Copper, etc. It has probably been known for centuries in Mexico and other Central American countries. The Spanish gave it the name, “Platina del Pinto,” from its silver-like appearance, and its occurrence in the gold-bearing sand of the River Pinto, in Brazil. In 1819 platinum was discovered in the Ural 1518 I’í, ATINUM. mountains, its present chief Source. Platinum, in addition to the countries named, also occurs in Borneo, Australia, in Canada and in some parts of the United States, e.g., North Carolina, California, and Oregon. Occasionally, though rarely, it is found in the form of cubical or octahedral crystals. Platinum is obtained pure from its ore in the same manner as spongy platinum (see below) is prepared. The metal obtained is melted down by means of the oxyhydrogen blow-pipe flame. Description.—Platinum is a tin-white metal, somewhat darker than silver, ductile, malleable, unalterable in air or water, and has a specific gravity of 21.5 (Deville and Debray). It is only fusible by the highest heat that can be arti- ficially produced. It may be drawn into wires of extreme thinness. Platinum utensils (crucibles, dishes, retorts) have become indispensable to analytical and technical chemists. Pure platinum is indifferent toward boiling sulphuric, hydrochloric or nitric acids. The presence of impurities, e. g., nitrous acid in sulphuric acid or a concentration of the latter acid greater than 94 per cent are liable, in large operations, to cause notable quantities of platinum to be dis- solved. The presence of iridium, though it renders the platinum brittle, causes it somewhat to resist the corrosive action of the acid (see in this connection an interesting paper by M. Scheurer-Kestner in Pharm. Jour. Trans.,Vol. VI., 1875–76, p. 505). Platinum is readily dissolved by a mixture of hydrochloric and nitric acids (mitro-muriatic acid, aqua regia), and is also attacked by free chlorine, bromine, and iodine. Platinum forms fusible alloys with lead, tin, etc.; hence, if platinum crucibles be heated with lead, etc., they become readily perforated. H. Hager (Handbuch der Pharm. Praaris, 1886, p. 716) enumerates the following operations which should not be carried out in platinum vessels: (1) The fusion of alkali sulphides, or the reduction of sulphates with charcoal; (2) contact with liquids containing chlorine, bro- mine, iodine, aqua regia; (3) heating platinum to redness on a sand-bath, i. e., in contact with silicic acid, which would cause the platinum to become brittle; (4) fusion of lithium salts and of alkali nitrates; (5) fusion of caustic alkalies or alkaline earths, oxides of calcium, ba- rium, strontium, magnesium ; (6) fusion of such metals as bismuth, lead, tin, cadmium, or the heating of reducing mixtures which, upon fusion, yield these metals; (7) exposure of the metal to a white heat in contact with metallic oxides giving off oxygen under this condi- tion, e.g., oxides of lead, bismuth, nickel, copper, etc.; (8) heating phosphoric acid and acid phosphates when mixed with carbon, owing to the liberation of phosphorus, which would form platinum phosphide; (9) boiling down such deComposable liquids as ferric chloride; (10) fusion of iodides and bromides; (11) the heating of all minerals, etc., yielding a volatile film (Beschlag), upon charcoal when heated º means of the blow-pipe. Nor should platinum utensils be heated in a sooty flame, owing to the possible formation of platinum carbide, which blisters the metal. Arsenic and melting potassium cyanide are likewise harmful. Platinum in the form of wire, especially when warmed to about 50° C. (122°F.), has the property of condensing oxygen gas on its surface; this property is possessed to an even more remarkable degree by the two forms of platinum known as spongy platinum and platinum black. Spongy platinum is a soft, gray, orous mass of platinum, obtained by igniting ammonium platinic chloride (PtCl,[NHJ,). It rapidly condenses oxygen on its surface. By directing a current of hydrogen upon spongy platinum, the oxygen contained in it causes the hydrogen to ignite. On this principle Doebereiner's lamp is based. Mix- tures of oxygen with the vapors of alcohol or ether, or other inflammable vapors, may likewise be ignited by means of spongy platinum; or slow oxidation may be induced. Platinum black is an even more finely divided form of platinum, and may be obtained in various ways, e.g., by reducing platinic chloride solution (PtCl, H,) with glycerin and caustic potash; or by treating an alloy of platinum and zinc or copper with nitric acid, whereby platinum remains undissolved in the form of platinum black. . This substance, when washed out and thoroughly dried, absorbs 800 times its volume of oxygen, thereby becoming red-hot. In the form of platinum-asbestos (finely divided platinum deposited upon asbes- tos fibre), platinum black is being used with success in organic analysis in the place of oxide of copper; likewise in the manufacture of sulphuric acid by a new process, which consists in conducting an absolutely dust-free mixture of sulphur dioxide and oxygen over platinum asbestos at a low temperature (see Von Wartha, Chem. Zeitung, 1899, p. 977). Platinum black also has the property of oxidizing alcohol, forming acetic acid, a reaction that might be carried out on a larger Scale. PLUMBI ACETAS. 1519 Two oxides of platinum are known—the monozide (PtC), forming with acids the brownish-green platinous salts, and the dioxide (PtC),), which forms the yellow or brown platinic salts. Platinum dissolved in nitro-hydrochloric acid forms platinic chloride, supposed to be PtCl, but in reality a double &ompound (PtCls H,--6H.O). Platinic chloride causes insoluble crystalline precipitates in solutions of potas- sium, rubidium, caesium or ammonium salts (e.g., PtClk, or PtCl(N.H.].), but not in sodium or lithium salts, which form water-soluble crystals (e.g., PtCl, Na, + 6H,0). Precipitates are also produced with solutions of many alkaloids; in orde to test for these, the absence of potassium and ammonium salts must be ple viously established. Salts of Platinum.—PLATINI CHLORIDUM, Platinic chloride, Platinum tetrachloride, Platini bichloridum (PtCl4), Nitromuriate of platinum. The term bichloridum has reference to the old nomenclature of the salt and must not be confused with platinum bichloride (PtCl2) as ac- cepted to-day. The tetrachloride is prepared by dissolving platinum in nitro-hydrochloric acid, and cautiously evaporating the solution on the sand bath to drive off all excess of acid and the water of crystallization. The heat must not exceed 120° C. (248°F.). A dark, reddish- brown, deliquescent, saline mass is obtained, which is soluble in water, alcohol or ether. It is a powerful caustic poison. It was formerly often recommended, in doses of from # to 3 of a grain, 3 or 4 times a day, in Secondary syphilis. It may be administered in aqueous solution, or in pill form. An ointment, composed of 5 grains of the bichloride, 10 grains of extract of bella- donna, and 160 grains of lard, has been applied to indolent and syphilitic ulcers (Haefer). By evaporation of the platinic chloride solution on the water-bath, brown-red delique- scent crystals of the composition (PtCl6 H2 +6H2O) are obtained. By precipitating from this compound the excess of HCl by means of silver nitrate, and evaporating the supernatant liquid, non-deliquescent crystals of the composition (PtCl4+5H2O) result. The compound PtCls H2 +6H2O has action and uses similar to the bichloride, being employed in doses about one-half the size of those of the latter. PLATINI ET SoDII CHLORIDUM, Sodii platino-bichloridum, Platino-bichloride of sodium, chloro- platinate of sodium.—This salt may be procured by dissolving 170 parts of pure bichloride of platinum (platinum tetra-chloride, see above), and 58.5 of pure chloride of sodium, in sepa- rate portions of distilled water. Mix the solutions, and cautiously evaporate to crystallization. The crystals are red, soluble in water or alcohol, and have the formula, PtCl4.2NaCl +6H2O. When heated they lose their water of crystallization, and become anhydrous, forming a yellow powder. This is recommended in syphilitic and scrofulous diseases, in doses of grain to 3 grain, 3 times a day, in powder with starch, pill, or a mucilaginous solution. It is milder in its action than the bichloride of platinum. Half a drachm of the sodium salt of platinum dissolved in 3 pint of decoction of poppies, has been used as an injection in gomorrhoea; or, 2 grains to 1 ounce of oil or fat has also been used. PLATINI (IoDIDUM, Platinic iodide (Pt.I.4).-A blackish or brown-black non-crystalline tasteless powder, not soluble in water, but dissolving with a light-red color, in either potas- sium iodide, or carbonate. PLATINI ET POTASSII CYANIDUM, Potassium platino-cyanide (2KCN.Pt[CN]2.3H2O).-In long acicular or prismatic crystals, yellow, with a handsome blue surface reflection. Exposed to air they become rose-colored and opaque. Hot water freely dissolves it. In solution it precipitates ferrous salts blue-white, cupric salts, green-blue, and mercurous nitrate, blue. Its barium compound (BaptſCN]++4H2O) is sensitive to the Roentgen rays, and is used in the preparation of the fluoroscope by means of which the effects of the rays are rendered visible. None of the platinum compounds, which are said to resemble therapeutically the salts of gold, * employed in Eclectic practice. Platinum forms an excellent material for laboratory utensils. PLUMBI ACETAS (U. S. P.)—LEAD ACETATE. FORMULA: Pb(C.H.O.), H3H,O. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 378,0. SYNONYM : Sugar of lead, Acetas plumbicus, Cerussa acetata, Saccharum saturmi. “Lead acetate should be kept in well-stoppered bottles”—(U. S. P.). Preparation.—Aéetate of lead is prepared in considerable quantities in this country, England, Holland and France, and may be obtained by several methods; either carbonate of lead (see Plumbi Carbomas) or litharge (Plumbi Ocidum) is dis- solved in acetic acid, or the hot vapors of acetic acid are made to act upon lead oxide; the product is dissolved in water, and the solution obtained is evaporated to crystallization. In the latter operation a slight excess of acetic acid is always necessary (see directions in Br. Phal m., 1885). As prepared for use in the arts, wood-vinegar and litharge being employed, the salt is impure and generally ranges in color from white to reddish or brown. Lead acetate is largely used in calico printing and dyeing as a mordant. 1520 PLUMBI ACETAS. Description. —Lead acetate, as required by the U. S. P., should form “color- less, Shining, transparent, monoclinic prisms or plates, or heavy, white, crystalline masses, or granular crystals, having a faintly acetous odor, and a sweetish, astrin- gent, afterward metallic taste. Effiorescent, and absorbing carbon dioxide, on exposure to the air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 2.3 parts of water, and in 21 parts of alcohol; in 0.5 part of boiling water, and in 1 part of boiling alcohol. When heated to 40° C. (104°F.), the salt loses its water of crystallization (14.25 per cent). It fuses at 200° C. (392° F.) with the loss of acetic acid, and when strongly heated it is completely decomposed, with the evolution of carbon dioxide and acetone, leaving a residue of finely divided metallic lead mixed with oxide and carbonate. On heating the salt with sulphuric acid, vapors of acetic acid are evolved. The aqueous solution of the salt has a slightly acid reaction, and yields a black precipitate with hydrogen sulphide T.S., a yellow one with potassium iodide T.S., and a white one with diluted sulphuric acid”— (U. S. P.). When lead acetate is dissolved in water, a small quantity of a white precipitate is usually formed, consisting of carbonate of lead, due to the carbonic acid, which is usually present in water, or to the action of the carbon dioxide cor- tained in the air, if the salt has not been kept in well-stoppered vessels; a small quantity of acetic acid will redissolve this deposit, and render the solution clear. When exposed to a vacuum kept dry by sulphuric acid or quicklime, the acetate of lead falls into a white powder, which is completely anhydrous. Acetate of lead is incompatible with alkalies and alkaline earths, and especially with those acids or their soluble salts which form a precipitate with soluble lead salts, as sulphuric, phosphoric, hydrochloric, hydriodic, oxalic, malic acids, etc., and partially even by water containing carbonic acid. Tests.-Acetate of lead dissolved in distilled water is precipitated as white carbonate of lead when treated with sodium carbonate. The above precipitate of lead sulphate, produced by the addition of sulphuric acid is quite characteristic for lead salts; it is soluble in basic ammonium tartrate (difference from barium sulphate). Lead sulphate also differs from barium sulphate by turning black in contact with ammonium sulphide. Complete solubility of lead acetate in distilled water acidulated with acetic acid, shows the absence of sulphates, and, to some extent, of chlorides. “A 10 per cent solution of the salt, prepared with water which has recently been boiled, should be clear, or only slightly opalescent (limit of carbonate), and should yield, with potassium ferrocyanide T.S., a pure white precipitate (absence of iron or copper). If to the aqueous solution hydrochloric acid be added until no further precipitate is produced, and the remainder of the lead removed from the filtrate by hydrogen sulphide, a portion of the new filtrate should not be affected by the addition of a slight excess of ammonia water (ab- sence of zinc or iron). If another portion of the last filtrate be evaporated to dryness, it should leave no residue (absence of salts of the alkalies or of zinc)”— (U. S. P.). (For Plumbi Subacetas, see Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—I. LEAD. (For description, etc., see under Plumbi Ovidum.) Lead is a poison, though not specially active, and when taken internally it is absorbed, and may be detected in the fluids and solids. In acute lead poisoning there is a burning, prickling sensation in the fauces, thirst, dryness of tissues, gastric uneasiness and vomiting and severe intermittent colic relieved by pressure. Obstinate constipation is the rule. The abdomen is tense with the skin retracted and cold. The stools are dark, due to the formation of lead sulphide. If protracted, the nervous system is involved, giddiness, torpor, and coma, sometimes being present, while numbness, cramps of calves of the leg and inner side of thighs, and paralysis may take place. A blue line may some- times be observed upon the gums. For acute poisoning the soluble sulphates mentioned below, under Lead Acetate, are the proper antidotes. When the system is impregnated with lead (chronic lead poisoning) it is said to produce a leaden discoloration of the gums, teeth, and mucous membrane of the mouth, a peculiar lead taste and odor, jaundice, emaciation, and a feeble, irregular, state of the cir- culation, the pulse being often reduced to 40 or 45 beats per minute. In large doses, or when continued for some time in small doses, lead gives rise to certain abdominal pains, termed lead colic; sharp pains in the limbs, unaccompanied by either redness or swelling, and which are increased by motion, and diminished by PLUMBI ACETAS. 1521 pressure, and are frequently accompanied by hardness, and cramps in the affected parts, and which condition is termed lead arthralgia; lead paralysis, which attacks the extremities, more commonly the superior, and which appears to affect the extensor muscles principally, the hands being bent or dropped (wrist-drop) and the arms dangling by the side. There may also be a paralysis of Sensation. The brain may also become affected with what is termed lead emcephalopathy, mani- fested by furious or tranquil delirium, more or less profound coma, or convul- sions. Painters' colic (colica pictonum) is a peculiar affection attacking painters and other workers in lead. Its most characteristic symptoms are severe colic with a sense of sinking about the region of the navel, and a peculiar form of paralysis allowing the hands to drop (wrist-drop). General paralysis may occur, the skin be- comes yellow, and on the abdomen retracted, constipation is obstimate, emaciation marked, the blue line is pronounced, and if severe enough epileptoid convulsions ending in death, may ensue. When convulsions occur death is very apt to fol- low. Painters and workers.in lead are more commonly poisoned, but occasionally families are poisoned by drinking water from new lead pipes (allowing solutions of sulphuric acid or soluble sulphates to stand in the pipes will prevent this); typesetters are prone to lead-poisoning, and flour has been known to contain enough lead (from repairing holes in the mill stones with lead) to act as a poison. Lead chromate used to color pastry has produced serious results. In cases of chronic poisoning by lead, the antidotal treatment is, to place the patient in a bath made by dissolving sulphide of potassium, 4 ounces in 30 gallons of warm water, which converts the lead on the surface to a black sulphide, which must be removed by means of soap and water, and a good stiff brush, and which should be repeated every few days until the skin no longer becomes discolored by the sulphuretted bath. Internally, water acidulated with sulphuric acid should be drank; or Solu- tions of the sulphates of sodium, magnesium, or alum. A decoction of ground ivy (Nepeta Glechoma) may be drank freely; or, water acidulated with the juice of preserved barberries. Iodide of potassium has been recommended, and is said to render the lead with which it comes in contact more soluble, so that it can be more readily passed from the system. The latter salt is by far the most common antidote now employed for chronic lead poisoning. The bowels must be kept regu- lar by castor oil, to which croton oil may be added if necessary; opiates may be . given to relieve pains and cramps; tonics to improve the strength when there is much debility; and mux vomica or strychnine, with electro-magnetism and fric- tions or shampooing, to overcome the paralysis. (For a record of wholesale poi- soning through flour containing metallic lead, see American Journal of Pharmacy, 1888, p. 148.) II. LEAD ACETATE.-Acetate of lead, in doses of from 1 to 4 grains, every 1, 2, or 4 hours, is an efficient astringent and sedative. It is usually given in pill form. In large doses, it is an irritant; and in long-continued, small doses, it may induce the peculiar constitutional action of the preparations of lead. Its best antidote is sulphate of sodium, sulphate of magnesium, or phosphate of sodium, which should be followed by emetics, if necessary, and then by alternate purga- tives and opium. Generally, an excess is followed by vomiting, which prevents any serious injury, and, as long as the bowels are kept regular, its effects upon the constitution are seldom experienced. Large doses have, at times, been taken, even to several drachms, without occasioning more than severe sickness, some pain in the stomach, vomiting, etc. Few fatal cases have been recorded. Some practitioners make extensive use of it in active or passive hemorrhages from the lungs, bowels, womb, etc., in which it is employed with the view of diminishing the cali- ber of the bleeding vessels, thereby checking the flow. It is generally given in connection with opium. It has also been exhibited in colliquative diarrhaea, chronic (lºſsentery, to check excessive secrevion in bronchitis, to remove obstinate mercurial ptyglism, and in gastric irritability attending certain forms of fever. In passive hem- orrhages, the following has been found efficient: Take of acetate of lead, 2 grains; opium, # to 1 grain; capsicum, 2 grains; form into a pill with conserve of roses, and give I every hour or two, in urgent cases every 10 minutes. While adminis- tering this agent, the gums should be frequently examined, and as soon as a blue line is observed along their edge, indicative of its constitutional influence, its use should be stopped. Many practitioners, however, denounce its internal adminis- Qö 1522 PLUMBI CARBONAS, tration, and employ it occasionally, in solution, as an external application, in cases of superficial inflammations, as in erythema, erysipelas, spreading inflammation of the subcutaneous cellular tissue, and in many cutaneous diseases. The solution may be made by dissolving 1 drachm of the salt in 5 or 8 fluid ounces of distilled water, to which 1 fluid drachm of distilled vinegar may be added to prevent the oxide from being thrown down; 1 or 2 grains dissolved in 1 fluid ounce of pure water forms a common collyrium, but should not be used when the cornea is ulcerated, lest a deposit of lead leave an opacity after the parts are healed. In in- flammations, opium is often conjoined with it, 4 grains of each being added to every fluid ounce of water. So much improvement has been recently made in American practice, that we believe even the external use of this agent can be, in a great measure, dispensed with. It forms a favorite injection among the laity for the cure of gomorrhoea, and is undoubtedly the most universally successful application, when used in alcoholic solution, for the relief of poisoning by Rhus Toſcicodendrom. PLUMBI CARBONAS (U. S. P.)—LEAD CARBONATE. FoRMULA: (PbCO),Pb(OH), Molecula R WEIGHT: 772.82. SYNoNYMs: White lead, Cerussa, Flake white, Magistery of lead, Plumbum carbon- icum, Carbomas plumbicus, Plumbum hydrico-carbonicum. Lead carbonate should be kept in well-closed vessels. Preparation.—Lead carbonate is found in nature in the form of certain rare minerals, and may be prepared artificially by causing a current of carbonic acid gas to pass through a certain quantity of solution of subacetate of lead, prepared by boiling solution of acetate of lead with litharge. This is Thénard's process, of which Benson's process is a modification. Washed litharge, with a little acetate of lead, is made into a thin paste with water, and, with continual stirring, a current of carbon dioxide is conducted into the mixture until absorption ceases. The best mode of preparation, even at this day, and yielding a product of great “covering power” for the purposes of painting, is the old-time Dutch process. This consists in placing rows of earthenware pots under sheds, pouring into each pot a little acetic acid, placing above this, inside of each pot, a roll of sheet lead, and cover- ing the entire arrangement with tan-bark. The heat of the decomposing bark causes evaporation of the vinegar, this unites with the lead to form basic acetate of lead, and the carbon dioxide supplied from the decomposing organic matter of the bark converts this into white lead. Description and Tests.--Carbonate of lead is described by the U. S. P. as “a heavy, white, opaque powder, or a pulverulent mass, without odor or taste. Permanent in the air. Insoluble in water or alcohol, but soluble in acetic or diluted nitric acid, with effervescence. When strongly heated, the salt turns yel- low without charring, and, if heated in contact with charcoal, it is reduced to me- tallic lead "-(U. S. P.). In the latter case, the metallic globule is surrounded by a volatile zone (Beschlag) of the yellow oxide. The salt parts with its combined water at 155° C. (311° F.), but does not lose weight at 100° C. (212° F.). The salt is somewhat soluble in water containing carbonic acid. It is blackened by sulphide of hydrogen, and by ammonium sulphide. The composition of white lead is variable, but should correspond to an oxycarbonate of lead (PbCO.), Pb(OH), This formula allows for a loss in weight of about 14 per cent upon igniting the salt, while the official requirements (see below) fixes the limit at 15 per cent. Barytes (barium sulphate) is a common adulterant of the white lead employed in the arts. A mixture of barytes (1 part) and white lead (1 part) is known as Vene- tian white; barytes (2 parts) and white lead (1 part), as Hamburg white; and barytes (3 parts) and white lead (1 part), as Dutch white. , Barytes is easily detected by its insolubility in nitric acid. “If 2 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in a mixture of 2 Co. of nitric acid and 10 Co. of water, it should not leave more than 0.02 Gm. of residue (limit of insoluble foreign salts). This solution yields a black precipitate with hydrogen sulphide T.S., a yellow one with potassium iodide T.S., and a white one with diluted sulphuric acid. On completely precipitating the solution with hydrogen sulphide, the filtrate should not leave more than a trifling residue on evaporation (limit of salts of the alkalies, alkaline earths, or of zinc). If 1 Gm. PLUMBI IOD IDUM. 1523 of the salt be strongly ignited, in a porcelain crucible, it should leave a residue of lead oxide weighing not less than 0.85 Gm.”—(U. S. P.). Action and Medical Uses.—Carbonate of lead is never used internally. It has been applied externally as an astringent and desiccative to irritated surfaces, burns, scalds, etc. It may be dusted over the parts. Applied in the form of oint- ment, 1 part to 8 of simple cerate; or, as a lotion, 1 part to 3 parts or more of lin- seed oil. Being a very poisonous compound, it should not, as it Occasionally is, be applied to excoriated surfaces. It may be used on local congestion of the skin. Its absorption is said to be attended with considerable danger. PLUMBI IODIDUM (U. S. P.)—LEAD IoDIDE. FoEMULA: PbT,. MoDECULAR WEIGHT: 459.46. SYNONYMs: Plumbum iodatum, Iodwretum, plumbicum. “Lead iodide should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, protected from light”— (U. S. P.). Preparation.—ſodide of lead is prepared by dissolving 4 ounces (av.) of ni- trate of lead in 14 pints of hot, distilled water, and then mixing with it a solution of 4 ounces (av.) of iodide of potassium in , pint of water; allow the precipitate to subside, throwing it on a filter, washing it well with cold water, and drying on bibu- lous paper, by exposure to the atmosphere. The reaction is as follows: Pb(NO.), H– 2KI=2KNO,--Pb.I.. This equation represents equal parts, by weight, of the two salts employed. An excess of potassium iodide would hold some lead iodide in solution. The yield is about 133 parts of lead iodide from each 100 parts of ni- trate employed. Acetate of lead should not be substituted for the nitrate, as the resulting acetate of potassium is a solvent of iodide of lead. Lead iodide may also be obtained by the action of hydriodic acid upon lead, which dissolves quite readily in this fluid. Description.—ſodide of lead is officially described as “a heavy, bright-yellow powder, without odor or taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble in about 2000 parts of water at 15°C. (59°F.), and in about 200 parts of boiling water, separating from the latter solution in brilliant, golden-yellow spangles or crystalline laminae. Very slightly soluble in alcohol, but soluble, without color, in solutions of the fixed alka- lies, in concentrated solutions of the acetates of the alkalies, of potassium iodide, and of sodium hyposulphite, and in a hot solution of ammonium chloride. When moderately heated, the salt fuses to a thick, reddish-brown liquid, which congeals, on cooling, to a yellow, crystalline mass. At a higher temperature it is decom- posed, with the evolution of violet vapors of iodine, leaving a lemon-yellow residue of lead oxyiodide”—(U. S. P.). Boiling ether decomposes lead iodide, the iodine dissolving in it, while pale-yellow lead oxyiodide is left behind (Vogel). Exposure to moisture and light tends to the decomposition of salt with liberation of iodine. Tests.-‘‘If I Gm. of the salt be triturated with 2 Gm, of ammonium chlo- ride and 2 Co. of water, a nearly white mixture will result. If this be transferred to a test-tube, and heated in a water-bath for a few minutes, a clear and almost colorless Solution should be formed (absence of chromate and of other insoluble foreign salts). On cooling this solution, a solid mass of nearly colorless, fine, silky crystals will be produced, and, on adding water or diluted sulphuric acid to this mass, yellow lead iodide will be separated. If 1 Gm. of the salt be boiled for a few minutes with 20 Co. of water, the mixture then cooled and filtered, the lead removed from the filtrate by hydrogen sulphide, and the new filtrate somewhat concentrated by evaporation, a portion of this liquid when mixed with a little sul- phuric acid, and tinted with a drop of indigo T.S., should not become decolorized on heating (absence of nitrate). If another portion of the liquid be carefully neu- tralized with ammonia water, it should not become colored red by a drop of ferric chloride T.S. (absence of acetate). If the remainder of the filtrate be evaporated to dryness, it should leave no residue (absence of soluble foreign salts)”—(U.S. P.). As to the chemistry of the reaction between lead iodide and ammonium chloride, see H. C. C. Maisch, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1884, p. 91. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Lead iodide has been used both inter- mally and externally in the treatment of Scrofulous and syphilitic twmors, indolent 1524 PLUMBI NITRAS. ulcers, perioStitis, etc. It is now seldom used internally, except by a few, who believe it efficient in reducing splenic hypertrophy of malarial origin. The dose in- ternally is from # to # grain, cautiously increased to 3 or 4 grains, in pill form, with confection of roses. Externally, an ointment may be used, composed of 1 part of iodide of lead and 8 parts of lard; to be applied to the twmors by friction. The application of the ointment is reported to have cured a dermoid cyst of the orbit (Foltz, in Webster's Dynam. Therap.). It is liable to produce the ordinary effects of the lead preparations, in consequence of which, as an external appli- cation, iodide of cadmium has been preferred. PLUMBI NITRAS (U. S. P.)—LEAD NITRATE. FoEMULA: Pb(NO),. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 330.18. SYNoNYMs: Normal lead nitrate, Plumbum nitricum, Nitras plumbicus, Azotas plwm- . bicus, Lead Saltpetre. Preparation.—This salt may be obtained by dissolving litharge (PbO), in fine powder, 4% ounces, in diluted nitric acid, 1 pint, by the aid of a sand-bath heat. Filter, and set the liquor aside to crystallize, concentrate the residual liquid to obtain more crystals. Dry the crystals, on bibulous paper, in a warm atmos- phere, and preserve in a well-closed bottle. Description and Tests.-‘‘Colorless, transparent, octahedral crystals, when obtained by the spontaneous evaporation of cold solutions, or white, nearly opaque crystals, when formed by the cooling of hot solutions; without odor, and having a sweetish, astringent, afterward metallic taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble in 2 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and in 0.75 part of boiling water; almost insoluble in alcohol. When strongly heated, the Salt decrepitates, emits nitrous vapors, and finally leaves a residue of lead oxide. The aqueous solution has an acid reaction, and yields a black precipitate with hydrogen sulphide T.S., a yel- low one with potassium iodide T.S., and a white one with diluted sulphuric acid” —(U. S. P.). Lead nitrate is almost insoluble in strong nitric acid. Diluted alcoholic liquids dissolve it. Triturated with sulphur in a hot mortar, a feeble detonation is produced, and the lead is reduced to the metallic state. Trituration of this salt with oxidizable substances should, therefore, be avoided. Iron occa- sions no precipitate when kept in solution of nitrate of lead. It forms a precipi- tate with fibrin and albumen, also with sulphates, chlorides, and sulphides. This compound is largely employed in the arts, in making chrome yellow and chrome red (neutral and basic lead chromate), in preparing mordants for dyeing purposes, and in the preparation of iodide of lead for medicinal use. “A 10 per cent aqueous solution of the salt should give, with potassium ferro- cyanide T.S., a pure white precipitate (absence of iron or copper). If hydro- chloric acid be added to the aqueous solution until no further precipitate is pro- duced, and the remainder of the lead be removed from the filtrate by hydrogen sulphide, a portion of the new filtrate should not be affected by the addition of a slight excess of ammonia water (absence of zinc or iron). If another portion be evaporated to dryness, it should leave no residue (absence of the salts of the alka- lies, or of zinc)”—(U. S. P.). The presence of copper would also be indicated by the blue solution produced by the addition of excess of aqua ammoniae to the aqueous solution of the salt, after the white precipitate of lead hydroxide (Pb [OH],) has subsided. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Lead nitrate produces the general ef. fects of the soluble salts of lead. It is rarely used internally, though recom- mended, in doses of + to 1 grain, in pill or solution, many years since, in asthma, epilepsy, and to check hemorrhages. Externally, a solution has been employed as a topical application to wounds, ulcers, Sore nipples, cancerous tumors, chapped hands, cutaneous affections, and phagedemic ulcers; also as an injection in offensive discharges from the vagina, urethra, etc. It destroys the odor of gangrenous affections. The powder is a good application to destroy the fungoid ulcerations, with Saneous dis- charges, arising from onychia, and is accredited with the cure of epithelioma. When applied to sore nipples, these should always be washed with warm water each time before the child is put to the breast. From 10 grains to 1 drachm of the nitrate, PLUMBI OXIDUM. 1525 dissolved in 1 fluid ounce of distilled water, according to the strength desired, has been used. Nitrate of lead is likewise used as a disinfectant. It completely de- stroys the unpleasant odor of animal and vegetable substances which are evolving sulphide of hydrogen, or sulphide of ammonium. Ledoyen's disinfecting fluid is a solution of 8 drachms of nitrate of lead in , pint of distilled water. PLUMBI OXIDUM (U. S. P.)—LEAD OxIDE. FoRMULA : PbO. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 222.36. SYNoNYMs: Litharge, Semivitrified oaſide of lead. “Lead oxide should be kept in well-closed vessels”—(U. S. P.). Preparation.—When lead is heated in the air so as to be converted into vapor, it burns with a white light and forms oxide of lead, which, when thus obtained, is termed flowers of lead. If melted lead be exposed to a current of air, it is rapidly oxidized on its surface; if the latter be renewed by continual stirring, the whole mass becomes converted into gray lead ash, this being a mixture of an amorphous yellow oxide (PbO), termed massicot, and gray particles of unoxidized metallic lead. Upon further oxidation, the latter also becomes converted into the oxide. If oxidation of the lead is carried out at a temperature above the melting point of the resultant oxide, the latter, upon cooling, solidifies in the form of a brick-red mass, called litharge, consisting of crystalline Scales. It is largely obtained in the process of cupellation, i.e., the obtaining of silver from argen- tiferous galena. Pure lead oxide may be obtained by igniting pure lead carbonate or oxalate to constant weight in a porcelain crucible. Description.—The official requirements for lead oxide are: “A heavy, yellow- ish or reddish-yellow powder, or minute scales, without odor or taste. On expo- sure to the air it slowly absorbs moisture and carbon dioxide. Almost insolu- ble in water, to which it, however, imparts a faintly alkaline reaction; insoluble in alcohol; but soluble in acetic or diluted nitric acid, and in warm solutions of the fixed alkalies. When heated, the oxide assumes a brownish-red color, be- coming yellow again on cooling. It fuses at a red heat. When heated in contact with charcoal, it is reduced to metallic lead”—(U. S. P.). It is likewise reduced to metallic lead at a dull-red heat by hydrogen and by carbon monoxide gas. Litharge is commercially distinguished by its color, as yellow or silver litharge, and red or gold litharge. Oxide of lead is soluble in water to the extent of only 1 in about 7000 parts (A. M. Comey, Dict. Inorg. Solubilities, 1892). Glycerin and sugar solutions also slightly dissolve it, and acquire the odor of caramel and a brownish color upon being digested with it. Lead oxide is also soluble in warm solution of lead acetate, basic lead acetate being formed (see º Plumbi Subacetatis). Lead oxide dissolves in caustic alkali with formation of a plumbite, e.g., PbO.K. The specific gravity of oxide of lead is about 9.5. Tests.-Litharge is liable to contain, among other impurities, the following: Metallic lead, minium (red lead), iron, copper, oxide of antimony, silicic and carbonic acids, etc. Brick dust and yellow ochre (an earthy iron silicate) have been used as adulterants. A pure article conforms to the following pharmaco- poeial requirements: “Lead oxide should be soluble in diluted nitric acid with but little effervescence (limit of carbonate), and without the development of the odor of nitrous acid, leaving not more than a trifling residue (absence of silicate, barium sulphate, etc.). The solution, which should be colorless, yields with hydrogen sulphide T.S. a black precipitate, with potassium iodide T.S. a yellow one, and with diluted sulphuric acid a white precipitate, the latter being soluble in a strong solution of sodium hydrate. If from the solution in diluted nitric acid the lead be precipitated by sulphuric acid, the filtrate, after the addition of an excess of ammonia water, should not assume more than a slight bluish tint (limit of copper), nor yield more than traces of a reddish-yellow precipitate (limit of iron). If 5 Gm. of the oxide contained in a small flask be shaken with 5 Co. of water, then 20 Ce. of acetic acid added, and the mixture boiled for a few minutes and filtered, the insoluble residue, when well washed and dried, should not weigh more than 0.075 Gm. (absence of more than 1.5 per cent of insoluble impurities). When strongly heated, in a porcelain crucible, the oxide should not 1526 PLUMBI OXIDUM. lose more than 2 per cent of its weight (limit of carbonate and of moisture)”— (U. S. P.). Mr. F. W. Haussmann (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1897, p. 572) found nearly all of 25 commercial specimens examined tolerably pure. Action and Medical Uses.—Oxide of lead is used in the preparation of lead plaster and other compounds of lead. It is sometimes employed, sprinkled on ulcers, etc., as an astringent and desiccative, though, as a rule, care should be taken not to use it where the skin is broken. It enters into the composition of several plasters and ointments. A mixture of sweet oil and litharge may be applied to burns, provided the skin is intact, and a superficial caustic, prepared of litharge and caustic potash, is sometimes employed to destroy genital warts. When boiled with cream of lime, it forms a plumbite of calcium, which has been em- ployed as a hair-dye. Lead and Its Compounds.--PLUMBUM, Lead. Symbol: Pb. Atomic Weight: 206.4. This metal has been known from earliest antiquity, and is frequently mentioned in the Bible. It exists in nature occasionally as an oxide; and in the form of normal lead carbonate (white lead ore) it constitutes the mineral cerussite. Its most common ore is, however, sulphide of lead, termed galena (galenite, PbS), from which it is extracted by roasting the sulphide in a reverberatory furnace, which drives off the greater part of the sulphur in the form of sulphurous acid (sulphur dioxide gas); it is then smelted with coal and lime, the lead collected and cast into large ingots, called “pigs.” By another method, galena is roasted so as to convert part of it into lead oxide (PbO), another into lead sulphate (PbSO, ). By now elevating the heat the remaining lead sulphide acts on these oxygenated ores, whereby sulphurous acid escapes and metallic lead melts out. The reaction is as fol- lows: 2Pb-i-PbSO=Pb3+SO2, and PbSO4+PbS=Pb2+2SO2. When silver is present in galena it is separated by cupellation (see Argentwm). Lead is of a bluish-white color, and when newly scraped is very bright, but soon tarnishes (oxidizes) when exposed to the air. It is almost tasteless, and emits a peculiar odor on friction. It is one of the softest of the metals, is malleable, but not very ductile, and has the specific gravity 11.35. It enters into alloys with other metals. It fuses at 334°C. (633.2°F.) and at a very strong heat boils and evapo- rates. The vapors ignite when in contact with air, lead oxide being formed. The fused metal crystallizes upon slowly cooling. The beautiful phenomenon known as the “lead tree” is produced by the action of zinc upon a solution of acetate of lead (for directions see, e.g., Merck’s Report, 1898, p. 17). Lead drawn across paper produces a gray streak, thus, by prior use, leading up to the term “lead pencil,” although this is now made from graphite (see Carbon), not from lead. This metal forms several oxides: (1) Lead suboxide (Pb2O); (2) lead oxide (PbO) (see Plumbi Oasidum); (3) lead sesquioxide (Pb2O3); (4) red lead or minium (Pb 3 O.); (5) lead dioxide or peroxide (PbO2) (see below). Dilute acids and concentrated nitric acid scarcely affect lead; it is dissolved, however, by diluted nitric acid with evolution of nitrous vapors. It is also, though slowly, dissolved by strong sulphuric, hydrochloric and hydriodic acids when warm. Organic acids, e. g., acetic, tartaric and citric acids, in a strength of about 6 per cent, attemperatures between 25° and 35° C. (77° and 95° F.), will dissolve lead sufficiently to make the use of lead utensils for cooking purposes dangerous to health (see experiments by F. P. Hall, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1884, p. 115). The corrosive action of water on lead pipes seems to depend on the simultaneous presence of oxygen and carbon dioxide. Small quantities of chlorides, nitrates, ammonia and organic matter in water free from these gases do not attack lead. A trace of sodium, or calcium bicarbonate added to distilled water, completely prevents the Solution of lead, a protecting crust being formed on the metal. Like- wise, a hard white crust (basic lead sulphate) is formed in solution of calcium sulphate, if free from an excess of carbon dioxide. No lead is then dissolved (see M. Müller, ...[mer. Jour. Pharm., 1888, p. 250). The presence of ammonium nitrate especially induces corrosion of lead (see M. M. P. Muir, in Roscoe and Schorlemmer's Chemistry, p. 296). These and other experiments tend to show that for hard water, not liable to contain much free carbonic acid gas, lead pipes are a safe hydrant material for potable waters. Lead in solution may be detected by the black precipitate of lead sulphide, yielded in acid or neutral solution, by hydrogen sulphide gas; by the white, insoluble precipitate of lead sulphate produced when diluted sulphuric acid or a solu- ble sulphate is added; the precipitate is somewhat soluble in hydrochloric or nitric acids, and readily soluble in ammonium tartrate or acetate; from this solution yellow potassium chromate precipitates lead chromate (PbCrO4). Lead sulphate is colored black by ammonium sulphide or hydrogen sulphide, which is not the case with barium sulphate. Iodide of potassium, with soluble lead salts, produces a yellow precipitate (see Plumbi ſodidum. Also, see methods for the detection of lead in potable water in Jahresb, der Pharm., 1896, pp. 801–803). Medicinally, the preparations of lead are rarely used internally, except as sedatives and astringents in hemorrhages and dysenteries. The acetate is more generally employed. Their internal use is very apt to produce constipation, loss of appetite, indigestion, griping pains, etc. They are more commonly used as topical applications in Superficial inflammations, con- tusions, fractures, eaccoriations (rarely), etc., and some forms of cutaneous disease. (For action of lead and lead poisoning see, Plumbi Acetas.) PLUMBI Ox1 DUM RUBRUM (Pba Oa), Red oride of lead.—Red oxide of lead, also known by names of Red lead, Minium, etc., is prepared on a large scale from the oxide of lead (yellow mas- sicot), by absorption of oxygen, i. e., by exposing it, with the access of air, to a temperature just short of what is required to cause fusion, stirring it occasionally, for a day and a half or PLU MBI OXIDUM. 1527 upward, and allowing the product to cool slowly. A fine grade of red lead is procured by cal- cining the oxide of lead obtained from the carbonate, and is known as Paris red. It is not so dense as the common red lead, and has a vivid, orange-red color. It is also known as Sandiz and Orange-red. Red lead is a tasteless powder, of an intense scarlet-red color, often inclining to orange, and very heavy, its specific gravity being 9.096. It does not sensibly lose weight at 400°F., but when heated to redness, it gives out oxygen gas, and gradually runs into a dark-brown glass Cf considerable hardness. Red lead is used in the manufacture of flint glass, which is a silicate of lead, and which is an exceedingly brilliant and fusible glass. Red lead is insolublein water. Nitrous acid dissolves it entirely, forming nitrite of lead. Diluted acetic acid, or nitric acid, also a solution of lead acetate, instantly render it dark-brown, resolving it into two Oxides, one of them, the lead oxide (PbO), which is dissolved, and the other, the peroxide or dioxide (PbO2), which remains. Addition of oxalic acid or sugar will effect complete Solution by these acids or lead acetate. Any insoluble foreign matter that may be present—e.g., brick dust, oxide of iron, etc.—is thus left as residue. Diluted sulphuric acid does not affect minium. The only pharmaceutical purposes for which this article is used, is in plasters, as, for instance, the Black plaster or Black salve, a useful and efficient agent in cuts, wounds, wicers, Some cutaneous affections, etc. It is used in the arts for fine painting, for coating metals, cementing joints in metals, and, as stated above, in preparing flint glass. PLUMBI DIoxIDUM (PbO2), Lead dioacide, Lead peroaride, Puce oxide of lead.—This is a dark or flea-brown, insoluble powder. When red lead is treated with diluted nitric acid, lead per- oxide is left undissolved. It is also obtained by adding to solution of a lead Salt Solution of chlorinated soda or chlorinated lime. When a lead salt is acted upon by the electric current, lead dioxide, or rather its hydrate, plumbic acid (PbO3.H2), is deposited at the positive pole. Lead dioxide is slowly decomposed in diffused light; oxygen is evolved, and red lead remains. If the dioxide is heated, litharge and oxygen are produced. Lead dioxide, warmed with hy- drochloric acid, produces chlorine, and is converted into plumbic chloride (PbCl2). The di- oxide is insoluble in nitric acid, but becomes soluble in this acid upon addition of Oxalic acid or sugar and warming. Lead dioxide is soluble in alkalies, forming there with crystallizable plumbales, e.g., potassium plumbate (PbO3 K2+2H2O). Lead dioxide is employed in analytical chemistry as an oxidizing agent, also in the manufacture of matches. PLUMBI CHLoRIDUM (PbCl2), Chloride of lead, Horn lead.—Lead chloride may be formed when lead is dissolved in concentrated, boiling hydrochloric acid, and the Solution diluted with water. It is readily obtained by dissolving 4 parts of acetate of lead in 12 parts of dis- tilled water, and then adding pure hydrochloric acid, as long as a precipitate is formed (about 3 parts). Throw the precipitate on a filter, wash it a few times with distilled water, and dry it with a gentle heat; the yield will be about 2% parts. It is a white powder, consisting of fine needles, odorless, of a sweetish, astringent taste, and permanent in the air. Heated, it fuses, forming, when cold, a horny, semi-transparent mass (plumbum corneum); at a higher temperature, it is completely volatile without decomposition. The salt requires about 140 parts of cold, and not quite 30 parts of boiling water for solution. The Solution has an acid reaction. It is completely soluble in strong hydrochloric acid, from which solution it is pre- cipitated by the addition of water. Alcohol does not dissolve the salt. If it contains copper, it acquires a greenish tint on becoming moist in the air; and aqua ammoniae causes a deep- blue solution. There are several oxychlorides (basic chlorides) of lead, the minerals matlockite (Pb2OCl3) and mendipite (PbsO2Cl2). Commercial preparations are known as Turmer's yellow, Paris, Perona, or Cassel yellow (PbCl2.7PbO). They are obtained by heating together lead oxide, or carbonate, or red lead, with chloride of lead in varying proportions, or ammonium chloride, or even sodium chloride may replace lead chloride. Pattinson's white lead (1849) is also an oxy- chloride of lead (Pb(OH].Cl) obtained by precipitating solution of chloride of lead with lime- water in definite proportions (Roscoe and Schorlemmer's Chemistry, Vol. II, Part I, p. 287). Chloride of lead is employed externally, as an astringent and caustic application. It combines with fibrin and albumen forming insoluble compounds, and, when absorbed into the system, it produces the usual effects of the compounds of lead. When applied to cancerous wlcerations, and in painful meuralgic affections, it is said to allay pain and restrain morbid action, and also to allay inflammation. It may be used in the form of lotion, 1 drachm of the chlo- ride dissolved in a pint of water; or, as an ointment, 1 part of the chloride to 8 parts of lard. It is also a disinfectant. PLUMBI TANNAs, Tammate of lead.—This salt may be obtained by adding a solution of tan- nic acid, drop by drop, to a solution of acetate of lead, until a precipitate is no longer formed. Collect the precipitate on a filter, wash and dry it. The salt thus formed is a bitannate of lead, an almost white powder, which subsequently changes to a brown color. It has been recom- mended as an application in eaccoriations, sloughing bed Sores, chronic w!cers of the feet, sore mipples, etc. It may be dusted on the parts, applied in the form of liniment, composed of 3 ounces of the salt moistened with 2 fluid drachms of alcohol, and applied while moist; or used in oint- ment, 2 parts of the tannate to 5 parts of lard. The German Pharmacopoeia directs the extemporaneous preparation of UNGUENTUM PLUMBI TANNICI (Cataplasma ad Decubitum, or Plumbum Tamnicum Pultiforme): Tannin (1 part), lead subacetate solution (2 parts), lard (17 parts). LEAD CHROMATE (PbCrO4), Chrome yellow, Lemon yellow, Paris yellow, Leipsic yellow, Chro- male of lead, Lemon chrome.—A neutral lead compound formed when a solution of lead salt, usually the nitrate, is precipitated with potassium chromate or bichromate. It is a beautiful canary or lemon-yellow powder. If digested with a weak potash solution, or with solution of potassium chromate, about half its chromic acid is taken up and a basic lead chromate (PbO, 1528 PODOPHYLLUM. PbCrO4) results. This is a bright-red, compound, which is used alone or mixed with varying quantities of neutral lead chromate (chrome yellow), producing the pigment known as Chrome red, Chrome orange, and .1merican vermvilion. Chrone greem is a mixture of Prussian blue and chrome yellow, Chrome yellow must not be used for coloring food materials, because of its poisonous nature. Fatalities have resulted from its use by bakers to give color to cakes and pastries (see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1888, p. 151). NAPLES YELLOW.-A yellow pigment consisting of lead stibiate. It may be obtained by fusing a mixture of tartar emetic (1 part), nitrate of lead (2 parts), and sodium chloride (4 parts), or by roasting a mixture of litharge and antimony.trioxide. MINERAL YELLOW, Patent yellow.—A pigment containing principally lead oxychloride (see Plumbi Chloridum). PODOPHYLLUM (U. S. P.)—PoDoPHYLLUM. “The rhizome and rootlets of Podophyllum peltatum, Linné”—(U. S. P.). Nat. Ord.—Berberideae. CoMMON NAMEs: May apple, Mandrake, Wild lemon, Raccoon-berry, Wild mam- drake, etc. ILLUSTRATIONs: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 17; Johnson, Med. Bot. of N. A., Plate I. Botanical Source.—May apple is an indigenous, perennial herb, with a long, jointed, dark-brown rhizome or root, about half the size of the finger, spreading Fi extensively in rich grounds in which g. 201. tº tº tº tº tº º it is introduced, and giving off fibers at the joints; internally, it is yellow- ish. The stem is simple, round, smooth, erect, dividing at top into 2 round petioles, from 3 to 6 inches long, each petiole supporting a leaf; is about a foot high, and invested at its base by the sheaths which cov- ered it when in bud. The leaves are large, peltate-palmate, oftener cor- date, in from 5 to 9 wedge-shaped lobes, each lobe 6 inches long from the insertion of the petiole, 2-lobed and dentate at the apex; smooth, yel- lowish-green on the upper surface, paler and slightly pubescent beneath. In barren stems which support but one leaf, the peltate character is the most perfect. The flower is solitary in the fork of the stem, on a round, nodding peduncle, 1 to 2 inches long, white, large, about 2 inches in diameter, and somewhat fragrant. The calyx consists of 3 oval, obtuse, concave, caducous sepals, which cohere in the bud by their scarious margins. The corolla is composed of from 6 to 9 white, obovate, obtuse, smooth, concave petals, curiously netted with slight, transparent veins. Stamens from 9 to 20, shorter than the petals, curving upward, with yellow, oblong anthers twice as long as the filaments, not opening by perfect uplifted valves. Ovary oval, compressed, and obscurely angular. Stigma subsessile, convex, its surface rendered irregular by numerous folds and convolutions. The fruit is fleshy, ovoid-oblong, 1-celled, 1 or 2 inches in length, of a lemon color, with brownish spots when ripe, and crowned with the large, persistent stigma; the flavor of the mucilaginous pulp is somewhat similar to that of a strawberry, and incloses 12 seeds in pulpy arils (L.—W.—G.). (For paper on microscopical structure of the rhizome of podophyllum, by Prof. E. S. Bastin, see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1894, p. 417.) History.—Intimately associated with the progress of Eclecticism is the drug, podophyllum and its resin, podophyllim. The introduction of the latter to the med- ical profession by Prof. John King, who first prepared it and indicated its therapy at a time when improved and reliable pharmaceuticals were most urgently de- manded, and when the introduction of indigenous remedies that could be admin- istered in small doses, freed from extraneous and inert materials, with certain and definite results, was a necessity, marks an epoch in the history of Eclectic medi- cine. Podophyllum was one of the earliest favorites of our school of practice, and PODOPHYLLUM. 1529 before the introduction of podophyllin, was much more extensively employed than at present. By many, in the treatment of certain disorders, its use is still pre- ferred to that of its resin. This plant, which grows abundantly from Canada to Florida, and throughout the middle and western states, is one of the most attractive of our medicinal plants. It is said to be scarce in the New England states. In the middle states, it is familarly known as Mandrake, and farther west as the May apple. It has also borne the names of Wild mandrake and Mayflower, and, on account of its fruit, Raccoon-berry, Indian apple, and Wild lemon. The name podophyllum is derived from two Greek terms—poys, foot; phyllom, leaf-either on account of its resemblance to the webbed foot of some aquatic bird, or in allusion to its long, firm stalk, which bears the leaves. Making their appearance in the early spring, the conical shoots may be seen piercing the ground in large patches, and, in a short time, expanding into wide-spread, umbrella-like leaves, which almost com- pletely hide the ground beneath them. The plant is found growing in rich, moist soil, along the border of woodlands and on the banks of streams, as well as in low meadows and marshy situations. The rhizomes occur in great abundance, from 1 to 2 inches underneath the surface of the soil. May apple is hardy and will thrive in fence corners of cultivated fields, often resisting the advance of agricultural improvements, when other common fence-weeds have been exter- minated. It is not, as is the case with many other valuable medicinal plants, likely to be very soon eradicated. The creeping rhizome, which often attains a length of 1 to 6 feet, and is about one-fifth of an inch in thickness, sends up a stem to the height of about 1 foot. This stem then forks at the top and each petiole so created bears a single peltate leaf of palmate variety, having 6 or 7 lobes. Flowerless plants have only 1 leaf. generally centrally peltate, with from 7 to 9 lobes. In the fork of the stem the flower appears—a single, fragrant, beautiful, waxy-white blossom, about 2 inches wide. The flowers are eagerly sought for by the children of cities, and on account of their beauty and delightful fragrance, find ready purchasers among the lovers of “wild beauties.” The bloom, which appears in May, hence the names May flower and May apple, is followed in August and September by a small, yellow- ish-green, lemon-like, succulent berry, about the size of a plum. Its flavor is agreeable to many persons, and its taste is sub-acid and sweetish. It may be eaten with impunity, though all other parts of the plant produce pronounced physiological effects. It is, however, slightly laxative, and possesses diuretic properties. The young shoots, it is said, were used by the aborigines for suicidal purposes. Like most drugs of the order Berberideae, podophyllum has a bitter, acrid taste. Its therapeutic activity is due to a resinous principle of a compound nature, known as podophyllin (see Resima Podophylli). The root was well known to the Indians as an active cathartic; the proper time for collecting it is in the latter part of October, or early part of November, soon after the ripening of the fruit, The medicinal properties of the leaves are not satisfactorily determined, though by Some deemed poisonous (see Chemical Composition). Podophyllum has been extensively used in domestic practice, oftentimes to the detriment of the patient. The Cherokee Indians, according to Rafinesque, employed the “fresh juice of the root for deafness, putting a few drops of the juice in the ear.” Settlers learned from the Wyandottes, that roasting the root deprived it somewhat of its drastic qualities. The famous “Indian Doctor” Hough recom- mended the “powdered root as an escharotic to cleanse foul and ill-conditioned ulcers, and to dispose them to heal and to promote the exfoliation or removal of carious or rotten bones.” The powder was sprinkled on the parts once, and again, if necessary, in from 2 to 5 days. In domestic veterinary (?) practice, which often amounts to barbarity, the drug was employed to cure poll-evil in horses, the root being plunged into the sore and allowed to remain several days. Both Bigelow and Eberle praised the purgative qualities of this drug. Description.—The U. S. P. thus describes the root: “Of horizontal growth, consisting of joints about 5 Cm. (2 inches) long, flattish, cylindrical, about 5 Mm. (# inch) thick, but somewhat enlarged at the end, which has a circular sear on the upper side, a tuft of about ten, nearly simple, fragile roots, on the lower side, and is sometimes branched latterly; smooth or somewhat wrinkled, orange-brown, 1530 PODOPHYLLUM. internally white and mealy, with a circle of small wood-bundles; pith large; nearly inodorous; taste sweetish, somewhat bitter and acrid"—(U. S. P.). It is readily reduced to a grayish powder, having somewhat the odor of ipecacuanha, and breaks with a short fracture. Its active principles are readily taken up by alcohol, or ether; water takes up only a portion of its activity. Chemical Composition.—The active principle of the root is a resinous body, soluble in alcohol and practically insoluble in cold water. It was discovered by Dr. John King, in 1844 (see historical notes, by J. U. Lloyd, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1890, p 242), and named by him “Resin of Podophyllum.” It was afterward known as podophyllin (also see Resina Podophylli). Mr. John R. Lewis (ibid., 1847, p. 165) found, in addition, gum, starch, albumen, gallic acid, fixed oil, etc. Prof. F. B. Power (Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc., 1877, p. 420) disproved the statement of Prof. F. F. Mayer (1863) that berberine and saponine occur in the root. The resin of podophyllum was thoroughly investigated by Podwissotzky (see Prof. F. B. Power's abstract in Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1882, pp. 102–115). According to this authority, the resin may be differentiated by ether into the insoluble, inert brown resin podophyllic acid, which is also insoluble in petroleum ether and water, solu- ble in alcohol and chloroform; and the soluble active principle, podophyllotovin. This substance is a white, resinous, amorphous powder, very bitter, of slightly acid reaction, soluble in diluted alcohol and hot water, completely soluble in chloroform, also soluble in ether when free from the aforenamed podophyllic acid. It is insoluble in petroleum ether; hence pure podophyllotoxin may be obtained by treating a chloroformic extract of the rhizome with ether, and precipitating the ethereal solution with petroleum benzin, which keeps fatty matters dissolved. Both chloroform and ether must be alcohol-free, as far as possible, otherwise the podophyllotoxin will be contaminated with the yellow crystallizable coloring matter, podophyllo-quercetim, which is soluble in alcohol, ether and alkaline Solu- tions, sparingly soluble in chloroform, insoluble in water. It produces a dark, greenish-brown coloration, with ferric chloride. R. Kürsten (Archiv der Pharm., 1891, p. 220) obtained 0.2 per cent of podophyllotocin in well-defined crystals melting at 93° to 95°C. (199.4° to 203°F) and having the composition, C, H, O,--2H,0. Podo- phyllotocin, according to Podwissotzky, is not a uniform body, but is a mixture of inert, resinous picropodophyllic acid and the cathartic, crystallizable, bitter principle picropodophyllin, the latter being held in solution by the former and falling out when the solvent is neutralized by an alkali. From the filtrate the acid is pre- cipitated upon the addition of mineral acid. Picropodophyllin, the active principle, crystallizes in silky needles, and is a neutral body. It shares in general the Solu- bilities of podophyllotoxin except that it is insoluble in water. For this reason Podwissotzky prefers the more soluble podophyllotowim as a therapeutic agent. Picropodophyllin is soluble in 90 to 95 per cent alcohol, but hardly soluble in alcohol of 50 to 80 per cent. It also dissolves readily in glacial acetic acid, By warming its alcoholic solution or evaporating this solution with excess of ammo- nia, it is converted into an inert, amorphous, acid substance. Podophyllotoxin was found by Dunstan and Henry (see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1898, p. 246) to be the active principle of both the Indian and American podo- phyllum, but these authors consider it to be a well-defined body of the compo- sition C, H, O, which differs from the formula arrived at by Kürsten (1891). It is strongly lavo-rotatory, and acts as a powerful purgative and intestinal irritant. When heated with alkalies it takes water and is converted into the salt of an unstable gelatinous acid (podophyllic acid, Cls H.O.). This readily loses water again, being converted into the crystalline picropodophyllin of Podwissotzky, which, as Kürsten (loc. cit.) has ascertained, is an isomer of podophyllotoxin. Warming with aqueous alkalies again converts it into podophyllic acid. Picropodophyllin is claimed by Dunstan and Henry to be therapeutically inert. An uncrystalli- zable resin, podophylloresin was also isolated and found to be purgative. The leaves of Podophyllum peltatum were analyzed by T. J. Husband (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1860, p. 200), who states that they are devoid of cathartic properties, and, when dried, are probably non-poisonous. B. F. Carter (ibid., 1886, p. 449) col- lected leaves soon after flowering and found them to contain 6 per cent of a green- ish-black bitter resin, all of which was soluble in alkali and alcohol, 90 per cent being soluble in ether, a hard resin remaining; 86 per cent in chloroform, 40 per PODOPHYLLUM. 1531 cent in petroleum benzin, etc., and a considerable quantity being soluble in boil- ing water. This resin seems to exert a milder action than that from the rhizome. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Physiologically, podophyllum acts as a certain, but slow cathartic. Small and repeated doses short of catharsis may induce ptyalism; on this account both podophyllum and podophyllin have been called “vegetable mercury” and “vegetable calomel.” Under the influence of a cathartic dose, the intestinal and hepatic secretions are augmented and after a considerable time copious alvine evacuations result. Considerable pain and grip- ing may attend its action, which, however, may be modified by such agents as leptandra, hyoscyamus and belladonna. Common salt increases its purgative power. Unlike other cathartics, its effects are permanent and leave the bowels in an improved condition. If the dose be too large, violent emeto-catharsis may result. Although the cholagogue value of this drug was asserted by Our prac- titioners for years, it took extensive physiological investigations, conducted by Rutherford and Vignal, to convince our regular friends that it really possessed such a property. The green root internally administered, acts as an irritant poi- son, causing hypercatharsis, hyperemesis, gripings, and other unpleasant symp- toms; even the recently dried root, in doses of from 30 to 60 grains, is a drastic cathartic and emetic; but the violence of its action is materially modified by age, or roasting. Either the green or the dried root continuously applied to the cuta- neous structure, occasions irritation, followed by suppuration. Irritation of the mucous membrame is the result of contact with the powder, and workers in this drug and its resin are liable to conjunctival inflammation. Overdoses of podo- phyllum have produced death, and the drug, when contraindicated, may give rise to prolonged gastro-intestimal irritation and even inflammation. As a cathartic, very little tormina is produced by it when compared with the completeness of its purgative action. It acts somewhat like jalap, though more slowly. To render its hydragogue, it should be administered with potassium bitartrate on which account it has been found serviceable in dropsical affections. Podophyllum may be used in nearly all cases in which podophyllin is useful, though there are some conditions where the former gives better results than the latter. These conditions we will briefly notice. It is conceded that as an altera- tive it is infinitely more decided in its action than the resin. It exerts a powerful influence upon the whole glandular system. Associated with proper hygienic measures and the indicated tonics and other alterative drugs, it will give good results in constitutional syphilis, rheumatism and scrofula. The dose should be small, not sufficient to produce any marked intestinal activity. In stomach troubles, podophyllum is superior to podophyllin. It acts as a gentle stimulant tonic, improves the appetite, and is particularly valuable in atomic dyspepsia, gastric and ântestimal catarrh, and all atomic forms of indigestion, when the patient complains of dizziness, loss of appetite and heavy headache. There is indisposition to exertion, the movements being heavy and sluggish, the tongue is dirty and flabby, and the superficial veins, abdomen, and tissues in general, are characterized by full- mess. . Its action on the hepatic viscus renders it particularly serviceable where gastric disturbances are due to hepatic torpor. In stomach troubles, hydrastis, iris, lobelia, agrimonia and ipecac may also be indicated and associated with this drug. Podophyllum, iris, chiomanthus and chelidonium are excellent agents for chronic hepatitis. By its slow and thorough action, yet permanent in its effects in restoring and maintaining the normal hepatic and intestimal secretions, podo- phyllum is one of the very best agents to overcome habitual constipation, and more especially if it be due to portal engorgement. The small dose should be given and continued until the evacuations become regular and normal. Formerly this drug was much employed in bilious, remittent and intermittent fevers. Cathartic and sometimes emeto-cathartic doses were employed with the result of producing So profound an impression on the hepatic function and on the portal circle and general glandular system that, it is asserted, the disease was often aborted, or at least rendered milder and of short duration. It is never so employed at the present day. As an emeto-cathartic it should be given in warm ginger tea. When a cathartic is needed, which, however, is not often, the specific podophyllum may be combined with compound syrup of rhubarb and potassa (neutralizing cordial), or to render it milder, lobelia, ipecac, leptandra, hyoscyamus or belladonna may 1532 POLEMONIUM. be administered with it. As a cathartic in dropsy it has done good service, and should, in this disease, be given with cream of tartar. It has likewise been found very beneficial in dysmemorrhoea, a memorrhoea, incomtinence of wrime, worms, and some affections of the bladder. Further uses of this drug will be given when considering podophyllin. The usual medicinal dose of specific podophyllum ranges from 1 to 10 drops. Dose of the powdered root, as a cathartic, from 10 to 30 grains; of the tincture, from 10 to 60 drops; as a sialagogue and alterative, from 1 to 5 grains of the powder, or from 1 to 10 drops of the tincture. Specific Indications and Uses.—Podophyllum is specifically indicated by fullness of tissues, and particularly by fullness of superficial veins; oppressed full pulse; dirty yellowish coating of tongue and dizziness. It is contraindicated by pinched features and tissues, contracted skin and tongue. Related Species.—Podophyllum Emodi, Wallich. Dymock and Hooper report (Pharm. Jowr. Trans., 1889, Vol. XIX, p. 585) that this plant of the Kashmere valleys and other Huma- layan points contains in its rhizome 12 per cent of a cathartic resin. It is altogether probable that the constituents of the latter are identical with those of our podophyllin. One-half grain of it purges. It was thought that the Indian drug might supplant P. peltatum, owing to its supposed superiority in active principle. John C. Umney, however, points out (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1893, p. 24) that while P. Emodi yields 11.4 per cent and P. peltatum only 5.9 per cent of resin, the latter contains nearly twice as much of the active podophyllotoacim as the resin ob- tained from the Indian drug. The inferior medicinal action of the latter agrees with this result. Podophyllum montamwmn of Rafinesque, having a slender, deeply furrowed stem ; the leaves with sharp, bifid segments, palmate, not peltate, with narrow sinuses, and many unequal teeth; the petals 6 to 7, oblong, obtuse; stamens 7 to 9, and berry yellowish, oblong, is possessed of similar medicinal properties. POLEMIONIUM.—AMERICAN GREEK VALERIAN. The root of Polemonium reptans, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Polemoniaceae. CoMMON NAMES: American Greek valeriam, and sometimes called Blue bells and Jacob's ladder. Botanical Source.—This indigenous perennial plant has a creeping root and a smooth, erect, weak, fleshy, diffusely-branched stem from 12 to 20 inches high. The leaves are alternate and pinnately divided; leaflets 7 to 11, ovate- lanceolate, acute, subopposite, smooth, entire, sessile, an inch long and half as wide; upper leaflets sometimes confluent. The flowers are numerous, terminal, rather large, nodding, on short petioles, blue, and nearly bractless. Calyx cam- panulate, 5-cleft; segments lanceolate-acute, persistent, much shorter than the tube of the corolla. Corolla rotate-campanulate, limb 5-lobed, erect, tube short, closed at the base by 5 staminiferous valves. The stamens are 5, equally inserted at the summit of the corolla tube; the filaments slender, declined, and hairy- appendaged at the base; the anthers introrse. The capsules are 3-celled and 3-valved; the cells from 2 to 3-seeded (W.-G.). History.—This is a handsome plant, growing in woods, damp grounds, and along shady river banks, from New York to Wisconsin, bearing blue flowers in May. The root is the part used, and yields its virtues to water; it has not been analyzed. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Alterative, diaphoretic, and astringent. A warm infusion of the root will, it is said, produce copious perspiration, and has been found serviceable in pleurisy, febrile and inflammatory diseases. The tincture, made of whiskey, in doses of from 1 to 2 fluid ounces, 2 or 3 times a day, has been found valuable in scrofulous diseases, and other chronic diseases where an alterative is indicated. The infusion is recommended in the bites of venomous smakes and insects, and in bowel complaints requiring the use of astringents. Reported to have cured consumption, but these cases were probably of severe bronchorrhoea. Useful in bronchial and laryngeal affections. The plant deserves investigation. Related Species.—Polemonium caeruleum, or Greek valerian, is a native of England. It has been found in swamps in New York, Vermont, and New Jersey. It is larger and more numer- ously-flowered than the above, and is often found cultivated in gardens. Stems about 2 feet high, stout, hollow, several from the same root, each dividing at top into a corymbose panicle. Leaves mostly radical, on long, grooved petioles, pinnately 11 to 17 foliate; segments sessile, ovate-lanceolate, subopposite, acuminate, oblique, Odd One lanceolate. Flowers blue, terminal, suberect. This plant, probably, possesses medicinal virtues similar to the one above (W.). POLY GONUM. 1533 POLYGONUM, WATER PEPPER. The fresh herb of Polygonum Hydropiper, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Polygonaceae. CoMMON NAMES: Smart weed, Water pepper. ILLUSTRATION: Britton and Brown, Illustrated Flora of Northern United States, Canada, and the British Possessions, Fig. 1333. Botanical Source.—This is an annual, glabrous plant, with a simple or branched, erect stem, of a red, reddish, or sometimes greenish color, from 8 inches to 2 feet high. The lanceolate, or oblong-lanceolate, leaves are from 1 to 4 inches long, acute or acuminate at apex, ciliate, undulate, or slightly crisped, punctate, and very acrid. The ocreas are cylindric, fringed with short bristles, or occasion- ally slightly pubescent, generally swollen at the base on account of the develop- ment of flowers within. The flowers are borne in a panicled raceme, which is narrow, drooping, interrupted, and from 1 to 3 inches long. The green calyx is usually 4-parted (3 to 5), and conspicuously punctate; stamens 4, occasionally 6; style 2 or 3-parted, short; fruit a lenticular achene, triangled, broad-oblong or ovoid, slightly gibbous, dull and granular (Britton and Brown). History.— Polygonum Hydropiper is a well-known, intensely acrid plant, found growing in nearly all parts of the United States, in ditches, low grounds, among rubbish, and about brooks and water-courses, flowering in July, August, and September. That growing in our section of the country being naturalized from Europe; Britton and Brown state that it is perhaps indigenous in the far northwest. There are many species of Polygonum (at least 38), some of which, although possessing similar virtues, differ materially in medical potency. The whole plant (P. Hydropiper) is medicinal, and has a biting, pungent, acrid taste, and imparts its virtues to alcohol or water. Age renders it inert, and heat im- pairs its medicinal qualities. It should be collected and made into a tincture While fresh. Chemical Composition.—According to analysis by H. Trimble and H. J. Schuchard (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1885, p. 21), the tops and leaves contain 3.46 per cent of tannin, 7.4 per cent of ash, and resin, wax, gum, sugar, etc. The active (pungent) principle was found to disappear upon heating; it was contained in the alcoholic extract of the drug, after successive treatment with petroleum spirit and ether. Dr. C. J. Rademaker, however, asserted (ibid., 1871, p. 490; and 1886, pp. 279 and 373) that the active principle consists of crystallizable polygomic acid, which, when pure, differs in its reactions from those for tannic or gallic acids. It is soluble in water, less soluble in ether, and insoluble in petroleum spirit. The heat of the water-bath does not destroy any of its properties. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Water pepper is stimulant, diuretic, emmenagogue, antiseptic, diaphoretic, and vesicant. Dr. Eberle found it very efficient in the dose of a teaspoonful of the saturated tincture, repeated 4 or 5 times a day, or from 2 to 5 grains of the aqueous extract, in a memorrhaea; prob- ably, an alcoholic extract would be found more active. He states that the use of it caused an increase of the heat of the body with a kind of formication, with bearing down and sense of fullness in the pelvic region. The infusion, in cold water, has been found serviceable in gravel, colds, and coughs, and in milk-sickness, and, mixed with wheat-bran, in bowel complaints. In Asiatic cholera, the patients, wrapped in a sheet moistened with a hot decoction, are said to have been much benefited, and to have recovered. In combination with sulphate of iron and gun, myrrh, it is said to have cured epilepsy—probably dependent on some uterine derangement. Externally used as formentation (simmered in water and vinegar) in gamgrene. The infusion, or a formentation of the leaves, has been beneficially applied in chronic ulcers and hemorrhoºdal tumors, also as a wash in chronic erysipelas and inflammations, and as a formentation in tympamites and flatulent colic. The fresh leaves, bruised with the leaves of May-weed, and moistened with the oil of tur- pentime, and applied to the skin, will speedily vesicate. The ashes of the plant combined with the ashes of the garden thyme (Thymus vulgaris) are, it is said, used by many empirics, injected, in solution, into the bladder as a solvent for gravel and stone; hazardous and doubtful treatment. The infusion, in cold water, 1534 POLYMNIA. forms an excellent local application in the sore mouth of nursing women, and in mer- curial ptyalism. The decoction or infusion, in hot water, is not so active as when prepared in cold or warm water. Dose, of the infusion, from 2 to 4 fluid ounces; of the saturated tincture, from 1 to 4 fluid drachms, 3 or 4 times a day: specific polygonum, 1 to 60 drops. Related Species.—Polygonum Persicaria, Linné, called Smart weed, Lady's thumb, or Spotted knotwood, possesses similar but inferior medicinal properties, and may be distinguished from the above by the deeper-green or purplish color of the whole plant, a brownish, heart-shaped spot near the center of the leaf, and its rose-colored flowers, in short, dense, terminal spikes. It has a feebly astringent, saline taste, and, at one time, was considered antiseptic. Polygonum arifolium, Linné, Sickle grass, Halbert-leaved tear-thumb, or Hastate knot grass.- This plant grows in low and wet grounds throughout the United States, flowering from June to September. An in fusion, in cold water, is a powerful diuretic, useful in uric acid and phos- phatic gravel, stramguly, gomo rhoea, and all wrimary affections; it must be drank freely. Also of service in catarrh of the bladder, and in muscular debility of this organ. Fagopyrum esculentum, Moench (Polygonum Fagopyrum, Linné; Fagopyrum Fagopyrum [L.], Karsten), or Common buckwheat, may be used as follows, to recall the flow of milk in the breasts of nurses, where it has disappeared for several days. Stir into any amount of buckwheat flour, a sufficient quantity of buttermilk to form a poultice; warm it, but be careful not to boil or make it hot. Apply it thus warm, over the whole breast, and renew it every 4 or 6 hours. Sometimes it requires to be thus used for 3 or 4 days before its effect will be produced ; usually. however, 24 hours will be sufficient. The seeds, deprived of their husks, contain about 70 per cent of starch and 13 per cent of gluten (Zenneck). Polygonum erectum, Erect knot grass, Bird knot grass, Goose grass, Bird weed.—This is a peren- nial herb, common to the western and middle states and British America. It is found in abundance about country dooryards, roadsides, waste places, damp soils, etc., blossoming from June to October. This plant, in infusion, has been found highly efficient in the treatment of diarrhoea, and especially in summer complaint of children. Polygonum amphibium, Linné, Water persicaria.-A variable plant growing in wet situa- tions. It may be readily cultivated, and has been recommended for tanning purposes, as the dried stems yield over 17 and the root above 21 per cent of tannin. Polygonum punctatum, Elliott (Polygonum acre, H. B. K., not of Lamarck), Dotted or Water Smart weed.—A smooth annual or perennial, acrid species, found in swamps and other wet places throughout the most of North America. Has been used for similar purposes as smart weed. Polygonum hydropiperoides, Michaux (Polygonum mite, Persoon), is Mild water pepper, found in wet soil and swamps throughout the United States, and flowering from June to September. It has decided stimulating properties. Eberle pronounces it a most active and certain em- menagogue (see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1883, p. 195). BistorTA, Bistort.—The rhizome of Polygonum Bistoria, Linné, or Snakeweed. This plant is found in swampy places throughout the northern countries of the globe, being present in the United States northward from Colorado. The rhizome, which is recognized in some European pharmacopoeias, is blackish-brown, peculiarly distorted, S-shaped, sub-annulate, reddish inter- nally, and breaks with an almost smooth fracture. When broken it exhibits a large pithy center, surrounded by a single circle of many small, woody bundles, enveloped by a thicker bark. It is odorless, but powerfully astringent in taste, as it contains tannin to the extent of 21 per cent (Bowman, 1869). P. Krebs found tannin (15 per cent), resin (0.30 per cent), wax and fat, starch, dextrin, dextrose, mucilage, gallic acid, etc. (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1891. p. 476). It is employed where a vegetable astringent such as geranium, is indicated. POLYMINIA.—UVEDALIA. The root of Polymnia Uvedalia, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Compositae. CoMMON NAMES: Bearsfoot, Leaf-cup. Botanical Source.—This is a large, perennial plant, from 3 to 6 feet in height, and found in ravines, on the edges of woods, etc., in the central states, from Illi- nois to Florida. The stems are erect, stout, branched, and covered with a rough, hoary pubescence. The leaves are large, thin, opposite, deltoid in outline, and abruptly contracted at the base to short dilated leaf-stalks. They are 3-lobed, with acute, sinuate-angled lobes, bright green on both surfaces, and studded below with numerous rough points. The flower heads appear late in summer, and are disposed in loose, corymbose clusters. The involucre is double; the outer consist- ing of about 5 ovate, obtuse, leaf-like Scales, which are ciliate on the margin; and the inner, of the smaller thin bracts of the pistillate flowers. The flower heads are radiate, and the receptacle chaffy. The ray flowers are about 10, in a single row, each being nearly 1 inch in length; they are oblong, of a bright-yellow color, and equally 3-toothed at the apex. The ray flowers are pistillate, and alone fer- POLYMNIA. 153.5 tile, as the disk-florets, although perfect, do not produce fruit. The fruit is an obovoid, black achenium, slightly flattened, and ribbed lengthwise. History, Description, and Chemical Composition. — Polymnia, Uvedalia was intº oduced as a medicine, about 1870, by Dr. J. W. Pruitt, the root being the part employed. This, when dry, is from 6 to 12 inches in length, and from 3 inch to , inch in diameter at the base of the plant. It extends downward into the ground, and running parallel with it several small roots springing from the base of the plant are often observed. The shape is somewhat like that of dandelion, but longer, not so tapering, and more flattened from the effect of drying. Toward he lower end it often divides into several fleshy rootlets, and secondary roots frequently spring from the main root. The outer surface is of a leather-color, and very much wrinkled longitudinally. Internally, it is white, or of a greenish cast, and soft, with the exception of a few woody fibers near the bark. It contains a large amount of resin, and exhales an unpleasant, animal-like odor when broken. Alcohol extracts from the root all its medicinal principles, the extractive matter mainly consisting of glucose in considerable proportion; a form of tannin which precipitates ferrous sulphate, black; an odorous principle, soluble in water and alcohol; and a mixture of two resins, which is present in greater amount than any other of its characteristic constituents; this resinous compound is heavier than water, of a brownish-yellow color, soft and sticky at ordinary temperatures, and possesses the odor of the root. It dissolves completely in chloroform, ether, and alcohol, imperfectly in benzim, which separates it into: (1) A dark-brown, hard resin, of an acrid taste, which remains undissolved; this is insoluble in car- bon disulphide, but freely dissolves in chloroform, ether, and alcohol. (2) A light straw-colored, balsam-like, resinous body, heavier than water, rather thicker than Canada balsam, which it otherwise very nearly resembles; it readily dissolves in ether, alcohol, benzin, chloroform, and carbon disulphide, has the odor of polym- nia root, and likewise an acrid taste. Undoubtedly, polymnia depends upon these resinous bodies for its medicinal virtues. The aqueous solution of the evaporated tincture yields a precipitate with phospho-molybdate of ammonium, but not with other alkaloidal reagents, and after precipitation of the tannin with either ferrous sulphate or gelatin, the filtrates give negative results with the phospho-molybdate of ammonium. Polymmia, Uvedalia is used in medicine in form of tincture and Ointment. OINTMENT OF POLYMNIA.—Take of fresh polymnia root 8 troy ounces; lard or mutton Suet 16 troy ounces; cut the root into small pieces, and, having added the lard, heat the mixture until water ceases to evaporate, and then strain while hot. The ointment is of a light-greenish color, and possesses the disagreeable odor of the root. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Polymnia was introduced to the med- ical profession, in 1870, by Dr. J. W. Pruitt, although it had several years pre- viously been highly lauded, under the name of Bear's foot, as a remedy in rheuma- tism. Dr. Pruitt recommended it in the form of ointment, as a local application in ºnammary and other glamdular tumors or abscesses, in splenic enlargement, and, indeed, in all painful swellings and local inflammations. Subsequently, he employed a time- ture of it internally, in connection with its external use, and found its efficacy to be thereby augmented. The tincture alone, was likewise found efficient in the treatment of chronic intermittent fever, ozaema, scrofulous ophthalmia, and similar affections. According to Dr. Pruitt, it may be considered a specific in splenic enlargement from malarial influence. Prof. J. M. Scudder, M. D., has used it with good effect in chronic gastritis, chronic hepatic enlargement, hypertrophy of the certº tºleri, chronic metritis with hypertrophy, uterine subinvolution, and engorgement of the lower lobes of the lungs; according to him the indications for its use are full, flabby, sallow tissues, impaired circulation, atomic impairment of function, and glandular enlargement. The efficacy of this drug in the effections named has been corrobo- rated by many other practitioners who have tested it. It stands to-day at the head of spleen remedies, influencing not only the splenic circulation and reducing hypertrophies of that organ, but has more or less control over the other distribu- tive branches of the coeliac axis. It is a remedy for congestive or engorged states of the spleen and other ductless glands. When dyspepsia depends upon a sluggish ci- culation in the gastric and hepatic arteries, and is attended with full, heavy, and 1536 POLYPODIUM. burning sensations in the parts supplied by those branches, we have in uvedalia an efficient remedy. It even exerts a beneficial action in some cases of that in- tractable malady, leucocythemia, though it more often fails. The remedy to be of benefit in all glandular difficulties should be used for several weeks. For its influence in splenic engorgement (ague cake) the ointment should be applied warm over the spleen, while specific polymnia uvedalia should be given in from 5 to 10-drop doses every 3 or 4 hours. It is a remedy for imperfect blood-elaboration, with tumid, sodden abdomen, and for the removal of low inflammatory deposits. With Prof. Scudder the following was a favorite hair tonic: R Specific uvedalia, 5ii; bay rum, 3 vi. Mix. Rub thoroughly into the scalp once or twice a day. White swelling is stated to have been cured by the use of polymnia, both internally and as a local application, but we know of no authentic cases. The ointment appears to be a stimulating discutient. The dose of the tincture is from 10 to 60 minims, 2 or 3 times a day; of specific polymnia uvedalia from 2 to 20 drops. Specific Indications and Uses.—Full, sodden, inelastic, flabby tissues; splenic and hepatic enlargements, fullness, weight and burning in the region of liver, stomach and spleen; congestive states and impaired functions of the parts sup- plied by the coeliac axis; impaired blood-making with tumid abdomen; low in- flammatory deposits. Related Species.—Polymnia canadensis, Linné, is a smaller plant than the preceding, and is found in similar localities. The stems are clammy, pubescent, and have long inter- nodes. The lower leaves are pinnately-parted, the upper ovate, five-lobed, abrupt at the base, sub-regularly sinuate-toothed, and on slender, horizontal leaf-stalks. The flower-heads are smaller than those of the P. Uvedalia, and have acute involucral scales. The rays are of a pale, sulphur-yellow color, and are not longer than the involucre; they are three-toothed at the apex, the middle tooth being longer than the others. The two plants we have just described, are the only other indigenous species of Polymnia, and, together with a few South American species, constitute the genus. POLYPODIUMI.—COMMON POLYPODY. The rhizome and tops of Polypodium vulgare, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Filices. CoMMON NAMES: Common polypody, Rock polypod, Fern-root, Rock-brake, Brake- root, Female ferm, etc. Botanical Source.—Polypodium has a perennial, creeping, irregular, brown rhizome, with membranous scales extending to the caudex or base of the stipe. The fronds are 6 to 12 inches high, distiched, green, smooth, deeply pinnatifid, being divided into alternate segments, nearly to the mid-vein, which are linear. oblong, obtuse, crenulate, the upper ones gradually smaller, parallel, a little curved, about a quarter of an inch wide. The stipe is naked and smooth. The fruit is borne on the lower surface of the frond, in large, distinct, golden dots, sori, or capsules, without any indusium, round, in a double row, and becoming finally brownish (W.—Eaton). History and Description.—Polypody is common on shady rocks, in woods, and mountains throughout the United States. The root and tops are used in medicine. The root is of some length, 2 to 4 lines in diameter, frequently crooked, with chaffy scales, which are readily removed, and having many delicate, knobby rootlets. It has a peculiar, rather unpleasant odor, and a saccharo-mucilaginous, somewhat sickening taste. Water extracts its properties. Its constituents, accord- ing to Hager (Handbuch der Pharm. Praxis), are fatty oil (about 8 per cent), resin, Some tannin, mannit, dextrose, dextrin, starch, malic acid, and a sweet substance resembling glycyrrhizin. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This plant is pectoral, demulcent, pur- gative, and anthelmintic. A decoction or syrup has been found very valuable in pulmonary and hepatic diseases, and a strong decoction is recommended as a purga- tive, and for the expulsion of taenia and other worms. Dose of the powdered plant, from 1 to 4 drachms; of the decoction or syrup, from 1 to 4 fluid ounces, 3 or 4 times a day. Related Species.—Polypodium adiantiforme, a West Indian plant, is regarded by the na. tives as a pronounced antisyphilitic, and medical testimony Seems to confirm its reputation in POLY TRICHUM.–POPULUS. 1537 that direction. The Central American fern, Polypodium friederichsthalianum, is said to possess like virtues, and to be a remedy against the bite of the Mexican insect, toboba (New Idea, 1885; from Dragendorff's IIeilpflanzen). POLY TRICHUMI.—HAIR-CAP MOSS, The whole plant of Polytrichum juniperum. Nat. Ord.—Polytrichiaceae. CoMMON NAMES AND SYNONYMs: Hair-cap moss, Bear's bed, Ground moss, Robin's rye, Herba adianthi aurei. Botanical Source.—This plant is indigenous and perennial, with a simple or divided stem, more generally simple, slender, of a reddish color, from 4 to 7 inches in height. The leaves are linear-lanceolate, awn-pointed, entire, flattish, appressed, somewhat spreading, with the margins inflexed. The capsule is ob- long, 4-sided, and the angles acute; the calyptra densely hairy and white; the lid or operculum short-beaked from a convex base; and the apophysis depressed and discoidal. The peristome is single, of 64 teeth, adherent by their summits to the membranous-dilated apex of the columella. Inflorescence dioecious; sterile flowers terminal and cup-shaped (W.-G.). History.—This is an evergreen plant, found on high, dry places, along the margins of dry woods, and exposed places, mostly on poor, sandy soil, and is of a darker-green color than the mosses in general. The leaves are closely set on the stem about one-half its length, above which the stem is naked, terminating in a capsule, covered with a white, hairy hood or calyptre. The whole plant is medici- mal. It yields its properties to boiling water by infusion. It has not been ana- lyzed, but is deserving of chemical investigation. The similar species, P. formo- Swm, according to Reinsch, contains fatty Oil, a crystalline substance, resins, a trace of tannin, etc. (Wittstein, Handwórterbuch d. Pharmakogm. d. Pflanzenreichs, Breslau, 1882). - Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This is a very valuable and important, but somewhat neglected, remedial agent. It is a powerful diuretic in strong infu- sion. In doses of 2 fluid ounces of the infusion, every # hour, it has been known to remove from a dropsical patient from 20 to 40 pounds of water in the space of 24 hours. It possesses but very little smell or taste, and never produces any in busea or disagreeable sensation in the stomach. It may be used in connection with hydragogue cathartics, or even alone, in dropsies, with the most decided advantage; and is a very useful article in wric acid and phosphatic gravel, and other wrimary obstructions, and especially wrimal suppression from cold. Prof. Jones consid- ered it worthy to be ranked among the first, if not at the head, of the class of (liuretics. Notwithstanding the reputation of this plant, as a diuretic, I have known it frequently to fail in producing the slightest increase of the urinary discharge (J. King). A strong infusion of the fresh plant should be used when possible to obtain it; give specific polytrichum, 5 to 60 drops, every 1 to 3 hours. POPULUS.—AMERICAN POPLAR. The bark of the Populus tremuloides, Michaux. Nat. Ord.—Salicaceae. CoMMON NAMES: American poplar, American aspen, Quaking aspen, White poplar. Botanical Source and History.--This tree attains the height of 20 to 50 feet, with a diameter of 8 to 12 inches. It is covered with a smooth, greenish-white bark, except on the trunks of very old trees. The leaves are orbicular-cordate, abruptly acuminate, dentate-serrate, smooth on both sides, pubescent at the mar- gins, dark-greem, 3-merved, 2 to 2% inches long, and 13 as wide, on long, slender, and laterally compressed petioles, which accounts for the continual agitation of the leaves by the slightest breeze. The aments are plumed with silken hairs, and are about 2 inches long and pendulous, appearing in April, long before the leaves. The scales are cut into 3 or 4 deep, linear divisions, and fringed with long hairs (W.-G.). This tree is common in lower Canada and in the northern and mid- dle states. The bark is the medicinal part, and should be collected in the spring, 97 1538 POPULUS. just as the sap begins to rise. Its virtues are imparted to alcohol, water, or acetic acid. There are several varieties of this tree, all of which possess similar proper- ties, as the Populus gramdidentata, Michaux; P. candicams, Aiton, etc. Chemical Composition.—The glucosids, populin and Salicin, are constituents common to the barks of nearly all species of Populus, as P. tremuloides, P. tremula, P. alba (for the latter, see analysis by M. F. Schaak, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1892, p. 226). The leaf-buds of P. migra, P. dilatata (P. pyramidalis), and P. balsamifera, were found by Piccard (Jahresb. der Pharm., 1865, p. 24; and 1873, p. 39) to contain a yellow coloring matter, chrysim (acetyl-benzoyl-phloroglucin [C, H, Os]), tectochrysin (C.H.O.), salicin and populin, resin and essential oil, which he believes (ibid., 1875, p. 70) to contain dipentene (CoHº). The buds of the American aspen (Po),w- lus tremuloides), according to R. Glenk (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1889, p. 240), contain an acid resin of a hop-like odor, soluble in alcohol, caustic potash, glacial acetic acid, acetic ether, and amyl alcohol; slightly soluble in chloroform, ether, carbon disulphide, oil of turpentine, and benzol; insoluble in water. For description of the bitter glucosid, salicin (C, H, O, or C.H.O.[C.H.O.J.C.H.OH), see Salicinum. Populim (benzoyl-Salicin, C.H.O.2H,O, or C, H, i.[C.H.OJO.2H,O) was discov- ered, in 1831, by Braconnot, and occurs, together with salicin, in the bark and the leaves of several species of Populus, The leaves of P. tremula contain more populin than the bark, and may be employed to advantage in its isolation. To prepare both, an aqueous decoction of the bark is precipitated by subacetate of lead, the filtrate freed from lead by carefully adding sulphuric acid, filtered again, treated with charcoal, and evaporated to a smaller bulk. The salicin, upon cooling, crys- tallizes out; the filtrate, upon the addition of potassium carbonate, yields a precipi- tate of populin, which is obtained pure by recrystallization from water. Populin is a very light substance, snow-white, with a sweetish taste not unlike that of liquorice. It requires about 2000 times its weight of cold and about 70 times its weight of boiling water to dissolve it. Alcohol, when boiling, dissolves it, deposit- ing the populin on cooling in the form of a crystalline magma. It is soluble in acetic, nitric and phosphoric acids, from which solutions it is precipitated by alka- lies. It is hardly soluble in ether. Boiling with diluted mineral acids decom- poses it into dextrose, benzoic acid and saligenin (C.H.O.H.C.H.OH), which is fur- ther converted into resinous saliretin. Concentrated sulphuric acid gives with populin a purple-red solution. When heated on platinum foil it burns with a strong flame, emitting an aromatic odor. By oxidation with a mixture of sul- phuric acid and potassium bichromate, the odor of salicylic aldehyde (C.H.O.H. CHO), the principal constituent of the oil of Spiraea Ulmaria, is evolved. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Poplar bark is tonic and febrifuge, and has been used in intermittent fever with advantage. An infusion of it is reputed a valuable remedy in emaciation and debility, after protracted fevers and reproductive disorders of the nervous and hysterical, lumbricoid worms, impaired digestion, chronic diarrhoea, intermittent fevers, etc. As a diuretic, it has been bene- ficially used in wrimary affections, gomorrhoea, gleet, etc. Both populus and populin have a decided affinity for the genito-urinal tract. It is thought to aid the recu- perative powers of the kidney when undergoing granular degeneration. In tenes- mic vesical irritation and in tenesmus after urination it is decidedly effective. Minute doses—fraction of a drop—are most beneficial here. It is suggested by Prof. Webster for trial in stubborn uterine congestion and prostatic hypertrophies. The Large aspen, P. grandidentata, is said to be the most active and bitter. Dose of the powdered bark, 1 drachm, 2 or 3 times a day; of a saturated tincture of the fresh bark, from a fraction of a drop to 30 drops; of populin, 1 x trituration, 1 grain every 2 or 4 hours. Specific Indications and Uses.—Marked debility with impairment of diges- tion; tenesmic vesical irritation; tenesmus after micturition. Related Species.—Several species of Populus besides American poplar have been em- ployed more or less in medicine, and probably most of them depend upon both salicin and populin for their virtues. Among those employed are Populus migra, or European black poplar; Populus tremula, European aspen; Populus alba, Silver-leaf poplar, etc. (See the above-named species for chemical composition.) Populus balsamifera, Linné, Balsam poplar.—This tree, also called Tacamahac, or Tacamahac poplar, attains the height of 50 to 70 feet, with a trunk about 18 inches in diameter. Branches POTASSA, 1539 smooth, round, deep-brown; buds acuminate, smooth, covered in the spring with an abun- dance of fragrant, viscid, balsamic juice. Leaves ovate, gradually tapering and pointed, smooth on both sides, with fine glandular serratures, deep-green above, whitish and reticulate-veined beneath, on long petioles; sometimes 2 glands at the apex of the petiole. Scales dilated, slightly hairy (L.-W.). This tree is found in Canada, the northern parts of the United States, and in Siberia. In this country it is in blossom in April. The leaf-buds are the medicinal parts, and should be collected in the spring; they are covered with a fragrant resinous matter, which may be separated in boiling water, and upon which their virtues depend. They have an agreeable, incense-like odor, and an unpleasant, bitterish taste. The balsamic juice is col- lected in Canada in shells, and sent to Europe, under the name of tacamahaca. Alcohol or spirits is the proper solvent. (For chemical composition, see Piccard, loc cit...) Populus candicams, Aiton.—The buds of the Populus candicans, Aiton, or Balm of Gilead, possess virtues similar to the above. The tree is of less stature than the P. balsamifera, the leaves are broader, and heart-shaped, with a distinct sinus at the base; the petioles are hairy and the branches terete (G.) Poplar buds are reputed stimulant, tonic, diuretic, and anti- scorbutic. A tincture has been beneficially employed in affections of the chest, stomach, and kid- meys, and in rheumatism and Scurvy. With lard or oil they form a useful external application in bruises, swellings, wounds, some cutaneous diseases, rheumatic paints, etc. Added to ointments they prevent, in a great measure, their liability to become rancid, but in this respect are not equal to paraffin, which will wholly prevent rancidity in cerates and ointments prepared with it, as discovered by Prof. E. S. Wayne. The bark is said to be tonic and cathartic, and to have proved of service in gout and rheumatism. Dose of a tincture of the buds, from 1 to 4 fluid drachms; this is excellent for colds and pain in the chest. An extract of the bark made with diluted acid, in the dose of from 5 to 15 grains, 3 times a day, is a useful tonic in debility, intermittent fever, Thewmatism, etc. POTASSA (U. S. P.)—POTASSA. FORMULA : KOH. MOLECULAR WEIGHT: 55.99. SYNoNYMs: Caustic potash, Potassium hydrate, Potassium hydroxide, Potassa caus- tica, Potassii hydras, Potassa hydras, Oxydwm potassicum, Kali hydricum fusum, Lapis causticus chirurgorum, Caustic potassa, Kali purum, Vegetable alkali, Ficed all ali. (U. { % º should be kept in well-stoppered bottles made of hard glass”— . S. P.). Preparation.—Caustic potash is prepared by the interaction of potassium carbonate or bicarbonate and calcium hydroxide, the solution of caustic potash thus obtained (see Liquor Potassac) being rapidly evaporated in a clean silver vessel until there remains a clear fluid of oily consistence, a drop of which, when removed on a warm glass rod, solidifies on cooling. The liquid is then poured into molds of proper shape and allowed to cool, care being taken to exclude the carbon dioxide of the air as much as possible. Evaporation should not be conducted in an iron vessel, because the concentrated liquid dissolves notable quantities of iron. This product is now hardly ever prepared by the pharmacist. Description.—The officially recognized caustic potash is described as occur- ring in “dry, white, translucent pencils, or fused masses, hard and brittle, show- ing a crystalline fracture; Odorless, or having a faint odor of lye, and a very acrid and caustic taste. Great caution is necessary in tasting and handling it, as it rapidly destroys organic tissues. Exposed to the air, it rapidly absorbs carbon dioxide and moisture, and deliquesces. Soluble, at 15° C. (59°F), in about 0.5 part of water, and in 2 parts of alcohol; very soluble in boiling water, and in boiling alcohol; slightly soluble in ether. When heated to about 530° C. (986°F.), potassa melts to a clear, oily liquid, and at a bright red heat it is volatilized un- changed. When introduced into a non-luminous flame, it imparts to it a violet color. A solution of potassa, even when greatly diluted, gives an intensely alka- line reaction with litmus paper”—(U. S. P.). It dissolves in water and combines with acids with evolution of much heat, and forms a number of crystallizable salts. Impurities and Tests.- Commercial caustic potash is liable to contain as impurities: potassium chloride, potassium carbonate, alumina, lime, iron, sul- phates, admixed common salt, etc. Prof. W. Dunstan (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1886, p. 173) found five specimens of commercial caustic potash in sticks to contain from 0.34 to 1 per cent of potassium nitrite, on account of which it liberated iodine from acidulated potassium iodide solution. The specimens contained from 78 to 79 per cent of total alkali. All the impurities mentioned are insoluble in alcohol, hence purified caustic potash (“potash by alcohol”) may be obtained by dissolving the alkali in alcohol, decanting, evaporating the clear fluid to 1540 POTASSA. dryness and melting the dried mass. Mr. Carl E. Smith (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1898, p. 392) calls attention to a probably fraudulent substitution of commercial caustic potash by caustic soda. Both the present U. S. P. and that of 1880 de- mand caustic potash to contain 90 per cent of potassium hydroxide, the remainder to consist of carbonate, water and other impurities, the quantities of which are limited by the pharmacopoeial tests subjoined. This standard, how- ever, has never been attained on a manufacturing scale. E. Goebel (Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc., 1885, p. 472) reports eight specimens of potassa in sticks to contain 75.5 to 79.5 per cent total and 63.3 to 72.3 caustic alkali. Prof. E. L. Patch (ibid., p. 474) found in seven specimens from 57 to 86 per cent total and from 52 to 81 per cent caustic alkali One specimen of German origin, “purified by alcohol,” gave 70 per cent of total alkali and 8.57 per cent of carbonate, with traces of sulphates, chlorides, silica and iron. As recently as 1892 Prof. J. U. Lloyd found the total alkali (calculated as hydroxide) in 30 casks of crude commercial Ameri- can potash to vary from 16 to 84 per cent. By insisting in his purchases on a minimum amount of 70 per cent total alkali, Prof. Lloyd secured a marked im- provement of the quality (see Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc., 1892, p. 192). Mr. Carl E. Smith reports (loc. cit.) on a sample of the best crude potassa in sticks of the New York market, finding it to be not much below the pharmacopoeial standard. It contained 86.4 per cent of potassium hydroxide (KOH), 4.85 per cent of potas- sium carbonate (K.CO), 1.8 per cent of sodium hydroxide (NaOH), 1.4 per cent of potassium chloride (KCl), 0.1 per cent of potassium silicate (K,Si,0), and 5.55 per cent of water. The U. S. P. directs for caustic potash the following tests: “The aqueous solution (1 in 20) should be perfectly clear and colorless (absence of organic matter). After acidulation with hydrochloric acid it yields bright yellow precipitates with platinic chloride T.S., and with sodium cobaltic nitrite T.S.”—(U. S. P.). The precipitate with platinic chloride (PtCl) consists of octa- hedra having the composition PtCl, K, ; they are insoluble in alcohol and nearly insoluble in water. The corresponding sodium compound is soluble in water and alcohol. The precipitate with sodium cobaltic nitrate has the composition Co,(NO), Ks, combined with varying quantities of water. According to Mr. Carl E. Smith (loc. cit.), a dilution of 0.3 to 0.2 per cent of potassium hydroxide (KOH) is the approximate limit of the sensitiveness of this test. “A concen- trated aqueous solution (1 in 10), when dropped into tartaric acid T.S., pro- duces a white, crystalline precipitate, which redissolves when the potassa is added in excess”—(U. S. P.). This precipitate (C.H.O.KH) is the well-known cream of tartar or acid potassium tartrate (see Potassii Bâtartras). The added excess of potassa produces the soluble neutral tartrate (C, H.O.K.). “If 1 Gm. of potassa be dissolved in 10 Co. of water, and slightly supersaturated with acetic acid, 10 Co. of the solution should not be colored or rendered turbid by the addi- tion of an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide T.S. (absence of arsenic, lead, etc.), nor by the subsequent addition of ammonia water in slight excess (absence of iron, aluminum, etc.). The remainder of the acidulated solution should not be rendered turbid by ammonium oxalate T.S. (absence of calcium). If a solu- tion of 1.5 Gm. of potassa in 10 Co. of water be slightly supersaturated with nitric acid, then 0.5 Co. of decinormal silver nitrate V.S. added, and the pre- cipitate, if any, removed by filtration, the clear filtrate should remain unaffected by the addition of more silver nitrate V.S. (limit of chloride). If to a solution of 3.5 Gm. of potassa in 10 Co. of water, strongly supersaturated with hydrochloric acid, 0.1 Co. of barium chloride T.S. be added, and the precipitate, if any, re- moved by filtration, the clear filtrate should remain unaffected by the further addition of barium chloride T.S. (limit of sulphate). If 1 Gm. of potassa be dissolved in 2 Co. of water, and added to 10 Co. of alcohol, not more than a slight, colorless precipitate should occur within 10 minutes (limit of silicate). After boiling this alcoholic solution with 5 Co. of calcium hydrate T.S. and filtering, not the slightest effervescence should take place on adding the filtrate to an excess of diluted hydrochloric acid (limit of carbonate)”—(U. S. P.). Mr. Carl E. Smith (loc. cit.) justly points out that this test for silicate and carbonate is insufficient, because the precipitate produced by alcohol may largely consist of carbonate which may thus be mistaken for silicate and besides impair the test for carbonate. The author suggests that silica be tested for separately, POTASS.A. 1541 by repeatedly evaporating on the water-bath an aqueous solution of the sample with excess of hydrochloric acid to perfect dryness, whereby silicic acid becomes insoluble and may be filtered, washed out, dried and weighed. The carbonate and total alkali may be determined in one operation by titrating a dilute solu- tion of the sample (1 Gm. in 250 Co. of water) with normal sulphuric or hydro- chloric acids, employing phenolphtalein as indicator, adding the acid until the purple color disappears, then adding methyl orange and titrating until the color changes to red. The acid consumed with methyl orange as indicator is equivalent to half the quantity of carbonate present, while the quantity of acid consumed with phenolphtalein as indicator, minus that consumed with methyl orange, is equivalent to the caustic alkali present. This procedure is based on the fact that potassium carbonate (K,CO.) becomes neutral toward phenolphtalein at the point where it is converted into bicarbonate (KHCO.), i.e., when half of its potassium is converted into neutral sulphate or chloride. The bicarbonate, how- ever, is still alkaline toward methyl orange; if this be added to the colorless liquid, the change to red takes place at the point where the remaining half, i.e., all of the bicarbonate, is converted into the neutral salt. “If 0.2 Gm. of potassa be dissolved in 2 Co. of water, and carefully mixed with 4 Co. of pure sulphuric acid and 2 drops of indigo T.S., the blue color should not be discharged (limit of nitrate). To test for soda, dissolve 0.56 Grm. of potassa in 5 Co. of water, add a few drops of phenolphtalein T.S., and then, from a burette, enough tartaric acid T.S. (3 Gm. in 20 Co.) to accurately neutralize the solution. Next add another volume of the tartaric acid T.S., equal to that first used, and then enough absolute alco- hol to completely precipitate the potassium bitartrate formed. Separate the pre- cipitate by filtration and wash it with a little alcohol. The filtrate should not require more than 0.2 Co. of normal potassium hydrate V.S. to restore the red color (absence of more than 1.5 per cent of soda). To neutralize 0.56 Grm. of potassa should require not less than 9 Co. of normal sulphuric acid (each cubic centimeter corresponding to 10 per cent of pure potassium hydrate), phenolphta- lein being used as indicator”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Caustic potash is powerfully corro- sive; when applied to Soft animal textures, it first attracts their water, and then rapidly disorganizes them, producing with the fatty constituents, a soapy solu- tion, after which extensive inflammation ensues around the part, previous to the separation of a deep slough. It has no action as a poison, except what depends directly on the local injury occasioned; no direct influence being exerted through the medium of absorption. The symptoms of poisoning from its ingestion are: In- tense burning pain from mouth to stomach and bowels; acrid, caustic taste; vomit- ing of alkaline and bloody material, diarrhoea, delirium, convulsions, and cold, clammy surface. If the dose is large and not vomited, death quickly takes place; if death is not immediate, it may result later from laryngeal and gastro-intestinal in- flammation and ulceration, or, after many months, death may be due to starvation, due to stricture of the Oesophagus, produced by the healing of the lesioms caused by the poison in passing through that tube. Acids, as vinegar, lemon-juice, etc., and the fixed oils, are antidotes to its injurious action, producing with it harmless salts of potassium or soapy solutions. The long-continued use of liquor potassae may occasion a cachexia closely resembling scurvy. It is administered internally only when in solution, as an antacid, antilithic, and diuretic (see Liquor Potassae). Externally, it is used in its solid state for mak. ing caustic issues, opening abscesses, and destroying tumors, and is applied for the cure of ingrown nails, paronychia, sinuses, callows ulcerations, and to destroy wºmhealthy granulations, but from its extreme deliquescence, it is very apt to spread and act on parts not desired. To obviate this, the integuments around the parts to be acted on should be protected by 2 or 3 layers of cloth, spread with adhesive plas- ter, and perforated with a hole in the center, of the necessary size. Then a rod of potassa, slightly moistened at the end, is to be gently rubbed over that portion of the skin embraced in the perforation of the plaster. It must be rubbed until the skin becomes discolored, when an elm or bread-and-milk poultice must be applied. In a few days the eschar will be detached. After the slough separates, the retraction of the surrounding skin always makes the surface of the issue much larger than the circle originally cauterized, the extent of which must be 1542 POTASSA. regulated accordingly (C.). In applying the caustic, wrap it with paper. Occa- sionally this caustic is employed in the destruction of twmors, camcers, etc., and on the surface of unhealthy or malignant ulcers. A very unscientific application of a solution of this caustic, applied to the spine, has been recommended in the treatment of tetamws. Potassium and Its Compounds.-KALIUM, or POTASSIUM. Symbol: K. Atomic Weight: 39.03. Metallic potassium was discovered, in 1807, by Sir Humphrey Davy, who obtained it by passing a powerful galvanic current through a small piece of caustic potash, the metal being liberated at the negative pole in the form of quicksilver-like globules. Subsequently, Gay- Lussac and Thénard obtained it by passing melted potassium hydroxide over iron-turnings, heated to whiteness in an iron tube. Potassium is now usually prepared by reduction of potas- sium carbonate with carbon at a white heat, according to the equation: K2CO3 +C2 =K3 + 3CO. An intimate mixture of both substances is first obtained by igniting cream of tartar in a covered crucible, which leaves a mixture, well known as black flua. This, while still warm, is mixed with a considerable proportion of charcoal, in coarse powder and small fragments recently ignited, and allowed to cool in a covered crucible. The whole is then introduced into an iron retort, which is then subjected to a white heat. The potassium distilling over is con- ducted into pure naphtha cooled by ice. In recent years, potassium is also obtained by the electrolytic decomposition of potassium salts, e.g., the chloride. Potassium is a solid, soft, bluish-white metal, of bright metallic luster when freshly cut, but becoming instantly tarnished and oxidized when exposed to the air, from which it absorbs oxygen. It should, therefore, be kept in purified naphtha or petroleum benzin, liquids which contain no oxygen. At the temperature of 10°C. (50°F.), it is soft and malleable like wax; at 58°C. (136.4°F.), it becomes perfectly fluid; and at 0°C. (32°F.), it is hard and brittle, ex- hibiting a crystalline structure. It is lighter than water, its specific gravity being 0.865, and is an excellent conductor of heat and electricity. Thrown upon the surface of water, it de- composes that liquid with rapidity, with evolution of an intense heat, the following reaction taking place: K2 + H2O=K2O+H 2 ; K2O+ H2O=2|KOH. The hydrogen gas evolved, carry- ing with it small particles of the metal, takes fire, and communicating the combustion to the potassium, the whole burns with a kind of explosion, emitting a purplish, violet, or rose-tinted light. Heated in oxygen gas it burns with a brilliant white light. Metals and metalloids, whose attraction for oxygen are too strong to be overcome by the usual means, are isolated by potassium. Thus, it decomposes the oxides or chlorides of aluminum, glucinum, yttrium, thorium, and zirconium, and the boracic and silicic oxides, in each case the element result- ing. Potassium is found chiefly in the ashes of land plants, as oxide of potassium united to carbonic acid, and is also contained as chloride in the ashes of sea plants. Many rocks, miner- als, and soils contain it; indeed, it is necessary to the growth of plants. It occurs as silicate in granite, feldspar (Orthoklase), mica (muscovite), as chloride, near Stassfurt, Germany, in Sylvime (KCl), carnallite (MgCl2 +KCl-H6H2O), and in the waters of the sea. In the form of nitrate it constitutes saltpeter. Potassium forms chiefly two compounds with oxygen—a dry, grayish- white monoacide (K2O), and an orange-yellow tetroaride (K2O4), which is formed, e.g., by com- bustion of metallic potassium in absolutely dry oxygen. Its monoxide unites with acids, forming salts of potassium, some of which are used in medicine. Potassium also combines with hydrogen, sulphur, and mercury, forming an amalgam with the latter. Potassium salts are generally colorless, unless the characteristic acid has a peculiar color. Nearly all potas- sium salts are readily soluble in water; the sulphate is less soluble; very little soluble are the bitartrate, the platinic hydrochloride (see Potassa), the silicofluoride (SiFls K2), the picrate (C6H2|NO2]3OK), and the perchlorate (KClO4). Among the compounds of potassium not mentioned in our main articles are the following: PotAssIUM SILICATE (K2Si2O6), or “Soluble glass,” is prepared after the method of mak- ing the corresponding sodium salt, by fusing together potassium carbonate (10 parts), fine sand (15 parts), and charcoal (1 part). Gowt and rheumatism have been treated with it, but without results to commend it. Its local Surgical uses are those of sodium silicate (which see). POT Assiumſ COBALTIC NITRITE (CO2[NO2]12K6––2H2O).-Upon adding to a solution of a cobaltous salt, previously acidulated with acetic acid, an excess of solution of potassium nitrate, nitrogen monoxide is liberated, and, after a time, a crystalline, yellow, double salt (cobaltic- potassium nitrite) is precipitated. The reaction takes place as follows: Coz Cl4 +4NO2 K-- 4NO2H-i-6NO2 K–Co.2(NO2)6.6NO2K+4ClK+2H2O+2NO. Solutions of acid hardly dissolve it. It has the therapeutic properties of the nitrites, and has been employed in asthma, valvular heart diseases, and in renal disorders, in which arterial tension is high, and dyspnoea marked (Roosevelt), being preferred to other nitrites on account of its limited solubility and more per- manent character (Gibbs). Dose, to 3 grain every 2 hours. POTAssiſ OSMAs (K2OsO4.2H2O), Potassium osmate.—To a solution of osmium tetroxide in caustic potash add alcohol; the resulting red liquid, when concentrated, deposits potassium osmate as a crystalline powder. If slowly evaporated, dark-garnet crystals form. This salt is permanent in a dry, but deliquescent in a moist atmosphere, at the same time undergoing decomposition. Solutions in water are likewise unstable. It has an astringent and sweetish taste, and is used as a substitute for osmic acid. It is employed hypodermatically chiefly in the form of a 1 per cent solution, or it may be given by mouth in doses of #3 to # grain. OSMIC ACID, or Perosmic acid (OsO4=254.14) (Acidum osmicum, or perosmicum), is the accepted name for Osmium tetroaride, from which potassium Osmate º be prepared as stated above. Osmic acid proper (OsO4 H2) is not known in the free state. The tetroxide is intensely poison- POTASSA CUM CALCE. –POTASSA SULPHURATA. 1543 ous. It is prepared by heating metallic and finely divided osmium to a temperature of near 400°C (752°F), in a current of air, or in the presence of oxygen. The metal then burns and the tetroxide, being vaporized, is collected in a cooled receiver. Thus, sublimed, it forms ex- ceedingly hygroscopic, yellow needles, which form neutral, colorless, acrid solutions with water. Osmium tetroxide boils at about the same temperature as water, and sublimes at somewhat above the ordinary temperature, giving off intensely poisonous vapors, which attack the lungs and the eyes most violently. Organic compounds are oxidized by it, and iodides are decom- posed with liberation of iodine. Its solution in alcohol or ether deposits, upon standing for 1 day, all the osmium in the form of the tetrahydroxide (OsO4H4). Sulphurous acid produces with the aqueous solution a series of colors, changing from yellow to red, green, and blue. A freshly-made, 1 per cent solution is used hypodermatically (3 to 5 drops), or ; grain, inter- nally, for the cure of goitre, sarcoma, camcroid tumors, scrofulous uſcers, epilepsy, and lumbago. It is a dangerous drug. It is used in microscopy for staining and hardelling purposes. POTASSII CANTHARIDAs (C10H12K2O3.2H2O), Potassium cantharidate.—Cantharidin (1 part), potassium hydroxide (2 parts), water (100 parts). Heat together on a water-bath. By concen- trating the § solution, the salt may be obtained in the form of crystals. Twenty-five parts of cold water and 12 parts of boiling water dissolve the salt. Acid precipitates cantharidin from the solution (also compare Camtharis). This compound has, in recent years (1891), been proposed, by Liebreich, for some varieties of tuberculosis. It is injected hypodermatically in doses of a solution representing #7 to 5-H grain of cantharidin. POTASSII TELLURAs (K2TeO4–H5H2O), Potassium tellurate.—Neutralize a solution of pure crystallized telluric acid (H2Te04–H2H2O) in water with potassium hydroxide. Evaporate to dryness, and wash with alcohol. It forms a crystalline, white powder, not soluble in alcohol, but freely so in water. This salt, in doses of from to # grain, in pill or in alcoholic mint-julep, at bedtime, has been given in pulmonary consumption to control colliquative sweating. A similar Sodium salt is prepared by substituting caustic soda for caustic potash. Both give to the breath a strong alliaceous odor. POTASSA CUM CALCE (U. S. P.)—POTASSA WITH LIME. SYNoNYMs: Vienna paste, Vienna caustic, Pulvis causticus Viennensis (or London- inensis), Pulvis causticus cum calce. Preparation.—“Potassa, five hundred grammes (500 Grm.) [1 lb. av., 1 oz., 279 grs.]; lime, five hundred grammes (500 Grm.) [1 lb. av., 1 oz., 279 grs.]; to make one thousand grammes (1000 Grm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Rub them together, in a warm iron mortar, so as to form a powder, and keep it in a well- stoppered bottle’’—(U. S. P.). Description.—“A grayish-white powder, deliquescent, having a strongly alkalime reaction, and responding to the tests for calcium and potassium. It should be soluble in diluted hydrochloric acid without leaving more than a small residue”—(U. S. P.). Action and Medical Uses.—This agent is used like potassa as a caustic, though it is slower and milder in action, and more readily controlled than the former. It is best applied as a paste prepared with a little alcohol. Filho's caustic is an improvement, being in sticks, and is in good form to treat disorders of the wterime cervia. Related Preparations.—CAUSTICUM CoMMUNE MITIs, Common milder caustic. This is an old preparation. It is made by dissolving caustic potash in 3 parts (by weight) of water, and bringing it to the consistence of a paste by adding sufficient lime. Another method is that of mixing burned lime (powdered) with an equal part (by weight) of soft soap. SoDA CUM CALCE (N. F.), Soda with time, London paste.—Soda, lime, each, equal parts. Reduce them to powder in a clean iron mortar, previously warmed, and mix them intimately. Keep the powder in small, well-stoppered vials. CAUSTICUM CUM PotASSA ET CALCE, Filho's caustic (Caustique de Filhos).--This preparation is made by adding to fused caustic potash (100 parts) burned lime, in powder (10 parts), and mold- ing in sticks by pouring the fused mass into leaden tubes. It is official in the French Codex. POTASSA SULPHURATA (U. S. P.)—SULPHURATED POTASSA, A mixture of essentially potassium trisulphide (K.S.) with potassium hypo- sulphite and some potassium sulphate. SYNONYMs: Liver of sulphur, Sulphuret of potassium, Hepar sulphuris, Potassi: sulphuretum, Sulphide of potassium. History and Preparation.--This substance was known as early as the eighth century. . The name ... hepar sulphuris–liver of sulphur,” was given it by the celebrated monk, Basil Valentine. To prepare it take of “sublimed sulphur, one A- 1544 POTASSA SUI, PHURATA. hundred grammes (100 Grm.) [3 ozs, av., 231 grs.]; potassium carbonate, dried, two hundred grammes (200 Gm.) [7 ozs. av., 24 grs.]. Mix the powdered and dried potassium carbonate thoroughly with the sublimed sulphur, and gradually heat the mixture, in a covered crucible, which should be only about half filled with it, until the mass ceases to foam and is in a state of perfect fusion. Then pour the fused mass on a cold marble slab, and, after it has cooled, break it into pieces, and keep it in a well-stoppered bottle”—(U. S. P.). The reaction is usually stated to take place according to the following equation: 3K,CO,(414 parts)--8S (256 parts)=K.S.O.--K,S,--3CO,. The pharmacopoeial proportion of 2 parts of carbonate to 1 part of sulphur does not conform to this equation, unless, as was formerly the case, the carbonate is of 80 per cent or less. In the present U. S. P., which demands a strength of 95 per cent, the quantity of sulphur directed is insufficient, and should be raised from 100 to at least 124 parts of sulphur. By the present formula, the pharmacopoeial product necessarily contains a notable quantity of unacted-upon potassium carbonate (see B. Hirsch, Pharm. Rundschau, 1893, p. 281). The formation of sulphate takes place by oxidation of the hypo- sulphite when the crucible is opened too often for the purpose of watching the progress of the reaction. The latter may be judged by dissolving a sample of the mass in water; it should entirely dissolve (absence of free sulphur). Description and Tests.-‘‘When freshly prepared, sulphurated potassa forms irregular pieces of a liver-brown color, which, by exposure to the air, gradually absorb moisture, oxygen, and carbon dioxide, and change to a greenish-yellow and finally to a gray mass containing potassium carbonate, hyposulphite, and sulphate. The compound has a faint odor of hydrogen sulphide, and a bitter, alkaline taste. Soluble in 2 parts of water at 15° C. (59°F.), with the exception of a small residue. Alcohol dissolves only the potassium sulphide, leaving the other constituents (hyposulphite and sulphate) undissolved. The aqueous solu- tion (1 in 10) is of an orange-yellow color, is strongly alkaline to litmus paper, and gives off the odor of hydrogen sulphide. On adding to it acetic acid in slight excess, an abundance of hydrogen sulphide is evolved, while sulphur is precipi- tated. In this liquid, after filtration, sodium bitartrate T.S. produces an abun- dant, white, crystalline precipitate. On triturating 1 Gm. of sulphurated potassa with 1 Gm. of crystallized copper sulphate and 10 Co. of water, and filtering, the filtrate should remain unaffected by hydrogen sulphide T.S., corresponding to at least 12.85 per cent of sulphur combined with potassium to form sulphide"— (U.S. P.) A white deposit in the aqueous solution, unaltered by a large quantity of water, denotes the presence of silica or alumina; a black or gray one is probably iron; a yellow one free sulphur. Carbonate of potassium is detected by the addi- tion of lime-water, which renders the solution turbid. If the liver of sulphur, when treated with diluted sulphuric acid, effervesces without evolving any hydro- gen sulphide, it has become useless. A characteristic test for sulphides of alkalies and alkaline earths consists in the formation of a beautiful deep-violet coloration with solution of sodium nitroprusside (Na,Fe,MCN),[NO],--4H.O). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This is true “hepar sulphur” (sulphuris), and should not be confounded with the preparation (calcium sulphide) used by homoeopaths under the same name. In large doses it is an emergetic, narcotico- acrid poison, causing acrid taste, vomiting, mortal faintness, and convulsions, with an emission of the odor of sulphuretted hydrogen. In small doses, from 2 to 10 grains in Solution, or in pill with soap or liquorice, and repeated 3 or 4 times a day, it acts as a general stimulant, increasing the frequency of the pulse as well as the heat of the body, and promoting the different secretions, especially those of the mucous membranes. It is likewise antacid, alterative, and antispas- modic, and has been used in whooping-cough, chronic rheumatism, asthma, obstimate diseases of the skin, painters' colic, gout, etc. (P.) Externally it has been very efficient in chronic diseases of the skin, as eczema, Scabies, lepra, pityriasis, etc., in which it is used in the form of ointment, wash, or bath. Half a drachm of the sulphide to 1 ounce of lard forms an ointment; the same quantity to 1 fluid ounce of water, forms a wash or lotion. One part of the sulphide to 1000 parts of water, forms a bath. This bath is employed in lead palsy. It should not be used when there is fever or hemorrhages. By prolonged use vesicular or papular skin eruptions are apt to occur. Dose, 1 to 10 grains. POTASSII ACETAS. 1545 Related Compounds.-POTASSII SULPIIIDUM (K2S), Potassium monosulphide, is formed by passing into a solution of caustic potash a stream of sulphuretted hydrogen, until it is Satu- rated, and lastly adding to the product a like quantity of solution of potassa. The following reaction takes place: KOH-i-H2S=RSH + H2O; KSH-H KOH =K2S--H2O. This alkaline, bitter solution, yields, by concentration in vacuo, prismatic crystals, colorless and deliquescent, and containing 5 molecules of water of crystallization. Alcohol partially dissolves it. PoTASSII SULPIIoCARBONAs (K2CSa), Potassium sulphocarbonate (thiocarbonate), is produced by agitating potassium monosulphide in aqueous solution with carbon disulphide. The yel- lowish or red-brown fluid, carefully concentrated at 30°C. (86°F.) gives deliquescent, yellow, hydrated crystals, or if the red-brown fluid be treated with alcohol, a crystalline deposit. Soluble in alcohol, and of a sharp, cooling, sulphur-like taste. When carbon disulphide is shaken together with an alcoholic solution of caustic potash, a compound (CS.OC2H5.SK) is formed, called potassium ranthogenate. The crude compound was recommended by Dumas as a means to destroy the phylloxera on grapevines. In moist condition, it slowly evolves carbon disulphide. The above compound (K2CS3) is also a constituent of its solution. POTASSII ACETAS (U. S. P.)—POTASSIUM ACETATE. FoEMULA: KC, H.O. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 97.89. SYNONYMS: Acetas potassicus, Acetas kalicus, Acetate of potash, Acetate of potassium, Acetate of potassa, Terra foliata tartari, Sal diureticum, Diuretic salt. History and Preparation.—This salt in solution was known to Pliny, and was first obtained by Raymond Lully. Its properties were described in 1610 by Philip Müller, of Freiberg. The salt is prepared simply by dissolving carbonate or bicar- bonate of potassium in solution of acetic acid, keeping the latter in slight excess, and evaporating the solution to dryness by carefully heating it on a sand-bath. Description,-As met with in commerce, the salt often has a foliaceous appearance, not unlike spermaceti, which gave rise to its former name, foliated earth of tartar, acetic and tartaric acids having been at one time believed to be identical. The salt is officially described as “a white powder, or crystalline masses of a satiny lustre, odorless, and having a warming, saline taste. Very deliquescent on exposure to the air. Soluble at 15°C. (59°F.), in 0.36 part of water, and in 1.9 parts of alcohol; with increasing temperature it becomes much more soluble in both liquids. When heated to 292°C. (557.6°F.), the salt fuses. At a higher temperature it decomposes, blackens, and evolves vapors having an empyreumatic odor (an alliaceous odor would indicate the presence of arsenic), and finally leaves a white residue of potassium carbonate, which should be com- pletely soluble in water”—(U. S. P.). Acetone is among the products of volatili- zation. Owing to its ready deliquescence, the salt should be kept in well-stop- pered bottles. The aqueous solution of the salt soon becomes moldy, and the acetate is converted into carbonate. “The aqueous solution (1 in 20) colors litmus paper blue, but does not redden phenolphtalein T.S. Upon the addition of Sodium cobaltic nitrite T.S., a copious yellow precipitate is formed. The addi- tion of sodium bitartrate T.S. to the aqueous solution causes a white, crystalline precipitate. When the salt is heated with a small amount of sulphuric acid, vapors of acetic acid are evolved. The addition of a little ferric chloride T.S. to a solution of the salt produces a deep red color, and, upon the application of heat, a pale brown, flocculent precipitate of basic ferric acetate separates”—(U. S. P.). Potas- sium acetate is contained in many vegetable juices, and upon incineration is found in their ashes in the form of potassium carbonate. Potassium acetate is incom- patible with the sulphates of sodium and magnesium, tartaric acid, the stronger acids, earths and their salts, bichloride of mercury, and some other metallic salts. Impurities and Tests.-Impurities are rarely present; the most probable are carbonate of potassium, if this is left in excess during the preparation of the salt; sulphate of potassium, chloride of potassium, alumina, lime, magnesia, iron, lead, copper, tin, etc., which may respectively be detected by the pharmacopoeial tests as given below. If lime is present, ammonium oxalate will produce, in the aqueous Solution of the salt, a white precipitate, insoluble in diluted acetic acid. Magnesium is recognized by adding to the aqueous solution of the salt, ammo- mium chloride, aqua ammoniae, and ammonium carbonate, filtering, and adding to the filtrate ammonium phosphate. A crystalline precipitate denotes the pres- ence of magnesium. “Having prepared a solution of 2.5 Gm. of the salt in 50 Co. 1546 POTASSII ACETAS. of water, use 10 Co. of it for each of the following tests: After a portion has been acidulated with a few drops of hydrochloric acid, the addition of an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide T.S. should produce no precipitate (absence of arsenic, lead, etc.). In another portion, acidulated with hydrochloric acid, 1 Co. of barium chlo- ride T.S. should produce no visible change (absence of sulphate). If to a portion of the solution, acidulated with nitric acid, 0.1 Co. of decinormal silver nitrate V.S. be added, the liquid should, after filtration, show no further change on the addi- tion of more silver nitrate V.S. (limit of chloride). The addition of 0.3 Co. of potassium ferrocyanide T.S. should effect no change in the solution within 15 minutes (limit of iron). No coloration or precipitate should be produced by add- ing 1 Co. of ammonium sulphide T.S. (absence of iron, aluminum, etc.). Frag- ments of the salt sprinkled upon sulphuric acid, should produce no effervescence (absence of carbonate), nor impart any color (absence of readily carbonizable, organic impurities). If 1 Gm. of potassium acetate be, by thorough ignition, con- verted into carbonate, the residue should require, for complete neutralization, not less than 10 Co. of normal sulphuric acid (corresponding to at least 98 per cent of pure potassium acetate), methyl orange being used as indicator”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Acetate of potassium is one of the most important of the salts employed in Eclectic medicine. In the dose of 2 or 3 drachms, it causes mild purging, which is occasionally attended with griping; and, in dropsy, it will often cause copious watery discharges by stool and urine. In doses of from 10 to 40 grains, it causes diuresis, to which effect is due its for- mer name of Sal Diureticwm. It is the ideal renal depurant, for it not only in- creases the watery constituents of the urine, but, by inducing retrograde meta- morphosis, it augments the solid constituents as well. It acts not only upon the renal organs, but upon the remote parts of the body, serving to eliminate from the system much of the broken-down elements upon which diseased conditions depend. From the fact that it is decomposed before leaving the body, with the formation of potassium carbonate, it has been used in dropsy, to render the urine alkaline in wric-acid diathesis, and in other cases where diuresis is indicated. It is a remedy for lithemia. By its depurant action, it has cured intermittent and remit- tent fewers, when the usual treatment has failed. Not only does it remove the mor- bid products of fevers, but it also acts as a refrigerant. It should be well diluted, lest it irritate the gastric membranes. It should be remembered that all of the potassium salts act best when largely diluted, and the acetate is often given best in water to which a little vinegar has been added. In scrofulous conditions, when old and broken-down tissues stand in the way of recovery, this salt acts as a true alterative in ridding the system of these obstruc- tions, and the same is true in all inflammations marked by deposits of cacoplastic material. In chronic diseases of the spleem and liver, especially hepatic congestion, with limited secretion of bile, it is often the best remedy. In chronic jawmdice, 30 or 40 grains of the salt should be given every 4 hours. It is a remedy for dropsies when the liver is inactive, or after scarlatina, but generally not otherwise, and, to in- crease its diuretic power, it may be given with parsley, spearmint, or queen of the meadow. It has likewise been found beneficial in acute and chronic rheumatism, acute vaginitis, gomorrhoea, and in several obstimate cutaneous affections, when given in doses to increase the urinary discharge. It may be given with confidence in the early stages of ovaritis, mastitis, or orchitis. Prof. Locke recommends the following for acute rheumatism, with increase of temperature, swelling of the joints, and dirty tongue: B. Potassium acetate, 3v.j; Salicylic acid, 5ii; aqua, fláiv. Mix. Sig. Dose, a teaspoonful in a wineglassful of water, every 3 or 4 hours. It should not be given when the tongue is pointed and red. With the special sedatives, it is often useful in pneumonia, and, given early, it may influence phthisis by prevent- ing the deposition of tubercular matter. In Syphilis, it may be administered awhile in alternation with the iodide of potassium. In chronic agwe, it may be given to assist the antiperiodic. In skin affections, where the urinary secretion is imperfect, it aids other remedies, and is of itself often sufficient in pimples, furwn- culous eruptions, scaly tetter, and psoriasis. It should be borne in mind that to act properly the kidneys should be in good condition, otherwise too much should not be expected of the drug. It aids in curing carbwncle. Locally, it has been used POTASSII BICARBON A.S. 1,547 to cure acne, the pimples being first emptied of their contents, and the parts touched with the deliquesced salt. The usual dose of potassium acetate ranges from 5 to 40 grains, well diluted; as a laxative, 4 drachms, though it is seldon) used for this purpose. From 30 grains to 3 drachms may be taken in a day. Specific Indications and Uses.—Retention of worn-out material in the body; imperfect renal excretions of the broken-down solids; deposits of cacoplastic mate- rial, giving rise to inflammations and fevers, especially malarial fever; tongue pallid, with light, pasty fur; scanty urine, with dull headache; sluggish lymphatic action; rheumatism, with swollen joints, dirty tongue, and fever; hepatic torpor and infarction. POTASSII BICARBONAS (U. S. P.)—POTASSIUM BICARBONATE, FoRMULA : KHCO, Molecula R WEIGHT: 99.88. SYNONYM : Kali carbonicum acidulum, Acid potassium carbonate, Hydrogen potas- sium carbonate, Bicarbomas potassicus, Bicarbonas kalicus. “Potassium bicarbonate should be kept in well-stoppered bottles”—(U. S. P.). Preparation and History.—As originally prepared by Cartheuser, in 1757, this salt was produced by the interaction between caustic potash and ammonium carbonate. It is now frequently prepared by a method introduced by Cavendish, that is, by passing a current of carbon dioxide into a solution of potassium car- bonate until saturated, then filtering from precipitated impurities (silicic acid), and evaporating to crystallization at a heat not to exceed 70° C. (158° F.). The reaction which takes place is as follows: K.CO,--H,0+CO,-2KHCO, Another method of obtaining potassium bicarbonate consists in exposing a moistened magma of potassium carbonate, in shallow dishes, to the prolonged action of carbonic acid gas until a sample, diluted with water, produces a white precipitate with solution of corrosive sublimate, consisting of mercuric bicarbon- ate; a yellow precipitate would indicate unaltered carbonate. (For details regard- ing this method, as well as another, whereby solution of potassium carbonate is warmed with solution of ammonium carbonate to a temperature not exceeding 75° C. [167°F.], see Hager, Handbuch der Pharm. Pravis, Vol. II, 1886, p. 250.) Description.—The U. S. P. describes the salt as in “colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms, odorless, and having a saline and slightly alkaline taste. Per- manent in the air. Soluble in 3.2 parts of water at 15° C. (59°F.), and in 1.9 parts at 50° C. (122°F.). At a higher temperature, the solution rapidly loses car- bon dioxide, and, after being boiled, contains only potassium carbonate. Almost insoluble in alcohol. The dry salt begins to lose carbon dioxide at 100° C. (212°F), and this loss increases at a higher temperature, until, at a red heat, the salt has lost 30.97 per cent of its original weight, leaving a residue of carbonate”—(U.S. P.). The salt does not dissolve or disorganize animal textures. In contact with acids, it briskly effervesces. An impure bicarbonate of potassium, in powder form, known as Sal aeratus, was once used extensively in baking. Impurities and Tests.-Bicarbonate of potassium is liable to contain as im- purities the sulphate or chloride of potassium, arising from an impure carbonate employed in its preparation. The sulphate and chloride may be detected by the use of chloride of barium or nitrate of silver, these causing a white precipi- tate in its solution acidulated with nitric acid. Carbonate of potassium may be known by adding a solution of corrosive sublimate, which will cause a brown- ish-red precipitate, if as little as 1 per cent of the carbonate be present (see Preparation above). The U. S. P. gives the following identity-reactions and tests for purity: “The pure salt, when dissolved in water, is at first neutral to litmus paper and to phenolphtalein T.S., but the solution soon becomes feebly alkaline by partial conversion of the salt into carbonate. Sodium cobaltic nitrite T.S. produces in the aqueous solution a copious yellow precipitate. Tartaric acid T.S., added to the aqueous solution in excess, causes a white, crystallime precipitate. A solution of 0.5 Gm. of potassium bicarbonate in 10 Ce. of water, should not at once be col- ored red by 1 drop of phenolphtalein T.S. (limit of carbonate). Dissolve 2.5 Gm. of the salt in 30 Co. of diluted acetic acid, and, having made up the volume to 50 Co. with water, use 10 Co. for each of the following tests: No visible change 1548 POTASSII BICARBONAS. should occur in a portion of this solution upon the addition of an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide T.S. (absence of metallic impurities). The addition of 0.3 Co. of potassium ferrocyanide T.S. to another portion should not produce a blue color within 15 minutes (limit of iron). After adding a few drops of nitric acid and 0.1 Co. of decinormal silver nitrate V.S. to another portion, and filtering, the further addition of silver nitrate V.S. should not affect the filtrate (limit of chloride). To neutralize 1 Gm. of potassium bicarbonate should require 10 Co. of normal sulphuric acid (corresponding to 100 per cent of pure salt), methyl orange being used as indicator”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Bicarbonate of potassium is antacid, antilithic, and diuretic, is less irritating and unpleasant than the carbonate and liquor potassae, and may be used in larger doses. It is preferred, as a general rule, to the carbonate, for which it may, in nearly all cases, be used as a substitute. The indications for this salt are those for potash—“a leaden pallor of the tongue, and tremulous muscles.” Following this indication, it is a good drug in gowt, fevers, syphilis, Scrofula, and rheumatism, with deposits of lithic acid in the urine. It may be given with mint water and syrup of stillingia. In gomorrhoea, it relieves the irritation produced by acid urine and other discharges. In combination with gentian, rhubarb, and mint water, it is a good remedy in atomic dyspepsia, with in- dications for an alkali, and in the form of neutralizing cordial with rhubarb and peppermint herb (Locke's formula), it is an excellent antacid in infantile diar- rhoea with green, offensive discharges. It is of value in cutaneous disorders, depend- ing upon a malarial cachexia and errors in diet. Dose, 10 to 30 grains, well diluted, as an antacid and antilithic; 1 to 2 drachms, as a diuretic. Potassium bicarbonate, in well-diluted solution, forms an excellent agent for softening and removing the scales formed upon the palpebral margins in ciliary blepharitis. Specific Indications and Uses.—Leaden pallor of tongue and mucous men- branes, and tremulous action of the voluntary muscles; fullness of muscles; de- bility out of proportion to diseased conditions. Related Products.-POTASSII SESQUICARBONAs, Sesquicarbonate of potassium, Muld eſſelable caustic. When a solution of potassium bicarbonate (KHCO3) in water is evaporated by boil- ing, half of its carbonic acid is gradually given off and the normal carbonate (K2CO3) results. If evaporation is carried to the point where only one-fourth of its carbonic acid is given off, the solution contains potassium sesquicarbonate, which crystallizes out upon standing. It is claimed by some to be a crystallizable, deliquescent substance of definite composition, while others claim that the product is a mixture of mono- and bicarbonate of potassium. As pre- pared by the process mentioned, this mild caustic is sold in the form of a white powder, having an alkaline odor, a sharp, strongly alkaline taste, is permanent in dry air, very soluble in water, but insoluble in alcohol. Owing to the fact that carbonate of potassium is deliquescent, and that this preparation contains that salt, the bottle containing this salt must be well closed. The above preparation differs materially from the original Vegetable caustic, which was pre- pared by making a strong lye of hickory or oak-wood ashes, and evaporating it in an iron ket- tle to dryness. This formed an impure caustic potash, of a dingy-gray or greenish color, very caustic, but less so than the hydroxide of potassium, very deliquescent, and soluble in water. It is more severe in its action than the mild caustic, and has to be employed occasionally in cases where the latter exerts but little or no beneficial influence. As it rapidly extracts mois- ture from the atmosphere, it must, as soon as prepared, be placed in glass bottles with good corks or stoppers. Each of these preparations is escharotic, but they do not, like the hy- droxide of potassium, destroy or decompose the healthy tissues; their action appears to be altogether exerted upon abnormal growths and conditions of parts. They are employed as local applications to fistulas, cancers, fungous growths, indolent ulcers, withealthy conditions of mucous tissues, as in ophthalinic affections, diseases of the Schneideriant membrame, of the mouth and throat, wrethra, vaginal walls, and cervic uteri. Prof. Scudder, who was very partial to this preparation, says (Spec. Med.): “In chronic disease of bone, and in caries, it exerts a most kindly influence upon the diseased tissues, promoting the removal of the dead bone, and at the same time stimulating the living. In disease of the soft tissues going on to suppuration, the same may be said, the local application promoting the removal of dying tissue in suppuration, yet strength- ening the tissues adjoining. This may be noticed especially in the treatment of carbuncle, as the thorough injection with a saturated solution of sesquicarbonate of potash arrests the progress of the disease, and establishes healthy suppuration.” In solution, it has been injected into the uterus in dysmemorrhoea, w!erine leucorrhoea, etc., without any unpleasant symptoms arising. In these latter cases the milder caustic should be used, commencing with a weak solution, and gradually increasing in strength until the maximum degree that can be used is obtained. Upon healthy tissues these agents exert but very feeble action; and in unhealthy conditions they bring about a normal action without exciting undue degree of inflammation. They are agents of great value. POTASSII BICHROMAS. 1549 POTASSII BICHROMAS (U. S. P.)—POTASSIUM BICHROMATE. ForMULA : K.Cr,O. Molecula R WEIGHT : 293.78 SYNOYMs: Potassium dichromate, Bichromas kalicus, Bichromate of potash, Red chromate of potash, or potassa, Kali chromicum rubrum, Kali bichromicum. Source and Preparation.—The chief source of all chromium compounds is the mineral chrome iron ore which is essentially ferrous chromite, i.e., a compound of ferrous oxide and chromic oxide (Fe0.Cr,O.). It occurs in Russia, Sweden, and many parts of the United States. Bichronmate of potassium is made on the large scale by the decomposition and oxidation of chronic iron ore. The latter is mixed with lime, and roasted with free access of air in a reverberatory furnace until decomposition of the ore has taken place. Formerly nitrate of potassium was employed to oxidize the ore. The mass is then lixiviated with water, and the resultant solution of chromate of calcium (CrO,Ca) decomposed by the addition of carbonate of potassium, and filtered from the calcium carbonate; the yellow, neutral chromate solution is then acidulated with sulphuric acid, and the bichromate solution evaporated to crystallization. Thus it is seen that the bichromate may be obtained from the neutral yellow chromate by acidulating the solution of the latter with sufficient sulphuric or acetic acids to convert half of the potassium of the neutral chromate into sulphate or acetate, as follows: 2K,CrO,--H,SO,-K,SO,--H,0+K,Cr,0,. The solution upon sufficient evapora- tion yields large crystals of bichromate (see also Related Compounds). Description and Tests.-" Large, orange-red, transparent, triclinic prisms, or 4 sided tables, odorless, and having a bitter, metallic taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble in 10 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and in 1.5 parts of boiling water; insoluble in alcohol. The salt fuses below a red heat, without loss of weight, forming a dark brown liquid. At a white heat it evolves oxygen and leaves a residue of neutral potassium chromate and green chromic oxide. The aqueous solution (1 in 20) has an acid reaction upon litmus paper. On mixing 4 CC. of the aqueous solution with 0.5 Co. of alcohol, and then with 1 Co. of sulphuric acid, the liquid will assume a green color and emit the odor of aldehyde. Sodium cobaltic nitrite T.S. produces in the aqueous solution a copious yellow precipi- tate”—(U. S. P.). Solutions of potassium bichromate form colored precipitates with salts of the various heavy metals, e.g., salts of lead (chrome yellow), mer- cury, silver, barium, etc. These precipitates are soluble in diluted nitric acid; but silver chloride and barium sulphate are insoluble, hence the presence of chlorides or sulphates as impurities may be easily recognized by this test. The orange-red solution of potassium bichromate, especially when acidulated, is reduced to green by organic substances, e.g., alcohol (see above), hydrogen sulphide, sulphurous acid, ferrous sulphate, etc. When heated with hydrochloric acid, chlorine is evolved. The chromate in these processes is reduced to salts of the chromic oxide (Cr,0,). The British Pharmacopoeia (1898) directs the following-quantitative test for the purity of potassium bichromate: “5.66 grammes of ferrous sulphate, dissolved in a little water and acidulated with sulphuric acid, should not cease to yield a blue color with solution of potassium ferricyanide until such a quantity of solu- tion as contains 1 gramme of the potassium bichromate has been added ''-(Br, Pharm., 1898). This reaction takes place according to the equation 6(FeSO,-- 7H,0)--7H,SO,--K,Cr,0–3Fe,(SO),4-K,SO,--Cr,(SO), E49H,O. The proportions directed by the British Pharmacopoeia correspond to 99.7 per cent of the pure salt. Potassium bichromate is extensively employed in the arts, being used in dye- ing operations and tanning industries, as well as for other minor purposes. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Internally, this salt is a poison, though it has been used as an alterative in venereal and scrofulous affections, in doses of Tºy to # or ; of a grain, 3 or 4 times a day. In excessive doses this salt is a violent irritant and corrosive poison, and may quickly produce death. An ounce is said to have occasioned death in about half an hour, insensibility having occurred 5 minutes after its ingestion. The symptoms are vomiting, dark hemor- rhagic mucus, purging, violent pain in the abdomen, excessive thirst, cold sur- face, cold breath, feebleness of speech, with quick, feeble pulse, hurried respira- tion, coma, cardiac failure, collapse, and death. If death does not occur, urinal 1550 POTASSII BICHROMAS, suppression may last for many days. As Small a dose as 2 drachms has produced death. Calico printers suffer from ulcers on the hands and the destruction of the nasal membranes and septuum from inhalation of its dust. When this salt is applied in solution to the skin, habitually, it first produces an eruption of papulas, which become pustular, and, provided the exposure be continued, forms deep sloughs under the pustules, of a peculiarly penetrating character. Ex- ternally it is a caustic, and one of its chief therapeutical uses is as an external application; it may be used in aqueous solution, from 30 to 60 grains to the ounce of fluid, or in the state of powder. Its solution possesses very powerful anti- septic properties, and will be found advantageous in cases of gamgrene, dry morti- fication, etc. It is milder than chromic acid, and may be used for many of the purposes for which the acid is employed (see Chromic Acid). Bichromate of potassium in Saturated solution has been recommended as a local application to warts, excrescences, and tubercular elevations; it causes but little pain, and often removes these growths by absorption without any slough ; or if a slough has formed, it serves to expedite the cure, and it is not followed by deep, unman- ageable ulcers. Internally, it is emetic and irritant in doses of # of a grain. In doses of #5 of a grain, repeated 3 times daily, it acts as an alterative, and occasion- ally as a sialagogue, and has been advantageously used in syphilis; gradually increasing the dose to # of a grain. It should be used in pill form in combina- tion with some tonic or alterative vegetable extract. It is much used in calico printing, and in preparing artificial Valerianic acid from fusel oil. Paper impreg- nated with solution of it, and dried, forms excellent tinder. The alkaline carbon- ates, magnesia, soap, etc., are its antidotes. Of recent years potassium bichromate has been used for its specific action upon the throat and alimentary canal. Upon the former its specific effects are exerted upon the mucous membrane of the fauces, larynx, and trachea, seemingly not extending to the smaller bronchioles. Hoarsemess and exudation, with cough, are the special guides to its selection. With these conditions, it may be used to relieve the hoarseness following acute affections of the laryma, from cold, singing or speaking. In diphtheria and pseudo-membramous croup it may be added to the remedies employed, while in the latter stillingia liniment is to be externally applied. It acts also upon the bronchi and larger bronchioles, controlling irritation, and relieving hard, rasping cough of the sub- acute, bronchial type. It should be thought of in any inflammation with a tendency to low grades of deposit, and in laryngeal irritation, with hoarseness and dryness of the laryngeal tissues. It is a remedy for crowpows conjunctivitis and indolent corneal wicers with stringy Secretions, and in granulated lids with tenacious discharges. Locally, a strong solution may be applied in acute trachoma with large granulations. Potassium bichromate is a remedy for muscular pain. In mom- inflammatory chronic rheumatism, with deficient force to the circulation, this agent sometimes does good service, and is particularly valued by some practitioners in Syphilitic rheumatism. It relieves the cramping, rheumatoid pains of muco-enteritis and acute diarrhoea occurring in cold weather (Webster). The recuperative power of the drug is shown in chronic diarrhoea and in chromic dysentery, with ulceration of the colon. Chronic pharyngeal ulcers, syphilitic or otherwise, chronic gastritis, and Townd gastric ulcer, are reputed cured by it. A yellow-coated tongue and catarrh of the stomach are the indications for it in dyspeptic troubles. The dose for specific purposes should be about 2 or 3 grains of the 3 x trituration, every 2 to 4 hours. Specific Indications and Uses.—Respiratory irritation, with hoarseness, harsh or croupal cough, Scanty expectoration, or thick, tenacious sputa, difficult respiration, and subacute inflammation; inflammations with low grade of de- posits; muco-enteritis and irritative diarrhoea, with tenesmic rheumatoid pain; dyspepsia with gastric catarrh and yellow-coated tongue; corneal ulcers with stringy discharges; croupous conjunctivitis; trachoma with tenacious discharges; non-inflammatory, rheumatic or muscular pain; pseudo-membranous croup; laryngeal irritation and hoarseness from singing or speaking. Related Compound.—Potassium chromate (K2CrO4). Molecular Weight: 193.9. To a hot solution of potassium dichromate add potassium carbonate until eſſervescence ceases. The solution becomes yellow, and, upon evaporation, yields canary-yellow, 6-sided crystals, which melt without decomposition. Two parts, or less, of water effect their solution. The salt in solution turns red litmus paper blue. It is employed as a laboratory reagent. I’OTASSII BITAIRTRAS. 1551 POTASSII BITARTRAS (U. S. P.)—POTASSIUM BITARTRATE. FoRMULA: KHC, H,0,. MoD ECULAR WEIGHT: 187.67. SYNONYMs: Cream of tartar, Crystals of tartar, Tartarus depuratus, Potassii tartras acida (Br.), Acid potassium tartrate, Supertartrate of potassa, Cremor tartari, Bitartras kalicus, Bitartras potassicus, Kali bitartaricum. Source, History, and Preparation.—This salt, commonly called Creann of tartar, was known to the ancient Greeks and Romans as a deposit from ferment- ing grape juice. Its chemical nature was cleared up by Scheele in 1769. It is obtained from the crude tartar, argol, or winestone of commerce, a constituent of many vegetable juices, especially of grape juice. When the sugar contained in the latter is converted into alcohol, in which the tartar is insoluble, it becomes deposited upon the sides of the fermenting casks in the form of a grayish or brownish, indistinctly crystalline substance. The tart wines deposit it in the largest quantity; it is composed of bitartrate of potassium (good commercial grades contain 80 to 85 per cent), tartrate of calcium (about 5 to 10 per cent), coloring matter, alumina, and other accidental impurities. The red wines give a red tartar (Red argol), and the white wines a white tartar (White argol), the first being brown-red in color, the second more gray. From the crude argol, purified cream of tartar (tartarus depuratus) is obtained by recrystallization from boiling water. In order to remove the coloring matter, a hot aqueous solution is agitated with charcoal, or aluminum hydroxide, or the white of egg, etc. If a hot, Satu- rated solution of tartar be cooled, the surface of the liquid becomes coated by a layer of very fine crystals of bitartrate; hence this crust was called cream of tartar. An easy mode of purifying cream of tartar is to convert it into Rochelle salt by dissolving it in solution of sodium carbonate, the solution is then purified by ani- mal charcoal, and the cream of tartar precipitated by means of hydrochloric acid. Description.—As officially described potassium bitartrate forms “colorless or slightly opaque, rhombic crystals, or a white, somewhat gritty powder, odorless, and having a pleasant, acidulous taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble in about 201 parts of water at 15°C. (59°F.), and in about 16.7 parts of boiling water; very sparingly soluble in alcohol. When a small portion of the salt is heated on plati- mum foil, it chars and emits in flammable vapors having the odor of burning Sugar. At a higher temperature, with free access of air, the carbon of the black residue is oxidized, and a white, fused mass of potassium carbonate remains, which has an alkaline reaction, and effervesces strongly with acids. The aqueous solution of the salt has an acid reaction upon litmus paper. With sodium cobaltic mitrite T.S. it yields a copious yellow precipitate. In the aqueous solution of the salt, rendered neutral by potassium or sodium hydrate T.S., silver nitrate T.S. produces a white precipitate which, on boiling, becomes black by the separation of metallic silver. If, before applying heat, enough ammonia water be added to dissolve the white precipitate, upon boiling the solution a mirror will be deposited on the sides of the test tube”—(U. S. P.). Cream of tartar is readily soluble in water to which borax or boracic acid has been added, forming a solution termed soluble cream of tartar, or borotartrate of potassium. It is incompatible with all alka- line substances, e.g., ammonia water, carbonates of sodium or potassium, magne- sium oxide, with all of which it forms soluble compounds; salts of heavy metals, e.g., lead acetate, likewise decompose it, insoluble tartrates being formed. Adulterations and Tests.-As found in commerce, bitartrate of potassium is always contaminated with from 3 to 10, or even 14 per cent of tartrate of calcium; also frequently with copper, which gives it a green tint. These impurities may be removed, without any great loss of material, by finely powdering the cream of tartar, and digesting it at a gentle heat, with very dilute hydrochloric acid. To detect the tartrate of calcium agitate the cream of tartar with a solution of aqua ammonite, then filter and add oxalate of ammonium, which causes a white pre- cipitate if a calcium salt be present. If a large amount of tartrate of calcium be present, the ammonia will not dissolve all of the powder. If copper be present, ferrocyanide of potassium added to an aqueous solution will give a chocolate or reddish-brown precipitate. The latter is bluish-green when iron is present. Inten- tional adulterations of cream of tartar usually consist of starch, chalk, clay, or 1552 FOTAINS \l BROMIDUM. alum. Some samples have been found to consist for the greater part, or almost entirely, of calcium sulphate or phosphate. The presence of carbonate of calcium will cause an effervescence with weak acids; starch may be known by the olue color caused upon the addition of iodine; mineral substances, by their insolu- bility in boiling water; alum, by the white precipitate caused upon the addition of chloride of barium, and which is insoluble in nitric acid. The tests of the U. S. P., in addition to the characteristics given under Description, are as follows: “If 1.5 Gm. of the salt be shaken with 30 Co. of wafer and the mixture filtered, 10 Co. of the filtrate, after being acidulated with nitric acid, should not be rendered turbid by 0.5 Co. of silver nitrate T.S. (absence of chloride), nor by 0.5 Co. of barium chloride T.S. (absence of sulphate). A solution of 0.5 Gm. of the salt in 3 Co. of ammonia water should leave no insoluble residue (absence of insoluble matter), nor be affected by ammonium sulphide T.S. (absence of copper, lead, iron, etc.). If 1.2 Gm. of potassium bitartrate be repeatedly agitated, during half an hour, with a mixture of 5 Co. of acetic acid and 1 Co. of water, and the mixture be then diluted with 30 Co. of water, and filtered, the clear filtrate should not be rendered turbid, within one minute, by the addition of 0.5 Co. of ammonium oxalate T.S. (limit of calcium salt). The odor of ammonia should not be evolved on heating the salt with a slight excess of potassium or sodium hydrate T.S. If 1.88 Gm. of potassium bitartrate be thoroughly ignited at a red heat, it should require for complete neutralization not less than 9.9 Co. of normal sulphuric acid (each Co. corresponding to 10 per cent of the pure salt), phenolphtalein being used as indi- cator”—(U. S. P.). With regard to the last-mentioned test. Mr. Carl E. Smith (Digest of Criticisms, U. S. P., Part II, 1898) points out that direct titration of the salt with caustic alkali is preferable to titration with acid after ignition, because in the latter case the presence of calcium tartrate affects the accuracy of the result, and because of the greater convenienc of the former method. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Bitartrate of potassium is diuretic and laxative. Doses of about 20 grains generally act as a diuretic. In large doses it occasions severe and long-continued purging of watery discharges, seldom, however, griping, or producing subsequent debility; on this account, it forms an invaluable agent in dropsy. Excessive doses cause gripings and flatulence, with symptoms of gastro-enteritis. Its continued use deranges the digestive functions, and produces emaciation. A combination of sulphur, bitartrate of potassium, and confection of Senna, is frequently used with advantage as a laxative in piles, prolapsus ami, etc., and in some diseases of the skin. Equal parts of sulphur and cream of tartar in teaspoonful doses are often employed for piles with constipation. It is frequently combined with jalap, the compound powder of jalap, resin of podophyllum, sulphur, etc. In solution, sweetened with sugar, or in lemonade, it forms an agreeable, cooling drink, very useful in many fevers. As a hydragogue in post-scarlatinal dropsy, Prof. Locke (Syllab. of Mat. Med.) recommends: B. Cream of tartar, 3ss; juniper berries, 3ss; boiling water, Oj. Mix. Filter after standing . a couple of hours and give in wineglassful doses, 3 or 4 times a day. Equal parts of bitartrate of potassium, powdered rhatany root, and myrrh, form a good den- tifrice. Two drachms of cream of tartar added to 1 pint of milk, form a cream of tartar whey, which, when diluted with water, is sometimes given in dropsical and febrile complaints. Dose, as a cathartic, from 4 to 6 drachms; as an aperient, 1 or 2 drachms; and in dropsy, it may be given in doses of from 1 to 3 drachms, in water, 4 or 5 times a day. POTASSII BROMIDUM (U. S. P.)—POTAssIUM BROMIDE. FORMULA : K.Br. MOLECULAR WEIGHT : 118.79. SYNONYMS : Bromide of potash, Bromide of potassium, Bromwretum potassicum, Bromwretum kalicum. Preparation.—Bromide of potassium may be prepared by several methods. The U. S. P., 1870, obtained it by double decomposition of pure potassium car- bonate with solution of ferrous bromide previously prepared by the action of bromine upon iron filings in the presence of water. The reaction takes place with precipitation of insoluble ferrous carbonate as follows: Febr, H.K.CO,- FeCO,--2KBr. The resulting solution of potassium bromide is then evaporated i’OTASSII BROMIDUM. 1553 to crystallization. The process of the British Pharmacopoeia (1885) consists in the action of bromine upon caustic potash, whereby potassium bromide and bromate are formed, according to the equation: 6Br-H6KOH=5Brk+BrO,K+3H,O. The solution is evaporated to dryness, the salts mixed with charcoal and exposed to a red heat; the bromate is thus reduced to bromide, carbonic Oxide being evolved. The fused mass, when cold, is dissolved in water, filtered and evaporated to crystallization. Potassium bronide may also be prepared by neutralizing hydrobromic acid with caustic potash. - Description.—Bromide of potassium is officially described as occurring in “colorless or white, cubical crystals, or granules, odorless, and having a pungent saline taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in about 1.6 parts of water, and in 200 parts of alcohol; in less than 1 part of boiling water, and in 16 parts of boiling alcohol; also soluble in 4 parts of glycerin. On heat- ing the salt upon platinum foil, it decrepitates; near 700° C. (1290°F.) it fuses without decomposing, and at a bright red heat it volatilizes, communicating a violet color to the flame. The aqueous solution (1 in 20) is neutral, or has, at most, only a scarcely perceptible alkaline reaction upon litmus paper. The addi- tion of tartaric acid T.S., or sodium bitartrate T.S., produces in it, after some time, a white crystalline precipitate. Sodium cobaltic nitrite T.S. produces in it at once a copious yellow precipitate. If to 10 Co. of the aqueous solution of the salt a few drops of chloroform be added, then 1 Co. of chlorine water, and the mixture be agitated, the liberated bromine will dissolve in the chloroform, im- parting to it a yellow or brownish-yellow color without a violet tint.”—(U. S. P.). A violet tint would denote the presence of iodine. Potassium bromide is pre- cipitated also by acetate of lead and by mercurous and mercuric salts. impurities and Tests.-The commercial article frequently contains iodide of potassium, and the chloride is a regular constituent for which the U. S. P., by the test given below, fixes an upper limit of 3 per cent. Commercial samples have been found to contain as much as 7 or 8 per cent of chloride. The alkaline reac- tion of bromide of potassium is due to adhering carbonate of potassium; if it is present in an appreciable quantity the salt becomes moist in the air, and effer- vesces with acid. If bromate of potassium is present, the addition of hydro- chloric acid will liberate both bromic and hydrobromic acids, which at once act upon each other with liberation of bromine; hence a brown color is developed upon the addition of the acid. The reaction takes place as follows: 5BrH+ BrO, H=Brº-H 3H,O. Of eight samples of commercial potassium bromide ana- lyzed by Mr. G. H. Charles Klie (A mer. Jour. Pharm., 1894, p. 382) none contained bromate, but five failed in the test for chlorides, as given below, and one contained appreciable quantities of sulphate. The U. S. P. directs the following tests for impurities: “If 1 Grm. of the salt be dissolved in 10 Co. of a mixture of 100 Co. of water and 0.2 CC. of normal sulphuric acid, no red tint should be imparted to the solution by the addition of a few drops of phenolphtalein T.S. (limit of potassium carbonate)”—(U. S. P.). These proportions correspond to about 0.138 per cent of carbonate. Prof.V. Coblentz (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1884, p. 543) found the carbonate to vary from 0.01 to 3 10 per cent. “If a little of the salt be held in a non-luminous flame on a perfectly clean platinum wire, the flame should be colored violet at once, without any appearance of yellow (absence of sodium). If diluted sulphuric acid be dropped upon crushed crystals of the salt, they should not at once assume a yellow color (absence of bromate). If 10 Co. of the aqueous solution (1 in 20) of the salt be mixed with a little starch T.S., the addition of a few drops of chlorime water should not produce a blue color (absence of iodine). Ten Co. of the aqueous solution (1 in 12) should not be rendered turbid by the addition of 0.5 Co. of ammonia water and of 0.5 Co. of ammonium sulphide T.S. (absence of iron, aluminum, etc.); nor should 10 Ce., after being slightly acidu- lated with acetic acid, be rendered turbid by an equal volume of hydrogen sul- phide T.S. (absence of arsenic, lead, copper, etc.); nor by 0.5 Co. of ammonium oxalate T.S. (calcium); nor by 0.5 Co. of potassium sulphate T.S. (barium); nor by 0.5 Co. of barium chloride T.S. (sulphate); nor be colored blue by 0.5 (c. of potassium ferrocyanide T.S. (iron). If 0.5 Gm. of the well-dried salt be dissolved in 10 Ce, of water, and 2 drops of potassium chromate T.S. be added, it should not require more than 42.85 Ce, of decinormal silver mitrate V.S. to produce a 9S 1554 POTASSII BROMIDUM. permanent red color of silver chromate (absence of more than 3 per cent of chloride)”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This salt, whose therapeutic proper- ties were discovered by accident while the drug was being tried as a substitute for the iodide, is the most important and most powerful of the bromides. The bromides as a rule have a bitterish and sharply saline taste, and when ingested are rapidly diffused throughout the system, and are eliminated by the kidneys, skin, Salivary and intestinal glands and bronchial membranes. When the kid- neys are inactive the effects of the bromides are much more pronounced. The effects of bromide of potassium on the system appear to be slightly similar to those of iodide of potassium, with the addition of a sedative influence upon irritable or excited conditions of the nervous system. When given in small doses and continued daily for several months it does not exert any injurious effect, and may be detected in the urine by the application of starch, and a few drops of chlorine, which impart a yellow color. If the alimentary canal is in an irritable condition its use is apt to produce diarrhoea. The same effect is pro- duced by concentrated doses, and gastric catarrh is one of the untoward results of the long-continued administration of large doses of the bromides. It generally produces diuresis. The bromides derive their therapeutical efficiency from sev- eral effects, the chief of which probably is their sedative influence upon the sympathetic system of nerves. They are known to slow the action of the heart, and in the case of the potassium salt the base undoubtedly adds to the heart- depression; they diminish the supply of blood to the tissues, and reduce tempera- ture. Two drachms of the potassium salt have reduced the temperature a half degree in a healthy adult; the tension of the arterioles is diminished and breath- ing is depressed by the bromides. The long-continued use of the bromides in- duces a diminished sensibility of the fauces, which is also produced by a solution locally applied, and a disturbed action of the muscles of deglutition. This action, as well as the impaired tactile sensation of all parts of the mucous tissues, the skin, and the palmar and plantar surfaces is thought to be due to the local action of the salt in being eliminated by these parts. Sexual desire and the power of erection are diminished by the bromides in large doses, the potassium salt being the most active in this respect. The protracted use of the salt in doses of from # to 2 drachms a day intensify the hypnotic effects which are produced by a few doses and a continual drowsiness is experienced. The breath becomes bromous and fetid, the fauces red and swollen and a condition known as bromism becomes established. This condition differs from the effects stated only in intensity, and among the chief symptoms are the following: Fetid breath, acneiform and other cutaneous eruptions, including boils, pustules and ulcers, diminished sensibility of the fauces, base of tongue, epiglottis and skin; slow, feeble heart-action, marked pallidity, anemia, cold extremities, general sense of coolness, breathlessness and quickened heart-action on the slightest exertion, tremulous and uncertain loco- motion, suppression or repression of sexual desire; complete genital relaxation, disordered menstruation and a general inertia and heaviness of movement; drow- siness, generally with natural sleep, sometimes, however, lethargic; weakness of intellect, enfeebled memory, silly or meaningless laughter, headaches, mental con- fusion, and Occasionally insanity, are among its effects. Pulmonary and gastric catarrh, with diarrhoea, or sometimes constipation, are common. Finally death, preceded by fever and coma, relieves the wreck of humanity of all his sufferings. Of the bromides, the sodium salt is least, and the potassium compound the most toxic; lithium bromide is most active as a hypnotic, sodium bromide next, and potassium bromide least in hypnotic power (Bartholow). Ammonium bro- mide is the quickest to produce its effects. Bromide of potassium is a very valuable therapeutical agent, but, in many respects, it has been greatly overrated. It is a very powerful nervo-sanguine seda- tive (Locke). As an alterative, for which it was first used, it is very inferior to the iodide. For this purpose, it has been successfully used in enlarged spleem and liver, Swelling of the lymphatic glands, scrofula, ovarian enlargements, goitre, catar- Thal affections, and hypertrophy of the cardiac ventricles. Potassium bromide is not a remedy in anemia and debility, but is efficient and applicable only in plethoric and sthenic conditions. Owing to its decided control over the genital organs, it JPOTASSII BROMII) UM, 1555 is one of the best of remedies for nocturnal emissions, when the patient is full- blooded or plethoric, and there is excitation of the nervous systern and the circu- lation. It does not benefit, and may even harm the pale, bloodless individual. The remedy acts best when the person is in fairly good health, but who, from lascivious dreams, and vascular excitement, and nervous irritability of the ejacu- latory ducts, is an easy victim to spermatorrhoea. Often the venereal excitation is so pronounced as to more nearly resemble Satyriasis. It is, therefore, a remedy for Sexual hyperaethesia, with determination of blood to the genitalia. If administered in proper cases, in gonorrhaea, it will prevent chordee, and may be given when that condition has already supervened. Priapism, due to various causes, in infants and young men, is relieved by this drug. Hysteria, bordering upon mymphomamia, or when associated with sexual irritation, regular twitchings of the facial muscles, and abdominal or uterine throbbing, is signally relieved by this drug. It is equally efficient in many of the nervous disorders of the menopause, when plethora is prominent. In actual nymphomania, it is one of our best agents. For genital troubles, large doses are required—20 to 40 or 60 grains in plenty of water, 3 or 4 times a day; in nervous disturbances of females, 10 to 20 grains, 3 or 4 times a day. Bromide of potassium is not employed as an antipyretic by mem- bers of our school. It is, however, valued by some in urethral fever, caused by the introduction of instruments into the urethra, and by operations upon that canal. It may be used in the delirium of fevers, and in cerebral, spinal, or cerebro-Spinal in- flammations, when these conditions are sthenic. A very important property of the drug is its control over certain spasmodic affections. Thus it is frequently of value in puerperal and infantile convulsions, from teething or nervous irritation. After infantile convulsions have been controlled by chloroform, their return may be prevented by grain doses for each year of the child's age, every 1 or 2 hours. It has proved successful in pertussis; and also in spasmodic asthma, in doses of 20 or 30 grains, repeated 2 or 3 times a day. It is useful in nervous palpitation of the heart, especially when there is cerebral fullness. It controls the vomiting of pregnancy, when not due to gastric wrongs; also acting well in Sea-sickness and the vomiting of congestion of the brain. Furious puerperal mania, the might terrors of children, with sommambulism, reflex irritations in infantile complaints, and headache, from congestion, are conditions in which it has rendered very effectual service. The headache relieved by it, is associated with a flushed face, throbbing and fullness of the cerebral vessels, and great men- tal agitation. Sthenic insomnia, with the same symptoms without the headache, is promptly overcome by the drug. It is often combined with chloral and the other bromides in such disorders, and it may be used where opium would do harm. As a rule, cold applications to the head assist its action in headache. The dose should be about 25 grains to start with, followed every hour by 10-grain doses. In acute mania, with violent manifestations, from 20 to 40 grains may be given every hour with excellent calmative effect, and in delirium tremens, with great excitation of the nervous and vascular systems, from 10 to 20 grains, each, of bromide of potassium and chloral hydrate, form an excellent treatment. It has cured in tetanus and tetanus neonatorum, and is antagonistic to strychnine. The amblyopia of the intemperate, and the tinmitus from the effects of quinine, are often relieved by it. Elixir of bromide of potassium is a favorite agent in some quar- ters to quickly overcome the effects of drunkenness. Enteralgia of children, with intense colicky pain and contraction or knotting of the intestines, purely nervous in character, and Spasmodic (esophageal stricture, are relieved by this salt. Headache, due to eye-strain, is relieved by 10 to 15-grain doses of this drug, every 3 hours, but its protracted use is charged with causing recurrent corneal ulcers (Foltz). Bromide of potassium is generally conceded to be the best-known remedy for epilepsy. It appears to protract the frequency, and render lighter attacks of epilepsy from any cause, but a cure can not be expected when the malady depends upon organic lesions or tumors, or upon sexual disorders, remediable only by Operative procedures, as phinosis, or when congenital. It does, however, act better than any other agent when the trouble depends upon genital irritation, or irrita- tion of the cerebellum, or fright. In the cases to which it is especially applicable, there is extreme susceptibility to external impressions and plethora. It must be given in from 15 to 40-grain doses, well diluted, 4 times a day, and continued until 1556 POTASSII CARBON A.S. a complete saturation of the system is acquired, as evidenced by the acneiform eruptions. These cutaneous blemishes are said to be diminished or prevented by administering Fowler's solution with the salt. In cases of epilepsy, apparently cured, the drug should be continued for some time afterward. Owing to its power of blunting the sensibility of the mucous tissues, it has been used to prepare the way for the passage of urethral bougies, and the use of the laryngoscope. Twenty to forty grains of the salt, mixed with an ounce of lard, forms an ointment useful in bronchocele, enlarged spleen, and scrofulous twmors; and this should be conjoined with the internal use of iodine, or the bromide. Solutions, ointments, or suppositories containing this salt, and introduced into the rectum, relieve cystic irritability, and are said to reduce prostatic hypertrophy. The dose of bromide of potassium ranges from 1 to 60 grains, 3 or 4 times a day. Specific Indications and Uses.— Plethoric conditions, with vascular and nervous excitation; headache or insomnia, with throbbing pain and fullness in the cerebral vessels, and great mental excitation; spasmodic muscular contrac- tions; restlessness and nervousness from sthenic conditions; violent mania; sper- matorrhoea in the plethoric; nymphomania; satyriasis; epilepsy from sexual irritation or irritation of the cerebellum; strong sexual excitement; disorders associated with a vigorous circulation, without fever; extreme susceptibility to external impressions. Related Compound.—BROMIDIA. A specialty of Battle & Co., of St. Louis, Mo. contain- ing chloral hydrate, potassium bromide, and extracts of cannabis indica and hyoscyamus. The conditions in which it is used are insomnia, mervousness, headache, neuralgia, nervous irritability, colic, mania, convulsions, and epilepsy. As a sleep producer, the dose is from 3 to 1 fluid drachm, in water or syrup, every hour until sleep is induced. Caesium and Rubidium Salts.-These salts closely resemble the salts of potassium. Some of them are occasionally employed in medicine. CAESIUM AND AMMONIUM BROMIDE (CSBr.3NH4Br).-Crystalline, white powder. Dissolves in water. CAESIUM HYDROxIDE (CSOH).--A somewhat deliquescent, grayish-white mass. With water, or alcohol, its behavior is similar to that of caustic potash. CAESIUM CARBONATE (CS2CO3).-Very hygroscopic, white, sand-like compound, soluble in alcohol, and easily so in water. CAESIUM SULPHATE (Cs2SO4).-Colorless, permanent, anhydrous prisms, insoluble in alco- hol, but very soluble in water. * CAESIUM CHLORIDE (CsCl).-According to Botkin, this salt retards cardiac movements and increases the arterial pressure. CESIUM BROMIDE (Csbr).-Prof. Laufenauer claims for this compound better results in epilepsy than from the other bromides. RUBIDIUM AND AMMONIUM BROMIDE (RbBr.3NH4Br).-A crystalline powder, white or yel- lowish-white, having a cooling, sharply saline taste, and easily dissolving in water. Rubidium has been found to exert medicinal actions similar to capsium, and Laufenauer has used the above salt in doses of 1 to 2 drachms. POTASSII CARBONAS (U. S. P.)—PotAssIUM CARBONATE. FoEMULA : K.C.O. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 137.91. SYNONYMS : Salt of tartar, Carbonate of potassium, Carbonate of potash, Carbonate of potassa, Sal tartari, Potassii carbonas purus, Carbonas potassicus, Carbomas kalicus, Rali carbonicwm. Source, History, and Preparation.—Potassium carbonate is a natural con- stituent of the Waters of certain mineral springs. It is also one of the chief inor- ganic constituents of ashes, from inland plants, while plants growing near the sea yield more Sodium carbonate. Other constituents of ashes are sodium, potassium, magnesium, and calcium, in the form of chlorides, sulphates, silicates, and phos- phates. , Ferric oxide, alumina, manganese, etc., are often present. In former years, much potash was produced in the United States and Canada, but owing to the destruction of the woods, the manufacture has gradually de- clined; thus, the Canadian exports, in 1850, were more than twenty times those of the present day. (In this connection, See an interesting article on Canadian potash, by Dr. T. D. Reed, in Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc., 1893, p. 126.) Russia and other countries around the Baltic Sea and of Europe furnish much of the pres- ent supply. Large quantities of potassium carbonate are now obtained as a by- product in the manufacture of Sugar from sugar beets, these being rich in various POTASSII CARBON A.S. 1557 potassium salts, which are accumulated in the uncrystallizable molasses. Another source of potassium carbonate is swimt, the dried sweat of sheep contained in their wool. By evaporating the washings of the wool to dryness, and distilling the residue in iron retorts, an illuminating gas is obtained, and the charred residue in the retort yields to water carbonate of potassium (Clarke). The Stassfurt salt deposits are an indirect source of potassium carbonate. The chloride and sulphate of potassium there obtained are converted into carbonate by a process analogous to that of LeBlanc, for the manufacture of sodium carbonate (which see). PoTASH, or POTASHEs or Crude Potash, is the brown mass obtained by lixivia- ting wood-ashes and evaporating to dryness, or to crystallization, in iron pots. The product is often melted in reverberatory furnaces in order to burn out car- bonaceous matter. The resultant mass is yellow, brown, or greenish; the latter color is due to the presence of manganate. The American potash is often made by the use of lime, hence contains large quantities of caustic potash (see article on Potassa, for Prof. Lloyd's report on American potash). PEARL ASH is purified crude potash, and is obtained by lixiviating the mass, allowing impurities (potassium sulphate) to crystallize out, boiling down to crys- tallization, freeing the crystals from adhering mother liquor (containing chlo- rides and silicates) by washing with a small amount of cold water, and finally heating the salt to redness. Pearl ash is the POTASSII CARBONAs IMPURA of the U. S. P., 1870. According to its directions, it contained about 75 per cent of an- hydrous potassium carbonate. POTASSII CARBONAs (U. S. P., 1890).-The potassium carbonate of the U. S. P., 1880, was directed to be the compound (K.C.O.),.3H,O, which contains 83.7 per cent of the anhydrous salt; a minimum amount of 81 per cent was permitted, corresponding to a purity of 96.7 per cent. The present U. S. P. demands the salt K.CO, and allows for an impurity of 5 per cent (see Tests below). The purest potassium carbonate may be obtained in several ways—by heating crystallized bicarbonate of potassium to redness, or by heating recrystallized potassium bitar- trate to redness, until fumes are no longer disengaged, dissolving the carbonate in water, filtering from the charcoal formed, and evaporating the filtrate to crystal- lization. From this mode of preparation, potassium carbonate has received the name Salt of tartar. Description and Tests.—Carbonate of potassium, when exposed to the air, attracts moisture, speedily deliquesces, and forms an oleaginous fluid, termed by the earlier chemists oleum tartari per deliquium. Owing to its deliquescence, the U. S. P. directs that potassium carbonate should be kept in well-stoppered bottles. The official Salt is “a white, granular powder, odorless, and having a strongly alkaline taste; very deliquescent. Soluble in 1.1 parts of water at 15° C. (59°F.), and in about 0.65 part of boiling water; insoluble in alcohol. When heated to 130° C. (266°F.), the salt loses all the water which it may have retained or ab- sorbed; at a bright-red heat it melts, and at a white heat it volatilizes, commu- nicating to the flame a pure violet color. Its aqueous solution (1 in 20) has a strongly alkaline reaction upon litmus paper, and effervesces with acids.” (U. S. P.). The effervescing gas is characterized as carbonic acid by the turbidity it will cause in a drop of lime-water held into it at the end of a glass rod. The potassium in the above solution may be recognized by the precipitate yielded with Solution of platinic chloride, as well as by the following U.S. P. tests: “With excess of tartaric acid T. S. it slowly yields a white, crystalline precipitate; with sodium cobaltic mitrite T.S., a copious yellow precipitate is formed at once”—(U. S. P.). Impurities in potassium carbonate are recognized by the following U. S. P. tests: “When a small portion of the salt, treated with a drop of hydrochloric acid, is introduced into a non-luminous flame on a perfectly clean platinum wire, the flame should be colored violet at once, without any appearance of yellow (absence of sodium). No residue should be left on dissolving i Gm. of the salt in 20 Co. of water (absence of earthy impurities). No precipitate or coloration should be produced in the aqueous solution (1 in 20) by an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide T.S. (absence of metallic impurities). On neutralizing the solution with hydrochloric acid, no odor of burning sulphur, nor any white precipitate, should appear (absence of hyposulphite). If 2 Co. of the aqueous solution (1 in 20) be carefully mixed with an equal volume of concentrated sulphuric acid, and, after 1558 POTASSII CARBONAS. cooling, 1 Co. of ferrous sulphate T.S. be poured upon it so as to form a separate layer, no brown color should appear at the line of contact (absence of nitrate). If 0.5 Gm. of potassium carbonate be dissolved in 5 Co. of diluted hydrochloric acid and 5 Co. of water, the addition of 1 Co. of barium chloride T.S. should not pro- duce any turbidity (absence of sulphate). A solution of 0.5 Gm. of the salt in 5 CC. of diluted hydrochloric acid mixed with 5 Co. of water, should not be colored blue within 15 minutes by 0.3 Co. of potassium ferrocyanide T.S. (limit of iron). If 0.5 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in 6 Co. of diluted nitric acid and 4 Co. of water, then 0.1 Co. of decinormal silver nitrate V.S. be added, and the mixture filtered, no change should be produced in the filtrate by the further addition of silver nitrate V.S. (limit of chloride). If 10 Co. of the aqueous solution (1 in 20) be mixed with 2 drops, each, of ferrous sulphate T.S. and ferric chloride T.S., and the mixture heated, and slightly supersaturated with hydrochloric acid, no blue color should appear (absence of cyanide)"—(U. S. P.). This important test is based on the conversion of potassium cyanide into potassium ferrocyanide when in contact with ferrous sulphate, as follows: 2FeSO,--12CNK=Fe,(CN),Ks-- 2H,SO,. The potassium ferrocyanide then reacts in acid solution with ferric chlo- ride, forming Prussian blue (see Ferri Ferrocyanidum). “The addition of a few drops of lead acetate T.S. to the aqueous solution should produce a pure white precipitate (absence of sulphide). To neutralize 0.69 Gm. of potassium carbonate should require not less than 9.5 Co. of normal sulphuric acid (each cubic centi- meter corresponding to 10 per cent of the pure salt), methyl orange being used as indicator’—(U. S. P.). (For a convenient method of determining potassium carbonate and potassium hydroxide in one operation, see Potassa.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—All the carbonates of potassium are sufficiently corrosive to be emergetic poisons. They occasion destruction of the mucous membranes of the fauces, Oesophagus, stomach, and sometimes of the in- testines—indicated at first by violent burning pain, prostration and vomiting, which is sometimes bloody, and if death does not ensue in consequence, in a few days, excessive emaciation follows, and constant irritation of the stomach and bowels. The proper antidotes to them are vinegar, lemon juice, or fixed oil. Medicinally, carbonate of potassium is antacid, antilithic, and diuretic. Use- ful in wrimary affections, where the morbid secretion consists of lithic acid, and the lithates, for which about 35 grains, in divided doses, should be given in the course of a day. Some prefer the potassium carbonates to the corresponding sodium salts, for antilithic purposes, on the supposition that they are the more energetic solvents. It is sometimes used in solution as an injection into the bladder for calculus. It has also been employed to remove acidity of Stomach, and to increase the urinary discharge in dropsical affections. It has also been found occasionally available in jawndice. Mascagni has used it in pneumonia and other inflammatory diseases, with benefit, especially in those forms where there is a tendency to the deposition of false membranes. Combined with cochineal, it has considerable reputation in the treatment of pertussis. The Cochineal mixture is made as follows: Dissolve carbonate of potassium, 20 grains, in a gill of water, and add to it 10 grains of powdered cochineal, sweeten with loaf sugar, and give to an infant a tea- spoonful 4 times a day; to a child 2 or 3 years old, 2 teaspoonfuls; 4 years and upwards, a tablespoonful or more. To this preparation 5 to 15 drops of tincture of belladonna is sometimes added. Externally, it has been used in the form of a solution to wounds, as a collyrium in some affections of the cornea, as an injection in gonorrhoea, and as an application to some obstimate cutaneous eruptions. Dose, of the powder, in solution, from 5 to 30 grains. For external use, to 1 pound is usually employed for a bath; from 6 to 12 grains to the fluid ounce of water, for a lotion; and from 10 to 60 grains to an ounce of lard, for an ointment. Carbonate of potassium, free from impurities, is used in making the common effervescent draught, or citrate of potassium. Liquor Potassae Carbonatis (Solution of carbonate of potassium) is made by dissolving 20 ounces of carbonate of potassium in distilled water, 1 pint (Imp. meas.), and then filtering the solution. The dose is from 10 to 60 drops, in a sufficient quantity of water or mucilaginous fluid. Specific Indications and Uses.—Leaden pallor of the tongue and mucous surfaces; muscular tremors; debility, all out of proportion to the diseased condi- tion; articular pains. POTASSII CHLORAS. 1559 POTASSII CHLORAS (U. S. P.)—POTASSIUM CHLORATE. FoEMULA: KClO, MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 122.28. SYNoNYMs: Chlorate of potash, Chloras potassicus, Chloras kalicus, Kali muriaticum oxygenatum, Kali oxymuriaticum, Hyperoxymuriate of potassa. History and Preparation.—This salt was prepared as early as 1786 by Hig- gins, but its chemical character was distinctly pointed out in the same year by Berthollet. This author prepared it by the action of chlorine gas upon caustic potash, the following reaction taking place: 6KOH-H 6Cl–5KCl–H KClO,--3H,0. The present methods are modifications of this process, intended to improve the yield, because, as the formula shows, only one-sixth of the potassium is converted into chlorate. According to Liebig’s proposition, an aqueous Solution of chlo- rinated lime is evaporated to dryness. The calcium hypochlorite which it contains is thereby converted into calcium chlorate as follows: 3Ca(OCl),=Ca(ClO.), H- 2Ca(Cl. The calcium chlorate is then dissolved in water and treated with potas- sium chloride: by double decomposition, potassium chlorate results, according to the equation Ca(ClO.), H–2KCl=CaCl, H2KClO4. The present methods of making potassium chlorate, on a large scale, are based on these reactions. Chlorine gas is conducted into milk of lime to saturation, the solution is evaporated to a certain bulk, treated with potassium chloride, and allowed to crystallize. Description and Tests.-As officially described, potassium chlorate forms “colorless, lustrous, monoclinic prisms or plates, or a white powder, Odorless, and having a cooling, saline taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble in 16.7 parts of water at 15° C. (59°F.), and in 1.7 parts of boiling water; insoluble in absolute alcohol, and but slightly soluble in mixtures of alcohol and water. At 234°C. (453.2°F.), the salt fuses, and above 352°C. (665.6°F.), it is decomposed into oxy- gen and potassium perchlorate; above 400°C. (752°F.), all its oxygen is liberated, and a white residue of potassium chloride remains, amounting to 60.8 per cent of the chlorate employed. The residue is readily soluble in water, and the solution yields a white, curdy precipitate with silver nitrate T.S. The aqueous solution (1 in 20) of the salt is neutral to litmus paper. With excess of tartaric acid T.S., the solution slowly yields a scant, white, crystalline precipitate; with sodium co- baltic nitrite T.S., or with platinic chloride T.S., a copious yellow precipitate is produced at once. When introduced into a non-luminous flame on a clean plati- num wire, potassium chlorate communicates to the flame a pure violet color with- out admixture of yellow (absence of sodium). When heated with hydrochloric acid, the aqueous solution assumes a greenish-yellow color, and evolves chlorine” —(U. S. P.). Triturated with combustible substances, chlorate of potassium is highly dangerous, even in small quantities, hence the pharmacopoeial caution: “Potassium chlorate should be kept in glass-stoppered bottles, and great caution Showld be observed in handling the salt, as dangerous explosions are liable to occur, when it is mixed with organic matters (cork, tannic acid, sugar, etc.), or with sul- phur, antimony Sulphide, phosphorus, or other easily oxidizable substances, and either heated directly, or subjected to trituration or concussion ”—(U. S. P.). Mr. Charles Bullock reports (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1890, p. 385) that a mixture of chlo- rate of potassium and chloride of ammonium gradually undergoes decomposi- tion with evolution of chlorine compounds. In one instance, some tablets, com- bosed of the two salts mentioned, and more than one year old, underwent a sudden explosion, probably due to the formation of the highly explosive chlo- ride of nitrogen. Concentrated sulphuric acid, when acting upon potassium chlo- rate, evolves free chloric acid, which at once yields the highly explosive chlorine dioxide (ClQ.). At a comparatively low temperature it decomposes, with explo- Sion, into chlorine and oxygen. The chlorine evolved when potassium chlorate is mixed with hydrochloric acid, contains some chlorine dioxide, and was believed by Sir Humphrey Davy to be a new oxide of chlorine, which he named euchlorine. In reducing chlorate of potassium to powder by trituration, a little water should be added, enough to cover the salt, in order to prevent an explosion. Strain, and dry the powder. In order to test potassium chlorate for impurities, the U.S. P. directs as follows: “Separate portions, each of 5 Ce., of the aqueous solution (1 in 20) should not be rendered turbid by 0.5 Co. of barium chloride T.S. (absence 1560 POTASSII CHLORAS. of sulphate); nor by 0.5 Co. of ammonium oxalate T.S. (calcium); nor by 0.5 Co. of silver nitrate T.S. (chloride); nor should an equal volume of hydrogen sul- phide T.S., produce either a precipitate or a coloration (absence of metals). If a mixture of 1 Gm. of the salt with 0.5 Gm., each of iron and of zinc, in coarse powder or filings, be heated with 5 Co. of potassium hydrate T.S., no evolution of ammonia should be perceptible either by moistened red litmus paper or by odor (absence of nitrate or nitrite)”—(U. S. P.). (For Jorisen's test for nitrate, see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1888, p. 489.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—The theory, formerly entertained, that chlorate of potassium acted by giving to the blood oxygen, and thereby imparting to it a florid color, has been disproved, as it is now known that the salt is elimi- nated unchanged from the system, and that largely by the salivary glands. In very large doses, it is extremely poisonous, producing, besides the effects of pot- ash, violent local inflammation. Gastro-intestinal inflammation, with violent pain and vomiting, and finally ending in death, was produced by 300 grains of the salt. Death, when caused by it, is believed to be due to the disorganization of the corpuscles, rendering them incapable of carrying oxygen, and from the ob- struction of the renal emunctories with these broken-down discs, and the presence of crystals of the salt. The blood, though remaining fluid, is changed to a choco- late color, due to the transformation of oxyhaemoglobin into methaemoglobin. The organs containing blood also show this discoloration. Splenic and hepatic enlargements may ensue. Autopsies have revealed the following results of poi- soning with this salt: The changes, besides the hypertrophies referred to above, were found chiefly in the gastro-intestinal tube and the kidneys. In the former were hyperemic, or inflamed, or eroded tracts, and, in the latter, the organs were found greatly enlarged, with adherent capsule and Oedematous infiltration, over- distension of the renal vessels, and brownish plugs with adherent epithelial de- tachments in the uriniferous tubules. A physician, who took an ounce, died after 7 days of suffering from gastro-enteritis. At first diuresis was free, but finally suppressed. Daily doses of 160 grains have produced hot skin, headache, quick hard, and full pulse, white tongue, and increase of urine. A typical case of poisoning by the drug may present the following symptoms: Faintness, great thirst, vomiting, hypochondrial and renal pain, headache, con- stipation or diarrhoea, chills, lowering of temperature, anemic skin, slight jaun- dice, and cyanosis. The urine is almost or quite suppressed, and, when voided at all, is very albuminous, and deposits tube-casts and a sediment of brown, altered blood discs. These, filtered out, leave the urine cherry-red in color. The chief lesions then are gastro-intestinal inflammation and acute nephritis, death being chiefly due to the blood destruction, producing profound anemia, and the plug- ging of the renal tubules, causing nephritis. The treatment of chlorate of potas- sium poisoning recommended, consists in the use of hot baths, saline cathartics and diuretics, and the transfusion of blood. Chlorate of potassium is a very important remedy, particularly where there is a tendency to septicaemia. Besides its marked antiputrefactive properties, it seems to hold a position between chloride of ammonium and nitrate of potas- sium, and has been used in malignant febrile diseases, and in cholera. It is diuretic, and is recognized in the urine of those to whom it has been administered. The keynote to its selection is a cadaverous fetor of the secretions and breath. Under such circumstances, it is very useful in the affections named herein. It has been efficiently employed in Scorbutus, hepatic affections, in aphthous ulcerations of the mouth, camcrum oris, mercurial Salivation, abscesses, boils, eruptions, wicers, purpura hem- orrhagica, etc. In wicerative Stomatitis, where the ulcers spread to the tongue, gums, and lips, smell badly, and the gums are spongy and bleed easily, it is especially applicable. In these cases, there are pseudo-membranous deposits, and the lesions show very little disposition to recovery. Here a wash of the chlorate, with the drug taken internally, will promptly effect a cure. Associated with stillingia, it is a good agent in syphilis and syphilitic ulcerations of the mouth with cadaveric ſetor. It is a useful agent in diphtheria, with the special indication referred to, but the kidneys should be carefully watched, and, if affected, the drug should be withdrawn. Chlorate of potassium is a much abused, but excellent agent. It has long been in domestic repute as a remedy for ordinary Sore throat, and its POTASSII CHLORAS. 1561 indiscriminate and misapplied use has often failed in curing the trouble, but has, at times, led to serious renal disturbances. When indicated by the cadaverous odor of the breath, and bluish, pallid membranes, or ulcerated, foul discharging mucous surfaces, it is an excellent therapeutic agent in respiratory lesions. Under these conditions, it may be used locally in influenza, ozaema, and in the various forms of pharyngitis. Applied early, it often aborts tonsillitis. In pneumonia, with hot, pungent skin, putrid odor of breath, and increased secretion, it may be given in 5 or 10-grain doses, every 3 hours. It is also useful in fetid purulent bronchitis. As a remedy for cough, it is serviceable if the indications are followed, but should not be used when the mucous surfaces are dry, or when the urinary Secretion is scanty. In membramous croup, it tends to prevent the formation of the membrane, and to favor its detachment when formed. For the aphthous condition of the mouth, with extensive tissue destruction, in phthisis, and where the patient can not take food, Prof. Locke recommends (Locke's Syllabus) the following: B. Saturated solution of potassium chlorate, 3iv ; colorless hydrastis, glycerin, syrup of mor- phine and simple syrup, aa, 3i. Mix. Sig. Dose, 1 teaspoonful every 3 hours. In Scrofula, it may be given with chloride of iron and syrup; in chronic cystitis, with putrid urine, it may be given in infusion of buchu. Use the drug in ery- sipelas, threatening gangrene. When large doses are administered, they should be given at meal-time, and in a large quantity of broth or other fluid. M. Isambert considers it a sedative to the nervous system, and to the circulation; a stimu- lant to the digestive organs and kidneys; and a stimulant and alterative to mu- cous tissues. It certainly proves very useful in leucorrhoea, excoriations of the os uteri, chronic dysentery, nursing Sore mouth, some forms of chronic ophthalmia, and gleet. Its solution, used in injection, has effected cures of leucorrhaea, erosion of the OS uteri, and gomorrhoea. It controls salivation. Perhaps its most important use is in Ob- stetric practice, to correct the tendency to septic conditions, where there is offensive lochia and fetid discharges from retained clots and fragments of placenta. The better practice is to remove these disturbers by curetting and douching, but when this has not been dome, the chlorate serves the purposes of controlling the tend- ency to putrescency. The offensive odor, reminding one of the dissecting room, here plainly points to the use of it, as in other conditions. It may be used both locally and internally, well diluted. As a rule, its use should be avoided in scar- latina, lest a nephritic complication should occur, and it is contraindicated when the mucous tissues are dry and secretion scanty. Applied in the form of powder with starch, or oxide of bismuth, it causes but little pain. In gangrene and ulcera- tion of the mouth, it removes the offensive odor, lessens the discharge of saliva, and favors granulation. Daily applied, the powder has cured small epithelial growths of the eyelids (Foltz). Externally, it may be applied in solution as a wash or injec- tion ; from 6 to 15 grains being dissolved in a fluid ounce of water. It answers thus, in affections of the mouth, aided by its internal administration. The dose ranges from 1 to 30 grains, well diluted with water. Specific Indications and Uses.—The puerperal antiseptic; troubles arising from decomposition of fragments of placenta, blood-clots, and absorption of lochia; fetid lochia; fetid breath; the fetor, as of decaying animal tissues; pallid tongue, pale or bluish membranes; ulcerated, foul-discharging mucous surfaces; tender mouth and gums, with fetid salivation; tongue coated, dirty, and thick; cough, with purulent expectoration; hot, pungent skim ; cadaverous odor of discharges. Related Salts.-POTASSII PERCHLoRAs (KClO4=138.24), Potassium perchlorate, Hyperchlo- rate of potassium. Melt potassium chlorate, and continue heating until the evolution of oxygen nearly ceases, and the mass becomes solid. The following reaction takes place: 2KClO3= KClO4+ KCl-HO2. Decomposition of the chlorate is nearly complete when a sample, treated with strong hydrochloric acid, produces only a light-yellow color. Remove the chloride formed by Washing with cold water, the perchlorate being not easily soluble, The last traces of chlorate an e removed by warming with hydrochloric acid. When crystallized, potassium perchlorate forms colorless, rhombic crystals, feebly saline to the taste, insoluble in alcohol, freely soluble in hot water, but not easily soluble in cold water. At a high heat (400° C. [752°F.]) it splits into potassium chloride and oxygen. . It is employed in the preparation of perchloric acid, and as a medicine. According to Rabuteau (.imal. de Thérap., 1869), it is useful as a diuretic and sedative in cases where quinine and potassium nitrate are applicable. It has been given in permicious ſevers, and in intermittents. POT \SSII, CIILORIDUM (KCl=74.40), Potassium chloride, Sal digestivum sylrii, Kalium chloridum orchloratum, Chloruretum potassicum,_This salt is used to a considerable extent in the preparation 1562 POTASSII CITRAS. of potassium compounds. It occurs native abundantly as sylvine (KCl) and carnallite (KCl + MgCl2 +6H2O), in the Stassfurt deposits, in the form of colorless or white cubes, without Odor, but resembling sodium chloride in taste. It is but little soluble in alcohol, and freely so in 2 parts of hot and 3 parts of cold water. Care should be taken, on account of its obsolete name, JKalium chloratum, not to confuse this salt with Potassium chlorate. It is said to be a nervous and arterial sedative, and, in large doses, is poisonous. Such doses produce a jaundiced or a slate-hued skin, suppress the urine, which is dark in color and sometimes contains albumen, and also diarrhoea and vomiting. One hundred and fifty grains, in divided doses, killed a strong individual. It is employed as a medicine much as common salt is. It is inoperate in epilepsy, for which it has been tried. Potassium chloride is one of the Schuessler tissue salts, and is valued by Schuessler's followers to prevent the deposition of plastic exudates in acute disorders, as pneumonia, and in chronic hepatic affections, where fibrous changes are anticipated. It is claimed that it reduces congestion of the liver, and, if given early, will prevent suppuration in acute hepatitis. It has been overestimated as a remedy to prevent diphtheritic deposits. It is also given in boils, pimples, carbuncles, etc. Five grains of the 3x trituration are added to 4 fluid ounces of water, and the solution administered in teaspoonful doses, every 2 to 4 hours. POTASSII CITRAS (U. S. P.)—POTASSIUM CITRATE. FoRMULA : K.C.H.O.--H,O. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 323.59. SYNONYMs: Citrate of potassium, Citrate of potash, Potassae citras, Kali citricum, Citras kalicus, Citras potassicus, Kalium citricum. Preparation.—“Take of carbonate of potassium, 8 ounces (av.), or a suffi- ciency; citric acid, in crystals, 6 ounces, or a sufficiency; distilled water, 2 pints (Imp.). Dissolve the citric acid in the water, add the carbonate of potassium gradually, and, if the solution be not neutral, make it so by the cautious addition of the acid or the carbonate of potassium. Then filter, and evaporate to dryness, stirring constantly after a pellicle has begun to form, till the Salt granulates. Triturate in a dry mortar, and preserve the powder in stoppered bottles”—(Br. Pharm., 1885). The process is one of simple neutralization, as follows: 3K,CO,-- 2H,C,EI.O. = 2K C.H.O.--3H,O-H-3CO. If evaporation is conducted on a sand- bath, care should be taken not to burn the salt. Description and Tests.-‘‘Transparent, prismatic crystals, or a white, granu- lar powder, Odorless, and having a cooling, saline taste. Deliquescent on exposure to air. Soluble in 0.6 part of water at 15° C. (59°F.), and very soluble in boiling water; sparingly soluble in alcohol. When heated above 100° C. (212°F.), the salt begins to lose water; at 200° C. (392°F.), the water of crystallization (5.55 per cent) is completely lost. At 230°C. (446°F.), the salt begins to decompose, turns brown, and, at a higher temperature, carbonizes and emits inflammable gases, which have a very pungent, acid odor. At a red heat, a blackened mass of potassium carbonate and carbon is left, which has an alkaline reaction, and strongly effervesces with acids. The aqueous solution of the Salt is neutral to litmus paper. The salt yields a white, crystalline precipitate with sodium bitar- trate T.S. With sodium cobaltic nitrite T.S., a yellow precipitate is formed. On mixing 10 Co. of the aqueous solution (1 in 20) with 2.5 Co. of calcium chloride T.S., the liquid remains clear until it is boiled, when a white, granular prečipitate is produced "–(U. S. P.). This precipitate consists of neutral calcium citrate ([C, H.O.J.Ca,--4H.O), and is distinguished from the corresponding tartrate by being insoluble in excess of caustic potash. It is soluble in acetic acid (difference from calcium oxalate and racemate) (see Tartaric Acid). The U. S. P. directs the following tests: “The aqueous solution (1 in 20) should not be colored red by a drop of phenolphtalein T.S., nor effervesce on the addition of an acid (absence of carbonate). Separate portions of this solution acidulated with nitric acid should not be affected by barium chloride T.S. (ab- sence of sulphate), nor by silver nitrate T.S. (absence of chloride). A solution of 1 Gm. of potassium citrate in 1 Co. of water should not deposit any precipitate on the addition of 1 Co. of acetic acid (absence of tartrate)”—(U. S. P.). This test is based on the formation of cream of tartar (potassium bitartrate) upon the addition of acetic acid. “If 1.08 (1,079) Gm. of potassium citrate be thoroughly ignited at a red heat, it should require for complete neutralization not less than 10 Co. of normal sulphuric acid (corresponding to 100 per cent of the pure salt), methyl orange being used as indicator ’’—(U. S. P.). POTASSII CITRAS EFFERVESCENS.—POTASSII CYANIDUM. 1563 Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—(See Liquor Potassii Citratis.) Dose, 20 to 40 grains, well diluted with water. PoTASSII CITRAS EFFERVESCENS (U. S. P.)—EFFERVESCENT POTASSIUM CITRATE. Preparation.—“Citric acid, sixty-three grammes (63 Gm.) [2 ozs. av.,97 grs.]; potassium bicarbonate, ninety grammes (90 Gm.) [3 ozs, av., 76 grs.]; sugar, forty- seven grammes (47 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 288 grs.]. Powder the ingredients separately, and mix them thoroughly in a warm mortar. Dry the resulting, uniform paste rapidly at a temperature not exceeding 120° C. (248°F.), and, when it is perfectly dry, reduce it to a powder of the desired degree of fineness. Keep the product in well-stoppered bottles”—(U. S. P.). This effervescing salt, when made into solution, is pleasantly acidulous. Lest decomposition take place, the temperature above directed should not be exceeded, for, under such circumstances, fusion and discoloration of the salt takes place, and an unpleasant, bitter taste develops. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—A pleasant form of administering potas- sium citrate. As a laxative, 100 grains may be dissolved in a glass of water. POTASSII CYANIDUM (U. S. P.)—POTASSIUM CYANIDE. FORMULA: KCN. MOLECULAR WEIGHT: 65.01. SYNONYMs: Cyanide of potash, Potassii cyamuretum, Cyanuret of potassium, Potassii cyanidum, Kalium cyamatum, Cyanuretum kalicum, Cyamuretum potassicum. Preparation.—Chemically pure potassium cyanide may be prepared by con- ducting the vapors of hydrocyanic acid into an alcoholic solution of potassium hydroxide. The cyanide, being nearly insoluble in alcohol, is precipitated in the form of a crystalline powder. The hydrocyanic acid is obtained by the action of diluted sulphuric acid upon potassium ferrocyanide (yellow prussiate of potash) (see U. S. P. process under Acidum Hydrocyamicum, Dilutum). Usually potassium cyanide is prepared by Liebig’s method, which consists in melting together pre- viously dried potassium ferrocyanide (yellow prussiate of potash) 8 parts, with pure potassium carbonate (dried), 3 parts. The U. S. P. (1870) directs as follows: “Mix the salts intimately, and throw the mixture into a deep, iron crucible, pre- viously heated to redness. Maintain the temperature until effervescence ceases, and a portion of the fused mass, of a pure white color, concretes upon a warm glass rod dipped into it. Then pour the liquid carefully into a shallow dish to solidify, ceasing to pour before the salt becomes contaminated with the precipi- tated iron. Break up the mass while yet warm, and keep the pieces in a well- stoppered bottle”—(U. S. P., 1870). The reaction takes place with formation of potassium cyanate (KOCN) and liberation of carbonic acid gas and iron, as follows: Fe,(CN), Ks--2K.CO,-10 KCN-H2KOCN-HCO,--Fe,. The formation of the cyanate may be prevented by adding charcoal, or the potassium cyanate may be dissolved out by means of alcohol. The French Codex prepares a purer potassium cyanide by strongly heat- ing potassium ferrocyanide alone, whereby nitrogen is evolved and iron carbide formed, as follows: Fe,(CN),Ks-8KCN-H2Fe(C.--N. The U. S. P. demands an article of 90 per cent strength. Description and Tests.-As officially demanded, it forms “white, opaque, amorphous pieces, or a white, granular powder, odorless when perfectly dry, but, in moist air, exhaling the odor of hydrocyanic acid. The taste is sharp, and somewhat alkaline, but should be ascertained with great care, as the salt is very poisonous. In moist air the salt, deliquesces. Soluble in about 2 parts of water at 15°C. (59°F.). Boiling water dissolves its own weight of the salt, but rapidly decomposes it. In alcohol it is but sparingly soluble. At a low red heat the salt fuses. Its aqueous solution (1 in 20) has a strongly alkaline reaction, and emits the odor of hydrocyanic acid. With an equal volume of sodium bitantrate T.S., it yields a white, crystalline precipitate. With sodium cobaltic nitrite T.S., a copious yellow precipitate is produced *-(U. S. P.). With soluble salts of heavy metals, potassium cyanide forms precipitates of metallic cyanides, soluble, as a 1564 POTASSII ET SODII TAIRTRAS, rule, in excess of potassium cyanide, with the formation of double salts (see Potas- sium, Ferrocyanide). The salt, when fused with access of air, attracts Oxygen, and forms potassium cyanate. The salt is decomposed by the weakest acids, even carbonic acid, hence its odor of hydrocyanic acid. “Potassium cyanide should be kept in well-stoppered bottles”—(U. S. P.). Possible impurities in potassium cyanide consist in unchanged carbonate, ferrocyanide, potassium cyanate, etc., which are detected by the following official tests: A few drops of an aqueous solution (1 in 20) “give with silver nitrate T.S., a white precipitate, which is soluble in an excess of the solution of potassium cyanide, also in ammonia water, and in concentrated nitric acid (distinction from silver chloride). If 5 Co. of the solution be shaken with a few drops of ferrous sulphate T.S., and a slight excess of hydrochloric acid then added, a blue precipitate (Prussian blue) will be produced. The aqueous solution (1 in 20) should not produce more than a slight effervescence on the addition of diluted hydrochloric acid (limit of carbon- ate). After the acid has been added in slight excess, a drop of ferric chloride T.S. should produce neither a blue (absence of ferrocyanide) nor a red color (sul- phocyanate). A solution of 0.65 Gm. of potassium cyanide in 12 Co. of water should require the addition of at least 45 Co. of decinormal silver nitrate V.S. before the precipitate, which at first redissolves on agitation, becomes permanent (each cubic centimeter of the volumetric solution indicating 2 per cent of the pure salt)”—(U. S. P.). * Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This salt ranks in activity as a poison next to hydrocyanic acid (see Acidum Hydrocyamicum for action). Medicinally, it has been preferred to hydrocyanic acid, on account of its not so readily becoming decomposed, and being more constant in its strength. It is used in all instances where hydrocyanic acid is indicated, in the dose of about ; of a grain, or less, and should be given in a tablespoonful of pure water, or diluted aromatic syrup. Great care must be employed in using it, if, indeed, it should be used at all. It adds to the efficiency of some cough remedies. Externally, it has been efficiently used in sick headache, meuralgia, Sciatica, rheumatism, etc., being applied to the part on lint or linen, in the proportion of 8 grains of the cyanide to 2 fluid ounces of distilled water, keeping the part constantly moistened with it. This solution is one of the promptest agents for the removal of silver nitrate stains. The dark spots produced by nitrate of silver on the conjunctiva, are obliterated by dropping the solution of the cyanide into the eye on each alternate day (Guthrie). As this salt is extensively used in photography, silver plating, etc., numberless cases of poisoning have occurred from its use. Three grains internally have produced death. The treatment is the same as for hydrocyanic acid (which see). Atropine may be employed to antagonize its effects. Specific Indications and Uses.—Same as for Hydrocyanic Acid (which see). POTASSII ET SODII TARTRAS (U. S. P.)—PotAssIUM AND SODIUM TARTRATE. FoRMULA: KNaC, H.O.--4H,O. Molecular WEIGHT: 281.51. SYNoNYMs: Rochelle salt, Tartarated soda, Soda tartarata, Natrokali tartaricum, Tar- tras potassico-sodicus, Sal polychrestwan Seignetti, Seignette's salt, Soda et potassae tartras. History and Preparation.—This salt was introduced as a secret medicine, in 1672, by Seignette, an apothecary of Rochelle, France. Its composition and prepa- ration was made known, in 1731, by Boulduc and Geoffroy. It is a double salt, tartrate of potassium and Sodium (C, H, O, KNa+4H.O), and is prepared by neu- tralizing acid potassium tartrate (see Potassii Bitartras) with sodium carbonate. The following process agrees with that of the formula of the British Pharmacopoeia (1898): Take of bitartrate of potassium, in powder, 16 ounces; carbonate of sodium, 12 ounces; boiling water, 4 pints (Imp. meas.). Dissolve the carbonate in the water, add the bitartrate to neutralization; boil and filter. Concentrate the liquor till a pellicle forms on its surface, and then set it aside to cool and crystallize. The residual liquor will yield more crystals by further concentration and cooling (Ed.). The U. S. P. (1870) employed the same weights (troy) and 5 pints of water; in other respects the process is the same. POTASSII- ET SODII TARTRAS. 1565 Description and Tests.-Tartrate of potassium and sodium often forms crys- tals of a considerable size. The U. S. P. describes the salt as in “colorless, trans- parent, rhombic prisms, or a white powder, odorless, and having a cooling, Saline taste. The crystals slightly effloresce in dry air. Soluble in 1.4 parts of water at 15° C. (59°F.), and in less than 1 part of boiling water; almost insoluble in alco- hol. When heated to 74°C. (165.2°F.), the salt fuses to a colorless liquid, which, at a higher temperature, froths, becomes brown, and gradually carbonizes, while inflammable vapors are emitted, having the odor of burning sugar. Finally, a black residue is left, consisting of alkaline carbonate mixed with carbon. The aqueous solution of the salt is neutral to litmus paper. A 10 per cent aqueous Solution yields, with an equal volume of acetic acid, a white, crystalline precipi- tate. With sodium cobaltic nitrite T.S., the solution yields a copious yellow pre- cipitate. With silver nitrate T.S., it produces a white precipitate, which becomes black on boiling. To a non-luminous flame it communicates a yellow color (sodium), which, when viewed through a blue glass, appears violet-red (potas- sium) *-(U. S. P.). Sulphuric acid, added to the aqueous solution, combines with the sodium, and replacing it by hydrogen, causes a precipitate of small crys- tals of bitartrate of potassium; perchloric acid precipitates perchlorate of potas- sium; platinum tetrachloride gives a yellow precipitate. The solution of the salt is incompatible with acetate of lead, soluble barium and calcium salts, many acids, and Salts containing excess of acid. To test for impurities, the U. S. P. directs: “The aqueous solution (1 in 20) should not be rendered turbid by the addition of a small amount of ammonium oxalate T.S. (absence of calcium), nor by an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide T.S., either before or after acidulation with diluted hydrochloric acid (absence of arsenic, lead, copper, etc.). When heated with potassium hydrate T.S., the solu- tion should not give off the odor of ammonia. If 10 Co. of the solution (1 in 20) be mixed with 1 Co. of hydrochloric acid, the addition of 1 Co. of barium chloride T.S. should produce no turbidity (absence of sulphate). If 0.36 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in 9 Co. of water, and then 1 Co. of nitric acid and 0.2 CC. of deci- normal silver nitrate V.S. be added, and the mixture filtered, the filtrate should remain clear upon the further addition of silver nitrate V.S. (limit of chloride). If 1.41 Gm. of potassium and sodium tartrate be completely decomposed by igni- tion, the alkaline residue should require for complete neutralization not less than 10 Co. of normal sulphuric acid (corresponding to 100 per cent of the pure salt), methyl orange being used as indicator”—(U.S. P.). Mr. F. W. Haussmann (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1894, p. 296), reporting on about 10 samples of commercial Rochelle salt, both in crystals and powder form, found them to be of a high degree of purity, especially free from lead. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Tartrate of potassium and sodium is a mild, laxative, cooling salt, rather more agreeable than most neutral salts, and adapted for irritable or fastidious stomachs. Its dose is from 2 drachms to an ounce, dissolved in 8 to 10 parts of water. When given in the form of dilute Solution, and so as not to excite purging, it becomes absorbed, and produces alka- linity of the urine; consequently, its use should be avoided in phosphatic urine, but is of advantage in excessive acidity of the wrime, and has been employed with success in acute rheumatism, with acidity of the urine. Two drachms of tartrate of potassium and sodium added to 40 grains of bicarbonate of sodium, and put up in one (blue) paper, and 35 grains of tartaric acid, placed in the other (white) paper, form the gentle, laxative known as Seidlitz powder. Dissolve the contents of each paper, separately, in half a tumbler of water, mix the two solutions, and drink immediately, while it is effervescing. The necessity for using two papers may be obviated, and a very satisfactory preparation obtained, by mixing 2 parts of bitartrate of sodium with 1 part of bicarbonate of sodium. The mixture keeps well even in paper, and effervesces briskly when mixed with water. Related Salts.--SODII CITRAs, Sodium citrate (2Cs H, Nas O.11H2O). Saturate a solution of citric acid with sodium bicarbonate, evaporate, and set aside for crystallization. Forms White, rhombic pyramids of a non-bitter, saline taste. A pleasant cathartic in doses of from 1 to 13 ounces. SODII TARTRAs, Sodium tartrate (Na2C4H4O6.2H2O).-A white, crystalline salt, nearly tasteless, and acting as a pleasant purgative. Dose, 8 to 10 drachms. * 1566 POTASSII FERROCY AN IDUM. POTASSII FERROCYANIDUM (U. S. P.)—PotAssIUM FERROCYANIDE. FoRMULA: K, Fe(CN), H3H,O. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 421.76. SYNONYMs: Yellow prussiate of potash, Kalium ferrocyamatum, Cyamuretwm ferroso- potassicum, Potassae prussia's flava, Kaliwm borussicum, Prussiate of potassa, Prussiate of potash, Ferrocyamuret of potassium, Ferroprussiate of potassa. History and Preparation.—Macquer, in 1752, by boiling Prussian blue with caustic potash, was the first to obtain this salt, and Berthollet, in 1787, qualita- tively established its composition, stating it to contain iron, alkali, and prussie acid. Potassium ferrocyanide may be obtained by several methods. Ferrous salts, treated with excess of potassium cyanide, first yield a light-brown precipitate (Fe, CNJ,K), formerly thought to be ferrous cyanide (Fe,MCNI). The precipitate is soluble in excess of potassium cyanide, with yellow color, potassium ferro- cyanide resulting as follows: Fe,(CN), K+7CNK=Fe,(CN),Ks (compare tests under Potassii Carbomas). Until within recent years, the following old method has been exclusively employed on a large Scale. It consisted in exposing a mixture of pearl ash (impure potassium carbonate) and organic matter, such as hoofs, horns, and other nitrogenous animal matters to a cherry-red heat, in an iron crucible, and constantly stirring the mass. The calcined product is then cooled, lixiviated with water, and concentrated by evaporation; upon standing, crystallization takes place. The crystals are purified by repeated crystallization. This method, within recent years, is being largely supplanted by the manufacture of yellow prussiate of potash from waste products in the purification of illuminating gas. This salt was formerly very popular as a medicine. Description and Tests.—Potassium ferrocyanide, as officially described, oc- curs in “large, soft, transparent, yellow, 4-sided, monoclinic tables, odorless, and having a mild, Salime taste. Slightly efflorescent on exposure to dry air. Soluble in 4 parts of water at 15°C. (59°F.), and in 2 parts of boiling water; insoluble in alcohol. When heated to 60° C. (140°F.), the salt begins to turn white from loss of water, and when heated to 100° C. (212° F.), it is rendered anhydrous. The aqueous solution is neutral to litmus paper”—(U. S. P.). A low, red heat decomposes the salt, converting it into cyanide of potassium, carbide of iron, and other compounds, while distillation with diluted sulphuric acid yields vapors of hydrocyanic acid (see Potassii Cyanidwm). “With sodium bitartrate T.S., the aqueous solution yields a white, crystalline precipitate. Sodium cobaltic nitrito T.S. produces a copious yellow precipitate. The color of the precipitate produced by ferric chloride T.S. is dark blue; that produced by copper sulphate T.S. is red- dish-brown; while lead acetate T.S. or silver nitrate T.S. throws down a pure white precipitate”—(U. S. P.). These precipitates are salts of the crystallizable water- and alcohol-soluble ferrocyanic acid (Fe, CNJ.H.), which may be obtained in the form of a precipitate by adding solution of hydrochloric acid to a concen- trated solution of potassium ferrocyanide. The iron salt is the well-known Prus- sian blue (see Ferri Ferrocyanidwm). The copper precipitate is characteristic for this metal. The aforenamed ferrocyanides of heavy metals are insoluble in di- luted mineral acids, but decomposable by caustic alkalies. The precipitate formed in silver nitrate Solution with potassium ferricyanide is orange-red. The U. S. P. directs the following tests for impurities: “No effervescence should be caused by the addition of diluted sulphuric acid to a concentrated solu- tion of the salt (absence of carbonate). The aqueous solution (1 in 20), acidu- lated with hydrochloric acid, should, upon the addition of barium chloride T.S., remain clear, or at most show but a trifling turbidity (limit of sulphate). If a mixture of 0.5 Gm. of the salt with 1.5 Gm. of pure potassium nitrate and 0.5 Gm. of pure, anhydrous sodium carbonate be heated to redness in a porcelain crucible, the residue dissolved in water, the filtered solution supersaturated with nitric acid, mixed with 0.1 Co. of decinormal silver nitrate V.S., and again filtered, no turbidity should be produced in the filtrate by the further addition of silver nitrate V.S. (limit of chloride). The precipitate produced in the aqueous solution, acidulated with nitric acid, by silver nitrate T.S. should be of a pure white color, without a tinge of red (absence of ferricyanide)”—(U. S. P.). POTASSII HYPOPHOSPHIS. 1567 Action, Miedical Uses, and Dosage.—Ferrocyanide of potassium is not poi- sonous, being absorbed and carried off quickly with the urine. Large doses are said to cause giddiness, debility, occasional non-fetid salivation, and ulceration of the mouth. From 5 to 12 grains, dissolved in water, and repeated 2 or 3 times a day, have been found efficient as a sedative and calmative in febrile diseases, per- tussis, tic-douloureuz, etc. It has also proved advantageous in chronic bronchitis and might-sweats. Its special place in therapeutics is to act as a sedative to the circu- lation, and to lessen nervous irritation, and it is indicated in chronic diseases with excitation, frequent pulse, marked nervous irritability, with impairment of the nerve centers. This agent is reputed useful in genital hyperasthesia at the meno- pause, and in ovarian irritation. It relieves the manifestations of hypochondria of the male, and hysteria in chronic female disorders. Another indication for its use is a pale, lax condition of the mucous tissue, with over-secretion of mucus, as of chronic vaginitis, intestimal catarrh, and catarrhal affections of the mose, throat, and bronchiae. Dose, 5 to 15 grains, every 3 hours. It is much used in the prepara- tion of hydrocyanic acid, and as a reagent for detecting iron in Solution. A mere trace of iron in solution occasions a blue precipitate with it. Specific Indications and Uses.—Nervous irritability, with excited circula- tion; impairment of nerve centers; hysteria or hypochondriasis, with slow, im- perfect waste and nutrition; ovarian irritation; genital hyperasthesia; lax, pale mucous tissues, with mucorrhoea. Related Compounds.-POTAssII FERRICYANIDUM (K6 Fe2LCNJ12), Potassivm ferricyanide, Potassium ferridcyanide, Red potassium prussiate, Red prussiate of potash. This salt is obtained from the foregoing salt by Oxidation. Into a cold solution of ferrocyanide of potassium, pass a current of chlorine gas until the liquid ceases to form a blue precipitate or a blue color with ferric chloride. Evaporate and allow to crystallize. The reaction is as follows: Fe2 (CN)12 Ks +Cl2=Fe3(CN)12K6 +2KCl. It forms large, dark-red, or hyacinth-red prisms, transparent, anhydrous, saline and feebly astringent to the taste. Four parts of Water effect its solution. Exposure to light causes it to be reduced again to potassium ferrocyanide, at the same time a blue piecipitate being formed. Lead and mercuric salts produce no precipitates With it. It is the prominent test for ferrows salts, with which it strikes a deep-blue color, forming ferrous ferricyanide or Turnbull's blue, while ferric salts produce only a brown coloration. Silver salts form with it an orange, cupric salts a greenish-yellow, and mercurous compounds, a red-brown precipitate. This salt was first obtained by Gmelin. oDIUM NITRO-PRUSSIDE (Na,Fe2TCN]10|NO]2.4H2O).-The salts of hydrogen-nitro-prusside, or nitro-prussic acid (H4Fe3DCN]10INO]2), are characterized by the beautiful violet coloration they yield when in contact with solutions of alkali sulphides. The sodium salt is obtained by dissolving powdered potassium ferrocyanide in diluted nitric acid, and warming on the water-bath. The reaction is accompanied by evolution of much gas, consisting especially of carbon dioxide and hydrocyanic acid. When the reaction is completed, nitrate of potassium falls out upon cooling. The mother liquor is then neutralized with sodium carbonate, and after filtration and further crystallization of nitrate, the salt is allowed to crystallize. Sodium nitro-prusside forms permanent, ruby-red prisms, soluble in 23 parts of water. Exposure to light decomposes the solution, Prussian blue being precipitated, and nitric oxide evolved. The violet-blue color produced with soluble sulphides, as mentioned above, is a delicate test for the latter. POTASSIUM SULPHOCYANATE (or Sulphocyanide, as it was formerly called), Potassium thio- cyamate, Potassium rhodamate (KSCN=96.99).-Melt together, at a low red heat, anhydrous potas- sium ferrocyanide (46 parts), sulphur (32 parts), and potassium carbonate (17 parts). Cool and treat the mass with boiling alcohol, in which the salt dissolves, crystallizing out upon cooling; it forms colorless prisms of a biting, saline, cooling taste. The salt deliquesees on exposure, and is easily dissolved by water or alcohol. This substance is a test for ferrie salts, with which it produces a blood-red color, soluble in ether. The color is not readily affected by hydro- chloric acid, but is dissipated by mercuric chloride (compare ferric chloride tests for Ji, conne Acid, under Opium). This reaction also serves as a test for cyanides. By melting potassium cyanide with sulphur, combination takes place with formation of potassium thiocyanate, which may be recognized by the above test. Likewise, sulphur may be tested for by this reaction l'otassium sulphocyanate has been suggested (Sommering) as a substitute for cyanide of potas- sium and prussic acid in therapy, on the ground that it is fully as eſfective without the incon- veniences attending those drugs. POTASSII HYPOPHOSPHIS (U. S. P.)—PotAssIUM HYPOPHOSPHITE. FoRMULA: KPH,O. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 103.91. SYNoNYMS: Potassae, hypophosphis, Hypophosphite of potassium, Hypophosphite of potash, Hypophosphis kalicus, Hypophosphis potassicus, Kaliwm hypophosphorosum. 156S POTASSII HYPOPHOSPHIS. Preparation.—This salt may be produced by neutralizing hypophosphorous acid (which see) with potassium carbonate, and carefully evaporating the solu- tion to dryness, or it may be prepared by double decomposition of solutions of potassium carbonate and calcium hypophosphite, whereby potassium hypophos- phite goes into solution, while calcium carbonate precipitates as follows: K.CO,-- Ca(PO,H,),=2|KPO, H,--CaCO,. The salt may also be obtained by the action of phosphorus upon a warm, concentrated solution of caustic potash, the following reaction taking place with evolution of inflammable hydrogen phosphide gas: Ps--6KOH+6H,O=2PH,--6PO, H.K. When evaporating a solution of this salt, the temperature should be far below boiling, lest an explosion occur. Description and Tests.-Potassium hypophosphite forms “white, opaque, hexagonal plates, or crystalline masses, or a granular powder, Odorless, and hav- ing a pungent, saline taste; very deliquescent. Soluble at 15°C. (59° F.), in 0.6 part of water, and in 7.3 parts of alcohol; in 0.3 part of boiling water, and in 3.6 parts of boiling alcohol; insoluble in ether. When heated in a dry test-tube, the salt at first loses moisture, and then evolves spontaneously inflammable hydro- gen phosphide gas, which burns with a bright-yellow flame. On triturating or heating the salt with nitrates, chlorates, or other oxidizing agents, it detonates violently. The aqueous solution (1 in 20) is neutral to litmus paper, and yields, with sodium bitartrate T.S., a white, crystalline precipitate. With silver nitrate T.S. a white precipitate is formed, which rapidly turns brown and black, owing to the separation of metallic silver. If a small quantity of an aqueous solution of the salt be acidulated with hydrochloric acid, and mercuric chloride T.S. added, so that the latter remain in excess, a white precipitate of mercurous chloride will at first be produced, which, upon further addition of the acidulated solution, is reduced to metallic mercury”—(U. S. P.). The latter two reactions are in conse- Quence of the reducing qualities of potassium hypophosphite. The second reac- tion takes place, with the formation of phosphoric acid, as follows: 4HgCl, H HPO,H,--2H,0=4HgCl–H4HCl·H-H,PO, and 4HgCl–H HPO,H,--2H,0=2Hg,-- 4HCl–H HAPO. The salt should be kept in close-stoppered bottles, and, owing to the danger involved in mixing it with oxidizers, should not be used in combi- nation with the latter class of bodies. The U. S. P. directs the following tests for this salt: “The aqueous solution of the salt (1 in 20) should not effervesce on the addition of an acid (absence of carbonate), nor should it be rendered turbid by ammonium oxalate T.S. (absence of calcium). Separate portions of 5 Co. of the aqueous solution (1 in 20), heated with 1 Co. of nitric acid, should remain clear upon the addition of silver nitrate T.S. (absence of chloride), or of barium chloride T.S. (absence of sulphate). Not more than a slight cloudiness should be produced in the aqueous solution of the salt by the addition of magnesia mixture (limit of phosphate). If 0.1 Gm. of dry potassium hypophosphite be dissolved in 10 Co. of water, then mixed with 7.5 Co. of sulphuric acid and 40 Co. of decinormal potassium permanganate V.S., and the mixture be boiled for 15 minutes, it should not require more than 2 Co. of deci- normal oxalic acid V.S. to discharge the red color (corresponding to at least 98.7 per cent of the pure salt)”—(U. S. P.). Mr. Frank X. Moerk found one of two samples of potassium hypophosphite to contain over 13 per cent of potassium phosphite (PO, HK) (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1889, p.391). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This salt is usually prescribed in the combination known as the compound syrup of the hypophosphites. The hypo- phosphites are particularly useful in allaying pulmonary irritation in atonic sub- jects, and in controlling cough and giving increased freedom of respiration. At the same time, the digestion, blood-making, and the nutrition of the body are improved by it. They are useful in phthisis, bronchitis, convalescence from debili- tating diseases, the disorders produced by mental Strains, sexual excesses, etc. The salt under consideration is especially useful in chromic cough, with thoracic pain, and in the newralgia following pleurodynia, rheumatism, muscular cramps, etc. The indications are soreness or lameness, with pain and tenderness in the muscles. Dose, 1 to 25 grains. Specific Indications and Uses.—Atony, with pallid tongue and membranes; muscular soreness, tenderness, pain, or lameness; chronic cough, with irritation and pain in the chest, pulse weak and rapid; emaciation. POTASSII IODIIDUM. 1569 Related Salt.—POTASSII PHOSPHAs (K2 HPO4), Potassivm phosphate, Dipotassic orthophos- phate. This salt may be prepared by saturating Solution of Orthophosphoric acid with potas- sium carbonate until effervescence ceases, filtering, and allowing to crystallize. It forms a white, deliquescent powder, which crystallizes with difficulty. Potassium phosphate, from 10 to 30 grains, in water, 3 times a day, is employed in phthisical and Scrofulous diseases as an alterative. According to the Schuessler treatment, it is a remedy for mental depression, nerve eachaustion, and in brain and cord lesioms. Excessive prostration, morbid fear, and rapid biood- decay, are guides to its selection. The usual method of prescribing it is to add 5 grains of the 3 x trituration to 4 ounces of water, the dose of which is a teaspoonful every 2 hours in acute troubles, and every 4 hours in chronic affections. POTASSII IODIDUM (U. S. P.)—POTASSIUM IODIDE. FORMULA: KI. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 165.56. SYNONYMs: Iodide of potassium, Iodide of potash, Kaliwm iodatum, Kali hydri- odicum, Iodwretum kalicum, Iodwretum potassicum. Preparation.—Potassium iodide is obtained either by neutralization of hy- driodic acid with caustic potash, or potassium carbonate, or by the action of potassium carbonate upon ferrous iodide, previously prepared by the action of iron filings upon iodine in the presence of water; or iodine is allowed to act upon caustic potash, whereby potassium iodide and iodate are formed, according to the equation: 3I,--6KOH=5IK+IO,K+3H,O. The iodate is then reduced to iodide by mixing the salts with charcoal and exposing to a dull-red heat (compare Potassii Bromidwm). Description.—“Colorless, transparent, or translucent, cubical crystals (the white, opaque, commercial variety being crystallized from an alkaline solution, and less pure), or a white, granular powder, having a peculiar, faint, iodine-like odor, and a pungent, saline, afterward bitter taste. Permanent in dry air, and but slightly deliquescent in moist air”—(U. S. P.). If it contain a small portion of carbonate of potassium or sodium iodide, it gradually attracts moisture from the air, becoming entirely liquid and yellowish from the liberation of iodine. “Soluble, at 15° C. (59°F.), in 0.75 part of water, and in 18 parts of alcohol; in 0.5 part of boiling water, and in 6 parts of boiling alcohol; also soluble in 2.5 parts of glycerin. When heated, the salt decrepitates. At a low, red heat it fuses, and at a bright-red heat it is volatilized without decomposition. Its aqueous solution is neutral, or has, at most, a scarcely perceptible alkaline reaction upon litmus paper. The salt yields a white, crystalline precipitate with sodium bitartrate T.S. If to 5 Co. of the aqueous solution (1 in 20) of the salt, 1 Co. of chlorine water be added, iodine will be liberated, and impart to the solution a yellow color. On agitating the mixture with a few drops of chloroform, this will acquire a violet color”—(U. S. P.). Other substances liberating iodine from potassium iodide are concentrated Sulphuric acid, nitrous acid, ferric chloride, etc. The aqueous solu- tion of potassium iodide readily dissolves iodine, forming a dark, reddish-brown fluid (see Decimormal Iodine Volumetric Solution). Potassium iodide forms character- istic compounds with the salts of heavy metals. With mercuric chloride, a ver- milion-red precipitate of mercuric iodide is formed, soluble in excess of potassium iodide. The solution, containing the double salt, mercuric potassium iodide (HgI, 2IK), is known as Mayer's solution, the well-known test-reagent for alkaloids. Nessler's Solution, the delicate test-reagent for ammonia, is the same fluid rendered alkaline by the addition of caustic potash (see Aqua Ammoniae and U. S. P. Test Solutions). Soluble mercurous salts produce with small amounts of potassium iodide a green precipitate of mercurous iodide (Hg,I), soluble in excess of potassium iodide as mercuric potassium iodide, with precipitation of mercury, as follows: Hg,I, + 2|[=Hg-HHgI, 2IK. From cupric salts, potassium iodide precipitates white, cuprous iodide, with liberation of iodine, as follows: 2CuSO,--4KI=Cu,I,--I,-- 2KSO, Acetate of lead produces, with potassium iodide, a yellow precipitate of iodide of lead (which see). Nitrate of silver precipitates pale-yellow iodide of silver, which is almost insoluble in aqua ammoniae (difference from silver chlo- ride); insoluble in diluted nitric acid. Tests.-Iodide of potassium is often rendered impure by the presence of for- eign substances. Carbonate of potassium may be detected by line-water, which Would render the solution milky, or by alcohol, which does not dissolve the 99 1570 l’OTASSII IODIDUM. carbonate, but dissolves the pure iodide. Other impurities liable to be present are sulphate of potassium, iodate of potassium, chlorides of potassium or sodium, nitrates, metallic impurities, etc. The crystallized salt is naturally purer than the granulated (see analyses by G. H. Charles Klie, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1894, p. 380). The U. S. P. directs the following tests for potassium iodide: “No residue should be left when 1 Gm. of the salt is dissolved in 2 Co. of diluted alcohol of specific gravity 0.928 (absence of less soluble salts)”—(U. S. P.). The strength of this alcohol is about 52.5 per cent by volume. “If 1 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in water and 0.05 Co. (1 drop) of decinormal oxalic acid V.S. be added, no color should be produced by the subsequent addition of a drop of phenolphtalein T.S., even after heating (limit of alkali). When a fragment of the salt is brought into a non-luminous flame on a clean platinum wire, a violet color should appear at once (absence of sodium). If to a solution of the salt (1 in 20) in distilled water, from which all gases have been expelled by boiling, a little starch T.S. be added, and then a few drops of pure diluted sulphuric acid T.S., no blue color should appear at once (absence of iodate)”—(U. S. P.). This test is based upon the action of hydriodic acid upon iodic acid, which takes place according to the equation : 5TH+IO, H=3I,--3H,0. “The aqueous solution (1 in 20) should not be colored or precipitated by the addition of an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide T.S., either before or after acidulation with hydrochloric acid (absence of arsenic, lead, copper, etc.). The aqueous solution should remain clear after the addition of barium chloride T.S. (absence of sulphate)”—(U. S. P.). Mr. L. F. Kebler points out that in the latter test the addition of hydrochloric acid should be directed, because the U.S. P. allows a trace of carbonate to be present, which causes turbidity with barium chloride (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1896, p. 197). “If 1 Gm. of the salt be mixed with 0.5 Gm., each, of iron and of zinc, in coarse powder or filings, and heated in a test-tube with 5 Co. of sodium hydrate T.S., no ammoniacal vapors should be evolved (absence of nitrate or nitrite). No blue color should be com- municated to 5 Co. of the aqueous solution (1 in 20) by 0.1 Co. (2 drops) of potas- sium ferrocyanide T.S. (absence of iron). If 5 Co. of the aqueous solution be gently heated with 1 drop of ferrous sulphate T.S. and 0.5 Co. of potassium hy- drate T.S., no blue color should appear after acidulating the mixture with hydro- chloric acid (absence of cyanide). If 0.5 G. m. of the well-dried salt be dissolved in 10 Co. of water, and 2 drops of potassium chromate T.S. be added, it should require not more than 30.25 Co. nor less than 30 Co. of decinormal silver nitrate V.S. to produce a permanent red color of silver chromate (corresponding to at least 90.5 per cent of the pure salt)”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—In very large doses, iodide of potas- sium is an irritant, though Dr. Elliotson states that 6 drachms may be given daily and continued for many weeks without inconvenience. In small doses, it is diu- retic and alterative. Iodine has been detected in the urine a few minutes after the exhibition of the iodide. (Iodide of potassium, or iodine, may be detected in urine, by first adding starch to the suspected urine, then a few drops of nitric acid, or solution of chlorine; the blue iodide of starch will be precipitated.) A drachm of the iodide, taken in divided doses, has caused vomiting, colicky pains, slight diarrhoea, frequency of pulse, and slight exhaustion, and Dr. Laurie has known small doses to produce serious and even fatal results in certain constitu- tions. Mercurial salivation is frequently occasioned by the administration of this salt to persons who had been subject to mercurial treatment at some prior time. In some constitutions iodide of potassium produces certain symptoms termed iodism, as “violent vomiting and purging, with fever; great thirst; palpi- tation; rapid and extreme emaciation ; cramps, and small, frequent pulse, occa- sionally with a dry cough, and terminating in death” (P.) (see also Iodine). Usually, the unpleasant symptoms occasioned by the use of iodide of potassium gradually pass away upon ceasing its use. A common result from the administra- tion of this salt, is the condition produced simulating “summer catarrh.” Being excreted partially by the air passages, it sets up a severe coryza, with bronchor- rhoea, and swelling, congestion or even inflammation of the pharyngeal, laryn- geal, and conjunctival membranes. The skin and kidneys are also more or less irritated. The action may be so severe as to inflame the antrum of Highmore and the frontal sinus, to cause hoarseness, dyspnoea, oedema of the larynx, im- POTASSII IODIDUM. 1571 pairment of sight and speech, and a paresis of the organs of speech. Even very small doses, in susceptible individuals, have produced symptoms of iodism. It is not uncommon for the iodide to produce an indurated form of acne, and, less commonly, urticaria, watery or bloody blisters, and iodic purpura. The latter consists of purple spots, chiefly upon the legs, which disappear after a short time. Rarely, large blebs form, which are extremely painful to the touch, and are filled with watery or bloody serum. These are termed hydroa, and have produced death. The iodides pass with exceeding rapidity into the blood, and are elimi- nated by the faucial, salivary, and broncho-pulmonary glands, but chiefly by the renal organs, the urine having been known to contain at least 90 per cent of the amount ingested. That it contaminates the milk of nursing mothers, is proven by its emaciating effects upon suckling infants. Iodide of potassium is more likely to do mischief when the kidneys are inactive; it should be very cautiously used, if at all, when the kidneys are diseased. As small a dose as 5 grains have produced decided iodic symptoms, while, as above stated, very large doses have been taken without apparent harm. It should always be given largely diluted with water, and the initial doses of the salt should always be small lest laryngeal Oedema should result. As a therapeutical agent, iodide of potassium has been widely and variously used. Properly employed, it is an agent capable of great good, but if improperly administered, may do irreparable harm. It increases retrograde metamorphosis, and the detritus is eliminated with the salt. If given beyond this action, it attacks the healthy tissues. Prof. Scudder has laid down the indication for its Selection as “a broad, pallid, leaden-colored tongue, rather full. With this indi- cation, it is a very certain antisyphilitic, whilst, with a red and contracted tongue, it is pretty sure to do the patient injury” (Spec. Med., 159). Iodide of potassium is usually given in all cases where iodine is indicated, being less irritating in its action. It appears to be more especially useful in goitre, Strumous enlargement of the glands, strumous Sores and eruptions, strumous ophthalmia, Syphilitic affections, mammary twmors, enlargement of the liver, amenorrhaea, leucorrhaea, mercurio-Syphilitic Sore throat, mercurial cachezia, and tubercular affections of serous tissues. It is extensively employed in the above forms of disease, alone, or in com- bination with the compound syrup of stillingia, in the proportion of 4 drachms of the salt to a pint of the syrup. Owing to its chemical action, it is the remedy relied upon in chronic lead, Tmercurial, and arsenical poisoning. It must, however, be very cautiously used, lest in its union with these minerals it aggravates so as to renew the poisonous effects of the original poisons. Not more than 20 grains should be given during the day. It is regarded as a singular fact that some cases of mercurial sore-mouth are relieved by it, while others are not; but, in the light of specific indications, this is not at all surprising. As an agent for syphilis, it is one of the most important remedies for the tertiary stage. It does harm, and is never indicated in the primary stage. Good hygienic and dietetic care are required in the first stage; small doses of the iodide in syrup of stillingia, as mentioned above, may be given in the second stage; but in the third stage, when the ulcerative processes, and the periosteal and bone complications ensue, the drug may be given in heavy doses with the greatest of benefit. Its efficiency in wicerative syphilitic destruction, caries, periostitis, mocturnal bone-pains, nocturnal tri-facial neuralgia, all due to the syphilitic infection, is promptly and thoroughly declared. While large doses may here be exhibited, care should be taken not to produce iodism, lest a worse than the syphilitic con- (lition be provoked. The vegetable alteratives, as phytolacca, berberis aquifo- lium, etc., are sometimes given with it. Potassium iodide has a marked action in reducing enlargements, and especially when due to hyperemia of the part. Broncho- cele has been cured by it. A syphilitic or scrofulous cachexia is usually behind these troubles when so relieved, for it does not affect solid growths unaccompanied with a cachectic state. The many nervous disorders experienced by those affected by syphilis at the time or some remote period, are benefited by the iodide. Thus epilepsy, severe neuralgia, headache, arthritic pains, chronic rheumatism, and gout are relieved by it. Lumbago, paraplegia, and sciatica have been cured by it, when due to Syphilis or chronic mineral poisoning. In scrofulous conditions, give it with cod- liver oil. The eye disorders of syphilis, rheumatism, and scrofula, such as scrofulous 1572 POTASSII NITRAS. corneal wiceration and opacity, Scrofulous conjunctivitis, and rheumatic or syphilitic tritis, are well treated with 5-grain doses after each meal. The lacteal secretions are dried by this salt, and though in health not a pronounced diuretic, and ordi- marily harmful, where the kidneys are diseased it appears to relieve the dropsy of Bright's disease by acting efficiently as a diuretic, washing away the morbid prod- ucts, though it does not cure or lessen the amount of albumen excreted. Owing to its action upon the mucous tissues in increasing secretion, it is of value in dry asthma, dry cough, and chronic bronchitis of a congestive or purulent type. As soon as its effect of increasing secretion is observed, it should be lessened in dose or withdrawn, so that it will not prove too debilitating. It has been thought of value to prevent the formation of the diphtheritic membrane, where there is marked dryness of the membranes. It has been used successfully in curing anewrism, by inducing thrombosis in the aneurismal sac. As a remedy for skin diseases, it is useful, when dependent upon a scrofulous or syphilitic taint. Upon a like cachexia probably depend those fibrous thickenings and deposits, inflammatory in character, which take place about joints, upon nerve-trunks and tendons, and the periosteal membranes, which are also relieved by the drug. Syphilitic gummata of the brain and elsewhere are often promptly dissipated by its use. It should be remembered that, when taken for a length of time, and especially if used in rather large doses, it will excite ptyalism, and frequently an affection of the mucous membranes of the air passages, very much resembling a cold in the head. The dose of it is from 2 to 30 grains, 3 times a day; the larger doses being employed in ulcerative syphilitic disorders. It should always be given in solution (water or milk) and well diluted, and should also be prescribed in the simplest possible form, on account of its numerous chemical relations with other bodies, many of which decompose it, and form insoluble iodides. Specific Indications and Uses.—Pale, leaden-colored, rather full tongue; dryness of mucous membranes; nocturnal pains; scrofulous and syphilitic (ter- tiary) manifestations, with the above-mentioned tongue; blue line on the gums (chronic lead poisoning). - Related Compounds.-PoTASSII IoDAs (KIO3=213.44), Potassium iodate. There are sev- eral methods of preparing this salt. Iodine is allowed to react with caustic potash, and the resulting mixture of iodide and iodate is treated with alcohol, which leaves potassium iodate undissolved; or it may be prepared by the action of iodine (in the form of its chlorine com- pound, ICl) upon potassium chlorate, as follows: ICl–H KClO3=Cl2 +KIO3. The salt forms translucent or porcelain-like, cubical crystals, soluble in cold (13 parts) and boiling (3.1 parts) water. Alcohol does not dissolve it, but it is freely soluble in solution of potassium iodide. This solution, acidulated, sets iodine free (see Potassii. Iodidum). The salt is fusible, and when strongly heated, gives off oxygen, while potassium iodide remains. This agent has been sub- stituted for potassium chlorate in wicerated conditions of the mouth and fawces. Gangrenous stoma- titis, salivation, and diphtheria have been treated with it, the usual dose being 4 to 8 grains. It appears to restrain the secretions of the mucous surfaces. IoDIA.—A combination of the active constituents of the green roots of stillingia, helonias, saxifraga, and menispermum ; iodide of potassium, phosphate of iron, and aromatics. Em- ployed in wterime debility and menstrual derangements, and in syphilitic, cutaneous, and Scrofulous diseases. Dose, 1 to 2 fluid drachms, 3 times a day, before meals. Iodia is a specialty of Battle & Co., of St. Louis, Mo. ELIxIR SALICYLic CoMPOUND.—A specialty of Wm. R. Warner & Co. (Philadelphia and New York), containing salicylic acid, gelsemium, sodium bicarbonate, and potassium iodide. It is designed for use in rheumatism, lumbago, gout, and like diseases. Dose, 1 to 2 teaspoonfuls. POTASSII NITRAS (U. S. P.)—PotAssIUM NITRATE. FoRMULA: KNO. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 100.92. SYNoNYMs: Saltpetre, Saltpeter, Niter, Nitre, Nitrate of potash, Nitras kalicus, Nitras potassicus, Nitºw’m depwratum, Sal petrae, Sal mitri, and Sal prwmelle (when fused). Source, History, and Preparation.—Nitrate of potassium is a salt which was known to the ancients, though probably not sharply distinguished from other salts formed on the surface of soils by efflorescence. It is found in various parts of the globe, as in Europe, Egypt, South America, India, and in several parts of the United States. The greater part of the commercial article was at one time obtained from India, but is now largely supplanted by the artificial product. Potassium nitrate is also found in several plants, as tobacco, crawley root, sun- POTASSII NITRAS. 1573 flower, nettle, etc. The process of obtaining it from the soil, or from heaps of earth containing decaying animal matter, consists in lixiviating the soil in an apparatus containing wood ashes. The resulting solution of nitrate of calcium is made to pass through the wood ashes, and reacts on the carbonate of potas- sium, producing nitrate of potassium and carbonate of calcium. The fluid thus obtained is evaporated and crystallized, and the crystals purified by recrystalli- zation. The nitrification of soils is now known to be due to the presence of fer- ments and bacteria, which convert ammonium salts into nitrites and nitrates in the presence of sufficient alkali and the oxygen of the air. Large amounts of nitrate of potassium are now produced by treating the chloride of potassium obtained from the mines at Stassfurt, Germany, with Chili saltpetre (sodium nitrate). By double decomposition, sodium chloride (common salt) and potassium nitrate (saltpetre) are formed as follows: KCl + NaNO,- KNO,--NaCl. Saltpetre from this source is called conversion Saltpetre. It is an almost absolutely pure potassium nitrate. During the American war with Eng- land (1812), large quantities of saltpetre were prepared from the deposits in the Mammoth Cave of Kentucky. The wooden vats employed are still to be seen in that cavern. The salt erroneously termed South American saltpetre, is a nitrate of sodium (Chili saltpetre) (see Sodii Nitras). Description.—Potassium nitrate occurs in the form of “colorless, transpar- ent, 6-sided, rhombic prisms, or a crystalline powder, odorless, and having a cool- ing, Saline, and pungent taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble in 3.8 parts of water at 15° C. (59°F.), and in 0.4 part of boiling water; very sparingly soluble in alcohol. When heated to 353°C. (667.4° F.), the salt melts. At a higher temperature it is decomposed, giving off oxygen at first, and then some of its nitrogen, leaving a residue of potassium nitrate, nitrite, and oxide. Thrown upon red-hot coals, the salt deflagrates. The aqueous solution is neutral to lit- mus paper”—(U. S. P.). Cold is generated during solution of the salt in temperate or cold water. Alco- hol, of specific gravity 0.878, dissolves about 1 per cent of this salt; it is not soluble in pure alcohol. When held in the non-luminous Bunsen flame, on a platinum wire, it imparts to it a violet color. When allowed to cool from a state of fusion, it concretes into a hard, fibrous, opaque, white mass, known in, commerce by the name of Sal prwmelle or Crystal mineral. Saltpetre, obtained by agitating the solu- tion from which it crystallizes, occurs in the form of fine crystals, and is called Saltpetre flour. Saltpetre, being a powerful oxidizer, should not be triturated to- gether with easily combustible substances. Its most important use is in the manufacture of gunpowder, and of nitric acid. Tests.-The presence of chloride of sodium or common salt renders nitre unfit as a constituent of gunpowder, owing to its tendency to absorb moisture from the air. When nitre is fused and allowed to cool, it assumes a radiated texture; the broader these radii, the purer the salt. If mixed with ºn part of common salt, the radiated appearance is completely destroyed. Commercial sam- ples of saltpetre have been found to contain, occasionally, as much as 75 per cent of sodium chloride (see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1886, p. 288). The U. S. P. gives the following tests for potassium nitrate: “With sodium bitartrate T.S., the aqueous solution (1 in 20) yields a white, crystallime precipi- tate; with sodium cobaltic nitrite T.S., a yellow precipitate. If a small crystal of ferrous sulphate be dissolved in the aqueous solution (1 in 20), and them concen- trated sulphuric acid be poured in, so as to form a separate layer, a dark-brown color will appear at the line of contact”—(U. S. P.). This is a general test for nitric acid and its salts, and is based upon the reduction of nitric acid by ferrous sulphate with evolution of nitric oxide, which dissolves in unattacked ferrous sul- phate solution with brown color. The reaction takes place as follows: 6 FeSO,-- 3H,SO,--2HNO,-3Fe,(SO), H.H.O-H2NO. “If a drop of diphenylamine T.S. be mixed with the aqueous solution, and concentrated sulphuric acid be poured in, as in the preceding test, a deep-blue color will appear at the line of contact”— (U. S. P.). This test is based upon the formation of diphenylamine blue. “The aqueous solution (1 in 20) should remain unaffected by the addition of a few drops of potassium ferrocyanide T.S. (absence of iron); or of barium chloride T.S. (sulphate), or of silver mitrate T.S. (chloride); or of ammonium carbonate T.S., 1574 I’OTASSII NITRAS. ammonium oxalate T.S., or ammonium sulphide T.S. (absence of calcium, zinc, etc.); or by the addition of an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide T.S., either before or after acidulation with hydrochloric acid (absence of arsenic, lead, copper, etc.). If to 5 Co. of the aqueous solution of the salt, 1 Co. of chlorine water and a few drops of starch T.S. be added, no blue color should appear (absence of iodine). No yellow color should appear when 1 Co. of pure, concentrated sulphuric acid is added to 0.1 Gm. of the dry salt (absence of chlorate)”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Nitrate of potassium is irritant, cathar- tic, refrigerant, and diuretic. If the body be kept cool, it acts chiefly as a diu- retic; if warm, as a diaphoretic. In doses of from # to 2 ounces, in solution, it occasions heat and pain in the stomach, vomiting, excessive nervous depression, and sinking of the pulse, and has proved fatal in a few hours; some of the effects being purging, bloody stools, cold extremities, and convulsions. . On account of the uncertainty of its cathartic effects, it is seldom used for that purpose. Its most common actions are to increase the cutaneous and renal Secretlons; to diminish the temperature of the system, and the frequency of the pulse; to keep the bowels gently open, and, in consequence of these influences, to lessen febrile and inflam- matory action. In the Amer. Jour. Med. Sci.,Vol. XVIII, p. 204, an account is given of experi- ments by five students on their own persons while in health. The salt was taken in solution, with the addition of a little mucilage, in quantities increasing gradually from 1 to 5 drachms daily; the proportion for each day being divided into 5 doses. After from 8 to 12 days’ use of it in this manner, it was found to produce general weakness, indisposition to mental or physical exertion, fatigue from the least exer- tion, low spirits, a bruised sensation of the muscles and joints, constant disposi- tion to sleep, slow and weak pulse. The appetite continued good, and digestion was not disordered; occasionally pain in the bowels, with purging. Blood drawn from the veins at this time had the color and density of cherry-juice, the white blood-corpuscles were increased in number and size, the blood-globules were paler, and the blood coagulated very quickly. There was an increase of the water, and a decrease of the solids of the blood, with a dimunition of its fat and an increased proportion of ash in the serum. The pulse did not assume its natural strength and frequency for several days after the discontinuance of the medicine. Potas- sium nitrate is extensively employed as a diuretic, and especially in dropsical affections. It has also been found beneficial in acute rheumatism and in active hemor- rhages; and in these cases it may be given to the amount of 1 or 2 ounces in the course of 24 hours, dissolved in 2 quarts of cold water, and flavored with lemon- peel, and which must be divided into several doses. In acute inflammatory rheu- matism, with excessive tenderness, from 5 to 20 grains, well diluted, may be given 4 times a day. In some cases of acute dysentery, given in association with resin of podophyllum and leptandra, it will be found very valuable in facilitating the cure. From 3 to 5 grains of nitre, dissolved in a little water, and this dose re- peated 3 times a day, I have found very efficient in removing the aching pain in the testicles, complained of by onanists and persons who commit excessive venery. I am not aware that this action is named in any other medical work (J. King). In sore throat, nitre mixed with white sugar, and gradually swallowed, has given great relief; it also forms a useful addition to gargles in quinsy, and, in 3-grain doses, well diluted, it sometimes aborts this trouble. A mixture of nitre and gum Arabic lessens the scalding of gomorrhoea. Urinal incontinence is relieved by nitre. The fumes produced by the deflagration of nitrate of potassium with paper, have been inhaled with benefit in spasmodic asthma. To obtain them, blotting paper must be moistened with a saturated solution of the salt, and then dried; by burning the paper or smoking it in a pipe, the fumes may be inhaled; relief usually follows in about 15 minutes. It is frequently substituted for the bitartrate of potassium in our powder of ipecacuanha and opium. Sal prunelle (fused nitrate of potassium) has been found useful as an application to cracked lips. The dose of nitre as a seda- tive refrigerant, is from 10 to 20 grains, well diluted; as a diuretic, from 20 to 60 grains. There is no certain antidote known to the more serious influences of nitre. The treatment generally pursued is to evacuate the stomach by free emesis, giving water freely, and to combat gastric irritation by external counter-irritants, mucilage and opiates internally, and stimulants to overcome any tendency to POTASSII PERMANGANAS. 1575 prostration. When used as a medicine, nitre should be largely diluted with water. Large doses, or a continued use of it for some time, will cause gastro-intestinal pain. A paste of the powder, prepared with a little water, is said to remove freckles, if applied to the face twice a day. - Specific Indications and Uses.—Renal atomy; scanty urine, with difficult breathing; dysphagia, as if from paralysis of the throat muscles; acute inflamma- tory rheumatism, with excessive tenderness; spasmodic asthma (vapor); tonsillar hypertrophy; aching testicular pain. Related Preparations.—GUNPowDER (Pulvis pyrius, Pulvis nitratis). Gunpowder is pre- pared by combining together, 5 or 6 parts of nitre, with 1 part, each, of charcoal and Sulphur. However, these proportions vary with the different manufacturers of the article, so that there is no regular or official method for its preparation. The uses of gunpowder, aside from medi- cine, are too well known to require description. Recommended as a detergent and alterative in chlorosis and dyspepsia, also as a corrective of morbid secretions of the gastro-mucous mem- brane, dependent on, or accompanied with subacute inflammation. Dose, 10 grains, 3 or 4 times a day, gradually increased, occasionally using a mild laxative. Externally, applied in powder or ointment to indolent ulcers, and several forms of cutaneous diseases. Gunpowder, dissolved in water, and the solution taken in teaspoonful doses, 3 or 4 times in 24 hours, and continued daily, has cured gonorrhoea. Dr. Bone and Dr. Henry, two celebrated botanic practitioners of the earlier part of this century, made considerable use of this article in the treatment of some forms of cutaneous disease, indolent ulcers, and even cancers. (For the formula they employed, see previous editions of American Dispensatory.) The ointment applied twice a day, was re- puted to destroy camcer. PotAssII NITRIs (KNO2=84.96), Potassium nitrite.—This salt is obtained by heating potas- sium nitrate, either alone, or with addition of lead, copper, oriron (NO3 K=NO2K+O). When lead is used, the liberated oxygen oxidizes the metal, forming litharge. It is amorphous and fusible, and often is put on the market in the form of white sticks, resembling those of caustic potash; also in crystalline, granular form. Besides being exceedingly deliquescent, it also absorbs carbonic acid gas from the atmosphere. It is readily soluble in Water, insoluble in alcohol. The salt is used in the testing for potassium or cobalt by the formation of potassium cobaltic nitrite (see Potassa), also in the preparation of diazo compounds (see Anilinwm). . Its physiological and therapeutical effects are those common to the nitrites, particularly those of amyl nitrite. The usual dose is 3 grains, doses of 10 grains having produced dangerous toxic symptoms. POTASSII PERMANGANAS (U. S. P.)—POTASSIUM PERMANGANATE. FoRMULA: KMnO, MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 157.67. SYNONYMS: Permangamate of potash, Potassae permanganas, Kali hypermanganicum crystallizatwm, Hyperpermangamas kalicus, Hyperpermanganas potassicus. History and Preparation.—As early as 1659, this salt was produced by Glauber, while fusing together caustic potash and black oxide of manganese. The British Pharmacopoeia (1898) gives it the formula K,Mn,0s, and states that it may be obtained by the interaction of potassium chlorate, potassium hydroxide, and manganese dioxide. (For this process, full directions are given in the Br. Pharm., 1885.) Accordingly, an evaporated mixture of 4 parts of black oxide of manga- nese, 3% parts of potassium chlorate, and 5 parts of caustic potash, previously dissolved in 4 parts of water, is exposed to a dull-red heat in a covered crucible, the fused, dark-green mass, boiled out with water, and the solution, decanted from insoluble manganese dioxide, is saturated with carbonic acid gas, and evapo- rated to crystallization. Purify by recrystallization. In this process, potassium manganate (K,MnO,) is first formed, according to the equation: 3MnO,--6KOH-H KClO,--3K, MnO,--KCl–H3H.O. This compound, upon boiling with water, is decomposed into potassium permanganate and hy- drated manganese dioxide, as follows: 3K, MnO,--3H,0=K,MnO,--MnO, H,-- 4KOH. The free caustic potash formed is neutralized by carbonic acid gas. Description and Tests.—The U. S. P. describes potassium permanganate as “slender, monoclinic prisms, of a dark-purple color, almost opaque by trans- mitted, and of a blue, metallic lustre by reflected light, odorless, and having a taste at first sweet, but afterward disagreeable and astringent. Permanent in the air. Soluble in 16 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and in 3 parts of boiling water. In contact with alcohol, it is decomposed. When heated, the salt de- crepitates, and at 240° C. (464° F.), it decomposes, yielding oxygen, potassium 1576 POTASSII PERMANGANAS. manganate, and manganese dioxide. The aqueous solution of the Salt is of a deep, violet-red color when concentrated, and of a rose color when much diluted, and this color is discharged by hydrogen sulphide, ferrous sulphate, oxalic acid, alcohol, and many other readily oxidizable substances, especially if the solution be first rendered acid by sulphuric acid. The solution is neutral to litmus paper’—(U. S. P.). Potassium permanganate is one of the most energetic oxidizing agents known. It is readily decomposed when in contact with organic and oxidizable inorganic bodies, especially the substances before mentioned. By oxidation in acid solution, 5 atoms of oxygen, from each 2 molecules of the salt, become available, accord- ing to the following equation: Mn,O.K.--3H,SO,--2MnSO,--K,SO,--3H,0+O. The available oxygen oxidizes ferrous to ferric salts, oxalic acid to carbonic acid, hydrochloric acid to chlorine, etc. On account of the definiteness of these reac- tions, potassium permanganate finds a most important application in volumetric analysis (see U. S. P. Volumetric Solutions). When its solution is warmed with strong alkali it turns green, oxygen being evolved and potassium manganate formed as follows: 2MnO, K+2KOH=2MnO,K,--H,O-HO. Permangamate of potas- sium should be kept in well-closed bottles, and secure from impure air and light. Its solution, not being permanent, should be made as required and should not be allowed to come in contact with caoutchouc, upon which it acts, being at the same time decomposed by it. On account of its action on organic bodies, a writer in the British Medical Journal (1862) has recommended it as calculated in an emi- ment degree to meet every case of poisoning by organic poisons, as, by aconite, strychnine, veratrine, cyanide of potassium, etc. Recently, this view has been revived and put into practice, but probably without any satisfactory results. In this manner, it is reputed an antidote for morphine poisoning. The U. S. P. directs the following tests for potassium permanganate: “If 0.5 Gm. of the salt be boiled with 10 Co. of ammonia water and 10 Co. of water (or with 20 Co. of water and 4 Co. of alcohol) until it is completely decomposed, and the liquid then filtered, the clear, colorless filtrate will serve for the following tests: If to 5 Co. of the filtrate, acidulated with nitric acid, barium chloride T.S. be added, not more than very slight turbidity should be produced (limit of sul- phate). In another portion of 5 Co., acidulated with nitric acid, silver nitrate T.S. should produce no precipitate or cloudiness (absence of chloride). If to another portion of 5 Co. of the filtrate 1 drop of diphenylamine T.S. be added, and then 1 Co. of pure, concentrated sulphuric acid be poured in, so as to form a layer beneath, no blue color should appear at the line of contact (absence of nitrate or chlorate). If 0.1 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in 10 Co. of boiling distilled water, and 1 Co. of sulphuric acid be cautiously added, the solution should require for complete decoloration not less than 31.3 Co. of decinormal oxalic acid V.S. (corre- sponding to at least 98.7 per cent of the pure salt)”—(U. S. P.). A delicate test for manganous salts (except when chlorides are present) is based on the forma- tion of a purple-colored solution of permanganic acid (MnO,H), when warming a small quantity of the manganous salt with lead dioxide and nitric acid. The following reaction takes place: 2MnSO,--5PbO,--6HNO,-2PbSO,--3Pb(NO), H- 2H.O-H2MnO, H. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Locally, permanganate of potassium imparts a brown stain. Unbroken mucous surfaces are unaffected by its applica- tion, but a hot, Smarting pain is felt when the surface is denuded. Internally, it produces a disagreeable form of heartburn and gastric uneasiness, and a sense of pressure beneath the sternum. Irritant poisoning has resulted from as small a dose as 2 grains when concentrated, while 4 or 5 times that quantity have been taken; well diluted, without apparent injury. Permanganate of potassium, in powder or a concentrated solution, is a caustic, stimulant, and disinfectant. In weak solutions, it is a stimulant and disinfectant. It has proved very useful in the treatment of various offensive and infectious dis- eases, as in foul, indolent, and gangrenous ulcers, or abscesses, leucorrhoea, otorrhaea, cancerous ulcers, nasal catarrh, Ozaema, etc., destroying the fetid odor in these cases, checking exuberant granulations when present, and inducing a healthy appear- ance of ulcerated surfaces. It has likewise been found a very efficient local ap- plication in phlegmomous erysipelas, hospital gangrene, and carbuncle. In these affec- POTASSII PERMANGANAS. 1577 tions it may be applied locally, as a wash, by injection, or by means of spray, and of different strengths, varying from 10 grains to 2 drachms or more to a pint of water, according to circumstances. In carbuncle and felon, these must first be in- cised slightly, and then the solution be applied, having the strength of 1 part of the salt to 2 of water, or the fluid may be injected without incision. One part of the salt dissolved in 9 parts of distilled water, has been suggested as a standard solution; of this from to 2 parts may be added to 16 parts of water, as required, though it is always better to commence with the weaker solution. The standard solution of full strength may be used in indolent ulcers, gangrene, cancer, and com- mencing diphtheria. As it becomes more or less decomposed by contact with or- ganic bodies, the solution is best applied by means of a glass brush or syringe. In stomatitis, diphtheritic affections, croup, and other fetid or unhealthy conditions of the mouth, throat, and fauces, diphtheroid and malignant Sore throat, ulcerated fau- ces, catarrhal hypersecretion, pharyngitis, laryngitis, tonsillitis, and ulcerated catarrhal conditions of the broncho-pulmonary tracts, it may be used in spray or as a gargle, 1 part of the standard solution to 16 parts of distilled water. No other water should be employed in forming its solutions, on account of the organic matters they con- tain. This fluid may also be used to correct the odor of decayed teeth, to free the hands from any bad smell contracted during post-mortem examinations, and to correct any bad odor from the feet or axillae. From the fact that serpent poison is destroyed by this drug, it has been recommended as a local agent in bites of serpents. It must be in direct contact with the poison to be of any service. It has been proposed for dog-bites, to prevent rabies. The indications for the local use of permanganate of potassium are clearly defined by Prof. Scudder (Spec. Med., p. 209) as follows: “The indications for its use are where the tissues are swollen from infiltration into the connective tissue. In cases of wounds, we will notice that the edges are swollen, and the process of repair stops. The infiltration continuing, the pus becomes watery and ichorous, granulations pale and flabby; the parts separate, and finally slough. In inflam- mation we have very nearly the same indications for its use—the inflammation always being of a low grade, and showing infiltration of cellular tissue.” Prof. Locke (Mat. Med., p. 413) tersely puts the indications as “fetid surfaces with granu- lations half rotten and half alive.” A drachm of the permanganate in half a fluid ounce of water, and placed in a saucer under a table, bed, or other conve- nient place, destroys all odor, and has this great advantage over other deodorants, that it has no odor of its own. Six grains of permanganate of potassium dis- solved in a fluid ounce of water, and used as an injection 3 times a day, has proved very successful in the treatment of gomorrhaea, to destroy the infective material, after which a weak solution (2 grains to 1 ounce of water) should be employed until a cure is effected. The stains of potassium permanganate may be removed with diluted hydrochloric, sulphurous, or oxalic acids, or solution of ferrous sulphate. - Internally, it has been recommended in diabetes, in doses of about 3 grains, given in 3 or 4 tablespoonfuls of water, 3 times a day, a little before meals; but its results have not been very encouraging. Its internal use in diphtheria, Scarlatina, and zymotic diseases, generally has been found serviceable, though but seldom em- ployed at the present day. One part of the salt to 10 of water, has been extolled as a remedy against cholera. One or 2 parts to 500 of water has been termed ozomized water, the dose of which is a fluid drachm in 2 fluid ounces of water, to be repeated 4 or 5 times a day; as an oxidizing agent in the blood, transforming lactic acid into carbonic acid. Administered in #-grain doses, permanganate of potassium, dissolved in water and raspberry syrup, and repeated 3 times a day, has cured acute rheumatism. Within a very few years, the agent, in doses of 1 to 2 grains, 4 times a day, near the menstrual period, has been lauded as an efficient emmenagogue in atomic amenorrhoea from cold and other causes. Some declare it useless. Certain it is, that very uncomfortable and even painful gastric symp- toms often overbalance the good it may do in this direction. The dose of this Salt is from 1 to 2 grains, in pill, every 4 or 6 hours. Solutions for topical use range in strength from 1 in 500 to 1 in 10 parts of water, accordingly, as a stimu- lant antiseptic or a caustic is required. This salt is claimed to be an antidote for poisoming by morphine. 1578 - I’OTASSII SULPHAS. Specific Indications and Uses.—Flabby, pale, unhealthy, half-rotten granu- lations; fetid surfaces; swollen, infiltrated tissues, with lack of reparative force; low inflammations, with infiltration of connective tissues; phlegmomous erysipe- las; inflammations, with low vitality and inclined to slough; early in boils and felons (to abort); watery, ichorous pus; atonic amenorrhoea, from cold, mental strain, or following sea-sickness, with mental depression and pelvic weight and dragging (?). POTASSII SULPHAS (U. S. P.)—PotAssIUM SULPHATE. FoRMUL.A.: K,SO, MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 173.88. SYNONYMS : Sulphate of potash, Sulfas potassicus, Sulfas kalicus, Tartarus vitrio latus, Arcamum duplicatum, Neutral sulphate of potassium. Source and Preparation.— Potassium sulphate occurs in volcanic lava, in sea-water, and the water of mineral springs, and in the ashes of plants. In com- bination with magnesium salts, it forms the mineral kaimite in the Stassfurt salt deposits. The salt has, at different times, been known as Vitriolated tartar, Sal polychrestwm, Sal de duobus, etc. The medicinal salt may be prepared in different ways, either by neutralizing diluted sulphuric acid with caustic potash or potas- sium carbonate, and evaporating to crystallization, or by exposing to a red heat potassium bisulphate (KHSO), obtained as a by-product in the manufacture of nitric acid (see Acidum. Witricum). Sulphuric acid is expelled, and neutral sul- phate remains, as follows: 2KHSO,-K,SO,--H,SO, Potassium sulphate may also be prepared on a large scale from kainite (K,SO, MgSO, MgCl, H6H.O) by several methods, one of which consists in boiling a solution of this salt with a calculated Quantity of potassium chloride, whereby potassium sulphate crystallizes upon cooling, and carnallite (MgCl,.KCl-i-6H.O) remains in solution. Description and Tests.-Potassium sulphate forms “hard, colorless, trans- parent, 6-sided, rhombic prisms, terminated by pyramids, or a white powder, odor- less, and having a somewhat bitter, Salime taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble in about 9.5 parts of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and in 4 parts of boiling water; insoluble in alcohol. When heated, the crystals decrepitate. At a bright-red heat they fuse, and at a white heat the salt suffers partial decomposition. The aque- ous solution is neutral to litmus paper. The aqueous solution of the salt yields a copious yellow precipitate with sodium cobaltic nitrite T.S., and a white, crys- talline precipitate with excess of tartaric acid T.S.”—(U. S. P.). Heated with car- bonaceous matter, the salt is deoxidized, and sulphide of potassium is formed. A solution of sulphate of potassium, slightly acidulated with nitric acid, yields a white precipitate with chloride of barium, consisting of barium sulphate, insolu- ble in water and acids. Potassium sulphate is seldom adulterated, though it may contain impurities from carelessness in preparation. The U. S. P. directs the following tests: “When held in a non-luminous flame on a clean platinum wire, the salt should at once impart to the flame a violet color (absence of sodium). The aqueous solution (1 in 20) should remain unaf- fected by the addition of an equal volume of hydrogen sulphide T.S., either before or after acidulation with hydrochloric acid (absence of arsenic, lead, copper, etc.); or by the addition of a small amount of ammonium sulphide T.S. (absence of zinc, iron, aluminum, etc.). Other portions of the aqueous solution should not be rendered turbid by the addition of ammonium oxalate T.S. (absence of calcium); or of sodium phosphate T.S. and ammonia water (magnesium); or of silver nitrate T.S. (chloride). The addition of potassium ferrocyanide T.S. should produce neither a blue (absence of iron) nor a red color (copper)”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Sulphate of potassium is a mild, un- irritating cathartic, in doses of 15 to 30 grains, when sufficiently diluted with water. In 1 or 2-ounce doses, it acts as a powerful irritant, and has given rise to fatal accidents. It has been used as an aperient after delivery, in puerpéral fever, to remove intestinal accumulations in children, in dyspepsia, and in jawmdice. Combined with 5 or 10 grains of rhubarb, it is useful in hepatic disorders and hem- orrhoids. Given according to the Schuessler plan, the 3 x trituration is reputed a good application in fugitive shifting pains in the muscles and in chronic muscular rheumatism, with debility and muscular soreness. Five grains of the triturate POTASSII SULPHAS. 1579 are added to 4 fluid ounces of water, the dose of which is a teaspoonful every 2 or 3 hours. Specific Indications and Uses.—Dr. Scudder recommended this Salt in doses of 5 to 10 grains, 3 times a day in a glass of water when the skin is dirty, tissues full and sodden, and skin scaly; wounds heal slowly, inflame, and suppurate. Related Salts.-POTASSII BISULPHAs, Potassium bisulphate, Potassae bisulphas, Bisulphate of potassa, Bisulphate of potassium, Acid potassium Sulphate. Formula: KHSO4. Molecular Weight: 135.85. This salt may be prepared as follows: Take of sulphate of potassium, in powder, 3 ounces; pure sulphuric acid, 1 fluid ounce. . Place the acid and the salt in a small porcelain capsule, and to this apply a heat capable of liquefying its contents; the heat should be con- tinued until acid vapors cease to be given off. The bisulphate, which concretes as it cools, should be reduced to a fine powder, and preserved in a well-stoppered bottle. The salt may also be obtained by recrystallizing from water the residue of potassium bisulphate which remains in the preparation of nitric acid. Precaution must be taken, however, to acidulate the solution with sulphuric acid, because otherwise the neutral salt will crystallize, a corre- sponding quantity of sulphuric acid passing into Solution. According to the quantity of free sulphuric acid present, the following series of crystallizable double salts may be obtained: R2SO4; K2SO4 +KHSO4; KHSO4; KHSO4 + H2SO4. Bisulphate of potassium, formerly called Sal enia:um, forms a white, crystalline powder, or small, oblique, tabular, 4-sided prisms; or, when obtained by extreme concentration and cooling, it forms an apparently firm, fibrous mass. It is odorless, of a very acid taste, is per- manent in the air (but the concreted, fibrous mass effloresces), and is soluble in 2 parts of cold and 3 part of boiling water. Alcohol decomposes it into the neutral salt, which is insoluble, and sulphuric acid, which is soluble in alcohol. Exposed to a moderate heat the salt fuses; at a red heat it loses half its acid, and neutral sulphate of potassium remains (which see). It is incompatible with caustic soda and ammonia, the carbonates of these bases, earths and earthy salts, and most metals and their oxides. Bisulphate of potassium is laxative and tonic, and is very useful to keep the bowels regular during recovery from acute attacks, as well as to improve the appetite. Conjoined with rhubarb, it covers the bitter taste of the latter without injuring its medicinal properties. Seventy-two grains, each, of the bisulphate of potassium and carbonate of sodium, separately dissolved in 2 fluid ounces of water, form, when com- bined, a cheap effervescing purgative. Bisulphate of potassium may be taken in doses of from 20 grains to 2 drachms, properly diluted. POTAssII SULPHAs CUM SULPHURE, Sulphate of potassium with sulphur.—Take of nitrate of potassium, in powder, and of sublimed sulphur, equal weights. Mix them well together, and throw the mixture, by small portions at a time, into a red-hot crucible. When the deflagra- tion is over, allow the salt to cool and place it in a glass vessel, well stopped (Ed.). In this process the sulphur burns with a blue flame, and becomes oxidized at the expense of the oxy- gen of the nitre (nitric acid); the resulting grayish-white compound consists principally of sul- phate of potassium, mixed probably with some sulphite. It is claimed to be much more solu- ble than the sulphate of potassium, and it crystallizes from solution in rhombic prisms. Both the substance itself and its yellowish solution have a sulphurous odor, and an acid reaction. Hydrogen Sulphide is not obtained on the addition of an acid to it, nor is sulphide of lead thrown down by the salts of that metal. Eight parts of cold water dissolve one of this com- pound. It was formerly called Sal polychrestum Glaseri, Glaser’s sal polychrest (C.—P.). This preparation is considered a mild cathartic, resembling very much in its action, that of the sul- phate of potassium. It was formerly much in vogue as a purgative in dyspepsia, chronic cuta- ºneous eruptions, etc. The dose is from 3 to 1 drachm, and generally given with some other gentle laxative, as bitartrate of potassium. POTASSII SULPHIS, Potassium sulphite.—Formula: K2SO4.2H2O. Molecular Weight: 193.84. This salt is prepared by allowing sulphur dioxide to pass into a solution of potassium carbon- ate until all the carbon dioxide is driven off; upon slowly evaporating, potassium sulphite crystallizes; or the acid salt (KHSO3) is prepared by continuing the current of sulphur di- Oxide to Saturation; an equal quantity of potassium carbonate is then added, which produces the neutral Salt, the solution of which is then carefully evaporated. Sulphite of potassium was official in the U. S. P., 1880, which describes it as forming “white, opaque, obliquely-rhombic, Octahedral crystals, or a crystalline powder, somewhat deliquescent, odorless, having a bitter, Saline, and sulphurous taste, and a neutral or feebly alkaline reaction. Soluble in 4 parts of water at 15° C. (59°F.), and in 5 parts of boiling water; only sparingly soluble in alcohol. When gently heated, the salt loses its water of crystallization (18.5 per cent); at a red heat it is decomposed, and leaves a residue of an alkaline reaction. The aqueous solution of the salt yields a white, crystalline precipitate on the addition of a saturated solution of bitartrate of Sodium. Addition of diluted hydrochloric acid to the aqueous solution, gives rise to the odor of burning sulphur, and this solution does not become cloudy (difference from hyposulphite)” —(U. S. P., 1880). This salt should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, as it slowly absorbs oxy- gen, being converted into potassium sulphate. To establish the absence of the latter, or its presence in small amounts, the U. S. P., 1880, directs that a few drops of barium chloride T.S. should cause no precipitate, or produce but a white turbidity in a 1 per cent solution of the salt made strongly acid with hydrochloric acid. The U. S. P., 1880, demanded for this salt a minimum strength of 90 per cent of the pure salt (K2SO3 +2H2O), which was to be ascer- tained by the following test: “If 0.485 Gm. of the salt be dissolved in 25 Ce. of water, and a little gelatinized starch added, at least 45 Ce, of the volumetric solution of iodine should be 1580 POTASSII TARTRAS. required until a permanent blue tint, appears after stirring (corresponding to at least 90 per cent of pure sulphite of potassium)”—(U. S. P., 1880). This agent is reputed to possess the same antifermentative and antiputrefactive qualities as the corresponding salts of sodium and magnesium (which see). From 3i to 3ss may be given, well diluted, in 24 hours. Pot Assi UM BISULPHITE (KHSO3=119.89).--Pass an excess of sulphurous acid gas into a strong solution of potassium carbonate, and add strong alcohol, which causes this salt to be precipitated. It forms white needles of neutral reaction, yet with a sulphurous taste. It slowly evolves sulphur dioxide when exposed to the air. Its properties and uses are similar to those of potassium sulphite. POTASSIUM PyRosULPHITE (K2(SO2]2O).-Forms smooth, hard, glossy plates, having a saline taste. When heated, both sulphur dioxide and sulphur are evolved, the residue being sulphate of potassium. It is produced by passing into a hot and Saturated solution of salt of tartar a stream of sulphur dioxide. Its uses are similar to those of potassium sulphite. POTASSII TARTRAS.—POTASSIUM TARTRATE. FoRMULA: K.C.H.O.H.O. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 243.66. SYNoNYMs: Tartarus solubilis, Tartrate of potash, Soluble tartar, Tartras kalicus, Tartras potassicus, Potassae tantras. History and Preparation.—Tartrate of potassium, also known by the names of Soluble tartar, Sal vegetabile, and Tartarized kali, was known as early as the seven- teenth century. Boerhaave, in 1742, called it Tartarus tartarisatus, obtaining it by the action of potassium carbonate (salt of tartar) upon potassium bitartrate (cream of tartar), which is the method now usually employed. The reaction takes place with formation of the readily soluble, neutral tartrate, as follows: 2KHC, H.O.--K,CO,-CO,--H,0+2K,C,E,Os. In order to obtain a purer product, the bicarbonate is often employed. (For detailed directions, see preceding edition of this Dispensatory.) Description.—Neutral tartrate of potassium forms fine, white, or transparent crystals, consisting of 4 or 6-sided prisms, or a white powder, odorless, somewhat deliquescent, and of a saline, slightly bitter taste, and a neutral reaction to litmus. It is soluble in 0.7 part of water at 15° C. (59° F.), and in 0.5 part of boiling water; almost insoluble in cold alcohol. Its aqueous solution decomposes upon keeping. When heated, the salt melts, becomes black, and evolves inflammable vapors, having the odor of burnt sugar. On moderate ignition, it leaves a black- ened residue of an alkaline reaction, strongly effervescing with acids, on account of the formation of carbonate. Diluted acids precipitate crystals of cream of tartar from solutions of the salt, as follows: K.C.H.O.--HCl=KHC, H,0,--KCl. Hence, the neutral potassium tartrate is incompatible with acids, or acid fruit juices; also with the salts of barium, magnesium, calcium, etc., owing to the formation of insoluble tartrates of these elements. A concentrated solution yields with test solution of silver nitrate a white precipitate, which becomes black upon boiling. Tests.-Potassium tartrate is probably very seldom adulterated, but may con- tain accidental impurities. Mr. Haussmann (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1894, p. 297) found several commercial specimens to contain appreciable quantities of lead. If the salt does not yield a perfectly clear solution with water, tartrate of calcium is to be suspected; the filtered liquid, which will still retain a portion of the calcium salt, gives in this case a precipitate with oxalate of ammonium; if, when filtered from this, a fresh precipitate is caused by phosphate of ammonium, magnesium salts are present. If the residue, after dissolving the salt in water, is not entirely soluble in hydrochloric acid, silica is probably present. The presence of heavy metals, such as lead and copper, may be detected by the brown or black colora- tion or precipitate produced with hydrogen sulphide T.S. in an aqueous solution of the salt. Copper gives a reddish-brown, iron a blue precipitate or color with ferrocyanide of potassium; alumina may be detected by carbonizing the salt, boil- ing the residue with excess of diluted sulphuric acid, filtering, and then super- saturing with ammonia, when a white, flocculent precipitate occurs, which, being washed, dried, and heated with solution of cobaltous nitrate, on charcoal, acquires a blue color (Thénard's blue). Sulphuric and hydrochloric acids are also liable to be present in the form of salts. The U. S. P., 1880, directed for this salt the following tests: “A 10 per cent aqueous solution should yield no precipitate with test solution of oxalate of am- PRIMUL.A. 1581 monium (absence of calcium). On adding nitric acid to a 1 per cent solution of the salt, until the precipitate first formed is redissolved, the resulting solution should yield no precipitate with test solution of chloride of barium (sulphate), and, at most, only a cloudiness with test solution of nitrate of silver (limit of chloride). If 2.938 Gm. of tartrate of potassium are ignited, until gases cease to be evolved, the alkaline residue should require, for complete neutralization, not less than 25 Co. of the volumetric Solution of Oxalic acid (corresponding to 100 per cent of pure tartrate of potassium)”—(U. S. P., 1880). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This salt is a gentle purgative and diu- retic, communicating alkaline properties to the urine, owing to the fact that it is eliminated as a carbonate. It has been employed in dyspepsia, diarrhoea, liver complaint, in wric acid deposits, and sometimes as an adjunct to other more active purgatives, as infusion of Senna. It may be given in doses varying from 1 or 2 drachms to # ounce, or even an ounce, in sufficient water. PRIMUL.A.—PRIMROSE Primula officinalis, Jacquin (Primula veris, Linné). Nat. Ord.—Primulaceae. COMMON NAME : Primrose. & - Botanical Source.—The primrose is a perennial, stemless plant, having a short, upright, scaly root-stalk, of a brownish color, and giving off numerous fleshy roots, which contain a yellow meditullium and are covered with a thick and mealy bark. The pendulous flowers (flores primulae) are borne in umbels of 10 or 12 upon scapes, which are either short or long. The 5-angled calyx is pale-yellow, while the corolla is of a lemon-yellow hue, and is marked in the throat with 5 blotches of a saffron color. The fresh root is slightly sweet in odor, while the taste, at first sweetish, is afterward acrid and bitterish. The flowers, when fresh, have a sweet- ish taste, and an odor suggestive of honey. When dry they have a deep-greenish color. Primrose is well known as a garden plant, and is native to the grassy and wooded lands of Europe and north Asia. Chemical Composition.—The root of Primula veris, according to Saladin (1830), contains an acrid, neutral principle, which he called arthamitin, and which he had previously discovered in the root of Cyclamen europaeum, Linné. Buchner and Herberger (Repert. f. d. Pharm.,Vol. XXXVI, 1831, p. 36) named it cyclamin (C.H. Olo, Hilger and Mutschler). It is a white, crystallizable powder, soluble in alcohol, insoluble in ether, chloroform, and oils; soluble, with difficulty, in water. The aqueous solution foams upon shaking. Upon drying the root, cyclamin de- composes to some extent. De Luca and Hilger found this substance to be a glu- cosid. By boiling with diluted acids, it splits into sugar and cyclamiretin (C,EI.O.). Saladin also found the root to contain a semisolid, yellowish essential oil, having the odor of fennel. It deposits primula camphor (CuIII,0s, Hilger and Mutschler), melting at 49°C. (120.2°F.), soluble in alcohol, ether, benzol, soluble with diffi- culty in water, and producing a violet color with ferric chloride. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This plant constituted an important remedy in the early days of medicine. Under the names Radia paralyseos and Radiº arthritica, it was formerly in great repute in paralysis and gout, and the plant was valued as a remedy in muscular rheumatism, meuralgic headache (hemi- crania), dysmemorrhoea, toothache, gravel, and insomnia. Primula possesses sternuta- tory, astringent, vermifuge, antispasmodic, and pain-relieving properties. It is now seldom employed in medicine. Prof. J. M. Scudder (Spec. Med., p. 212) sug- gests a tincture of the fresh plant in bloom (3 viij to alcohol, 98 per cent, Oj), the dose of which should range from the fraction of a drop to 10 drops. He gives the following indications: “Extreme sensitiveness, pain from slight impressions, restlessness, and insomnia.” Infusion may be made of 5 to 10 per cent strength, the dose being 3 fluid ounce; dose of the flowers, 5 to 15 grains. Related Species.—Primula awricula, Linné. Europe, in the mountains and cultivated. Fragrant lemon-yellow flowers. The aqueous distillate of the root deposits fragrant auricula camphor (Hünefeld). This species has, for ages, been used in certain parts of Germany alS 8, remedy for phthisis pulmonalis. Other plants related to primrose are: 1582 PRINOS. Primula elation, Jacquin.—Europe. Large odorless flowers. Lysimachia quadrifolia, Linné, Crosswort.—North America. Flowers yellow. Lysimatchia nummularia, Linné, Moneywort.—Europe, and naturalized in North America. Flower large and bright-yellow. Priuſ ula obconica, England, is said to produce an eruption similar to that produced by poi- son ivy (Rhus Toricodendron). Dr. J. H. Neale (see Amer. Homacopathist, Dec., 1897, p. 429) reports an interesting severe case of poisoning by this plant. Lotions of glycerin and alcohol (contain- ing tincture of belladonna) gave relief. PRINOS.—BLACK ALDER. The bark and berries of Prinos verticillatus, Linné (Ilex verticillata, Gray). Nat. Ord.—Aquifoliaceae. COMMON NAMEs: Black alder, Winterberry, Feverbush. Botanical Source.—This is an indigenous shrub of irregular growth, some- times known as winterberry, having a stem 6 or 8 feet in height, with a grayish bark, and alternate branches. The leaves are alternate or scattered, on short peti- Oles, oval, acute at the base, pointed, sharply serrate, of an olive-green color, smooth above, and downy beneath, particularly on the veins. The flowers are Small, white, dioecious, on very short peduncles; the fertile ones somewhat clus- tered or solitary; the sterile ones sub-umbellate, and sometimes the flowers are monoecious, Calyx small, 6-cleft, and persistent. Corolla monopetalous, spreading, without a tube, the border divided into 6 obtuse segments. Stamens equal in number to the segments of the corolla, erect, with oblong anthers; in the fertile flowers they are shorter than the corolla, in the sterile they are equal in length to it. The ovary is large, green, and roundish, with a short style and obtuse stigma. The fruit consists of bright-scarlet, globular berries, about the size of a pea, sup- ported by the persistent calyx, and crowned with the stigma. They are 6-celled, containing 6 long seeds, which are convex outwardly, and sharp-edged within. The berries are in scattered groups on the stem, forming small, apparently verti- cillate bunches (L.-W.). History, Description, and Chemical Composition.—Black alder is common throughout the United States, growing in moist woods, swamps, edges of streams, etc., flowering from May to July, and maturing its fruit in the latter part of autumn. The bark and berries are medicinal. The dried bark of commerce is in pieces, either flat or slightly quilled, thin, white, with a greenish tint within, brownish-gray externally, readily pulverizable, inodorous, but of a bitterish, sub- astringent taste. It yields its properties to water by infusion or decoction. The berries have a saccharine, bitterish taste, and yield their virtues to water or alco- hol. They should not be substituted, in practice, for the bark. They have not been analyzed. The bark contains, according to L. C. Collier (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1880, p. 437), resin, wax, tannin, chlorophyll, starch, sugar, albumen, and a yellow, amorphous, bitter principle. (For a quantitative analysis of the bark of this shrub, by J. Stewart Smith, see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1890, p. 275.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Black alder is tonic, alterative, and astringent. It strengthens the circulation, improves nutrition, and aids in the removal of waste material, thus effectually aiding the vegetative processes. It has been used with good effect in jawndice, diarrhoea, gamgrene, and all diseases attended with great weakness. It has also been of service in dropsy. Two drachns of the powdered bark and 1 drachm of golden-seal, infused in a pint of boiling water, and, when cold, taken in the course of a day, in doses of a wineglassful, and re- peated daily, has proved very valuable in dyspepsia. Externally, the decoction forms an excellent local application to gang reme, to indolent ulcers, some affections of the skin, etc. The berries are cathartic and vermifuge, and form, with cedar- apples, a pleasant and effectual worm medicine for children (see Juniperus Vir- gin iama). Dose, of the powdered bark, from , to 1 drachm ; of the decoction, 4 fluid ounces, 3 or 4 times a day. A tincture of the recent bark (3 viii to alcohol, 76 per cent, Oj) may be given in doses of from 5 to 30 drops. Black alder bark is an ingredient of several alterative syrups. Related Species.— Prinos glaber, Linné (Ilex glabra, Gray), Inkberry. This species grows along the Atlantic seaboard, from Massachusetts south, being most abundant in the southern states. Its berries are black. PIRUNUM. – PRUN US V IRC INIAN A. 1583 Prinos laevigatus, Pursh ( Iler lievigatus, Gray).-In northern states, in marshes and south- ward, and in the Allegheny Mountains. PRUNUM (U. S. P.)—PRUNE. “The fruit of Prunus domestica, Linné”—(U. S. P.). Nat. Ord.—Rosaceae. COMMON NAMES: Prune tree, Plum tree. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 96. 13otanical Source, History, and Description.—This tree is about 20 feet in height, thornless, and has serrate, oval-elliptic leaves, and pedunculated, whitish flowers, appearing singly or paired. A great number of varieties have been pro- duced so that the fruits differ in size, shape, and color. Its native country is western Asia, but it is now cultivated in most temperate countries. The dried or prepared fruit is the only official part, and furnishes the prunes of commerce. The best prunes come from Bordeaux; an inferior grade is received from Germany. California prunes are of superior quality. Prunes are prepared in warm countries by placing them on hurdles and drying them by solar heat; in colder climates, artificial heat is employed. They have a faint, peculiar odor, and a sweetish, slightly acidulous, and viscid taste. The Official prunes are “oblong or subglobular, about 3 Cm. (1% inches) long, shrivelled, blackish-blue, glaucous; the sarcocarp brownish-yellow, sweet, and acidulous; putamen hard, smooth, or irregularly ridged; the seeds almond-like in shape, but smaller, and of a bitter- almond taste”—(U. S. P.). Chemical Composition.—The fresh fruits contain about 80 or 85 per cent of water. Dried prunes, analyzed by Bertram (Jahresb, der Pharm., 1878, p. 184), had the following composition : Kernels, 13.7; pulp, 86.3 per cent. The latter contained water (30.03), albumen (1.31), crude fiber (1.34), ash (1.18), nitrogen-free extractive matter (52.44); the latter consisting of grape sugar (42.28), came sugar (0.22), starch (0.22), free acid (1.74), pectin matter (4.22), undetermined substance (3.76). The acid occurring in prunes, according to Scheele and later observers, is malic acid. The crushed seeds yield upon maceration and subsequent distillation with water, an essential oil containing hydrocyanic acid; this is due to the presence of . amygdalin (about 1 per cent) and the ferment, emulsin, in the seeds (see Amygdala). They also contain a brown-yellow, non-drying, fixed oil. Gum sometimes exudes from the ripe fruits. - Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—In Germany, a sort of brandy is made from this fruit. Dried prunes are mildly laxative, and are frequently employed in decoction, or the fruit eaten stewed, in convalescence from acute diseases, forming a nourishing and agreeable diet. They are often added to cathartic decoctions, to improve the flavor, and promote the purgative effect. They enter into the com- position of the confection of Senna. In large quantities, and with some dyspep- tics, they are apt to disorder the bowels. The following preparation has been ad- ministered with much success in leucorrhaea, irregular menstruation, and in debility from frequent abortions: Take of small raisins, or dried currants, 2 ounces, anise- seed, mace, and cinnamon, of each, ounce; and 1 nutmeg, in powder. To these add 1 quart of prune brandy, and let them macerate for 2 weeks, frequently agi- tating. This is the formula as originally given. Of the clear tincture thus made, 1 fluid ounce may be given previous to a meal, and repeated 3 times daily. PRUNUS VIRGINIANA (U. S. P.)—WILD CHERRY. “The bark of Prunus serotima, Ehrhart,” + 4 + “collected in autumn "= U. S. P.). (Cerasus serotima, De Candolle: Cerasus virginiana, Michaux : Prunus vir- ) y y 5 giniana, Miller.). Nat. Ord.—Rosaceae. CoMMON NAME: Wild cherry. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 97. Botanical Source.—The wild cherry is a large tree, generally from 50 to 80 t 85 8-) y feet high, from 2 to 4 feet in diameter, being of uniform size, and undivided to b+*; ) S y 15S4 PRUNUS VIRGINIANA. the height of 20 or 30 feet. The bark is black, rough, and separates naturally from the trunk in thick, slender laminae. The wood is compact, fine-grained, re- ceives a fine polish, and is extensively employed by cabinet manufacturers. The leaves are deciduous, oval-oblong, acuminate, finely and unequally serrate, with incurved, short, and callous teeth, thickish, smooth, no hairs on the under side, shining above, 3 to 5 inches long, half as wide, and borne on petioles which are furnished with 1 or 2 pairs of reddish glands. The flowers are white, in long, erect, terminal racemes, with a small, solitary flower now and then in the axil of the leaves next to the raceme. Bracts inconspicuous. Calyx with sharp, shallow segments. The fruit is a globular drupe, about as large as a pea, of a purplish black color, edible, but having a bitter taste (L.—W.—G.). History and Description.—This tree is the Cerasus Serotina of De Candolle, and the Cerasus virginiana of Michaux. It was long confused with and went by the name of Prunus virginiana, which properly belongs to the Choke cherry, as given by Linnaeus (see Related Species). The wild cherry tree is found in many parts of the United States, but is most abundant, and attains the greatest magnitude, in the southwestern states. Its flowers appear in May, and the fruit ripens in August and September. The offi- cial portion is the bark, and that of the root should be preferred to that of the trunk and branches. It should be renewed annually, as its properties are much impaired by age. As officially described, wild cherry bark is “in curved pieces or irregular fragments, 2 Mm. (#3 inch) or more thick, outer surface greenish- brown, or yellowish-brown, smooth and somewhat glossy, marked with transverse scars; if the bark is collected from old wood, and deprived of the corky layer, the outer surface is nut-brown and uneven ; immer surface somewhat striate or fissured. Upon maceration in water it develops a distinct bitter-almond odor. Its taste is astringent, aromatic, and bitter. The bark of the very large and of the very small branches is to be rejected”—(U. S. P.). Water and alcohol take up its virtues; boiling impairs its medicinal properties, by driving off the hydrocyamic acid. That gathered in the fall of the year is the best, inasmuch as it yields more hy- drocyanic acid than that collected at any other season; the bark collected in the spring being the least desirable. In order to establish whether a given specimen of bark was collected in autumn, Grace E. Cooley (Journal of Pharmacology, 1897, p. 167) recommended to test it for starch and tannin. The starch contained in bark reaches a maximum in spring (April) and in autumn (October), and disap- pears almost entirely in summer and in winter. Tannin occurs in spring bark in a notably greater quantity than in bark collected in autumn. The distinction is recognizable by means of the ferric chloride test for tannin (for details, see the original paper). Hence, the bark collected in autumn is characterized chemically by containing much starch and little tannin, and yielding the largest amount of hydrocyanic acid. Chemical Composition.— Dr. Stephen Procter (Amer. Jour. Pharm., Vol. VI, 1834, p. 8), made the first detailed analysis of this bark, and found it to contain starch, resin, tannin, gallic acid, fatty matter, etc., and a straw-colored, volatile oil, analogous to that from bitter almonds, and, like the latter, containing prussic acid. Prof. W. Procter (ibid., Vol. X, 1838, p. 197) showed that the volatile oil is the decomposition product of amygdalin (see Amygdala), which he isolated from the bark. A ferment, analogous to emulsin, is probably present. The yield in essential oil, according to Schimmel & Co. (Report, April, 1890), is 0.2 per cent. Prof. F. B. Power and Mr. Henry Weimar (Pharm. Rundschau, 1887, p. 203) state that wild cherry bark does not contain crystallizable amygdalin, but an amalo- gous substance, obtainable only in an extract-like form, and probably more closely related to lawrocerasin (see Lawrocerasi Folia). According to the same authors, the fluorescent principle contained in the bark, is a crystallizable glucosid, which is probably also the cause of the peculiar bitterness of the bark (compare R. Rother, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1887, p. 286). The amount of hydrocyanic acid obtainable from the bark varies from 0.05 per cent, in April, to 0.14 per cent in October (J. S. Perot, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1852, p. 111). More recently, A. B. Stevens and J. N. Judy (Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc., 1895, p. 226) found notably higher results—viz.: 0.32 to 0.34 per cent for thick bark, and 0.24 to 0.27 per cent for thin bark, the higher results being probably due to a more perfect exhaustion of the bark, owing to PSORALEA. 1585 repeated distillation. The same authors found 4.12 per cent of anygdalin-like substance in thick bark, and 3.16 per cent in thin bark. (For an admirable review of the earlier chemical and the botanical history of wild cherry bark, see R. Bentley, Pharm. Jour. Trans., Vol. V, 1863, p. 97.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Wild cherry bark has a tonic and stimulating influence on the digestive apparatus, and a simultaneous sedative ac- tion on the nervous system and circulation. It is, therefore, valuable in all those cases where it is desirable to give tone and strength to the system, without, at the same time, causing too great an action of the heart and blood vessels, as, during convalescence from pleurisy, pneumonia, acute hepatitis, and other inflammatory and febrile diseases. Its chief property is its power of relieving irritation of the mucous surfaces, making it an admirable remedy in many gastro-intestinal, pulmonic, and wrimary troubles. Like lycopus, it lessens vascular excitement, though it does not control hemorrhages like that agent. It is best adapted to chronic troubles. It is also useful in hectic fever, cough, colliquative diarrhoea, some forms of irritative dys- pepsia, whooping-cough, irritability of the nervous system, etc., and has been found an excellent palliative in phthisis, the syrup being employed to moderate the cough, lessen the fever, and sustain the patient’s strength. It has likewise been of service in Scrofula and other diseases attended with much debility and hectic fever. Wild cherry is an excellent sedative in cardiac palpitation, not due to struc- tural wrongs. It is particularly useful in this disorder when there is nervous fever, tuberculosis, or the debility consequent upon irritative dyspepsia, anemia, chlo- rosis, or nervous diseases. Externally, it has been found useful, in decoction, as a wash to ill-conditioned ulcers and acute ophthalmia. Dose of the powdered bark, 1 or 2 drachms; of the infusion, 1 ounce of bark to 1 pint of cold water, and allowed to stand a few hours, from 1 to 4 fluid ounces, 4 or 5 times a day, and which is the best mode of using it; syrup of wild cherry, 1 fluid drachm. This agent may be used as a vehicle for Fowler's solution and other medicines. Specific prunus, 1 to 20 drops. Specific Indications and Uses.—Rapid, weak circulation; continual irrita- tive cough, with profuse muco-purulent expectoration ; cardiac palpitation, from debility; dyspnoea; pyrexia; loss of appetite; and cardiac pain. - Related Species.—Prunus virginiana of Linné and Marshall (Prunus obovata, Bigelow; Cerasus virginiana, De Candolle; Prunus demissa, Walters), Choke cherry. Common in the United States and Canada, and, according to Prof. Sargent, “the most widely distributed of any Ameri- can species of tree” (Prof. E. S. Bastin, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1895, p. 595). A small shrub, some- times arborescent, usually from 6 to 10 feet high, having thin, oval, or obovate, sharply-serrate leaves, terminating in an abrupt point. The flowers are white, and borne in short, dense racemes. The fruit is a red, or purplish-red, bitterish, and exceedingly astringent berry. The latter is often employed, in combination with cider, in domestic medication. Related Preparation.-Eliarir Pinus Compositus. This is a cough mixture, representing the combined virtues of white pine (fresh bark), balm of gilead buds, spikenard, cherry bark, ipecac, Sanguinarine nitrate, chloroform, morphine acetate, and ammonium chloride. It is an excellent preparation, was introduced under this name, and is prepared only by the Wm. S. Merrell Chemical Co., of Cincinnati, O. The dried and powdered alcoholic extract known as the “concentration,” “prwmin,” or º prepared from both wild cherry and choke cherry, is an inefficient agent, seldom Il OW UlseCl. PSORALEA, PSORALEA. The root and leaves of Psoralea melilotoides, Michaux. Nat. Ord.—Leguminosae. - Botanical Source and History.—The genus Psoralea comprises an exten- sive family of plants, mostly found in America, and in the neighborhood of Cape of Good Hope. It consists, generally, of glandular-dotted herbs, with from 3 to 5 foliate leaves, and short, thick, indehiscent, 1-seeded legumes. The flowers, which are White or blue, are disposed, in all our indigenous species, in axillary spikes or racemes. The tubular calyx is 5-parted, with the lowest lobe longest. Psoralea melilotoides, Michaux (P. eglandulosa, Elliott), is the most common native species, found in open woods from Ohio and Kentucky, southward. The blant is pubescent and nearly glandless. The pale-blue flowers are borne on leduncles about 4 inches long. The leaves are trifoliate, with entire lanceolate I00 15S6 I’TELEA. leaflets. The root is variously known as Bob's root, Samson Snake-root, and Congo root. The fresh root has an agreeable, aromatic odor, and a bitterish, spicy, even acrid taste. Odor and taste are weaker after drying the root. It contains about 2 per cent of a volatile oil, starch, and a bitter principle, probably also a substance resembling tannin. Psoralea esculemta, Pursh, is indigenous to the elevated plains of the north- west. It has 5 leaflets and capitate spikes of blue flowers. The root is bulbous, and is said to act as a diuretic, although, when boiled, it is used as food by the natives. It is called Bread root, Prairie turnip, and sometimes (erroneously) Indian turnip. According to Mr. Clifford Richardson, the root of this species contains nearly 70 per cent of starch (see Prof. J. M. Maisch's interesting report on useful plants of the genus Psoralea, in Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1889, pp. 345–352). Besides these, there are several other species of Psoralea, among them the following: P. bituminosa, Linné, of the South of Europe, a tonic emmenagogue; P. glandulosa, Linné, to which, at one time Paraguay tea or Yerva maté was erro- neously referred (see J. M. Maisch, loc. cit., and analysis by Lenoble, Jour, d. Pharm., 1850); P. pentaphylla, Linné, of Mexico, the root of which is sometimes called White contrayerva (see analysis by Mariano Lozano y Castro, in Prof. Maisch's report, loc. cit.); and P. corylifolia, Linné, of India and Arabia. The seeds of this species (bawchee Seeds) are employed as a tonic in cutaneous affections. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—The root and leaves of these plants appear to possess the properties of a mild, stimulating, bitter tonic, and have been advantageously employed in cases of languor or feebleness from mental or physical exertion, in certain forms of chronic dyspepsia, to relieve anorexia, and as a stimulating tonic in strumous affections of the mesentery, accompanied with diar- rhaea, tumid abdomen, etc. The Psoralea melilotoides is the plant employed in this country, in infusion, or made into a tincture. PTELEA.—WAFER ASH. The bark of the root of Pielea trifoliata, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Rutaceae. CoMMON NAMEs: Wafer ash, Shrubby trefoil, Hop tree, Swamp dogwood, Wingseed. Botanical Source.—This plant is a shrub from 6 to 8 feet in height, leaves trifoliate, marked with pellucid dots; leaflets sessile, ovate, short, acuminate, downy beneath when young, crenulate, or obscurely toothed; lateral ones inequi- lateral, terminal ones cuneate at the base, 3 to 4% inches long by 1% to 1% inches wide. The flowers are polygamous, greenish- white, nearly 3, inch in diameter, of a dis- agreeable odor, and borne in terminal cor- ymbose cymes. Stamens mostly 4; style short. The fruit is a 2-celled samara, nearly 1 inch in diameter, winged all around, and nearly orbicular (G.-W.). History and Description.—Wafer ash, or ptelea, is a shrub common to this coun- try, growing more abundantly west of the Alleghanies, in shady, moist hedges, and edges of woods, and in rocky places; it flow- ers in June. The bark of the root is medici- nal, and yields its properties to boiling water, but alcohol is its best solvent. It is when dried, of a light, brownish-yellow color externally, in cylindrical rolls or quills, 1 or 2 lines in thickness, and from 1 to several inches in length, irregularly wrinkled and furrowed externally, with broad, transverse lines or rings at short but irregular intervals, and is covered with a thin epidermis; internally it is yel- lowish-white, but becomes darker on exposure, and is wrinkled longitudinally. Fig. 202. Ptelea, trifoliata. PTERIS. 1587 It is brittle, with an almost smooth, resinous fracture; granular under the nuicro- scope, resembling wax. It has a peculiar smell, somewhat similar to that of liquorice root, and a peculiar, bitter, resinous, pungent, acrid, and rather disagree- able taste, speedily and powerfully acting upon the mouth and fauces, and of per- sistent pungency, which is probably owing to its oleoresin. The leaves and fruit have also been used in medicine. A related species, Ptelea angustifolia, Bentham, is indigenous to Colorado. Chemical Composition.—Mr. George M. Smyzer (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1862, p. 200) found the bark of the root to contain gum, albumen, starch, volatile oil, of disagreeable taste and odor, fixed oil, and probably potassium nitrate. No tan- min was present. The active properties of the root he believes to be due both to the volatile oil and an acrid, soft resin, soluble in alcohol and ether; another brit- tle resin, soluble in ether, but insoluble in alcohol, is inert. The leaves yield to water a bitter infusion, resembling in taste that of hops, and containing tannic and gallic acids. The fruit is likewise bitter, and yields the same resins as the root. Justin Steer (ibid., 1867, p. 337) believes the bitterness of the root-bark and its virtues, as a tonic, to be due to berberime. More recently (Jahresb. der Pharm., 1896, p. 510), E. Schulze found the root of Ptelea trifoliata, to contain the base arginine (C.H.N.O.), a constituent of germinating Lupinus luteus, and other plants, and one of the decomposition products of horn, obtained when treating it with hydrochloric acid and stannous chloride (S. G. Hedin, Chem. Centralblatt, Vol. II, 1894, p. 993; and Vol. I, 1896, p. 118). It is characterized by a dark-blue crystal- lizable compound with copper mitrate ([C, H, N, O, J.CuſNOJ.3H.O). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Ptelea is tonic, and surpassed in this line only by hydrastis. Used after intermittent fevers, remittent fevers, and all cases of debility where tonics are indicated. Said also to be anthelmintic. Equal parts of ptelea and Euonymus atropurpureus, have been found very useful in pulmonary affections. A tincture of ptelea, made in whiskey, is reputed to have cured sev- eral cases of asthma, and is said to cause, in many instances where it has been used, a troublesome external erysipelatous inflammation, either general or local, but which, if the use of the tincture be persisted in, finally disappears, and the patient becomes, at the same time, permanently cured of the disease for which he was treated. This would certainly indicate other valuable properties in this plant, than those with which we are acquainted, which deserve a further and thorough investigation. Prof. I. G. Jones stated that this bark is a pure, unirritating tonic, having rather a soothing influence when applied to irritated mucous membranes. He has employed it advantageously in convalescence after fevers, and in debility connected with gastro-enteric irritation. It promotes the appetite, enables the stomach to endure suitable nourishment, favors the early reestablishment of digestion, and will be tolerated by the stomach when other tonics are rejected. He employed it in cold infusion, of which fluid ounce may be given every 2, 3, or 4 hours, according to circumstances. It is also said to cure intermittent fever, and is considered by some to be equal to quinine. It may be used in pow- der, tincture, or extract. Dose of the powder, 10 to 30 grains, 3 or 4 times a day; of the tincture, 1 or 2 fluid drachms; of the extract, 5 to 10 grains; specific ptelea, 1 to 20 drops. Specific Indications and Uses.—Asthmatic breathing; chronic diseases, with sense of constriction in the chest, and short breathing. PTERIS.—PTERIS. The whole plants of Pteris atropurpurea, Linné, and other species of Pteris. Nat. Ord.—Filices. COMMON NAMEs: (1) Rockbrake; (2) Common brake. Botanical Source.—Rockbrake is an indigenous perennial fern, with a frond 6 to 10 inches in height, twice as long as wide, of a grayish hue, pinnate, the two lower divisions consisting of 1 to 3 pairs of leaflets, with a large terminal seg- ment. The stipe and rachis are dark-purple, shining, with dense, paleaceous hairs at base. The lower leaflets are ternate or pinnate, lanceolate, obtuse, distinct, ºbliquely truncate or subcordate at the base, with margins conspicuously revolute. The involucre is rather broad, and formed of the inflected margin of the frond, 1588 FULSATILLA. opening inwardly. The sori are in a broad, continuous line along the margin of the frond. The several varieties of this species possess similar properties, as the Pteris venosa, with the stipe angled, and the leaflets veined beneath; P. punctata, with the stipe terete, and the leaflets punctate beneath (W.-G.). - The Pteris aquilina, Linné, or Common brake, likewise possesses analogous vir- tues. It is a ferm 2 to 5 feet in height, upon a smooth, dark-purple, erect stipe. The frond is pinnate, 3-parted, broad-triangular in outline; the branches bipin- nate; the leaflets linear-lanceolate; the lower ones pinnatifid, upper ones entire; the segments oblong and obtuse. The sori are covered by the folding back of the margins of the segments (W.). History, Description, and Chemical Composition.—Rockbrake is common to the United States, usually growing on limestone rocks; the common brake is found in great abundance in woods, pastures, waste grounds, and stony hills. The whole plant is used in medicine, and imparts its virtues to water. As found in commerce, the dried root consists of a long cylindrical caudex, of a dark-brown color externally, and a light brownish-red internally, of an astringent, leathery taste, and around which are closely arranged, overlapping each other like the shingles of a roof, the remains of the leaf-stalks or stipes, which are 1 or 2 inches in length, from 2 to 4 lines thick, somewhat curved and directed upward, angu- lar, dark-brown, furrowed longitudinally, and from between which emerge numer- ous small, radical fibers. The dried leaves are of a light-grayish or greenish-yel- low color, of an odor resembling that of sole-leather, and a leathery, astringent, not disagreeable taste. As sold, it is usually in broken fragments. According to Wackenroder, the root of the common brake contains a bitter substance, fatty oil, mucilage, starch (33.5 per cent), tannin, etc. It also contains volatile oil and filicin, a derivative of the phenol phloroglucin (C.H.IOH].). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Rockbrake is astringent and anthel. mintic. A decoction of it, taken moderately, has proved efficient in diarrhoea, dysentery, might-sweats, and hemorrhages; and, used as a local application, it is bene- ficial in obstinate and ill-conditioned ulcers, ulcerations of the mouth and fauces, and as a vaginal injection in leucorrhoea. A strong decoction is in repute as a remedy for worms. A powerful astringent infusion may be made by adding 4 drachms of the plant to 1 pint of boiling water, and which has been used in diarrhoea and dysentery, in fluid ounce doses, repeated every 2 or 3 hours, with success. A tincture of the fresh entire plant (3 viii to alcohol, 76 per cent, Oj) is suggested in from 1 to 10-drop doses (Scudder). Pteris aquilina is sometimes called Female fern, and has been used to expel tapeworm. A plant called Winter ferm, or Brake, is much employed in a memorrhaea and in suppression of the lochia; it is used in infusion and taken freely. By some it is sup- posed to be the Pteris atropurpurea, but of this I am not positive, not having been able to obtain a perfect specimen of the plant for examination. Both the roots and tops are used, and are worthy the attention of the practitioner in the above- named derangements (J. King). PULSATILLA (U. S. P.)—PULSATILLA. “The herb of Amermome Pulsatilla and Amermone pratensis, Linné, collected soon after flowering. It should be carefully preserved, and not be kept longer than 1 year”—(U. S. P.). Nat. Ord.—Ranunculaceae. COMMON NAMES: Pasque flower, Passe flower, Wind flower, Meadow anemome. ILLUSTRATION : Meehan, Native Flowers and Ferns, Vol. I, 49. Botanical Source.—ANEMONE PRATENSIs (Pulsatilla migricans, Pulsatilla pra- tensis, Miller), True or Small meadow anemone. This is a handsome species of this genus of perennial plants, with simple, erect, rounded stems, from 3 to 5 inches high. The leaves are radical, pinnatifid, and downy; the segments many-parted, with linear lobes. The flowers are solitary, terminal, pendulous, deep-purple or violet-brown, having 6 Sepals, somewhat narrow, pointed, reflexed at the point, erect and converging at the base. Stalked glands or sterile stamens are found between the fertile stamens and sepals (L.). The proximity of the involucre is such that it has a calyx-like appearance. PULSATILLA. 1589 ANEMONE PULSATILLA (Pulsatilla vulgaris, Miller).-This plant differs from the preceding by having the involucre more remote from the flower, at least in the mature plant, in being more hairy, and in possessing a scape curved above and more shaggy than that of the preceding plants. f Its flower is but half the size and of a deeper color than that of #% Amenone pratensis. § History.—Pulsatilla or Pasque flower grows in Turkey, in Russia, and in other parts of Europe, as in Germany, France, Denmark, Sweden, and Southern England. It also grows in Asia, in open fields, plains, hills, Sandy pasture grounds, and open pine woods, exposed to the sun, flowering early in the spring, and, according to some writers, again in the latter part of sum- mer or early in the fall. Owing to its early blooming period, at about Eastertide, it has been named by the French Pasque flower, having reference to the Passover and Paschal ceremonies. The plant has a very slight Odor, and an acrid, pungent taste. The leaves are not fully matured at the early flowering period. The whole plant is covered with soft, silky, white hairs, giving to it a lax, shaggy, woolly appearance. All species of Anemone wilt very quickly. An acrid, volatile constituent is emitted when the fresh plant is bruised, sufficiently powerful to produce lachryma- tion and even vesication. To give its best therapeutic action, the plant should be put into alcohol before being allowed to dry. Alcohol appears to be its best menstruum. The tincture may be prepared by macerating 2 pounds of the fresh plant in 4 pints of strong alcohol, then expressing and filtering. It has a brownish-green color, and an acrid, pungent taste. Even fluid prepara- tions of pulsatilla become altered with age, consequently the physician should frequently renew his stock. Description.—The U. S. P. thus describes the drug: “Leaves radical, petiolate, silky-villous, twice or thrice deeply 3-parted, or pinnately-cleft, with linear, acute lobes, appearing after the large, purple flowers; inodorous, very acrid”—(U. S. P.). Chemical Composition.—Pulsatilla, in fresh condition, yields upon distilla- tion with water, a colorless to yellow, acrid oil, from which chloroform abstracts crystallizable, acrid, vesicating anemone camphor. It is an unstable body and readily decomposes into anemomin and isoamemonic acid, especially when in moist condition. (For further details, see Amenone patens var. Nuttalliana.) The formula (CoH.O.) given to amemonim by Beckurts (1892) was confirmed by Hans Meyer (Jahresb. der Pharm., 1896, p. 509), who believes it to be related to cantharidin (CiołII.O.). Pulsatilla also contains iron-greening tannin. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Topically applied, the fresh plant of pulsatilla is irritant, and, if kept long in contact with the skin, may produce vesi- cation. When chewed, it produces a benumbing sensation and tingling formica- tion, somewhat like that produced by aconite or prickly ash. Taken internally in overdoses, it acts as a gastric irritant, producing a sense of rawness, burning, pain in stomach, with endeavors to vomit, all accompanied with marked prostra- tion. A case of poisoning with these symptoms is on record in the Medical Gleamer, Vol. IV, p. 173. A sense of constriction and tightness of the chest, with chilliness, marked weakness, and some congestion, has been produced by large doses. Full doses depress the action of the heart, lower arterial tension, and re- duce temperature. Sensory and motor paralyses have followed large doses of pul- satilla, while toxic doses may produce mydriasis, stupor, coma, and convulsions. In medicinal doses, pulsatilla increases the power and regulates the action of the heart, and gives a better character to the pulse rate, particularly slowing the irri- table, rapid and feeble pulse due to nervous depression. It improves the sym- pathetic system and cerebral functions, and especially strengthens sympathetic immervation, this action being very marked in troubles of the reproductive organs of male and female. Pulsatilla forms an important remedy with the Eclectic physicians as well as with the Homoeopaths, who make extensive use of it. According to the late Prof. J. M. Scudder, M.D., who used it largely in his practice, its most important use is to allay irritation of the nervous system in persons of feeble health, thus Fig. 203. Anemone Pulsatilla. 1590 PULSATILLA. giving sleep and rest, preventing unnecessary expenditure of nerve force, and, by this means, facilitating the action of tonics and restoratives. In feeble women, and men who have become nervous from Sedentary habits or mental over-exer- tion, as well as in the nervousness and restlessness of masturbators, or persons addicted to the excessive use of tobacco, he has found it very certain in its action. It is the remedy for nervous women, when there is debility and faulty nutrition of the nerve centers. Pulsatilla is a remedy of wide applicability, but more particularly for those conditions in which the mind is a prominent factor. A gloomy mentality, a state of nerve depression and unrest, a disposition to brood over real or imagined trouble, a tendency to look on the dark side of life, sadness, mild restlessness, and a state of mental unrest generally denominated in broad terms “nervousness,” are factors in the condition of the patient requiring pulsatilla. A pulsatilla patient weeps easily, and the mind is inclined to wander—to be unsettled. The pulse requiring pulsatilla is weak, soft, and open, and the tissues have a tendency to dryness (except when the mucous tissues are discharging a thick, bland material), and, about the orbits the parts appear contracted, sunken, and dark in color. The whole countenance and movements of the body depict sadness, moroseness, des- pondency, and lack of tone. Hysteria of the mild and weeping form may be a symptom. The whole condition is one of nervous depression, the nutrition of the nerve centers are at fault. With such symptoms, pulsatilla may be confi- dently prescribed in the conditions and disorders enumerated in this article. Pulsatilla may be given to produce sleep, when there is great exhaustion and opiates are inadmissible. If the insomnia depends upon determination of blood to the brain, pulsatilla will not relieve, but when due to nervous exhaustion it is a prompt remedy to give rest, after which sleep obtains. Where sleep is disturbed by unpleasant dreams, and the patient awakens sad and languid, pulsatilla should be given. Pulsatilla has a large field in troubles incident to the reproductive organs of both sexes. As an emmenagogue, it serves a useful purpose in a memorrhoea in nervous and anemic subjects, with chilliness a prominent symptom. When mel. struation is suppressed, tardy or scanty from taking cold, or from emotional causes, pulsatilla is the remedy. In dysmemorrhaea, not due to mechanical causes, and with the above-named nervous symptoms, no remedy is more effective. Leuco- Thoea, with a free, thick, milky, or yellow, bland discharge and pain in the loins, and particularly in scrofulous individuals, calls for pulsatilla. It is a remedy for mild forms of hysteria, where the patient is weak and weeps easily, has fears of impending danger, and passes large quantities of clear, limpid urine, and men- struation is suppressed. The long-continued use of pulsatilla as an intercurrent remedy, is accredited with curative effects in wterime colic, but it is of no value during an attack. Pulsa- tilla frequently proves a good remedy in ovaritis and ovaralgia with tensive, tear- ing pain. Sluggish, ineffectual, and weak labor-pains are sometimes remedied by this drug. It is frequently a remedy for pain, when dependent on or associated with debility, and sometimes when due to acute inflammation. It is a leading remedy in epididymitis and orchitis, whether due to gomorrhoeal infection or to: metastasis from munips. The dark-red, congested, enlarged, and sensitive testicle. indicates it. It relieves the pains of orchialgia, and subdues mammary swelling from the metastasis of mumps. Pulsatilla increases sexual power, but lessens. morbid sexual excitement. It is especially valuable in relieving urethral irritation and consequent spermatorrhaea and prostatorrhoea. In these troubles it overcomes. the nervous apprehensions so frequently a troublesome feature. It also alleviates the nervous irritability accompanying or produced by varicocele. In gomorrhaea, particularly of the chronic type, pulsatilla is of value, when the urethral mem- brane is swollen. Pulsatilla has been used by some for the relief of hydrocele, but for this affection we possess better remedies. Many unpleasant conditions of the urinary apparatus are relieved by pulsatilla, as frequent but ineffectual attempts, at urination, the bladder giving a sensation as if bloated; dribbling of urine from movement, the dysuria of pregnancy, and in involuntary micturition from colds or from nervous debility. Pulsatilla frequently proves a useful remedy in headache of various types. It relieves the frontal headache from nasal catarrh, nervous headache, particularly when PULSATILLA. 1991 due to gastric disturbances, with greasy taste, menstrual headache, with chilliness and suppressed menses, bilious and gastric headaches, of a dull and heavy character, with greasy taste and nausea, and headaches due to uterine irregularities or to a rheumatic diathesis. These headaches are all of anemic character—the opposite of those relieved by gelsemium. Though ordinarily not a remedy for acute in- flammations (contraindicated in gastro-intestinal inflammation), there are Some conditions where small doses of pulsatilla are beneficial when the usual Symp- toms calling for the drug are present. These conditions are acute inflammation of the mose, fauces, laryma, or bronchiae. It is especially effective in the secondary stage of acute nasal catarrh, when the naso-pharynx is affected and there is a sense of rawness and moisture, and an abundant discharge of thick, yellow, bland, inoffen- sive mucus or muco-pus. Pulsatilla frequently serves a good purpose in asthma superinduced by pregnancy, or by suppressed menses, and it favorably influences whooping-cough in properly selected cases. So-called “Stomach cough" is frequently cured by pulsatilla. Pulsatilla should be remembered as a remedy of much value to control the catarrhal symptoms of the evanthemata; it also controls the irritability frequently accompanying these disorders. In measles, it has done good Service in checking the coryza and profuse lachrymation, as well as the dry, tight, painful cough, and when retrocession of the eruption has taken place, it has reversed this unpleasant condition. It relieves the irritable condition in varicella. Pulsatilla is very effi- cient in real and imaginary cardiac affections. It has proved useful in cardiac hypertrophy and in dilatation of the venous heart. It is especially effective in functional heart disorders with giddiness, imperfect voluntary motion, impaired vision, and with a symptom described as a sense of pressure over the larynx and trachea, with imperfect respiratory movement, and sense of impending danger; the symp- toms just preceding are those not unfrequently associated with functional heart disease, dyspepsia, uterine disease, or over-excitation of the Sexual system, and are generally very unpleasant and annoying. It often relieves that form of venous con- gestion which stops short of inflammation, as in threatened ovaritis, orchitis, vari- cocele, and crural phlebitis. Varicocele and other varicoses are frequently improved by its administration with other indicated remedies. Its chief advantage, outside of some control over the venous structure, is its relief of the nervous complica- tions. It has been used to good advantage for the relief of hemorrhoids. Constipation in the hysterical female yields to nux vomica and pulsatilla, and the latter has a pleasing action in some forms of indigestion and dyspepsia. These cases are those in which there is a thick, creamy paste upon the tongue and a greasy taste. Such troubles are frequently brought about by indulgence in pastries and fatty food. Pain is not marked, but there is pyrosis and greasy eruc- tations, gastric distension, uneasy gnawing sensations in the stomach, and chilli- mess may be a pronounced symptom. The patient is nervous, sad, and may have a soft, yellow diarrhoea. For such cases pulsatilla is an excellent remedy. It is also said to relieve alternating constipation and diarrhoea with venous congestion. Pulsatilla is a prompt and decisive agent in earache, brought on by cold, wet, and exposure to winds. There is an absence of fever, the pulse is open and soft, the child sobs, the face is pale, the tissues full and waxen, the pain is intense and frequently paroxysmal and tearing in character—evidently a neuralgic condition, for physical signs of local disturbance are seldom observed. In purulent otitis media, with thick, yellow, bland discharge, and impaired hearing, and tinnitus aurium, pulsatilla is the indicated remedy. One of the earliest uses of this plant was for the relief of “amawrosis, cataract, and opacity of the cornea,” conditions in which the reputed value of pulsatilla is very much overrated. There is a condition, sometimes known as “mervous blindness,” which has been benefited by pulsatilla, and this is probably the condition for- merly referred to under the elastic term amaurosis. Pulsatilla stands out promi- nently as a remedy for hordeolwm or “stye.” It is also a prompt remedy when the conjunctiva is hyperemic and the vision weakened, especially after reading, or from Sexual abuse or sexual excesses, and in profuse lachrymation from exposure to winds or when in the wind. It should be used locally (gtt. x to aqua 3ij) and also given internally in small doses. In chronic conjunctivitis, with bland, yellow discharges, in scrofulous individuals, or due to the exanthemata, and in ophthalmia e 1,592 PULVERES. meomatorum, with like discharge, pulsatilla has been used with signal success. It relieves deep-seated, heavy pain in the globe of the eye, and has been recom- mended in inflammation of the lachrymal sac. Störck, who was one of the first to use pulsatilla, considered it useful in secondary syphilis, and in some forms of cuta- meows diseases, as well as in amaurosis and other ocular affections. This drug has been used with much success in rheumatism, when the pains were shifting and relieved by cold and aggravated by warmth. Depression of spirits is here a prominent feature. It has also aided in restoring the flow of milk in agalactia in nervous and fear-depressed women, whose breasts were painful and swollen. Prof. W. E. Bloyer emphasizes its value in “jerking” or “jumping” tooth- ache, usually due to the formation of a pus cavity near the nerve. He applied the full strength specific pulsatilla, or diluted one-half with water, besides giving the drug internally. He also recommends this treatment as “especially useful in inflammations caused by dead teeth, and the inflammatory, painful, and unpleasant conditions of the pulp cavity in those in which the nerve has been destroyed.” (Ec. Med. Jour., 1895, p. 248). The dose of specific pulsatilla is from a fraction of a drop to 10 drops, administered in water; of the fluid extract, from 1 to 15 drops; of the extract, from # to 1 grain; of anemonin, gº to 4 grain. Specific Indications and Uses.—Nervousness and despondency, sadness, unnatural fear, tendency to weep, morbid mental excitement, marked depression of spirits; pain, with debility, nervousness, headache, not dependent on determi- nation of blood to the head; insomnia, from nervous exhaustion; neuralgia in anemic, debilitated subjects; pasty, white, or creamy, thick coating upon the tongue, with greasy taste; stomach disorders from indulgence in fats and pastries; thick, bland, inoffensive discharges from mucous surfaces; alternating diarrhoea. and constipation, with venous congestion; amenorrhoea and dysmenorrhoea, with gloomy mentality and chilliness; severe pains in the ear, non-inflammatory and evidently neuralgic; pain from exposure to wind; jumping toothache, from abscess near the dental pulp; styes. PULVERES.—POWDERS. Medicines which have no nauseous or unpleasant taste, no acrid or destruc- tive action, which are not deliquescent, and which can be given in not too bulky doses, are usually more advantageously administered in fine powder. When an article is reduced to powder, it has a much greater surface exposed to the influ- ence of light and of the atmosphere than when in the crude, aggregate mass; and as most, if not all vegetable powders, are injured by the action of these agents, it is always better to keep them in well-closed tin cans, or in well-stoppered bot- tles, which are covered externally with a coat of black paint, varnish, or black paper. Some agents become damp or lose their virtues rapidly when in the state of powder; such should be pulverized in small quantities at a time, and only as they are required. As a general rule, the finer the powder, or the longer it is triturated, the more active it becomes. M. Dorvault thinks that the operation of pulverization effects an actual change in the chemical and therapeutical properties of many agents. Sugar is less soluble in water, and less sweet, when long pulverized or triturated, and, he inquires, is this to be referred to an altered electrical condition of the sugar, as the phosphorescence developed during the act of pulverization in the dark would lead us to suppose? Gum Arabic, powdered, has not the same taste, nor the same solubility as when in the entire state. If a given quantity of water may be made to dissolve 40 parts of arsenous acid in the vitreous state, the same quan- tity of water can be made to dissolve only 14 parts after pulverization (Ammals of Pharmacy, May, 1852). Changes of this kind may ensue from the action of light, the Oxygen of the atmosphere, its nitrogen, or its electricity, etc., upon matter reduced to a state of great fineness. When but one article is reduced to powder, it is termed a simple powder, when Several articles in powder are rubbed together, the mixture is termed a compound powder. As the substances entering into the formation of a compound powder may be of various textures and densities, it is generally preferable to reduce each, separately, to a powder, and then mix and triturate them thoroughly together. PULVIERES. 1593 Some articles, however, require the intervention of another before they can be reduced to powder, as camphor, which is pulverized by the addition of a few drops of alcohol; others, again, are powdered with facility by the aid of a harder sub- stance. Medicines that contain considerable fixed oil, or which are deliquescent, should never be prescribed in the form of powders, more especially when they are to be retained for any length of time, as the former may injure the powder in Consequence of rancidity, while the latter may render it damp, moldy, and inert. Articles which are incompatible should never be united together, unless the decond- position product is required. When volatile or deliquescent substances are pre- scribed in powders, as camphor, carbonate of ammonium, or carbonate of potas- sium, they should be wrapped in wax papers, and enclosed in tin-foil, a tin box, or a wide-mouth vial. The paper used for powders of ordinary character, should be very smooth, or glazed, to prevent the powder from adhering to it, and suffi- ciently soft and yielding to be opened and closed readily, without springing, so as to throw out any portion of the powder. Some apothecaries fold their powders in foolscap paper, and these, when opened by the patient, in consequence of their stiffness, spill or throw out a very material proportion of the medicine. When a powder is prescribed in bulk, leaving it to the patient to apportion the dose, unless otherwise desired, it should always be put into a wide-mouthed vial. The old absurd and unscientific style of combining eight or ten articles in one preparation is fortunately becoming unpopular, and, though a few prepara- tions of the kind are retained, yet the major amount of our present compounds consist of but two or three, and rarely exceeding four substances. In the former the articles were too frequently thrown together without . guide or rule, or any regard to compatibilities, and, though benefit might have been, haphazardly, derived from these heterogeneous mixtures, it was always difficult to ascertain upon which article or articles the effect depended, or whether it was owing to a third agent, the result of decomposition. In preparing powders, it will be best to dry the article, beat it in an iron or brass mortar for a time, then sift it through a fine sieve; again beat the coarser parts in a mortar for a short time, sift again; and so continue alternately pulver- izing and sifting until the whole is reduced to fine powder, the product being well mixed. When very active articles, such as strychnine, chloride of gold, atropine, etc., are to be given in the form of powders, gum, sugar, sugar of milk, starch, or marsh-mallow should be triturated with them, in order to facilitate their reduc- tion to minute division. Milk sugar is the most desirable diluent. The usual vehicle for taking the lighter powders is an agreeable, thin liquid, as water, gruel, milk, etc. Heavy powders require a more consistent vehicle, as syrup, molasses, thick mucilage, etc.; always bearing in mind whether the vehicle be compatible with the active ingredients of the powder. Small amounts of pow- ders of a disagreeable taste, may be conveniently administered in gelatin capsules. An elegant form of administration is that proposed, in 1862, by Limousin. This is by means of wafer capsules, or Cachets de Pain. These are wafers of unleavened bread, into which has been pressed a concavity. One wafer is filled with the powder, and the second wafer, wetted upon the inner surface, is pressed down upon the first with sufficient force to cause them to adhere. To administer, wet the capsule, place it upon the tongue posteriorly, and wash it down with a drink of water or other desired fluid. Similar receptacles are also made of rice flour. Granular Powders.-Many methods have been suggested for the preparation of granular powders. Granules of vegetable and like powders were introduced by Dr. Thomas Skinner, in 1862. They were prepared by rubbing the desired powder with mucilage to form a non-adhesive, crummy mass, which, after drying and bruising, could be passed through sieves of any desired size. These granules were sometimes coated. Gramular effervescent powders, now popular, may be pre- pared by pulverizing separately the acids, alkaline compounds, and sugar, mix- ing, and passing them through sieves, moistening with a little alcohol, to cause the particles to adhere, and then passing them with slight pressure through a sieve having suitable sized meshes. After drying, the granules are again passed through sieves of different sizes, to obtain the various sized granules. GENERAL FoRMULAs.-Formula A (Fine powder). “Medicinal agent, in fine pow- der, fifty grammes (50 Gm) [1 oz. av.,334 grs.]; saccharated sodium bicarbonate 1594 PUNLVERES. (F. 341), four hundred and seventy-five grammes (475 Gm.) [1 lb. av., 334 grs.j; saccharated tartaric acid (F. 8), four hundred and seventy-five grammes (475 Gm.) [1 lb. av., 330 grs.]. Triturate the ingredients, previously well-dried, until a uni- formly mixed powder is obtained. Formula B (Granular powder).-‘‘Medicinal agent, in fine powder, fifty grammes (50 Grm.) [1 oz. av.,334 grs.]; saccharated sodium bicarbonate (F. 341), four hundred and seventy-five grammes (475 Gm.) [1 lb. av.,330 grs.]; saccha- rated tartaric acid (F.8), two hundred and thirty-seven and one-half grammes (237.5 Gm.) [8 ozs. av., 165 grs.]; saccharated citric acid (F. 5), two hundred and and thirty-seven and one-half grammes (237.5 Gm.) [8 ozs. av., 165 grs.]. Mix the ingredients in a mortar, transfer them to an evaporating dish, and heat upon a water-bath, keep at 60° to 71° C. (140° to 160°F.), under constant stirring with a wooden spatula, until dry and uniformly granular. The saccharated citric acid, being made from crystallized citric acid containing 1 molecule of water of crystal- lization, supplies the moisture necessary to cause the powder, when heated, to cake and adhere together. If the somewhat pasty mass is then stirred with the spatula, small granules are readily formed, and these become firm when com- pletely dried. Throughout the process the contact of the powder with metals should be carefully avoided. Effervescent powders should be preserved in well- stoppered, wide-mouthed vials. Note.—To make these effervescent compounds it is not necessary to have the saccharated alkali and saccharated acids in stock. The quantities of sodium bicarbonate, of tartaric acid, of citric acid, and of sugar, required for each formula, are readily ascertained by simple calculation, accord- ing to the following rule: Multiply the number of grammes of the saccharate prescribed by the figures indicating the percentage of alkali or acid it contains, and divide the sum of this by 100. The quotient is the quantity of alkali or acid, expressed in grammes, and by deducting this quantity from the total quantity of the saccharate, the quantity of Sugar necessary is ascertained. Applying this rule, by way of example, to General Formula B, we have the following result: (1) 475 Gm. of saccharated sodium bicarbonate, containing 75 per cent, require 356.25 Gm. of sodium bicarbonate and 118.75 Gm. of sugar. (2) 237.5 Gm. of saccha- rated tartaric acid, containing 67.5 per cent, require 160.3 Gm. of tartaric acid and 77.2 Gm. of sugar. (3) 237.5 Gm. of saccharated citric acid, containing 62.5 per cent, require 148.4 Gm. of citric acid and 89.1 Grm. of sugar. And the formula would then be: Medicinal agent, fifty grammes (50 Gm) [1 oz. av.,334 grs.]; sodium bicarbonate, three hundred and fifty-six and one-fourth grammes (356.25 Gm.) [12 ozs. av., 248 grs.]; tartaric acid, one hundred and sixty and three- tenths grammes (160.3 Gm.) [5 ozs. av., 286 grs.]; citric acid, one hundred and forty-eight and four-tenths grammes (148.4 Gm.) [5 ozs. av., 102 grs.]; sugar, two hundred and eighty-five and five one-hundredths grammes (285.05 Gm.) [10 ozs. av., 24 grs.]; to make one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]”—(Nat. Form.). The National Formulary directs the preparation of Effervescent Powders as follows: PULVEREs EFFERVESCENTEs, Effervescent Powders.-‘‘The effervescent powders for which formulas are given in the Formulary, are most conveniently and effi- ciently dispensed in the form of fine powders, because in this condition they can be made extemporaneously and with assurance of their freshness and efficiency. The popular demand, however, seems to be for granular effervescent powders, the preparation of which requires certain modifications of the formulas, important only in so far as they enable the dispenser to granulate the powder in a conve- nient and expeditious manner. GENERAL OBSERVATIONS AND DIRECTIONS.—“Effervescent powders are com- posed of the medicinal agent in admixture with an alkaline bicarbonate, an or- ganic acid, and sugar. The proportion of the medicinal agent is dependent upon its dose, that of the alkaline bicarbonate and of the organic acid is dependent upon their molecular relation to each other, while the proportion of sugar is dependent upon the quantity necessary as a sweetening agent and diluent. The ingredients for making the fine pulverulent form of effervescent powders are: The medicinal agent, sodium bicarbonate, tartaric acid, and sugar, and it is necessary that these be well dried before mixing them. To make the granular form of effer- vescent powders the ingredients need not be dried, unless specially directed, and PULVIERES. 1595 the ingredients are the same as for the pulverulent form, with the single exception that one-half the molecule of tartaric acid is replaced by one-half a molecule of crystallized citric acid. With the view to simplifying the formulas of effervescent powders, three new preparations have been embodied in this Formulary, viz.: Acidum Citricum Saccharatum (Saccharated Citric Acid), Formula No. 5; Acidum. Tartar- fewm Saccharatum (Saccharated Tartaric Acid), Formula No. 8; Sodi Bicarbomas Saccharatus (Saccharated Sodium Bicarbonate), Formula No. 341. The proportion of sugar in these new saccharates is so adjusted that when either of the acid sac- charates is mixed with an equal weight of the alkaline saccharate, the acid and alkali are in molecular relation to each other, and, when dissolved in water, Will form the neutral tartrate and citrate of sodium respectively. With these three saccharates in stock, it becomes possible to make effervescent powders quickly with any medicinal agent that may be prescribed, while they simplify the for- mulas for the effervescent preparations now in the Formulary, their use being exemplified by the following General Formulas:” Effervescent Powders of the National Formulary.—PULVIS FERRI ET QUININAE CITRA- TIs EFFERVESCENs (N. F.), Effervescent powder of citrate of iron and quinine, Effervescent citrate of iron and quinine. “Soluble citrate of iron and quinine (U. S. P.), in very fine powder, ten grammes (10 Gm.) [154 grs.]; saccharated sodium bicarbonate (F. 341), four hundred and ninety-five grammes (495 Gm.) [17 ozs. av., 202 grs.]; saccharated tartaric acid (F. 8), four hundred and ninety-five grammes (495 Gm.) [17 ozs. av., 202 grs.]. Mix the ingredients, pre- viously well dried, and triturate them until a uniform powder is obtained. To make Granular Effervescent Citrate of Iron and Quinine, substitute saccharated citric acid (F. 5), not dried, two hundred and forty-seven and one-half grammes (247.5 Gm.) [8 ozs. av., 320 grs.] for an equal weight of the saccharated tartaric acid, and prepare the granulated compound as directed under the general formula (F. 319, B.). Ninety (90) grains (or about a heaped teaspoonful) of this preparation represent about one (1) grain of citrate of iron and quinine”—(Nat. Form.). PULVIS FERRI PHosph ATIs EFFERVESCENs (N. F.), Effervescent powder of phosphate of iron, Effervescent phosphate of iron.—“Phosphate of iron (U. S. P.), in very fine powder, twenty-four grammes (24 Gm.) [370 grs.]; saccharated sodium bicarbonate (F. 341), four hundred and eighty-eight grammes (488 Gm.) [17 ozs. av., 93 grs.]; saccharated tartaric acid (F. 8), four hundred and eighty-eight grammes (488 Gm.) [17 ozs. av., 93 grs.]. Mix the ingredients, pre- viously well dried, and triturate them until a uniform powder is obtained. To make Granular Jºffervescent Phosphate of Iron, substitute saccharated citric acid (F. 5), not dried, two hundred and forty-four grammes (244 Gm.) [8 ozs. av., 266 grs.] for an equal weight of the saccharated tartaric acid, and prepare the granulated compound as directed under the general formula (F. 319, B.). Ninety (90) grains (or about a heaped teaspoonful) of this preparation represent about two (2) grains of phosphate of iron’’—(Nat. Form.). PULVIs PotASSII BROMIDI EFFERVESCENs (N. F.), Effervescent powder of potassium bromide, Jºffervescent potassium bromide.—“Potassium bromide, in very fine powder, one hundred and ten grammes (110 Gm.) [3 ozs. av., 385 grs.]; saccharated sodium bicarbonate (F. 341), four hun- dred and forty-five grammes (445 Gm.) [15 ozs, av., 305 grs.]; saccharated tartaric acid (F. 8), four hundred and forty-five grammes (445 Gm.) [15 ozs. av., 305 grs.]. Mix the ingredients, previously well dried, and triturate them until a uniform powder is obtained. To make Granular Effervescent Potassium Bromide, substitute saccharated citric acid (F. 5), not dried, two hundred and twenty-two and one-half grammes (222.5 Gm.) [7 ozs, av., 370 grs.] for an equal weight of the saccharated tartaric acid, and prepare the granulated compound as directed under the general formula (F. 319 B.). Ninety (90) grains (or about a heaped teaspoonful) of this preparation represent about ten (10) grains of potassium bromide”—(Nat. Form.). PULVIs POTASSII BROMIDI EFFERVESCENs CUM CAFFEINA (N. F.), Effervescent powder of potas- 8ium bromide with caffeine, Effervescent potassium bromide with caffeine.—“Potassium bromide, in very fine powder, one hundred and ten grammes (110 Gm.) [3 ozs, av., 385 grs.]; caffeine, in very fine powder, eleven grammes (11 Grm.) [170 grs.]; saccharated sodium bicarbonate (F, 341), four hundred and forty grammes (440 Gm.) [15 ozs, av., 228 grs.]; saccharated tartaric acid (F. 8), four hundred and forty grammes (440 Gm.) [15 ozs. av., 228 grs.]. Mix the ingre- dients, previously well dried, and triturate them until a uniform powder is obtained. To make Granular Effervescent Potassium Bromide with Caffeine, substitute saccharated citric acid (F. 5), not dried, two hundred and twenty grammes (220 Gm.)[7 ozs. av., 333 grs.] for an equal weight of the saccharated tartaric acid, and prepare the granulated compound as directed under the general formula (F. 319, B.). Ninety (90) grains (or about a heaped teaspoonful) of this prepa- ration represent about ten (10) grains of potassium bromide and one (1) grain of caffeine”— (Nat. Form.). (See also under Aquae Minerales.) Other Powders.-The following powders are not employed in Eclectic medicine: PULVIS HYDRARGYRI CHLoRIDI MITIs ET JALAPE (N. F.), Powder of mild chloride of mercury and jalap, Calomel and jalap.–“ Mild chloride of mercury, thirty-four grammes (34 Gm.) [1 9%, av., 87 grs.]; jalap, in fine powder, sixty-six grammes (66 Gm.) [2 ozs, av., 143 grs.]. Mix them intimately. Note.—When ‘Calomel and Jalap' is prescribed for an adult, without any Specification of quantities, it is recommended that about 30 grains be dispensed as a dose”— Nat. Form.). 1596 PU LVIS ACETANILIDI COMPOSITUS.–PULVIS AROMATICUS. PULVIS ANTIMONIALIS (U. S. P.), Antimonial powder, James' powder, Pulvis Jacobi, Pulcis anti- monii compositus, James' pulver.—“Antimony oxide, thirty-three grammes (33 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 72 grs.]; precipitated calcium phosphate, sixty-seven grammes (67 Gm.) [2 OZS. av., 159 grs.]; to make one hundred grammes (100 Gm.) [3 ozs. av., 231 grs.]. Mix them intimately ’’— (U.S. P.). The foregoing is the official substitute for a nostrum first prepared by Dr. James, of England, who died in 1776. The original secret powder, upon being analyzed, revealed its constituents sufficiently to lead Dr. Pearson, of London, to recommend to the Londom College the following formula: It is prepared by calcining, in an iron crucible, 1 part of tersulphide of antimony, and 2 parts of horn shavings, stirring constantly until vapors cease to rise. Then rub the residue to powder, put it in a crucible with a perfora;ed cover, and raise it gradually to red heat, which must be maintained for 2 hours. Reduce the product, when cold, to fine powder. It forms a white, gritty, odorless, tasteless powder, partially soluble in boiling water, and which solution gives an orange-yellow precipitate with sulphuretted hydrogen. It pos- sesses the general properties of the antimonials according to the doses in which it is adminis- tered, and, like them, is very uncertain in its operation. It was principally used as a sedative and diaphoretic in febrile diseases, in doses of from 1 to 4 grains, in powder or bolus, repeating them every 3 or 4 hours, as required. It is not employed in Eclectic practice. PULVIS ACETANILIDI COMPOSITUS (N. F.)—CoMPOUND POWDER OF ACETANILID. Preparation.—“Acetanilid, fifty grammes (50 Grm.) [1 oz. av., 334 grs.]; caf- feine, two grammes (2 Gm.) [31 grs.]; tartaric acid, three gram.mes (3 Gm.) [46 grs.]; sodium bicarbonate, forty-five grammes (45 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 257 grs.]. Re- duce the ingredients, separately, to a fine powder, and mix them thoroughly. Note.—This preparation is popularly prescribed in New Orleans, under the name of ‘Kamma-Fuga," as an antipyretic, and is claimed to have some advantages over acetanilid itself”—(Nat. Form.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Analgesic and antipyretic. Consider- ably employed in headache (megrim), in doses of 5 to 10 grains. Uses practically those enumerated respectively under acetamilid and caffeine. PULVIS AMYGDALAF COMPOSITUS (N. F.)—CoMPOUND POWDER OF ALMOND. Preparation.—“Sweet almond, sixty grammes (60 Gm.) [2 ozs, av, 51 grs.]; sugar, in fine powder, thirty grammes (30 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 25 grs.]; acacia, in fine powder, ten grammes (10 Gm.) [154 grs.]. Blanch the sweet almond, then dry them thoroughly with a soft cloth, and rub them lightly in a mortar, until they form a mass of smooth consistence. Mix the acacia and sugar, add them to the mass previously prepared, and rub the whole to a coarse powder, which is to be preserved in a lightly-covered jar. Note.—If 820 grains of this preparation be thor oughly triturated with 17 fluid ounces of water, gradually added, and the mixture finally strained, the product will be about 16 fluid ounces of Mistura Amygdalae (U. S. P.)”—(Nat. Form.). Uses.—To prepare almond mixtures. For almond mixture use 2% ounces (av.) to 1 pint of water. PULVIS ANTICATARRHALIS (N. F.)—CATARRH PowDER. SYNoNYM : Catarrh snuff. Preparation.—“Morphine hydrochlorate, forty-one centigrammes (0.41 Gm.) [6.8 grs.]; acacia, in fine powder, twenty-five grammes (25 Gm.) [386 grs.]; bis- muth submitrate, seventy-five grammes (75 Gm.) [2 ozs. av., 282 grs.]. Mix them intimately by trituration ”—(Nat. Form.). Action and Medical Uses.—As its name indicates, this powder is designed by the framers of the formula, as a soothing snuff for masal catarrh. PULVIS AROMATICUS (U. S. P.)—AROMATIC PowDER. SYNONYMS : Pulvis cinnamomi compositus, Compound powder of cinnamom. Preparation.—“Ceylon cinnamom, in No. 60 powder, thirty-five grammes (35 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 103 grs.]; ginger, in No. 60 powder, thirty-five grammes (35 Gn.) [1 oz. av., 103 grs.]; cardamom, deprived of the capsules and crushed, fifteen PUILVIS ASCLEPIADIS COMP.—PULVIS CARBON IS LIGNI COM.P. 1597 grammes (15 Gm.) [231 grs.]; nutmeg, in No. 20 powder, fifteen grammes (15 Gm.) [231 grs.]; to make one hundred grammes (100 Gh.) [3 ozs, av., 231 grs.]. Tritus rate the cardamom and nutmeg with a portion of the Ceylon cinnamon, until they are reduced to fine powder; then add the remainder of the cinnannon and the ginger, and rub them together until they are thoroughly mixed.”—(U. S. P.). CoNFECTIO AROMATICA, or AROMATIC CONFECTION (Electuarium aromaticum).- The U. S. P., 1870, directed to rub with aromatic powder an equal quantity (or sufficient) of honey to obtain a uniform mass of proper consistence for confections. This is somewhat hygroscopic, and slowly becomes granular. It may be restored by the incorporation of additional honey. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—These preparations are employed for the relief of flatulent colic, nausea, and diarrhoea. Dose, 5 to 20 grains. The powder, enclosed in a bag and moistened with hot whiskey or other alcoholic liquids, may be employed as a formentation in painful affections of the bowels. It indelibly stains the linen if allowed to come in contact with it. PULVIS ASCLEPIADIS COMIPOSITU.S.—COMPOUND POWDER OF PLEURISY ROOT. Preparation.—Take of pleurisy root, spearmint, and Sumach berries, each, in powder, 2 ounces; bayberry bark, and skunk cabbage, each, in powder, 1 ounce; pulverized ginger, 4 ounce. Mix them. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Very useful diaphoretic in coughs, colds, and as a drink in febrile diseases. Two drachms of the powder may be infused in # pint of boiling water, sweetened, and drank in wineglassful doses, every 1 or 2 hours. Or in common colds, the , pint of warm infusion may be taken at a draught, and repeated in an hour if necessary (Wm. S. Merrell). PULVIS CAMPHORAE COMPOSITUS.—COMPOUND POWDER OF CAMIPHOR. Preparation.—Take of tannic acid, kino, camphor, each, in powder, 20 grains; opium, in powder, 10 grains. Mix well together, and divide into 20 powders. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—These powders are stimulant, antispas- modic, amodyne, and astringent, and have proved highly successful in the treat- ment of Asiatic cholera, cholerine, and severe cholera morbus. They speedily check the discharges, and relieve the pains or cramps. The dose is 1 powder after each dis- charge from the bowels, or oftener, if the urgency of the case requires it. The pow- ders may be given in molasses, quince syrup, or blackberry jelly. When more stimu- lus is required, 1 or 2 grains of capsicum may be added to each dose (J. King). Related Powders.-PULVIS CATECHU CoMPositus (N. F.), Compound powder of catechu, “Catechu, in fine powder, forty grammes (40 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 180 grs.]; kino, in fine powder, twenty grammes (20 Gm.) [309 grs.]; krameria, in fine powder, twenty grammes (20 Gun.) [309 grs.]; cinnamon, in fine powder, ten grammes (10 Gm.) [154 grs.]; nutmeg, in fine pow- der, ten grammes (10 Gm.) [154 grs.]. Mix them intimately, pass the powder through a fine sieve, and afterward rub it lightly in a mortar. Keep it in a stoppered bottle. Note.—This preparation is official in the Br. Pharm.”—(Nat. Form.). Dose, 10 to 60 grains. PULVIs KINo COMPOSITUs (N. F.), Compound powder of kimo, Pulvis kimo cum opio.—“Kino, in fine powder, seventy-five grammes (75 Gm.) [2 ozs, av., 282 grs.]; powdered opium, five grammes (5 Gnn.) [77 grs.]; cinnamon, in fine powder, twenty grammes (20 G m.) [309 grs.]. Mix them intimately, pass the mixed powder through a moderately fine sieve, and afterward rub it lightly in a mortar. Keep it in a stoppered bottle. Every 20 grains of this preparation contain 1 grain of powdered opium, Note.—This preparation is official in the Br. Pharm.”— (Nat. Forn.). T)ose, 5 to 20 grains. PULVIS CARBONIS LIGNI COMPOSITUS.–COMPOUND POWDER OF CHARCOAL. Preparation.—Take of charcoal, 2 ounces; rhubarb, in powder, 1 ounce; bicar- bonate of sodium, ounce. Mix together. - Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This preparation is very beneficial in dyspepsia, attended with acidity of the stomach, loss of appetite, constipation, or 1598 PULVIS CRETA. AROMATICUS.–PULVIS EFFERVESCENS COMPOSITUS. diarrhoea, and distress of the stomach after eating. It will prove useful in all derangements of the digestive functions where acidity of the stomach is present. The dose is a teaspoonful in water or Indian-meal gruel, 3 or 4 times a day. If cream of tartar, 1 ounce, be substituted for the bicarbonate of sodium, it will form an excellent laxative powder for piles (J. King). PULVIS CRETAE AROMATICUS (N. F.)—AROMATIC POWDER OF CHALK. SYNoNYM : Confectio aromatica (Lond.). Preparation.—“Cinnamom, eight grammes (8 Gm.) º grs.]; Saffron, six grammes (6 Gm.) [93 grs.]; nutmeg, six grammes (6 Gm.) [93 grs.]; cloves, three grammes (3 Gm.) [46 grs.]; cardamom, two grammes (2 Gm.) [31 grs.]; prepared chalk, twenty-three grammes (23 Gm.) [355 grs.]; sugar, fifty-two grammes (52 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 365 grs]. Mix the ingredients and reduce them to a fine powder. Pass this through a fine sieve, and afterward rub it lightly in a mortar. Keep it in a stoppered bottle. Note.—This preparation is equivalent to the Pulvis Creta, Aromaticus of the Br. Pharm. This authority adds the following note: “If a product of bright color be desired, the saffron may previously be moistened and triturated with a little water or alcohol, or the fresh and faintly damp mixture may be subjected to considerable pressure in the triturating process”—(Nat. Form.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This agent is employed in diarrhoea caused by offending material in the stomach, which should first be removed by gentle catharsis, after which the powder may be administered. It is also useful in diarrhoea produced by changes of temperature and water. Dose, 30 to 60 grains. Related Powder.—PULVIS CRETE AROMATICUs cum OPIO (N. F.), Aromatic powder of chalk with opium. “A romatic powder of chalk (F. 317), ninety-seven and one-half grammes (97.5 Gm.) [3 OZS. av., 192 grs.]; powdered opium, two and one-half grammes (2.5 Gm.) [38.6 grs.]. Mix them intimately. Every 40 grains of this preparation contain 1 grain of powdered opium. Note.—This preparation is official in the Br. Pharm.”—(Nat. Form.). Used like the preceding. Dose, 10 to 20 grains. PULVIS CRETAE COMPOSITUs (U. S. P.)—CoMPound CHALK POWDER. Preparation.—“Prepared chalk, thirty grammes (30 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 25 grs.]; acacia, in fine powder, twenty grammes (20 Grm.) [309 grs.]; sugar, in fine pow- der, fifty grammes (50 Grm.) [1 oz. av., 334 grs.]; to make one hundred grammes (100 Gm.) [3 ozs. av., 231 grs.]. Mix them intimately"—(U.S. P.). Uses.—This powder is designed as a ready ingredient for the preparation of chalk mixture. Precipitated chalk should not be used. Dose, 10 to 40 grains. PULVIS CYPRIPEDII COMPOSITUS.—COMPOUND POWDER OF YELLOW LADIES’-SLIPPER. SYNoNYM : Nerve powder. Preparation.—Take of yellow ladies'-slipper root, pleurisy root, skunk cab- bage root, and Scullcap, each, in powder, 1 ounce. Mix them. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This powder is useful to allay irrita- bility or excitability of the mervous system, to relieve spasms, and to produce sleep in restless, wakeful, or excited conditions. When acidity of the stomach is present, it is common to add bicarbonate of sodium, 1 ounce. The dose is from 4 to 1 drachm, 3 times a day, or as required. It is usually administered in tea or water (J. King). PULVIS EFFERVESCENs compositus (U. S. P.)—compound EFFERVESCING POWDER. SYNONYMS: Seidlitz powder, Aperient effervescing powders, Pulveres effervescentes aperientes (U. S. P., 1870), Effervescent tartrated soda powder, Pulvis soda tartaratae effervescens, Pulvis aerophorus Seydlitzensis. PULVIS GLYCYRRHIZAE COMPOSITUS. 1599 Preparation.—“Sodium bicarbonate, in fine powder, thirty-one grammes (31 Gm.) [1 oz. av.,41 grs.]; potassium and sodium tartrate, in fine powder, ninety- three grammes (93 Gm.) [3 ozs. av., 123 grs.]; tartaric acid, in fine powder, twenty- seven grammes (27 Gm) [417 grs.]. Mix the sodium bicarbonate intimately with the potassium and sodium tartrate, divide the mixture into twelve (12) equal parts, and wrap each part in a separate paper of some pronounced color, as blue, Then divide the tartaric acid also into twelve (12) equal parts, and wrap each part in a separate paper of a color distinctly different from that used for wrap- ping the mixture, as white. Keep the powders in well-closed vessels”-(U. S. P.). History.—This powder received its name from the Seidlitz Saline Springs of Bohemia, though the foregoing laxative constituents do not represent those of the springs named. As found upon the market, the Seidlitz powder is very vari- able in regard to proportion. To properly prepare them, each part should be weighed, strictly following the official directions, making the Seidlitz mixture of 3 parts of Rochelle salts and 1 part of sodium bicarbonate, and, as is directed, placing the alkaline powder in a blue paper. Then in a white paper place the tartaric acid. The white paper should contain, by weight, 35 grains of tartaric acid; the blue paper, 160 grains of Seidlitz mixture. When the powders are sepa- rately dissolved in water, and the solutions slowly mixed, the acid reacts with the sodium bicarbonate, liberating carbonic acid gas, and forming sodium tar- trate, which adds somewhat to the laxative action of the Rochelle Salt. The powders should be kept in a dry place, lest the acid should absorb sufficient moisture to dissolve it. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—The saline laxative, Seidlitz powder, is very popular as a laxative, especially where there is a slight rise of temperature, and particularly in warm weather. They should be used with care in very young children and the aged and debilitated. Preferably, the powders should be dis- solved in separate glasses, using about 5 or 6 fluid ounces of water for the Saline powder, and 1 or 2 fluid ounces for the acid powder. The two solutions should then be gradually mixed together and taken while effervescing. Under no cir- cumstances should one solution be swallowed after the other, lest the liberation of carbon dioxide in the stomach should give rise to serious distension, if not rupture, of that organ. The usual dose for an adult is the contents of a white and blue paper (see also Potassii et Sodii Tartras). Related Powder.—PULVEREs EFFERVESCENTEs (U. S. P., 1870), Effervescing powders, Soda powders. “Take of bicarbonate of sodium, in fine powder, 360 grains; tartaric acid, in fine powder, 300 grains. Divide each of the powders into 12 equal parts, and keep the parts, severally, of the bicarbonate and of the acid in separate papers of different colors”—(U. S. P., 1870). Each acid powder contains 25 grains; each alkaline powder 30 grains. They may be administered in water, both being dissolved at one time in one solution, or separate solutions may be prepared and mixed. The acid reacts upon the alkaline compound, producing sodium tartrate, while carbon dioxide escapes. PULVIS GLYCYRRHIZAF CoMPOSITUs (U. S. P.)—CoMPound POWDER OF GLYCYRRHIZA. SYNONYM : Compound liquorice powder. Preparation.—“Senna, in No. 80 powder, one hundred and eighty grammes (180 Grm.) [6 ozs. av., 153 grs.]; glycyrrhiza, in No. 80 powder, two hundred and thirty-six grammes (236 Gm.) [8 ozs. av., 142 grs.]; washed sulphur, eighty grammes (80 Gm.) [2 ozs, av., 360 grs.]; oil of fennel, four grammes (4 Gm.) [62 grs.]; sugar, in fine powder, five hundred grammes (500 Gun.) [1 lb. av., 1 oz., 279 grs.]; to make one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]. Mix the oil of fennel thoroughly with about one-half of the sugar, then add the remainder of the sugar and the other ingredients, and mix thoroughly. Finally pass the powder through a No. 60 sieve, and keep it in well-closed ves- sels”—(U. S. P.). Formerly powdered fennel was employed in the preparation of this powder. It has now been replaced with oil of fennel, which renders the powder less liable to take on an unpleasant odor. Moreover, the proportion of liquorice is increased over that of the U. S. P. (1880) formula, giving a pleasanter and more easily pre- pared preparation. → 1600 PULVIS HYDRASTIS COMPOSITUS.—PULVIS IPECACUANHAE ET OPII. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—A very efficient laxative, operating kindly in doses of 30 to 60 grains, administered in plenty of cold water. PULVIS HYDRASTIS COMPOSITUS.—COMPOUND POWDER OF GOLDEN SEAL, Preparation.—Take of golden seal, blue cohosh, and helonias, each, in pow- der, ounce. Mix together. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This powder is tonic and antispas- modic. It is very efficient in dyspepsia, chronic inflammation of the mucous membrane of the stomach, and will afford much relief in cases of distress of the stomach aſter eating, and in aphthows inflammations of the mouth. It may also be administered, to prevent a relapse, in bilious colic. The dose is from # to 1 drachm, 3 or 4 times a day, in water, tea, or wine, as the case may require (J. King). PULVIS IoDOFORMI ComPoSITUs (N. F.)—CoMPound POWDER OF IOIDOFORM. SYNoNYM : Iodoform and naphthalin. Preparation.—“Iodoform, in fine powder, twenty grammes (20 Grm.) [309 grs.]; boric acid, in fine powder, thirty grammes (30 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 25 grs.]; naphthalin, fifty grammes (50 Gm.) H oz. av., 334 grs.]; oil of bergamot, two and one-half cubic centimeters (2.5 Co.) [41 Till. Triturate the naphthalin with the oil of bergamot, then mix it with the iodoform and boric acid, and triturate until a homogeneous powder is produced. Note.—This powder is used in many cases, where a diluted preparation of iodoform, for external purposes, is desired. The odor of the iodoform is masked both by the oil of bergamot and by the naph- thalin”—(Nat. Form.). Medical Uses.—The object of this powder is sufficiently set forth in the preceding note. - PULVIS IPECACUANHAE COMPOSITUS.–CoMPound POWDER OF IPECACUANHA. Preparation.—Take of pleurisy root, bloodroot, ipecacuanha, nitrate of potas- sium, each, in powder, 1 drachm. Mix them. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. —This powder has diuretic and dia- phoretic effects upon the system. It is useful in febrile and inflammatory diseases, and especially in cases where, from idiosyncrasy or other causes, opium is inad- missible. The dose is 5 or 10 grains, every 1 or 2 hours. PULVIS IPECACUANHAE ET OPII (U. S. P.)—PowDER of - IPECAC AND OPIUM. SYNoNYMs: Dover's powder, Compound powder of ipecacuanha, Pulvis ipecacuanhae compositus. Preparation and History.—“Ipecac, in No. 60 powder, ten grammes (10 Grm.) [154 grs.]; powdered opium, ten grammes (10 Grm.) [154 grs.]; sugar of milk, in No. 30 powder, eighty grammes (80 Grm.) [2 ozs. av., 360 grs.]; to make one hundred grammes (100 Grm.) [3 ozs. av.,231 grs.]. Rub them together into a very fine powder’—(U. S. P.). Each 10 grains of Dover's powder contain of opium and ipecacuanha, each, 1 grain, and sugar of milk, 8 grains. Formerly potassium sulphate was employed in the place of milk sugar. The potassium salt is still directed in the British Pharmacopoeia, giving to the preparation of the latter a somewhat saline taste. The sugar of milk in this preparation is employed simply as a diluent. By tritu- rating it in coarse powder, it serves to further divide the vegetable constituents. For its mechanical effects, however, the sulphate of potassium is preferable on PULVIS IPECAC'U ANHAE ET OPII COMPOSITUS, 1601 account of the greater hardness of its particles. Dover's powder was named from its introducer, Dr. Dover. As originally proposed by him, and as now directed in the French Codew, with but little modification, potassium nitrate and sulphate (4 parts each) were mixed in a crucible, at red heat, and cooled; sliced opium (1 part) was added and thoroughly rubbed to a powder, after which ipecacuanha and liquorice, both powdered (1 part each), were incorporated with the other ingre- dients. Dover's powder is a light-brown powder, having the odors of both Opium and ipecac, and a bitterish and nauseous taste. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Dover's powder, according to the dose administered, is an excellent stimulant, sedative, anodyne, and narcotic. It has a better action than either of its chief ingredients administered separately. It is a very good agent to improve the quality of the skin, the necessary moisture being induced by the ipecac to ensure the favorable action of opium, for the specific indication for the latter is a moist skin and tongue, and soft, open pulse. As a pain- relieving agent and to promote sleep, it may be used where opium alone would not be tolerated. Though profuse perspiration may be produced by it, it is also capable of checking that secretion as shown by the favorable action of 5-grain doses of the powder given to control the colliquative sweats of phthisis. It should be given a half hour before the sweating begins. Dover's powder sometimes causes sickness at the stomach, and should never be followed immediately after its administration with warm drinks, but they may be used later, if desired. As a pain-reliever, or stimulant to the internal organs, or as a hypnotic, it is admis- sible when there is no nausea, inflammation of the brain, or high temperature. It is an efficient drug in rheumatism, the incipient stage of inflammations, and to con- trol cough. Hot applications to the abdomen and 5-grain doses of Dover's powder with 1 grain of camphor, every # or 1 hour, give marked relief in dysmemorrhaea. Without the camphor, it is very efficient in amenorrhaea from cold, being used to- gether with external heat. It allays nervous excitation in cases of abortion, and assists in controlling uterine and pulmonary hemorrhages; 2 or 3 grains of the pow- der, with a like quantity of quinine, forms an efficient treatment in neuralgia, with hot, dry skin. In dysentery, it assists the action of other remedies, as well as controlling peristaltic movements, while in irritative diarrhaea, after a mild laxative, it controls any spasmodic bowel complications that may supervene. It may be used in enteritis, both to control the inflammation and the movements of the bowels. It is useful in the early stage of renal catarrhal inflammations and in granular degen- eration of the kidneys, chiefly for the purpose of maintaining a good circulation and a moist condition of the skin. Dose, 2 to 10 grains, preferably in capsules. PULVIS IPECACUANHAE ET OPII COMPOSITUS.—COMPOUND POWDER OF IPECACUANHA AND OPIUM. SYNoNYM : Diaphoretic powder. Preparation.—Take of opium, in powder, 10 grains; camphor, in powder, 40 grains; ipecacuanha, in powder, 20 grains; bitartrate of potassium, 160 grains; Mix them (Beach's Amer. Prac.). In preparing the powder, the camphor must first be reduced to powder by trituration with a few drops of alcohol, then add a small portion of the bitartrate of potassium, continue the trituration until the camphor has been still further divided, add the opium in powder, then the ipecacuanha, and, lastly, the remain- der of the bitartrate, and triturate all together for 15 or 20 minutes. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This powder is an excellent anodyne and diaphoretic, and is, perhaps, superior to any other preparation in its diapho- retic effects upon the system. It is of great efficiency in all febrile and inflammatory diseases, diarrhoea, dysentery, cholera morbus, gout, rheumatism, after-pains, all cases of Térvous irritability or excitement, and whenever an anodyne conjoined with a dia- phoretic is indicated. It favors perspiration without augmenting the heat of the body... The above is the original formula, but practitioners vary in preparing it according to their favorite views; thus some omit the cream of tartar and substi- tute nitrate of potassium or bicarbonate of sodium, while others onlit the opium, substituting in its place lactucarium or twice the quantity of oleoresin of cypri- pedium, rendered dry by the addition of magnesia. Dose, 3 to 5 grains every 101 1602 PULVIS JAL APAE COMPOSITUS.–PULVIS LOBELIAE COMPOSITUS. 3 or 4 hours in febrile or inflammatory diseases, and, in some cases, 10 grains, 3 times a day. Its action may be materially promoted as a diaphoretic by Warm drinks, such as catnip, balm, or sage tea, lemonade, etc., which, however, should not be given immediately after the administration of the powder, lest vomiting be provoked. In rheumatism, pneumonia, cerebral affections, hepatic diseases, etc., it is frequently combined with small doses of resin of podophyllum. PULVIS JALAPAE COMPOSITUS (ECLECTIC).-COMPOUND POWDER OF JAL.A.P. SYNONYM : Antibilious physic. Preparation. —Take of Alexandria Senna, in powder, 2 ounces; jalap, in powder, 1 ounce; cloves or ginger, in powder, 1 drachm. Mix them (Beach's Amer. Prac.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This forms an excellent purgative, useful in nearly all cases where such action is required. It acts with mildness and efficiency, influencing the whole alimentary tract, cleansing it of all abnor- mal accumulations, and stimulating the whole biliary apparatus to healthy action. It may be given to either sex, and at all ages, and is used in all febrile, inflammatory, or chronic diseases, being contraindicated in severe gastric or intes- timal inflammation, and requires to be used cautiously and in moderate doses during pregnancy, menorrhagia, and certain other diseases. Dose, 1 drachm, put into a gill of boiling water, and allowed to stand till cold, then sweeten, if desired, stir, and drink the whole contents. Milk, wine, cider, lemonade, or coffee, etc., may be substituted, in proper cases, for the water. In febrile diseases, its utility will be much increased by adding about 10 grains of bitartrate of potassium to each dose. Related Preparations.—PULVIs JALAPE CoMPOSITUs (U. S. P.), Compound powder of jalap, Pulvis purgans, Pulvis catharticus, Pulvis jalapae tartaratus. “Jalap, in No. 60 powder, thirty-five grammes (35 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 103 grs.]; potassium bitartrate, in fine powder, sixty-five grammes (65 Gm.) [2 ozs. av., 128 grs.]; to make one hundred grammes (100 Grm.) [3 ozs, av., 231 grs.]. Rub them together until they are thoroughly mixed”—(U. S. P.). This preparation is em- ployed as a hydragogue cathartic in ascites, associated with portal and splenic obstructions. Dose, 10 to 30 grains. PULVIs ALOEs ET CANELLAE (N. F.), Powder of aloes and camella, Hiera picra.—“Purified aloes (U. S. P.), in fine powder, eighty grammes (80 Gm.) [2 ozs, av., 360 grs.]; canella, in fine powder, twenty grammes (20 Gm.) [309 grs.]. Mix them intimately ’’—(Nat. Form.). Dose, 3 to 12 grains. PULVIS LIEPTANDRAE COMPOSITUS.—COMPOUND POWDER OF LEPTANDRA. Preparation.—Take of dried alcoholic extract of leptandra, in powder, 1 drachm; resin of podophyllum, in powder, 4 drachm; Sugar of milk, 5 drachms. Mix and triturate well together. * Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This preparation is a cholagogue cathar- tic, and was formerly regarded of immense benefit in epidemic dysentery, in doses of 8 grains, repeated every 1 or 2 hours, until it operates freely, after which it may be given 2 or 3 times a day. It was also used with asserted advantage in typhoid, remittent, and intermittent fevers, with or without the addition of quinine sulphate; also in biliary derangements. The addition of 3 grains of Santonin to each dose, and given twice a day, forms an admirable anthelmintic (J. King). PULVIS LOBELIAE COMPOSITUS.—COMPOUND POWDER OF LOBELIA. e SYNoNYM : Emetic powder. Preparation.—Take of lobelia, in powder, 6 drachms; bloodroot and skunk cabbage, in powder, each, 3 drachms; ipecacuanha, 4 drachms; capsicum, in pows der, 1 drachm. Mix them. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This is an excellent emetic, and may be employed in all cases where an emetic is indicated. It vomits easily and promptly, PU LVIS MORPHINAE COMPOSITUS.—PULVIS NIGRUM. 1603 without causing cramps or excessive prostration. The dose is 2 drachms, 4 of which (; drachm) must be given every 15 minutes, in an infusion of boneset. Warm boneset, drank freely during the time of taking it, will very much facili- tate its operation, and it will also be found that, in many cases, temperate water (at 60°F.) will be equally as effective in assisting the induction of emesis as an infusion, and much more agreeable (J. King). Compound powder of lobelia is an exceedingly efficient local application to the chest in colds and broncho-pulmonic troubles in general. For this purpose it should be sprinkled upon a larded or petro- lated cloth and applied warm. PULVIS MORPHINAE ComPoSITUs (U. S. P.)—compound POWDER OF MORPHINE. SYNONYMs: Tully's powder, Pulvis camphorae compositus Tully. Preparation and History.—“Morphine sulphate, one gramme (1 Gm.) [15.4 grs.]; camphor, nineteen grammes (19 Gm.) [293 grs.]; glycyrrhiza, in No. 60 powder, twenty grammes (20 Gm.) [309 grs.]; precipitated calcium carbonate, twenty grammes (20 Gm.) [309 grs.]; alcohol, a sufficient quantity to make sixty grammes (60 Gm.) [2 ozs, av., 51 grs.J. Rub the camphor with a little alcohol, and afterward with the glycyrrhiza and precipitated calcium carbonate, until a uniform powder is produced. Then rub the morphine sulphate with this powder, gradually added, until the whole is thoroughly mixed. Finally, pass the powder through a No. 40 sieve, and transfer it to well-stoppered bottles”—(U. S. P.). - One grain of this powder contains ºf grain of sulphate of morphine and about # grain of camphor. It was introduced by Dr. William Tully, of New Haven, Conn., as a substitute for Dover's powder. The directions of the formula should be rigidly followed, as great care is necessary that the morphine salt may be uni- formly distributed. It is best to prepare small amounts only, as by age the vola- tile camphor is likely to become dissipated, leaving the powder of uncertain strength. Keep in well-closed bottle, in a cool situation. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This powder is used for the same pur- poses as Dover's powder and morphine sulphate. The dose is from 5 to 10 grains, representing respectively Hº, and # grain of morphine sulphate. PULVIS MYRICAE COMPOSITUs (ECLECTIC). CoMPOUND POWDER OF BAYBERRY. SYNONYM: Cephalic powder. Preparation.—Take of bayberry bark and bloodroot, each, in powder, 1 drachm. Mix them (Beach's Amer. Prac.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This powder is used either alone or combined with an equal part of common snuff, as a snuff, in catarrh, headache, polypus, etc. . In obstinate affections of the nasal mucous membrane, it is frequently combined with sesquicarbonate of potash, 1 or 2 drachms, and golden seal, , ounce; or, with finely-powdered chloride of ammonium, 1 drachm. This powder should not be confused with the composition powder bearing the same name (see Related Powder). Related Powder.—PULVIS MYRICE COMPOSITUs (N. F.), Compound powder of bayberry, Composition powder. “Bayberry, bark of the root, sixty grammes (60 Gm.) [2 ozs, av., 51 grs.j; ginger, thirty grammes (30 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 25 grs.]; capsicum, five grammes (5 Gm.)[77 grs.j; Cloves, five grammes (5 Gm.) [77 grs.]. Reduce the substances to a moderately fine powder. Note:-Bayberry root bark is derived from Myrica cerifera, Linné (Wax myrtle, Candleberry)”– (Nat. Form.). This powder is practically the same as the Thomson Composition Powder, or Number Sir. It is a valuable diaphoretic when given in teaspoonful doses, in warm infusion. Useful in breaking up acute colds and in the consequences arising therefrom. PULVIS NIGRUMI.—BLACK POWDER. SYNONYM : Emmenagogue powder. Preparation.—Take of flowers of sulphur, myrrh, steel filings, loaf sugar, each, in time powder, 1 ounce; white wine, pint. Mix together, and, by means 1604 I?ULVIS OPII COMP.—PULVIS RESINAE PODOPHYLLI COMP. of a gentle heat, evaporate till nearly dry. Pulverize the mass when cold, and keep it in well-stoppered bottles (Beach's Amer. Prac.). Reduced iron may be substituted for the steel filings. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This not very scientific compound has been used with much success in the treatment of primary or idiopathic amenor- rhaea, chlorosis, etc. The dose is ; drachm, to be repeated 3 times a day; it may be taken in syrup, or molasses, or in the form of pills. It will also be found an excellent remedy in several forms of cutaneous disease. PULVIS OPII COMPOSITUS.—COMPOUND POWDER OF OPIUM. Preparation.—“Take of opium, in powder, 1% ounces (av.); black pepper, in powder, 2 ounces (av.); ginger, in powder, 5 ounces (av.); caraway fruit, in pow- der, 6 ounces (av.); tragacanth, in powder, 3 ounce. Mix them thoroughly, pass the powder through a fine sieve, and finally rub it lightly in a mortar. Keep it in a stoppered bottle”—(Br. Pharm., 1885 and 1898). This contains the dry con- stituents of confection of opium, 10 per cent of the latter being present. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Used like confection of opium. Dose, 2 to 5 grains. PULVIS PODOPHYLLI COMPOSITUS.—COMPOUND POWDER OF MANDRAKE. Preparation.—Take of blue flag, mandrake, bitter root, swamp milkweed, each, in powder, 1 ounce; bloodroot, 3 ounce. Mix together. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This powder is cathartic and altera- tive, and is useful in cases of obstimate constipation, hepatic derangements, dyspepsia, worms, and in Scrofulous, rheumatic, and syphilitic affections. The dose is # or 1 drachm, repeated 3 times a day. It may be administered in water or tea (J. King). PULVIS QUININAE COMPOSITUS.–CoMPOUND PowDER OF QUININE. Preparation.—Take of sulphate of quinine, ferrocyanide of iron, each, 1 drachm. Mix thoroughly together. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This powder is tonic, febrifuge, and antiperiodic. It was formerly much employed by American practitioners in febrile and inflammatory diseases, and in all diseases in which there is a least tendency to periodicity. As a tonic, it is either used alone, or frequently in combination with other tonics, as hydrochlorate of berberine, etc. The dose is from 3 to 6 grains of the powder, repeated 2, 3, or 4 times a day, according to symptoms. It was introduced to the profession, as an agent in the above diseases, by the late Prof. I. G. Jones, M. D., of Columbus, Ohio. PULVIS RESINAE PODOPHYLLI COMPOSITUS.—COMPOUND POWDER OF RESIN OF PODOPHYLLUMI. SYNoNYM : Hydragogue powder. wº Preparation.—Take of resin of podophyllum, 4 grains; bitartrate of potas- sium, 3 drachms. Mix intimately together. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This is an active hydragogue, and may be employed in dropsy, obstructed menstruation, etc. Dose, 20 grains, administered every 2 hours, until it operates sufficiently. The addition of about 1 or 2 grains of capsicum to each dose, will render it much more speedy in its operation. Related Powder.—SwitHT's RED Powder. A preparation termed Sweet's red powder, has been considerably employed by many practitioners. It causes emesis as well as catharsis, and, as an alterative, is reputed of considerable efficacy in many chronic diseases. It is prepared as follows: Take of mandrake root, in fine powder, 5 ounces; bloodroot, in fine powder, PULVIS RHEI COMPOSITUS.—PULVIS STYPTICUS. 1605 1 ounce. Place the powders in a percolator and thoroughly exhaust with alcohol. Evaporate the tincture obtained to the consistence of molasses, and, while hot, add to it finely-powdered white sugar, 6 ounces; croton oil, to which a little salt of tartar has been added to neutralize the acrid principle, 1 drachm; and oil of cloves, § drachm. Mix thoroughly together, spread on glass or on a plate to dry, finely powder, and bottle. The dose is from 5 to 30 grains. Probably this powder might be prepared as follows: To 6 ounces of finely-powdered white sugar, add 1 drachm of croton oil, prepared as above, and 3 drachm of oil of cloves; mix, triturate thor- oughly together, and, continuing the trituration, add, gradually, 160 grains of resin of podophyl- lum and 46 grains of sanguinarine. PULVIS RHEI ComPOSITUS (ECLECTIC). CoMPOUND POWDER OF REIU BARB. SYNoNYM: Neutralizing powder. Preparation.—Take of rhubarb, bicarbonate of potassium, and peppermint leaves, each, in powder, 1 ounce. Mix together (Beach's Amer. Prac.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This powder is an invaluable remedy in diarrhoea, cholera morbus, dysentery, summer complaint of children, acidity of stomach, heartburn, and as a mild cathartic during pregnancy. The dose is from # to 2 drachms, every 1, 2, or 3 hours, as may be required (see Syrup of Rhubarb and Potassa). Related Preparations.—PULVIs RHEI CoMPOSITUs (U. S. P.), Compound powder of rhubarb, Gregory's powder, Magnesia and rhubarb, Pulvis antacidus, Pulvis infantum, Pulvis magnesiae cum rhei. “Rhubarb, in No. 60 powder, twenty-five grammes (25 Gm.) [386 grs.]; magnesia, sixty- five grammes (65 Gm.) [2 ozs. av., 128 grs.]; ginger, in No. 60 powder, ten grammes (10 Gm.) [154 grs.]; to make one hundred grammes (100 Gm.) [3 ozs. av., 231 grs.]. Rub them together until they are thoroughly mixed”—(U. S. P.). To properly prepare this powder, the rhubarb and ginger should first be rubbed together, and the magnesia, on account of its lightness, be gradually added and incorporated, after which the whole should be put through a bolting- cloth sieve. When fresh and dry the powder is of a yellowish color; upon absorbing moisture, or in aqueous or alcoholic suspension, a deep-red color ensues, owing to a reaction between the magnesia and rhubarb constituents. Dose, 5 to 60 grains. PULVIs RHEI ET MAGNESIAE ANISATUs (N. F.), Anisated powder of rhwbarb and magnesia, Com- pound anise powder. “Rhubarb, in fine powder, thirty-five grammes (35 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 103 grs.]; heavy magnesia, calcined, sixty-five grammes (65 Gm.) [2 ozs. av., 128 grs.]; oil of anise, eight cubic centimeters (8 Co.) [130 ml]; alcohol, ten cubic centimeters (10 Co.) [1621ſl]. Mix the powders, add the oil of anise, previously dissolved in the alcohol, and triturate until a uniform mixture results”—(Nat. Form.). PULVIS SPIGELIAE COMPOSITUS.—COMPOUND POWDER OF SPIGELIA. SYNoNYM : King's entozoic powder. Preparation.—Take of pink root, bitter root, swamp milkweed, mandrake, each, in very fine powder, 2 ounces; balmony, in very fine powder, 4 ounces. Mix intimately together. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This is a very bitter, but certain remedy for any kind of worms that may exist in the human alimentary canal. It not only destroys the worms, but also removes the morbid mucous secretion in which they abound, and which is so favorable to their production. The dose for a child a year old is from 5 to 8 grains, in a teaspoonful of molasses or syrup; for an adult, from 10 to 20 grains, in 3 tablespoonful of molasses. The dose is to be repeated every 1 or 2 hours until it operates freely, after which repeat the dose only 3 times a day for several days in succession. When worms are present, the stools produced by this powder will be mucous or slimy, often whitish, containing particles resembling the external integuments of the entozoa, or the appearance of worms cut up. An infusion of this powder, to which a small portion of tinc- ture of asafoetida has been added, forms an excellent injection for the removal of (Scarides or thread worms; it may be repeated whenever desired (see Compound Fluid Extract of Spigelia). PULVIS STYPTICU.S.—STYPTIC POWDER. Preparation.—Take of sulphate of iron, in powder, 2 ounces; alum, in pow- der, 1 ounce. Mix them, and calcine, by a red heat until a reddish substance is 1606 PULVIS TALCI SALICYLICU.S.–PYCNANTHEMUM. formed. It undoubtedly contains a portion of acid. When cold, pulverize the mass, and keep it in well-stopped bottles. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage. —This powder is styptic, and is fre- quently employed in the treatment of external hemorrhages and bleeding piles, either alone, or in combination with stramonium ointment, poke ointment, oil of fire- weed, etc. Given internally, in doses of 3 grains, combined with capsicum, 1 grain, it has proved effectual in passive hemorrhages from the lungs and wierws. PULVIS TALCI SALICYLICUS (N. F.)—SALICYLATED POWDER OF TALCUM. Preparation.—“Salicylic acid, thirty grammes (30 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 25 grs.]; boric acid, in fine powder, one hundred grammes (100 Grm.) [3 ozs, av.,231 grs.]; talcum, in fine powder, eight hundred and seventy grammes (870 Gm.) [1 lb. av., 14 ozs., 301 grs.]. Mix them intimately. Note.—The corresponding preparation of the German Pharmacopoeia has the title Pulvis Salicylicus cum Talco, and contains 10 parts of wheat starch in place of boric acid '-(Nat. Form.). Medical Uses.—This agent is used as a dusting powder for irritated surfaces, intertrigo, excoriations, etc. (see Talcum, under Liquor Sodii Silicatis). PULVIS TRAGACANTHAE COMPOSITUS.—COMPOUND POWDER OF TRAGACANTH. Preparation.—“Take of tragacanth, gum acacia, starch, each, in powder, 1 ounce (av.); refined sugar, in powder, 3 ounces. Rub them well together”—(Br. Pharm., 1885 and 1898). Uses.—This preparation forms a good pill excipient, especially for ferrous carbonate, and may be used to form a mucilage in which to suspend the heavier powders. Related Preparation.—PULVIS ACACIAE COMPOSITUs (N. F.), Compound powder of acacia, Pulvis gummosus (Ger. Pharm.). “Acacia, in fine powder, fifty grammes (50 Gm.) [1 oz. av.,334 grs.]; glycyrrhiza, in fine powder, thirty-four grammes (34 Gm.) [1 oz. av., 87 grs.]; sugar, in fine powder, sixteen grammes (16 Gm.) [247 grs.]. Mix them intimately”—(Nat. Form.). PULVIS XANTHOXYLI COMPOSITUS.—COMPOUND POWDER OF XANTHOXYLUMI. Preparation.—Take of oleoresin of prickly ash bark, hydrochlorate of ber- perine, and Sulphate of quinine, each, 1 drachm; sugar of milk, a sufficient quan- tity. Mix together, adding just enough sugar of milk to form the mass into a powder, and then divide into 60 powders. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This is a valuable stimulating tonic and alterative, and may be employed in cases requiring such action, as in debility of the digestive functions, dyspepsia, convalescence from fevers, diarrhoea, and dysentery, hepatic torpor, periodical headache, Scrofula, and other chronic diseases accompanied with excessive debility. The dose is 1 powder, to be repeated 3 or 4 times a day. It may be given in water, milk, molasses, syrup, or wine, as symptoms may indicate. One powder contains a grain, each, of the three medicinal agents entering into its composition (J. King). PYCNANTHEMUM, PYCNANTHEMUM. The plant Pycnanthemum pilosum, Nuttall. Nat. Ord.—Labiatae. CoMMON NAMEs: Basil, or Wild basil. Botanical Source.—This is an indigenous perennial plant, with long and soft whitish hairs, and a subsimple stem, from 1 to 2 feet in height. The leaves are sessile, nearly entire, lanceolate, acute at both ends, pilose beneath; floral ones PYRETHRU M. 1607 not whitened. The flowers are white, in large, terminal, sessile heads. Calyx teeth ovate-lanceolate, acute, and with the lanceolate bracts canescently villous and awnless. Corolla pubescent; stamens exserted (G.—W.). History.—This plant is found in low grounds, dry hills, and plains, from Ohio and Illinois extending southward, and flowering in July and August. The whole plant is used, and yields its virtues to boiling water. It has the taste and odor peculiar to the mint family. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Pycnanthemum is diaphoretic, stimu- lant, antispasmodic, carminative, and tonic. A warm infusion is very useful in puerperal, remittent, and other forms of fever, coughs, colds, catarrhs, etc., and is of much benefit in spasmodic diseases, especially colic, cramp of the stomach, and spasms of infants. The cold infusion is a good tonic and stimulant during convalescence from exhausting diseases. Dose of the infusion, either warm or cold, from 1 to 4 fluid ounces, 3 or more times a day. Related Species.—There are several species of this genus, which possess similar medici- nal properties, as the Pycnanthemum climopoiodes, Torrey and Gray; Narrow-leaf Virginian thyme, or Prairie hyssop, a pubescent plant with white flowers, sessile, lance-linear, entire, and punctate leaves, terminal and corymbed heads, and acuminate bracts. Also the P. aristatum, Michaux, or Wild basil, with lance-ovate, subserrate, pubescent, acuminate, and short petio- late leaves; hirsute, terminal, capitate, and subterminal verticils; bracts lance subulate, the calyx terminated by awns (G.-W.). P. incanum, also called Wild basil, Mountain mint, and sometimes Horsemint, is used like Monarda. P. limifolium, Pursh, is a smooth plant, also called Virginia thyme. This, as well as the P. lanceolatum, Pursh, which resembles it in its bitter, resinous taste, has been employed in dyspepsia and hydrophobia. Dr. Charles Mohr found in P. linifolium volatile oil, a caoutchouc-like resin, a bitter, greenish-yellow resin, soluble in 65 per cent alcohol, gum, some sugar, and tannin closely related to caffeotannic acid; no alkaloid (Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc., 1876, p. 515). Mr. Harold C. Barker, making a complete analysis of this species collected while in flower, confirmed the absence of alkaloids or glucosids (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1894, p. 169). The same author found P. lanceolatum to contain at least 1.5 per cent of volatile oil, the odor of which resembles that of pennyroyal. Alkaloids, glucosids, and starch were absent, while tannin and small amounts of inulin and sugar were present (ibid., 1894, pp. 65 and 172). PYRETHRUM (U. S. P.)—PYRETHRUM. The root of Amacyclus Pyrethrum (Linné), De Candolle (Anthemis Pyrethrum, Willdenow; Matricaria Pyrethrum, Baillon). Nat. Ord.-Compositae. CoMMON NAMEs: Pellitory, Pellitory root, Pellitory of Spain, Spanish chamomile. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 151. Botanical Source, History, and Description.—This is the Anthemis Pyreth- rum of Willdenow, the name of which has been changed by De Candolle, and the plant placed in a new genus on account of a difference in the structure of its seeds. The stems are numerous, procumbent, somewhat branched, and pubes- cent. The radical leaves are spreading, petiolated, smoothish, and pinnately di- vided; the segments much-cleft into linear, subulate lobes; and the cauline leaves sessile. Branches 1-headed. Receptacle convex, with oblong-obovate, obtuse paleae; ray sterile, ligulate, and white; of the disk, fertile, with 5 callous teeth, and yellow (L.). Pellitory of Spain, or Spanish chamomile, inhabits Barbary, Arabia, Syria, etc. The root is the official part, and is officially described as “from 5 to 10 Cnn. (2 to 4 inches) long, and 1 to 2 Cn. (+ to $ inch) thick, somewhat fusi- form, nearly simple, annulate above, wrinkled below; externally dark grayish- brown; internally brownish-white; fracture short; bark rather thick, containing 2 circles of resin cells, and surrounding the slender wood-bundles and medullary rays, the latter having about 4 circles of shining resin-cells; inodorous, pungent, and very acrid”—(U. S. P.). The root, when chewed, produces a peculiar sensa- tion of pricking in the lips and tongue, and a glow of heat, with an increase of the salivary discharge. It may be readily distinguished from False pellitory root, identified by Mr. E. M. Holmes (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1892, p. 90), as derived from Corrigiola telephiifolia, a Morocco plant, chiefly by the appearance of its cross-sec- tion (see illustration, loc. cit.). , Chemical Composition.—In 1835, Koene found it to contain a brown acrid resin, insoluble in caustic potash; an acrid, brown fixed oil, soluble in caustic * 1608 PYRETHRUM. potash; a yellow, acrid oil, also soluble in this solvent; a trace of tannic acid; gum, inulim, various salts, and lignin. Alcohol or ether dissolves its active prim- ciple. This is claimed by Buchheim (1876) to be an alkaloid, pyrethrine, a body splitting into piperidine and an acid, resembling piperic acid, called pyrethric acid, when treated with alcoholic solution of caustic potash (see Piperimum). The py- Tethrin of Thompson (Pharm. Jour. Trans., Vol. XVII, 1887, p. 567) is an ether- extract, composed of acrid fat and resin. This author found the cortical portion of the root to contain 5 per cent of pyrethrin. Volatile oil is likewise present. Dunstan and Garnett (Jahresb. der Pharm., 1895, p. 64) isolated from the resin crystallizable pellitorin, insoluble in water, diluted acids, and alkalies, soluble in alcohol. It resembles piperovatin (C, H, NO.), the non-basic, active principle iso- lated by the same authors from the resin obtained from the leaves of Piper ovatum. Both are pyridine derivatives. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—It is an emergetic local irritant and slalagogue, and acts as a rubefacient when applied externally. Its ethereal tinc- ture relieves toothache. The root chewed has been found useful in some rheumatic and meuralgic affections of the head and face, and in palsy of the tongue. The decoc- tion has been used as a gargle in relaxation of the woula. Severe acronarcotic symp- toms, with inflammation of the alimentary tract and bloody stools, were produced in a young child by less than a drachm of the tincture. The dose is from 30 to 60 grains as a masticatory. Oil of pellitory is made by evaporating the ethereal tincture; it is an excellent remedy for toothache. Related Species and Drugs.—Anacyclus officinarum, Hayne, German pellitory. A culti- wated plant of Germany. By some considered an annual form of Anacyclus Pyrethrum. Its action is the same as, but weaker than, the latter. SWEET PELLITORY, ascertained by Dr. Dymock to be derived from Tamacetum winbelliferum, Boissier, is a Persian drug, imported into Bombay, of a sweetish taste and an odor resembling that of Chaulmoogra oil. It contains only a small amount of pyrethrin (see D. Hooper, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1890, p. 504). INSECT POWDERS.—These are yellowish or drab-colored powders, obtained chiefly from the flowers of two plants—Chrysanthemum (Pyrethrum) roseum, with rosy flowers, a native of the Caucasus, and yielding the Persian insect powder (Persian pellitory, Guirila); and Chrysanthemum cineraria folium, Visiani, with white flowers, yielding Dalmatian insect powder. The Persian insect powder is now almost entirely displaced in commerce by the superior Dalmatian powder, which is exported from Trieste. When well kept, free from moisture, the powder retains its activity for years. The mode of its cultivation and collection, in Dalmatia, is jealously guarded as a secret. The powder destroys aphides, house flies, mosquitoes, and, in the form of a dust spray, is applied to keep insects from hot-house plants. The powder, in order to be effectual, must come into actual contact with the insect. The class of hemiptera (true bugs) spiders, hairy caterpillars, and otherinsects, are proof againstit (Kew Bullelin, through Pharm. Jour. Trans., Vol. VII, 1898, p. 505). Insect powders are considerably subject to adul- terations. A bright-yellow color indicates the presence of curcuma, fustic, chrome yellow, etc. (For detection, see W. L. Howie, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1883, p. 361.) The addition of 10 per cent of powdered quillaja bark in commercial powder, while it produces sneezing in man, merely dilutes the powder with inert matter as far as its action on insects is concerned (Caesar and Loretz, 1898). Another adulteration consists in substitution by the Hungarian daisy. The latter yields 9.30 per cent of ash, while the flowers of C. cinerariafolium yield only 6.5 per cent. (For botanical and chemical distinctions, see G. M. Beringer, Almer. Jour. Pharm., 1889, p. 1; also J. Schrenk, ibid., p. 295.) According to George R. Durrant (ibid., 1897, pp. 359-366), the insect powders of commerce are grossly adulterated. The toxic properties are due partly to volatile oil (0.5 per cent in picked specimens of closed flowers, less in open flowers), but principally to a soft acid resin, 4.8 per cent of which is found in selected closed, less than 4 per cent in half open, and still less in fully open flowers. The whole plant contains but traces. Admixture with the inert stems is recognized by the presence of chlorophyll—0.5 per cent of the latter was found in a mixture of flowers, but commercial powders yielded from 50 to 80 per cent of chlorophyll, referred to total ether extract. Thus the powders may be assayed by determining the weight of ether-extract obtainable therefrom ; good powders should yield not less than 3.75 per cent of a pure yellow color and the pleasant and characteristic odor of the flowers. The best powders examined yielded 5.5 per cent of pure extract. Prof. J. M. Francis (Pharm. Jour. Trams., from Bull. of Pharm.,Vol. XII, 1898, p. 5) contends that this standard of purity, while correct, is too strict, and would have the effect of increasing the price of the powders. Samples, of which one-third consists of stems, are stated to yield practically the same effect. (For a résumé of the chemical history of the powders, which is contradictory, probably owing to the difficulty of obtaining pure specimens, see G. R. Durratºv, foc. cit.) A tincture of the flowers is said, by Maisch, to cause vesication like Rhus Toxicodendron. Insect powder is not poisonous to man, but, as stated above, is destructive to certain insect pests. It may be used in powder, in aqueous solution, and in fumigations. (For a list of less active plants, see H. Kalbruner, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1875, pp. 25 and 399.) PYROGALLOL. 1609 PYROGALLOL (U. S. P.)—PYROGALLOL. FoRMULA : C, H,(OH),. MoDECULAR WEIGHT : 125.7. “A triatomic phenol obtained chiefly by the dry distillation of gallic acid. Pyrogallic acid should be kept in dark anaber-colored bottles”—(U. S. P.). SYNONYMs: Pyrogallic acid, Acidum pyrogallicum. Preparation.—Pyrogallol was first obtained by Scheele, in 1786, by the dry distillation of gallic acid, hence the name pyrogallic acid. Upon heating well- dried gallic acid, in a retort, to a temperature of from 200° to 210°C. (392° to 410°F.), by means of an oil-bath, the yield will be only 30 per cent, while the theoretical yield should be 74 per cent, according to the equation : C, H,(OH), CO, H+C, H,(OH), HCO,. A quantitative yield is obtained on heating gallic acid with water, for half an hour, to the temperature of from 210° to 220° C. (410° to 428° F.), in a closed vessel, with provision for the carbon dioxide to escape. The resultant solution of pyrogallol is purified by boiling with animal charcoal; it is then filtered and evaporated to crystallization. An absolutely pure product is obtained by sublimation under reduced pressure. Prof. T. E. Thorp's process (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1881, p. 236) consists in heating 10 Gm. of gallic acid with 30 Co. of pure glycerin, on a sand-bath, to a temperature of from 190° to 200° C. (374° to 392°F.). When carbonic acid gas is no longer given off, all the gallic acid will be quantitatively converted into pyrogallol. This method is especially adapted for photographic needs; the final product, when diluted with water, to make one liter, is ready for use. P. Cazeneuve (ibid., 1892, p. 604) heats a mixture of gallic acid (1 part) and aniline (2 parts) to 120° C. (248° F.) until carbonic acid gas ceases to be given off; on cooling, aniline pyrogallate crystallizes. Benzol or toluol dissolves its aniline constituent, while pyrogallol remains. Description and Tests.-Pyrogallol consists of “light white, shining laminae, or fine needles, Odorless, and having a bitter taste; acquiring a gray or darker tint on exposure to air and light. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 1.7 parts of water, and in 1 part of alcohol; very soluble in boiling water, and in boiling alcohol; also soluble in 1.2 parts of ether. When heated to 131° C. (267.8° F.), pyrogallol melts, and may be sublimed unchanged. When ignited, it is consumed, leaving no residue. The aqueous solution, which is at first neutral and colorless, gradu- ally acquires, by exposure to the air, a brown color and an acid reaction, due to absorption of oxygen. The same change of color takes place very rapidly if the solution contains a caustic alkali”—(U. S. P.). On account of this property, an alkaline solution of pyrogallol is made use of in gas analysis, for the purpose of absorbing oxygen. “The aqueous solution (1 in 10) of pyrogallol reduces solu- tions of the salts of silver, gold, and mercury, even in the cold. When freshly prepared, 1 Co. of the aqueous solution (1 in 20) is colored brownish-red by a few drops of ferric chloride T.S., and this color is changed to deep bluish-black on the addition of 1 or 2 drops of ammonia water. A bluish-black color is also pro- duced in the aqueous solution of pyrogallol by freshly prepared ferrous sulphate T.S.”—(U. S. P.). By the latter reaction, pyrogallol is distinguished from gallic acid, which remains unaltered by ferrous sulphate, if the air be excluded. Agi- tated with lime-water, pyrogallol gives a purple coloration, changing to brown and, finally, to black, at the same time becoming turbid. Chemically, pyrogallol is a triatomic phenol, the three hydroxyl groups being in consecutive position, While in its isomer, phloroglucin, these groups are symmetrically arranged. As stated above, pyrogallol is distinguished by its affinity for oxygen, to which is due its reducing action upon salts of metals. It is much used in photography to develop the latent image upon the collodion film after it has been exposed to the action of light. It is also employed in dyeing hair black. Pyrogallol is intensely poisonous. Action and Medical Uses.—That pyrogallol is an intense poison, has been demonstrated by experiments upon animals and accidental poisoning by its ab- Sorption when used locally upon man. Hepatic changes, similar to those pro- duºed by phosphorus, have been observed in lower animals. In man, Danilevsky states, that doses of 5 to 10 grains, twice daily, appeared to produce no serious Symptoms, but cases of death are on record from its absorption, when used 1610 PYROL.A. topically in skin affections. The chief symptoms have been rigor, followed by headaches, general malaisé and fever, vomiting of mucus, diarrhoea, black or brown urine of an acid character and containing albumins, pallid, cyanotic lips, greenish skin, rapid action of heart and lungs, restlessness, sleeplessness, coma, and death from collapse. Disorganization of the red corpuscles also takes place. Pyrogallol stains clothing permanently and the skin transiently. It is not used as an inter- mal medicine, but in ointments and solutions of from 5 to 20 per cent strength, it has been very successfully applied to psoriasis, lupus, epithelioma, and similar disorders of the skin. It should be applied only to the lesions and not to the sound skin, and but limited areas should be treated at a time, lest absorption of suffi- cient of the drug to produce poisoning takes place. In psoriasis, of course, only benefit is derived, for the disease is not wholly a local one. In lupus, it acts best in the diffuse superficial forms, causing the nodules to become destroyed and separate from the sound tissues. In epithelioma its action is slow. Warm poul- tices, repeatedly applied, hasten its action, and hydrochloric acid, internally, tends to prevent or lessen its liability to produce toxic effects. An ointment of it (20 per cent) is said to have served well in syphilitic phagedema. Derivative of Pyrogallol.—GALLACETOPHENONE, Trioxyacetophenome, Alizarim yellow (CsII2. [OH]3 C2H3O). This substitution compound may be considered as pyrogallol, in which 1 atom of hydrogen of the benzene ring is replaced by the acetyl group (CH3CO). It was prepared by Nencki and Sieber by heating together a mixture of glacial acetic acid, pyrogallol, and zinc chloride. The substance forms a yellow, crystalline powder, melting at 168°C. (334.4°F.), or 170° C. (338°F.). It dissolves easily in boiling water, ether, alcohol, and glycerin. Its reaction is neutral or but feebly acid. Cold water sparingly dissolves it (1 in 600). This substance is not so poisonous as pyrogallol, produces no stains, and has been used as a substitute for that body. A solution (10 per cent) has been employed with success in psoriasis. PYROT.A.—PYROL.A. The herb of Pyrola rotundifolia, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Ericaceae. COMMON NAMES: Canker lettuce, Shim-leaf, False wintergreen, Pear-leaf wintergreen. Botanical Source.—This is a perennial, low, scarcely suffruticose evergreen herb. The leaves are radical, or nearly so, orbicular-ovate, nearly 2 inches in Fig. 204. diameter, smooth, shining, thick, entire, or crenulate, usu- º, has ally shorter than the petiole, with conspicuous, reticulate veins. The petioles are margined, and as long as, and usu- ally much longer than the leaf. The scape is mostly race- mose, 3-angled, 6 to 12 inches high, with scaly bracts at the base and in the middle. The flowers are many, large, fra- grant, white, drooping, about # inch broad, and borne in an oblong, terminal raceme. Calyx 5-parted, persistent; lobes lanceolate, acute, with somewhat spreading tips, , or § the length of the petals. Petals 5, roundish-obovate, nearly spreading, concave, deciduous. Stamens 10, ascending; fila- ments awl-shaped, naked; anthers large, pendulous; stigmas exserted beyond the ring; style declining and curved, and 4 longer than the petals. The capsule is 5-celled, 5-valved, 4; opening at the angles, and many-seeded (W.—G.). \ }=&# History and Chemical Composition.—This plant is common in damp and shady woods throughout various parts of the United States, bearing numerous white flowers in June and July. The whole plant is used, and imparts its medicinal properties to water. P. elliptica, Nuttall; P. Secunda, Linné; and P. chlorantha, Swartz, possess like properties. Mr. E. N. Smith (Amer, Jour. Pharm., 1881, p. 549) found the leaves of P. elliptica, P. chlorantha, and P. rotundifolia var. asarifolia, Pyrola rotundifoliº Michaux, to contain arbutin, ericolin, wrson, tannic, gallic, and malic acids, gum, sugar, albumen, little volatile oil, and some coloring matter. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Round-leaved pyrola is tonic, astrin- gent, diuretic, and antispasmodic. Used in decoction, both internally and exter- PYROXYLINUM. 1611 mally, in various cutaneous eruptions, likewise in a carcinomatous or scrofulous taint of the System, and in leucorrhoea, and some uterime diseases. As a local application, it will be found of service in sore throat, and ulcerations of the mouth, indolent ulcers, ophthalmia, etc., and forms an excellent soothing poultice for boils, carbuncles, and all painful tumors or swellings. The decoction, taken internally, is valuable in many wrimary affections, relieving irritation, and is reputed very useful in gravel, hematuria, and ulceration of the bladder, and in some nervous diseases. The decoction and extract have been used with success in convulsions, and once formed a large portion of a popular nostrum for epilepsy. Dose of the decoction, 1 or 2 fluid ounces, 3 or 4 times a day; of the extract, from 2 to 5 grains. A strong tincture of the fresh plant (3viii to alcohol, 76 per cent, Oj) may be given in doses of from 1 to 30 drops. Specific Indications and Uses.—To relieve irritation of the urinary tract. PYROXYLINUM (U. S. P.)—PyRoxy LIN. SYNONYMs: Soluble gum-cottom, Colloſcylin, Collodion cottom, Lama collodii. Preparation.—“Purified cotton, one hundred grammes (100 Grm.) [3 ozs. av., 231 grs.]; nitric acid, fourteen hundred cubic centimeters (1400 Co.) [47 flá, 163 ml]; sulphuric acid, twenty-two hundred cubic centimeters (2200 Co.) [74 flá, 187 Tilj; alcohol, ether, water, each, a sufficient quantity. Mix the acids gradu- ally in a glass or porcelain vessel, and, when the temperature of the mixture has fallen to 32°C. (90°F.), add the purified cotton. By means of a glass rod imbue it thoroughly with the acids, and allow it to macerate, until a sample of it, taken out, thoroughly washed with a large quantity of water, and subsequently with alcohol, and pressed, is found to be soluble in a mixture of one (1) volume of alcohol and three (3) volumes of ether. Then remove the cotton from the acids, transfer it to a larger vessel, and wash it, first, with cold water, until the wash- ings cease to have an acid taste, and then with boiling water, until they cease to redden blue litmus paper. Finally, drain the pyroxylin on filtering paper, and dry it in small, detached pellets, by means of a water-bath or steam-bath, at a temperature not exceeding 60°C. (140°F.). Keep the pyroxylin, loosely packed, in well-closed vessels containing not more than about 25 Gm., in a cool and dry place, remote from lights or fire”—(U. S. P.). In this process, the cellulose of the cotton is converted into cellulose nitrates of variable composition. If nitric acid of the highest concentration (specific gravity 1.48 to 1.5) be used, a cellulose hexa-nitrate (C, H,LNOJ.O.) is formed, which, together with the penta-mitrate, constitutes gun-cotton proper. These nitrates are insoluble in a mixture of alcohol and ether, also in methyl alcohol and acetic ether, hence can not be used in the preparation of collodium (which see). When the nitric acid is allowed to act upon the cotton for a shorter time, or if a weaker acid be used for a correspondingly longer time, as in the above U. S. P. process, the di-, tri-, and tetra-nitrates of cellulose are formed, which are soluble in the above alcohol-ether mixture, also in acetic ether and in methyl alcohol. It is important regarding the keeping qualities of both gun-cotton and pyroxylin, that the nitric acid or the potassium nitrate (which is sometimes employed in the place of the acid) be free from chlorides, and the cotton be absolutely deprived of its fatty and waxy matter previously, otherwise slow decomposition, with evolution of red, nitrous vapors, or even dangerous explosions will occur. For the same reason the ºned product must be absolutely freed from its adhering acid by thorough Washing. Description and Uses.—Pyroxylin does not materially differ in appearance from ordinary cotton. It is, perhaps, somewhat rougher to the touch. Pyroxylin and gun-cotton were formerly termed nitro-cellulose, which name is inappropriate, because these products do not contain the nitro group (NO) as does, for example, nitrobenzol (C.H.N.O.). They are cellulose ethers of nitric acid—2, 3, or 4 atoms of hydrogen of the cellulose molecule (C.H.O.) being replaced by the nitric radi- º; thus the tri-nitrate has the formula C.H. (NOJO). Cellulose hexa-nitrate differs from cellulose also by being insoluble in cupric ammonium sulphate (Schweitzer's reagent). 1612 PY RUS. The various cellulose nitrates, when treated with warm alkalies, are gradu- ally deprived of their nitric acid. Cold, concentrated sulphuric acid also expels nearly all nitric acid. Treatment of these nitrates with reducing agents, such as potassium sulphydrate (KSH) or ferrous acetate, etc., likewise denitrates these compounds with regeneration of cellulose (see Durand Woodman, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1892, p. 481). When the nitrate is boiled with ferrous sulphate and hydrochloric acid, all of the nitrogen is expelled in the form of nitric oxide (NO), the volume of which may be measured (Schloesing's method) by means of this reaction; the degree of nitration of pyroxylin or gun-cotton may, therefore, be determined. Pyroxylin should be kept free from moisture, and should be put loosely into the container. Gun-cotton, when subjected to a sudden percussion, especially by the intervention of fulminating mercury, explodes violently. When ignited in small quantities, it quietly, although rapidly, burns off; when thoroughly satu- rated with water, it is perfectly harmless. The chief products of its combustion are nitrogen, nitric oxide, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, water vapor, meth- ane, etc. As it leaves no residue upon burning, the combustion may be said to be practically smokeless; for this reason gun-cotton is used in the preparation of smokeless powder. Gun-cotton has also been recommended as a filtering medium for strong oxidizers, such as solution of potassium permanganate, nitric acid, chromic acid, etc. Pyroxylin is not used in medicine, but is chiefly employed in preparing collodion (which see). PYRU.S.—APPLE TREE, The bark of Pyrus malus. Nat. Ord.—Rosaceae. CoMMON NAME: Common apple tree. Botanical Source.—This is a well-known tree, growing from 20 to 40 feet high, with rigid, crooked, spreading branches, and a rough, blackish bark. The leaves are from 2 to 3 inches long, about £ as wide, ovate, or oblong-ovate, serrate, acute, or short-acuminate, pubescent above, tomentose beneath, and on petioles from # to 1 inch in length. The flowers are large, fragrant, expanding with the leaves, of pale-rose color, and borne in subumbellate corymbs. The calyx-tube is urm-shaped, with limb 5-cleft; the pedicels and calyx villose-tomentose. Petals 5, roundish, or obovate, with short claws. Stamens numerous; styles 5, united, and villose at base. Fruit or pome globose (W.). History and Chemical Composition.—The apple tree is a native of Europe, naturalized in this country, and flowers from April to June. There are, prob- ably, nearly 1000 varieties cultivated in the United States, and all of which are said to be derived from the Wild crab (Pyrus coronaria, Linné). From the fruit cider is manufactured, and both the fruit and its cider are much used for domestic and medicinal purposes. The percentage composition of non-dried apples, accord- ing to the average of 36 analyses communicated by J. König (Chemie der Menschl. Nahrungs whd Genw88mittel, 3d ed., 1893) is as follows: Water (84.79), nitrogenous matter (0.36), free acid (chiefly in ripe fruits; malic acid, 0.82), sugar (invert sugar, with notable amounts of cane sugar, 7.22), nitrogen-free matter (starch, gum, pectin matter, 5.81), woody fiber and seeds (1.51), ash (0.49). Apples are used in the preparation of Extractum, Ferri Pomatum and Tinctura Ferri Pomata, which are official in the German Pharmacopoeia. The bark of the apple tree is bitter, and has also been employed in medicine. It contains a principle called phloridzin. The root bark is the most active, and yields its virtues to boiling water, Rochleder obtained a yellow coloring matter, which he named quercetin. The leaves, accord- ing to Rochleder, contain a well-crystallizable body, isomeric with phloridzin, called isophloridzin. The seeds contain amygdalin (about 0.6 per cent). Phloridzin, phlorizin, or phloridzite (C, H, Olo.2H.O), was discovered, in 1835, by Í)e Kominck and Stas. It is a bitter glucosid which exists in the bark of the trunk and roots of the apple, pear, cherry, and plum trees. The fresh root-bark of the apple tree contains about 3 to 5 per cent, the leaves about 0.8 per cent of this principle, while the dry root-bark does not contain it. To prepare it, the fresh bark of the root of the apple tree is boiled for 2 hours in a quantity of water sufficient to cover it. This water is decanted off, and the boiling repeated with PY RUS. 1613 a Second portion. This last decoction must be kept separate from the first. It commonly deposits in 24 hours a considerable quantity of granular crystals of phloridzin, which, when dissolved in distilled water and treated with animal charcoal, are rendered quite pure. Another process is to digest the fresh bark of the root in weak alcohol at about the temperature of 50° C. (122°F.), continuing the digestion for 8 or 10 hours. The greater part of the alcohol is then distilled off, and the residue set aside to crystallize, Purify as in the other process. Phloridzin forms small, white, silky needles, has a bitter taste, followed by Sweetishmess, is soluble in 1000 parts of cold water, but at temperatures from 24.4° to 100° C. (76° to 212°F.), it dissolves in all proportions. It is very soluble in absolute alcohol, but little soluble in ether, has a neutral reaction, and a specific gravity of 1.4298. Its alcoholic solution is optically laevo-rotatory. At 100° C. (212°F.), it loses its water of crystallization, which is not absorbed again even in a moist atmosphere. It melts at about 107°C. (224.6°F.), solidifying upon further heating at 130° C. (266°F.), and melting again at 160° C. (320°F.). Its aqueous Solution is precipitated by basic acetate of lead. Boiling with diluted mineral acids converts it into dextrose and crystallizable phloretin (C, H,0.), hardly soluble in water and ether, easily soluble in alcohol and alkalies. Boiling with concentrated alkali converts it into phloroglucin (C.H.IOH].) and phloretic acid (C, H, O,). (For further details, see Husemann and Hilger, in Pflanzemstoffe, 1884, p. 1001.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Apple tree bark is tomic and febrifuge, and a decoction of it has been used with advantage in intermittent, remittent, and billows fevers, and in convalescence from exhausting diseases. It may be given in doses of 1 to 4 fluid ounces, 3 times a day. A strong decoction or syrup of the Sweet, apple tree bark has been employed with success in some cases of gravel. The fruit, or apple, contains both malic and acetic acids, has a pleasant and re- freshing flavor, and is a useful and healthy article of diet. However, it should not generally be eaten by dyspeptics, or patients afflicted with gout, rheumatism, renal, and cutaneous diseases. If indications for an acid are present, however, it is not especially contraindicated by rheumatism and dyspepsia. When baked, stewed, or roasted, it becomes valuable as an agreeable and healthy diet in febrile diseases, evanthemata, etc., and is more easily digested than when raw; it is also slightly laxative, and is beneficial in cases of habitual constipation. Raw apples should always be well masticated before being swallowed, as otherwise, they may become a source of serious difficulties, especially with children. An apple tea may be made for fever patients, by boiling a tart apple in # pint of water, and sweetening with sugar. Cider forms not only a refreshing and agreeable drink for patients with fever, but actually exerts a salutary medicinal influence, especially where the tongue is coated deep-red, brown, or black. I have used cider, in which horseradish has been steeped, as an efficient remedy in dropsy, for many years; and it is now used in the preparation of a valuable agent for this disease, the Compound Infu- Sion of Parsley. Cooked apples form an excellent local application in ophthalmic $nflammation, erysipelatous inflammations, sore and swelled throat in Scarlatina, wicers, etc. (J. King). Phloridzin is tonic and antiperiodic, and has cured cases of intermittent fever, even where quinine has proved ineffectual; its dose is from 5 to 20 grains. Unlike Quinine, it does not cause gastralgia. Related Species.—Crataegus oxyacantha, Linné (Nat. Ord.—Rosaceae), Haw, Hawthorn, English hawthorn. The fruit and bark of this shrub, or small tree, have been introduced into medicine as a heart remedy. The shrub grows abundantly in woods and thickets throughout Europe, central and northern Asia. In England it is cultivated for hedging purposes, and is familiarly known as Hawthorn. The fresh bark of the young branches contains a bittér crys- tallizable principle, soluble in water, insoluble in ether, little soluble in alcohol. Claims are *adº for this drug as a curative remedy for organic and functional heart disorders, including car- diac hypertrophy, with mitral regurgitation from valvular insufficiency, and angina pectoris. Some- times spinal hyperemia is associated with the latter, when both are said to be relieved by the drug. The drug should be studied with a view to its adaptability to cases “characterized by P* Pºecordial oppression, dyspnoea, rapid and feeble heart-action, evidence of cardiac hyper- trophy, valvular insufficiency, and marked anemia" (Ec. Med. Jovº., 1898, p. 176). Prof. J. A. Jeançon, M. D., employs it for venous stasis. The dose is from i to 20 drops, 3 or 4 times a day. 1614 QUASSIA. QUASSIA (U. S. P.)—QUASSIA. “The wood of Picraena excelsa (Swartz), Lindley”—(U. S. P.) (Picrasma excelsa, Planchon). Nat. Ord.—Simarubeas. COMMON NAMEs: Quassia wood, Bitter wood, Bitter ash, etc. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 57. Botanical Source.—This is the Quassia excelsa of Linnaeus, and the Sima- ruba excelsa of De Candolle, and is known by the various names of Lofty quassia, Bitter wood, Bitter ash, etc. This is a tree, growing from 50 to 100 feet high, with an erect stem, 3 feet or more in diameter at the base, gradually becoming smaller as it ascends. The bark is grayish and smooth. Leaves alternate and unequally pinnate; leaflets opposite, short-petioled, oblong, acuminate, unequal at the base, blunt at the apex, and veiny-glabrous. Flowers sm all, pale or yellowish-green, polygamous; racemes toward the end of the branchlets, axillary, very compound, panicled, sub-corymbose, dichotomously branched, spreading, and many-flowered. Peduncles compressed, downy, and rufes- cent. Sepals 5, minute. Petals 5, longer than the sepals. Filaments of the male flowers much longer than the petals; in the fertile of the same length. In the male, merely the rudiments of the pis- til; in the fertile, ovaries 3; style longer than the stamens, triquetrous, and trifid. Anthers roundish. Stigmas simple and spreading. Fruit, 3 drupes, one only being perfected, size of a pea, black, shining, fixed on a hemispherical receptacle; nut solitary and globose, with the shell fragile (L.). History and Description.—Picraena excelsa is common on the plains and lower mountains of Jamaica and other neighboring islands. It flowers in Octo- ber and November, and in the two succeeding months matures its fruit. The wood of this tree furnishes the quassia of commerce, being substituted for the true Surinam quassia (Quassia amara). Though the Pharmacopoeia retains the genus name, Picraena, the latter has now been united to the genus Simaruba (Lloyd, West. Drug., Jan., 1897, p. 7). It is imported in logs and sticks, varying from 2 inches to 1 foot in diameter, and from 1 to 6 or 8 feet in length, occasion- ally larger than a man’s body, and split into quarters, and frequently retaining a friable and feebly attached cortex, which has similar medicinal powers with the wood. These are undoubtedly obtained from portions of the tree itself, instead of from its root. The wood is white, but changes to yellow under the action of the air. The bark is thin, dark-brown, or thick, grayish-brown, wrinkled, and trav- ersed by reticulating lines. The wood is often turned into cups and sold as quassia or bitter cups, for when water is poured into them, it partakes of the bitter- mess of the wood. The U. S. P. describes it as occurring “in billets of various sizes, dense, tough, of medium hardness, porous, with a minute pith, and narrow, medullary rays; inodorous, and intensely bitter. In the shops it is usually met with in the form of chips or raspings of a yellowish-white color ’’—(U. S. P.). Quassia was introduced into medicine by Dr. John Lindsay, of Jamaica, in 1791. It was used on that island as a domestic remedy for fluxes and fevers, and yields its medicinal virtues to water and alcohol. Chemical Composition.—The chief constituent of quassia is the bitter quassiin or quassin. It was first obtained by Winckler, in 1835, from the wood of Quassia amara. Subsequently, it was studied by Wiggers (1837) who gave a detailed method for its preparation (see this Dispensatory, preceding edition). Fig. 205. Picraena, excelsa. QUASSIA. 1615 A. Christensen (Archiv der Pharm., 1882, p. 481) obtained pure quassiin by pre- cipitating an aqueous infusion, concentrated by evaporation, with tannic acid, decomposing the precipitate with lead carbonate, and extracting with alcohol. The yield from Picraena excelsa, in one instance, was 0.06 per cent. Quassiin thus ob- tained, crystallizes in thin, rectangular scales, of an intensely bitter taste, perma- ment in the air, and forming neutral solutions with water. It melts at 205°C. (401°F.), and is soluble in 735 parts of water, at 15°C. (59°F.), when saturated at a higher temperature. It is more soluble in boiling water, easily soluble in boiling alcohol, and in warm alkalies, also in chloroform, in 30 parts of 84 per cent alcohol at 15° C. (59°F.), soluble, with difficulty, in ether and petroleum ether. It is not a glucosid. Pure solutions of quassiin are not fluorescent. Fried. Massute (Archiv der Pharm., 1890, pp. 147–171) pronounces the quassiins of different observers, including those obtained by himself, to constitute an homologous series, the bitter principles of Quassia amara (quassiin) and of Picrasma excelsa (picrasmin) probably belonging to different groups. Both are mixtures of several quassiins (see also formulae in Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1890, p. 338). The precipitates obtained in solutions of quassiin, with alkaloidal reagents, are due to the presence of a crystallizable base discovered in the wood of Quassia amara. This substance is insoluble in chloroform and ether, soluble, with difficulty, in water and cold alco- hol, readily soluble in acidulated alcohol, with ultramarine-blue fluorescence. It seems to occur also in the bark of Picraema excelsa in comparatively large quantity. Oliveri and Denaro (1885) established quassiin (C, H, Olo) to be a derivative of the hydrocarbon anthracene (C.H.). Merck (Jahresb. der Pharm., 1895, p. 457) obtained crystallizable, tasteless quassol in the manufacture of quassiin. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Quassia is tonic, febrifuge, and anthel- mintic. The stomach is deranged by its long-continued use. A strong infusion, by enema, produced serious narcotic symptoms and collapse in a child of 4 years. It is used sometimes in remittent and intermittent fevers; likewise in dyspepsia, debility during convalescence from exhausting diseases, and for worms. It preserves ani- mal matters from decay, which is a property possessed more or less by all simple bitters. The decoction, administered by way of injection, will remove ascarides. An infusion may be made by macerating for 12 hours 3 drachms of the rasped or ground quassia in a pint of cold water; the cold water does not dissolve the extractive matter. Of this a wineglass half full may be taken 3 times a day, either alone, or with some ginger tea, and will be found useful for feeble, emaciated persons, with impaired digestive organs. Or an extract, made by evaporating the decoction to a pilular consistence, may be given in doses of 1 grain, 3 or 4 times a day, and which will be found less offensive to the stomach than the infusion or decoction. Quassia, in connection with sulphuric acid, enters largely into the composition of an anti-bacchanalian elixir, for the cure of drumkemmess. Dr. W. Ferguson gave to Dr. John King the following formula for the prepara- tion of this elixir, which he has used with much advantage: Take of tincture of calumba, compound tincture of gentian, tincture of cascarilla, each, 1 fluid ounce; infusion of quassia, 1 pint; elixir of vitriol, 2 fluid drachms and 40 minims. Mix. The dose is a tablespoonful every 1 or 2 hours, or it may be taken every 4 or 6 hours, in doses of 2; fluid ounces. Frequent bathing of the head in cold Water is a valuable auxiliary. It acts as a tonic; in some cases its first action is that of emesis. Its use must be persisted in for some time, that the stomach may retain tone and vigor. It frequently destroys the appetite for alcoholic drinks. On flies and other insects, quassia acts as a powerful narcotic poison, and the alcoholic extract when introduced into the cellular tissue kills small animals. Mr. Brande, in his work on chemistry, recommends a strong decoction of quassia, Well sweetened with brown sugar or molasses, as an effectual poison for flies, and far preferable to the poisomous articles generally used to destroy them. It is cer. tainly worth the trial. A very excellent injection for ascarides (thread-worms), ls, a strong infusion of 3 parts of quassia, and 1 of mandrake root, to every ounce of which a fluid drachm of tincture of asafoetida may be added. For a child 2 Years old, 2 fluid ounces may be injected into the rectum twice a day. Diluted car- pºlic agid may be substituted for the asafoetida, if desired. Dose of the powder, 30 grains; of the infusion, from 1 to 3 fluid ounces; of the tincture, 1 or 2 fluid drachms; of the extract, from 2 to 10 grains; and of quassiin, # to 1 grain. 1610 {\UASSIA. Related Species and Drugs.--Quassia amara, Linné, Bitter quassia, is a shrub, or moder- ately-sized branching tree, having a grayish bark. Leaves alternate, unequally pinnate; leaf- lets in 2 pairs, opposite, entire, smooth, elliptical, acute at each end; petiole winged, joined, with the joints obovate. Flowers large, Scarlet, distant, hermaphrodite, in long, 1-sided, simple, terminal, rarely branched racemes. Pedicels bracteate at the base, jointed below the apex, and there having 2 little bracts, Calyx short, 5-parted. Corolla of 5 petals, longer than the Sepals, arranged in a tubular manner. Stamens 10, longer than the petals. Ovaries 5, placed On a receptacle broader than themselves; styles 5, distinct at the base, there united into a very long one, terminating in a nearly equal, 5-furrowed stigma. Fruit drupaceous (L.). Quassia amara inhabits Surinam, Guiana, Colombia, Panama, and the West Indian Islands, flowering in November and December. A negro, residing in Surinam, named Quassi, had obtained a yery great reputation in the cure of epidemic malignant fevers of that place. His remedy was kept secret, until 1756, when he was induced to make it known to Daniel Rolander and to C. G. Dahlberg (see account in Western Druggist, 1897, p. 7). The bark, wood, and root are in- tensely bitter, and have proved very efficient in malignant fevers. The medicinal parts of this tree seldom reach this country at present, and the wood of Picraena eaccelsa is now substituted for it. Its bitter principle is probably quassiin, though Massute (1890) states that there are four principles, all differing from those of Picraema eaccelsa, and varying in solubility and fusing points (see Picraema earcelsa above for further details). SURINAM QUASSIA BARK and JAMAICA QUASSIA BARK are both possessed of the bitterness of the woods. # Samadera indica, Gaertner, a tree belonging to the same order as the quassia tree; it is indigenous to Ceylon, and has a very bitter bark; also the wood and the seeds are bitter. . The bark is used as a febrifuge on the Malabar coast; the leaves are externally applied in erysipe- las (Dymock, Warden, and Hooper, Pharmacographia Indica, Vol. I, 1890, p. 294). De Vrij, in 1872, obtained from the seeds 33 per cent of a bitter, light-yellow, non-drying fixed oil, and a bitter principle, Samaderin, which is amorphous, soluble in water and alcohol, and can be removed from its aqueous Solution by animal charcoal. It turns violet-red with sulphuric acid. Tonningen (1858) had obtained a scaly, bitter substance, giving the same reaction. Flückiger believes it to be identical with quassiin. Simaba cedron, Planchon.—CEDRON SEED is the fruit of Simaba cedron, a species of Sima- rubea', closely allied to the tree that produces quassia bark. This is a small tree, native of New Granada and neighboring parts of South America. It is characterized by having large pinnate leaves, consisting of numerous narrow leaflets and very large panicles of flowers. All parts of the tree are bitter. The fruit is about the size of a “swan's egg,” and contains a single seed. The seeds are intensely bitter, and are esteemed by the natives as an antidote in the bites of poisonous Snakes, insects, etc. The seeds appear to possess tonic and febrifuge properties, and are recommended for malarial diseases, and to improve the conditions of the digestive powers when enfeebled, and in dyspepsia. For these purposes, an infusion may be employed, or a fluid ex- tract may be taken, in doses of from 1 to 10 minims, repeated 3 or 4 times a day. Cedrin, in bitter, silky, acicular crystals, was obtained by Lewy, in 1851, from the seeds, by removing the fat with ether and extracting the residue with alcohol. Tanret (1880) believes it identical with an emetic principle obtained by him from the seed of Simaba Valdivia, Planchon, which he named valdivin (C36H43020-H.5H2O). It is crystalline, neutral, soluble in, chloroform and alco- hol, and sparingly soluble in cold water (1 in 600), insoluble in ether. The aqueous solution foams when shaken. The principle is decomposed by alkalies. Simaba ferruginea, St. Hilaire, of Brazil and Central America, is similar to the preceding (see Amer. Jour. Pharm.,,1880, p. 326). Simaruba officinalis, De Candolle.—Simaruba, called in Jamaica Mountain damson, is a tree with long, horizontal, creeping roots, and a trunk about 60 feet in height, alternately branched at the summit; the old bark is grooved and blackish; the young smooth, ash-colored, spotted yellow. Leaves alternate and abruptly pinnate, with a long, naked petiole, sometimes nearly 14 inches long; leaflets alternate, 2 to 9 on each side, about 2 inches long, oval, smooth, firm, mucronate, on short footstalks, and whitish underneath. Flowers yellowish-white, some male, others female, mixed upon branched, scattered panicles, very small (Dr. Wright states that the male and female flowers, in Jamaica, are on different trees, or dioecious). Calyx small, cup-shaped, 5-parted. Petals stiff, sharp-pointed, whitish, fixed between a membranous disk and the calyx. Stamens 10, nearly equal; filaments each arising out of a small, rounded, velvety scale; anthers oblong, incumbent. Capsules 5, ovate, blackish, disjointed, placed on \a fleshy disk, with a rather fleshy pericarp (L.--Wi.). Simaruba grows in Jamaica, Guiana, ſºnd other parts of South America. It is found in Sandy places, flowering from October to January. The root bark is the medicinal part. The bark is rough, scaly, tuberculated, light, tough, yellowish-brown in its substance, but tinged with gray externally, odorless, not easily powdered, and intensely bitter (C.—Ed.). Water or alcohol takes up its properties. Morin found it to contain bitter quassiin, gummy matter, resin, and traces of a volatile oil, having a benzoic odor. Simaruba medicinalis, Endlicher, has a similar root bark, and is similarly em- ployed. Simaruba is apt to excite vomiting and purging when taken in large doses. In smaller doses it is tonic, and may be used in infusion in all cases where simple bitter tonics are indicated. It may be used in all cases as a substitute for quassia. It was at first intro- duced to the profession as a calmative astringent in chronic dysentery and diarrhoea. However, it merely acts as a tonic, proving very useful in weakened conditions of the digestive appa- ratus, but injurious in dysentery when improperly administered. The infusion is the best form for exhibition; a drachm or so may be added to 3 pint of boiling water, and given in doses of a tablespoonful every 2 hours. Foy recommends a compound infusion, made by plac- QUERCUS ALBA. 1617 ing in 1 pint of boiling water, 2 drachms, each, of coarsely-bruised simaruba and wormwood; digesting for 15 or 20 minutes, then straining, and adding 1 fluid ounce of syrup of gentian. The dose is a wineglassful, 2, 3, or 4 times a day, and may be used in dyspepsia, anorexia, and in convalescence from intermittents. Simaruba is seldom used at present. Picrasma quassioides.—A Himalayan tree, resembling ailanthus, and possessing a very bitter wood and balk, in which Dynnock and Warden (Pharm. Jour'. Trans.,Vol. XX, 1889, p. 41) found a crystallizable principle, probably quassiin, a fluorescing, bitter, resin-like principle, and at least one other amorphous, bitter substance, probably the amorphous quassiin of Adrian and Moreaux (Jahresb. der Pharm., 1883, p. 298). The wood yielded 1.7 per cent of ash. They also intinuated the probable presence of an alkaloid. The bark has been suggested as a Substi- tute for quassia. CASCARA AMARGA.—This is the HONDURAS BARK, supposed to come from a species of Picrasma. Mr. F. A. Thompson (Therapeutic Gazette, 1884, p. 8; also see J. Moeller and A. Atkin- son, in Jahresb. der Pharm., 1883–84, p. 299) found it to contain 3 per cent of a brownish-yellow, amorphous alkaloid of a sweetish, afterward bitter, taste. He gave it the name picrammine. Honduras bark has been recommended for syphilitic affections. Byttera febrifuga, or Bitter ash, of M. Bélanger, West Indies, is now thought to be the Quassia eaccelsa of Linné. Chaparro amargoso (Nat. Ord.—Simarubaceae).-This is a small, thorny bush growing on thin mesquite land in southwestern Texas. The flowers are pink and the fruit, when ripe, cherry-red. All parts of the shrub have a peculiar and intensely bitter taste, and possess medicinal properties, though the tendrils are selected for use, as they contain the most active constituents. It yields its virtues fully to water on prolonged boiling (2 hours). Chaparro was introduced into medicine by Sharp & Dohme, of Baltimore, Md., upon the statement of Dr. J. W. Nixon, of Wrightsboro, Texas, and indorsed by numerous other physicians who have used it in private as well as hospital practice, that it was an efficient antidysenteric rem dy, especially applicable to those intractable forms of Mearican dysentery or “camp flua.” It is a pli- cable to both acute and chronic conditions. Under the names of Bisbi and Amargosa, it has long been used by the natives in bowel disorders. A plain and aromatic fluid extract have been put upon the market by Sharpe & Dohme, the dose of which is 15 drops to 2 fluid drachms. QUERCUS ALBA (U. S. P.)—WHITE OAK. The bark of Quercus alba, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Cupuliferae. COMMON NAME: Oak bark. ILLUSTRATIONS: White oak and others in Bentley and Trimen’s Medical Plants, 248, 250, 251. Botanical Source.—Quercus alba is a forest tree, varying in size according to the climate and the soil, attaining the height of from 60 to 90 feet, with a diame- ter of 3 to 6 feet. It is covered with a whitish bark, often interspersed with dark spots. The leaves are oblong, pinnatifid, sinuate, smooth, bright-green above, ale or glaucous beneath, dilated above, and obliquely divided into from 3 to 5 obes, which are oblong, or linear, obtuse, mostly entire, and sometimes tapering at their base. The flowers are monoecious and amentaceous. Cup hemispherical, naked, much shorter than the acorn, deep, and tuberculate. Acorns are large, ovate, coriaceous, 1-celled, 1-seeded, surrounded at base by the cup, and are soli- tary, or borne in pairs upon long peduncles (W.—G.). History and Description.—Quercus is a very extensive and valuable genus, consisting of many species, a large proportion of which grow in the United States. Their usual character is that of astringents, and the one above described, also Quercus rubra and Quercus tinctoria, are those which have been more particularly employed in medicine. The bark of the tree is the official portion. White oak grows throughout the Union, but is more abundant in the middle states. Its Wood is strong and durable, and is extensively employed in ship-building, coop- erage, Carriage-making, etc. (W.). Tanners occasionally make use of its bark, but that of the Q. rubra, Linné (Red oak), Q. tinctoria, Bartram (Black oak), Q, coccinea, Wangenheim (Scarlet oak), and Q. elongata, Willdenow, are commonly used. White- oak bark is the one chiefly used in medicine. Its epidermis contains no astrin- #ency, and should, therefore, be removed. The bark thus prepared is of a pale- brownish color, faintly odorous, very astringent, with a slight 'bitterness, tough, breaking with a stringy or fibrous fracture, and not readily powdered. Its astrin- §ºney is imparted to water or alcohol. The best time for gathering the bark is in the Sºng, When it contains the most tannic acid. The bark of Quercus alba is described by the U. S. P. as “in nearly flat pieces, depriſº of the corky layer, about 5 MIm. ($ inch) thick; pale-brown; inner surface 1618 QUERCUS ALBA. with short, sharp, longitudinal ridges; tough; of a coarse, fibrous fracture, a faint, tan-like odor, and a strongly astringent taste. As met with in the shops, it is usually an irregularly coarse, fibrous powder, which does not tinge the saliva yel- low”—(U. S. P.). The latter provision aims to exclude black oak (Quercus tinc- toria). The bark of Quercus Robur, Linné, is official in the German Pharmacopoeia, and was official in the British Pharmacopoeia, 1885, but is excluded in the present edition (1898). Chemical Composition.—In addition to the chief constituent, quercitannic acid, and its decomposition product, oak-red, oak bark contains terpene-resin, fat, wax, chlorophyll, bitter matter, ellagic and gallic acids; all of the latter substances are soluble in ether. Pectin, the carbohydrate lavulin (C.H.I.O.), and the sugar, quercit (C.H.O.), are also present. Quercitannic acid (CºH, O, Etti, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1884, p. 135; C, H, O, water-soluble; and C. H. On, much less soluble, Löwe, 1881) is not identical with gallotannic acid, and is an unstable substance, having a tend- ency to give off water, forming anhydrides, which are coloring matters (phloba- phemes), one of which is oak-red (C, H,Ou). According to Prof. Trimble (The Tam- mins, Vol. II, p. 49), each species of Oak has its characteristic phlobapheme, e.g., quercitrin is that which characterizes Quercus tinctoria. Prof. Trimble (loc. cit.) found the dried inner bark of white oak, collected in March, to contain 6.96 per cent of tannin, while a specimen of galls from leaves of the same species yielded 17.89 per cent. The highest percentage of oak-bark tannin recorded is 14.21, found in the bark of Quercus bicolor. (Also see investigation on the tannin of Quercus alba, by Prof. Henry, Kraemer, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1890, p. 236.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Oak bark is slightly tonic, powerfully astringent, and antiseptic. It is useful internally in chronic diarrhoea, chronic mu- cous discharges, passive hemorrhages, and wherever an internal astringent is required. In colliquative sweats, the decoction is usually combined with lime-water. It is, however, more generally used in decoction, as an external agent, which forms an excellent gargle for related www.la and Sore throat, a good stimulating astringent lotion for ulcers with spongy granulations, and an astringent injection for leucor- Thaea, prolapsus ami, hemorrhoids, etc. The ground bark, made into a poultice, has proved useful in gangrenous or mortified conditions. In sickly, debilitated children, and in severe diarrhoeas, especially when the result of fevers, the decoction, given internally, and used as a bath to the body and limbs, 2 or 3 times a day, will be found very efficient. When given for diarrhoea or dysentery, it should be com- bined with aromatics, and sometimes with castor oil. A bath is often advanta- geous in some cutaneous diseases. The green bark of elder and white oak bruised together, or in strong decoction, forms a very useful and valuable application to abrasions. Dose of the decoction, 1 to 2 fluid ounces; of the extract, from 5 to 20 grains. A coffee made from roasted acorns, has been highly recommended in the treatment of Scrofula. Specific Indications and Uses. – Relaxation of mucous membranes, with unhealthy discharge; ulcerations, with spongy granulations. Related Species.—Quercus rubra, Linné, or Red oak, is a lofty, wide-spreading tree, attain- ing the height of about 70 feet, with a diameter of 3 or 4 feet. Leaves 6 to 10 inches in length, on long petioles, oblong, smooth on both sides, pale beneath, obtusely sinuate, with short and entire, or sparingly dentate, mucronate lobes, 4 to 6 on each side. Fructification biennial. Acorns oblong-ovoid, about an inch long, surrounded at base by a saucer-shaped, shallow, even cup, very much shorter than the acorn, of very small and close scales, and subsessile (G.-W.). ſeed oak is more common in the northern states and Canada; its wood is reddish and coarse- grained, and used principally for fuel. Its bark is extensively used in tanning. It contains considerable tannin, and is generally employed as an external agent. An extract of the bark, as well as the potash obtained from its ashes, were both formerly much employed as local applications in the treatment of cancer, indolent ulcers, etc. Prof. Scudder valued a combination of rumex, red-oak bark, and alnus, both locally and internally, in eczema, and obstinate scrofula, with “old ulcers, feeble tissues, and cicatrices.” Quercus tinctoria, Bartram (Q. velutina, Lamarck), Quercitrom, or Black oak, is one of the loftiest trees in the forest, frequently attaining the height of 80 to 100 feet, with a diameter of 4 or 5 feet. Bark deeply furrowed, black or deep-brown. Leaves 6 to 8 inches long, obovate, oblong, more or less rusty-pubescent beneath, finally glabrous, slightly or sometimes deeply sinuate-lobed, with oblong, obtuse, mucronate, somewhat toothed lobes. Acorns brown, nearly spherical or depressed-globose, about one-half immersed in a deep, thick, flat, conspicu- ously scaly cup, which is subsessile. The leaves turn dark-red after frost (G.-W.). This spe- cies was regarded by Prof. Asa Gray as a variety of the Scarlet oak (Q. coccinea, Wangenheim). QUILLAJA. - ) 19 Black oak is common to the United States; the bark of this forest tree is much used in tanning and for dyeing. It has a strong odor, a very bitter, styptic taste, and when masticated im- parts a yellow tinge to the saliva (compare Quercus alba). It is seldom employed internally on account of its disposition to derange the bowels, but is valuable as an external astringent. It contains tannin, quercitrin, and quercelin. The dye-stuff, called quércitron, is the inner bark of this tree, and is much used in Europe as a yellow dye-stuff. Chevreul obtained therefrom the coloring principle, which he named quercitron; it has since been named quercitric acid (quercitrim), on account of its forming salts with bases. It is obtained by allowing a concen- trated aqueous infusion or decoction to crystallize; the substance is purified by recrystalliza- tion from diluted alcohol. By another, method, the bark is exhausted with alcohol, and the tannin removed by means of a moistened animal membrane; after filtering, the alcohol is distilled, and the residue recrystallized. Quercitrin (C36H33020, Liebermann and Hamburger, 1879; Cºn H22O12, J. Herzig, 1893) forms sulphur-yellow, microscopic plates, in aqueous or alco- holic Solution of neutral reaction and faintly bitter taste. It is little Soluble in ether and cold water (2485 parts), more soluble in hot water (143 parts; 425 parts by another statement). Soluble in 23 parts of cold, 3.9 parts of boiling alcohol, readily soluble in alkalies and aqua am- moniae. Neutral lead acetate precipitates it from Solution. Its Solution is colored dark-green by ferric chloride. It is a glucosid, being hydrolyzed, by boiling with diluted acids, into crys- tallizable quercetin (C24H16On, Liebermann and Hamburger; C15H10O.7, J. Herzig, 1891) and is0- dulcite (Cs HMOs), Quercitrim, or similar principles, occurs also in the leaves and cotyledons of the horse-chestnut, in the leaves of the ash tree, in Rhus Coriaria, or Sumach, in Sophora japonica (Sophorin), Viola tricolor, Thuja occidentalis (thujin), etc. These all stand in close chemical relationship to one another (see Rud. Wachs, Amer. Jour, Pharm., 1894, p. 35; also see graphic formula of quercitrin given by J. Herzig, in Chem. Centralblatt, 1893, p. 433). , Quercetin is likewise frequently found in nature, e.g., in the horse-chestnut, in Podophyllum'(which see), in the outer skin of the Onion (Perkin and Hummel, 1893), in fustic wood (from Rhus cotinus), in the bark of the apple tree, in Gambier catechu (A. G. Perkin, Chem. Centralblatt, Vol. II, 1897, p. 1047), etc. Quercus Robur, Linné, is the species official in the British Pharmacopoeia, 1885, the bark being collected in the spring time. Quercin, a neutral bitter principle, obtained from the Euro- pean oak bark (Quercus Robur), by Gerber (1831), was probably impure quercite (see Quercus alba). Quercus suber, Linné.-The Live oak, growing in the Mediterranean region, especially Algeria and Spain. Its suberous layer furnishes commercial cork. According to K. Kügler (Dissert.; see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1884, p. 240; also Archiv der Pharm., 1884, pp. 217–230), air-dry cork leaves about 0.58 per cent of ash, one-fourth of which is manganese, and another fourth is lime. Chloroform extracts about 12.5 per cent of soluble matter, of which one-third con- sists of cerin (C20H82O) (not the cerotic acid or cerin of beeswax). It is imbedded in the cork- cells in the form of small prisms (Höhnel, 1877). Boiling alcohol now takes up from 5 to 6 per cent of tamin and phlobaphene (coloring matters due to altered tannin). Alcoholic caustic potash now dissolves the peculiar fat, Suberin, which is saponifiable, upon heating the solvent, into glycerin (2.65 per cent) and fatty acids (30 per cent), the latter consisting of stearic and phellonic acids (C22H42O3); a little coniferin was also extracted and converted into vanillin. Water now extracted from the cork 8 per cent of humim compounds and left 22 per cent of cellulose. Gilson (1890; see Flückiger, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1890, p. 367) finds that solution of sodium car- bonate abstracts the coloring matter of cork, while it leaves suberin unaffected. The latter may then be extracted by a hot, 3 per cent alcoholic potash solution. By oxidation of cork with nitric acid, a mixture of acids, possessing a waxy appearance, is obtained (cerinic acid), from which suberic acid (C6H12][COOH]2) was isolated by Brugnatelli. The fat, suberin, should not be confounded with the cork, reduced to a fine powder, sold under the name suberin. This tree has been introduced into our Southern states. Suberin has been used as a dusting pow- der for intertrigo, chapped surfaces, etc. Quercus virens, Aiton, Live oak, and Quercus falcata, Michaux, Spanish oak, yield bark very rich in tannin. Quercus agrifolia, Née; Quercus chrysolepsis, Liebman; and Quercus oblongifolius, Torrey, all of the Pacific slope, are known as Live oaks. SEMEN QUERCUs, Acorns.—Contain fixed oil, volatile oil, bitter substance, starch (about 38 per cent), citric acid, uncrystallizable sugar, and a crystallizable sugar, called by Dessaignes (1851) Quercil (C5H7|OH]6). Roasted acorns (Semen Quercus Toslum) were formerly used to check hemor- rhage, and to cure scrofula and indigestion. QUILLAJA (U. S. P.)—QUILLAJA. “The inner bark of Quillaja Saponaria, Molina”—(U. S. P.). Nat. Ord.—Rosaceae. COMMON NAMES AND SYNoNYM: Soap-tree bark, Soapbark; Quillaia (Pharm., 1880). Botanical Source.—The soap-bark tree is a medium-sized tree, bearing alter- nate, entire, or subdenticulate, oval, or oblong leaves. The flowers are pedunculate ºnd axillary, have no corolla, the same branch bearing both male and female flowers. Thick bark and a very hard wood are furnished by it. History and Description.—This tree is a native of Chili, and is known as Cullay, Quillilia, Quillaja, and Soap tree. The bark is the part employed; it is rough, dark-colored externally, and very tough. It has no odor, but workmen 1620 QUINIDINAE SULPHAS. dislike to powder it, in consequence of the irritating properties of the dust. The taste is acrid and disagreeable. Quillaja bark is said to be used in its native country for washing clothes, and removing grease spots, and in this country it is employed for cleaning delicate ribbons, garments, and wool. It depends upon Sapomim for its value in this respect, foaming when rubbed with water. It is also used by the natives of Chili and Peru for washing the hair, thus: Soap-tree bark, in powder, 100 parts; alcohol, 400 parts; essence of bergamot, 20 drops. Mix. Saponin is a very emergetic sternutatory, and acts as an emeto-cathartic and diuretic. This tree has been introduced in Hindustan. The U. S. P. describes the bark as in “flat, large pieces, about 5 Mm. ($ inch) thick; outer surface brownish-white, often with small patches of brown cork attached, otherwise smooth; inner surface whitish, smooth; fracture splintery, checkered with pale-brownish bast fibers imbedded in white tissue; inodorous; taste persistently acrid; the dust very stermutatory. The infusion of quillaja foams like soap-water”—(U. S. P.). (On the microscopical appearance of powdered quillaja, see L. E. Sayre, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1897, p. 438.) Chemical Composition.—The foaming properties of an aqueous infusion of quillaja bark are partly due to Saponim (CoHº Olo, E. Stütz, 1884). It is a non- poisonous, tasteless, amorphous, white powder, and does not cause sneezing. It is readily soluble in water, insoluble in pure ether and alcohol. It is a glucosid, and is decomposed into sugar and crystallizable Sapogenim, upon boiling with di- luted acids. Stütz found 2 per cent of saponin in the bark. The poisonous irri- tant and sternutatory properties of the latter are due to amorphous quillajic acid (also C, H, O, R. Kobert, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1889, p. 142) and Sapotocin (Kobert and Pachorukow, 1888). Quillajic acid is insoluble in ether, quite soluble in cold alcohol and in chloroform, soluble in water. It is precipitated from solution both by neutral and basic lead acetate, while Sapotoxin is precipitated only by basic lead acetate. The latter constituent is soluble in water, insoluble in ether, and soluble only in boiling alcohol. Its aqueous solution foams upon shaking. The total quantity of saponin-like bodies is about 8.8 per cent. The bark also contains small quantities of tannic acid and a bitter principle. Upon incineration, the bark yields mot less than 13 per cent of ash, the wood only 1.48 per cent; the bark con- tains 11.5 per cent of calcium oxalate with some tartrate (Flückiger, Pharmacog- mosie des Pflanzenreichs, 3d ed., 1891, p. 616). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Powdered soap bark, when inhaled, provokes violent sneezing. Internally, it acts somewhat like Senega, rendering expectoration easy, while upon the gastro-intestinal tract, it does not produce irritating effects. Being less acrid than Senega, it is more agreeable to administer, and may be used in infusion or syrup (fluid extract, 2 parts; syrup, 10 parts). It has been employed to quiet cough, with tenacious secretions; in chronic bronchitis, with bronchial dilatation; emphysema, etc. Dropsy is also reputed to have been cured with it. Locally, a saponaceous aqueous solution is valued for use upon the skin where soap is objectionable, to correct fetid exhalations of the axilla, feet, etc., and to remove the greasiness of the skin in treating cutaneous ulcers and erup- tions. The scalp may be cleaned with it, and a tincture of it is reputed useful in alopecia. A snuff of powdered quillaja is said to be useful in coryza, and to have effected a permanent cure in chronic rhinitis. A watery solution of the dried aque- ous extract is considerably used in pharmacy as an emulsifying agent for oils— castor oil, cod-liver oil, etc.—and as a froth-producer for soda-water syrups. Dose of infusion (bark 3ss to water Oj), 3 to 1 ounce, several times a day; of the syrup, fisi to figij. QUINIDINAE SULPHAS (U. S. P.)—QUINIDINE SULPHATE, ForMULA : (C.H.N.O.), H SO,--2H,O. MoLECULAR WEIGHT : 780.42, “The neutral sulphate of an alkaloid obtained from the bark of several spe- cies of Cinchona (Nat. Ord.—Rubiaceae). Quinidine sulphate should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a dark place”—(U. S. P.). SYNoNYMs: Chimidimum sulfuricum, Sulphate of comquinine, Conchinimum sul- huricit m. p Source and History.—The base, quinidine, occurs in the bark of Cinchoma Calisaya, in Pitaya barks (as much as 1.6 per cent, Hesse), and in other species of QUINIDINAE SULPHAS. 1621 Cinchona. The alkaloid was discovered by Henry and Delondre, in 1833, but was subsequently regarded by them as a hydrate of quinine. Later (1847), Winckler applied the name quinidine to a base which, through the researches of Pasteur (1853), is now known as cinchonidine. Pasteur also established the physical and chemical characteristics of quinidine, pronouncing it isomeric with quinine. It was previously (1849) called beta-chinin by van Heijningen, and subsequently received the names cinchotine (Hlasiwetz), befa-chinidine (G. Kerner), and the much- contested name conchinine (Hesse, 1865). (For interesting historical details, see G. Kermer, Archiv der Pharm., 1880, p. 259.) The sulphate of this base is the official salt. The older Chinidimum sulphuricum of commerce was a variable mixture, mostly containing cinchonidine sulphate. Preparation.—Quinidine is prepared from the mother liquors resulting from the preparation of quinine sulphate, especially from the mixture of alkaloids known as chinoidine (see Chinoidimum). T)e Vrij (1857) isolated it by means of the characteristic hydriodate, which is little soluble in alcohol, and very little in water (1 in 1200 at ordinary temperature). O. Hesse (1865) removed quinine and cinchonidine by means of the insoluble tartrate, and precipitated quinidine from the filtrate in the form of the hydriodate. (For details, see Husemann and Hilger, Pflanzemstoffe, 1884, p. 1467.) Description and Tests.-QUINIDINE (C.H.N.O.) crystallizes from alcohol with 2% molecules of water, in the form of monoclinic prisms, which effloresce upon exposure to the air, losing molecule of water. From ether, quinidine crystallizes with 2 molecules of water, in the form of rhombohedra, which are permanent in the air. From a hot, aqueous solution, it also falls out in the form of efflorescent crystals (De Vrij, 1856). The water of crystallization is expelled at a temperature of 120° C. (248°F.). Quinidine is bitter to the taste, and has an alkaline reaction. It has the same formula as quinine, and, like the latter, forms a fluorescent solution with diluted sulphuric acid; but is optically dextro- rotatory, while quinine is laevo-rotatory. It is soluble in 2000 parts of water at 15° C. (59°F.), and in 750 parts at 100° C. (212°F.); it is likewise dissolved by 26 parts of 80 per cent alcohol, by 22 parts of ether at 20°C. (68°F.), and by 3.7 parts of boiling absolute alcohol. It is hardly soluble in chloroform. With acids it forms two series of crystallizable salts, viz.: neutral and acid salts. They are, as a rule, more soluble than the quinine salts. With chlorine water, followed by ammonia, it gives the green thalleioquin reaction like quinine (see Tests below), but it differs from the latter by forming a rather soluble mono-tartrate, and a characteristic, nearly insoluble hydriodate (see Preparation above). QUINIDINE SULPHATE (the neutral salt) is officially described as follows: “White, silky needles, odorless, and having a very bitter taste; permanent in the air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59°F.), in 100 parts of water, and in 8 parts of alcohol; in 7 parts of boiling water, and very soluble in boiling alcohol; also in 14 parts of chloroform, and in acidulated water; almost insoluble in ether. When heated to 120°C. (248° F.), the salt loses its water of crystallization (4.6 per cent). Upon ignition, it is slowly consumed, leaving no residue. The salt is neutral or faintly alkaline to litmus paper. An aqueous solution of the salt, when acidulated with sulphuric acid, has a decided blue fluorescence. On treating 10 Co. of an aque- ous solution (about 1 in 1600) of the salt with 2 drops of bromine water, and then with an excess of ammonia water, the liquid will acquire an emerald-green color. With proper adjustment of the reagents, more dilute solutions will give a paler tint, while more concentrated ones will acquire a deeper color, or deposit a green precipitate. A cold, saturated, aqueous solution of the salt yields a white precipitate with potassium iodide T.S. (difference from quinine sulphate). An aqueous solution of the salt yields, with barium chloride T.S., a white precipitate, insoluble in hydrochloric acid. Quinidine sulphate should not impart more than a faintly yellowish tint to concentrated sulphuric acid (limit of readily carboni- Żable, organic impurities), nor produce a red color with nitric acid (difference from morphine). If a small quantity of ammonia water be added to 3 Ce, of an aqueous solution of the salt saturated at 15° C. (59°F.), a white precipitate (quini- dime) will be produced, which requires more than 30 Co. of ammonia or more than 30 times its weight of ether to dissolve it (absence of more than small pro- portions of other cinchona alkaloids)”—(U. S. P.). (Compare Quinina.) 1622 QUININA. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Quinidine appears to possess similar medicinal properties to quinine, in similar doses, being regarded, however, a little less powerful. Its salts (as the sulphate) appear to be best adapted for medicinal use, principally on account of their ready solubility. Dose, from 1 to 5 grains, 3 times a day, or oftener, if required. In severe intermittents, as high as 10 grains may be administered for a dose. In malignant cases, 40 grains may be given in divided amounts. Related Salts.-QUINIDINAE BISULPHAs (C20H24N2O3.H2SO4.4H2O), Acid quinidine Sul- phate. This salt is produced by dissolving neutral quinidine sulphate in the equivalent quan- tity of diluted Sulphuric acid, and slowly evaporating the Solution. It forms long, asbestos- like, colorless crystals, readily soluble in water, and losing their water of crystallization (14.5 per cent) at a temperature near 120°C. (248°F.). QUINIDIN E HYDRIODAs (C20H24N2O3.HI), Quinidine hydréodate.—Neutral solutions of potas- sium iodide and quinidine sulphate react upon each other, producing a crystalline, white pre- cipitate; or, if the solutions be dilute and warm, scale-like, colorless prisms. Cold water spar- ingly dissolves it (1 in 1270, at 10°C. [50°F.]), hot water and alcohol but little more freely. It does not crystallize with water, and the proportion of iodine is a little over 28 per cent. QUINIDINAE BIHYDRIODAs (C20H24N2O...[HI]2.3H2O), Quinidine bihydriodate.—A salt con- taining nearly 44 per cent of iodine and 8.5 per cent of water, produced like the preceding, excepting that the quinidine sulphate is employed warm and acidulated with diluted sulphuric acid. It forms an orange-colored, crystalline powder, or shining, crystalline prisms of a golden- yellow color. It is quite freely soluble in hot water and alcohol, and in cold water (90 parts). When heated to 120° C. (248°F.), the water of crystallization is expelled, and the color changes to brownish-yellow. If the salt be exposed to moist air, part of the water will be reabsorbed. QUININA (U. S. P.)—QUININE. FoEMULA: C, H.N.O.--3H,O. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 377.22. “An alkaloid obtained from the bark of various species of Cinchona (Nat. Ord.—Rubiaceae). Quinine should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a dark place”—(U. S. P.). Source, History, and Preparation.—Quinine was first identified and differ- entiated from cinchonine by Pelletier and Caventou, in 1820. It always occurs together with cinchonine, and frequently also with quinidine and cinchonidine, in the barks of all species of Cinchona, especially C. Calisaya, C. officinalis, and C. Ledgeriana. . A hybrid of the latter species, and C. Succirubra, grown in Java, are remarkably rich in quinine (see J. B. Nagelvoort, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1898, pp. 345 and 424; also see table, p. 549). The alkaloids are combined in the bark with kinotannic acid, and can not be extracted by means of a cold, aqueous infusion (see Quiminae Sulphas for the isolation of quinine from Cinchona barks). From aqueous solutions of quinine salts, the anhydrous base may be precipitated in the form of a curdy, amorphous mass, by the careful addition of aqua ammoniae; when allowed to remain in contact with the precipitant fluid, the amorphous precipitate absorbs 3 molecules of water, and becomes crystalline. From solution in diluted alcohol, quinine likewise crystallizes with combination of water in the form of fine needles. - Description.—Quinine, as demanded by the U. S. P., is “a white, flaky, amor- phous; or crystalline powder, odorless, and having a very bitter taste; permanent in the air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 1670 parts of water, and in 6 parts of alcohol; in 760 parts of boiling water, and in 2 parts of boiling alcohol; in 23 parts of ether, 5 parts of chloroform, and 200 parts of glycerin; also soluble in carbon disulphide, benzin, benzol, ammonia water and diluted acids”—(U. S. P.). Quinine is less soluble in diluted fixed alkalies than in water, which is shown by the turbidity produced when a solution of sodium hydroxide is added to a satu- rated solution of quinine in water. It dissolves in about 2150 parts of lime-water, and crystallizes from benzol solution with benzol chemically combined. The U. S. P. makes for quinine the further requirements: “When heated to about 57°C. (134.6°F.), it melts; at 100° C. (212° F.), it loses about 9 per cent (or about 2 molecules) of its water of crystallization, the remainder being expelled at 125°C. (257°F.). The anhydrous alkaloid, when pure, melts at 173°C. (343.4°F.). Upon ignition, it is consumed, leaving no residue”—(U. S. P.). When heated in a dry glass tube, either by itself, or together with sugar, starch, etc., quinine salts yield QUINILY A. 1623 a tar of carmine-red color (compare Grahe's test, p. 550; also see Flückiger, Pharm. Chemie, Vol. II, 1888, p. 558). “Quinine has an alkaline reaction upon litmus paper. A solution of quinine in diluted sulphuric acid has a vivid, blue fluores- cence”—(U. S. P.). The fluorescence is probably the most delicate test for quinine, and may still be observed in a solution of 1 in 50,000 (T. G. Wormley, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1894, p. 570); but its sensitiveness is impaired by the presence of small quantities of sodium chloride or hydrochloric acid, also by. potassium ferrocyanide, potassium thiocyanate, sodium hyposulphite, and by phenacetine (Sestini and Campani 1892). Solutions of quinine are optically laevo-rotatory, the rotation being in- creased by acids. Chemically, quinine (C.H.[OCH.I.N.C.H.IOH]N.C.H.) is a derivative of the base quinoline (chºnoline, C.H.N), comprising 2 molecules of the latter, both of un- equal basicity. As a strongly diacid base, quinine forms, with acids, two series of salts—neutral (in reaction) and acid salts—or, according to the French momen- clature, which assumes two equally basic nitrogen atoms in the quinine mole- cule—basic and neutral (the really acid) salts. Thus the normal quinine sulphate of the U. S. P. (which see) is called basic quinine sulphate, or quinine sub-Sulphate in the French Codea. At water-bath heat, quinine expels ammonia from ammo- nium sulphate with formation of quinine sulphate. Some of the quinine Salts, e.g., the neutral tartrate, are characterized by being sparingly soluble in water. The neutral quinine sulphate is less soluble in water than the sulphates of the related alkaloids (see table, p. 1625). Quinine solutions exposed to direct sunlight, quickly turn yellow, and gradually deposit a brown flocculent body, which is de- void of alkaloidal characteristics. Flückiger, who first. observed it, named this precipitate quiniretin. Heated with glycerin to 190°C. (374°F.), quinine is con- verted into an isomeric, amorphous body, quinicine. Its solutions are dextro- rotatory. By distilling quinine or cinchonine with caustic potash, quinoline, pyri- dine, its homologues are formed. By oxidation of quinine with chromic acid or potassium permanganate, a series of compounds is formed, viz.: the weak base quitenine (Cu,FI,N.O.), quinimic acid (CuIH, NO.), and, ultimately, cinchomeronic acid (C, H.N.O.), which is a dibasic pyridine acid (C.H.,NTCOOH].). Tests.-Quinine and quinine salts, in aqueous solution, form amorphous precipitates with alkaloidal reagents, e.g., tannin, iodine in solution of potassium iodide, Mayer's solution, picric acid, phosphomolybdic"acid, etc. A characteristic test for quinine, which, however, is also given by quinidine, consists in the forma- tion of herapathite, or iodo-sulphate of quinine, discovered by-Bouchardat (1845), and further studied by Dr. W. B. Herapath, in England (1852). It is obtained by add- ing an alcoholic solution of iodine, drop by drop, to a warm solution of quinine sulphate in glacial acetic acid. A black precipitate is formed, which, when washed with cold alcohol and recrystallized from warm alcohol, is deposited in large, rect- angular plates, which are brilliant green and of a metallic lustre by reflected light, and olive-green by transmitted light. They have the property possessed by tour- maline, of polarizing the light passing through it. Its composition, according to Jörgensen, is (C.H.N.O.),.3H,SO,2IH:4I. It is 'soluble in acetic acid, and in 650 parts of cold, and 50 parts of hot alcohol. A. Christensen finds that quinine may be determined quantitatively by converting it into this compound, as suggested by De Vrij (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1882, p. 58). Another characteristic test for quinine, which, however, is also obtained with quinidine, consists in the formation of the emerald-green compound, thalleioquin, by the action of chlorine, followed by ammonia, upon quinine. The reaction Was first observed by Alexander Roper, in London (1832), and rediscovered by J. J. André, in Metz (1835), and by H. A. Meeson, in London (1835). Brandes and Leber (1838) gave it the above name (Flückiger, Pharm. Chemie, Vol. II, 1888, P; 564). The test was modified by Flückiger (bromine being used instead of chlorine), and is given by the U. S. P. as follows: “On treating 10 Co. of an *queous, acidulated solution (about 1 in 1500) of quinine with 2 drops of bromine Water, and then with an excess of ammonia water, the liquid will acquire an *ºnerald-green color. With proper adjustment of the reagents, more dilute solu- tiºns Will, give a paler tint, while more concentrated ones will acquire a deeper color, or deposit a green precipitate”—(U. S. P.). Prof. Flückiger (loc. cit) places 1624 QUININA. the sensitiveness of this test at more than 1 in 20,000. This test is interfered with by phenacetime (Sestini and Campani, 1892). Vogel's test consists in the formation of a rich-red color, which is obtained when chlorine water is added to the quinine solution, followed by potassium ferrocyanide, and, lastly, aqua ammoniae. (For further details regarding these tests, see T. G. Wormley, loc. cit.) The U. S. P. further directs: “Quinine should not impart more than a faintly yel- lowish tint to concentrated sulphuric acid (limit of readily carbonizable, organic impurities), nor produce a red color with nitric acid (difference from morphine)”— (U. S. P.). The absence of morphine may also be established by allowing the sub- stance to act upon a mixture of potassium ferricyanide and ferric chloride; if no blue precipitate (Prussian blue) is formed, morphine can not be present. How- ever, the formation of a blue precipitate may be due to the presence of some re- ducing substances other than morphine; therefore, additional tests for morphine must be applied (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1872, p. 540). To test quinine for the pres- ence of other Cinchona alkaloids, the U. S. P. gives the following directions, which are based on Kermer's test for Cinchona alkaloids: “If 2 Grm. of quinine be mixed, in a small mortar, with 1 Gm. of ammonium sulphate and 10 Co. of distilled water, the mixture thoroughly dried on a water-bath, the residue (which should be strictly neutral to test-paper) agitated with 20 Co. of water, then allowed to macerate for half an hour at 15° C. (59°F.), with occasional agitation, and filtered through a pellet of glass-wool, 5 Co. of the filtrate, transferred to a test-tube, and gently mixed, without shaking, with 7 Co. of ammonia water (specific gravity 0.960), should produce a clear liquid. If the temperature during the maceration has been 16° C. (60.8° F.), 7.5 Co. of ammonia water may be added; if 17°C. (62.8°F.), 8 Co. In each case, a clear liquid indicates the absence of more than small proportions of other Cinchona alkaloids”—(U. S. P.). This test depends on the fact that those Cinchona alkaloids whose sulphates are soluble in water, are themselves insoluble, or nearly so, in ammonia water; quinine, which forms a very little soluble, neutral sulphate, is quite soluble in ammonia water. The above directions, especially with regard to the temperatures and the strength of ammonia, must be strictly observed, in order to arrive at trustworthy results (see comment on Kerner's as well as other tests, by E. Jungfleisch, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1887, pp. 136–146; and O. Hesse, ibid., pp. 404–414). Hesse's test differs from Kerner's in the employment of ether, instead of ammonia, as a precipitant of the Cinchona alkaloids other than quinine. Shimoyama (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1885, p. 630) and L. Schaefer (ibid., 1887, p. 153) make use of the comparative insolu- bility of quinine oxalate in water, in order to determine the quantity of the latter alkaloid. (See review of this and other processes, by W. Lenz, ibid., 1889, p. 146.) The following table (page 1625) gives the principal distinctive characteristics of the alkaloids quinine, quinidine, cinchonine, and cinchonidine. Uses.—(See Quininae Sulphas.) The alkaloid quinine is used in practical medi- cine in the form of its salts, the sulphate and hydrochlorate being mostly employed. Quinine Salts.-QUININAE ACETAs, Quinine acetate (C20H24N2O2.C2H4O2). Mix a hot solution of 17 parts of quinine sulphate (dried by spontaneous efflorescence) with a hot solu- tion of 6 parts of sodium acetate, and allow to cool. Long, white needles of the salt will form, containing 84 per cent of quinine. They are freely soluble in hot water and diluted acids, but not readily soluble in cold water. The salt loses acetic acid when warmed on the water-bath. (See also remarks on quinine acetate, by Prof. Maisch, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1858, p. 385.) QUININAE BENZOAs, Quinine benzoate (C20H24N2O2.C.; H 6 O2).-Obtained by allowing a hot alcoholic solution of quinine (8 parts) and benzoic acid (3 parts) to crystallize. Small pris- matic crystals, containing about 72.5 per cent of base, and sparingly soluble in water (1 in 373 parts, at 10° C. [50°F.]). QUININAE ARSENAs, Quinine arsenate, Quiniae arsenias, Arseniate of quinia ([C20H24N2O3].3H3 AsO4.8H2O).-In a glass vessel place arsenic acid, 13 drachms; quinine, 5 drachms; distilled water, 6 fluid ounces. Boil till all is dissolved, filter, and allow to crystallize spontaneously. To purify, redissolve, and again crystallize. This salt was introduced, in 1845, by Bourieres, and recommended in fever and ague, and other periodical diseases; also used in obstimate cutaneous affections. Its dose is # grain, 2, 3, or 4 times a day. The above formula is that of O. Hesse, who obtains the salt in the form of long, white prisms, sparingly dissolved by cold water, but readily soluble in hot water. It contains 12.3 per cent of arsenicum (counted as arsenic pent- oxide, As2O3) and 69.4 per cent of quinine. QUININE ARSENIs, Quinine arsenite ([C20H24N2O3].3H3AsO3.4H2O).-For Dr. Ringdon's old process (1847), see this Dispensatory, preceding edition. O. Adler (1879) obtains this salt in the form of white needles by digesting, for 24 hours, a mixture of quinine hydrochloride (3 parts) SOLUEILITY IN SOLUBILITY IN WATER OF ALKALOIDS º Thalleioquin Test Water Alcohol Ether Añº Neutral Sulphate Hydriodate Neurº. Tar Oxalate QUININE, 1670 parts || 6 parts 23 parts Soluble B2.S.O., H2.7H2O Quite solu- || Insoluble | Insoluble Gives Thalleio- CºHo, N, O, 1960 pºrts Water, 740 parts ble (1446 parts) quin and Hera- (Merck’s In- Alcohol, 65 parts pathite tests. Laevo-rotatory deac) Chloroform, 680 parts Sulphate fluores- Chloroform, 1000 parts, Cent if alcohol-free (Rice) (Insoluble) QUINIDINE, 2000 parts 26 parts of 35 parts Little solu- || B2.S.O., H2.2H2O Insoluble | Soluble in Soluble in Analogous to C20H24N2O2 80 per cent ble Water, 100 parts in water 30 to 40 151 parts, quinine. * Alcohol, 8 parts (1270 parts) parts at 15° C. Dextro-rotatory Chloroform, 14 parts and diluted Sulphate fluores- alcohol Cent Character- istic CINCHONINE, 3760 parts | 116 parts 326 parts Insoluble | B2.SO, H2.2H2O Quite solu- Soluble in Soluble in White precipitate. C19H22N2O Water, 66 parts ble 30 to 40 104 parts, Alcohol of 80 6 part parts at 10° C. Dextro-rotatory per cent, } parts Sulphate non-fluo- Chloroform, 78 parts rescent Ether, insoluble CINCIIONIDINE, 1680 parts | 20 parts 76 parts Insoluble | B2.SO, H2.3H2O Soluble Insoluble | Soluble in C19H22N2O on Stand-| Water, 70 parts (1200 parts) 228 parts, ing Alcohol, 66 parts at 15° C. Laevo-rotatory Chloroform, 1316 parts Sulphate non-fluo- (Insoluble) rescGnt . g 1626 QUININA. and silver arsenite (1 part), in the presence of diluted alcohol (of 70 per cent). This com- pound is soluble in alcohol (cold, 15; hot, 6), chloroform (8), benzene (20), ether (25), and boiling water (150 parts). QUININE CITRAs, Quinine citrate ([C20H24N2O3].3.C6HsO. 7.7H2O, O. Hesse).-This salt may be obtained either by double decomposition of solution of quinine hydrochlorate and an acidu- lated solution of sodium citrate, or by simply saturating a heated, aqueous solution of citric acid with the theoretical quantity of quinine. Upon cooling, white, prismatic crystals are ob- tained, which are very sparingly soluble in cold water (see K. F. Mandelin, on the citrates of Quinine, Archiv der Pharm., 1879, pp. 129–144). QUIN IN E LACTAs, Quinine lactate.—Obtained by dissolving quinine in lactic acid to satura- tion, and evaporating the solution. Silky, acicular crystals are produced, soluble in water and alcohol (see Vigier, Pharm. Jour. Trams, Vol. XIX, 1889, p. 862). This salt is adapted for hypo- dermatic uses, and has been used locally in gomorrhaca. QUININE PHOSPHAs, Quinine phosphate ([C20H24N2O)2]2 HaRO4.8H2O, O. Hesse).--Prepared by Saturating warm, diluted phosphoric acid with quinine, or by double decomposition between sodium phosphate and quinine hydrochlorate. From hot, aqueous solution, it forms long, silky, acicular crystals, containing 72.7 per cent of base, and is very sparingly soluble in water. QUININ-E PHENYL-SULPHAs, Phenylated or Carbolated quinine sulphate ([C20H24N2O2]2.SO3. C6H6O.2H2O, O. Hesse, 1889).--Dissolve crystallized quinine sulphate (10 parts) in alcohol, and add to the Solution carbolic acid (nearly 1 part), also dissolved in alcohol. Colorless needles are precipitated which contain over 75 per cent of base. By washing with alcohol and ether, the taste and Odor of phenol may be entirely removed. The salt is somewhat solu- ble in cold water, but insoluble in alcohol. An acid phenol-sulphate (C20H24N2O2, SO3.C.s He O.3H2O) was similarly obtained by O. Hesse, by adding to a hot, aqueous solution of quinine bisulphate (C20H24N2O3.H2SO4 +7H2O) an equivalent quantity of carbolic acid. QUININAE CARBOLAS, Carbolate of quinine (C20H24N2O2.C6H6O), was prepared by J. Jobst (1875), by bringing together molecular quantities of quinine and carbolic acid in aqueous or alcoholic solution. Crystals are obtained, which, when dried at 130° C. (266° F.), have the above composition. . It dissolves in 400 parts of water at 16°C. (60.8°F.), in 80 parts of 90 per cent alcohol at 13°C. (55.4°F.), and slightly in ether. By an earlier formula, a carbolate in pills was made as follows: Twelve parts of carbolic acid and 20 parts of quinine are dissolved in 60 parts of stronger alcohol. The Solution is then filtered, distilled, and evaporated to the consistence of turpentine, when Some extract of acorus, or gentian, and some pulverized cin- namon may be added to it, to form it into a pill mass. This may be made into pills contain- ing, each, 1 grain of carbolic acid and Hº of a grain of quinine, of which from 3 to 6 pills may be given daily in puerperCºl diseases, furumculi, carbumcles, typhows conditions, and pyaºmia (Braun). It is found that the irritating properties of carbolic acid are much diminished when ir, com: bination with bases, and even when combined with a base as weak as quinine, it can be given in much larger relative doses than when administered in its isolated form (Jahrbücher der Gesammten Medizin, Aug., 1867). IoDIDE OF QUININE-The iodide of quinine is obtained by adding a solution of 24 parts of iodide of potassium (4 molecules) in 8 parts of water, by drops, to a strong solution of 20 parts (1 molecule) of bisulphate of quinine (C20H24N2O3.H2SO4+7H2O). Wash the precipi- tate quickly, and dry it, avoiding operation in the light. It is topic, alterative, and resolvent, and has been found efficient, in doses of from 3 to 2 grains, in scrofulous enlargements of the glands; or it may be made by decomposing a Solution of 1 molecule of hydrochlorate of quinine with a solution of 4 molecules of iodide of potassium. When dry, iodide of quinine, thus pre- pared, has the properties of a resin, is easily reduced to a white, imodorous powder, extremely bitter, and permanent in the air. It is soluble in warm water, alcohol, or ether, forming clear and colorless solutions, which deposit the iodide of quinine on ºvaporation. Concentrated Sul- phuric and nitric acids, and chlorine, decompose it instantly, with elimination of iodine (com- pare Amer. Jour. Pharm.,Vol. IX, 1837–38, p. 353). The composition of these iodides is variable. The substance known as HERAPATHITE (see Quimina), is related to this class. QUININE IoDAs, Quinine iodate (C20H24N2O3.HIO3).--To a warm, aqueous solution (1 in 10) of iodic acid, add the molecular proportion of freshly precipitated, moist quinine, with con- tinued agitation. Evaporate the mass at a temperature not exceeding 15.5°C. (60°F.), and place it in a vacuum over sulphuric acid to dry. White, pearly needles, soluble in boiling water without decomposition, sparingly soluble in cold water (1 in 700), in ether and chloroform, readily dissolved by alcohol (C. A. Cameron, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1882, p. 417). A bijodate (C20H24 N2O2.[HIO3]2), prepared by E. Merck, is easily soluble in water (Jahresb. der Pharm., 1897). QUIN IN E HYDRIODAs ACIDUs, Acid quinine hydriodate (C20H24N2O.[HI]2.5H2O).-Transpar- ent, glossy, prismatic, or scale-like crystals are formed when potassium iodide is added to an acidulated, warm solution of quinine in molecular proportion. At 120° C. (248°F.) the salt becomes anhydrous, but when exposed to a moist atmosphere, 2H2O are again taken up. The salt may also be obtained by dissolving quinine in excess of aqueous hydriodic acid. QUININ E HYDRIODAs, Quinine hydriodate (C20H24N2O2.IH).--This salt may be obtained by dissolving quinine in the molecular quantity of aqueous hydriodic acid, and allowing the solu- tion to evaporate spontaneously. These hydriodides (hydriodates) must not be confused with the iodides of quinine, which are addition products of iodine and quinine (see above). QUIN INAE SALICYLAs, Quinine salicylate (C20H24N2O2.C.. He O3).—This salt may be obtained by double decomposition of ammonium salicylate with quinine hydrochloride; a curdy pre- cipitate of this salt is formed, while from alcoholic solution it forms prismatic anhydrous crys- tals. Soluble in alcohol of 90 per cent (20 parts), ether (120), and water (225 º M. Yvon prepares the salt by dissolving 1.6 Gm. of sodium salicylate in 50 CC, of water, heating to boil- QUININ A2 BISULPHIAS. j627 ing, and adding 4.36 Gm. of quinine sulphate. After boiling a few minutes, decomposition is complete. Cool to 35°C. (95°F.), and filter rapidly, wash with luke-warm, then with cold water, until all sodium sulphate is washed out (Jahresb. der Pharm., 1879, p. 174). QUININME QUINAs, Quinine quinate (kimate).—Obtained by double decomposition of barium kinate and quinine sulphate, and evaporating to dryness. It is neutral, non-crystalline, and readily soluble in water. A solution in water (1 in 4) has been recommended by Collier for hypodermatic use (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1878, p. 487). QUININE SULPHOVINAs, Quinine sulphovinate.—Prepared by mixing a Solution of Sodium sul- phovinate (16.6 parts) in 90 per cent alcohol (200 parts), and a solution of quinine sulphate (42.8 parts) in alcohol of the same strength (600 parts). Filter from the precipitated sodium sul- phate, and evaporate. It forms, with difficulty, prismatic crystals, very bitter, readily soluble in alcohol and water (1 in 3), as well as in glycerin and acetic ether, insoluble in ether, ben- Zol, and fixed oils, and perfectly neutral (P. Carles, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1878, p. 343). The sul. phovinate of Sodium employed herein, is prepared by carefully adding to 1000 Gn). of strong alcohol 1000 Gm. Of Sulphuric acid, with continuous agitation, setting aside for several hours, diluting with 4 liters of distilled water, neutralizing with barium carbonate, and decomposing the filtrate with Sodium carbonate, evaporating on a water-bath, and allowing to crystallize (ibid., 1877, p. 443). - - QUININE TANNAs, Quinine tammate (Chinimum tannicum).-The Ger. Pharm. (1870) directed: Take of quinine Sulphate, 1 part; dissolve it with a few drops of diluted sulphuric acid in distilled Water, 30 parts; and add gradually a solution, previously made, of tannic acid, 3 parts; cold Water, 30 parts. Let the precipitate subside in a cool place, collect it on a filter, wash with a Small quantity of water, and dry it at a very gentle heat. The product is a yellowish, amor- phous powder, of a peculiar odor, and bitter, astringent taste. It is sparingly soluble in alco- hol, and very sparingly in water. In hot water it melts into a mass. The product, by analysis of J. Jobst (Archiv der Pharm., 1878, p. 334), corresponds to the formula C20H24N2O2.3C14H10O3-i- 8H2O, and contains about 22.5 per cent of quinine, while a neutral tannate, prepared by the author, had 31 per cent of quinine, corresponding to the formula C20H24N2O2.2C14H10Oo–H 4H2O. A tasteless quinine tannate was introduced by M. Rozsnyay (1875). It is prepared by dissolving the quinine sulphate in boiling water, and adding to the solution the tannin, Ineutralized with diluted ammonia. The product is entirely tasteless. (For the process of the Hungarian Pharmacopoeia, see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1888, p. 515.) J. Jobst (loc. cit.) found some tasteless quinine tannates deficient in quinine, probably owing to the employment of boiling Water in preparing them. De Vrij (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1892, p. 142) obtains quinine tannate, containing 20 per cent of quinine, by triturating pure quinine (1 part) with tannic acid (4 parts), and water (10 parts), and evaporating to dryness at a temperature not exceeding 60°C. (140°F.) (also see R. Rother, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1883, p. 173). Quinine tannate is much less bitter than the Other quinine salts. Its administration should be at once followed by some acidulous draught, as lemonade, etc., in order to insure its solution in the stomach. It is subastringent. QUININE FERROCYANAs, Quinine ferrocyamate.—Four parts of quinine sulphate and enough (listilled water to form not too thick a mixture, are mixed with a concentrated solution of one part of potassium ferrocyanide; the whole is heated to boiling for a few seconds, then allowed to cool. The mother liquor, which yields more of the salt upon concentration, is poured off from the resin-like mass, the latter washed with hot water and crystallized from boiling alco- hol. Small, yellowish needles, bitter, slightly soluble in water, freely in alcohol, efflorescent in the air (J. M. Maisch, Amer. Jour, Pharm., 1877, p. 442). - Allied Principles.—LANTANINE, an alkaloid from Lantana brasiliensis, Brazilian verbena, Yerba Sagrada, said to resemble quinine in action, has been isolated from this plant by Negrete (1885). From 15 to 30 grains are administered in a day as an antiperiodic, preferably imme- diately after a paroxysm. VIEIRIN, -A body obtained from the bark of a Brazilian tree, Remijia wellozii. Substi- tuted, in doses of 1 to 4 grains, in Brazil, for quinine as an antiperiodic and tonic. BERGENIN, a crystallizable, bitter principle, has been isolated from Sarifraga cordifolia; S. Sibirica, and S. crassifolia, by Garreau and Machelart (1881). It is sparingly soluble in alcohol (165 parts) and water (830 parts, at 15° C. [59°F.]). Said to be a valued nerve tonic, its action being intermediate between quinine and salicin. It occurs together with tannin and starch. Sacifraga ligulata contains an abundance of tannic and gallic acids (Hooper). In India, it is used as a remedy for dysentery. QUININAE BISULPHAS (U. S. P.)—QUININE BISULPHATE. FORMULA: C, H.N.O.H.SO,--7H,O. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 546.88. SYNONYMS: Acid quinine sulphate, Quinimae Sulphas acidus, Chiminum bisulfuricum, Sulfate de Quinine mewire (French Codex). - “Quinine bisulphate should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a dark place”—(U. S. P.). Preparation.—In warm distilled water (1000 grains), suspend quinine sul- phate (200 grains). Then to the mixture add of diluted sulphuric acid (official) 230 grains. Filter and set aside in a warm place. The crystals which form should then be dried over sulphuric acid, at a temperature of from 10° to 15° C. (50° to 59°F). The yield is 250 grains. This corresponds about to the theoretical 1628 QUININ AF HYDROBROMAS. yield according to the equation : (C, H, N,0),.H.SO,--7H,0+H,SO=20, H.N.O. HSO,--7H,O. Keep the product in a dark, cool, place, in a well-stoppered vial (see Quiminae Bisulphas, under Related Compounds). Description and Tests.-‘Colorless, transparent or whitish, orthorhombic crystals, or small needles, odorless, and having a very bitter taste. Effiorescing on exposure to the air. Soluble at 15° C. (59°F.), in 10 parts of water, and in 32 parts of alcohol; very soluble in boiling water and in boiling alcohol. When heated at 100° C. (212°F.), the salt loses all its water of crystallization (nearly 23 per cent); at 135°C. (275°F.), it is converted into quinicine sulphate, which dis- solves in diluted sulphuric acid with a yellow color without any blue fluorescence. On ignition, the salt is slowly consumed, leaving no residue. The aqueous solu- tion of the salt has a strongly acid reaction, and a blue fluorescence”—(U. S. P.). “On treating 10 Co. of an aqueous solution (about 1 in 1000) of the salt with 2 drops of bromine T.S., and them with an excess of ammonia water, the liquid will acquire an emerald-green color. With proper adjustment of the reagents, more diluted solutions will give a paler tint, while more concentrated ones will acquire a deeper color, or throw down a green precipitate”—(U. S. P.). (See Thal- leioquim reaction, under Quinine.) “Ammonia water added to the aqueous solution of the Salt throws down a white precipitate, soluble in an excess of ammonia. water, and also in about 20 times its weight of ether. The aqueous solution of the salt yields, with barium chloride T.S., a white precipitate insoluble in hydro- chloric acid. Quinine bisulphate should not impart more than a faintly yellowish tint to concentrated sulphuric acid (limit of readily carbonizable, organic impurities). If 1 Gm. of the salt be dried at a temperature of 100° C. (212° F.), until it ceases to lose weight, the remainder, cooled in a desiccator, should weigh not less than 0.77 Gm. (corresponding to 7 molecules, or 23 [22.98] per cent of water of crystal- lization). If 2 Gm, of the salt, dried at 100° C. (212° F.), be agitated with 16 Co. of water, the mixture made exactly neutral with ammonia water, then brought to the volume of 20 Co. by the addition of water, and macerated for half an hour at 15° C. (59°F.), upon proceeding further as directed for the corresponding test under Quinine (see Quinima), the results there given should be obtained”—(U.S.P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Same as Quinine Sulphate. When the latter is made into solution by means of diluted sulphuric acid or aromatic sul- phuric acid and water a solution of quinine bisulphate is formed. Related Compound.—Quininae tetrasulphas, Quinine tetrasulphate, Quininae bisulphas, Quinine bisulphate, according to the French nomenclature (see Quinina). Quinine tetrasulphate ob- tained by Hesse (Lieb. Ann., 1875), has the composition C20H24N2O2(H2SO4)2.7H2O. When exposed to light the crystals assume a brownish-red color. Water readily dissolves them with marked blue fluorescence. When boiled in alcohol and the solution cooled a gelatinous magma is formed, which, when dried, produces very small prismatic crystals containing 5 molecules of water. QUININAE HYDROBROMAS (U. S. P.)—QUININE HYDROBROMATE. FORMUL.A.: C, H.N.O.HBr-i-H.O. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 422.06. SYNONYMS: Chinimum hydrobromicum, Chiminum hydrobromatum. “Quinine hydrobromate should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a dark place”—(U. S. P.). Preparation.—This salt, the neutral hydrobromate of quinine, may be pre- pared by adding ten grammes (10 Grm.)[154 grs.] of quinine sulphate to eighty cubic centimeters (80 Co.) [2 fl 3,339 ml] of water, boiling, and slowly adding a solution of three and four-tenths grammes (3.4 Gm.) [54 grs.] of barium bromide in twenty cubic centimeters (20 Co.) [325Tl) of water. A precipitate of barium sulphate is formed, according to the equation : (C.H.N.O.), H,SO-H-7H,O-H-BaRr,-20, H, N,0,. HBr-i-H,0+BaSO,--6H.O. The supernatant solution which should ather con- tain a very slight excess of quinine sulphate than barium bromide (tested by quinine sulphate solution), is then evaporated to crystallization. M. Boille (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1874, p. 563) obtains the salt in the same manner, except by operating with alcoholic instead of aqueous solutions; barium bromide is soluble in alcohol while any admixed chloride would remain undissolved. Description and Tests.—This salt is officially described as occuring in “white, light, silky needles, odorless, and having a very bitter taste. The salt is QUIN IN VE HYDROCHILORAS. 1629 liable to lose water on exposure to warm or dry air. Soluble at 15° C. (59°F.), In 54 parts of water, and in 0.6 part of alcohol; very soluble in boiling water and in boiling alcohol; also soluble in 6 parts of ether, and in 12 parts of chloroform). When heated at 100° C. (212° F.), the salt loses its water of crystallization (4.25 per cent). At 152°C. (305.6°F.), it begins to fuse, and becomes a syrupy liquid at 200° C. (392 F.). Upon ignition, it is slowly consumed, leaving no residue. The Salt is neutral or faintly alkaline to litmus paper. An aqueous solution. When acidulated with sulphuric acid, has a vivid, blue fluorescence”—(U. S. P.). “On treating 10 Co. of an aqueous solution (about 1 in 1300) with 2 drops of bromime water, and then with an excess of ammonia water, the liquid will ac- quire an emerald-green color. With proper adjustment of the reagents, more diluted solutions will give a paler tint, while more concentrated ones will acquire a deeper color, or throw down a green precipitate”—(U. S. P.). (See Thalleloquin Teaction, under Quinime.) “Ammonia water added to the aqueous solution throws down a white precipitate, soluble in an excess of ammonia water, and also in about 20 times its weight of ether. On precipitating a saturated aqueous solu- tion of the salt with sodium hydrate T.S., filtering, supersaturating the filtrate with acetic acid, adding chloroform and a little chlorine water, and shaking, the chloroform will separate with a yellow color. If 1 Gm. of the salt be dried at 100°C. (212°F.) until it ceases to lose weight, the residue should not weigh less than 0.957 Gm. (corresponding to 1 molecule, or 4.24 per cent of water of crystalli- zation). Quinine hydrobromate should not impart more than a faintly yellowish tint to concentrated sulphuric acid (limit of readily carbonizable, organic impu- rities), nor produce a red color with nitric acid (difference from morphine). If 3 Gm. of the Salt (which must have been previously ascertained to be strictly neutral, or have been rendered so) be mixed, in a small capsule, with 1.2 Gm. of crystallized sodium sulphate and 30 Co. of water, the mixture thoroughly dried on a water-bath, the residue agitated with 30 Co. of water, and allowed to macer- ate for half an hour at 15°C. (59°F.), with occasional agitation, upon proceeding further as directed under Quinine (see Quinima) the results there given should be obtained”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This salt may be administered in new- ralgia of congestive form, with tendency to congestion of the brain, and especially to females during the menstrual period. The dose is from 4 to 6 grains, in pill form, given 6 hours before the expected paroxysm; or 1 grain every hour. The dose of this salt is the same as that of the sulphate, Related Salts.-QUININAE HYDROBROMAs ACIDUs, Acid quinine hydrobromate (C20H24N2O2 [HBr]2.3H2O). Dissolve quinine sulphate (10 Gm.) in water (80 Co.), add of a 10 per cent sul- phuric acid a sufficient quantity (about 11.8 Gm.) to convert the neutral into the acid sulphate; then precipitate with solution of 6.80 Gm. of barium bromide in 25 Co. of water. Care must be taken that barium bromide be not in excess (see Quiminae hydrobromas). Filter out the barium sulphate formed and evaporate the solution to crystallization. The crystals are freely soluble in alcohol and in water (1 in 6). This salt was introduced as a preferable form for hypoder- matic use. It may also be prepared by dissolving quinine in an excess of hydrobromic acid. QUININ.E BROMAs, Quinime bromate (C20H24N2O3.HBrO3).--Prepared either by neutraliza- tion of quinine with bromic acid, or by double decomposition of barium bromate and quinine sulphate (C. A. Cameron, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1882, p. 418; also see C. G. Johnson, ibid., 1889, p. TI9). It forms long needles aggregated into asbestos-like masses. Freely soluble in warm water, alcohol and diluted acids; sparingly soluble in cold water (1 in 250). In contact with concentrated sulphuric acid it detonates. QUININAE HYDROCHLORAS (U.S. P.)—QUININE HYDROCHLORATE. FoRMULA: C, H.N.O.HCl·H-2H,C. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 395.63. SYNONYM : Muriale of quinime. “Quinine hydrochlorate should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a dark place”—(U. S. }} Preparation.—This Salt (the normal hydrochlorate) may be prepared by dis- solving quinime in warm hydrochloric acid and allowing to crystallize. It has also been prepared by the double decomposition of quinine sulphate with barium- or calcium chloride. In order to avoid contamination with barium salt, quinime sulphate in alcoholic solution and sodium chloride are allowed to react with each 1630 QUININAE HYDROCHLORAS. other (R. Rother, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1883, p. 173). D. Vitali (ibid., 1899, p. 231) pre- pares the normal hydrochlorate by warming 17 parts of potassium chloride with an aqueous solution of 100 parts of normal quinine sulphate, and evaporating to dryness on a water-bath; the residue is then extracted with 95 per cent alcohol which dissolves the quinine salt while potassium sulphate remains undissolved. The yellow solution is decolorized by animal charcoal and evaporated to crystalli- zation. Similarly, the acid salt is obtained (see Related Salts). Description and Tests.-" White, silky, light and fine, needle-shaped crys- tals, odorless, and having a very bitter taste. The salt is liable to lose water when exposed to warm air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 34 parts of water, and in 3 parts of alcohol; in 1 part of boiling water, and very soluble in boiling alco- hol; also soluble in 9 parts of chloroform. When heated to 120° C. (248° F.), the salt loses its water of crystallization. At about 156°C. (312,8° F.), it begins to melt, but it is not fully melted until the temperature reaches 190° C. (374°F.). On ignition, it is slowly consumed, leaving no residue. The aqueous solution of the Salt is neutral or faintly alkaline to litmus paper. The saturated aqueous Solution of the salt does not give any blue fluorescence, which, however, appears to some extent upon diluting the solution with water, and markedly so upon addition of diluted sulphuric acid”—(U. S. P.). “On treating 10 Ce, of an aqueous solution (about 1 in 1400) of the salt with 2 drops of bromine water, and then with an excess of ammonia water, the liquid will acquire an emerald-green color. With proper adjustment of the reagents, more dilute solutions will give a paler tint, while more concentrated ones will acquire a deeper color, or throw down a green precipitate. Ammonia water added to the aqueous solution throws down a white precipitate, soluble in an excess of ammonia water, and also in about 20 times its weight of ether. The aqueous solution of the salt yields, with silver nitrate T.S., a white precipitate insoluble in nitric acid”—(U. S. P.). Dr.Vulpius (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1882, p.409) reports that 10 Gm. of a 1 per cent silver nitrate solution, added drop by drop to 50 Grm. of a 1 per cent quinine hydrochloride solution, did not produce a silver chloride precipitate when the quinine solution was kept in a rotating motion; but the first drop precipitated immediately when the solution was at rest. The possible formation of a soluble double salt is sug- gested. The U. S. P. further directs: “If 1 Gm. of the salt be dried at 100° C. (212° F.) until it ceases to lose weight, the residue should not weigh less than 0.9 Gm. (corresponding to 2 molecules, or 9 per cent of water of crystallization). Quinine hydrochlorate should not impart more than a faintly yellowish tint to concentrated sulphuric acid (limit of readily carbonizable, organic impurities), nor produce a red color with nitric acid (difference from morphine). The aque- ous solution of the salt should not be rendered turbid by diluted sulphuric acid (absence of barium), and should not be rendered more than slightly turbid by barium chloride T.S. (limit of sulphate). If 3 Gm. of the salt (which must have been previously ascertained to be strictly neutral, or have been rendered so) be mixed, in a small capsule, with 1.5 Gm. of crystallized sodium sulphate and 30 Co. of water, the mixture thoroughly dried on a water-bath, the residue agitated with 30 Co. of water, and allowed to macerate for half an hour at 15°C. (59°F.), with occasional agitation, upon proceeding further as directed under Quinine (see Quinina), the results there given should be obtained”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—On account of its ready solubility this agent is eligible for hypodermatic employment, the dose so administered being from 1 to 4 grains. For general use by mouth it is not inferior to quinine sul- phate and may be given in about ; less dose than that salt. Related Salts.-QUININAE HYDROCHLoRAs ACIDUs, Acid quinine hydrochlorate, Bimuriate of quinine (C20H24N2O2.[HCl]2). This salt may be obtained by Vitali’s process for quinime hydro- chlorate (which see); only instead of 17 parts take 25 parts of potassium chloride. Mr. G. M. Beringer (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1891, p. 117) advises: Take of quinine, precipitated, washed and dried at a temperature not exceeding 50° to 52°C. (120° to 125°F.), 37.8 Gm.; hydrochloric acid (specific gravity 1.16) 22.82 Gm.; water, 60 Co. Mix the acid and water, add the quinine, filter if necessary, and carefully evaporate to dryness. The salt is very readily soluble in water. CHLORIIYDRO-SULPHATE of QUININE.—This represents a line of double salts containing quinine chemically combined with hydrochloric and sulphuric acids, e.g., (C20H24N2O2)22H Cl.H2SO4+3H2O. They are very easily soluble in water (see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1893, pp. 174 and 492). QUININAE SULPHAS. 1631 QUININAE SULPHAS (U. S. P.)—QUININE SULPHATE. FoRMULA: (C, H.N.O.), H,SO,--7H,O. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 870.22. SYNONYMs: Sulphate of quinia, Sulfas quinicus, Quinia, sulphas (formerly called Disulphate of quinine), Basic sulphate of quinine of the French Codex, Diquinine Sulphate. “Quinine sulphate should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a dark place”—(U. S. P.). Preparation.—From barks containing relatively small amounts of cincho- mine, quinine sulphate is obtained by boiling the powdered barks with water acidulated with sulphuric or hydrochloric acid, precipitating the bases with caustic soda, whereby kino-tannic acid, kino-red, etc., remain in solution, boiling out the quinine and small amounts of cinchonine, with 75 to 80 per cent alcohol, and adding to the solution dilute sulphuric acid to a very slight excess. After the alcohol is distilled off, the residue consists of a crystalline mass of crude quinine sulphate, which is pressed off and purified by washing with a little water, and treated with animal charcoal, then recrystallized from hot water. Drying the salt must be effected in the shade to prevent coloration. When barks are em- ployed containing relatively large amounts of cinchonine, most of this base will be precipitated in the above process upon cooling the solution of the crude bases in 85 to 90 per cent alcohol. The mother liquor, upon distilling off part of the alcohol, yields an additional quantity of cinchomine; the mother liquor now resulting, is treated as above. In order to obtain quinine as much as possible free from quinidine, the latter is precipitated from alcoholic solution by means of hydriodic acid (see table under Quimina). Other methods of obtaining quinine sulphate are detailed in Husemann and Hilger, Pflanzemstoffe, Vol. II, 1884, p. 1421, and the preceding edition of this Dispensatory. In more recent years, preference is given to the following process: The powdered bark is intimately mixed with caustic lime, the mixture moistened with water, and the liberated bases extracted . with such solvents as amyl alcohol, petroleum hydrocarbons and paraffin oils. These solvents do not take up the coloring and tannin substances of the barks. From the solution thus obtained, diluted acid abstracts the cinchona bases which are then precipitated by sodium carbonate, and subjected to further purification (see B. Hirsch and A. Schneider, Commentar f. d. Arzneibuch, Göttingen, 1895; also Flückiger and Power, Cinchona Barks, 1884, p. 79). Description.—Two sulphates of quinine are official, that under present con- sideration being the neutral salt, or digwinine sulphate (compare Quinima). Pure quinine sulphate forms hard, heavy crystals, while the commercially preferred quinine sulphate occurs in feathery, light crystals, a quality which was long be- lieved to be due to the presence of a small quantity of cinchonidine sulphate. P. Carles (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1892, p. 314) finds, however, that the salt may also be obtained in the feathery form by allowing it to crystallize in the presence of ammonium sulphate. The official salt is described as occuring in “white, silky, light and fine, needle-shaped crystals, fragile and somewhat flexible, making a very light and easily compressible mass, lustreless from superficial efflorescence after being for some time exposed to the air, odorless, and having a persistent, very bitter taste. The salt is liable to lose water on exposure to warm air, to absorb moisture in damp air, and to become colored by exposure to light. Solu- ble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 740 parts of water, and in 65 parts of alcohol; in 30 barts of boiling water, and in 3 parts of boiling alcohol; also in 40 parts of glycerin, in about 680 parts of chloroform, and freely in dilute acids. When long exposed to the air, or when kept at 50° to 60° C. (122° to 140°F) for some hours, it loses most of its water of crystallization (all except 2 to 3 molecules, or about 4.1 to 6.2 per cent), the last portion being slowly expelled at 100° C. (212° F.), more rapidly at 115° C. (239°F.). Upon ignition, the salt is slowly 99nsumed, leaving no residue.”—(U. S. P.). Mr. A. J. Cownley (Pharm. Jour. Trans., Vol. III, 1896, p. 525) recommends that the air-dry (effloresced) salt (QºI., N.O.), HSO,2H.0, containing 4.6 per cent of water, be recognized as the official salt; a definite standard would thus be established. “The aqueous solu- tion of the salt is neutral to litmus paper, and has, especially when acidulated with sulphuric acid, a vivid, blue fluorescence”—(U. S. P.). (See also Quinina.) 1632 QUIN IN E SULPHAS. Quinine sulphate is incompatible with alkalies and alkaline earths, such as caustic potash and soda, aqua ammoniae, lime-water, magnesia, etc., on account of the precipitation of quinine produced by these agencies. It is also precipitated by the carbonates of alkalies and alkaline earths; by soluble barium and lead salts (insoluble sulphates being formed); it is likewise incompatible with potas- sium iodide, potassium chromate, oxalate, and all soluble tartrates, mercuric chloride (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1887, p. 403), tannic and gallic acids and a number of other compounds. (See enumeration in E. A. Ruddiman, Incompatibilities in Prescriptions, New York, 1897.) } Adulterations and Tests.—The former high price of quinine sulphate (see interesting list of prices since 1823 in Druggists’ Circular, 1896, p. 32) has occasion- ally led to adulterations or substitutions, such as the addition of sugar, starch, salicin, or inorganic material such as calcium phosphate, gypsum (“tasteless quinine,” Druggists' Circular, 1896, p. 297), magnesia, potassium nitrate (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1876, p. 571), sodium sulphate (J. Biel, ibid., 1872, p. 540), etc. Substitu- tion by cinchonine hydrochlorate has been repeatedly noted (ibid., 1871, p. 92; 1880, p. 473). The presence of inorganic impurities is readily recognized by the residue left upon incineration. Treatment with boiling alcohol likewise leaves them undissolved, as well as sugar and starch. The latter is recognized by the iodine test, the former by precipitating the quinine with ammonia; the filtrate upon concentration should not possess a sweet taste. Starch and Sugar also would carbonize with concentrated sulphuric acid. Salicin if present, would form a blood-red solution with the latter reagent (see U. S. P. Tests below). The presence of other cinchona bases (cinchonine and quinidine) may be ascertained by the tests of the U. S. P. subsequently given, in conjunction with those under Quinina. “On treating 10 Co. of an aqueous solution (about 1 in 1300) of the salt with 2 drops of bromine water, then with an excess of ammonia water, the liquid will acquire an emerald-green color. With proper adjustment of the re- agents, more dilute solutions will give a paler tint, while more concentrated ones will acquire a deeper color, or throw down a green precipitate”—(U. S. P.). This is the thalleioquin test already recorded under Quinina. According to Hyde, this reaction succeeds best when calcium hypochlorite is used instead of bromine or chlorine. Acidulate the quinine solution with 1 drop of dilute sulphuric acid (1:4), filter the hypochlorite solution into the quinine solution until the blue fluorescence is just discharged. Now add to the faintly golden-yellow liquid a few drops of dilute ammonia (1:3); a brilliant emerald color will then appear (Digest of Criticisms on the U. S. P., Part II, 1898). The U. S. P. further directs for quinine sulphate: “A cold, saturated aqueous solution of the salt remains un- affected by potassium iodide T.S. (difference from quinidine Sulphate)”—(U. S. P.). (Compare table under Quinima.) “Ammonia water added to the aqueous solu- tion of the salt throws down a white precipitate, soluble in an excess of ammo- nia water, and also in about 20 times its weight of ether. The aqueous solu- tion of the salt yields, with barium chloride T.S., a white precipitate insoluble in hydrochloric acid. Quinine sulphate should not impart more than a faintly yel- lowish tint to concentrated sulphuric acid (limit of readily carbonizable, organic impurities), nor produce a red color with nitric acid (difference from morphine)”— (U. S. P.). (Also see Quinina.) “If 1 Gm. of the salt be dried at a temperature of 115°C. (239°F.), until it ceases to lose weight, the residue should not weigh less than 0.838 Gm. (absence of more than 8 molecules, or 16.18 per cent of water)”—(U. S. P.). This test for the presence of water is quite necessary, because the light powder, even when effloresced and seemingly dry, is capable of mechan- ically holding quite large quantities of water; thus Dr. Kerner records 18 per cent in an apparently dry sample (see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1880, p. 425). “If 2 Gm. of the salt (which must have been previously ascertained to be strictly neutral to litmus paper, or have been rendered so) be dried, as far as possible, at 100° C. (212°F.), the residue then agitated with 20 Co. of water, and the mixture mac- erated for , an hour at 15°C. (59°F.), with occasional agitation, upon proceeding further as directed under Quinine (see Quimina) the results there given should be obtained”—(U. S. P.). B. Hirsch (Pharm. Rundschau, 1893, p. 240) points out that the employment of 7 Co. of ammonia in this test indicates an allowance of about 4 per cent of alkaloids other than quinine (Digest, loc. cit.). The British Pharonn- QUIN IN.E SULPHAS. 1633 copoeia (1898) demands the absence of more than traces of cinchonine, quinidine, cupreine, and amorphous alkaloid, and makes an allowance of 3 per cent of total bases, chiefly cinchonidine, as obtained by Liebig’s test (precipitation with ether and ammonia) for which detailed directions are given, as well as for the determi- nation of quinidine, cinchonine, amorphous alkaloid, and cupreine (see Cinchona). In this connection, see scheme of analysis of quinine sulphate and hydrochlorate, by C. Hielbig, in Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1888, p. 411. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— (Compare Cinchoma.) To the taste, quinine sulphate is extremely bitter. It does not fully represent Cinchona, whose associated principles possess properties not pre-ent in quinine alone. In small doses, quinine is a nervous and vascular stimulant. In large doses, it is a seda- tive and muscular and cardiac depressant, and, if given in sufficient amounts, which, however, must be very large, it is capable of producing death. Upon de- nuded surfaces, quinine acts as an irritant. It is antiseptic and antiputrefactive, and for these purposes Cinchona bark was applied to ulcers by Sir John Pringle as early as 1765. In various strengths, quinine checks fermentation in milk, urine, alcoholic fluids, etc., and prevents decomposition of the same. Upon enter- ing the stomach, quinine is dissolved by the gastric fluid, such portions as are not dissolved passing into the intestines, where the alkaline juices also precipi- tate such portions of the dissolved salt as may come into contact with them. In small doses, the movements of the stomach are increased, and the flow of gastric juice augmented. Large doses check the flow of the latter and cause irritation of the stomach. If the stomach be already irritable, even small doses of quinine or cinchona increase the difficulty. In immoderate quantities, it first constipates and then causes diarrhoea. Upon the blood, quinine appears to impress the haemoglobin, impairing its function, with the result of lessening the oxidizing (ozomizing) powers of the blood. The activity of the white blood-corpuscles are also said to be inhibited or lessened, and the discs even destroyed by this salt. It has also been shown that the amoeboid movements of these bodies are in- hibited. Small doses increase the action of the heart, while large doses depress it. The feeble cardiac movements, from large doses, are due to its action upon the cardiac motor ganglia; the vaso-motor system is also depressed by it. In health, very little effect is produced upon the body-heat by quinine, though, in febrile conditions, it tends to bring down the temperature. It has a tendency to restrain the cutaneous secretions. The cerebrum is stimulated by small doses, and a hyperemic state of the brain induced. Large doses, however, produce a partial anemia of the organ, due to contraction of the arteries and feeble heart-action. After death, however, the brain is found to be engorged with blood. Deafness is a common result after the injudicious use of quinine, but it is seldom permanent. The optic nerve and retina, through ischaemia, become perfectly white, resem- bling white atrophy, and temporary blindness results. Occasionally, permanent atrophy of the nerve, with blindness, remains. Upon the spinal cord, the chief effects are a lessening or abolishment of reflex excitability. This is attributed, not to a primary action upon the cord, but to stimulation of Setschenow's center of inhibition, situated at the base of the brain. Quinine first stimulates the lungs, increasing the respiratory functions. Toxic doses, however, produce dysp- noea and a variety of abnormal respiratory movements, finally ending in death, With symptoms of asphyxiation. The spleen is contracted by quinine, and, upon the uterus, it probably has no power to originate contractions, though it appears to assist normal uterine contractions when they have once begun. For this pur- pose it is valued in feeble and intermittent uterime action during labor. Notwith- standing this, it is the general opinion that it is a perfectly safe agent to admin- i. threatened abortion, due to miasmatic influence, or occurring in malarial (11 Sül'l (ºt S. Quinine rapidly diffuses itself into the blood in proportion to the quantity taken. It is found in all the secretions, the tears, the saliva, milk, sweat, and urine; Though some of it is probably eliminated by the bowels, the chief amount -at least one-half-passes out by way of the kidneys, hence the irritant effects Sometimes produced upon the urinary tract. In acute inflammation of the renal 9"gans, it increases the diſficulty and may give rise to complete suppression, or to retention of urine. Small doses increase the elimination of urea, uric acid, and 103 1634 QUININAE SULPHAS. * creatinin, while the excretion of these products is diminished by larger doses. Quinine occasionally produces skin eruptions, among which may be mentioned erythema, urticaria, herpes, roseola, and rarely purpura. The physiological action of quinine throws but little light upon the practical applications of the drug. No absolute explanation can be given of its mode of action in malarial and other periodical fevers. That it antagonizes the miasmatic poison is accepted, this poison probably consisting of low forms of organic life— micro-organisms (Plas- modium malariae)—the multiplication of which it prevents, and the destruction of which it accomplishes. Quite recent investigations give weight to the opinion that it destroys the plasmodium in the system, for, when isolated, these micro- organisms have been destroyed by so dilute a solution as 1 part of quinine in 20,000 parts of water. Sulphate of quinine is febrifuge, tonic, and antiperiodic. Small doses, fre- quently repeated, act as a stimulant tonic, strengthening the pulse, increasing muscular force, and invigorating the tone of the nervous system. In some per- sons it induces headache, sickness, or irregular action of the bowels, which effects are generally obviated by combining it with morphine, extract of stramonium, or both, and these effects will be almost certain to follow if gastro-enteritic irrita- tion preexists. Large doses, as 20 grains, or # drachm, produce many unpleasant symptoms, and ought never to be used, except in the malignant conditions here- after mentioned. Among these may be named sickness and pain at the stomach, mental confusion, giddiness, flushed countenance, palpitation, a sense of fullness, throbbing, and distension in the head, intense weighty headache, ringing in the ears, vomiting, numbness in the feet, twitchings of the limbs, deafness, blindness, delirium, and nervous excitation and restlessness. If this amount be adminis- tered for several days, muscular debility, with tremulousness, unsteady gait, som- molence or apathy, obtuse sensibility, and dilated pupils, may also be present. In toxic doses, deafness and blindness may be complete, the limbs become power- less, and unconsciousness supervenes. Upon discontinuing the use of the salt, the effects gradually pass off, occasionally, however, the aural and ocular disturb- ances persist for some time if the drug has been long administered. It is seldom that the severer symptoms, above mentioned, are observed, for, as soon as slight cinchonism has been produced, known by giddiness, a buzzing or ringing in the ears, slight headache, etc., the drug is usually discontinued. “The evil results following large doses, or the injudicious administration of quinine, has caused many physicians to reject it altogether in their practice. This is wrong. Quinine is a safe and very superior remedy, in proper hands, and when the specific indications are observed. As well might we reject all active and useful agents, because, when improperly used, they produce deleterious con- sequences. It must also be remembered, that many of the symptoms following the use of quinine, are the legitimate results of disease itself, as an enlarged spleen, a deranged condition of the nervous system, etc., or were formerly the deplorable consequences of a combined mercurial treatment, which has been and still con- tinues to be a fashionable practice in many portions of this section of the coun- try. No sensible or well educated physician will ever object to the proper em- ployment of the pure sulphate of quinine” (J. King). Since the development of specific medication, a better understanding of the uses of quinine has been established. While the earlier Eclectic physicians recognized periodicity as its unquestionable indication, and, while they recognized the fact that “symptoms of irritability, wakefulness, or restlessness, must be first subdued,” they carried the effect of the drug to such an extent as to “affect the head’ daily. This would indicate that they did not always employ it in the same conditions in which it is now recognized with us as a specific agent. When quinine is specifically indicated, it will act kindly, and the head need not nec- essarily be impressed. The indications for the agent, and which they closely approached, as now understood by us, and followed with prompt results, are: Periodicity, the fever taking the form of remittent or intermittent; the pulse is open and Soft, the skin Soft and moist, the tongue moist and cleaning, and the nervous system free from marked irritation. To act kindly, the stomach must not be irritable, and must be in a condition to receive and absorb the drug. If the general condition of the system be such that there is marked nervous excitation, as dry tongue and QUININAE SULPHAS. 1635 skin, and a frequent, hard pulse, an aggravation of the existing condition is likely to take place under the use of quinine and its salts. When; however, these un: favorable conditions can be rectified by other agents, them the quinine salt will be kindly received, and will do good work. Generally, when such untoward con- ditions are present, there is some unrecognized complication of the liver, spleen, or stomach. The following excerpt from the last edition of this work, will serve to illustrate the manner in which the drug was used by the earlier Eclectics: “Sulphate of quinine, in American practice, is used in all febrile diseases, without regard to the violence of the fever, or the degree of congestive enlarg - ment of the liver or spleen; it is usually given during the intermissions or re- missions, in doses sufficient to affect the head, each day; when, for that day, its administration is omitted; but should there be no apparent remissions, it is then given daily to produce the same influence upon the head, without, as before said, regard to the violence of the fever, etc. Previous to its administration, however, any symptoms of irritability, wakefulness, or restlessness, must be first subdued. It is frequently given in these cases, as well as in many other forms of disease, in combination with ferrocyanide of iron; which was first introduced to the profes- sion, as a safe and efficient remedy in this class of maladies, by Prof. I. G. Jones. In typhus and typhoid fevers, it will be found of much service, in conjunction with small doses of extract of leptandra, or resin of podophyllum, sufficient to produce a daily alvine evacuation. In febrile relapses, acute rheumatism, neu- ralgia, dyspepsia, debility, convalescence from most acute and chronic diseases, dysentery, and in all epidemic diseases, and every disease characterized by perio- dicity, it may be given with every expectation of success. Combined with mor- phine, I have used it successfully in epilepsy, delirium tremens, and the convuls- ive diseases of intenperate persons. In dysmemorrhoea, in conjunction with ex- tract of stramonium or belladonna, and resin of black cohosh, it proves almost a specific. It is generally contraindicated during the presence of gastric inflamma- tion, or unusual irritation of the stomach, though the addition of morphine, in such cases, will sometimes prevent any hurtful consequences” (J. King). Quinine is the great remedy for malarial fevers. It is seldom now employed in other fevers without periodicity, except as a tonic to prevent prostration. The rule for the administration of quinine, as an antiperiodic, is as follows: “When- ever an acute disease exhibits periodicity, we administer the agent during the intermission, or when there is the least excitement of the circulation; but if this can not be done, owing to the shortness of the intermission, we give it during the reaction” (Scudder, Materia Medica, p. 436). In all cases the specific indications, as given above, are to be observed. If given when a chill is on, it is likely to aggra- vate it, while, during the sweating stage, it is neither necessary nor productive of much good. As to the manner of administration, there is some difference of opinion—some preferring broken doses, others the single dose. Probably, if the indications are correct, the manner of administering it does not make any mate- rial difference, as the effect of the drug seems to have been as certain when given in either manner. Prof. Scudder, after getting the patient in the proper condition, preferred to give a single dose of 10 grains in ſ or 2 ounces of water, using sufficient sulphuric acid to effect a solution. This he believed to be the most certain and pleasantest mode of administration. Prof. Locke advises from 15 to 80 grains, depending upon the condition of the patient, 5-grain doses being administered during the intermission, every 3 hours, so that the last dose may be taken an hour before the expected chill. The following solution is recommended by Prof. Locke: R. Quinine sulphate, 3i; diluted hydrochloric acid, gtt. xxx; Water, fláii. Mix. Dose, a teaspoonful or more, every 3 hours; each teaspoonful contains about 4 grains of quinine. Fluid extract of liquorice may be added, if desired. It must be remembered that all cases of ague are not cured by quinine; but, as a rule, uncomplicated ague yields to it, and for congestive chill it is the best remedy in use. In malignant intermittent, it is the remedy which gives the best results. But in some of these cases the stomach is not in a condition to receive the medicine. When such is the case a sinapism may be applied to the epigastrium, and capsicum or black pepper may be freely given with the quinine. The latter must be used in large quantities, and without regard to time. From 10 to 20-grain doses may be given until 40 to 60 grains are taken (Locke). In remittent fever, give 1636 QUININAE SU LPHAS. it in the larger or smaller doses during the remission, accordingly, as the disease is of a malignant or non-malignant type. In typhoid fever, quinine is not, as a rule, indicated. In fact, as ordinarily prescribed in this affection, it does much harm to the vascular and nervous systems, as well as to the stomach. When, however, the specific indications for it are present, and prostration is imminent, it may be given in 1 or 2-grain doses, about 4 times a day, and usually with the mineral acids, unless the latter are otherwise contraindicated. The mixed type of fever, known as typho-malarial fever, is benefited by quinine, in proportion to the pre- dominance of the malarial infection, provided the indications for the drug are present. It is less effective as the typhoid element predominates. Quinine and its salts are not always curative in the so-called malarial cachezia; it often fails here, when arsenic, ceanothus, boletus, eupatorium, etc., succeed. Generally, however, it proves useful in many troubles depending upon a malarial origin. It is useful in ague-cake. It is frequently of value in children’s diseases occurring in malarial districts, particularly when periodic in type. Other dis- eases supervening in one subject to ague, are often benefited by the judicious use of quinine. Thus it forms the whole or a part of the treatment in muscular pain, thewmatism, etc. We have had excellent results in severe rheumatic conditions of the shoulders, wrist, and fingers in several instances, from the use of a weak, hydrochloric acid solution of quinine sulphate, to which is added specific cap- sicum. Here it will aid macrotys and other antirheumatics. It is a remedy for periodical meuralgia, and periodical headaches. There is no doubt that quinine possesses prophylactic powers in preventing malarial manifestations. In obstetrical practice, quinine is frequently serviceable. Here it may be em- ployed to remedy irregular and ineffective pains, and in cases where complica- tions of a periodical mature arise. As with its antiperiodic virtues, small doses of opium associated with it, increase its oxytocic power. By its tonic and con- tractile action, it minimizes the danger of post-partwm hemorrhage. In ocular thera- peutics, it meets periodical mewralgic pain, and, locally applied, occasionally relieves follicular conjunctivitis and trachoma. Quinine is, with some physicians, the remedy most relied upon in Swnstroke. That the nervous system is pronouncedly affected by quinine, is evident from the great damage done by the improper and untimely administration of the drug. When indicated, however, it is one of the most important of stimulants of the cerebro-spinal centers. Thus, in many chronic forms of disease, with im- paired nutrition and functional torpor, we find that quinine, administered ac- cording to its indications, will, in small doses (% to 2 grains), restore the proper innervation and aid in a cure. In fact, in chronic affections there are two main conditions in which it always does good, and those are cases with enfeebled in- nervation, as mentioned, and those of malarial infection, with “obscure perio- dicity” (Scudder). Not only does it stimulate the cerebro-spinal centers, but so impresses the sympathetic ganglia, that waste and excretion are better performed and digestion, nutrition, and blood-making are improved. Thus it is frequently combined with iron and strychnine in cases of general debility. An exceedingly useful preparation for this purpose is the “compound tonic mixture.” Quinine, in small doses, is effectual in dyspepsia, depending upon a nervous derangement of the stomach. It counteracts the poison of erysipelas. In intermittent neuralgia, with severe pain, and particularly when affecting the fifth nerve, quinine, com- bined with small doses of morphine, is one of the most certain of drugs. The colli- quative sweating of pulmonary affections is checked by the following: B. Quinine sulphate, grs. xxx; aromatic sulphuric acid, fláss; water, fláiv. Mix. Dose, a tea- spoonful 3 times a day, the last dose being taken at bedtime (Locke). Quinine is occasionally of value in puerperal fever, Septicæmia, and diphtheria. It is particu- larly useful for the debility following surgical diseases, where the discharges are copious and exhausting. It also tends to check the formation of pus. Sometimes it is indicated in pneumonia, but not for antipyretic effects. As a tonic, sulphate of quinine will be found useful in all diseases connected with an enfeebled state of the system, and especially in the debility resulting from exhausting diseases; in chlorosis, and in anemic conditions it should be given in union with chalybeates. Externally, sulphate of quinine, in solution, has formed a valuable application to indolent ulcers, buboes, chancres, and chronic mucous inflammations. QUININ A2 VALERIANAS. 1637 We have received good results in the treatment of hay fever, by the internal administration of a solution of quinine in water and hydrochloric acid, each dose containing 2 grains of the salt, and being administered 4 times a day. A solu- tion of , grain of quinine sulphate in an ounce of water, is recommended by some as a douche in this affection. Quinine Solution is often of service in diph- theria, being applied locally to the membrane, and in gomorrhoea, it has done good service by injecting it into the urethra. Many times quinine, even when indicated, is not well borne by the stomach. In such cases, and particularly in children's diseases, most excellent results are obtainable from an imunction of quinine and lard or petrolatum, applied to the abdomen, groin, and arm-pits. Some physicians never employ it in any other manner in the disorders of childhood. The dose of quinine Sulphate, internally, is from # to 3 grains, repeated every 1, 2, 3, or 4 hours, as the urgency of the case may require. Large doses are im- proper, except in remittent and intermittent fevers, when the dose may range from 5 to 20 grains. A popular mode of administering quinine is in capsules. This, while pleasanter, is less effectual than the acidulated solutions. A solution of quinine sulphate may be made by adding 20 grains of the salt to 1 fluid drachm of elixir of vitriol, and, when dissolved, add 2 fluid ounces of water. The dose of this solution is 20 drops every hour, in about 4 ounce of water, or syrup of ginger. Another solution may be made by dissolving sulphate of quinine, tartaric acid, of each, 20 grains, in 2 fluid ounces of water. The dose is as above. A number of agents have been employed to mask the taste of quinine. Among these are liquorice, yerba Santa, and yerbazin. The practice of using tannic acid is to be condemned, as it converts the most of the quinine into an insoluble and practi- cally inert quinine tannate. The acetate, nitrate, phosphate, ferrocyanide, citrate, and hydrochlorate of quinine, possess similar properties, but are not usually pre- ferred in practice. Specific Indications and Uses.—Periodicity, pulse soft and open, tongue moist and cleaning; skin soft and moist, and nervous system free from irritation; intermittent and remittent fevers; periodical neuralgia; enfeebled innervation. YERBAZIN, a preparation prepared by Eli Lilly & Co., is said to be free from many of the objections of other quinine maskers. It is a syrupy preparation, containing the quinine mask- ing principle of yerba Santa. It perfectly disguises the bitter taste of quinine without decom- posing that Salt, or converting it into a tannate. Twenty or more grains of quinine are rendered palatable by a fluid ounce of yerbazin, the salt being suspended in the latter by rubbing in 2, .."; or violently shaking in a partially filled vial. Yerbazin is a specialty of the above- Ila,ID6Cl ill’IY). QUININAE VALERIANAS (U. S. P.)—QUININE WALERIANATE. FORMULA: C, H.N.O.C.H.O.--H.O. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 443.07. SYNoNYMS: Chiminum valerianicum, Quiniae valerianas, Valerianate of quinia. “Quinine Vålerianate should be kept in well-stoppered bottles, in a dark place”—(U. S. P.). . Preparation.-Quinine valerianate may be prepared by warming moist quinine with a solution of valerianic acid in water (for Wittstein's directions, see this Dispensatory, preceding edition). Another process consists in the double decomposition between quinine hydrochlorate and sodium valerianate in aque- ous Solution (process of the old Dublin Pharmacopoeia). R. Rother recommends as the most advantageous process the double decomposition of quinine sulphate and calcium Valerianate in the presence of weak alcohol (see formula and details in Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1883, p. 177). Description and Tests.-Valerianate of quinine is described by the U. S. P. as QCCurring in “white, or nearly white, pearly, lustrous, triclinic crystals, having a slight odor of Valerianic acid, and a bitter taste. Permanent in the air. Solu- ble, at 15° C. (59°F.), in 100 parts of water, and in 5 parts of alcohol; in 40 parts of boiling water, and in 1 part of boiling alcohol”—(U. S. P.). The salt is readily Soluble in ether. According to Dr. Landerer (1875) the dry salt when triturated in a mortar, exhibits in the dark a beautiful phosphorescence. “When heated to about 90° C. (194°F.), the salt melts, forming a colorless liquid. At 100° C. 1638 RAN UNCULUS. (212° F.), it loses its water of crystallization, and also begins to lose valeriamic acid. On ignition, it is slowly consumed, leaving no residue. The aqueous solution of the salt is neutral or slightly alkaline to litmus paper. The aqueous solution, when acidulated with sulphuric acid, exhibits a blue fluorescence, and emits the odor of Valerianic acid”—(U. S. P.). A spurious valerianate has been met with, made by adding a few drops of oil of Valerian to sulphate of quinine. This dissolves in about 30 parts of boiling water, depositing crystals of the sul- phate on cooling. A thin film of oil will be seen on the surface of the water. “On treating 10 Co. of an aqueous solution (about 1 in 1300) of the salt with 2 drops of bromine water, and then with an excess of ammonia water, the liquid will acquire an emerald-green color. With proper adjustment of the reagents, more diluted solutions will give a paler tint, while more concentrated ones will acquire a deeper color, or throw down a green precipitate. Ammonia water added to the aqueous solution throws down a white precipitate, soluble in an excess of ammonia water, and also in about 20 times its weight of ether. Quinine vale- rianate should not impart more than a faintly yellowish tint to concentrated sulphuric acid (limit of readily carbonizable, organic impurities). The aqueous solution of the salt should not be rendered more than slightly turbid by barium chloride T.S. (limit of sulphate)”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Valerianate of quinine is tonic, febri- fuge, and sedative, and may be employed similarly to the tartrate of quinine and morphine. It was highly recommended by the late Prof. I. G. Jones in hemi- crania, and in febrile or other diseases, to relieve restlessness, wakefulness, and nerv- ous irritability. It is, however, an unstable and disagreeable salt and is but little employed. The dose is from º grain to 2 grains, every 1, 2, 3, or 4 hours, according to the nature of the case. RANUINGUI,US.—CROWFOOT. The fresh bulbous base and flowering tops of Ranunculus bulbosus. Linné. Nat. Ord.—Ranunculaceae. CoMMON NAMEs: Crowfoot, Bulbous crowfoot, Buttercup. ILLUSTRATION: Lloyd's Drugs and Medicines of North America,Vol. I, Plate VII. Botanical Source.—Ranunculus bulbosus has a perennial, solid, fleshy, roundish, depressed bulbous base, resembling a cormus, sending out radicles from its under side; in autumn it gives off lateral bulbs near its top, which afford plants for the following year, while the old bulb decays. The root sends up annually, several erect, round, hairy, and branching stems, from 6 to 18 inches in height, which are furrowed, hollow, and bulbous at the base. Radical leaves on long petioles, ternate, Sometimes quinate; segments variously cut, lobed and toothed and hairy. Cauline leaves sessile and ternate; upper ones more simple. Each stem supports several Solitary, golden-yellow flowers, upon furrowed, angu- lar, and hairy peduncles. Sepals oblong, hairy, reflexed against the peduncle. Petals 5, inversely cordate, longer than the sepals, and arranged so as to represent the shape of a small cup. At the inside of the claw of each petal is a small cavity, which is covered with a minute wedge-shaped emarginate scale. The stamens are numerous, and yellow, with oblong, erect anthers. Ovaries numerous, with re- flexed stigmas. Receptacles spherical. Carpels acute, naked, diverging, tipped with very short recurved beaks (L.—G.-W.). History.—This plant is common to Europe and the United States, growing in fields and pastures, and flowering in May, June and July. There are several species, possessing similar properties, and designated by the general name of But- tercup, among these the R. acris, Linné, R. repens, Linné, R. Sceleratus, Linné, and R. Flammula, Linné, may be indifferently substituted, the one for the other. The leaves and unripe germens of these species are acrid, occasioning, when chewed, a singular, intense cutting sensation in the point of the tongue, which quickly ceases when the plant is removed. This acrid principle is entirely lost by dry- ing, however carefully this process be managed; and it also disappears in the germens as the seeds, which are themselves bland, ripen. It passes over in the distillation of the fresh plants with water. When any part of these plants is chewed, it occasions much pain, inflammation, and sometimes excoriation of the RESIN A. 1639 several parts of the mouth, and much heat and pain in the stomach, if it be taken internally. The distilled water of R. Flammula, Linné, is said to act as an instantaneous emetic. Chemical Composition.—The acrid principle of these plants resides in a yellow volatile oil having the pungency of oil of mustard or horseradish. Ether and chloroform extract its active principle, crystallizable anemomol or anemone camphor, an unstable body, decomposing spontaneously into inert anemonin and anemonic (isoamemonic) acid (see Pulsatilla and Anemome; also Drugs and Medicines of North America,Vol. I, p. 59). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—The above-named plants are too acrid to use intermally, especially when fresh; but when applied externally, are power- fully rubefacient and epispastic. Ranunculus bulbosus is employed, in its recent state, in rheumatic, neuralgic, and other diseases where vesication and counter-irri- tation are indicated. Its action, however, is so uncertain, and sometimes so vio- lent, causing very obstinate ulcers, that it is seldom used. It is sometimes used by the beggars of Europe to produce and keep open sores, for the purpose of ex- citing sympathy. “I have cured two obstinate cases of nursing Sore-mouth, with an infusion made by adding 2 drachms of the recent root, cut into small pieces, to 1 pint of hot water; when cold, a tablespoonful was given 3 or 4 times a day, and the mouth frequently washed with a much stronger infusion” (J. King). Prof. Scudder suggested a fraction of a drop largely diluted of a tincture of the fresh root (3 viii to alcohol, 76 per cent, Oj) as a stimulant to the vegetative pro- cess. Acting upon homoeopathic principles it has been employed with asserted benefit in herpes and eczema. The dose is a fraction of a drop, well diluted, every 2 to 4 hours. RESINA (U. S. P.)—RESIN. SYNoNYMs: Calophony, Rosin. Source.—The term Resin (see Resinae) here has a special meaning, being ap- plied to “the residue left after distilling off the volatile oil from turpentine”— (U. S. P.). It is better known by the names of Rosin or Colophony. The manu- facture of this article is one of the leading industries of the southern states (see Terebinthima and Oleºm Terebinthimae). Resina flava, or Yellow rosin, contains some moisture, in consequence of the distillation not being carried to dryness; if this, while in a melted state, be shaken with water, it forms a lighter colored resin, termed Resina alba, or White resin. Fiddlers’ rosin, or Colophony, is a translucent, brownish-yellow substance, the result of the distillation being continued until all water is expelled, or without the use of water. Description and Chemical Composition.—As officially required, resin is “a transparent, amber-colored substance, hard, brittle, pulverizable; fracture glossy and shallow-conchoidal; odor and taste faintly terebinthinate. Specific gravity 1,070 to 1,080. Soluble in alcohol, ether, and fixed or volatile oils; also in solution of potassium or sodium hydrate”—(U.S. P.). It is heavier than water and melts at a moderate heat. When kept in powdered condition, it is liable to undergo spontaneous combustion (H. Hager, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1888, p. 455). When melted, it can be united with wax, fats, spermaceti, etc. Prof. Olmstead (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1850, p. 325) states that rosin added to lard gives it a degree of fluidity not before possessed by the lard, and also prevents the latter from form- ing those acids which corrode metals. A compound of 1 part of rosin to 4 of lard, may be used for various purposes; by incorporating a certain amount of black-lead, and applying a thin coating to iron stoves and grates it prevents them from rusting, forming a complete protection. The principal constituent of rosin is abietic anhydride (C.H.O., Maly, 1861-64) which dissolves in warm 70 per alcohol with absorption of water and formation of abietic acid (C, H.O.), which falls out upon cooling. This acid forms colorless small crystals soluble in alco- hol, wood alcohol, chloroform, ether, benzene, carbon disulphide and glacial acetic acid. It also dissolves readily in caustic alkali with formation of a resin soap (e.g., sodium abietate). The acid absorbs oxygen upon exposure to the air. A series of esters (ethyl, methyl and glyceryl esters) of abietic acid has been pre- pared which have been used in the preparation of warnishes. By destructive 1640 RESINAE,-RESINA CAULOPHYLLI. distillation of the acid with reducing agents (zinc dust), homologues of benzene, naphtalene, and anthracene are formed. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Rosin is seldom given internally. Its principal use is to form plasters and ointments, to which it is an excitant ingre- dient, and renders them more adhesive. Internally, pulverized rosin will be found very useful in doses of 30 to 60 grains in molasses, or limseed oil, 3 or 4 times a day, in bleeding piles. Applied locally, on lint or cotton, it will be found a very valuable styptic. The vapor from rosin has been inhaled in chromic bronchitis, and certain atonic affections of the lungs with benefit; and the fumes of burning rosin, if received upon the parts, will, it is said, remove the irritation attending piles and prolapsus ami. Half a drachm of powdered rosin, dissolved in a suffi- cient quantity of chloroform, so as to make a thick solution, will relieve meuralgia of the teeth, or toothache, by introducing a piece of cotton, which has been impreg- nated with the solution, into the hollow teeth. RESINAE.—RESINS. Medicinal resins, sometimes termed resinoids or concentrations, are a class of agents obtained from medicinal plants or roots, etc., by precipitation from their alcoholic tinctures, either by means of water alone, or aided by distillation. Those at present in use are generally impure, and contain one or more, but not all, of the therapeutic virtues of the plants from which they are made. Note.—The “Strong Tincture” of the different resins, referred to in their preparation, is usu- ally made by exhausting any quantity of the root, or bark, etc., of the crude agent, by percolation with official alcohol. The subsequent evaporation is to be car- ried on by distillation until the residue is of a syrupy consistence. Most of the Eclectic resinoids are now discarded in favor of liquid preparations of the drugs yielding them, but, for obvious reasons, it is best to record again the processes to be found in former editions of this work. Resinoids, as a rule, are no longer of importance to Eclectic physicians. The exceptions to the above remarks are resins of cimicifuga and podophyllum. and the alkaloids found in hydrastis and sanguinaria, which were introduced originally as Eclectic resinoids. RESINA CAULOPHYT.I.I.—RESIN OF CAULOPHYLLUM. SYNoNYM : Caulophyllin. Preparation.—Take of strong tincture of blue cohosh root, 1 pint; water, 1 gallon. Distill off the alcohol, and pour the syrupy residue into the water, allow the mixture to stand for 24 hours, or until there is no further precipitate, collect the precipitate on a filter, and then allow it to dry in a moderately warm place. History, Description, and Chemical Composition.—As blue cohosh root contains but very little resin, this preparation is not deserving the name of resin, but as it has been heretofore considered the resinous principle of the root, I give it a place, for the present, among the resins. Mr. W. S. Merrell first manufactured this article. Mr. A. E. Ebert found it to consist of two resins, both soluble in alcohol, but one only of them soluble in ether, and an extractive body analogous to saponin, which, when shaken with Water, produced a very thick and persistent froth, was freely soluble in alcohol and in alkaline solutions, and the aqueous solution of which reddened litmus (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1864, p. 206). Dr. T. L. A. Greve states in relation to this agent: “Caulophyllin is the name given by our pharmaceutists to the dried and powdered alcoholic extract of blue cohosh root. It can hardly be termed a resinoid, as the root contains but little, if any, resin, nor would it be proper to name it the active principle in the sense that this term is applied to Strychnime, Santonin, and other proximate prin- ciples of a definite chemical constitution. It is simply a concentrated medicine, representing the medicinal activity of the crude drug in a condensed and con- venient form.” It will be seen from these remarks, coming from a reliable source, that the article now prepared for the profession as “Caulophyllin,” is simply the dry alcoholic extract of the root (J. King). RESIN A CIMICIFUGAE. 1641 Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Resin of caulophyllum appears to exert a direct influence upon the uterus, acting as an alterative, uterine tonic, and parturient, according to the periods in which it is employed. In the more com- mon unhealthy conditions of this organ and its appendages, known as a memor- Thaca, dysmemorrhaea, passive memorrhagia, leucorrhaea, congested cervic, etc., it is equal to, if not surpassing, the resin of black cohosh. A combination of equal parts of resins of blue and black cohosh, and carbonate of ammonium, will be found espe- cially valuable, not only in the above-named affections, but likewise in epilepsy, hysteria, in which diseases it is recommended as an antispasmodic, and in rheuma- tism and dropsy. This resin may also be advantageously combined with alcoholic extract of aletris, oleoresins of asclepias, Senecio, etc., in many forms of disease of the female generative organs. It has been spoken of as a parturient, but we have no personal knowledge of its influence as such, though we are aware that the root from which it is prepared does exert a parturient effect. Added to resin of podo- phyllum, or other active purgatives, it prevents tormina, and is, probably, the best agent that can be employed for this purpose. I have found it of decided benefit in severe after-pains, neuralgic dysmemorrhaea, and in several derangements of the men- Strual function. The ordinary dose is from + to 1 grain, 2, 3, or 4 times a day. As a parturient, it should be given in doses of from 2 to 4 grains, and repeated at intervals of 15 to 30 or 60 minutes, after actual labor has commenced. Resin of caulophyllum may be advantageously combined with extract of dioScorea in bilious colic and flatulence. With resin of podophyllum and chloride of ammonium, it forms an excellent combination for some mephritic diseases, accompanied with pains of a spasmodic character (J. King). It is but little used at the present time. RESINA CIMIICIFUGAE.—RESIN OF CIMICIFUGA. SYNoNYMs: Resin of black cohosh, Cimicifugin, Macrotin. Preparation.—Take of strong tincture of black cohosh root, 1 pint; water, 1 gallon. Distill the alcohol from the tincture, and pour the syrupy residue into the water, allow the mixture to stand 24 hours, or until there is no further pre- cipitate, collect the precipitate on a filter, wash it with water, and then allow it to dry in a cool place. History and Description.—This valuable and useful remedy I have used with much success in my practice since 1835, and had the honor of calling the attention of practitioners to it in 1844, and again in the Western Medical Reformer, of 1846, but it was not received into general use among practitioners until its preparation on a large scale by Mr. W. S. Merrell. Resin of cimicifuga is a dark- brown or yellow substance, lighter colored after pulverization, of a faint, narcotic odor, a slightly bitter, feebly nauseous taste, and soluble in alcohol (J. King). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—The resin of black cohosh possesses alterative, nervine, and antiperiodic properties, without having the narcotic vir- tues of the root, which are to be had in the alcoholic or the ethereal extract. It also appears to exert a peculiar influence upon the uterus, on which account it has been termed a “uterime tonic.” Prof. T. V. Morrow, M. D., during his life, expressed himself as having made an extensive use of this preparation in various affections peculiar to the female sex, and with success. Prof. Morrow writes: “My experience in the use of the resin of black cohosh, has demonstrated to my mind that there is a slight difference in the modus operamdi of this form of the medicine, when compared with the usual forms in which the Cimicifuga race- mosa has been used. That difference principally consists in the increased lia- bility of the latter to produce a heavy, dull, and aching sensation in the forehead, in connection with a feeling of dizziness, while the former appears to manifest a greater tendency to produce aching, and somewhat painful sensations in the Joints and limbs generally.” Resin of cinniciſuga has been employed advantageously in intermittent fever, periodic diseases, leucorrhoea, amenorrha a, dysmemorrhoea, memorrhagia, threatened abortion, sterility, rheumatism, scrofulous affections, and in prolapsus uteri, not accompanied with an inflammatory condition of that organ or of its liga- ments. It has also been successfully used in dyspepsia, chronic gomorrhoa, glect, Smallpox, etc., and its tincture has been found an excellent local application in 1642 RESIN A COPAIBAE.—RESINA DRACONHS, chronic conjunctivitis. It may be advantageously combined with other uterine tomics and alteratives—as, extract of aletris, resin of caulophyllum, oleoresins of senecio, or asclepias, etc.; with extract of dioScorea it often improves the action of this agent in flatulency, and in bilious colic, rendering its influence more prompt and certain in certain obstimate cases. Made into a pill, with equal parts of ex- tracts of dioscorea and cramp bark, it will be found highly beneficial in flatulency, bilious colic, cramps of pregnant women, painful dysmemorrhoea, spasmodic affections, borborygmi, and in cholera morbus, to remove the cramps. As a parturient, it is inferior to the powdered root, or to the resin of caulophyllum. In pulmonary, Theumatic, and dyspeptic affections, where there is a want of tone in the nervous sys- tem, it will prove a most valuable medicine, especially as an adjunct of other remedies. Its usual dose is from to 3 grains, and, in some cases, even to 6 grains, repeated 3 times a day (J. King). It is but little used at the present day, but when employed, the specific indications for its use, practically those given under Cimicifuga (which see), should be regarded. The preparation obtained by Prof. Wayne's process (see previous editions of this Dispensatory) appears to possess more of the active properties of the root than the ordinary resin, and may be used in all cases where the root or its tincture is indicated, in doses varying from + to 1 grain (J. King). RESINA COPAIBAE (U. S. P.)—RESIN OF COPAIBA. “The residue left after distilling off the volatile oil from copaiba”—(U. S. P.). SYNONYMS: Copaivic acid, Acidum copalbicwm. Description.—“A yellowish or brownish-yellow, brittle resin, having a slight odor and taste of copaiba. Soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, carbon disul- phide, benzol, or amyl alcohol”—(U. S. P.). This is a mixture of Copaivic acid and neutral resinous matter. Its solution in alcohol reddens litmus, and has an acrid, bitterish taste. (For further details, see Copaiba.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.— (See Copaiba.) Dose, 1 to 15 grains, preferably in emulsion. RESINA DRACONIS.—DRAGON'S BLOOD. A resin derived from the fruit of Calamus Draco, Willdenow (Daemomorops Draco, Blume). Nat. Ord.-Palmas. Botanical Source.—Calamus Draco is a small palm growing in the islands of the Indian archipelago. While the plants are young the trunk is erect, and resembles an elegant, slender palm tree, armed with innumerable dark-colored, flattened elastic spines, often disposed in oblique rows, with their bases united. By age they become scandent, and overrun trees to a great extent. The leaves are pinnate, their sheaths in petioles armed as above described; leaflets, single, alternate, ensiform, margins remotely armed with stiff, slender bristles, as are also the ribs; 12 to 18 inches long and about # inch broad. The spadix of the female is hermaphrodite and inserted by means of a short, armed petiole on the mouth of the sheath opposite to the leaf, and is oblong and decompound, resembling a common oblong panicle. Spathes several, one to each of the 4 or 5 primary rami- fications of the spadix, lanceolate and leathery; all smooth except the exterior or lower one, which is armed on the outside. Calyx turbinate, ribbed, mouth 3-toothed, by the swelling of the ovary split into 3 portions, and in this manner adhering, together with the corolla, to the ripe berries. Corolla 3-cleft; divisions ovate-lanceolate, twice as long as the calyx, and permanent. Filaments 6, very broad, and inserted into the base of the corolla. Anthers filiform, and seemingly abortive. Ovary oval; style short; stigmas 3-cleft; divisions revolute and glan- dular on the inside. The berry is round, pointed, and of the size of a cherry (L.—Roxb.). History and Description.— Dragon's blood is a dark-red substance, which is imported from the East Indies, and which is procured from the berries of the Calamus Draco, by rubbing or agitating them in a bag, softening by heat the RES IN A J A LAPAE. 1643 resinous exudation obtained, and making this up into masses. An inferior grade is obtained by boiling the crushed fraits in water (Pharmacographia). There are several sorts of it, one (Red dragon's blood), occuring in dark reddish-brown Sticks. a foot or more in length, and from 3 to 6 lines in diameter, enveloped with palm leaves, and bound with narrow slips of cane; another occurs in reddish-brown lumps of the size and shape of an olive, also covered with leaves in a moniliform row; another, of very fine quality, is a reddish powder; a fourth occurs in large, irregular pieces or tears, while an inferior kind is in very large masses or lumps, Lump dragon’s blood, presenting a heterogeneous fracture (P.). Dragon’s blood is brittle, feebly sweetish, or almost tasteless, and odorless. It is not acted upon by water, but is almost all dissolved by alcohol, wood alcohol and ether, only impu- rities being left undissolved; partly soluble in chloroform and benzene. It fuses by heat, and emits a benzoic-acid-like fume on burning. Its solution stains marble a fine deep-red color. Chemical Composition.—Herberger found dragon’s blood to consist chiefly of a red resin (90.7 per cent) which he called draconin. He also established the presence of benzoic acid. Hlasiwetz and Barth by fusing dragon's blood with caustic potash obtained benzoic, para-oxy-benzoic, oſcalic and probably protocatechwic acids. E. Hirschsohn (Jahresb. der Pharm., 1877, pp. 54 and 404) established the behavior of genuine dragon's blood toward solvents and reagents. It is soluble in alcohol and ether with red color, less so in chloroform; if the article is derived from Pterocarpus Draco of the West Indies, it will be but little soluble in chloro- form. Petroleum ether abstracted only from 1 to 7 per cent of soluble matter. Dragon’s blood, in connection with other resins, was investigated in recent years by Prof. Tschirch and his pupils. K. Dieterich (Jahresb. der Pharm., 1896, p. 159) examined a specimen derived from Daemomorops Draco (Java and Sumatra) and found it to contain: (1) Dracoalbam (2.5 per cent) an amorphous indifferent, not fusible body, abstracted by ether and precipitated by alcohol; it has the formula, C.H.00, ; (2) dracoresin (13.58 per cent) soluble in petroleum ether, alcohol, and ether, of the formula, C, H, O, fusing at 74°C. (165.2°F.); (3) red resin (56.8 per cent), a mixture of two esters, namely, compounds of the alcohol, C.H.O., (draco- resino-tammol) with benzoic acid (C.H.COOH) and with benzoyl acetic acid (C.H.CO. C.H.COOH); (4) a resin soluble in alcohol, insoluble in ether (0.33 per cent); (5) phlobaphenes (0.03 per cent); (6) Woody fragments, etc. (18.40 per cent); (7) ash (8.30 per cent). Draco-resino-tammol yields, upon dry distillation, benzene (benzol), toluene, Styrol, phenyl acetylene, phenol, resorcin, pyrogallol, phloroglucin, acetic acid and creosote. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Dragon's blood was formerly consid- ered an astringent, and used in doses of from 10 to 30 grains in passive hemorrhages, diarrhoea, etc. Its principal use is to color tooth powders, plasters, tinctures and varnishes, and to produce a mahogany wood-stain (aloes 1 part, dragon's blood 1 part, alcohol 15 parts). Related Drugs.-SoCoTRA DRAGON's BLOOD, or Katir, is the product of Dracaena Schicantha, Baker, or, according to Hunter, the Dracaema Ombet of Kotschy. It is produced in Socotra. It differs from the Sumatra drug in the absence of scales, and in not evolving benzoic acid vapors when heated (Pharmacographia). CANARY ISLAND DRAGON's BLOOD is the product obtained by incising the stem of Dracaena Draco, Linné, of the Canary Isles. Pterocarpus Draco, Linné, of West Indies and South America, yields a resin known also as dragon's blood, as does Croton Draco, Schlechtendal, the product of the latter, however, being more of the nature of kino (Pharmacographia). According to Prof. H. Trimble (.4 mer. Jour. Pharm., 1895, p. 516), a specimen received from Jamaica was for the most part soluble in warm water and contained 46.7 per cent of tannin, referred to dry Substance, hence it closely resembled kino. The foregoing are not in general commerce. (For an analytical study of the various red resins known as dragon's blood, see J. J. Dobbie and G. G. Henderson, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1884, p. 327). RESINA JALAPA. (U. S. P.)—RESIN OF JALAP. Preparation.—“Jalap, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes (1000 Grm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]; alcohol, water, each, a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with three hundred (300) cubic centimeters [10 flā, 69 ml] of alco- hol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough alcohol to 1644 RESIN A PODOPHYLLI. saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for 48 hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradu- ally adding alcohol, until twenty-five hundred (2500) cubic centimeters [84 flá, 257 ſil] of tincture are obtained, or until the tincture ceases to produce more than a slight turbidity when dropped into water. Distill off the alcohol, by means of a water-bath, until the tincture is reduced to four hundred (400) grammes [14 ozs. av., 48 grs.], and add the latter, with constant stirring, to mine thousand (9000) cubic centimeters [304 fl 3, 155 ml] of water. When the precipitate has subsided, decant the supernatant liquid, and wash the precipitate twice, by de- cantation, with fresh portions of water. Place it upon a strainer, and, having pressed out the liquid, dry the resin with a gentle heat, stirring occasionally until the moisture has evaporated”—(U. S. P.). The yield by this process is officially required to be not less than 12 per cent (see Jalapa), but this figure is now seldom attained with jalap imported from Mexico, about 7 to 8 per cent being the average yield. Prof. Flückiger ascribes the decrease in yield to fraudulent abstraction of resin by means of alcohol, probably practiced by some Mexican dealers. He advocates the cultivation of jalap in Europe, pointing out that the tubers in one instance where jalap was cultivated, yielded 22.7 per cent of resin, referred to dry material (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1890, p. 141; also see E. R. Squibb, Ephemeris,*Vol. III, pp. 1095 and 1248). Mr. F. H. Alcock proposes an assay of jalap for resin by means of amyl alcohol (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1892, p. 534). Description and Tests.—As officially demanded resin of jalap should be in “yellowish-brown, or brown masses or fragments, breaking with a resinous, glossy fracture, translucent at the edges, or a yellowish-gray or yellowish-brown powder, having a slight, peculiar odor, and a somewhat acrid taste. Permanent in the air. Its alcoholic solution has a faintly acid reaction. Soluble in alcohol in all proportions; insoluble in carbon disulphide, benzol, and fixed or volatile oils. Not more than about 10 per cent of it is soluble in ether. On evaporating the ethereal solution, and dissolving the residue in potassium hydrate T.S., a red- dish-brown liquid is formed, from which the resin is reprecipitated by acids. If that portion of resin of jalap which remained undissolved by ether be dissolved in potassium hydrate T.S., the addition of an acid does not precipitate it”— (U. S. P.). The resinous portion, not soluble in ether, is usually called convolvulin (W. Mayer). (For details regarding the chemistry of the resin, see Jalapa.) “Resin of jalap should not suffer any material loss of weight when heated at 100° C. (212°F.) (absence of water). Water triturated with it should neither become colored, nor take up anything soluble from it (absence of soluble impurities). On digesting 1 Gm. of resin of jalap for about an hour, with frequent agitation, in a glass-stoppered vial, with 10 Co. of ammonia water, at a temperature of about 80° C. (176°F.), it should yield a solution which does not gelatinize on cooling (absence of common resin)”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Jalap owes its cathartic powers to its resin; while its mucilage or gum has been reputed diuretic. The dose of the resin prepared, as stated above, is from 1 to 6 or 8 grains; it is apt to occasion much pain and griping, which may be frequently obviated by trituration with castile soap, resin of caulophyllum, or loaf-sugar. RESINA PODOPHYLLI (U. S. P.)—RESIN of PopoPHYLLUM. SYNONYMS: Podophyllin, Resin of mandrake, Resin of May-apple. Preparation.—The U. S. P. process for preparing podophyllin is as follows: “Podophyllum, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 OZS., 120 grs.]; hydrochloric acid, ten cubic centimeters (10 Co.) [162 ml]; alcohol, water, each, a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with four hundred and eighty cubic centimeters (480 Co.) [16 fl;, 111 ml] of alcohol, and pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator; then add enough alcohol to saturate the powder and leave a stratum above it. When the liquid begins to drop from the percolator, close the lower orifice, and, having closely covered the percolator, macerate for 48 hours. Then allow the percolation to proceed, gradually adding alcohol, until RESINA PODOPHYLLI. 1645 sixteen hundred cubic centimeters (1600 Co.) [54 fl 3, 491ſl] of tincture are ob- tained, or until the tincture ceases to produce more than a slight turbidity when dropped into water. Distill off the alcohol, by means of a water-bath, until the tincture is reduced to a syrupy consistence, and pour it slowly, with constant stirring, into one thousand cubic centimeters (1000 Co.) [33 flá, 391 fil] of water, previously cooled to a temperature below 10°C. (50°F.), and mixed with the hydrochloric acid. When the precipitate has subsided, decant the supernatant liquid, and wash the precipitate twice, by decantation, with fresh portions of cold water. Spread it, in a thin layer, upon a strainer, and dry the resin by exposure to the air in a cool place. Should it coalesce during the drying, or aggregate into lumps having a varnish-like surface, it should be removed, broken in pieces, and rubbed in a mortar. As this is liable to happen during warm weather, resin of podophyllum is preferably made during the cold season”—(U. S. P.). The original process of this Dispensatory directs us to take of strong tincture of mandrake root (see Resinae), 1 pint; water, acidulated with 18 fluid drachms of hydrochloric acid, 1 gallon. Mix the tincture and the acidulated water to- gether, allow the mixture to stand for 24 hours, or until there is no further pre- cipitate, collect the precipitate on a filter, wash it with water, and then allow it to dry in a warm place not exceeding 26.6° or 29.4°C. (80° or 85°F). Or, the alco- hol may first be removed by evaporation in a warm bath, and the resin then be allowed to precipitate. The resin has also been obtained by precipitation without heat, by adding a solution of alum to a saturated tincture of the root. This makes a yellow alum lake. Podophyllin prepared by means of alum has never been popular with Eclectic physicians. History.—The resin of podophyllum has enjoyed a far more extensive use in medicine than the crude drug from which it is prepared. Though official in the U. S. P., and, strange to say, now more extensively used by members of the regu- lar school of medicine than by our own practitioners, podophyllin is an Eclectic drug, having been first discovered and introduced to the profession by Prof. John King.” The practitioners of the old school employ this resin in nearly all of their vegetable cathartic pills. Of its introduction, Prof. John King says: “This valu- able agent I had the honor of introducing to the profession 26 years since. In 1835, I was first led to an examination of the resinous principle of this plant, as well as of the iris, cimicifuga, aletris, and several other plants, in consequence of some information given me by Prof. Tully, of Yale College, New Haven, Conn., relative to the resinous constituent of the Cimicifuga racemosa. And since August, 1835, I have prepared and used, more or less in my practice, in the treat- ment of various forms of disease, the resins of podophyllum, iris, cimicifuga, alco- holic extract of aletris, and several other medicinal plants. In July, 1844, I first called public attention to the resins of podophyllum and iris, in the New York Philosophical Medical Journal, Vol. I, No. 7, pp. 157–161, in which I recommended the mandrake resin in combination with an alkali, for hepatic diseases, scrofula, dropsy, leucorrhoea, syphilis, gonorrhoea, gleet, obstructed menstruation, etc., but of which it appears but little notice was taken by the profession. In April, 1846, I again called the attention of the profession to this, as well as many other concen- trated preparations, in the Western Medical Reformer, Vol. V, No. 12, pp. 175–178. Now, as dates are the only reliable source of correct information in such matters, unless some one can show an earlier notice of these articles, and of their prac- tical utility, than the above, their claims will naturally be considered doubtful. The credit of first preparing resin of podophyllum, and other concentrated prepa- rations, for the use of the profession generally, it being part of his avocation, be- longs to Mr. W. S. Merrell, druggist and chemist, of Cincinnati, who first manu- factured it in June, 1847, since which time it has become an indispensable and highly important American remedy, and is used by all classes of physicians, being generally preferred to mercurials by those who have fairly tested it” (J. King, in College Journal, 1857, p. 557). , k Podophyllin was the first of the “Eclectic' resinoids, being discovered by Prof John King, in 1835, and º followed by him with cinnicifugin and the oleoresins of iris and aletris. These substances were intro- f luced to commercé by the late W. S. Merrell, who took pains to at once bring them before the commercial would The firm of B. Keith & Co., of New York, followed, and made a specialty of “resunoids.” . Groyer Coe contributed to the in QYement by his widely-distributed book–Concentrated Organic Medicines, But the history of “American Teslnoids ''Would make a volume, and can not be undertaken hereum. We have, therefore, carried from former editions of this work, Prof. King's remarks verbatim, and append this note only. 1640 RESIN A PODOPHY LLI, Prof. King further adds: “I am indebted to the late F. D. Hill & Co., of Cin- cinnati (A. D., 1852), for the following process of manufacturing resin of podo- phyllum. Exhaust coarsely powdered mandrake root with alcohol, by percola- tion. Place the saturated tincture in a still, and distill off the alcohol; the resi- due will be a dark fluid of the consistence of molasses; sometimes it is thicker, and when this is the case add a small portion of it to some water, and if it does not form a yellow-whitish precipitate, a small quantity of alcohol must be added to it, or enough to cause the light precipitate. Then warm the thick residual fluid, and slowly pour it into three times its volume of cold water, which must be constantly agitated during the process. If poured in too fast, or without agi- tation, the fluid will fall to the bottom unchanged. Allow it to stand for 24 hours, at which time nearly all the resin of podophyllum will be precipitated, the addition of a sufficient quantity of muriatic acid will precipitate the remainder. The precipitated resin of podophyllum, of a whitish-yellow color, is now to be removed and placed on a limen filter, and washed several times with water, to remove any remaining acid, gum, etc., after which it is to be placed in thin layers on paper, and dried in a room of a temperature between 65° and 90°F., or, if in summer, at the natural atmospheric temperature. It becomes a shade or two darker by drying in this manner, but if artificial heat be employed to hasten the process, or a higher temperature, the resin becomes quite dark.” Description.—Resin of podophyllin varies in color according to its mode of precipitation, being, when precipitated by heat, dark-brown; and when by acid, a light brownish-yellow; or greenish-olive if by alum. It is insoluble in water, oil of turpentine, and diluted nitric acid; soluble in alcohol. By partial oxida- tion of the resin, soon after its preparation, a portion of podophyllum resin ceases to be dissolved by alcohol. From 3 to 6 per cent of resin is obtained from the mandrake root. - J. U. Lloyd has previously printed the following description of podophyllin: “As made by precipitation of the residue of a pure alcoholic tincture in cold dis- tilled water it presents the following characteristics: If alcohol is present, the resin separates as a light-colored, porous powder. If it be not present, the resin precipitates in a dark, nearly black, resinous cake. This, when powdered, is of a dark-gray, or often nearly brown color, and is the description preferred by Prof. King. If the alcoholic percolate be poured into alum water instead of pure water, the resin precipitates of a bright-yellow color, and dries easily. This yellow podo- phyllin is in reality an alum lake, and, while it is easier to make it (for it dries like chalk) than to make the pure resin, it has been strongly opposed by Prof. King, and has never been recognized by the Pharmacopoeia of the United States. Podophyllin has a strong odor of May-apple, and is intensely active when made without alum.” - - - As described by the U. S. P., resin of podophyllin occurs as “an amorphous powder, varying in color from grayish-white to pale-greenish-yellow or yellowish- green, turning darker when exposed to a heat over 35°C. (95°F.); having a slight, peculiar odor, and a peculiar, faintly bitter taste. Permanent in the air. Its alcoholic solution has a faintly acid reaction. Soluble in alcohol in all propor- tions; ether dissolves 15 to 20 per cent of it; boiling water dissolves about 80 per cent, and deposits most of it again on cooling, the remaining, clear, aqueous solu- tion having a bitter taste, and turning brown on the addition of ferric chloride T.S. Resin of podophyllum is also soluble in potassium or sodium hydrate T.S., forming a deep-yellow liquid, which gradually becomes darker, and from which the resin is reprecipitated by acids”—(U. S. P.). Mr. G. M. Beringer (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1894, p. 9) points out that the pharmacopoeial statement regarding the solubility of the resin in ether is erroneous, and the statement of its solubility in boiling water (adopted from experiments by Prof. F. B. Power, 1877), due to abnormal experimentation. The solubility of the resin in ether is about 80 per cent, and in boiling water about 23 per cent. These conclusions are confirmed by Nagelvoort (ibid., 1894, p. 279). According to Beringer, chloroform dissolves about 80 per cent of the resin. Chemical Composition.—For details regarding the chemistry of resin of podophyllum (podophyllin), we refer the reader to the article Podophyllum. The name podophyllin was not coined by Eclectics, but was suggested by Mr. J. P. RESINA PODOPHYLLI. 1647 Hodgson. Podophyllin may be assayed for podophyllotoxin by extracting 1 Gm. with cold chloroform, evaporating the greater portion of the solvent, and pouring the solution into 20 volumes of petroleum ether. The podophyllotoxin is col- lected on a tared filter, dried, and weighed. A. Kremel found commercial Sam- ples of resin of podophyllum to yield from 20 to 30 per cent of podophyllotoxin (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1889, p. 177). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Podophyllin possesses the cathartic properties of the crude drug in an exalted degree. While it is slow in action, it is certain in its results. Some persons are so susceptible to the action of the drug, that a dose of 3 grain will actively purge them. The ordinary cathartic dose of this resin generally requires from 4 to 8 hours to act, but this action is quite persistent, often producing copious alvine discharges for 1 or 2 days, and when over leaves the intestines in a normal condition, seldom being followed by the after-constipation so common from the use of ordinary purgatives. As with the crude drug the cathartic action of podophyllin is increased by common salt. From 4 to 8 grains operate as an active emeto-cathartic, with griping, nausea, prostration, and watery stools; from 2 to 4 grains, as a drastic cathartic, with nausea and griping; from , to 2 grains generally operates as an active cathartic, leaving the bowels in a soluble condition; in very small doses, it is gently aperi- ent and alterative. In doses of , or 1 grain, it is one of our most valuable chola- gogue cathartics, operating mildly, yet effectually, arousing the whole biliary and digestive apparatus to a normal action, and which is very persistent in its char- acter. “The action of this resin in affections of the liver has been doubted or denied by some practitioners, but, as we think, on erroneous grounds, judging from the beneficial results following its use in these affections, whether those results be due to direct influence upon the liver, or to an indirect one. Certainly, its effects in this class of diseases, are superior to those of the so-termed cholagogue mercu- rials” (J. King). It likewise exerts a favorable influence on the cutaneous func- tions, producing and maintaining a constant moisture on the skin. In doses of from # to # grain, or rather in sufficient doses not to purge, it acts as a powerful alterative, and will induce ptyalism in some persons. This drug should not be given in bulk, but should be combined with ginger, hyoscyamus, leptandra, or resin of caulophyllum, or some form of alkali, which renders it less liable to nauseate or gripe. Should catharsis be too severe, an alkaline solution, with aromatics, by mouth or enema, will check it. A popular and good method of pre- paration is that of triturating it with milk sugar (lactin). This not only obviates, to a certain extent, its irritant action, but singularly increases its purgative quali- ties. During its administration, all articles of food difficult of digestion should be avoided. According to Prof. Locke, podophyllin prepared by alum water is apt to gripe. Eclectics long made use of this agent in those cases where mercurials were used by other practitioners, and found the result vastly in favor of resin of podophyllum. It appeared to fulfil all the indications for which mercurials were recommended and used. It is not, however, for its cathartic use that podophyllin is most valued by the Eclectic profession, but rather for its specific effect when given in small doses. Properly administered it is a stimulant to the sympathetic nervous system, act- ing principally upon the parts supplied by the solar plexus. It improves diges- tion and blood-making and stimulates normal excretion. For its action upon the liver, repeated small doses of the trituration (1 to 100), or a daily pill of podo- phyllin (ºr grain) and hydrastin (+ grain) is much to be preferred to its cathartic dose. It should be given in the same manner when its action on the pancreas and spleen is desired. Few physicians appreciate the action of this drug, in small doses, in gastric and intestimal disorders. It exerts a peculiarly specific action on all forms of stom- ach and bowel trouble with atomy, characterized by full and relaxed tissues, with mucous discharge. The case is never one of loss of function from irritability, but from atomy. In the summer disorders of children, especially cholera infantum, it will be often indicated, and is quick to restore normal action when the bowels are loose, with passages of mucoid, slimy material. The movements of the child are sluggish, the tongue is coated a dirty yellowish-white, the superficial veins are full, and the countenance is dull and expressionless. In many cases of chronic 1648 RESIN A PODOPHYLLI. disease, associated with feeple digestive power, which is but little improved by the ordinary stomach tonic, this remedy will render excellent service. The trouble is usually atomy of the upper part of the small intestines, and the stimu- lant dose of triturated podophyllin overcomes the difficulty. Podophyllin is a favorite anti-constipation remedy. It is equally valuable in costiveness of the young child and in the aged. In very young babies this trouble will yield to: B. Podophyllin, 2d dec. trit., grs. xxx; brown sugar, 3ii; aqua, 3iv. Mix. Sig. Teaspoonful, 4 times a day. For adults the daily use of from 1 to 2 of the podo- phyllin and hydrastin pills (ºn and + grain) will generally be sufficient to over- come the trouble. The cathartic dose should never be employed for the relief of costiveness, or when a cholagogue action is required. When the stools are hard and grayish-white or clay-colored, and float upon water, the remedy is peculiarly effective, as it is also in dry stools, with tympanitic abdomen and wandering, colicky pains. Flatulent colic of children, when associated with constipation, will readily yield to small doses of this drug, while, as a remedy for dysentery and both acute and chronic diarrhaea, accompanied by portal sluggishness and hepatic torpor, few remedies will excel it. Dyspepsia, with atomy and thickened mucous mem- branes secreting abundantly, calls for stimulant doses of podophyllin. The head feels full, the tissues and veins appear full and doughy, the skin is sodden, and a dirty coating covers the tongue from tip to base. B. Podophyllim, ºr grain, 3 times a day. Cardialgia, accompanied with constipation, yields to the trituration (1 to 100). This drug has been justly valued in hepatic disorders. In that state ordinarily known as “biliousness,” this drug or specific iris can usually be de- pended upon. Indeed, they act very nicely in combination. There is dizziness, a bitter taste, the stools show an absence of bile, and greenish, bitter material is vomited. The remedy is often indicated in both acute and chronic hepatitis, though usually contraindicated in inflammations of the gastro-intestinal tract. Fullness in the region of the liver, with aching under the scapula and in the back of the neck, with dizziness, usually calls for this drug. In icteric States, with clay-colored stools, it may be alternated with chionanthus. The unpleasantness attendant upon the retention or passage of biliary calculi, is frequently relieved by this agent. There is great pain in the region of the gall bladder coursing to the left and downward. Sometimes there is constipation, as often diarrhoea. There is a bad taste, and the patient is often jaundiced. B. Podophyllin, gr. ij, at night, followed in the morning with a large quantity of olive oil. In hemorrhoids, de- pendent on biliary insufficiency with portal inactivity, it may be given in alter- nation with sulphur, the podophyllin being particularly desired when there is constipation with tenesmus. The small dose alone is required, from ºn to tº grain, 3 or 4 times a day. Podophyllin may do good service in those forms of cough characterized by bronchorrhoea, especially if it be associated with gastric catarrh. Here minute doses of sulphur are also valuable. In heart disease, when aggravated by hepatic inac- tivity and portal torpor, the cardiac remedy will be rendered more efficient if asso- ciated with minute doses of this drug. It has long been recognized as a remedy for rheumatism, when the patient is sallow and inactive, presents fullness of tissue, and complains of dull pain and heaviness in the right hypochondrium. In remal disorders, when the general specific indications for its use are present, it will restore the secretory power of the kidneys. Podophyllin has long enjoyed the reputation of exerting a powerful action upon the whole glandular system. For a long time it was, and is still with many, a favorite remedy in syphilitic manifes- fations. For persistent pustular conditions, eczema, and cracked or fissured skin, Elling- wood declares it a good remedy. It acts powerfully as an alterative, one of the best in the whole domain of medicine, at the same time aiding and improving the digestive process. Podophyllin is a remedy for pain, according to Prof. Scudder—that deep- seated pain in the ischiatic notches. It has served a good purpose in inflam- mations (when not of the digestive tract), accompanied with great constipation. Here the cathartic action is required, as it is also in the forming stage of febrile diseases, with the exception of typhoid fever. Still, if indicative fullness be pres- ent, the small dose will assist very materially in overcoming these disorders. For its derivative action in brain disorders, large doses will be necessary, as is also the ! {ES IN A SC.AMMON II.—RESORCINUM. 1649 case in dropsy. In malarial troubles, small doses of podophyllin should be alter- nated, or given with cinchona. For all of the preceding uses specific podophyl- lum may also be used, but the dose must be correspondingly larger. For the gas- tric disorders many prefer it to the resin. Cathartic doses are required in biliary calculi, apoplexy, dropsy, and in some forms of inflammation. Younkin advises cathartic doses (# grain, every 2 hours, with 10 grains of potassium bitartrate) for the relief of gomorrhoeal epididymitis. The dose of podophyllin, as a cathartic, is from # to 2 grains; as an alterative and stimulant, ++, to Hº grain; as a chola- gogue, ºn to ſº grain. A good form in most disorders requiring the small dose, is the following: B. Podophyllin trituration (1 in 100), grs. V to xxx; aqua, 3iv. Dose, 1 teaspoonful, every 1 to 3 hours. Specific Indications and Uses.—Podophyllin is specifically indicated by fullness of tissues, fullness of veins, Sodden, expressionless countenance, dizziness, tongue coated dirty yellowish-white, heavy headaches, indisposition to bodily exertion, intestinal atomy, with sense of weight and fullness, full open pulse; “pain deep in ischiatic notches,” and as an ideal cholagogue; clay-colored stools, floating upon water; stools, hard, dry, and accompanied with distended abdomen and colicky pain. It is contraindicated by pinched features, and small, wiry pulse, or when the pulse has a sharp stroke. RESINA SCAMMONII (U. S. P.)—RESIN OF SCAMMONY. Preparation.—“Scammony, in No. 60 powder, one thousand grammes (1000 Gm.) [2 lbs. av., 3 ozs., 120 grs.]; alcohol, water, each, a sufficient quantity. Digest the scammomy with successive portions of boiling alcohol until it is exhausted. Mix the tinctures, and reduce the mixture to a syrupy consistence by distilling off the alcohol. Then add the residue in a thin stream, with active stirring, to twenty-five hundred (2500) cubic centimeters [84 fl 3, 257 Till of water, separate the precipitate formed, wash it thoroughly with water, and dry it with a gentle heat”—(U. S. P.). The resin of the British Pharmacopoeia differs in regard to the source, being prepared from the root direct instead of the resin, though the final product is essentially the same, except that, as found by Hess (1875), it contains some tannin (compare Scammonium). Description.—“Yellowish-brown or brownish-yellow masses or fragments, breaking with a glossy, resinous fracture, translucent at the edges; or a yellowish- white or grayish-white powder, having a faint, peculiar odor, and a slight, pecu- liar taste. Soluble in alcohol in all proportions; also wholly soluble in ether and in oil of turpentine. Ammonia water and solutions of alkalies dissolve it with the aid of a gentle heat; from these solutions the resin is not reprecipitated by acids”—(U. S. P.). (For report on commercial resins of scammony, see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1892, p. 122; and 1882, p. 543.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Uses same as for scammomy (see Scam- Tmonium), the pure resin being about twice the strength of the latter. Dose, 3 to 8 grains, rubbed up with milk, or in combination in pills. RESORCINUM (U. S. P.)—REsorcIN. FORMULA: C, H,(OH), MoDECULAR WEIGHT: 109.74. SYNoNYMs: Resorcinol, Metadioxybenzol. (U. sº ºwne phenol. Resorcin should be kept in dark amber-colored vials”—- Source, History, and Preparation.—This substance was discovered in 1864 by Hlasiwetz and Barth in the process of fusing galbanum resin (see Galbanwm) With caustic potash, neutralizing with sulphuric acid and extracting with ether. The ethereal extract yielded upon distillation besides fatty acids an oily body which crystallized in the retort. Owing to its similarity to Orcin, the mother substance of several lichen coloring matters (see Lacmus), discovered in 1829 by Robiquet, the authors named the new substance resorcin. This process yielded 104 1650 RESORCINTUM. 6 per cent. Similarly, resorcin may be obtained from other resins, such as ammo- niacum, guaiacum, sagapenum, asafoetida, acaroid, etc., and by the dry distillation of brasilin or dry extract of brazil wood. It is now prepared on a large scale by fusing the sodium salt of benzene-meta-disulphonic acid (C.H.ISO, Hj.) with caus- tic soda, neutralizing with acid and extracting with ether. The following reaction takes place: C, H,(SONa),—H·2NaOH=C.H.,(OH), H2SO,Na, (sodium sulphite). Description and Tests.—Resorcin forms “colorless or faintly reddish, needle- shaped crystals or rhombic plates, having a faint, peculiar odor, and a disagree- able, sweetish and afterward pungent taste. Resorcin acquires a reddish or brownish tint by exposure to light and air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59°F.), in 0.6 part of water, and in 0.5 part of alcohol; very soluble in boiling water, or in boil- ing alcohol; also readily soluble in ether or glycerin; very slightly soluble in chloroform. When heated to a temperature between 110° and 119°C. (230° and 246.2°F.), resorcin melts, a higher melting point indicating a greater degree of purity. At a higher heat it is completely volatilized. The aqueous solution is neutral or only faintly acid to litmus paper”—(U. S. P.). Resorcin is meta- diphenol, i. e., benzene, substituted by two hydroxyl groups in the meta position (1,3). It is isomeric with pyrocatechin (ortho-diphenol, 1, 2) and hydroquinone (para-diphenol, 1, 4). The name resorcinol was also given to resorcin to indicate its phenol nature; it must not be confused, however, with the nomcrystalline, brown substance introduced by Bielaiew (see Pharm. Centralhalle, 1892, p. 714) under the same name. This new resorcinol is obtained by heating together resorcin and iodoform, to the point of fusion. It has an unpleasant taste, and somewhat the odor of iodine, and is said to be efficient in certain skin diseases, etc. Resorcin is chemically very active. It reduces both silver nitrate and Fehling's solution upon boiling. When bromine water is added to its aqueous solution, small colorless needles of tribrom resorcin (C.HBr,DOH],) are precipitated, which are sparingly soluble in cold, more readily in hot water and in alcohol (see analogous reaction with phenol under Acidum Carbolicum). Unlike pyrogallol (which see), resorcin is not precipitated by ferrous sulphate, or by neutral lead acetate; it is precipitated, however, by basic lead acetate. Resorcin black, a dye for wool and silk, is obtained in the form of a black solution by adding sulphate of copper to an aqueous solution of resorcin, then sufficient ammonia to redissolve the precipitate. Lacmoid, a possible substitute for litmus as indicator, is obtained by heating resorcin with sodium nitrite; for use as indicator, dissolve lacnoid (0.5 Gm.) in water (100 Co.) and alcohol (100 Co.). Resorcin produces some char- acteristic color reactions. The U. S. P. enumerates the following: “On adding a few drops of ferric chloride T.S. to 10 Co. of a diluted aqueous solution (1 in 200) of resorcin, the liquid assumes a bluish-violet color. If 0.1 Grm. of resorcin be dissolved in 1 Co. of potassium hydrate T.S. and a drop of chloroform added, the mixture, upon being heated, will assume an intense crimson color. If a slight excess of hydrochloric acid be then added, the color will change to a pale straw- yellow. On cautiously heating 0.05 Gm. of resorcin with 0.1 Gm. of tartaric acid and 10 drops of concentrated sulphuric acid, a thick, carmine-red liquid will be formed, becoming pale yellow when diluted with water”—(U. S. P.). When the latter test is carried out with oxalic acid, a blue mixture is obtained which turns red upon dilution with 10 Co. of water and 20 Ce. of alcohol of 91 per cent (by volume). Upon now adding aqua ammoniae, the solution is carmine-red in trans- parent light, and greenish-yellow in reflected light. Citric acid gives a blue-green fluorescence (Flückiger, Pharm. Chemie, Vol. II, 1888, p. 329). These coloring mat- ters are analogous to those known as phtaleines (see Aniline Dyes and Fluorescein, page 1652). Resorcin should wholly volatilize, without residue, when heated in a platinum or porcelain vessel. “A concentrated aqueous solution (1 in 2) of resor- cin should be colorless (absence of empyreumatic bodies), and when gently heated should not emit the odor of phenol”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Resorcin has been compared to car- bolic acid in physiological effects. Though regarded as less valuable than the latter as an antiseptic, a 1 per cent solution will preserve the normal acidity of the urine for weeks, and will prevent changes in animal structures and solutions of organic material. Applied to the skin in 1 or 2 per cent solutions it does not induce irritation of the integument and is free from the toxic effects which some- RESORCIN UM. 1651 times follow the local use of carbolic acid. It may also be applied to corneal wounds, the conjunctiva and gums and favors the union of wounds by first intention. Upon animals it has proved a narcotic and convulsive poison pro- ducing death. No lethal effects have been reported from its use upon man, though it has induced decided narcosis and convulsions. In the case of a woman who took 120 grains (Murrell, 1881) no spasms occurred, the patient first becom- ing dizzy, and then losing consciousness. Relaxation of the limbs, almost im- perceptible pulse and respiration, subnormal temperature, pallor, olive-green urine, and excessive cold sweating were the other symptoms. Complete recovery took place in a day’s time. The larger therapeutic doses may occasion a flushed face, tinnitus aureum, dizziness, acceleration of the pulse and respiration, and pro- fuse sweating. Sixty grains have produced the added symptoms of collapse and insensibility. Andeer's two experiments distinctly show the effects of the drug. Deep narcosis was produced by 160 grains of resorcin, in a quart of water, taken in the course of a couple of hours. Upon a second trial a like amount was dissolved in 1 pint of water and taken within 15 minutes. He experienced ocular disturb- ances, such as light flashes with dimness of sight and palpebral heaviness, Loss of smell and hearing followed; the tongue became thick, extremities cold, a profuse cold sweat bathed his body and he fell in epileptiform convulsions, with irregular respiratory movements; the limbs flexed spasmodically, and finally opis- thotonos occurred. Deep unconsciousness prevailed from which he was aroused after five hours' treatment, with the result of absolute lapse of memory as to what had taken place. No after-effects were observed after 24 hours. Alcohol is the antidote for poisoning by resorcin. Resorcin has been used as an antipyretic but has been abandoned for the purpose by the majority of physicians as a dangerous agent. It is, however, at the present day, given for its antiseptic and healing effects in destructive diseases of the stomach, such as gastric ulcer, cancer, etc. It is also said to control vomiting produced by various causes, such as Sea-sickness, gastric ulcers, pregnancy, drunken- mess, menstrual disorders and renal and hepatic colic. It has also been used in typhoid fever, pneumonia, inflammatory fevers during the pus-forming stage, in bron- chorrhaea, gastric catarrh, and advised in diphtheria (Andeer). These uses of the drug (except in gastric ulcer) have not been generally imitated by eclectic prac- titioners, and about the only internal use of the drug made by them has been the following: In 1 to 2-grain doses every 6 hours in gastric irritation from fermenta- tion, in , grain doses in cholera infantum, and in 2 grain doses in gastric ulcer, the drug always being administered well diluted with water. Locally, however, resorcin is a valued remedy. In spray it may be used in whooping-cough, hay fever, laryngeal tuberculosis and ulceration of the laryma, Washes of from 1 to 3 per cent strength have proved useful in catarrhal profluvia, as ozoºma, otorrhoea, fetid leucorrhaea and gomorrhoea. A 10 per cent solution applied directly to the membrane has been lauded in non-laryngeal diphtheria, but prob- ably it possesses no marked advantages over other antiseptic applications, none of which can be relied upon to the exclusion of internal treatment. In eye diseases a 3 per cent ointment of resorcin, or an ointment containing an addition of 3 per cent of Sulphur, or a 1 to 3 per cent solution is useful in non-ulcerative blepharitis, in corneal wounds, and in conjunctivitis in both the acute and chronic forms. The solutions are beneficial in suppwration of the middle ear and have the advantage over many other agents in not causing maceration of the drum membrane (Foltz). A petrolatum resorcin ointment (equal parts) has been reported efficient in car- cinoma. The chief use that has been made of resorcin is in skim diseases. Here it gives its best results. It is used very much in the same disorders as those bene- fited by carbolic acid. In from 5 to 30 per cent ointment it has been success- fully applied in pityriasis capitis, alopecia pityroides, squamous eczema of the Scalp and Seborrhoeal eczema. A 10 to 20 per cent ointment has acted well in psoriasis. It is useful in parasitic eczema, resembling psoriasis and pityriasis versicolor, the papules being depressed and itching severely. Acneiform eczema, eczema flavum and lichen circumscriptus, particularly if facial, are well treated with a weak ointment of resorcin (Thin's Report; see Eclectic Medical Journal, 1888, p. 37). Frost-bite, fissures, erythema, and erysipelas are conditions relieved by resorcin, applied in solution or ointment. 1652 RESORCINUM. The internal dose of pure resorcin should range from 1 to 5 grains well diluted with water, though larger doses have been given without danger. As a rule its internal employment is contraindicated by cardiac affections, diphtheria, men- strual disorders, pneumonia, pulmonary Oedema, last stages of continued fevers, typhoid fever, tuberculosis (last stages), arterio-sclerosis, and all exhaustive and debilitating diseases (Blake, Ec. Annual, Vol. IV, p. 18). Solutions may be used from 1 to 20 per cent in strength; ointment, 2 to 50 per cent. Resorcin, in the form of ointment or solution, has been successfully employed upon diseases about the feet of horses. Specific Indications and Uses.—Gastric irritation from fermentative food- changes; gastric ulcer. Locally in fetid mucous profluvia; eczematous and para- sitic skin affections, with pruritis, and in papules with depressed center and much itching. Related Compounds.--THIORESORCIN (C6H4O2S2), a yellowish amorphous powder solu- ble in caustic alkalies, and their carbonates and sulphides. It is prepared by heating resorcin (1 molecule), sulphur (3), and sodium hydroxide (3), in the presence of water. It is precipitated from this solution by an acid. This agent is used like iodoform but has not superseded that article, and it is reputed not wholly innocuous. REsopyRINE.—Rhombic crystals produced by severally dissolving antipyrine (30 parts) and resorcin (11 parts) in water (3 parts in each case). A crystalline mass results which is dissolved in alcohol and crystallized. It is odorless and has a feebly pungent taste. Alcohol (5 parts), chloroform (30), and ether (100) dissolve it; it is insoluble in water. PyRocATECHIN, Catechol, Orthodioacy-benzene.—This substance occurs in the products of the dry distillation of wood and of iron-greening tannins, e. g., catechin, kino, while the iron- bluing tannins yield dioxy-benzene, or pyrogallol. It crystallizes in needles, soluble in alco- hol, water and ether. It melts at 104°C. (219.2°F.), and boils at 245°C. (473°F.). It is best prepared from its methyl ether guaiacol (which see) by heating it with hydriodic acid. The reaction is as follows: Cs H. (OCH3).OH-HIH=Cs H4OH.OH-i-ICH3 (methyl iodide). Pyro- catechin strikes emerald-green with ferric chloride, the color changing to a handsome violet- red upon treatment with sodium bicarbonate. Introduced as an antipyretic but discarded on account of its pernicious effects. HYDROCHINONE, Hydroquinone, Hydroquinol, Paradioacy-benzene. This body is generally prepared by oxidizing aniline with a mixture of potassium bichromate and sulphuric acid, whereby quinone (C6H4O.O) is formed. The latter is then reduced to hydroquinone by means of sulphurous acid. It was first obtained in 1844 by Wöhler by destructive distillation of quinic (kinic) acid and may be prepared in like manner from Oxysalicylic and succinic acids. It is isomeric with resorcin and pyrocatechin. It forms long, dimorphous crystalline leaflets without color or odor. Alcohol, ether and hot water readily dissolve it; cold water less readily. In concentrated solution it forms dark green crystals of quinhydrome when ferric chloride is added; if the latter be in excess yellow quinone results, the crystals being redis- solved. Hydrochinone is largely employed to develop photographic plates. A 1 per cent solu- tion checks alcoholic fermentation and putrefactive processes. Upon man the symptoms pro- duced by doses of 40 or more grains are cerebral fullness, giddiness and ringing in the ears, accompanied with a reduction of the frequency and force of the heart action. It is decidedly antipyretic in the smaller doses (3 to 10 grains), but larger amounts tend to produce nervous phenomena, chills, and profuse perspiration. Its power of quickly reducing the temperature is marked and has been taken advantage of in the febrile exacerbations of phthisis and in the excessive temperature of Septicæmia, erysipelas, acute rheumatism of the joints and general tubercular affections. Its employment in pneumonia, pleurisy, Scarlatina, etc., is not to be commended. Occa- sionally it is used as a gastro-intestinal antiseptic. The urine is colored deep brown or green- ish-brown by hydrochinone taken internally, and the drug, when mixed with solution of urea rapidly decomposes the latter. Dose, 2 to 20 grains. FLUORESCEIN, Fluorescin (C20H12O5), Resorcin-phtalein.—This body is formed when phtalic anhydride (5 parts) and resorcin (7 parts) are melted together. It forms a deep red or brown- ish powder or crystals. . It is not easily soluble in cold water, but dissolves in alcohol with a yellowish-red color and in ammonia with a red color, both solutions exhibiting a beautiful green fluorescence. This substance is analogous to phenolphtalein (see Aniline Dyes; also see Eosin, below). Used in ophthalmic practice to diagnose corneal abrasions and to locate foreign bodies imbedded in the surface of the eyeball. It does not affect the corneal epithelium, but wherever this is absent it produces a green spot; and around foreign bodies it shows a green encircling line. Recent corneal abrasions may be differentiated from old ones, the latter taking no stain; also in corneal infiltration the stain may be produced, while no discoloration occurs in hypopyon keratitis (Foltz). Eosin, Tetrabrom-Fluorescein (C20Hs Bra Os).-This body is formed by acting upon resorcin- phthalein (fluorescein) with bromine, and it is the potassium salt of this substance (C20Hs Bra O, K2) that is used under the name Soluble eosin. It is a bronze-colored crystalline powder with a greenish reflection. In water it dissolves red with a green fluorescence which is de- stroyed by hydrochloric acid, the fluid assuming a yellow color. Eosin is largely used as a dye material and as a coloring reagent in microscopy. Eosin 5 grains, gum acacia 10 grains, and water 1 fluid ounce make a fine red ink. RHAMNUS CATH ARTIC A. 1653 RHAMINUS CATHARTICA.—BUCKTHORN. The fruit (berries) of Rhamnus cathartica, Linné (Cervispina cathartica, Moench). Nat. Ord.—Rhamnaceae. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 64. Botanical Source.—Buckthorn is a shrub from 6 to 15 feet in height. Its branches are alternate or nearly opposite, spreading, straight, round, Smooth, hard, and rigid, each terminating in a strong spine, after the first year. The leaves are 1 to 2 inches long, about two-thirds as wide, deciduous, bright-green, smooth, simple, and ribbed ; the young ones downy; the earlier ones in tufts from the flowering buds; the rest opposite, on the young branches. Tetioles downy. Stipules linear. Flowers yellowish-green, on the last year's branches, and numerous; the fertile ones with narrow petals, rudiments of stamens, and a deeply 4-cleft style; the barren ones with an abortive ovary and broader petals. The berries are globular, bluish-black, nauseous, with 4 cells, and as many elliptical, plano-convex seeds (L.). History and Description.—Buckthorn is indigenous to Europe, and has been observed in this country as an introduced plant. It flowers from April to July, and ma- tures its fruit about the middle of autumn. The parts used are the berries; they are globular, 3 or 4 lines in diameter, slightly compressed at the apex, black, glossy, and inclose a green pulp in which the seeds are imbedded. The juice becomes gradually red, owing to the development of acetic acid, and may be preserved long unchanged in the form of a syrup. It is soluble in water. When evaporated to dryness with alum, or lime and gum Arabic, it forms the color called Sap-green. Carbonate of sodium and caustic potash change the solution of sap-green to yellow. Sulphuric, mitric, and hydrochloric acids turn it red. Hence, paper tinged with sap-green might be used as an indicator in place of litmus. Chemical Composition.—The cathartic principle of this shrub is rhammo- cathartin, a bitter, amorphous substance, isolated from the juice of the berries by Binswanger (1849), and previously by Hubert and Winckler. Mr. George W. Kennedy (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1885, p. 497) observed the same substance as a brownish deposit from a fluid extract of the bark. It was amorphous, soluble in caustic alkali with deep-purplish-red color, reprecipitated by acids, soluble in di- luted and strong alcohol, insoluble in chloroform and ether, nearly so in water, and possessing strongly laxative properties in 3-grain doses. The resin, held in solution by the fluid extract, differed from that mentioned, by being soluble in ether and chloroform. Rhammotannic acid was also isolated from the berries by Binswanger. The coloring matters of the berries were frequently investigated, and consist of the crystallizable glucosid rhammin (Stein, 1868 and 1869; rhammegin of Lefort and Schützenberger), and especially its decomposition product, rhammetin (rhammin of Fleury and Lefort), which is also crystallizable. This substance is likewise a constituent of the unripe berries of Rhamnus infectoria (see Related Species). Rhammin crystallizes in pale-yellow, or golden-yellow, tasteless needles, readily soluble in water, diluted alcohol, and boiling alcohol, nearly insoluble in ether, chloroform, benzol, and carbon disulphide. Soluble, with yellow color, in caustic alkalies. Rhammetim (methyl quercetin, J. Herzig, 1891) crystallizes in small, golden-yellow plates, nearly tasteless, hardly soluble in water, soluble in boiling alcohol (58.5 parts), and in ether (76 parts). It is soluble, with yellow color, in alkalies, and reduces Fehling's solution and silver nitrate solution in the cold. (For details regarding the earlier chemistry of the constituents of rhamnus, see Husemann and Hilger, Pflanzemstoffe, Vol. II, 1884, pp. 889–896.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Buckthorn berries (Rhamni baceae) are powerfully cathartic; 20 of the recent berries cause brisk, watery purging, with nausea, dryness of the throat, thirst, and tormina. These effects are partly Fig. 206. Rhamnus Cathartica. 1654 RHAMNUS PURSHIAN A. removed by giving the juice (Rhamni succus) in the form of syrup, and which for- merly enjoyed much reputation as a hydragogue in gout, rheumatism, and dropsy; at present it is seldom employed in practice, but is occasionally employed as an adjunct to other cathartic and diuretic mixtures. Prof. Scudder suggests a trial of small doses of a tincture (berries, 3 viii, to alcohol, 76 per cent, Oj) as a stimu- lant to the vegetative processes, for its influence on the digestive tract, and in diseases of the nose, throat, and lungs. Dose of the syrup, from , to 1 fluid ounce. Dose of the tincture, 2 to 30 drops, well diluted with water. A tincture of the bark, made in the same proportions as that of the berries, may be given in doses of from 6 to 30 drops. Related Species.—Rhamnus infectoria, Linné. Berries resemble in appearance buck- thorn berries, except that their color is green-brown or brown. They are known as French berries, and yield several vellow coloring matters. According to Liebermann and Hörmann (Jahresh. der Pharm., 1878, p. 433; and 1879, p. 195) the berries of R. infectoria and R. tinctoria contain about 12 per cent of glucosidal coloring matters. One of these glucosids is Kane's wanthorhamnin (rhamnin of Stein; see R. cathartica). Diluted acids split it into rham.netin (C12H10O3) and isodulcit (C6H14010). The decomposition is also brought about by ferments ex- isting in the berries, hence rhamnetin is a prominent constituent of the latter. More recently, J. Herzig (Chem. Centralblatt, Vol. II, 1891, p. 306) established rhamnetin to be the methyl ether of quercetin, and to have the formula C15H1207, or C15H5Os (OCH3). PERSIAN BERRIES, the fruit of several species of Rhamnus (R. amygdalina, Desfontaines; R. saratalis, Linné, etc.) skirting the Mediterranean, also yield these color pigments. RHAMNUS PURSHIANA (U. S. P.)—CASCARA SAGRADA. The bark of Rhamnus Purshiana, De Candolle (Rhamnus alnifolius, Pursh; Frangula Purshiana, Cooper). Nat. Ord.-Rhamnaceae. CoMMON NAMEs: Chittem bark, Sacred bark. ILLUSTRATION: Hooker, Flora Bor. Amer.,Vol. I, Plate 43. Botanical Source and History.—This is a small tree, found in the Rocky Mountains, and westwardly to the Pacific Ocean, and extending north into Brit- Fig. 207. ish America. According to Mr. James G. Steele, the country - i. producing the tree extends over 1000 miles in length. The branches are round and pubescent. The leaves are from 3 to 5 inches long, about one-half as broad, and are borne on leaf- stalks nearly an inch in length. When young they are cov- ered with a dense pubescence on the under surface, but become glabrous and bright-green when old. In outline, they are broadly elliptical, obtuse, and entire at the base, and generally with a blunt, acute apex. The margin of the leaf is regularly dentate, with numerous small, serrate teeth, except at the base. The lateral veins are many, subparallel, prominent un- derneath, and proceed from the midrib at an acute angle. The leaves closely resemble, but are not so slender as those of the Alder buckthorn, or Southern buckthorn, of our southern states (Frangula caroliniana, Gray, or Rhamnus caroliniana, Wal- ter). The flowers are small, white, and appear after the leaves have matured; they are borne in close, umbellar clusters, on pubescent peduncles, slightly longer than the leaf-stalks. The pedicels are short, about + inch in length when in flower, but, in fruit, elongate to an inch or more. The calyx is small, 5-cleft, and pubescent on the outer surface. The petals are 5, minute, white, shorter than the calyx lobes, and 2-cleft at the apex. The stamens are 5, opposite, and embraced by the con- º cave petals. The pistil, which is much shorter than the calyx- Genuine Cascara tube, consists of a free, 3-celled, and 3-ovuled ovary, a short sagrada. style, and a 3-lobed stigma. The fruit is a small black drupe, obtusely 3-angled, about the size of a large pea, and contains 3 black, shining seeds. The genus Rhamnus is represented by 6 native species, and all, excepting R. lanceolata, Pursh, and R. alnifolia, L'Heritier, are found on the Pacific coast. RHAMNUS PURSHIANA. 1655 A few of the western species have evergreen coriaceous leaves. Rhamnus cali. formica, Eschscholtz (Frangula californica, Gray), known as California buckthorn, or California coffee tree, probably furnishes a portion of the Cascara Sagrada of commerce (see Related Species). The bark of California mountain holly (Rhamnus crocea) is aromatic and bitterish, and has both tonic and laxative qualities. Cascara Sagrada was discovered by an Eclectic physician, Dr. J. H. Bundy, its virtues being first extolled in “New Preparations,” Detroit, 1877. Parke, Davis & Co. introduced the fluid extract to the medical profession and gave it great conspicuity. It may be confidently said that to their efforts is due the wide- spread celebrity of this drug and its preparations. Description.—The bark is the part used in medicine, and has long been known in domestic practice among western people as a mild cathartic. Cascara Sagrada is officially described as “in quills or curved pieces, about 3 to 10 Cm. (1% to 4 inches) long, and about 2 Mm. (#3 inch) thick; outer surface brownish- gray and whitish; the young bark having numerous, rather broad, pale-colored warts; inner surface yellowish to light brownish, becoming dark-brown by age; smooth or finely striate; fracture short, yellowish, in the inner layer of thick bark somewhat fibrous; inodorous; taste bitter”—(U. S. P.). Chemical Composition.— Prof. Prescott (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1879, p. 165) de- scribed the microscopical structure and the chemical composition of the bark, which he finds to contain : (1) A brown resin, bitter to the taste, soluble in alcohol, chloroform, benzol, and carbon disulphide; insoluble in ether; slightly soluble in water. Solution of caustic alkalies dissolve it with purple-red color, from which solution acids precipitate it. Charcoal removes it from its alcoholic solution. It occurs chiefly in the middle and inner layers of the bark. (2) A red resin, nearly tasteless, insoluble in water; slightly soluble in ether, chloroform, and carbon disulphide; soluble in alcohol, and in caustic alkali with a brown color. Animal charcoal does not remove it from its solution in alcohol. It occurs in the corky layer of the bark. (3) A light-yellow resin, neutral, tasteless, insoluble in water; soluble in hot alcohol, chloroform, and carbon disulphide; not colored by potassium hydroxide solution. In addition, Prof. Prescott obtained a tannic acid, oxalic acid, malic acid, a yellow fixed oil, volatile oil, wax, starch, and a neutral crystallizable body. The latter substance, from solution in absolute alcohol, crystallized in the form of white, double pyramids, which were almost insoluble in ether, chloroform, and petroleum ether; soluble in benzol. They melt and sublime, unchanged, at a temperature little above the heat of a water-bath, condensing into crystalline form. The substance does not give alkaloidal reactions. Prof. Prescott believes that some of these substances are closely related to constituents of Rhamnus frangula. P. Schwabe (Archiv der Pharm., 1888, p. 591) found the bark to contain emodim (C, HoH,) (see Rhubarb), but was unable to confirm the statement of Prof. W. T. Wenzell (1886), that a crystallizable glucosid (not identical with frangulim) is present in the bark (see Framgula). A. R. L. Dohme and H. Engelhardt (Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc., 1897, p. 198) succeeded, however, in isolating from cascara sagrada a glucosid, which they named purshiamim. Leprince, in 1892, obtained an orange-red substance, which he named cascarim (C, H, O.), and which F. L. Phipson (Comptes Rendus, 1892) believes identical with rhamnoramthin of Buchner (see Frangula). Messrs. H. F. Meier and J. LeRoy Webber (Pharmacology of the Newer Materia Medica, Detroit, 1892) found the bark to contain a ferment, occur- ring especially in recent bark, and being destroyed by heat. To this principle, it is claimed, the unpleasant griping and vomiting effects of recent bark are due. The authors also state that a glucosid is present, which is not bitter, but yields a bitter principle upon hydrolysis with acids or the gastric juice. Dr. R. G. Eccles (Druggists' Circular, 1888, p. 54) reported the presence of an alkaloid in cascara bark. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Cascara Sagrada, when introduced as a medicine, was highly recommended as a certain remedy in cases of habitual com- stipation, and in some forms of indigestion. Further trial, has substantially sus- tained these assertions, and it is, undoubtedly, a valuable addition to our list of therapeutical agents. It does not, however, succeed in all cases, but acts best where a tonic to the intestines is required. As it tones the whole intestimal tract, 1656 RHAMNUS PURSHIAN A. *- it is valuable in doses of 10 drops, after meals, for that dyspeptic condition which depends most largely upon constipation, and is due to intestinal weakness. Ad- ministered in large doses, it has served us nicely in sick headache, due to like causes. Loss of tone in the rectum, with constipation, giving rise to hemorrhoids, is benefited by it. In chronic constipation it may be necessary to begin with the larger doses, and gradually reduce the quantity to a few drops, 3 times a day, though, as a rule, it is better to give repeated small doses, gradually increased, until the desired action is obtained, and then to gradually withdraw the drug. It acts kindly without irritating or griping, and produces stools of a semifluid consistence. Occasionally, but rarely, have reports of harsh action been mºde, such as cramps, colic, vomiting, and inordinate catharsis, while a Soreness of the bowels, persistent in character, has been attributed to it. These effects, however, are not common. The remedy, in 10 to 15-drop doses, has been used with asserted success in rheumatism. Chronic diarrhoea, when due to hepatic sluggishness, has been checked by this agent, and it is said to be of some value in gastric, duode- mal, and biliary catarrh, with jawndice. It is commonly prepared in the form of a fluid extract, the dose of which is from 10 to 60 minims, repeated, as required, 2 or 3 times a day. The powder may be given in 5-grain doses; the solid extract in 2 or 3-grain doses. Specific Indications and Uses.—Constipation, due to neglect or to nervous and muscular atomy of the intestinal tract; lesser ailments, depending solely upon constipation, with intestinal atomy. Related Species and Pharmaceutical Preparations.—Rhamnus californica, Eschscholtz (Frangula californica, Gray), California coffee tree, California buckthorn. This agent constitutes a portion of some commercial lots of cascara sagrada. (For its differentiation from other species of Rhamnus, in powder, see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1897.) It was introduced as a remedy for rheu- matism by Prof. H. T. Webster, M. D., of California, who contributed an article—“Rhamnus Californica in Rheumatism.”—to the Eclectic Medical Journal, in July, 1895. Prof. Webster (Ec. Ann. of Med. and Surg., 1895, p. 30) says of it: “Rhamnus californica is commonly known as the California coffee tree. It is a shrub, which grows to the height of 20 feet in some instances, and bears a berry which is first green, then red, and finally, when ripened, black in color. This berry contains 2 seeds, resembling coffee-beans in shape, the flattened and grooved sides of the two lying in apposition, and being covered with a thin, sweetish-bitter pulp, resembling the choke cherry in taste, though the berry is as large as a marrowfat pea. It grows in the Sierras, in the coast range, and along the coast from Santa Barbara as far north as southern Oregon.” In this connection, Dr. Rusby states (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1890, p. 532) that Rhamnus californica grows sparingly in northern California, but becomes more abundant southward and eastward, through Mexico and Arizona, while Rhamnus Purshiana is abundant from northern California northward, so that the place of collection forms presumptive evidence of the botan- ical origin of the bark. “It has been used in domestic practice as a substitute for Rhamnus Purshiana, and it has, doubtless, been a common practice to sophisticate the latter with the bark of Rhamnus californica, the resemblance between the two barks being very great, except that the bark of Rhamnus californica is thinner. California wholesale druggists designate the bark of the Rhamnus californica as ‘thin cascara bark.’ Rhamnus californica (the bark) seems to me to be the most positive remedy for rheumatism and muscular pain of rheumatoid character that I have ever employed. A saturated tincture of the fresh bark, made in alcohol, may be administered in 15 or 20-drop doses, every 3 or 4 hours, in ordinary cases of acute rheumatism; 3 or 4 doses a day will answer in chronic cases. The preferable form of administration is that of a decoction of the recently dried bark. A heaping tablespoonful of the finely-broken bark is covered with a pint of cold water and steeped over a slow fire, it being allowed to simmer 15 or 20 minutes after reaching the boiling point. Of this 1 or 2 tablespoonfuls may be admin- istered every 3 or 4 hours. If a laxative effect follows this dose, the amount to be administered must afterward be reduced until the cathartic effect is avoided. Catharsis is not necessary for its effective action. I have found it very effectual in long-standing and obstinate dysmemor- rhoea (not requiring surgical interference). It may be administered in the manner already described, and should be continued 3 or 4 months, about 4 times a day. The dose of specific Rhamnus californica ranges from 10 to 30 drops. A variety of this plant, with white, tomen- tose leaves, is said to grow in New Mexico and Arizona.” (Webster). KASAGRA.—This is a palatable preparation of cascara Sagrada (a mild Jaxative), prepared exclusively by Messrs. Frederick Stearns & Co., Detroit, and was introduced by this firm under the name of “Cascara. Aromatic.” ELIXIR PURGANs.-This compound is prepared exclusively by Eli Lilly & Co., Indiana- polis, Ind., and is extensively used as a pleasant purgative and laxative. It contains and fully represents Rhamnus Purshiana, Euonymus atropurpureus, Cassia acutifolia (purified), Iris versicolor, and Hyoscyamus leaves combined with aromatics. Colubrina reclimata, Brongn., Mabee bark.-South America. Contains 9.7 per cent of a bit- ter glucosid (W. Elborne and H. Wilson, Pharm. Jour. Trans., Vol. XV, 1885, p. 831), and is employed in the West Indies as a gastric stimulant. RHEUM. 1657 Colubrina asiatica, Brongn. (Ceanothus asiatica, Linné; Rhamnus laevigatus, Sol.).-Fiji Islands and Australia. The leaves are used by natives of the Fijis to cleanse the hair and destroy vermin (Maiden). Alphitonia eaccelsa, Reissek (Colubrina earcelsa, Fenzl), Red ash, Leather jacket. — Australia. TJsed occasionally in tanning (Maiden). RHEUM (U. S. P.)—RHUBARB. “The root of Rheum officinale, Baillon’—(U. S. P.). Nat. Ord.—Polygonaceae. CoMMON NAMEs: Rhubarb root (Rhei radia, Br.). ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 213, 214,215. Botanical Source and History.—The botanical origin of the species which yielded the best rhubarb, formerly known in commerce as the Russian rhubarb, imported from Chinavia Kiachta, in Siberia, is not known; no competent observer has ever been able to see the growing plant in its native habitat, the mountain- ous country Tangut, in Chinese Tartary, near the source of the Hoang-ho River. Chinese rhubarb is probably derived from more than one species; the closest ap- proach to it is that described by Baillon, in 1872, as Rheum officinale, the descrip- tion being taken from a plant successfully grown at Montmorency. This origi- nated from leaves and cuttings forwarded to Dr. Soubeiran, of Paris, in 1867, by the French Consul at Hankow, China, Mr. Dabry de Thiersant, who obtained them from southeastern Thibet through French missionaries. Offsets of the French plant were also forwarded to England, in 1876, and cultivated with success by Rufus Usher, in Bodicote, in Oxfordshire. The common garden rhubarb (from R. Thaponticwm and R. whdulatum) had been in cultivation in England since 1608. The official rhubarb is that from Rheum officinale, which grows in southeastern Thibet, and probably other localities of the Chinese Empire. RHEUM OFFICINALE, Baillon, according to Pharmacographia, is a “perennial, noble plant, resembling the common garden rhubarb, but of larger size. It dif- fers from the latter in several particulars. The leaves spring from a distinct crown, rising some inches above the surface of the ground; they have a sub-cylin- drical petiole, which, as well as the veins of the under side of the lamina, is cov- ered with a pubescence of short, erect hairs. The lamina, the outline of which is orbicular, cordate at the base, is shortly 5 to 7-lobed, with the lobes coarsely and irregularly dentate. It attains 4 to 4% feet in length, and rather more in breadth. The first leaves in spring display, before expanding, the peculiar, metallic-red hue of copper” (p. 492). In addition, we quote from Mr. W. Elborne (Pharm. Jour. Trams., Vol. XV, 1884–85, p. 136): “The best distinguishing character of Rheum officinale is the strong development of the sympodium or root-stalk, a large portion of which projects conically above the ground, being provided with a few lateral roots, about the thickness of a finger. Also the first epidermis of the radical portion is remarkable for the bright brownish-red color, the roots of the other species being yellowish-brown.” The microscopical structure of the official root is described by Mr. W. Kirkby (see W. Elborne, loc. cit.) as follows: “The outer layer, immediately beneath the epidermal portion, consists of about 8 rows of the tabular parenchyma, extended tangentially. Within this is a broad zone of loose parenchyma, containing starch, into which the medullary rays entered about half way across. Next comes the dark cambial line, made up of several rows of closely compacted, oblong paren- chyma, exhibiting the radial arrangement of the medullary rays. Between the medullary rays are seen groups of large, reticulated vessels, consisting of from 1 to 5 vessels, arranged, for the most part, in a radial manner. They are surrounded by unthickened, elongated parenchyma. The coloring matters are found in the medullary rays. The center of the root shows no definite arrangement of the tis- sues, being a mass of parenchymatous cells, interspersed irregularly by the medul- lary rays. The whole root is loaded with starch. The granules are generally compound. The larger single granules have a diameter of about 20 micro-milli- meters. The hilum is generally, but only slightly, eccentric, and is seen as a small, black dot. When mounted in Canada balsam, the black cross is distinctly visible with polarized light. Raphides (crystals of calcium oxalate) are fairly 1658 |RHEUM. numerous, and vary considerably in size. In the loose tissue of the root, just within the zone of radial medullary rays, are found scattered the stars so charac- teristic of Chinese rhubarb; these exhibit all the anatomical features of the root. R. officinale differs chiefly from Chinese rhubarb in that it contains more starch, and from R. rhaponticum in the vessels and cells of the medullary rays being larger, and the arrangement of the various tissues being less distinct and regular.” (Also see microscopical study of several species of Rhubarb, by Prof. L. E. Sayre, Amer, Jow". Pharm., 1898, pp. 129–135.) Cultivation and Collection.—Little is known about the cultivation and col- lection of Chinese rhubarb, the best of which seems to be obtained from wild varie- ties (Flückiger, Pharmacognosie des Pflanzenreichs, 3d ed., 1891, p. 399). According to Pereira, “the method of curing or preparing Asiatic rhubarb for the market varies somewhat in different localities. In China it is as follows: The roots are dug up, cleansed, cut in pieces, and dried on stone tables, heated beneath by fire. During the process, the roots are frequently turned. They are afterward pierced, strung upon cords, and further dried in the sun. In Tartary the roots are cut in small pieces, in order that they may dry the more readily, and a hole is made in the middle of every piece, through which a cord is drawn, in order to suspend them in any convenient place. They hang them, for the most part, about their tents, and sometimes on the horns of their sheep. Sievers, however, states that the roots are cut in pieces, strung upon threads, and dried under sheds, so as to pro- tect them from the rays of the sun. He also tells us that sometimes a year elapses from the time of their collection until they are ready for exportation.” The best grade is that known as Shemsi rhubarb. As regards cultivation in Europe, Mr. Elborne remarks (loc. cit.) that, as a general principle, forced cultivation produces a plant inferior in medicinal value, because it is chiefly inert tissue which is benefited by such cultivation. Propa- gation is effected from offsets or lateral shoots of 4-year-old plants, set at distances of 6 to 8 feet apart, and left to grow from 5 to 7 years, then the roots are ready for collection. They are dug up in dry weather, between July and September, peeled, sliced into pieces, known in trade as “flats” and “rounds.” The rootlets furnish “small rounds,” or “sticks.” They are then exposed to a current of dry air in an open bedding for several days, and the drying is completed by exposure to artificial heat of 90°F., or, preferably, 80° F. for Rheum officinale. Description and Commercial History.—As described by the U. S. P., rhu- barb occurs “in cylindrical, conical, or flattish segments, deprived of the dark- brown, corky layer, smoothish or somewhat wrinkled, externally covered with a bright, yellowish-brown powder, marked with white, elongated meshes, contain- ing a white, rather spongy tissue, and a number of short, reddish-brown or brown- ish-yellow striae; compact, hard ; fracture uneven; internally white, with numer- ous red, irregularly curved and interrupted medullary rays, which are radially parallel only near the cambium line; odor somewhat peculiar, aromatic; taste bitter, somewhat astringent. When chewed, rhubarb feels gritty between the teeth, and imparts a yellow color to the saliva. Rhubarb which is very porous, or has a prominently mucilaginous taste, or is of a dark-brown color internally, should be rejected"—(U. S. P.). The grittiness observed when rhubarb is chewed is due to the oxalate of calcium present. Commercial rhubarbs, according to their geographical and botanical origin, may be classed as follows (Elborne, loc. cit.): ASIATIC RHUBARBS.–Chinese (Russian, Muscovy or Turkey; Canton or East Indian ; Batavian or Dutch-trimmed), yielded by R. palmaticum var. tamguticwm and R. officinale (?). Siberiam, from R. rhaponticum. Himalayam (large), from R. Emodi; small, from R. Webbiamwm. Buchariam, from R. undulatum. EUROPEAN RHUBARBS.–English, from R. rhaponticum and R. officinale. French, from R. rhaponticum, R. compactum, and R. undulatum. Austrian (Moravian), from R. rhaponticwm. The former trade in Russian rhubarb was a government monopoly and the article, called crown rhubarb, has disappeared from commerce. It was collected in Chinese Tartary and sold to the Russian government, at the frontier town of Kiachta, where it was sorted by especially appointed apothecaries, and only the best grade accepted, the inferior grade being destroyed. It came to Europe by way of Asia Minor, and for this reason the term, Turkey rhubarb, established itself. RHEUM. 1659 Since the opening of the Chinese ports to European commerce in the '60s, the trade via Kiachta rapidly declined. (For interesting details regarding Russian rhubarb and its trade, see A. Fero, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1867, p. 212; also Druggists’ Circular, 1897, p. 278.) Chinese or East Indian rhubarb is that now mostly in use. It is the official kind of rhubarb. It was formerly brought from Canton, but is now collected in Hankow and exported from Tien-Tsin (see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1866, p. 153, for details regarding this grade). The European rhubarb (see English Rhubarb above) is produced in quite considerable quantity. Mr. Elborne (1884) reports that 12,000 pounds of English rhubarb were being gathered annually. In Selecting rhubarb, roots only should be taken which are sound and hard, of a bright-yellow color, of a strong rhubarb-aromatic smell, of a bitterish, slightly astringent taste, without viscidity, which feel gritty under the teeth, and which communicate a bright-yellow color to the saliva; they should present, when frac- tured, a marbled appearance of red and whitish veins, and be easily reduced to a bright-yellow powder, sometimes tawny-tinged (Ed.—T.). Inferior rhubarb is Sometimes colored with turmeric, which may be detected by placing the rhubarb in powder on filtering paper, and moistening with chloroform, drop by drop. The turmeric color is thus transferred to the paper; dry the latter, moisten with solu- tion of borax, then with hydrochloric acid. A brown-red tinge is formed if tur- meric is present (see E. L. Howie, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1874, p. 16). Rhubarb, if boiled in water till it becomes soft, then crushed and agitated in the water, deposits pale-gray Sandy crystals of Oxalate of calcium. Continued boiling injures its virtues. Proof-spirit is a more ready solvent of the active in- gredients of rhubarb than water. Solution of caustic potash is colored blood-red by rhubarb. Lime-water causes at first a pale cherry-red haze, which slowly gives place to a red precipitate. Ferric chloride produces a green precipitate, and solu- tion of isinglass a yellow, curdy deposit, owing to the presence of tannin. Chemical Composition.—G. Dragendorff (Jahresb. der Pharm., 1878, p. 74) analyzed 5 species of rhubarb, partly historical specimens, and found them to contain moisture (8.7 to 11.3 per cent), ash (32 to 24 per cent), mucilaginous matters (11 to 17 per cent), starch (6.2 to 16.5 per cent), sugar (3.7 to 5.5 per cent), cellulose, pectose, lignin, etc. (21 to 30 per cent), cathartic acid (2.03 to 5.25 per cent), Oxalic acid (occurring as calcium oxalate, 1.12 to 4.6 per cent), malic acid (a trace to 1.24 per cent), free chrysophamic acid soluble in petroleum ether, absent or traces—in one instance 1.01 per cent—chrysopham and tammin (4.8 to 17.1 per cent), emodim, and resins soluble in alcohol, e. g., erythroretin, phaeoretin, etc. (1.15 to 6.29 per cent), white crystalline resin soluble in ether, insoluble in alco- hol (0.15 to 2.32 per cent), fatty matter (traces, to 0.32 per cent), albuminous bodies (3.17 to 4.39 per cent). The results of an analysis of the species Rheum officinale, R. rhaponticwm (both being English rhubarbs) and East Indian and Russian rhubarbs, by Mr. William Elborne (Pharm. Jour. Trams.,Vol. XV, 1884, p. 137) prac- tically agree with those of Dragendorff. The latter considers cathartic acid, a glu- cosidal, nitrogenous substance, to be the purgative principle of rhubarb, greatly resembling that occurring in the leaves of senna and the bark of frangula. Quite recently, A. B. Stevens (Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc., 1898, p. 339) again laid stress upon cathartic acid, and gave a method for its preparation. The tonic action of rhubarb, Dragendorff considers due to the tannin present (rheo-tammic acid [C, H, Oul of Kubli), and the unmistakable antiseptic action, in cases of catarrhal affec- tions of the intestines, due to the coloring matters chrysophamic acid, emodim and allied substances. Tschirch, however, finds the action of even chrysophanic acid to be decidedly purgative (Archiv der Pharm., 1899, p. 632). Chrysophamic acid (C.H.O.) was first isolated by Rochleder and Heldt, in 1843, from the wall.lichen Parmelia parietina. In 1844 its presence in rhubarb was recognized by Schloss- berger and Doepping, who also isolated several resins, aporetin, phaeoretin, and erythroretin, all soluble in alkalies. Chrysophanic acid likewise occurs in the roots of certain species of Rumex (which see) and in goa powder (see Acidum Chrysophamicwm). It crystallizes from alcohol in orange-yellow needles, soluble with yellow color in ether, alcohol (in 224 parts of 86 per cent); in petroleum benzin and amylic alcohol, almost insoluble in cold water. It dissolves in caustic alkali with beautiful dark-red color, but is insoluble in solution of sodium car- bonate. According to M. Kubli (Amer. Jowr, Pharm., 1885, p. 614), chrysophanic 1660 BHEUM. acid usually does not exist as such in rhubarb, but occurs in the form of a gluco- sid called chrysopham (also see Dragendorff, previous page). Treatment of rhubarb with water seems to dissolve a ferment capable of converting chrysophan into chrysophanic acid. The same conversion with liberation of sugar in both cases, takes place upon boiling with diluted acids. Chrysophan is soluble in warm water, insoluble in ether and benzim. Chrysophanic acid is gradually deposited when a tincture of rhubarb weak in alcohol is allowed to stand. Warren de la Rue and Müller, in 1857, discovered in rhubarb a substance analogous to chryso- phanic acid which they called emodin (compare Frangula and Rhamnus Purshiana). It crystallizes in long, red, monoclinic prisms, more easily soluble in alcohol than chrysophanic acid, but less soluble in benzol. It also differs by being soluble in solution of sodium carbonate. It has the formula Cls HoO, and is trioxy-methyl- anthra-quinone, while chrysophanic acid is dioxy-methyl-anthra-quinome, both deriva- tives of the hydrocarbon anthracene (C.H.) (Liebermann and Waldstein, 1876). In addition, J. O. Hesse (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1895, p. 615) obtained a third crystallizable principle rheim (Cls HoO.), which seems to be tetra-Oſºy-methyl-anthra- quinome. Like emodin, it dissolves in sodium carbonate solution at ordinary temperature with deep purple-red color, but differs from it in being insoluble in hot toluene. It is physiologically inert. Hesse finds the purgative principle of rhubarb to reside in that portion of its ether extract which is dissolved by 80 per cent alcohol and from the latter extract dissolved by a weaker alcohol. The prin- ciple thus obtained is resinous, non-glucosidal, not yielding chrysophanic acid upon boiling with acids. It is somewhat acrid and bitter, acid in alcoholic solu- tion, and strongly purgative. These results, however, do not seem to be final (see J. O. Hesse, Lieb. Ammalen Vol. CCCIX, 1899, p. 32; also A. Tschirch, Archiv der Pharm., 1899, p. 632). Tschirch takes the ground that in the group of Frangula, Rheum, Senna and Aloe the pur- gative action is due to the presence of glucosids which are decomposed by the alkaline fluid of the intestines, whereby sugar and oxy-methyl-anthraquinones are formed. Of the latter, emodin in particular is decidedly active. In rhubarb, this glucosid is chrysopham (see above), the presence of which is confirmed also by Gilson (1898). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Rhubarb is cathartic, astringent and tonic; as a cathartic, it acts by increasing the muscular action of the intestines, rather than by augmenting their secretions, and affects the whole intestinal canal, especially the duodenum. Its cathartic effect is succeeded by a mild astringency, which has gained for rhubarb the reputation of being secondarily a calmative, as well as a stimulant of the digestive canal; with its astringent influence, it like- wise exerts for the most part, a tonic action on the stomach, improving the appe- tite and digestive powers. It is absorbed in the course of its operation, making the serum of the blood yellow, the sweat tawny, and the urine red, which may be distinguished from bloody urine by heating it. If blood be present it will coagulate, and remove the red color, which will not happen if the tint be owing to rhubarb. Rhubarb applied moist to the skin, or when used to dress ulcers, as it sometimes is, has produced its peculiar purgative effects. Rhubarb is much used as a laxative for infants, in many infantile diseases; its mildness and tomic qualities rendering it peculiarly applicable, especially when enfeebled digestion and irritation of the alimentary canal are present. In acute or chronic diarrhoea or dysentery, in convalescence from exhausting diseases, and in some irritable habits, where the mildest of all other laxatives are apt to excite hypercatharsis, rhubarb is an appropriate medicine. Its combination with soap or an alkali tends to counteract its astringent effects, and it thus becomes valuable in cases of constipation. It is useful in all cases of fecal accumulations, as it produces fecal, more than watery discharges. Sometimes it produces griping, which may be obviated by aromatics. The following pill I have found very beneficial in dys- pepsia attended with constipation, chronic diarrhoea and dysentery, habitual consti- pation, hepatic derangements, piles, etc.: Take extract of rhubarb, extract of leptan- dra, hydrochlorate of berberine, and castile soap, of each, drachm. Mix them well together, and divide into 30 pills. Of these, 1, 2, 3, or 4 may be taken daily, sufficient to keep the bowels regular, without causing catharsis. When more than 1 are required daily, they should be given in doses of 1 pill at a time at regular RHEUM. 1661 intervals through the day (J. King). Prof. Locke recommends it in the constipa- tion of dyspeptics with hepatic torpor, combining the neutralizing cordial with specific podophyllum or aloes. He also recommends it in gout and rheumatism with constipation, and as a gentle laxative after parturition. The cordial is rec- ommended in the nursing Sore mouth of infants. Rhubarb is efficient in the bowel disorders following the excessive use of alcoholics. The following is efficient dur- ing convalescence from delirium tremens: B. Leptandra, rhubarb, gentian ää, in powder, 3i: ginger, 3ii; diluted alcohol, Oj. Macerate. Sig. Dose, 1 teaspoonful (Locke). Rhubarb is generally contraindicated in severe febrile or inflamma- tory affections. Toasting dissipates its purgative property considerably, but without diminishing its astringency, and it is, thus prepared, recommended by Some practitioners in diarrhoea, dysentery, cholera morbus, and other diseases where astringents are indicated. In the ordinary summer diarrhoea of both children and adults, and particularly when an acid condition presents, the neutralizing cordial (Locke's formula preferred) is a most excellent corrective. - Specifically rhubarb is employed for a different action from that given above which represents the old but excellent uses of the drug. The specific object sought is the control of gastro-intestinal irritation, and this is nicely accomplished by the use of small doses of specific rheum. The red-pointed tongue, eviden- cing gastro-intestinal irritation, is the direct indication for its use. Add to this vomiting, nervous irritability as manifested by restlessness, screaming and con- vulsive muscular contractions, and the specific field of rhubarb is clearly set forth. The common method of administration is as follows: B. Specific rheum, 3i; water, 3iv. Dose, a teaspoonful every # or 1 hour. The same doses given less often act as an excellent gastro-intestinal tonic, giving better digestion and con- trolling the papeScent diarrhoea of indigestion when present. In chronic constipation with a sense of constriction in stomach and bowels and contraction of the abdomi- mal muscles, 10 drops of specific rheum may be given in a full glass of cold water in the morning. Fatty inunction of the abdomen adds to its efficacy. In con- junction with cod-liver oil and phosphorus preparations Prof. Scudder adminis- tered rhubarb where an “increased nutrition of nerve tissue” was demanded. Dose of the powder as a purgative, from 10 to 30 grains; as a laxative, from 5 to 10 grains; as a tonic, from 1 to 5 grains; of the tincture or syrup, 1 or 2 fluid drachms; of neutralizing cordial, 1 to 4 fluid drachms. For specific effects, from # to 5 drops of specific rheum. Specific Indications and Uses.—Gastric irritation, nausea, vomiting, elon- gated tongue reddened at tip and edges; irritative diarrhoea with tenderness on pressure; sour Smelling discharges imparting to the child a sour odor; gastro- intestinal irritation with nervous irritability, restlessness, screaming and convuls- ive muscular contractions; constipation, with a sense of intestinal constriction and abdominal contraction; light-colored fecal discharges. Related Species.—Rheum Emodi, Wallich (R. australe, Don.) R. Moorcroftianum, R. speci- forme and R. Webbianum are Himalayan species of rhubarb. (For description of these and the following species see Lindley, Flora Medica, p. 354.) Rheum palmatum, Linné.-This plant inhabits the country near the great wall of China. It was cultivated in Russia. Soon after 1750, when a Tartarian merchant supplied Dr. Boerhaave, physician to the emperor of Russia, with what were believed to be the seeds of genuine rhubarb. Guibourt strongly held that R. palmatum was the botanical source of genuine rhubarb of China, a view supported by the Russian Colonel Przewalski, who observed this species and collected specimens thereof in 1872-73 in the Chinese province of Kansu. The specimens, however, by analysis of Dragendorff (see Rheum) proved to be different from authentic specimens of the genuine root. Rheum hybridum, Murray, and its variety Colinianum are cultivated, the former in Europe and the latter in Asia. Their roots agree with rhubarb. Rheum undulatum (Bucharian rhubarb) and R. compactum are two species cultivated in France. The petioles of the latter species are used for pies. Rheum Thaponticum, Linné, Common gardem rhubarb.-This plant inhabits the borders of the Black Sea and is more abundant north of the Caspian, in the deserts between the Volga and the Yaik; also on the mountains of Krasnojar in Siberia. This has a more disagreeable smell than rhubarb, and is not so gritty to the taste. It is cultivated in this country and Europe, for pies, etc. The prepared root has the resemblance of true rhubarb, but not its medicinal properties. , R. Otto believes the continued use of the petioles of rhubarb for pies, etc., to be injurious to health owing to the oxalic acid (0.2 to 0.3 per cent) it contains in soluble form in addition to insoluble calcium oxalate (Drug. Cir., 1895, p. 150). 1662 RHODODENIDRON. Perezia admata, Gray (Triacis Pipitzahoac, Schaffner) (Nat. Ord.—Compositae).-The rhizome of this plant is employed as a laxative and contains a violently purgative acid, which also im- parts to the urine a greenish color. Pipitzahoic acid (C15H10O3) is obtained by extracting the roots with alcohol of 82 per cent and precipitating with water. It forms beautiful yellow or reddish scales (vegetable gold) soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform and carbon disulphide, nearly insoluble in water. It is sublimable. In alkali it dissolves with beautiful violet color. It has also been obtained from Perezia Wrightii, Gray, and Perezia mama, Gray, both from south- western Texas. As a drastic cathartic the dose is from 4 to 8 grains. The acid is an oxy- quinone (Anschütz). Rhinacanthus communis, Nees (Acanthaceae).-India and China. Root-bark of this shrub con- tains viscous, tasteless, rhinacanthin (C14H18O4), not a glucosid (Liborius). In some respects it resembles chrysophanic acid. The leaves and woody root have been employed in ringworm and other skin affections (see complete analysis, by P. Liborius, in Jahresb, der Pharm., 1883-84, p. 152). RHODODENIDRON.—ROSEBAY. The leaves of Rhododendron chrysanthwm, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Ericaceae. CoMMON NAMES: Yellow-flowered rhododendron, Rosebay, Snow rose. Botanical Source.—This is a small bush, with the stem from 1 to 1; feet high, spreading, very much branched, often almost hidden among moss, from which the tips only of its shoots are protruded. The leaves are alternate, of the texture of a laurel leaf, ovate, somewhat acute, tapering into the stalk, reticulated and very rough above, and paler and smoother underneath. The flowers are large, showy, nodding, and borne on clustered, terminal, loose peduncles, emerg- ing from among large downy Scales. Corolla campanulate, 5-cleft, with rounded segments, of which the three upper are rather the largest, and streaked with livid dots next the tube, the lower unspotted. Stamens 10, unequal, and deflexed; the anthers oblong, incumbent, and without appendages, opening by two terminal pores. Capsule ovate, rather angular, 5-celled, 5-valved, and septicidal; seeds numerous and minute (L.). History, Description, and Chemical Composition.—Rhododendron is an elegant evergreen shrub, inhabiting the mountains of Siberia, with large, yellow flowers, which appear in June and July. The leaves are the parts used in medi- cine, and should be gathered as soon as the capsules have ripened. They have a faint odor when recent, which is lost by drying; their taste is somewhat bitter, slightly acrid and astringent. Water or alcohol extracts their properties. Besides tannic acid and the other usual plant constituents, a small amount of essential oil is present, as well as the poisonous andromedotoxin (Plugge and De Zaayer, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1889, p. 361). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Yellow rhododendron contains a stimulant, narcotic principle; for it increases the heat of the body, excites thirst, and produces diaphoresis, or an increased discharge of the other secretions or ex- cretions, and which are generally followed by a decrease of action of the arterial system. With some persons it causes emeto-catharsis, inebriation, and delirium. The Siberians use a decoction of it in chronic rheumatism and gout. They put about 2 drachms of the dried shrub in an earthen pot, with about 10 ounces of boiling water, keeping it near a boiling heat for a night, and this they take in the morning. Beside its other effects, it is said to produce a sensation of prickling or creeping in the painful parts; but in a few hours the pain and disagreeable symp- toms are relieved, and 2 or 3 doses generally complete the cure. The use of liquids is not allowed during its operation, as this is apt to induce vomiting (Ed.—Coxe). It is a valuable remedy, used in Russia, Germany, and sometimes in France and England, but scarcely at all in this country. That it possesses a decided control over the circulation, acting like the special sedatives, slowing the quickened pulse by giving increased heart power and removing capillary obstruc- tion, seems well established. Myalgic pains, whether rheumatic or not, but espe- cially of the facial and ocular region, appear to be the special indication for its use. It has been employed in acute testicular, and ovariam affections, as well as in chronic orchitis and hydrocele. The dose should be minute, from a fraction of a drop to a drop of a saturated tincture. Probably our native species would be fully as effective. RHCEADOS PETALA.—RHUS AROMATICA. 1663 Specific Indications and Uses.— Myalgic pain, particularly of the face; ‘face-ache; ” pain in the ocular muscles. Related Species.—Our native species, the R. maacimum and R. punctatum, according to Barton, possess properties similar to the B. chrysanthum, but milder. According to Bigelow, they are astringent, but not narcotic. Rhododendrom maarimum, Linné, Rosebay tree, or Great laurel, is a tall, evergreen shrub, or small tree, found growing along mountainous streams in the eastern section of the United States. The leaves are very thick and leathery, entire, oblong, acute, smooth, and borne on short wrinkled stalks. The flowers appear in midsummer, and are very large and showy, in terminal, umbellate clusters. Tannin, gallic acid, wax, resin, albumen, a little essential oil, and several bodies peculiar to the Ericaceae—viz.: arbutin, ursome, ericolin, etc.—were found in the leaves by Kuehnel (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1885, p. 164). Andromedotoarin was isolated by Plugge, in 1889. This agent was introduced to the profession by Dr. J. M. Mulholland, of Pennsylvania, in 1877, as a remedy for obstimate cough in elderly persons, in diphtheritic crowy, and for the cure of those cutaneous affections in which arsenic is frequently prescribed. In cough, he found it more efficacious, when this was severe without expectoration, and was accompanied with a sweetish or mawkish odor of the breath, and a tremulous pulse. The dose is a teaspoonful every hour, of a mixture of 20 minims of the fluid extract with 4 fluid ounces of water. & Rhododendron ferrugineum, Linné, of Europe, has bitter, astringent leaves, which con- tain tannin as well as ericolin and arbutin. Said to contain no andromedotoxin (Dragendorff, Heilpflanzen). RHOEADos PETALA.—RED-POPPY PETALS. The fresh petals of Papaver Rhaeas, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Papaveraceae. CoMMON NAMES AND SYNoNYM: Corm poppy, Corm rose; Flores rhoeados. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 19. Botanical Source.—This is an annual, herbaceous plant, growing to a height of about 2 feet, beset with diverging hairs, and having deeply 5-cleft leaves, the segments being cut-toothed and lance-shaped. The flowers are red and showy. The capsules are truncate at the top, smooth, short, obovate in shape and contain many, very small, blackish seeds. History and Description.—The red poppy grows in Europe, North Africa, and western half of Asia, thriving in grain fields. The petals are the parts em- ployed, being used in the preparation of syrup of red poppy. They are 2 or more inches in width, roundish, and in 2 pairs, one of which is always larger than the other, a rich-Scarlet in color, and, when dry, becoming purplish. They are thin, marked near their base with a deeper-colored spot, and are attached by a short claw. When dried the heavy, rather narcotic odor is dissipated. They are feebly bitter and mucilaginous to the taste. Chemical Composition.—Red-poppy petals contain dark-red, amorphous rhoeadic acid, which is dissolved by water and alcohol, but not by ether, dissolv- ing with violet color in alkaline liquids; and bright-red, deliquescent papaveric acid, soluble in water and diluted alcohol, insoluble in strong alcohol and ether. With alkalies, the latter acid likewise produces a violet solution (L. Meier, 1846). The alkaloid, rhoeadine, was found in the fresh petals by Hesse, in 1865 (see Opium). One kilo of old and dry petals yielded Hesse no alkaloid whatever (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1890, p. 179), while the expressed juice of 300 grammes of fresh petals yielded a small quantity of crystallized alkaloid, not morphine, and containing but little rhoeadine. Uses.—Used in preparing syrup of red poppy. RHUS AROMATIC A.—FRAGRANT SUMACH. The bark of the root of Rhºws aromatica, Aiton. Nat. Ord.—Anacardiaceae. t CoMMON NAME: Fragrant swºmach, Sweet sumach. ILLUSTRATION: Gray's Genera, Plate 160. Botanical Source.—This is a small, bushy shrub, growing from 2 to 6 feet high, and found in clumps throughout sections of the eastern United States, in rocky situations. The leaves are trifoliate, and on stalks about 1 inch in length. The 3 leaflets are sessile, and covered with a short velvety pubescence when 1664 RHUS AROMATſ C.A. young. The terminal leaflet is considerably larger than the lateral leaflets, from 1 to 2 inches in length, and about two-thirds as wide. They are entire and taper- ing at the base, acute, and have 8 or 10 cremate teeth at the apex. The flowers are small, greenish-yellow, and open in April before the leaves; they are in stalked, spiked, ament-like clusters, and, before flowering, have the appearance of an um- expanded catkin. The gepals, petals, and stamens are in fives, and the pistil is a l-ovuled ovary, with 3 short styles. The fruit is a small red drupe, about the size of a pea, covered with dense, white pubescence. They are produced in clus- ters of about a dozen, and are on stalks about ; inch long; each one contains a single flattened seed. A variety (var. trilobiata, Gray) with small, smooth leaflets, generally less than an inch in length, is common throughout Texas and the western states and territories. History, Description, and Chemical Composition.—The part employed in medicine is the root, or the bark of the root. It has attained some little local reputation heretofore, but was unknown to the medical profession until intro- duced by Dr. McClanahan, in 1879. When dry, the root is from + to 1 inch in diameter, and appears in the market in pieces of from 6 inches to 2 feet in length. The bark is of a dark, rusty-brown color externally, and a pink or walnut color below the cork. It is about ; of an inch in thickness, and throughout the inner bark of a prime article are little cavities containing a transparent balsam, some- what resembling balsam of fir. The wood is white or yellowish. When fresh, the wounded bark exudes a turpentine-like balsam, or solution of a resin in some volatile oil, which dries to a glossy tear or layer. The bark is astringent, but, un- doubtedly, the turpentine-like balsam likewise possesses considerable medicinal value. Alcohol extracts this substance, and the addition of water to the tincture produces a milkiness. In making the tincture of either the fresh or dry bark, alcohol alone should be used, and any addition of water is objectionable. Quan- titative analysis of the drug by H. W. Harper (Amer. Jour. Pharm.) showed the presence of volatile and fixed oils, several resins and wax, butyric acid, tannin, glucose, gum, starch, oxalates, etc., and 13.8 per cent of ash. The berries were examined for acids by Edo Claassen (Pharm. Rundschau, 1890, p. 262), and yielded 10.65 per cent of citric and a small quantity of malic acids. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—This exceedingly valuable medicine was introduced by J. T. McClanahan, M.D., Booneville, Mo. (Ec. Med. Jour., 1879, p. 317). At first, the use of this remedy was confined to the treatment of diabetes, and other excessive discharges from the kidneys and the bladder, as well as to cases of incipient albuminuria. More recently, in addition to the above-named diseases, it has been largely employed with advantage in wrethral irritations, wterine leucorrhoea, cholera infantum, diarrhoea, dysentery, chronic laryngitis, chronic bronchitis, and especially in the enwresis of children and of aged persons. While it is of undoubted value in many hemorrhagic States, particularly in chronic hematuria, a malarial form of which is quite common in the southern states, its chief value is in enwresis, with marked atony and chronic irritability of the urinary passages, whether in young or old subjects. The favorite remedies for “bed-wetting” are Rhus aromatica, belladonna, and thuja. Sometimes this affection yields to Rhus aromatica alone; sometimes a combination, as indicated, must be used. Fragrant sumach is indicated in all cases of over-activity of the kidneys, but is always contraindicated when there is active inflammation. A patient suffering, for several years, from catarrh of the bladder and hypertrophy of the prostate, with excruciating pain during micturition, necessitating the continued use of a soft catheter, the introduction of which invariably proved painful, was relieved by fragrant sumach. After exhausting the employment of all recognized remedies for the patient's condition, together with the use of the water at the Hot Springs of Arkansas, etc., without the least benefit, as a dernier ressort, the patient was placed upon teaspoonful doses, 3 or 4 times daily, of the fluid extract of Rhus aromatica. In 3 weeks’ time the symptoms were all removed, and the prostate so far reduced that the use of the soft catheter became unnecessary. The patient was 65 years old and subsequently voided urine as freely and as pain- lessly as a boy of 18 years (J. King). Inflammatory symptoms being absent, it may be employed in passive uterine hemorrhage, hemorrhage of the bowels, as in chronic bloody-fluº (not in acute dysen- RHUS GL ABRA. 1665 tery), chronic painful vesical catarrh, and in phthisis, to control hemorrhage when small in amount, and to restrain the accompanying diarrhoea and might-sweats. In bronchitis, with profuse, blood-streaked expectoration, it may be given with confi- dence. A good form of administration is as follows: B. Specific fragrant sumach, 3ss; glycerin, 3iijss. Mix. Sig. Dose, from , to 1 teaspoonful every 3 or 4 hours. This remedy is reputed useful in purpura hemorrhagica. The forms of adminis- tration now preferred are specific fragrant Sumach and the fluid extract, of which the dose of either varies from 5 to 60 minims, repeated every 3 or 4 hours. It may be taken in water, in glycerin and water, and in solution of pure gelatin, or in syrup, when these vehicles are not contraindicated. Specific Indications and Uses.—Not the remedy for active conditions. As given by its introducer, Dr. McClanahan, the specific indications are: “Stools pro- fuse, skin cool and sallow, pulse small and feeble, loss of flesh, abdomen flabby, tongue pale, trembling and moist, trembling in lower limbs; general sense of las- situde and languor. Dose for infants, 10 to 20 drops in a half-glass of water, tea- spoonful as often as necessary; for children, perhaps 5 drops of the first dilution” (Ec. Med. Jour., 1879, p. 317). To these may be added large, painless diarrhoeal dis- charges; nocturnal enuresis, from weakness of spincter vesicae; prostatic enlarge- ment; and malarial haematuria. RHUS GLABRA (U. S. P.)—RHUS GLABRA. The fruit of Rhus glabra, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Anacardieae. CoMMON NAMEs: Smooth sumach, Upland sumach, Pennsylvania swmach. ILLUSTRATION: Willdenow, Sp. Plant, I, 1478. Botanical Source.—Great care is necessary in the selection of the several species of Rhus, as many of them are extremely poisonous. Rhus glabra, or Smooth sumach, is a shrub 6 to 15 feet high, consisting of many straggling, glabrous Fig. 208. branches, with a pale-gray bark, having oc- as gº-s * casionally a reddish tint. The leaves are ſº 4% §§ alternate, odd-pinnate, of from 6 to 15 leaf- " `U º 2.É= §§ lets, about 3 inches long and one-fourth as es: wide, lanceolate, acuminate, acutely serrate, sºs Nº. G §º smooth, Shining, and green above, whitish gº’NVºss tº beneath, and Sessile, except sometimes the Aº º #3 ºf terminal odd one; during the fall they be- come red. Flowers greenish-red, in termi- mal, thyrsoid, dense panicles. Calyx of 3 sepals, united at base; petals 5; stamens 5, inserted into the edge or between the lobes of a flattened disk in the bottom of the calyx; styles 3; stigmas capitate. The fruit is a small red drupe, hanging in clusters, and, when ripe, is covered with a crimson down, which is extremely sour to the taste, owing to the presence of malic acid in com- bination with calcium (W.—G.). History and Description.—Rhus glabra, sometimes called Upland or Penn- Sylvania Swmach, is common to the United States and Canada, growing in thickets and waste grounds, and on rocky or barren soil, flowering in June and July, and maturing its fruit in September and October. The drupes or berries only are Official. They should be gathered before the rains have removed their external downy efflorescence, for when this is washed off the berries are no longer acid. The bark is likewise used to some extent in medicine. The berries are officially described as “subglobular, about 3 Mm. ($ inch) in diameter, drupaceous, crim- som, densely hairy, containing a roundish-oblong, smooth putamen; inodorous; taste acidulous”—(U. S. P.). Sumach leaves have been used in tanning, and a concentrated decoction of the bark is used as a mordant for dyeing red colors. Sumach root bark is of a : g ; s º- f ººº f§: sº3:=º º e 5. .t ºi º| ºe.º % : gº --- i. : 5 Rhus glabra. 105 1666 RHUs ToxicodFNDRON. light-gray color, with a tinge of red externally, yellowish-white internally, and of a very astringent and slightly sweet taste. When broken on the plant, a milky fluid exudes from the bark as well as from the leaves, which subsequently forms a solid, gum-like body. Both the bark of the branches and root are used. Both the bark and berries of sumach yield their active properties to water. The excres- cences (galls) which form upon the leaves are reddish-brown externally, grayish- white internally, varying in size and appearance, being usually very irregular in , their outline, hollow, and sometimes consist of a mere shell, of a line or less in thickness. Their taste is slightly bitter, and very astringent. Chemical Composition.—Sumach berries have an agreeably acid, slightly styptic taste, which is due, according to W. J. Watson, to malic acid and tannic acids, beside which they contain malate of calcium, gallic acid, fixed and volatile oils, red coloring matter, etc. The bark of the root contains albumen, gum, starch, tannic and gallic acids, caoutchouc, soft resin, coloring matter, and probably a vola- tile odorous principle (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1853, p. 193). The leaves of Rhus glabra, collected in Iowa, contained, according to Jos. A. Palen (ibid., 1888, p. 389), about 16 per cent of tannin. Virginia-grown leaves usually yield 20 to 25 per cent. The excrescences upon the leaves contain tannic and gallic acids, albuminous and col- oring matter, and are fully equal to nutgalls in medicinal power. Prof. Trimble (The Tammins) found one specimen to contain 61.7 per cent of tannin. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Sumach bark is tonic, astringent, anti- septic, and decidedly alterative; the berries are refrigerant and diuretic. In de- coction or syrup, the bark of the root has been found valuable in gomorrhoea, leu- corrhoea, diarrhoea, dysentery, hectic fever, Scrofula, and in profuse perspiration from debility. Combined with the barks of slippery elm and white pine, in decoction, and taken freely, it is said to have proved highly beneficial in syphilitic ulcerations. Externally, the bark of the root in powder, applied as a poultice to old ulcers, forms an excellent antiseptic. A decoction may also be used in injection for pro- lapsw8 uteri and ami, and leucorrhaea, and as a wash in many cutaneous diseases; sim- mered in lard it is valuable in Scald head. A decoction of the inner bark of the root is serviceable in the Sore mouth resulting from mercurial salivation, and was formerly much used internally in mercurial diseases. A saturated tincture is use- ful in wicerative stomatitis, and for Spongy gums attending purpura hemorrhagica and Scorbutus. Diarrhoea and dysentery, with intestinal ulceration, seem to be well controlled by it. , Dose of the tincture, from 5 to 20 drops. The berries may be used in infusion in diabetes, Strangwry, bowel complaints, febrile diseases (as a pleasant acidulous drink where acids are indicated), etc., as a gargle in quimsy and ulcera- tions of the mouth and throat; and as a wash for ringworm, tetter, offensive ulcers, etc. Excrescences are frequently formed on the leaves of this plant, and which are very astringent; when powdered and mixed with lard or linseed oil, they are said to prove useful in hemorrhoids. . In hot weather, if the bark be punctured, a gummy substance flows out, which has been used with advantage in gomorrhaea. and gleet, and several urinary affections. Dose of the decoction of sumach bark, or infusion of the berries, from 1 to 4 fluid ounces. A free use of the bark will produce catharsis. Specific Indications and Uses.—Relaxation of mucous tissues, with un- healthy discharges; mercurial ulcerations; aphthous stomatitis; spongy gums; ulcerative sore throat, with fetid discharges; flabbiness and ulceration of tissues. Related Species.—There are several species of Rhus, as the Rhus typhima, Staghorn or Velvet Sumach; and the Rhus copallina, Mountain or Dwarf sumach, which possess similar virtues, and which must be carefully distinguished from those which possess poisonous properties. The non-poisonous species have their fruit clothed with acid crimson hairs, and their panicles are compound, dense, and terminal; the poisonous varieties have axillary panicles and smooth fruit (see also Rhus Toacicodendron and Related Species; and Coriaria, p. 607). RHUS TOXICODENDRON (U. S. P.)—RHUs Toxico.DENDRON. The fresh leaves of Rhus radicans, Linné (Rhus Toſcicodendron, Linné). Nat. Ord.—Anacardieae. COMMON NAMEs: Poison ivy, Poison oak, Poison vine. ILLUSTRATION: Johnson, Medical Botany of North America, Fig. 117. RHUS TOXICODENDRON. 1667 Botanical Source.—Rhus Tozicodendron, or Poison oak, is a creeping shrub from 1 to 3 feet high, with long cord-like shoots, emitting strong lateral fibers; the stems are either erect or decumbent. The bark Bºig. 209. is brownish-gray. The leaves are ternate, on long, semi-cylindrical petioles; the leaflets are broadly oval or rhomboidal, 2 to 6 inches long, # as wide, petiolate, acuminate, smooth and shin- ing above, slightly downy beneath, especially on the veins; the margin is sometimes entire, and sometimes variously toothed and lobed, in the same plant. The flowers are small, greenish- white, dioecious, and grow in axillary, subsessile, racemose panicles on the sides of the new shoots. Barren flowers have a calyx of 5 erect, acute segments, and a corolla of 5 oblong recurved petals; stamens erect with oblong anthers; in the center is a rudiment of a style. Fertile flow- ers about half the size of the preceding, with calyx and corolla similar, but more erect. They have 5 small abortive stamens, and a roundish ovary, crowned by a short, erect style bearing 3 - small capitate stigmas. The fruit is a roundish, smooth, dry berry, of a pale-green color, approaching to white, and contains a solitary bony seed (L.-W.- History.—Rhus radicans, or Poison ivy, and sometimes called Poison vine, is considered by botanists to be merely a variety of the above species; it has a climbing stem from 3 to 20 or more feet in length, and climbs trees, fences and neighboring objects, to which it becomes attached by its myriads of radiating tendrils. The leaflets are quite entire, smooth and shining on each side, with the exception of the veins beneath. These plants grow throughout the United States and Canada along fence-rows, in thickets, etc., flowering from May to August. They yield an abundance of yellowish narcotic acrid milky juice, which becomes black when exposed to the air, and forms an indelible ink when applied to linen; it is soluble in ether. The genus Rhus belongs to an interesting family of plants —the Amacardieæ (Anacardiaceae) or Cashew family, a group of frequent occurrence in the tropical sections of both the eastern and western worlds, diminishing in distribution, however, as we approach the northern and southern sections of the temperate Zones. Species of this family produce some of the most valued of tropical fruits, yet the group is chiefly distinguished for its gum-resinous juices, that from the majority of the species being caustic, becoming black on exposure to the air, and charged with an acrid, poisonous principle. This family includes not only the species of Rhus but also the plants yielding the Pistachia mut (Pista- chia verd) Cashew-nut (Amacardium occidentale), Marking fruit or Oriental cashew-mut (Semecarpus Anacardium), Mango (Mangifera indica), the Mastich tree (Pistachia Lentiscus) and other products interesting from a medicinal or economic stand- point. As before intimated, several species of Rhus have been used in medicine and in the arts. Many of these are now obsolete as medicines. However, a brief enumeration of them and their chief characteristics and uses may not be out of place. The bark of the Wild olive or Venetian sumach (Rhus Cotinus) is both astringent and aromatic. It was at one time employed as a substitute for cin- chona. Under the name of Smoke tree it is frequently observed in cultivation for ornament in American yards and gardens. The wood of this species is known as young fustic and is much used in Greece to impart a beautiful yellow hue to woolen fabrics. In Italy, where it is known as Scotino, the whole plant is used for tanning leather. Doctor's gum, or Gwm hog of Jamaica, is one of the substances once considerably used as a plaster-base, and substituted, in some instances, for copaiba balsam. It has been referred to Rhus Metopium, though as is often the case, the same common names have been applied to the products of widely differ- ent species, therefore there seems to be no certain evidence that the species of Rhus referred to produces it. Doctor's gum, when dissolved in water, is power- fully cathartic and emetic, and was formerly in great repute as a diuretic. The most poisonous species of Rhus is the recently rediscovered Rhus Michawaii, Sargent Rhus TOXicodendron. 1668 RHUS TOXICODENDRON. (Rhus pumila, Michaux). Occupying a second place in toxic power is the Rhus vemenata, well known as Poison dogwood, Poison Sumach, or Pois0n elder. The Rhus vernia of Japan yields a whitish resinous varnish in small amount, which turns black on exposure to air. An oil, known as Japanese wax, is expressed from the seeds of Rhus succedamewm, which is employed by the Japanese in the making of candles to be used in times of special pagan festivities and in preparing certain kinds of food (Thunberg). A like oil is obtained from the fruit of the Lacquer tree. The Japan warmish or Lacquer tree is the Rhus vernicifera of De Candolle. From this plant exudes the gum-resinous substance used in making the celebrated Japanese lacquer-work. At first this juice is of a light color, and about as thick as cream. It is, however, so transparent that when laid unmixed with any other material upon wood even the faintest natural marking of the wood is plainly discernible through it. Generally a dark or reddish surface is first prepared and upon it the warnish is spread. This gives a mirror-like effect. The gum, when hardened, is difficultly soluble, even withstanding treatment with boiling water, but on the other hand is so brittle as to be very easily destroyed by striking it against any hard body. The Rhus Coriaria is powerfully astringent, and is much employed in tanneries. According to Lindley, its acid fruit is eaten by the Turks, who also employ it to add sharpness to vinegar. In Tripoli the seeds are sold as appetizers. The leaves are reputed astringent, tonic, cooling, and styptic, and boiled with broom (Genista tinctoria) were formerly employed by the Russians in hydrophobia. Smooth Sumach (Rhus glabra) leaves are sufficiently astringent to be of importance in an economic sense, as in tanning. The fruit is employed as a mordant in dyeing red. The under surfaces of smooth sumach leaves produce excrescences which contain an abundance of tannic and gallic acids, and are considered equal in value to common galls. Staghorn or Virginian Sumach (Rhus typhima) is sometimes called Vinegar plant from the fact that vinegar may be pro- duced from it, and that when added to vinegar it increases its strength. Boiled with alum, the ripe fruit formerly furnished a hat dye. Yellow, green and black are the colors that may be produced from it. With green vitriol it forms a black .ink. All parts of the plant are valued for tanning white glove-leather. The milky juice is said to furnish a varnish comparing favorably in value with that from Japan. It has been stated that honey-bees gather more honey from its flowers, Śwhen accessible, than from those of any other species of plants. The leaves were used like tobacco by the American Indians. Indigenous. Species.—The medicinal species of Rhus indigenous to North America are distributed as follows: I. NoN-POISONoUs SPECIES. Rhus glabra, Linné. —A smooth shrub, known as Smooth or Upland Sumach, found throughout the United States and Canada, flourishing in dry, barren or rocky situations, fence corners, etc. (see Rhus glabra). Rhus typhima, Linné, Staghorn or Virginian sumach.-A shrub or small tree of Canada and the United States, growing in the rich soil of uplands. Rhus copallina, Linné, Dwarf or Mountain sumach. — A small shrub found throughout Canada and the United States, growing in rocky and barren places. Rhus aromatica, Aiton, Sweet or Fragrant sumach.-Eastern United States. A variety (R. aromatica var. trilobiata, Gray) is found in Texas and in the western states and territories (see Rhus aromatica). II. Poisonous SPECIES. Rhus Michawaii, Sargent (Rhus pumila, Michaux).-A rare shrub, recently re- discovered in North Carolina, regarded by Prof. C. S. Sargent as our most poison- ous species of Rhus. Grows from North Carolina to Georgia (Wood). Rhus venenata, De Candolle, Poison sumach, Poison dogwood, or Poison elder.— Grows in swamps and other wet situations from Canada southward to Florida and thence westward. Rhus diversiloba, Torrey and Gray.—Closely allied to Rhus Toa'icodendrom, and growing on the Pacific coast. Rhus Toa'icodendron, Poison ivy, or Poison oak.-Either a small shrub or a tall climbing vine growing from 10 to 100 feet high, found plentifully from Canada to the Mexican Gulf and from thence westward. Dr. Asa Gray, in his essay on RHUS TOXICODENDRON. 1669 “Sequoia and Its History,” says: “Our Rhus Tocicodendron, or Poison vine, is very exactly repeated in Japan, but is found in no other part of the world, although a species much like it abounds in California. Our other poisonous Rhus (R. vene- nata) commonly called Poison dogwood is in no way represented in western America, but has so close an analogue in Japan that the two were taken for the same by Thunberg and Linnaeus, who called them both Rhus vermia.” This ex- plains why our older writers on the American Rhus venemata called it R. vermia. The species often spoken of as Rhus radicans, from the fact that it is a tall climber clinging by means of its numerous radicles to any object of support, is probably identical with Rhus Toa'icodendron, or Poison vine, and is so considered in this article. Description.—FollA ToxicodeNDRI. The U. S. P. thus describes the drug: “Long-petiolate, trifoliolate; the lateral leaflets sessile or nearly so, about 10 Cm. (4 inches) long, obliquely ovate, pointed; the terminal leaflets stalked, ovate or oval, pointed, with a wedge-shaped or rounded base; the leaflets entire and gla- brous, or variously notched, coarsely toothed or lobed, more or less downy; when dry, papery and brittle; inodorous; taste somewhat astringent and acrid. The fresh leaves abound with an acrid juice, which darkens when exposed to the air, and, when applied to the skin, produces inflammation and swelling. The leaves should, therefore, not be touched with bare hands. Rhus Toxicodendron should not be confounded with the leaves of Ptelea trifoliata, Linné (Nat. Ord.—Rutaceae), which are similar in appearance, but have all the leaflets sessile.”—(U. S. P.). The leaves of the R. Toxicodendron are the only parts of the plant used, although the whole plant is highly active. When dried they have no odor, and an insipid taste with acridity. Water or alcohol extracts their properties. Chemical Composition.—Dr. Joseph Khittal (Wittstein’s Vierteljahrsschrift, 1858, p. 348) found the leaves to contain chlorophyll, wax, resin, starch, tannin (rhus-tannic acid), etc., and a volatile alkaloid which exists in the plant com- bined with acids, and to which, he asserts, the toxic properties of the leaves are due. This opinion is contradicted, however, by Prof. Maisch. According to this authority, the exhalations of vigorous leaves redden blue litmus paper previously moistened, and contain volatile toxicodendric acid, the active principle. Its reac- tions do no coincide with those of formic acid (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1866, p. 6). Dr. Pfaff and S. S. Orr, however, state this acid in pure condition to be non-toxic, and that the real active principle is a non-volatile oil, towicodendrol, allied to cardol, from cashew-nut. The oil is soluble in alcohol and forms an insoluble lead compound. Thus the authors recommend the use of an alcoholic solution of lead acetate as a wash in cases of poisoning (Pharm. Jour. Trams., 1894-95, Vol. XXV, p. 818; also see V. K. Chesnut, in Yearbook U. S. Dept. Agr., 1896, p. 139). The efficiency of this antidote has long been known (see Maisch, loc.cit.); among other remedies suggested are ammonium chloride, washing soda, sodium hypo- sulphite, potassium permanganate, aqua ammoniae, or the bruised plant of Pilea pwmila (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1888, p. 390), fluid extract of serpentaria (ibid., 1884, p. 355), etc. Also compare interesting article, by G. M. Beringer, on Rhus poison- ing (ibid., 1896, p. 18). . Early Medical History of the Species of Rhus.-Medical interest, in the species of Rhus, during the early history of this genus, seems to have centered chiefly in two species—R. Tovicodendron and R. glabra. Rhus venemata (as R. vermia), was quite fully considered, more however, with a view.to studying its juice from an economic view, and its poisonous qualities and the remedies therefor. We are not aware that it has been medicinally employed, to any extent at least. Rhus glabra received a good share of attention from the profession and probably had its medicinal starting point from its aboriginal and domestic uses. One of the most interesting accounts of some species of Rhus is “Am Experimental Disser- tation on the Rhus vermia (venemata), Rhus radicams, and Rhus glabrum; commonly known in Pennsylvania by the names of Poison ash, Poison vine, and Common swmach, by Thomas Horsfield, of Bethlehem, Pa.,” published in 1798. This inter- esting 88-page book gives a most excellent résumé of the knowledge of those spe- cies acquired up to that date, and we might add that the description of the effects of the poisonous species has not, in our opinion, been excelled to this day. Rhus Toſcicodendron is almost universally admitted to have been introduced to the profession, in 1793, by Dr. I. Alderson, of Hull, England, that gentleman 1670 RHUS TOXICODENDRON. first using it as a remedy in paralytic states. Dr. Du Fresnoy, of France, how- ever, previous to this had employed Rhus radicans in paralytic and herpetic dis- orders. This was in 1788, and if we consider Rhus radicams and Rhus Toa'icodem- dron as identical, this gives Du Fresnoy priority. It further seems that Gleditsch, in 1782, wrote an article (in French) on “Novel Effects Concerning a Dangerous Ameri- can Plant,” referring to Rhus. Du Fresnoy first experimented on himself before administering the leaves to his patient. His experience with an infusion of 12 leaves he thus records: “At this dose I observed a slight pain in my stomach, and my perspiration and urine were increased in quantity.” Alderson observed that when the drug acted beneficially in paralysis, “the first signs of improvement were an unpleasant feeling of pricking and twitching in the paralytic limbs' (Thacher's Dispensatory, 1821). Du Fresnoy’s dissertation was the first publication in regard to the medical uses of Rhus. Horsfield (1798) experimented on con- sumptives with the infusion. In some cases benefit seemed to be derived from its use, while other cases were aggravated by it. He states of the wife of a con- sumptive patient that, “invited by the agreeable odor of the infusion, she drank a teacupful. It produced an unusual degree of cheerfulness, and a copious dis- charge of urine” (Diss., p. 87). In a case of anasarca, it relieved the patient by “producing copious perspiration ” (ibid). He concluded from his results that it “acts slightly as an incitant and diuretic.” A tincture was used by Baudelocque in scrofulous chronic ophthalmia of infants (Porcher). - Rhus glabra was used early by American practitioners as an astringent in diarrhoea, dysentery, and in ulceration of the throat, etc. The fruit (Swmach bobs) infused in water, was employed as a cooling drink in febrile affections. The whitish substance covering the berries, known as Indian Salt, has acid properties, rendering the infusion pleasantly sour. Rhus copallina and Rhus typhima were used for like purposes, while the first was valued by the Chippewa Indians in gonorrhoea, and the gall-like excrescences on the leaves, powdered and made into an ointment, afforded the white settlers a remedy for piles (see Rhus Glabra). Rhus diversiloba appears to have been effectual in dysmemorrhoea. A case (in California) is reported (Ec. Med. Jour., 1865, p. 314) of an anemic girl, who usually suffered greatly during menstruation, the flow being scanty, cured by having been poisoned at the menstrual epoch by contact with this plant. An easy menstrua- tion followed. When the next monthly period was due a return of the eruption came also, and with it again an easy catamenial flow. This, so far as we are aware, is the extent to which this plant has been known to act medicinally, though nearly all old works state that its properties are similar to those of Rhus Toſcicodendron and Rhus venemata. The latter, we believe, has not been employed in medicine (see Related Species). - Rhus aromatica was introduced to the profession by an Eclectic physician, Dr.’ J. T. McClanahan, of Booneville, Mo., in 1879, who stated that the remedy had been employed by members of his family, several of whom were doctors, for a quarter of a century, for the relief of urinary, bowel, and hemorrhagic disorders, with uniform success (see Rhus Aromatica). . Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Locally, rhus is a powerful irritant poison. The toxic manifestations produced from the different species is of pre- cisely the same nature, differing only in degree of intensity. , Rhus Toſcicodendrom ranks next to poison dogwood in point of virulence. Whilst locally poisonous to some persons, some individuals are totally unaffected by it. Many are but mildly poisoned by it; many more, however, show serious evidence of its great activity. Contact is not always necessary to obtain its effects. Indeed many individuals are poisoned merely by exposure to an atmosphere contaminated with the toxic exhalations of the plant. This is especially true when the air is heavy and humid, or when the susceptible individual is freely perspiring. Alcoholic solu- tion of the toxic principle retains its virulence for many years (Johnson). The dried leaves are, as a rule, inert. A young lady in the employ of Prof. J. U. Lloyd, is always notified to remain at home—not even being allowed in the building— on the days when specific rhus is being bottled, so intense are poisonous effects in this case that mere exposure to the emanations is sufficient to cause the indi- vidual to be confined to her bed. Peter Kalm, the Swedish traveler, who visited this country during its colonial days—a man who investigated our plant resources RHUS TO XICODENDRON. 1671 and made large collections of the same—writes: “I was acquainted with a person, who, merely by the noxious exhalation of the Rhus verniæ (vemenata), was swelled to such a degree, that he was as stiff as a log of wood, and could only be turned about in sheets.” - A singular feature connected with rhus poisoning is its recurrence from month to month, and from year to year, even when the affected individual is far remote from all exhalations of the plant. This was early noted by Barton, who personally experienced such recurrence for 5 successive years—a portion of which time was passed in Europe far from proximity to the plant in question. We have also observed this phenomenon. The smoke from burning rhus wood, was noticed as early as 1720, by Sherard, Wangenheim, and Kalm, to produce poison- ous effects. It appears (Barton) that horses eat the plant with impunity. Ac- cording to William Bartram, they are very fond of the leaves. Cows are wholly unaffected by the ingestion of the plant. Thunberg observed that sheep ate of the leaves of Rhus lucidum, a similar species, without harm. To dogs and guinea pigs, on the other hand, poison vine is fatal. The statement that the infusion of the leaves was administered to consumptives with non-poisonous results, may seem contradictory, but we can not but believe that a portion of the poisonous principle is volatile, in spite of the assertion that non-volatile toxicodendrol is the toxic agent, and consequently driven off in heating. The poisonous properties are likewise, in a measure, dissipated in drying the plant, hence the necessity of preparing the fluid preparations from fresh material. It is not surprising, there- fore, that certain individuals—“eminent therapeutists”—have decried the use of rhus as of no value, when fluid extracts and tinctures from dried materials had failed to give good results. { The nature of poisoning by rhus has always partaken somewhat of the mys- terious, and it has been the subject of much speculation. Various reasons have been assigned as to why it poisons at all, and as to why it affects only certain individuals. It has been customary to attribute the deleterious effects to emana- tions from the living plant. Later, Prof. Maisch announced a volatile substance of acid character as the offender, and named it toxicodendric acid. Still later, a bacterium was charged with creating the mischief. The latter cause, however, has now been satisfactorily disproved. An oil has now been isolated, and this, even when purified, excites exactly the same form of dermatitis as the growing plant. This discovery was made, in 1895, by Dr. Franz Pfaff, of Harvard Uni- versity. It is present in every part of the ivy plant, and even the dried wood is said to retain it. It has been named toa'icodendrol, and is asserted to be in reality the only tangible substance found thus far to which may be attributed the toxic effects of the vine. Still, this does not explain why individuals are poisoned when not in contact with the plants. Alcohol freely dissolves this oil, but water, as with oily bodies, does not, nor does it wholly remove it from the skin ; hence the reason why washing after contact with ivy does not prevent the appearance of the characteristic eruption. Experimentation (see V. K. Chesnut, United States Yearbook of Department of Agriculture, 1896, p. 141) has shown that if the oil be placed upon the skin, and immediately removed with alcohol, but slight effects are observed. The longer the interval, however, the more pronounced the effects become. In all, the effects were less marked than when no such treatment was given. From the fact that several portions of the skin could be impressed with- out coalescence of the areas, it has been concluded that the action of the oil is wholly local, and that the poison does not enter the blood. We are not, however, satisfied with this view of the matter, for if so, how are we to explain the recur- rence of the trouble after weeks and months, and even years, in persons who have not for some time been near the plants or in the neighborhood of their growth 2 There are many agents that might be used for the relief of this species of derma- titis, as lobelia, grindelia, sulphate of iron or copper, both of which have served us well, and the more recently recommended echafolta. The local effects of rhus are well known. Briefly stated, it occasions an ecze- matous, sometimes erysipelatoid, inflammatory eruption, characterized by intense itching, redness, and tumefaction, followed by burning pain, sympathetic febrile excitement, and vesication. The vesicles are at first small and filled with a watery fluid ; sometimes they become yellow, as if pus were present. Finally, as they 1672 RHUS TOXICODENIDRON. mature, they rupture, when a yellow scab forms. The tongue is coated white, and headache and delirium are often symptoms. The effects are observable a short time after exposure to the poison, the affection usually spending its force in the course of 4 or 5 days, and is followed by desquamation of the cuticle. The face and genitalia seem to be favorite localities for the most pronounced swelling to appear. One case of poisoning by Rhus venemata came under our observation, in which the swelling of the face was so great as to wholly obliterate the features, giving to the individual a swine-like, rather than human, appearance. Domestic medication, in the shape of bruised Impatiens pallida and fulva (Jewel weeds) gave great relief in this instance. Lack of space forbids more than the partial enumera- tion of the many remedies that have been extolled for the cure of this malady. The chief, however, are lobelia (infusion), veratrum, gelsemium, hamamelis, grin- delia, stramonium, eupatorium, serpentaria, lindera, Sassafras bark, dulcamara, oak bark, tannic acid, alnus (boiled in buttermilk), carbolized olive oil, sodium bicarbonate, borax, alum curd (especially to be used near the eyes), and, perhaps the best of all, solution of ferrous sulphate (green vitriol). Sugar of lead (lead acetate) has long been a favorite agent for the relief of this trouble, but as it has most frequently been applied with water, it has very often failed to give relief. It has now been shown that a solution in weak alcohol (50 to 75 per cent) gives immediate and permanent relief. Occasionally, zinc and copper sulphates, oxalic acid, potassium chlorate, and other salts are effectual. Echafolta has recently been extolled in this affection. All treatment should be accompanied with a light, cooling regimen, and cool- ing purgatives or diuretics. The bruised leaves of the Collinsonia canadensis, ex- ternally, and an infusion of the Verbena wrticifolia, internally, have been success. fully used in internal or external poisoning by these plants. A solution of caustic potash, sufficiently strong to render the skin soapy, has been advised as a local application. Sodium carbonate, sodium sulphi chlorinated lime, weak ammo- nia Solution, and lime-water have been similarly employed. Internally, administered in small doses, Rhus Toxicodendron is slightly stimu- lant, increasing the renal and cutaneous secretions, and proving feebly laxative. Employed in paralytic States it is reputed to have effected a return of sensation and power of movement, the good effects being ushered in with a sensation of pricking and burning, with twitchings of the affected parts. Large doses occasion stupefaction, or a sort of intoxication, exhibited by vertigo, impairment of the special senses, pupillary dilatation, chilliness, sickness at the stomach with thirst and burning pain, and a feeling of constriction in the temporal regions. The pulse becomes slow, irregular and small, the activity of the skin and kidneys increases, weakness, trembling, and fainting occur, and sometimes convulsions ensue. A pint of rhus berries induced drowsiness, stupor, delirium, and convul- sions in two children who partook of them. The infusion of the root taken in- ternally is asserted to have produced the characteristic local eruptions besides producing a harsh cough, scanty urine, and severe gastro-intestinal symptoms. Rhus Toxicodendron is one of our best medicinal agents. Its range of appli- cation, specifically considered, is only excelled by few drugs. It is an ideal seda- tive, controlling the circulation, and acting primarily and most pronouncedly upon the nervous system. Fortunately specific medication does not require the enumeration of special diseases to show when and where a remedy should be employed. Indeed, the action of rhus is best understood by its fitness for condi- tions rather than for certain disease-condition groups which we know as particular diseases. The general specific indications and uses for rhus are: The small, mod- erately quick and vibratile pulse, especially exhibiting sharpness in stroke and asSociated with burning sensations. There is a peculiar nervous erethism which always indicates it. The sick: infant requiring rhus, 'sleeps disturbedly, fre- quently starting suddenly from out its slumbers, and uttering a shrill cry (cry encephalique) as if from fright. Many of these conditions are met with in the cerebral irritation of children suffering from cholera infantum and other summer bowel troubles and in, cerebro-spinal meningitis. The circulatory disturbance re- quiring rhus upon which the nervous phenomena chiefly depend is usually local- ized and not general; small areas of the brain or nerve centers only may have a disturbance of the blood supply. As a rule the marked restlessness is all out RHUS TOXICODENDRON. 1673 of proportion to the apparent circulatory derangement. Frontal pain, and more especially if confined to the left orbit, and sharp in character, is a prominent indication for this drug. The rhus tongue is reddened on the tip and edges, and even may take on the strawberry character, typical of gastric irritability, typhoid, and scarlatinal states. Associate with the kind of pulse mentioned, and with tym- panites, brown sordes and reddened mucous surfaces, and the indication is still more direct. Discharges of an acrid character, and ichorous flow from tissues which seem to disappear by mere drainage, are further guides to its use. It is a certain remedy for vomiting when the tongue is of the kind above referred to. In fact, great unrest with vomiting is one of the most direct indications for its selec- tion. Pain of a burning character, whether deep or superficial, is relieved by rhus quicker than by any other agent. It may be of the head, abdominal or thoracic viscera, of the urinary organs, of the eyes, or of the skin, no matter where the pain or what the name may be, meuralgia, rheumatism, erysipelas, pleurisy, or cystitis, etc. If there be burning, and if of the surface an erysipelatoid redness, rhus will cure. Rheumatic pain, aggravated by the warmth of the bed, is usually relieved by it. It is more valuable in acute than chronic rheumatism and is serviceable in rheumatic paralysis and articular stiffness after rheumatic attacks. It is particularly useful to control the feeling of restlessness of rheumatic subjects. Rheumatic toothache, aggravated by warmth or warm liquids, is relieved by it. It is a valuable drug in the bowel disorders of infants, as diarrhoea and typhoid dysen- tery, with head symptoms, and in typhoid and other fevers, such as remittent and inter- mittent gastric fever, and especially when typhoid symptoms are present. It is a fine remedy in cholera morbus. Rhus is a valuable agent in pneumonia, bronchitis, la grippe, and phthisis, when the patient is extremely irritable and suffers from gastric irritation. With the small wiry pulse as a guide it controls that restlessness and delirium in adynamic fevers, which is probably caused by irritation and local hyper-vascularization of limited areas in the cerebral and other nerve centers. It is indicated in typhoid pneumonia, with red, glazed tongue, and offensive muco-purulent expectoration. Uncontrollable, dry, spasmodic, and tickling cough is frequently relieved by it. Rhus is an extremely useful remedy in the various disorders of the skin presenting the characteristic rhus indications. Redness, intumescence, and burning are the indications in cutaneous diseases. For vivid, bright-red, glistening erysipelas, especially when confined to the upper part of the face, with marked puffiness, it is one of the most successful of remedies. In fact in acute º of the skin it is often more serviceable than aconite and veratrum. It is of great service in herpes where there are burn- ing, itching, and exudation of serum. Eczema, pemphigus, and many irritable and inflammatory skin affections are relieved by it when redness, intumescence, and burning are prominent symptoms. Associated with iron it has proved useful in purpura hemorrhagica. Erythematous amd erysipelatous inflammation of the vulva, with burning pain, and the itching and vulval irritation following micturition, are permanently relieved by rhus. In the evanthemata, as in all zymotic diseases, rhus appears to exert a special antizymotic influence, for which it may be given in scarlatina and measles where the vital powers are greatly depressed, and in variola, with livid color of the surface and foul discharges. Tumid, reddened, and glis- tening enlargements, and w!cerations with red glistening margins, syphilitic or non- syphilitic, likewise call for rhus. In the ulcerative forms the parts seem to melt away without sloughing. It is of much value in parotitis, and in swelling of the submarillary gland with great induration few remedies are better (Locke). Its constitutional effects are often manifested in carbuncle and carbunculous furuncles. In ocular therapeutics rhus is an important drug. It is sometimes administered to prevent inflammatory action after cataract operations. Palpebral adema, with marked redness is relieved by it, while neuralgic and other pains in the globe of the eye, and aggravated by motion and warmth are often banished under its use. Acute and subacute forms of conjunctivitis are relieved by it on account of its special affinity for the blood vessels of the orbit. In the catarrhal ophthalmia of scrofulous children with strongly inflamed palpebral edges and conjunctivae and marked photophobia and burning lachrymation, the action of the remedy is decided and prompt. There is usually a sensation as of foreign particles, such as sand, 1674 RHUS TOXICODENDRON. etc., in the eye. Rhus has been employed successfully in paraplegia without any actual organic lesion, and in paralysis of the bladder and of the rectum. In paralytic states, however, it is of little value except in those conditions which follow attacks of rheumatism. Its efficiency in Sciatica, however, is admitted by some who think the drug practically valueless as a medicine. Y. The proper dose for specific effects, and it is scarcely employed in any other manner, is the fraction of a drop of specific rhus, thus: B. Specific rhus, gtt. V to xv; aqua, fläiv. Mix. Dose, 1 teaspoonful every hour in acute disorders; 4 times a day in chronic affections. - Specific Indications and Uses.—Small, moderately quick, sharp pulse, some- times vibratile or wiry; great restlessness; child starts from sleep with a sharp, shrill cry as if from fright; great restlessness with vomiting; tongue red and irritable, showing red spots; strawberry tongue; burning pain; pain in or above left orbit; rheumatic pain aggravated by warmth; bright, superficial redness of the skin with burning, itching, or tingling; bright-red, glistening erysipelas with burning pain; pinched countenance; burning urethral pain with dribbling of urine; redness of mucous tissues; brown sordes; tympanites; acrid discharges from bladder or bowels; inflammation with bright-red tumid surfaces and deep- seated burning pain; inflammation with ichorous discharges, the tissues seem- ingly melting away; tumid red swellings; old ulcers with shining red edges; induration of submaxillary gland; conjunctival inflammation with burning lach- rymation, pain, and photophobia. Related Species.—Rhus venemata, De Candolle (R. verniæ, Linné), or Pois0n Sumach, also known as Poison wood, Swamp sumach, Poison ash, and inappropriately as Pois0n elder and Poison dogwood, has been confounded with the Rhus vermia of Linné, a species which grows in Japan. It is a shrub or small tree, 10 to 20, and even 30 feet in height, with the trunk 1 to 5 inches in diameter, branching at the top, and covered with a pale grayish bark, which is red- dish on the leaf-stalks and young shoots. Leaves pinnate, with 3 to 6 pairs of opposite leaflets, and an odd terminal one, which are oblong or oval, entire or slightly sinuated, acuminate smooth, paler underneath, and nearly sessile, except the odd terminal one; they are about 3 inches long, and nearly half as wide. Flowers dioecious and polygamous, very small, green, and in loose, axillary, pedunculate panicles. Panicles of the barren flowers are downy, the largest most branched. Sepals 5, ovate; petals 5, oblong; stamens longer than the petals, and projecting through their interstices; the rudiment of a 3-cleft style in the center. In the fertile flowers the panicles are much smaller, sepals and petals resemble the last, while the center is occupied by an oval ovary, terminated by 3 circular stigmas. Fruit a bunch of dry berries or drupes, about the size of peas, smooth, greenish-yellow or greenish-white, Sometimes marked with slight purple veins, and becoming wrinkled when old; roundish, a little broadest at the upper end, and compressed, containing 1 white, hard, furrowed seed (L.-G.—W.). Rhus venenata grows in low meadows and swamps from Canada to the Gulf of Mexico, flowering from May to August. The milky juice which flows when the plant is wounded, is similar in its action to that of Rhus Tovicodendron, and may, according to Bigelow, be made into a beautiful, shining and permanent varnish, by boiling, very analogous to that obtained in Japan from the Rhus vernia. It is much more poisonous than Rhus Toaricodendrom, and its volatile principle taints the air for some distance around with its pernicious influence, produc- ing in many persons severe swellings of an erysipelatous nature; sometimes the body becomes greatly swollen, and the person unable to move. Some persons are hardly, or not at all, affected even by handling it. The affection caused by it generally abates after several days, and may be treated in the same manner as named for the poisonous effects of the Rhºws Tovicodendrom. Rhus Michawaii, Sargent (Rhus pumila, Michaux).-This is the most poisonous Rhus in this country. It is an extensively procumbent, villous-pubescent shrub, about 1 foot high, with pinnate leaves; leaflets about 11, oval or oblong, slightly acuminate, coarsely toothed, with a velvety pubescence, the 3 upper leaflets often confluent, the terminal One when dis- tinct attenuate at base. Panicles terminal, thyrsoid, nearly sessile; drupes covered with a red silky pubescence (T.-G.). It is a rare shrub, confined to the south, and is found in North Carolina and Georgia, and was recently rediscovered. Rhus diversiloba, Torrey and Gray-Dr. C. A. Canfield describes a very poisonous shrub, growing in California, which is very similar in appearance and poisonous qualities to our Rhus Toricodendron. It is the Rhus diversiloba of Torrey and Gray, or Rhus lobata of Hooker. The remedy that he has found invariably successful as an antidote to its local poisonous effects is another plant of California, of the composite family, and somewhat resembling a small Sun- flower, the Grindelia hirsutula. A strong decoction of the herb may be used as a wash to the poisoned surfaces, or the bruised fresh herb may be rubbed over the affected parts. One ºn cures, but in obstinate cases several days may be required (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1860, p. 412). Rhus Metopium, Linné, is found in the south of Florida, and more abundantly in the West Indies. It is known variously as Coral sumach, Mountain manchineel, or Bum wood. It is a tree about 30 feet high, and its wood contains an abundance of tannin. Its leaves are composed RIBES. 1675 of 5 leaflets, which are entire and smooth, and borne on long petioles. An acrid, red fruit is produced upon the tree. A gum-resin, known as Hog gum, or Doctor's gum, of Jamaica, is said to be yielded by this tree. In aqueous solution, it is reputed purgative and diuretic, and is an ingredient of strengthening plasters (Hogg, Nat. Hist. of Veg. King., p. 241). For further interesting matter regarding the Rhus family, consult Thomas Horsfield's Faperimental Dissertation on R. vernia, R. radicans, and R. glabrum, published in 1798; see also paper on Rhus Family in Medicine, by H. W. Felter, M. D., in Annual of Ec. Med. and Surgery, Vol. V, a portion of which is included in this article. Comocladia dentata, Jacquin (Nat. Ord.-Anacardiaceae), Guao, Bastard Brazil wood, Tooth- leaved maiden plum.—A small tree, 6 to 8 feet high, common in Cuba, thriving in stony and bar- ren soils. The leaves are a beautiful deep-green, with a brownish margin. The bluish-brown flowers are small and borne in clusters. The branches and trunk contain a milky juice, which, upon exposure to sunlight, becomes black, and leaves a stain upon clothing and the skin. It is a native superstition that if one sleeps in the shade of this tree, death will be the penalty. The bark is the part employed, preferably when fresh. The action of this agent upon the skin is said to resemble Rhus, and it has some reputation as a remedy for leprosy. FUSTIC.—Under this name several woods, from diverse sources, have entered commerce. Thus Young fustic, or Hungarian fustic, is derived from Rhus Cotinus, while Old fustic is the wood of Morus tinctoria (Broussometia tinctoria). The latter contains the dye-stuff, morin (C15H10O2), or moric acid, and moritannic acid (C18HsOs); the former contains fisetin (C23H10O3.[OH]6), which, in combination with sugar (the glucosid, fustin) and tannic acid, forms the yellow coloring matter of the wood. Some of the West Indian Xanthoxylums and allied species enter com- merce under the name fustic. Fustic is not used in medicine and pharmacy, but as a dyeing material in the arts. RIBES.–CURRANT. The fruit of Ribes migrum, Linné, and Ribes rubrum, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Saxifragaceae. CoMMON NAMEs: (1) Black currant, (2) Red currant. Botanical Source.—Ribes Nigrum. The Black currant is a woody bush or shrub, from 3 to 5 feet in height, with stems unarmed, and leaves 3 to 5-lobed, punctate beneath, dentate-serrate, and longer than their petioles. The racemes are lax, hairy, and somewhat nodding. Calyx campanulate, with reflexed segments; petals oblong, yellowish ; bracts minute, subulate, or blunt, nearly as long as the pedicels. The fruit is large, roundish-ovoid, and nearly black (W.—L.). Ribes Rubrum, or common Red currant, has unarmed, straggling, or reclined stems, with leaves obtusely 3 to 5-lobed, smooth above, pubescent beneath, subcor- date at base, with margin mucromately serrate. The racemes are from lateral buds, distinct from the leaves, pendulous, and nearly glabrous. Bracts blunt, shorter than the pedicels. Calyx flattened out, short, spreading, with obtuse lobes; petals obcordate and green. Fruit globose, smooth, and red (W.—L.). History and Chemical Composition.—The Black currant is a native of Europe and Siberia, growing in woods, cultivated in Europe and this country, and flower- ing in May. The Red currant grows in cold, damp woods and bogs in this coun- try and Europe, and is extensively cultivated in gardens. It also flowers in May. The fruit of these two plants is the part used, and imparts its virtues to water. The juice of Red currants contains free acids (malic, citric, and tartaric acids, 1.5 to 3 per cent), Sugar (4 to 7 per cent), vegetable jelly (pectin matter), gum, etc. That of Black currants contains the same, with the addition of a peculiar volatile principle, and a violet coloring matter. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—The juice of these berries, especially of the black currant, is said to be diuretic and diaphoretic. They may be made into a jelly, a jam, paste, etc., and are very useful in febrile and inflammatory dis- eases, and in hoarseness and affections of the throat. The raw juice is an excellent refrigerant beverage in febrile diseases. A decoction of the bark of the black cur- rant has proved useful in calculous affections, dropsy, and hemorrhoidal tumors. It may be freely used. The French prepare from the berries an aromatized, fermented liquor called cassis (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1888, p. 337). - Related Species.—Ribes floridum, L'Heritier, the Wild black currant of this country, pos- sesses similar properties. It is a handsome shrub, growing from 3 to 5 feet high, with leaves 1 or 2 inches long, and somewhat wider, subcordate, from 3 to 5-lobed; lobes acute, spreading, sprinkled on both sides with yellowish, resinous dots, just visible to the naked eye. Flowers greenish-yellow, Subcampanulate, in pendulous, pubescent, many-flowered racemes. Calyx cylindrical; bracts linear, longer than the pedicels; petioles 1 or 2 inches long. Fruit ob- ovoid, smooth, black, insipid. It flowers in May and June (W.—G.). 1676 ROBINIA. Shepherdia argented, Buffalo berry, Bull berry.—This shrub produces an acidulous fruit, resembling currants, being a little more acid (Trimble). The fruit is largely used as a food along the Upper Missouri, where it occurs in abundance. ROBINIA.—LOCUST TREE. The bark and leaves of Robinia Pseudacacia, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Leguminosae. CoMMON NAMES: Locust tree, Black locust, Yellow locust, False acacia. Botanical Source.—This is a tree from 50 to 80 feet in height, and from 1 to 4 feet thick; the bark is rough and dark. The branches are numerous, smooth, and armed with stipular prickles. The leaves are unequally pinnate; the leaflets in from 8 to 12 pairs, ovate and oblong-ovate, thin, nearly sessile, and very smooth; the stipules minute, bristle-form, and partial. The flowers are white, fragrant, showy, and borne in numerous, axillary, pendulous racemes. Calyx 5-cleft, short, campanulate, slightly 2-lipped. Standard large and rounded, turned back, scarcely longer than the wings and keel. Stamens diadelphous; style bearded inside. The fruit is a legume, or linear, compressed pod, 2 to 4 inches in length, and about 6 lines wide, margined on the seed-bearing edge. Seed several, small, brown, and reniform (G.—W.). When young, the tree is armed with thorns, which disappear in its maturity. History.—This tree, known by the names of Black locust and Yellow locust, is found in several parts of the United States, principally west of the Allegheny Mountains, being seldom found north of Pennsylvania, or in the Atlantic south- ern states; it blossoms in May. It is valued for the durability, hardness, and lightness of its wood. The bark and leaves are used, and yield their properties to water or alcohol. The bark of the root is the most active. The seeds are slightly acrid, and contain much oil, which may be obtained by expression. By steeping in water, their acridity is removed, and a very mild, useful meal may be then prepared from them. The inner bark is tough and fibrous. Chemical Composition.—From the root of this plant Hlasiwetz (1852) iso- lated asparagim. The flowers, according to Zwenger and Dronke (1861; see Huse- mann and Hilger, Pflanzemstoffe, p. 1046), contain a yellow, crystallizable glucosid, Tobinin (C, H, Os), which, upon hydrolysis, is split into quercetin and a non-fer- mentable sugar. The bark of the locust tree, when chewed, produced violent emeto-catharsis (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1887, p. 153; F. B. Power and Jacob Cambier, Pharm. Rundschau, 1890, pp. 29–38). The latter authors, searching for the poison- ous principle, found it in an albuminous body (phytalbumose, 1.66 per cent), which is tasteless, soluble in water, insoluble in alcohol, and coagulated by heat, with complete loss of its toxic properties; for this reason some declare a decoction of the bark is inert. It is precipitated by tannic acid and by solution of potassium bismuth iodide. It is allied to ricin, the poisonous, albuminous constituent of the castor-oil seed. (For further reactions, see the original paper.) The authors, in addition, found an inert albumin (globulim, characterized by being insoluble in concentrated Salt solution); small quantities of the poisonous alkaloid, choline (of the class known as ptomaines), fatty matter, inert resin, came sugar (4.57 per cent, referred to air-dry bark), starch, gum, some tannin, coloring matter, and probably asparagin. The poisonous principle, in the form of an albuminous body, was likewise obtained by R. Kobert (Jahresb. der Pharm., 1891, p. 146). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—A decoction of the bark of the root is tonic in small doses, but emetic and purgative in large ones. A m ounce of the bark boiled in 3 gills of water, operates as a cathartic in doses of , ounce, given morning and evening. The bark is supposed to possess some acro-narcotic prop- erties, as the juice of it has been known to produce coma and slight convulsions. An overdose has produced symptoms very similar to those resulting from an improper dose of belladonna, and at the same time cured a case of fever and ague. The flowers possess antispasmodic properties, and form an excellent and agree- able syrup. The leaves, in doses of 30 grains, every 20 minutes, operate mildly and efficiently as an emetic. The drug should be tested for its effects upon gastro-intestimal and nervous affections. º ROSA CANIN A.—ROSA CENTIFOLIA. 1677 ROSA CANINA.—DOG ROSE. The recent ripe fruit of Rosa Canina, Linné, and other related indigenous species, Nat. Ord.—Rosaceae. CoMMON NAMES AND SYNoNYMs: Dog rose, Hip-tree, Wild brier; Cynosbata, Fructus cymosbati. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 103. Botanical Source.—Dog rose is a soft, branched, smooth bush, with long green curved root-shoots, covered with equal, remote, strong, compressed, falcate prickles. The leaflets, 5 to 9 in number, are ovate, firm, without glandular, pubes- cence, and have acute, incurved and often double serratures. Flowers with leafy bracts. Sepals partly pinnated, and usually naked as well as the tube of the calyx. Petals white or pink, obcordate, and fragrant; throat of the calyx thick and quite closed up. Fruit red, succulent, ovoid, truncated, in consequence of the fall of the sepals (L.—W.). History, Description, and Chemical Composition.—This plant is indige- nous to Europe, and introduced into this country; it usually attains the height of 6 or 10 feet, and flowers in June and July. The flowers are succeeded by a scarlet fruit called hip. The fruit (Rosae Caninae Fructus) was official in Br. Pharm., 1885. It is inodorous, but possesses a rather pleasant, sweetish, acidulous taste, which is increased by the action of frost. The hip or fruit (not a true fruit) con- sists of the developed tube of the calyx, inclosing within its cavity numerous carpels or true fruits; these must be carefully removed before it is used for pharmaceutical purposes. After having been dried it contains gum, citric acid, malic acid, a large proportion of uncrystallizable Sugar, various salts, and traces of wax, resin, and volatile oil. Its properties are preserved by beating the pulp with sugar (C.). The vanilla-like fragrance of the fruits is due to the presence of vamillin (Schneegans, Jahresb. der Pharm., 1890, p. 148). Pharmaceutical Uses.—The conserve made by beating the pulp with sugar, is called conserve of dog rose, or conserve of hips (Confectio Rosae Caninae, Br.), and is tenacious, retaining its softness for a long time, even under exposure to the air. It is a useful material for forming pill masses, and, as it contains less tannic acid, may be used as a substitute for the conserve of red roses, when preparations of iron are to enter into the pill mass. ROSA CENTIFOLIA (U. S. P.)—PALE ROSE. “The petals of Rosa centifolia, Linné”—(U. S. P.). Nat. Ord.—Rosaceae. COMMON NAMES AND SYNoNYM : Hundred-leaved rose, Cabbage rose-petals; Flores Tosarum incarmatarwm. ILLUSTRATION. Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 105. Botanical Source.—This is an erect shrub, 3 to 6 feet in height, having the branches closely covered with nearly straight prickles, scarcely dilated at base, and glandular bristles of various forms and sizes; the large ones are falcate. Shoots erect. Leaves unequally pinnated; leaflets 5 to 7, oblong or ovate, glandu- lar-ciliate on the margin, and subpilose beneath. The flowers are large, usually of a pink color, but varying in hue, form, size, etc., through 100 known varieties, several together, and drooping, with leafy bracts; flower-bud short and ovoid. Sepals leafy, compound, viscid, and spreading in flower. Petals 5, and usually pale-red. Fruit ovoid; calyx and peduncles glandular-hispid, viscid, and fra- grant (L.-W.). History, Description, and Chemical Composition.—The native country of this rose-bush is unknown; but it is extensively cultivated in nearly all parts of the world, forming a valuable ornament to gardens. There are many varieties, the most fragrant of which are the best adapted for use. (For some accounts of the cultivation of roses, see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1887, p. 33, and 1893, p. 603.) The parts employed are the petals, which are “roundish-obovate and retuse, or obcor- date, pink, fragrant, sweetish, slightly bitter and faintly astringent”—(U. S. P.), 1678 ROSA GALLICA. They should be gathered before they are fully blown, freed from the calyx cups and stamens, and dried in the air. To preserve them they are frequently salted. The petals contain volatile oil (otto of roses, see Olewm Rosae), tannic acid, coloring matter, saccharine matter, mineral salts, salts of malic and tartaric acids, etc. (J. B. Enz, Wittstein's Vierteljahrsschrift, 1867, p. 53). Pharmaceutical and Medical Uses.—This rose, on account of its delightful fragrancy, is principally employed in France for the distillation of rose-water, so much used in collyria and other lotions; taken internally, it is said to be gently aperient, but is seldom, if ever, administered for this purpose. ROSA GALLICA (U. S. P.)—RED ROSE. “The petals of Rosa gallica, Linné, collected before expanding”—(U. S. P.). Nat. Ord.—Rosaceae. - CoMMON NAMES AND SYNoNYMs: Red rose petals, French rose, Provence rose; Flores rosarum rubrarum, Rosae gallicae petala (Br.), ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 104. Botanical Source.—The Red, French or Provence rose is a dwarfish, short- branched bush, 2 to 3 feet high, with the stem and petioles armed with numer- ous fine, nearly equal, uniform prickles and glandular bristles intermixed; the leaflets, mostly 5, are stiff, elliptical, and rugose. The flowers are large, erect, and several together, with leafy bracts; sepals ovate, leafy, and compound. Petals 5 or more, obcordate, large, spreading, and of a rich crimson color. The fruit is oblong or ovoid, glossy, and very coriaceous (L.-W.). History and Description.—This plant is indigenous to Austria and other parts of the middle and south of Europe, and is common in the gardens of that country and the United States. There are a great many varieties known in culti- vation. With this plant as with other species, cultivation multiplies the petals very much, by the conversion of stamina. The official parts are the petals. They should be collected previous to the expansion of the flowers, freed from their calyces and claws or heels, and speedily dried in the sun or by artificial heat. When dried they are sifted to remove the stamens and insects, and should be kept in a dry place, as for instance, in well-covered tin canisters or bottles. “When dried they have a velvety appearance; their color is purplish-red; their odor is much improved by desiccation” (Pareira). As officially described they are “usually in small cones, consisting of numerous imbricated, roundish, retuse, deep purple-colored, yellow-clawed petals, having a roseate odor and a bitterish, slightly acidulous and distinctly astringent taste”—(U. S. P.). Chemical Composition.—Infusion of red rose yields a black precipitate with ferric salts, and is changed to a scarlet color by sulphuric acid. Water takes up their properties. Cartier found in the petals volatile oil, coloring matter, tannic and gallic acids, fatty matter, albumen, soluble potassium salts (the ash contain- ing 42 to 44 per cent of potassa, Niederstadt), calcareous insoluble salts, silica, and oxide of iron. Filhol found a notable quantity of quercitrim in them, to which he attributes their astringency, also a large amount (20 per cent) of non-crystalli- zable sugar. Bowman (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1869, p. 194) finds 5.4 per cent of tannin present. The coloring matter, according to H. Semier (1877), is insoluble in ether which dissolves quercitrim and fat, soluble in much alcohol, precipitated by lead acetate. Acids color it a more vivid red, while alkalies turn it dark-red with green reflection, then yellow. Adulteration sometimes consists in artificially dyeing rose leaves with aniline colors (Amer. Jour, Pharm., 1881, p. 314). Action and Medical Uses.—Red roses are tonic and mildly astringent. They have been used in passive hemorrhages, and eſcCessive mucous discharges. They have also been found beneficial in bowel complaints, and are more commonly used in ophthalmic diseases as a poultice, or, the pith of Sassafras and infusion of roses as a collyrium in acute ophthalmia. The infusion is also used as a vehicle for various other remedies. The confection is mostly employed as a basis for making pills. If iron be added to the confection, or any of its preparations, it forms a hard. black pill, which passes through the alimentary canal unchanged. ROSMARIN U.S.–RU BIA. 1679 P-y ROSMARINU.S.—ROSEMARY. The tops and leaves of Rosmarinus officinalis, Linné. Nat. Ord.—labiatae. - CoMMON NAME AND SYNoNYMs: Rosemary; Folia roSmarini, Folia roris marini, Folia anth08. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 207. Botanical Source.—Rosemary is an erect, perennial, evergreen shrub, 2 to 4 feet high, with numerous branches of an ash color, and densely leafy. The leaves are sessile, opposite, linear, over an inch in length, and about 2 lines broad, entire, obtuse at the summit, revolute at the margins, of a firm consistence, dark-green and Shining above, and downy and sometimes whitish beneath. The flowers are few, bright-blue or white, subsessile, and borne in short, opposite, axillary, and ter- minal racemes; the bracts are shorter than the calyx; the calyx purplish, campanulate, and villose; the corolla not ringed in the inside, somewhat inflated in the throat, with 2 equal lips, the upper of which is erect and emarginate, the lower trifid, with the middle lobe very large, concave, and hanging down. Stamens 2; filaments minutely toothed near the base; anthers linear, with 2 divaricating, confluent cells. Upper lobe of style very short. Seeds 4, oblong, naked at the base of the calyx (L.-W.). History.—Rosemary is a native of the countries surrounding the Mediterranean, and is cultivated in nearly every garden for its beauty and fragrance, flowering in April and May. The parts used in medicine are the flowering tops, which have a powerful, diffusive, camphoraceous odor, and an aromatic, bitter taste; they Rosmarinus off- yield their properties to water or spirits, but more effectually to Ginalis. alcohol. The leaves are likewise used. Age and drying impair their odor and vir- tues, which are due to a volatile oil (Oleum Rosmarini), and which may be procured by distillation. On standing for some time, the oil deposits crystals of stearopten (rosemary camphor). Tannin, a bitter body, and resin are also constituents. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Rosemary is stimulant, antispasmodic, and emmenagogue; seldom used in this country, except as a perfume for oint- ments, liniments, embrocations, etc. The oil is principally employed. Dose, inter- mally, from 3 to 6 drops. Fig. 210. RUBIA.—MADDER. The root of Rubia tinctorum, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Rubiaceae. CoMMON NAMEs: Madder, Dyer’s madder. Botanical Source.—Dyer's madder has a perennial, long, cylindrical root, about the thickness of a quill, branched, externally deep, reddish-brown. The stems are several in number, herbaceous, diffuse, brittle, branched, tetragonal, and very rough, with sharp hooks. The leaves are 4 to 6 in a whorl, lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, mucronate, somewhat membraneous, with pinnated veins, 2 or 3 inches long, and nearly one-third as wide. Flowers small and yellow. Corolla rotate and 5-parted; lobes ovate-lanceolate, apiculate. Stamens 5, short; styles 2 short; anthers ovate-oblong; stigmas conical. Fruit didymous, globose, baccato, shining, and juicy (L.-Wi.). History and Description.—Madder is a native of the Mediterranean and southern European countries, and was extensively cultivated for the use of the dyer in various parts of that continent. The drug was chiefly imported from Holland and France, but its use is now largely supplanted by that of the artificial alizarin dye-stuffs. The root is collected in the third year of the plant, is freed from its epidermis and then dried. It consists of a dark, easily separable cortex, whose epidermis is thin, and of a ligneous meditullium, which, in the fresh state, is yellow, but becomes reddish by drying. It has a feeble odor, and a bitter and astringent taste, which properties, together with its color, are communicated to 1680 RUBU.S. alcohol or water. The microscope discovers numerous needle-shaped crystals, or raphides, in the cells of the root-bark (P.). Chemical Composition.—The color-producing principles of madder root are chiefly alizarin (C, H.O.) and purpurin (C.H.O.), which exist in the root partly free, but mostly combined with sugar, in the form of more or less easily decomposable glucosids. Decomposition is effected through the agency of the water-soluble, nitrogenous ferment, erythrozym, when solutions of madder extract are exposed to the air (Schunck, 1851). The alizarin-glucosid is the ruberythric acid of Rochleder (1851) (rubianic acid of Schunck), and is itself probably a decomposition product of rubian (Schunck). In the formation of purpurin from the glucosid, an inter- mediary product is pseudo-purpurim (purpurin-carbonic acid), which also exists in the root in free condition. Upon exposure to the air, it loses carbonic acid, and becomes purpurin. Additional constituents of madder root are sugar (10 to 15 per cent), pectin, albuminous bodies, yellow wanthine of Kuhlmann (1824), and Tubichloric acid of Rochleder (chlorogenine of Schunck), which is a glucosid yield- ing an undesirable brownish-green coloring matter. Xanthime and chlorogenine can be removed with cold water, which dissolves from dried madder a total of 55 per cent, while boiling water abstracts about 3 per cent, consisting of nearly all the valuable color-giving constituents of madder. ALIZARIN (C.H.O.) was discovered in madder, in 1826, by Colin and Robi- quet, and was obtained synthetically from the hydrocarbon, anthracene (C.H.), by Graebe and Liebermann, in 1869. According to these chemists, it is dioxy- anthraquinone. Alizarin crystallizes in dark-yellow or red prisms, or in scales, is freely soluble in alcohol, ether, wood alcohol, benzol, carbon disulphide, oil of tur- pentine and glycerin, very little soluble in boiling water (1 in 2940). It is insolu- ble in cold, very little soluble in hot solution of alum, differing in this respect from purpurin. At a temperature of 237.7°C. (460°F.), it sublimes in the form of orange-colored prisms. It dissolves in caustic alkali with purple-blue color; with calcium, barium, aluminum salts, also with the salts of heavy metals, it forms insoluble colored compounds. With alumina, fixed in fabrics, it yields red and pink; with ferric Salts, purple and black colors; calico impregnated with oil and alum produces, with alizarin, Turkey-red. - PURPURIN (C.H.O.) is oxyalizarin or trioxy-anthraquinone. It was formerly desig- nated as madder-purple. It crystallizes from alcohol in red needles, is more soluble in boiling water than alizarin, and dissolves readily in hot solution of alum with cherry-red color. By heating purpurin in sealed glass tubes to about 215° C. (400°F.), it is converted into alizarin (Bolley). As to other coloring principles of madder, e.g., munjistin (CisłI.O.) and pur- pwro-Canthine (C.H.O.), see A. Wurtz, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1883, p. 365; and Huse- mann and Hilger, PflanzenStoffe. Also see admirable paper on madder by Dr. Crace- Calvert, Pharm. Jour. Trans.,Vol. II, 1871–72, pp. 394 and 414; and by W. J. Russell, Žbid.,Vol. IV, 1873–74, pp. 346 and 382. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Madder is supposed to promote the menstrual and urinary discharges, and has been recommended for such purposes by various practitioners. However, it is not in general use, as the profession lack confidence in its action. The dose is 30 grains, 3 or 4 times a day. Animals fed upon madder have their bones colored red by it. ALIZARIN INK.—Leonhardi obtained a patent for “Alizarin Ink” which does not contain gum, is prevented from becoming moldy by its indigo and acetate of iron, and in which the sulphate of indigo prevents the tannate of iron from separating. It is prepared by digesting 24 parts of aleppo galls and 3 parts of Dutch madder with 120 parts of water. The liquid is filtered and mixed with 1.2 parts solution of indigo, 6.2 sulphate of iron, and 2 parts crude acetate of iron solution. It is said to be a Superior ink. RUBUS (U. S. P.)—RUBUs. The bark of the root of Rubus villosus, Aiton; Rubus canadensis, Linné; and Rubus trivialis, Michaux. Nat. Ord.—Rosaceae. CoMMON NAMES: Blackberry, etc. (see next page). ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 100. FUBU.S. 1681 Botanical Source.—Rubus villosus is a perennial, half shrubby plant, pubes- cent and prickly. Its root is woody, knotty, and horizontal, and sends up a tall, branching, slender, prickly, more or less furrowed and angular stem, recurved at top, and from 3 to 6 feet high. The leaves are mostly in threes, sometimes fives, often solitary, on a channeled, hairy petiole; leaflets ovate, acuminate, sharply and unequally serrate, covered with scattered hairs above, and with a thick, soft pubescence underneath; terminal stalked; 2 side ones sessile; petiole and back of the midrib commonly armed with short, recurved prickles. Branch- lets, stalks, and lower surface of the leaves hairy and glandular; leaflets from 2% to 4 inches long, by 1% to 2% inches wide. Flowers large, in erect racemes, with a hairy, prickly stalk; pedicels slender, 1 or 2 inches long, with glandular hairs and lanceolate bracts. Petals 5, white, ovate or oblong, concave. contracted into a short claw at base. Calyx short, with ovate, hairy segments, ending in an acumi- nate point, or a lanceolate leaflet. Stamens numerous, inserted on the calyx along with the petals; filaments slender; anthers small. The fruit is large, at first green, then red, and, when matured, black; it consists of about 20 roundish, shining, black, fleshy carpels, closely collected into an ovate or oblong head, Sub- acid, well flavored, and ripening in August and September (L.-W.-G.). Rubus canadensis, sometimes called Low or Creeping blackberry, has a slender, prickly stem, procumbent, or trailing several yards upon the ground. The leaves are petiolate, of three (or pedately 5 or 7) leaflets, which are elliptical, or rhom- boidal-oval, acute, thin, membranaceous, sharply and unequally cut-serrate, often somewhat incised, somewhat pubescent, 1 to 1% inches long, and about one-half as wide. The flowers are large, white, nearly solitary, on slender, elongated, prickly, somewhat corymbed pedicels, with leafy bracts; lower peduncles distant; upper crowded. Petals obovate and twice as long as the calyx. The fruit is large, black, very sweet, and juicy (W.-T.—G.). Rubus trivialis, or Low-bush blackberry, of the southern states (Southern dewberry). has a procumbent, shrubby stem, armed with both prickles and bristles. The leaves are trifoliate, or pedately 5-parted, evergreen, leathery, and almost smooth. The leaflets are sharply serrate, and of the ovate-oblong or lanceolate form. Flowers large, and from 1 to 3 to the peduncles. They blossom in March. History, Description, and Chemical Composition.—The Dewberry grows wild in dry, stony fields, gravelly soil, and neglected grounds, and is common from Canada to Virginia, flowering in May, and ripening its fruit in July and August. The root is the official part; it is generally smaller than the blackberry root, with its external covering transversely cracked, of a dark, brownish-gray color, odorless, and woody internally. The Southern dewberry blooms in March, and matures its fruit in May. It is found in sandy soils from Virginia to Florida, and from thence westward. Blackberry grows abundantly in most parts of the United States, in old fields, by the roadside, and on the borders of thickets, flower- ing from May to July, and maturing its fruit in August. The bark of the root is the part used. As demanded by the U. S. P., it is “in thin, tough, flexible bands, outer surface blackish, or blackish-gray, inner surface pale-brownish, sometimes with strips of whitish, tasteless wood adhering; inodorous; taste strongly astrin- gent, somewhat bitter”—(U. S. P.). These plants possess astringent medicinal properties, and may be substituted the one for the other. The bark of the old roots, or the smaller roots, of dew- berry and blackberry, should always be preferred, as the woody portion is inert. Their properties are similar, and they impart their virtues to water, alcohol, or port wine. The fruits of these plants (and Rubus Strigosus) are much esteemed as an article of diet, and have been manufactured into cordials, jams, jellies, and syrups. They contain volatile oil, coloring matters, citric and malic acids, sugar, mucilage, etc. The root-bark of Rubus villosus, according to analysis by G. A. Krauss (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1889, p. 605, and 1890, p. 161), contains a crystallizable, bitter glucosid, villosin, sparingly soluble in water and petroleum benzin ; freely soluble in alcohol, insoluble in chloroform, nearly so in ether. It is rather un- stable, being readily hydrolyzed into sugar and resinous villosic acid, soluble in alcohol, ether, and chloroform. Herman Harms (ibid., 1894, p. 580) believes vil- losin to be allied to saponim. This author found the dry bark to contain from 12 to 19 per cent of tannin. 106 1682 RU Bl]S ID AEUS. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—These plants are useful as astringents. An infusion or decoction of the leaves of raspberry (see Rubus Idaeus), or the bark of the roots of the other two, has been found an excellent remedy in diarrhoea, dysen- tery (chronic), cholera infantum, relaxed conditions of the intestines of children, passive hemorrhage from the stomach, bowels, or uterus, and in colliquative diarrhoea. The de- coction, used as an injection, is useful in gonorrhaea, gleet, leucorrhoea, and prolapsus uteri and ami. In prolapsus uteri, it may be used either alone or combined with the internal use of a decoction of equal parts of black cohosh and blackberry roots, taken freely. Rubus villosus is especially adapted to children's diarrhoeas, the stools being copious, watery, and clay-colored. Such children are pale, fretful, without appetite, there is deficient glandular activity, and the gastro-intestimal tract shows evidence of enfeeblement and relaxation. The leave of raspberry, in decoction with cream, will allay nausea and vomiting, and, combined with aromatics, have been found useful in diarrhaea, cholera morbus, and cholera infantwm. It is said that raspberry will, during labor, increase the activity of the uterine contractions when these are feeble, even in instances where ergot has failed, and that it has been found serviceable in after-pains. The fruit, especially that of the blackberry, makes an excellent syrup, which is of much service in dysentery, being pleasant to the taste, mitigating the accompanying tenesmus and sufferings of the patient, and ultimately effecting a cure. The fruit of the raspberry contains very little nourishment, but is an agreeable acidulous article, rarely disturbing the stomach, and, when eaten freely, promotes the action of the bowels. Raspberry syrup, added to water, forms a refreshing and beneficial beverage for fever patients, and dur- ing convalescence. The jelly or jam may likewise be used in similar cases; that of the blackberry being more astringent, is better adapted to cases of diarrhoea, dysentery, and cholera infantum. Dose of the decoction of these plants, from 1 to 4 fluid ounces, several times a day; of the pulverized root-bark, 20 to 30 grains. Specific Indications and Uses.—(Rubus villosus.) Gastro-intestinal atomy, with copious, watery, and pale alvine discharges. RUBUS IDAEUS (U. S. P.)—RASPBERRY. “The fruit of Rubus Idaeus, Linné"—(U. S. P.), and fruit and leaves of Rubus strigosus, Michaux. Nat. Ord.—Rosaceae. CoMMON NAMES: (1) Raspberry, (2) Red raspberry. Botanical Source.—Rubus Idaeus. This plant grows to a height of 6 feet. The young branches are glaucous, somewhat bristly and spinous, with odd-pin- mate leaves, bearing 1, 2, or 3 pairs of Serrate, ovate, sessile, whitish, pubescent leaflets. The flower-petals are white, about the length of the calyx-lobes, and 5 in number. The plant is believed to be derived from the following plant. Rubus strigosus, Michaux, is a shrubby, strongly hispid plant, about 4 feet in height. The leaves are pinnately 3 or 5-foliate; the leaflets oblong-ovate or oval, obtuse at base, pointed, coarsely and unequally Serrate, green above, canes- cent tomentose beneath, lateral ones sessile, odd one often subcordate at base, and distinctly petiolate, 1% to 2% inches long, and about one-third to two-thirds as wide. The flowers are white, and borne in panicled corymbs. Corolla cup-shaped, about the length of the calyx. Fruit a red berry, hemispherical, composed of many juicy, 1-seeded acini, on a dry receptacle, of a rich, delicious flavor (W.). History and Description.—Rubus Idaeus, or cultivated raspberry, is indige- mous to Europe and to Asia, eastward to Japan, where the red raspberry is likewise found. The Red raspberry grows wild, and is common to Canada and the north- ern United States, growing in hedges, neglected fields, thickets, and hills, flower- ing in May, and ripening its fruit from June to August. The leaves and fruit are the medicinal parts. The leaves impart their properties to water, giving to the infusion an odor and flavor somewhat similar to that of some kinds of black tea. The U. S. P. describes Rubus Idaeus fruit as follows: “Deprived of the coni- cal receptacle, and, therefore, hollow at the base; hemispherical, red, finely hairy, composed of from 20 to 30 coalesced, small drupes, each one crowned with the withered style; juice red; of an agreeable odor, and a pleasant, acidulous taste. RUMEX. 1683 The closely allied, light-red fruit of Rubus strigosus, Michaux, and the purplish- black fruit of Rubus occidentalis, Linné, may be employed in place of the above”— (U. S. P.). The Rubus occidentalis is the Black raspberry, or Thimbleberry, common in waste places and fence corners from Canada to Georgia, and west. Its fruit is inferior to that of the preceding varieties. Chemical Composition.— According to analysis by Seyffert (Archiv der Pharm., 1879, p. 324), garden raspberries yielded 9 per cent more juice than a wild- growing variety. Acidity was about equal in both specimens (1.4 per cent). The cultivated variety contained 4.5 per cent of sugar, while the other had only 2.8 per cent (referred to fresh berries). According to Papst (see Dragendorff's Heil- pflanzen, p. 278), the acids of raspberry juice are chiefly malic and citric acids; the sugar consists of lavulose (4.6 per cent) and dextrose (2.5 per cent). Raspberry camphor is a volatile solid, which forms in an aqueous distillate from pressed raspberries (Bley; see Husemann and Hilger, Pflanzenstoffe, p. 1005). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Same as for Rubus. A syrup is pre- pared from R. Idaeus. Related Species.—Rubus odoratus, Linné, Rose-flowering raspberry, or Mulberry, has an erect or reclining, unarmed, glandular-pilose, shrubby stem, from 3 to 5 feet in height. Leaves 4 to 8 inches long, nearly as wide, cordate at base, palmately 3 to 5-lobed, unequally serrate; lobes acuminate, the middle one prolonged ; petioles 2 or 3 inches long, and with the pedun- cles, calyx, and branches clothed with viscid hairs. Flowers many, large, nearly 2 inches in diameter, in terminal corymbs. Petals orbicular, purple-rose color; stamens numerous, whit- ish. Fruit broad and thin, bright-red, sweet. This plant grows on rocky banks and in up- land woods in the United States and Canada, flowering in June and July, and ripening its fruit in August. A decoction of it is said to be powerfully diuretic, and may be used freely in affections of the wrimary organs, and dropsy (W.—G.). Rubus Chamaemorus, Linné, or Cloudberry, is a small, herbaceous plant, found in our White Mountains. Mr. C. O. Cech found the berries to contain much sugar, citric acid, and an Orange-yellow coloring matter. In Russia, where it is indigenous, the infusion of the keaves is successfully employed in cystic debility and dropsy. RUMEX (U. S. P.)—RUMEX. “The root of Rumex, crispus, Linné, and of some other species of Rumex "- (U. S. P.). Nat. Ord.—Polygonaceae. Botanical Source and History.—Rumex crispus, Linné, or Yellow dock, is the species of dock most commonly used by physicians. It has a deep spindle-shaped, yellow root, with a stem 2 or 3 feet high, angular, furrowed, somewhat zigzag, smooth to the touch, panicled, and leafy. The leaves are lanceolate, acute, strongly undulated, and crisped at the edges, of a light-green color; radical ones on long petioles, truncate, or subcordate at base; uppermost narrower, and nearly sessile. Flowers numerous, pale-green, drooping, in a large panicle consisting of many wand-like racemes of half-whorls, interspersed with leaves below. Inner sepals, or valves, much larger than the outer, veiny, waved, entire, ovate, each bearing a large ovate brown grain or tubercle on the back. Nut contracted at each end, with three blunt or tumid angles. This plant is introduced into this country from Europe, growing in cultivated grounds, waste grounds, about rub- bish, etc., flowering in June and July (L.—G.—W.). Rumex aquaticus, Pursh (R. orbiculatus, Gray), or Great water dock, has a stout black root, whitish internally, with a thick, erect stem, 3 to 5 feet high. Leaves 1 foot or more in length, 3 to 5 inches wide, smooth, lanceolate, and pointed; lower ones cordate, on long petioles. Flowers verticillate, in a terminal, leafy panicle. Pedicels capillary, drooping. The 3 petals, or as termed by some botanists, the 3 inner divisions of the calyx, which form a kind of triangle, and are termed valves, are large, broadly-ovate, obtuse, entire, and minutely granular along the center. This is an European plant, but introduced into this country, growing in wet places, ditches, etc., and flowering in July (W.-G.). Rwmez britannica, Linné, or Yellow-rooted water dock, has a large root, exter- nally dark, internally yellowish, with an angular, furrowed, branching stem, 2 or 3 feet high. Leaves broad-lanceolate, acute at both ends, 3 to 5 inches long, petio- late, flat, smooth, with the sheathing stipules slightly rent. Flowers perfect, in 1684 RUMEX. verticillate fascicles collected into a large, terminal panicle, the spikes of which are nearly leafless; pedicels capillary and modding in fruit. Calyx valves large, cor- date, entire, graniferous, 2 of the grains small or abortive. This is an indigenous plant, growing in muddy places, along banks of streams, etc., in various parts of the United States, and bearing flowers from May to August (W.—G.-Wi.). Rumex, obtusifolius, Linné, or Blunt-leaved dock, has its root brown outside and yellow within ; the stem is 2 or 3 feet high, furrowed, somewhat roughish. branching, and leafy. Radical leaves about 1 foot long, and 5 or 6 inches in width, ovate-cordate, obtuse, rather downy on veins underneath, somewhat wavy margined, often with stock and veins red; upper ones oblong-lanceolate, and acute. Flowers in long, nearly naked racemes; whorls loose and distant; valves ovate-halbert-shaped, sharply denticulate at the base, strongly reticulated, one of them principally bearing a granule on the back. This is a common weed, intro- duced from Europe, growing about houses and fields, and flowering from May to August (G.—W.). History and Description.—These four species of dock possess similar medic- inal properties. The roots of several other species have been medicinally employed, and may be used indiscriminately with the above, as the R. patientia and R. alpinus of Europe, and the R. acutus and R. Sangwinews of this country. These various dock- roots have hardly any odor, an astringent, bitterish taste, and yield their virtues to alcohol, or boiling water. The young leaves of some of the species are sometimes used as greens. Yellow dock root varies in length from 4 to 6 inches, or more, and has an epidermis easily removed, beneath which are the bark layers, the woody part, and the medulla. The bark of Yellow dock root is the most active part, though the whole root is generally employed. Occasionally the root is divided longitudinally into halves or quarters; it is sometimes called Sowr dock, Narrow dock, or Curled dock. The term Sour dock has been given to it probably on account of the sourness of the petioles, and which is due to the oxalic acid they contain. As officially described rumex is “from 20 to 30 Cnn. (8 to 12 inches) long, about 10 to 15 Mm. (# to $ inch) thick, somewhat fusiform, fleshy, nearly simple, annu- late above, deeply wrinkled below; externally rusty brown, internally whitish, with fine, straight, interrupted, reddish, medullary rays, and a rather thick bark; fracture short; odor slight, peculiar; taste bitter and astringent”—(U. S. P.). Chemical Composition.— Yellow dock root has been found to contain a small amount of Sugar, gum, albuminous substance, starch, tannin forming green pre- cipitates with iron salts, etc. Riegel (1841) found in the root of R. obtusifolius (Radia, lapathi acuti) resin and the aforenamed substances, and a principle which he named rumicin, and which Karl von Thamn (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1859, p. 152) believed to be identical with chrysophanic acid of rhubarb (see Related Species, next page). Rumicin was first obtained in an impure condition by Buchner and Her- berger in 1831. Oxalic acid is present in the petioles of Yellow dock. Prolonged boiling injures the properties of the roots. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—The dock roots are decidedly altera- tive, tonic, mildly astringent, and detergent, and are eminently useful in Scor- butic, cutaneous, Scrofulow8, Scirrhows and Syphilitic affections, leprosy, elephantiasis, etc.; for which purpose we prefer the Rumex, crispus, which is principally em- ployed for its alterative and tonic influences in all cases where these are desired. Preparations from old material are worthless, but very efficient medicines are produced from the green root. The drug induces retrograde metamorphosis, increases innervation, and improves nutrition. In bad blood with skin disorders it is exceedingly efficient, acting decidedly upon the glandular system, remov- ing chronic lymphatic enlargements, and especially influencing those conditions in which there is a tendency to indolent wicerations and low inflammatory deposits. The most direct indication for its use is a scrofulous condition with low deposits in the cellular tissues and glands with a tendency to break down and but little tendency to repair. It should be used both locally and internally. Small doses of specific rumex are useful in nervous dyspepsia, with epigastric fullness and pain, and aching or darting pain in the left chest, with flatulent distension of the stomach and eructations of gas. It is said to check painless watery diarrhoeal discharges. Rumex is employed for “cough with a sensation of fullness in the chest, with sighing, yawning, and efforts to take a full inspiration.” It is most RUMEX ACETOSA. 1685 valuable in respiratory affections showing impoverished and vitiated blood. It may be employed in laryngeal, tracheal, and bronchial catarrh, and in chronic Sore throat with hypersecretion, and is not without good effects in incipient phthisis. Summer coughs, of a dry and stubborn character have yielded to it (Webster). The fraction of the drop acts best here. Internally in doses of from Hºw to # drop Specific rumex may be employed for the relief of army itch (contagious prurigo). The fresh root bruised in cream, lard, or fresh butter, forms an excellent oint- ment for scrofulous ulcers, scrofulous ophthalmia, itch, and a discutient for indolent glandular tumors. An ointment of the root of R. crispus, and the root-bark of Celastrus scandens, with gunpowder, is said to prove a certain cure for the itch, as well as being of value in other cutaneous diseases and ulcers. Its efficacy (of the ointment) in itch is probably chiefly due to the sulphur in the gunpowder. The powdered root is recommended as a dentifrice, especially when the gums are spongy. Dose of the decoction or syrup, from 1 to 4 fluid ounces, 3 times a day; specific rumex, fraction of a drop to 30 drops. Specific Indications and Uses.—Bad blood with chronic skin diseases; bu- bonic swellings; low deposits in glands and cellular tissues, and tendency to indo- lent ulcers; feeble recuperative power; irritative, dry laryngo-tracheal cough ; stub- born, dry, summer cough; chronic sore throat, with glandular enlargements and hypersecretion; nervous dyspepsia, with epigastric fullness and pain extending through left half of chest; cough, with dyspnoea and sense of praecordial fullness. Related Species.—Rumea, nepalensis, Wallich. This plant grows abundantly in Madras and other parts of India, and is used by the natives for its astringent qualities, and for dyeing purposes. According to O. Hesse (Amner. Jour. Pharm., 1896, p. 443), this root contains a series of homologous substances (differing by multiples of the group, CH2). The author found rumicin (C15H10O.) differing from chrysophanic acid (see Rheum), chiefly in melting point; nepalim (C17H14O4) in largest quantity, and nepodim (Cisłł16O4). (Compare the series chryso- phamic acid, emodim, and rheim, under Rheum.) Rumex, hymenosepalus, Torrey.—This species of dock is plentiful in Sandy soils along the Rio Grande in Mexico, western Texas, New Mexico and California. The root, called Canaigre, has come into prominence in recent years, on account of the large amount of tannin it con- tains. It was used by the Indians as a tanning material and a dye-stuff; its Mexican name is Raiz del Indio. The root contains 23.16 per cent of tannin (Voelcker, Amer. Jour, Pharm., 1876, p. 49) and 18 per cent of starch (Clifford Richardson, ibid., 1886, p. 265). The coloring matters isolated by both chemists are analogous to those of rhubarb (see Rheum). Prof. Trimble (The Tammins) found the tannin to agree with that from mangrove, rhatany and perhaps mimosa. RUMEX ACETOSA.—SORREL. The leaves of Rumea; Acetosa, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Polygonaceae. COMMON NAME : Sorrel. Botanical Source.—Rumex Acetosa has a long and tapering, somewhat woody root, with an erect, simple, leafy, striated stem, 1 or 2 feet high. The lower leaves are petiolate, somewhat ovate, and narrow- Fig. 21 l. shaped, with 2 lateral teeth; the upper ones sessile, more oblong, and narrower. The stipule is tubular, membranous, and fringed. Clusters erect, compound, whorled, and leaf- less. Flowers dioecious; males green, with a reddish tinge; inner sepals ovate, rather larger than the Outer; females rather redder; inner sepals ovate, obtuse, red, entire, each bearing an oblong, pale tubercle. The whole herb is smooth and powerfully and agreeably acid. The root is astringent. The plant is common to England, and is sometimes culti- wated in this country (L.). History and Chemical Composition.—The leaves of this and the following plant (see Rumea; Acetosella, next page) are the parts used in medicine. They are imodorous, and have an agreeable, acid, slightly astringent taste. The leaves chiefly contain acid oxalate (binoxalate) of potassium, tan- mic acid, and nitrogenous matter. By drying, their acidity is lost. They are used alone, or in the form of an infusion of the fresh leaves. The root contains a substance allied to Rumex Acetosa, I686 - RUTA. crysophanic acid, and an iron-greening tannin. In the early stage of its growth, it abounds in oxalic acid (5 per cent soluble, and about 9 per cent insoluble). (As to the distribution of oxalic acid at different seasons of the growth of the plant, see Berthelot and André, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1886, p. 500.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Fresh sorrel leaves are refrigerant and diuretic. An infusion is useful in febrile and inflammatory diseases, and in Scorbutic diseases. They may likewise be used as a salad, or boiled like spinach. The leaves, eaten freely, have produced poisonous effects, owing to the potassium binoxalate they contain (see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1887, p. 7). In poisoning by this agent the same treatment should be pursued as for poisoning by oxalic acid, viz.: the free administration of chalk suspended in an abundance of water; this should be followed by an emetic or stomach-pump, and subsequently by lenitives. Wrapped up and roasted, the leaves form an excellent application to indolent twmors, wens, boils, etc., hastening suppuration. The inspissated juice, ap- plied on leather, is said to form an effectual but painful cure for twmors, and the improbable claim has been made that it will cure incipient cancers. Acting upon this hint, the follow- ing preparation has been used as a remedy in cutaneous cancers, viz.: Take of burnt alum, 1 drachm; citric or tartaric acid, 2 drachms; oxalic acid, 2 drachms; rain-water, 3 pint. Mix. To be applied by means of a camel's-hair pencil. Fig. 212. Related Species.—Rumex Acetosella, Linné, Field or Sheep SOrrel, has a leafy stem, from 6 to 12 inches in height, with lanceolate-hastate, pleasantly-acid leaves. The flowers are small, reddish, in panicled racemes. Valves ovate, scarcely enlarging in fruit, destitute of granules. Rumex Acetosella. Stamens and styles on separate plants; styles adherent to the angles of the ovary. This weed is found in abundance throughout the United States, growing in pastures, waste grounds, and worn fields, flowering all summer (G.-W.). A strong tincture of the fresh plant (3 viii to alcohol, 76 per cent, Oj), in doses ranging from 1 to 30 drops, has been suggested by Dr. Scudder (Spec. Med.) as a remedy where there is a “tendency to degeneration of tissue,” and he states that whether “in syphilis, Scrofula, or cancer, the indication for its use is the replacement of tissue with lower organizations.” The urinary apparatus and renal Secretions are influenced by it. RUTA.—RUE. The leaves and unripe fruit of Ruta graveolens, Linné. Nat. Ord.-Rutaceae. COMMON NAME: Garden rue. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 44. Botanical Source.—Rue is a glaucous, hairless, erect, suffruticose, perennial plant, with branching stems, 2 or 3 feet in height, woody below, with a grayish, rough bark; herbaceous and smooth above. The leaves are alternate, 2 and 3-pinnately divided; leaflets sessile, oblong, obtuse, dotted; glaucous, or bluish-green, 6 to 10 lines long, by 2 to 4 wide; terminal ones obovate-cune- ate. The flowers are yellow, or pale greenish-yellow, in terminal, corymbose racemes; peduncles subdividing. Petals 4, yellow, unguiculate, concave, wavy, and a little irregularly toothed. Stamens 8, longer than the petals; filaments subulate; anthers ovate, obtuse, and yellow. Styles 4, distinct at the base, where they spring from the inner angle of the carpels above the common axis; united upward into a single pistil, which is attenuated toward the apex; stigma 4-furrowed. Carpels terminal, leafless, trichotomous, and cymose. The fruit is a roundish capsule, warted, and 4-lobed, each lobe opening into 2 valves (L.-W.). It is remarkable that the anthers move in turns to the pistillum, and after having shed their pollen retire. Fig. 213. Ruta graveolens. SABADILLA. 1687 History, Description, and Chemical Composition.—Rue is a well-known evergreen, half-shrubby plant, common to Southern Europe, and introduced into this country as a garden plant. It flowers in July and August. The whole plant has a strong, heavy, unpleasant smell, and a bitter, acrid, pungent taste, which is due to its volatile oil. The leaves are the parts used, and, when fresh, are said to irritate and even vesicate the surface to which they are applied. They should be gathered when the seed-vessels are well developed, yet still green; the seed-vessels of the unripe fruit are covered with large oil vesicles, and may like- wise be used for medicinal purposes. Rue yields its properties to boiling water in infusion, but alcohol is its best solvent. The plant loses much of its activity by drying. Its chief constituents are volatile oil (see Olewm Ruta), cowmarin, the crystallizable, yellow glucosid, rutin (rutic acid), and a volatile alkaloid (Dragen- dorff's Heilpflanzen, 1898, p. 351). Rutin (C.H.O.) was discovered, in 1842, by Weiss, in the leaves of the gar- den rue, and also occurs in the flower-buds (capers) of Capparis Spinosa, Linné, Sophora japonica, Linné, and other plants. Boiling with diluted acids converts it into quercetin (1 molecule) and isodulcite (3 molecules). (For further details, see Husemann and Hilger, Pflanzenstoffe, p. 830; and Watt's Dictionary of Chemistry, Vol. IV, 1894, p. 419.) - Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Rue is emmenagogue, echolic, anthel- mintic, and antispasmodic. In large doses it seems to be a narcotico-acrid poison. It is asserted to cause abortion, and such effect is accompanied with inflammation of the stomach and bowels, with cerebral disturbance. Among the symptoms are retching and vomiting, violent pain in the stomach, headache, cerebral oppression and fullness, heat flushes, uncertain locomotion, somnolence, prostration, pulse feeble, at first rapid, then slow, coldness and twitching of the extremities, and frequent desire to pass urine, which is strongly impregnated with the peculiar odor of rue. Its action is chiefly directed upon the uterus, and is capable of exciting memorrhagia, inflammation, and miscarriage. It has been successfully used in flatulent colic, hysteria, some mervous complaints, epilepsy, and as an excellent ver- mifuge. Rue is a simulant to the genito-urinary tract, and, in small doses, might prove a remedy in atonic conditions of these parts. Owing to its affinity for the nervous system, it relieves irritation and pain when administered in small amounts. It deserves study; and from 1 to 10 drops of the strong tincture (fresh herb, 5 viii to alcohol, 98 per cent, Oj) may be given, well diluted with water, at a single dose. Dose of the leaves, from 10 to 20 grains; of the decoction, from 1 to 4 fluid ounces of the oil, from 2 to 6 drops. SABADILLA.—CEVADILLA. The seeds of Schoenocaulon officinale, Asa Gray (Veratrum officinale, Schlecht- endal; Sabadilla officinarum, Brandt; Helonias officinalis, Don; Asagrara officinalis, Lindley), deprived of and unmixed with their pericarps. Nat. Ord.—Melanthaceae. CoMMON NAMEs: Cevadilla, Sabadill. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 287. Botanical Source and History.—The precise origin of this remedy is yet somewhat obscure; by some cevadilla is referred entirely to Veratrum officinale, with the synonyms as given above, while others consider it the product of P. Sabadilla, Retzius, with other plants of allied species. It is not probable, however, that Veratrum Sabadilla furnishes much of the commercial seed. The British Pharma- copaeia (1885) gave Schoenocaulon officinale (Asagraa officinalis) as the only plant from which the seeds are procured. It is not official in the edition of 1898. The following is a description of two plants from which the seeds are reputed to be obtained: Veratrum Sabadilla of Retzius, is a plant 3 or 4 feet high, with a simple, erect, round scape. The leaves are numerous, spreading on the ground, all radical, ovate-oblong, and obtuse, with from 8 to 14 ribs, glaucous underneath. The fiowers are blackish-purple, rather nodding, on spreading, simple, or a little branched panicles; pedicels very short, approximated in twos and threes; those 1688 SADADILl A. of the fertile flowers eventually becoming turned to one side; those of the sterile flowers deciduous, and leaving a scar. Segments of the perianth ovate-lanceolate, and veinless. Ovaries 3, oblong, connate, and obtuse; styles acute, and dilated downward ; stigmas simple. Capsules 3, in form resembling those of Larkspur, occupying only one side of the stem, opening at the apex inside. Seeds 3 in each cell, imbricated, curved, blunt on one side, sooty, and acrid. This plant inhabits Mexico and the West Indian Islands (L.). Schoenocaulon officinale, Gray (Asagraea officinalis, Lindley, Veratrum officinale, Schlechtendal, and Helonias officinalis of Don), is a caespitose plant, bulbous, with the leaves linear, tapering to a point, even, smooth, entire, channeled above, cari- mate at the back, and about 4 feet long, by 3 lines broad. The scape is naked, the height of a man, quite simple, and terminated by a raceme 18 inches long. Perianth deeply 6-parted, spreading, yellowish-white, permanent, with linear, thick, veinless, obtuse segments, 3 of which are rather broader than the others. Filaments 6, somewhat clavate, those opposite the broad segments of the perianth longer than the others, and all longer than the perianth. Anthers large, yellow, cordate, and obtuse. Ovary formed of 3 cells, united by their sutures, with an obscure stigma. Fruit tricapsular; the carpels united by their suture separable. Seeds winged, and wrinkled. The lower flowers are hermaphrodite and fertile; the upper male and sterile. This plant is a native of the eastern side of the Mexican Andes, near Barranca de Tioselo, by the Hacienda de la Laguna, in grassy places (L.). Description.—Cevadilla seeds are said to be brought from the Antilles, from Mexico (ripe capsules), and from Venezuela (seeds only), and are generally asso- ciated with the tri-follicled fruit, each division of which is composed of a slender elastic, membranous follicle, and from 1 to 3 black, shining, flat, shriveled, winged, elastic seeds. The seeds are odorless, but have a bitter, acrid, tingling taste, which is intense, persistent, and disagreeable; and their powder excites violent sneezing and discharge from the nostrils. They yield their properties with difficulty to water, but readily to alcohol. They are used as a source of the alkaloid veratrine, of which the yield is one-third of 1 per cent. Chemical Composition.—Sabadilla seeds contain fixed oil (24.6 per cent), resin (10 per cent, of which 8.5 per cent is insoluble in ether), the alkaloid vera- trine (Meissner, 1818) (see Veratrina), a peculiar volatile and crystallizable fatty acid called sabadillic or cevadic acid (Pelletier and Caventou, 1819), etc. The alkaloidal constituents have been frequently investigated. C. R. A. Wright and A. P. Luff (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1878, p. 489, from Lond. Jour. Chem. Soc., Aug., 1878, p. 358) come to the following conclusions: The seeds of Vera- trum Sabadilla contain: (1) amorphous veratrine (C, H, NOM), first isolated by Couerbe (1834); upon saponification it splits into veratric acid (dimethylproto- catechwic acid) and a new base, verine (C, H, NO.); (2) crystallizable cevadine (C, H, NO,), the principal alkaloid, first isolated by Merck (1855) and named by him veratrine. It melts at about 205.5°C. (402° F.), and upon saponification splits into the base cevine (C, H, NO.) and methylcrotomic acid (C.H.O.) with which the above cevadic acid is identical. The authors could not obtain the crystalli- zable, non-sternutatory (3) sabadilline of Couerbe (1834), Hübschmann (1852), and Weigelin (Jahresb. der Pharm., 1871, p. 34), the existence of which, however, is upheld by Masing (ibid.). Wright and Luff found instead a similar body, like- wise insoluble, or nearly so, in ether, but annorphous and insoluble in water, and named it cevadilline. The amorphous alkaloid sabatrime of Weigelin (loc. cit.) is believed by the authors to be a mixture. They likewise disbelieve the state- ments of former authors (Weigelin, E. Schmidt and R. Köppen, Archiv der Pharm., 1877, p. 1) that cevadine (veratrine) occurs in two isomeric modifications, one crystalline, the other amorphous. Bosetti, however (Archiv der Pharm., 1883, pp. 81–106), differentiated commercial veratrine into a crystallizable base, nearly insoluble in water, soluble in alcohol and ether, and identical with cevadine (C, H, NO,), which he names veratrine, and an isomer of the latter, soluble in water, which he calls veratridine (also see Veratrina). E. Merck (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1891, p. 338) isolated from cevadilla seeds two new alkaloids Sabadine (C.H.I.N.O.) and Sabadinine (C, HaNO, or C, H, NO.). Both are crystallizable and non-sternu- tatory. Wright and Luff believe the sabadilla alkaloids to be closely related to SABBATIA. 1689 the alkaloids of aconite. Sabadilla seeds, when assayed by Keller's method (Jahresb. der Pharm., 1892, p. 14), yield from 4.25 to 4.35 per cent of total alkaloid, while the yield is usually stated to be only from 1 to 2 per cent. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Cevadilla Seeds have been used as a vermifuge, and to destroy vermin in the hair, but their dangerous drastic and irritating properties have caused them to be dismissed from practice. They are principally used in the manufacture of veratrine; and rarely, but with great caution, in some mervous diseases, tapeworm, etc. The dose is from 5 to 15 grains, for the expulsion of taenia, and other worms. An extract has proved beneficial in painful rheumatic and neuralgic affections. Cevadilla is now used only as a source of veratrine, to which all of its activity and toxic properties are due. SABBATIA.—AMERICAN CENTAURY. The herb of Sabbatia angularis, Pursh (Chironia angularis, Linné). Nat. Ord.—Gentianeae. COMMON NAMEs: American centaury, Rose-pink. Botanical Source.—This plant, also called Rose-pink, has a yellow, fibrous, biennial root, with an erect, smooth, quadrangular stem, the angles of which are winged, having many opposite branches, and 1 to 2 feet in height. The leaves are opposite, sessile, ovate, cordate at base, clasping the stem, 5-veined, smooth, entire, 1 or 2 inches in length, by 3 to 1% inches in width. The flowers are numerous, 1} to 1% inches in diameter, of a rich-rose color, terminal, on elongated peduncles, greenish or whitish in the center, forming a large corymbose panicle. Calyx with 5 lanceolate segments; tube of calyx angular. Corolla rotate, 5-parted, with oval segments twice as long as the calyx. Stamens 5; filaments slender; anthers yel- low, oblong, slightly recurved when the flower first opens, after shedding their pollen, they become revolute and curl up. Ovary ovate; style longer than the stamens, and declined. Stigma 2 parted, the segments separate at first, but gradu- ally become twisted spirally together. The capsule is 1-celled and 2-valved, with numerous seeds (L.-W.). History and Chemical Composition.—This plant is common in most parts of the United States, growing in moist meadows, among high grass, on the prai- ries, and in damp, rich soils, flowering from June to September. The whole plant is used. It has a very bitter taste, and yields its virtues to water or alcohol. The best time for gathering it is during its flowering season. It is preferable to the European centaury (Erythraea Centaurium, Persoon). M. Méhu obtained, in 1866, crystallizable erythrocentawrin from European centaury. It is neutral, color- less, odorless, tasteless, and dissolves in 1630 parts of cold, 35 parts of boiling water, in 48 parts of alcohol, of 86 per cent strength, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 245 parts of ether, and 13 parts of chloroform; it is easily soluble in fixed and volatile oils. Direct sunlight causes it to turn red (Jahresb. der Pharm., 1866, p. 70). Mr. J. F. Huneker (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1871, p. 207) detected a probably analogous substance in the American plant. As obtained in an impure form, it was soluble in water, alcohol, and ether, but insoluble in fixed and volatile oils, of a sharp, acrid taste, and an odor resembling that of nicotine. The crystals turn red when exposed to sunlight. Mr. William T. Hankey (ibid., 1891, p. 335) made a com- plete analysis of the herb, and obtained the same substance, and, in addition 3.75 per cent of a bitter principle. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Tonic. Used in autumn periodic febrile diseases, both as a preventive and as a remedy. It is also serviceable as a bitter tonic in dyspepsia, and convalescence from fevers. When administered in warm in- fusion, it is a domestic remedy for worms, and to restore the menstrual secretion. Dose of the powder, from # to 1 drachm; of the gold infusion, 4 fluid ounces, every 2 or 3 hours; of the tincture, 1 to 2 fluid drachms; and of the extract, from 2 to 6 grains. Related Species.—Sabbatia. Elliottin, Steudel (Sabbatia paniculata, Elliott), Quinine flower. This is an erect herb, about 12 inches in height, and is common to the pine barrens of the southern United States. It does not, probably, occur farther north than the Carolinas. The stem is smooth, slender, round, with but few leaves, and alternately branched. The leaves are 1690 SABIN A. small, opposite, entire, without leaf-stalks, and from 3 to 1 inch in length; the upper leaves are very narrow and linear, the lower are broader; they are attached at nearly a right angle to the stem. The flowers are white, nearly an inch broad, and quite showy ; they are borne on slender peduncles, and appear late in the summer. The calyx has a short tube, and 5 linear lobes, about one-third the length of the corolla segments. The corolla is flat, rotate, and has 5 obtuse lobes. The stamens are 5, and attached to the corolla tube. The fruit is a dry, 1-celled capsule, opening by 2 valves, and containing many small seeds. This plant was noticed in the Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1876, p. 455, by Dr. Palmer, of Monticello, Florida. It had been previously used in domestic practice, and during the civil war. Some little demand was created after the publication of Dr. Palmer's article, but the remedy has since almost fallen into disuse. This plant, as the name “quinine flower” would show, was supposed to possess tonic and antiperiodic properties, somewhat analogous to those of quinine. It was lauded as a remedy for all malaria? fevers, as a tonic during convalescence from exhausting diseases, and in various forms of debility. It is seldom, if ever, employed at the present day. The dose of the fluid extract is from 5 to 60 minims, repeated every 1, 2, 3, or 4 hours, according to circumstances. Erythraea Centaurium, Persoon (Gentiama Centaurium, Linné), European centaury.—A bitter tonic (see Sabbatia, preceding page). Several South American and Mexican species are em- ployed as bitter tonics under the name of Camchalagua. Among them are Erythraea chilensis, Persoon ; E. jorwllensis, Kunth; E. stricta, Schiede, etc. Pleurogyne rotata, Grisebach.-Japan and the Pacific states. A bitter tonic. SABINA (U. S. P.)—SAVINE. The tops of Juniperus Sabina, Linné”—(U. S. P.) (Sabina officinalis, Garcke). Nat. Ord.—Coniferae. CoMMON NAME: Savin-tops. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 254. Botanical Source.—Juniperus Sabina is an evergreen, very compact shrub, growing from 4 to 16 feet in height, with a disposition to spread horizontally rather than to form a stem. Its branches are slender, round and tough, with the bark of the young branches pale-green, of the trunk rough. The leaves are very small, ovate, convex, dark-green, densely imbricated, erect, decurrent, and oppo- site; the oppositions pyxidate. Flowers dioecious. The fruit is a deep-purple, almost black, ovoid berry, about the size of a whortleberry, and smaller than that of J. communis (L.-W.). History, Description, and Chemical Composition.—This plant is indige- nous to middle and southern Europe, Siberia, and in the northern United States, in rocky situations. The parts used are the tops and leaves. They have a power- ful, peculiar, rather disagreeable odor, a bitter, acrid, biting taste, and yield their properties to alcohol, or hot water in infusion. Desiccation renders them of a lighter color. The drug is officially described as “short, thin, subquadrangular, branchlets; leaves rather dark-green, in 4 rows, opposite, scale-like, ovate-lanceo- late, more or less acute, appressed, imbricated, on the back with a shallow groove containing an oblong or roundish gland; Odor peculiar, terebinthinate; taste nau- seous, resinous, and bitter”—(U. S. P.). Gardes found them to contain volatile oil (see Oleum Sabinae), resin, gallic acid, chlorophyll, extractive, lignin, and cal- careous salts. In addition to these, Mr. C. H. Needles found fixed oil, gum, and salts of potassium (Amer. Jour. Pharm.,Vol. XIII, 1841, p. 15). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Savin is emmenagogue, diuretic, dia- phoretic, and anthelmintic. In large doses it will produce gastro-enteritis. Care must be taken in its administration, as it has, in several instances, produced fatal results. It should never be given when there is any general or local inflamma- tion present, and it should never be used during pregnancy, on account of its tendency to cause abortion, and yet, notwithstanding this effect, it is reputed efficient in checking the tendency to abort, and to be beneficial in memorrhagia, when carefully exhibited in small doses. It is also serviceable in atomic leucor- thaea, amenorrhoea, with torpor, irritative wrethral diseases, and vesical catarrh, in all cases being contraindicated by an excited circulation. The oil (Olewm Sabinae), given 2 or 3 times a day, in doses of from 10 or 15 drops on sugar, will, in most cases, cause abortion, but it is apt to violently affect the stomach and bowels at the same time, bringing life into extreme danger. It is sometimes combined with oils of tansy, pennyroyal, or hemlock, as an emmenagogue and abortivant, and given in doses of 2 to 5 drops. Sometimes the leaves of Savin are combined with SACCHARINUM. 1691 pink and senna and given to remove worms. Savin oil will also frequently re- move them, but we have more efficient and much safer remedies for this purpose. Externally, the leaves, made into a cerate, have been used as a stimulant to indo- lent ulcers, and to promote a discharge from blistered parts. Mixed with an equal weight of verdigris, the powdered leaves have been used for destroying venereal warts. Dose of the powdered leaves, from 5 to 15 grains in syrup, 3 times a day; of the fluid extract, from 5 to 10 drops; of the strong tincture (3 viii to alcohol, 76 per cent, Oj), from 1 to 5 drops; of the infusion, from to 2 fluid ounces. Specific Indications and Uses.—“Suppressed menses, with colicky pains, general fullness of veins, headache” (Watkins, Ee. Comp. of Prac. of Med.). Related Species.—Juniperus virginiana, Cinné, is a tree which attains the height of 35 feet, or even more. Its trunk varies from 10 to 14 inches in diameter, is straight, and decreases rapidly from the ground, giving off many horizontal branches; its surfaces are generally un- equal, and disfigured by knots, and by the crevices and protuberances they occasion. Small twigs, covered with minute, densely imbricated leaves, which are fleshy, ovate, concave, rigidly acute, with a small depressed gland on the middle of their outer side, growing in pairs which are united at the base to each other, and to the pairs above and below them. (A singular variety sometimes appears in the young shoots, especially those which issue from the base of the trees; this consists in an elongation of the leaves to 5 or 6 times their usual length, while they become spreading, acerose, remote from each other, and irregular in their insertion, being either opposite or ternate; such shoots are so dissimilar to the parent tree, that they have been repeatedly mistaken for individuals of a different species.) Barren flowers, in small oblong aments, formed by peltate scales with the anthers concealed within them. Fertile flowers form a small roundish galbus, with 2 or 3 seeds, covered on its outer surface with a bright-blue powder (L.-B.). The red cedar is a tree which inhabits almost all parts of the United States, especially the Southern, preferring dry, rocky situations, and barren soils. It is evergreen, growing very slowly, and flowering in April and May. The internal wood is of a dull-reddish hue, fine-grained, and compact, very light and durable, and is much used for tubs, pails, lead- pencils, fences, etc. The parts used are the leaves and twigs. They have a characteristic, rather agreeable odor, and a peculiar, somewhat acrid and amarous taste. Their virtues are taken up by alcohol or ether, and partly by hot water, and are due to essential oil (see Oleum Juniperi Virginianae). The leaves are often confounded with those of Juniperus Sabina, which have an entirely different smell. According to Jenks, the leaves yield gum, albumen, volatile oil, tannic acid, resin, bitter extractive, chlorophyll, fatty matter, woody fiber, etc. (Amer. Jour. Pharm.,Vol. XIV, p. 235). Excrescences known as cedar apples, are frequently formed on the branches, and occasioned, like galls, by the pricking of an insect; they have a somewhat agreeable odor, and an austere taste. These are sometimes powdered and administered suc- cessfully as a vermifuge, the dose being from 10 grains to 3 drachm, in some convenient vehi- cle, and repeated every 4 hours through the day. The medical properties and uses are the same as for the Juniperus Sabina; less energetic, but used in the same diseases; also with spear- mint and marshmallows, in Scalding of urine, and derangements of the kidneys and bladder. The oil makes a valuable external stimulating application for rheumatic pains, bruises, etc. Dose of the leaves, from 1 to 2 drachms; of the oil, from 10 to 15 drops. The excrescences, or cedar apples, are decided anthelmintics. The following makes a pleasant and excellent vermifuge and tonic for pale, sickly children; I have used it with much success: Take of cedar apples, 1 pound; of black alderberries (Primos verticillatus), 1 pint, by measure. Digest these, for 14 days, in 1 quart of alcohol and 1 pint of molasses. The more recent the articles, the better. Dose, 1 fluid drachm, 3 times a day, for a child 1 or 2 years old; it is a laxative, tonic, and vermifuge (J. King) SACCHARINUM.–SACCHARIN. FoRMULA: C.H.COSO, NH. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 168.65. SYNONYMs: Glusiawm, Gluside, Glucusim ide, Benzoyl-sulphonimide (all in Br. Pharm., 1898); Benzoic sulphimide, Benzoic sulphinide, Orthosulphamine-benzoic anhy- dride. Source and History.—The sweet taste of saccharin (gluside) was discovered by Constantin Fahlberg in his researches on this substance (see Fahlberg and Remsen, Amer. Chem. Jour., 1879 and 1880). It is the anhydride of orthosulph- amido-benzoic acid (C, H, COOH.SO,NH,) and has the formula C.H., (CO)(SO):NH. It is prepared from the benzene hydrocarbon toluene (C.H.C.H.) by a series of reactions, for which see explanatory details in Pharm. Jour. Trans.,Vol. VII, 1898, p. 593. Conumercial saccharins, when first introduced, were frequently a mixture of saccharin (the Ortho compound) with para-sulphamido-benzoic-acid (see Tests, next age; and dissertation by Dr. A. R. L. Dohme, on Ortho-Sulpho-Benzoic Acid, etc., altimore, Md.). In recent years, purified saccharins are being obtained, which consist of the ortho compound only (see Chem. Centralblatt, Vol. II, 1896, p. 690). 1692 SACOHARINUM. Description and Tests.-The most characteristic feature of this substance is its intense sweetness, hence the names gluside, saccharin, although the latter name properly belongs to another substance previously so named, a bitter, crystal- lizable derivative of the sugar group, of the formula C.H.O. Saccharin (gluside) is a light, white, minutely crystalline powder having an intensely sweet taste in dilute solutions. A solution of 1 in 10,000 is said to be still decidedly sweet. The sweetening power of the absolutely pure ortho compound is stated to be from 500 to 550 times that of sugar. According to the British Phar- macopoeia, gluside is “soluble in 400 parts of cold water, in 24 parts of boiling water, in 25 parts of alcohol (90 per cent), and but slightly in ether or chloroform.” It is sufficiently soluble in ether, however, to enable its abstraction, for analytical purposes, from its acidulated aqueous solution. “It is very soluble in diluted solution of ammonia; also in solution of sodium bicarbonate, with evolution of carbonic anhydride. A warm solution of sodium bicarbonate, when neutralized with gluside and evaporated to dryness, yields ‘soluble gluside’ or ‘soluble sac- charin,’ which is very soluble in water, 100 parts of gluside yielding nearly 113 parts of neutral “soluble gluside’”—(Br. Pharm., 1898). When saccharin is heated, it melts and then sublimes with partial decomposition, the vapors possessing an intensely sweet taste. When saccharin is heated with caustic soda to about 250° C. (482°F.) salicylic acid is formed which may be detected by dissolving the mass in acidulated water, shaking out with ether, evaporating to dryness and producing the characteristic violet-blue coloration by adding ferric chloride. If Saccharin and Salicylic acid are simultaneously present in a liquid (e.g., beer), the amount of saccharin may be determined, according to A. H. Allen (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1888, p. 360), by igniting the isolated mixture of the two, with addition of caustic alkali and a little nitre, and determining the sulphate formed by means of barium chloride. By another method, salicylic acid may be separated from Saccharin in acidulated solution by means of bromine water which precipitates all the Salicylic acid as a bromine compound; from the supernatant liquid, sac- charin may be conveniently extracted with ether, after the excess of bromine is removed by a current of air (Hairs, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1893, p. 554). Saccharin is distinguished from sugar by not being charred by sulphuric acid even when warmed with it for a short time. To test for para-sulphamido-benzoic acid which melts at about 288°C. (536°F), the British Pharmacopoeia (1898) directs that a solution of 0.5 granme of gluside in 80 cubic centimeters of warm water, set aside for 12 hours, should deposit tabular crystals which melt between 218.8° and 220°C. (426° and 428° F.), and it should not, even when briskly shaken, deposit crystals melting at a higher temperature (absence of sulphamido-benzoic acid). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Saccharin has come into use some- what as a sweetening agent to replace sugar where the latter is for any reason contraindicated. It has been demonstrated that even in large doses it does not affect the system in the least. It does not augment or diminish the secretions, disturb the respiratory or circulatory functions, nor interfere with nutrition. Elimination takes place almost wholly by the kidneys, and the urine, while not increased in quantity is rendered decidedly sweet and its putrefactive tendency is markedly delayed. Saccharin passes from the system unchanged. Owing to its power over putrefaction it has been employed in fermentative disorders of the stomach and bowels, with distension, in suppurative otitis, and in disorders of the wri- mary tract with purulent urine. On account of retarding the digestive action of the pancreatic and salivary fluids in experiments conducted without the body it has been concluded by some physicians that it may retard or disorder stomachic and intestinal digestion, but clinical experience does not appear to support such a view. It is employed principally in lieu of sugar and milk sugar in saccharine diabetes, fermentative dyspepsia, obesity, and other disorders in which the sugars are contraindicated. Its sweetening power is exceedingly great, from 1 to 1% grains of Saceharin in combination with sodium bicarbonate being sufficient to sweeten an ordinary cup of coffee. For sweetening purposes it should be mixed with sod’um bicarbonate in the proportion of 2 parts of the saccharim to 3 parts of the sodium salt. A glycerin solution prepared by heating together saccharin, 30 grains, and glycerin, 3viij (by weight), is an efficient sweetening preparation for lemonade and acid fruits. The dose of saccharin is from 1 to 4 grains, in capsules, 4 or 5 SACCHARUM. 1693 times a day. The taste of many disagreeable medicines may be disguised by saccharin; among them are quinine, cod-liver oil, guaiacum, etc. Related Preparation.—DULCIN, Sucrol, or Paraphenetol-carbamide (C6H4.OC2H5.N.H. CONH2). Colorless needles of a sweet compound prepared synthetically by acting with ammonia upon the product of the reaction between the gaseous carbonyl chloride (COCl2) (1 molecule), and paraphenetidin (C6H4DOC2H5]NH2) (2 molecules), both in toluene solu- tion. The crystals fuse at 160°C. (320° F.) (see Jahresb. der Pharm., 1892, p. 407; and Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1893, p. 288). SACCHARUM (U. S. P.)—SUGAR. ForMULA: C, H.O.1. MOLECULAR WEIGHT: 341.2. “The refined sugar obtained from Saccharum officinarum, Linné, and from various species or varieties of Sorghum (Nat. Ord-Gramineae); also from one or more varieties of Beta vulgaris, Linné (Nat. Ord.—Chenopodiaceae).”—(U. S. P.). CoMMON NAMES AND SYNONYMS: Cane-Sugar, Sucrose, Refined Sugar, Saccharum purificatum, White sugar. History, Source, and Preparation.—Sugar, which at present constitutes so important an article in the food of all civilized nations, seems to have been known at a very early period to the inhabitants of India and China. It was used only as a medicine for ages after its introduction into the West. But it was not until after the discovery of America, and the introduction of the sugar-cane into the West Indies by the Spaniards, that its use as an article of food became common. About one-half of the total sugal production of the world is from sugar-cane; an- other equally important source is the sugar-beet (Beta vulgaris, Linné) cultivated chiefly in Germany and Austria, and now to some extent also in this country. The occurrence of sugar in the beet was demonstrated by Marggraf, as early as 1747, but only since about 1840, the manufacture from this source began to flour- ish. Minor quantities of cane-sugar (sucrose) are produced from several species of Sorghum (e.g., Sorghum Saccharatum, Persoon, and Holcus Saccharatus, Linné), a Chinese plant, and from the sap of the sugar-maple (Acer Saccharinwm, Linné, and other species), as well as the sap of the date palm (Phoenix dactylifera), and other palm trees. The crude sugar obtained in India, from the latter source, is called jaggery. Cane-sugar also occurs in corn-stalks, and in the roots of many plants, e.g., parsnips, carrots, and such drugs as ipecacuanha, Scopolia, etc.; in the nectar of flowers, and, together with other sugar, in ripe fruits, such as pineapples, pears, apples, bananas, dates, strawberries, etc., while it is entirely replaced by other sugars in figs, grapes, gooseberries, and sweet cherries. Saccharwm officinarum, Linné, Sugar-came, is a plant having an articulated, juicy root, from which proceed several erect, solid stems, 10 or 12, sometimes 15 or 20 feet high, 1 or 2 inches in diameter, of a hard, shining rind, which is green, while the came is immature, but turning yellow, purple, red, or striped when the cane ripens. Internally it is whitish, juicy, saccharine, and pithy. The leaves are situated at the joints, at intervals of about 2 or 3 inches, flat, sheathing at the base, 2 to 4 feet in length, about one-fourth as wide, the margins being armed with numerous small, sharp teeth. The panicle is terminal, spreading, erect, oblong, 1 to 3 feet in length, and grayish from the quantity of long, loose hairs surrounding the florets; the branches are alternate and very spreading. Rachis striated. Florets dioecious in pairs. Glumes smooth. Paleae smooth, membra- nous, and of a pink color. This plant, a native of tropical and subtropical cli- mates, is cultivated in the East and West Indies, Mauritius, Tahiti, the Sandwich Islands, and in some of the southern United States. In cultivation, the canes are not allowed to flower, because the yield of sugar is greatest from non-flowering canes. (For interesting details regarding the culti- vation of sugar-came, and connected matters, see Henry Pocklington, Pharm. Jour. Trams.,Vol. V, 1875, p. 746.) When the cames turn yellow, they are cut and trans- ported to the sugar-mills, where the juice is obtained by crushing the canes be- tween revolving cylinders of stone or, preferably, iron. The resultant cane-straw is called bagasse, and is used as fuel. Sugar-cane, when matured, contains about 90 per cent of juice, which holds, on an average, 18 per cent of cane-sugar, with small quantities of uncrystallizable (invert) sugar. The latter kind occurs mostly in 1694 SACCHARUM. the upper part of the stem; it is more abundant in rapidly-growing cane than in came of slower growth. Cane-juice also contains about 9 per cent of a peculiar albuminous matter, which readily undergoes putrefaction ; likewise, small quan- tities of organic acids, e.g., oxalic and malic acids, and acomitic acid (A. Behr, 1877), a derivative of citric acid, are present. These constituents cause cane-juice to be rapidly decomposed in warm climates; the acids tend to convert sucrose into uncrystallizable invert sugar. Hence, the juice must be immediately worked for sugar, by neutralizing the free acid with a calculated quantity of milk of lime; after boiling and removing the scum (defecating), the juice is gradually evaporated in a series of open pans (old method), or by means of vacuum pams, i.e., under diminished pressure at a lower temperature (modern method). By the old method, the raw, brown, or muscovado Sugar is separated from the mother liquor, or molasses, by simple draining in perforated vessels; by the modern method, the molasses is separated from the Sugar in centrifugal machines, and the raw sugar thus obtained is frequently pure enough for many purposes. From molasses additional quanti- ties of Sugar are frequently obtained; the residual, impure molasses is fermented and used in the distillation of rum. To produce refined, white or loaf-sugar, the raw sugar is sent to refineries, where it is dissolved in water, purified by means of bullock's blood and bone-black, and decolorized by passing the syrup through filters of animal charcoal. It is then evaporated in vacuum pans to crystalli- zation, and the mass is run into conical molds, wherein the molasses (treacle) is either allowed to drain or is separated by centrifugal force. According to Dr. S. P. Sadtler (Indust. Org. Chem., 2d ed., 1895, p. 152), the hard commercial sugars (dried by artificial heat) contain over 99 per cent of pure sucrose, while the softer sugars (merely centrifugated) hold about 4 per cent of water, due to traces of mother liquor adhering to the crystals. The SUGAR-BEET contains from 12 to 15 per cent of sucrose. Unlike sugar- cane, it is free from uncrystallizable invert sugar, but contains the sugar raffinose. The presence of about 1.25 per cent of nitrogenous matter (beta\me, asparagin, etc.) and a comparatively large amount of salts, make the purification of the raw beet- sugar a more complicated operation than that of the sugar from sugar-cane. The molasses from beet-sugar, unlike that from cane-sugar, can not be used for table syrups, on account of its bad taste and smell. It contains about 50 per cent of sucrose, which can be recovered for the most part by precipitating the sugar in the form of calcium sucrate, or strontium sucrate (strontium process). (For further details, we must refer the reader to special works on technology—e.g., see S. P. Sadtler, loc. cit., pp. 119–166.) Description and Tests.--Cane-sugar (sucrose), as demanded by the U. S. P., occurs in “white, dry, hard, distinctly crystalline granules, odorless, and having a purely sweet taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble, at 15° C. (59° F.), in 0.5 part of water, and in 175 parts of alcohol; in 0.2 part of boiling water, and in 28 parts of boiling alcohol; also soluble in 80 parts of boiling, absolute alcohol, but insoluble in ether, chloroform, or carbon disulphide. The aqueous solution, saturated at 15° C. (59°F.), has the specific gravity 1.345, and is miscible with water in all proportions. The aqueous or alcoholic solution of sugar is neutral to litmus paper”—(U. S. P.). - An aqueous solution of 850 parts of sugar in water, sufficient to make 1000 Co., has a specific gravity of 1.317; this solution is the official syrup (formerly called Syrupus Simplex). Cane-sugar melts at about 160° C. (360° F.), and solidifies on cooling, forming a glossy, amorphous mass, called barley sugar; its specific gravity , is only 1.509, while that of cane-sugar is 1.606. When heating cane-sugar to about 200° C. (392° F.), a brown-coloring matter, called caramel, is formed. Cane- sugar, upon dry distillation, yields acetone, aldehyde, acetic acid, formic acid, carbonic dioxide, some monoxide, methane, tarry products, etc. Concentrated sulphuric acid converts sugar into a charred mass, sulphurous acid being evolved. Boiling with nitric acid produces saccharic acid (C, H,LOH], [COOH],), tartaric and oxalic acids. By the action of concentrated nitric and sulphuric acid upon sugar, explosive nitro-sugars are formed, analogous to nitro-cellulose (see Pyroſcylin). With bases, as calcium and strontium oxide, sugar forms characteristic com- pounds, called Saccharates, or sucrates, e.g., tri-calcium sucrate (C.H.O.30aO), which are technically important (see Preparation, preceding page). SACCHARU M. 1695 Cane-sugar is optically dextro-rotatory, but upon warming with diluted acids, it is converted into invert sugar, which is a mixture of equal molecules of dex- trose and lasvulose, the combination of which is slightly lavo-rotatory. Measure- ment of the optical rotation by means of especially devised instruments, is of . great importance in the analysis of the various sugars. (For details on this sub- ject, with index of literature, see H. W. Wiley, Principles and Practice of Agricul- tural Analysis, Vol. III, Easton, Pa., 1897.) Cane sugar (sucrose) does not reduce Fehling's solution, nor ammoniated silver nitrate, except in traces; reduction takes place freely after inversion by means of acids. Cane-sugar as such ferments, only after it is transformed by the action of yeast into invert sugar; the latter is capable of being fermented. The U. S. P. gives the following tests for the purity of cane-sugar: “Both the aqueous and the alcoholic solution of sugar should be clear and transparent. When kept in large, well-closed and completely filled bottles, the solutions should not deposit a sediment on prolonged standing (absence of insoluble Salts, ultrama- rine, Prussian blue, etc.). If 1 Gm. of sugar be dissolved in 10 Co. of boiling water, the solution mixed with 4 or 5 drops of silver nitrate T.S., then about 2 CC. of ammonia water added, and the liquid quickly brought to the boiling point, not more than a slight coloration, but no black precipitate, should appear in the liquid after standing at rest for 5 minutes (absence of grape-Sugar, or of more than a slight amount of inverted sugar)”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Sugar is nutritive, alterative, demul- cent, diuretic, and topically antiseptic. It belongs to the class of “elements of respiration,” contributes to the formation of fat and lactic acid, and, by its oxida- tion, furnishes heat. It has been detected in the tissue of the liver. As it is void of nitrogen, it can not sustain life alone, and only becomes eminently nutritive when combined with other alimentary proximate principles. Used in large quan- tities, it is injurious to digestion. In relation to both vegetable and animal mat- ters, it acts powerfully in preventing putrefaction; the former of which may be preserved indefinitely in syrup, so long as the syrup is secured against fermenta- tion; while the latter, after long immersion in syrup, or in moistened sugar, may be perfectly mummefied. On this account it is now used considerably in the preservation of fish, and various meats, instead of salt, to which it is superior, requiring a smaller amount, and not materially affecting the flavor nor the nutri- tive properties of these meats. Sugar or molasses, when freely eaten by children, prove excellent anthelmintics, and have also proved efficient in Scorbutic affections. Powdered white sugar is sometimes sprinkled over ulcers to remove fungus or proud flesh, and has been blown upon the ball of the eye to remove specks on the cornea. As a local application in aphtha, it is quite efficient, and cures have been wrought with it in trachoma. It favors the detachment of diphtheritic membranes, and may be employed as an antiseptic dressing for various kinds of wounds. On account of its property of correcting fetor, a snuff of finely-powdered sugar has been used in ozaema. As a demulcent, sugar may be employed in various forms, in cough, hoarseness, Soreness of the throat, etc. When taken to the extent of 12 or 16 ounces per day, dissolved in water, sugar is said to powerfully increase the sexual passion. It has long been supposed that the teeth are injured or acted upon by sugar, in a manner calculated to cause their decay, but this opinion is erroneous; if particles of sugar become lodged between the teeth, and are allowed to decom- pose, decay will inevitably ensue, but if the particles be removed at an early period, sugar will be found to exert a beneficial influence upon the teeth and gums. The use of it, however, is mainly confined to the preparation of syrups, to conceal the unpleasant taste of several drugs, to render Water and oils miscible, to suspend certain medicines in the form of mixture or emulsion, to prevent the oxidation of some chalybeate compounds, and also for converting some agents into the state of conserve, confection, electuary, pill, or lozenge. For pills, molasses is most generally preferable to syrup, as it does not so readily harden, and pre- serves them in a soft, moist state, for a long time, while its antiseptic properties prevent them from becoming moldy. Sugar, in solution, absorbs a very large quantity of lime. A Saccharate of lime has been found very beneficial in the chronic diarrhoeas of children, as well as to prevent acidity of the stomach, and the disposition to diarrhoea so common in 1696 SACCHARUM". children of a certain age at particular seasons. It is made by Saturating simple syrup with lime, and then filtering it. It forms a transparent mixture of an extremely alkaline taste, and may be added to water or milk. It is altogether superior to the bicarbonate of sodium. Dose for an infant, from 4 to 3 drachm, given in some of the mother's milk; for an adult, from 1 to 2% drachms. Related Sugars.-GLUCOSE, or GRAPE-SUGAR (C6H12O5=179.58), known also as DEXTROSE, or STARCH-Sug AR, is found in grapes, cherries, plums, figs, honey, always associated with lavulose and sometimes cane-sugar (which see). Dextrose is the sugar of diabetic urine, and frequently occurs combined in the form of glucosids, such as amygdalin, Salicin, phloridzin, quer- citrin, etc. (which see). Chemically pure dextrose may be obtained by adding finely pow- dered cane-sugar, in small portions, to a mixture of 15 parts of alcohol (80 per cent) and 1 part of fuming hydrochloric acid, until the cane sugar is no longer dissolved. Invert-sugar is formed, and from the solution obtained, dextrose (C6H12O6+ H2O) crystallizes, while lasvulose remains in solution. On a commercial scale, grape-sugar is obtained from starch by boiling it under pressure with diluted sulphuric acid until the conversion of the starch into dextrin and finally into sugar (dextrose and Some maltose) is complete. The acid solution is neutralized with calcium carbonate, the solution decolorized with animal charcoal and concentrated in vacuo, either to form commercial “grape-sugar,” or the syrup known as “glucose.” Commercial grape-sugar contains from 72 to about 73.5 per cent dextrose, from 0 to 3.5 per cent maltose, and from about 4 to 9 per cent dextrin; “glucose syrup’’ contains from 34 to 42 per cent dextrose, from 0 to 19 per cent maltose, and from 30 to 45 per cent dextrin. Maltose (C12H22O11) is the sugar formed when diastase, the ferment of malt extract, is allowed to act upon solution of starch. Grape-sugar (dextrose) is soluble in water and diluted alcohol, insoluble in ether and chloroform, and crystallizes without combined water, in the form of warty masses, from hot absolute, and from methyl alcohol, also from aqueous solution at 30° to 35°C. (86° to 95° F.); otherwise it crystallizes with 1 molecule of water. In solution, it is optically dextro-rotatory (see Came-sugar). Pure dextrose is less sweet than sucrose (cane-sugar), 13 parts of the former being equivalent to 1 part of the latter. Unlike cane-sugar, dextrose is not charred by con- centrated sulphuric acid, and is permanent toward acids, while sensitive toward warm alka- lies; the latter darken and decompose it, with formation of lactic, formic, acetic, glucic, and saccharic acids (Moore's Test). Solutions of grape-sugar (dextrose) easily ferment when yeast is added, chiefly alcohol and carbonic acid being formed, according to the equation : C6H12O5= 2CO2+2C2H5OH. Upon this reaction Dr. Wm. C. Alpers (Merck's Report, 1898, p. 468) bases a gravimetric method for determining the quantity of grape-sugar present in diabetic urine, by allowing it to ferment by means of yeast, and collecting the carbonic acid formed, in a weighed Quantity of caustic potash. One Gm., of carbonic acid is equivalent to 2.0458 Gm. of dextrose. Grape-sugar forms a crystallizable compound with sodium chloride (2C6H12O6.2NaCl-i- H2O) which has been incidentally obtained in the isolation of dextrose from diabetic urine. Grape-sugar (dextrose) in aſkaline solution is a strongly reducing agent. It reduces Fehling's solution, ammoniated silver solution and alkaline mercuric cyanide (Knapp's) solution, etc. In these and other reactions it behaves as an aldehyde, and is believed to have the graphic formula CH2OH.(CHOH)4.CHO, while lasvulose is considered to be a ketone, CH2OH.(CH OH)3. CO.CH2OH. Both sugars are reduced to the alcohol mammit with nascent hydrogen in alkaline solution. An important test for dextrose is that with phenylhydrazine (C6H3NH.NH2). With 2 molecules of the latter it forms deactrosazone which crystallizes in yellow needles, is almost insoluble in water, crystallizable from warm alcohol, and can be identified by its melt- ing point which lies at 204°C. (399.2°F.). It is prepared by prolonged heating of 1 part of dextrose, 2 parts of the hydrochlorate of phenylhydrazine, and 3 parts of sodium acetate on the water-bath, and recrystallizing the precipitate formed. (For an exceedingly interesting summary of the more recent chemistry of the Sugar group, see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1893, p. 32, from Pharm. Jour. Trams., 1892.) - DETECTION OF SUGAR IN URINE.-A rapid, qualitative test for sugar, if much is present, consists in adding to the warmed suspected liquid a warmed saturated solution of potassium bichromate mixed with Sulphuric acid in slight excess. A brisk effervescence ensues if sugal is present, the chromate being reduced to green chromium salt. The presence of albumen, urea, or uric acid does not interfere with this test. The most certain test for sugar is undoubt- edly that by means of the optical method, but can be practically employed only in rare cases, since a polarizing apparatus is not always available (see remarks under Saccharum). Fermentation of the slightly acid specimen with pure yeast at a temperature of about 30°C. (86°F.), and collecting the gas over mercury (or water, in qualitative analysis) is a good test for sugar in urine. A parallel experiment with yeast and a sugar-free urine should always be made. Also compare the gravimetric method, mentioned above. A good qualitative test consists in the formation of the crystals of deatrosazome which must show the melting point 204°C. (399.2°F.) (see above). The best-known test which still gives much satisfaction, is that with Fehling's solution. For the preparation of the latter, see U. S. P. Tolumetric Solu- tions. When testing for sugar, mix in a test-tube equal volumes of the copper and the tar- trated alkali solution, and heat to boiling; no reduction must take place. Then add to the deep-blue liquid a few drops or more, of the suspected urine. Mix, and boil again. If a small quantity of sugar is present, the liquid becomes fluorescent, and upon standing deposits a copper-red precipitate; if much sugar is present, the liquid upon warming rapidly turns bright yellow, then cinnabar red, and precipitates at once a copper-red precipitate of cuprous oxide (Cu2O). If uric acid or urates occur in the urine, these must be removed by the addition of a SACCH ARUM LACTIS. 1697 few drops of hydrochloric acid, setting aside for 12 hours and filtering. (For the quantitative determination of sugar by means of this and other tests, see for example, Hammarsten and Mandel, A Tect-book of Physiological Chemistry, 2d ed., New York, 1898.) LEVULOSE, UNCRYSTALLIZABLE or FRUIT-SUGAR (C6H12O5=179.58), called by Soubeiran Chylariose, is found in sweet fruits and honey, along with grape-sugar; it is likewise obtained with dextrose (grape-sugar) by subjecting cane-Sugar to the action of acids. From invert- sugar it may be isolated by means of its calcium saccharate which is less soluble in cold water than that of dextrose. It is not usually crystallized, but it has been obtained in long silky needles, has a very sweet taste, is dissolved in water or alcohol, and wholly parts with its water when heated upon the water-bath. Its solution in water rotates the plane of polarized light to the left. Like grape-sugar, it is capable of direct vinous fermentation (see Homey). INos IT, or PHASEO-MANNIT, is a peculiar sugar found in muscle and other organs of the body. The fruits of several leguminous, and other plants, when green, also yield this sugar. It is not fermentable, is very sweet, soluble in water (1 in 6), not soluble in absolute alcohol or ether, crystallizing easily from the first two. With diluted nitric acid, oxalic acid is formed; with concentrated nitric acid explosive nitrates result. SACCHARUM LACTIS (U. S. P.)—SUGAR OF MILK. FoRMULA: C, H, On-H H.O. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 359.16. SYNONYMs: Milk-sugar, Lactim, Lactose. “A peculiar, crystalline sugar, obtained from the whey of cow's milk by evapo- ration, and purified by recrystallization ”—(U. S. P.). Preparation and Description.-Remove from milk its fat and casein by pre- cipitation with rennet. The residual thin fluid is called “whey;” this, evapo- rated to the consistence of molasses, clarified by white of eggs, strained and evaporated, forms sugar of milk crystals on cooling. To purify them, redissolve in boiling water, decolorize by animal charcoal, and recrystallize, repeating the process as often as may be necessary. Or, the whey is decolorized by running it through animal charcoal and concentrated in vacuum pans. Neutralization of the free acid is stated to increase the yield of milk-sugar. It is met with in commerce in powder form, or in crystallized cylindrical pieces of various lengths, and from 2 to 4 inches in diameter. Until about 1890, most of the milk-sugar in the American market came from Switzerland; since then, sugar of milk is being manufactured in America on a large Scale and is competing even in the European markets (see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1897, p. 161, 1892, p. 386, and 1893, p. 158). As described by the U. S. P., it is “in white, hard, crystalline masses, yielding a white powder feeling gritty on the tongue, odorless, and having a faintly sweet taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble in about 6 parts of water at 15° C. (59°F.), and in 1 part of boiling water; insoluble in alcohol, ether, or chloroform. The aque- ous solution of sugar of milk is neutral to litmus paper”—(U. S. P.). Milk-sugar loses its water of crystallization, without melting, when heated to 130°C. (266°F.), leaving a white hygroscopic mass. A higher heat causes it to become yellow. At 170° C. (338°F.) or above it is converted into lacto-caramel (C.H.O.). Milk-sugar, by boiling with diluted acids, is converted into galactose (C.H.O.) and dextrose (C.H.I.O.), hence, like cane-sugar, belongs to the compound group called saccharobioses. Milk-sugar as such is probably not capable of undergoing winous fermentation; it ferments, however, after conversion by acids, e.g., lactic acid which is formed in the presence of lactic ferments. Alcohol and mannit are additional products of milk-sugar fermentation. Sugar of milk reduces Fehling's solution more slowly than grape-sugar. “On adding to a few Co. of a hot, satu- rated aqueous solution of sugar of milk an equal volume of sodium hydrate T.S., and gently warming, the liquid will turn yellow and brownish-red. On the further addition of a few drops of copper sulphate T.S., a brick-red precipitate will appear”—(U. S. P.). To test milk-sugar for cane-sugar, the U. S. P. directs the following test: “If about 1 Gm. of powdered sugar of milk be sprinkled upon about 5 Co. of cold sulphuric acid contained in a flat-bottomed capsule, the acid may acquire a greenish or reddish but no brown or brownish-black color within half an hour (absence of came-sugar)”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—The principal medicinal use of sugar of milk is in the trituration of drugs; to aid in rendering them finer and more energetic, as well as to assist in more easily dividing active agents which are to 107 1698 SAGO, be given in minute doses; thus, if we wish to divide 1 grain of strychnine into 20 doses, it may be thoroughly triturated with 19 grains of sugar of milk, and 1 grain of the mixture gives the required dose. Or, 1 grain of resin of podo- phyllum, which, in general, is a cathartic dose, by long trituration with 10 grains of sugar of milk, will form several purgative doses. In these cases, the trituration should always continue for from 1 hour to 13 hours. As a medicinal agent, sugar of milk is thought to be practically inert, yet Germain Sée and others declare it a powerful hydragogue diuretic, and have employed it in doses of 1 to 6 ounces well diluted with water, or milk, and in a concentrated syrup in dropsies of cardiac origin. Though being a non-nitrogenous substance, it has been employed as an article of diet in pulmonary and other affections where such diet is desirable; also, as a nutrient in excessive gastric irritability. On account of its lesser liability to fermentation in the stomach it is preferable to cane-sugar for sweetening infant foods. SAGO,-SAGO. The prepared farina from the pith of the Metroſcylom Rumphii, Martius (Sagus Rumphii, Willdenow; Sagus genuina, Blume), and other species of palm. Nat. Ord.—Palmae. Botanical Source.—Metroſcylom Rumphii, or Sago palm, has an erect stem, of middling height, with large, pinnately-divided leaves, and prickly petioles, rachi- des, and spathes; the prickles scattered or confluent. The flowers are polyga- momonoecious, on the same spadix. The spadix is much branched, and sheathed by many incomplete spathes. The amenta are terete; the calyx 3-cleft; the corolla. tri-partite. Stamens 6, with anthers affixed by the back. The fruit is a 1-seeded, globose berry, coated by reversed scales, and depressed on both sides. History and Preparation.—This tree is common to New Guinea and the Molucca Islands, growing spontaneously in low, swampy lands, and the Sago is obtained from its pith, or Spongy medullary substance, of which it contains a large quantity when the tree is sufficiently developed. Several species of palm are known to produce fine Sago, among which may be named Metroacylom Sagu, Rottboell (Sagus laevus, Blume; Metroxylon Sago, Koenig; Metroſcylon lave, Martius; Sagus inermis), which is the Spineless or Unarmed Sago palm, a native of Borneo and Sumatra; the Aremga Saccharifera, Labillardière (Saguerus Rumphii, Roxburgh), the sugar palm, abounding in all the isles of the Indian Ocean; and the Sagus farini. fera, Lamarck, and other palms. As soon as the palm has arrived at a sufficient degree of maturity, which is from 5 to 7 years, it is cut into pieces of 5 or 6 feet in length; the woody part is cut off on one side, exposing the pith lying, as it were, in the hollow of a canoe. Cold water is poured in, and the pith well stirred, by which means the starch is separated from the fibrous part and passes through with the water, when the whole is thrown on a sieve. The sago, thus separated, is allowed to settle; the water is poured off, and, when it is half dry, it is granulated by being forced through a kind of funnel. It is then either air-dried (Sago flour), or it is granulated by mechanical means, and dried by artificial heat, which causes part of the starch to become gelatinous (pearl Sago). A single tree of some species, will yield no less than from 200 to 500 pounds. (For an interesting description of the cultivation of sago in north Borneo, see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1895, p. 331.) . Description and Chemical Composition.—Sago occurs in commerce either in the form of a fine amylaceous powder, called Sago meal or Sago flour, or as pearl Sago. Sago meal is whitish, with a reddish tint, of a feeble, somewhat unpleasant, moldy odor, and has the general characters of starch. The microscope shows it to consist of irregularly elliptical or oval, more or less ovate, usually isolated parti- cles, often narrowed or tapered at one extremity, and appearing as if truncated, or more or less mullar-shaped; most of them have an irregular surface as if eroded (see illustration of Sago-starch grains, in Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1876, p. 297). Pearl Sago occurs in white or brownish, pearl-like grains, which vary in size from that of a poppy seed to that of a white mustard seed, or even larger. It is the kind usually met with in commerce, and contains about 86 per cent of starch, 13 per cent of water, and Small amounts of mineral and nitrogenous matters. A facti- tious sago is frequently prepared from potato starch. - SALEP.—SALICINUM. 1699 Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Sago is nutritive and demulcent, and is a convenient and agreeable article for making puddings, gruel, and diet drinks for the sick-room. It should always be long boiled before it is used. It is not so much used as formerly, being superseded by the purer arrow-root and tapioca. For common uses, half an ounce of sago may be boiled in a pint of water (in some cases milk is preferred), the solution strained, and flavored with sugar and spices, lemon, or even with a little white wine, when there are no contraindications to their use. CASTILLON's PowDERs, a popular article of diet for invalids, in cases of indiges- tion, chronic dysentery, etc., is composed of Sago, Salep, tragacanth, each, in powder, 4 drachms; powdered prepared oyster shells, 1 drachm. These are to be well mixed, and divided into 12 powders; sometimes it is colored with a small quan- tity of cochineal. For use, each powder is to be boiled with a pint of milk, which may be sweetened and flavored to suit the patient's taste. SALEP,-SALEP. The dried tubers of several species of Orchis and related genera. Nat. Ord.—Orchidaceae. - Botanical Source and History.—Formerly, the tubers derived from Eulophia campestris and E. herbacea, Lindley, and related species, growing in Persia and the Levant, constituted the drug salep. South and central Europe now furnish salep, and the only kinds admitted in the German Pharmacopoeia are those umbranched tubers derived from Orchis mascula, Linné; Orchis ustulata, Linné; Orchis Morio, Linné; Platanthera bifolia, Reichenbach; Anacamptis pyramidalis, Richard; and other related species. The tubers are gathered, scalded, and dried quickly, which process removes their bitterness and disagreeable odor, as well as renders them somewhat translucent. The Oriental salep is less translucent than that from Europe. Oriental salep is dark in color. Among other species, the Orchis mascu- lata, Linné; Orchis latifolia, Linné; Orchis Sambucina, Linné ; and Gymnadania conopsea, Robert Brown, furnish the flattish, palmately-divided tubers, having 3 to 5 divisions. They resemble the commercial grades, excepting that they con- tain less mucilage. They were once called Radia, Palmae Christi. Description and Chemical Composition.—European salep is never so large as Oriental salep, which ranges from 1 to 13 inches in length, ovoid, oval, oblong, or pyriform, more or less flattened and corrugated, and marked at the apex with a terminal bud-scar. It is yellowish and translucent, hard, and horn-like, and without odor, but has a mucilaginous and somewhat insipid taste. In commerce it occurs mostly as a yellowish powder. The chief constituents of salep, accord- ing to Dragendorff (1865), are mucilage (48 per cent), starch (27 per cent), albu- minous bodies (5 per cent), etc. The mucilage of salep is soluble in cold water, this solution being precipitated by alcohol, and by basic lead acetate. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Salep is nutrient and demulcent, Ad- ministered in milk, water, broth, or jelly, it is useful in the summer diarrhoeas of infants and children, and in the chronic diarrhoea of adults, particularly that form associated with tuberculosis. A good mucilage may be prepared by macerating 40 grains of salep in some cold water, and subsequently adding boiling water until 8 fluid ounces of water have been used. The jelly may be prepared by rubbing 30 grains of salep with water until the powder has swollen fourfold, and gradually adding, with continual stirring, 8 fluid ounces of boiling water; boil until but 4 ounces remain. Like tapioca and similar products, it may be freely administered. y Related Species.—Asphodelus bulbosus. The corm of this plant, under the term “Tsinisse,' is used in eastern countries as a mucilage, and to adulterate powdered salep. SALICINUM (U. S. P.)—SALICIN. FoRMUL.A.: C, H, O, Molecular WEIGHT: 285.33. “A neutral principle obtained from several species of Salia, and Populus (Nat. Ord.-Salicaceae).”—(U. S. P.). 1700 SALICINUM. Source, History, and Preparation.— Salicin was discovered, in 1830, by Leroux, and its glucosidal nature recognized by Piria. It occurs in the bark of most of the willows and poplars (see Salia, and Populus), and in smaller quantity in the leaves, young twigs, and pistillate flowers of the willows, and in the leaves of the poplar. The barks of Salia. Helia, Linné; S. pentandra, Linné; and S. praecoa, Hoppe, are richest in Salicin, containing from 3 to 4 per cent of this glucosid (Herberger). - Salicin may be prepared by concentrating an aqueous decoction of willow bark, adding litharge to the hot liquid until it is nearly colorless; this precipi. tates tannin, gum, and extractive. From the filtrate remove the lead by sulphuric acid, and barium sulphide (Bas), filter again, and evaporate to crystallization. By this process, Merck obtained from Salix Helix a yield of 3.2 per cent. (For additional methods, see this Dispensatory, preceding edition.) Description.—Salicin is described by the U. S. P. as occurring in “colorless, or white, silky, Shining, crystalline needles, or a crystalline powder, odorless, and having a very bitter taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble, at 15°C. (59° F.), in 28 parts of water, and in 30 parts of alcohol; in 0.7 part of boiling water, and in 2 parts of boiling alcohol; almost insoluble in ether or chloroform. When heated to 198°C. (388.4°F.), salicin melts, yielding a colorless liquid, which, on cooling, congeals to a crystalline mass. Upon ignition, it is consumed, leaving no residue. Salicin is neutral to litmus paper”—(U. S. P.). Salicin is optically lavo-rotatory. When salicin (CaFI, O.) is carefully warmed with diluted sulphuric or hydro- chloric acid, or treated with the ferment emulsin (see Amygdala), it splits into dextrose (C.H.O.) and crystallizable saligenim (C.H.O, or C.H.OH.C.H.OH), the alco- hol of salicylic acid (C.H.O.H.COOH). With ferric chloride, the aqueous solution of Saligenin produces an indigo-blue color. Upon warming saligenin with diluted acids, it loses water, and is converted into resinous Saliretin (C.H.O.). When Salicin is carefully oxidized with concentrated nitric acid (in the cold), a new glucosid, helicin (C.H.O.), is formed, which, upon hydrolysis, yields dextrose and salicylic aldehyde (C.H.O.H.CHO) (compare U. S. P. Tests, below). The glucosid populin (see Populus) is benzoyl-Salicin. Tests.—“On heating a small portion of salicin, in a test-tube, until it turns brown, then adding a few Co. of water, and afterward a drop of ferric chloride T.S., a violet color will be produced. Cold, concentrated sulphuric acid dissolves salicin with a red color; the solution, after the addition of water, becomes color- less, and deposits a dark-red powder, insoluble in water or alcohol”—(U. S. P.). This substance has received the name rutilin, by Braconnot. “On heating a small portion of salicin with 1 Co. of potassium dichromate T.S., and 2 Co. of sulphuric acid, the odor of salicylic aldehyde (or of oil of meadow sweet, Spiraea Ulmaria, Linné (Nat. Ord.—Rosaceae), will become noticeable. The aqueous solution of Salicin is not precipitated by tannic or picric acid, nor by mercuric potassium iodide T.S. (absence of, and difference from, alkaloids)”—(U. S. P.). (For further details regarding salicin, see Husemann and Hilger, Pflanzemstoffe, p. 475.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Salicin is not regarded as poisonous to man. However, large doses have produced unpleasant symptoms, among which may be mentioned a dusky countenance, severe headache, nervous irri- tability, extreme weakness, tinnitus aurium, hurried breathing, tingling of the extremities, and huskiness of the voice. As a rule, the temperature in a healthy individual is uninfluenced by it. In its passage through the system, salicin under- goes oxidation, and is converted into Salicylous, salicylic, and salicyluric acids, which are found in the urine. Their presence is detected by a ferric salt, which strikes an intense violet color with urine containing it. Salicin is tonic, anti- periodic, and febrifuge, and may be used as a substitute for quinine, to which, however, it is slightly inferior. It is, however, less likely to irritate the stomach and excite the nervous system, for which properties it may be administered in cases where cinchonism would be produced by the exhibition of quinine. The ântermittents cured by Salicin are those showing distinct periodicity, together with rheumatic pain. Give from 10 to 30 grains in divided doses. It has been suc- cessfully employed in periodical neuralgia, lumbago, diarrhoea of phthisis, and some forms of rheumatic fever. It is often employed to adulterate quinine, and may b SALIX. 1701 detected by sulphuric acid, which will turn the salicin red, even in minute quan- tity. Salicin is frequently effectual in controlling various forms of pelvic pain. The dose of salicin is from 2 to 10 grains, to be repeated 3 or 4 times a day; 3 doses of 6 grains each, have been known to cut short intermittent fevers in 1 day. Salicylous acid (salicylic aldehyde) and salicylite of potassium, in 4-grain doses, have been found useful sedatives in acute maladies, acting without causing any primary excitement. Specific Indications and Uses.—Periodicity, with severe pain, rheumatic in character, or simulating rheumatism; anti-rheumatic, associated with the special sedatives to control the fever. SALIX—WILLow. The bark of Salia, alba, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Salicaceae. CoMMON NAMEs: Willow, White willow, European willow. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 234. Botanical Source.—The white willow is a tree 30 to 80 feet in height, with many round, widely spreading branches, silky when young, and a thick, brown bark, full of cracks; that of the smaller branches smooth and greenish. The leaves are alternate, on short petioles, lanceolate, or elliptic-lanceolate, broadest a little above the middle, pointed, tapering toward each end, acutely serrate, with the lower serratures glandular; both sides of a grayish, somewhat glaucous, green, beautifully silky, with close-pressed, silvery hairs, especially on the under sur- face, and which is very dense and brilliant on the uppermost, or youngest leaves; the lowermost on each branch, like the bracteas, are smaller, more obtuse, and greemer. Stipules variable, either roundish or oblong, small, and often wanting. The flowers and leaves appear coincidently. The aments are borne on short stalks, with 3 or 4 spreading, leafy bracteas, and are terminal, cylindrical, and elongated. Scales brown, elliptical, lanceolate, pubescent at the margin ; those of the barren aments narrower toward the base; of the fertile, dilated and convo- lute in that part. Stamens 2, yellow, rather longer than the scales, with 1 obtuse gland before and 1 behind; filaments hairy in their lower part. Anthers round- ish and yellow. The ovary is very nearly sessile, green, smooth, ovate-lanceolate, bluntish, and longer than the scale. Style short; stigmas short, thick, 2-parted, recurved, and nearly sessile. Capsule ovate, brown, smooth, and rather small (L.—W.—G.). History and Description.—The white or European willow is a large tree of rapid growth, native of Europe, and introduced into this country. Its flowers appear from March to June. The bark, which is the medicinal part, is readily removed from the stem during the months of July, August, and September. The dried bark is met with more or less quilled, pliable and tough, with a faint odor, and a bitter taste, combined with some astringency. Water takes up its medici- mal properties, the decoction having a dark-reddish color, and which is precipi- tated abundantly by gelatin, carbonates of potassium, and ammonium. Lime- water gives at first a blue, and then a buff-colored precipitate. Ferric chloride throws down a dark-green tannate of iron. If the decoction contains much sali- cin, concentrated sulphuric acid reddens it. This species belongs to the group of willows known as the crack willows. A species much resembling it is the Salix fragilis, Linné. There are numerous species of Salix, many of which, undoubt- edly, possess analogous medicinal virtues. The best rule to follow is to select those whose barks possess great bitterness, combined with astringency. Among those which have been used are the S. alba, S. caprea, S. russelliana, S. purpwrea, S. migra, and S. pentandra. The Weeping willow, or Babylonian willow (Salix baby- lomica) is cultivated as an ornamental tree. Chemical Composition.—White-willow bark, according to Pelletier and Cav- entou, consists of bitter, yellow coloring matter, green fatty matter, tannic acid, resin, etc. The chief constituent, however, as with all the willows, is the glucosid Salicin (see Salicinwm). Tannin is also prominent, and is more abundant in the crack willows, while salicin seems to predominate in the purple willows. Johan- son (1875) showed the presence of benzohelicin (C.H.O.), a glucosid previously ob- tained (Piria, 1851) by acting upon populin with nitric acid (compare Salicinum). 1702 SALIX NIGRA. Robert W. Beck (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1891, p. 581) obtained from the bark of Salia; lucida, 1.09 per cent of salicin; from the leaves, 0.3 per cent. The bark of S. alba yielded 0.56 per cent, that of S. migra, 0.73 per cent of salicin. The leaves of S. alba contained 6.48 per cent of tannin, while the quantity of tannin in the barks of S. alba and S. migra varied from 3.3 to 4.3 per cent. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Willow bark is tonic, antiperiodic, and an astringent bitter. It has been given in intermittents, dyspepsia, connected with debility of the digestive organs, passive hemorrhages, chronic mucows discharges, in comvalescence from acute diseases, and in worms. Although Occasionally substituted for the cinchona bark, it is inferior in activity. In chronic diarrhaea and dysentery, the tonic and astringent combination of the willow renders it very eligible. It may be given in substance, in doses of 1 drachm of the powder, repeated as indi- cated; or of the decoction, 1 or 2 fluid ounces, 4 or 5 times a day. The decoction has also proved efficient as a local application to fowl and indolent wicers. SALIX NIGRA.—BLACK WILLOW. The bark and annents of Salia, nigra, Linné, Nat. Ord, Salicaceae, CoMMON NAMEs: Black willow, Pussy willow. Botanical Source.—Salia, migra, Black or Pussy willow, is a tree growing from 15 to 25 feet high, covere with a rough, blackish bark, and found on the banks of rivers, especially in New York and Pennsylvania. The leaves are nar- rowly lanceolate, pointed and tapering at each end, Serrulate, smooth and green on both sides; the petioles and midveins, tomentose. The stipules are small, deciduous, and dentate; the aments erect, cylindric, and villous; the scales ob- long, and very villous. Sterile aments 3 inches long; glands of the sterile flowers 2, large, and deeply 2 or 3-cleft. Stamens 4 to 6, often but 3 in the upper scales; filaments bearded at base. The ovary is pedicellate, Smooth, and ovoid; the style very short; the stigmas bifid. The branches are pale-yellow, and brittle at base, and are much used for the manufacture of baskets and other kinds of wicker- work (G.-W.). History.—The medicinal part of the black willow, according to the older authors, and particularly Michaux, is the bark of the root. The bark of the tree has also been employed (compare Salia, Alba). But the value of Salix nigra bark as a remedy has been shown by Eclectic physicians to be of little value as com- pared with preparations of the fresh aments. It is these preparations that have given salix nigra its place as a remedy for sexual disorders. The greatest of care is necessary in the production of the fluid preparations of the aments, absolutely fresh aments, gathered about the first of May, being requisite to produce a prepa- ration of any medicinal value. Dried aments produce inferior, if not worthless, products, and especial care should be exercised by the physician that he procure the preparations of the fresh aments and not of the bark when a sexual sedative and tonic is demanded. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—The bark of black willow is recom- mended as a poultice in gamgrene, and as an external application to foul and indo- lent ulcers and rhus poisoning, in which it stands unrivaled. It is made by sim- mering the powdered bark in cream. It has also been successfully used in various swellings of the neck. Internally, the root is a bitter tonic, effectual in intermittents. Some have highly recommended it in asthma and gout. At the present day the bark is seldom employed and the aments now furnish the preferred drug. A de- coction of the black willow buds or aments, taken internally and applied locally, is useful in gangrene; and drank freely it proves a powerful anaphrodisiac, Sup- pressing venereal desires for a long time, and is highly recommended in the treat- ment of spermatorrhoea. The last statement, written years ago by Prof. King, has been abundantly verified in the last few years by practitioners of all schools of medicine. The drug is not only anaphrodisiac, but by controlling genital irrita- bility it becomes a marked sexual sedative and tonic. As Prof. Bloyer has aptly remarked, it is not a remedy for physiological losses nor is a beneficial action to be expected in cases requiring operative measures at the hands of the orificial sur- SA I/OL. 1703 geon. Its field of action is in those functional wrongs of the reproductive organs due most largely to undue irritability of the parts, and thought to be less due to mental or emotional causes. However, sexual passion from any functional cause is moderated by it, and it is especially adapted to the disorders of the sexually intennperate male or female, and of the youth, subject day or night to libidinous suggestions and lascivious dreams terminating in pollutions, while for those ex- treme forms of sexual perversion, Satyriasis, erotomania, and nymphomania, it is more nearly specific than any other agent. Not only does salix nigra act as a check to sexual passion and misuse, but it proves a useful tonic and sedative to many conditions following in the wake of sexual intennperance, among which may be mentioned spermatorrhaea in its varied forms, prostatitis, cystitis, and ovaritis. Specific Salix nigra is the preparation most largely used by Eclectic practitioners, and is to be preferred, for the fresh aments can not be procured at all times for the preparation of the decoction. The dose is from 10 to 60 drops, 3 or 4 times a day. Specific Indications and Uses.—To moderate sexual erethism, irritability, and passion ; lascivious dreams; libidinous thoughts; nocturnal emissions; nymphomania and satyriasis; cystitis, urethral irritation, prostatitis, cystitis, ovaritis, and other sexual disorders arising from sexual abuse or excesses. SALOL (U. S. P.)—SALOL. ForMULA: C.H.C.H.O. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 213.49. “The salicylic ether of phenol”—(U. S. P.). SYNoNYM ; Phenyl salicylate. History and Preparation.—Phenyl salicylate, or salol, was brought into use as a medicine by Dr. Sahli (1886), of Basel, though previously prepared by Prof. Nemcki (1883), of Berne. Salicylic acid and phenol are heated together in the presence of phosphorus oxychloride (POCl,); the elements of water are abstracted, and phenyl salicylate is produced as follows: C.H.OH.COOH-H C.H.OH=H.O-H- C.H.O.H.COOC.H. A more recent, patented process consists in heating salicylic acid in an atmosphere of carbonic acid gas; carbonic acid and water are given off, and phenyl salicylate (salol) is formed. Salol contains about 60 per cent of salicylic acid and 40 per cent of phenol. Description and Tests.—Salol is “a white, crystalline powder, odorless, or having a faintly aromatic odor, and almost tasteless. Permanent in the air. Al- most imsoluble in water; soluble in 10 parts of alcohol at 15°C. (59°F.), very soluble in boiling alcohol; also soluble in 0.3 part of ether, and readily in chloro- form, and in fixed or volatile oils. When heated to 42° to 43°C. (107.6° to 109.4°F.), salol melts. When heated on platinum, it takes fire, and is consumed, leaving no residue. Salol is neutral to litmus paper moistened with alcohol. On warming a small portion of salol with enough sodium hydrate T.S. to dissolve it, and then supersaturating the liquid with hydrochloric acid, salicylic acid will separate, and the odor of phenol will become perceptible. In an alcoholic solution of salol, bromine water, added in excess, produces a white precipitate. On adding a few drops of diluted ferric chloride T.S., made by diluting the test-solution with 20 volumes of water to 10 Co. of an alcoholic solution (1 in 50) of salol, the liquid will acquire a violet tint. If, however, a few drops of the alcoholic solution of salol be added to 10 Co. of the diluted ferric chloride T.S., a whitish cloudiness, but no color, will be produced on shaking. On shaking 1 Gm. of salol with 50 Ce. of water, the filtrate should not be affected by ferric chloride T.S. previously di- luted with 2 volumes of water (absence of uncombined carbolic or salicylic acid); nor by barium chloride T.S. (absence of sulphate or phosphate); nor by silver nitrate T.S. (absence of chloride)”—(U. S. P.). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Salol, in proper doses, is an important medicine, but if the dose be large, toxic symptoms may be expected from it. Through the agency of the pancreatic juice, it is split up in the small intestines into carbolic and salicylic acids, and its toxic action may partake of the symp- toms common to both of these agents. Undoubtedly, the chief agent in poison- ing by it is the phenol. Circumstances seem to control the action of the drug; 1704 SALOL. if the pancreatic fluid be abundant, or the dose be large, the toxic symptoms are quicker to manifest themselves. Carboluria (black or smoky urine) is a promi- ment symptom of poisoning by salol. As a rule, the drug is rather slowly absorbed and slowly eliminated (kidneys), on which account doses of it should not be too rapidly repeated, lest a cumulative effect be produced. Other symptoms which have been observed from its administration are urticaria, herpes, vomiting, per- sistent anorexia, sweating, and the intoxicating effects of salicylic acid. The kid- neys are extremely susceptible to the drug, which should never be administered where there are known acute or chronic structural diseases of those organs. Death, with the symptoms of phenol poisoning, is reported, by Hesselbach, to have been caused by 120 grains of salol. Albuminuria has resulted from large doses of the drug. In view of its evident power over the kidneys, the drug should be very cautiously employed. The toxic renal symptoms are less likely to be produced if diarrhoea be present. Externally, salol has been applied as an antiseptic in substance (triturated with starch), and in an aqueous dilution of its alcoholic solution. For this pur- pose it has been used in wounds, erysipelas, burns, diphtheria, otorrhoea, ozaema, venereal diseases, gangrenous and other ulcers, and in Sycosis, impetigo contagiosa, and other skin affections. It is chiefly used internally, as an antirheumatic and intestinal antiseptic. . As an antipyretic, it has not met with favor in our school. It may serve a useful purpose in all forms of rheumatism, but particularly in chronic cases and the articular varieties, when the kidneys are functionally inactive and no organic renal trouble exists. The same is true in lumbago and Sciatic neuralgia. Salol is useful in fermentative and putrefactive disorders of the gastro-intestimal tract, particularly in fetid diarrhoea, fermentative, gastric and intestimal dyspepsia, and dila- tation of the Stomach. It may be useful in typhoid fever for its effects as an intestinal antiseptic, but is of no value here for its antipyretic action. Signal success has attended the use of Salol in urinary disorders requiring an agent to prevent decomposition of the urine. For this purpose it has given excellent results in cystitis, with turbid, ammoniacal urine. As the urine becomes clear and acid in reaction, the dysuria is relieved and the catarrhal symptoms vanish. It is of Some value in pyelitis, but care should be taken that the kidneys are in a condi- tion to act, though there is manifest renal torpor. Salol, in divided doses, may be given to the extent of 20 or 30 grains a day. From 5 to 15 grains may be given at a single dose, though it is far preferable to give from 2 to 5 grains, every 3 hours. It may be administered in milk, emulsion, trituration with milk-sugar, or in capsules. When given in trituration, it imparts to the teeth a sensation as if biting upon rubber. As a dressing for irritated and inflamed parts, it is best triturated with an equal bulk of starch. Specific Indications and Uses.—Turbid, ammoniacal urine, with renal tor- por, when the kidneys are not structurally diseased; gastro-intestimal fermenta- tive disorders; some cases of rheumatism, associated with renal inactivity. Related Compounds.-SALOL CAMPHOR, Camphol. Gradually and completely melt a mix- ture of camphor (2 parts) and Salol (3 parts). A colorless or light-colored fluid is obtained, which readily decomposes when exposed to air or light, therefore it is directed to preserve it, hermetically sealed, in yellow-glass tubes or vials. This fluid mixes with alcohol, ether, and oils, but is not soluble in water. It is a local anaesthetic. DIIoDOSALOL, Phenyl diiodosalicylate (C6H2 IsſOH]CO2C5H5).—This compound is produced by acting upon diiodosalicylic acid with phenol. It is a crystalline powder, devoid of odor or taste, and melts at 133°C. (271.4°F.). CRESALOL, Cresol Salicylate (C6H4|OH]CO2C6H4CH3).-This compound is prepared like salol, except that meta- or para-cresol (C6H4CCH3].OH) is substituted for the phenol employed in the case of salol. Accordingly, either the meta- or para-compound is obtained. Alcohol and ether dissolve these bodies, which are crystalline, but they are not soluble in water. They are local and internal antiseptics, and are reputed useful in correcting and checking fetid discharges. They are less toxic than salol, and are sometimes substituted for it. SALICYLAMIDE (C6H4COH]CONH2).--This compound is formed by the action of dry am- monia gas upon oil of wintergreen (methyl salicylate). It is a colorless, or faintly yellowish powder, is soluble in alcohol, chloroform, ether, and less readily in water (250 parts). It is nearly tasteless, and produces a sensation of grittiness between the teeth. In from 3 to 5-grain doses this compound has been proposed as a substitute for salicylic acid, being favored on account of its tastelessness, greater solubility, and more powerful analgesic powers. Its supe- riority, however, has not yet been satisfactorily established. Large doses are poisonous. SALVIA. 170.5 SALOPHEN, Acetylpara-amidophenol-salicylate (C6H,[OH]CO2.C.s H, NH.COCH3).-A sub- stance, introduced in 1891, and intended to replace salol, because the intestinal fluid does not convert it into a poisonous phenol as it does salol, but resolves it into Salicylic acid and açetyl- para-amidophenol, which is comparatively harmless. It is a neutral compound, containing about 51 per cent of salicylic acid. It is odorless and tasteless, insoluble in cold, but partially soluble in boiling water, and is readily dissolved by alkaline solutions, ether, and warm alco- hol. Salophen should not be confused with saliphen (salicyl-phenetidin, C6H4DOC2H 9JNHC6H4 [OH]CO), a compound of phenetidin (C6H4COC2H5)MHz) and salicylic acid. Acute articular Theumatism, meuralgia, hemicrania, and other headaches are reputed to yield promptly to this drug, and no ill effects are said to follow its use. It is also an intestinal antiseptic. Dose, 5 to 10 grains, every 2 hours. SALACETOL, Acetonyl-Salicylate (C6H4COH]COOCH2.CO.CH3), is intended to replace salol, for the same reason as that given under Salophen, above. It is prepared by heating mono- chloracetone with salicylate of sodium. Salacetol crystallizes from alcohol in needles, slightly soluble in cold water and cold alcohol, easily soluble in ether, chloroform, benzol, benzin, is somewhat bitter, and melts at 71°C. (159.8°F.). SALVIA (U. S. P.)—SALVIA. The leaves of Salvia officinalis, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Labiatea. CoMMON NAMEs: Sage, Garden Sage. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 206. Botanical Source.—Salvia officinalis, or Garden sage, is a plant with a pubes. cent, 4-sided stem, with erect branches, hoary with down, leafy at the base, those bearing flowers 1 foot or 1% feet long, and tomentose. The Fig. 214 leaves are opposite, entire, petioled, ovate-lanceolate, crenu- • * * * * * late, rugose, the lowermost being white with wool beneath. The flowers are blue, in whorls, and in long, terminal, nearly simple racemes; whorls few-flowered, and distinct; floral leaves or bracts sessile, ovate, acuminate, membranous, and striated at the base. The calyx is campanulate, membra- mous, colored, striated, downy, and bilabiate; the upper lip 3-toothed; the lower bifid; and all the teeth subulate and acuminate. The corolla is 2 or 3 times as long as the calyx, with a large projecting tube, ringed in the inside, and bila- biate; the upper lip is arched, the lower one tri-lobed, the lateral lobes being reflexed. The stamens are affixed to short pedicels transversely about their middle (L.—W.). History, Description, and Chemical Composition.—Sage is a native of southern Europe, and has been naturalized in this country as a garden plant; the leaves and tops should be gathered and carefully dried during its flowering season, which is in June and July. As described by the U. S. P., the leaves are “about 5 Cm. (2 inches) long, petiolate, ovate-oblong, obtuse or subacute at the apex, rounded or somewhat heart-shaped at the base, finely crenulate, thickish, wrink- led, grayish-green, soft-hairy, and glandular beneath; odor aromatic; taste aro- matic, bitterish, and somewhat astringent”—(U. S. P.). The odor and aromatic taste of Sage are due to its volatile oil. Sage imparts its virtues to boiling water in infusion, but more readily to alcohol. The infusion becomes black on the addition of sulphate of iron, which is due to the presence of tannin. Oil of sage is obtained by distilling the leaves with water; the yield from Dalmatian leaves ranges from 1.3 to 2.5 per cent. Oil of sage is “a yellowish or greenish-yellow liquid, having the penetrating, characteristic odor of Sage. Specific gravity, 0.915 to 0.925; optically dextrogyrate. The oil contains small amounts of pinene and cineol, but its chief constituent (50 per cent) is thujome (CoHO) (formerly termed salviol), which also occurs in the oils of thuja, tansy, and wormwood” (Prof. Power, Descrip. Cat. of Essential Oils and Org. Chem. Preparations, 1894; also see Gildemeister and Hoffmann, Die AEtherischen Oele, 1899). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Sage is feebly tonic, astringent, expec- torant, and diaphoretic, and has properties common to aromatics. An infusion is beneficial in flatwlence connected with gastric debility, and will, when the skin is soft and relaxed, the extremities cold, and the circulation enfeebled, prove effi- cient in restraining exhausting Sweats. Should the sweating be preceded by hectic Salvia Officinalis. 1706 SAMBUCUS. fever, and dry harsh skin, it is less likely to prove beneficial. The infusion may be taken cold throughout the day; it may likewise be used warm, as an anthel- mintic, and for the purpose of causing diaphoresis in some febrile diseases. The warm infusion will cause active diuresis by checking its diaphoretic tendency. Dr. James Anton, of Lebanon, Ohio, considered it an excellent remedy for sper- matorrhaea; also a valuable anaphrodisiac to check excessive venereal desires. It may be used in connection with moral, hygienic, and other aids, if necessary. Van Swieten stated that a vinous infusion forms an excellent fonmentation to the breasts, when it is desirable to check the flow of milk. The infusion, either alone or combined with vinegar, honey, alum, or sumach berries, is much used as a gargle for inflammation and ulceration of the throat, and relaxed woula. The oil may be used in small doses as a carminative and stimulant; and externally, applied with friction in rheumatism. Dose of the infusion, from 2 to 4 fluid ounces, 3 or 4 times a day; of the powdered leaves, 20 to 30 grains. A strong tincture (3viij to alcohol, 76 per cent, Oj) may be given in from 1 to 60 drop doses. Specific Indications and Uses.—Skin soft and relaxed; extremities cold, and circulation enfeebled; colliquative sweating; urine of low specific gravity. Related Species.—Numerous other species of Salvia have similar properties, as the S. Sclarea, or Clarry, a native of Southern Europe, which is said to be antispasmodic and bal- samic. The foregoing and S. pratensis, Linné, have been official in Europe. S. Horminum, S. bengalensis of India, S. pomifera of Greece, etc., have also been used. The seeds of S. verticillata and S. verbenacea are mucilaginous. - - Salvia lyrata, Linné, variously named Wild or Meadow Sage, Lyre-leaved Sage, or Cancer-weed, is a perennial plant, growing from Canada to Florida in shady woods and meadows, and flower- ing in May and June. It has an erect, quadrangular, nearly leafless stem, 1 or 2 feet high, branching and covered with hairs pointing downward. Radical leaves obovate, lyre-shaped or sinuate-pinnatifid, sometimes almost entire, and petiolate; cauline leaves mostly, but 1 or 2 pairs, just below the raceme, smaller and narrower than the radical. Flowers blue, in loose and distant whorls of about 6, forming a long, interrupted raceme; bracts oblong-linear, not longer than the calyx. Upper lip of the blue-purple pubescent corolla, short, straight, not vaulted; tube much exserted (W.—G.). The fresh radical leaves will, it is positively asserted, when bruised and applied to warts, generally destroy them; the application to be continued for a day or two, and renewed every 12 hours. It is also reputed to have cured cancers, hence one of its names. - Salvia, lanceolata, Willdenow, or Rocky Mountain sage, is reputed diaphoretic and diuretic, and is employed domestically in the eruptive, malarial, and rheumatic fevers. CHIA SEEDs.—The seeds of some Mexican species are known as Chia seed. The true chia seed is yielded by Salvia polystachya, Ortega (Salvia Chian, La Slave). These seeds are used in Sweetened decoction by the Mexicans for sore throat, fevers, etc., and the cold decoction is applied to inflamed eyes. The fruit of Salvia Columbarae, Bentham, is also known as Chia. Seed (Gray and Rothrock). SAMBUCUS (U. S. P.)—SAMBUCUs. “The flowers of Sambucus canadensis, Linné'-(U. S. P.). In Eclectic medi- cine, the fresh inner bark is preferred. Nat. Ord.—Caprifoliaceae. CoMMON NAMEs: Elder, American elder. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 138. Botanical Source.—Sambucus canadensis is a common, well-known native plant, from 5 to 12 feet high, with a shrubby stem, filled with a light and porous pith, especially when young. The bark is rather scabrous and cinerous. The leaves are nearly bipinnate, and antiposed; leaflets in 3 or 4 pairs with an odd one, oblong, oval, acuminate, smooth, serrate, with the lower ones often 2 or 3-parted. Petioles smooth. Flowers numerous, white, in very large, level-topped, 5-parted cymes, and have a heavy odor. Calyx, small and 5-parted; corolla 5-cleft, with segments obtuse; stamens 5; Stigma obtuse, Small, and sessile. The fruit con- sists of numerous purplish-black berries (W.). History.—Sambucus canadensis is an indigenous shrub, growing in all parts of the United States, in low, damp grounds, thickets, and waste places, flowering in June and July, and maturing its berries in September and October. S. migra (see Related Species) is indigenous to Europe, growing in situations similar to those of the American variety. The two plants possess similar medicinal properties. The medicinal parts are the flowers, the berries, and the inner bark. SAMBUCUS. 1707 Description and Chemical Composition.—The U. S. P. recognizes the flowers only, giving the following description: “The flowers, when fresh, about 5 Mm. # inch) broad, and, after drying, shriv- elled; calyx Superior, minutely 5-toothed; corolla originally cream-colored, after dry- ing pale brownish-yellow, wheel-shaped and 5-lobed, with 5 stamens on the short tube; Odor peculiar; taste sweetish, some- what aromatic and bitterish. The ped- uncles and pedicels of the inflorescence should be rejected"—(U. S. P.). The odor of the flowers is characteristic and heavy, Quite powerful when fresh, but faint when dried; they are slightly aromatic and bit- terish, and impart their virtues to hot water. Boiling dissipates a volatile oil, which may be obtained by distillation with water; when cold it has the consist- ence of butter. Mr. F. F. Lyons (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1892, p. 1) found the bitter- ness of the flowers to be due to an amor- phous, yellow, glucosidal substance, solu- ble in chloroform. The berries have little or no odor, an acid-saccharine taste, and yield by expression a purple juice, called elder-rob, which turns a dark-lilac color with alkalies, and a scarlet with acids; acetate of lead added to the juice causes a blue deposit of its coloring substance. It contains malic acid, some citric acid, and, according to J. B. Metzger (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1881, p. 553), a dark-brown resin, fat, sugar, gum, tannin, etc. The $nner bark is whitish, with a green tint, odorless, of a saccharine taste, but subse- quently bitterish, with some acrimony, and imparts its properties to water or alcohol. Mr. Charles G. Traub (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1881, p. 392) found the bark to contain Valerianic acid, volatile oil, fat, resin, tannin, sugar, coloring matter, etc. Also see quantitative analysis, by C. Otto Moosbrugger (ibid., 1895, p. 520), who found tannin, starch, alkaloids, and glucosids to be absent. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Sambucus is stimulant to all of the emunctories, increasing secretion. In warm infusion, elder flowers are diaphoretic and gently stimulant; in cold infusion, they are diuretic, alterative, and cooling, and may be used in all diseases requiring such action, as in hepatic derangements of children, erysipelas, erysipelatous diseases, etc. In infusion, with maidenhair and beech-drops, they will be found very valuable in all erysipelatous diseases. The expressed juice of the berries, evaporated to the consistence of a syrup, is a valu- able aperient and alterative; 1 ounce of it will purge. An infusion of the young leaf-buds is likewise purgative, and sometimes acts with violence. The flowers and expressed juice of the berries have been beneficially employed in scrofula, cutaneous diseases, syphilis, rheumatism, etc. The inner green bark is cathartic; an infusion of it in wine or cider, or the expressed juice, will purge moderately, in doses of from 3 to 1 fluid ounce; large doses produce emesis; in small ones, it proves an efficient deobstruent, promoting all the fluid secretions, and is much used in dropsy, especially that following Scarlatina, and other febrile and eranthema- tous diseases, as well as in many chronic diseases. Specific sambucus is largely used as an alterative where there is a tendency to unhealthy deposits in, or depra- vation of the tissues. The chief indication for sambucus is a fullness or oadema- tous condition of the parts, giving them a watery and flabby appearance. In these conditions it is a valuable agent in dropsy. Webster asserts that small doses of specific sambucus are valuable in the catarrhal nasal obstructions of infants. The juice of the root in ounce doses, daily, acts as a hydragogue cathartic and diuretic, and will be found valuable in dropsical affections requiring purgation. Externally, sambucus is a valuable agent, especially for eruptions which ap- pear upon the full, flabby, oedematous tissues as described above, and particu- larly when attended with abundant discharge of serum. Beaten up with lard or cream, it forms an excellent discutient ointment, which is of much value in burns, Sambucus Canadensis. 1708 SANGUIN ARIA. Scalds, and Some cutaneous diseases, such as eczema, milk-scall, old ulcers, with soft, Oedematous edges and free Secretion of serum, and in mucous patches, with free dis- charges. The dose of specific Sambucus ranges from 1 to 60 drops; decoction (inner bark, 2 ounces, to water, 1 quart, boiled down to 1 pint), from 2 to 4 fluid ounces. Specific Indications and Uses.—In skin affections, when the tissues are full, flabby, and Oedematous; epidermis separates and discharge of serum is abundant, forming crusts; indolent ulcers, with soft, oadematous borders; mucous patches, with free secretions; post-Scarlatinal dropsy; low deposits in, or depra- vation of tissues. Related Species.—Sambucus migra, Linné, is the species official in the British Pharma- copoeia. It grows in northern Africa and Southern Siberia, and throughout the larger part of Europe. Sambucus migra, or European elder, is much larger than the S. canadensis. The stem is much and irregularly, though always oppositely branched, and of quick growth; after a year's growth, the branches become filled with a light, spongy pith, and covered with a smooth, gray bark. The bark of the stem is rough and whitish. The leaves are usually two pairs of Smooth, deep-green leaflets, with an Odd one, all Smooth, ovate-lanceolate, and serrate. The flowers are numerous, cream-colored, in large, smooth, 5-parted cymes, with a sweet but faint Smell; some in each cyme are sessile. Calyx 5-cleft; corolla rotate and 5-cleft; lobes obtuse. The fruit is a globular, purplish-black berry, having reddish stalks (L-De Cand.). H. Kramer (1846) found the bark to contain viburnic acid, proved, by Monro, to be valerianic acid; a trace of volatile oil, albumen, tannic acid, fatty matter, resin, gum, wax, sugar, starch, etc. (Chemical Gazette, May, 1846). The inner bark of Sambucus nigra is hydragogue and emeto-cathartic. It has been successfully employed in epilepsy, by taking it from branches i or 2 years old, scraping off the gray outer bark, and steeping 2 ounces of it in 5 ounces of cold or hot water for 48 hours. Strain, and give a wineglassful every 15 minutes when the fit is threatening; the patient fasting. Resume it every 6 or 8 days. Simon (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1840, p. 250) states that the active principle of the bark of the root is a soft resin, which may be obtained by treating an evaporated, syrup-like, alcoholic tincture with ether, which separates an inert, hard, and takes up the soft resin; filter, and make into an extract by evaporation. Twenty grains produced vomiting 4 or 5 times, and as many stools. Sambucus Ebulus, Linné, Dwarf elder.—The fruit of this plant is 4-seeded, and bears some resemblance to elderberries. Its taste, however, is considered more agreeable, and the fruit is sometimes employed medicinally. de Lonicera caprifolium, Italian honeysuckle, Honeysuckle.—Europe. A syrup of the flowers of this well-known garden vine has been successfully employed in asthma and other respiratory disorders, and the juice of the plant is said to give relief to bee-Stings. The fruit, like all species of this genus, is emeto-cathartic. SANGUINARIA (U. S. P.)—SANGUINARIA. The rhizome of Sangwinaria canadensis, Linné, gathered in autumn after the leaves and scape have died to the ground. Nat. Ord.—Papaveraceae. COMMON NAMEs: Bloodroot, Puccoon, Red puccoon, Indian paint, Tetterwort. ILLUSTRATIONs: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 20; Johnson's Med. Bot. of N. A., Pl. III. Botanical Source.—Bloodroot is a smooth herbaceous, perennial, indigenous plant, with a horizontal, truncate or premorse, creeping rhizome covered with scattered fibers, and emitting an acrid bright orange-colored juice when cut or bruised. It is frequently crooked, 2 or 3 inches long, 3 to 6 lines in diameter, brownish-red exter- nally, and red internally. From each bud of the root-stalk there springs a single leaf, and a round, erect scape about 6 A inches high, with a single flower; and as they arise, the º, folded leaf incloses the flower-bud, and rolls back as the lat- ' ter amplifies. The leaf is smooth, on long, channeled peti- oles, reniform or cordate, with large roundish lobes separated by rounded sinuses; the underside strongly reticulated by orange-colored veins, paler than the upper, and at length glaucous. The flowers are white, scentless, of a quadrangu- lar outline, and of short duration. The calyx is formed of 2 concave, ovate, obtuse sepals, falling off when the corolla expands; the corolla has 8 (or more by cultivation) petals, which are spreading, concave, obtuse, the external ones the longer; sometimes they have a purple or rose tint. Stamens short, numerous, Fig. 216. Sanguinaria Canadensis SANGUINARIA. 1709 with oblong, yellow anthers. Ovary oblong, and compressed, style none; stigma thick and somewhat 2-lobed. Capsule oblong, acute at both extremities, and 2-valved. The seeds are numerous, roundish, compressed, dark shining red, half- surrounded by a white vermiform raphe (L.—W.—B.). Description.—The root of sanguinaria is the official part, although the whole plant is actively medicinal. The fresh root is from 1 to 4 inches in length, fleshy, round, about as thick as the finger and tolerably stout in the middle, abrupt at the end, often contorted and truncated, somewhat curved at each end, covered with orange-colored fibers 2 or more inches in length, of a reddish-brown color externally, brighter blood-red within, and containing an abundance of orange-colored juice, which flows out when the root is cut. The end of the root always appears as if broken or cut off by a dull instrument in removing it from the ground. - - - A horizontal section of the fresh root is a most beautiful object under the microscope; it is found to consist of numerous cells throughout its central part, Somewhat oval or hexagonal, of nearly equal diameter, and containing: (1) a large proportion of the orange-colored resin peculiar to the plant, presenting the most beautiful shades of transparent amber; (2) a magnificent transparent, garnet hue, not seen, however, in every cell, resembling dots of garnet scattered over the field, with lateral facets, like a precious stone; and (3) a scarcity of white, transparent substance, consisting of a colorless, fixed oil. The juice when examined under the microscope, presents numerous transparent milk-like globules, and many colored granules, free and in clusters; with a power of 740 diameters, multitudes of transparent monads are seen in active motion. These globules and granules are rendered thinner and more transparent by liquor potassae, and are mostly dis- solved by ether; acetic acid dissolved most of the granules. The juice forms a fine dye of an orange color, the color being fixed by various mordants, as per- chloride of tin, and sulphate of aluminum (G. D. Gibb). As found in commerce, the dried root, considerably shrunken, is dark brown externally, bright yellow internally, but becoming dark-brown by the action of the air, more or less crooked, compressed, corrugated, having a short, uneven, pith-like fracture, a peculiar faintly virose odor, and a bitter, acrid, and pungent taste, leaving an impression in the fauces for some time after it has been chewed. “Of horizontal growth, about 5 Cn. (2 inches) long, and 1 Cn. ($ inch) thick, cylindrical, somewhat branched, faintly annulate, wrinkled, reddish-brown; frac- ture short, somewhat waxy, whitish, with numerous small, red resin-cells, or of a nearly uniform, brownish-red color; bark thin; odor slight; taste persistently bit- ter and acrid”—(U. S. P.). It is readily reduced to brownish-red powder, which causes sneezing when stirred. Boiling water or alcohol takes up its active prop- erties, the latter, however, being the best menstruum; the root should be kept in a dry place; age or moisture impairs its activity. The seeds are about the size of barley grains, of a shining dark reddish-brown color, half surrounded with a peculiar white vermiform appendage, projecting at the lower end; they contain a bland, nutritious, and colorless fixed oil. History.—Sanguinaria is one of the best known of our vernal-flowering- plants, making its appearance very early in the spring, usually in this climate in April, frequently covering the ground with large patches of beautiful white flowers. It usually grows in open woods, but may also be found along fences, around old stumps, and in recent clearings. Though extremely common through- out the eastern half of the union it is rapidly becoming scarce in the New Eng- land states, where it formerly grew in abundance. It thrives best in clayey soils, and rich loam, and is not usually found in wet places, as swamps and marshes, nor is it fond of sand, consequently it is not found near the Ocean and lakes, nor in the swamps of the south. Otherwise it is encountered from Quebec and Ontario on the north to the Gulf of Mexico on the south, and from the Atlantic to the western boundary of the tier of states bordering on the west bank of the Mississippi River. It is commonly known as Bloodroot and Red puccoon, and less familiarly as Bloodwort, Red-root, Puccoon, Turmeric, and Indian paint. By the middle of summer the whole plant dies to the ground. The rhizome is fleshy, fibrous rooted, and breaks abruptly with a transverse fracture. The first botanical mention of blood root was made by Cornuti, in 1635, who placed it in the genus 1710 SANGUINARIA. Chelidonium. The name sanguinaria was first applied to it by a French botanist, Pierre Morin (Morinus), who published, in 1651, a catalogue of plants in his gar- den, and through John Jacob Dillenius, an eminent English botanist (of German birth and education, however), became established as the generic name, though it remained for Linnaeus to define the genus. The name Samguinaria is from the Latin Sangwis, blood; so named because the plant when wounded throws out the copious blood-like sap before referred to. The name sanguinaria, or “herba san- guinalis” had previously been used by both Greek and Latin writers, but was probably applied to other plants, as the name had reference to such plants as had the property of stopping the flow of blood—acted as hemostatics—and not on account of any red coloring possessed by them. This plant was well known to the American Indians, who used it as a dye. Through them the Virginians became acquainted with it. Strachey, who lived in Jamestown in 1610, states that it was called by the natives “Musquaspenme.” Perhaps no indigenous plant created greater interest among the early botan- ical physicians than the bloodroot. While nearly every writer on materia medica and botany gave full descriptions of the plant, and commended it for its beauty and usefulness, yet it never obtained the prominence that a drug of its class merits. In fact, while used to a considerable extent in domestic and botanical practice, it remained for the “Eclectic fathers” to take it up and develop its use as a remedy. Schoepf was among the earliest to notice it as a medicine. He speaks of 15 or 20 grains of the powdered root producing powerful emesis, and further notices its irritating action on the fauces, when given in powder. He advised a decoction or pill form of administration. Both Schoepf and Mérat used it for gonorrhoea, and Colden employed it in jaundice. Thacher mentions it, stating that it was the chief ingredient of a nostrum known as “Rawson's Bitters.” The younger Barton employed a spirituous tincture in connection with the tinctures of bitter plants as a tonic, and used it locally as a wash for indolent ulcers, with hardened edges and ichorous discharges. He also applied the pulverized root to fungoid growths and nasal polypi. Bigelow and Smith used it for the same purpose. Thacher speaks of its use for coughs and pneumonic complaints, being used in place of digitalis. It was also used for “peripneumonia trachealis, cynanche maligna, and cynanche trachealis.” Barton and Downey pointed out that the leaves and seeds were possessed of a narcotic power similar to that possessed by stramonium seeds, which fact was confirmed by the cele- brated Dr. Bard (in an imaugural address), who used the root in croup, pneumo- nia, whooping-cough, phthisis, and jaundice. In 1831, Dr. Daniel B. Smith pub- lished in the Journal of the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy a dissertation on blood- root, giving the natural and botanical history, and called attention to Dr. Dana's experiments, in 1824, when the latter possibly first obtained Samguimarine. Prof. Tully, who carefully experimented with bloodroot, classed it therapeutically with squills, Seneca, digitalis, guaiacum, and ammoniacum. About the middle of the present century Dr. Fell, of England, was permitted to make a trial of a secret method of treating cancer, in the Middlesex Hospital of London, an act which was severely condemned by the London Lancet, consequently it led Dr. Fell to publish a work on “Cancer and Its Treatment,” in which he said that he used the “bruised bloody pulp of the white flowering puccoon" (Drugs and Medicines of North America). The Western Medical Reformer, the pioneer Eclectic medical jour- nal, in October, 1836, gave a description of bloodroot and its uses, and from that time on it has been a favorite remedy with our practitioners. The salts of san- guinarine were introduced into commerce by the late William S. Merrell, M. D. Specific sanguinaria, the preparation principally employed by Eclectic phy- sicians, has a deep ruby-red color and little odor. The taste is sharp and acrid, or as some might contend peppery, the after-taste being disagreeable, especially the sensation that remains in the throat and fauces. When ammonia is added to specific sanguinaria the red color disappears, a buff, purplish hue resulting. Acids restore the red color. When specific sanguinaria is dropped into water it imparts a yellow color if in small amount, which deepens to red as the proportion increases. A slight opalescence also results owing to precipitation of resin in a finely divided condition, and if the specific be in large amount the mixture becomes turbid and ultimately precipitates. SANGUINARIA. 1711 Chemical Composition.—G. König (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1891, p. 457) isolated from the root of sanguinaria the following alkaloids: Chelerythrine (C, H, NO.), occurring in largest quantity, and forming lemon-yellow salts with acids; sanguina- rime (CoHis NO.), forming red-colored salts with acids; gamma-homochelidomine (probably C, H, NO.); and protopine (C.H.I.N.O.), which is also a constituent of opium and chelidonium. Sanguinarine (formerly also called chelerythrine) was discovered in bloodroot by Dana, in 1829, and, afterward, in Chelidonium majus (see Chelidonium) by Probst (1838). It crystallizes in colorless needles, melting at 211° C. (411.8° F.) (G. König); insoluble in water, soluble in alcohol and ether, and in acids, forming red-colored salt-solutions of acrid taste (see Sanguinarine, page 1713). The bases above-named are combined in the root with sanguinaric acid (Newbold, 1866), which L. C. Hopp showed to be a mixture of citric and malic acids (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1875, p.193). Mr. F. L. Slocum (ibid., 1881, p. 275) found the root to contain about 3.5 per cent of resin, soluble in alcohol, insoluble in water. Sanguinaria seeds were analyzed by John Culley (ibid., 1894, p. 189); petroleum ether extracted fixed oil and alkaloids (28.2 per cent), ether then took up resin and alkaloids (4.47 per cent), and absolute alcohol finally removed 2.9 per cent of resin. Mr. Charles H. LaWall (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1896, p. 305) recom- mends an assay of Sanguinaria by abstracting the powdered root with petroleum benzin and aqua ammoniae, an average of 1.5 per cent of total alkaloids being uniformly obtained. Other solvents extracted as much as 5 or 6 per cent. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—I. SANGUINARIA. The physiological action of Sanguinaria is pronounced. The powder, when inhaled, is exceedingly irritating to the Schneiderian membrane, provoking violent sneezing, and free and somewhat prolonged secretion of mucus. To the taste, bloodroot is harsh, bitter, acrid, and persistent, and, when swallowed, leaves an acridity and sense of constriction in the fauces and pharynx, and induces a feeling of warmth in the stomach. In small doses, it stimulates the digestive organs, and increases the action of the heart and arteries, acting as a stimulant and tonic; in larger doses it acts as a sedative to the heart, reducing the pulse, causing nausea, and, consequently, diaphoresis, increased expectoration, and gentle diuresis, at the same time stimulating the liver to increased action. If the dose be large, it pro- vokes nausea, with violent enesis, vertigo, disordered vision, and great prostra- tion. It also increases the broncho-pulmonary, cutaneous, and menstrual secre- tions. It is a systemic emetic, very depressing, causing increased salivary and hepatic secretions, and hypercatharsis may result When an emetic dose has been taken, the heart's action is at first accelerated and then depressed. Poison- ous doses produce violent gastralgia of a burning and racking character, which extends throughout the gastro-intestimal canal. The muscles relax, the skin be- comes cold and clammy, the pupils dilate, there is great thirst and anxiety, and the heart's action becomes slower and irregular. Spinal reflexes are reduced and paralysis of the spinal nerve centers follow. Lethal doses produce death by paralysis of medullary, respiratory, and cardiac centers, death being sometimes preceded by convulsions. Sanguinaria fulfils a variety of therapeutic uses according to the size of the dose employed. Though an emetic, it is seldom employed alone, but in combi- nation with lobelia, as in the acetous emetic tincture, it forms one of our most efficient systemic agents of this class, and may be employed in inflammatory and febrile states, where it is thought necessary to thoroughly cleanse the stomach, snd to excite the hepatic and general glandular system to activity. Upon the liver it acts as a gentle but reliable cholagogue, and may be elmployed in torpor of that viscus, or in congestive states and subacute as well as chronic hepatitis. Its action on the stomach is kindly. It promotes secretion and improves the appe- tite. It is a good remedy for atomic dyspepsia, administering drop doses of specific sanguinaria every 2 or 3 hours. By its stimulant action on the mucous surface, it proves valuable in the treatment of gastric and duodenal catarrh, and in catarrhal jawmdice. It is applicable in all cases of hepatic debility, especially where the biliary Yoroduct is suppressed, deficient or vitiated, and the general circulation is feeble, with cold extremities and sick headaches. Its value is often increased when com- blued with either podophyllin or specific iris, Bloodroot has proven serviceable ſºn rhewmatism, dysentery, and Scrofula, with imperfect circulation. 1712 SANGUIN ARIA. Bloodroot is useful in many troubles of the genital system. Amenorrhaea, especially in anemic and chlorotic patients, with chilliness and headache, is benefited by it, as well as dysmemorrhaea in debilitated females. Hysteria, when due to moral causes, or pain, has likewise yielded to sanguinaria. Hemorrhage of the lungs, depending on vicarious menstruation, has been controlled by blood- root. In the male, it is a remedy for genital debility and Seminal weakness, impotence, with seminal incontinence and relaxed sexual Organs. Sanguimaria is “a neglected drug in respiratory disorders. Its action upon the pulmonary organs is somewhat similar to that of lobelia. It is important as a stimulating expectorant, to be used after active inflammation has been subdued. It may be employed in atonic conditions. It restores the bronchial secretions when scanty, and checks them when profuse. It is indicated in burning, smart- ing, itching conditions of the throat, larynx, and nares; tickling or burning in the nasal passage with abundant secretion, and an irritative, tickling cough ; or when from atony the secretions are checked, it restores them, and removes the dry, harsh cough. It is useful in both acute and chronic bromchitis, laryngitis, Sore throat, and acute or chronic masal catarrh. It acts as a sedative to the irritable mucous surfaces, promotes expectoration, and stimulates their functions. It has proved very valuable as a cough remedy in phthisis pulmonalis. It is further a valuable alterative. It has been successfully employed in various forms of crowp, particu- larly mucous croup. It is serviceable in humid asthma and whooping-cough. Pharyn- gitis, with red and irritable mucous membranes, and burning, smarting, or tick- ling, is cured by it. As an expectorant, it may be combined with other agents, as lobelia, etc. It enters into the composition of the ‘acetous emetic tincture,’ and, in powder form, is contained in the “compound powder of lobelia and capsi- cum.’ It is too harsh to use as an emetic, still good results have come from its use in pseudo-membramous crowp, first giving small doses until profound nausea is produced, then carrying it to emesis. In pneumonia, after the inflammatory stage has passed, it may be given in 1 or 2-drop doses, frequently repeated, or it may be combined with wild cherry, lycopus, or eucalyptus. The vinegar of Sangui- naria is a very efficient pectoral agent. The nitrate of sanguinarine is, with many, a favorite remedy to fulfil the indications for blood root. It may be administered in water, syrup, or in trituration with milk-sugar. The specific indications are a sense of burning in the fauces, pharynx, larynx, or nasal tissues, with redness of surface, and thin, acrid burning, smarting discharge; post-sternal constriction, or at the supra-sternal notch, with difficult breathing. A decoction of bloodroot is of service in scarlatinal sore throat” (Felter, Ec. Med. Jour.). Sanguinaria is of value in syphilitic skin eruptions, and, as an ointment, has been employed, locally, in timea. The powder, made into a cataplasm with slippery- elm, has been used in domestic practice as a local dressing for frozen feet. An in- fusion, made in vinegar, has been found valuable in several cutaneous diseases, as eczema, ringworm, and warts. At one time the root was extensively employed in the treatment of carcinomata, and was also applied to exuberant excrescences for its escha- rotic action, and to ill-conditioned ulcers, to create a healthy energy in the sores. Bloodroot, with bayberry, was formerly popular as an errhine in catarrhal affec- tions of the mose, cephalalgia, meuralgic affections of the head, and to destroy masal polypi. Prof. W. Byrd Scudder (Ec. Med. Jour., 1892, p. 86) reports a case of hypertrophic Thimitis, caused by irritating dust in a seed-house, promptly relieved by Tº-grain doses of sanguimarine nitrate. The patient complained of a “dryness of the naso- pharynx and throat, attended with Sharp lancinating pain, and a sensation as if one side of the throat rubbed against the other.” We have employed the nitrate of sanguimarine when the only symptom was an irritating cough, with tickling low in the larynx, with marked benefit. The preparations of sanguinaria in use are the powder, fluid extract, tincture, specific sanguinaria, vinegar of sanguinaria, syrup of sanguinaria, sanguimarine, and sanguinarine nitrate. The latter should be given in milk-sugar, or in syrup, on account of its acridity. Dose of the pow- der, as an emetic, from 10 to 20 grains; of the tincture, from 20 to 60 drops; as a stimulant or expectorant, from 3 to 5 grains; as an alterative, from to 2 grains. The dose of sanguinarine is ºr to Tº grain; of Sanguinarine nitrate, ºn to H's grain; specific sanguinaria, from 1 to 10 drops. For chronic respiratory troubles the syrup may be combined with wild cherry and liquorice. SANGUINARIA. 1713 II. SANGUINARINE NITRATE.-The action of this agent is practically that ascribed to sanguinaria (which see), though for respiratory affections it is to be preferred to that drug. The usual methods of administration are the syrup (# to 2 grains to 4 fluid ounces of water and syrup), the dose of which is a teaspoonful every 1 to 3 hours; and the 2 x trituration, the dose of which ranges from 1 to 10 grains. Specific Indications and Uses.—I. SANGUINARIA. For its specific indica- tions, Prof. J. M. Scudder gives a “sensation of burning and itching of mucous membrane, especially of fauces, pharynx, Eustachian tubes and ears; less fre- Quently of larynx, trachea, and bronchia, occasionally of stomach and rectum, and rarely of vagina and urethra. The mucous membrane looks red and irritable. Sometimes the redness will be of the end of the nose.” Added to this he gives “nervousness, redness of nose, with acrid discharge, burning and constriction in fauces of pharynx, with irritative cough and difficult respiration.” Prof. Locke gives also feeble circulation, with coldness of extremities. II. SANGUINARINE NITRATE.—Tickling or irritation of the throat, with cough, burning or irritative sensation in the fauces, pharynx, larynx, or nasal tissues, with red surface and thin, acrid, burning, or smarting discharges; dryness of the nasopharynx and throat, with sharp, lancinating pain, and a feeling as if the walls of the throat were rubbing against each other; post-sternal constriction, or sense of uneasiness at the supra-sternal notch, with difficulty in breathing; sense of uneasiness and burning in the stomach, with nervousness. Related Species.—Stylophorum diphyllum, Nuttall. United States. E. Schmidt (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1888) found the plant to contain chelidomime and another alkaloid, probably chele- rythrine. This plant was first analyzed by J. U. Lloyd at the suggestion of C. G. Lloyd, who argued that its botanical relationship suggested an alkaloidal constituent. The product, a white alkaloid, was obtained in considerable amount, but no attempt at identification was made. Subsequently, the alkaloid was sent to Prof. Eykman, of Tokio, Japan, who reported in detail concerning it. The following agent, though not related botanically, is also used for antispasmodic pur- pose. It may be well to state here that under the subheads Related Species and Related Prepa- rations, we have frequently placed plants or drugs usually according to botanical or chemical relationship to the subject of the main article, but in several instances physiological or thera- peutic relationship only has been taken into consideration. Adhatoda Wasica, Nees (Justicia Adhatoda, Linné) (Nat. Ord.—Acanthaceae).-India, “in the sub-Himalayan tract, from Nepal westward.” The Malabar mut-tree, also known as Arusa (Hindu), Adulsa (Bombay), Båkas (Bengalese), and Adatodai (Tam.). Of this plant, Ainslie long ago made the following statement: “The flowers, leaves, and roots are supposed to pos- sess antispasmodic qualities; they are bitterish and subaromatic” (Lindley's Medical Flora). This shrub is largely employed in India as an antispasmodic and expectorant, particularly in asthma (leaves smoked also in this complaint), and in phthisis and bronchitis, and in other catar- Thal and pectoral complaints, with cough and hectic. There is a saying in the East, according to Dutt, “that no man suffering from phthisis need despair as long as the Tasaka (Sanscrit) plant exists.” The flowers are also used to purify the blood, and in gomorrhoea; the wood makes a fine charcoal for gunpowder (Dymock, Mat, Med. of Western India). A dhatoda contains adhatodic acid and the alkaloid, vasicine, in combination. Frogs and leeches, and fleas, mosquitoes, and many other insects are destroyed by a solution of Vasicine. Adhatoda has been advised in this country in the treatment of diphtheria and intermittent and typhoid fevers. The leaves are the parts chiefly employed, of which a fluid extract may be given in doses of from 5 to 60 drops. Adhatoda leaves are said to be used in rice cultivation, being spread over the recently-flooded districts to kill the lower orders of aquatic plants (green scum), which interfere with the growth of the rice; they also serve as fertilizers to the soil. Sanguinarine, Its Salts, and Sanguinarin.—The Eclectic name Samguimarine was affixed to the mixed alkaloids thrown down by ammonia from an aqueous solution of the drug. When purified, this mixture, while free from extraneous matter, was still a mixture of alka- loidal educts and never free from decomposition or oxidation products. Change rapidly occurs, the ammoniacal precipitate if white, soon changes to buff and then to blue, drying dark. The salts are, when first thrown out of ethereal solution, of a yellow color; they darken soon, and on drying become of a deep-red color. These salts have long been used in Eclectic medicine. S \NGUINARIN.E.-Samguimarine (C19H11NO3, Limpricht; C20H15NOA, G. König), the alkaloid of bloodroot. Dr. T. L. A. Greve, of Cincinnati, proposed the following formula for an impure alkaloid: “It may be obtained by adding aqua ammoniae to the liquor from which the resin (sanguimarin) has been precipitated. It is then separated from the liquid by straining or filter- ing, Washing the mass on the filter with water, then drying and powdering it. It may also be procured by treating ground blood root with water acidulated with sulphuric acid, and then precipitating with aqua ammoniae, as above named.” We have found that a purer form of sanguinarine may be obtained by triturating the sanguinarine nitrate with an ethereal solu- tion of ammonia gas, which yields the alkaloid to ether which may then be evaporated to 108 1714 SANGUIS. dryness. Sanguinarine (C19H11NOA) is a white or pearl-gray body, having a bitter taste with some acrimony, is hardly dissolved by water, but readily by ether or alcohol, and possesses well-marked alkaline characters, rendering turmeric paper brown or red, and forming red- colored salts with the acids. So intensely irritating is it that even a very minute amount of the dust in the room will render the air irrespirable. It is a strong base and readily combines with even the weaker organic acids to form salts. All that is necessary to produce the salt is to simply neutralize the alkaloid with a weak solution of the desired acid, and evaporate to dryness. The uses of sanguinarine are similar to those of preparations of bloodroot. One grain of this alkaloid may be thoroughly triturated with 20 or 30 grains of sugar of milk, and divided into 10 or 30 doses, according to the effect desired. A very excellent cough preparation may be made, composed of chloride of ammonium, 2 drachms; extract of liquorice, 2 drachms; extract of hyoscyamus, 3 drachm; syrup of tolu, 1 fluid ounce; water, 6 fluid ounces; acetate or sulphate of sanguinarine, 1 or 2 grains, Mix. The dose is a tablespoonful, repeating it 3 or 4 times a day. SANGUINARINE SULPHAs, Sangwinarine Sulphate.—Prof. E. S. Wayne recommends the fol- lowing mode of obtaining sulphate of sanguinarine, which is Dr. Schiel's process: Exhaust bloodroot, in coarse powder, in a percolator, with diluted sulphuric acid, and then add am- monia; a deep purple precipitate occurs, which must be washed with water upon the filter, dried, and treated with ether, which dissolves out the sanguinarine. Treat this solution with animal charcoal, and the alkaloid is obtained as a sulphate of a bright vermilion color, on the addition of a solution of sulphuric acid in alcohol (Amer. Jour. Pharm.,Vol. CXXV, p. 521). SANGUINARINAE NITRAs, Sangwinarine Nitrate.—The nitrate of the alkaloids obtained from Sangwinaria canadensis, Linné. Prepare an alcoholic extract of sanguinaria, evaporate to a syrupy consistence, Imix it with water, filter, and to the filtrate add ammonia water in slight excess. A bluish precipitate falls which must be filtered out and dried. Cautiously powder the dried mass, exhaust with ether, and filter. To prepare the nitrate, cautiously add nitric acid to the ether solution, being careful to avoid an excess, when sanguinarine nitrate will have formed, and not being soluble in ether precipitates as a yellow-red magma which, when dried, assumes a crimson hue. This substance is a salt of the mixed alkaloids of sanguinaria. It forms a powder of a crimson or brick color (according to process employed), almost entirely soluble in water, of an acrid taste, and a slight odor like that peculiar to the root, intensely irritating to the nasal mucous Surfaces, and is employed as an expectorant, and likewise used where the root is indicated, in doses of from # to 3 grain. (For Action, and Specific Indications and Uses, see Sangwinaria.) SANGUINARIN.—The alka-resinoid principle of bloodroot. Under the above name the early Eclectics used an impure resinous product of sanguinaria made after the manner of making resin of podophyllum. It possessed the qualities, largely, of the sanguinaria alkaloids which were mixed mechanically there with. When used alone it should be triturated with sugar, sugar of milk, or some other article. As a tonic, the dose is from 3 to 1 grain, 3 or 4 times a day; as a hepatic and alterative, from 3 to 2 grains. It may be proper for me to state here that I consider the resin of sanguinaria nearly, if not quite, devoid of medicinal principles, and that all the effects stated, as above, to have occurred from its administration, are entirely owing to its containing a greater or less amount of the alkaloid. Consequently, it would be better, both in a therapeutical and economical view, to dispense with this resin altogether, and employ sanguinarine only (J. King). SANGUIS.–BLOOD. Description.—Blood is an animal fluid somewhat of the character of an emulsion. It is the fluid which flows through the circulatory system of animals, that passing through the arteries in the vertebrate animals being bright red, and that returning to the heart by the veins, of a darker color and loaded with im- purities. In the lower animals blood is white. This emulsion-like fluid, hold- ing in suspension the blood corpuscles, is composed of a liquid and solid por- tion; the corpuscles, red and white, form the visible solid constituent, and the liquor sanguinis, or plasma, the fluid in which they float. These portions must not be confused with the fluid and solid portions of blood seen when drawn blood is allowed to stand. The solid portion is the “clot,” or “coagulum,” and contains a solid, colorless material—fibrin—enclosing the blood corpuscles, while the yellowish fluid in which the clot floats is the serum, which contains the salts and albumen. Blood has a faint but characteristic odor, a clammy somewhat viscid feel, is salty to the taste and of alkaline reaction. The coloring of blood corpuscles is due to a complex proteid compound known as homoglobin. This is crystallizable, and is capable of entering into a loose molecular combination with oxygen, called ovy- haemoglobin, and into a more stable compound with carbon-monoxide. Haemo- globin is converted by acids or alkalies into a crystallizable red-coloring matter, haematin. The saline constituents of blood are iron, sodium and potassium chlo- rides, sulphates, and phosphates, and magnesium and calcium phosphates. The sodium chloride predominates. When ox-blood is evaporated to the consistence SANICULA.—SANTALUM RUBRUM. 1715 of all exvract, it is known as extractum Sangwinis; when pulverized, pulvis Samguinis; when defibrinated and dried as Sangwis bovinus easiccatus. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Outside of its nutritive value blood has been employed as a medicine. Blood was introduced by Vacher (1873) as a remedy for scrofulous conditions of children and for the expulsion of entozoa, being found most efficient for rectal ascarides. Liquid blood has been administered in chlorosis, but the form generally employed is defibrinated blood, being adminis- tered chiefly by rectum and hypodermatically, the latter method being unat- tended with inflammatory or other ill-results. The conditions in which it has been found to exert a favorable and permanent influence are: Debility of infants and children, due to dyspepsia, anemia, debilitating discharges and various chronic affections; by the subcutaneous method in anemia from hemorrhage, leukaemia, per- nicious anemia, and anemia from eachausting discharges. By rectum from 2 to 3 ounces may be injected several times a day. SANICULA.—SANICLE. The root of Sanicula marilandica, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Umbelliferae. CoMMON NAMEs: Samicle, Blacksnake root, Pool-root. Botanical Source.—Sanicle is an indigenous, perennial herb, sometimes Rnown by the name of BlackSnake root, with a stem from 1 to 3 feet high, smooth. furrowed, and dichotomously branched. The leaves are 3 to 5-parted, digitate, mostly radical, on petioles 6 to 12 inches long; the segments 2 to 4 inches long, half as wide, oblong, and irregularly and mucronately toothed. Cauline leaves few and nearly sessile. The flowers are mostly barren and white, sometimes yellowish; the sterile flowers are borne on slender pedicels; the fertile ones sessile. Segments of the calyx entire. Involucre 6-leaved and serrate. Umbels often proliferous; umbellets capitate. Fruit several in each umbellet, and densely clothed with hooked bristles (W.—G.). A variety (S. canadensis) has short-pedicelled, sterile flowers. History and Chemical Composition.—Sanicle is common to the United States and Canada, and is found in low woods and thickets, flowering in June. The fibrous root is the medicinal part. Its taste and odor are somewhat aromatic. An alcoholic tincture contains its medicinal properties. Resin, essential oil, tan- nin, coloring matters, and ash (9 per cent) were obtained from the root by C. J. Houck (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1884, p. 463). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Sanicle very much resembles valerian in its action on the system, possessing nervine and feebly anodyne properties, together with some astringency. It has been used with advantage as a domestic remedy in intermittent fevers, sore throat, cymanche trachealis, erysipelas, and some cuta- neous diseases. It is very efficient in chorea, in doses of 3 drachm of the powdered root, 3 times a day, to children 8 or 10 years of age. It has also been beneficially employed in various other mervous affections. The decoction of it, administered in doses of from 2 to 4 fluid ounces, and repeated 3 or 4 times a day, is said to be valuable in gomorrhoea, dysentery, passive hemorrhages, and leucorrhaea. The decoction used freely, at the same time bathing the wound with it, is reputed a certain cure for the bites of poisomous snakes (J. King). Related Species.—Samicula europaea, Linné. The root of this plant is astringent, and possesses an acrid, bitter taste. In the Old World it is a domestic remedy for hemorrhages of a profuse character, such as from the lungs, uterus, etc.; leucorrhoea, dysentery, and diarrhoea are likewise treated with it. Externally, it is applied to wounds. An infusion in wine, or the fresh juice, is generally administered in 3-ounce doses. Astrantia major, Linné.-This plant has a root similar to the sanicles, and is employed º Black imperatoria (Radia imperatoriae migra). This root is commonly known as Q.C/C SY!??, l0/€... SANTALUM RUBRUM (U. S. P.)—RED SAUNDERs. The wood of Pterocarpus Santalinus, Linné filius. Nat. Ord.—Leguminosae. CoMMON NAMES AND SYNONYM: Red sawnders, Ruby wood, Red sandal-wood; Lignum Samtalinwm, rubrum. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 82. 1716 SANTONIC A. Botanical Source.—This is a lofty forest tree. The leaves are alternate, stalked, ternate, and rarely pinnate; the leaflets alternate, petiolate, the upper- most larger, ovate-roundish or oblong, entire, emarginate or retuse, smooth above, and hoary beneath; the stipules wanting. The flowers are yellow, with red veins, papilionaceous, and borne in axillary, simple or branched, erect racemes. Bracts none. Calyx brown and 5-cleft. Stamens 10, combined into a sheath, split down to the base on the upper side, and half-way down on the lower. The legume is roundish, long-stalked, falcate upward, compressed, smooth, and keeled on the lower edge; the keel is membranous and undulated. Seed solitary (L.). History and Description.—This is a large forest tree inhabiting Ceylon and the mountains of the opposite Coromandel coast on the Indian continent. Onl in the Madras Presidency does it grow wild. The wood is the official Red sawn- ders, or Red sandal-wood. It is “a hard, heavy, dark reddish-brown, coarsely splin- tery wood, deprived of the light-colored sap-wood; usually met with in chips, or as a coarse, irregular, brownish-red powder, nearly inodorous and nearly taste- less. Red Saunders does not impart any red color to water when macerated with it.”—(U. S. P.). Other dye-woods generally communicate their color to water, which is not the case with red saunders; the latter, however, imparts to alkaline solutions, ether, and alcohol, a scarlet color. The alcoholic solution produces with solutions of lead a violet-colored, with corrosive sublimate a scarlet, and with sulphate of iron a deep-violet, precipitate. Chemical Composition.—The coloring principle of red Saunders is Santalic acid (samtalin), discovered by Pelletier. It is a red, tasteless, and odorless, crystal- line powder, insoluble in water, soluble in ether, with yellow color, and in alco- hol, with blood-red color (L. Meyer, 1848). It likewise dissolves in alkalies and acetic acid, but not in essential oils. H. Weidel (1869) obtained a similar sub- stance, Santal (C.H.O.), by extracting the wood with boiling alkaline water, pre- cipitating with hydrochloric acid, and recrystallizing from alcohol. The yield was 0.3 per cent. Cazeneuve and Hugounenq (Jahresb. der Pharm., 1887, p. 159; and 1889, p. 127) digested the powdered wood with milk of lime, extracted the coloring substance with ether, and crystallized from alcohol. Carbon disulphide differentiated the product obtained into insoluble pterocarpin (CoH, O,) and solu- ble homo-pterocarpin (C.H.O.). Both substances are probably orcin-derivatives (see Lacmus). A small amount of tannin is contained in red Saunders. Action and Medical Uses.—Tonic and astringent. Formerly used for these indications, but at present employed only for coloring tinctures, etc. Related Wood.—CAM Wood. Red dye-wood from Baphia mitida, De Candolle (Nat. Ord.— Leguminosae). Western Africa. It scarcely colors water, but readily gives its red color to alkalies and alcohol. The coloring principle is thought to be identical with Samtalin. SANTONICA (U. S. P.)—SANTONICA. “The unexpanded flower-heads of Artemisia pauciflora, Weber”—(U. S. P.) (Artemisia Lercheama, Karel et Kirel; Artemisia maritima, war, a pauciflora, Ledebour; Artemisia maritima, war. a. Stechnammiana, Besser). Nat. Ord.—Compositae. CoMMON NAME AND SYNONYMs: Levant wormseed; Semen cinae, Semem sanctum, Semem contra, Semem. Samtomici. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 157. Botanical Source and History.—The plant furnishing Santonica is one of the many forms of Artemisia maritima, a plant having a wide distribution, espe- cially in salty soils of marshes in the northern hemisphere of the Old World. “It is found in the salt marshes of the British Islands, on the coasts of the Baltic, of France and the Mediterranean, and on Saline soils in Hungary and Podolia; thence it extends eastward, covering immense tracts in southern Russia, the regions of the Caspian, and central Siberia, to Chinese Mongolia. The particular variety which furnishes at least the chief part of the drug, is a low, shrubby, aro- matic plant, distinguished by its very small, erect, ovoid flower-heads, having ob- long, obtuse, in volucral scales, the interior Scales being scarious. The stem in its upper half is a fastigiate, thyrsoid panicle, crowned with flower-heads. The locali- SANTONINUM. 1717 ties for the plant are the neighborhood of the Don, the regions of the lower Volga, near Sarepta and Zaretzyn, and the Kirghiz deserts”—(Pharmacographia). The great fair of Nishnei-Novgorod is the chief mart for Levant wormseed, the drug being conveyed there from Moscow, St. Petersburg, and the western ports of Europe. Two commercial varieties of the drug are known in Europe, the one under consideration being called Aleppo, Levant or Alexandria wormseed, the other is known as Barbary wormseed, and is the product of other Artemisiae, growing in Arabia and Palestine, the exact species being yet undetermined. Description.—“From 2 to 4 Mm. (T′, to , inch) long, oblong-ovoid, obtuse, smooth, somewhat glossy, grayish-green, after exposure to light, brownish-green, consisting of an involucre of about 12 to 18 closely imbricated, glandular scales, with a broad midrib, enclosing 4 or 5 rudimentary florets; odor strong, peculiar, somewhat camphoraceous; taste aromatic and bitter”—(U. S. P.). Chemical Composition.— Levant wormseed contains resin, essential oil (about 2 per cent), and the crystalline, active principle, santonin (1% to 2 per cent) (see Santoninum). Oil of Levant wormseed “has a yellowish color and a pene- trating, disagreeable odor; specific gravity 0.930. It consists chiefly of cineol (CoH, O), with some dipentene” (see Essential Oils, by Prof. F. B. Power, 1894). Cineol is identical with eucalyptol and cajuputol. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Levant wormseed is seldom used in substance in medicine, but is the official source of samtomim. In small doses, it is a gastric stimulant, and, in larger amounts, a nervous and circulatory stimulant. Very large doses have produced a sense of depression at the stomach, nausea, emesis, purgation, and congestion of the brain. Wormseed is a vermicide, and is less apt than santomim to produce yellow vision. It is a remedy for the expul- sion of lumbricoides and rectal ascarides, and less efficient for taenia. The dose of the powder is from 10 to 40 grains, 3 times a day, in syrup, honey, or similar fluid, in combination with a purgative, such as jalap, etc. SANTONINUM (U. S. P.)—SANTONIN. FoRMULA: Cls HisO,. MoLECULAR WEIGHT: 245.43. “A neutral principle obtained from Santonica. Santonin should be kept in dark, amber-colored vials, and should not be exposed to light”—(U. S. P.). History and Preparation.—Santomim, the vermifuge principle of santonica, was discovered, in 1830, by Kahler and Alms, simultaneously. The British Phar- macopoeia (1885) gives detailed directions for its preparation, which consists in boiling the bruised Santonica, seeds in water with addition of slaked lime, concen- trating the solution of calcium santomate, adding hydrochloric acid, and allowing it to stand for 5 days. Wash the precipitated santonim (santonic anhydride) with water and ammonia water, which removes resin, and recrystallize from alcohol after treating the solution with animal charcoal. Another method consists in boiling out a mixture of Santonica seeds and slaked lime with alcohol of 50 per cent (by volume), and decomposing the calcium santonate with carbonic acid (see Flückiger, Pharmacognosie des Pflanzenreichs, 3d ed., 1891, p. 822). (Also see detailed Bibliography on Santomim, by A. Van Zwaluwenburg, Pharm. Arch., 1899, pp. 1-11.) Description.— Santonin occurs “in colorless, shining, flattened, prismatic crystals, odorless and nearly tasteless when first put in the mouth, but afterward developing a bitter taste; mot altered by exposure to air, but turning yellow on exposure to light. Nearly insoluble in cold water; soluble in 40 parts of alcohol at 15°C. (59°F.), in 250 parts of boiling water, and in 8 parts of boiling alcohol; also soluble in 140 parts of ether, in 4 parts of chloroform, and in solutions of caustic alkalies. When heated to 170° C. (338° F.), santomim melts, and forms, if rapidly cooled, an amorphous mass, which instantly crystallizes on coming in contact with a minute quantity of one of its solvents. At a higher temperature, it sublimes partly unchanged, and, when ignited, it is consumed, leaving no resi- due. Santomim is neutral to litmus paper moistened with alcohol. Santonin yields, with an alcoholic solution of potassium hydrate, a bright pinkish-red liquid, which gradually becomes colorless. From its solution in caustic alkalies, Santomim is completely precipitated by supersaturation with an acid '-(U. S. P.). 1718 SANTONINUM. Santomim (Cls HisO.) is the anhydride of Santonic acid (C, H, O,), which is a de- rivative of dimethyl-maphtalene (CoHºſCHJ). Santonin dissolves in alkalies with formation of salts of this acid. Santomim, in acetic acid solution, when exposed to sunlight for about a month, is converted into (colorless) photosantomic acid (C.H.O.). The ethyl-ester of the latter is obtained when an alcoholic solution of Santonin is exposed to sunlight (Sestini). The yellow coloration developed upon exposure of Santonin to light, is believed to be due to a red resin. Santonin is optically laevo-rotatory. Adulterations and Tests.-Santonin has been adulterated by boric acid: this substance may be recognized by being insoluble in chloroform, or by not being volatilized when heated on platinum foil. If the residue is dissolved in water, and the solution acidulated with hydrochloric acid, a strip of yellow tur- meric paper is colored brown by it. Santonin, turned yellow from exposure to light, has been mistaken for picric acid; the latter is easy of detection, being solu- ble in cold and hot water with yellow color (J. M. Maisch, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1874, p. 52); or the white crystals of santonin might be mistaken for Strychnine, the latter, however, may readily be distinguished by the violet coloration it pro- duces with sulphuric acid and potassium dichromate (see Strychnina). Other substitutions, e.g., salicin, may be recognized by the following U. S. P. directions for Santonin : “Its solution in cold, concentrated sulphuric acid is at first color- less (absence of easily carbonizable, organic substances), but, after some time, turns yellow, then red, and finally brown. If water be added, immediately after it is dissolved without color in sulphuric acid, it will be completely precipitated, and the supernatant liquid should not have a bitter taste, nor should it be altered upon the addition of potassium dichromate T.S. (absence of brucine or strych. nine), or of mercuric potassium iodide T.S. (absence of alkaloids in general)”— (U. S. P.). D. Lindo's test for Santonin is as follows: Dissolve, in a test-tube, a small quantity of Santonin in strong sulphuric acid, add a few drops of a highly- diluted solution of ferric chloride; upon warming in the flame of a Bunsen burner, a beautiful violet coloration is developed. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Santonin is an active agent, and, in improper doses, is capable of producing serious symptoms, and even death. As small a dose as 2 grains is said to have killed a weakly child of 5 years, and 5 grains produced death in about 3 hour in a child of the same age. Among the toxic effects may be mentioned gastric pain, pallor and coldness of the surface, followed by heat and injection of the head, tremors, dizziness, pupillary dilata- tion, twitching of the eyes, stertor, copious sweating, hematuria, convulsive movements, tetanic cramps, stupor, and insensibility. Occasionally symptoms resembling cholera morbus have been produced, and in all cases the urine pre- sents a characteristic yellowish or greenish-yellow hue. We have observed con- vulsions caused by the administration of “worm lozenges.” Death from Santonin is due to respiratory paralysis, and post-mortem examination revealed in one in- stance a contracted and empty right ventricle, and about an ounce of liquid, black blood in the left heart, an inflamed duodenum, and inflamed patches in the stomach (Kilner). The chief form of treatment of poisoning by Santonin is by artificial respiration. Internal and external stimulation should also be resorted to, inhalations of ether or chloroform, to control the convulsions, should be given, and a purgative administered to remove remaining traces of the poison from the bowels. Santonin often produces a singular effect upon the vision, causing sur- rounding objects to appear discolored, as if they were yellow or green, and occa- sionally blue or red; it also imparts a yellow or green color to the urine, and a reddish-purple color if that fluid be alkaline. Prof. Giovanni was led to believe that the apparent yellow color of objects observed by the eye, when under the in- fluence of Santonin, did not depend upon an elective action on the optic nerves, but rather to the yellow color which the drug itself takes when exposed to the air. Santonin colored by the air does not produce this effect, which only follows the white article. The air gives the yellow color to Santonin, to passed urine con- taining it, and to the serum of the blood when drawn from a vein, and, according to Giovanni, it is owing to its direct action upon the aqueous humor, where it is carried by absorption, that objects present this color. The view now held, how- ever, is that of Rose, that the alkaline serum dissolves the Santonin, which then SAPO. 1719 acts upon the perspective centers of the brain, producing the chromatopsia or Xanthopsia. Santonin has been advantageously given in amaurosis following acute inflammation of some of the internal parts of the eye; also in subacute and chronic retinitis and choroidifis. It is said to have materialiy benefited cases of non- congenital color-blindness, being administered in ºn or Thy grain doses (Foltz). Santonin is the chief remedy now used for the expulsion of the roundworm or ascaris lumbricoides. It acts less effectually upon rectal ascarides, and not at all upon the tapeworm. As a rule, when a single dose is to be given, it should be administered upon an empty stomach, and the patient should refrain from eating for a short time afterward. A purgative should precede and follow its use. An- other method, which has found much favor in the Eclectic school, is that of giv- ing Santonin, in divided doses, as follows: B. Santonin, grs. v.; podophyllin, grs.j; milk-sugar, 3i. Mix. Divide into 10 powders, and administer 1 powder 3 times a day. Santonin is an important nerve stimulant. It relieves many of those nerv- ous phenomena which simulate the conditions produced by worms—picking at the nose, starting in sleep, intestinal irritation, etc. Its effects upon troubles of the urinary apparatus, due to disordered or deficient innervation, make it one of our best specific remedies. In retention of wrine, due to atony of the bladder, no remedy surpasses it, and when this occurs as a symptom of the advanced stage of acute diseases of children, indicating an unfavorable prognosis, unless the uri- nary function can be restored, Santonin may be given in # to #-grain doses (tritu- rated with sugar), every hour, until a free urinary flow is established. Retention of urine, caused by opium preparations, is corrected by it. Being strongly diu- retic, it may be administered in renal colic. It relieves wrethral irritation, dysuria, Strangwry, nocturnal enwresis, chronic vesical catarrh, and vesical tenesmus. It acts promptly in the urethral irritation, with pain and scalding, associated with uterime disorders, and in large, but unsafe, doses (10 grains), it has been recommended in wterime colic and a memorrhoea (Berthey). It relieves the difficult micturition and urinal retention following parturition, when not due to long-continued pressure of the child's head upon the parts. Many of the unpleasant urinary symptoms of albuminwria and chronic nephritis are relieved by Santonin, and it is a remedy for impaired breathing and tympanitis due to deficient spinal innervation. The dose of Santonin for an adult ranges from 1% to 4 grains; for a child, ºn to 2 grains, always avoiding the larger dose when possible; 2 x trituration, 2 or 3 grains, for its effects upon the urinary apparatus. Specific Indications and Uses.—To remove all kinds of intestinal worms but the tapeworm; retention of urine from atony; nocturmal enuresis from atomy; urethral irritation, with pain and scalding, accompanying uterine disorders; re- tention of urine in fevers; deficient spinal innervation, as evidenced by impaired respiration and tympanitis; vesical tenesmus and strangury; retention of urine from the use of opiates. - Related Products.-SANTONINox1ME (C15H19NO3, or C15HisO3:N.OH). Said to be a safe substitute for santonin, and the dose given may be 3 times as large P. Guici (1889) prepared it by the interaction of santonin (5 parts), hydroxylamine hydrochloride (4 parts), strong alco- hol (50 parts), and precipitated calcium carbonate (4 parts). These were digested for 3 or 4 days at about 80°C. (176°F.). It forms white silky, laevogyre needles, very sparingly soluble in hot water. It fuses at near 217°C. (442.6°F.). Santolina chamaecyparissus (Compositae).--Popular in Scotland as a remedy for roundworm, Half ounce of the plant may be boiled with i pint of water for 30 minutes, strained, and brought to the measure to 1 pint when finished. "Of this decoction, 23 ounces may be given to children, or 5 ounces to adults for 4 successive days, and may be followed with an active cathartic. Maben finds in the plant a bitter body, which he believes to be the active sub- stance, resin, and an essential oil (Pharm. Jour. Trams.,Vol. XVI). SAPO (U. S. P.)—SOAP. “Soap prepared from soda and olive oil”—(U. S. P.). CoMMON NAMES AND SYNoNYM: Soap, White castile soap, Castile soap, Hard soap; Sapo durus, Br. Source and Preparation.—Soaps in general are the sodium or potassium salts of the higher fatty acids (lauric, stearic, palmitic, oleic acids, etc.) occurring 1720 SAPO. in fats or fixed oils, these being glycerin esters of the acids named (see Olea Fixa and Adeps). Sodium and potassium soaps are readily Soluble in water, while calcium soaps and the soaps formed with heavy metals are insoluble. The latter are called plasters, e.g., lead plaster (see Emplastrum Plumbº). Commercial soaps are broadly classed as hard Soaps and Soft soaps. As a rule, sodium soaps are hard soaps, while potassium soaps are soft. The nature of the higher fatty acid with which the alkali is combined, has a secondary influence on the consistency of the soap. Fats in which the solid stearic acid is prepon- derant, e.g., mutton and beef suet, yield a harder soap than those in which the fluid oleic or related acids are predominant, e.g., olive oil, linseed oil, fish oils. The fats from which soaps are prepared are chiefly tallow and lard, palm oil, olive oil, cocoanut oil, for hard, partly also for soft soaps, and hempseed oil, limseed oil, cotton-seed oil, and fish oils, for soft soaps; castor oil for transparent toilet Soaps, and commercial oleic acid both for hard and soft soaps. In the case of oleic acid, soap-making consists simply in the neutralization of the free acid by caustic alkali or by the carbonate of an alkali. The carbonic acid evolved in the latter case is liable to be a disturbing element in the manufacture. With neutral fats, decomposition into the fatty acid and glycerin may be effected in several ways (see Glycerinum); of these, saponification by caustic alkalies is still the prevailing method of making soap. Taking Stearin (glyceryl-tristearate) as a type of a solid fat, the reaction with caustic soda will be as follows: C, H,(CsIH.O.), H3NaOH = 3C, H.O.Na (sodium stearate) +C, H,(OH), (glycerin). White castile soap is offi- cially recognized and is made from olive oil. HARD SOAPs.-In practical soap-making, saponification of the fat must be started with a weak lye, because soap being insoluble in strong alkali, the first soap formed would envelop the fatty particles and prevent them from being fur- ther attacked. The heating is dome in copper boilers provided both with indi- rect and direct steam. After adding stronger lye, the mixture is boiled until a sample becomes firm on cooling; the soap is then “salted out,” i. e., common salt or concentrated brine is added, in which the soap is insoluble. The latter rises to the top, while the liquid below (“spent lye”) contains all the glycerin, salt solu- tion and various impurities, but should not contain either soap or free alkali. It is drawn off, and the supernatant soap boiled with another quantity of strong soda-lye, which completes the saponification. A small quantity of weak lye is now added and the mass boiled for several hours by direct steam. This produces curd soap, composed of hard, granular particles. The soap is taken out and allowed to harden in wooden or iron frames. Mottled soap is obtained when ferrous sulphate (about 0.25 per cent) is incorporated into the cooling mass which causes greenish streaks of ferrous hydrate to form, turning red on the surface of the soap. Other substances are also used for this purpose. Yellow or resin Soap, is formed by add- ing a certain quantity of resin (see Resima) (as much as 50 per cent and more, of the fat employed) to the mass in the soap boiler toward the end of the process; a yellow soap of uniform texture, not curdy and granular, is produced. When unbleached palm oil is saponified, the soap that is formed is also yellow. Filled Soaps.-These are the cheapest soaps made. As they are not salted out they represent the total contents of the soap boiler, including the glycerin. The fats usually receive an addition of a large percentage of cocoanut oil, which has the remarkable property of being readily Saponifiable with a strong soda-lye at a lower temperature producing a hard soap which can not be separated from the liberated glycerin, and in addition is capable of taking up large amounts of extra- neous matters, soluble silicate of sodium being especially used for this purpose. Thus, 100 kilogrammes of cocoanut oil, 75 to 80 kilogrammes of rosin, 300 kilo- grammes of waterglass, and 100 to 150 kilogrammes of tallow, yield, with 240 kilogrammes of soda-lye of 33° Beaumé, a total of 800 kilogrammes of finished soap (S. P. Sadtler, Indust. Org. Chem., 2d ed., 1895, p. 62). Saponification of cocoanut oil, even when mixed with twice its quantity of tallow, takes place with soda-lye of the above strength at a temperature as low as 50° C. (about 120° F.) (cold process). The soap known as marine soap is made from cocoanut oil by boiling with the calculated quantity of caustic soda. It retains all the glycerin of the fat, and has the property of forming a lather with sea-water which ordinary soap does not do. Toilet Soaps are prepared from grained SAPO, 1721 (curd) soap, and according to the process of treatment are distinguished as trans- parent soaps, remelted soaps, and milled soaps. The latter are produced by slic- ing and drying the stock soap, grinding the material, mixing in the ingredients, e.g., perfumery, etc., and pressing into cakes. Transparent soaps may be obtained by making an alcoholic solution of soap and distilling off the alcohol. SoFT SOAPs.--These are made by saponifying hempseed, linseed (U. S. P.) or cotton-seed oil (Nat. Form., 1st ed.), fish oils, etc., with caustic potash. They can not be salted out with potassium chloride, hence contain glycerin and any excess of alkali that may have been employed. The U. S. P. gives the following direc- tions for making soft soap (SAPO MOLLIS): Take of “linseed oil, four hundred grammes (400 Gm.) [14 ozs. av., 48 grs.]; potassa, ninety grammes (90 Gm.) [3 ozs. av., 76 grs.]; alcohol, forty cubic centimeters (40 Co.) [1 flá, 169 ml]; water, a sufficient quantity. Heat the linseed oil in a deep, capacious vessel, on a water-bath or steam-bath, to a temperature of about 60° C. (140°F.). Dissolve the potassa in four hundred and fifty cubic centimeters (450 Co.) [15 fiá, 104 fil] of water, add the alcohol, and then gradually add the mixture, constantly stirring, to the oil, continuing the heat until a small portion of the mixture is found to be soluble in boiling water without the separation of oily drops. Then allow the mixture to cool, and transfer it to suitable vessels. The potassa used in this pro- cess should be of the full strength directed by the Pharmacopoeia (90 per cent). Potassa of any other strength, however, may be used, if a proportionately larger or smaller quantity be taken, the proper amount for the above formula being ascertained by dividing 8100 by the percentage of absolute potassa (potassium hydrate) contained therein”—(U. S. P.). (Also see formula for Sapo mollis from olive oil, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1895, p. 485; and comment on this and the official formula, by S. A. Sieker, Pharm. Review, 1898, p. 15.) Description, Chemical Composition, and Tests.--Dr. S. P. Sadtler (loc. cit.) broadly classifies the many commercial varieties of soaps as follows: (1) Compact soaps, including curd soaps (tallow soap or Sapo animalis, S. domesticus, and toilet soaps), mottled and yellow (palm oil and rosin) soaps; they contain from 10 to 25 per cent of water; (2) Smooth or cut Soaps, which are curd soaps, allowed to take up more water; they contain from 25 to 45 per cent; (3) filled or padded soaps (see previous page), from 45 to 75 per cent of water, and glycerin, spent lye, etc.; (4) Soft or potash Soaps. Two classes of medicinal soaps are recognized by the U.S.P.: I. SAPO (U.S.P.), Soap; White castile Soap.–This soap, prepared from olive oil, is also known as Hard soap (Sapo durus), Sapo oleaceus, Sapo venetus, Sapo Hispanicus, or Spanish Soap. As described by the U. S. P., it is “a white or whitish solid, hard, yet easily cut when fresh, having a faint, peculiar odor free from rancidity, a disagreeable, alkaline taste, and an alkaline reaction. Soluble in water and in alcohol, more readily with the aid of heat”—(U. S. P.). Soap is insoluble in petroleum ether; this permits the quantitative extrac- tion of any unaltered .fat that may be present in soap. Soap is incompatible with all acid liquids, with the salts of heavy metals, with alum, and the solutions of the alkaline earths and their salts, e.g., with lime-water, chloride of calcium, sulphate of magnesium, etc. Hard waters do not form a lather with soap, be- cause soap forms granular compounds with the calcium salts of the water. Pre- viously boiling the water with sodium carbonate will precipitate the calcium salts, and the water thus purified will foam with the soap. Or, sodium or potassium carbonate incorporated with the soap, is said to produce the same effect. The U. S. P. directs the following tests for hard soap: “On placing a small, weighed portion of soap, together with about 10 Co. of alcohol, in a tared beaker containing sand, evaporating the resulting solution of the soap to dryness, and drying the residue at 110° C. (230°F.), the loss of weight should not exceed 36 per cent (absence of an undue amount of water). A 4 per cent alcoholic solution of soap should not gelatinize on cooling (absence of animal fats). An aqueous solution of soap should remain unaffected on the addition of hydrogen sulphide or ammonium sulphide T.S. (absence of metallic impurities). On dissolving 20 G m. of soap in alcohol, with the aid of heat, transferring the undissolved resi- due, if any, to a filter, and washing it thoroughly with boiling alcohol, it should, after drying, weigh not more than 0.6 Gm. (limit of sodium carbonate, etc.); and 1722 SAPO. at least 0.4 Gm. of this residue should be soluble in water (limit of silica and other accidental impurities). If a solution of 5 Gm. of soap in 50 Co. of water be mixed with 3 Co. of decinormal oxalic acid V.S., the subsequent addition of a few drops of phenolphtalein T.S. should produce no pink or red tint (limit of alka- limity)”—(U. S. P.). The presence of free alkali in soap may be qualitatively ascer- tained by adding to a concentrated solution of the soap either calomel or solution of mercurous nitrate. A black precipitate is formed if free alkali is present. The adulterants that have been found in hard soap are China clay, fuller's earth, chalk, pumice stone, gypsum, sand, bran, etc. They all remain undis- solved when the soap is treated with alcohol or water. II. SAPO MoLLIS (U. S. P.), Soft soap, Sapo viridis (Pharm., 1880), Green soap.– “A soft, unctuous mass, of a yellowish-brown or brownish-yellow color. Soluble in about 5 parts of hot water to a nearly clear liquid; also in 2 parts of hot alco- hol, without leaving more than 3 per cent of insoluble residue"—(U. S. P.). This soap has been found adulterated with starch to the extent of 25 per cent. The adulteration may be recognized by iodine in slightly acidulated solution. (For a tabulated scheme of systematic soap analysis, we refer the reader to S. P. Sadtler, Handbook Indust. Org. Chem., 2d ed., 1895, p. 82; or to A. H. Allen, Commercial Organic Analysis, 3d ed., Vol. II, Part I, 1899, p. 277. An interesting account of the analysis of five samples of castile soap and four samples of soft soap, with comment on the above U. S. P. requirements, is given by F. A. Sieker, Pharm. Review, 1898, pp. 15, 94, and 267; also see S. R. Knox, Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc., 1894, p. 174; and article by Alfred Smethan, on “Soap Manufacture and Soaps of Commerce,” in Pharm. Jour. Trams.,Vol. XIV, 1883–84, p. 534.) The following table, from Dr. S. P. Sadtler's Handbook, p. 73, gives the results of some analyses performed by M. Dechan (Pharm. Jour. Trams.,Vol. XV, 1884–85, p. 870), of the soaps chiefly employed in pharmacy: Öſ? }- Hj O H; Og: H E. # Eä | 3 | g | # 2.É | = | ## NAME OF SOAP. º §3. 2. 5. §§ #3 g £5. G F: Fº go *% £5. g S. S. Qu Q. #. Ø po ât' }-d On e ă. E Hard Soap (Sapo durus). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81.5 9.92 08 .00 28 0.20 | 10.65 0.50 White castile soap.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76. 7 || 9.14 | .09 | .00 36 || 0.90 || 13.25 0.60 Mottled castile Soap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68.1 | 8.9 . 19 | . 15 63 || 0.80 21.70 | 1.30 Tallow soap (Sapo animalis) . . . . . . . . . . 78.3 || 9.57 | .28 .00 47 || 0.40 | 12.50 | 1.10 Soft Soap (Sapo mollis). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48.5 | 12.6 38 | . 17 93 | 1.00 || 39.50 | 1.60 Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Soap taken internally is slightly laxa- tive, and, externally, it is detersive. Its action is very much like that of the alka- lies, but less emergetic; hence it may be administered in considerable doses with- out producing inflammation, though it readily disturbs digestion. As an antacid, it is useful in strong solution, in cases of poisoning by mineral acids, and also in acid conditions of the stomach. It has likewise been found serviceable in those cases of gravel in which uric acid prevails, but it does not dissolve the uric acid forma- tions. In cases of poisoning by acids, it may be used until more effective agents can be procured, as chalk, lime, magnesia, or the alkaline bicarbonates. It is sel- dom used alone as a purgative, but is usually combined with aloes, gamboge, resin of podophyllum, or other resinous cathartics, whose irritating properties are thereby modified. United with rhubarb, it forms a pill of much service in obstimate costiveness and biliary derangements. It lessens the astringent action of rhubarb. Externally, it has been found serviceable in timea capitis, itch, boils, and other cutaneous diseases, and as a discutient in glandular enlargements, abscesses, con- tusions, etc., in which it is used either in form of liniment or plaster. Soft soap, especially, has been found efficient in these cutaneous affections, used either alone, or in combination with other suitable agents. An excellent injection is formed by making a strong soap-water from soft soap, which will be found useful in obstinate costiveness, or where it is desirable to produce a prompt discharge from the bowels. In the preparation of pills, liniments, or plasters, we must be SAPON ARIA. 1723 particular not to add agents which are chemically changed by the soap. Soap may be administered in a dose of 5 to 30 grains, and is commonly used in the pilular form; in poisoning by mineral acids, # pint of a strong solution should be promptly administered and be repeated every few minutes, if necessary. Special Soaps.-As such we consider soaps containing certain ingredients intended to impart to the soap special medicinal or economic characters. This includes the multitude of medicated Soaps. The following special soaps may be mentioned: TRANSPARENT GLYCERIN SOAP may be made by melting together 10 kilogrammes of tal- low, 10 kilogrammes of cocoanut oil, 6 kilogrammes of castor oil, 10 kilogrammes of glycerin, heating to about 50° C. (122°F.), adding 13 kilogrammes of soda-lye of 40 per cent, and 12 kilo- grammes of 96 per cent alcohol, stirring the mixture until the soap becomes transparent, then add sugar solution (2 kilogrammes of sugar boiled with 3 kilogramme of water), 100 grammes of cassia oil, 50 grammes of bergamot oil, and pour the finished soap into tin molds (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1879, p. 566). It is stated by Dr. Sadtler, however, that the addition of sugar is harm- ful to sensitive hands. OPODELDoc is the camphorated soap liniment (Linimentum Sapomato Camphoratum) of the German Pharmacopoeia (also see p. 1143). SAPO MEDICATUs of the German Pharmacopoeia (which enters into the composition of the preceding) is a neutral Soda soap, prepared on the steam-bath, with the aid of alcohol, from a mixture of equal amounts of lard and olive oil. SAPO JAL.APINUS (Ger. Pharm.).--Dissolve jalap resin (4 parts) and medicinal soap (4 parts) in diluted alcohol (8 parts), evaporate on the steam-bath to 9 parts, with constant stirring. TANNIN SOAP.-Saponify cocoanut oil (9 kilogrammes) with soda-lye (4.5 kilogrammes); add solution of tannin (250 grammes) in alcohol; finally add balsam of Peru (30 grammes), oil of cassia, oil of cloves (each, 10 grammes). IoDINE SOAP.-Cocoanut oil (10 kilogrammes), lye of 38° Beaumé (5 kilogrammes), potas- sium iodide (500 grammes), dissolved in water (250 grammes). GALL SOAP.-Cocoanut oil (25 kilogrammes) is mixed with galls (1.5 kilogrammes) and saponified in the cold with 12.5 kilogrammes of soda-lye of 38° Beaumé. The soap is colored with 350 grammes of ultramarine green, and perfumed with 75 grammes each of oil of lavender and caraway. CAMPHORATED SULPHUR SOAP.-Cocoanut oil (12 kilogrammes), soda-lye of 38° Beaumé (6 kilogrammes), potassium sulphide (1 kilogramme), dissolved in water (0.5 kilogramme); cam- phor (160 grammes) is to be dissolved in melted cocoanut oil (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1882, p. 64). PETROLEUMI So AP.-Heat white beeswax (40 parts), petroleum (50 parts), alcohol of 90 per cent (50 parts) on a water-bath; when melted, add hard Marseille soap (100 parts), agitate and pour into molds. The soap is said to be firm, emulsifies easily and does not leave the washed parts impregnated with petroleum (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1889, p. 287). SAND SOAP may be prepared from curd soap and cocoanut oil soap, each, 7 pounds; sifted sea-sand, 28 pounds; oils of thyme, cassia, caraway, and French lavender, each 2 ounces. As EPSIN SOAP is a milled tallow soap medicated with asepsin and borax (also see Asepsin). ANTISEPTIC SOAP (ethereal, Johnston) is a medicinal soap in liquid form introduced and manufactured by Parke, Davis & Co., Detroit. SHAVING CREAM.–The Pharm. Jour. Trans., Sept. 19, 1896, p. 248, recommends the following formula: Curd soap, 2 ounces; fresh butter, 4 drachms; tincture of quillaja, 2 ounces; carbon- ate of potassium, 2 drachms; otto of rose, 10 minims; oil of lavender, 10 minims, oil of myrcia acris, 5 minims. Dissolve the soap, shredded fine, in 10 ounces of water by the aid of heat; melt the butter, and mix in a warm mortar with the carbonate of potassium dissolved in 1 ounce of water; gradually add the soap solution, and stir until a paste is formed, then add the quillaja tincture in which the oils have been dissolved. MOLLIN.—An ointment base in use in German dermatological practice, and is classed as a soft Soap containing 17 per cent of free fat. It is a smooth, soft, yellowish-white, non-rancid body not easily altered in the air, and readily washed from the skin with water, hot or cold. To prepare it, fresh fat, or cocoanut oil, 100 parts is first saponified with caustic potash Solu- tion (specific gravity 1.145), 40 parts. Glycerin, 30 parts, is then intimately mixed with it and carefully heated. PulveruleNT MEDICINAL SOAPs.-This form of soap is recommended by Dr. P. J. Eichhoff. A newtral soap-powder base (anhydrous, hygroscopic) is obtained from beef tallow ; superfatted soap powder is obtained from the preceding by adding oleic acid (2 per cent) and lanolin (3 per cent). An alkaline soap-powder base is obtained by adding to the neutral base potas- sium and sodium carbonates (2.5 per cent of each). A number of medicinal soaps have been prepared from the three bases named, by incorporating with them certain medicinal constitu- ents, e.g., sulphur (10 per cent), balsam of Peru, chrysarobin, chlorinated lime; or carbolic acid, salicylic acid, pyrogallol, iodoform, aristol, quinine sulphate, etc, etc. (see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1893, p. 68, from Pharm. Zeitung, 1892; also see Amer. Jour. Pharm... 1891, p. 360). SAPON ARIA.—SOAPWORT. The root and leaves of Saponaria officinalis, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Caryophyllaceae. CoMMON NAMEs: Soapwort, Soaproot, Bouncing Bet, Fuller's-herb. 1724 SAPON ARIA. Botanical Source.—This is a stout, perennial herbaceous plant, sometimes known by the name of Bouncing Bet, with a stem 1 to 2 feet in height. The leaves Fig. 217 are lanceolate, inclining to elliptical, very acute, smooth, 2 or 3 … inches long, and about one-third as wide. The flowers are many, large, flesh-colored or pale pink, often double, and borne in panicu- late fascicles. Calyx cylindrical and slightly downy. Petals 5, and unguiculate; crowns of the petals linear, Stamens 10; styles 2; capsule oblong and 1-celled (G.—W.). Description and Chemical Composition.—Soapwort is found growing in Europe and the United States, by roadsides and in waste places, flowering in July and August. The parts used medici- nally are the root and leaves; they are without odor, and of a bitterish, slightly saccharine taste, with a subsequent persistent saponºmer pungency and a benumbing sensation. With water they become IlallS. frothy, like soap-suds; water or alcohol extracts their active prop- erties. The active principle of this root was discovered in 1808 by J. C. C. Schrader, who named it saponin, and obtained it by extracting the powdered root with boil- ing alcohol and allowing to crystallize. Closely allied substances have since been found in the roots of Polygala Senega, Gypsophila Arrostii (not Struthium; see Flücki- ger, Archiv der Pharm., 1890, p. 192), in the barks of Quillaja Saponaria and Chryso- phyllum glycyphloewm, in the seeds of Agrostemma Githago, Sapindus Saponaria, and in many other plants, e.g., the fruit of horse-chestnut, the root of the common pink, etc. (see complete enumeration by N. Kruskal, Dissert, Dorpat, 1891). Christophson (1874) found Gypsophila to yield the largest quantity of saponin (13 to 15 per cent). According to C. Schiaparelli (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1884, p. 273), Saponin (C, H, Os) from Saponaria officinalis is a white, amorphous powder which excites sneezing when inhaled through the nostrils; it has a pungent taste and is poisonous. It dissolves freely in water, but is insoluble in ether, benzene, and chloroform, only slightly soluble in alcohol. A diluted aqueous solution forms a persistent froth upon shaking. Saponin is a glucosid, and is hydrolyzed by boil- ing with diluted acids into sugar and saponetin, which is insoluble in water, alco- hol and ether. W. Von Schulz (Jahresb. der Pharm., 1896, p. 516) states that the active principle of white soaproot is sapotocin (see Quillaja); that of red soaproot is Sapo-rubrim (3.45 per cent), a glucosid which he finds to be methyl-Sapotocin. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Soapwort is tonic, diaphoretic, and alterative; and forms a remedy in the treatment of syphilitic, Scrofulous and cuta- meows diseases, also in jawndice, liver affections, rheumatism, and gomorrhaea. It is gem- erally used in decoction; although an extract or the inspissated juice will be found equally efficient. Saponin has been advised as a substitute for the root, but this is not satisfactorily established; it will likewise be found a powerful sternutatory. Dose, from 2 to 6 grains. E. Pelikan believes that saponin is des- tined to play a different part from that which is now given to it, and that it should be submitted to further investigations. According to his experiments he finds that saponin and identical substances produce a local paralysis followed by rigidity of the muscles and paralysis of the nerves of sensation; and also that between saponin and agents that act upon the pupil, as atropine and physostig- mine, there exists considerable analogy (Gaz. Méd. de Paris, 1867). Decided emmena- gogue properties are attributed to Saponaria. Dose of the decoction (5i to Oj), from 2 to 4 fluid ounces, 3 or 4 times a day; of the extract or inspissated juice, from 10 to 20 grains. Related Drugs.-SOAPBERRIES. A tree of the American tropics, the Sapºndits S(t))onaria, Linné, of the natural order Sapindaceae, yields an orange-colored, spherical or ovoid fluit, about the size of our common cherry, containing a tough endocarp yielding tartaric and formic acids, and saponin (sapindus-Sapotoarin). The fruit is known as the Soapberry. The seeds yield a large quantity of fat of the consistence of butter. Other species of Sapindus have similar fruits containing like constituents. Among those employed are the fruits of S. laurifolius, Vahl, the pods of S. emarginatus, and the fruit-pulp of S. detergens, all of India. LEv \NT SOAPROOT.—Formerly believed to be the root of Gypsophila Struthium, Linné, but now known to be derived from G. Arrostii, Gussone, G. paniculata, Linné (Fluckiger, Archiv der Pharm , 1890, p. 192). Asia Minor, north Africa, and south Europe (Sicily). Pale brown externally, white internally, corrugated longitudinally and transversely, and about 1 loot long and 2 inches in thickness. Its composition is similar to that of saponaria. SARRACENIA. 1725 Megaprhiza callſornica, Mam-root.— Foot yielded J. P. Heamey (Amer. Jour. Pharm , 1876, p. 451) a resinous body meſſarrhizitin and a bitter glucosid negarrhizin. Young (ibid., 1883, p. 195) obtained another glucosid resembling Saponim and possessing mydriatic qualities, which he called meſſarrhim. An alcohol-soluble and an ether-soluble resin were also found by Young. The root is cathartic. M \cKAY BEAN ; the seed of Entada Scandens.—Queensland. A substance believed to be saponin has been found in these seeds by John Moss. In its habitat the plant is considered very poisonous. Randia dunnetorum.—East Indies. Shrub ; a fish poison, and to human beings an emet a, Fruit contains valerianic acid and Saponin. A tincture is employed as an antispasmodiv (Sawyer, London Lancet, 1891). SARRACENIA, PITCHER PLANT. The root of Sarracenia purpurea, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Sarracemiaceae. COMMON NAMES: Pitcher plant, Side-saddle plant or flower, Fly trap, Huntsman’s cup, Water cup. Botanical Source, Description, and History.—This plant is an indigenous perennial, of a very curious character. The leaves, or acidia, are 6 to 9 inches long, radical, short-globose, in flat e d or cup- form, contracted at the mouth, having a broad, arched, lateral wing from to 1 inch in width, and extended on the outside of the mouth into a broad-cordate, erect lamina, or hood, covered above with reversed hairs. The scape is from 1 to 2 feet in height, terete, smooth, and sup- porting a single, large, purple, and no ding flower (W.). This plant owes its strange appearance to a curious pitcher-shaped metamorphosis of the leaf, which resembles very much an old-fash- ioned side-saddle; 6 of these generally belong || to each plant. The leaf, which springs from the root, is formed by a large, hollow tube, Vº swelling out in the middle, curved and dimin- ishing downward till it ends in a stem, con- tracted at the mouth, and furnished with a large, spreading, heart-shaped appen dage at the top, which is hairy within, the hairs point- ing downward, so as to cause everything which falls upon the leaf to be carried toward the petiole; a broad, wavy wing extends the whole length on the inside; these lie upon the ground with the mouth turned upward, so as to catch the water when it falls. They hold nearly a wineglassful, and are generally filled with water and aquatic insects, which undergo decomposition or a sort of diges- tion, and serve as a nutriment to the plant. The root is in the form of stems or fibers, 5 to 7 or 8 inches in length, of various diameters, not exceeding that of a quill, dented at unequal intervals, having a smooth fracture, and without root- lets or medullary sheath ; it is readily reduced to a slightly aromatic powder and a fibrous residue, and communicates its bitter taste to water, alcohol, or ether, Oil is colored light-amber by it. The stem rises direct from the root; it is round, quite smooth, and bears an elegant, deeply reddish-purple terminal flower, having 2 flower-cups; the external consisting of 3 small leaves; the internal of 5, egg- shaped, obtuse leaves, shimy, and of a brownish-purple. The blossoms are 5, guitar-shaped, obtuse, repeatedly curved inward and outward, and finally inflected over the stigma, which is broad and spreading, divided at its margin into 5 bifid lobes, alternating with the petals, and supported on a short cylindrical style; this is surmounted by the stamens, which are numerous, having short threads, and large, 2-celled, oblong, yellow anthers attached to them on the under surface. In the yellow-flowered species of the southern states, the bottle is very long, resem- bling a trumpet, by which name it is often called. The whole species are water plants, and are found only in wet meadows, wet, boggy places, marshes, mud lakes, etc., and grow from Labrador to Florida, flow- IFig. 218. Sarracenia purpurea. 1726 SARSA PARILLA. ering in June. There are several varieties, as the S. heterophylla, found in the swamps at Northampton, Mass., and the S. rubra, S. flava (trumpet-leaf), S. vario- laris, S. drummondii, and S. psyttacima, which are common to the south, and all of which, probably, possess similar medicinal virtues. The attention of the medical world was first called to Sarracemia purpurea, by Drs. Herbert Miles and F. W. Morris, both of Halifax, N. S., in 1861 and 1862, both recommending its use in the treatment of smallpox. In this connection, see an interesting monograph on this plant, by Prof. Bentley (Pharm. Jour. Trans.,Vol. IV, 1862, pp. 294–302). Chemical Composition.—The root is the part used; it has a bitter and astrin- gent taste, and yields its properties to water. Björklund and Dragendorff (Jahresb. der Pharm., 1864, p. 89) found the root to contain a volatile base (sarracine), a vola- tile acid (acrylic acid), starch (25.5 per cent), sugar, white resin (8.8 per cent), tan- nic acid, etc. The peculiar leaves of this plant showed about the same constituents as the root, only in different proportions. Hètet (1879) claims to have observed in the root an alkaloid resembling veratrine, and E. Schmidt found a peculiar acid coloring matter (sarracemic acid), soluble in alcohol, little soluble in ether and benzin, and forming a yellow lake with alum (N. Jahrbuch f. Pharm., 1872, p. 98). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—The therapeutical actions of sarracenia are not fully ascertained. It is supposed to be a stimulating tonic, diuretic, and laxative; in connection with Osmunda regalis and blue cohosh, it will form a valuable syrup for chlorosis, uterime derangements, dyspepsia, and other gastric diffi- culties. An infusion of the leaf has been found equally available with that of the root. The best mode of employing it is not well determined; though the powder may be given in doses of from 20 to 30 grains, 3 or 4 times a day; and the infu- sion or syrup, from 1 to 3 fluid ounces. Dr. Porcher, of South Carolina, instituted some experiments upon himself, using the recent root. He found it to possess bitterness and astringency, and to produce diuresis, gastric excitation, moderate catharsis, and, at the same time, to cause an increase and irregularity in the heart's action, and a feeling of congestion about the head. This was the result of 180 grains taken in 2 hours' time. The root is useful in all cases where there is a sluggish, or torpid condition of the stomach, the intestines, the liver, the kidneys, or the uterus, producing coStiveness, dyspepsia, sick headache, amenorrhaea, dysmemorrhaea, and the various func- tional derangements which are so commonly to be met with. The plant has been extolled as a prophylactic in Smallpox, and also to modify it and shorten its dura- tion when present. Although many physicians have made statements to this effect, yet all are not agreed. We do not think the plant possesses any such cura- tive property as has been attributed to it in this disease, and believe those who have written in its favor, have allowed themselves to be mistaken. The plant, how- ever, undoubtedly possesses valuable properties, which render it well worthy attem- tion in this as well as in other diseases (J. King). Dr. Scudder suggests a strong tincture of the fresh root (3 viij to alcohol, 76 per cent, Oj) in doses of 1 to 20 drops. SARSAPARILLA (U. S. P.)—SARSAPARILLA. “The root of Smilaº officinalis, Kunth; Smilaa, medica, Chamisso et Schlechten- dal; Smilaa, papyracea, Duhamel; and of other, undetermined, species of Smilaa, ’’— (U.S. P.). Nat. Ord.—Liliaceae. CoMMON NAMEs: (See next page.) ILLUSTRATION: (1 and 2) Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 289, 290. Botanical Source and History.—The Sarsaparillas are all climbing plants, having aculeate (prickly) stems; there are many species, but they do not all pos- sess medicinal activity. Most of the drug-yielding species grow in the marshy forests of Mexico and the territory extending to the northern portion of Brazil. The botanical source of the Sarsaparillas of commerce is not always exactly known; this, for example, is the case with Honduras Sarsaparilla, which seems to be derived from several and partly undetermined species of Smilax, mostly from Similaa, officinalis. The following species, however, are generally conceded to yield the drug in its various commercial forms. SARSA PARILLA. 1727 Smilar afficinalis has a twining, angular, prickly, and shrubby stem; the young shoots being unarmed. The leaves are ovate-oblong, acute, cordate, netted, 5 or 7-nerved, coria- ceous, smooth, 1 foot long and 4 or 5 inches broad; the young ones are lanceolate, oblong, a cum in ate, and tri- nerved. The petioles are 1 inch long, smooth, bearing tendrils above the base. Flowers unknown. This plant grows in New Granada, on the banks of the Magdalena, was collected, in 1805, by Humboldt, and is called Sarzaparilla by the natives. Great quantities of it are sent to Carthagena, whence it is shipped to Jamaica, and, together with that coming from Central America (derived from Smilar ornata, Lemaire; see Pharm. Jour. Trans., 1889, p. 889), constitutes Jamaica sarsaparilla. Smilar medica has an angular, zigzag, or flexuous stem, armed with straight aculei at the joints, and a few hooked ones in the interº The º are of - the texture of paper, Fig. 220. smooth, bright-green on each side, cordate, auriculate, shortly acu- minate, and 5-nerved, with the viens of the under side prominent; they are variable in form, being ovate, somewhat panduri- form, auriculate, and somewhat hastate, with the lobes of the base obtuse, sometimes obsolete, some- times divaricating; their edges not straight, but as if irregularly crenate; the peti- oles and midrib are armed, when old, with straight, subulate prickles. The ped- uncles vary in length from 3 lines to 1 inch or more. The umbel is about 12-flow- ered, with the pedicels about 3 lines long. Schiede (1829) found this plant on the east slope of the Mexican Andes, where the root is gathered and then carried to Vera Cruz; it is supposed to furnish the Vera Cruz or Mexican sarsaparilla of commerce (L.). Smilar papyracea has a 4-cornered, or plane-angular, polished, prickly stem; leaves somewhat membranous, oval-oblong, obtuse at both ends, or usually point- letted at the apex, quite entire, unarmed, and 5-ribbed, with 3 more prominent ribs, Cirrhi are inserted beneath the middle of the petiole. This plant grows in the province of Rio Negro and neighboring places, and yields the Brazilian or Para sarsaparilla. Smilar syphilitica, Kunth, has a round, smooth stem, furnished only at the knots with 2 to 4 short, thick, straight prickles. The leaves are a foot long, ob- long-lanceolate, acuminate, shining, coriaceous, 3-nerved, and terminated by a long point (L.). Humboldt and Bonpland discovered this plant on the rivers Cassiquiare and Rio Negro. Description.—The Mexican and South American sarsaparillas have numer- ous long, delicate roots proceeding from one caudex or rhizome; they are usually taken from the ground with the caudex attached, and are frequently packed in a peculiar manner for exportation (see commercial grades, next page). Those roots which have a deep orange-red tint are preferred, but more especially those whose taste is acrid. The stronger this is, the better is the quality of the root. Water, either cold or hot, and also diluted alcohol, extracts its medicinal virtues, which, however, are materially injured by too great or long-continued heat. Sarsaparilla should never be purchased unless, after having chewed it for a few minutes, it leaves a distinct, persistent pungency or acrimony in the mouth and fauces; with- out this effect it can not be relied upon as an efficient article. The official sarsaparilla is thus described: “About 4 or 5 Mm, ( to 4 inch thick, very long, cylindrical, longitudinally wrinkled, externally grayish-brown, or orange-brown; internally showing a whitish and mealy, or somewhat horny, Fig. 219. Honduras sarsaparilla. Mexican sarsaparilla. 1728 SARSAPARILLA. cortical layer, surrounding a circular wood-zone, the latter enclosing a broad pith; nearly inodorous; taste mucilaginous, bitterish, and acrid. The thick, woody, knotty rhizome, if present, should be removed ’’—(U. S. P.). Commercially, the Sarsaparillas are best distinguished as mealy and non-mealy; the latter are preferred for medicinal purposes. * Mealy Sarsaparillas.-HoNDURAS SARSAPARILLA is a kind much esteemed, and more commonly employed in this country. It is imported from Belize, and other parts of the Bay of Honduras, in parcels 2 or more feet in length; the roots are folded into a kind of hank, and held neatly and closely together by tying some of the roots transversely around those forming the parcel. These parcels, weighing from 2 to 20 pounds, are formed into large packages, weighing from 80 to 120 pounds, which are partially enveloped in hide or skin. The roots have a few rootlets attached, are bearded, of a grayish or reddish-brown color, approach- ing orange, and have a very mealy cortex. GUATEMALA SARSAPARILLA closely resembles the Honduras drug, being packed in a similar manner. Its orange color is, however, more decided, and its bark has a tendency to split and crack off, exposing the central ligneous column. It appeared in commerce about 1852–(Pharmacographia). BRAZILIAN SARSAPARILLA (Para, Lisbon or Rio Negro Sarsaparilla). —This variety is now less esteemed than formerly. “It is packed in a very distinctive manner, the roots being tightly compressed into a cylindrical bundle, 3 feet or more in length, and about 6 inches in diameter, firmly held together by the pliable stem of a bignoniaceous plant, closely wound round them, the ends being neatly shaved off”—(Pharmacographia). Its place of export is Para. CARACAS SARSAPARILLA is also a mealy variety, resembling the preceding kind. Non-Mealy Sarsaparillas.-JAMAICA SARSAPARILLA (Bearded Sarsaparilla, Red Sarsaparilla). “This drug consists of roots, 6 feet or more in length, bent repeatedly so as to form bundles of 18 inches long and 4 in diameter, which are secured by being twined round (but less trimly and closely than the Honduras sort) with a long root of the same drug. The rhizome is entirely absent, but the fibre or beard is preserved, and is reckoned a valuable portion of the drug. The roots are deeply furrowed, shrunken, and generally more slender than in the Hon- duras kind; the bark, when shaved off with a penknife, is seen to be brown, hard, and non-mealy throughout. Yet it is by no means uncommon to find roots which have a smooth bark rich in starch. In color, Jamaica sarsaparilla varies from a pale earthy-brown to a deeper ferruginous hue, the latter tint being the most esteemed ”—(Pharmacographia). This drug (Sarsae radia) is the official one of the British Pharmacopoeia, and grows in the Isthmus of Panama, upon the mountains known as the Cordillera of Chiriqui, bordering on Costa Rica. Being exported through Jamaica, it has received the name of that place. Botanically, it is de- rived from Smilar ornata, Hooker filius. MEXICAN SARSAPARILLA (Vera Cruz or Tampico Sarsaparilla).—Roots thin and shriveled, very fragile, pale dull-brown in color. Contains very little starch, but possesses considerable acridity. The plant grows in Papantla, Tuxpan, Nantla, etc., and is usually shipped at Vera Cruz and Tampico, being put up in large bales weighing from 150 to 200 pounds. The roots are not tied around the rhizome transversely, but merely envelop it longitudinally. The inside often contains earth and stone. GUAYAQUIL SARSAPARILLA, from Ecuador via Guayaquil, is crudely packed in large bales, and is not generally made into separate hanks. “The rhizome (chump) and a portion of the stem are often present, the latter being round and not prickly. The root is dark, large, and coarse-looking, with a good deal of fibre, The bark is furrowed, rather thick, and not mealy in the slender portions of the root, which is near the rootstock, but as the root becomes stout, so its bark becomes smoother, thicker, and amylaceous, exhibiting, when cut, a fawn-colored or pale- yellow interior”—(Pharmacographia). Chemical Composition.—Besides volatile oil (Pareira, Mat. Med.), resin, starch, coloring matter, calcium oxalate, etc., Sarsaparilla root contains Several glucosids, to which its peculiar properties are due. According to Kobert (1892), these glu- cosids are: (1) Parillim of Palotta (1824), first obtained pure by Flückiger, pre- viously also called Smilacin (not Merck’s), Salseparin, and parillic acid; it is crystal- SARSAPARILLA. 1729 line, nearly insoluble in cold water, soluble in 20 parts of boiling water, forming a bitter solution, which froths upon shaking; it is the least active of the gluco- sids. Flückiger (see Husemann and Hilger, Pflanzenstoffe, p. 408) obtained about 0.19 per cent. Boiling with diluted sulphuric acid produces sugar and parigemin, insoluble in water. (2) Saponin (sarsaparill-saponin, smilacin of Merck) is amor- phous, more active than the preceding, soluble in water and alcohol. (3) Sarsa- Saponin, crystallizing in needles, readily soluble in water; the most poisonous of the three. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Sarsaparilla is generally considered as an alterative, though stated by some to possess diuretic, diaphoretic, and emetic properties. Its mode of action, however, is not well understood, as it effects nor- mal changes in the system without any appreciable change in the operation of the various organs. No medicine has, probably, ever passed through so many changes of popularity, having been at various times most highly lauded as an efficient alterative, and as often been pronounced inert. There is no doubt, how- ever, that, when properly prepared, it exerts a favorable influence over the system. The diseases in which it has been more particularly recommended, are in veterate s/philis, pseudo-syphilis, mercurio-syphilis, and struma in all its forms. It has been used in several chronic diseases, as of the skin, as herpes (best associated with sodium sulphite), rheumatic affections (with potassium iodide), passive general dropsy, gomorrhoeal rheumatism, and other depraved conditions of the system where an alterative is required. The decoction, made acid with nitric acid, is service- able in syphilitic sore throats, and, acidulated with hydrochloric acid, is of some value in chronic hepatic disorders, with torpor. A drink is made in Angostura, which enjoys much reputation there as an alterative beverage. It is made of Rio Negro sarsaparilla, 1 pound; rasped guaiac wood, 6 ounces; aniseed and bruised liquorice root, of each, 2 ounces; mezereon root-bark, 1 ounce; molasses, 1 pound; and 3 dozen bruised cloves; pour upon these articles 2 gallons of boiling water, and shake the vessel 3 times a day. As soon as fermentation begins, it may be taken in doses of 4 fluid ounces, 2 or 3 times a day (C.—Trans. Med. Bot. Soc., 1829). At the present day, sarsaparilla is but little used as above. Probably much of good that has been accomplished with sarsaparilla mixtures has been chiefly due to the active ingredients that have been so frequently associated with it. Dose of sarsaparilla, in powder, 30 grains, 3 or 4 times a day; of the infusion or syrup, 4 fluid ounces. Some believe sarsaparilla to contain an active cardiac- sedative principle. Related Species.—Smilar sarsaparilla, Linné, is “of doubtful origin, and so far as grow- ing in the United States, it is not now recognized”(Walter - H. Evans, Lilly's Bulletin, No. 16, Aug., 1891). s Fig 221. Smilar Tamnoides, Linné.-Indigenous. Tubers used - - like sarsaparilla. BAMBoo BRIER, Virginia sarsaparilla.-Of this species Prof. King (American Dispensatory, 11th ed.) says: “There is a plant in the south extensively known as Bamboo brier, the root of which I have much used in practice, and with decidedly more successful results than from the use of any of the sarsaparillas of the shops, and I invite the attention of physicians to it, as a remedy in every respect superior to the usual commercial article, especially in primary and secondary syphilitic diseases.” This plant is derived from Smilar lanceolata, Linné, and, according to W. H. Evans (loc. cit.) has been con- fused with Smilar Pseudo-China, Linné. The stem is tall, often 30 to 40 feet, mostly unarmed; the branches are round, unarmed; leaves evergreen, paler beneath, rather thin, lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, acute at each - end, 3 to 5-ribbed, margin smooth, petiole short, most often without tendrils; the peduncles are short; flowers - in May; the berries are 3-seeded, black when ripe; ma- ture from August to September. This species grows in rich woods and swamps, where the entire rhizome fre- quently weighs 200 to 300 pounds when fresh. It grows from Virginia to Florida, and west to Arkansas and Texas (Lilly's Bulletin, No. 16, Aug., 1891). It was employed by the Indians as an antisyphi- litic, and by the whites as a “blood purifier.” Rheumatism, scrofula, and cutaneous affections are said to be cured by it. A decoction may be freely used. (See illustration, next page.) 109 Smilax sausaparilla root. 1730 SASSAFRAS. Similar China, Linné, has a hard, large, knotty, uneven rhizome, brown or blackish exter- nally, whitish within. Stem tapering, slightly prickly, growing 2 or 3 feet high without support, $º but acquiring a greater length if scrambling among Fig. 222. bushes. Leaves thin, membranous, roundish, 5-nerved, acute or obtuse at each end, mucronate at the point; stipules distinct, obtuse. Umbels sm all, 10-flowered, greenish-yellow. Fruit red, about the size of a bird cherry (L.). This plant grows in eastern Asia (China and Japan), and furnishes the China root (Rhizoma [radic] Chinae) of commerce. It has been used as a substitute for Sarsaparilla, but is found not to be as active. It Occurs in large, ligneous, knotty pieces, from 2 to 6 Or more inches in length, and 1 to 2 inches in diameter; externally, it is grayish-brown ; inter- nally, a light-flesh, or yellowish-white color. It is inodorous, and has a slightly astringent taste (P.). Smilar Aspera, Linné.-South Europe. Em- ployed like Sarsaparilla. Smilaa, Pseudo-China, Linné, False China root, China brier, American China root, China root of Mea:- ico.—Grows in New Jersey and west to southern Indiana and Missouri, south to Florida and the ...'..., root is º used lºº and * regarded as diaphoretic and antisyphilitic. It is Bamboo brier root. official in the Meacican Bºº. under the name Raiz de China de Mexico (Smilaa, Pseudo-China, Schlechtendal). A FALSE JAMAICA SARSAPARILLA, a species of Philodendron, is described by C. Hartwich (Archiv der Pharm., 1894; also see Pharm. Jour. Trans.,Vol. VII, 1898, p. 583). Carez Arenaria, Linné, German Sarsaparilla, Sand Sedge.—Europe. The long, creeping rhi- zome of this plant was at one time used like sarsaparilla for its effects in syphilis, rheumatism, gout, lung and skin diseases, its effects being exerted chiefly through the skin and kidneys. The decoction was employed. Carea, hirta and Carea intermedia were put to similar uses. Arenaria rubra is a popular diuretic, in use among the Algerians, in dropsy and affections of the wrimary organs. CARNAUBA ROOT.—The long root of a wax-palm (Corypha cerifera) of Brazil. It resembles Sarsaparilla in action, and contains an alkaloid, essential oil (both in small amounts), tannic acid, an acrid resin, and red coloring principle (Cleaver). º § §º §§§º Sºść §º SASSAFRAS (U. S. P.)—SASSAFRAS, The bark of the root and the pith of Sassafras variifolium (Salisbury), O. Kuntze (Sassafras officinale, Nees; Laurus Sassafras, Linné; Laurus variifolium, Salisbury). Nat. Ord.—Laurineae. & ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 220. Botanical Source.—This is a small, indigenous tree, varying in height from 10 to 40 feet, with a trunk about 12 inches in diameter. The bark is rough and grayish ; that of the twigs smooth and green. The leaves are alternate, petiolate, membranous, bright green, smooth above, finely downy beneath, very variable in form, some being obovate, others deeply 3-lobed, some lobed only on one side, all, however, tapering in a wedge-like manner into the petiole. The flowers which appear before the leaves, are small, greenish- yellow, in terminal and axillary, corymbose racemes, with linear bracts. Calyx 6-parted, membranous, and permanent at base. The male flowers have 9 stamens; the females 6; style simple. The fruit is an oval, succulent drupe, rather larger than a pea, bright-blue in color and borne upon red, clavate peduncles (L.). History and Description.—Sassafras is a well known tree common to the woods of North America, from Canada to Florida, and flowering in the latter part of April or early in May. The odor of the flowers is slightly fragrant, and they, together with the leaves and young branches, are used in decoction, in many parts of the country as a spring medicine to cleanse the blood. Sassafras was one of the chief reme- dies used by the American Indians, and the wood became known in Europe Fig. 223. Sassafras Variifolium. SASSAFRAS. 1731 under the name Lignum pavamum, or Lignum Floridum, about the year 1582. (For a detailed account of the history of sassafras, see Dr. Frederick Hoffmann, in Die AEtherischen Oele, p. 514; J. U. Lloyd, Amer. Druggist, 1898, pp. 258 and 295; and Wm. Procter, Jr., Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1866, pp. 481–492.) The root, bark, and the pith are the medicinal parts now in use, but the bark of the root is generally employed in this country; it is by far the most active part of the whole tree. Its virtues are due to a yellow essential oil, which may be obtained by distilling the wood with water (see Oleum Sassafras). Hot water, in infusion, or alcohol, takes up the active principles of the bark, but boiling dissipates them. The whole root of Sassafras is official in the British Pharmacopoeia, but only the root-bark and pith are official in this country. I. SASSAFRAS (U. S. P.), Sassafras.—“The bark of the root of Sassafras varii- folium (Salisbury), O. Kuntze (Nat. Ord.—Laurineae).”—(U. S. P.). “In irregular fragments, deprived of the gray, corky layer; bright rust-brown, soft, fragile, with a short, corky fracture; the inner surface smooth; strongly fragrant; taste sweet- ish, aromatic, and somewhat astringent”—(U. S. P.). (See microscopical structure of the root-bark, described by Prof. E. S. Bastin, in Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1895, p. 312; also see microscopical distinctions between root and stem bark in powdered form, by Katharine C. Burnett, Pharm. Era,Vol. XVII, 1897, p. 413.) II. SASSAFRAS MEDULLA (U. S. P.), Sassafras pith.-“The pith of Sassafras varii- folium (Salisbury), O. Kuntze (Nat. Ord.—Laurineae).”—(U. S. P.). “In slender, cylindrical pieces, often curved or coiled, light, spongy, white, inodorous, and in- sipid. Macerated in water it forms a mucilaginous liquid, which is not precipi- tated on the addition of alcohol”—(U. S. P.). It is stated that pith collected before the 15th of October assumes a brown hue, probably on account of the pres- ence of plant juices which would have disappeared after that date (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1856, p. 412). Chemical Composition.—Dr. Reinsch (1845) obtained from the bark of the root essential oil, fatty matter, balsamic resin, wax, tannic acid, starch, and Sassa- frid, a principle, probably an oxidation product of tannic acid (Amer. Jour. Pharm., Vol. XVIII, p. 159). (For the chemistry of the essential oil see Olewm Sassafras; also see Dr. Clemens Kleber, Amer. Druggist, Vol. XXXIII, 1898, p. 294.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Sassafras is a warm, aromatic stimu- lant, alterative, diaphoretic, and diuretic. It is generally used in combination with other alteratives, particularly podophyllum, whose flavor it improves, in syphilitic affections, chronic rheumatism, scrofula, and many cutaneous eruptions. Stub- born cases require also the aid of vapor, spirit or sulphur baths. The mucilage of the pith (2 drachms to 1 pint of water) is used as a local application in acute ophthalmia, and is a demulcent drink in disorders of the chest, bowels, kidneys, and bladder. The oil, in doses of from 5 to 10 drops on sugar, is used to afford relief in the distressing pain attending menstrual obstructions, and that following partwrition; also used in diseases of the kidneys and bladder. I have also derived some benefit from its internal use in gomorrhaea and obstimate gleet; 5 to 10 drops on sugar, 3 times a day (J. King). Externally, as a rubefacient, in painful swellings, sprains, bruises, rheumatism, etc., and is said to check the progress of gangrene. An infusion of the bark (3; to hot water Oj) administered internally and applied externally is reputed an excellent treatment for rhus poisoning. Related Species.—Umbellularia californica, Nuttall. This is a large evergreen tree, which is found growing in the mountainous regions of California. It is known by various common names, of which the following have been recorded: Mountain laurel, California laurel, California spice-tree, sº laurel, Cajuput tree, and California olive. There has been some considerable difficulty in determining its precise botanical position, and it has been variously described as Umbellularia californica, Oreodaphne californica, Drimophyllum pauciflorum, Tetranthera califor- micum, and Lowrus regia. The flowers appear in April, in lateral clusters, and are of a greenish- yellow color. The leaves are alternate, lanceolate, entire, and of a firm texture. They are borne on short leaf-stalks, and end in slender, acuminate points. The fresh or dry leaves are odorless, unless broken or bruised, when they exhale a pungent, aromatic odor, somewhat re- sembling cajuput oil. They are sharp and biting to the taste, and we find that both the odor and taste depend upon the presence of a volatile oil, which we obtained, in the proportion of 6 fluid drachms to 1 pound of green leaves, by distillation with water. This oil is the charac- teristic principle, and was previously examined by Mr. John P. Heanny, of California (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1875, p. 105; and Med. and Surg. Jour., 1875), who obtained 4 per cent from the leaves. He states that the exhalation from the fresh leaves occasions headache; and this 1732 SATURE.J. A.—SCAMMONIUM. statement is supported by a communication received by us from Dr. L. Mann, although we per- ceived no ill effects when distilling the oil. The oil has a sharp, biting taste, an odor resem- bling cajuput and nutmegs, and is of a greenish-straw color. The oil is composed of a hydro- carbon, boiling at 175°C. (347°F.), and oreodaphnol, boiling at 210°C. (410°F.), and containing oxygen (Heamy, loc. cit.). The latter is probably allied to the wºmbellol of Stillman (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1880, p. 313). The seeds contain a crystalline fatty acid termed wnbellulic acid (Cin H22O2) by Stillman and O'Neill, 1882. Dr. L. Mann sent a specimen of this plant to Mr. Curtis G. Lloyd, who forwarded to him its botanical name, with description. Dr. Mann states that it is a valuable remedy in mervous headache, cerebro-Spinal meningitis, bilious colic, and atomic diarrhoea. According to his experience, it certainly demands a careful investigation. Dose of the fluid extract of the leaf is from 5 minims to 3 fluid drachm, repeated 3 or 4 times a day, or as may be required. - SATURE.J.A.—SUMMER SAVORY. The leaves of Satureja hortensis, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Labiatae. Botanical Source.—Summer savory is an annual plant, with a branching and bushy stem, about 18 inches in height, woody at the base, and frequently changing to purple. The leaves are numerous, small, linear-oblong, entire, and acute at the end. The flowers are pink-colored, and borne on axillary, cymose peduncles. Calyx tubular, ribbed, and about as long as the corolla. Corolla bilabiate, with nearly equal divisions; the stamens are diverging and scarcely exserted (W.). History and Chemical Composition.—This well-known plant is a native of the south of Europe, and is extensively cultivated in the gardens of this coun- try and Europe for culinary purposes, flowering in July and August. The leaves are the parts employed. They have an aromatic odor and taste, analogous to those of thyme, and impart their properties to boiling water by infusion, but more freely to alcohol. Its virtues depend upon a volatile oil, which was found by Jahns (1882) to contain carvacrol (30 per cent) and the hydrocarbon, cymol (20 per cent), and an undetermined terpene (50 per cent). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Summer savory is a stimulant, car- minative, and emmenagogue. A warm infusion is beneficial in colds, menstrual suppression, and flatulent colic; the cold infusion is a gentle stimulating tonic dur- ing convalescence from fevers. The infusion may be used in doses of from 2 to 4 ounces, several times a day. The oil is sometimes used as a local application to carious teeth, for relieving toothache; and its tincture is a valuable carminative. Related Species.—Satureja montana, Linné (Micromeria montana, Reichenbach). The Win- ter Savory, with mucronate leaves, somewhat 1-sided peduncles, and acuminate and mucronate segments of the calyx, possesses similar properties. Haller examined this plant, in 1882, and obtained an orange-yellow essential oil, having an origanum-like odor. It contained carvacrol (about 35 to 40 per cent) traces of another phenol, and two hydrocarbons, probably terpenes. Micromeria Douglassii, Bentham.—The Yerba buena of California, is a labiate plant of the tribe Satureineae, closely allied to the common garden thyme (Thymus vulgaris). It is a native of California, and has a slender, creeping, perennial stem. The leaves are opposite, nearly round, and are borne on slender stalks. The flowers are small, purple, and in axillary clusters of from 1 to 3. This plant, it is stated, is not only a febrifuge, but possesses emmenagogue and anthelmintic properties. . It is very probable that its virtues are simply those of a stimu- lating aromatic and tonic, and that its effects are due to these qualities. It may be employed in decoction, or in doses of from 15 to 90 minims of the fluid extract. SCAMMONIUM (U. S. P.)—SCAMMONY. / “A resinous exudation from the living root of Convolvulus Scammonia, Linné”— (U. S. P.). * Nat. Ord.—Convolvulaceae. & ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 187. Botanical Source.—This plant has a perennial, fleshy, fusiform root, from 3 to 5 feet long, and from 3 to 5 inches in diameter, branched toward the lower end, with a grayish bark, and abounding in an acrid, milky juice. The stems are annual, numerous, slender, round, smooth, branching, twining, very slightly angu- SCAMMONIUM. 1733 lar near the ends, and growing from 12 to 20 feet upon the soil, or on adjacent plants. The leaves are on long petioles, alternate, Sagittate, oblong, acute, entire, quite smooth, truncate and angular at the base, with acute, spreading lobes, and of a bright-green color. The flowers are borne on axillary, solitary, 3-flowered peduncles, scarcely twice as long as the leaves. Sepals 5, rather lax, smooth, ovate, repand, obtuse, with a reflexed point, and covered at the edge. Corolla funnel-shaped, very much expanded, pale sulphur-yellow, thrice as long as the calyx, an inch or more in length; limb entire, and somewhat reflexed. Stamens 5, erect, converging, thrice as short as the corolla. Ovary 2-celled, 4-seeded, sup- porting a slender style as long as the stamens, with 2 linear-cylindrical, erect, oblong, parallel, distant, and white stigmas. Capsule 2-celled; seeds Small and pyramid-shaped (L.). History.—Scammony plant is a native of Turkey, Syria, Greece, Persia, etc., and somewhat resembles the Convolvulus panduratus. The official portion is the concrete juice of the root, the other parts of the plant yielding no milky juice whatever. It is collected in the month of June, the root being cut across, obliquely, near its crown, and shells fixed beneath, into which the milky juice gradually flows. This soon concretes under exposure to the air and evaporation, forming the gum-resin of commerce (scammony), of which but a few drachms are obtained from a single root. Evaporation being necessarily slow, partial fermentation sets im, producing porosity and a somewhat cheesy odor. It is seldom obtained in a pure state, being more or less adulterated with flour, ashes, meal, chalk, sand, tragacanth, colophony (resin), etc. It is imported directly from Smyrna, or from some of the Mediterranean ports. There were several varieties of scammony for- merly known as the Aleppo, Smyrna, and Montpellier, of which the first-named was the best (Virgin scammomy), but, owing to extensive adulteration of the drug, it is now more feasible to distinguish between genuine and factitious Scammomy, based on its resin contents. (For an interesting account of the production of scammomy, near Smyrna, by Sidney H. Maltass, see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1854, pp. 139–146; also see D. Hanbury, on several commercial specimens of scammomy, ibid., 1854, p. 146; and Jos. Carson, ibid., 1848, pp. 1–15.) Description and Tests.-As required by the U. S. P., Scammonium is “in irregular, angular pieces or circular cakes, greenish-gray or blackish, internally porous, and breaking with an angular fracture, of a resinous lustre; Odor peculiar, somewhat cheese-like; taste slightly acrid; powder gray or greenish-gray. When triturated with water, scammomy yields a greenish emulsion; it does not effer- vesce on the addition of diluted hydrochloric acid, and the decoction, when cold, does not assume a blue color on the addition of iodine T.S. (absence of starch). Ether dissolves at least 75 per cent of it; and, when the ether has been evapo- rated, the residue, dissolved in hot solution of potassium hydrate, is not repre- cipitated by diluted sulphuric acid”—(U. S. P.). The latter test excludes rosin, which, when mixed with scammony, is precipitated upon the addition of acid. This precipitate also turns dark-red immediately with concentrated sulphuric acid. Scammony resin is but slowly changed by this reagent to a light wine- colored red. Colophony, if present, may also be separated by means of oil of tur- pentine, in which scammony resin is nearly insoluble. Scammony, treated with ether, may yield to this solvent as much as 90 and 95 per cent of resin; gum and mineral and the other afore-mentioned insoluble adulterants remain undissolved. The resinous part of scammomy is also soluble in alcohol (see Resina Scammonii). The British Pharmacopoeia (1898) directs for scammomy that which is known in commerce as Virgin scammony. It is very brittle, easily reduced to powder, should afford only the slightest reactions with the tests for starch (allowing for scammony starch; see T. Greenish, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1875, p. 29), and should not yield more than 3 per cent of ash on incineration. “An alcoholic solution should not afford a blue color with test-solution of ferric chloride (absence of guaiacum resin)”—(Br. Pharm.). The whitish powder occasionally found on scammomy is calcium carbonate, and effervesces with diluted hydrochloric acid. At Montpellier, in southern France, a factitious scammomy (Montpellier Scammomy) has been manu- factured, being prepared by evaporating the expressed juice of Cymanchum mons- peliacum, Linné, a plant belonging to the natural order Asclepiadaceae. Accord- ing to Jessler (1865), the air-dried root of this plant contains 3.24 per cent of resin. 1734 SCILLA. Chemical Composition.—Mr. Charles A. T. Doench (Amer. Jour. Pharm, 1882, p. 545) obtained from the root a yield of 5.4 per cent of Scammony resin (also see his analysis of commercial specimens). Commercial scammomy resin, as stated before, contains from 75 to 90 per cent and more of resin, soluble in ether and alcohol, very little soluble in water, and small quantities of gum, albuminous bodies, wax, extractive matters, traces of starch, etc. The active principle of scam- mony resin is the glucosid Scammonin (Spirgatis), which is identical with jalapin of W. Mayer (orizabin of Maisch, 1887; and Th. Poleck, Zeitschr, d. allgem. Oesterr. Apotheker Vereins, 1892, p. 451). Scammonin is the anhydride of water-soluble scam- monic acid (jalapic acid), and, by treatment with diluted acids, is decomposed into sugar and scammonolic acid (jalapinolic acid of Poleck). (For further details regard- ing these bodies, see Orizaba root.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Scammony is a powerful drastic cathartic, operating with harshness and griping. It was a favorite internal and external remedy with the Arabians. It does not appear to be poisonous even in large doses, but is seldom used alone, except in cases where a powerful impression on the bowels is desired; most commonly it is combined with other cathartics, whose action it augments, while its own virulence is diminished. Scammony is usually given in the form of an emulsion with sugar or sweet almonds. But when triturated with milk it is considered a superior preparation, as follows: Seven grains of pure scammony to be gradually triturated with 3 ounces of unskimmed milk, to which a few grains of ginger may be added, forms a safe purgative. An- other form of using this gum-resiri is that of biscuit. A paste is made of scam- mony, 1 drachm; Venice Soap, 5 grains; sugar, 9 grains; biscuit, in powder, 1 ounce; and a few drops of water. Mix together, divide into 2 biscuits, and let them dry; 1 biscuit acts energetically. The dose of powdered scammony is from 3 to 12 grains; of the pure resin, half this quantity. Its use is always contraindicated by intestinal inflammation. SCILLA (U. S. P.)—SQUILL. “The bulb of Urginea maritima (Linné), Baker” (Scilla maritima, Linné, Urginea Scilla, Steinheil), “deprived of its dry, membranaceous outer scales, and cut into thin slices, the central portions being rejected”—(U. S. P.). Nat. Ord.—Liliaceae. N. CoMMON NAME: Squills. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 281. Botanical Source.—Squill is a perennial plant with a roundish-ovate bulb, very large, half above ground, with the integuments either pale-green or red, and giving off fibrous roots. The leaves proceed from the bulb, are broad-lanceolate, channeled, spreading, recurved, shining, deep-green, and make their appearance long after the flowers. The scape is 2 or 3 feet high, and terminated by a rather dense, long, ovate raceme. The flowers are about # inch in diameter, spreading, pale, yellowish-green, with a green stain on the middle of each segment. Ped- uncles purplish ; bracts linear, twisted, and deciduous. Filaments shorter than the segments of the perianth (L.-Wi.). History and Description.—Squill is a native of almost every part of the Mediterranean coast, and is also met with in Portugal and France. It flowers in August and September. The only part used is the bulb. When recent it is pyriform, from 3 to 6 inches in its largest diameter, and consists of concentric scales, the outer ones of which are thin and membranous, while the inner ones are whitish, thick, fleshy, and full of juice; they weigh on an average from 1 to 4 pounds, though they have attained a weight of 10% pounds. Two kinds of squill, both abounding in an acrid juice, and having a bitter taste, are met with in com- merce, the white and the red, so called from the color of their scales. The white is preferred. The juice of the fresh bulb is very acrid and vesicating, but is ren- dered much milder by desiccation. According to Prof. Schroff (1865), scilla irri- tates the skin when rubbed into it, and this is due mainly to a mechanical effect, viz.: to the presence of hard crystals of oxalate of calcium, sharp pointed at each end. The crystals sometimes attain a length of 1 millimeter. When intended for medicinal use, squill bulbs ought not to be kept entire, but should be stripped SCILLA. 1735 of their outer scales, cut transversely into thin slices, and dried carefully at a temperature of about 37.7°C. (100°F.). When recent, these slices have a muci- laginous, disagreeably bitter, and somewhat acrid taste, with a feeble radish-like odor. As ordinarily met with, dried squill is in scales or slices of various sizes. They attract moisture from the air, and them become pliable and spoiled, on which account they, as well as their powder, should always be kept in well-closed vessels. The official drug is “in narrow segments, about 5 CC. (2 inches) long, slightly translucent, yellowish-white or reddish, brittle and pulverizable when dry, tough and flexible after exposure to damp air; inodorous; taste mucilaginous, bit- ter, and acrid”—(U. S. P.). Squill yields its properties to water, spirit, or diluted acids; but the best solvents are proof-spirit or vinegar. Squill kills rats almost instantly; 2 drachms of powdered squill may be made into balls with pound of strong-smelling cheese (or with fried lard), and spread where they visit. Chemical Composition.—Squill contains mucilage, calcium oxalate (see above), dextrose, starch, albuminous bodies, volatile oil, mineral salts (leaving about 3 to 4 per cent of ash), a peculiar coloring matter in the red variety, produc- ing dark-green with ferric chloride and an evanescent blue (Hartwich) with caustic alkali. The peculiar active principles of squill have been investigated by many chemists. E. Merck (1879), by an unpublished process, obtained amorphous, bitter Scillipicrin soluble in water; amorphous, brown Scillitocin insoluble in water and ether, soluble in alcohol, a cardiac poison; and crystalline yellow Scillin, not easily soluble in water, producing numbness, vomiting, etc. The bitter principle, scillain, was also isolated, in 1879, by E.Von Jarmerstedt, and more recently (1894) by Franz Kurtz. The latter obtained it by digesting the aqueous solution of an alcoholic extract of squill with lead oxide, removing lead from the solution by hydrogen sulphide, abstracting the bitter principle by animal charcoal and re- moving it from the charcoal with alcohol. Scillain so obtained is amorphous, readily soluble in water and alcohol, soluble with difficulty in ether; intensely bitter, neutral, and non-alkaloidal, containing no nitrogen. It is a glucosid, yield- ing upon hydrolysis dextrose, butyric acid and iso-propyl-alcohol. A glutinous carbo- hydrate (CºH,00s) resembling dextrin, exists in squill in large quantity, and was called sinistrin by Schmiedeberg (1879), and scillin by Riche and Rémont (1880). It differs from dextrin in being laºvo-rotatory, and upon hydrolysis yielding chiefly la vulose and other sugars. (For an excellent summary of the chemistry of squill, see F. X. Moerk, Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1894, pp. 245–250.) Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Squill is irritant, emetic, cathartic, diuretic, and expectorant. In large doses it is a dangerous irritant poison, pro- ducing inflammation of the alimentary canal, and urinary organs, and proving fatal in the dose of only 24 grains of the powder. Some constitutions are so sus- geptible of its irritant action, that it can not be safely used in any dose, unless combined with opium. The usual effects of very large doses are violent vomiting and purging attended with severe abdominal pain. The urine may be bloody and is passed with difficulty; the skin becomes cold, and coma and convulsions supervene. The juice of fresh squill acts as a rubefacient, and if the skin be broken its diuretic effects may be exhibited. It is seldom used as an emetic or cathartic, on account of its uncertainty in producing these effects. In small doses it causes nausea and depression of the pulse, and never stimulates the circulation. It stimulates all of the secretory organs. Small doses of it relieve irritation of the mucous surfaces and check excessive secretions. Its expectorant action is greatly increased by the addition of opium, and its diuretic by the conjunction of digitalis, or some other vegetable or saline diuretic, as potassium acetate. It is used extensively in dropsy not due to organic changes. It acts better in general and passive than in local dropsies, and also in those of an asthenic character. Dropsies of cardiac origin are probably more often relieved by it. It may be used in all cases where no inflammation is present, and there is over-action of the kid- neys. According to dose it may be made to restrain or to increase the amount of urine secreted. To check the renal flow, as in diabetes, the minute dose should be employed. While in the majority of cases the drug has been employed with digi- talis in the cases showing enfeebled circulation, yet in small doses (1 to 10 drops of a strong tincture, bulb, 3 viii to alcohol, 76 per cent, Oj) it acts favorably where there is a “dry, harsh skin, parched tongue, fevered lips, and contraction of 1736 SCOPARIUS, features” (Scudder). Squill long continued gives rise to gastric irritation and loss of appetite, and when these effects are the result of its internal use the tinc- ture may be rubbed into the skin or applied to the abdomen by means of com- presses saturated with it. In cardiac dropsy, when the heart’s action is feeble and the pulse is weak and rapid, 2 grains of squill may be given in a fluid drachn of infusion of digitalis 3 times a day. As an expectorant it will be found useful in chromic catarrh, humid asthma, pneumonia, phthisis, winter cough, and other chronic bronchial affections. In chronic respiratory troubles, with but little febrile reaction and no inflammation, and scanty tenacious sputa, 1 part of syrup of Squill may be added to 3 parts of syrup of wild cherry and a teaspoonful be administered 4 times a day. Troublesome vomiting or purging caused by squill is best cor- rected by opium. Where there is much inflammation or vascular excitement, it is contraindicated. Dose of the powder, as a diuretic and expectorant, from 1 to 3 grains; as an emetic, 6 to 12 grains; of the syrup, 1 or 2 fluid drachms; tincture, 1 to 20 drops. The pilular form is the best when squill is given in powder. Specific Indications and Uses.—Chronic cough, with scanty, tenacious sputa; Scanty, high-colored urine, with sense of pressure in the bladder; over- activity of the kidneys with inability to retain the urine; dropsy, with no fever or inflammation, and a general asthenic condition. Related Species.—The following plants yield bulbs which may be used like squill, but On account of the cheapness of the latter, are not found in commerce (see Pharmacographia for fuller information). Scilla indica, Baker (Ledebouria hyacinthima, Roth), India and Abyssinia; Urgined indica, Kunth (Scilla Indica, Roxburgh), India and east Africa; Urgimea altissima, Baker (Onithogalum altissimum, Linné), South Africa, well represents squill; Crinum Asiaticum, var. toa'icarium, Her- bert (Crinum toacicarium, Roxburgh), India, Ceylon, and the Moluccas; Drimia ciliaris, Jacquin, Itch bulb of the Cape of Good Hope. The juice is a powerful local irritant. Medeola virginica, Linné (Gyromia virginica, Nuttall) (Nat. Ord.--Liliaceae).-This is the Indian cucumber found in shady situations and woods of the United States from the Mississippi River eastward. It bears greenish-yellow flowers in May and June. The rhizome is the part employed and resembles, both in taste and shape, our common cucumber. It is horizontal, from 1 to 13 inches in length and 3 inch in diameter, lower end pointed, has a white interior, and a brown-yellow exterior. It is beset with simple capillary rootlets. The rhizome con- tains starch. It is said to have been used as a food by the Indians (Pursh) and has been employed in dropsical disorders, it possessing both diuretic and hydragogue properties. It is now seldom used. Gloriosa superba, Linné.—The tuberous root of this liliaceous climber contains, according to Warden, two resins and a bitter principle, superbine, which is very poisonous and closely allied, he believes, to the bitter principle of squill. Various statements are made regarding the toxic nature of the root and its reputed criminal uses. These reports, however, are not well established (Dymock). SCOPARIUS (U. S. P.)—SCOPARIUS. “The tops of Cytisus Scoparius (Linné), Link”—(U. S. P.). (Genista Scoparia, Lamarck; Spartium scoparium, Linné; Sarothamnus Scoparius, Koch; Sarothamnus vulgaris, Wimmer). Nat. Ord.—Leguminosea. CoMMON NAMES: Broom, Irish broom, Broom, tops. ILLUSTRATION: Bentley and Trimen, Med. Plants, 70. Botanical Source.—This is a large, bushy shrub, growing from 4 to 9 feet in height, with numerous, long, straight, pentangular, dark-green, smooth, tough, very pliant branches. The leaves are deciduous, scattered, stalked, and ternate; the upper ones generally simple; leaflets uniform, obovate, obtuse, entire, and silky when young. The flowers are axillary, solitary, or in pairs, on simple stalks, longer than the leaves, papilionaceous, large and handsome, of a deep golden- yellow color. The fruit is a brown legume, flat, above an inch long, nearly smooth at the sides, fringed with hairs at each margin, and contains about 15 or 16 Seeds. The swelling ovary soon splits the tube of the filaments (L.). History and Description.—This plant is common to Europe and this coun- try, and is frequently cultivated in gardens; it grows on dry and Sandy soils, and flowers in May and June. The tops (Scoparii Cacumina, Br. Pharm.; Herb(t Scoparii) are the official parts. The seeds are also employed, and may be preserved for a longer time than the former. All parts of the plant have a peculiar, mau- SCROPHULARIA. 1737 Seously amarous taste, and, when rubbed, have a characteristic odor. They yield their virtues to water or alcohol. The young blossoms, when pickled, are said to be equal in quality to capers. The U. S. P. demands broom tops “in thin, flexible, branched twigs, pentangular, winged, dark-green, nearly smooth, tough, usually free from leaves; odor peculiar when bruised; taste disagreeably bitter”—(U.S.P.). The seeds of Spartium junceum, Linné, of Europe, are possessed of emetic, purga- tive and diuretic properties. Chemical Composition.—The flowers contain volatile oil, yellow fat, wax, sugar, gum, tannin, yellow coloring matter, mineral matter, etc. (Cadet de Gassi- court, 1824). Stenhouse, in 1851, isolated from broom tops the volatile, oily, nar- cotic, and bitter alkaloid, Sparteine (Cls H.N.), and the yellow, crystallizable color- ing matter, Scoparin, which is diuretic and purgative. (For preparation and properties of sparteine, see Sparteinae Sulphas.) Scoparin is obtained by evapo- rating an aqueous decoction of the plant to a smaller bulk, and allowing to stand for 24 hours. A jelly-like, crude scoparin is obtained, which is pressed out and purified by recrystallizing from hot water, then from hot alcohol. Hot alcohol converts it into a jelly-like insoluble, and a crystalline, soluble modification. It forms a pale-yellow, amorphous mass, or yellow crystals, quite soluble in hot water and hot alcohol, easily soluble in aqua ammoniae, caustic alkalies, and alkali carbonates. When fused with caustic potash, phloroglucin and protocatechwic acid are formed (Hlasiwetz, 1866). Stenhouse gives the formula C, H, O, while Goldschmidt and von Hemmelmayr find C, H, O, or C, H, O,(OH)(OCHA) (Chem. Centralblatt, Vol. II, 1893, p. 213; and Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1894, p. 37). Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Broom is not without decided physio- logical effects—a staggering gait, impaired vision, and profuse vomiting and sweat- ing have resulted from its use. The physiological effects of scoparim are not yet well studied, though it is regarded as diuretic and purgative. (For the action of Sparteine, the cardiac principle, see Sparteinae Sulphas.) In large doses, broom is emetic and cathartic; in small doses, diuretic. Used in all chronic forms of dropsy; said to never fail in increasing the flow of the urine; especially beneficial in dropsy of the thoraz, combined with diseases of the lungs. Scurvy and jaundice have been successfully treated with it. Dose, of a strong decoction, prepared by boiling 1 ounce of the tops in a pint of water for 10 minutes, 4 fluid ounces every hour, until it produces some effect, using about 1 pint in 24 hours (dandelion and juni- per berries may be made into a decoction with it); of the pulverized seed, from 10 to 15 grains, aided by the free use of diluents; of the tincture, 15 to 30 drops. The latter is inferior to the infusion. Related Species.— Ulex, Europaeus, Gorse, Whim, Furze. A spiny plant, bearing bright- yellow flowers, and very common along the roadways and in waste places in Great Britain. A. W. Gerrard (1886) isolated from the seeds an alkaloid, whearine. This alkaloid, according to the views of Kobert (1890), Moer (1891), and Partheil (1892), is identical with cytisine (see Labuy- num, for description; also see Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1893, p. 296). The action of ulexine is simi- lar to that of cytisine and sparteine, giving to the heart vigorous and slower action. It induces greater arterial contraction, and proves diuretic. Its diuretic effects, however, are less pro- nounced than those of digitalis, which it most resembles. Cardiac paralysis is the result of toxic doses. A child was poisoned by milk from a cow which had eaten gorse. The remedy may be used in dropsies of cardiac origin (Kobert). Dose, of ulexine, #5 to I's grain; of the mitrate, 35 to is grain, hypodermatically. SCROPHULARIA.—CARPENTER'S SQUARE. The leaves, tops, and roots of Scrophularia nodosa, Linné, war. marilandica, Gray (Scrophularia modosa, war. Americana, Michaux). Nat. Ord.—Scrophularineae. CoMMION NAMEs: Figwort, Carpenter's square, Scrofula plant, Square stalk, Heal-all. ILLUSTRATION: Lloyd's Drugs and Med. of N. A., Plate 37. Botanical Source. — Scrophularia modosa, Linné, has a perennial, whitish, tuberous, and knotty root, with a leafy, erect, quadrangular, smooth stem, 2 to 4 feet in height, with paniculate, opposite branches above. The leaves are opposite, petiolate, ovate, ovate-oblong, or the upper lanceolate, acute, sharply and unequally serrated, rounded, acutish, or broadly cordate at base, veined, of a deep-green color, and 3 to 7 inches in length. The flowers are small, 3 or 4 lines long, ovoid, dark- 1738 SCROPHULARIA. purple, slightly drooping, on axillary and terminal, forked, angular, glandular peduncles in oblong, thyrsoid panicles. The calyx is in 5 segments, which are IFig. 224 broadly ovate, obtuse, and slightly margined; the e dº º ºn tº corolla of a dull-green color, with a livid-purple lip, and subglobose; the limb contracted, sublabiate, having a green scale or sterile filament, adnate to the upper side. Stamens didynamous; sterile an- thers, broadly or bicular. Capsule ovate-oblong (L.-W.-G.). The variety marilandica, Gray, differs from the preceding chiefly in being taller (4 to 6 feet), and in having obtuse angles to the stems. History and Description.—Figwort is a native of Europe, and found growing in different parts of the United States, in woods, hedges, damp copses, and banks, flowering from July to October. The American variety was formerly considered distinct from the European plant, and was named Scrophu- laria marilandica. Michaux, however, did not regard it as such, but placed it as a variety under the name Scrophularia nodosa, war. Americana, which name should have been retained. Gray, in his more recent works, gave it as the variety marilandica, under which it is now known. The plant is gener- ally known to Eclectics as Carpenter's square; to other branches of the profession as Figwort and Scrofula. plant. A variety lacking the cordate leaf-base, is more common in the southern localities of this country. It is the variety lanceolata, and the kind figured in Drugs and Med. of N. A. (see preceding page). Pursh named it Scrophularia lanceolata. The leaves and root are the medicinal parts, and yield their virtues to water or alcohol. The leaves have an offensive odor, and a bitter, unpleasant taste; the root is slightly acrid. Much of the odor and taste are lost by drying. The root is generally employed. Chemical Composition.—J. U. Lloyd (Drugs and Med. of N.A.,Vol. II, p. 112) found the root to contain a small quantity of an alkaloid, fixed oil, and a brown, amorphous resin of a peppery taste, insoluble in water and benzol, soluble in alcohol and chloroform. The herb yielded abundant mucilage, but no alkaloid. F. Koch (Archiv der Pharm., 1895) found the ether extract of the plant to contain lecithin, free cinnamic acid and butyric acid. The alcoholic extract contained caffeotannic acid, sugar (probably dextrose), and a resin, from which cinnamic acid may be isolated. According to van de Moer (1895), the aqueous and alcoholic extracts of the herb and the seeds are poisonous. From the alcoholic extract, an amorphous, yellow powder was obtained, resembling digitalis, medicinally. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Figwort is alterative, diuretic, and anodyne; reputed highly beneficial in hepatic diseases, scrofula, secondary syphilis, cutaneous diseases, dropsy, and as a general deobstruent to the glandular system, when used in infusion or syrup. Prof. Goss valued it highly in conditions com- ing under the head of struma, when the fluids and solids are depraved, and ulcera- tion readily follows contusions. Externally, in the form of fomentation, or oint- ment, it is valuable in bruises, mammary inflammation, ringworm, piles, painful Swell- ing, itch, and cutaneous eruptions of a vesicular character. The root, in decoction, and drank freely, is said to restore the lochial discharge when suppressed, and to relieve the pains attending difficult menstruation. This plant possesses valuable and active medicinal properties. Its alterative properties are pronounced, though the remedy is very slow to produce its effects. Dose of the infusion or syrup, from 2 to 4 fluid ounces; fluid extract, 30 to 60 drops; strong tincture (3viij to alcohol, 76 per cent, Oj), from 10 to 40 drops. Specific Indications and Uses.—Struma; ulcerations about the eyes, ears, nose, or face; inclination to ulceration from abrasions or contusions; enlarged lymphatics, with perverted nutrition; full lips, pink and white countenance, with fullness or puffiness of the alae nasi; epiphyseal thickenings and fullness of the joints (Goss, Drugs and Med. of N. A.,Vol. II, p. 115). Scrophularia nodosa. SCUTELLARIA SCUTELLARIA (U. S. P.)—SCUTELLARIA. “The herb of Scutellaria lateriflora, Linné”—(U. S. P.). The green herb is preferred in Eclectic pharmacy. Nat. Ord.—Labiatae. COMMON NAMES: Scullcap, Skullcap, Madweed. ILLUSTRATION: Strong's American Flora (opposite page 100). Botanical Source and History.—We introduce this plant, accompanied with illustrations, to overcome the confusion that has existed in commercial circles re- garding the plant ordinarily sold as Scullcap. The official species is the Scutellaria lateriflora, but the larger part of the drug sold upon the market under that name is de- rived from two other species of Scutellaria. The genus Scutellaria is well characterized by the calyx, which in all the species consists of 2 round lips closed in fruit, the upper lip of which has a helmet-shape appendage, giving to it the appearance of a mask or cap; hence the common name Scullcap. Scwtellaria lateriflora, Linné, the official scullcap, is the most widely-distributed of the species. It is common in every section of the United States, and is found grow- ing in damp places on the banks of streams, and in simi- lar situations. Inasmuch as this is the proper Scullcap to use in medicine, and as it is often confounded with other species, we will give a close description of the plant (see Fig. 225). The stem is slender, herbaceous, 4-angled, much branched, and from 1 to 2 feet high; it is smooth, green when the plant grows in shady situations, but turns brown on exposure to the sun. The leaves are small, from 1 to 2 inches long, and about one-half as wide, ovate, rounded at the base, and acute at the apex. They are smooth, cremate, and are borne on opposite leaf- Fig. 225. ſº stalks, which are about 1 inch long. The flowers appear Scutellaria lateriñora. late in summer, and are borne in numerous, slender, simple, one-sided racemes, Fig. 226. b Scutellaria versicolor. from the axils of the leaves; they are small, opposite, and have short pedicels, subtended at the base by small bracts. The calyx is about the length of the pedicel, and has the peculiar helmet-shape charac- teristic of the genus. When the fruit is mature, the calyx splits in the base, the upper lip falling away, the lower one remaining. The corolla is small, blue, about one-fourth of an inch long; it has a slender, exserted tube, and 2 sub- equal lips, the upper of which is arched, the lower, spreading. The stame m s are 4, and included in the corolla. The fruit consists of 4 small nutlets. Scutellaria versicolor, Nuttall, and Scutellaria canescens, Nuttall, are the species generally collected by herbalists, and substituted for Scutellaria lateriflora. We present an engraving of Scutellaria versi- color, and both this and S. canescens can readily be distinguished from official Scullcap, by their being much more robust, having thicker stems, and growing 1740 SCUTELLARIA. from 2 to 4 feet high. The flowers are large in both, being 1 inch long; and instead of being borne in very slender, lateral racemes, as with S. lateriflora, they are borne in a single, large, terminal, branched raceme. The leaves are also much larger than those of S. lateriflora, being from 2 to 4 inches long, and nearly as broad. They are cordate at the base, and acute at the apex. The leaves of S. versi- color are thin, Softly pubescent, and of a bright-green color; those of S. canescens are thick in texture, light-green, and often variegated with a purple line around the margin. Scullcap is an indigenous herb, growing in damp places, meadows, ditches, and by the sides of ponds, flowering in July and August. Besides the names given above it is known by the names of Blue scullcap, Side-flowering scullcap, Mad-dog weed, and Hoodwort. The whole plant is official, though but the mature leaves and flowering tops should be employed. It should be gathered while in flower, dried in the shade, and kept in well-closed tin vessels. Alcohol or boiling water extracts its properties. It is officially described as “about 50 Cm. (20 inches) long, smooth; stem quadrangular, branched; leaves opposite, petiolate, about 5 Crm. (2 inches) long, ovate-lanceolate or ovate-oblong, serrate; flowers in axil- lary, one-sided racemes, with a pale-blue corolla and bilabiate calyx, closed in fruit, the upper lip helmet-shaped; odor slight; taste bitterish’—(U. S. P.). The drug loses its properties largely when dried, and by age becomes inert; hence the many failures in therapy from the use of scutellaria. Chemical Composition.—Scutellaria lateriflora contains volatile and fixed oil, tannin, gum, sugar, and a bitter principle (Cadet de Gassicourt, 1824). C. O. Myers and H. R. Gillespie (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 1889, p. 555) obtained this bitter princi- ple in the form of acicular crystals by treating an alcoholic extract of the drug with water and abstracting the principle from the aqueous solution with ether. The authors found it to be a glucosid; the presence of tannin in the drug could not be verified. From the root of Scutellaria lanceolaria, Miquel (Scutellaria baicalensis, Georgi), growing in Japan. Takahashi (1889) isolated scutellarin (C, H.O.), crystallizing in yellow tasteless needles, sparingly soluble in hot water, soluble in other simple Solvents and in alkalis. It is not a glucosid, and seems to be physiologically inert. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Scullcap is tonic, nervine, and anti- spasmodic. This is one of those valuable agents which a certain class of physi- cians consider inert; yet it has proved especially useful in chorea, convulsions, tremors, intermittent fever, neuralgia, and many nervous affections. In delirium tremens, an infusion drank freely will soon produce a calm sleep. In intermittents it may be beneficially combined with lycopus. Where teething has impaired the health of children, an infusion may be given with advantage. In all cases of mervous excita- bility, restlessness, or wakefulness, attending or following acute or chronic diseases, from physical or mental overwork, or from other causes, it may be drank freely with every expectation of beneficial results. The warm infusion has a tendency to keep the skin moist; the cold has a tonic influence, and either may be drank freely. When its soothing effects have ceased, it does not leave an excitable, irritable condition of the system, as is the case with some other nervines. Scull- cap has been extolled as a remedy in hydrophobia, but this is still a matter of uncer- tainty. That it influences the cerebro-spinal centers, controlling nervous irrita- tion there can be no doubt, and this fact is well illustrated by its control over functional cardiac disorders, due to purely nervous causes, with or without hys- terical manifestations, and exhibiting intermittency of pulse. Specific scutellaria well represents the plant. Half an ounce of the recently dried leaves or herb, to % pint of boiling water, will make a very strong infusion. Dose of specific scutelº laria, 1 to 30 drops; of Scutellarin, 1 to 5 grains; fluid extract, 1 to 60 drops. Specific Indications and Uses.—Nervousness, attending or following acute or chronic diseases, or from mental or physical exhaustion, teething, etc.; nervous- mess manifesting itself in muscular action; tremors, subsultus, etc.; hysteria, with inability to control the voluntary muscles; functional cardiac disorders of a purely nervous type, with intermittent pulse. Related Species.—Scutellaria pilosa, Linné; Scwtellaria integrifolia, Linné, and Scutellaria hyssopifolia, Linné, now regarded as a variety of the last-named species, are sometimes em- ployed. They are decidedly bitter. They possess properties similar to scullcap. SEL) UM. 1741 Scutellaria galericulata, Linné.-Europe, Asia, and North America; European scullcap. Odor, alliaceous; taste, bitter. Applied to old ulcerations, and given internally in intermittents. Brunella (or Prunella) vulgaris, Linné.-Self-heal, or Heal-all, is bitter and astringent. It is a common herb in the woods and grassy situations of Asia, Europe, and North America. The flowers are borne in dense bracted spikes and are of a purplish-blue color. It was once used locally in sore throat, and internally in diarrhoeal and hemorrhagic affections. Derivative of Scutellaria.-SCUTELLARIN (Scutellarine). The preparation, erroneously called scutellarine, is one of the concentrations and is to be classed there with. It is of a light greenish-brown color, with a faint, tea-like odor, and a peculiar, herbaceous, Somewhat gritty, resinous, tea-like taste. It is reputed a nervine and tonic, especially useful in cases of depres- sion of the nervous and vital powers after long sickness, over-exercise, excessive study, or from long-continued and exhausting labors. One grain will, it is stated, frequently produce its quiet and soothing effect, controlling nervous agitation, and inducing a sensation of calmness and strength. It has been advantageously combined with oleoresin of cypripedium, resin of cimicifuga, and resin of caulophyllum, in various female disorders, both in the gravid or non- gravid state, accompanied with an excitable or irritable condition of the nervous system. It may be used wherever scullcap is indicated. Its dose is from 1 to 5 grains, 3 or 4 times a day, though an increased quantity will not produce any unpleasant effects (J. King). SEDUMI.—MIOSSY STONECROP, The plant of Sedum acre, Linné. Nat. Ord.—Crassulaceae. CoMMON NAMES: Mossy Stonecrop, Biting Stonecrop, Small houseleek. Botanical Source and Description.—This is a low, moss-like, fleshy plant, native of Europe, but very common in cultivation, and sometimes maturalized in this country. It has a spreading, thick, green stem, from 1 to 3 inches high. The leaves are fleshy, small, sessile, erect, and numerous, almost entirely covering the stems. The flowers are bright-yellow, sessile, and arranged in 3-parted, terminal cymes. The sepals, petals, and carpels are in fives, in the central flowers of the cyme, and in fours in the others. The stamens are in number double the other parts of the flower. There are about half a dozen native species of Sedum, mostly found in dense patches, in rocky woods, throughout the United States. They all have white or light-purple flowers, which appear in June or July. Sedum termatum, Michaux, is the most common species in Ohio and the neighboring states. Chemical Composition.—Sedum acre was analyzed by Mylius (Archiv der Pharm., 1872, pp. 97-110), who found it to contain wax, chlorophyll, acid resin, mucilage, sugar, an alkaloid, and other substances common to plants, but no starch. He describes the alkaloid as uncrystallizable, acrid and nauseous to the taste, not volatile, oxidizable in the air, soluble in ether, alcohol, chloroform, but little soluble in water. It unites with acids to form soluble salts. The hydro- chlorate, in solution, is precipitated by excess of ammonia, or the hydrate, or car- bonate of potassium. Rutim or rutic acid (see Ruta) is present in the ether extract; it produces dark-green with ferric chloride. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Sedum acre has little or no odor, and its taste, at first herbaceous, is followed by a persistent acrid pungency. The leaves, pounded and applied to the surface of the body, will occasion a troublesome vesi- cation. Taken internally, the plant, or its expressed juice, has an emeto-cathartic action, and was recommended in scrofulous affections, malarial fevers, and even in epilepsy; however, it is rarely employed at the present day, except, occasionally, as a local application to glandular enlargements, to scrofulous wicers, and to some chronic cutaneous maladies—the fresh leaves only (bruised) being used—thus ap- plied to warts, corms, or similar growths, it is said to ultimately effect their removal. It is said to relieve “the extreme sensitiveness associated with disorders of the reproductive function” (Scudder, Spec, Med., p. 238). Internally, the expressed juice has been used in doses of from 1 to 2 fluid drachms, taken in beer or wine. Related Species.—Sempervinum tectorum, Linné, Common houseleek. Houseleek has a fibrous root crowned with several rosaceous tufts of numerous, oblong, acute, keeled, fringed, extremely succulent leaves. The stem from the center of one of these tufts, is about a foot high, erect, round, downy, clothed with several, more marrow, sessile, alternate leaves, and terminating in a sort of many-flowered cyme, with spiked branches. Flowers large, pale rose-colored, without scent. Segments of the calyx 12 or more, with a similar number of petals, stamens, and pistils. Offsets spreading (L.). This is a well-known perennial plant, a native of Europe, and is so succulent and hardy that it will grow on dry walls, and on the roofs of houses. It 1742 SELINUM. sends out runners with offsets, rarely flowering (W.). Its period of flowering is in August. It is much cultivated in some places. The fresh leaves are the parts used. They are thick, fleshy, mucilaginous, Somewhat plano-convex, smooth, Odorless, and of a mixed flavor, conn- bining slight acidity with astringency. Their most important constituent, according to Wau- quelin, is calcium malate. The fresh leaves are useful as a refrigerant, when bruised, and applied as a poultice, in erysipelatous affections, burns, Stings of insects, and other inflammatory com- ditions of the skin. The leaf, sliced in two, and the inner surface applied to warts or corms, and changed twice a day, will, it is said, positively cure them. The juice, applied locally, has cured ringworm, shingles, and many other cutaneous affections. Erysipelas has been benefited by the free internal use of the leaves bruised in milk and water, in quantity sufficient merely to stain the liquid. The bruised leaves, applied as a poultice, have cured severe cases of herpes Circinata. The leaves also possess an astringent property, which is beneficial in many cases. Minute doses of the tincture of sempervivum are said to “be indicated by a flushed surface and stinging pains, as from the sting of a bee or mosquito” (Scudder). Sedum Telephium, Linné, is the common Live-for-ever, or Garden opine. Sedum latifolium leaves are chewed and applied to wounds by the Cree Indians, who also used the leaves for tea. Sedum dendriodeum, Mocino.—Mexican species used like Sedum acre. SELINUIM.–MARSH PARSLEY. The root of Selimum palustre, Linné. Nat. Ord.—U mbelliferae. - COMMON NAMES: Marsh parsley, Marsh smallage. Botanical Source.— Marsh parsley has a simple, tapering, perennial root, with many long fibers. Its stem is erect, 4 or 5 feet high, hollow, deeply fur- rowed, not hairy, branched and corymbose in the upper part, and bright-purple at the base. The leaves, about 5 or 6 on the stem, are alternate, remote, and ter- nate, with bipinnate divisions; the leaflets opposite, deeply pinnatifid, dark-green, smooth, their segments linear-lanceolate, never quite linear, acute, entire, or trifid; the petioles smooth, striated, dilated, and sheathing at the base, with a reddish membranous margin. The umbels are large, horizontal, of numerous, angular, general and partial rays. General bracts several, lanceolate, pointed, dependent, not half the length of the rays, with their margins membranous and partly col- ored; partial ones similar, but rather longer in proportion, and often confluent. Flowers white, numerous, and uniform, with involute petals. The fruit is very light straw-color, 4 lines long, shining, and obovate; the dorsal ridges very near each other, distinctly elevated, sharp, the lateral depressed and far within the broad, thin margin; the Vittae of the commissure subulate, straight, and about half the length of the fruit (L.). History, Description, and Chemical Composition.—This plant is the Chi- dwin palustre of Sprengel, the Peucedanum montamwm of Koch, and the Conioselinum of Fischer, also known as Peucedamum palustre of Moench. This plant grows in marshes and boggy meadows in the north and middle of Europe. The root is branched, fleshy, deep-brown externally, white and milky within, having a strong aromatic odor, and an acrid and piquant taste; the dried root is of a less deep- brown color, yielding a bright-yellow, grayish powder. The root abounds in a white, fetid, bitter juice, which hardens into a brown, acrid resin; it is the part employed. It imparts its properties to water or alcohol. According to Peschier, the root contains a volatile oil, a fatty oil, soluble in ether and alcohol, gummy matter, a yellow coloring principle, a nitrogenous principle, etc. Action, Medical Uses, and Dosage.—Marsh smallage is emmenagogue, diu- retic, and antispasmodic, but abandoned as an internal remedy on account of its caustic and dangerously poisonous properties. Ten or 20 grains, according to the patient’s age, repeated every 5 hours, and, after a time, gradually augmented, have cured several cases of epilepsy in the course of from 3 to 6 months, but it must not be used where abdominal obstruction exists, or where there is an exalted sensi- bility of the genital apparatus. If it produces diarrhoea or colic, the doses must be lessened to twice, or even once, a day; sometimes it purges, nauseates, or causes gastralgia. In nervous and sanguine persons, especially those of irritable habits, it increases the violence of the disease. Two-grain doses, repeated twice daily, have proved almost immediately beneficial in the dentition convulsions of children. This agent generally exerts a favorable influence upon menstruation and its dis- orders. It has also been used with success in pertussis, nervous affections, etc. (J. King). SENECIO. 1743 * 0.26 45.0 90 of pure salt. Sodii hyposulphis... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 9.9 98.1 of cryst. salt. Sodii sulphis.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.63 48.0 96 of cryst. salt. 121. Decinormal Mercuric Potassium Iodide Volumetric Solution (May- er's Solution) (HgI, +2KI=783.98; 39.2 Gm. in 1 liter).--Dissolve 13.546 Gm. of pure mercuric chloride in 600 Co. of water, and 49.8 Gm. of pure potassium iodide in 100 Co. of water. Mix the two solutions, and then add enough water to make the mixture measure, at or near 15° C. (59°F.), exactly 1000 Ce. One cubic centimeter of decinormal mercuric potassium iodide V.S. is the equivalent of: Gramme. Mercuric potassium iodide, HgI2 + 2KI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0392 122. Normal Oxalic Acid Volumetric Solution (H.C.O.--2H,O=125.7; 62.85 Gm. fim 1 liter).-Dissolve 62.85 Gna.i of pure oxalic acid (see below) in enough water to make, at or near 15° C. (59° F.), exactly 1000 CC. Pure Oxalic Acid, crystallized, is in form of colorless, transparent, clino- rhombic crystals, which, on ignition upon platinum foil, leave no residue. One part of it is completely soluble in 14 parts of water at 15° C. (59°F.). Oxalic acid which leaves a residue on ignition, or on solution in water, must be purified, which may be done as follows: To 1 part of the acid add 10 parts of cold water, and shake until the latter is saturated. Filter off the solution from the undis- solved crystals, evaporate the filtrate to about three-fourths of its volume, and set it aside so that the fixed salts which it contains may crystallize out. Carefully decant the liquid from the crystals, concentrate it by evaporation, and set it aside to crystallize, stirring occasionally to prevent the formation of large crystals which might enclose moisture. Drain the crystals in a funnel, dry them care- fully on blotting paper, and preserve them in well-stoppered bottles. Note.—Normal oxalic acid volumetric solution is in every respect equivalent in neutralizing power to Normal Sulphuric Acid (No. 134), or Normal Hydrochloric Acid (No. 119), and may be employed, if more convenient, for the same purposes. The solution, however, has a tendency to crystallize at the point of the burette. One cubic centimeter of normal oſcalic acid V.S. is the equivalent of: Gramme. Oxalic acid, crystallized, H2C2O4+2H2O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.06285 Ammonia gas, NH3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O.01701 Sodium hydrate, NaOH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.03996 Potassium hydrate, KOH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05599 Potassium permanganate, KMnO4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.03153 fThis is frequently rounded off to 63 Gm., when a delicate balance and exact weights are not at hand. 123. Decinormal Oxalic Volumetric Solution (H.C.O.--2H,O=125.7; 6,285 Gm.t in 1 liter).--Dissolve 6.285 Gm.f of pure oxalic acid (see under No. 122) in enough water to make, at or near 15° C. (59°F.), exactly 1000 Co. One cubic centimeter of decinormal oſcalic acid V.S. is the equivalent of: Gramme. Oxalic acid, crystallized, H2C2O4+2H2O... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.006285 Ammonia gas, NH3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ().001701 Calcium hydrate, Ca(OH)2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.003691 Potassium hydrate, KOH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0,005.599 Potassium permanganate, KMnO4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0031534 Sodium hydrate, NaOH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.003996 fgenerally rounded off to 6.3 Gm., when a delicate balance and exact weights are not available. LIST OF REAGENTS. 2127 The following articles are tested with this solution: Gm. Co. re- Per cent of strength taken, quired. indicated. Liquor calcis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.0 20.0 0.14 of Ca(OH)2. Potassii iodidum (alkalinity, K2CO3). 1. 0.05 0.034 of alkali. Potassii permanganas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 31.3 98.70 of pure salt. 124. Decinormal Potassium Bichromate Volumetric Solution (K.Cr,0= 293.78; 4.896 Gm. fim 1 liter).—Dissolve 4.896 Gm.f of pure potassium dichromate (see below) in enough water to make, at or near 15°C. (59°F.), exactly 1000 Co. Pure potassium dichromate for use in volumetric analysis, besides respond- ing to the tests given in the text of the Pharmacopoeia (under Potassii Bichromas), must conform to the following tests. In a solution of 0.5 Gm. of the salt in 10 Co. of water, rendered acid by 0.5 Co. of nitric acid, no visible change should be produced either by barium chloride T.S. (absence of sulphate), or by silver nitrate T.S. (absence of chloride). In a mixture of 10 Co. of the aqueous solu- tion (1 in 20) with 1 Co. of ammonia water, no precipitate should be produced by ammonium oxalate T.S. (absence of calcium). When used with phenolphtalein as indicator, to neutralize alkalies, the volumetric solution of potassium dichromate is decinormal when it contains 14.689 Gm. in 1 liter. It is then the exact equivalent of any decinormal acid, corresponding to the amounts of alkalies quoted, for instance, under Decinormal Oxalic Acid V.S. (No. 123). When used as an oxidizing agent to convert ferrous into ferric salts, or to liberate iodine from potassium iodide, the solution just mentioned (containing 14,689 Gm. in 1 liter) has the effect of a # volumetric solution, and a solution of one-third of this strength, containing 4.896 Gm. in 1 liter, has the value of a decinormal solution, and is the equivalent of equal volumes of decinormal potas- sium permanganate V.S., or, in the case of iodine liberated from potassium iodide, it is the equivalent of equal volumes of decinormal sodium hyposulphite W.S. For titrating iron in ferrous compounds, it is used in the following man- ner. Introduce the aqueous solution of the ferrous salt into a flask, and if it is not already acid, render it so with sulphuric acid. Now add, gradually, deci- normal potassium dichromate V.S. from a burette, until a drop taken out upon a white surface no longer shows a blue color with a drop of freshly-prepared potassium ferricyanide T.S. Decinormal potassium dichromate V.S. may also be used, in conjunction with potassium iodide (from which it liberates iodine) and sulphuric acid, for adjusting the titer of sodium hyposulphite (thiosulphate) V.S. and, by its means, that of the iodine V.S. One cubic centimeter of decinormal potassium dichromate V.S. is the equivalent of: Gramme. Potassium dichromate, K2Cr2O7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.00.48963 Iron, in ferrous compounds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.005,588 Ferrous carbonate, FeCO3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.01.1573 Ferrous sulphate, anhydrous, FeSO4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0151.70 Ferrous sulphate, crystallized, FeSO4+7H2O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.027742 Ferrous sulphate, dried, 2FeSO4+3H2O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0l 7S64 Potassium hydrate, KOH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.001866 Sodium hyposulphite (thiosulphate), Na2S,Os--5H2O. . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.024764 The following articles may be tested with this solution : Grm. CC. re- Per cent of strength taken. quired. indicated. Ferri carbonas saccharatus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.16 *15 15 of iron. Ferri Sulphas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3871 50 100 of pure salt. Ferri sulphas granulatus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3871 50 100 of pure salt. f(\enerally rounded off to 4.9 Gm., when a delicate balance and exact weights are not available, 125. Normal Potassium Hydrate Volumetric Solution (KOH=55.99; 55.99 Gm.i in 1 liter).-Dissolve 75 Gm. of potassium hydrate (Potassa, U. S. P.) in enough water to make, at or near 15° C. (59°F.), about 1050 Co., and fill a burette with a portion of this liquid. iThis figure is frequently rounded off to 56 Gm. 2128 APPENDIX. Put 0.6285 Gm.i of pure oxalic acid (see No. 122) into a flask of the capacity of about 100 Co., and dissolve it with about 10 Co. of water. Add a few drops of phenolphtalein T.S., and then carefully add, from the burette, the potassium hydrate solution, frequently agitating the flask, and regulating the flow to drops toward the end of the operation, until the red color produced by its influx no longer disappears on shaking, but is not deeper than pale pink. Note the num- ber of cubic centimeters of the potassium hydrate solution consumed, and then dilute the remainder of the solution so that exactly 10 Co. of the diluted liquid shall be required to meutralize 0.6285 Gm.i of oxalic acid. Example.—Assuming that 8.0 Co. of the stronger solution of potassium hy- drate first prepared has been consumed in the trial, them each 8.0 Co. must be diluted to 10 Co., or the whole of the remaining solution in the same proportion. Thus, if 1000 Co. should be still remaining, this must be diluted with water to 1250 CC. After the liquid is thus diluted, a new trial should be made in the manner above described, in which 10 Co. of the diluted solution should exactly neutralize 0.6285 Gm.f of Oxalic acid. If necessary, a new adjustment should then be made to render the correspondence perfect. Note.—Solutions of caustic alkalies are very prone to absorb carbon dioxide from the atmosphere, and thereby become liable to occasion errors when used with litmus T.S. or phenolphtalein T.S. as indicator (methyl orange T.S. is not affected by the presence of carbonic acid). Hence the volumetric solutions should be preserved in small vials provided with well-fitting corks or rubber stoppers, or better still, they should have tubes filled with a mixture of soda and lime attached to their stoppers, so as to absorb the carbon dioxide and prevent its access to the solution. In place of potassium hydrate V.S., sodium hydrate V.S. (see No. 132) may be used, in the same manner and in the same quantity. Potassium hydrate V.S., however, is preferable, since it foams less, and attacks glass more slowly and less energetically. One cubic centimeter of normal potassium hydrate V.S. is the equivalent of: Gramme. Potassium hydrate, KOH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05599 Sodium hydrate, NaOH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.03996 Ammonia gas, NH3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.01701 Ammonium chloride, NH4Cl... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05338 Acetic acid, absolute, HC2H8O2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05986 Citric acid, crystallized, H3C5H5O2+H2O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.06983 Hydrobromic acid, absolute, H.Br. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.08076 Hydrochloric acid, absolute, HCl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.03637 Hydriodic acid, absolute, HI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0,12753 Hypophosphorous acid, HPH2O2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.06588 Lactic acid, absolute, HC3H8O3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.08979 Nitric acid, absolute, HNO3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.06289 Oxalic acid, crystallized, H2C2O4+2H2O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.06285 Phosphoric acid, HaPO, (to form Ka HPO, ; with phenolphtalein)... 0.0489 Phosphoric acid, H3PO, (to form KH2PO, ; with methyl orange)... 0.0978 Potassium dichromate, K2Cr,07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.14689 Sulphuric acid, absolute, H2SO, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.04891 Tartaric acid, crystallized, H2C, H, O, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.07482 The following articles are tested with this solution: Glm. CC. re- Per cent of strength taken. Quired. indicated. Acidum aceticum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.0 36.0 36 of absolute acid. Acidum aceticum dilutum . . . . . . . . . 24.0 24.0 6 of absolute acid. Acidum aceticum glaciale . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 49.5 99 of absolute acid. Acidum citricum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 50.0 100 of crystall. acid. Acidum hydrobromicum dilutum... 8.08 10.0 10 of absolute acid. Acidum hydrochloricum . . . . . . . . . . . 3.64 31.9 31.9 of absolute acid. Acidum hydrochloricum dilutum ... 3.64 10.0 10 of absolute acid. Acidum hypophosphorosum dilutum 6.6 * 10.0 *10 of absolute acid. tº his figure may be rounded off to 0.63 Gm., if a delicate balance and exact weights are not available. LIST OF REAG ENTS. 2129 Gm. Co. IG- Per Cent of strength taken. quired indicated, Acidum acticum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.50 37.5 75 of absolute acid. Acidum nitricum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.145 34.0 68 of absolute acid. Acidum nitricum dilutum . . . . . . . . . . 6.29 10.0 10 of absolute acid. Acidum phosphoricum. . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.978 17.0 85 of absolute acid. Acidum phosphoricum dilutum..... 4.89 10.0 10 of absolute acid. Acidum sulphuricum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.49 9.25 92.5 of absolute acid. Acidum sulphuricum aromaticum. . . 4.89 * 18.5 *18.5 of absolute acid. Acidum sulphuricum dilutum . . . . . . 4.89 10.0 10 of absolute acid. Acidum tartaricum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.75 50.0 100 of crystall, acid, Q Amº Vinum album . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.0 3. º of acid assumed Vinum rubrum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . * b.2 0.78 to be tartaric. 126. Centinormal Potassium Hydrate Volumetric Solution (KOH=55.99; 0.5599 Gm. in 1 liter).-Dilute 10 Co. of normal potassium hydrate volumetric solution with enough distilled water to make 1000 Co. One cubic centimeter of centinormal potassium hydrate V.S. is the equivalent of: Gramme. Potassium hydrate, KOH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0005599 Sulphuric acid, H2SO4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0004891 Combined alkaloids of nux vomica”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.00364 *Assumed to consist of equal parts of strychnine and brucine.—Centinormal potassium hydrate W.S. (in place of which centinormal sodizim hydrate V.S., prepared in Ihe same manner, may be employed) is used in the Sssay of extract of nux vomica, to neutralize the excess of decinormal sulphuric acid employed. 127. Decinormal Potassium Permanganate Volumetric Solution (2K MnO,-315.34; 3.1534 Gm.j in 1 liter).-I. Place 3.5 Gm. of pure, crystallized potassium permanganate in a flask, add 1000 Co. of boiling water, and boil until the crystals are dissolved. Close the flask, and set it aside for 2 days, so that any suspended matters may deposit. This is the stronger Solution. Prepare another, weaker Solution, in the same manner, using 6.6 Gm. of the salt and 2200 Co. of water, and set this also aside for 2 days. After the lapse of this time, pour off the clear portion of each solution into separate vessels provided with glass stoppers, and then proceed to test each separately. Introduce into a flask 10 Co. of decinormal oxalic acid V.S., add 1 Co. of pure, concentrated sulphuric acid, and, before this mixture cools, gradually add from a burette small quantities of the weaker permanganate solution, shaking the flask after each addition and reducing the flow to drops toward the end of the operation. When the last drop of the permanganate solution added is no longer decolorized but imparts a pinkish tint to the liquid, note the number of cubic centimeters consumed. In the same manner ascertain the titer of the stronger solution, and likewise note down the number of cubic centimeters of the latter consumed. Finally mix the two solutions in such proportions that 50 CC. of the mixture will exactly correspond to an equal volume of decinormal oxalic acid V.S. - Note.— To obtain the accurate proportions for mixing the two solutions, deduct 10 from the number of cubic centimeters of the weaker solution required to decompose 10 Co. of decinormal oxalic acid V.S. With this difference multiply the number of cubic centimeters of the stronger solution required for the same purpose. The product shows the number of cubic centimeters of the stronger solution needed for the mixture. Next deduct the number of cubic centimeters of the stronger solution required to decompose 10 Co. of decinormal oxalic acid V.S. from 10, and with the difference multiply the number of cubic centimeters of the weaker solution required for the same purpose. The product shows the number of cubic centi- meters of the weaker solution needed for the mixture. Or, designating by S the number of cubic centimeters of the stronger solu- tion, and by W the number of cubic centimeters of the weaker solution required #This quantity is never directly weighed, but adjusted either by oxalic acid or by iron; in calculations it is often abbreviated, 134 2130 APPENIDIX. to decompose 10 Co. of decinormal oxalic acid V.S., the following formula will give the proportions in which the solutions must be mixed: Stronger Solution: Weaker Solution : (W–10)S –H (10—S)W Example.—Assuming that 9 Co. of the stronger (S) and 10.5 of the weaker (W) solution had been required, then, substituting these values in the above given formula, we obtain : (10.5—10)9–H (10–9)10.5 or, 4.5 + or, 10.5 making 15 Co. of final solution. The bulk of the two solutions is now mixed in the same proportion, 450 CC. of the stronger and 1050 Co. of the weaker, or 900 Co. of the stronger and 2100 Co. of the weaker solution. After the mixture is thus prepared, a new trial should be made, when 10 Co. of the solution should exactly decompose 10 Co. of the decinormal oxalic acid W.S. If necessary, a new adjustment should be made to render the correspond- ence perfect. This solution should be kept in small, dark amber-colored and glass-stop- pered bottles (or in bottles provided with tubes, especially designed for the purpose). Thus prepared, this solution will hold its titer for months; yet it should be tested occasionally, and, when it is found reduced, the liquid should be brought back to normal strength by the addition of such an amount of the stronger solution as may be determined in the manner above described. II. When potassium permanganate V.S. is to be prepared for immediate use, this may be done in the following manner: Dissolve 3.5 Gm. of pure, crystallized potassium permanganate in 1000 Co. of pure water, recently boiled and cooled. Introduce 10 Co. of decinormal oxalic acid W.S. into a beaker, add 1 Co. of pure concentrated sulphuric acid, and proceed as directed above for the weaker per- manganate solution. Note the number of cubic centimeters of the solution con- sumed, and then dilute the remainder with pure water recently boiled and cooled, until 50 Co. will exactly correspond to 50 Co. of decinormal oxalic acid V.S. Example.—Assuming that 9.1 Co. of the permanganate solution first prepared had been required to produce a permanent pink tint, then every 9.1 Co. of the solution must be diluted to 10 Co., or the whole of the remaining solution in the Same proportion. A new trial should then be made to verify the agreement. Note.—Potassium permanganate V.S. thus prepared is liable to deteriorate more readily and quickly than that prepared by the method first given (under I.). It can not be safely trusted without verification each time it is to be used. One cubic centimeter of decimormal potassium permangamate V.S. is the equivalent of: Gramme. Potassium permanganate, KMnO4 ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0031534 Barium dioxide, BaO2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.008441 Calcium hypophosphite, Ca(PH2O2)2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0021209 Ferric hypophosphite, Fe2(PH2O2) g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0020877 Iron, in ferrous compounds, Fe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.005588 Ferrous carbonate, FeCO3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.01.1573 Ferrous oxide, Fe0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.007195 Ferrous sulphate, anhydrous, FeSO4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0151.70 Ferrous Sulphate, crystals, FeSO,--7H2O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.027742 Ferrous Sulphate, dried, 2FeSO4+3H2O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ().017864 Hydrogen dioxide, H2O2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.001696 Hypophosphorous acid, HPH2O2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.001647 Oxalic acid, crystallized, H2C2O,--2H2O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.006285 Oxygen, O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.000798 Potassium hypophosphite, KPH2O2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.002598 Sodium hypophosphite, NaPH2O2 + H2O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.002646 The following articles are tested with this solution: Glm. CC. re- Per cent of strength taken. quired. indicated. Acidum hypophosphorosum dilutum... 0.5 *30.3 *10 of absolute acid Aqua hydrogenii dioxidi... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7 Co. *30.0 * 3 of H2O2. Barii dioxidum ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.422 40.0 80 of pure BaO2. Calcii hypophosphis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 47.0 99.68 of pure salt. Ferri carbonas saccharatus. . . . . . . . . . . . 1.16 *15.0 *15 of FeCO3. LIST OF REAG ENTS. 2131 Gm. CC. re- Per cent of strength taken. Quired. indicated. Ferri hypophosphis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 47.0 98.1 of pure salt. Ferri sulphas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.39 50.0 100 of pure salt. Ferri Sulphas granulatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.39 50.0 100 of pure salt. Ferrum reductum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.056 8.0 80 of iron as metal. Potassii hypophosphis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 38.0 98.7 of pure salt. Sodii hypophosphis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 37.0 97.9 of pure salt. 128. Centinormal Potassium Permanganate Volumetric Solution (2K MnO,-315.34; 0.31534 Gm. in 1 liter).--Dilute 10 Co. of the decinormal potas- sium permanganate V.S., after having ascertained that it possesses its exact titer, with enough distilled water strictly complying with the tests given in the text of the Pharmacopoeia for Aqua Destillata, to make 100 Co. This solution should be freshly made when required. One cubic centimeter of centinormal potassium permangamate V.S. is the equivalent of: Gramme. Potassium permanganate, KMnO4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.00031534 Oxalic acid, crystallized, H2C2O4 +2H2O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0006285 Oxygen (derived from the permanganate) available for oxidation. . 0.0000798 129. Decinormal Potassium Sulphocyanate Volumetric Solution (Vol- hard's Solution) (KSCN=96.99; 9.699 Gm. in 1 liter).--Dissolve 10 Gm, of crys- tals of pure potassium sulphocyanate in 1000 Co. of water. This solution is yet too concentrated, and has to be adjusted so as to corre- spond in strength exactly with decinormal silver nitrate V.S. For this purpose, introduce into a flask 10 Co. of decinormal silver nitrate V.S., together with 0.5 Co. of ferric ammonium sulphate T.S., and 5 Co. of diluted nitric acid. To this mix- ture add, from a burette, in small portions at a time, the sulphocyanate solu- tion. At first a white precipitate of silver sulphocyanate appears, then every drop falling from the burette is surrounded by a deep brownish-red color of ferric sulphocyanate which disappears on vigorous shaking of the flask as long as any of the silver nitrate remains unchanged. When all the silver has been converted into Sulphocyanate, a single additional drop of the potassium sulphocyanate Solution produces a brownish-red color which no longer disappears on shaking, but communicates a perceptible pale-brownish or reddish tint to the contents of the flask. Note the number of cubic centimeters of the potassium sulphocyanate Solution used, and dilute the whole of the remaining solution so that equal vol- umes of this and of the decinormal silver nitrate V.S. will be required to produce the permanent brownish or reddish tint. (The same depth of pale-brownish or reddish tint to which the volumetric solution is adjusted must be attained when the solution is used for volumetric assays.) After the dilution, a new trial should be made, in which 50 Co. of deci- normal silver nitrate V.S., 2.5 Co. of ferric ammonium sulphate T.S., and 25 Ce. of diluted nitric acid are used, and there should be required exactly 50 Ce. of the sulphocyanate solution to produce the same depth of a permanent pale-brownish or reddish tint. If necessary, a new adjustment should be made, to render the correspondence perfect. One cubic centimeter of decinormal potassium sulphocyanate V.S. is the equivalent of: Gramme. Potassium sulphocyanate, KSCN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0096.99 Silver, Ag: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.01 0766 Silver nitrate, AgNO3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.016955 The following articles are tested with this solution: Determined by residual titration with deci- normal silver nitrate V.S., and decinormal Ferri iodidum saccharatum.... } potassium sulphocyanate V.S. Syrupus ferri iodidi. . . . . . . . . . . 130. Decinormal Silver Nitrate Volumetric Solution (AgNO,-169.55; 16.955 Gm.i in 1 liter).-Dissolve 16.955 Gm,f of pure silver nitrate in enough water to make, at or near 15°C. (59°F.), exactly 1000 Co. Keep the solution in small, dark amber-colored, glass-stoppered vials, carefully protected from dust. fErequently rounded off to 16.96 Gm., when a delicate balance and exact weights are not available. 2132 APPENDIX. Note.—Titration by decinormal silver nitrate V.S. may be managed in various ways, adapted to the special preparation to be tested: a. In most cases it is directed by the U. S. P. to be used in presence of a small Quantity of potassium chromate T.S., which serves to indicate the end of the reaction by the appearance of the red color of silver chromate. b. In some cases (potassium cyanide, hydrocyanic acid) it is added until the first appearance of a permanent precipitate. c. It may be used in all cases without indicator by observing the exact point when no further precipitate occurs. This may be practised in the case of ferrous iodide, where the addition of potassium chromate would be improper, but it con- sumes much time in waiting for the precipitate to subside so as to render the liquid sufficiently clear to recognize whether a further precipitate is produced by addition of the silver solution. d. It may be added in definite amount, known to be in excess of the quan- tity required, and the excess of the decinormal silver Solution measured back by the addition of decinormal potassium.sulphocyanate V.S. (residual titration). One cubic centimeter of decimormal silver mitrate V.S. is the equivalent of: Gramme. Silver nitrate, AgNO3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 * * * * * * * * * * * e s e e 0.016955 Ammonium bromide, NH4Br. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.009777 Ammonium chloride, NH4C1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.005338 Calcium bromide, Cabra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0099.715 Ferrous bromide, Febrz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.010770 Ferrous iodide, FeI2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.015447 Hydrocyanic acid, absolute, HCN, with indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.002698 Hydrocyanic acid, absolute, HCN, to first formation of precipitate... 0.005396 Hydriodic acid, HI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.012753 Hydrobromic acid, H.Br. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.008076 Lithium bromide, LiBr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.008677 Potassium bromide, KBr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.011879 Potassium chloride, KCl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.007.440 Potassium cyanide, KCN, with indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.006501 Potassium cyanide, KCN, to first formation of precipitate. . . . . . . . . . . 0.018002 Potassium iodide, KI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.016556 Potassium sulphocyanate, KSCN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.009699 Sodium bromide, NaBr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.010276 Sodium chloride, NaCl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.005837 Sodium iodide, NaI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.014953 Strontium bromide, SrBrz (anhydrous). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.012341 Strontium iodide, Sr.I2 (anhydrous). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.017018 Zinc bromide, ZnHra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.01.1231 Zinc chloride, ZnCl2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.006792 Zinc iodide, ZnT3 . . . . . . . . . tº e º º e s tº e º e 9 s tº e º 0 & 0 & 0 & 9 º' e o e º e º g tº e º º º q v, tº º tº 0.015908 The following articles are tested with this solution : Gm. Co. re- Per cent of strength taken. quired indicated. ' Acidum my urocyanicum dilutum.... 1.35 10.0 2 of absolute acid. Ammonii bromidum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3 30.9 99 of pure salt. Calcii bromidum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 25.0 99.7 of pure salt. fBerri iodidum saccharatum. . . . . . . . . . 1.55 ^20.0 * 20 of iodide. Lithii bromidum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3 35.3 98 of pure salt. Potassii bromidum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 42.85 97 of pure salt. Potassii cyanidum (to first precip.). . 0.65 45.0 90 of pure salt. Potassii iodidum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 30.25 99.5 of pure salt. Sodii bromidum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3 29.8 97.29 of pure salt. Sodii chloridum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0,195 33. 99.9 of pure salt. Sodii iodidum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ().5 to #) 98 of pure salt. Strontii bromidum (dry). . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3 24.6 98 of pure salt. Strontii iodidum (dry). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3 18.0 98 of pure salt. Syrupus acidi hydriodici. . . . . . . . . . . . 32.0 Y 25.0 • 1 of HI. fSyrupus ferri iodidi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.55 *10.0 *10 of FeI2. Zinci bromidum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3 26.7 99.95 of pure salt. Zinci Chloridum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3 44.1 99.84 of pure salt. Zinci iodidum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 31.0 98.62 of pure salt. Note.—The articles marked with f are determined by residual titration with decinormal silver nitrate V.S. and decinormal potassium sulphocyanate V.S. LIST OF REAGENTS, º 2133 131. Decinormal Sodium Chloride Volumetric Solution (NaCl–58.37; 5.837 Gm,i in 1 liter).-Dissolve 5.837 Gm.f of pure sodium chloride (see below) in enough water to make, at or near 15° C. (59° F.), exactly 1000 CC. Pure Sodium chloride, may be prepared by passing a current of dry hydrochloric acid gas into a saturated aqueous solution of the purest commercial sodium chloride, separating the crystalline precipitate, and drying it at a temperature sufficiently high to expel all traces of free acid. In place of this, transparent crystals of pure rock-salt may be employed. - One cubic centimeter of decinormal sodium chloride V.S. is the equivalent of: Gramme. Sodium chloride, NaCl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.005837 Silver, Ag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.010766 Silver nitrate, AgNO3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.016955 Silver oxide, Ag30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.01.1564 The following articles are tested with this solution: Grn. CC. re- Per cent of strength taken. Quired. indicated. Argenti nitras. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.34 20.0 100 of silver nitrate. Argenti nitras dilutus. . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 19.5 33.14 of silver nitrate. Argenti nitras fusus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3 19.0 95 of silver nitrate. ffrequently rounded off to 5.84 Gm., when a delicate balance and exact weights are not available. 132. Normal Sodium Hydrate Volumetric Solution (NaOH=39.96; 39.96 Gm.i in 1 liter).--Dissolve 54 Gm. of sodium hydrate (Soda, U. S. P.) in enough water to make, at or near 15° C. (59°F.), about 1050 Co., and fill a burette with a portion of this liquid. Put 0.6285 Gm., of pure oxalic acid (see under No. 122) into a flask of the capacity of about 100 Co., and dissolve it with about 10 Co. of water. Add a few drops of phenolphtalein T.S., and then carefully add, from the burette, the sodium hydrate solution, frequently agitating the flask, and regu- lating the flow to drops toward the end of the operation, until the red color pro- duced by its influx no longer disappears on shaking, but is not deeper than pale pink. Note the number of cubic centimeters of the sodium hydrate solution consumed, and then dilute the remainder of it so that exactly 10 CC, of the diluted liquid will be required to neutralize 0.6285 Gm.j of oxalic acid. Example.—Assuming that 7.8 Co. of the stronger solution of sodium hydrate first prepared had been consumed in the trial, them each 7.8 Co. must be diluted to 10 Co., or the whole of the remaining solution in the same proportion. Thus, if 980 Co. should be still remaining, this must be diluted with water to 1258 Co. After the liquid is thus diluted, a new trial should be made in the manner above described, in which 10 Co. of the diluted solution should exactly neutralize 0.6285 Gm, of Oxalic acid. If necessary, a new adjustment should then be made to render the correspondence perfect. Note.—The same precautions should be taken for protecting this solution from the carbon dioxide of the air, as are prescribed for normal potassium hydrate W.S. (see No. 125). This solution may be employed in place of the normal potassium hydrate W.S., volume for volume. ſº rounded off to 40 Gm, This may be rounded off to 0.63 Gm., When a delicate balance and exact weights are not available. 133. Decimormal Sodium Hyposulphite Volumetric Solution (Na,S.O.-- 5H.O=247.64; 24.764 Gm. in 1 liter).--Dissolve 30 Grm, of selected crystals of sodium hyposulphite (sodium thiosulphate) in enough water to make, at or near 15° C. (59° F.), 1100 Co. Of this solution transfer 10 Co. into a flask, add a few drops of starch T.S., and them gradually add, from a burette, decimormal iodine W.S., in small portions at a time, shaking the flask after each addition, and regu- lating the flow to drops toward the end of the operation. As soon as the color produced by the influx of the iodine solution no longer disappears on shaking, but is not deeper than very pale blue, note the number of cubic centimeters of the iodine solution consumed. Then dilute the sodium hyposulphite solution so that equal volumes of it and of decinormal iodine V.S. will exactly correspond to each other under the conditions mentioned above. 2134 APPENDIX. Evample.—Assuming that 10 Co. of the stronger sodium hyposulphite solution first prepared had required 10.7 Co. of decinormal iodine V.S. to produce a faint reaction with starch, the hyposulphite solution must be diluted in the proportion of 10 Co. to 10.7 Co., or 1000 Co. to 1070 Co. After the Solution is thus diluted, a new trial should be made in the manner above described, in which 50 CC. of the decinormal sodium hyposulphite V.S. should require exactly 50 CC. of decinormal iodine V.S. to produce a faint reaction with starch. If necessary, a new adjustment should then be made to render the correspondence perfect. Keep the solution in Small, dark amber-colored, glass-stoppered bottles, care- fully protected from dust. Note.—When this solution is to be used, fill a burette with it, place the liquid to be tested either for the free iodine it already contains, or for that which it lib- erates from an excess of potassium iodide added to it, into a flask, and gradually add Small portions of the solution from the burette, shaking after each addition, and regulating the flow to drops toward the end of the operation, until the brown color of the iodine has nearly disappeared. Now add a few drops of starch T.S., which will produce a blue color, and then continue to add the hyposulphite solu- tion in drops until the blue tint is exactly discharged. One cubic centimeter of decinormal sodium hyposulphite V.S. is the equivalent of: Gramme. Sodium hyposulphite (thiosulphate), Na2S2O3 +5H2O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.024764 Bromine, Br. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.007976 Chlorine, Ol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.003537 Iodine I... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.01.2653 Iron, Fe, in ferric salts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.005588 The following articles are tested with this solution: Gm. Co. re- Per cent of strength taken. quired. indicated. Aqua chlori. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.7 20.0 0.4 of chlorine. Calx chlorata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.354 35.0 35 of chlorine. Ferri chloridum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.56 20.0 20 of iron. Ferri citras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.56 16.0 #16 of iron. Ferri et ammonii citras . . . . . . . . . 0.56 *16.0 *16 of iron. Ferri et ammonii sulphas . . . . . . . 0.56 11.6 11.6 of iron. Ferri et ammonii tartras. . . . . . . . . 0.56 * 17.0 *17 of iron. Ferri et potassli tartras. . . . . . . . . . 0.56 *15.0 *15 of iron. Ferri et quininae citras . . . . . . . . . . 0.56 * 14.5 *14.5 of iron. Ferri et quininae citras solubilis. . 0.5 * 14.5 *14.5 of iron. Ferri et strychninae citras . . . . . . . 0.56 *16.0 *16 of iron. Ferri phosphas solubilis. . . . . . . . . 0.56 ^12.0 $12 of iron. Ferri pyrophosphas solubilis..... 0.56 10.0 810 of iron. Ferri Valerianas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.56 15.0 to 20.0 15 to 20 of iron. Ferrum reductum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.056 8.0 80 of iron. | Iodum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.32 25.0 98.85 of iodine. Liquor ferri acetatis . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.12 $15.0 × 7.5 of iron. Liquor ferri chloridi . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.12 *26.0 * 13 of iron. Liquor ferri citratis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.12 15.0 * 7.5 of iron. Liquor ferri nitratis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.12 * 2.8 * 1.4 of iron. Liquor ferri subsulphatis. . . . . . . . 1.12 * 27.2 * 13.6 of iron. Liquor ferri tersulphatis . . . . . . . . 1.12 * 16.0 * 8 of iron. Liquor iodi compositus. . . . . . . . . . 12.66 49.3 to 50 5 of iodine. Liquor sodae chloratae . . . . . . . . . . . 6.7 50.0 2.6 of chlorine. Tinctura ferri chloridi. . . . . . . . . . . 1.12 * 9.4 4.7 of iron. Tinctura iodi , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3 CC. *35.0 * 7 Gm. Of I in 100 CC. 134. Normal Sulphuric Acid (H,SO,-97.82; 48.91 Gm. in 1 liter).--Care- fully mix 30 Co. of pure, concentrated sulphuric acid (of specific gravity 1.835) with enough water to make about 1050 Co., and allow the liquid to cool to about 15° C. (59° F.). Place 10 Co. of this liquid (which is yet too concentrated) into a flask, add a few drops of phenolphtalein T.S., and afterward, from a burette, normal potassium hydrate V.S., shaking after each addition, and regulating the flow to drops toward the end of the operation, until the red color produced by its influx no longer disappears on shaking, but is not deeper than pale pink. Note LIST OF REAG ENTS. 2135 the number of cubic centimeters of potassium hydrate consumed. Then dilute the sulphuric acid solution so that equal volumes of this and of normal potassium hydrate V.S. exactly neutralize each other. Example. — Assuming that 10 Co. of the acid solution first prepared had required exactly 11.2 CC. of normal potassium hydrate V.S., each 10 Co. of the former must be diluted to 11.2 Co., or each 1000 Co. to 1120 Co. After the liquid is thus diluted, a new trial should be made in the manner above described, in which 50 Co. of the acid solution should require for neutrali- zation exactly 50 CC. of potassium hydrate V.S. If necessary, a new adjustment should be made to render the correspondence perfect. Note.—It is recommended that, in alkalimetric determinations, when an acid of normal strength is required, normal sulphuric acid be employed, in place of normal oxalic acid V.S. (see note under No. 122). One cubic centimeter of mormal sulphuric acid is the equivalent of: Gramme. Sulphuric acid, absolute, H2SO4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.04891 Ammonia gas, NH3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.01701 Ammonium carbonate, (NH4)2CO3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.42935 Ammonium carbonate (U. S. P.), NH, HCO3. NH4NH2CO2 . . . . . . . . . . ().05226 Lead acetate, crystallized, Pb(C2H5O2)2+3H2O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.18900 Lead subacetate, assumed as Pb2O(C2H3O3)2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.13662 Lithium benzoate, LiC, HsO2 (to be ignited). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O. 12772 Lithium carbonate, Li2CO3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O.036935 Lithium citrate, Lia C6H5O1 (to be ignited). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.069.8566 Lithium salicylate, LiC, H3O3 (to be ignited). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.14368 Potassium acetate, KC2H3O2 (to be ignited). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.09789 Potassium bicarbonate, KHCO3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.09988 Potassium bitartrate, KHC, H, Os (to be ignited) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O 18767 Potassium carbonate, anhydrous, K2CO3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.068955 Potassium citrate, crystallized, Ka C6H3O+ + H2O (to be ignited). . . . . 0.10786 Potassium hydrate, KOH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05599 Potassium and sodium tartrate, KNaC, H, Os–H4H2O (to be ignited). 0.14075 Sodium acetate, NaC2H3O2+3H2O (to be ignited). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.13574 Sodium benzoate, NaCº H5O2 (to be ignited). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.14371 Sodium bicarbonate, NaHCO3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.08385 Sodium borate, crystallized, Na2 B, Oz-i-10H2O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.19046 Sodium carbonate, anhydrous, Na2CO3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.052925 Sodium carbonate, crystallized, Na2CO3 +10H2O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.142725 Sodium hydrate, NaOH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.03996 Strontium lactate, Sr(C3H5O3)2 (to be ignited) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1324.4 The following articles are tested with this solution: Gm. CC. re- Per cent of strength taken quired. indicated. Ammonii carbonas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,613 50.0 100 of pure salt. Aqua ammoniae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4 20.0 10 of dry gas. Aqua ammoniae fortior... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7 28.0 28 of dry gas. Liquor plumbi subacetatis. . . . . . . . . . 13.67 *25.0 25 of basic salt. Liquor potassae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.00 25.0 5 of hydrate. Liquor sodae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00 25.0 5 of hydrate. Lithii benzoas (to be ignited). . . . . . . . . 1.0 7.8 99.6 of pure salt. Lithii carbonas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 13.4 98.98 of pure salt. Lithii citras (to be ignited). . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 14.2 99.2 of pure salt. Lithii salicylas (to be ignited). . . . . . . . 2.0 18.8 99.13 of pure salt. Potassa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.56 9.0 90 of hydrate. Potassii acetas (to be ignited). . . . . . . . . 1.0 10.0 98 of pure salt. Potassii bicarbonas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 10.0 100 of pure salt. Potassii bitartras (to be ignited). . . . . . 1.88 9.9 99 of pure salt. Potassii carbonas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.69 9.5 95 of anhyd. salt. Potassii citras (to be ignited). . . . . . . . . 1 08 10.0 100 of crystall. salt. Potassii et sodii tartras (to beignited). . 1.41 10.0 100 of pure salt. Soda. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.4 9.0 90 of hydrate. SOdii acetas (to be ignited). . . . . . . . . . . 1.36 10.0 100 of pure salt. Soda benzoas (to be ignited) . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 13.9 99.8 of pure salt. Sodii bicarbonas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.85 10.0 98.6 of pure salt. Sodii carbonas, anhydrous... . . . . . . . . . 1.0 18.7 98.9 of anhyd. salt. Sodii carbomas, exsiccatus... . . . . . . . . . 1.0 13.8 *73 of anhyd. salt. Spiritus ammoniae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4 20.0 10 of ammonia. Strontii lactas (to be ignited). . . . . . . . . 1.33 9.9 98.6 of pure salt. 21:36 APPENDIX. 135. Decinormal Sulphuric Acid (H,SO,-97.82; 4.891 Gm. in 1 liter).- Dilute 10 Co. of normal sulphuric acid with enough water to make 100 Co. One cubic centimeter of decinormal Sulphuric acid is the equivalent of: Gramme. Sulphuric acid, absolute, H2SO4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.004891 Combined alkaloids of nux vomica, assumed to consist of equal parts of Strychnine and brucine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0364 Potassium hydrate, KOH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.005599 The following article is tested with this solution: Gm. CC. Te- Per cent of strength taken. Quired. required. Extractum nucis vomicæ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.4 T1.65 15 of total alkaloids. hyd tºº, * determined to at least 2 decimals by titrating the uncombined acid with centinormal potassium ydrate * GASOMETRIC ESTIMATIONS. (U. S. P.) In certain cases the Pharmacopoeia directs the strength of a product or chem- ical substance to be determined by the volume of some gas (nitrogen dioxide) given off during a definite reaction. This volume is to be determined by the nitrometer in the following manner: Arrange a nitrometer consisting of a measuring tube (graduated for at least 50 Co.), and connected by stout rubber tubing with an open equilibrium tube (both tubes, preferably, provided with a globular expansion near the lower end) in such a manner, by suitable clamps attached to a stand, that either tube may be readily and quickly clamped at a higher or lower level. The stop-cock of the measuring tube having been opened, and the open equilibrium tube having been raised to a higher level, pour into the latter a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride, until the measuring tube, including the bore of the stop-cock, is completely filled. Then close the latter and fix the equilibrium tube at a low level. Having ascertained that the stop-cock is closed air-tight, and having, if necessary, wiped out the graduated funnel tube of the nitrometer, introduce into it the prescribed quantity of the liquid to be tested, and allow this to flow slowly into the measuring tube, being careful not to admit any air. Follow it by the prescribed quantities of the several reagents (potassium iodide T.S., and normal sulphuric acid). When the reaction, which takes place at once, moder- ates, remove the measuring tube from its clamp, and, being careful to hold it constantly so that the liquid contained in it stands at a higher level than that in the equilibrium tube, shake its contents, without permitting any gas to pass into the open tube. When the reaction has completely ceased, restore the tube to its fastening, and allow the apparatus and contents to acquire the ordinary tempera- ture of the room, which is assumed to be at or near 25°C. (77°F.). Then adjust the two tubes so that the liquid columns are at exactly the same level, and read off the volume of gas in the measuring tube. Multiply this figure by the weight of the substance yielding 1 Co. of nitrogen dioxide (see below). The result will be the weight of the pure substance (mitrite) contained in the amount taken for the assay. For pharmacopoeial purposes the determination will be sufficiently exact if the evolved gas be measured at or near 25°C. (77°F.). If it be desired to ascer- tain the volume which the gas would occupy at any other temperature between 0° C. and 40°C. (32° to 104°F.), this may be done with the aid of the table below printed. Example.—Assuming that the volume of gas read off was 44.5 Co. at 27°C. (80.6°F.), and that it be desired to ascertain the corresponding volume at 0°C. (32°F.), barometric pressure not being taken into consideration, then the 44.5 CC. must be reduced in the proportion of 1,098901 to 1; or 44.5 must be divided by 1.0989.01. The result will be 40.5 Co. The following table shows the expansion which 1 Co. of a gas will undergo when it is raised from 0°C. (32°F) to 40°C. (104°F.): ALKALOIDAL ASSAY. 2137 EXPANSION OF 1 Co. OF A GAS, BETWEEN 0° AND 40°C. oC. Co. 9C. Co. °C. Co. 0 1.000000 14 1.051282 28 1.10.2564 1 1.003663 15 1.054945 29 1.106,227 2 1.007326 16 1,058608 30 1.109890 3 1.010989 17 1.06.2271 31 1.113553 4 1.01.4652 18 1.065934 32 1.117216 5 1.018315 19 1.069597 33 1.120879 6 1.02 1978 20 1.073260 34 1.124542 7 1.025641 21 1.076923 35 1.128205 8 1.029304 22 1.080586 36 1.131868 9 1.032967 23 1,084.249 37 1.135531 10 1,036630 24 1.087912 3 1.139.194 11 1.040293 25 1.091575 39 1.142857 12 1.043956 26 1.095238 40 1.146520 13 1.047619 27 1.0989.01 136. Estimation of Nitrogen Dioxide.— _oo o-, , , ; , , ſ at 0° C. and 760 Mm.=1.3423 Gm. NO=29.97; 1 liter { at 25° C. and 760 Mm.–1.2297 Gm. One cubic centimeter of nitrogen dioxide is the equivalent of: At 0° C. and 760 MIm. At 25° C. and 760 Mm. Gramme. Gramme. Nitrogen dioxide, NO=29.97... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0013423 0.0012.297 Amyl nitrite, C5H11NO2=116.78. . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0052305 0.0047.923 Ethyl nitrite, C2H5NO2=74.87. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0033529 0.0030716 Sodium nitrite, NaNO2=68.93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0030873 0.002S2S3 The following articles are tested gasometrically by the volume of nitrogen dioxide evolved and measured at or mear 25°C. (77°F.): Amount Volume Strength taken. Of NO. lndicated. Amyl nitris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.26 Gm.f 40 Co. 80% of pure amyl nitrite. Sodii nitris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.15 Gm. 50 Ce. 97.6% of pure salt. Spiritus aetheris nitrosi (fresh) 5 CC. 55 Co. * 4% of pure ethyl nitrite. #This quantity will, theoretically, yield a little more than 40 Ce of the gas; but there will be a slight loss, as the gas is somewhat soluble in the liquid. ALKALOIDAL ASSAY BY IMMISCIBLE SOLVENTS. (U. S. P.) It is a property of many alkaloids that they are soluble in certain liquids in which their salts are insoluble, while in other liquids the case is reversed. When such liquids are not miscible, the conditions are favorable to what has been called the “shaking-out” process of separation. In many cases the extraction or sepa- ration may be effected by shaking together the concentrated aqueous extract, to which a suitable alkaline precipitant has been added, and some solvent, such as chloroform, ether, benzin, benzol, amyl alcohol, etc. The precipitated alkaloid is thus washed out of the aqueous solution, and is dissolved by the chloroform or other immiscible liquid employed. From the solution of the alkaloid thus obtained, the latter may again be abstracted by a dilute acid. In this Pharma- copoeia the only liquid which is directed as solvent for alkaloids in such assays is chloroform. The extraction is directed to be performed in a glass separator or separatory funnel, which consists of an elongated (globular, cylindrical, or coni- cal) glass vessel, provided with a well-fitting stopper and an outlet-tube containing a well-ground glass stop-cock. When the solution of an alkaloid, suitably prepared, is introduced into this vessel, and chloroform subsequently added, the latter, owing to its higher specific gravity, will form the lower layer. If the two layers are violently shaken together, there will often result an emulsion, which will separate only slowly, 2138 APPENDIX. and often imperfectly. This is particularly liable to happen when the aqueous liquid containing the alkaloid either in suspension or in Solution is strongly alkaline, and when it has a high specific gravity. To avoid the formation of an emulsion, the extraction should be accomplished rather by rapid rotation and frequent inversion of the separator than by violent shaking. When an emulsion has formed, its separation may be promoted by the addition of more of the solvent, preferably somewhat heated, aided, if necessary, by the external applica- tion of a gentle heat (the stopper being removed for the time being), or by the introduction of a small quantity of alcohol or of hot water. The separation of the two layers may also be promoted by stirring the lower, chloroformic layer with a glass rod and detaching from the walls of the separator the adhering drops of emulsion.* - tº On withdrawing the chloroform solution of an alkaloid from the separator, a small amount of the solution will generally be retained in the outlet-tube by capillary attraction. If this were lost, the results of the assay would be seri- ously vitiated. To avoid this loss, several successive, small portions of chloro- form should be poured into the separator without agitation, and drawn off through the stop-cock to wash out the outlet-tube. Another source of loss is the pressure sometimes generated in the separator by the rise of temperature caused when an alkaline and an acid liquid are shaken together. On loosening the stopper, the liquid which adheres to the juncture of the latter with the neck is liable to be ejected. This is best avoided by mixing the liquids at first by rotation (avoiding contact of the contents with the stopper), and allowing them to become cold before stoppering the separator. The same precautions should be observed when an alkali carbonate has been used, in place of a caustic alkali, for setting free the alkaloid. In this case the liquids should be cautiously and gradually mixed by rotation, and the separator should be left unstoppered until gas is no longer given off. If a regular glass separator is not available, an ordinary burette, stoppered with a sound cork, may be employed in its place. In this case the quantities of the alkaloidal solution and of the volatile solvent must be adjusted to the size of the burette. DETERMINATION OF THE OFTICAL ROTATION OF ORGANIC SUBSTANCES. (U. S. P.) Many organic substances either liquid by nature or in solution in suitable solvents, when examined in a specially constructed polarizing apparatus or polar- istrobometer, exhibit the property of circular polarization, or, in other words, are capable of rotating the plane of polarization of a ray of light either to the right or to the left. Such substances are termed “optically active,” and when rotating to the right are designated as “dextro-rotatory” or “dextrogyrate,” and when rotating to the left, as “laevo-rotatory” or “laevogyrate.” Substances which do not possess this property of optical rotation are termed “optically inactive.” Among the substances recognized by this Pharmacopoeia, there are several, particularly certain essential or volatile oils, and related bodies, for which the determination of the angle of rotation of a ray of polarized light, or, in some cases, the proof of their optical inactivity, affords the most simple and positive evidence of their identity or purity. The instruments used for this purpose vary somewhat in their construction. Those which are most generally adapted for the examination of the substances mentioned above are the polaristrobometer of Wild, in which the optical activity of the substance is manifested by the appearance or disappearance of dark, parallel stripes, or the so-called “half-shadow ’’ instrument of Laurent, in which the two sides of the field of vision are capable of becoming unequally illuminated. Both of the instruments permit the angle of rotation to be read off in degrees or frac- tions of a degree of a circle. *In our experience, the breaking of emulsions may be facilitated considerably by placing a pellet of absorbent cotton, of suitable size, into the emulsified fluid, and repeatedly pressing the cotton against the walls of the separator by means of a glass rod. OPTICAL ROTATION. 2139 These optical determinations are best made in a dark room, and by means of homogeneous or monochromatic light, the latter being obtained by introducing into a non-luminous flame, on a loop of platinum wire, a small bead of fused sodium chloride. The light thus radiated corresponds with the line D of the Solar spectrum. Since the deviation of the plane of polarization either to the right or to the left of the zero point is directly proportional to the length of the column of liquid, it is important that the observations should be made with tubes of a definite length, such as 100, 50, or 25 Mm. The selection of the length of the tube to be employed is, however, usually dependent upon the depth of color of the liquid and the extent of its optical rotation. The rotatory power of an optically active, liquid substance, observed with Sodium light, and referred to the ideal density 1, and in a tube having a length of 1 decimeter (100 Mm.), is designated as its specific rotatory power. This is usually expressed by the term [a]D. Since, however, not only the density of an optically active liquid, but also its rotation, is influenced by the temperature, the specific rotation varies with the latter. In stating the specific rotation it is, therefore, necessary to indicate at what temperature the rotation and the density of the liquid have been determined. But for the same temperature the specific rotation of a pure, optically active liquid is always a constant number. For calculating the specific rotatory power of an optically active liquid sub- stance, or solution of an optically active solid, the following formulas are of general application: I. For liquid substances [al-º º e ſ 10000×a II. For solutions of solids [alb-fººid 3. 10000Xa Ol' | [alb-Hº- For calculating these formulas the determination of the following factors is necessary: a =the angle of rotation of the liquid or solid observed with sodium light. L=the length of the tube in millimeters. d==the density or specific gravity of the active liquid. p=the amount of active substance in 100 parts by weight of the solution. c =the number of grammes of active substance in 100 cubic centimeters of the Solution. 2140 APPENDIX. EXPLAN ATION OF THE PRINCIPAL ABBREVIATIONS OCCURRING IN PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULAE. [Revised from the earlier editions of this Dispensatory.] R., Recipe—Take. F. S. A., Fiat Secundum artem—Let it be made or prepared according to the rules of the art. M., Misce—Mix. M. S. D., Misce, signa, da—Mix the medicine, and deliver it afterward, with the requisite instruction, to the patient (or nurse) in writing. M. F. P., Misce fiat pulvis—Mix to form a powder. M. F. Mist., Misce fiat mistura—Mix to form a liquid mixture. M. F. Pil., Misce fiant pilulae—Mix to form pills. Div., Divide—Divide. Sol., Solve—Dissolve. Fasc. j., Fasciculus—An armful. Man. j., Manipulus—A handful, a gripe. Pugil. j., Pugillus—A pinch. Cyath. j., Cyathus—A glassful. Cochl. j., Cochlear or Cochleare—A spoonful. Gutt., Gutta–Drop. No. 1, 2, 3, etc.—The number of pieces or parts, etc., written j, ij, iij, iv., v. Ana, or āā—Of each. P. A.e., Partes aequales–Equal parts. Q. S., Quantum sufficit. Q L., Quantum libet—As much as you like. Q.V., Quantum volueris—As much as you like. fb., Libra—A pound. 3., Uncia—An ounce. 3., Drachma—A drachm or dram. B., Scrupulus—A scruple. Gr., Granum—A grain. Pil., Pilula—A pill. Pot., Potio—A potion. Pulv., Pulvis—A powder. Pulvis factis, powdered. Tinc., Tinctura—A tincture. Ext., Extractum—An extract. Chart., Chartula–A small paper. Collyr., Collyrium—An eye-water. Collutor., Collutorium—A mouth Wash. Cong. Congius—A gallon. O. Oct., Octarius—A pint. f3., Fluiduncia—A fluid ounce. f3., Fluidrachma—A fluid drachm. 1ſl., or Min., Minimum—A minim. Decoct., Decoctio, Decoctum—A decoction. Garg., Gargarisma—A gargle. Haust., Haustus—A draught. Infus., Infusum–An infusion. Mass., Massa—A mass. Mist., Mistura—A mixture. Ss., Semis—A half. Zz., Zingiber—Ginger. A VOCABULARY OF THE WORDS MOST FREQUENTLY OCCURRING IN THE PRESCRIPTIONS OF PHYSICIANS. A, aā, or ana, of each ingredient; more properly expressed by the genitive case plural (singulorum) of each ; for instance: B—Aquae cinnamon, tinct, rhei, aā 3ij, means: Take of cinnamon-water, and tincture of rhubarb, of each 2 drachms, ABBREVIATIONS IN PHARMA (JEUTICAL FORMUL.A. 2141 Abdom., Abdomen, the belly. Gen.—inis, of the belly. Dat.—ini, to the belly. Abs, febr., absente febre, while the fever is off. Acc., Accuratē (adverb), accurately. Accuraté pensi, Acc. pen., weighed with the utmost exactness. Accurate misceantur, Acc. mis., let them be mixed very completely. Acid., Aciditas, sharpness. Ad. grat. acid., Ad gratam aciditatem, make it just acid enough to be palatable, and not too sour. To an agreeable sourness. Acm., Acme, the height of a fever or any other disease. Ad, to. Ad duas vices, at twice taking. - Add., Adde, add., let it or them be added. Addantur, let them be added. Addendus, to be added. Addendo, adding. Adlib., Ad libitum, at pleasure, as you like. Ad recid. praec., Ad recidivium praecavendum, to prevent a relapse. lºnovº Admoveatur, let there be applied—antur, plural, when more than one is to be 3. ODII62Ol. - D]) Adst. feb., Adstante febre, while the fever is on. AEger, a sick person, a patient. Ægra, a female patient. Agg. feb., Aggrediente febre, when the fever is coming on. Aggressus, an attack. Aggressus febris, the attack of a fever. Agit. vas., Agitato vase, shaking the vial. Albus, white. Alb., Or Album. Aliquant., Aliquantillum, a very little. Aliquot, some. Aliquoties, sometimes. Alt., Alter, altera, alterum, the other. Altern., Alternus, alternate. Altern. hor., Alternis horis, every second hour. Altern. dieb., Alternis diebus, every alternate day. A * leather. Extende super alutam Imollem, E. S. A. M., spread on soft leather, or Alv., Alvus, the belly, the bowels. Adstrictā alvo, when costive. Amp., Amplus, large. Coch. amp. Cochleare amplum, a tablespoonful. A. M., Ante meridiem, before noon. Antemeridianus, in the forenoon, any time before twelve o’clock at noon. - - Anté, before. Ut antë, as before. Apparatus, any sort of a preparation, instruments, or, in short, everything that is requi- site to be had in readiness for performing any sort of operation. Also, the more delicate term for a bladder and pipe for clysters. Aper., Aperiens, opening, gently purging. Applic., Applicetur, let there be applied. Aq., Aqua, water. Aquae, of water. Aq. bull., Aqua bulliens, boiling water. Aq. ferv., Aqua fervens, hot water. Aq, dest., Aqua destillata, distilled water. Aq. font., Aqua fontana, spring water. Aq. marin, Aqua marina, Sea or salt water. Aq. niv., Aqua nivalis, snow water. Aq. pluv., Aqua pluvialis, rain water. Aq. pur., Aqua pura, pure water. Armatus, armed. Fistula armata, an apparatus for clysters; a pipe and bladder. Auris, the ear. Auri, to the ear. Aures, ears. Auribus, to the ears. Aut, or. Bacc., Baccae, berries. Baln. mar., Balneum mariae, a salt water bath. Baln. tep., Balneum tepidum, a lukewarm bath. Baln. Vap., Balneum vaporis, a vapor bath. Baln. frigid., Balneum frigidum, a cold bath. Baln. cal., Balneum calidum, hot bath. Baln. ar., Balneum arenae, sand bath. Ben., Bené, well. Benê misceatur, B. M., let it be well mixed. Bib., Bibat, let him drink. - Bidu., Biduum, two days. O. B. V. T., Omni biduð vel triduð, every two or three days. Bih., Bihorium, the space of two bours. Om. Bih., Omni bihorio, every two hours. Bis, twice : bis terve, twice or thrice. Bis in d., Bisin dies, twice a day. Bol., Bolus, a ball, a pill, a morsel, a dose. Bullio, to boil: bulliens, boiling. Aq. bull., Aquae bullientis, of boiling Water. Bull., Bulliant, let them boil. - Calef., Calefactus, made warm. Cap., Capiat, let (the patient) take. Capt. cochl. iij magn., Capiat cochlearia tria magna, three tablespoonfuls to be taken. - Cat., Cataplasm, a poultice. Cath., Catharticus, purging, cathartic. Caut., Cauté, cautiously. Cerevisia, beer. Cerevisia Londinensis, porter. Cerevisia Lagenaria, bottled porter Or Stout. - - Chart., Charta, paper. Charta Caerulea, blue paper. Chartula, a little piece of paper. Cola trams chartam, filter through paper. Cib., Cibus, food. Circa, about. Circiter, about. Cit., Citó, soon, quickly. Citissimè (the superlative degree), as quick as possible. Clausus, clausa, clausum, covered. Vase clauso, in a covered vessel. Co., coch., Cochleare, a spoonful. Cochlearia, spoonfuls. Coch. magnum, amplum, a tablespoonful. Co. infantulorum, coch. modicum, child's spoonful, a dessertsp, nful. Co. parvum, a teaspoonful, - 2142 APPENDIX. tº Coctio, a boiling. Sub. fin. Coct., Sub finem coctionis, toward the end of the boiling; when almost boiled. Caeruleus, blue. Charta caerulea, blue paper. Unguentum caeruleum, mercurial ointment, Col., Cola (imperat. of Colo), strain, to filter. Colatus, strained, filtered. Colato liquori, to the strained liquor. Colatura, a straining, Colaturae, to the strained liquor. Coletur, let it be strained. Colentur, let them be strained. Collum, a neck. Comp., Compositus, compounded. Conf., Confectio, confection. Cons., Conserva, conserve (imperat.). Consp., Conspergo, to Sprinkle. Consp. pulv. cinnam, Conspergatur pulvere cinna- momi, sprinkle with (or roll in) powdered cinnamon; usually applied to pills. Cont., Continuo, to continue. Cont, rem., Continuantur remedia, go on with the same medicines as last prescribed. Contundo, to bruise. Contus., Contusus, bruised. Contusio, a bruise, a contusion, Coq., Coque, boil. Coque parum, boil a little while. Coquantur, let them be boiled. Cor, the heart. Scrob. cord., Scrobiculus cordis, the pit of the stomach. Cort., Cortex, the bark. Coxa, Coxendix, the hip. Cras, to-morrow. C. m., Cras mane, early to-morrow morning. C. M. S., cras mane su- mendus, to be taken early to-morrow morning. C. V., Cras vespere, to-morrow evening. C. N., Cras nocte, to-morrow night. Crastinus (adj.), of to-morrow. In usum crastinum, for to-morrow's use. Cribrum, a sieve. Transcribrum, through a sieve. Cuj., Cujus, of which, Cuj, cap., or sum, Cujus capiat, or sumat, of which (the patient is to) take. Cum, with. Cyath., Cyathus, a cup. Cyath. Vinar, Cyathus vinarius, a wineglass. Cyathus theae, a teacupful. Cyatho theae, in a cup of tea. D. Dos., Dosis, a dose. Da, give. Detur, dentur (plural), let be given. De, of. De quo, or quâ, of which. De die, in a day. Deauratus, gilt. Deaur, pil., Deaurentur pilulae, let the pills be gilt. Debilitas, weakness. Debitus, due. Ad. deb. Spiss. Ad. debitam Spissitudinem, to a proper degree of thick- ness, as to consistence. Decoct., Decoctio, decoction. Dec., Decanta, pour Off. Decem, ten. Decimus, the tenth. Decubitus, lying down. Horá decubitſis, at bedtime. Deglutio, to swallow. , Deglutiatur, is swallowed—etur, let be swallowed. Dein, deinde, then; afterward. Dejectio, a depositing, or putting down, also a going to stool; as, post duas dejectiones alvi, after two motions. Dejicio, to deposit. Donec alvus bis dejecerit, until the patient shall have had two stools. Det., Detur, let it be given. Dexter, the right. Manus dextra, the right hand. Auri dextro, to the right ear. Dictus, spoken of, said. Dies, a day. Die, in a day; bis die, twice a day. Diebus, in days; tertiis diebus, every third day. Alternis diebus, every alternate day. De d. in d., de die in diem, from day to day. Dil., Dilutum, diluted. Dim., Dimidium, the half. Dimidius, a, um (adjective), half. D. P., Directione propria, with its proper direction. Diu, a long time. Tere diu, rub for a long time. Diut., Diuturnus, long-continued. Diuturnå trituratione, D. trit., by long-continued rub- bing, or grinding in the mortar. Diuturna coctione, by long boiling. Div., Divido, divide. Dolens, pained. Parti dolenti, to the pained part. Dolor, pain. Dolores, pains. Doloris, of the pain. Donec, until. Donec liqueScat, till it melts. Donec alv. bis dej., Donec alvus bis dejecerit, until the bowels have been twice imoved. Dr., Dr.m., Drachma, a drachm. Dum, whilst. Dur. dol., Durante dolore, while the pain continues. Eadem, eandem, the same. Eodem, in the same. Effervescentia, the effervescence. Effervescit, effervesces; donec effervescat, until it effervesces. Effund., Effunde, pour out. Ejusdem, of the same, the genitive case of idem. Elect., Electuarium, an electuary. Emp., Emplastrum, a plaster. A BBREV IATIONS IN PHARMACEUTICAL FORMUL.AE. 2143 Enema, a clyster. Enemata, clysters. Erit, shall be. Evanesco, evanui, to disappear. Evan., Evanuerit, shall have disappeared. Exhib., exhibe, Exhibeatur, give. Exhibendus, to be given. leatl Extendo, to extend, also to spread. Ext. Sup, alut., Extende Super alutam, spread it on eather. Exten., Extensus, a, um, spread. Ex., Ext., Extractum, an extract. F., Ft., Fiat, let there be made. Fae, make. Fac in pilulas xij, make into 12 pills. Farina, flour. Farina seminis lini, linseed meal. Febris, a fever. Febre durante, while the fever is on. Femoribus, to the thighs. Femoribus internis, to the inner sides of the thighs. Femur, a thigh. Fervens, boiling. Fervidus, fervida, hot. Ferventis, of boiling. B. aq. ferventis, take of boiling water. Fiat, let be made, make (the singular number). Fiant, make (plural). Filt., Filtra, filter. Finis, the conclusion. Sub finem coctionis, when almost boiled enough. Flo., Flors., Flores, flowers. F., Fl.; Fluidum. Fluid, liquid. Fontana, fountain. Aqua fontana, spring water. Formula, prescription. Fotus, a fomentation. Fruct., Fructus, fruit. Frust., frustillatim, in small pieces. Fuerit, shall have been ; as, donec alvus soluta fuerit, until a motion is (or shall have been) procured. Garg., Gargarisma, a gargle. Gelatina, jelly. Gelatina ribesiorum, currant jelly. Gelatina quavis, in any sort of jelly. Globulus, a little ball. Globuli Gascoigni, Gascoign’s ball. Don. glob. evan., Donec globuli evanuerint, until the globules (of quicksilver) shall have totally disappeared (so that they can not be seen even with a microscope). Grad., Gradatim, by slow degrees. Gr., Grana, grains. Gratus, grata, gratum, agreeable, pleasant. Ad gratum, aciditatem, so as to make it pleasantly acid without being too sour. In quovis grato vehiculo, in any agreeable vehicle. Gutta, a drop. Gtt., Guttae, drops. Guttas, drops. Guttatin, drop by drop. Hac, this. Hac nocte, this night. Hanc, this. Sumat hanc, let him take this. Hactenus, hitherto, heretofore, up to the present day. Harum, of these. Harum pilularum sumat tres, of these pills let him or her take 3. Haust., Haustus, a draught. H. P. N., Haustus purgans noster, a formula of purging draught made according to a practitioner's own private Pharmacopoeia, and is prepared so as to keep a long time without spoiling, that we may not have the trouble of preparing it every time a draught is wanted. Mitt. H. P. N. 3ij ad ij Vices C. M. S. Mitte Haustus purgantis nostri uncias duas ad duas Vices cras mane sumendus; send two ounces of our purging draught, to be taken to-morrow morning, at twice, that is, half at first, and the remaining half in an hour if the first does not Operate. Hebdomada, a week. Heri, yesterday. Ut heri, as yesterday. Hesternus, of yesterday. Hesterna nocte, last night. Hirud., Hirudo, a leech. Hirudines, leeches. His, in these, to these. His adde, add to these. Hora, an hour. Horae, of an hour. Horae (plural), hours. H. S. (horá somni), at the hour of rest. H. S. S. (horá somni sumendus), to be taken at bedtime. Horá decubitus, at the hour of going to rest, bedtime Horá vespertiná, in the evening. Horae , horae quadrante, quarter of an hour. Horae unius spatio, in the space of one hour. Horis intermediis, at intermediate hours, when two medicines are to be taken. Horis intermediis, means that one is to be given exactly at midtime from the other; suppose a draught is ordered (to be taken every six hours), and a powder horis intermediis, that is, every six hours intermediately, then a draught will be taken at six o'clock and at twelve, and a powder at three and at nine. Hujusmodi, of this sort, like these. Idem, eaglem, the same. Ejusdem, of the same, the genitive case of Idem. Idoneus, proper, appropriate. Imponatur (sing.), let there be put on–nantur (plural). Impr., Imprimis, first. In, in. In die, in a day. Ind., Indiès (an adverb), every day, daily, from day to day. 2144 APPENDIX. Indicaverit, shows, indicates. Infunde, infundatur, infuse. Infus., Infusio, infusum, an infusion. Infus. panis tostus, toast-bread water. Inject., Injectio, injection. Inter, between. Injiciatur, let it be thrown in, thrown up. Injiciatur enema, let a clyster be administered. Injiciendus, injiciendum, to be administered. Inquietudo, restlessness. Urgente inquietudine, if restless. Instar (an adverb), as big as. Sumat molem instar nucis moschatae, the bigness of a nutmeg to be taken. Intermedius, intermediate. Internis, the inner side. Jam, already. Jampridem, jamdudum, some time ago, heretofore. Jugulum, the throat. Jusculum, broth. Jusculum Ovillum, mutton broth. Jus. bovinum, beef tea. Juxta, near to. Lac, milk. Lactis, of milk. Lacte, in milk. Laev., Laevigatus, levigated. Lana, flannel. Lana nova, new flannel. d ºgue, faintness, lowness. In lang., In languoribus, in the fainting fits, when low and faint. Latus, the side. Lateris, of the side. Lateri, to the side. Latus dolens, the pained side. Lateri dolenti, to the pained side. Latus, lata, latum (adjective), broad. Lectus, a bed. In lecto, in bed. Liber, a book. Libet (a verb impersonal), it pleases. Ad libitum, just as you please. Libra, a pound. Libris, libras, pounds. Linteum, lint; also linen. Liquesco, to liquefy, to melt. Donec liquescat, till it melts. Liquid., Liquidus, liquid. Sedes liquidae, loose stools. In quovis liquido, in any liquid. Liq., Liquor, liquor. Londinensis, of London. Pharmacopoeia Londinensis, the London Dispensatory. Lot., Lotio, lotion. Lumborum, of the loins. Mac., Macera, macerate. Mag., Magnus, magna, magnum, large. Magnum cochleare, a tablespoonful. Major, greater, larger. Cochlearia duo majora, two tablespoonfuls. Malleolus, the ankle. Malleolus internus, the inner ankle. Manè, in the morning. Manè primo ; valde manè, very early in the morning. Manus, a hand. Manu calefacta, with a warm hand. Mass., Massa, a mass. M. P., Massa pilularis, a mass fit for forming into pills. Matutinus, in the morning or forenoon. Maximè, chiefly. Maximus, the greatest. Maximâ curá, witn the greatest care. Medioc., Mediocris, middle-sized. Pilulae mediocres, middle-sized pills. Cochleare me- diocre, a dessertspoonful, a papspoonful, or a child's spoonful. Mediocris also means indifferent, as to quality. Medius, middle. Media nocte, in the middle of the night. Melior, melius, better. Mic. pan., Mica panis, crumb of bread. Minatur, minaretur, threatens. Minante, threatening. Minimus, very small. Coch, min., Cochleare minimum, a teaspoonful. Minutum, a minute. M., Misce, mix. Bene misceatur, let it be well mixed. Mist., Mistura, mixtura, a mixture. Mitigatio, mitigation, alleviation. Donec doloris mitigatio sit, until the pain is easier. Mitigatus, a, um, mitigated, lessened. Mitt., Mittatur (singular), let it be sent. Mittantur (plural), let them be sent. Mittatur sanguis, take blood away; i. e., bleed the patient. Mitte, send. Modicus, middle-sized. Modus, a manner. Modo praescripto, in the manner directed. Moles, a mass, a lump, a piece. Sumat molem instar nucis moschatae, let him (or her) take the bighess or size of a nutmeg. Molestus, troublesome. Molesto, to trouble, to be troublesome. Molestante dolore, When the pain is troublesome. Molestante tussi, when the cough is troublesome. Mollis, molle, soft. Mora, delay. Sine morá, without delay. *The word minutum, for a minute, is very barbarous Latin ; we believe there is no such word; but the right, Latin, for a minute, Sexagesima, pars horae, is as long and tiresome to write as “Semivitreous oxide of lead,” for the simple word “ Latharge.”--Griffith. ABBREVIATIONS IN PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULAF. 2145 Mos, moris, manner. More Solito, in the usual manner; also, in the same manner as I am in the habit of prescribing it to other people. Morta., Mortarium, a mortar. Mortario aheneo, in the brass mortar. Mortario mar- moreo, in the marble mortar. Mort. vitreo, in the glass mortar. Mort. lapideo, in the stone mortar. Mucil., mucilago, mucilage. Narthecium, a gallipot. Nates, the buttocks, Ne, lest, also, do not; as ne tradas sine nummo, N. T. S. N., do not deliver the medicine without the money. Nec., necnon, also. Ni, nisi, unless. Nig., Niger, nigra, nigrum, black. Nihil, nothing. Nim., Nimis, nimium, too much. Nisus, an endeavor, an attempt, a straining, a motion, a straining to vomit, or go to stool. N., Nocte, at night. Noctes, nights. N. man., Nocte maneque, night and morning. Alt. noct., Alternis noctibus, every second night. Nodulus, a little knot. Nodulo ligati, tied up in a piece of clean rag. Nomen, nominis, a name. Signetur nomine proprio, S. N. P., write its common name upon the label. Non., Nonus, the ninth. Nov., novem, nine. Novis., Novissimè, very lately, the last of all. Novus, nova, novum, new. Nucha, the nape of the neck. Nuchae, to the nape. Nuper, lately. Nuperrime, very lately. N. M., Nux moschata, a nutmeg. Sumat magnitudinem nucis moschatae, take the big- ness of a nutmeg. Numeri. Numbers. 1. or j. unus, una, unum, One. 7. or vij. Septem, seven. unius, of one. septimus, seventh. 2. ij. duo, duals, two. septimana, or duorum, of two. 7 mana, a week. duobus, in two, to two. 8. viij. Octo, eight. 3. iij. tres, tria, three. Octavus, eighth. tribus, in three, to three. 9. ix. novem, nine. trium, of three. nonus, ninth. ter, three times. 10. X. decem, ten. 4. iv. Quatuor, four. decimus, tenth. quartus, a, um, fourth. 11. xj. undecim, eleven. quater, four times. 12. xij. duodecim, twelve. 5. v. Quinque, five. 20. xx. viginti, twenty. quintus, fifth. 24. xxiv. viginti quatuor, 6. vi. sex, six. twenty-four. sextus, sixth. Obst., Obstante, hindering, preventing. Occ., Occasio, occasion, opportunity. O. Oct., Octarius, a pint. Octavus, eighth. Octavo quaque horá, every eighth hour. Octo, eight. Ol. Lini, S. L., Oleum lini sine igne, cold-drawn linseed oil. O. O. O., Oleum olivae optimum, best olive oil. Olim, some time ago. Olla, a pot, a gallipot. Omnis, all. Omni mane, every morning. Omni horã, every hour. Omni bihorio, every two hours. Omni nocte, every night. Onni 3 horá, Omni quadrante horá, every quarter of an hour. Tere omnia, rub all together. Omn. alt. hor., Omnibus alternis horis, every other hour. ^ Omnino, quite, wholly, entirely. Optimè, very well, as well as possible. Opt., Optimus, ma, mum, best. Opus, need, occasion, Si opus sit, or fuerit, if it be necessary. Ovil. jusc., Ovillum jusculum, mutton broth. Ovum, an egg. Vitell. Ovi, the yelk of an egg. Ovorum, of eggs. Panis biscoctus, biscuit. Panis nauticus, sea biscuit. Panis tostus, toast bread. Intus. Panis tostus, toast-bread water, Panis triti us, wheat bread. Pannus, a rag. Pannus linteus, a linen rag, Pannus laneus, Pannus é lanā, a piece of flannel. Paroxysmus, a paroxysm, a fit, a convulsion fit. Pars, a part. Partes, parts. Parti dolenti, to the pained part. Part, aff, Partem affectann, to the part affected. P. E., Partes acquales, equal parts. 135 2146 APPENDIX. Partitus, parted. Part. vic., Partitis vicibus, means that you are not to give a medicine all at Once, but divide the dose according to the directions most commonly previously given; for example, if a purging or emetic draught, half or a third (as the case may be) to be taken at first, and the other half or third at a certain distance of time, if the former quantity be not found sufficient to produce the desired effect. Parum, a little. Parumper, a little. Parv., Parvus, little. Coch. parv., Cochleare parvum, a teaspoonful. Pauculum, pauxillum, paululum, a little. Pect., Pectus, the breast. Pectoris, of the breast. Pediluvium, a bath for the feet. Pensus, weighed. Accuraté pensi, weighed exactly. Per, by, or through. Peractus, | completed, perfected, quite done, gone through with; as, Peracti Perf., Perfectus, Operatione emetici, after the emefic has quite done operating. Perfric., Perfricetur, let it be rubbed. Perfricandus, to be rubbed. Perg., Pergo, to go on with. Perg. in us. med., Pergat in usu medicinarum, he may cons tinue the medicines as before. Perpetuus, perpetual. Fiat perpetuum, keep it open (when it refers to a blister). Ph , Pharmacopoeia, a Pharmacopoeia, or Dispensatory. Ph. D., Pharmacopoeia Dublinensis, Dublin Pharmacopoeia. Ph. E., Pharmacopoeia Edinensis, Edinburgh Pharmacopoeia. Ph. L., Pharmacopoeia Londinensis, London Pharmacopoeia. Ph. U. S., Pharmacopoeia, United States Pharmacopoeia, U. S. P. Pil., Pilulae, pills. Pluvialis, also pluviatilis aqua, rain water. Poculum, a cup. Pollex, the thumb. Pollex pedis, the great toe. Pomeridianus, postmeridianus, in the evening or afternoon, time of the day. Pomum, an apple. Pomi, of an apple. P. M., post meridiem, after noon, in the afternoon, after twelve o’clock at noon. T. R. N., Pro re natā, occasionally, according as circumstances may occur, according as the symptoms may require. Pond., Pondere, by weight. Pone, behind. Porro, moreover. Post, after. Postea, then, afterward. Post sing. sed. liq., Post singulas sedes liquidas, after every loose stool. Postul., Postulet, postulent, may require, demand. Pot., Potus, drink, beverage of any kind. Praec., Praecipue, especially. Praep., Praeparatus, prepared. Pr., Preparatio, preparation, or prescription. Praeparo, to prepare. Praep., Praeparentur, let them be prepared. Prim., Primus, ma, mum, the first. Primö, first of all. Primo mane, very early in the morning. Prior, prius, the former the first. Prius, Priusquam, before that. Pro, for. Pro re natà, P. R. N., occasionally, according to the nature of the case, etc. Pro ratione, according to, or in proportion to ; as pro ratione aetatis, according to the age of the patient, pro. rat. aet. Pro pot. ord, Pro potu ordinario, for a common drink. Prop., Proprius, a, um, proper. S. N. P., Signetur nomine proprio, mark it with its proper direction. Prox. luc., Proxima luce, the day before. Pruritus, an itching. Pruriens, itching. Dolichos pruriens, cowhage. Psora, the itch. Pug., Pugillus, a handful; a pinch-dose. Pulp., Pulpa, the pulp. Pulv., Pulvis, a powder. Pulveres, powders. Pulveribus, in powders. Pulvis subtilissimus, the very finest powder. Pulv. subt. Pur., Purificatus, a, um, purified. Pyx., Pyxis, pyxidis, a pill-box, or lozenge-box. Quac., quacum, with which. Quad., Quadrans, quadrantis, quadrante, quarter. Omni quadrante horá, every quarter of an hour. Quadruplicata, four times as much. Quamp., Quam primum, as soon as possible, without the least delay. Quâqua, every. Quaq., Quaque, every one. Quávis (fem.), with any, Quartus, a, um, the fourth. Quater, four times. Quatuor, four. Quarta pars, a fourth part. — que (at the end of any Latin word), and. Quem, quam, quod, which (the accusative case). Qui, quae, quod, which (the nominative case). Quib., Quibus, to which, with which. Quibusdam, to or with some. Cum guttis quibusdam, with a few drops. ABBREVIATIONS IN PHARMACEUTICAL FORMUL.A. 2147 Quiescat, goes to rest, is easier. Quilibet, quaelibet, quodlibet, gen. Cujuslibet, abl. Quolibet, any. Quinq., Quinque, five. Quintus, a, um, the fifth. Quinquies, five times. Quinquina (cinchona), Peruvian bark. Quisq., Quisque, every One. Q. P., Quantem placet, as much as you please. Q. Q. H., Quaque quarta hora, every four hours; or Quadrihoris, Q. S.—q. S., Quantum sufficiat, as much as may be sufficient. Quor., Quorum, quarum, of which. Quos, quas, which. Quocum, quacum, with whic Quovis, with any. Rad., Radix, the root. Ras., Rasurae, shavings. Ratio, a reason, also a proportion. Pro ratione aetatis, according to the age of the patient. Pro ratione doloris, according to the urgency of the pain. Raucedo, hoarseness. Recipe, take. Recipe (taken substantively), a prescription. Red., Redactus, a, um, reduced. Red. in pulv., Redactus in pulverem, reduced to powder; or, in pulv. redact. Red., Redigatur, let it be reduced. Redig. in pulv., Redigatur in pulverem, let it be reduced to powder. Redigo, to reduce. Red., Redige, reduce. Redigatur, it may be reduced. Refr., Refrixerit, the subjunctive perfect of refrigesco, to cool. Regio, a region (an anatomical term for certain parts of the body); as, regio epigastrica, the epigastric region ; regio lumborum, the region of the loins; appl. emplastr. regioni umbilicali, applicetur emplastrum, etc., let a plaster be applied to the umbilical region, or parts in the neighborhood of the navel. Reg. hep., Regio hepatis, region of the liver. Reliq., Reliquus, a, unn, the rest, the remaining part. Rem., Remedium, a remedy. Cont. rem., Continuantur remedia, go on with the same remedies as before. Repet., Repetatur, let it be repeated, repeat. Repet., Repetendus, to be repeated. Resp., Respondeo, responderit, shall have answered. Donec alvus ad sedes 1j vel iij responderit, until two or three stools shall have been procured. Retin., Retinendus, to be retained or kept. Ribes, currants. Gelatina ribesiorum, currant jelly. Ruber, rubra, rubrunn, red. Rubus idaeus, raspberry. S., Signa, write. S. V. R., spiritus vini (or vinosus) rectificatus, rectified spirit of wine, alcohol. S. V., Ten., or tenuis, proof-spirit. Sacch. alb., Saccharum album, white sugar. Saepe, often; saepius, oftener; Saepisme, very often. Sal., Salt. Salt, Saltem, at least. Sang., Sanguis, blood, –inis, of blood. Sang, miss., Sanguinis missura, bloodletting. Saph. ven., Saphena vena, the ankle vein. Scapula, the shoulder blade. Inter scapulas, betweeen the shoulders. Scil., Scilicet, to wit, namely. Scrob. cord., Scrobiculus cordis, the pit of the stomach. Sec., Secundus, a, um (adjective), second. S. A., Secundum artem, according to art; that is, you are to use your own ingenuity to do it in the most proper and scientific way. Sed, but. Sedes, a stool—plural, stools. Semel, once. Sem., Semen, seed. Semina, seeds. Ss., semis, Semi-, half. Semihora, half an hour. Semidrachma, half a drachm. Semper, always. Septem, seven. Sept., Septimana, a week, seven days. Septimus, seventh. Seq, Sequens, following. Seq. luce, sequens luce, the following day. Serum is also the watery part of the blood which separates from the red part, or cro-s mentum, on standing until cold. *. Serum lactis, whey. In sero lactis vinoso, in wine whey. Serv., serva, keep or preserve. Sesq., Sesqui, one and a half; as sesqhr., sesquihora, an hour and a half. Sesquiuncia, or sescuncia, an ounce and a half. Sesquidrachma, a drachm and a half. Remember well to attend to the difference between semi and sesqui, for many young men, by not knowing that sesqui means one and a half, but confounding it with semi, have made bad mistakes. Sex, six, Sextus, sixth. Si, if. Sive, or, whether. Si N. V., Si non valet, if it does not answer. S. O. S., Si op. sit, Si opus sit, if there be occasion. Si V. P., Si vir. perm., Si vires permittant, if the strength allow. 2148 APPENDIX. Signatura, a label or direction. Sig., Signetur, let it be marked, directed, written upon. S. N. P., Signetur nomine proprio, mark it with the name it is usually known by. Simul, together; as, terantur simul, let them be rubbed together. Simul ac, at the same time that. Sine, without. Sine morá, without delay. Singultus, hiccup. Singulus, a, unn, each; in singulis, in each; Sing., singulorum, of each. Sin. Sinister, tra, trum, the left. Aur. sin., Auri sinistro, to the left ear. Sitis, thirst ; si sitiat, if thirsty. Soli., Solitus, accustomed. Solus, alone, Only. Solutus, a, um, dissolved, also loosened; donec alvus soluta fuerit, until a stool is pros cured. Solu., Solutio, solution. Solve, dissolve. Som., Somnus, sleep. Hora somni, at bedtime. Spina, the spine, the backbone; also, a thorn. Spt., Spiritus, spirit. Spt. rect., Spiritus rectificatus, rectified spirits, alcohol. Spissus, thick. Spissitudo, consistence of thickness. Sq., Squama, ae, a Scale. Statim, directly, immediately. St., Stent, let them stand. St., Stet, let it stand. Sternutatorius pulvis, sneezing powder, snuff. Stupa, tow. Sub, subter, under. Sub fin. coct., Sub finem coctionis, when the boiling is almost fin- ished. Sub prefixed to a word, implies diminution, or a process not completed; also, in many words has the same signification as the termination ish in English words, as subniger, blackish, not quite black; subtepidus, lukewarm. The same meaning prevalls when applied to terms of chemistry, as subcarbonas, subsulphas, etc. Subactus, a, um, subdued, dissolved. Subige, dissolve it, make it unite. Subdue quicksilver with lard or balsam of sulphur. Subinde, frequently, now and then. Subitus, a, unn, Subitaneus, sudden. Subito (adverb), suddenly. Subtep., Subtepidus, a little warm, lukewarm. Subt., Subtilis, subtle, reduced to fine powder. Pulv. subtilissimus, the very finest powder. Succ., Succus, juice. Succ. pom. ferment., Succus pomi fermentatus, cider. Sudor, sweet. Sumat, let him take. Sum., Sumatur, sumantur, let it (them) be taken, take. Sum., Sumendus, to be taken. Sum. tal., Sumat talem, let the patient take one like this. Superbibo, to drink after taking anything; as, chamomile tea or warm water after an emetic; or a cup of water, or any liquid medicine, to wash down a dose of any sort of pills. Superinfundo, to pour upon. Supra, above. Supradictus, above mentioned. Syncope, a fainting fit. Syr., Syrupus, syrup. Tabel., Tabellae, tabulae, lozenges. Tactus, the touch. Taenia, the tapeworm. Talis, such. Sumat talem, let him take such a one as this. Talus, the ankle. Tam, so. Tamen, yet. Temperies, temperamentum, temperament, degree of heat. Tempora, the temples. Temporibus, to the temples. Temp. dext., Tempori dextro, to the right temple. Tempori sinistro, to the left temple. Tempus, temporis, time. Tenacitus, tenacity. Ad debitam tenacitatem, to a proper degree of tenacity or consistence. Teneo, to hold. Tenendus, to be held. Tenuis, weak, thin, small, slender. Tepef., Tepefactus, warmed, made warm. Ter, three times, thrice. Ter quaterve, three or four times. Teres, teretis, round, taper; also, teres is a name for the long and round worm infesting the human body, viz., vermis teres. Tergum, the back. A tergo, behind. Tero, to rub. Tere (imperative), rub. Terendus, to be rubbed. Terantur, let them be rubbed. Tertius, tertia, tertium, the third. Testacea, the prepared powders made of oyster shells, egg shells, crabs' claws, etc. Thorax, the chest. Thoracis, of the chest Thus, frankincense. Tinea capitis, scald head. Torref., Torrefactus, toasted. A BBREVIATIONS IN PHARMACEUTICAL FORM UILH). 2149 Tres, tria, three; tribus, in three, to three. Triduum, three days. Trituratio, a grinding. Trituratus, triturated, ground. Tritus, ground. Trituratur exactissime minutes decem, Trit. ex: min. dec., T. E. M. D., let it be triturated exactly ten minutes. Trituratur intime commisceantur, Trit, int. com., triturate intimately or accurately together. Trit., Tritura, triturate. T. O., Tinctura Opii, what is commonly called Laudanum. T. O. C., Tinctura Opii Camphorata, Camphorated Tincture of Opium, formerly called Paregoric Elixir. This tincture is also called (since the London Pharmacopoeia, edit. 1804 Tinctura Camphorae Composita. Trans, through. Cola trans chartam, filter through filtering paper. Tussis, a cough. Tuss, mol., Tussi molestante, when the cough is troublesome. Ultimus, ultima, um, the last. Ult. pr., Ultimó praescriptus, which was last prescribed. Umbilicus, the navel. Unā (an adverb), together. Uncia, an ounce. Unciam cum semisse, an ounce and a half (accus.). Undecim, eleven. Unus, una, unum, One. Unius, of one. Uni, to one. Urg. tuss., Urgente tussi, when the cough is troublesome. Urgeo, to urge, to oppress, to be troublesome, or painful. Usque ad, up to, as far as. Usus, use. Pergat in usu remediorum, continue the use of the medicine as before. Ut, as, that, so that; in the same manner as. Utatur, let him make use of. Utend., Utendus, to be used. Uterdue, utraque, utrumque, both. Utriusque, of both. Utrigue, to both, to either. Admoveantur hirudines ij tempori utrique, apply two leeches to each temple. Utriuslibet, of whichever of the two, or more, the patient likes best. Vacc., Vaccinatio, the act of inoculating for the cowpock. Vaccinum lac, cow's milk. Valde, very, very much. Valeo, to avail; si non Valeat, if it does not answer. Varicella, the chicken-pox. Variolae, the snallpox. Variolae vaccinae, the cowpock. Vas, a vessel. Vasis, of a vessel. Vase clauso, in a covered vessel. Agitato vase, shak- ing the vessel. Vas vit., was vitreum, a glass vessel. Ve, vel, or, either; —ve is never at the beginning but the end of a word. Vehiculum, a vehicle; that is, whatever liquid, or any other eatable or drinkable we take a medicine in, as barley water, whey, jelly, or panada, etc. Vena, vein. Vena saphena, the ankle vein. Venaesectio, bleeding. Fiat venæsectio, bleed him, Vent., Ventriculus, the stomach. Vertebrae the joints of the neck, back or loins; the vertebrae altogether form that column of bones W lich is called the spine. Verus, true, real, genuine. V. S., Venaes., venæsectio, bloodletting. V. S. B., Venaesectio brachii, bleeding in the arm. Fiat venaesectio in venā Saphena, bleed the patient in the ankle vein; or it may be understood, to bleed wherever you can find the best vein, at the top of the foot, to get blood from. Vesp., Vespere, in the evening. Vespertimus, in the evening ; as, horá VI*, vespertina, at six o'clock in the evening. Vice, in the room of. Vices, turns. Ad duas vices sumendus, to be taken at twice ; that is, half to be taken at first, and the other half in some time after. Ad secundam vicem, for the second time. Vicibus partitis. See Partitus, in P. Viginti, twenty. Vicesimus, vigesimus, the twentieth. Vimosus, vinarius, of wine. Cyathus vinarius, a wineglass. Vires, strength. Si vires permittant, if the strength will bear it. Vitellus, the yelk of an egg. V. O. S., Vitello Ovi Solutum, dissolved in the yelk of an egg. Vitrum, a glass. Vitreus, made of glass. Wix, scarcely, hardly. Ut vix sentiatur, so that it can scarcely be perc, ivable. Vomitio, a vomiting. Vomitione urgente, when the vomiting is troublesome. Vultus, the countenance. 2150 APPENDIX. COMPARISON OF THE DIFFERENT THERMOMETRIC SCALES. The thermometer used in this country is usually that of Fahrenheit. In this instrument the range between the freezing and boiling points of water is divided into 180°, and as the greatest possible degree of cold was supposed to be that produced by mixing snow and salt together, it was made the zero. Hence, the freezing point became 32°, and the boiling point 212°. The Centigrade thermometer places the zero at the freezing point of water, and divides the range between the freezing and boiling points into 100°. This scale has long been used in Sweden, under the title of Celsius's thermometer, and is generally adopted on the continent. Réaumur's thermometer, which was formerly used in France, divides the space between the freezing and boiling points of water into 80°, and places the zero at the freezing point. It is now little employed. Le Lisle's thermometer is used in Russia. The graduation begins at the boiling point, and increases toward the freezing point. The boiling point is marked 0°, and the freezing point 150°. To convert the degrees of Centigrade into those of Fanrenheit, multiply by 9, divide by 5, and add 32. To convert the degrees of Centigrade into those of Réaumur, multiply by 4, and divide by 5. To convert the degrees of Fahrenheit into those of Centigrade, deduct 32, multiply by 5, and divide by 9. To convert the degrees of Fahrenheit into those of Réaumur, deduct 32, divide by 9, and multiply by 4. To convert the degrees of Réaumur into those of Centigrade, multiply by 5, and divide by 4. To convert the degrees of Réaumur into those of Fahrenheit, multiply by 9, divide by 4, and add 32. 20X9 EXAMPLES: 20° c_* --32=68° F. 20×4 20° c.—º —16° R. —14) X9 —126 —14° c_{=}x +32=-ā- +32= +639 F. & ) O (–24)235 –120 O —24 R=—---- = –30° C. - 27.5–32 * 275° F.— 9 ×5=27X5=135° C. —26–32 —58 –26°F.— 9 X5= 9 X5= —323°C., etc. TABLES OF WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. “All weights and measures used in this country are now derived from the United States National Prototype Standards of the Meter and the Kilogramme, made of platinum-iridium, received by the United States Government from The International Bureau of Weights and Measures in 1890, and placed in the custody of the Office of Standard Weights and Measures at Washington. The value of the TABLES OF WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 2151 United States National Prototype Standard Meter is identical with that of the International Standard Meter derived from the Mètre des Archives; and the United States National Prototype Standard Kilogramme, like the International Standard Kilogramme, is derived from the Kilogramme dis Archives”—(U. S. P.). “The actual liter is the volume of one kilogramme of pure water at the temperature of its maximum density, in vacuo. Theoretically the liter is equal to one cubic decimeter, or 1000 cubic centimeters. The United States yard is de- fined to be equal to ###### meter; the commercial pound (Avoirdupois) is de- fined as being equal to 4%%% kilogramme ; and the liquid gallon is the volume of 3785.434 grammes (58418.1444 grains) of water at the temperature of its maximum density, weighed in vacuo", "-(U. S. Pº). “The weights and measures referred to by physicians in prescribing, and used by pharmacists in dispensing medicines, are, in the United States, the Apothecaries' Weights and Fluid Measures, and those of the Metric System.” “The Apothecaries’ Weights and Fluid Measures used in the United States are the same as those used in England prior to 1825, the weights being originally derived from the Old English Troy Weight, and the Fluid Measures from the Wine Measure”—(U. S. P.). “The Apothecaries' grain is identical in value with the Troy grain, the American commercial grain, and the grain of the British Imperial System ’’— (U. S. P.). All merchandise sold by weight, except the precious metals and precious stones, is now bought and sold by Avoirdupois weight in all English-speaking countries. Precious metals and jewelry are sold by Troy weight; the latter is also in use in the British and United States Mints. Avoirdupois weight is also ealled Imperial weight in Great Britain. The term “pound,” used in the present Dis- pensatory, refers to “avoirdupois,” unless stated otherwise. O. Oldberg's Manual of Weights and Measures, 2d ed., 1887, Chicago, was freely consulted in the compila- tion of the subjoined tables; however, the figures below given are revised, as far as possible, according to the standards laid down in the U. S. P., 1890, and the Br. Pharm., 1898. TROY WEIGHT. Pound Ounces. Pennyweights. Grains. Grammes. 1 = 12 240 5760 373. 241664 0.822856 pound (av.). = 1 20 – 480 = 31.103ſ;2 = i.ogiſ; bunces (av. 1 = 24 = 1.5551736 =24 grains (av.). 1 = 0.0647989 = 1 grain (av.). APOTHECARIES” WEIGHT. Differs from the Troy System by the adoption of drachms and scruples, and the non- recognition of pennyweights. Pound. Ounces. Drachms. Scruples. Grains. Grammes. Ib 1 = 12 = 96 = 288 = 5760 = 373.241664 = 0.822856 lb. (av.)=1 lb. (troy). 3 1 = 8 = 24 = 480 = 31.103472 = 1.097143 ozs. (av.)=1 oz. (troy). 3, 1 = 3 = 60 — 3.887934 = 2. 194286 drachms (av.). 9 1 = 20 — 1.295.978 =20 grains (av.). gr, 1 = 0.0647989– 1 grain (av.) =1 grain (troy). AVOIRDUPOIS WEIGHT. Hundred- Pounds Ton weights. Stones. (av ). 1 - 20 — 160 = 2240 1 = 8 – 1 12 1 = 14 Ounces. Drachms. Grains. Grammes. 1= 16 = 256 = 7000 =453.5924277=1.215278 lb. (troy). 1 = 16 = 437.5 = 28.349527 =0.911458 oz. (troy). 1 = 27.34375– 1.77.1845 =1 . 13932 dwt. (troy). 1 0.0647989–1 grain (troy). “While the liquid gallon of the United States is designed to be a volume of 231 cubic inches, it is de- termined or adjusted by weight on the assumption that 252.892 grains of water, at its maximum density, weighed in vacuo, measure One cubic inch. If the theoretical kilogramme (the Weight Of One cubic decimeter of water at its maximum density, in vacwo) and the actual International Standard Kilogramme (the equivalent of which in terms of English weight is 15432.35639 grains) are identical values, then, as 39.370 inches equal one meter, the Wolght of a cubic ineh of water at its maximum density, in vacuo, is 252,892 grains, and from this value the Weight of 231 cubic inches of Water at its maximum density, whº vacuo, is found. These values are those employed by the Office of Standard Weights and Measures of the United States"—(U. S. P.). WINE MEASURE, APOTHECARIES', or U. S. LIQUID MEASURE. U. S. Fluid U S. Fluid of Water at 4°C. Cubic Cubic Imperial Gallon. Quarts PintS. Gills. OUID CeS. drachms. Minims. in grains. inches. Centimeters. IſlG8 SUIT (2. 1 - 4 F 8 - 32 - 128 - 1024 - 61440 = 58418. 1444 = 231 = 3785.434 = 0.83321 gal. 1 - 2 - 8 -: 32 – 256 - 15360 = 14604. 5361 = 57.750 = 946.3585 = 0.83321 qt. 1 — 4 - 16 — 128 – 7680 = 7302. 268 – 28.875 = 473.17925 = 0.83321 pt. 1 - 4 - 32 F 1920 = 1825. 567 -— 7.21875 = 118.2948 = 0.83321 gill. 1 - 8 — 480 = 456. 392 F 1.8047 = 29. 5737 = 1.04151 fl. Ozs. 1 F 60 = 57.0489 = 0.2256 — 3.696 = 1.04151 fi. drS. 1 = 0.9508 = 0.00376 = 0.0616 = 1.04151 mins. 1 - 16.387 IMPERIAL MEASURES AND WEIGHTS. The fluid measures of this system are not used in the United States; the weights are Avoirdupois. HU Hö Q O 3. 3: # § É 3. # E. : 5 # 3. à E. Cubic Metric Corresponding weight of U. S. Liquid ă ; 3 g ; ſo go § 3. # 5. # inches. º water at 16%9 C. (62°F.). IſleåSUITé. 1 – 4 = 8 – 16 = 32 = 64 = 256 = 1280=10240–614400–2217.920 =36.367.7048 liters. 1 = 2 = 4 = 8 = 16 = 64 = 320= 2560=153600– 554.480 = 9.0919262 liters. 1 = 2 = 4 = 8 = 32 = 160= 1280= 76800– 277.240* = 4.5459631 liters=10 lbs.(av.)=70000 grs.=1.200175 gals. 1 = 2 = 8 = 40= 320– 19200– 69.310 = 1.136491 liters=2.5 lbs.(av.)=17500 grs.=1.2001.75 qts. 1 = 4 = 20= 160= 9600– 34.655 = 0.568245 liter =1.25 lbs.(av.)= 8750 grs.=1.200175 pts. 1= 8= 480= 1.73275 = 0.0284123 liter =1 ounce (av.)= 437.5 grs.=0.960140 fl. oz. 109.7143_ (or |10 Tm)- * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * e e º 'º e s e º e e s e º e s a e s e =100 grS. Y= 60= 0.2165 = 0.003552 liter = =54.6875 grs.=0.960140 fl. dr. See O. Oldberg (loc. cit.), foot-notes, on pages 87 and 90. l= 0.00361 = 0.000059 liter = = 0.91 gr. =0.960140 min. ls now used in the United States exclusively. Corresponding weight § i TABLES OF WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 2153 OLD DRY, OR WINCHESTER MEASURE. Was used in England prior to 1826; still in use in the United States. Bushel. Pocks Gallons. Quarts. Pints. Cubic inches. Liters 1 = 4 = 8 = 32 = 64 = 2150.42 = 35.24 1 = 2 = 8 = 16 1 = 4 = 8 = 268.8 = 4.405 ENGLISH MEASURES OF LENGTHS. League. Miles. Furlongs. Poles or Rods Yards. Meters. 1 = 3 = 24 = 960 = 5280 = 4828.04256 1 = 8 = 320 = 1760 = 1609. 34752 1 — 40 = 220 = 201. 1684.4 1 = 5} = 5.029211 Yard. Feet. Inches. Lines. Meters. 1 = 3 = 36 = 4:32 = 0.914402 1 = 12 = 144 = 0.304801, or 30.4801 centimeters. 1 = 12 = 0.02540, or 25.40 millimeters. 1 — 2.11666 millimeters. METRIC LENGTHS, LIQUID MEASURES, AND WEIGHTS. Kilometer. Hektometers. Dekameters. Meters. Yards. 1 == 10 = 100 = 1000 = 1093.611 = 0. 6214 mile. 1. F 10 = 100 1 = 10 Milli- Meter. Declimeters Centimeters. InetQTS. Yards. Feet. Inches. 1. ~ 10 = 100 = 1000 = 1.093611 = 3. 280S33 = 39.3700 1. - 10 = 100 = 0.1093611 = 0.32S0833 = 3.93700 1 — 10 = 0.01093611 = 0.03280S3.3 = 0.393700 Milli- Micromilli- Imeter. InleterS. 1. - = 1000 = 0.001093611 = 0.003:2SOS33 = 0.0393700 1 — = 0.00003937 Kiloliter, or Hekto- Deka- Liters, or Cubic Cubic Wine Imp. Cubic meter. liters. liters. decimeters. Cubic yards. Cubic feet. inches. gallons, gallons. 1 = 10 = 100 = 1000 = 1.3081576 =35. 320255 = 61033. 40= 264. 17 = 220.0 1 = 10 = 100 1. 10 Liter, or Cubic Deci- Centi- Milliliters, or Cubic decimeter, liters. liters. Centimeters. VOl f 1 K olume of 1 Kg. 2 * (*) sº tº *Pg 1 — 1. = 10 = 100 = 1000 Of water at 4° 6. = 61.0834 – 0.264 – 0.220 1 = 10 = 100 1 = 10 1 = = 0.0610334 =l 6, 231 =16.95 | Min. U ſ Min, UU. S. J U Ump. Pounds Hekto- Deka- Kilogramme. (Metric), grammes, grammes. Grammes. Pounds (av.). Pounds (troy ). | = 2 = 10 = 100 = 1000 = 2.20462 = 2.679226 1 — = 500 = 1 . 10231 = 1 .3396] 3 | --- 10 = 100 1 = 10 Deci- Centi- Milli- Gramme. graunmes. grammes, grammes. 1 = 10 = 100 = 1000 = 15.43235639 grains (av. and troy). 1 – 10 = 100 1 = 10 (For detailed tables, giving the equivalents of Metric weights and measures [from 1000 Gm, and Co. downward], with the Avoirdupois and Troy systems, see U. S. P., 1890.) By means of the foregoing tables, the measures and weights of one system may be converted into their equivalents in other systems. Each table contains 2154 APPENDIX. the factor necessary in calculating the conversion—for example, to convert Troy ounces into Avoirdupois ounces, multiply by 1.097143, or, approximately, add one-tenth. To convert Imperial fluid ounces, fluid drachms, and minims, approximately. into the corresponding Wine (U. S.) measures, deduct 4 per cent; in the reversed case, add 4 per cent. To convert grains, approximately, into grammes, multiply by 0.065; or divide by 15.4; more precisely, multiply by 0.0647989 (see table). To convert grammes, approximately, into grains, multiply by 15.4. To convert inches, approximately, into millineters, multiply by 25; or, more precisely, by 25.39977 (see table); to convert millimeters into inches, divide by this number. The following is a brief abstract of the foregoing tables: 1 grain (troy) 1 ounce (troy) 1 ounce (av.) 1 pound (troy) 1 pound (av.) 1 gallon (U. S.) 1 gallon (Imp.) 1 fluid ounce (U. S.) 1 fluid ounce (Imp.) 1 grain (av.) = 0.0648 gramme =64.8 milligrammes. 480 grains 31.1 grammes. 437.5 grains 28.35 grammes. 7000 grains 373.24 grammes. 5760 grains 453.59 grammes. 231 cubic in. 3. 785 liters. 277.2 cubic in. 10 lbs. (av.)= 70000 grs. == 4.543 liters. 480 minims (U.S.)= 29.574 cubic centimeters. 480 mininus Imp.)= 28.41 cubic centimeters. s ) 1 foot l2 inches = 30.48 centimeters. 1 inch 12 lines = 25.4 millimeters. 1 liter 0.264 gallon (U.S.) = 0.220 gallon (Imp.). 1 gramme 15.43 grains. 1 kilogramme 2 pounds (Met.)= 1000 grammes = 2.20 pounds (av.). 1 pound (Metric) 500 grammes - 1. 10 pounds (av.). APPROXIMATE MEASUREMENTS. A teacup contains about 3% or 4 fluid ounces; a wineglass contains about # or 2 fluid ounces; a tablespoon about 3% or 4 fluid drachms; and a teaspoon about 50 minims or 1 fluid drachm. But these are very uncertain methods of measuring, especially where accuracy is required. Drops are frequently supposed to be equal to minims, but this is not the case; 1 drop of some fluid substances will exceed 1 minim, while that of others will fall considerably below it. The same fluid may vary in the size of its drops, according to the size or form of the edge of the vessel from which it is dropped. TABLE OF PROPORTIONATE DOSES AT DIFFERENT AGES. (GAUBIUs’ TABLE.) Examples. Under 3 year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15th of a full dose, or 4 grains. Under 1 year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12th of a full dose, or 5 grains. Under 2 years. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8th of a full dose, or 7 grains. Under 3 years. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6th of a full dose, or 10 grains. Under 4 years. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5th of a full dose, or 12 grains. Under 7 years. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3d of a full dose, or 20 grains. Under 14 years. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-half of a full dose, or 30 grains. Under 20 years. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3ds of a full dose, or 40 grains. Under 21 years. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . the full dose, or 1 drachm. Under 63 years. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12ths of a full dose, or 55 grains. Under 77 years. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6ths of a full dose, or 50 grains. Under 100 years. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3ds of a full dose, or 40 grains. DIVIDING MEDICINES INTO SMALL DOSES. 2155 The following is the more simple rule of Dr. Young: “For children under 12 years, the dose of most medicines must be diminished in the proportion of the age to the age increased by 12. Thus, at 2 years, the dose will be , of that for adults, viz: i. 1 At 21 the full dose may be 7 -- e. given.” 2 7 To the above rule there are certain exceptions; thus castor oil requires to be given in larger proportionate doses, while opium and narcotics generally should be administered in smaller proportionate quantities. Sea, temperament, and idiosyncrasy have also a modifying effect upon the dose, and they should always be kept in view in the administration of medicines. Females usually require smaller doses than males; and persons of sanguine temperament bear depletory medicines better than the phlegmatic. TO DIVIDE MEDICINES INTO FRACTIONS OF A GRAIN. 1. Divide 1 grain of strychnine into doses of 4% each. Take of starch (or other inert or insoluble powder), 24 grains; strychnine, 1 grain; mix, and triturate thoroughly together, and then weigh out 16 grains of the mixture, which will be equal to 4% grain of strychnine. Or, for a solution, take of distilled water, 49 minims; nitric or phosphoric acid, 1 minim; strych- nine, 1 grain. Mix. When the strychnine is dissolved, 32 minims of the solu- tion will be equal to # or # grain of the alkaloid. 2. Required a dose of an alkaloid, ſº grain. Take of starch (or other inert powder), 14 grains; of the alkaloid, 1 grain; mix, and triturate thoroughly together. Eight grains of the mixture will equal tº grain of the alkaloid. Or, for a tincture, take of alcohol, 30 minims; of the alkaloid, 1 grain; mix, and dissolve the alkaloid. Sixteen minims of the solu- tion will be equal to # of # grain of the alkaloid. Or, for a solution, take of distilled water, 150 minims; of the alkaloid, 1 grain. Mix. Eighty minims of this solution is equal to # or # grain of the solution. 3. Required # grain of chloride of gold and soda to add to 1 fluid ounce of water. Take of chloride of gold and sodium, 1 grain; starch (or finely-powdered pumice stone, sand, or emery, etc.), 15 grains; mix, triturate well together, and then weigh out 7 grains, equal to 4's of the gold salt, and add it to the water, which will dissolve this salt, but not the emery, or pumice, etc. N. B.-The balance of the triturated medicine, not employed, should be kept for future use in a small vial, with the proportions of medicine and inert powder labeled upon it. In all cases where solutions or tinctures are to be made, and it is not desirable to have other matters to enter therein, triturate with some insoluble material, and when the solution is made, filter. Powdered emery, pumice-stone, sand, etc., may be used when the article is to be dissolved in water; and if in alcohol or ether, powdered starch, gum Arabic, tragacanth, or sugar of milk, etc. 4. Dissolve 10+ grains of atropine in 1 pint of alcohol. First, weigh out 10 grains of atropine and add it to the alcohol. Second, triturate 1 grain of atropine with 14 grains of powdered pumice- stone, and of this mixture add 4 grains to the alcohol, making 10+ grains of atropine that have been added to the fluid. Filter, if required, 2156 APPENI) IX. 0_00|| 0 06| 0 08| 0 09|| 0 0g 0 8f| 0 0f| 0 98|| 0 08| 0 gz| 0 †g| 0 04| 0 SL|| 0 91 || 0 gI] O ZI| 0 OL|| 0 g | · · · · · · · · · · 0Ť 99|| 0 09 03 89|| 0 0f| 0.3 88|| 0 Z8|| Of 95|| 0 f， 0 04| 0± 9 || 0 9I| 0Z GI| .0 ZT|| OŁ OI O OLI Õ $ | ÒF ğ7|| Ōz ģ Į · · · · · · · · · ·} }|}{| ?.#| ? || ? %!, § § §| }, } } } | }, ſ|| 98 % || ? % || Q. QI| }, } | }, } | 98 || || 9 9 | 9 g | Q | | :::::::::08 0¡¡ ¿ $¢ £ € © Ę Ģ Ģģ| Q QË QË 9 || Q gſ. 98 % || 93 01 || 0 0 || 93 8 | 98 || || 0; 9 | gl 9 || 0 g | OL † | 02 g |· · · · · · · · · ·ÇZ %§ §. 98) ºf £| ? %| 9|| 9 || || 9 || Q3 ș|| Q ș|| Q, Q1|| 93 $ | Q $ | Q# 9 | 9 | 9 | 02 g || 0 g | 0 + | 02 g | 0f 4 || … :::::::07. 0$ $ $ $ $ $ $|| $3 $|| 9. §|| ? || 0, $ | % || || || 9 || 0, 9 | 9 g | 9ģ ţ | 0 || || gſ. g | 9 g | 08 g || 0 ≤ |ſ| | ::::::* Ç I %| ? |#| ?, ?|| || ? || !! !! % g | }, } | { { | } } | }, { | }ſ { | }, { | 38 % || 3 || 8 | 9 g | #3 g | Ģ ģ | ſg | | :::::::::Z [ QË ? || 9 g || 93 %ſ] Q QI| Q3 8 || Q | 8 || 0 || 9 || 0 | 9 || 0 g | Q | | 0 | f | 03 g | 0 | 8 || 0ř z | 08 z | 0 | z | ÓŁ I || 0ż | | : · · · · · · · · ·0 [ 93 %ſ|| 9 g || Qf QL|| 0 $ | QË 9 | fő 9 || 0.3 g | sſ # | 0 # | 0.3 g | g[ g | 0f g | ſg z | 8 g | 0 | z | 98 I | Öz I || || I || • • • • • • • • • •8 0 0 [| 0$ | }, } | } } | }, { | } } | ſ_ | | $3 $ | 2, 8 | 98 % || $3 g | }, & | & || 98 || 98 || 31 | | Q | | ≤ |ſ| | | | | | | | | |9 $ $ | 98 % | Ģģ 9 | Q $ | Q | | 0, † | Ģ ģ | Q | 8 || 98 g | g, ğ | 9 g | QË I | 08 I | 03 I | g[ I || 0 | | 0gOF I • · · · · · · · · ·Q $ $ | 9,9 || $3 $ | Q || $3 $ | ȘI 8 || QË g | Ķ ķ ļ ņ Ş | QË į | 98 || || 93 || 3 || I || || I || 0 | I || 8*0ţgg ] · · · · · · · · · ·# !, { | 98 % || ?, † | Q & | Ģ ģ Į į Ķ ķ ļ ņ Ş | 8# | | 08 || 9 || I || 3 || I || 0 | I || #98 #7gŤ9809†Z• • • • • • • •9 Ģģ ţ | }, } | ſſ $ | Ş Ş | QË I || 98 I || % || 3 || I || 9 || I || 99$ſ;Off;983808†-Z,039I· · · · · · · · z Ģģ ţ | 08 || 93 || 0 | I || 99 || .8įOſ | 9808$3 | $303 || .8 || || .9IÇIZI0[g | · · · · · · · · · ·I Ķ ķ Ļ ĻĢI | | | | | }} | }} | #8%Z8 | #8Z„ſg | „03 || #ffſ9L | #ffL#ZIZI | #68ģg | · · · · · · · · · ·} ȘI || {}; } | ,\, | | ff | ¡ ¿9§ |,9823 | $33 | {8I8ŤQT \ {8TZI | {II6% 1.g | · · · · · · · · · ·ğ #9 I || 0 I || $ggQË#88„38 || #93„#30Z | ž9I,9| | ſgſ„ZI | #0L0I8$9țg |· · · · · · · · · ·} | || || || || || || || ? |#|# | ſ | {{ | } | }} |#| |#| |#| |#| |#| |#| || ? |# ['} ~�Cº ÝZZI0I68Z9G+ · · · · · · · · · ·7. 0Ť98,38†Z0Z | #6I9 [ | ## IZIOL | #68† 1.#9'ſ##+ſg | · · · · · · · · · ·} fģ8 | 98 || #9393 | $9||9Ī | †gĪȘI |,}| | }}8ģ9| 9$gdž | #8gº | · · · · · · · · · ·# # | % || |#| |#| |#| || ? | ? || || || % || ? |#| |#| |#| |#| |#| || ? | ? |# |...]į £T /,ğ#88#ąZși I · · · · · · · · · · ș9||,$!†g I | LOL | #88ķ9| 9G{{###88$ZÝZZģIţţ | · · · · · · · · ·{ {ZI | {II0[ [ { /.#9| 9Qţſ#8țg„8$3į3„3#IȘI# [† · · · · · · · · ·} Qſ | }}9„%##†#8„$ |,{3ž3Z#Lğ I{IȘIIș | · · · · · · · · · ·0,L #8{#9Q##„Žț8į3ºg ſºț¢3țIįIĶIį I„L~~g | · · · · · · · · · ·4,1 $9„9#g„įſę#8%%#3„% |,\!† I††#I |º||LIT#%ºſ || • • • •· · · · · 9,1 �#{#8#„$ÝZ}}į ſºſįIÈ L„ÎL„L}}ķį |]} #ķ#8„$Z„ğ%Ç,，gſ.Iį į{I„ğl„Iº.ož$ožįºš• • • • • • • • •ºſz #8ºğļšºg„%&#ſº įíïſ{I„Iſą}5,gț{«)ğ* I. · · · · · · · ·ſ'; # | ſ | ? |#|#| |#| |#| | “} |^{' | ' | | | | | | |， |ſ| | | | | | | | | || ..... . . . . ）'; IÇ9%TIožç I4%.ģģsåķ9.gåoï-ţ-}ºr--r- ZțIğ I† [IFTZ†Ț |g{##?ºff-ºff-–g– %-ž-ºg | … · · ·· · · · ng ĶI{I#[[}}#}í4,1##º.ſ.$ſ.{{}9 L | · · · · · · · · ·0,2 ‘IÐ ‘IGI|'Iſ) ‘IGI|'IÐ ‘IGI|'IÐ ‘IGI|'Iſ) ‘JCI | Iſ) ‘IGI|'J'ſ) ICI | Iſ) ‘IGII Iſ) （ICI)’Iſ) ‘IGI|'IÐ ‘IGI|'Iſ) · ICI, ‘IÐ ‘IGI] 'Iſ) · ICI|'Jae) · ICI I ı) · ICI|:Iſ) · ICI|…Iſ) · ICI | ‘su IBIſ) O CD || … | O €SO £3O SÐO SУB +>CD-t>S2 SEO £G ：+>a;CD 2：£B !_9 | -9， ſ-<！, ¡_O l-$B.“GISOGI JHO GIZIS °CIÐI?III] ©{BI}{ S}{{BICIMAO BI HO STITIÆ BIO QIRIRIINIQ NI “Sè{{CIAAOd èHO STITICH HO &{{{{W (\N HJLINI-HºHCI V HO NOIJLW WRIO-H FIH L OLNI HALNA OL CIRRHIQÒ3?! SI “ASOCI NGHAIO V LV ‘ANIOICI AW -IO KLIJNV QŪ) LV HAA ONINIWM3 || @ICI HOH SITĀV L TABLE OF DOSES IN SOLUTION. 2157 ExAMPLE.—I. How much will it require to make 48 pills or powders of podophyllin, at #-grain dose ; quinine, at #-grain dose; citrate of iron, at 1-grain dose; and cimicifugin, at 1-grain dose? Answer: Podophyllin, (dose, 3 grain)=grains, 12 Quinine, (dose, grain)=grains, 24 Citrate of Iron, (dose, 1 grain)=grains, 48 Cimicifugin, (dose, 1 grain)=grains, 48 II. How many doses will 3 grains of strychnine make at ºf grain for a dose? Answer: 60. Trace along the line from gº, the size of the dose, until 3 grains is reached, and, on lºoking at the top of the column in which it is placed, the answer 60 will be found. TABLE OF DOSES IN SOLUTION. Table for determining the quantity of a medicinal agent required to enter into a definite amount of fluid, which is to be administered in certain doses, each dose holding a given quantity of said agent. QUANTITY OF MEDICINE REQUIRED IN FLUID. SIZE OF DOSE. || 3 1. 3 4. 3 8. 1 Pint. || 3 20. 3 24. | 3 30, 2 Pints. Dose. Dr. Gr.1)r. Gr. Dr. Gr. Dr. Gr. Dr. Gr. Dr. Gr. Dr. Gr. Dr. Gr. Minims, 5 1; 6% 12# 25; 32 38% 48 514 | § 3} 6; 13. }}, # 24 25; 6+rn “ 20 # #. # º ig # # # Dººm | } '# 21%; # 5} i 8 š. º, ) . . . . . ; ; ; ; , ; Ounce | * I’s I*; ſº § $ l 11's ({ ! s', ; *; is § § 3. # I's T5 # # # Minims, 5 2% 9 19% 38; 48 57 72 76 {{ | 1} : : 194 | 24 # 36 383 {{ # 12 16 93 || 24 25 Grn. W. “ 20 # 2; º: ; 12 || 14; 18 ; Dragm * g 1; # º 8 # 12 124 $ I 4 6 6 * ) | | | | | | #| | | | | | | || Ounce, 3 #5 * ? # 1 1} 13 13 * iſ . , ; #| | | | | | | || {{ Q º t 5, # es) #5 I's B. + TO # # Minims, 5 3# 12 25; 51} | 1 4 || 1 16# | 1 36 1 423 || || 3:. . . ; ; ; , ; Grn.), : 3) # 3 º' iº" is ſº | 3 || 3: Drag Ill. } 3. # #: ; * # l; º: * | * 2 #| || 1: : 23 # 4 4. Ounce # I's *; *; 11's 1} 1 2 2* l] º ºx! ſº º ż ; 1 i. “ 2. Ps * * # * * 2158 APPENDIX. - QUANTITY OF MEDICINE REQUIRED IN FLUID. (CONTINUED.) SIZE OF DOSE. 3 1. 3 4 Dose Dr. Gr. Dr. Gr. Minims. 5 ##| 15%; {{ 10 # 7% {{ 15 13's 5%; Grn “ 20 # 3# Drac'm. } # 2# {{ 1 # lºſs *s tº 2 # # Ounce. } # #; | | * * { 2 # Minims. 5|| 44 19% “ 10 23 9; ; i 1 Pint. ... Dr. Gr. l 1}} 3 20. 3 24. || 3 30, 2 Pints Dr. Gr. Dr. Gr. Dr. Gr. Dr. Gr 1 16#| 1 32; 1 55% 2 23% 38%| 46%; 57# 1 1%; 25; 30}# 38% 40% 19| 23#| 28% 30%; 12# 15%; 19% 20% 6# 7# 93 10%; 3# 3# 4; 5% l; 1# 2% 2%; #| #| | | |# # # # # 1 36 || 1 55% 2 24 || 2 33 48 57; 1 12 1 16; 32 38% 48 51% 24 28; 36 38% 16 19% 24 25; “ 15 l; 6% Grn. { { 20 1} 4# Drac'm. Å # # {{ l # 1; 35 {{ 2 # # Ounce. } +'s T; {{ l zºo # {{ 2 Fo Minims. 5 6 24 “ 10 3 12 ** 15 2 8 Grn. “ 20 1} 6 Drac'm. § 1 4 {{ 1 # 2 r’s {{ 2 3 1 Ounce. } § # . . . ; { 2 § Minims. 5 6; 25; ; 3# 12# { 5 2 8 Grn. “ 20 # * Drac'm. § li's 41%; “ 1|| #| 2.É. * I “ 2|| || 1; ounce % # #; {{ : I';| : Minims. 5 8 32 “ 10 4 16 “ 15 2} 10% Grn “ 20 2 8 Drac'm. #|| 14 5} ) || || || * I “ 2|| | | 1. Ounce. } # % {{ l I # - * || || | 8 9; 12 12 4 4% 6 6# 2 2% 3 3% I 1} 13 l; * # # # 2 0 || 2 24 3 () 3 12 I 0 || 1 12 1 30 1 36 40 48 1 0 1 4 30 36 45 48 20 24 30 32 10 12 15 16 5 6 73 8 2} 3 3# 4 13 1} 1. 2 § # # l 2 8 || 2 33; 3 12 || 3 244 1 4 || 1 164 || 1 36 1 42; 42% 51} | 1 4 1 81%; 32 383 48 51#. 21% 25; 32 34. 10% 13; 16 17?, 5% 6% 8 8; 2% 3# 4 4.1% 1}| liſ 2 21% #| || 1 | i. 2 40 || 3 |12 || 4 0 || 4 16 1 20 || || 36 2 0 || 2 8 53}| 1 4 1 20 1 25;} 40 48 1 0 1 4 26% 32 40 423 13} 16 20 21% 6% 8 10 103 3% 4 5 5} 13 2 2} 2% § 1 1} lº TABLE OF DOSES IN SOLUTION. 21.59 QUANTITY OF MEDICINE REQUIRED IN FLUID. (CONTINUED.) size of DoSE. 3 1. & 4. s 8 || Pint. | & 20. 3 24. 3 80. |2 Pints Dos E. Dr. Gr.1)r. Gr. T)r. Gr. |Dr. Gr. Dr. Gr. Dr. Gr. Dr. Gr. Dr. Gy Minims. 5 9; 38% | 1 16# 2 333 || 3 12 || 3 503 || 4 48 || 5 74 “ 10|| 44 19; 383 || 1 164 || 1 36 || 1 55, 2 24 2 33; “ 15|| 3} | 12# 253 || 51} | | 4 || 1 163 || 1 36 || 1 42 Grn “ 20|| 23 9; 194 38% 48 57; 1 12 || 1 164 Drac'm. 3|| 13 63 | 12# 25; 32 || 38% 48 514 “ 1|| 4 3} 63 || 12# | 16 || 19% 24 25; 1% “ 2|| 3 13 3} | 6% | 8 || 9; 12 | 12: Ounce. } # # 13 3} 4 4; 6 6? {{ l l 2 4 l 2 2? 3 3 | | * : #| || || #| || || Minims. 5 12 48 | 36 3 12 || 4 0 || 4 48 6 0 || 6 24 “ 10 6 24 48 || 1 36 || 2 0 || 2 24 || 3 0 || 3 12 tº 15 4 | 6 32 64 || 1 20 || 1 36 || 2 0 || 2 8 Grn. “ 20 3 12 24 48 || || 0 || 1 | 2 || 1 30 || 1 36 Drac'm. } 2 S 16 32 40 48 1 0 1 4 {{ l l 4 8 16 20 24 30 32 # ) “ 2|| 3 || 2 4 S 10 | 12 | 15 16 Ounce. } 3. l 2 4 5 6 73 8 « , § 3. l 2 2}| 3 3# 4 “ 2 } 3. l 13| 13 1; 2 Minims. 5|| 16 64 || 2 8 || 4 16 5 20 6 24 8 0 || 8 32 “ 10|| 8 32 || 1 4 || 2 8 || 2 40 || 3 |12 || 4 0 || 4 16 “ 15 5% 21% 423 || 1 25; l 463| 2 8 || 2 40 || 2 503 Grn. “ 20 4 16 32 1 4 | 20 || || 36 2 0 2 8 Drac'm. #|| 2: 10% 213 || 42% 53}| l 4 || 1 20 | 1 25; “ l] 13 54 || 103 || 213 263| 32 40 423 } “ 2|| # 2% 5 § 103 || 13; 16 20 21% Ounce. } § 13 2; 5% 6# S H 10% tº 1 § § l; 23 3}| 4 5 5% tº 2 § § | 1 || || 13| 2 2 2% Minims. 5|| 194 | 1 164 || 2 33; 5 74 || 6 24 || 7 40; 9 36 |10 143 “ 10|| 93 383 || 1 163 || 2 333 || 3 12 || 3 503 || 4 48 || 5 74 “ 15|| 6; 25; 514 || 1 423 || 2 | 8 || 2 33} | 3 12 || 3 24; Grn.W. “ 26|| #| Tºi 3s; i ſã i 36 i sã | 3 24 || 3 33; Drac'm, #|| 3} 12; 25; 511 || 1 || 4 || 1 16; 1 36 || 1 423 {{ l 13 6? 12; 25; 32 383 48 51; $ “ 2|| 4 3% 63 | 12: 16 || 19, 24 25; Ounce. }|| # 1} | 3} 6? S 93 | 12 12; “ l|| || | # | 13 || 3 || 4 || 4 || 6 || 63 tº 2 # # 13 || 2 || 23 3 3# Minims. 5|| 24 || 1 36 || 3 |12 || 6 24 || 8 0 || 9 36 |12 0 |12 48 “ 10|| 12 48 1 36 3 12 || 4 0 || 4 4S 6 0 || 3 24 “ 15 8 32 1 4 2 8 || 2 40 || 3 || 2 || 4 0 || 4 16 Grn. “ 20|| 6 24 48 || 1 36 2 0 || 2 24 || 3 0 || 3 12 Drac'm #|| 4 16 32 || 1 4 || 1 20 || || 36 || 2 0 || 2 8 {{ 1|| 2 8 16 32 40 48 || 1 0 || || 4 # {{ 2 l 4 8 16 20 24 30 32 Ounce, 3 * 2 4 8 10 12 15 16 {{ 1 + l 2 4 5 6 7% 8 {{ 2 * l 2 2} 3 34 4 2160 APPENDIX. QUANTITY OF MEDICINE REQUIRED IN FLUID. (CONTINUED.) SIZE OF DOSE. 3 1. 3 4. | 3 8. 1 Pint. || 3 20. 3 24. 3 30. |2 Pints Dose. Dr. Gr.1)r. Gr. Dr. Gr. Dr. Gr. Dr. Gr. Dr. Gr. Dr. Gr. Dr Gr, Minims, 5|| 32 || 2 8 || 4 16 || 8 32 10 40 |12 48 |16 0 |17 4 “ 10|| 16 1 4 || 2 8 || 4 16 || 5 20 || 6 24 || 8 0 || 8 32 “ 15|| 103 423 1 25;} | 2 50% 3 33}| 4 16 || 5 20 || 5 413 Grn. “ 20 8 32 1 4 || 2 8 || 2 40 || 3 |12 || 4 0 || 4 16 Drac'm. § 5% 21% 423 || 1 25; 1 46# 2 8 || 2 40 || 2 50% {{ 1 23 103 21% 42% 53}| 1 || 4 || 1 20 | 1 25; * {{ 2 1% 5% 103 21% 26#| 32 40 42% Ounce. } # 2% 5% 10% 13; 16 20 21% {{ 1 # 1% 2% 5% 6% 8 10 103 {{ 2 % 1} 2} 3} 4 5 5% Minims, 5|| 383 || 2 33; 5 7# 10 143 |12 48 |15 21; 19 12 20 28 “ 10|| 19% | 1 16# 2 333 || 5 7# 6 24 || 7 40% 9 36 |10 # “ 15|| 12# 51* | 1 42% | 3 24; 4 16 || 5 7# 6 24 || 6 49; Grn. “ 20 9; 38% | 1 16# 2 333 || 3 12 || 3 50% 4 48 || 5 7+ Drac'm. § 6% 25; 51} | 1 423 || 2 8 || 2 33}| 3 |12 || 3 2 {{ 1 3# 123 25; 51} | 1 4 || 1 163 || 1 36 1 42 ? {{ 2 1; 6% 12 25;} 32 38% 48 51% Ounce. } # 3# 6# 12# 16 194 24 25; {{ l ? l; 3# 63 8 9; 12 12 {{ 2 # 1; 3} 4 4# 6 # Minims, 5|| 48 || 3 |12 || 6 24 12 48 |16 0 |19 12 24 0 ||25 36, “ 10|| 24 || 1 36 || 3 |12 || 6 24 || 8 0 || 9 36 |12 0 |12 48 “ 15|| 16 1 4 || 2 8 || 4 16 || 5 20 || 6 24 || 8 0 || 8 32 Grn. “ 20|| 12 48 || 1 36 || 3 12 || 4 0 || 4 48 || 6 0 || 6 24 Drac'm. Å 8 32 1 4 || 2 8 || 2 40 || 3 |12 || 4 0 || 4 16 {{ 1 4 16 32 || 1 4 || 1 20 | 1 36 2 0 || 2 8 } {{ 2 2 8 16 32 40 48 1 0 || 1 4 Ounce. } 1 4 8 16 20 24 30 32 {{ 1 * 2 4 8 10 12 15 16 {{ 2 1 2 4 5 6 7} 8 Minims. 5|| 573 || 3 503 || 7 40# 15 21; 19 12 |23 23 |28 48 |30 43 {{ 28 1 55+ | 3 50% 7403 || 9 36 |11 31# 14 24 |15 21 “ 15 # 1 16# 2 333 || 5 74 || 6 24 || 7 40# 9 36 |10 1 Gnn. “ 20|| 14 57; 1 55% 3 50% | 4 48 || 5 45; 7 12 || 7 40 Drac'm. § # 38% 1 164 || 2 33} | 3 12 || 3 50% 4 48 || 5 7 {{ 1 194 38% | 1 164 || 1 36 || 1 55% 2 24 || 2 33 # ({ 2 2 9; 19% 38% 48 573 || 1 12 | 1 ; Ounce. } 1 4# 9; 19% 24 28#. 36 38 4. 1 # 2% 4; 9; 12 14% 18 19 {{ 2 14 2% 4% 6 7+ 9 9; Minims, 5||l 4 || 4 16 || 8 32 17 4 21 20 |25 36 |32 0 |34 8 “ 10|| 32 || 2 8 || 4 16 || 8 32 10 40 |12 48 |16 0 |17 4 “ 15|| 214 || 1 25; 2 50% 541; 7 63| 8 32 10 40 |11 22% Grn. “ 20|| 16 || 1 4 || 2 8 || 4 16 || 5 20 | 6 24 || 8 0 || 8 32 Drac'm. #|| 10% 42% 1 25; 2 50% 3 33}| 4 16 || 5 20 5 414 {{ 1 5% 21; 42% | 1 25;} | 1 46%| 2 8 || 2 40 || 2 50% ? {{ 2 2% 103 21% 42% 53}| 1 4 || 1 20 | 1 25; Ounce. } 1% 5% 10% 21% 26%. 32 40 423 {{ 1 # 2% 5% 10% 13#| 16 20 21% 64 2 1} 2% 5} 6% 8 10 104 TABLE OF DOSES IN SOLUTION. 2161 QUANTITY OF MEDICINE REQUIRED IN FLUID. (CONTINUED.) size of DOSE. || 3 1. 3 4. 3 8 || Pint. || 3 20. 3 24. & 80. |2 Pints. DoSE. Dr. Gr.1)r. Gr. Dr. Gr. Dr. Gr. Dr. Gr. Dr. Gr. Dr. Gr. Dr. Gr. Minims. 5||1 12 || 4 48 || 9 36 |19 12 24 0 || 28 48 || 36 0 || 38 24 “ 10|| 36 || 2 24 || 4 48 9 36 12 0 || 14 24 18 0 || 19 12 “ 15|| 24 || 1 36 || 3 |12 || 6 24 8 0 || 9 36 | 12 0 | 12 48 Grn. “ 20|| 18 || 1 12 || 2 24 || 4 48 || 6 0 || 7 12 || 9 0 || 9 36 Drac'm. #|| 12 48 || 1 36 || 3 |12 || 4 0 || 4 48 || 6 0 || 6 24 {{ 1|| 6 24 48 || 1 36 || 2 0 || 2 24 || 3 0 || 3 12 # {{ 2|| 3 12 24 48 || 1 0 || 1 12 || 1 30 || 1 36 Ounce. } 1} 6 12 24 30 36 45 48 {{ 1 # 3 6 12 15 18 22} 24 { { 2 1} 3 6 73 9 11} 12 Minims. 5||1 16# 5 7# 10 14; 20 28; 25 36 || 30 43}| 38 24 40 57; “ 10|| 383 || 2 33; 5 7# 10 143 |12 48 15 21:#| 19 12 | 20 28% “ 15|| 25;} | 1 42% | 3 2 6 493 || 8 32 || 10 14%| 12 48 || 13 394 Grn. “ 20|| 194 || 1 16# 2 33; 5 74 || 6 24 || 7 40; 9 36 | 10 143 Drac'm. #|| 12# 51} | 1 42% | 3 244 || 4 16 || 5 || 7 || 6 24 || 6 49; {{ 1|| 6% 25; 51} | 1 42; 2 8 2 33}| 3 |12 || 3 244 # {{ 2|| 3} 12# 25 51} | 1 4 || 1 16# 1 36 || 1 42% Ounce. }|| 1% # 124 25; 32 38% 48 51 {{ 1 # 3# 6% 124 16 194 24 25 {{ 2 1# 3# 6; 8 9; 12 12 Minims. 5|il 36 6 24 |12 48 ||25 36 |32 0 || 38 24 || 48 0 || 51 12 “ 10|| 48 || 3 |12 || 6 24 12 48 |16 0 | 19 12 24 0 || 25 36 “ 15|| 32 2 8 || 4 16 || 8 32 10 40 | 12 48 || 16 0 || 17 4 Grn. “ 20|| 24 || 1 36 || 3 |12 || 6 24 8 0 || 9 36 | 12 0 || 12 48 Drac'm. #|| 16 || 1 4 || 2 8 || 4 16 || 5 20 6 24 8 0 || 8 32 {{ 1|| 8 32 || 1 4 || 2 8 || 2 40 || 3 |12 || 4 0 || 4 16 I {{ 2|| 4 16 32 || 1 4 || 1 20 || 1 36 || 2 0 || 2 8 Ounce. }|| 2 8 16 32 40 48 || 1 0 || 1 4 {{ l 1 4 8 16 20 24 30 32 {{ 2 2 4 8 10 12 15 16 25 36 |51 12 |64 0 || 76 48 96 Minims. 5||3 12 |12 48 0 “ 10||l 36 || 6 24 12 48 ||25 36 |32 0 || 38 24 || 48 0 || 51 12 “ 15||1 4 || 4 16 8 32 17 4 |21 20 25 36 || 32 0 || 34 8 Grn. “ 20|| 48 || 3 |12 || 6 24 |12 48 |16 0 | 19 12 24 0 || 25 36 Drac'm. #|| 32 2 8 || 4 16 || 8 32 10 40 | 12 48 || 16 0 || 17 4 {{ 1|| 16 1 4 || 2 8 || 4 16 || 5 20 || 6 24 || 8 0 || 8 32 2 {{ 2 8 32 1 4 || 2 8 || 2 40 || 3 |12 || 4 0 || 4 16 Ounce. } 4 16 32 1 4 1 20 || 1 36 || 2 0 || 2 8 {{ 1 2 8 16 32 40 48 1, 0 || 1 4 {{ 2 4 8 16 20 24 30 32 Minims, 5||4 48 |19 12 |38 24 |76 48 |96 0 |115 12 ||144 0 153 36 “ 10|2 24 9 36 |19 12 |38 24 |48 0 || 57 36 | 72 0 || 76 48 “ 15||l 36 || 6 24 |12 48 ||25 36 |32 0 || 38 24 || 48 0 || 51 12 Grn. “ 20||l 12 || 4 48 || 9 36 |19 12 24 0 || 28 48 || 36 0 || 38 24 Drac'm. #|| 48 || 3 |12 || 6 24 |12 48 |16 0 | 19 12 24 0 || 25 36 {{ 1|| 24 || 1 36 || 3 |12 || 6 24 || 8 0 || 9 36 || 12 0 | 12 48 3 {{ 2|| 12 48 1 36 || 3 |12 || 4 0 || 4 48 || 6 0 || 6 24 Ounce, # 6 24 48 1 36 || 2 0 || 2 24 || 3 0 || 3 12 {{ 1 3 12 24 48 || 1 0 || 1 12 || 1 30 || 1 36 {{ 2 6 12 24 30 36 45 48 2162 APPENDIX. QUANTITY OF MEDICINE REQUIRED IN FLUID. (CONTINUED.) SIZE OF DOSE. || 3 1. & 4. & 8. 1 Pint. 3 20. 3 24. || 3 80. |2 Pints Dose. Dr. Gr.|Dr. Gr. Dr. Gr. Dr. Gr, Dr. Gr. Dr. Gr, Dr. Gr. Dr. Gr, Minims, 5|| 6 24 ||25 36 || 51 12 102 24 |128 0 |153 36 |192 0 |204 48 {{ 10|| 3 |12 |12 48 || 25 36 || 51 12 || 64 0 || 76 48 || 96 0 |102 24 “ 15|| 2 8 || 8 32 || 17 4 || 34 8 || 42 40 || 51 12 || 64 0 | 68 16 Grn. “ 20|| || 36 || 6 24 | 12 48 || 25 36 || 32 0 || 38 24 || 48 0 || 51 12 Drac'm, #|| 1 4 || 4 16 || 8 32 17 4 || 21 20 25 36 || 32 0 || 34 8 .* {{ I 32 2 8 || 4 16 || 8 32 10 40 | 12 48 || 16 0 || 17 4 4 {{ 2 16 || 1 4 || 2 8 || 4 16 || 5 20 || 6 24 || 8 0 || 8 32 Ounce. } 8 32 || || 4 || 2 8 || 2 40 || 3 |12 || 4 0 || 4 16 {{ 1 4 16 32 || 1 4 || 1 20 || 1 36 || 2 0 || 2 8 {{ 2 8 I6 32 40 48 1 0 1 4 Minims, 5|| 8 0 |32 0 || 64 0 |128 0 |160 0 |192 0 |240 0 |256 0 “ 10|| 4 0 |16 0 || 32 0 || 64 0 | 80 0 || 96 0 |120 0 128 0 “ 15|| 2 40 |10 40 | 21 20 42 40 || 53 20 | 64 0 | 80 0 | 85 20 Grn. “ 20|| 2 0 || 8 0 | 16 0 || 32 0 | 40 0 || 48 0 || 60 0 || 64 () Drac'm. #|| 1 20 || 5 20 | 10 40 || 21 20 | 26 40 || 32 0 | 40 0 || 42 40 {{ 1 40 || 2 40 || 5 20 | 10 40 | 13 20 | 16 0 | 20 0 || 21 20 5 {{ 2 20 | 1 20 || 2 40 || 5 20 | 6 40 || 8 0 || 10 0 || 10 40 Ounce. } 10 40 1 20 2 40 3 20 4 0 5 0 5 20 {{ l 5 20 40 1 20 1 40 2 0 2 30 2 40 {{ 2 10 20 40 50 | 1 0 || 1 15 || 1 20 Minims. 5|| 9 36 |38 24 || 76 48 |153 36 |192 0 |230 24 |288 0 |307 12 {{ 10|| 4 48 |19 12 || 38 24 || 76 48 || 96 0 |115 12 ||144 0 |153 36 {{ 15|| 3 |12 |12 48 || 25 36 || 51 12 | 64 0 || 76 48 96 0 ||102 24 8 fm. {{ 20|| 2 24 || 9 36 | 19 12 || 38 24 || 48 0 || 57 36 | 72 0 || 76 48 Drac'm. #|| 1 36 || 6 24 | 12 48 || 25 36 || 32 0 || 38 24 48 0 || 51 12 {{ I 48 || 3 |12 || 6 24 | 12 48 || 16 0 | 19 12 24 0 || 25 36 6 {{ 2 24 || 1 36 3 12 6 24 8 0 9 36 | 12 () | 12 48 Ounce. 3 12 48 1 36 3 12 4 0 4 48 6 0 6 24 t{ l 6 24 48 1 36 2 0 2 24 3 0 3 12 {{ 2 12 24 48 1 0 | 12 1 30 1 36 Minims. 5||12 48 |51 12 102 24 |204 48 |256 0 |307 12 |384 0 |409 36 {{ 10|| 6 24 ||25 36 || 51 12 102 24 |128 0 |153 36 |192 0 |204 48 {{ 15|| 4 16 |17 4 || 34 8 | 68 16 || 85 20 |102 24 |128 0 |136 32 Grn. {{ 20|| 3 |12 |12 48 || 25 36 || 51 12 | 64 0 || 76 48 || 96 0 ||102 24 Drac'm. #|| 2 8 || 8 32 || 17 4 || 34 8 || 42 40 || 51 12 | 64 0 | 68 16 {{ 1|| 1 4 || 4 16 8 32 || 17 4 || 21 20 || 25 36 || 32 0 || 34 8 8 {{ 2 32 2 8 4 16 8 32 || 10 40 | 12 48 || 16 0 || 17 4 Ounce. } 16 || 1 4 || 2 8 || 4 || 6 || 5 20 | 6 24 || 8 0 || 8 32 {{ 1 8 32 || 1 4 || 2 8 || 2 40 || 3 |12 || 4 0 || 4 16 {{ 2. 16 32 || || 4 || 1 20 | 1 36 || 2 0 || 2 8 ‘Minims, 5||16 0 |64 0 |128 0 |256 0 |320 0 |384 0 |480 0 |512 0 “ 10|| 8 0 |32 0 || 64 0 |128 0 |160 0 |192 0 |240 0 |256 0 “ 15|| 5 20 |21 20 42 40 85 20 |106 40 |128 0 |160 0 |170 40 Grn. “ 20|| 4 0 |16 0 || 32 0 | 64 0 || 80 0 | 96 0 |120 0 128 0 Drac'm. *|| 2 40 ||10 40 | 21 20 | 42 40 || 53 20 | 64 0 | 80 0 | 85 20 {{ 1|| 1 20 || 5 20 | 10 40 || 21 20 | 26 40 || 32 0 | 40 0 || 42 40 10 {{ 2 40 || 2 40 || 5 20 | 10 40 || 13 20 | 16 0 | 20 0 || 21 20 Ounce, 3 20 | 1 20 || 2 40 || 5 20 | 6 40 || 8 0 || 10 0 || 10 40 4t 1 10 40 || 1 20 || 2 40 || 3 20 || 4 0 || 5 0 || 5 20 44 2 20 40 I 20 1 40 || 2 0 || 2 30 || 2 40 TABLE OF DOSES IN SOLUTION. 2163 QUANTITY OF MEDICINE REQUIRED IN FLUID. (CONTINUED.) SIZE OF DOSE. || 3 1. 3 4. || 3 8. 1 Pint. || 3 20. 3 24. 3 30. |2 Pints Dose. Dr. Gr.1)r. Gr. Dr. Gr. Dr. Gr. Dr. Gr. Dr. Gr. Dr. Gr, Dr. Gr. Minims. 5||19 12 |76 48 |153 36 |307 12 ||384 0 |460 48 |576 0 ||614 24 “ 10|| 9 36 |38 24 76 48 |153 36 |192 0 |230 24 |28S 0 |307 12 “ 15|| 6 24 25 36 || 51 12 ||102 24 |128 0 |153 36 |192 0 |204 48 Grn. “ 20|| 4 48 |19 12 || 38 24 76 48 96 0 |115 12 144 () (153 36 Drac'm. 3|| 3 || 2 |12 48 || 25 36 || 51 12 64 0 || 76 48 || 96 0 |102 24 {{ I|| || 36 6 24 | 12 48 25 36 || 32 0 || 38 24 || 48 0 || 51 12 12 {{ 2 48 || 3 |12 || 6 24 | 12 48 || 16 0 | 19 12 24 0 || 25 36 Ounce. } 24 1 36 3 12 6 24 8 0 9 36 || 12 0 | 12 48 {{ l 12 48 || 1 36 || 3 |12 || 4 0 || 4 48 || 6 0 || 6 24 i. i. 2 24 48 || 1 36 || 2 0 || 2 24 || 3 0 || 3 12 Minims. 10||12 0 |48 0 || 96 0 |192 0 |240 () 288 0 |360 0 |384 0 “ 15|| 8 0 |32 0 || 64 0 128 0 |160 0 192 0 |240 0 |256 0 Bºrn “ 20|| 6 0 |24 0 || 48 0 || 96 0 |120 0 144 0 |180 0 192 0 ) Drac'm. #|| 4 0 |16 0 || 32 0 || 64 0 || 80 0 || 96 0 120 0 128 0 {{ 1|| 2 0 || 8 0 | 16 0 || 32 0 || 40 0 || 48 0 || 60 0 || 64 0 ! 5 [ { 2|| 1 0 || 4 () 8 () 16 0 | 20 0 || 24 0 || 30 0 || 32 0 “’ [Ounce. }|| 30 || 2 0 || 4 () || 8 0 || 10 0 | 12 0 || 15 0 | 16 0 {{ l 15 || 1 0 || 2 0 || 4 0 || 5 0 || 6 0 || 7 30 || 8 0 {{ 2 30 || | 0 || 2 0 || 2 30 3 0 || 3 45 || 4 0 Minims. 10||16 0 |64 0 |128 0 |256 0 |320 0 |384 0 |480 () |512 0 “ 15||10 40 |42 40 | 85 20 |170 40 |213 20 |256 0 |320 0 |341 20 G “ 20|| 8 0 |32 0 || 64 0 |128 0 |160 0 192 0 |240 () (256 0 * \Drac'm. #|| 5 20 |21 20 || 42 40 | 85 20 106 40 128 0 |160 0 170 40 {{ 1|| 2 40 || 0 40 21 20 42 40 || 53 20 64 0 || 80 0 || 85 20 £) {{ 2|| 1 20 || 5 20 | 10 40 21 20 26 40 || 32 0 | 40 0 || 42 40 * | Ounce. } 40 || 2 40 || 5 20 | 10 40 || 13 20 | 16 0 | 20 0 || 21 20 ić l 20 || 1 20 || 2 40 5 20 | 6 40 | 8 0 || || 0 0 || 10 40 {{ 2 40 || 1 20 || 2 40 || 3 20 || 4 0 || 5 0 || 5 20 Minims. 15||13 20 |53 20 106 40 |213 20 |266 40 320 0 |400 0 |426 40 * 2010 0 |40 0 || 80 0 160 0 |200 0 |240 0 |300 0 |320 0 Grn. V Drac'm, #|| 6 40 |26 40 53 20 |106 40 |133 20 [160 0 |200 0 |213 20 {{ 1|| 3 20 |13 20 26 40 53 20 | 66 40 | 80 0 100 0 ||106 40 \ {{ 2|| 1 40 || 6 40 || 13 20 26 40 33 20 | 40 0 || 50 0 || 53 20 25 || Ounce. } 50 || 3 20 || 6 40 || 13 20 | 16 40 | 20 0 || 25 0 || 26 40 {{ l 25 | 1 40 || 3 20 || 6 40 8 20 | 10 0 | 12 30 | 13 20 “ 2 50 || 1 40 || 3 20 4 10 || 5 0 || 6 15 6 40 Minims. 15||16 0 |64 0 |128 0 |256 0 |320 0 |384 0 |480 0 |512 0 “ 20||12 0 |48 0 || 96 0 |192 0 |240 () |288 () |360 0 |384 0 Grn. WDrac'm #|| 8 0 |32 0 | 64 0 |128 0 |160 0 |192 0 |240 0 |256 0 ! { 1|| 4 0 16 0 || 32 0 || 64 0 || 80 () 96 0 |120 0 128 0 {{ 2|| 2 0 || 8 0 | 16 0 || 32 0 | 40 0 || 48 0 || 60 0 || 64 0 30 || Ounce. }|| 1 0 || 4 0 || 8 0 | 16 0 | 20 0 || 24 0 || 30 0 || 32 0 {{ 1 30 2 0 || 4 0 || 8 () 10 0 | 12 0 || 15 0 | 16 0 {{ 2 1 0 || 2 () 4 0 || 5 0 || 6 0 || 7 30 8 0 Minims. 20.16 0 |64 0 |128 0 |256 () |320 0 |384 0 |480 0 |512 0 Drac'm. } 10 40 |42 40 85 20 |170 40 (213 20 |256 0 |320 0 |341 20 Grn. {{ 5 20 |21 20 42 40 || 85 20 106 40 l.28 0 |160 0 170 40 {{ 2|| 2 40 ||10 40 21 20 || 42 40 || 53 20 | 64 0 || 80 0 || 85 20 40 ) Ounce. }|| 1 20 5 20 | 10 40 21 20 26 40 32 0 | 40 0 || 42 40 {{ l 40 2 40 5 20 10 40 13 20 | 16 0 || 20 0 || 21 20 {{ 2 1 20 || 2 40 || 5 20 || 6 40 || 8 0 || 10 0 || 10 40 2164 APPENDIX. QUANTITY OF MEDICINE REQUIRED IN FLUID. (CONTINUED.) SIZE OF DOSE, 3 1 3 4 3 8 || 1 Pint. || 3 20 3 24 3 30 |2 Pints. DOSE Dr. Gr. |Dr. GT. Dr Gr, Dr. Gr. Dr. Gr. |Dr. Gr Dr Gr. IDr. Gr, Drachm 3 | 16 0 || 64 0 | 128 0 || 256 0 || 320 0 || 384 0 || 480 0 || 512 0 Gºrn {{ 1 8 0 || 32 0 64 0 | 128 0 | 160 0 | 192 0 || 240 0 || 256 () 4 & 2 4 0 | 16 0 32 0 64 () 80 0 96 0 || 120 0 | 128 0 60 Ounce # 2 0 8 0 16 0 32 0 40 0 48 0 60 0 64 0 & 6 l 1 0 4 0 8 0 16 0 20 0 24 0 30 0 32 0 ( { 2 2 0 4 0 8 0 10 0 12 0 15 0 16 0 EXPLAN ATION. The preceding table is designed to facilitate the determination of how much medicine, in a given dose, must be added to a required quantity of fluid, so that this fluid may be prescribed in doses of a certain amount. (1) The given dose of the medicine will be found in the first column, at the left of the brackets, or, in other words, the quantity of the medicinal agent required to be taken with each dose of the mixture or solution into which it enters; (2) the dose of the fluid solution of this medicine will be found in the first column, inclosed within the brackets, or in other words, the size of the dose of the mixture or solution pre- scribed; (3) the quantity of fluid required or prescribed to form the solution will be found at the heads of the other columns; and (4) the quantity of the medicine which must be added to the required or prescribed amount of fluid will be found in the column under the head of such amount. Thus: I. It is desired to give 4 fluid ounces of liquid to a patient, to be taken in #-fluid-drachm doses, each dose to contain Strychnine, sº grain; quinine, grain; morphine, grain. How much of each of these alkaloids must be added to the 4 fluid ounces prescribed 7 As already explained, find the given dose of the strychnine, #6 grain, and opposite to it, inclosed within the bracket, find the dose of the fluid solution, viz., ; fluid drachm; from which follow out the line until the column under 4 fluid ounces has been reached, when it will be found that 21% grains of strychnine will be required. Again, find the given dose of the quinine, grain }, and inclosed within its brackets also find the dose of the fluid solution, viz., ; fluid drachm; from this, trace along the line as before, and in the column under 4 fluid ounces the quantity of fluid prescribed, will be found the required amount of quinine, viz., 32 grains. For the morphine, find the given dose, grain #, then the # fluid drachm inclosed in its bracket, and tracing along, as before, the quantity of this alkaloid required will be found, 8 grains. II. It is desired to prescribe 2 ounces of fluid to be taken in doses of 10 minims, each dose to contain #5 grain of an alkaloid; how much of the alkaloid must be contained in the 2 fluid ounces? As sº grain is not in the table, find # grain, and on the 10 minims line under 4 fluid ounces will be found 74% grains, or the quantity required, were the given dose of the alkaloid # for 4 fluid ounces; one-half of which will be the amount of the alkaloid, at #-grain dose, for 2 fluid ounces, viz., 3}} grains; and one-half of this again will be the quantity of the alkaloid, at #-grain dose, for 2 fluid ounces, viz., 133. III. It is desired to add 2 grains of veratrine to a fluid, to be administered in 20 minim doses, each dose to contain ºr grain of veratrine. How much of the fluid will be required for the 2 grains? Find the given dose, # grain, and the dose of the fluid, 20 minims; follow this line until the amount nearest to 2 grains is found, which in the present instance will be 3% grains, in the column under 4 fluid ounces; 3}} grains is 134 grains more than 2 grains, or an excess of # grains=46 doses. By the following table it will be seen that 4 fluid ounces contain 96 doses of 20 minims each; subtract from this the excess of 46 doses, and TABLE SHOWING NUMBER OF DOSES IN FLUID MEDICINE. 2165 50 doses remain for the 2 grains, and as each dose is to consist of 20 minims of the solution, 50 doses will be=1000 minims=16 drachms and 40 minims of fluid. The same result may be obtained as follows: One dose is to contain ſº grain, therefore 2 grains will give #}, or 50 doses, which being multiplied by the num- ber of minims required for each dose (20), will give 1000 minims=16 drachms and 40 minims. IV. How much fluid will be required for 12 grains of morphine; the fiuid to be given in 20-minim doses, each containing ; grain of morphine? Answer: 1 OUllſl Cé. V. I have 1 ounce of iodide of ammonium which I desire to give in solution in doses of 1 teaspoonful containing 2 grains each; how much water will the ounce of iodide require? Find the given dose of the iodide, i.e., 2 grains, and the line containing the dose of the fluid, i.e., 1 drachm; follow this line along until the column con- taining 1 ounce, or 8 drachms, is found, and at the top of this column will be found the required answer, viz., 30 ounces of fluid. TABLE FOR DETERMINING THE NUMBER OF DOSES THERE ARE IN A DEFINITE AMOUNT OF FLUID MEDICINE, WHEN GIVEN IN A CERTAIN DOSE. INTUIMIBIEEE OF DOSIES IN SIZE OF DOSE. 3 1 3 4 3 S 1 Pint, 5 20 5 24 | 5 30 |2 Pints. Minims 5. . . . . . . . . . . 96 384 768 1536 1920 2304 2880 3072 Minims 10. . . . . . . . . . . . 48 192 384 76S 960 1152 1440 1536 Minims 15. . . . . . . . . . . . 32 128 256 512 640 768 960 1024 Minims 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 96 192 3S4 480 576 720 768 Drachm 3. . . . . . . . . . . . 16 64 12S 256 320 384 480 512 Drachm 1. . . . . . . . . . 8 32 64 128 160 192 240 256 Drachms 2. . . . . . . . . . . . 4 16 32 64 80 96 120 128 Ounce #. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 8 16 32 40 48 60 64 Ounce 1. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 8 16 20 24 30 32 Ounces 2. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 4 S 10 12 15 16 How many doses of 15 minims, each, are there in 24 ounces of fluid? By following the dose (15 minims), in the first line along, until the column under 24 ounces is reached, the answer will be found, viz.: 768 doses. How many drachm doses are there in 30 ounces of fluid 2 Answer: 240. 2166 APPENDIX. TABLE FOR DETERMINING HOW MUCH FLUID MEDICINE MUST BE GIVEN TO A PATIENT TO LAST FOR A DEFINITE LENGTH OF TIME, WHEN TAKEN IN A CERTAIN DOSE, WHICH IS TO BE REPEATED THREE TIMES EVERY DAY. Thus, 8 drops of a fluid, repeated 3 times a day, will require 14 ounces to last a month. The small figures to the right of the drachms signify minims. N. B.--A drop here is considered equal to a minim. Quantity re- Ulantity re- uantity r uantity re- uanti 4- º º gº; º: º *:::::: Q § &º Size of Dose 3 times 15 days. 1 month, 6 weeks. 2 months. 0 weeks. months. a day. Pt. Oz. Dr. |Pt. Oz. Dr. Pt. Oz. Dr. Pt. Oz, Dr. |Pt. Oz. Dr. Pt. Oz. Dr. 3 drops. . . . . . . 2 is 4 30 6 4.5 1 1 1 3 15 1 5 30 4 drops 3 6 9 1 4 1 7 2 2 5 drops 3 4 5 7 30 1 3 15 1 7 2 2 4 5 2 6 3 o 6 drops 4 30 1 1 1 5 30 2 2 2 6 30 3 3 7 drops. . . . . . . 5 15 1 2 3 o 1 7 & 8 2 5 3 2 15 3 7 30 8 drops 6 1 4 2 2 3 0 3 6 4 4 9 drops... . . . . . 6 4.5 1 5 30 2 4 17 3 3 4 1 4 3 5 0 30 10 drops 7 30 1 7 2 6 30 3 6 4 5 30 5 5 12 drops 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 15 drops... . . . . . 1 3 15 2 6 30 4 1 4 3 5 5 7 0 16 8 3 30 18 drops... . . . . . 1 5 30 3 3 5 0 30 6 6 8 3 30 10 1 20 drops... . . . . . 1 7 3 6 5 5 7 4 9 3 11 2 25 drops.. . . . . . 2 2 4 3 4 5 30 7 0 15 9 3 11 5 4 14 0 30 30 drops, or 3 dr. 2 6 30 5 5 8 3 30 11 2 14 0 30 1 0 7 40 drops, or:#dr. 3 6 7 4 11 2 15 0 1 2 6 1 6 4 60 drops, or 1 dr. 5 5 11 2 1 0 7 1 6 4 1 12 1 2 I 6 2 drachms...... 11 2 1 6 4 2 1 6 2 13 3 8 2 4 3 4 4 drachms......| 1 6 4 2 13 4 3 4 5 10 6 16 4 8 7 1 ounce... . . . . . . 2 13 5 10 8 7 11 4 14 1 16 14 2 ounces . . . . . . 5 10 11 4 16 14 22 8 28 2 33 12 4 Ounces . . . . . . 11 4 22 8 33 12 45 56 4 67 8 EXAMPLE. It is desired to give a patient enough fluid to last 6 weeks, to be taken in teaspoonful doses 3 times a day, each dose to contain 1 grain of quinine and # grain of morphine. What quantity of fluid must be given, and what propor- tions of quinine and morphine must it contain 7 By the above table, a teaspoonful or drachm dose, given 3 times a day, will require 1 pint and 7 drachms of fluid to last for 6 weeks. Now, by referring to table on page 2161, on a line with the given dose, 1 grain, it will be found that for drachm doses 1 pint will require 2 drachms and 8 grains of the medicine, while 8 drachms or 1 ounce will require 8 grains, making 2 drachms and 16 grains; but as only 7 drachms are required, or 1 drachm less than the ounce, the amount of the dose for the superfluous drachm, which contains 1 grain, must be deducted, making 2 drachms and 15 grains of quinine. Again, by referring to the given dose, # grain, in same table, and following the line of drachm doses, it will be found that 1 pint will require 423 grains, while 8 drachms will require 23 grains, making in all 45% grains; from which deduct the superfluous drachm, which con- tains # grain, and the result will be 45 grains of morphine. TABLE OF ATOMIC. WEIGHTS. 2167 TABLE OF ATOMIC WEIGHTS. (U. S. P.) (ACCORDING TO L. MEYER AND K. SEUBERT.) Names of elements occurring in pharmacopoeial and medicinal chemicals, or in reagents used for pharmacopoeial tests, are distinguished by the sign f placed after them. NAME. Symbol. Atomic NAME. Symbol. Atomic Weight. Weight. Aluminumf ... . . . . . . . . . . . Al 27.04 || Molybdenum f... . . . . . . . . MO 95.9 Antimonyf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sb 119.6 Nickel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ni 58.6 Arsenicſ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As 74.9 Nitrogen f. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N 14.01 Bariumf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ba 136.9 Osmium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Os 190.3 Beryllium (1). . . . . . . . . . . . Be 9.03 || Oxygen f. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O 15 O6 Bismuthf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bi 208.9 Palladium ... . . . . . . . . . . . . PCl 106.35 Boronf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B 10.9 Phosphorus f. . . . . . . . . . . . P 30.96 Brominef... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bl' 79.76 Platinumf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pt 194.3 Cadmium f... . . . . . . . . . . . . . Col 111.5 Potassium f.... . . . . . . . . . . . K 39.03 Caesium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cs 132.7 Rhodium.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rh 102.9 Calcium f... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ca 39.91 Rubidium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb 85.2 Carbonf... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C 11.97 Ruthenium.... . . . . . . . . . . . Ru 101.4 Ceriumf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ce 139.9 Samarium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sm 149.62 Chlorinef... . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cl 85.37 Scandium ... . . . . . . . . . . . . Sc 43.97 Chromiumf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cr 52.0 Selenium... . . . . . . . . . . . . . Se 78.87 Cobalt.f. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO 58.6 Siliconf... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Si 28.3 Columbium (2). . . . . . . . . . Cb 93.7 Silverf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ag 107.66 Copperf.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cu 63. 18 || Sodiumf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Na 23.0 Didymium (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . Di 142.0 Strontium f.... . . . . . . . . . . . Sr 87.3 Erbium... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Er 166.0 Sulphurf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S 31.9S Fluorinef. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 19.0 Tantalum... . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ta 182.0 Gallium... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ga 69.9 Tellurium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Te 125.0 Germanium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ge 72.3 Terbium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tb 159.1 Goldf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Au 196.7 Thallium.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . T] 203.7 Hydrogenf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H 1.0 Thorium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Th 231.9 Indium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . In 113.6 Tinf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sn 118.8 Iodinef. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 126.53 Titanium... . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ti 48.0 Iridium... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ir 192.5 Tungsten... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W 183.6 Ironf... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fe 55.88 Uranium.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . U 23S. 8 Lanthanum... . . . . . . . . . . . . La 138.2 Vanadium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V. 51.1 Leadf... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pb 206.4 Ytterbium... . . . . . . . . . . . . Yb 172.6 Lithiumf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Li 7.01 Yttrium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yt 88.9 Magnesium f... . . . . . . . . . . . MIg 24.3 Zincf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Zn 65. 1 Manganesef. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mn 54.8 Zirconium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Zr 90.4 Mercuryf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hg 199.8 ) Also called Glucinum (l 2) Also called Niobium 3) Counposed of Neo- an § (ºlº, 03). N b=93.7). Praseo-Didymium. g 21.68 A Pi’ENJOIX. TABLES OF SPECIFIC GRAVITIES, ETC, Relation between Specific Gravities and Degrees of Bawmé's Hydrometer for Liquids Heavier than Water. |Baumé. Sp. Gr. | Baumé. Sp. Gr. Baumé. Sp. Gr. Baumé. 1.000 = 0 1. 152 = 19 1.359 = 38 1.656 = 57 1.007 = I 1.161 = 20 1.372 – 39 1.676 = 58 1.014 = 2 1.171 – 21 1. 384 = 40 1.695 = 59 1.022 — 3 1. 180 = 22 1.398 = 41 | 1.714 = 60 1.029 = 4. 1.190 – 23 1.412 = 42 | 1.736 = 61 1.036 = 5 1.199 = 24 1.426 = 43 1. 758 – 62 1.044 = 6 1.210 = 25 1.440 = 44 1.779 – 63 1.052 = 7 1.221 = 26 1.454 = 45 1.801 = 64 1.060 = 8 1.231 – 27 1. 470 = 46 1.823 – 65 1.067 = 9 1.242 = 28 1.485 = 47 1.847 = 66 1.075 = 10 1.252 – 29 1. 501 = 48 1.872 = 67 1.083 = 11 1.264 = 30 i.5% = 45 i.897 = % 1.091 = 12 1.275 – 31 1. 532 = 50 1.921 = 69 1. 100 = 13 1.286 == 32 1.549 = 51 | 1.946 = 70 1.108 = 14 1.298 – 33 1.566 = 52 1.974 = 71 1. 116 = 15 1.309 = 34 1.583 = 53 2.002 = 72 1.125 = 16 1.321 = 35 1.601 = 54 2.031 = 73 1. 134 = 17 1.334 = 36 1.618 = '55 2.059 = 74 1.148 = 18 1.346 = 37 1.637 = 56 2.087 = 75 Relation between Specific Gravities and Degrees of Bawmé's Hydrometer for Liquids Lighter than Water. Baum é. Sp. Gr. Paulme Sp. Gr. | 1.000 - 10 0.918 F 23 0.993 — 11 0.913 F 24 0.986 2- 12 0.907 F 25 0.980 - 13 0.901 F 26 0.973 - 14 0.896 — 27 0.967 - [5 0.890 - 28 0.960 - 16 0.885 --- 29 0.954 - 17 0.880 - 30 0.948 - 18 0.874 - 31 0.942 - 19 0.869 - 32 0.936 - 20 0.864 - 33 0.930 - 21 0.859 --- 34 0.924 - 22 0.854 - 35 Sp. Gr. Baumé. Sp. Gr Baumé. 0.849 - 36 0.789 - 49 0.844 — 37 0.785 - 50 0.839 F 38 ().781 - 5] 0.834 = 39 0.777 = 52 0.830 = 40 0.773 = 53 0.825 = 41 0.768 = 54 0.820 -- 42 0.764 - 55 0.816 = 43 0.760 = 56 0.811 F 44 0.757 - 57 0.807 - 45 0.753 - 58 (). 802 F 46 0.749 - 59 0.798 = 47 0.745 = 60 0.794 = 48 69'ſ (, "(HT3 WJ, TOHOOTIV 9+61°0 886/ 0 00l 8;86° 0 #8I6' 0 09: Q661, 0 696.1 ° 0 66 3986° 0 90%6° 0 6f If:08° 0 I008' 0 86 I886° 0 8336' 0 8+ #80S 0 [808' 0 /6 96.86° 0 6f 66° 0 Af Q&IS' 0 I90S' 0 96 9IP6' 0 0/Z6' 0 gif #9 IS 0 6808" () Q6 #8+6' 0 36&6' 0 G#. 66IS 0 8IIS" () F6 3G#6° 0 # I96' 0 ++ 1838'0 Gi-IS '0 86 0/f-6' 0 Q996' 0 gh 3.138' 0 3/IS" () 36 06#6' 0 9996' () zf Q038' 0 66I8' 0 I6 8096° 0 92.86' 0 If Of 88° 0 83%.8° 0 06 6L96° 0 9636' 0 Of 8/88' 0 #938° 0 68 Q996' 0 9If 6' 0 69 80%9 0 6.138” 0 88 0.996° 0 +9F6' 0 88 #958' 0 Q038° 0 18 9996 0 ØØf 6' 0 /8 9958' 0 I898 °0 98 8/96° 0 0/i-6' 0 98 96#8' 0 1988' 0 QS 8696' 0 06F6' 0 Q8 93Q8' 0 £888 0 i-S 6096° 0 IIQ6' 0 +g 1998' 0 80FS 0 8S 8I96° 0 S&Q6' 0 98 I898 0 +9F8' 0 ÇS I896 0 fig6° 0 6.9 [I98' 0 69+S () |S gº96° 0 0.996' 0 I9 6898 0 9.Si-S' 0 OS ZQ96' 0 8/96' 0 08 #99S" () S098 0 61 Q996' 0 9696° 0 6& 969S 0 989S 0 81 8196° 0 6096' 0 86, I31S 0 1998' 0 11 I696° 0 93.96' 0 17. G#1S t) ISQS () 4)] 8696 0 S896° 0 93, 69/S 0 809S 0 91. 60/6' 0 3.996' 0 Q& 66/S 0 Q&QS 0 +1 9I/6 0 Q996' 0 +& QZSS 0 6+9S 0 81 83/6' 0 8/96' 0 83, 0.98S () 3.198' 0 &l If 16' 0 [696' 0 Ø Q/SS '0 96.98° 0 IZ. 89.16° 0 #016' 0 IZ, 006S 0 I31S 0 01. 09/6° 0 9I/6° 0 03, 936S 0 Gf 1S () 69 99/6° 0 83/6' 0 6I 6#6S 0 69/S 0 S9 8/16' 0 If/6' 0 8I 8168' 0 86/S 0 19 68/6' 0 89/6' 0 /...I I006' 0 9ISS 0 99 3086' 0 99/6' 0 9I GZ06' 0 ()+SS '0 Q9 GT86° 0 81/6' 0 Gl Ji-06' 0 39SS '0 +9 IZ86° 0 68/6' 0 # I 6906 0 9888° 0 89 8386° 0 Z086° 0 9 L 0606' 0 S068 0 39 If 86° 0 QIS6' 0 3, I 9II6' 0 3.368° 0 I9 QQ86° 0 S386° 0 II Q9I6' 0 99.68° 0 09 6986° 0 [f 86° 0 OI 09 I6' 0 616S '0 69 8/86° 0 QQ86° 0 6 8/I6' 0 I006' 0 89 0686° 0 6986 0 8 0036' 0 GZ06' 0 /9 8686° 0 #886° 0 l IZ36' 0 lf-06' 0 99 fºL66° 0 S686° 0 9 $' 0 $906' 0 QQ 0866° 0 FI66° 0 Q 3936' 0 0606' 0 +g Číž66° 0 0866' 0 # 8836° 0 9II6' 0 99. 9966° 0 /f66° 0 g 8086° 0 Q9I6' 0 ZQ 0/66' 0 Q966° 0 6 3396' 0 0916-0 IQ Q866° 0 I866' 0 I “au InTO.A .Rgſ 'yū3ge A. Kg a UCIT IO.A. ‘aul InLOA Agſ “, U(3po.A. Ágſ "auſu (OA JO , U(319.A IO quâla AA Aq [OUIOOI8 ÁC1 [O (IOOTB (J -99) 'o gg'g| Lv KLIAWME) OIIIoqds | 39 4° “ºd || ('I 209) 'O aggrgi Lv XLIAYME) OIIIOGIJS | 39 4* *d ('q S () NI SITGVL s.33(IſhöS XI GI ICI Wołł H CIGILd VCIW) "GT9+VL TOHOOTIV 2170 APPENDIX. CANE SUGAR SOLUTIONS. (ACCORDING To SCHEIBLER, FROM Chemiker Kalender, 1897.) HU HU H5 HU HU Hº º, 9 o, & g o, & 2 * • * ão | Specific || # 3 || Specific || 3 as Specifi § 6 || Specific || g o | Specifi g: o | S § § º: º § # § § § §§ # §§ # C §§ irº et at 15° C. st at 15° C. [ 5 & at 150 C. * * | at 15° C. || H = | at 150 C. [| : * | at 15° C. 3. S. S. S. S. 3. 0 | 1.00000 || || 3 | 1.05293 || 26 | 1.11101 39 || 1.174.70 || 52 | 1.24444 || 65 | 1.32067 1 | 1.00390 || 14 | 1.05721 || 27 | 1.11571 40 | 1.17985 || 53 1. 25007 || 66 | 1.32682 2 | 1.00783 15 | 1.06152 || 28 | 1.12044 41 | 1.18503 || 54 | 1.25574 || 67 | 1.33301 3 | 1.01178 16 | 1.06586 || 29 | 1.12520 42 | 1.19024 || 55 | 1.261.44 || 68 | 1.33923 4 | 1.01576 || 17 | 1.07023 || 30 | H. 12999 43 | 1.19550 || 56 | 1.26718 || 69 | 1.34550 5 | 1.01978 18 | 1.07464 || 31 | 1. 13482 44 | 1. 20079 || 57 | 1.27297 || 70 | 1.35|S2 6 | 1.02382 19 | 1.07907 || 32 | 1.13969) 45 | 1.20611 || 58 | 1.27879 || 71 | 1.35817 7 | 1.02789 || 20 | 1.0S354 || 33 | 1.1445S 46 | 1.21147 || 59 | 1.28465 || 72 | 1.36457 8 | 1.03199 || 21 | 1.08804 || 34 | 1. 14952 47 | 1.21687 || 60 | 1.29056 || 73 | 1.37 [01 9 | 1.03611 22 | 1.09.257 || 35 | 1.15448 48 | 1.22231 61 | 1.29650 || 74 | 1.37749 | 0 | 1.04027 23 | 1.09713 || 36 | 1.15949 49 | 1.22779 || 62 | 1.30248 || 75 | 1.38401 11 | 1.04446 24 | 1.10173 || 37 | 1.16452 50 | 1.23330 || 63 | 1.30850 12 | 1.04868 || 25 | 1.10635 38 | 1.16960 51 | 1.23585 || 64 | 1.31.457 For further tables, giving specific gravity and percentage of solutions of ACETIC, HYDROBROMIC, HYDROCHLORIC, NITRIC, PHosphoric, and SULPHURIC ACIDs, as well as of AMMONIA WATER, PotASSIUM HYDRATE, and SoDIUM HYDRATE, see United States Pharmacopoeia. SHOW COLORS FOR DRUGGISTS’ SHOP WINDOWS. BLUE. No. 1.-Sulphate of copper, 3.j; sulphuric acid, 3ss; water, 3x. No. 2.-Ammonio-sulphate of copper, ammonio-nitrate of nickel (see No. 5), and water. No. 3.-Prussian blue, gr. x; oxalic acid, gr. xx; water, 3xvj. No. 4.—Dissolve nickel in diluted sulphuric acid, add ammonia in excess, and dilute with water. No. 5.-Dissolve nickel in diluted nitric acid, add ammonia, in excess, and dilute with water. No. 6.--To the green color made by formula No. 8 under that color, add sufficient aqua ammoniae to make it blue. No. 7.-Dissolve sulphate of indigo in water. GREEN. No. 1.-Sulphate of copper, 3ij; chloride of sodium, 3iv ; water, 3xx. No. 2.—Dissolve 3.j of nickel in 3v.j of nitric acid, and add Ov of water. No. 3.-Dissolve nickel in dilute sulphuric acid, and dilute with water. No. 4.—Dissolve sulphate of copper in water, and add bichromate of potassium until the required color is produced. No. 5.-Dissolve ammonio-sulphate of copper in water, and add bichromate of potassium until the required color is produced. SHOW COLORS FOR DRUGGISTS' WINDOWS. 2171 No. 6.-Dissolve sulphate of copper in water, and add nitric acid until the required color is produced. No. 7,-Dissolve verdigris in acetic acid, and dilute with water. No. 8.-Dissolve a copper cent in nitric acid, and add enough of the solution to water or proof-spirit to give it the right shade. No. 9.-Add distilled water and sulphate of copper to a strong decoction of turmeric. LILAC. No. 1.-Dissolve Zaffre (impure oxide of cobalt) in hydrochloric acid, filter and add carbonate of ammonium in excess; to this add ammonio-sulphate of copper until the required color is produced. * No. 2.-Dissolve Zaffre in hydrochloric acid, filter, and add carbonate of ammonium in excess; to this add ammonio-nitrate of nickel (see Blue No. 5) until the required tint is produced. ORANGE. No. 1,–Dissolve bichromate of potassium in water until the required tint is produced. No. 2.—The same as No. 1, but adding some oil of vitriol, or hydrochloric acid. PINK, No. 1.—Dissolve 3ij of zaffre in 3v.j of hydrochloric acid, filter, add solution of carbonate of ammonium in excess; then add fláj of liquor potassae, and dilute with water to produce the required color. No. 2.-Nitrate of cobalt may be used, with carbonate of ammonium, in the same way as the preceding. PURPLE. No. 1.-Sulphate of copper, 3.j; carbonate of ammonium, 3.jss; water, Oijss. No. 2.-The last color, with a small quantity of the Pink No. 1. No. 3.- Dissolve permanganate of potassa in water. No. 4.—Dissolve verdigris 2 drachms, and aqua ammoniae 4 fluid ounces, in 1; pints of water. No. 5.-Acetate of lead, 1 ounce; powdered cochineal, 1 scruple; water, a suffi- cient quantity until the required tint is produced. YELLOW. No. 1.-Bichromate of potassium, 3v.j; carbonate of potassium, 3iv ; water, 3xvj. No. 2.-Add a sufficient quantity of timeture of iodine to alcohol or proof- spirit to make a bright straw color. No. 3.-Dissolve iron in hydrochloric acid, and dilute with water. No. 4.—Dissolve Indian yellow in water. No. 5.-Pour boiling water on powdered turmeric, and filter. A small quan- tity of any alkaline solution converts it into a brown color. VIOLET. Ammonio-sulphate of copper, diluted with water, and enough of the pink color No. 1 to produce the required tint. RED, No. 1.-Macerate powdered cochineal in spirit of hartshorn, and dilute it with water. No. 2.-Dissolve carmine in solution of ammonia, and dilute it with water. No. 3.-Wash the best madder two or three times with cold water, then macerate it in solution of carbonaté of ammonium, filter the solution, and dilute it with water. 2172 APPENDIX. No. 4.—Dissolve madder lake in solution of carbonate of ammonium. No. 5.—Add a sufficient quantity of tincture of iodine to alcohol or proof- spirit, to produce the desired color. Should it fade renew the color by adding more tincture of iodine. No. 6.—Dissolve carmine in water to which a little chloride of tin has been added. No. 7.--To a solution of sal ammoniac add a sufficient quantity of cochineal. No. 8.—Boil a red beet in water, dilute it to the required tint, and brighten it with a little acetic acid. N. B.-Alcohol answers better for colors than water or proof-spirit, as there is seldom any precipitate or decomposition; beside, as it does not freeze in winter, there is no breaking of the show-bottles, which is apt to ensue when water is used. Many show colors can now be made also from aniline dyes, by dissolving them in water or alcohol. OF GENERAL INDEX BOTANY, MATERIA MEDICA, CHEMISTRY, AND PHARMACY. ABBºš. Phar- maceutical (see App) .2140 Abel moschus esculentus . . 989 moschatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 989 Abies alba. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1512 americana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1120 balsannea . . . . . . . . . . 1921, 1922 canadensis. . ...1512, 1922 excelsa. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1511, 1512 Fraseri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1922 Larix... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1120, 1238 Menzienzi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pectinata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1512 Picea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1512 Abietene . . . . . . . . . . . . 1397, 1398 Abietic anhydride . . . . . . . 1639 Abietis resina. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1512 Abroma augusta . . . . . . . . . . 1103 Abrus precatorius. . . . . . . . . 947 Absorbent cotton . . . . . . . . . 950 Abuta amara. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1438 rufescens... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1438 Acacia anthelmintica. . . . . . 1096 false . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1676 Greggii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1110 Acantho-mastich. . . . . . . . . . 1244 Acer saccharinunn . . . 1693, 1835 Acetaidehyde ... . . . . . 1367, 1435 Acetas ammonicus liqui- dus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1152 kalicus.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1545 morphicus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1281 morphinae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1281 matricus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1763 plumbicus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1519 potassicus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1545 sodicus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1763 Aceto-eugenol... . . . . . 1349, 1350 Acetonyl Salicylate. . . . . . . . 1705 Acetum Opii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1056 plumbicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1176 rubiidaei. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1902 Saturni... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1." "6 Acetyl-benzoyl-phloroglu- cin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1538 Acetylpara-amidophenol- Salicylate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1705 Acotylphenylhydrazine . . . 1458 Achras Balata. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1276 Achras Sapota . . . . . . . . . . . . 1276 Acid, abietic. . . . . . . . . 1512, 1639 acetic. . . 1325, 1367, 1345, 1366 • * g º $ tº º 1370, 1398, 1402, 1643 aconitic. . . . . . . . . . . . 1694, 1833 acrylic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1726 adhatodic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1713 tescic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 991 alpha-oxynaphtoic . . . . . . 1307 amido-acetic . . . . . . . . . . . . 1040 amido-Caproic. . . . . . . . . . . 1251 Acid, ammonium glycyr- rhizinate... . . . . . . . . . . . . 947 amygdalic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1122 anemonic.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1639 angelic . . . . . . . . . . . . 1342, 1402 amyl-ester . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 hexyl-ester... . . . . . . . . . . 1342 isobutylester. . . . . . . . . . 1342 anisic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 905 anthemic. . . . . . . . . . 1246, 1247 antirrhinic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1135 arachic. . . . . . . 1366, 1376, 1390 aristidinic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 754 aristinic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1754 aristolic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1754 aristolochic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1753 artanithic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1245 assamic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1929 bebiric... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1309 behenic. . . . . . . . . . . . 1391, 1757 benic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1391 benzoic. . . . . . . . . . . . . 905, 1112 e & º ſº e º $ 1325, 1345, 1643, 2046 benzoyl acetic. . . . . . . . . . . 1643 beta-Orsellinic . . . . . . . . . . 1113 beta-pyridine-alpha-lac- 1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . beta-pyridine-carbonic . . 1909 boheic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 boric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1097 brassic... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1757 butyric...... . . . . . . . . .999, 1107 ... 1323, 1325, 1370, 1398, 1735 caffeic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2046 caffeo-tannic... . . . . . . . . . . 1101 tº e º º t < * e º e º 'º 1314, 1607, 1738 camphoric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1395 cannabinoleic. . . . . . . . . . . 1434 capric. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1751 Caproic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1751 caprylic . . . . . . . . . . . 1751, 1927 carbamic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2031 Carminic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1111 carobaretic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1083 carobic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1083 Capsultescic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99.1 Catechuic. . . . . . . . . . . 966, 1098 Catechu-tannic. . . . . . . . . . 966 Cathartic . . . . . . . . . 1659, 1749 cathartogenic . . . . . . . . . . . 1749 cerinic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1619 Cevadic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16SS chavicie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1504 chebulinic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1298 chrysophanic . . . . . . . . . . 1659 * * * tº $ $ $ $ tº a s we 1684, 1685, 1749 cinchomeronic . . . . . . . . 1623 cinnamic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1112 is e º e s tº a 1149, 1325, 1352, 1856 citrig... . . . . . . . . . . . . 909, 1107 (Vol. II.) Acid, citronellic. . . . . . . . . . . 1345 coccotannic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109S Cocinic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 971 comenic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1414 convolvulic... . . . . . . . . . . 1085 convolvulinic . . . . . . . . . . 108.5 convolvulinolio... . . . . . . 1085 Copaivic . . . . . . . . . . 1242, 1642 Crescentinic. . . . . . . . . . . . 1049 Crotonoleic. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1402 cubebic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1331 daturic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1839 decyl-isopropylacrylic . . 1211 diethyl-sulphuric . . . . . . . 1337 diethyl-Sulphurous. . . . . . 1337 diiodo - para - phenol sul- phonic... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1065 dimethylprotocatechuic.16SS disulphonic. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1048 dithiosalicylic . . . . . . . . . . 1793 doeglic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1370 ellaggen-tannic. . . . . . . . . . 1298 ellagic. . . .954, 974, 1298, 1992 embelic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1096 erucic. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1757, 2037 glyceride. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1366 erythrinic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1113 euxanthic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1219 evernic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1113 ferrocyanic. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1566 filicic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1330 formic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1082 * * is e e º g 1126, 1248, 1398, 2033 gadinic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1370 galitannic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909 gallic. . . . . . . . . . 954, 1098, 2038 glucosid. . . . . . . . . . . . ... 1298 gallotannic. . . . . . . . . . 911, 954 gelsemic . . . . . . . . 919, 920, 991 gelseminic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 919 gentianic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92.5 gentisic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9:25 glyceric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.5 glycyrrhizic. . . . . . . . . . . 947 gossypic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 952 gratiolic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 956 guaiac-resinic. . . . . . . . 961, 962 guaiacic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 961, 962 guaiaconic. . . . . . . . . . . 961, 962 gymnemic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.S.; gynocardic. . . . . . . . . . 971, 97.2 hederatannic . . . . . . . . . . . 978 hederic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 978 helianthic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 981 hemidesmic. . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.SS hennipinic . . . . . . . . . 1024, 1411 hop-bitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 999 hordeic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 997 hippuric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2031 humuli-tannic . . . . . . . . . . 999 ii GENERAL INDEX. Acid, hydriodic. . . . . . , , , , . 1067 hydrocoumaric. . . . . . . . . . 1251 hydrocyanic ... . . . . . . . . . . 1121 ... 1122, 1123, 1147, 1236, 1338 hydrosulphurous. . . . . . . . 1783 hypogaeic. . . . . . . . . . . 971, 1390 hypophosphorous . . . . . . . 1459 hypo-picrotoxic . . . . . . . . 1476 ichthyolsulphonic . . . . . . 1042 igasuric. . . . . . 1043, 1314, 1849 ilicic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1045 indigo-disulphonic . . . . . . 1048 indigo-1 mono-Sulphonic... 1048 iodic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1067 ipecacuanhic. . . . . . . . . . . . 1073 ipomic . . . . . . . . . . . . 1085, 1087 iridic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1082 isoanemonic. . . . . . . 1589, 1639 isobutyric . . . . . . . . . 1342, 1402 isobutylester. . . . . . . . . . 1342 isoheptylic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1361 isolinolenic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1365 isowalerianic. . . . . . . 1367, 2042 iSOValeric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1402 jaboric ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1480 jalapic. . . . . . . . . . . . 1087, 1734 jalapinolic . . . . . . . . CŞ., 1734 jecOleic... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1370 juglandic... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1089 kinotannic . . . . . . . . . 965, ,098 kolatannic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1101 kombic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1846 krameria-tannic . . . . . . . . 1104 laccaic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1111 lactic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1106, 2069 lactucic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1116 laminaric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1118 larixinic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1120 lauric ... 1123, 1294, 1402, 1751 lauro-Stearic . . . . . . . . . . . . 997 lecanoric. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1113 linoleic .1321, 1365, 1376, 1390 lithium carbonate. . . . . . . 1195 lobelic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1201. lupulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 999 lycopodium-oleic . . . . . . . 1211 maisenic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2035 maizenic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2092 malic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1612 mandelic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1122 nitril of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1338 manganic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1232 Imangan Ou S . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1232 mannitic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1238 mastichic... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1244 mate tannic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1045 mate viridic... . . . . . . . . . . . 1045 meconic... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1279 tº tº t e º 'º - 1410, 1411, 1413, 1434 melilotic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1251 -methyl-crotonic. . . . . . . . . 1086 tº e º 'º - tº tº º & e º 'º e º & © to 1402, 1688 methyl-ethyl-acetic. 1085,1086 methoxysalicylic. . . . . . . . 964 methysticic. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1506 monesia-tannic. . . . . . . . . . 1276 monosulphonic . . . . . . . . . 1048 moric. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1675 moringic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1391 moritannic ... . . . . . . . . . . . 1675 morrhuic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1870 mucic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1147 mulberry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1278 myristic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1082 ... 1211, 1296, 1374, 1391, 1402 myricinic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1294 myrrhic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1299 nicotinic . . . . . . . . . . 1024, 1909 nitro-prussic . . . . . . . . . . . 1567 nucitannic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1091 nuphar-tannic . . . . . . . . . . 1319 Acid, nymphaea-tannic. . . . 1319 Octoic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1927 Cenanthic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1382 Cenanthylic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1818 oleic. ... 1321, 1328, 1365, 1372 ..1376, 1390, 1402, 1751, 2014 Opianic. . . . . . . 1019, 1024, 1411 orsellinic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1113 Orthocoumaric... . . . . . . . . 1251 Ortho-nitro-cinnamic. ... 1049 Ortho-nitro-phenyl-pro- piolic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1049 orthosulphamido-ben - zoic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1691 Osmic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1542 oxalic. . . . . . . . . 905, 1423, 1643 Oxypicric.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 palmitic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 971 1294, 1321, 1370, 1372, 1378 1390, 1391, 1399, 1402, 1751 papaveric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1663 para-oxy-benzoic... 1096, 1643 para-phenol sulphonic .. 1065 parasaccharic . . . . . . . . . . . 947 para-sulphamido-ben- ZO1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1691 parillic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1728 parthenic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1439 paullinitannic. . . . . . . . . . . 965 peonia-resinic. . . . . . . . . . . 1429 periodic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1067 permanganic. . . . . . . . . . . . 1232 perosmic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1543 phellonic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1619 phloretic ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1613 phocenic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2059 phospho-glyceric. . . . . . . . 933 phosphoric. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1459 phosphorous. . . . . . . . . . . 1459 photoSantonic. . . . . . . . . . . 1718 phyllic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1122 phytolaccic .. 1472, 1473, 1475 picropodophyllic ... . . . . . 1530 picrotoxic. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1476 pilocarpic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1480 piperic . .1504, 1506, 1509, 1608 piperonylic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1509 pipitzahoic... . . . . . . . . . . . 1662 plumbic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1527 podophyllic. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1530 polygalic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1745 polygonic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1533 potassium carbonate . . . . 1547 oxalate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1685 sulphate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1579 tarttute... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1551 propionic... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1325 protocatechuic.... . . .962, 1098 ... 1101, 1104, 1643, 1737, 1992 puneic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1219 punico-tannic. . . . . . . . . . . 954 purginic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1085 purpurin-carbonic . . . . . . 1680 pyrethric... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1608 pyridine tricarboxylic. . 1341 pyrogallic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .'609 pyromeconic. . . . . . . . . . . . 1414 quercitannic. . . . . . . . . . . . 1618 quercitric. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1619 quillajic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1620 quinidine sulphate. . . . . . 1622 quinine hydriodate. . . . . . 1626 hydrobromate. . . . . . . . . 1629 hydrochlorate. . . . . . . . . 1630 sulphate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1627 quininic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1623 quinovic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1992 ratanbia-tannic . . . . . . . . . 1104 rham notannic. . . . . . . . . . . 1653 Theo-tannic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1659 rhoeadic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [663 (Vol. II.) Acid, rhus-tannic... . . . . . . . 1669 ricinelaidic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1382 ricinoleic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1382 robustic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 957 roccellic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1113 ruberythric . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1680 rubianic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1680 rubichloric... . . . . . . . 909, 1680 rutic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1687, 1741 Sabadillic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1688 Saccharic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1694 salicylic. 1108, 1325, 1350, 1809 Salicylous. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1809 Sanguinaric. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1711 Santalic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1716 Santonic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1718 Sapotannic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1276 Sarracenic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1726 Sebacic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1085 sedanonic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1454 Senecic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1744 Scammonic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1734 Scammonolic. . . . . . . . . . . . 1734 Sclerotic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2035 Sinapic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1757 sinapine Sulphate. . . . . . . 1757 Sinapolic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1757 Smilasperic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 985 sodium carbonate. . . . . . . 1766 Sorbic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1803 Sorbi-tannic. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1803 Sozoiodolic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1065 Stearic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1321 e tº e o tº e - 1372, 1390, 1391, 1402 steocarobic ... . . . . . . . . . . . 083 Styphnic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907 suberic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1619 Succinic. . . . . . 1278, 1394, 1420 sulphindigotic . . . . . . . . . . 1048 sulphoichthyolic. . . . . . . . 1042 Sulpho-purpuric . . . . . . . . 1048 tampicic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1086 tampicolic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1086 tanacetic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1913 tannic. . . . . . . . . . . . . 911, 1429 terebenic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1396 terephtalic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1896 thapsic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1927 theobromic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1398 therapic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1370 thujetic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1931 thymic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1937 tiglic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 962, 1342 amyl-ester . . . . . . . . . . . . 1342 hexyl-ester. . . . . . . . . . . . 1342 tiglinic. . . . . . . . . . . . 1325, 1402 tormentilla-tannic . . . . . . 1999 toxicodendric. . . . . . 1669, 1671 tropic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1034 tumenol Sulphonic. . . . . . 1042 turpethic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1086 umbellulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1739 usnic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1113 valerianic 999, 1325, 1345, 1370 ..1403, 1707, 1708, 2059, 2060 vanillic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2046 veratric. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1688 viburnic. . . . . . . . . . . 1708, 2059 villosic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1681 Acidimetry, indicators for (see Appendix)... . . . . . .2118 Acids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1325 oleic. . . . . . . . . . . . . ". . . . . . . 1391 Acidum Copaibicun). . . . . . . 1642 osmicum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1542 perosmicum . . . . . . . . . . . . 1542 pyrogallicum . . . . . . . . . . . 1609 Succinicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1394 thymicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1937 Acipenser Guldenstadti. . . 1040 Huso. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1039, 1040 GENERAL INDEX. iii Ac, penser ruthenus Acokanthera Ouabaio... . . . . • e - e s e a s a s e s = e s s a e Acorus Calamus -- Acrinyl-isothiocyanide. . . . 175 934, 1321, 1382 Actaea Spicata Actinomeris helianthoides. Adder's violet............. Adenia venenata Adenium Boehmianum. Adeps lanae hydrosus suillus preparatus e & e e º 0 Adhatoda Vasica. Adonis vernalis • * * * * * * * is e º ſº e º tº e e s e º 'º e º 'º - a tº º e º e s tº e º e e s e º e s e º e º e s = e s e e s e - - - - - - e. e. e. e. e. tº e º 'º * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * e s - e º e º e e s e e e s e e AEsculus glabra Hippocastanum e tº º e º 'º º e º 'º - e s = e º is e tº * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * • e e º e e s - e º e e s e e s e s a AEthiops cretaceus tº e º 'º - - - - e º e s & e º w tº AEthusa Cynapium Agaricus muscarius tº º e º s e & Agathophyllum aromati. s e s e º e º 'º - e º a . s tº a 4 tº Aglaia odorata Agnus Castus Agresta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2037 Agropyrum repens Agrostemma Githago tº a tº e º t e º 'º - - - 4 0 tº e º 'º e º 'º e 6 tº a tº a º & e º 'º e s s tº e º a e tº t e º 'º e e = * * * * * * tº * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * e & Alant camphor Alantic anhydride Åiantolactone. . . . . . . . . . . . * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 5 e < * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * e - e º e º 'º - a tº e s e s tº e - coniferyl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - dehydrogenatum * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * Alcohol, patchouly . . . . . . .1253 propenyl ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 933 table (see Appendix)... .2169 Alcoholic eyewash. . . . . . . . 1822 Alcohols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1324 Alcoolatum fragrans. . . . . . 1824 Alcoolatures.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 941 Aldebyde. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1435 acetic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1435 anis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1325 benzoic. . . . . . . 1121, 1339, 1348 butyric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1356 Caproic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1356 cinnamic, 1325, 1351,1352, 1853 Cumin... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1325 heptoic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1382 isovaleric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1367 lauric. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1385 meta-methoxy-para-oxy- benzoic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2045 methyl-proto-catechuic... 2045 methylene protocate- - 1 chuic... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cenanthic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1382 Salicylic. . . . . . 1325, 1700, 1809 Valeric . . . . . . . . . . . . 1348, 1356 Aldehyde-ammonia. . . . . . . .1436 Aldehydes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1325 Alder, black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1582 spotted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 974 Aleppo galls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910 Aleurites laccifera. . . . . . . . . 1110 moluccana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1365 triloba. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1365 Alfilaria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 929 Alfilerilla. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 929 Algarobilla. . . . . . . . . . . 974, 1298 Algerian gazelle... . . . . . . . . 1287 Alhagi Camelorum. . . . . . . . 1238 Alisma Plantago. . . . . . . . . . 1516 Alizarin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1680 ink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1680 yellow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1610 Alkali, fixed.... . . . . . . . . . . . 1539 Vegetable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1539 Alkalimetry, indicators for (see Appendix)... . . . . . 21.18 Alkanet, hoary . . . . . . . . . . . 1199 Alkekengi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1465 Allamanda cathartica... . . .1750 Alliaria officinalis . . . . . . . . 1761 Alligator pear. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1123 Allspice... . . . . . . . . . . . 1502, 1503 Carolina... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.192 Florida . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.191 Wild . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1135 Allyl-aldehyde ... . . . . . . . . . 934 Allyl-cyanide . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1391 Allyl-guaiacol... . . . . . 1325, 1349 Allyl-isothiocyanide. 1391, 1757 Allyl-pyrocatechin methyl- ene ether... . . . . . . . . . . . 1389 Allylamine sulphate. . . . . . 1892 Allyl-thio-cyanide . . . . . . . . 1391 Allyl-thio urea ... . . . . . . . . . 1392 Allyl-veratrol. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1345 Almond, cutting. . . . . . . . . . 1438 Alosa Menhaden. . . . . . . . . . 1372 Alpha-dioxy-naphtalenes... 1305 Alpha-naphtol. . . . . . . . . . . .1306 Alphitonia excelsa. . . . . . . . 1657 Alpinia Galanga. . . . . . . . . . . 905 officinarum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 905 Alpinin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 905 Alsine media. . . . . . .* * * * * * * * 1834 Alstroemeria ligtu . . . . . . . . . 1240 Alterative, Scudder's...... 1957 Altingia Excelsa. . . . . . . . . . 1856 Aluminum naphtolsulpho- nate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1307 paraphenylsulphonate ... 1065 (Vol. II.) Aluminum sozonate. . . . . . . 1065 Alumnol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1307 Alum-root. . . . . . . . . . . . . 927, 988 Amalgam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1763 Amalgams... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1007 Amargosa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1617 Amber ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1393 Roumanian . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1393 Sicilian... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1393 Amber-canaphor. . . . . . . . . . . 1393 Annblygonite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1195 Ambra flava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1393 American aspen. . . . . . . . . . . 1537 centaury . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1689 elder ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1706 foxglove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 929 gentian... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 926 Greek Valerial) . . . . . . . . . . 1532 hellebore. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2050 holly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1044 ipecac. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 931 larch ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1120 leech. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 liverleaf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 985 maize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1360 mistletoe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2080 mountain ash . . . . . . . . . . . 1803 nightshade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1471 nutgalls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911 pennyroyal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 976 poplar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1537 Sanicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 988 shrub yellow root. . . . . . . 20S6 Vermilion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1011 Amethyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1186 Ammonium carbamate. . . . 1152 • * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 2031 ichthyol. . . . . . . . . . . 1041, 1042 sulphonate ... . . . . . . . . . 1041 . Succinate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1394 Amonum Zedoaria . . . . . . . 2112 Zerumbet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2112 Zingiber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2109 Amygdalin, 1121,1122, 1123, 1147 1323, 1338, 1583, 1584, 1612, 1696 Amyl-amine. . . . . . . . . 1370, 1999 chloride . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1999 hydrochlorate . . . . . . . . . . 1999 Amyl valerianate . . . . . . . . . 2043 Amylo-dextrin ... . . . . . . . . . 1217 Amylopsin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1431 Amyris balsannifera. . . . . . . 1388 Anacamptis pyramidalis. .1699 Anacardium occidentale ... 1667 • * * * * e º e < * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 1994 Anacyclus officinarum . . . .1608 Pyrethrum . . . . . . . . 1607, 1608 Anannirta Cocculus. . . . . . . . 1475 paniculata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1475 Anamirtin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1476 Ananassa sativa. . . . . . . . . . . 1448 Anchietaea salutaris. . . . . . . 2080 Anchietine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2080 Andirin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1104 Andromeda angustifolium 1425 arborea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1424 mariana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1425 nitida. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1425 polyfolia ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1425 Speciosa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1425 Andromedotoxin,914, 1094, 1095 ... 1248, 1277, 1425, 1662, 1663 Andropogon citratus. . . . . . 1344 Schoenanthus . . . . . . . . . . . 13S4 Anemone acutiloba . . . . . . . 985 Hepatica. . . . . . . . . . . . 985, 986 meadow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1588 prätensis ... . . . . 15SS, 1589 pulsatilla . . . . . . . . . . 1588, 1589 Tūe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1925 Small meadow . . . . . . . . . . 1588 iv GENERAL INDEX. Anemone thalictroides... . . 1925 true meadow.... . . . . . . . . .1588 Anemonin. . . . . . . . . . . 1589, 1639 Anemonol... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1639 Anethol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1046 ..1324, 1325, 1341, 1357, 1422 Anethum graveolens. . . . . . 1340 Angelica Archangelica . . . . 907 tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2087 Angelin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1104 Angola weed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1113 Angraecum fragrans...1252, 2046 Anhydro-timboin. . . . . . . . . 966 Aniline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1048, 1304 Anime ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1921 East Indian . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1921 South American . . . . . . . . 1921 Anis-aldehyde . . . . . . . . . . . . 1825 Anis-ketone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1325 Anise-ketone... . . . . . . . . . . . 1357 Anisi stellata fructus. . . . . . 1046 Annidalin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1063 Anodyne, chloroform . . . . . 1952 Hoffmann's . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1810 poniade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1137. Anonymus aquatica. . . . . . . 1216 Sempervirens. . . . . . . . . . . . 916 Antennaria Margaritacea, . 949 Anthelmia quadriphylla. , 1808 Anthemen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1342 Anthemidine... . . . . . . . . . . . 1246 Anthemine... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1247 Anthemis arvensis... 1246, 1247 nob lis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1342 Pyrethrum ... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1607 Anthem ol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1342 Anthokirrin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1135 Anthoxanthum Odoratum.1250 Anthracene. . . . 1615, 1660, 1680 Anthran lic acid methyl- ester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1344 Antiaresin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1469 Antiarigenin . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1469 Antiarin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1469 Antiaris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1469 toxicaria. . . . . . . . . . . 1318, 1469 Antiarol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1469 Antiarose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1469 Antibilious physic. . . . . . . . 1602 Antilope Dorcas. . . . . . . . . . . 1287 Antimonium muriaticum liquidum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1154 Antimony, butter of . . . . . . 1154 liquid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1154 trichloride... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1154 Antinosine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1065 Antirrhinum Linaria. . . . . . 1135 Antiseptin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1064 Antiseptol... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1064 Antispasmin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1793 AntoZonide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 961 Aphis chimensis. . . . . . . . . . . 911 Aphrodlaescin ... . . . . . . . 991, 992 A pigenin... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1454 Apiin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1453 Apiol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1325, 1453 Apis mellifica. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1247 Apium graveolens. . . . . . . . . 1454 Petroselinum . . . . . . . . . . . 1453 Aplopappus laricifolius. . . 2011 Apomorphia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1412 Apomorphine . . . . . . . 1280, 1412 Aporetin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1659 Apple, Crab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1803 Apples, Cedar. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1691. Apple-fruited granadilla . . 1441 Apple, Indian. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1529 May . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1528, 1529 of Peru . . . . . . . . . . . . 1838, 1465 tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 COIllllloI] ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1612 Aqua alcalmia effervescens. 1179 calcariae ustae . . . . . . . . . . . 1157 Calcis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1157 coloniensis ... . . . . . . . . . . . 1824 fragariae... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1902 laurocerasi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1121 lithiae effervescens. . . . . . . 1179 magnesio-effervescens ... 1174 nicotianae tabacum spiri- tuosae Rademacheri.... 1901 phagedaenica flava . . . . . . 1205 nigra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1205 phosphorica. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1464 plumbica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1177 potassae effervescens..... 1179 rubiidaei. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1902 Saturnina. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1177 sodae effervescens . . . . . . . . 1179 Aquilegia Vulgaris. . . . . . . . 1833 Arabian lavender. . . . . . . . . 1124 Arachin... . . . . . . . . . . . 1376, 1398 Arachis hypogoea. . . . . 971, 1390 Aracus aromaticus. . . . . . . . 2043 Aralia Ginseng. . . . . . . . . . . . 1430 papyrifera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1421 quinquefolia. . . . . . . . . . . . 1429 Spinosa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2088 Arbor Vitae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1933 Arbutin . . .913, 1094, 1610, 1663 s • * * * * * 2038, 2039, 2040, 2041 Arbutus, trailing . . . . . . . . . 2040 Uva ursi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2038 Xalapensis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2040 Arcanum duplicatum. . . . . 1578 Archangel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1213 Archangelica Atro purpu- Ted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1213 Archil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1113, 1114 Arctium Lappa . . . . . . . . . . . 1118 Arctocarpus incisa. . . . . . . . 1240 Arctostaphylos glauca. . . . . 2040 nucrocifera. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2040 officinalis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2038 polifolia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2040 tomentOSa... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2040 Uva ursi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2038 Arctuvin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2038 Arenga saccharifera. . . . . . . 1698 Arenaria rubra. . . . . . 1730, 1805 Argel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1748 Argemone mexicana . . . . . . 1279 Argentum vivum... . . . . . . . 1007 Arginine . . . . . . . . . . . . 1209, 1587 Argol, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1551, 2063 red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1551 White. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1551 Argyraescin. . . . . . . . . . . . 991, 992 Arillus myristicae. . . . . . . . . 1216 Aristol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1063 Aristolochia clematitis. . . . 1553 cynbifera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1754 foetida . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1754 hastata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1752 hirsuta. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1752 indica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1754 longa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1553, 1754 pistolochia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1553 reticulata. . . . . . . . . . 1752, 1753 rotunda . . . . . . . . . . . 1553, 1925 Sagittaria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1752 Serpentaria . . .919, 1752, 1753 tomentOSa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1752 Aristolochin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1753 Aristolochine. . . . . . . . 1753, 1754 Arnneria vulgaris. . . . . . . . . . 1834 Arnica. In Ontanum . . . . . . . . 1998 Aromadendrin. . . . . . . . . . . . 1099 Arrope. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2066 Arrow-grass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1996 Arrow-poison, Javanese. ... 1469 Arrow-root. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1238 (Vol. II.) Arrow-root, Australian . . . . 1240 Bermuda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1238 Brazilian . . . . . . . . . . 1235, 1240 East India. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1239 Florida . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1240 of Tahiti. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1240 Talcahuana . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1240 West India. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1239 Zamia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1240 Arrow-wood, maple-leaved 2061 Arsenias natricus . . . . . . . . . 1764 Sodicus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1764 Arsenous anhydride... . . . . . 1764 Artanthe adunca. . . . . . . . . . 1245 elongata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1244 lancaefolium . . . . . . . . . . . . 1245 Artarine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 | Artar root . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2091 Artemisia Absinthium.... 1037 cina. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1325 Lercheana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1716 maritima. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1716 var. a pauciflora. . . . . . . 1716 var. a Stech manniana. 1716 pauciflora . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1716 Arthanitin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1581 Arthrosia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1475 Artichoke, Jerusalem. . . . . 982 Artificial isinglass. . . . . . . . . 914 Arusa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1713 Arwa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1506 Asagraea officinalis. . . . . . . . 1687 • * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 1688, 2047 Asaprol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1307 Asaron. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1325 Asarum europaeum . . . . . . . 1325 Asbestos . . . . . . . 1187, 1221, 1222 Ascyrum crux-Andreae. ... 1038 Asclepias currasavica. . . . . . 1077 emetica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1077 geminata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 985 pseudosarsa. . . . . . . . . . . . . 984 Aselline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1370 Asellus major. . . . . . . . . . . . 1369 Ash. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1930 American mountain . . . . 1803 bitter... . . . . . . . . . . . 1614, 1617 flowering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1236 poison. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1669, 1674 prickly, northern . . . . . . . 2087 Southern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2087 red. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1657 Wafer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1586 Ashes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1556 Asparagin . . . . . . 981, 1676, 1694 Asparagine...946, 999, 1077, 1870 Aspen, American . . . . . . . . . 1537 European . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 1538 Quaking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1537 Asperula odorata. . . . . . . . . . 1251 Asphalt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1452 Asphaltene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1452 Asphaltum . . . . . . . . . . 1450, 1452 Asphodelus bulbosus. . . . . . 1699 Assamin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1929 ASSay, alkaloidal, by in mis- ciblesolvents(see App.)2137 1. Aster, Silver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 802 Asthma weed. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 Astragalus adscendens. . . . . 1992 boeoticus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1994 brachycalyx . . . . . . . . . . . . 1992 eScapus... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1994 glycyphyllos.. . . . . . . 947, 1994 gunmifer. . . . . . . . . . 1992, 1993 kurdicus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1993 leioclados. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1992 microcephalus . . . . . . . . . . 1994 molissimus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1993 Parnassi war. cyllenea.... 1993 pycnocladus . . . . . . . . . . . . 1993 GENERAL INDEX. V Astragalus stronatodes . . . 1993 V&I'llS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1993 Astrantia major . . . . . . . . . . 1715 Astrocaryum vulgare . . . . . 1378 Atherosperma noschata... 1297 Atlanchana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1216 A tractylis gummifera. . . . . 1244 Atropine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1839 Attar of roses. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1383 Aurum musivum. . . . . . . . . 1830 Australene... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1396 Ava... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1505, 1506 pepper shrub . . . . . . . . . . . 1505 A\ a-kava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1506 Avens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 931 European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 931 purple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 930 Water... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 930 Axungia pedum tauri. . . . . 1345 Azo dyes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1049 Azolitmin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1113 Azotas plumbicus. . . . . . . . . 1524 sodicus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1786 Azulene . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1246, 1253 ABYLON’N WILLOW... 1701 Baccharine. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1995 Baccharis cordifolia. . . . . . . 1995 Backhousia citriodora. . . . . 1357 Badger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1287 Bagasse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1693 Bakas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1713 Balaena australis . . . . . . . . . . 1372 mysticetus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1372 Balata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1276 Balaustion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 953 Ballota nigra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1126 alſil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1252 of Gilead. . . . . . . . . . . 1301, 1539 fir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1921 lemon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1252 arturient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1895 Balneum sodae hyposulphi- tis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1784 Balsam-apple... . . . . . . . . . . . 1444 Balsam, Bicuhiba... . . . . . . . 1374 anada. . . . . . . . . . . . 1921, 1922 caroba,. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1083 Cebu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1327 Commander's... . . . . . . . . . 1947 T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1921, 1922 Friar's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1941 garden... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.7 Gilead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1301 glycerin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 938 groundsel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1744 gurjun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1326 jewelweed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.7 Mecca. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1301 mercurial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2020 old field. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 948 ophthalmic... . . . . . . . . . . . 2030 Pettit's... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2030 Persian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1947 pine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1923 poplar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1538 pulmonary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1894 St. Victor's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1947 SDTUCe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1921 styptic. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1205, 1206 Warren's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1397 sulphur. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1865 Swedish. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1947 Turlington’s . . . . . . . . . . . . 1947 Vernain's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1947 Wade's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1947 Weed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.7 White. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 948 Wood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 960 Wound. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1947 Balsamea erythrea. . . . . . . . . 1300 Balsannea Mukul. . . . . . . . . . 1301 Balsamita suaveolens. . . . . . 1913 Balsamo de Tagulaway . . . . 1327 Balsam ocarpum brevi- 1UlDD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 974 Balsa moden dron afri- C 3, 1) Ul Ill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1301 Berryi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1301 Mukul. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1301 Myrrha... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1298 Opobalsamum. . . . . . . . . . . 1301 Balsamum commendatoris. 1947 gileadense. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1301 nuciste... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1374 Storacis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1854 tranquilans . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1037 traumaticum. . . . . . . . . . . . 1947 Bamboo brier. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1729 Bameea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 989 Bandolin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1289 Baphia nitida. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1716 Baptisia tinctoria. . . . . . . . . 1105 Baptitoxine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1105 Barilla. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1774 Barley. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 996 hulled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 996 malt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1228 pearl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 996 pot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 996 Scotch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 996 Barytine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2049 Bases, picoline. . . . . . . . . . . . 1909 Basil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1124, 1606 SWeet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1124 Wild. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1606, 1607 Bassia butyracea . . . . . . . . . . 127 latifolia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1399 longifolia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1276 parkii . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1276, 1399 Bassora galls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911 Bassorin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1993 BassWood... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1940 Bastard brazil wood. . . . . . . 1675 ipecac. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1999 Bath flowers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1998 hot-air. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1759 Batiation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2059 Battery fluid.... . . . . . . . . . . S. 1160 Bay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1122 SWeet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1122 Bayberry. . . . . . . 1293, 1372, 1503 bark. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1293 tallow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1293 Wax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1293 Bay-berries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1122 Baycurine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1834 Baycuru. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1834 Bay rum . . . . . . . . . . . . 1373, 1823 Baume tranquille. . . . . . . . . 1037 Bdellium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1301 African. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1301 East Indian . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1301 Indian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1301 Bean, Calabar. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1465 Mackay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1725 Madagascar ordeal. . . . . . . 1328 of St. Ignatius. . . . . . . . . . . 1043 ordeal, Calabar. . . . . . . . . . 1465 pichurim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1309 pichury . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1309 Bean-Ore. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1504 Bean-trefoil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1105 Beans, Cali. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1469 Tonka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1251 English. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1252 Bearberry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2038 Bear's bed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1537 Bear's foot. . . . . . . . . . . . 984, 1534 Beaver-tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1226 Beberine. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1309, 1437 Bebeerine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1309 (Vol. II Bebeeru. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1308 bark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1308 Bedeguar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911 Bedstraw. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909 sweet-scented . . . . . . . . . . . 909 yellow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909 Beech. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1930, 1998 Beef, wine, and iron. . . . . . .2071 Beef, wine, iron, and cin- Chona. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2071 Beer, ginger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2111 rice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1421 Beeswax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323 Belugo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1040 Bell-metal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1829 Bellwort. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2040 mealy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2040 Bendee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 989 Benjamin bush. . . . . . . . . . . . 1135 €DIle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1754 Benzaichloride . . . . . . . . . . . . 1339 Benzaldehyde. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1121 tº e º is © e º 'º $ tº s & 1325, 1338, 1353 Pll re. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Benzene. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1643 Benzoas lithicus. . . . . . . . . . . 1.192 Sodicus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1765 Benzohelicin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1701 Benzoic aldehyde . . . . . . . . . 1121 Sulphimide... . . . . . . . . . . . 1691 Sulphinide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1691 Benzoin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1338 Odoriferum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1135 Benzo-naphtol . . . . . . . . . . . . 1307 Benzol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1643 Benzosol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 964 Benzoyl-eugenol. . . . . . . . . . . 1350 Benzoyl-glycocoll . . . . . . . . . 2031 Benzoyl-guaiacol. . . . . . . . . . 964 Benzoyl-Salicin... . . . . . . . . . 1538 Benzoyl-sulphonimide . . . . 1691 Berberina. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1029 Berberinae hydrochloras... 1029 Berberinae Sulphas... . . . . . . 1030 Berberine . . . . . . 1022, 1023, 1024 ...1029, 1088, 1587, 2086, 2089 acetate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1029 acetone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1024 hydrochlorate. . . . . 1023, 1029 monosulphate. . . . . . . . . . . 2086 sulphate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1030 tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1029 Berberis vulgaris. . . . . 1022, 125 Bergamot camphor. . . . . . . . 1344 Wild. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1275 Bergapten... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1344 Bergenin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1627 Bermuda grass. . . . . . . . . . . . 2001 Berries, French . . . . . . . . . . . 1654 Persian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1654 Berthollettia excelsa. . . . . . I360 Beta-chinidine . . . . . . . . . . . . 1620 Beta-chinin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1621 Beta-dioxy-naphtalenes.... 1305 Beta-galactan . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1209 Beta-methyl-aesculetin.919, 920 Beta-naphtol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1305 Beta-naphtol benzoate. . . . . 1307 Salicylate... . . . . . . . . . 1307 Beta vulgaris. . . . . . . . . 1693, 1998 Betaine. . . . . . . . . 1694, 1998, 1999 Bethroot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1996 Betol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1307 Betony, Paul's. . . . . . . . . . . . 1213 Betula lenta. . . . 1260, 1345, 1357 Betulase . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323, 1345 Bevilacqua... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1030 Bhesabol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1300 Biacura. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1834 Bibirine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1309 Bibiru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1308 Vi GENERAL INDEX. Bicarbonas kalicus, . . . . . . . .1547 potassicus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1547 Sodicus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1766 Bichromas kalicus. . . . . . . . . 1549 Big-leaved ivy. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1093 Bignonia Caroba. . . . . . . . . . 1082 Copaia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1082 nodosa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1083 Sempervirens. . . . . . . . 916, 917 Bilberry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2041 Bilsted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1148 Bindweed, Uropical. . . . . . . . 1317 Biniodidum hydrargyri ... 101 Birch... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1930 SWeet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1345 Bird-glue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2080 Bird-knot grass . . . . . . . . . . . 1534 Weed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1534 Birdlime. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1044, 2080 Bird's-foot violet. . . . . . . . . . 207 Bird’s nest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1277 Birth-root. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1996 Bisbi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1617 Bisinna... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1096 Bissa’bol. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1299, 1300 Bissy-bissy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Bistort. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1534 Bistorta. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1534 Bitar tras kalicus. . . . . . . . . . 1551 potassicus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1551 Bitter ash. . . . . . . . . . . . 1614, 1617 Cll DS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1614 kola . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1102 milkwort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1746 OTallge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1342 polygala . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1746 quassia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1616 TOOt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1240 Wood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1614 Bitters, ague. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1981 Bone's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1971 restorative wine. . . . . . . . . 2078 Wine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2075 Biting Stone crop. . . . . . . . . . 1741 Black alder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1582 Currant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 draught. . . . . . . . . . . . 1056, 1272 drink. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1419, 1056 flux. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1542 galls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910 haw. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2059, 2060 hellebore. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . horehound. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1126 huckleberry. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2040 imperatoria. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1715 jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2106 larch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1120 locust. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1676 lupinus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1209 mustard... . . . . . . . . . 1391, 1756 Oak. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1617, 1618 peppel' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1503 Oppy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1433 raspberry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1683 resorcin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1650 root. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1126 Snakeroot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1715 Walnut. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1090 Wash. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1014, 1205 whortleberry. . . . . . . . . . . . 2040 willow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a .1702 Blackberry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1680 Creeping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1681 low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1681 low-bush. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1681 Black-blue whortleberry. . .2041 Bladder-pod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 lobelia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 Bladder Senna. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1750 Blazing-star. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1130 Blood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1714 Blood root. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1708 Bloodwort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1709 striped... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 989 Blue bells. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1532 Chemnitz... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1048 dangles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2040 diphenylamine. . . . . . . . . . 1573 a£. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1077, 1081 galls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910 gentian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 926 huckleberry. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2040 lobelia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1205 magnolia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1227 Ida SS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1008, 1241 mountain tea . . . . . . . . . . . 1. physostigmine . . . . . . . . . . 1470 pill... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1008, 1241 pills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1242 Saxony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1048 Scullcap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1740 Thenard’s . . . . . . . . . 1580, 2095 Turnbull’s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1567 violet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2078, 2079 whortleberry. . . . . . . . . . . . 2040 Blueberry, common low. . .2041 high . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2040 Blunt-leaved dock. . . . . . . . . 1684 Bob's root... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1586 Bocconia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1403 Boehmeria nivea. . . . . . . . . . 2034 var. candicans. . . . . . . . . 2034 Bofareira. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1383 Bogbean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1257 Bog-bilberry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2039 Bolus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1487 Bombyx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 950 Bonduc-nuts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1390 Seeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1391 Bone-black. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1459 Bone's bitters. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1971 Boracite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1770 Borax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1770 COIll ID Ol) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1770 crude. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1770 glass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1771 Octobedral. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1770 prismatic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1770 vitrified. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1771 Boras Sodicus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1770 Borneol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1256 1324, 1345, 1362, 1363, 1385 1394, 1399, 1753, 1801, 2042 Borneol acetate. . . . . . . . . . . 1396 Borneol valerianate. . . . . . 1403 Bornyl-acetate... . . . . . . . . . . 13S0 * * * * * * g g & 1396, 1400, 1403, 1801 Bornyl-butyrate . . . . . . . . . . 1403 Bornyl-formiate. . . . . . . . . . . 1403 Bornyl-valerianate . . . . . . . . 1403 Boroglyceride. . . . . . . . . . . . . 942 Boroglycerin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 942 Boroglycerinum . . . . . . . . . . 942 Boro-natrocalcite. . . . . . . . . . 1770 Boro-thymol-zinc-iodide... 1064 Boston iris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1081 Boswellia Carterii. . . . . . . . . 1403 Frereana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1404 papyrifera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1404 Serrata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1404 thurifera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1404 Botan-root. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1429 Botryopsis platyphylla. . . . 1436 Bouchee seeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1586 Bougies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 916 Bouncing Bet. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1723 Boundou... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1317 Bowman root. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1126 Bowman's root. . . . . . . . . . . . 931 Boxberry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 913 Box-elder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1930 (Vol. II.) Brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1588 buckhorn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1422 COIll Ill OI! . . . . . . . . . . . 1587, 1588 Brake-root . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1536 Brand of corn . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2034 Brandy... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1825 Catawba. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1826 pale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1826 White. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1826 Brass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2107 Brassica alba. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1756 campestris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1759 juncea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1759 Napus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1759 nigra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1756, 1759 oleracea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1759 Var. Capitata . . . . . . . . . . 1759 Rapa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1759 Sinapistrum. . . . . . . . . . . . 1759 Sinapoldes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1756 Sinensis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1759 Braunite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1232 Brazil nuts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1360 wood, bastard. . . . . . . . . . . 1675 Brazilian verbena. . . . . . . . . . 1627 Brazilin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1650 Bread, Cassava . . . . . . . . . . . . 1236 Crumb of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1262 fruit tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1240 root. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1586 Breast wort. . . . . . . . . . . . 908 Brier, wild. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1677 Brimstone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1861 horse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1862 Brindonia indica... . . . . . . . . 912 Brinton’s root. . . . . . . . . . . . 1127 Brinvilliers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1808 Broad-leaved tea-tree. . . . . . 1347 Bromelia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1448 Bromelin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1448 Bromidia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1556 Bromine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1370 Bromuretum kalicum . . . . . 1552 lithicum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1193 potassicum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1552 TOInze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1829 powder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1830 Brook-lime. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 2058 Broom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1736 dyer's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 923 Irish. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1736 P] D C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1919 tops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 924, 1736 Broom-corn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2001 Broussonetia tinctoria. . . . . 1675 Brown peppermint tree... 1356 Brucea antidysenterica. . . . 1314 Brucine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.43 e = * * * * * 1314, 1317, 1849, 1854 Brunella vulgaris. . . . . . . . . . 1741 Bryonia mechoacana nigri- CanS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 084 Buaycura. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1834 Bubby . . . . . . . . . . * * * * * * * 1.192 Buckbean. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1257 Buckhorn brake. . . . . . . . . . . 1422 Buckthorn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . , 1653 California. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165(; Buckwheat, common . . . . . . 1534 Buda rubra... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1805 Buffalo berry . . . . . . . . . . . . 1676 Bugle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1925 mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1925 SWeet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1213 Water. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1213 Bugleweed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1213 Buja. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1007 Bulbous crowfoot. . . . . . . . . 1638 Bull berry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1676 Bull-hoof... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1441 Bull-nettle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1799 GENERAL INDEX. e e s a c e s = e s ∈ & e s s e e • * * * * * * * s e s m e a tº e s s º º e º 'º a tº a p * * * * * © e º is e º g c & & e s tº e º a o º e e s p → * * * * * * * * * * * * * e e e s e e s s a e s e e e s s a s • * Bush whortleberry Bushy gerardia Ruteafrondosa.......ió98, C8, CalO i823, iš53,1398,1932, 19 e & e º 'º e º e º e º ºs e º e e 353 tº e g º 'º º tº º s - e º 'º tº t e º 'º º e is e s tº e º 'º a º 0 is e º dº e º 0. • a e s a • * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * midshipman's * * * * * * * * * * * nutmeg... . . . . . . . . . .1823, 1374 * - e º a e s • a e s e s e e s e s g º e º 'º e º 'º e < * * * * * * * * * e e º ſº e a e º e º e º e e s tº e s e e • * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * > * 1276, 1323, 1399 Button cautery • * tº º te ł & a tº 4 to • * * * * * * * * g e º a tº e Butyrum antimonii Buxus sempervirens tº e º s e - e º 'º - 6 tº tº tº a tº e & Byttera febrifuga AAPEBA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1245 e s tº e º ºs e º e º a t t t w & * e º e s • * * * * * * * * * * * * * s a e s = e º e º 'º - tº e º ſº º a tº tº a • s e e e < * * * * * * * * * * * * * e e = e º e º 'º - e º & e º e e s a e º e º 'º - a tº e º is e º º Cachets de Pain Cadinene..1253, 1324, 1345, 1355 ..1346, 1361, 1362, 1367, 1380 1386, 1396, 1507, 1801 Cadinia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2106 Caducous polygala Caesalpinia Bonducella . . . . brevifolia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1298 Caesium and ammonium * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * p Caffeine 965, 1045,1101,1929, 1932 1101 s e a e º e < * * * * * * * * * * * e a tº e < * * * * * * * * * * • e o e < * * * * * * * * * * * * e - e º a tº t e º e º e < * Calabash. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1444 SWeet..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1441 Calamine.... . . . . . . . . .2095, 2106 siliceous. . . . . . . . . . . 2095, 2107 Calamus Draco. . . . . . . . . . . . 1624 Calancapatle de Pueblo. . . . 958 Calcaria Soluta. . . . . . . . . . . . 1157 Calcatripine... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1833 Calcii sulphocarbolas. . . . . . 1798 Calcium beta-naphtol-alpha- monosulphonate. . . . . . . 1307 Sulphocarbolate... . . . . . . . 1798 tartrate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099 Caliche. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1786 Calico-bush... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1093 California buckthorn.... . . . 1656 Coffee tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1656 laurel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1731 mountain holly. . . . . . . . . 1655 oak-galls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911 Olive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1731 DOPPY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1420 spice-tree... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1731 Calisaya tonics... . . . . . . . . . . 1874 Callicocca Ipecacuanha. . . . 1071 Callitris quadriwalvis. . . . . . 1244 Calomel... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1013 and jalap... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1595 Calomelas... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1013 Calophyllum Inophyllum...1923 Tacamahaca ... . . . . . . . . . . 1923 Calycanthine ... . . . . . . . . . . . 1.192 Calycanthus floridus. . . . . . . 1.191 glaucus... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.192 laevigatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.192 Occidentalis. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.192 Calyptranthes Jambolana... 1303 Camelina sativa. . . . . . . . . . . 1390 Camellia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1930 drupifera... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1931 japonica . . . . . . . . . . . 1930, 1931 oleifera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1931 SãS3 Ilglla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1931 Thea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1927 theifera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1927 Camellin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1931 Camphene..1324, 1363 1385, 1896 Camphols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1704 Camphor. . . . . . . 1324, 1363, 1385 alant. . . . . . . . . 1058, 1059, 1824 a.Ile Ill OIl6 . . . . . . . . . . 1589, 1639 artificial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1896 auricula. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1581 bergamot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1344 cedar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1862 inula. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1058, 1059 Japan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1325, 1889 jonquil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1808 juniper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1861 lemon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1364 matico. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1824 matricaria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1324 mint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1367 neroli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1344 OTTIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1082 parsley. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1453 patchouly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1253 primula... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1581 pyrethrum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1438 raspberry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1683 TOSé . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1384 TOSemary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1679 Salol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1704 tobacco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1908 Cam Wood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1716 Canadian moonseed. . . . . . . 1253 Canadine. . . . . . . 1022, 1024, 1025 Canadol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1451 Canaigre. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1685 Canchalagua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1690 Candle berry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1293 (Vol. II.) Candleberry tree & & 8 tº g + æ a s tº e º m e s tº tº s 6 tº e º e º e º 'º - & s * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * Cane Sugar. . . . . . . . . . . 1248, 1693 Canella alba. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2085 * G e e s e < * * * * * * * * & © tº * is tº e a e e s tº e º e s tº a Canna edulis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1240 Caprylin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - Capparis Spinosa Capsule, wafer * g º º ºs º º q & © e º 'º - e s - e. * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * • * * * * s e º 'º e º - - - - - - e. Caranna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Carbasus iodoformata. . 1063 Carbon disulphide Carbonas kalicus . . . . . . . . . -1556 • * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *~ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * tº e º 'º g º e s ∈ e < * * * * * Carbonicus magnesicus. . . . 1219 Carex Arenaria jºy Carissa Schimperi Carlina acaulis Carline thistle Carminative, Dalby's. . . . . . 1270 Carnallite... 1221, 1542, 1562, 1578 Carnauba root - a e g º e º e º tº º e º ºr w w tº e * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * - s a e º e º e a • * * * * * • * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * e s s • * * * * Carpenter's square... 1737, Carpinus americana Carpobalsamum Carpopagon pruriens. . . . . . 1291 Carthagena ipecac Carthamin red Caruba di Guiden Carum Ajowan Carvacrol . . . 1275,1325,1349,1368 1377,1378,1399,1400, 1732, 1937 iodide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1348, 1349, 1368 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * viii GENERAL INDEX, Carvone... 1325, 1340, 1348, 1349 Carya olivaeformis. . . . . . . . . 1090 Caryophyllene... 1324, 1349, 135 hydrate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1350 Casca pretiosa. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1309 Cascara amarga. . . . . . . . . . . . 1617 Cascara aromatic. . . . . . . . . . 1656 Cascara bark, thin. . . . . . . . . 1656 Sagrada. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1654 Cascarin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1655 Casein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1106, 1107 Caseria eSculenta. . . . . . . . . . 1750 CasheW-nut. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1667 Oriental. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1667 Cassava. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1236 bitter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1235 bread. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1236 meal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1235 starch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1235 SWeet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1235 Cassena. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1045 Cassia acutifolia. . . . . 1747, 1748 aethiopica. . . . . . . . . . 1747, 1848 angustifolia. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1747 brevipes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1750 lanceolata. . . . . . . . . . 1747, 1748 lenitiva. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1747 medica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1747 medicinalis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1747 obovata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1747 obtusa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1747 obtusata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1747 Orientalis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1747 pubescens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1750 Senna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1747 Sophera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1748 Cassine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1045 Cassiterite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1829 Cassumunar root. . . . . . . . . . 2112 Castalia odorata. . . . . . . . . . . 1318 Castanheiro de Para. . . . . . . 1360 Castin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2056 Castor-oil bush. . . . . . . . . . . . 1380 Castus indicus. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2056 Cat, civet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1287 Cat-foot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 933 Cat gut... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1917 Cat-tail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2011 flag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2011 rush. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2011 Cat thyme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1924 Cataplasma ad decubitum . 1527 Catch-Weed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909 Catechin... . . . . . . . . . . . 966, 1098 Paullinia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 966 Catechol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1652 monomethyl ether . . . . . . 963 Catharto-mannit . . . . . . . . . . 749 Caulophyllin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1640 Caustic alcohol. . . . . . . . . . . . 1186 Churchill's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1173 common milder. . . . . . . . . 1543 Filho's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1543 Hebra's iodine . . . . . . . . . . 1173 iodine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1173 Lugol's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1173 mild vegetable. . . . . . . . . . 1548 vegetable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1548 Vienna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1543 Causticum cum potassa et calce. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1543 commune mitis. . . . . , . . . . 1543 iodi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1173 Caustique de Filhos. . . . . . . 1543 Cautery, button. . . . . . . . . . . 1760 Ceanothus Americanus. . . . 1930 asiatica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1657 Cedar, false white. . . . . . . . . 1933 TeCl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1361 White. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1362, 1933 yellow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , , , , 1933 Cedar apples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1691 Cedratier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1135 Cedrene... . . . . . . . . . . . 1324, 1362 Cedron... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1135 Seed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1616 Cedrin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1616 Cedrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1362 Cedronella Mexicana. . . . . . 1253 pallida... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1253 Celerina. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2062 Celery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1454 Celery-seed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1454 Celestine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1842 Cellulose, hexa-nitrate . . . . 1611 enta-nitrate. . . . . . . . . . . . 1611 Celtis reticulosa. . . . . . . . . . . 2013 Cement, Arnmenian. . . . . . . . 1041 diamond. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1041 Centaury, American & . . . . . 1689 European . . . . . . . . . . 1689, 1690 ground. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1746 Cephaelis acuminata . . . . . . 1072 emetica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1071 Ipecacuanha. . . . . . . . . . . . 1071 Cerasin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1585 Cerasus Laurocerasus. . . . . . 1121 serotina. . . . . . . . . . . . 1583, 1584 virginiana. . . . 1583, 1584, 1585 Cerate, Savine. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2026 Turner's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2029 Ceratopetalum . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099 Ceratum Sabinae. . . . . . . . . . . 2026 Cerbera odallum . . . . . . . . . . 1328 Thevetia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1327 thevetioides. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1327 Cerberid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1327 Cerberin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1328 Cercis canadensis. . . . . . . . . . 970 siliquastrum. . . . . . . . . . . . 970 Cerebrin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2083 Ceresine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1452 Cerin. . . . . . . . . . . • * * * * * * * * * * 1619 Cerussa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1522 acetata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1519 Cerussite... . . . . . . . . . . 1066, 1526 Cervispina cathartica. . . . . . 1653 Cevadilla... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1687 Cevadilline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1688 Cevadine. .1688, 2047, 2049, 2051 Cevine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1688 Chalcedony. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1186 Chalk, French . . . . . . . . . . . . 1187 Chamaedrys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1924 Chamaepitys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1925 Chamaerops Serrulata. . . . . . 1750 Chameleon mineral . . . . . . . 1232 Chamomile, German. . . . . . . 1246 Spanish. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1607 Chamomilla officinalis . . . . 1246 Champagne. . . . . . . . . . 2068, 2069 Champagnes. . . . . . . . . 2064, 2065 Chaparro amargoso. . . . . . . . 1617 Charcoal, animal. . . . . . . . . . 1459 Charlock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1759 jointed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1759 Charpie... . . . . . . . . . . . 1145, 1146 Charta exploratoria coeru- lea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1114 rubefacta... . . . . . . . . . 1114 Chaste tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2056 Chatinine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2042 Chaulmogra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 971 Chaulmoogra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 971 Odorata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 971 Chaulmugra. Seeds. . . . . . . . . 971 Chavica officinarum. . . . . . . 1505 Roxburghii. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1505 Chavicine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1504 Chavicol........ 1325, 1373, 1507 Checkerberry. . . . . . . . . 913, 1273 Chelerythrine. . . . . . . . 1711, 1713 (Vol. II.) Chelidonine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1713 Chelidonium... . . . . . . . . . . . 1411 Chekan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1302 Cheken. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1302 bitter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1302 Chekenetin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1302 Chekenin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1302 Chekenine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1302 Chekenon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1302 Chemical food. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1888 Chemnitz blue . . . . . . . . . . . . 1048 Chenopodin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1251 Chenopodium ambrosi- oides. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1351 Vulvaria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1998 Cherry, choke... . . . . . 1584, 1585 8TOll Il Cl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1464 Wild . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1583 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1465 Cherry-laurel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1121 leaves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1121 Chestnut, horse... . . . . . . . . . 1930 Chequen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1302 Chia. Seeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1706 Chicantee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1406 Chickweed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1834 Star. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1834 Chicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1277 Chikinti. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1406 Chikku. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1276 Chilbinz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1317 China brier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1730 root. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1730 American. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1730 of Mexico. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1730 Chinchircoma. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2011 Chinchunchulli. . . . . . . . . . . 1030 Chinese anise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1046 lily. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1308 Chinidinum sulfuricum... 1620 sulphuricum. . . . . . . . . . . . 1621 Chininum bisulfuricum....1627 hydrobromatum . . . . . . . . 1628 hydrobromicum. . . . . . . . . 1628 tannicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1627 Valerianicum. . . . . . . . . . . . 1637 Chinoidine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1621 Chinoline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1623 Chinova-red. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1104 Chironia angularis. . . . . . . . 1689 Chita. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1240 Chittem bark. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1654 Chloras kalicus... . . . . . . . . . 1559 potassicus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1559 sodicus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1777 Chloretum hydrargyricum 1001 hydrargyrosum... . . . . . . . 1013 Chloric ether. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1817 Chloridum stibicum. . . . . . . 1154 Chlorine dioxide. . . . . . . . . . 1559 Chlormethyl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1259 Chlorodyne. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1266 Chloroform anodyne. 1266, 1952 Chlorogenine . . . . . . . . . . . . 1680 Chloro-methyl . . . . . . . . . . . . 1258 Chloru retum hydrargy- ricum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001 hydrargyrosum... . . . . . . . 1013 potassicum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1561 sodicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1778 stibicum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1154 Chocolate. . . . . . . . . . . . 1932, 1933 Sweet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1932 Chocolate-root . . . . . . . . . . . . 930 Chocolate tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1931 Chokeberry... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1803 Choke cherry. . . . . . . . 1584, 1585 Cholesterin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1370 © [s tº tº tº 9 e 1372, 1376, 1398, 2083 vegetable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 948 Cholesterol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1372 GENERAL INDEX. IX Cholin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1072, 1105 Choline . . . . . . . . . 999, 1302, 1676 ... 1757, 1846, 1998, 1999, 2083 Chondodendron to mento- SUl ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1436, 1437 Chondrin... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 915 Chondrus crispus . . . . . . . . . 1066 Christmas rose. . . . . . . . . . . . 982 Chrome, green. . . . . . . . . . . . 1528 lennon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1527 Oral Age . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1528 red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1524, 1528 yellow . . . . . . . 1524, 1527, 1549 Chrysant he mu na Chamo- milla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1246 cinerariaefolium . . . . . . . . 1608 Leucanthemum . . . . . . . . . 1130 Parthenium . . . . . . . . . . . . 1438 TOSé Ul IIl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1608 Tanacetum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1912 Chusalonga. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1245 Chylariose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1697 Chyle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1430 Chrysin . . . . . . . . . . . . . 925, 1538 Chrysophan... . . . . . . . 1659, 1660 Chrysophyllum Buranhem 1275 Cainito . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1275 glycyphloeum. . . . . . . . . . . 1724 Chrysopsis argentea. . . . . . . 1802 graminifolia. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1802 Cichorium Inty bus. . . . . . . . 1914 Cider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1613 Cigarettes, antiastbmatic. . 1765 Cimicifugin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1641 Cinchona Calisaya . . . 1620, 1622 Ledgeriana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1622 officinalis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1622 succirubra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1622 Cinchonidine . . . . . . . . 1621, 1625 Cinchonine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1625 herapathite... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1064 iodosulphate. . . . . . . . . . . . 1064 Cinchotine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1621 Cineol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 905, 1122 ..1124, 1302, 1325, 1348, 1356 ..1357, 1363, 1367, 1385, 1717 Cineraria maritima. . . . . . . . 2011 Cinnabar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1011 Cinnabaris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1011 Cinnamein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1856 Cinnamene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1856 Cinnamodendron cortico- SUllil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2085 Cinnamomum Wightli. . . . 1353 Zeylanicum. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1353 Cinnamon, Wild..... . . . . . . . 1372 Winter's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2084 Cinnamon-colored fern. . . . 1422 Cinnamyl-acetate . . . . . . . . . 1352 Cinnamyl-alcohol . . . . . . . . . 1856 Cinnamyl-cinnamate. 1149, 1856 Cinnamyl-eugenol. . . . . . . . 1350 Cinnamyl-guaiacol. . . . . . . . 964 Cinque-foil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1992 creeping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1992 marsh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1992 shrubby . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1992 silvery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1992 Cirsium arvense. . . . . . . . . . . 1941 Cissam pelos Abutua . . . . . . 1436 microcarpa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1437 Pareira. . . . . . . . . . . . 1436, 1437 Cistus canadensis. . . . . . . . . . 979 creticus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . QSO cyprius. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 980 Helian themum . . . . . . . . . 980 ladaniferus . . . . . . . . . . . . . 980 Citrul. . . . . . . . . 1325, 1343, 1344 ..1356, 1364, 1373, 1384, 2091 Citras ferricus liquidus. . . . 1166 potassicus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1562 Citrene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1364 Citron. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1133, 1135 Citronellal. 1325, 1345, 1356, 1364 Citronellol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1324 Citrullus vulgaris . . . . . . . . . 1444 Citrus acida. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1135 acris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1135 Aurantium. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1342 Bergamia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1344 kalicus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1562 Limetta. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1135 Limonum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1133 Lumia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1135 medica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1133 acida . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1135 Limetta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1135 proper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1135 Vulgaris... . . . . . . . . . 1342, 1343 Civet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1287 Cat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1287 Civetta. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1287 Clabber. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1106 Clarry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1706 Clearing nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1317 Cleavers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909 pointed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909 rough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909 small... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909 Clot-bur, spiny. . . . . . . . . . . 2085 Cloth Wool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1146 Cloudberry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1683 Clove-stalks. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1349 Clover, red. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1995 SWeet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1250 sweet scented... . . . . . . . . 1251 white melilot. . . . . . . . . . . 1251 Winter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1273 yellow melilot . . . . . . . . . . 1250 Club moss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1211 Cnidum canadense. . . . . . . . 1743 palustre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1742 Coacum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1471 Coakum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1471 Coal-fish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1369 Cobweb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1916 Coca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1398 Coccognin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1262 Coccoloba uvifera. . . . . . . . . 1099 Cocculin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1476 Cocculus Chondodendron 1436 indicus. . . . . . . . . . . . 1253, 1475 plunkenetii. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1476 Coccus lacca. . . . . . . . . . 1110, 1111 lacunosus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1476 suberosus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1475 Cochineal color . . . . . . . . . . . 1159 Cocillana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1077 Cocoa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1931, 1932 Cracked. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1932 nibs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1932 Cocoanut butter. . . . . . . . . . . 1353 palm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1353 tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1853 Coconin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1853 Cocos aculeata . . . . . . . . . . . 1378 nucifera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1398 Cocum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1471 Cod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1040 Codamine . . . . . . 1410, 1411, 1413 Codeia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1412 Codeine 1279,1280,1410,1412, 1434 Codfish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1066, 1369 Coelocline polycarpa. . . . . . . 1029 . Coerulein . . . . . . . . . . . . 1246, 1253 Coffee, Wild. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1999 Cola . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099 acuminata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099 Cold cream. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2017 Colic root. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 905 Colla ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 914 Collidine . . . . . . . . . . . . 1340, 1341 (Vol. II) º ‘Collinsonia canadensis . . . .1672 Colloturine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1856 Colloxylin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1611 Colocasia eSculenta. . . . . . . . 1240 Colophonium succini. . . . . . 1393 Colophony. 1394, 1514, 1639, 1920 Color, Cochineal . . . . . . . . . . 1159 Colors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1875 show (see Appendix). . . . 217() * * - C - * * * * - - - - * * * * 2171, 2172 Coltsfoot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 ( Colubrina asiatica. . . . . . . . . 16:57 excelsa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . | 657 reclinata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1656 Columbian ipecac. . . . . . . . . 1072 Columbine ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1833 Colutea arborescens. . . . . . . 1750 Comfrey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1870 Commiphora africana. . . . . 1301 Myrrha. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1298 Opobalsamum. . . . . . . . . . . 1301 Common apple tree. . . . . . 1612 blue Violet. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2080 brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1587, 1588 buckwheat. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1534 granadilla. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1441 grom Well... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1198 hen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2081 houseleek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1741 iVy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 lettuce. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1115 lilac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1132 liquorice-root . . . . . . . . . . . 946 low blueberry, . . . . . . 2041 myrtle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1301 parsley. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1453 polypody.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1536 Sumach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1669 vervain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2055 Comocladia dentata. . . . . . . 1675 Compass-plant . . . . . . . . . . . . 1755 Compass-weed. . . . . . . . 1755 Concentrations... . . . . . . . . . 1640 Conchinine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1621 Conchin in um sulphu- ricum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1620 Confectio aromatica. 1597, 1598 Damocratis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1954 Confection, aromatic. . . . . . 1597 Conglutin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1209 Congo root. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1586 Coniferin . . . . . . . . . . . . 1619, 2045 Conioselinum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1742 Canadense... . . . . . . . 1454, 1743 Conium maculatun] . . . . . . . 1743 Conquinine Sulphate. . . . . . 1620 Consolidae calcatrippae . . . . 1833 regalis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1833 Contrayerwa, white... . . . . . . 1586 ('onvolvulin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1085 • * * tº º & e º 'º - © e 1086, 1087, 1644 Convolvulus Americanus jalapium dictus. . . . . . 1084 floridus... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1384 jalapa,. . . . . . . . . . . . . 10S3, 1084 nil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1086 panduratus . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 OS7 PllF38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10S3 Scammonia. . . . . . . . . . . . 1732 Scoparius... . . . . . . . . . . . 1384 Convulsion root. . . . . . . . . . . 1217 Cony Za Squarrosa. . . . . . . . . 1059 Cool-Weed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2033 Copaiba, Maracaibo . . . . . . . 1242 Para . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1242 solidified. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1242. Copalm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1148 Coral Sumach... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1674 Cordial, aletris. . . . . . . . . . . . 2062 black haw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2061 Godfrey's ... . . . . . . . 1270, 1979 X GENERAL INDEX. Cordial, helonias... . . . . . . . . 2062 mother's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1895 neutralizing. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1899 tono-Sumbul. . . . . . . . . . . . 1867 Coriamyrtin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1750 Coriandrol. . . . . . . . . . . 1324, 1354 Coriandrum sativum . . . . . . 1354 Coriaria myrtifolia. . . . . . . . 1750 Cork. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1619 Corn, Indian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1360 meal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2092, 2093 DODDY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1663 TOSé . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1663 wild Indian. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2051 Corn-brand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2034 Corn-ergot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2034 Corn-Silk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2092 Corn-Smut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2034 Corrigiola telephiifolia. . . . 1607 Corrosive chloride of mer- Cll Fy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001 mercuric chloride . . . . . . 1001 Sublimate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001 Cortex beberu. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1308 bibiru. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1308 Coccognidii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . i261 fructus juglandis. . . . . . . . 1090 magellanicus. . . . . . . . . . . . 2084 mezerei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1261 thy melete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1261 thymiamati. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1855 ulmi interior. . . . . . . . . . . . 2012 winteranus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2084 Winteri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2084 Corvisartia Helenium... . . . 1058 Corylus americana. . . . . . . . 1292 avellana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1292 roStrata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1292 Corypha cerifera . . . . . . . . . . 1730 Cosmoline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1448 Costmary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1913 Cotarnine. . . . . . . . . . . . 1411, 1412 Cotton, absorbent. . . . . . . . . 950 benzoic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 951 borated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 951 chlorinated... . . . . . . . . . . . 951 collodion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1611 hemostatic ... . . . . . . . . . . . 951 iodoform. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 951 long staple. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 951 purified . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 949 salicylated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 951 Salicy ic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 951 Sea Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 951 short-staple . . . . . . . . . . . 951 styptic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 951 upland. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 951 wool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 950 Cotton-gum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1118 Cotton-seed, blue. ... 1359, 1360 Couch grass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000 Coumarin . . . . . . . . 907, 900, 1131 ..1251, 1252, 1325, 1687, 2046 Cournarouna odorata. . . . . . 1251 Court-plaster. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 916 CoWage... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1291 Cowherry ... . . . . . . . . .2039, 2041 Cowhage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1291 Cow-lily . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1319 Cow-parsnip. . . . . . . . . . . 986, 987 Crab apple. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1803 Crab Orchard salt. . . . . . . . . 1223 Cramp bark. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2058 Cranberry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2041 high . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2058 upland. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2038 Cranesbill. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 927 Wild . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 927 Crataegus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1803 Oxyacantha. . . . . . . . 1613, 1998 Crazy Weeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1994 Cream . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1106 cold . . . . . tº º te e º e º gº tº e º e e º º 2017 shaving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1723 of tartar. . . . . . 1540, 1551, 2063 Soluble . . . . . . . . . . 1551, 1773 Creasote-bush . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1110 Creeping blackberry . . . . . . 1681 cinque-foil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1992 Cremor tartari. . . . . . . . . . . . 1551 solubilis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1773 Creosol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2046 Creosote... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1643 Cresalol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1704 Crescentia cujete. . . . . . . . . . 1049 Cresol-naphtol . . . . . . . . . . . . ] 307 Cresol salicylate. . . . . . . . . . . 1704 Cress, Para. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1808 Crinum Asia ticum var. toxicarium. . . . . . . . . . . 1736 toxicarium . . . . . . . . . . . . 1736 Crosswort. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1582 Crotalaria Sagitallis . . . . . . . 1994 Croton albumin. . . . . . . . . . . 1402 Draco. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1643 Croton-globulin. . . . . . . . . . . 1402 Croton lacciferum. . . . . . . . . 1111 morifolius... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1401 oblongifolius . . . . . . . . . . . 1401 DaVallèë. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1401 philippensis . . . . . . . . . . . . 1095 Sebifera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1838 Tiglium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1400 Crotonol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1402 Crowfoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . 927, 1638 bulbous. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1638 Crown beard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2056 Cryolite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1775 Cryptocaria australis. . . . . . 1309 pretiosa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1309 Cryptopia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1413 Cryptopine. . . . . 1410, 1411, 1413 Crystal mineral. . . . . . . . . . . 1573 Cubeba Clusii. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1508 Cubebin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1331 Cucumber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1444 Indian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1736 tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1227 Cucunnis Citrullus. . . . . . . . . 1444 Melo... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1444 sativus... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1444 Cucurbita Citrullus... . . . . . 1444 Lagenaria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1444 maxima. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1444 Melopepo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1444 €90... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1443 Cucurbitin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1443 Cudbear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1114 Cuichunchulli . . . . . . . 1077, 2080 Cullay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1619 Culver's physic . . . . . . . . . . . 1126 root . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1126 Cumin aldehyde . . . . . . . . . . 1857 Cunila pulegioides. . . . . . . . 976 Cuphea antisyphilitica. . . . 1216 lanceolata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1216 microphylla. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1216 viscosissima. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1216 Cupping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1760 dry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1760 Cup-plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1755 ndian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1755 Cupressus sempervirens. . . 1936 thujoides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1933 Curcas purgans . . . . . . . . . . . 1401 Curcun a . . . . . . . . . . . . 1021, 1875 angustifolia. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1239 aromatica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2112 leucorrhiza . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1239 Ohio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1021 Wild . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1021 Zedoaria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2112 (Vol. II.) Curcuma Zerumbet . . . . . . . 2112 Curds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1106 Curled dock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1684. Currant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1675 black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1675 Wild . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1675 dried. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2037 golden . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1930 Missouri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1930 red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1675 Cutting almond. . . . . . . . . . . 1438 Cyanuretum ferroso-potas- Sicum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1566 hydrargyricum . . . . . . . . . 100S kalicum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1563 potassicum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1563 Cybistax antisyphilitica... 1083 Cyclamen europaeum ... . . . 1581 Cyclamin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1581 Cyclamiretin ... . . . . . . . . . . . 1581 Cyclopia brachypoda. . . . . . 1931 longifolia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1931 Cyclopia-red. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1931 Cyclopin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1931 Cymene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1275 Cymogene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1451 Cymol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1368 a • * * * * * 1378, 1399, 1400, 1732 Cynanchol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1116 Cynanchum acutum. . . . . . . 1116 Argel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1750 monSpeliacum . . . . . . . . . . 1733 Oleacfolium... . . . . . . 1748, 1750 Vincetoxicum... . . .1747, 2042 Cynapine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1743 Cynips Gallae tinctoriae. . . . 910 quercusfolii. . . . . . . . . . . . . 910 Cynodon Dactylon . . . . . . . . 2001 Cynosbata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1677 Cyperus articulatus. . . . . . . 1077 Cypripedin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1332 Cystisine . . . . . . . . . . . . 970, 1105 Cytisine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 924 - - - - - - e. 1480, 1737, 1802, 1803 Cytisis Laburnum. . . . . . . . . 1105 Cytisus Scoparius. . . . 1105, 1736 D.EMONORoPs DRACO. 1642 • * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 1643 Daffodil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1307 Dahoon holly. . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.5 Daisy, field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1130 maudlin... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1130 In OOI] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 OX-eye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1130 White. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1130 Dajaksh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1849 Dalbergia arborea. . . . . . . . . 1390 Dalby's carminative. . . . . . 1270 Dandelion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1914 Toot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1914 Daphne alpina. . . . . . . . . . . . 1262 Gnidium ... . . . . ^ - - - - - - - - 1261 Laureola. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1260 Mezereum . . . . . . . . . 907, 1261 Salicifolia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1262 Daphnetin. . . . . . . . . . . . 991, 1262 Daphnin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1262 Darutyne... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2011 Dasystoma pedicularia . . . . 929 Date palm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169,3 Datura alba. . . . . . . . . . 1034, 1839 fatuosa... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1840 Stramonium . . . . . . . . . . . . 1838 Tatula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S3 T)aturine . . . . . . . . . . . . 1034, 1839 Dead-tongue... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1455 Deadly upas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1469 Decodon aquaticum. . . . . . . 1216 Verticillatum. . . . . . . . . . . . 1216 Deerberry . . . . . . . . . . . . 913, 1273 GENERAL INDEX. Deer musk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1285 Deer's tongue. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1131 Delphinine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1831 Delphinium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1833 Ajacis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1833 aZu l'ellſ]] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1833 Consolida. . . . . . . . . . 1830, 1832 exaltatum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1°33 Staphisagria . . . . . . . . . . . . 1830 Telphinoidane . . . . . . . . . . . . 1831 Dºlphusine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1831 I)enerara pinkroot. . . . . . . . 1808 Dent llaria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1834 Dervid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1317 Deutoioduretum hydra r- yri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Devil's bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1130 shoestring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1917 Dewberry, Southern. . . . . . . 1681 Dewees' carminative. . . . . . 1270 Dextro-Camphene . . . . . . . . . 2110 Dextro-Campbor. . . . . . . . . . . 1389 Dextro-carvone... . . . . 1348, 1368 Dextro-fenchone ... . . . . . . . . 1357 Dextro-limonene. . . . . . . . . . 1340 • * * * * * * 1343, 1344, 1348, 1356 e e º 'º e º & 1362, 1364. 1368, 1454 Dextro-lupanin . . . . . . . . . . . 1209 Dextro-phellandrene. 1357, 1455 Dextro-pinene. . 1341, 1354, 1356 ..1357, 1380, 1385, 1396, 1934 DextroSaZOne . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1696 Dextro-sylvestrene. . . 1380, 1396 Dextro-terpineol. . . . . . . . . . 1377 Dextro-thujone. . . . . . . . . . . . 1934 Dextrose. . . . . . . 1248, 1683, 1696 ..1697, 1700, 1735, 1757, 1818 Deyamittin... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1437 Diabetes Weed. . . . . . . . . . . . . 982 Diastase . . . .996, 997, 1229, 1696 Dichlorn)ethane. . . . . . . . . . . 1258 Dichopsis Gutta. . . . . . . . . . 966 Didthin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1299 Diethylene-diamine . . . . . . . 1507 Diethylketone . . . . . . . . . . . . 1859 Diethylsulph on-diethyl- nethane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1859 Diethylsulphon - dimethyl- methane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1858 Diethylsulphon-methyl- ethylmethane. . . . . . . . . 1859 Digger pine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1397 Digitalein. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1326 Dihydro-lutidine ... . . . . . . . 1370 Dihydroxystearin. . . . . . . . 13S2 Dihydroxy-toluene... . . . . . . 1113 Diiodo-beta-naphtol . . . . . . 1307 Diiodsalol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1704 Dilsobutyl-ortho-cres ol- iodide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1064 Dill-apiol... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1340 Dinnethylamine... . . . . . . . . . 1999 Dinnethyl-naphtalene . . . . 1718 Dimethylpiperazine tar- trate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1508 Dimethyl sulphide. . . . . . . . 1367 Dimethylxanthin... . . . . . . . 1933 Dimorphandra Mora. . . . . . . 1103 Dimorphine meconate. . . . . 12S 1 Dinitrobenzene . . . . . . . . . . . 1311 Dioscorea sativa. . . . . . . . . . . 1240 Dioxy-anthra-quinone. . . . . 1680 Dioxy-counarin . . . . . . 991, 1262 mono-methyl-ether. . . . . . 1344 Dioxy-methyl-anthra-qui- In Olle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1660 Dioxy-naphtalene. . . . . . . . . 1305 Dipentene. 1217, 1324, 1343, 1344 ..1355, 1357, 1374, 1396, 1400 ..1404, 1455, 1538, 1919, 1923 Diphelland rene . . . . . . . . . . . 1455 Diplolepsis Gallae tinctoriae 910 T), potassic orthophosphate.1569 Dipteryx Odorata. . . . . . . . . . 1251 Opp Sitifolia . . . . . . . . . . . . 1252 IDiguinine sulphate . . . . . . . 1631 Discs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1117 atropipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1117 Cocaine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1117 gelatin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1117 homatropine. . . . . . . . . . . . 1117 physostigmine . . . . . . . . . . 1117 Disodium hydrogen phos- phate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1788 Dispermine... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1507 Dispora Caucasica . . . . . . . . . 1110 Distillate, benzene . . . . . . . . 1451 burning oil... . . . . . . . . . . . 1451 Ditch Stone-crop . . . . . . . . . 1441 Dithymol diiodide. . . . . . . . 1063 Djtoplaxis muralis. . . . . . . . 1761 Diuretic connpound . . . . . . . 1053 Diuretin. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1792, 1933 Divi-divi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1298 Divinum remedium . . . . . . . 987 Dock, blunt-leaved. . . . . . . . 1684 curled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1684 great Water. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1683 I13.TI'OW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1684 brairie. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1438 SOUll' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1684 yellow . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1683, 1684 yellow-rooted water. . . . . 1683 Dockmackie. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2061 Doctor Tinker's Weed. . . . . . 1999 Dog-grass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000 Dog parsley. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1743 poison. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1743 TOSé . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1677 Dogwood, Jamaica . . . . . . . . 1509 poison. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1674, 1688 SWall) p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1586 Dolichos pruriens. . . . . . . . . 1291 Oja. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1390 Ulten S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1292 Dolomite..1219, 1220, 1221, 1222 Dorsch.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1369 Dorse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369 Doses, proportionate at dif- ferent ages (see App.), .2154 15: Dotted SmartWeed. . . . . . . . . 34 Double tansy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1912 Dracaena Draco. . . . . . . . . . . . 1643 mbet... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1643 Schizantha. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1643 Tracoalban. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1643 Draconin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1643 Dracoresin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1643 Draco-resino-tannol... . . . . . . 1643 T)ragon's blood. . . . . . . . . . . . 1642 Canary Island. . . . . . . . . 1643 lump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1643 red. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1643 Socotra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1643 Draught . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . | 263 Drimia ciliaris. . . . . . . . . . . . 1736 Drimophyllum pauci flo- Tlllll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1731 I)rim vs axillaris . . . . . . . . . . 2085 Chilensis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2084 granatensis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2084 lanceolata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2085 Mexicana... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2084 Winteri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2084 Drops, Bateman's... . . . . . . . 1979 pectoral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1979 bitter stomachic . . . . . . . . 1964 black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1419 cough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1271 diuretic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1266 hot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1975 Hunn's... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1264 (Vol. II.) Drops, Jesuits' . . . . . . . , , , , , 1947 Lamotte's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1962 lavander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1972 pectoral. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1979 Quaker's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1419 rheumatic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1139 Stomach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1964 Dropwort, hemlock... . . . . . 1455 Water ... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1454, 1455 Dualin.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1820 Duboisia myoporoides..... 1034 Duboisine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1034 Dugong . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1372 Dulcin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1693 Dunghill-fowl. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2081 Dutch myrtle. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1294 White. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1522 Dutchman's laudanum .... 1441 Dwarf elder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1708 iris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1081 nettle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2033 Sumach. . . . . . . . . . . . 1666, 1668 Dyer's broom... . . . . . . . . . . 923 green-weed ... . . . . . 923 madder... . . . . . . . . . . 1679 Weed ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 923 Dynamite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1820 Dynamyne. . . . . . . . . . . . 1911 ARTH WAX. . . . . . . . . 971 J East India kino . . . . . . . 1097 root . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 905 Eau d' ange. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1302 de Javelle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1184 de Luce. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1392 de vie de marc . . . . . . . . . 1826 Medicinale Of Husson . . .2050 Echicerin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1116 Echinus philippinensis. . . . 1095 Echugin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1849 Echugon . . . . . . . . . - - - - - - 1849 Echujin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1849 Egg, glaire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20S2 yolk of... . . . . . . . . . .2081, 2082 Egg-shell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20S1 Egg-white... . . . . . . . . .2081, 2082 Eglantine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911 Elaeis guineensis. . . . . 1398, 1878 Elaeopten . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1324 Elaeosacchara. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1336 Elaidin . . . . . . . . . . . . 1322, 1376 Elder... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1706 American . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1706 dwarf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1708 European . . . . . . . . . . 170S poison. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1668, 1674 Elder-rob. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1707 Elecampane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105S Electrum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1393 Electuarium aromaticulm.1597 Elixir, aromatic. . . . . . . . . . . 1S16 aurantiorum composi- tum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2070 cough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1SS4 Haller's acid. . . . . . . . . . . 1273 opium, McMunn's . . . . . . 1978 orange, compound . . . . . . 2070 pategoric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1978 paregoricum . . . . . . . . . . . 1978 Scoticum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1979 pinus compositus . . . . . . . 15S.5 proprietatis paracelsi. . . . 1944 DllrgållS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1656 salicylic compound. . . . . 1572 Scotch paregoric . . . . . . . 1979 solutis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1985 traumaticum. . . . . . . . . . . . 1947 vegetable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1884 Elloopa-tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1276 Elm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1930, 2012 bark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2012 xii GENERAL INDEX. Elm, European . . . . . . . . . . . 2013 black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2013 In OOS 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2012 red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2012 Slippery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2012 White. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2013 Winged. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2013 IEmbelia ribes. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1096 IEmblica officinalis. . . . . . . . 1298 Embrocation, Roche's . . . . 1393 Embrocations. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1136 Emetic herb... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 Weed... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 Emetime. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1072, 1073 Emodin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1655 tº e - - - - - 1659, 1660, 1685, 1749 Emulsin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 991, 1085 Emulsio purgans cum Scam- In OUllà. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1272 Emulsions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1263 Enfleurage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323 English hawthorn. . . . . . . . . 1613 €eCI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 993 Walnut. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1090 Entada scandens. . . . . 1469, 1725 Enzymes ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1431 Enzymol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1432 Osin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1652 Soluble. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1652 Epigaea repens . . . . . . . . . . . . 2040 Epsom Salt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1222 Salts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1221 Erechtites hieracifolia. . . . . 1355 Erect knotgrass... . . . . . . . . . 1534 Eremophylla mitchelli.... 1388 Ergot... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1998 Ericinol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2039 Ericolin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 918 ..1124, 1610, 1663, 2039, 2040 Erigeron canandense. . . . . . 1355 Erodium cicutarium . . . . . . 929 moschatum... . . . . . . . . . . . 929 IErysimum Alliaria. . . . . . . . 1761 officinale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1761 Erythraea centaurea. . . . . . . 1925 Centaurium ... 1689, 1690, 1964 Chilensis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1690 jorullensis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1690 stricta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1690 Erythrocentaurin . . . . . . . . . 1689 Erythrolein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1113 Erythrolitmin . . . . . . . . . . . . 1113 Erythrophloeine. . . . . . . . . . . 1318 Erythroretin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1659 Erythroxylon Coca. . . . . . . . 1398 Erythrozym . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1680 Escatol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2098 Eschscholtzia californica ... 1420 Eseramine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1467 Esere. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1466 Eseridine... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1467 Eserine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1466 Salicylate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1469 Sulphate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1470 Essence, anise. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1815 berganiot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1344 bitter almond. . . . . . . . . . . 1815 Cara Way. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1817 cinnam on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1818 de Bigarade. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1343 de Portugal... . . . . . . . . . . . 1343 ginger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , 1991 Soluble ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1190 lemon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1822 neroli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1343 nutmeg.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1823 peppermint. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1822 petit grain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1343 TOSe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1383 Sassafras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1825 Essence, spearmint. . . . . . . . 1823 turpentine... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1394 Vanilla... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1989 Compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1989 Wintergreen . . . . . . . . . . . . 1819 Esters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1825 bornyl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1362 Caprinic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2066 caprylic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2066 glycerin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1321 Estimations, gasometric (see Appendix). . . . . . . . . . . . 2136 Ether, chloric. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1817 ethyl carbanilic. . . . . . . . . 2032 Cenanthic. . . . . . . . . . 1382, 2066 petroleum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1451 Ethiops mineral. . . . . . . . . . . 1011 Ethyl-acetate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 987 Ethyl butyrate.... . . . . . . . . . 987 carbamate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2031 cinnamate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1856 Ethyl-kairin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1926 Ethyl-urethane . . . . . . . . . . . 2031 Ethyl-Vanillin . . . . . . . . . . . 1856 Ethylene-imine . . . . . . . . . . . 1507 Eucalyptene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1356 Eucalyptol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1122 * c s e º a º 1325, 1348, 1356, 1717 Eucalyptus amygdalina. . . 1356 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * e 1455 citriodora. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1356 globulus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1356 mannifera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1238 oleosa... . . . . . . . . . . . 1356, 1357 resinifera... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099 rostrata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099 Staigeriana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1356 Euchlorine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1559 Eudesmin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099 Eudoxine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1065 Eugenia aromatica. . . . . . . . 1349 Caryophyllata. . . . . . . . . . . 1349 Chekan... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1302 Jainbolana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1303 Jambos.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1302 Pimenta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1502 Eugenol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1325 1349, 1350, 1351, 1353, 1373 * * * * * e 1380, 1389, 1507, 2045 Eugenol-acetanuide ... . . . . . 1350 Eulophia campestris . . . . . . 1699 herbacea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1699 Eupatorium glutinosum . . 1245 Euphorbia Lathyris. . . . . . . 1401 Euphorbon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1116 Euphorin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2032 Euphrasia officinalis . . . . . . 1200 European aspen. . . . . . . . . . . 1538 &Veſ) S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 931 black elm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2013 black poplar . . . . . . . . . . . . 1538 Centaury. . . . . . . . . . . 1689, 1690 elder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1708 elm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2013 goldenrod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1802 holly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1045 larch-bark. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1120 myrtle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1301 pennyroyal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 977 Scullcap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1741 Silver fir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1512 Walnut . . . . . . . . . . . . 1089, 1090 water lily. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1319 Willow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1701 Europhen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1064 Euryangium Sumbul. . . . . . 1866 Evening primrose. . . . . . . . . 1319 Excaecaria sebifera. . . . . . . . 1838 Exogonium jalapa . . . . . . . . 1083 Ull'88. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 1084 Fxpectorant, Stokes'. . . . . . 1268 (Vol. II.) Extract, black pepper, ethereal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1333 capsicum, ethereal . . . . . . 1331 fern, ethereal... . . . . . . . . . 1330 ginger, ethereal. . . . 1336, 2111 Goulard's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1176 lupulin, ethereal. . . . . . . . 1333 male fern, liquid... . . . . . . 1330 trifolium compound . . . . 1996 vanilla, fluid Extracts, fluid, alcoholic . . 1941 Extractum ferri pomatum.1612 filicis liquidum... . . . . . . 1330 lupulini aethereum . . . . . . 1333 monesiae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1275 pancreatis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1432 Sanguinis... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1715 zingiberis tethereuni . . . . 1336 Exuja. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1849 Eye balm... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1021 Eye-bright. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 Eye root . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1021 Eye-wash, alcoholic... . . . . . ABA CALABARICA. . .1465 Ignatii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1043 Fagaria fraxinifolia... . . . . . 2087 Fagopyrum Fagopyrum ... 1534 esculentum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1534 Fagus Sylvatica... . . . . . . . . . 1360 Faham. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2046 leaves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1252 False acacia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1676 China root . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1730 groun well . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1404 kola . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1102 pellitory root . . . . . . . . . . . 1607 Sellega . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1746 Valerian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1743 white cedar. . . . . . . . . . . . 1933 wintergreen . . . . . . . . . . . . 1610 Farina lini. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . | 1.47 Farkleberry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2041 Fat, bicubiba . . . . . . . . . . . . 1374 bone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323 butter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323 pichurim . . . . . . . . . 1309 uell huba. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1374 Wool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323 Fats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1320 Solid animal . . . . . . . . . . . 1323 Feather ſew. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1428 Feldspar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1542 Fell ale fern... . . . . . . 1536, 1588 kola . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099 regu'ator . . . . . . . , 1743, 1744 Fenchene. . . . . . . . . . . . 1324, 1396 Fench one . . . . . . . . . . . 1325, 1357 Fennel, French . . . . . . . . . . 1857 Sicilian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1357 Wat T.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1454 Fern, cinnamon-colored . . . 1422 female. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1536, 1588 royal-flowering. . . . . . . . . . 1422 winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1588 Fern-root... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1536 Ferratin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1962 Ferreira spectabilis. . . . . . . . 1104 Ferro-salicylata . . . . . . . . . . 1962 Ferrous chronite. . . . . . . . . 1549 Ferrum oxy datum saccha- ratum solubile. . . . . . . 1888 sesqulchloratum solu' unn 1163 Ferula galbaniflua. . . . . . . . . 906 rubricaulis... . . . . . . . . . . 906 Suaveolens . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1866 Sunnbul. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1866 Fetter-bush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1425 Fever-bush . . . . . . . . . 1135, 1582 Feverfew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1438 Fever-root . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1999 GENERAL INDEX, Fever weed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 929 Feverwood ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1135 Fever-wort ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1999 Fiber zibethicus. . . . . . . . . . . 1287 Fibrin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1714 Fibroin... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1827 Ficus bengalensis . . . . . . . . . 1111 indica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1111 religiosa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1111 Tsjela. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1111 Field daisy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1130 Sorrel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1686 Figwort . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1737, 1738 Filaree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 929 Filbert. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1292 Filicin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1588 Fine-leaved water hemlock. 1454 Fior della passione. . . . . . . . 1439 Fir, balm of Gilead. . . . . . . . 1921 balsam.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1921 European silver . . . . . . . . . 1512 hemlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1921 Norway spruce. . . . . . . . . . 1511 Sp! UlCe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151] Firing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1760 Fir-Wool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1380 Fisetin... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 925, 1675 Fishberries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1475 Fit-plant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1277 Fit root . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1277 Five-finger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1992 Five-flowered gentian... . . 927 Fixed alkali . . . . . . . . . . . . 1539 Flag, blue... . . . . . . . . . 1077, 1081 Cat-tail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2011 larger blue. . . . . . . . ... 1077 lily . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1077 pale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1081 poison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1077 SWeet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1077 Water. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1077 White . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1081 Flake white. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1522 Flax, New Zealand. . . . . . . . 1133 purging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1148 Weed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1761 Flaxseed... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1146 Flea-seed plant. . . . . . . . . . . . 1515 Fleawort . . . . . . . . . . . . 1059, 1515 Flenſingia Grahamiana.... 1096 Flint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1186 Florentine orris. . . . . . . . . . . 1081 Flores consolidae. . . . . . . . . . 1833 primulae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1581 rhoea los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1663 rosarum incarnatarum . . 1677 rubarum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1678 sulphuris... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S61 Zinci. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2100 Florida allspice... . . . . . . . . . 1.191 Flos passionis. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1439 Flour, Sago . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1698 Flower de luce . . . . . . . . . . . 1077 Flowering ash. . . . . . . . . . . . 1236 Flua vil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 967, 96S Fluid, battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 1160 Burnett s antiseptic. . . . 2096 exi ract, Vanilla . . . . . . . . . 1989 extracts, alcoholic. . . . . . . 1941 Ledoyen's disinfecting. , 1525 Fluorescein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1652 Fluorescin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1652 |Flux, black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1542 Fly, agaric. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1999 trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1725 Foeniculum capillaceum... 1357 piperitum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1357 Vulgare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1357 Folia anthos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1679 juglandis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1090 lauri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1122 Folia roris marini. . . . . . . . . 1679 rosmarini . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1679 toxicodendri. . . . . . . . . . . . 1669 Foliated earth of tartar. . . . 1545 Food, chemical. . . . . . . . . . . . 1888 Fool's parsley. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1743 Foreshot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1818 Formamide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2031 Fossil Salt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1778 Four o'clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1086 Foxglove, Annerican . . . . . . 929 Fragrant-leaved goldenrod 1801 Fragrant sumach. ... 1663, 1668 Frangula californica.1655, 1656 Caroliniana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1654 Purshiana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1654 Frangulin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1655 Frankincense . . . . . . . . . . . . 1403 tº a tº e º is ſº tº s & 8 e 1512, 1919, 1920 Franklinite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2107 Frasera Walteri . . . . . . . . . . . 925 Fraxin... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 991, 1237 Fraxinus Ornus. . . . . . . . . . . 1236 French berries. . . . . . . . . . . . 1654 chalk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1187 ground pine. . . . . . . . . . . . 1925 lavender. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1124 TOS e. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1678 Fringed polygala. . . . . . . . . . 1746 Frog-lily... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1319 Frostplant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 979 Frost weed . . . . . . . . . . . . 979, 980 FrostWort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 979 Frothing liquids . . . . . . . . . . 1874 Fructus apii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1454 baccºe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1122 cocculi . . . . . . . . . . . . 1475, 1476 Cynosbati... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1677 lappae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1119 lauri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1122 papaveris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1433 Fruit, phytolacca. . . . . . . . . . 1471 Sllgal". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1248 Fruit-sugar, un crystalli- Zable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1697 Fucus digitatus . . . . . . . . . . 1117 vesiculosus.... . . . . . . 1066, 1842 Fuller's herb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1723 Fungus rosarum . . . . . . . . . . 911 Furfur-aldehyde . . . . .1118, 1350 Furfurol . . . . . . . 1118, 1325, 1350 Furze. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1737 Fusanus acuminatus. . . . . . 13SS persicarius. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13SS Spicatus. . . . . . . . . . . . . , 13SS Fustic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1675 Hungarian . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1675 old. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1675 YOU! Ilg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1667, 1675 Fustin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1675 (AP. * * * * * * * s a 4 + 8 º' tº $ $ 8 1066 tegli finus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1369 Callarius. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1369 carbonarius. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1369 merlangus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1369 Meriucci us . . . . . . . . 1040, 1369 Molva. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1369) morrhua... . . . .1040, 1368, 1369 pollachius. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1369 Gag root . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 Gahnite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2107 Galactose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1697 Galanga. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 905 Galangal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 905 greater... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 905 lesser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90.5 Galangin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90.5 Galangol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 906 Galbanum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 906 Gale, Sweet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1294 (Vol. II.) Galega. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 908 Apollinea. . . . . . . . . . 1750, 1918 officinalis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 908 tinctoria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1049 Virginiana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1917 Galena. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1526 Galenite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1526 Galeopsis Tetrahit. . . . . . . . . 1126 Galipot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1920 Galium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909 aparine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909 asprellum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909 circaezans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909 lanceolatum. . . . . . . . . . . 909 tinctorium ... . . . . . . . .909, 910 trifidum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909 triflorum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909 Vel’Ul Iſl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909 Gall of the earth . . . . . . . . . . 1303 Gall-nuts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910 Gall-weed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 927 Galla. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910 halepense. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910 levantica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910 quercina . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910 tinctoria . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910 Gallacetophenone. . . . . . . . 1610 Gallae Chinenses seu Japon- icæ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911 Galls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910 Aleppo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910 Bassora. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911 black. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910 blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910 Chinese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911 9. Teen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910 Japanese. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911 rhus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910 Smyrna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910 Sorian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910 Syrian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910 Tannarisk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911 White. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910, 1297 Gallus Bankiva var. domes- tica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2081 Galmei. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2106 Gamma-homoc helidonine..1711 Garcinia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , 912 indica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 912 Kola. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 913, 1102 Kydia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 912 in langOstana. . . . . . . . . . . . 912 pedunculata . . . . . . . . . . . . 912 pull pullºea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 912 Garden balsam . . . . . . . . . ... 1047 hemlock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1743 Opine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1742 radish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , 1759 TUle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16S6 Sö 86° . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1705 Sorrel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1424 Spli T9 e. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1401 Sardenia campanulata. . . . . 1077 pictorun. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1929 Garget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1471 Garget-weed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1471 Garlic, hedge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1761 Garnierite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1310 Gas, laughing. . . . . . . 1312 In a TSl) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.5S Gasoline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1451 Gasonmetric estimations (see Appendix). . . . . . . . . . . 21.36 Gault era repens. . . . . . . . . . 913 Gault heria . . . . . . . . . . . . , 91.3 hispidula... . . . . . . . . . 914, 1357 humilis. . . . . . . . . . . . 913 leucocarpa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1357 procumbens . . . . . . . . .913, 1357 punctata . . . . . . . . . . . . 1357 Gaultherilene . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1358 xiv. GENERAL INDEX. Gaultherin, 1260, 1323, 1345, 1358 Gauze, iodoform. . . . . . . . . . . 1063 Gay-feather... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1130 Gaylussacia dumosa. . . . . . . 2041 frondosa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2040 resinosa. . . . . . . . . . . . 2040, 2041 Gazelle, Algerian. . . . . . . . . . 1287 Geissospermine. . . . . . . . . . . . 1327 Geissospermum laeve . . . . . . 1327 Gelanthum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 915 Gelatin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 914, 915 capsules. . . . . . . . . . . . . 915, 916 Irish moss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 916 medicated . . . . . . . . . . 915, 1117 Sugar of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1040 Gelatina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 914 Gelatine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 914 Gelatinum chondri. . . . . . . . 916 Gelsen)in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 919, 920 Gelsemine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 920 Gelsenninia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 919 Gelsen)inine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 920 Gelsennimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 917 Gelsennium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 916 lucidum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 916 nitidum. . . . . . . . . . . . . 916, 917 SemperVirens. . . . . . . . 916, 917 Gelsonina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 917 Gem-salt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1778 Gemmae pini . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1923 Genista . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 923 anglica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 923 pilosa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 923, 924 Pll I'8&ll) S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 923 Scoparia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1736 tinctoria. . . . . . . . 923, 924, 1668 Gentian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 924 American . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 926 Ule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 926 fringed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 926 closed blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 926 five-flowered . . . . . . . . . . . . 927 horse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1999 marsh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 926 Straw-colored. . . . . . . . . . . . 926 yellowish-white. . . . . . . . . 926 Gentian-root. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 924 Gentiana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 924 Andrewsii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 926 Catesbæi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 926 crimita . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 926 lutea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 924, 1925 Ochroleuca. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 926 pannonica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 926 puberula... . . . . . . . . . . . . 926 punctata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 926 purpurea. . . tº $ tº tº gº & sº º is 926 Quinqueflora. . . . . . . . . . . . 927 War. Occidentalis. . . . . . . 927 Saponaria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 926 Gentianin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 925 Gentianose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 925 Gentiogenin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 925 Gentiopikrin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 925 Gentisein. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 925 Gentisin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 925 Geoffroya inermis. . . . . . . . . 1022 Surinamensis. . . . . . . . . . . . 1104 Georgia pink. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1807 Geranial . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1325, 1343 Geraniol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1324 ..1344, 1345, 1363, 1364, 1384 Geranium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 927 Cicutarium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 929 East Indian . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1384 maculatum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 927 Robertianum. . . . . . . . . . . . 929 TOSe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1384 spotted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 927 Geranium-red. . . . . . . . . . . . . 928 Geranyl-acetate. . . . . . . . . . . . 1364 Gerardia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 929 bushy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 929 pedicularia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 929 German chamomile . . . . . . . 1246 leech. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 993 pellitory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1608 Germander . . . . . . ... 1924, 1925 Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1924 Geum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 920 album . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 931 bitter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 931 European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 931 rivale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 930 urbat um . . . . . . . . . . . . 930, 931 Virginia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 930 Virginianum . . . . . . . . . . . . 9:30 White . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 931 Gharbhah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1840 Giaggiolo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1081 Giant whortleberry. . . . . . . . 2041 Gilleenin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 932 Gillein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 932 Gillenia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 931 stipulacea. . . . . . . . . . . 931, 932 trifoliata. . . . . . . . . . 931, 1747 Gillenin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 932 Gill-go-over-the-ground . . . . 933 Ginger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2109 African... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2] 10 black... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2110 blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2110 coated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2110 Cochin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2110 East Indian . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2110 £Teel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2110 Jamaica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2110 piperoid of. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1336 preserved. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2110 ratoon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2110 Scraped. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2110 uncoated. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2110 unscraped. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2110 White... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2110 Gingerol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2110 Ginseng. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1429 Chinese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1430 Corea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14:30 quinquefolia. . . . . . . . . . . . 14:29 Glass, liquid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1186 refined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1040 Soluble. . . . . . . 1186, 1187, 1542 transparent... . . . . . . . . . . . 104() Glechoma. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 933 hederacea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 933 Glessite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1393 Globularetin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1750 Globularia alypum ... . . . . . . 1750 Vulgaris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1750 Globularin.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1750 Globulin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1676 Glonoin(e). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1820 Glonoin trinitrate. . . . 1819, 1820 Gloriosa superba. . . . . . . . . . 1736 Glucose . . . . . . . . 1248, 1338, 1696 Glucusinide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1691 #lue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 914 Gluside. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169] Glusidum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1691 Gluten-casein . . . . . . . . . . . . . 997 Gluten-fibrin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 997 Glutin. . . . . . . . . . . . 914, 915, 1040 Glycamyl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 941 Glycelaeum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1516 Glycelosum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 939 Glycemates. . . . . . . . . * * * * * * * 939 Glycerata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 939 Glycerates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 939 Glycerides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1321 Glycerin(e)... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 933 Glycerin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1321 balsam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 938 (Vol. II.) Glycerin Cocinate . . . . . . . . . 1353 jelly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 939 of aloes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 941 of alum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 941 of borax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 945 of carbolic acid. . . . . . . . . . 939 of gallic acid. . . . . . . . . . . . 940 of iodine, compound . . . . 943 of kino... . . . . of quinine sulphate. . . . . 944 of Salicylic acid. . . . . . . . . . 940 of Starch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 941 of tannin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 940 of tar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 943 aste. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 939 solution of potassium chlorate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Glycerina . . . . . . . . . . . . . 933, 939 Glycerines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 939 Glycerinum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 933 aloes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 941 boracis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 945 iodinii compositum... . . . 943 kino . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 943 potassii chloras. . . . . . . . . . 944 quininae SulphaS . . . . . . . . 944 tragacanthae. . . . . . . . . . . . . 945 Glycerita. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 939 Glycerite of aloes. . . . . . . . . 941 of alum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 941 of bismuth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 941 of borate of Sodium... . . . 945 of borax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 945 of boroglycerin. . . . . . . . . 942 of carbolic acid. . . . . . . . . . 939 of gallic acid. . . . . . . . . . . . 940 of glyceryl borate. . . . . . . . 942 of hydrastis. . . . . . . . . . . . . 942 of lodine, compound . . . . 943 of kino.. tº º & of pepsin . . . . . . . . . 943, 1347 of potassium chlorate. . . . 944 of quinine sulphate... . . . 944 of Salicylic acid. . . . . . . . . . 940 of Soap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 945 of starch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 941 of tar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 943 of tragacanth . . . . . . . . . . . 945 of yolk of egg.. . . . . . . . . . . 945 tannic acid. . . . . . . . . . . 940 Glycerites.. . . . . . . 939, 1205, 1516 Glyceritum acidi carbolici. 939 acidi gallici. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 940 acidi Salicylici . . . . . . . . . . 940 acidi tannici . . . . . . . . . . . . 940 aloes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 941 aluminis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 941 amyli. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 941 bismuthi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 941 boroglycerini . . . . . . . . . . . 942 hydrastis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 942 iodinii compositum . . . . . 943 kino . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 943 pepsini... . . . . . . . . . . . 943, 1447 picis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 943 liquidae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 944 potassii chloras . . . . . . . . . 944 quininae Sulphas . . . . . . . . 944 Saponis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 945 SOdii boratis. . . . . . . . . . . . . 945 tragacanthae. . . . . . . . . . . . . 945 Vitelli. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 945 Glycerol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 933 Glycerolata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 939 Glycerole of aloes. . . . . . . . . . 94] of carbolic acid. . . . . . . . . . 939 of iodine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 943 of kino. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 943 of potassium chlorate. . . 944 of quinine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 944 of tannin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 940 GENERAL INI).EX, XV Glycerole of tar... . . . . . . . . . 943 Glyceroles. . . . . . . . . . . . 939, 1205 Glycerols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 939 Glyceryl borate. . . . . . . . . . . . 942 triacetate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 933 trinitrate . . . . . . . . . . 1819, 1820 Glyceryl-tributyrate. . . . . . . 933 Glycocoll . . . . . . . . 915, 1040, 1827 paraphen eted in hydro- chloride . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1457 Glycones. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 939 Glyconin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94.5 Glyconinum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 945 Glycyramarin. . . . . . . . . . . . . 946 Glycyrret in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947 Glycyrrhiza. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 946 glabra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 946 lepidota. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947 var. g and ulifera . . . . . . 946 Glycyrrhizin,946,947, 1091, 1276 ammoniated. . . . . . . . . . . . . 948 Glycyrrhizinum ammonia- tun] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 948 Glyoxylin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1820 Gnaphalium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 948 Margaritaceum. . . . . . . . . . 949 polycephalum. . . . . . . . . . . 948 Gnoscopine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1411 Goanese ipecacuanha . . . . . . 1077 Goat's rue . . . . . . . . . . . . 908, 1917 Godfrey's cordial . . . . . . . . . 1270 Gold, mosaic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1830 vegetable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1662 Golden chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 10.5 Currant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1930 root. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1021 Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1021 Senecio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1743 Goldenrod, Europeam. . . . . . 1802 fragrant-leaved. . . . . . . . . . 1801 hard-leaf, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1802 rigid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1802 smooth three-rubbed. . . . . 1802 SWeet... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1801 sweet-scented. . . . . . . . . . . . 1801 Goldens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1130 Gombine... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 989 Gombo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 989 Gomme acajou. . . . . . . . . . . . 1994 d'Olivier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137.5 Goodyera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 949 pubescens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 949 TCDe Il S : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 949 Goosefoot, Stinking. . . . . . . . 1998 Goose-grass. . . . . . 909, 1534, 1992 Gorse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1737 Gossypium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 950 album . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.51 barbadense. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 951 herbaceum . . . . . 949, 951, 1358 purificatum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 949 stypticum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 951 Gourd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1444 towel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S,2S Grain-lac. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1111 Grana moschata. . . . . . . . . . . 9SQ Granadilla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1441 apple-fruited. . . . . . . . . . . . 1441 COIll II) Ol) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1441 laurel-leaved. . . . . . . . . . . . 1441 Vine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1441 Granati fructus cortex, . . . . 953 radicis Cortex. . . . . . . . . . . . 953 Granatonin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . 954 Granatum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 952 Grande marguerite. . . . . . . . 1130 Granule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1487 Grape, black Corinth . . . . . . 2037 Catawba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2036 Clinton. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2036 Concord. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2036 Grape, Delaware. . . . . . . . . . .2036 European wine. . . . . . . . .2036 fox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2036 frost. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2036 Gutedel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2036 Herbemont. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2036 Isabella. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2036 Mission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2036 Muscadine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2036 plum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2036 Riesling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2036 Scuppernong... . . . . . . . . . .2036 Sea-side... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099 SUl IIll] le T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2036 Taylor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2036 Grape-lac. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1111 Grape-Sugar. . . . . . . . . 1248, 1696 Grapes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2037 Feher Zagos. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2037 Muscat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2037 Muscatel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2037 Sultana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2037 Grass, Bermuda. . . . . . . . . . . 2001 Scotch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2001 Grass-cloth, Chinese. . . . . . . 2034 Grass-poley, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1216 Gratia Dei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 956 Gratiola. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 955 Centaurioides. . . . . . . . . . . . 956 Officinalis. . . . . . . . . . . . 955, 956 Virginica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 956 Gratiolin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 956 GratioSolin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 956 Gravel weed . . . . . 982, 1404, 2056 Gray Sassafras. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1309 Great laurel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1663 OX eye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1130 Stinging nettle . . . . . . . . . . 2032 Water dock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16S3 Wild valerian. . . . . . . . . . . . 2041 Greater galangal. . . . . . . . . . . 905 perl Winkle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 929 Greek Valerian . . . . . . . . . . . . 1532 Green ashangee. . . . . . . . . . . . 1213 galls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910 hellebore... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2050 leech. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 993 Rinmann's. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2095 Veratrum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2050 Weed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 923 Green-heart bark. . . . . . . . . . 1308 Greenland Whale. . . . . . . . . . 1372 Grindelia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 956 glutinosa . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95S hardy . . . . . . . . . . } - - - - - - - - 956 hirsutula... . . . . . . . . . 958, 1674 robusta... . . . . . . . 956, 957, 958 War. latifolia . . . . . . . . . . 957 Scaly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 956 squarrosa... . . . . .956, 957, 958 Grindelin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 957 Grindeline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 957 Gromwell, common . . . . . . . 1198 alSe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1404 Ground centaury. . . . . . . . . . 1746 C11GP TV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1464 iVy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 933 lily. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1996 In OSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1537 pine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1925 raspberry.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1021 Squirrel pea. . . . . . . . . . ... 1087 Groundsel, balsam . . . . . . . . 1744 Guaiac. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 960 resin, Peruvian . . . . . . . . . 961 Guaiac-beta-resin . . . . . . 961, 962 Guaiac-yellow . . . . . . . . . 961, 962 Guaiacen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 962 Guaiaci lignum . . . . . . . . . . . 959 resina. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 960 Guaiacin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 960 (Vol. II.) Guaiacol . . . . . . . . . 962, 963, 2046 benzoate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 964 biniodide... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 964 Carbonate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 964 cinnamate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 964 Guaiacol-carbonic acid. . . . 964 Guaiacol-Salol. . . . . . . . . . . . . 964 Guaiacolic Salol... . . . . . . . . . 964 Guaiacolum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 963 diiodide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 964 phosphate. . . . . . . . . . . . . 964 Salicylate... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 964 Succinate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 964 Guaiacum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 960 angustifolium . . . . . . . 960 arborellnı. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 960 officinale . . . . . . . . . . . . 959, 960 resin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 960 San Ctul]] . . . . . . . . . 959 wood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 959 Guaien. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 962 Guaiol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 962 Guajacen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 962 Guajol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 962 3uajon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 962 Guao. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1675 Guarana. . . . . . . . . . . .964, 965 Guaranhem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1275 Guaranine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 965 Guava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1303 Guavin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1303 Guaycura . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1834 Guelder-rose tree . . . . . . . . . . 2058 Guilandina Bonducella . . 1390 Moringa. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1391 Guinea rush. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1077 Guizotia oleifera. . . . . . . . . . . 1366 Gt lielma speciosa. . . . . . . . . !)47 Gum acaroides . . . . . . . . . . . . 1112 acroides. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1112 anime. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1921 bassora. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1993 butea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109S cashew. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1994 cherry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1994 chewing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1277 chicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1277 doctor's. . . . . . . . . . . . 1667, 1675 grass-tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1112 guaiacum . . . . . . . . . . . -. . . . 960 hemlock . . . . . . . . . . . 1512, 1513 hog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1667, 1675 iVy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97S Rutera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1993 of the Palas. . . . . . . . . . . . . 109S S㺠Sã . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1994 Sonora . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1112 tragacanth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1992 tuno. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1277 W8 X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1148 Zapota . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1277 Gummi kino. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1097 Orenbergerense. . . . . . . . . . 1120 tragacantha . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1992 Gummi-plasticum. . . . . . . . . 967 Gummi-resina galbanum . 906 hedera ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 978 myrrha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1298 Olibanum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1403 Gun-cotton. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 950 Soluble. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1611 Gun-metal'. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S29 Gunpowder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1575 Guru. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099 Gutta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 967, 968 Gutta-percha. . . . . . . . . . 966, 967 depurata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 967 Gutta-taban. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 967 Guttae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1263 pectorales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1979 Guttane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 967 xvi GENERAL INDEX. Gymnadaenia conopsea . . . .1699 Helianthemum corymbo- Heuchera pubescens. . . . . . . 988 Gymnema Sylvestre. . . . . . . 985 Sll ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 980 Hexa- hydro - oxy - par a - tingens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1049 Vulgare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 980 Cyrnene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J 256 Gynocardia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 971 Helian thenin . . . . . . . . . . . . . 982 Hexa-hydro-pyrazine. . . . . . 1507 Odorata, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 971 Helianthus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 981 Hexa-hydro-pyridine. . . . . . 1509 Gypsophila Arrostii. . . . . . . 1724 all IlllllS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 981, 1760 Hexamethylene tetramine. 1508 paniculata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1724 tuberosus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 982 Hexyl-alcohol. . . . . . . . . . . . 1324 Struthium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1724 Helicin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1700 Hexylamine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1370 Gypsy-weed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1213 Heliotropin . . . . 1325, 1506, 1509 Hexylbutyrate. . . . . . . . . . . . 987 Gyromia virginica. . . . . . . . . 1736 Helixigenin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 978 Hibiscus Abelm OSchus. . . . 989 Helixin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 978 esculentus . . . . . . . . . . . . . 989 ABAGHADI. . . . . . . . . . . 1300 Hellebore, Annerican . . . . . . 2050 Hiera picra... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1602 Hack metack... . . . . . . . . . | 120 black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 982 Hieracium . . . . . . . . . . . . 989 Haddock ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1369 8 Teen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 982, 2050 Gronovii. . . . . . . . . . . . 990 Haematein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 973 SWö Ill O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2050 Ill ll I’OI’ll ID . . . . . . . . . . 990 Haematein-ammonia . . . . . . 973 White... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.48 pilosella . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 990 Haematin . . . . . . . . . . . . . 973, 1714 Helleborein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 983 Scabrum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 990 Haematoxylin . . . . . . . . . . . . 973 Helleboresin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 983 VéI] et] OSUl IOO . . . . . . g . . 989 Haematoxylon . . . . . . . . . . . . 972 Helleboretin. . . . . . . . . . . . . 983 Hierochloe borealis . . . . . . . 1251 Campeachianum. . . . . . . . . 972 Helieborin... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 983 High blueberry.... . . . 2040 Haem globin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1714 Helleborus. . . . . . . . . . . . . , , 982 cranberry. . . . . . . . . . . 2058 Haemospasis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1760 foetidus... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 984 Hip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , 1677 Haemostasis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1760 niger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 982 Hip-tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1677 Hair-cap moss. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1537 Orientalis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 982 Hippo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1849 Hairy haw kweed... . . . . . . . . 990 viridis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 982, 983 Hippocastanum . . . . . . . . . . 990 monkey flower. . . . . . . . . . 1262 Helonias officinalis . . 1687, 1688 Hurein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1755 Hake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1040, 1369 Hemidesmin... . . . . . . . . . . . . 985 Hirudo . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 Halbert-lea ed tear-thumb 153 Hennidesmus ... . . . . . . . . . . . 984 decora . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 993 Halicore australis.. . . . . . . . . 1372 indicus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 984 medicinalis . . . . . . . . 993 Dugong. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1372 Hemlock, dropwort. . . . . . . 1455 Officinalis . . . . . s . . . 993 indicus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1372 fir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1921 provincialis. . . . . . . . . . . . 993 Hannamelis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97.4 five-leaved water. . . . . . . . 1454 Hivurahein . . . . . . . . . . . 1276 Virginiana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97.4 garden . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1743 Hoang-Nan . . . . . . . . . 1317 Hannamelitannin. . . . . . . . . . 97.5 lessºr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1743 Hoarhound... . . . . . . 1240 Hanburg white. . . . . . . . . . . 1522 parsley . . . . . . . . . . . . 1454, 1743 Water . . . . . . . s 8 tº u s tº it s º 1213 Haplopappus Baylahuen. . 958 Water. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1455 Hoary pea . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1917 Hardhack. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1809 Hemp nettle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . II 26 pl CCOOn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1199 Hard-leaf goldenrod. . . . . . . 1802 New Zealand . . . . . . . . . . . . 1133 Holcus saccharatus. . . . . . 1693 Hardy grindelia. . . . . . . . . . 956 Hen, common. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2081 Holly, American . . . . . . . 1044 Hastate knot grass . . . . . . . . 1534 Henbane.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1032 California mountain . . . 1655 Hausman nite... . . . . . . . . . . . 1232 yellow . . . . . . & e g º 'º e º º e & 1464 I)ahoon . . . . . . . * . . . . 1045 Haustus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1263 Henbit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2034 European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1045 HaW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1613 Hepar sulphur... . . . . . 1544, 2003 Homatropine... . . . . . . . . . 994 black. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2059, 2060 sulphuris. . . . . 1543, 1544, 2003 hydrobromate. . . . . . . . . . 99.4 Hawkweed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 989 Hepatica... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 985 hydrochlorate. . . . . . . . . 995 hairy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 990 acutiloba. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 985 Salicylate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 995 TOU!9 h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 990 Americana. . . . . . . . . . 985, 986 sulphate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 995 veiny-leaved . . . . . . . . . . . . 9SQ triloba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 985 Homatropinae hydrobromas 994 Hawthorn . . . . . . . . . . . 1613, 1930 Heptane. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1307, 1398 Hono-pterocarpin . . . . 1716 English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1613 He racleum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 986 Honduras bark. . . . . . . . 1617 Hazel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1229 giganteum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 987 Honey. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1247 beaked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1292 lanatum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 986 horax. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1249 Hazelnut, Snapping . . . . . . . 974 sphondylium . . . . . . . . . . . 987 clarified . . . . . . . . , , . 1250 Heal all . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1737, 1741 Heraclin... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 987 eucalyptus. . . . . . 1249 Heart-leaved plantain . . . . 1515 Herapathite . . . . . . . . 1623, 1626 l'OSé . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1250 Heart liverleaf. . . . . . . . . . . . 985 Herb mastich . . . . . . . . . . . . 1924 sodium borate. . . . . . . . 1249 He rtsease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2079 Syrian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1924 Virgin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1247 Hebbakhade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1300 of grace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 956 Honeys, medicated . . . . . 1250 Hectographs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 916 Robert. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 929 Honey-bee . . . . . . . . . . 1247 Hedeon, a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 976 Herba adianthi aurei. . . . . . 1537 Honeysuckle . . . . . . 1441, 1708 pulegioides... . . . . . . . 976, 1360 consolidae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1833 Italian . . . . . . . . . . . . . , 1708 thymoides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 977 jace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2079 Honig thee. . . . . . . . . . . . 1931 Hedeonhol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1361 mari veri. . . . . . . . . . . . ... 1924 Hoochin OO ... . . . . . . . . . . 2069 Hedera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 978 men that acutae . . . . . . . . . . 1255 Hoodwort. . . . . . . . . . . . 1740 Helix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 978 Romante . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1255 Hop(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . 998 Hederin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 978 polygalie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1746 Hop resin . . . . . . . . . . . 999 Hedge garlie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1761 Salicarite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1216 tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1586 mustard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1761 scoparii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1736 IIop-hornbeam . . . . . . . 1423 nettle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1126 scordii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1924 Hordeum... . . . . † . . . 996 Hedge-hyssop . . . . . . . . . 955, 956 Hercules’ club . . . . . . . . . . 1022 distichon . . . . . . . . . . . . . 996 Hedwigia balsamitera. 1318, 1404 Herit era littoralis . . . . . . . . 1 102 distichunn . . . . . & 4 & 9 | 2:28 Hedysarum Alhagi. . . . . . . . 1238 Herniaria glabra. . . . . . . . . 908 hexastichon . . . . . . 996 Heera bol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1300 Herniarine ... . . . . . . . . . . . . 908 perlatum. . . . . . . . . . . . . {}96 Heera bole. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1299 Hesperetin... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1134 Vulgare... . . . . . . . . . 996 Helen in . . . . . . . 1058, 1059, 1325 Hesperidin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1134 Horehound . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1240 Helenium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 979 Heuch era. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 988 black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1126 autumnale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 970 annericana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 988 Water... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1215 tenuifolium . . . . . . . . . . . . . 979 Caulescens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 988 Hornbeam . . . . . . . . . . 1423 parviflorum. . . . . . . . . . . . 979 cylindrica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 988 Horse chestnut . . . .990, 1930 Helianthemum . . . . . . . . . . . 979 hispida . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . QSS gentian... . . . . . . . . . . . . . , 1999 Canadense. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 979 parviflora . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 988 gOW a Il . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1130 (Vol. II.) GENERAL INDEX xvii Horsemint . . . . . 1274, 1275, 1607 Horse-nettle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1799 Horseradish-tree . . . . . . . . . . 1391 Hot-air bath . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1759 Houseleek, common. . . . . . . 1741 Small . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1741 Howe's acid solution of iron. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1164 black haw cordial . . . . . . . 2061 Huckleberry, black... . . . . .2040 blue . . . . Huile blanche de thyme . . 1399 1. de cade... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 092 rouge de thyme . . . . . . . . . 1399 Hulled barley. . . . . . . . . . . . . 996 Humulene . . . . . . . . . . . 999, 1324 Hunnulus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 998 Lupulus. . . . . . . . . . . . 998, 1210 Hundred-leaved rose. . . . . . 1677 Hungary leech . . . . . . . . . . . . 993 Valonia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911 Hunn S drops... . . . . . . . . . . . 1264 Huntsman's cup. . . . . . . . . . 1725 Hyaenanche globosa. . . . . . . 1318 Hyamanchine . . . . . . . . . . . . 1318 Hydnocarpus odorata. . . . . 971 Venenata... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97.2 Wightiana . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97.2 Hydracetin... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1458 Hydrangea ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000 arborescens . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000 lithiated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001 paniculata var. grandi- flora . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001 Vulgaris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000 Wild . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000 Hydrangin . . . . . . . . . . 1000, 1001 Hydrargyri acetas. . . . . . . . . 1012 annidato-bichloridum.... 1009 ann monio-chloridum . . . .1009 benzoas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1012 bichloridum . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001 boras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1012 bromidum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1012 carbolas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1012 chloridum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1013 corrosivum . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001 mite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1013 cyanidum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1008 Cyan Ulretum. . . . . . . . . . . . 100S dipernitras . . . . . . . . . . . . 1010 et quininae chloridum... 1011 et Zinci cyanidum. . . . . . . 1012 iodidl rubrum . . . . . . . . . . 101.5 iodidum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1017 flavum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1016 rubrum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1015 Viride. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1016 nitrico-Oxidum . . . . . . . . . 101S Oxidum flavum . . . . . . . . . 1017 Inigrum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1019 rubrum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101S sulphuricum . . . . . . . . . . 1000 oxycyanidum . . . . . . . . . . . 1012 perchloridum . . . . . . . . . . 1001 periodidum... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1015 perSulphas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1010 phosphas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1010 proto-ioduretum . . . . . . . . 1017 protonitras. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1011 pyroboras. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1013 Salicylas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1012 subchloridum . . . . . . . . . . . 1013 Subiodidum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1016 Suboxidum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1019 subsulphas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1009 flavus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1009 Sulphas flavus. . . . . . . . . . . 1009 sulphidum nigrum....... 1011 rubrum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1010 Sulphocyanus. . . . . . . . . . . 1013 Hydrargyri sulphuretum cum Sulphure. . . . . . . 1011 nigrum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1011 rubrum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1010 tannas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1012 Hydrargyrum. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1007 amido-chloridum. . . . . . . . 1009 ann moniato muriaticunn. 1009 am noniatum . . . . . . . . . . . 1009 bichloratum carbamida- tum Solutun. . . . . . . . 1012 borussicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100S chloratum dulce . . . . . . . . 1013 corrosivum sublimatum. 1001 Cum Creta. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1008 cum magnesia. . . . . . . . . . . 100S formamidatum solutum. 1012 iodatum flavum . . . . . . . . . 101.7 muriaticum corrosivum. 1001 dulce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1013 Oxydatum flavum . . . . . . . 1017 nitricum solutum . . . . . 1171 praecipitatum... . . . . . . . 1017 oxydulatum nigrum . . . .1009 nitricum ammoniatum 1009 Solutum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1171 peptonatum solutum.... 1012 phenylicum. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1012 praecipitatum album . . . .1009 Sulphuratum rubrum . . . 1011 Sulphuricum. . . . . . . . . . . . 1010 flavum... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1009 tannicum oxydulatum ... 1012 Vivum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1007 Hydrastin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1023 combined... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1023 muriate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1023 neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1023 resinoid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1023 Hydrastine . . . .1022, 1023, 1024 hydrochlorate. . . . . . . . . . . 1023 muriate. . . . . . . . . . . . 1023, 1024 neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1023 Hydrastininae hydrochlo- TaS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1019 Hydrastinine . . . . . . . . 1019, 1024 hydrochlorate . . . . . . . . . . 1019 Hydrastis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1020 Canadensis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1020 liquid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1029 Hydrocarbons . . . . . . . . . . . . 1324 Hydrochinone . . . . . . . . . . . . 1652 Hydrochloras morphicus. , 1282 Hydrocotarmine . . . . . 1410, 1411 Hydrocotyle Americana... 1030 Asiatica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1030 gummifera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1031 interrupta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1030 ran unculoides . . . . . . . . . . 1030 Tepanda. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1030 umbellata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1030 Vulgaris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1030 Hydrocoumarin. . . . . . . . . . . 13:25 Hydrogen lithium carbon- a Ue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1195 Hydrojuglon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1090 Hydromagnesite . . . . . . . . . . 1221 Hydronaphtol . . . . . . . . . . . . 1306 Hydroquinol. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1652 Hydroquinone . . . . . . . . . . . . 1650 - * * * * * * * - - - - 1652, 2038, 2039 Hydro quinone-ethyl-ether tº e º t e s e e s e < * * * * * * * * * * * * 1046 Hydroxylamine. . . . . . . . . . . 1349 Hydroxy-linolin . . . . . . . . . . 1365 Hynnenaea Courbaril. . . . . . . 1921 Hyoscinae hydrobromas . . . 1031 Hyoscine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1031 • * * * * * * 1033, 1034, 1036, 1839 (Vol II.) Hyoscine hydrobronnate ...1031 Hyoscyami Semen. . . . . . . . . 1033 Hyoscyaminae hydrobro- In a S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1031 sulphas... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1032 Hyoscyamine. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1033 • * * * * * * 1034, 1036, 1115, 1839 hydrobromate. . . . . . . . . . . 1031 Sulphate . . . . . . . . . . 1032, 1037 Hyoscyaminum hydrobro- micum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1031 Hyoscyamus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1032 niger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1032 Seeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1033 Hypericum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1038 perforatum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103S red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103S Sarothra... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Hyperpermanganas kalicus|1575 potassicus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1575 Hypophosphis kalicus. . . . . 1567 potassicus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1567 Sodicus. . . . . . . . . . . . 1781, 1783 Hypophosphites, com - pound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1891 nutritive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1783 Hyraceum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12S7 Hyrax capensis... . . . . . . . 1287 Hyssop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1039 prairie. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1607 Wild. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2055, 2056 Hyssopin... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1039 Hyssopus... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1039 officinalis... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1039 Hysterionica Baylahuen. 958 ICAA • * * * * * s e e s - a w s a e = * * * 1317 Ice-plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1277 Ice-Vine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1437 Ichthalbin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1042 Ichthyocolla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1039 Ichthyol. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1041, 1042 albuminate... . . . . . . . . . . 1042 ammonium . . . . . . . . 1041, 1042 lithium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1042 In el'Cll Ty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1042 Sodium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1042 zinc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1042 Ichthyolum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1041 Icica Carrana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1923 heptaphylla . . . . . . . . . 1923 Igasurin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1314 Ignatia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1043 &llllara. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1043 Ignatiana philippinica . . . . 1043 Yaja . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1317 Ikaju. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1317 Ilex aquifolium . . . . . . . . . . . 104.5 Cassine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1045 Dahoon... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.5 glabra... . . . . . . . . . . . 104.5, 1582 lèvigatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1583 myrtifolia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1045 Paraguayensis. . . . . . 1045, 1930 verticillata ... . . . . . . . . . . . 15S2 vomitoria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1045 Ilicin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1044, 1045 Ilixanthin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1045 Illicium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1046 anisatum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1046 floridanum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.7 Griffithii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.7 majus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.7 parviflorum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.7 religiosum . . . . . . . . . 1046, 1047 Vel’Ullll . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1046, 1341 In patiens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.7 balsamina. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.7 fulva . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1047, 1672 pallida . . . . . . . . . . . . 1047, 1672 Inmperatoria, black . . . . . . . . 1715 xviii GENERAL INI).E.X. Imperatoria Ostruthium... 907 * - - - - tº º e s e º 'º e º 'º - - - - - - - - 987 Imperatorin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 987 Incassa poison . . . . . . . . . . . . 1849 Incense... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1403, 1404 India ink... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1297 Indian akrot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1365 apple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1529 berries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1475 bread root . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1240 COTIl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1360 cucumber. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1736 cup-plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1755 dye. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1021 gum nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1317 hippo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 931 1 DeCâC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1077 ipecacuanha . . . . . . . . . . . . 1077 paint. . . . . . . . . 1021, 1708, 1709 root. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1199 penny WOrt. . . . . . . . . .- . . . 1030 physic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 931 pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1277 poke. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1472, 2050 DOSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 948 salt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1670 Sarsaparilla . . . . . . . . . . . . . 984 tobacco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1199 turmeric. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1021 turnip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1586 yellow. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1219, 1234 Indian-balm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1996 Indican. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1048, 1049 Indicators for acidinnetry, alkalimetry (see App.). 2118 Indicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1048 Indiglucin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1048 Indigo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.8 soluble...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1048 Synthetical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1049 Indigo-blue. . . . . . . . . . 1048, 1049 Indigo-brown . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1048 Indigo carmine . . . . . . 1048, 1049 IndigO-gluten . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1048 Indigo-purple. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1048 Indigo-red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1048 Indigo-White. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1049 Indigofera anil. . . . . . . . . . . . 1048 argentea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1048 tinctoria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1048 Indigotin(e)... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1048 ndol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1049 Imee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1317, 1845 Ineine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1846 Inflated lobelia. . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 Inflatin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1201, 1202 Infusa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1049 Infusion, brayera. ... 1052, 1053 buchu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1051 calumba. . . . . . . . . . . 1050, 1052 cascarilla. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1050 catechu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1052 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1052 chamomile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1051 flowers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1050 cinchona. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1052 acid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1052 cloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1050, 1052 cranesbill, compound. ... 1054 digitalis... . . . . . . . . . 1050, 1053 ergot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1053 flaxseed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1055 gentian... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1050 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1054 stronger compound.... 1054 golden seal, compound... 105 hop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1055 horseradish... . . . . . . . . . . . 1050 jaborandi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1055 kousso. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1052 linseed ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1055 Infusion, orange-peel, com- pound. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1051 parsley, compound. . . . . . 1051 quassia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1056 rhatany. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1055 rhubarb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1050 rose, compound . . . . . . . . 1055 Sã96. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1051 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1056 Sell lla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1050, 1056 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1056 Spigelia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1051 tar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J051 thoroughwort. . . . . . . . . . . 1050 trailing arbutus, com- pound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1053 Valerian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1057 wild cherry. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1055 yellow Peruvian bark.... 1050 Infusions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1049 Infusum anthemidis. . . . . . 1051 apii compositum . . . . . . . . 1051 aurantii compositum.... 1051 barosmae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1051 brayera. . . . . . . . . . . . 1052, 1053 buchu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1051 caryophylli... . . . . . . . . . . . 1052 Catechu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1052 compositum . . . . . . . . . . 1052 chamomillae romanae. ... 1051 cinchonae... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1052 columbae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1052 columbo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1052 CUSSO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1052 digitalis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1053 diosmae... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1051 epigaeae compositum..... 1053 ergotáe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1053 eupatorii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1050 gentianae compositum ... 1054 fortius. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1054 geranii compositum . . . . . 1054 hydrastis compositum... 1054 humuli... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1055 jaborandi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1055 krameriae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1055 lini . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1055 compositum . . . . . . . . . . 1055 lupuli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1055 picis liquidae. . . . . . . . . . . . 1051 pruni virginianae. . . . . . . . 1055 quassiae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1056 rosae compositum . . . . . . . 1055 Salviàe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1051 compositum. . . . . . . . . . . 1056 Sen 1188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1056 compositum . . . . . . . . . . 1056 Spigeliae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1051 Valeriante . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1057 Ingluvies pulli. . . . . . . . . . . . 2083 Ingluvin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1448 Inhalation, chlorine. . . . . . . 2046 comine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2046 Creosote. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2046 fir-Wool oil... . . . . . . . . . . . . 2046 hydrocyanic acid. . . . . . . . 2046 iodine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2046 Inhalations... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2046 In je c ti o apomorphinae hypodermica. . . . . . . . . . 1057 ergotini hypodermica.... 1057 morphinae hypodermica. 1057 Injection, apomorphine, hypodermic. . . . . . . . . . . 1057 ergotin, hypodermic . . . . 1057 morphine, hypodermic. , 1057 Ink, alizarin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1680 ndia... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1297 red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 974 Inkberry . . . . . . . . . . . . 1045, 1582 Inkroot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1833 (Vol. II.) Inosit... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1091, 1697 Inosite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1915 Intoxicating long pepper. .1505 Inula... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1058 camphor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1058 Conyza. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1059 dysenterica . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1059 Helenium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1058 SQuarroSa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1059 Inulenin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 982 Inulin. .981, 982, 1058, 1119, 1914 Invert-sugar . . . . . . . . . 1248, 1696 Iodal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1064 Iodamine... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1009 Iodia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1572 Iodine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1066, 1370 disulphide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1865 lye. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1066 Iodoform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1060 absolute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1060 and naphtalin . . . . . . . . . . 1600 aromatized. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1063 deodorized. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1063 88 ll Ze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1063 odorless. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1061 Iodoformum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1060 aromatisatum . . . . . . . . . . . 1063 Iodol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1064 IOdo phenacetin. . . . . . . . . . . 1457 Iodophenin(e)... . . . . . . . . . . 1457 Iodum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1066 Ioduretum hydrargyricum 1015 hydrargyrosum... . . . . . . . 1017 kalicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1569 plumbicum. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1523 potassicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1569 Ionidium Ipecacuanha. ... 1077 • * * * * * tº tº e º ºs e a 9 s tº 4 1747, 2080 Marcucci . . . . . . . . . . 1077, 2080 microphyllum . . . . . . . . . . 1077 parviflorum . . . . . . . 1077, 208 polygalaefolium . . . . . . . . . 1077 Ionone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1364 Ipecac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 1071 American . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 931 bastard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1999 Carthagena. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1072 Columbian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1072 Indian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1077 New Granada... . . . . . . . . . 1072 Wild . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1999 Ipecacuanha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1071 annylaceous... . . . . . . . . . . . 1076 bastard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1077 black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1076 striated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1076 farinaceous . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1076 Goanese. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1077 Indian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1077 large striated. . . . . . . . . . . . 1076 of St. Martha. . . . . . . . . . . . 1076 Small striated . . . . . . . . . . . 1076 striated brittle. . . . . . . . . . . 1076 undulated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1076 violet striated. . . . . . . . . . . 1076 White . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1076 -- ligneous.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1077 Ipoh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1317 Ipomoea hederacea . . . . . . . . 1087 jalapa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1083 nil... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1086 Orizabensis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1087 pandurata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1087 Pll I'88. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1083, 1084 Schiedeana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1083 simulans.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1086 triloba. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1087 turpethum.... . . . . . . . . . . . 1086 Iretol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1082 Iridin. . . . . . . . . . 1078, 1082, 1332 Iridol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1082 GENERAL INDEX. xix Irigenin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1082 Iris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1077 Boston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1081 dwarf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1081 florentine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1081 germanica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1081 lacustris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1081 pallida. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1081 Verſla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1081 Versicolor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1077 virginica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1081 Irish broom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1736 moss gelatin. . . . . . . . . . . . . 916 Irisia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1081 Irisin . . . . . . . . . . 1078, 1332, 1334 Iron and nanganese, sac- charated carbonate. . . . 1233 and quinine citrate, gran- ular effervescent . . . . . . 1595 galvanized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2107 phosphate, effervescent... 1595 granular effervescent. . 1595 saccharated oxide . . . . . . . 1888 tonics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1874 Weed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2057 Iron-wood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1423 Irone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1325, 1364 Isatin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.48 Isatis lusitanica. . . . . . . . . . . 10.48 tinctoria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.8 Isinglass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1039 American. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1040 artificial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 914 book. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1040 cake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1040 Chinese. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1040 honeycomb... . . . . . . . . . . . 1040 Japanese... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1040 leaves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1040 long staple. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1040 lump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1040 pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1040 Dllr Se.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1040 ribbon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1040 Russian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1040 Samovey ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1040 sheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1040 short staple . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1040 ISOdulcit ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1654 Isodulcite..991, 1619, 1687, 1803 Isolinolenin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1365 ISOmyristicin... . . . . . . . . . . . 1374 Isonandra Gutta. . . . . . . . . . . 966 Isopelletierine . . . . . . . . . . . . 954 Isophloridzin... . . . . . . . . . . . 1612 ISO-naphtol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1305 ISO-propyl-alcohol. . . . . . . . . 1735 Iso-propyl-meta-cresol. . . . . 1325 tº sº e º 'º & * . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1937 Iso-propyl-Ortho-cresol. . . . 1325 * tº e º ºs º ºs e & G tº e 1349, 1378, 1937 ISOricinolein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1382 Ispaghul seed . . . . . . . . . . . . 1515 Italian honeysuckle. . . . . . . 1708 liquorice-root . . . . . . . . . . . 946 Itch bulb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1736 Weed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2050 IV.V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 978, 1093 big-leaved. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1093 COIIl D.) Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 978 ground. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 933 gll IIl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 978 poison. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1666, 1668 ABORANDI . . . . . . . . . . . . 1478 Aracati. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1479 Ceara... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1479 Maranham... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1479 Paraguay.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1479 Pernambuco . . . . . . . 1478, 1479 Rio Janeiro... . . . . . . . . .1478 Jaborandi, Small . . . . . . . . . . 1479 Jabonine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1480 Jaborandine . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1480 Jaboridine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1480 Jaborine. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1478, 1480 Jacaranda. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1082 brancha. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1083 Caroba. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1082 Dr.OCera . . . . . . . . . . . . 1082, 1083 Oxyphylla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1083 Subrhombea. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1083 Jacob's ladder. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1532 Jaggery ... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1693, 1921 Jalap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1083 Cancer-root. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1471 fusiform. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1087 light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1087 male . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1087 Scoke. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1471 stalks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1087 Tampico. . . . . . . . . . . 1084, 1086 tops. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1087 Vera Cruz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1084 Wild . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1087 Woody. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1087 Jalapa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1083 Jalapin. . . . . . . . . 1734, 1085, 1087 Jalapinol... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1087 Jalapurgin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1085 Jamaica cabbage tree... 1022 dogwood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1509 pe DPer. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1502, 1503 Jamaicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1022 Jamboo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1303 Jambosa malaccensis . . . . . . 1302 Vulgaris.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1302 Jambosin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1303 Jambul. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1303 James' tea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1124 Jamestown weed . . . . . . . . . . 183S Janipha Manihot. . . . . . . . . . 1235 Japan Varnish tree . . . . . . . . 1668 Jarra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1754 Jarrhina. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.54 Jasmin(e), Carolina. . . . . . . . 916 yellow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 916 Jasminum fruticans. . . . . . . 917 Sambac, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1929 Jatamansi. . . . . . . . . . . . 1866, 2013 Jatropha Curcas. . . . . . . . . . . 1401 dulcis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1235 Manihot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1235 Jaundice root. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1021 Java plum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1303 Javelle water. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1184 Jeffersonia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1087 diphylla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1087 Jelly, glycerin . . . . . . . . . . . . 939 paraffin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1449 Jeropiga. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2066 Jersey tea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1930 Jerusalem artichoke. . . . . . . 982 Jervine. . . . . . . . .2049, 2050, 2051 Jessanline, Carolina. . . . . . . 916 true . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 917 White. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 919 yellow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 916 Jesuits' tea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1045 Jewelweed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.7 balsam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.7 Jimson weed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1838 Jimpson weed. . . . . . . . . . . . 1838 Johnny jump-up. . . . . . . . . . 2079 Jointed charlock . . . . . . . . . . 1759 Jonquil camphor. . . . . . . . . . 1808 Joyote. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1327, 1328 Judas tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 970 Juglandin... . . . . . . . . . 1089, 1091 Juglans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1088 cathartica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1088 cinerea . . . . . . . . . . . . 1088, 1089 (Vol. II.) Juglans nigra. . . . . . . . 1089, 1090 oblonga. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1088 regia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1090 Juglon. ... . . . . . . 1089, 1090, 1091 Juice, belladonna . . . . . . . . . 1857 broom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1858 dandelion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1858 hemlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1857 henbane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1857 lemon. . . . . . . . 1133, 1134, 1857 line and pepsin . . . . . . . . . 1857 pancreatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1430 tara XaCum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1858 Juices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1857 preserved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1941 Jujuba. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1091 Jujube berries. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1091 Jujube paste. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1091 Julapium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1263 Julep. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . * * * * * * * 1263 Julus foetidissimus. . . . . . . . 1066 Jungle-fowl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2081 Juniper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1091 berries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1091 pomade, Howe's. . . . . . . . . 1092 Juniper-camphor... . . . . . . . 1361 Juniperin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1092 Juniperus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1091 Communis. . . . . . . . . 1091, 1361 Oxycedrus . . . . . . . . . 1092, 1346 Sabina... . . . . . 1386, 1690, 1691 Virginiana. . . . 1361, 1362, 1691 Justicia Adhatoda. . . . . . . . . 1713 K _HRMPFERID . . . . . . . 905, 906 Kainite. . . . . . . I. . . . 1222, 1578 Kairin(e)... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1926 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1926 M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1926 Kairolin(e) A... . . . . . . . . . . 1926 e g º 'º e a tº e s a e º e º s º e i s e º e e 1926 Kaladana. . . . . . . . . . . . 1086, 1087 Kali arsenicosum solutum.1180 bichronicum... . . . . . . . . . 1549 bitartaricum. . . . . . . . . . . 1551 carbonicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1556 acidulum... . . . . . . . . . 1547 chloridum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1561 chromicum rubrum . . . . . 1549 citricum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1562 hydricu in fusum . . . . . . . . 1539 Solutum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1177 hydriodicum. . . . . . . . . . . . 1569 hypermanganicum crys- tallizatum . . . . . . . . . . 1575 nuriaticum oxygenatum 1559 Oxynuriaticum . . . . . . . . . 1.559 Pll I’ll ºn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1539 tartarized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1580 Kalium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1542 borussicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1566 chloratum . . . . . . . 1561, 1562 citricum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1562 Cyanatum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1563 ferrocyanatum . . . . . . . . . . 1566 hypophosphorosum. . . . . 1567 iodatum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1569 Kalmia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1093 angustifolia. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1095 glauca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1095 latifolia . . . . . . . . . . . 1093, 1095 Kamala. . . . . . * * * * * * * * * * 1095 false . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1096 Kamalin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1096 Kameela. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1095 Kanna-Fuga. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1596 Kampmannia fraxinifolia..2087 Kanya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1102 butter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1102 Karadelestris syphilitica... 1082 Kasagra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1656 XX GENERAI, INDEX. Katjadikai... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099 Katir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1643 Kawa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1506 Kava-kava. . . . . . . . . . . 1505, 1506 Kavahin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1506 Kavalne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1506 Kavath. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1276 Kefir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1109, 1110 Kelp . . . . . . . . . . . 1060, 1066, 1774 Kengashi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Kephir. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1110 Seed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1110 Kerosene . . . . . . . . . . . . 1451, 1452 Kesso . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2043 Ketones. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1325 Khanlanjan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 905 Kickxia Africana. . . . . . . . . . 1846 Kidney liverleaf . . . . . . . . . . 985 Rieserite. . 1219, 1220, 1221, 1222 Kino. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1097 African . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1098 Australian . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099 Bengal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1098 Botany Bay. . . . . . . . 1098, 1099 Butea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1098 Caracas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099 Columbia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099 Dhak-tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1098 East India. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1097 eucalyptus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099 Gambia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1098 Jamaica . . . . . . . . . . . 1098, 1099 Malabar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1097 myristica... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099 Palas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1098 Pilas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1098 South American.... 1098, 1099 West Indian . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099 Kino-red. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109S Kinoin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1098 Knight's spur. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1832 Knot grass, bird... . . . . . . . . 1534 erect... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1534 hastate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1534 Knot weed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 908 spotted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1534 Kokam butter. . . . . . . . . . . . . 912 Kokum butter . . . . . . . . . . . . 912 Kola . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099, 1100 bitter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 913, 1102 false . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1102 female . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099 male. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 913, 1102 nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1100, 1101 white. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1100 Kolanin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1101 Kolatannin... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1101 Koonti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1240 Koroniko . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2058 Kossala . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1097 Koumys. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1109, 1110 Krameria... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1103 argentea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1104 Cistoidea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1104 Ixina. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1103 lanceolata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1104 Secundiflora. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 104 triandra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1103 Kresol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 962 Kumiss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1110 Kumyss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1110 Kupfer-nickel . . . . . . . . . . . . 1310 Kuromatsu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1923 ABARRAQUE'S DISIN- FECTING LIQUID.... 1183 Labdanum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 980 cake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 980 COIn Ill OI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 980 roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 980 Labrador tea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1124 Laburnum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1105 a C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1106, 1110 fernmentatum . . . . . . . . . . . . 1110 grain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1111 lump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1111 Scammonii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1272 Seed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1111 shell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1111 Stick. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1111 sulphuris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1860 Virginis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1946 Lacca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1110 coerulea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1112 musica ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1112 Lac-dye. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1111 Lachnanthes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1112 tinctoria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1112 Lacmoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1650 Lacmus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1112, 1113 Lacquer tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1668 Lactin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1107, 1697 Lactinated preparations. . . 2002 Lacto-carannel. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1697 Lactophenin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1457 Lacto-protein... . . . . . . . . . . 1107 Lactone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1251, 1367 Lactones. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1325 Lactose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1697 Lactuca. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1114 altissima. . . . . . . . . . . 1115, 1116 canadensis war, elongata...1115 Sativa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1114 Scariola. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1115 virosa, . . . . . ... 1114, 1115, 1116 Var. montana. . . . . . . . . . 1115 Lactucarium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1115 English. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1115 gallicum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1116 German. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1115 parisiense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1116 Scotch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1115 Lactucerin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1116 Lactucin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1116 Lactuco-picrin . . . . . . . . . . . , 1116 Lactucon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1116 Lacumin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1276 Ladies'-slippers... . . . . . . . . . 104.7 Lady's thumb. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1534 Laevo-borneol . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1403 Laevo-bornyl-acetate...1513, 1922 Laevo-camphene. . . . . . . . . . . 1403 Laevo-carvone. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1368 Laevo-citronellol. . . . . . . . . . . 1384 Laevo-fenchone... . . . . . . . . . . 1934 Laevo-limonene. . . . . . . . . . . . 1343 tº e º 'º - e º e º s º s ſº 1367, 1368, 1396 Laevo-linalool. . . 1344, 1345, 1378 acetic ester. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1344 Laevo-linaloyl . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1363 butyrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1363 propionate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1363 Valerianate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1363 Laevo-lin aloyl-acetate. . . . . . 1363 Laevo-lupanin . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1209 Laevo-phelland rene. . . . . . . . 1341 gº tº a 4 tº w - 1373, 1396, 1455, 1504 Laevo-pinene. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1348 ... 1385, 1396, 1399, 1403, 1404 tº e º 'º - ºr - 8 e º ºs a 1453, 1513, 1922 Laevo-thymene. . . . . . . . . . . . 1399 Laevulin. . . . . . . . 1058, 1618, 1914 Laevulose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1058 e º 'º e º m 1248, 1683, 1697, 2001 Lagenaria vulgaris . . . . . . . . 1444 Lannbkill. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1093 Lamb's quarter. . . . . . . . . . . . 1996 Lamellae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1117 atropinae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1117 cocainae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1117 homatropinae. . . . . . . . . . . . 1117 (Vol. II.) Lamellae physostigminae... 1117 Laminaria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1117 Cloustoni. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1117 digitata. . . . . . . . . . . . 1117, 1118 esculenta. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1118 flexicaulis . . . . . . . . . 1066, 1117 saccharina. ...1066, 1118, 1238 Stenophylla... . . . . . . . . . . . 1117 Laminarin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1118 Lamine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2034 Lamium album... . . . . . . . . . 2034 Lana collodii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1611 gossypii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 950 philosophica . . . . . . . . . . . . 2100 Lantana brasiliensis. . . . . . . 1627 Lantamine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1627 Lanthopine... . . . . . . . .1410, 1411 Lance-leaved plantain . . . . . 1515 Lanugo gossypii. . . . . . . . . . 950 Lapis calaminaris . . . . . . . . . 2095 causticus chirurgorum... 1539 Iaportea canadensis. . . . . . . 2034 Lappa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1118 major. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1118 minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1118 officinalis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1118 tonnentOSa... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1118 Lappin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1119 Lard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323 benzoated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2018 benzoinated . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2018 Larch agaric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1511 American. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1120 bark. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1120 black. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1120 European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1120 Large tupelo... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1118 Larger blue flag.. . . . . . . . . . 1077 Laricis cortex. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1120 Larix annericana . . . . . . . . . . 1120 Cedrus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1238 decidua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1120 ellropaea. . . . . . 1120, 1238, 1922 Sibirica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1513 Larixine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1120 Lark's claw. . . . . ... • * * * * * * * * * * 1832 Larkspur. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1832 Larrea glutinosa . . . . . . . . . . 1110 Mexicana. . . . . . . . . . 1110, 1112 Laudanine . . . ... 1410, 1411, 1413 Laudanosine. . . . 1410, 1411, 1413 Laudanum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1976 antihystericum. . . . . . . . . . 1976 Dutchman's. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1441 liquidum simplex . . . . . . . 1976 Sydenhami... 1419, 2075, 2076 Rousseau's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1419 Laughing gas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1312 Laurel . . . . . . . . . . 1093, 1122, 1309 berries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1122 California. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1731 great . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1663 Moreton bay . . . . . . . . . . . . 1309 mountain . . . . . . . . . . 1093, 1731 narrow-leaved. . . . . . . . . . . 095 pale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1095 red. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1226 Sassafras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1731 sheep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1093 SW 8. In O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1095 White . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1226 Laurel-leaved granadilla . , 1441 Laurel leaves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1122 Laurier rose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1326 Laurin. ... 1294, 1353, 1378, 1398 Laurocerasi folia . . . . . . . . . . 1121 Laurocerasin . . . . . . . . . 1122, 1584 Laurostearine. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1123 Laurotetanine. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1095 Laurus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1122 Benzoin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1135 GENERAL INDEX. Laurus nobilis s s a • * * * * * * * * * * * * tº a tº * > - - - - - - © e ºs s e s s : * * * * * * * * * * * * * * = * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * a a e º - tº tº s & t e º 'º e º a * - - - - - - - 4 & e º 'º - - - • * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ~ * e i e º 'º - a • * * * s a s a s - - • * * * * c e - - - - - - e º 'º - a - - - * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * e - - - - - - - - * * * * * - - - * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * . . . . . . . 1526, 1527 s a s s : * * * * * * * * * * * * * g a tº a s e º 'º e º a s e º e º e Pattinson's White d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1232, * e s = n = * * * * * * * * * * * * semivitrified oxide Lead ore, white Leaf-cup. . . . . . !. . . . . . . . . . . . 1534 Leather jacket Leaves, castor oil Lecanora esculenta * - - - - * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * Lecythis Zabucajo Ledebouria hyacinthina. . , 1736 • * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ~ * finglish. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . §§ Lentisk-tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1243 Leontodon Taraxacum. . . . . 1914 Leontodonium . . . . . . . . . . . . 1915 Lepidolite. . . . . . . . . . . . 1194, 1195 Lepigonum rubrum... . . . . . 1805 Leptandra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1126 Virginica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1126 Leptandrin . . . . . . . . . . 1127, 1128 Lero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1238 Lesser galangal. . . . . . . . . . . 905 hemlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1743 periwinkle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 929 Lettuce. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1114 canker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1610 COIll II) OI). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1115 garden . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1115 Opium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1115 prickly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1115 strong-scented . . . . . . . . . . . 1114 White. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1303 Wild. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1115 Leucanthemum... . . . . . . . . . 1130 Vulgare... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1130 Leucin. . . . . 915, 1251, 1431, 1827 Leucogene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1769 Leucosinapis alba... . . . . . . . 1726 Levant wormseed. . . . . . . . . . 1716 Lever-wood... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1423 Lewisia rediviva. . . . . . . . . . . 1240 Liatris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1251 cylindracea... . . . . . . . . . . . 1131 gramnifolia... . . . . . . . . . . . 1131 odoratissima. . 1131, 1252, 2046 scariosa... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1130 Spicata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1130 SQlla TroSa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1130 Lichen, lungwort. . . . . . . . . . 1835 pulmonarius. . . . . . . . . . . . 1835 Licorice root. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 946 Spanish. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 946 Wild . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909 Life-everlasting, pearl-flow- ered. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sweet-scented... . . . . . . . . . 948 Life root. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1743 Lignum benedictum. . . . . . . 959 colubrinum. . . . . . . . 1313, 1317 Floridum... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1731 D&Vällè. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1400 paVanlln]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1731 Sanctum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 959 Santali album... . . . . . . . . . 13S7 citrinum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1887 Santalinum rubrum... . . . 1715 Vllèë . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 959 Ligroine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1451 Ligustrin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1132 Ligustron... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1132 Ligustrum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1131 Vulgare... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1131 Lilac, common . . . . . . . . . . . . 1132 Lilacin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1132 Lilium candidum... . . . . . . . 1132 tigrinum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1133 Lily, Chinese. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130S COW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , , 1319 European water. . . . . . . . . 1319 aS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1077 frog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1319 ground. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1996 liver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1077 meadow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1132 pond. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131S White... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131S Snake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1077 tiger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1133 Water... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1318 Sweet-scented. . . . . . . . . . 131S White . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1132 Lime. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1133, 1135 Ogeechee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111S (Vol. II.) * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * e - - - - a tº a t t t t w w w tº Leeches, artificial mechanical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Legumin ... . . . . . . . . . . 1209, 14:29 Leiophyllum buxifolium. .2040 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * balm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1952 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * Lemon-camphor Ilemonade, tartaro-citric... 1179 Lennons, salt of Linne, Saccharate of... . . . . . . 1695 SOUlf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1135 SWeet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1135 Lime-water... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1157 Limestone, magnesian . . . . . 1219 Limon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1133 Limonum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1133 Limonene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1275 . 1324, 1343, 1344, 1351, 1363 Limonin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1134 Limionis cortex. . . . . . . . . . . . 1133 Sll CCU.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1133, 1134 Linalool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1324 ... 1344,1354, 1363, 1373, 1399 Linaloyl acetate. . . . . . . . . . . 1344 * * * * * * * - - - - is a e - e. 1363, 1364 Linamarin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1147 Linaracrin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1135 Linaria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1135 Vulgaris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1135 Linariin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1135 Linctus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1263 Linden. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1940 flowers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1940 Lindera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1135 Benzoin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1135 sericea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1136 triloba. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1136 Ling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1369 Liniment, acetic turpen- tine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1145 aconite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1137 and chloroform . . . . . . . 1137 aconitine, compound . . . . 1137 ammonia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113S iodide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1141 anodyne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1141 belladonna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1138 black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1141 cajeput, compound. . . . . . 1138 camphor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1139 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1139 camphorated soap. . . . . . . 1143 Canada. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1141 cantharides . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1140 capsicum, compound. . . .1140 chloroform ... . . . . . . . . . . . 1140 COIll ID Oll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1138 concentrated. . . . . . . . . . . . 1141 croton-oil... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1140 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1140 iodine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1140 lead subacetate. . . . . . . . . . 1142 lime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1139 mustard, compound. . . . . 1144 º . . . . 1141 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1141 oil of amber, compound. 1144 Opium . . . . . . . . . . . . 1141 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1141 petroleum, compound... 1142 potassium iodide and - - - - e. SOak) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1142 rheumatic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1139 St. John Long's . . . . . . . . . 1145 SOtl]) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1142 Soft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1143 stillingia. . . . . . . . . . . 1144, 1837 compound . . . . . . . . . . . 1144 Stokes' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1145 turpentine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1145 compositum . . . . . . . . . . 1145 Compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1145 Volatile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1138 camphorated... . . . . . 113S White . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1145 Linimenta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1136 Liniments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1136 Linimentum aconiti. . . . . . . 1137 radicis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1137 et chloroformi . . . . . . . . 1137 xxii GENERAL INDEX. Linimentum a con itin ae compositum. . . . . . . . . 1137 album . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1145 anmoniae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1138 camphoratum . . . . . . . . . 1138 ammonii iodidi . . . . . . . . . 1141 belladonnae . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1138 cajuputi compositum ... 1138 calcis... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 camphorae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1139 composita. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1139 camphoratum. . . . . . . . . . . 1139 cantharidis... . . . . . .1140, 1161 capsici compositum... . . . 1140 chloroformi. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1140 Crotonis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1140 iodi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1140 nigrum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1141 olei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1140 compositum... . . . . . . . . . 1140 Oleorum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1141 Opii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1141 Compositum. . . . . . . . . . . 1141 petrolei compositum . . . .1142 plumbi subacetatis. . . . . . 1142 potassii iodidi cum Sa- POI) e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1142 saponata camphoratum... 1143 e - - - - - e s m e º e s tº ºr e º e º 'º - 1723 Saponis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1142 camphoratum . . . . . . . . . 1143 mollis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1143 Sinapis compositum . . . . . 1144 stillingiae compositum... 1144 succini compositum . . . . . 1144 terebinthlnae. . . . . . . . . . . . 1145 aceticum... . . . . . . . . . . . 1145 tiglii compositum ... . . . . 1140 Linin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1148 Linn tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1940 Linolein...1365, 1366, 1376, 1390 Linoxyn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Linseed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1146 ground. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1147 Lint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1145 Linteum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1145 Carptum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1145 Linum... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1146 usitatissimum. . . . . . . . . . . 1146 Catharticum. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1148 Lion’s foot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1303 Lipochrome. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1370 Lippia Mexicana. . . . . . . . . . 1420 Origanoides . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1420 Liqueur... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2064 arsenicale de Pearson.... 1184 de Van Swieten. . . . . . . . . 1172 Liquid, blistering... . . . . . . . 1161 Dover's powder . . . . . . . . . 1968 £188S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1186 pepsin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1446 rennet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1448 rheumatic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2076 Liquidanbar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1148 Altingiana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1856 Formosana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1856 imberbe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1854 orientalis. . . . . 1148, 1854, 1855 styraciflua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1148 Liquids, frothing. . . . . . . . . . 1874 Liquidum liqui dam bar sty racifluae ... . . . . . . . . 1148 Liquiritia officinalis. . . . . . . 946 Liquor acidi arsenosi. . . . . . 1149 carbolici . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1150 chromici. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1151 phosphorici composi- UlS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1151 alumini acetatis. . . . . . . . . 1151 acetico-tartratis . . . . . . . 1151 ammonii acetatis. . . . . . . . 1152 Liquor ammonii acetatis fortior . . . . . . . . . . . . 1152 Concentratus. . . . . . . . 1153 et morphinae. . . . . . . . 1153 caustici spirituosus.... 1813 citratis. . . . . . . . . . 1153, 1154 fortior. . . . . . . . . 1153, 1154 annnnonium succinate . . . 1394 anodynus mineralis Hoff- manni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1810 antimonii chloridi . . . . . . 1154 terchloridi. . . . . . . . . . . . 1154 arsenic chloride. . . . . . . . . 1150 arsenici bromidi . . . . . . . . 1150 chloridi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1149 hydrochloricus. . . . . . . . 1149 a r seni et hydrargyri iodidi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1155 arsenii bromidi. . . . . . . . . . 1150 atropinae Salicylatis . . . . . 1155 atropinae Sulphatis. . . . . . 1155 auri et arsenii bromidi. . 1150 Bellostii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1171 bismuth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1156 bismuthi ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1156 COn Centratus. . . . . . . . . . 941 et ammonii citratis. . . . 1156 bromi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1157 Calcii chloridi. . . . . . . . . . . 1159 Saccharatus . . . . . . . . . . . 1882 calcis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1157 chlorinatae. . . . . . . . . . . . 1158 sulphurate • * * * * * * * e º e 1159 carmini. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1159 cocainae hydrochloratis... 1160 Coccineus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1159 cornu cervi succinici. . . . 1394 cupri alkalinus. . . . . . . . . . 1160 electropoeicus. . . . . . . . . . . 1160 epispasticus. . . . . . . . . . . . 116.1 ergotin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1161 ergotinie. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1161 extracti glycyrrhizae..... 1162 ferri acetatis . . . . . . . . . . . . 1162 chloridi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1163 citratis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1166 citrici. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1166 et amnonii acetatis. . . 1167 hypophosphitis . . . . . . . 1165 iodidi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1165 muriatici oxydati... . . . 1163 nitratis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1167 Oxysulphatis. . . . . . . . . . 1164 perchloridi.... . . . . . . . . 1164 fortis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1164 pernitratis. . . . . . . . . . . . 1167 perSulphatis. . . . . . . . . . . 1169 protochloridi. . . . . . . . . . 1164 subsulphatis. . . . . . . . . . 1168 tersulphatis. . . . . . . . . . . 1169 glonoini . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1819 gutta-perchae. . . . . . . . . . . . 1170 hydrargyri bichloridi.... 1172 et potassii iodidi . . . . . . 1155 nitratis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1171 acidus... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1171 nitrici oxydati. . . . . . . . 1171 Oxydulati. . . . . . . . . . . 1171 perchloridi. . . . . . . . . . . . 1172 hypophosphitum. . . . . . . . 1172 iodi carbolatus. . . . . . . . . . 1173 causticus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1173 Compositus... . . . . . . . . . 1172 kali citrici. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1180 lithiae effervescens. . . . . . . 1179 magnesiae effervescens... 1174 magnesii bisulphitis. . . . . 1174. bromidi.... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1j 74 carbonatis. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1174 citratis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1173 citrici. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1173 (Vol. II.) Liquor magnesii Sulphatis effervescens... . . . . . . . 1174 morphiae sulphatis. 1175, 1285 morphinae acetatis...1175, 1282 binneconatis. . . . . . . . . . . 1175 citratis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1176 hydrochloratis... , 1175, 1283 hypodermicus. . . . . . . . . I175 Sulphatis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1176 natri chlorati . . . . . . . . . . . 1183 hypochlorosi . . . . . . . . . 11.83 nitroglycerini. . . . . . . . . . . 1819 of flints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1186 Opodel.doc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1142 pancreaticus . . . . . . . . . . . . 1432 paraffin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1448 pepsini . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1447 aromaticus. . . . . . . . . . . 1447 phosphori. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1176 picis alkalinus. . . . . . . . . . 1176 plumbi subacetatis. . . . . . 1176 dilutus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1177 potasSte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1177 carbonatis . . . . . . . . . . . . 1558 chlorate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1184 chlorinatae. . . . . . . . . . . 1184 effervescens. . . . . . . . . . . 1179 potassii arsenatis et bro- midi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1150 arsenitis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1180 citratis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1180 permanganatis. . . . . . . . 1181 Saccharini . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1182 seriparus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1448 silicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1186 Sode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1182 chloratte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1183 chlorinatae. . . . . . . . . . . . 1183 effervescens . . . . . . . . . . . 1179 Sodii arsenatis. . . . . . . . . . . 1184 arseniatis... . . . . . . . . . . . 1184 boratis compositus . . . . 1185 carbolatis... . . . . . . . . . . . 1185 citratis... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1181 citro-tartaratis effer- WeSCéI].S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1179 ethylatis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1185 oleatis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1186 silicatis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1186 Strychniae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.188 Strychninae... . . . . . . . . . . . 1.188 acetatis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.188 hydrochloratis. . . . . . . . 1.188 nitratis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.188 stibii chlorati... . . . . . . . . . 1154 trinitrini. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1819 Van Swieten's. . . . . . . . . . . 1172 zinci chloridi. . . . . . . . . . . . 1189 et alumini compositus.1189 et ferri compositus. ... 1189 Zingiberis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1190 Liquores. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1149 Liquorice-root. . . . . . . . . . . . . 946 COIll ID OI! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 946 Italian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 946 Russian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 946 Spanish. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 946 Syrian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 946 Turkish. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 946 Liriodendrin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.191 Liriodendron . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1190 Tulipifera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1190 Lisianthus sempervirens ... 916 List of reagents (U. S. P.) (see Appendix)... . . . . . . 2113 Listerine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1939 Litharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1525 gold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1525 red. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1525 silver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1525 yellow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1525 GENERAL INDEX. Lithia, carbonate. . . . . . . . . . 1194 citrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1196 Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1179 Lithiae citras. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1196 Lithiated hydrangea. . . . . . . 1001 Lithii benzoas. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.192 borocitras. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1195 bromidum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1193 carbonas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1194 chloridum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1196 citras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1196 effervescens. . . . . . . . . . 1197 iodidum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1196 Salicylas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1197 Lithium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1195 benzoate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.192 benzoicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.192 bromatum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1193 bromide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1193 carbonate... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1194 effervescing . . . . . . . . . . . 1196 normal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1194 chloride . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1196 citrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1196 effervescent . . . . . . . . . . 1197 citricum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1196 ichthyol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1042 iodide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1196 Salicylate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1197 Salicylicum... . . . . . . . . . . . 1197 Lithospermum. . . . . . . . . . . . 1198 3. I'Well Se . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1198 Cà.I] eSCéll S. . . . . . . . . . 1198, 1199 latifolium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1198 Officinale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1198 red. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1199 virginianum . . . . . . . . . . . . 1404 Lithrophilite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1195 Litmus... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1112, 1113 Live Oak. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1619 Live-for-ever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1742 Liverleaf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 985 American . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 985 heart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 985 kidney. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 985 Liver lily... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1077 Liverwort. . . . . . . . . . . . . 985, 986 noble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 985 Lixivium causticum . . . . . . 1177 Lobaria pulmonaria. . . . . . . 1835 Lobelacrin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1202 Lobelia... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1199 bladder-pod. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1205 cardinalis. . . . . . . . . . 1201, 1205 inflata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1199 inflated... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 Kalmii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1205 red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1205 Syphilitica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1205 Seed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1201. Lobelianin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1202 Lobeline. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1201, 1202 lobeliate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1202 Loblolly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1920 Lobus oblongusaromaticus 2043 OCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1994 Weeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1994 Locust, black . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1676 yellow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1676 tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1676 Lofty quassia . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1614 Loganetin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1314 Loganin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1314 LogWood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 972 Long-leaved pine. . . . . . . . . . I919 Lonicera caprifolium. . . . . . 1708 Loosestrife. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1216 Loranthus europaeus . . . . . . 2081 Losophan(e)... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1064 Lota Molva. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1369 Lotio adstringens... . . . . . . . 1205 aetheris composita . . . . . . . 1206 alkalini. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1206 ammoniae hydrochloras , 1206 ammonii chloridi... . . . . . 1206 boracis.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1206 cum morphinae . . . . . . . 1207 flava. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1006, 1205 glycerini... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1207 hydrastis composita. . . . . 1207 et aconiti . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1207 juglandis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1207 lobeliae composita. . . . . . . 1208 myrrhae composita . . . . . . 1208 nigra... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1014, 1205 plumbi et opii . . . . . . . . . . 1206 refrigerans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1208 Sassafras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1208 Sodii composita . . . . . . . . . 1208 Zinci composita... . . . . . . . 1208 Lotion, ammonium chlo- ride. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1206 hydrochlorate. . . . . . . . . 1206 astringent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1205 atropine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1205 black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1205 borax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1206 with morphine. . . . . . . 1207 cooling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1208 ethereal, compound . . . . . 1206 evaporating. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1206 glycerin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1207 golden seal, compound. , 1207 and aconite... . . . . . . . . . 1207 Gowland's cosmetic . . . . . 1172 lead and Opium... . . . . . . . 1206 lobelia, compound . . . . . . 1208 morphine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1205 myrrh, compound . . . . . . 1208 Sassafras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1208 Soda, compound. . . . . . . . . 1208 Strychnine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1205 Veratrine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1205 Vleminck’s.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1159 Walnut. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1207 yellow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1205 zinc, compound. . . . . . . . . 1208 Lotiones. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1205 Lotions... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1205 Lotur bark. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1856 Loturidine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1856 Loturine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1856 Lousewort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 929 Lovage, Water. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1455 LOW blackberry * * * * e º e - - - - 1681 Low-bush blackberry. . . . . . 16S1 I/Ozenge, catechu. . . . . . . . . . 2005 chlorate of potash. . . . . . . 2008 ipecacuanha . . . . . . . . . . . . 2006 morphine and ipecacu- anha. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2008 Opium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2006 Wistar's cough . . . . . . . . . . 2006 Lozenges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2003 morphine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2007 Santonin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2009 soda bicarbonate . . . . . . . . 2009 sulphur. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2010 Lucuma Glycyphloea... . . . . 1275 IOla ID Ill OS8. . . . . . . . . . . 913, 1103 Salicifolia... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1276 Iuffa aegyptiaca. . . . . . . . . . . 1828 foetida . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1828 Petala . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1828 Lump-lac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1111 Lungmoss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1835 Lungwort, lichen... . . . . . . . 1835 Oak. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1835 tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1835 Lupanin, inactive . . . . . . . . . 1209 Lupin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1209 (Vol. II.) Lupin, white. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1209 Lupinidin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1209 Lupinin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1209 Lupinine... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1209 Lupinotoxin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1209 Lupinus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1209 albus... . . . . . . . . . ; . . . . . . . 1209 angustifolius. . . . . . . . . . . . 1209 black. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1209 Cruikshankii. . . . . . . . . . . . 1209 densiflorus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1209 hirsutus ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1209 luteus... . . . . . . . . . . . 1209, 1587 perennis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1209 polyphyllus. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1209 Lupulin . . . . . . . . . . 998, 999, 1210 Lupuline... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 999 Lupulinum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1210 Lupuliretin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 999 Luteines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20S3 Lutidine. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1340, 1341 Lycetol... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1508 Lycopodine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1213 Lycopodium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1211 annotinum ... . . . . . . . . . . . 1213 clavatum . . . . . . . . . . 1211, 1213 complanatum . . . . . . . . . . 1213 innundatum . . . . . . . . . . . . 1213 Saururus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1213 Seed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1211 pulverized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1211 Lycopus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1213 ellropæus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1215 Virginicus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1213 Lysimachia nummularia. . 1582 quadrifolia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1582 Lythrum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1216 alatum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1216 alburn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1216 lanceolatum... . . . . . . . . . . 1216 Salicaria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1216 var. pubescens . . . . . . . . 1216 verticillatum. . . . . . . . . . 1216 Lyre-leaved sage . . . . . . . . . . 1706 Mºº • * * * * * * * * * : * 1317 Mabee bark. . . . . . . . . . . . 1656 aCe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1216, 1296 Banda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1217 Bombav . . . . . . . 1217, 1297 oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1217 Seed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2011 Macene... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1374 Macis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1216 Mackay bean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1725 Macrocarpin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1925 Macropiper methysticum. .1505 Macrotin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1641 Madder... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1679 dyer's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1679 Madder-purple . . . . . . . . . . . . 1680 Mad-dog weed. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1740 Madia sativa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1366 Madrona. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2040 Madweed... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1739 Maesa lanceolata. . . . . . . . . . . 1097 Mafureira oleifera. . . . . . . . . 1399 Magisterium sulphuris. . . . 1860 Magnesia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1217 alba. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1219 and rhubarb . . . . . . . . . . . . 1605 calcinata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1217 calcined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1217 carbonate... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1219 fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1174 heavy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1217 hydrico-carbonica. . . . . . . 12.19 levis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1217 light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1217 ponderosa. . . . . . . . . . 1217, 1218 sulphate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1222 xxiv. GENERAL INDEX. Magnesia usta. . . . . . . . . . . . 1217 Magnesiae carbonas. . . . . . . . 1219 Magnesii carbonas. . . . . . . . . 1219 levis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1220 ponderosus. . . . . . . . . . . . 1220 chloridum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1221 citras effervescens... . . . . . 1222 lactas.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,221 silicas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1187 Salicylas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1221 sulphas... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1222 exciccatus. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1224 sulphis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1225 Sulphocarbolas. . . . . . . . . . 1799 Magnesite. . . . . . . 1219, 1221, 1223 Magnesium ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1221 calcium carbonate. . . . . . . 1222 carbonate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1219 heavy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1220 light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1220 chloride. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1221 citrate, effervescent. . . . . . 1222 lactate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1221 oxide... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1217 Salicylate... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1221 sulphate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1222 sulphite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1225 Sulphocarbolate. . . . . . . . . 1799 sulphuricum siccum. . . . . 1224 Magnium... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1221 Magnolia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1226 acuminata... . . . . . . . 1226, 1227 Ule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1227 Cordata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1226 Fraseri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1226 glauca. . . . . . . . 1226, 1227, 1228 grandiflora.... 1226, 1227, 1228 macrophylla . . . . . . . . . . . . 1226 mountain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1227 SWeet... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1226 tripetala . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1227 Umbrella. . . . . . . . . . 1226, 1227 Magnolin... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1227 Maiden pink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1834 plum, tooth-leaved. . . . . . 1675 Majorama hortensis. . . . . . . . 1420 Maize, American . . . . . . . . . . 1360 grain of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2092 Malabar kino. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1097 nut-tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1713 Malambo bark . . . . . . . . . . . . 2085 Male kola. . . . . . . . . . . . . 913, 1102 Mallotoxin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1096 Mallotus philippiensis. . . . . 1095 Malpighia glabra. . . . . . . . . . 911 alt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 996, 1228 amber. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1228 amber-brown. . . . . . . . . . . . 1228 barley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1228 black... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1228 crystallized... . . . . . . . . . . . 1229 pale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1228 pale-amber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1228 roasted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1228 Maltha. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1452 Maltinel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 997 Maltose, 996, 997, 1229, 1696, 1818 Maltun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1228 hordei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1228 Mammea annericana... . . . . . 913 Mammee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 913 apple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 913 Man in the ground . . . . . . . . 1087 of the earth... . . . . . . . . . . . 1087 Man-root. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1725 Mandioc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1235 Manchineel, mountain . . . .1674 Mandrake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1528 Wild . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1528 Manganese. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1231 binoxide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1229 Manganese, black oxide.... 1229 carbonate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1233 chloride. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1233 deutoxide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1229 dichloride. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1233 dioxide. . . . . . . . . . . . 1229, 1232 heptoxide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1232 lactate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1233 monoxide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1232 peroxide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1229 phosphate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1233 red oxide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1232 Sesquioxide... . . . . . . . . . . . 1232 Sulphate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1230 tannate... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1233 trioxide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1232 Manganesia vitriariorum. . 1229 Manganesii sulphas... . . . . . 1230 Manganesium . . . . . . . . 1221, 1231 Mangani carbonas. . . . . . . . . 1233 chloridum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1233 dioxidum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1229 iodidum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1232 lactas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1233 Oxidum nigrum. . . . . . . . . 1229 phosphas... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1233 sulphas... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1230 tannas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1233 tartras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1233 Manganic oxide. . . . . . . . . . . 1232 Manganite . . . . . . . . . . . 1229, 1232 Manganous iodide. . . . . . . . . 1232 oxide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1232 sulphate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1230 Manganum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1231 hyperoxydatum . . . . . . . . . 1229 Sulfuricum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1230 Mangifera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1233 indica. . . . . . . . 1219, 1233, 1667 Mango. . . . . . . . . . 1233,1234, 1667 tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1219 Mangostan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 912 Mangosteen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 912 Mangostine... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 912 Manihot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1235 Aipi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1235 palmata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1235 utilissima. . . . . . . . . . 1235, 1240 Manioc... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1236 an Ila . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1236 American . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1238 Australian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1238 Briancon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1238 California. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1238 cannulata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1237 COID Dl OI! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1237 European false. . . . . . . . . . 1238 &U. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1237 flake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1237 geraci. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1237 in Sorts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1237 large flake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1237 Mereniabin . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1238 New Holland . . . . . . . . . . . 1238 oak... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1238 of Briancon. . . . . . . . 1120, 1238 of Lebanon... . . . . . . . . . . . 1238 of Mt. Sinai. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1238 Oriental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1238 Persian... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1238 Sicily. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1237 Small flake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1237 Mannetjes–nooten. . . . . . . . . 1297 Mannitan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123S Mannit... . . . . . . . .954, 1127, 1696 Mannite... . . . . . . . . . . . 1237, 1915 Mannitol... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1237 Manitose... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1238 Manzanito . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2040 Maple, Sugar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1835 Vine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1253 (Vol. II.) Maple-leaved arrow-wood... 2061 Maranta. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1238 Allouia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1239 arundinacea. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1238 Galanza. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 905 indica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1239 nobilis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1239 Marble. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1240 Carrara... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1240 Dolomitic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1240 Statuary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1240 White... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1240 Marbosia tinctoria. . . . . . . . . 2086 Marchantia polymorpha. . . 986 Marjoram, Sweet. . . . . . . . . . . 1420 Wild . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1420 Marking fruit. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1667 Marmor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1240 album . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1240 Marrow, vegetable. . . . . . . . . 1123 Marrubiin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1241 Marrubium... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1240 Vulgare... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1240 Marsh cinque-foil. . . . . . . . . 1992 88.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1258 gentian... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 926 parsley. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1742, 1743 IOSemary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1833 Smallage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1742 Marsh-trefoil... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1257 Maruta Cotula. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1246 Maryland pink. . . . . . . . . . . . 1806 Mass, blue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1241 Copaiba. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1242 ferrous carbonate. . . . . . . . 1242 of mercury. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1241 powdered blue . . . . . . . . . . 1242 Vallet's... . . . . . . . . . 1242, 1495 Massa coerulea. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1242 Copaibºe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1242 de jujubis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1091. ferri carbonatis. . . . . . . . . . 1242 hydrargyri. . . . . . . . . 1008, 1241 Massae, pilularum... . . . . . . . 1241 Masses, pill. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1241 Massicot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1525 yellow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1526 Masterwort. . . . . . . . . . . . 986, 987 Mastic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1243 Bombay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1244 - East Indian. . . . . . . . . . . . 1244 Mastic-tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1243 Mastich. . . . . * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 1243 Roman. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1244 tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1667 Mastiche. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1243 Masticin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1244 Mate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1045, 1930 Maticin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1245 Matico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1244, 1245 Matico-leaves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1244 Matlockite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1527 Matricaria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1246 Camphor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1324 Chamomilla . . . . . . . . . . . . 1246 Pyrethrum. . . . . . . . . 1438, 1607 Matrique. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1744 Maturin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1744 Maudlin daisy. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1130 Maw-seeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1434 May apple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1528 OpS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1439 Mead... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1248 Meadow anemone. . . . . . . . . 1588 Sage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1706 Meadowsweet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1809 Meal, cake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1147 CàSS&Wa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1235 COTI] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2092, 2093 flaxseed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. linseed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1147 GENERAL INDEX. XXV Meal, Sago. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1698 tapioca. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1235 Mealy bellwort. . . . . . . . . . . . 2040 Mealy-tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2061 Measurements, approxi- mate (see Appendix). .2154 Measures and weights (see Appendix). . . . . . . . . . . . 2150 Mechameck. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1087 Mechoacan. . . . . . . . . . . 1087, 1471 Meconidine... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1411 Meconin . . . . . . . . 1410, 1411, 1412 Meconium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1405 Meconoiosin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1411 Meconoisin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1410 Medeola virginica... . . . . . . . 1736 Medication, haemospastic... 1760 Medic in e, quantity in a given dose, of pills or powders (see Appe n- dix)... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2156 quantity required in cer- tain doses of fluid (see Appendix). . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Medic l nes, to divide into fractions of a grain (see Appendix). . . . . . . . . . . . 2155 Meerchaum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1187 Megarrhiza Californica. . . . 1725 Megarrhizin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1725 Megarrhizitin . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1725 Megharrin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1725 Mel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1247 acetatun) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1427 boracis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1249 despumatum . . . . . . . . . . . . 1250 TOSæ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1250 SOdii boratis. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1249 Melaleuca Cajuputi . . . . . . . 1347 hypericifolia. . . . . . . . . . . . 1347 latifolia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1347 Leucadendron . . . . . . . . . . 1347 minor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1347 paraguayensis. . . . . . . . . . . 1347 Viridifolia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1347 Melanthium virens. . . . . . . . 2050 Melastoma Ackermanni . . . 914 Melezitose. . . . . . . . . . . 1120, 1238 Melilot, white. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1251 yellow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1250 Melilotol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1251 Melilotus... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1250 alba. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1250, 1251 arvensis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1250 diffusa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1250 leucantha. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1250 Officinalis... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1250 War. alba. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1250 Vulgaris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1250 Melissa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1252 cordifolia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1252 Officinalis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1252 pulegioides . . . . . . . . . . . . . 976 Mellita. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1250 Melon-emetime. . . . . . . . . . . . 1444 Membrana putaminis . . . . . 2082 Mendipite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1527 Menispermine. , 1253, 1254, 1476 Menispermum . . . . . . . . . . . 1253 Canadense. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1253 COcculus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1475 Menispine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1253 Mentha arvensis war, piper- aSC611S . . . . . . . . . . . 1256, 1366 canadensis war. glabrata. 1256 piperita . . . . . . 1254, 1256, 1366 Pulegium. . . . . . . . . . . 977, 1361 sylvestris war. glabra... . . 1255 Viridis. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1255, 1367 Menthene . . . . . . . . . . . 1256, 1367 Menthiodol . . . . . . . . . . 1257, 1258 Menthol ...1256, 1324, 1366, 1367 Menthone.1256, 1325, 1361, 1367 Menthyl-acetate. . . . . . . . . . . 1367 Menthyl-isovalerianate. . . . 1367 Menyanthes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1257 trifoliata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1257 Menyanthin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1258 Menyanthol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1258 Mercaptane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1858 Mercaptol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1858 Mercur-animonium chl O- ride. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1009 Mercuric ammonium chlo- ride. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1009 benzoate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1012 bromide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1012 carbolate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1012 chloride. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001 Corrosive... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001 and urea, solution. . . . . 1012 cyanide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1008 diphenate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1012 formamide, solution , 1012 iodide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1015 red. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1015 nitrate, basic. . . . . . . . . . . . 1010 oxide... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1017 red. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1018 yellow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1017 peptonate, Solution. . . . . . 1012 phenate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1012 basic... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1012 phenylate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1012 Salicylate, neutral . . . . . . . 1012 Secondary. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1012 subsulphate, yellow . . . . . 1009 Sulphate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1010 basic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1009 normal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1010 Sulphide, red. . . . . . . . . . . . 1010 Mercuric - diam monium chloride. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1009 Mercurius borussicus. . . . . . 1008 corrosivus ruber. . . . . . . . . 1018 Cyanatus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1008 dulcis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1013 emeticus flavus . . . . . . . . . 1009 iodatus ruber . . . . . . . . . . . 1015 praecipitatus albus . . . . . . 1009 ruber. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101S solubilis Hahnenmanni. . .1009 sublimatus corrosivus. ... 1001 Vitriolatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1010 Vivus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1007 Mercurous bromide . . . . . . . 1012 chloride. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1013 mild . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1013 iodide, yellow . . . . . . . . . . . 1016 nitrate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1011 oxide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1019 phosphate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1010 tannate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1012 Mercury . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1007 acetate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1012 ammoniated . . . . . . . . . . . . 1009 ammonio-nitrate . . . . . . . . 1009 and quinine, chloride... 1011 and zinc, cyanide . . . . . . . 1012 bibasic nitrate . . . . . . . . . . 1010 bibromide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1012 bichloride . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001 bicyanide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100S biniodide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1015 bisulphuret. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1011 black oxide... . . . . . . . 1019 borate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1012 bromide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1012 chloride. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001 corrosive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001 mild . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1013 corrosive muriate . . . . . . . 1001 (Vol. II.) Mercury, cyanide . . . . . . . . . 1008 cyanuret. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1008 deutiodide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1015 deutoxide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1018 fulminating. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1171 gray oxide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1019 ichthyol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1042 iodide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1016 8Teell... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1016 mass of... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1008 yellow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1016 naphtholate. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1013 nitrate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1011 acid solution . . . . . . . . . . 1171 neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1011 oxycyanide . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1012 OXymuriate. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001 periodide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1015 perchloride . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001 peroxide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1018 perSulphate. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1010 phosphate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1010 precipitated oxide. . . . . . 1017 protiodide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1016 protochloride... . . . . . . . . . 1013 protoiodide . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1016 protonitrate. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1011 protophosphate... . . . . . . . 1010 protoxide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1019 prussiate... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1008 pyroborate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1013 red iodide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1015 oxide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1018 soluble, of Hahnemann. 1009 Sozoiodolate. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1065 subchloride. . . . . . . . . . . . 1013 Subiodide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1016 submuriate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1013 suboxide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1019 Subpersulphate ... . . . . . . . 1009 subsulphate yellow. . . . . . 1009 sulphate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1010 sulphide black . . . . . . . . . . 1011 Sulphocyanate . . . . . . . . . . 1013 Sulphocyanide . . . . . . . . . . 1013 Sulphuret. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1010 amorphous. . . . . . . . . . . 1011 black... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1011 crystallized . . . . . . . . . . . 1010 red. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101.1 thymolacetale. . . . . . . . . . . 1013 thymolnitrate. . . . . . . . . . . 1013 thymolsulphate. . . . . . . . . 1013 tribasic sulphate of ox- ide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1009 tribrophenolacetate... . . . 1013 Vegetable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1078 With chalk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1008 with magnesia . . . . . . . . . . 1008 white oxide. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1009 yellow oxide. . . . . . . . . . . . 101.7 Merlangus carbonarius. . . . 1369 pollachius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1369 Vulgaris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1369 Merluccius communis. . . . . 1369 Mesembryanthem unn crys- tallinum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1277 Mesenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1096 Mespilodaphne pretiosa . . . 1309 Mespilus aucu paria. . . . . . . . 1803 Meta-cresol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1704 Meta-dioxy-benzene . . . . . . . 907 Metadioxybenzol. . . . . . . . . . 1649 Metaldehyde. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1436 Metaoxydiphenylamine . . . 1065 Methacetin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1457 Methene chloride . . . . . . . . . 1258 dichloride . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1258 Methylamine . . . . . . . J - - - - - 1024 * * * * * * * * * * w tº 1280, 1341, 1999 Methyl-amyl-ketone... 1350, 1325 xxvi GENERAL INDEX, Methyl-chavicol. . . . . . . . . . . 1325 * * * * * * * 1341, 1342, 1357, 1373 Methyl chloride...... 1098, 1259 Methyl, chlorinated chlo- T1Cle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1258 Methyl-ethyl-propyl-alco - ol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1342 Methyl-eugenol ... . . . 1345, 1373 Methyl fluoride... . . . . . . . . . . 126() Methyl-gentisein . . . . . . . . . . 925 Methyl-heptenone. . . . . . . . . 1325 * * * * * * * * g e a tº ſº tº a tº 8 1344, 1345 Methyl hydroberberine. . . .2091 Methyl-hydroquinone. . . . .2038 Methyl iodide. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1260 monochlorinated chlo- ride. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1258 Methyl-morphine... . . . . . . . 1279 * * * * * * * * * g e º 'º e º a 1410, 1412 Methyl-nonyl-ketone. . . . . . 1385 Methyl-ouabain . . . . . . . . . . . 1846 Methyl-pelletierine. . . . . . . . 954 Methyl-pilocarpidine. . . . . . 1480 Methyl-pyrocatechin . . . . . . 963 Methyl quercetin... . . . . . . . 1653 Salicylas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1260 Salicylate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1260 a e º e º e g 1345, 1357, 1358, 180 Methyl-Sapotoxin. . . . . . . . . 1724 Methylthebaine. . . . . . . . . . . 1420 Methyl-tyrosin . . . . . . . . . . . . 1104 Methyl-umbelliferon. . . . . 908 Methylene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1259 bichloride. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1258 chloride, English. . . . . . . . 1259 dichloride . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1258 Methyleni bichloridum . . . 1258 biniodidum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1260 iodidum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1260 Methyli iodidum. . . . . . . . . . 1260 Methynol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1070 Methysticin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1506 Metinulin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1058 Metroxylon laeve. . . . . . . . . . 1698 Rumphii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1698 a80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1698 Sagu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1698 Mezerei cortex. . . . . . . . . . . . 1261 Mezereon-bark . . . . . . . . . . . . 1261 Mezereum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1261 Mica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1542 panis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1262 Microcodin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1307 Micromeria. Douglassii. . . . . 1732 montanum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1732 Midshipman's butter. . . . . . 1123 Mild water-pepper . . . . . . . . 1534 Milhomen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.54 Milk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1106 Concentrated . . . . . . . . . . . . 1108 condensed . . . . . . . . . 1108, 1109 COW's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1106 fermented . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1110 powder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1108 Silgar. . . . . . . . . 1106, 1107, 1697 Sugar Of... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Virgin's... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1946 willow-herb . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1216 Milkwort, bitter . . . . . . . . . . 1746 Milouin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1916 Mimulus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1262 moschatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1288 pilosus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1262 Mimusops Elengi... . . . . . . . 1276 globosa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1276 hexandra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1276 kummel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1276 Schimperi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1276 Mineral wool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1222 Minium . . . . . . . . 1011, 1232, 1526 Mint, mountain. . . . . . . . . . . 1607 Mint, Soda. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1272 Mio Mio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1995 Mirabilis jalapa . . . . . . . . . . . 1086 Miraculum chemicum . . . . . 1220 Mirror-metal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1829 Missouri currant . . . . . . . . . . 1930 Mistletoe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2080 American. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2080 Mistura acacias . . . . . . . . . . . . 1263 adstringenset escharotical 263 alterantia composita. . . . 1264 ammonii chloridi... . . . . . . 1268 antidysenterica . . . . . . . . 1265 Cajuputi composita. . . . . . 1264 Camphorae composita. . . . 1265 Carminativa. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1270 DeWee's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1270 chenopodii composita.... 1265 chlorali et potassii bro- midi composita. . . . . . . . 1266 chloroformi et cannabis indicae compositae . . . . . 1266 chloroformi et opii. . . . . . 1952 Contra diarrhoeam . . . . . . . 1265 copaibae composita. 1266, 1267 Creosoti. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1267 Cretae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1267 expectorans, Stokes'. . . . . 1268 ferri aromatica. . . . . . . . . . 1268 composita. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1269 et annn) Onii acetatis . . . 1167 glycyrrhizae composita. 1269 9, Ulala C1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1270 magnesiae et asafoetidae . . 1270 Olei picis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1268 oleorum camphorata . . . . 1271 composita. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1271 Opii alkalina. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1270 picis liquidae. . . . . . . . . . . . 1268 potassii citratis. . . . . . . . . . 1180 rhei composita . . . . . . . . . . 1271 et Sodas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1271 Sanguinariae composita. . 1271 Sassafras et Opii . . . . . . . . . 1270 Scan) monii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1272 Sennae composita. . . . . . . . 1272 Sodae et menthae. . . . . . . . . 1272 SOdii citratis . . . . . . . . . . . . 1181 Solvens simplex. . . . . . . . . 1268 stibiati. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1268 Spiritus vini gallici. . . . . . 1272 Sulphurica acida . . . . . . . . 1273 Thielemanni... . . . . . . . . . . 1265 Misturae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1263 Mitchella... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1273 repenS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1273 Mitella pentandra. . . . . . . . . 988 Mixtura gum mosa . . . . . . . . 1263 Sulphurica acida... . . . . . . 1273 Mixture, acacia . . . . . . . . . . . 1263 acid Camphor . . . . . . . . . . . 1265 ammonium chloride . . . . 1268 astringent and escharotic 1263 Basham's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1167 blood root, compound . . . 1271 brandy ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1272 brown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1269 Cajeput, compound ... . . . 1264 Camphor, compound . . . . 1265 Camphora acida. . . . . . . . . 1265 Carminative. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1270 chalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1267 Chapman's... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1267 chloral and potassium bromide, compound. . . 1266 chloroform and cannabis indica, compound. . . . . 1266 chloroform and opium . . 1952 cholera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1265 compound tonic. . . . . . . . . 1264 copaiba compound.1266, 1267 (Vol. II.) Mixture, creosote... . . . . . . . 1267 diarrhoea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1265 Squibb's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1265 Thielemann's . . . . . . . . . 1265 Welpeau's. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1265 dysmemorrhoea. . . . . . . . . . 1965 Fenner's guaiac. . . . . . . . . . 1965 French. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1173 brandy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1272 glycyrrhiza, compound. . 1269 Greenhow's cholera . . . . . 1965 Griffith's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1269 guaiac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1270 Hope's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1265 iron, aromatic. . . . . . . . . . . 1268 Compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1269 Lafayette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1267 liquorice, compound . . . . 1269 Loomis' diarrhoea. . . . . . . 1265 magnesia and asafetida. . 1270 neutral. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1180 oil of tar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1268 oils, camphorated . . . . . . . 1271 Compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1271 rhubarb, compound. . . . . 1271 Squibb's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1271 rhubarb and Soda . . . . . . . 1271 Sassafras and opium . . . . . 1270 SCann n) Ony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1272 Senna, compound... . . . . . 1272 soda and spearmint . . . . . 1272 Solvens simplex . . . . . . . . . 1268 Stibiata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1268 Spice... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1504 Stokes' expectorant . . . . . 1268 Sulphuric acid . . . . . . . . . . 1273 SUll] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1265 tar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1268 WOl’ll] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1265 wormseed, compound . . . 1265 Mixtures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1263 gonorrhoea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1267 Modecca integrifolia. . . . . . . 1441 palmetta. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1441 Molasses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1694 Mollin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1723 Momordica balsamina. . . . . 1444 Luffa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1828 Monarda. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1274 didyma. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1275 fistulosa... . . . . . . . . . 1275, 1325 punctata. . . . . . 1274, 1368, 1936 Monardin . . . . . . . . . . . . 1274, 1368 Monesia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1275 bark. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947, 1275 Monesin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1276 Moneywort... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1582 Monnina polystachya... . . . 1746 Monochlornethane... . . . . . 1259 Monodora Myristica. . . . . . . 1297 Monomethylamine. . . . . . . . 1212 Monomorphine meconate...128 Monotropa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1277 Hypopitys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1857 uniflora. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1277 Moon daisy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1130 Moonseed Sarsaparilla... . . . 1253 Moose elm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2012 Mora excelsa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1103 Moreton bay laurel . . . . . . . . 1309 Mori Succus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1278 Morin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1675 Moringa oleifera. . . . . . . . . . . 1391 pterygosperma . . . . . . . . . . 1391 Morphia . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1278, 1412 acetate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1281 muriate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1282 Sulphate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1283 Morphiae acetas... . . . . . . . . . 1281 hydrochloras. . . . . . . . . . . . 1282 murias. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1282 GENERAL INDEX. xxvii Morphiae Sulphas. . . . . . . . . . 1283 Morphina. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1278 Morphinae acetas... . . . . . . . . 1281 bimeconas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1281 hydriodas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1281 hydrobromas. . . . . . . . . . . . 1281 hydrochloras. . . . . . . . . . . . 1282 iodas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1281 lactas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1281 phthalas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1281 Sulphas... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1283 Valerianas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1281 Morphine..1278, 1410, 1412, 1434 acetate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1281 bimeconate... . . . . . . . . . . . 1281 bromide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1281 hydriodate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1281 hydrobromate. . . . . . . . . . . 1281 hydrochlorate. . . . . . . . . . . 1282 iodide, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1281 lactate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1281 nitrate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1280 periodide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1410 phosphate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1280 phthalate... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1281 sulphate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1283 tartrate... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1280 Valerianate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1281 Morphinum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1278 aceticum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1281 Morphium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1278 aceticum... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1281 Morrhua Americana. . . . . . . 1040 Vulgaris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1369 Morrhuine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1370 Morrhuol... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1370 Morus alba, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1278 nigra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1278 rubra... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1277 tinctoria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1675 Moschus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1285 facititius. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1288 moschiferus. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1285 Moss, club. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1211 ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1537 hair-cap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1537 peat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1146 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.46 Tartarean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1113 Mossy stonecrop. . . . . . . . . . . 1741 Mother of thyme. . . . . . . . . . 1939 Motherwort. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1125 Mountain bugle. . . . . . . . . . . 1925 damson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1616 laurel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1093, 1731 magnolia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1227 manchineel... . . . . . . . . . . 1674 mint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1607 Sumach . . . . . . . . . . . . 1666, 1668 €8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 913 Moxa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1760 Chinese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1760 Mucedin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 997 Mucilage... . . . . , 1147, 1699, 1757 acacia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128S Cydonite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1289 cydonium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1289 dextrin... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1289 elm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1291 gum Arabic. . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.SS Irish moss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1289 quince-seed... . . . . . . . . . . . 1289 Salep... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1290 Sassafras pith . . . . . . . . . . . . 1290 starch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1988 tragacanth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1290 Mucilages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1288 Mucilagines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12S8 Mucilago acacias. . . . . . . . . . . 1288 amyll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.SS chondri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1289 Mucilago Cydonii. . . . . . . . . . 1289 dextrini. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1289 Salep ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1290 Sassafras medullae... . . . . . 1290 tragacanthae . . . . . . . . 945, 1290 ulmi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1291 Mucuna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1291 Cylindrosperma... . . . . . . . 1466 pruriens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1291 prurita. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1291 UlfenS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1292 Mulberry... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1683 Mulberry-red. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1277 Mullein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2054 Mulmul. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1299 Mulu Kilivary. . . . . . . . . . . . 1301 Munjistin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1680 Mur. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1299 Murias morphicus. . . . . . . . . 1282 Murray red-gum . . . . . . . . . . 1099 Murucuja. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1441 ocelatta. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1441 Muscarine... . . . . . . . . . 1998, 1999 Muscovite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1542 Musenin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1097 Musenna... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1096 Musk... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1285 American . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1287 artificial . . . . . . 1287, 1288, 1392 Baur. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12S8 cabardine... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1285 Chinese. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1285 deer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1285 Russian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12S5 Siberian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1285 Thibet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1285 Tonquin'. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1285 Vegetable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12S8 Muskmelon... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1444 Musk-rat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1287 Musk-root. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1866 Musk-sacs, Assam... . . . . . . . 1286 Bucharian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1286 Musquaspenne. . . . . . . . . . . 1710 Mustagi-Tumi... . . . . . . . . . . . 1244 Must . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2037 Mustard, black. . . . . . . 1391, 1756 hedge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1761 Russian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1759 Sarepta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1759 White. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1756 Mustard-seed, black, , 1756, 1757 White. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1757 Mutisia vicia‘folia. . . . . . . . . 2011 Mydrine'. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 996 Myrcen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1324, 1373 Myrcia acris. . . . 1372, 1503, 1823 Myrica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1293 Carolinensis. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1294 cerifera... . . . . . . . . . . 1293, 1294 Gale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1294 jalapensis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1294 Ocuba. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1294 pennsylvanica . . . . . . . . . . 1294 Myristica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1295 argentea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1297 aromatica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1295 Becuhyba,. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1374 bicullyba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1297 fatua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1297 fragrams.. . . . . . . . . . . 1216, 1295 madagascariensis. . . . . . . . 1297 malabarica.... 1099, 1217, 1297 moschata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1295 officinalis . . . . . . . . . . 1295, 1297 Otoba. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1374 Sebifera... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1374 Succedaneum. . . . . . . . . . . . 1099 surinamensis. . . . . . . 1297, 1374 Myristicin. . . . . . . . . . . . 1217, 1374 MVristicol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1374 (Vol. IJ.) Myristin. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1296, 1353 ..1365, 1366, 1374, 1378, 1390 Myrobalan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1297 Myrobalani citrinae. . . . . . . . 1297 nigra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1297 Myrobalanin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1298 Myrobalans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1297 belleric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1298 black... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1297 Chebula. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1297 emblie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1298 yellow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1297 Myrobalanus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1297 Chebula. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1297 Myrosin . . . . . . . . 1323, 1391, 1757 Myrrh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129S Arabian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1301 East Indian . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1300 India. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1299 Turkey... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1299 Myrrha. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1298 Myrrhenol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1299 Myrrhin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1299 Myrrhis odorata. . . . . . . . . . . 947 Myrrhol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1299 Myrtle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1301 COIn Ill Ol) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1301 Dutch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1294 European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1301 Myrtus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1301 Arroya. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1302 Chekan... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1302 communis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1301 Pimenta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1502 Myrsine Africana. . . . . . . . . 1097 NARALUs • * * * * * - - - - - - * * * 1303 T albus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1303. Serpentaria . . . . . . . . . . . . 1303 Nance bark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911. Nanny berry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2062 Naphtalene... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1304 Naphtalin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1304 Naphtaline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1304 Naphtalol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1307 Naphtenes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1450 Naphtol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1305 camphorated. . . . . . . . . . . . 1306 Naphtol-aristol. . . . . . . . . . , 1307 Naphtosalol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1307 Naphtylamines . . . . . . . . . . . 1304 Naphtha. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1450 petroleum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1451 Naphthalinum . . . . . . . . . . . . 1304 Napoleana imperialis. . . . . . 1103 Narceia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1412 Narceine... . . . . . 1410, 1412, 1434 Narcotia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1411 Narcotine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1024 ... 1279, 1410, 1411, 1412, 1434 Narcisos amarillos.. . . . . . . . 1328 Narcissine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1308 Narcissus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1307 Jonquilla . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1308 Orientalis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1308 poeticus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130S poet's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1308 Pseudo-Narcissus . . . . . . . . 1307 Narcitine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1308 Nardostachys Jatamansi. . . 2043 Nardus Indica. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2043 Spica Celtica. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2043 Naregamia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1077 alata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1077 Naregamine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1077 Narrow dock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1684 Narrow-leaved laurel . . . . . . 1095 Virginian thyme. . . . . . . . 1607 Native peach... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1388 Natrium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1762 arsenicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1764 xxviii GENERAL INDEX. Natro-kali tartaricum . . . . . 1564 Natrum benzoicum. . . . . . . . 1765 biboracicum . . . . . . . . . . . . 1770 biboricum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1770 carbonicum acidulum . . . 1766 Causticum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1761 chloricum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1777 hydricum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1761 hypophosphorosum . . . . . 1781 hyposulphurosum. . . . . . . 1783 pyroboricum... . . . . . . . . . 1770 pyrophosphoricum . . . . . . 1790 Silicium solutum. . . . . . . . 1186 Subsulphurosum . . . . . . . . 1783 Sulphurosum. . . . . . . . . . . . 1796 Valerianicum. . . . . . . . . . . . 1799 Neckweed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2058 Nectandra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1308 Cortex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1308 puchury major. . . . . . . . . . 1309 minor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1309 Roditei.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1308 Nectandrine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1309 Neft-gil... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1452 Nen uphar blanc. . . . . . . . . . . 1319 Neotoma. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1287 Nepalin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1685 Nepeta Cataria war. B. citri- Odora. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1252 Glechoma. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 933 Nephritic plant... . . . . . . . . . . 1438 Nerein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1326 Nerianthin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1326 Neriin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1326 Neriodorin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1327 Neriodoriin... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1327 Nerium odoratun). . . . . . . . . 1327 Odorum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1327 Oleander . . . . . . . . . . 1317, 1326 Nerolin... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1344 Net-leaf plantain... . . . . . . . . 949 Nettle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2032 dwarf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2033 great Stinging. . . . . . . . . . . 2032 ) eClge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1126 hemp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1126 stinging. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2032 Stingless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2033 Nettle-leaved vervain. . . . . . 2056 Neurine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1998, 1999 Neutralizing cordial... . . . . . 1899 * e = * * * * * * * * * * * * * * g e s a 1900 Locke's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1900 New Granada ipecac. . . . . . . 1072 New Zealand flax. . . . . . . . . . 1133 hemp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1133 Nicandra physaloides. . . . . . 1465 Niccoli bromidum . . . . . . . . 1310 carbonas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1311 chloridum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1311 Sulphas... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1310 Niccolite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1310 Niccolum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1310 Nickel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1310 bromide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1310 carbonate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1311 carbonic oxide . . . . . . . . . . 1311 chloride . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131] monoxide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1310 peroxide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1310 sesquioxide... . . . . . . . . . . . 1310 sulphate... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13] 0 Nickel - a m m on i u m sul- phate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13] () Nickel-carbonyl. . . . . . . . . . . 1311 Nickel-steel... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1310 Nicker seeds, grey. . . . . . . . . 1391 Nicotia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1909 Nicotiana fructicosa. . . . . . . 1911 macrophylla . . . . . . . . . . . . 1911 persica... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1911 Nictoiana petiolata. . . . . . . . 1911 repanda. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1911 rustica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1911 Tabacum . . . . . . . . . . 1907, 1911 Nicotiamin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1908 Nicotine... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1480 is § s tº s e º e º 'º a s m e º e s tº 1908, 1909 Nightshade, American . . . .1471 red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1471 Nihilum album . . . . . . . . . . . 2100 Niter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1572 Nitras kalicus. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1572 plumbicus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1524 potassicus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1572 Sodicus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1786 Nitre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1572 cubic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1786 cubical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1786 Nitrobenzene. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1311 Nitrobenzenum . . . . . . . . . . . . 1311 Nitrobenzol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1311 Nitro-cellulose . . . . . . . . . . . . 1611 Nitrogenii monoxidum. . . . 1312 Nitroglycerin(e)... . . . . 1819, 1820 Nitronaphtalenes. . . . . . . . . . 1304 NitroSugars... . . . . . . . . . . . 1694 Nitrous oxide... . . . . . . . . . . . 1312 Nitrum cubicum . . . . . . . . . . 1786 depuratum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1572 Nix alba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2|{*0 Noble liverwort. . . . . . . . . . . 98.5 Noisettia pyrifolia . . . . . . . . 2080 Northern prickly ash. . . . . . 2087 Norway pine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1511 Spruce fir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1511 Nosophen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1065 Nucin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1089, 1090 Nucit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1091 Nuclein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2083 Number six. . . . . . . . . . 1603, 1975 Thomson's. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1294 Nunnari . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 984 Nuphar advena. . . . . . . . . . . . 1319 luteum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1319 Nuphar-phlobaphene. . . . . . 1319 Nupharin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1319 Nupharine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1319 Nut pine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1397 pistachia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1667 poison . . . . . . . . . . . . 1313 Nutgall... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910 Nutgalls, American. . . . . . . 911 Nutmeg . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1295, 1373 Calabash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1297 California. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1297 clove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1297 Jamaica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1297 male. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1297 New Holland. . . . . . . . . . . . 1297 plunie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1297 Nut-tree, Malabar. . . . . . . . . 1713 Nuts, Barbadoes. . . . . . . . . . 1401 ben . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1391 Brazil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1360 Cali . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1469 clearing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1317 gray nicker . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1391 Indian gum. . . . . . . . . . . . 1317 Para . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1360 Sapucaya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1360 Sassafras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1309 Ucuhuba. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1374 Nux moschata . . . . . . . . . . . . 1295 Vomica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1313 seed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1313 Nymphaea advena. . . . . . . . . 1319 alba. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1319 Odorata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1318 Nymphaeo-phlobaphene. . . 1319 Nyssa capitata . . . . . . . . . . . . 1118 grandidentata. . . . . . . . . . . 1 118 (Vol. II.) AIK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1930 bark. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1617 black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1617, 1618 live. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1619 lungwort. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1835 poison. . . . . . . . 1666, 1667, 1668 red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1617, 1618 Scarlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1617, 1618 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1619 White . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1617 Oak-galls, California. . . . . . . 911 Oakum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1146 Ochroleucous gentian . . . . . 926 Ocimum basilicum . . . . . . . . 1124 Ocotea guianensis.. . . . . . . . 1309 opifera... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1309 Octyl-acetate. . . . . . . . . . . . . 987 Octyl-alcohol. . . . . . . . . . ... 1324 CEnanthe Crocata. . . . . . . . . 1455 Phellandrium . . . . . . . . . . . 1454 CEnanthol... . . . . . . . . . 1381, 1382 OEnothera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1319 biennis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1319 CalleSCéIl S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1319 Cruciata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1319 grandiflora. . . . . . . . . . . . 1319 muricata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1319 (Enotherin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1320 parviflora. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1319 Ogeechee lime. . . . 1118 Ohio Curcuma. . . . . . . . . . . . 1021 Oil... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1320 allspice... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1379 allyl-mustard. . . . . . 1391, 1757 almond... . . . . . . . . . . * 1322 expressed . . . . . . . 1339 SWeet. . . . . . . . . . . . 1339 anber. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1392 crude... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1392 rectified. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1392 A merican wormseed 1350 animal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1340 crude... . . . . . . . . . . 1340 fetid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1340 anise . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1046, 1341 anise-bark. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1342 arachis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1390 artist's. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1365 aspidium . . . . . . . . . . 1323 bankul . . . . . . . . . . . 1365 &ly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1372, 1373 beech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e 1360 beech nut... . . . . . . . . 1322 1360 behen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1391 ben . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1391 benne. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1889 bergamot. . . . . . . . . . 1135, 1344 betula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1260 volatile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1345 bicuyba. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1297 bitter almond. 1121, 13.37, 1338 artificial . . . . . . . . . . . . 1339 bitter Orange peel . . . . . . . 1342 black mustard. . . . . . . . . 1322 black pepper. . . . . . . . . . . 1333 ethereal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1333 bone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323, 1340 bottle nose . . . . . . . . . . , 1323 Brazil nuts. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1360 British. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1451 butter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1923 cabbage seed . . . . . . . . . . . 1322 Cà CaO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1932 cade. . . . . . . . . . . . ... 1092, 1346 Cajeput... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1347 cajuput. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1347 Camphorated . . . . . . . . . . . . 1139 Canada fleabane . . . . . . . . 1355 Calla ngã . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1345 candle-nut . . . . . . . . . . . . 1365 capsicum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323 GENERAL INDEX. xxix Oil, caraway.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1348 Oil, lard . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323, 1336 Oil, pimento . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1379 carbolized. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1346 gl’OUlp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323 pine-needle. . . . . . . . 1380, 1395 Carron. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1139, 1158 laurel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1123, 1323 poppy-seed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1322 Cassia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1351 Lavandula dentata . . . . . 1363 poppy-Seeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1434 Castor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1322, 1380 Stoechas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1363 porpoise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323 Castor-group . . . . . . . . . . . . 1322 lavender flowers . . . . . . . 1362 Pulegium micranthum ... 1361 Cedar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1361 lemon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1363 rape grOll p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1322 leaves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1361 §TaSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1344 rape-Seed . . . . . . . . . . 1322, 1759 Wood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1362 levant wormseed . . . . . . . . 1717 Ta Y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1372 channomile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1342 linseed. . . . . . . . 1147, 1322, 1364 resin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1394 Chenopodium . . . . . . . . . . . 1350 boiled. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1365 rhodium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1384 city namon... . . . . . . . 1351, 1353 g TOll O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1322 rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1450 Ceylon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1351 T&W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1364, 1365 Roman chamomile. . . . . . 1342 Chinese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1351 unboiled. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1365 TOSé. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1383 leaves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1353 Ilang-llang. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1345 TOSelnary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1384 root. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1353 lobelia. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1202, 1323 Tule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1385 citronella... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1345 lubricating. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1451 Sage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1037 cloves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1349 In 13, Cà SSal' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323 Salad. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1375 coal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1451, 1452 hair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1345 Sandal-wood. . . . . . . . . . . 1386 COCOan Ult. . . . . . . . . . . 1323, 1353 In a Ce . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1217, 1374 Santal... . . . . . . . . . . . 1386, 1387 8TOUlp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323 madia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1366 African . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1388 cod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1868 maize . . . . . . . . 1322, 1360, 2092 Australian . . . . . . . . . . . . 1387 banks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1369 marine animal . . . . . . . . . . 1323 South. . . . . . . . . 1388 shore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1309 matico. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1245 West. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1388 straits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1369 matricaria . . . . . . . . . . 1342 Dutch Indian . . . . . . 1387 cod-liver. . . . . . . . . . . 1323, 1368 meadow-sweet . . . . . . . . . . 1809 East. . . . . . . . . . . 1386, 1387 Colza. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1322 1759 Mecca. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1451 West . . . . . . . . . . 1387, 1388 Copaiba. . . . . . . . . . . . 1326, 1353 medicinal. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1322 MacCasar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1387 Coriander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1354 menhaden . . . . . . . . . 1323, 1372 Sapucaya nuts. . . . . . . . . . . 1360 Cotton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1358 mirbane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1311 Sassafras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13SS cotton-seed . . . . . . . . 1322, 1358 Monarda punctata. . . . . . . 1349 artificial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1389 §TOUlp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1322 mustard . . . . . . . . . . . 1325, 1391 Savin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1386 country-walnut . . . . . . . . 1365 black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1391 savine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1386 Croton . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1322, 1400 volatile. . . . . . . . . . 1391, 1757 Saw palmetto. . . . . . . . . . . 1751 East India. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1401 Ill Y TC18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1372 Scotch fir-seed . . . . . . . . . 1322 English. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1401 neat's-foot. . . . . . . . . 1323, 1345 seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323 cubebs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1354 nicker-Seed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1390 SeSã, Ill e. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1322, 1389 Cypress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1936 niger seed. . . . . . . . . . 1322, 1366 German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1390 dill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1340 neroli. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1343 SeSalllll Ill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1389 Dippel’s animal. . . . . . . . . 1340 nut. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1088, 1090 Shark... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1372 doegling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323 nutmeg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1373 Shark-liver. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323 dolphin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323 COll Crete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1374 Sherwood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1451 dugong . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1372 expressed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1374 Sinalbin-mustard. . . . . . . . 1757 earthnut. . . . . . . . . . . 1322, 1390 volatile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1373 skate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1372 €88S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.82 nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1751 Solar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1452 erigeron. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1355 of mangosteen, concrete. 912 SOy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1390 ethereal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1337 of Sunflower . . . . . . . . . . . . 9S1 Spanish-walnut. . . . . . . . . 1365 eucalyptus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1356 Olive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1322, 1375 Spearmint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1367 eulachon... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1372 Gallipoli. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137.5 Spel’ll] . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323, 1.372 fennel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1857 9. Tº Ull) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1322 STOUl{} . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323 fire weed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1355 Lucca. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1375 Spermaceti group. . . . . . . . 1323 fir-leaf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1380 Provence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137.5 Spike. . . . . . . . . 1124, 1362, 1863 fir-Wool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1380 Virgin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1375 Sp raea Ulmaria... . . . . . . . 1538 fish. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1372 orange flowers . . . . . . . . . 1343 SDT Ul Ce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1513 flaxseed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1364 peel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1342 Star-anise . . . . . . . . . . 1046, 1341 fleabane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1355 essential . . . . . . . . . . . . 1342 stillingia. . . . . . . . . . . 1323, 1838 fusel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1799, 1818 Origanum ... . . . . . . . 1377, 1399 Sulphurated. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S65 gaultheria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1357 Cretian . . . . . . . . . . . . , 1377 Sunflower... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1322 ginger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2110 Orris-root . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1082 SWeet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1375 gingili . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1389 liquid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10S2 birch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1345 grain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1818 Oulachon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1372 marjoran] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1377 grape-seed . . . . . . . . . 1322, 1366 palm. . . . 1323, 1353, 1378, 1398 Orange peel . . . . . . . . . . 1342 gl’d OCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1826 $2 l'Oll) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1823 tallow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323 ground-nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1390 Iagos prima . . . . . . . . . . 1378 §l'Oll P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323 hazelnut . . . . . . . . . . . 1292, 1322 Secunda. . . . . . . . . . . . . [37S tambor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1381 hedeoma. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1360 palm-kernel. . . . . . . 1323, 1378 tansy . . . . . . . . . . . . 1394, 1913 hemlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1513 palm-nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1378 tar . . . . . . . . . . . 1379, 1513, 1514 hemp-seed . . . . . . . . . . . . 1322 parsley. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1453 teaberry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1357 horsemint. . . . . . . . . 1274, 1368 partridgeberry . . . . . . . 1357 teel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1389 hyoscyamus, compound. 1037 patchouli... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1253 theobroma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1398 hyssop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1039 patchouly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1253 Thuja occidentalis . . . . . . 1362 Jinglli. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1399) peach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1322 thyme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1399 juniper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , 1361 peanut. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1390 red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1399, 1940 berries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1361 pennyroyal... . . . . . . . . . . 1360 White. . . . . . . . . . . . 1399, 1940 iodized. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1067 A merican . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1360 Thymus can phoratus. . , 1400 kakui. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1865 European . . . . . . . . . . . . 1361 capitatus . . . . . . . . . . . . 1400 katchung. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1390 bel) bel' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1504 til . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1389 kekune . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1365 peppermint. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1366 tobacco-seed. . . . . . . . . . . . [322 kuromoji . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1136 phosphorated . . . . . . . . . . . 1378 train. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1372 kurung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1390 petit grain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1343 tucum... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1378 Lana batu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1345 pimenta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1379 tumenol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1042 (Vol. II.) XXX GENERAL INDEX. Ointment, mercury . . . . . . . 2022 ammoniated . . . . . . . . . . 2021 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 2022 nitrate. . . . . . . . . . . . 912, 2020 diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2021 subchloride . . . . . . . . . . . 2022 red iodide. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2022 Iſležel'éll Iſl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2023 mild zinc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2030 nutgall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2020 Ophthalmic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2030 paraffin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2014 petroleum, hard.... 1448, 1449 Soft ... . . . . . . . . . . . 1448, 1449 poke. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2023 polymnia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1535 potash, Sulphurated . . . . . 2025 potassium cyanide . . . . . . 2025 iodide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2025 quinine, Oleic. . . . . . . . . . . 2014 red mercuric oxide. . . . . . 2021 precipitate . . . . . . . . . . . . 2021 rOSe-Water. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2017 Salicylic acid. . . . . . . . . . . . 2015 savin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2026 simple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2014 Spanish flies . . . . . . . . . . . . 2018 Spermaceti. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2018 Stavesacre. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2026 Stramonium. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2026 compound . . . . . . . . . . . .2027 Strychnine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2027 sulphur. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2027 alkaline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2027 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 2027 iodide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2028 Sulphuric acid . . . . . . . . . . 2015 tannic acid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2015 tar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2024 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 2024 Wolfe's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2024 tartar emetic. . . . . . . . . . . . 2016 tartarated antimony. . . . . 2016 tobacco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2028 turpentine . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2028 Veratria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2028 veratrine . . . . . . . . . . 1328, 2028 white hellebore . . . . . . . . . 2028 precipitate. . . . . . . . . . . .2021 wild indigo . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2017 Wilkinson’s.. . . . . . . . . . . . 2027 wood-soot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2020 yellow citrine. . . . . . . . . . . 2020 zinc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2029 Oleate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2029 oxide... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2029 compound . . . . . . . . . . 2029 Sulphate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2030 Ointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2013 oleate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2014 of oleates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2014 Okra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 989 Olak-tambol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1103 Old field balsam. . . . . . . . . . . 948 Old-field pine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1920 Olea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1320 ell I'Opéea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1375 fixa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1320 infusa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1826 pinguia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1320 Volatilia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323 Oleander. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1326 Oleandrin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1326 Oleata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1328 Oleate, aconitine. . . . . . . . . . 1328 atropine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2014 bismuth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1328 lead. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1329 mercuric. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1329 merCllry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1329 morphine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2014 (Vol. II.) Oleate, powdered.... . . . . . . .1330 Oil, turpentine. 1325, 1380, rectified. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . turtle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vaierian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vegetable non-drying. . . . verbena. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . grOUlp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . white mustard . . . . . . . . . . wild marjoram . . . . . . . . . . thyme... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wintergreen . . . . . . . 1345 artificial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . natural . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synthetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . xanthoxylum, ethereal. . Oil-cake . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1147, Oil-cakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cedar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . drying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . essential. . . . . . . . . . . 1320, infused . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mineral. . . . . . . . . . . . 1320, non-drying ... . . . . . . . . . . . reduced. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Volatile. . . . . . . . . . . . 1320, Ointment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . aconite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . aconitine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . alkaline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . camphorated. . . . . . . . . . ammoniacal. . . . . . . . . . . . . antimonial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . bayberry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compound . . . . . . . . . . . . belladonna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . benzoin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . brown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . citrine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calamine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . calomel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . camphor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cantharides . . . . . . . . . . . . . carbolic acid . . . . . . . . . . . . chrysarobin . . . . . . . . . . . . . Citrine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CreaSOte. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cucumber. . . . . . . . . . 1444, diachylon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . discutient. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . eucalyptus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . figwort. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . gallic acid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . galls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . and Opium . . . . . . . . . . . . Hebra’s itch . . . . . . . . . . . . lead. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ipecacuanha . . . . . . . . . . . . lead acetate . . . . . . . . . . . . . Carbonate . . . . . . . . . . . . . compound . . . . . . . . . . . . iodide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mayer's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mercurial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mercuric nitrate . . . . . . . . Oxide, yellow . . . . . . . . . 1394 1398 1323 1322 1857 2091 1364 quinine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1329 Strychnine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2014 veratrine... . . . . . . . . . 1328, 2014 zinc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1329 Oleates... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1328 Oleatum aconitinae. . . . . . . . 1328 bismuthi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1328 hydrargyri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1329 plumbi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1329 quininae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1329 Veratrinae... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1328 Zinci. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1329 Olefine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1373 Olefines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1324 Olein... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1321 1336, 1353, 1360, 1365, 1366 1374, 1376, 1378, 1382, 1390 * R & 6 s m e º 'º & © tº * * * * * 1398, 1399 Oleins, animal. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323 vegetable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1322 Oleomargarine . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323 OleOresin, aspidium... . . . . . 1330 blue flag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1332 capsicum ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1331 cubeb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1331 Cypripedium . . . . . . . . . . . . 1332 €I’ll. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1330 ginger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1836 iris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1078, 1332 life root. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1334 lupulin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1333 male fern... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1330 Deppel' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1333 black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1333 prickly ash. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1335 ptelea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1333 Senecio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1334 wafer ash. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1333 Xanthoxylum . . . . . . . . . . . 1335 Oleoresina aspidii... . . . . . . . 1330 capsici. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1331 cubebae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1331 Cypripedii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1332 filicis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1330 iridis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1332 lupulinae.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1333 lupulini. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1333 piperis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1333 ptelete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1333 Senecii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1334 Xanthoxyli. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1335 Zingiberis... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1336 OleOresinae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1330 OleOresins. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1330 OleOSacchara. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1336 Oleum adipis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1336 aethereum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1337 amygdalae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1339 & Illa Tè . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1337 dulcis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1339 eXpressum . . . . . . . . . . . . 1339 amygdalarum . . . . . . . . . . . 1339 tethereum. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1337 (amararum) acthereum.1337 andropogon citrati . . . . . . 1344 nardi... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1345 anethi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1340 animale aethereum . . . . . . 1340 Dippelii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1340 all 181 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1341 8. In OIlê . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1345 anthemidis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1342 arachis... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1390 aurantii amari. . . . . . . . . . 1342 ulcis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1342 Corticis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1342 florum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1343 baccae juniperi . . . . . . . . . . 1361 balaente... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1372 bergamii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1344 GENERAL INDEX. IXXX1 Oleum bergamottae. . . . . . . . 1344 betulae volatile. . . . . 1260, 1345 bubulum... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1345 CaCaO ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1398 Cajeputi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1347 Cajuputi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1347 carbolatum... . . . . . . . . . . . 13:46 Cardinum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1346 cari. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1348 Carlll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1348 CarV1... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1348 Caryophylli... . . . . . . . . . . . 1349 Cassiae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1351 ceti. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1372 chamomillae aethereum . . 1246 citratum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1246 Romanæ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1342 chenopodii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1350 cinnamomi... . . . . . . . . . . . 1351 cassiae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1351 foliorum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1353 radicis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1353 Zeylanici. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1351 cocois. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1353 COCOS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1353 copaibae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1353 Coriandri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1354 cornu Cervi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1340 rectificatum . . . . . . . . . . . 1340 cubebºe... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1354 erechtitis... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1355 erigerontis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1355 Canadensis. . . . . . . . . . . . 1355 eucalypti. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1356 fagi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1360 filicis maris... . . . . . . . . . . . 1330 foeniculi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1357 folii pini Sylvestris. . . . . . 1380 fructus juniperi. . . . . . . . . 1361 gaultherite. . . . . . . . . . 914, 1357 gossypii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1358 Seminis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135S hedeomae. . . . . . . . . . . 977, 1360 hepatis morrhuas . . . . . . . . 1368 hippocastani. . . . . . . . . . . . 991 hyOSCyami. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1037 compositum. . . . . . . . . . 1037 jecoris aselli. . . . . . . . . . . , 1868 juniperi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1361 empyreumaticum . . . . . 1346 Virginianæ. . . . . . . 1361, 169 lauri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1123 eXpressun] . . . . . . . . . . . . 1123 unguinosum . . . . . . . . . . 1123 laurinum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1123 lavandulae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1124 florum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1362 ligni Santali. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1386 limonis . . . . . . . . . . . . 1134, 1363 lini... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1364 Sulphuratum. . . . . . . . . . 1865 macidis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1217 majorante. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1377 menthae piperitae. . . 1254, 1366 viridis... . . . . . . . ..1255, 1367 monardte . . . . . . . . . . 1274, 1368 morrhute. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1368 myrcia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1372 myristicæ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1373 expressum... . . . . . . 1296, 1374 nucistae aethereum, . . . . . . 1373 eXpressum... . . . . . . . . . . 1374 olivae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1375 origani. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1349, 1377 Cretici. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1377 palmae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1378 papaveris... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1434 pedum tauri . . . . . . . . . . . . 1345 petræ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1450 phosphoratum . . . . . . . . . . 1378 picis liquidae. . . . . . . . . . . . 1379 Oleum pimentae . . . . . 1379, 1503 pini foliorum... . . . . . . . . . 1380 Sylvestris . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1380 quinine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2014 rajæ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1372 ricini... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1380 TOSæ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1383, 1678 roSmarini... . . . . . . . 1384, 1679 rutae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1385, 1687 Sabinae. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1386, 1690 Santali . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1386 flavi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1386 Sassafras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1388 Serpylli... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1400 Sesami . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1389, 1754 Sinapis aethereum. . . . . . . . 1391 Volatile... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1391 Squali. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1372 succini... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1392 Crudum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1392 rectificatum . . . . . . . . . . . 1392 Sulphuratum ... . . . . . . . . . 1865 tanaceti... . . . . . . . . . 1394, 1913 tartari per deliquium . . . . 1557 terebinthinae.... . . . . . . . . . 1394 rectificatum . . . . . . . . . . . 1398 theobromae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1398 theobromatis. . . . . . . 1398, 1867 thymi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1399 tiglii... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1400 Ull) Ollèë . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1345 Valerianae... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1403 Wittnebianum . . . . . . . . . . 1347 Olibanum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1403 Olibene... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1404 Olive, California. . . . . . . . . . . 1731 SDUll'96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1261 Wild . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1667 Olivile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1375 Olivin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1375 Omphacium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2037 Omphalea oleifera. . . . . . . . . 13S1 Onaye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1845 One-berry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1273 Onobaio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1849 Onocerin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 948 Onocol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 948 Ononid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 948 Ononin... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 948 Ononis Spinosa. . . . . . . . . . . . 948 On Osmodium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1404 carolinianunu... . . . . . . . . . 1405 Strigosum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1405 Virginianum . . . . . . . . . . . . 1404 Opal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1186 Ophioxylin... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1097 Ophioxylon serpentinum... 1097 Opianine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1410 Opianyl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1411 Opii pulvis. . . . . . . . . . . 1405, 1408 Opine, garden. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1742 Opionin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1411 Opium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1405 American . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1408 Asia Minor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1405 Australian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1407 Bengal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1407 Chinese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1407 Constantinople. . . . . . . . . . 1405 denarcotisatum . . . , 1405, 1408 denarcotized . . . . . . . 1405, 1408 deodoratum. . . . . . . . 1405, 1408 deodorized . . . . . . . . . 1405, 1408 East India. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1406 Egyptian... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1407 European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1407 excise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1407 Malwah. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1407 Patna garden. . . . . . . . . . . . 1407 Persian... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1406 powdered. . . . . . . . . . 1405, 1408 (Vol. II.) Opium, provision. . . . . . . . . . 1407 Smyrna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1405 Turkey.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1405 OpobalSamum. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1301 Opodel.doc... . . . . . . . . . 1143, 1723 Solid. . . . . . . . . . . • * > . . . . . . 1143 Opopanax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 908 Chironium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 908 Optical rotation of organic substances (see Appen- dix). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Orange, bitter. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1342 SWeet ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1342 Orange-grass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103S Orange-root . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1021 Orcein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1113 Orchil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1114 blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1114 red. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1114 Orchilla weed... . . . . . . . . . . . 1113 Orchis latifolia. . . . . . . . . . . . 1699 mascula. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1699 masculata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1699 morio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1699 Sambucina. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1699 ustulata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1699 Orcin. . . . . . . . . . . 1113, 1114, 1649 Ordeal bean of Calabar. . . . .1465 Ore, chrome iron . . . . . . . . . . 1549 Oreodaphne Californica.... 1731 Opifera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1309 Oreodaphnol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1732 Oreoselon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 987 Oriental cashew-nut . . . . . . . 1667 sweet-gum tree. . . . . . . . . . 1855 Valonia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911 Origano. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1420 Origanum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1420 Creticum. . . . . . . . . . . 1377, 1420 Dictamnus . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1420 hirsutum... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1377 hirtum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1420 macrostachyum. . . . . . . . . 1377 Majorana . . . . . . . . . . 1377, 1420 megastachyum. . . . . . . . . . 1377 Snly TIlêu m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1378 Vulgare. . . . . . . . . . . . 1377, 1420 Orizaba root. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1087 Orizabin . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1087, 1734 Ornithogalum altissimum 1736 Ornus europoea. . . . . . . . . . . . 1236 excelsior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1238 lentiscifolia . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1238 parvifolia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1238 rotundifolia. . . . . . . . . . . . . 123S subrufescens . . . . . . . . . . . . 123S Oroxylin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 929 Oroxylum indicum. . . . . . . . 929 Orris camphor. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1082 Florentine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10S1 DeaS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1081 Orseille... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1113 Ortho-cu m a r - al de hyde methyl-ether. . . . . . . . . . 1325 Ortho-diphenol. . . . . . . . . . . . 16.50 Orthodioxy-benzine . . . . . . . 1652 Orthodioxy-phenols. . . . . . . 964 Orthoklase. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1542 Orthosulphamine-benzoic anhydride. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1691 Oryza . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1421 sativa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1421 Osmium tetroxide. . . . . . . . . 1542 Osmorrhiza. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1421 longistylis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1421 Osmunda. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1422 cinnamonnea . . . . . . . . . . . . 1422 regalis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1422 spectabilis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1422 Osseter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1040 Ostruthin ... . . . . . . . . . . . 987, 988 xxxii GENERAL INDEX. Ostrya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1423 Virginica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1423 Oswego tea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1275 Otobit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1374 Otto of roses. . . . . . . . . 1383, 1678 Ouabaio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1849 Oubain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1849 Ova-ova. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1277 Ovalbumen... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20S2 Ovi Vitellus... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2081 Ovis Aries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1754 OVoglobulin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2082 OVolmucoid ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2082 Oxalis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1423 Acetosella. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1423 corniculata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1424 Crassicaulis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1424 stricta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1424 violacea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1424 OX-eye daisy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1130 great. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1130 Oxides... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1325 Oxime. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1349, 1357 Oxmels... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1250 Oxyacanthine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1253 Oxyalizarim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1680 O X y-alpha-n a ph to-qui- Il Olle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1090 Oxycoccin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2041 Oxycoccus macrocarpus... .2041 Oxydendron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1424 arboreum . . . . . . . . . . 1424, 2040 Oxy-dimercur-ammonium chloride. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1009 Oxydimorphine... . . . 1280, 1411 Oxydum calcicum aqua so- lutum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1157 hydrargyricum. . . . . . . . . . 1018 potassicum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1539 Oxy-eugenol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2045 Oxygen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1425 active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1427 peroxide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1427 Oxygenium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1425 Oxyhaemaglobin . . . . . . . . . . 1714 Oxymel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1427 scillie... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1428 simplex. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1427 Squill. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1428 Oxymellita. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1250 Oxy-mercuric sulphate. . . .1009 Oxy-narcotine. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1411 Oxypeucedanin... . . . . . . . . . 988 Oxytoluy]-tropeine. . . . . . . . 99.4 Oxytropis Lamberti. . . . . . . 1994 OZmazome. . . . . . . . . . . 1041, 1286 Ozokerine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 971 Ozokerite . . . . . . . . . . . . 971, 1452 Ozone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1427 Ozonide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 961 Al2ONIA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1428 Moutan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1429 officinalis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1428 peregrina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1429 Paint. Indian . . . . . . . . 1708, 1709 Pale flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1081 laurel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1095 TOSé . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1677 touch-me-not. . . . . . . . . . . . 104.7 Palm, cocoanut... . . . . . . . . . 1353 ate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1693 S880. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1698 spineless. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1698 unarmed . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1698 Palma Christi. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1381 Palmetto, Saw. . . . . . . . . . . . 1750 Palmitin ...1294, 1321, 1336, 1353 ... 1360, 1365, 1366, 1374, 1376 ..1378, 1382, 1390, 1398, 1399 Palmol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1378 Palo balsamo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 960 de Soldado. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1245 Palus Sanctus . . . . . . . . . . . . 959 Pampini Vitis. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2036 Panacine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1430 Panacon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1430 Panax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1429 Ginseng. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1430 quinquefolium. . . . . . . . . . 1429 Pancreas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1430 Pancreatin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1430 Saccharated... . . . . . . . . . . . 1431 Pancreatinum. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1430 Panaquilon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1430 Pangium edule. . . . . . . . . . 1254 Panopepton. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1433 Pansy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2079 Pao pereira . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1327 Papaver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1433 officinale . . . . . . . . . 1406, 1433 Orientale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1279 Rhoeas. . . . . . . . 1411, 1413, 1663 Setigerum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1433 somniferum. . 1279, 1405, 1413 Var. alba. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1406 War. album . . . . . . . . . . . 1433 war glabrum . . . . 1405, 1433 Var. Setigerum . . . . . . . . 1433 Papaverina. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1413 Papaverine. 1024, 1410, 1411, 1413 Papaverls capsulae. . . . . . . . . 1433 Paper, Chinese rice. . . . . . . . 1421 litmus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1114 blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1114 red. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1114 litmus (see Appendix)... .2118 Paper-barked tea-tree. . . . . 1347 Papine... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1420 Para-acetanisidin. . . . . . . . . . 1457 Para-acetphenetidin . . . . . . . 1455 Para-allyl-phenol . . . . 1325, 1507 Para-amido-phenetol . . . . . . 1456 Para-anisidine. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1926 Para-cresol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1704 methyl-ether. . . . . . . . . . . . 1325 Para Cress. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1808 Para-cy mol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1324 Para diphenol. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1650 Paradioxy-benzene. . . . . . . . 1652 Para-ethoxy-acetanilid . . . . 1455 Para-ethoxy-aniline. . . . . . . 1456 Paraffin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1452 block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1451 hard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1452 liquid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1448 Paraffins . . . . . . . . . . . . 1320, 1324 Paraffin unn durum . . . . . . . . 1452 liquidum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1449 molle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1449 Solidum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1452 unguinosum . . . . . . . . . . . . 1449 Paraguay tea . . . . . . . . 1045, 1930 Para-hydrangin . . . . . . . . . . . 1001 Para-kresol, methyl-ether . 1345 Paraldehyde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1434 Paraldehydum . . . . . . . . . . . . 1434 Para-menispermine . . . . . . 1476 Parameria vulneraria. . . . . . 1327 Para-methoxy-acetanilid ... 1457 Para-methoxy-pro p en y l- benzol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1341 Para-methoxy-quinone. . . . 1926 Paramorphia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1412 Para nuts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1360 Paraoxybenzyl isothiocya- nide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1757 Para-oxycoumarin . . . . . . . . 907 Paraphenetidin... . . . . . . . . . 1456 Paraphenetol-carbamide... 1693 Paraquin-anisol . . . . . . . . . . 1926 Para-rhodeoretin . . . . . . . . . . 1087 (Vol. II.) Paregoric . . . . . . . . . . . . 1978 Pareira. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1436 brava. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1436 common false . . . . . . . . . 1437 White . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1438 yellow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1438 root. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1436 Parigenin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1729 Parilla, yellow . . . . . . . . . . . . 1253 Parillin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1728 Parisen's vegetable specific.1271 Paris red. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1011, 1527 Parmelia parietina. . . . . . . . 1659 Paronychine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 908 Parsley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1453 COIlllll Ol) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1453 O8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1743 fool's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1743 hemlock. . . . . . . . . . . 1454, 1743 marsh . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1742, 1743 rough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 908 Parsley-leaved yellow root. 2086 Parsnip-cow. . . . . . . . . . . 986, 987 Parthenicine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1439 Parthenin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 1439 Parthenium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1438 Hysterophorus. . . . . . . . . 1439 integrifolium . . . . . . . . . . 1438 Partridgeberry. . . . . . . 913, 1273 Passe flower. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1588 Passiflora . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1439 alata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1441 capsularis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1441 caerulea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1441 COntrayer Va. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1441 edulis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1441 foetida . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1441 incarnata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1439 laurifolia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1441 lutea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1439, 1441 lyraefolia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1441 maliformis. . . . . . . . . 1439, 1441 pallida. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 rubra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1441 Passiflorine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1441 . 1588, 1589 . 1439, 1441 Pasque flower. . . . . . . Passion flower... . . . . Paste, Canquoin's . . . . . . . . . 2098 glycerin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 939 jujube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1091 London . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1543 phosphorus.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1464 Vienna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1543 Pastinaca hastata. . . . . . . . . . 1372 Opopanax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 908 Patchouly-camphor . . . . . . . 1253 Patrinia scabiosaefolia . . . . . 2043 Paullinia catechin . . . . . . . 966 Cupana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 964 SOrbilis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 964, 965 pinnata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 966 Paul’s betony . . . . . . . . . . . . 1213 Pea, hoary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1917 turkey. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1917 Peach, native . . . . . . . . . . 1388 Peanuts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1890 Pearl ash. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1557 barley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 996 Pearl-flowered life everlast- ing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 949 Pearls, medicinal, of gela- tin... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 916 I’ear, alligator. . . . . . . . . . . . 1123 A Vacado . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1123 Pear-leaf wintergreen . . . . . 1610 Peat moss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . | 1.46 Pecan nut. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1090 Pectin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1618, 1993 Pectose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1993 Pelargonium capitatum ... 1384 Ordoratissinnum . . . . . . . . . 1384 GENERAL INDEX. xxxiii Pelargonium Radula . . . . . 138 Pelletierine... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 954 tannate of... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 954 Pellicula Ovi.... . . . . . . . . . . .2082 Pellitorin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1608 Pellitory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1607 German. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160S of Spain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1607 Persian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1608 root. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1607 false . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1607 SWeet . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1608, 1913 Pelosine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1309, 1437 Penaea mucronata. . . . . . . . . 1994 Sarcocolla. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1994 Pennsylvania Sumach . . . . . 166 Pennyroyal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 976 American . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 976 European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 977 Pennywort. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1030 Indian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1030 thick-leaved. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1030 Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1030 Peonia-brown . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1429 Peonia-fluorescin . . . . 1428, 1429 Peonia-resin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1429 Peonoi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1429 Peony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1428 Pentadesma butyraceae . . . . 1102 Penthorum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1441 Sedoides. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1441 Pepo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1443 Pepper, black. . . . . . . . 1503, 1504 intoxicating long. . . . . . . . 1,505 Jannaica... . . . . . . . . . 1502, 1503 On 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1505 India. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1505 Java. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1505 Malabar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1504 Penang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1504 shrub, Ava. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1505 Singapore. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1504 Sumatra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1504 Water... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1533 White. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1504 Peppermint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1254 Pepsin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1444 aromatic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1447 liquid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1446 Saccharated . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1447 Pepsinum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1444 aromaticum. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1447 Saccharatum . . . . . . . . . . . . 1447 Peptase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 997 Pereirine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1327 Perezia adnata . . . . . . . . . . . . 1662 Ina Inél . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1662 Wrightii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1662 Periparabo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1245 Periploca emetica. . . . . . . . . . 984 indica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 984 Periwinkle, greater. . . . . . . . 929 lesser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 929 Permanganic oxide. . . . . . . . 1229 Persea gratissima. . . . . . . . . 1123 Persian berries. . . . . . . . . . . 1654 pellitory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1608 Persicaria, water . . . . . . . . . . 1534 Peruvian guaiac resin . . . . . 961 Petalite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1194, 1195 Petiveria hexaglochin. . . . . 1077 Petrolatum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1448 hard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1448, 1449 liquid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1448 liquidum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1448 molle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1448, 1449 Soft... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1448, 1449 Spissum. . . . . . . . . . . . 1448, 1449 Petrolene... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1452 Petroleum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1450 camphorated . . . . . . . . . . . . 1142 Petroleum, crude... . . . . . . . 1451 Petroselinum sativum. . . . . 1453 Petsai. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1759 Peucedan in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 987 Peucedanum m on tan unn * - - - - - ; . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1742 Officinale . . . . . . . . . . . . 987, 988 Ostruthium . . . . . . . . . . . . . 987 palustre. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1742 Phaeoretin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1659 Pharaoh's serpent. . . . . . . . . 1013 Pharbitis nil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1086 triloba. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1087 Pharbitisin. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1087 Phaseo-mannit. . . . . . . . . . . . 1697 Phasianus Gallus. . . . . . . . . . 2081 Phelland rene . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1046 1324, 1340, 1351, 1356, 1364 1367, 1389, 1404, 1455, 2110 Phellandrin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1455 Phellandrium . . . . . . . . . . . . 1454 aquaticum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1454 Phenacetin... . . . . . . . . 1455, 1939 Phenacetine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1455 Phenacetinum . . . . . . . . . . . . 1455 Phenanthrin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1280 Phenocoll hydrochlorate . . 1457 hydrochloride. . . . . . . . . . . 1457 Phenol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1643 betel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1507 iodized ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1070 Sodique ... . . . . . . . . . 1185, 1799 Phenol-ethers... . . . . . . . . . . . 1325 Phenols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1325 Phenyl-acetylene ... . . . . . . . 1643 Phenyl carbamate. . . . . . . . . 2032 diiodosalicylate... . . . . . . . 1704 Salicylate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1703 urethane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2032 Phenyl-ethylene . . . . . . . . . . 1856 Phenyl-glucosazone... . . . . . . 1458 Phenylhydrazine . . . . 1458, 1696 Phenyl-propyl-cinnamate...1149 e e º a º e º e < * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 1856 Phleum pratense. . . . . . . . . . 1995 Phlobaphene. ...991, 1119, 1619 Phlobaphenes . . .973, 1643, 1618 Phloretin... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1613 Phloridzin. . . . . . . . . . . 1612, 1696 Phloridzite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1612 Phlorizin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1612 Phloroglucin... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1098 1101, 1104, 1344, 1589, 1609 * * * * * 1613, 1643, 1737, 1992 Phlox Carolina. . . . . . . . . . . . 1807 glabberima. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1807 Phloxol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1807 Phoenix dactylifera. . . . . . . . 1693 Phormium tenax. . . . . . . . . . 1133 Phosphas natricus. . . . . . . . . 1788 Sodicus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1788 Phosphorus. . . . . . . . . . 1370, 1458 amorphous. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1460 black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1460 metallic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1460 pentoxide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1459 red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1460 rhombohedric. . . . . . . . . . . 1460 Photogene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1452 Phragmites communis . . . . 123S Phtalein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 973 Phtaleines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1650 Phyllanthus Emblica . . . . . 129S Physalin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1465 Physalis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1464 Alkekengi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1465 obscura. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1465 pennsylvanica. . . . . . . . . . . 146.5 philadelphia . . . . . . . . . . . . 1465 pubescens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1465 viscosa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1464 (Vol II.) Physeter macrocephalus... 1321 137. Physic, antibilious. . . . . . . . 1602 TOOt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1126 Physostigma . . . . . . . . . . 1465 cylindrosperm unn . . . . . . . 1466 VellCI) OSll Ill. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1465 Physostigmine . . . . . . . . . . . 1466 hydrobromate. . . . . . . 1470 hydrochlorate. . . . . . . . . . 1470 Salicylate . . . . . . . . . . 1469 sulphate... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1470 tartrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1470 Physostigminae hydrobro- Illa S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1470 Salicylas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1469 sulphas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1470 Phytalbumose . . . . . . . . . . . . 1676 Phytolacca. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1471 acinosa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1475 decandra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1471 dioica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1475 Phytolaccae bacca . . . . . . . . . 1471 fructus . . . . . . . . . . . . 1471, 1472 radix. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1471, 1472 Phytolaccin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1472 Phytolaccine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1473 Phytolaccotoxin . . . . . . . . . . 1475 Phytosterin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 948 • * * * * * * * g. 975, 997, 1398, 1467 Picea balsannea. . . . . . . . . . . . 1921 Canadensis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1512 excelsa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1511 Pich urin) bean . . . . . . . . . . . . 1309 Pichury bean . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1309 Picoline... . . . . . . . . . . . 1340, 1341 bases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1909 Picraena excelsa.1614, 1615, 1616 Picramnine... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1617 Picrasma excelsa. . . . . 1614, 1615 Quassioides. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1617 Picrasmin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1615 Picropodophyllin . . . . . . . . . 1530 Picrotin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1476 Picrotoxin. . . . . . . . . . . 1475, 1476 Picrotoxinin . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1476 Picrotoxinum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1475 Pigeon-berry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1471 Pigmentum indicum . . . . . . 1048 Pil. damiana cum phos- phoro et nuce vomicae. 1564 Pilea pumila.... 1669, 2033, 2034 Piligan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1213 Piliganine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1213 hydrochlorate. . . . . . . . . . . 1213 Pili gossypii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 950 Pill, aphrodisiaca . . . . . . . . . 1464 blue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1008, 1241 cholera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1492 |Pill-mass, Vallet's. . . . . . . . . 1242 Pill masses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1241 Pills. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1486, 1488 aconite, compound. . . . . . 14.SS Aitken's tonic. . . . . . . . . . . 1496 aloes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1489 Socotrine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1489 and asafetida. . . . . . . . . . 1489 and iron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1489 and mastic. . . . . . . . . . . . 1490 and myrrh.. . . . . . . . . . . 1491 and podophyllum, com- pound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490 COmpOlln(l . . . . . . . . . . . . 1489 aloin, compound. . . . . . . 1491 strychnine and bella- donna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1491 compound . . . . . . . . 1491 Anderson's Scots. . . . . . . . 1490 antibilious. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1493 antidyspeptic . . . . . . 1489, 1491 antinony, compound . . . 1493 xxxiv. GENERAL INDEX. Pills, vegetable cathartic .. 1493 water-pepper, compound.1499 wild indigo, compound... 1492 Pllocarpidine. . . . . . . . 1478, 1480 Pilocarpinae hydrochloras. 1477 nitras. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1478 Pilocarpine . . . . . . . . . . 1480, 1485 hydrochlorate. . . . . . . . . . . 1477 Pilocarpus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1478 Jaborandi. . . . 1478, 1479, 1481 microphyllus. . . . . . 1479, 1481 Officinalis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1479 pennatifolius.1478, 1479, 1481 Selloanus. . . . . . . . . . 1478, 1479 Spicatus . . . . . . . . . . . 1479, 1481 trachylophus . . . . . . 1479, 1481 Pilula colocynthidis com- posita. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1494 hydrargyri.... . . . . . . . . . . . 1241 Saponis composita. . . . . . . 1498 triplex. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1490 Pilulae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1486, 1488 aconiti compositae. . . . . . . 1488 ad prandium . . . . . . . . . . . . 1490 aloes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1489 compositae . . . . . . . . . . . . 1489 et asafoetidae. . . . . . . . . . . 1489 et ferri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1489 et mastiches . . . . . . . . . . 1490 et myrrhae . . . . . . . . . . . . 1491 et podophylli composi- tºe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1490 aloini, compositae . . . . . . . 1491 strychninae et be l l a- donnae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1491 compound . . . . . . . . 1491 antidyspepticae... . . . . . . . . 1491 antimonii compositae. . . . 1493 antineuralgicae. . . . . . . . . . 1492 asafoetidae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1491 compositae (Eclectic) . . 1492 baptisiae compositae. . . . . . 1492 Blaudii minores. . . . . . . . . 1496 cambogiae compositae. . . . 1492 camphorae compositae. . . 1492 catharticae compositae . . . 1493 (Eclectic) . . . . . . . . . . . 1493 vegetabiles. . . . . . . . . . . . 1493 cimicifugae compositae... 1494 Coccite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1494 colocynthidis compositae. 1494 et hyoscyami. . . . . . . . . . }494 et podophylli . . . . . . . . . 1494 Copaibºe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1242 compositae . . . . . . . . . . . . 1495 ferri carbonatis. . . . . . . . . . 1495 compositae . . . . . . . 1491, 1496 et quininae compositae. 1490 ferrocyanidi composi- tºe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1496 iodidi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1496 galbani compositae . . . . . . 1497 glonoini . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1497 hydrargyri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1242 hyoscyami compositae. . . 1497 leonuri compositae . . . . . . 1497 leptandrae compositae. ... 1497 metallorum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1496 all) artC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1496 oleoresinae eupatorii com- positae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1498 Opii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1498 et Camphorae . . . . . . . . . . 1492 et plumbi. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1498 phosphori. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1498 phytolaccae compositae ... 1499 podophylli, belladonnae et capsici. . . . . . . . . . . . 1499 polygoni compositae . . . . 1499 quadruplices. . . . . . . . . . . . 1490 quininae composité . . . . . 1500 (Vol. II.) Pilulae quininae sulphatis...1500 Pills, antineuralgic. . . . . . . . 1492 aSafetida. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1491 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1492 bitter metallic . . . . . . . . . . 1496 black cohosh, compound.1464 Blaud's... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1495 blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1242 Brown-Sequard's a n ti- neuralgic . . . . . . . . . . . 1493 neuralgia . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1493 calomel, compound . . . . . 1493 camphor, compound . . . . 1492 cathartic, compound . . . . 1493 chalybeate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1495 Chapman's dinner. . . . . . . 1490 Cochia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1494 Cole’s dinner. . . . . . . . . . . . 1490 colocynth and podophyl- lum, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1494 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1494 and hyoscyamus . . . . . . 1494 compressed . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1488 copaiba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1494 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1495 copaibae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1494 dandelion, compound . . .1502 dinner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1490 diuretic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1501 emmenagogue. . . . . . . . . . . 1496 ferrous carbonate . . . . . . . 1495 iodide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1496 ferruginous... . . . . . . . . . . . 1495 Francis' triplex. . . . . . . . . 1490 galbanum, compound . . . 1497 gamboge, compound . . . . 1492 glonoin... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1497 Griffith's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1495 Gross' antineuralgic . . . . . 1492 Hall's dinner. . . . . . . . . . . . 1490 high cran be rry, com- pound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1502 Hooper's female . . . . . . . . 1490 hyoscyamus, compound. 1497 iron. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1495 carbonate . . . . . . . . . . . . 1495 compound. . . . . . . 1491, 1496 ferr oc y an ide, com- pound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1496 iodide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1496 Janeway's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1490 Lady Webster's dinner. . 1490 leptandra, compound . . . 1497 m er cury subchloride, compound . . . . . . . . . . 1493 metallic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1496 motherwort, compound . 1497 nitroglycerin. . . . . . . . . . . . 1497 oleoresin of queen of the meadow, compound. 1498 Opium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1498 and Camphor. . . . . . . . . . 1492 and lead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1498 phosphorus. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1498 Plummer's. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1493 podophyllum, belladon- na and capsicum . . . . 1499 poke, compound . . . . . . . . 1499 quadruplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1490 Quatuor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1490 quinine, compound . . . . . 1500 Sulphate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500 resin of podophyllin, Compound . . . . . . . . . . 1500 rhubarb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1501 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1501 Rufus' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1491 Soap, compound. . . . . . . . . 1501 scam mony, compound . .1501 Squibb's podophyllum ... 1499 triplex. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1490 Valerian, compound . . . . . 1502 rhei. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1501 compositae . . . . . . . . . . . . 1501 resinae podophylli com- positus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500 saponis compositae (Ec- lectic). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1501 scammonii compositae. . . 1501 taraxaci compositae. . . . . . 1502 triplicae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1490 valerianae compositae. . . .1502 viburni compositae . . . . . . 1502 Pimenta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1502 officinalis... . . . . . . . . 1379, 1502 Vulgaris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1502 Pimento. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1502 Pimpinella Anisum..1046, 1341 Pin-clover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 929 Pin-grass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 929 Pineapple. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1448 Pine, balsam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1923 TOOII] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1919 digger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1397 French ground... . . . . . . . . 1925 ground. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1925 long-leaved. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1919 Norway. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1511 nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1397 Old-field. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1920 Scotch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1380 shoots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1923 silver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1512 SWal]] p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1919 yellow pitch . . . . . . . . . . . . 1919 Pinene . . . . . . . . 1046, 1122, 1217 1302, 1324, 1325, 1361, 1363 1367, 1368, 1374, 1386, 1389 1396, 1400, 1801, 1923, 1937 Pine-weed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1038 Piney. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1428 Pini nuclei moluccani. . . . . 1400 Pinipicrinº. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1934 Pinite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1238 Pinites succinifer. . . . . . . . . . 1393 Pink, Carolina. . . . . . . 1806, 1807 Georgia... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1807 maiden . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1834 Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1806 Pinkroot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1806 Demerara. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1808 Pinus Abies ... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1512 Australis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1919 balsamea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1921 Canadensis... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1512 dammara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1923 densiflora . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1923 excelsa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1511 halipensis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1911 Lambertiana. . . . . . . . . . . . 1238 Laricio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1922 Larix . . . . . . . . 1120, 1238, 1922 maritina... . . . . . . . . 1512, 1922 microcarpa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1120 palustris. . . . . . . . . . . 1513, 1919 pectinata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1512 pendula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1120 Picea. . . . . . . . 1511, 1512, 1922 Pinaster. . . . . . 1512, 1920, 1922 ponderosa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1398 Pumilio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1923 rigida. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1513 Sabiniana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1897 Sylvestris. . . . . 1380, 1922, 1923 Taeda. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1513, 1920 taxifolia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1512 Teocotl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1923 thunbergii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1923 Pip-menthol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1256 Pipe-plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1277 Piper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1503 aduncum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1245 GENERAL INDEX. XXXV Piper angustifolium . . . . . . . 1244 Betle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1507 Carpunya . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1245 Cubeba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1354 elongatum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1244 Jaborandi... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1480 jamaicense... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1503 lancaefolium . . . . . . . . . . . . 1245 longum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1505 methysticum, . . . . . . . . . . . 1505 nigrum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1503 Novae-Hollandae. . . . . . . . . 1505 Officinarum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1505 OVatum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1608 peltatum ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1245 umbeilatum . . . . . . . . . . . . 1245 Piperazidine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1507 Piperazine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1507 Piperazinum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1507 Piperidine. 1504, 1508, 1509, 1608 Piperin . . . . . . . . 1333, 1508, 1509 Piperine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1504 Piperinum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1508 Piperonal. 1506, 1509, 1809, 2045 Piperovatin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1608 Pipi root. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1077 Pipula moola . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1506 Pircunia dioica. . . . . . . . . . . . 1475 Piscidia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1509, 1510 Erythrina. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1509 Piscidin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1510 Pistachia Khinjuk. . . . . . . . 1244 Lentiscus... . . . . . . . . 1243, 1667 nut. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1667 Vel’a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1667 Pistacia cabulica . . . . . . . . . . 1244 Lentiscus... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1243 Terebinthus ... 1244, 1921, 1922 var. Atlantica. . . . . . . . . 1244 Pitaya barks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1620 Pitch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1379, 1514 black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1514 Burgundy . . . . . . . . . 1511, 1512 Canada. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1512 hemlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1512 mineral. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1452 of Judea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1452 Pitcher plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1725 Pityoxylon succiniferum... 1393 Piuri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1234 Pix Burgundica. . . . . . . . . . . 1,511 Canadensis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1512 liquida. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1513 navalis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1514 nigra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1513, 1514 Solida. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1514 Plantago. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1514 aquatica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1516 arenaria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1515 Cordata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1515 Cynops. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1515 decumbens ... . . . . . . . . . . . 1515 Ispaghula. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1515 lanceolata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1515 major. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1514 Psyllium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1515 Plantain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1514 heart-leaved . . . . . . . . . . . . 1515 lance-leaved . . . . . . . . . . . . 1515 net-leaf... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 949 Platanthera bifolia . . . . . . . . 1699 Platina del Pinto. . . . . . . . . . 1517 Platini bichloridum. . . . . . . 1519 chloridum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1519 et potasii cyanidum . . . . . 1519 et sodii chloridum . . . . . . 1519 iodidum . . . . . . . a. * * * * * * * * 1519 |Platinic chloride. . . . . . . . . . 1519 iodide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1519 Platinum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1517 black... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1518 Platinunn dioxide . . . . . . . . . 1519 monoxide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1519 nitromuriate. . . . . . . . . . . . 1519 Sp01)gy ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1518 tetrachloride. . . . . . . . . . . . 1519 Plasma. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 941 acidi carbolici. . . . . . . . . . . 1516 carbolic acid. . . . . . . . . . . . 1516 copper sulphate . . . . . . . . . 15||7 cupri Sulphatis. . . . . . . . . . 1517 petrolei. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1517 petroleum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1517 picis liquidae. . . . . . . . . . . 1517 potassii iodidi. . . . . . . . . . . 1517 potassium iodide. . . . . . . . 1517 tar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1517 Zinc oxide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1517 Zinci oxidi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1517 Plasmae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1516 Plasmas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1516 Plaster, black... . . . . . . . . . . . 1527 thapsia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1927 Plasters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1720 Pleurogyne rotata . . . . . . . . 1690 Plum... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1930 Java . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1303 Sapota . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1276 tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1583 Plumbagin ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1834 Plumbago europeasa. . . . . . . 1834 Plumbi acetas. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1519 carbonas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1522 chloridum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1527 dioxidum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1527 iodidum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1523 nitras. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1524 Oxidum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1525 Tubrum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1526 tannas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1527 Plum bite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1525 Plumbum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1526 carbonicum . . . . . . . . . . . . 1522 COI’llell Ill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1527 hydrico-carbonicum . . . . . 1522 hydrico - aceticum solu - tum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1176 iodatum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1523 nitricum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1524 tannicum pultiforme. . . . 1527 Poaya. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1076 Podophyllin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152S * * * * * * * 1530, 1644, 1645, 1646 Podophyllo-quercetin . . . . . 1530 Podophylloresin . . . . . . . . , 1530 Podophyllotoxin.1530,1532 1647 Podophyllum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1528 Emodi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1532 ImOntanum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1532 peltatum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152S Poet's narcissus. . . . . . . 130S Pogostenmon Patchouly . . . . 1253 SUlá Ve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1253 Pointed cleavers. . . . . . . . . . . 909 Poison ash. . . . . . . . . . 1669, 1674 dogwood. . . . . . . . . . . 1668, 1674 elder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1668, 1674 flag.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , 1077 Incassa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1849 Ipoh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1469 ivy . . . . . . . . . . . 1666, 1667, 1668 nut... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1313 Oak . . . . . . . . . . 1666, 1667, 1668 Sumach . . . . . . . . . . . . 1668, 1674 Vine. . . . . . . . . . 1666, 1667, 1669 White . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 919 Wood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1674 Poison-bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.7 Poivrette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1504 Poke. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1471 Indian. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1472, 2050 Virginian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1471 (Vol. II.) Poke-berries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1472 Poke-berry... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1471 Poke-root ... . . . . . . . . . 1471, 1472 Poke-weed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1471 Polar-plant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1755 Polemonium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1532 Coeruleum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,532 reptans.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1532 Pollack... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1369 Pollenin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1211 Polygala, alba. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1747 a ſilä Ta. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1746 bitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1746 Boykinii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1746 butyracea. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1746 Caducous... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1746 fastigiata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1746 fringed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1746 latifolia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1747 maior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1746 Nuttallii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1746 Nuttall's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1746 paucifolia. . . . . . . . . . 1357, 1746 polygama . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1746 rubella. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1746 Sanguinea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1746 Scoparia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1746 Senega.. . . . . . . 1724, 1744, 1747 Serpentaria... . . . . . . . . . . . 1746 V ell 6*In OS3 . . . . . . . . . . . 1746 Vulgaris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1746 Polygalamarin . . . . . . . . . . . 1746 Polygonum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1533 8CTě. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1534 ann phibium . . . . . . . . . . . . 1534 arifolium . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1534 Bistorta. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1534 erectum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1534 Fagopyrum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1534 hydropiper . . . . . . . . . . 153: hydropiperoides. . . . . . . . . 1534 Inite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1534 Persicaria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1534 punctatum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1534 tinctorium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1049 Polyhalite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1222 Polymnia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1534 Canadensis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1536 Uvedalia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1534 Polymountain . . . . . . . . . . . . 1925 Polypod, rock. . . . . . . . . 1536 Polypodium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 adian tiforme. . . . . . . . . . . . 1536 friederichsthalianum . . . 1537 Vulgare. . . . . . . . . . . . 947, 1536 Polypody, common . . . . . . . 1536 rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1536 Polyporus officinalis . . . . . . 1511 Polyterpenes. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1324 Polytrichum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1537 formosum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1537 juniperum... . . . . . . . . . . . 1537 Ponnade, anodyne. . . . . . . . . 1137 Gondret's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2016 Howe's juniper . . . . 1092 I’Omegranate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 952 root-bark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 952 Pomme de Liane. . . . . . . . . . 1441 Pompholyx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2100 Pond-lily . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1318 yellow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1319 Pongamia glabra. . . . . . . . . . 1390 Pool-root. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1715 Poor man's rhubarb . . . . . . . 1925 Poplar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1190, 1930 American . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1537 balsam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1538 European black. . . . . . . . . 1538 silver-leaf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153S tacamahac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 538 White... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1537 xxxvi GENERAL INDEX, Poplar, yellow . . . . . . . . . . . . 1190 Poppy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1279 black... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1433 California. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1420 capsules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1433 COl'Il . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1663 red. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1411 White... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1433 Poppy-heads. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1433 Poppy-seeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1434 Poppy-trash. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1407 Populin... . . . . . . . . . . . 1538, 1700 Populus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1537 alba. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1538 balsannifera . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1538 candicans ... . . . . . . . 1538, 1539 dilatata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1538 grandidentata. . . . . . . . . . . 1538 nigra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1538 pyramidalis. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1538 tremula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1538 trennuloides. . . . . . .1537, 1538 Porliera angustifolia . . . . . . 960 Pot barley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 996 Potash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1557 acetate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1545 bichromate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1549 bromide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1552 carbonate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1556 caustic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1539 chlorate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1559 Citrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1562 Crude... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1557 cyanide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1563 hypophosphite. . . . . . . . . . 1567 iodide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1569 nitrate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1572 permanganate . . . . . . . . . . . 1575 prussiate ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1566 yellow... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1566 red chromate. . . . . . . . . . . . 1549 prussiate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1567 Sulphate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1578 tartrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1580 Potash-water. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1179 Potashes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1557 Potassa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1539 acetate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1545 bisulphate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1579 carbonate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1556 caustic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1539 caustica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1539 cum calce. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1543 ferroprussiate . . . . . . . . . . . 1566 hyperoxymuriate... . . . . . 1559 prussiate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1566 red chromate. . . . . . . . . . . . 1549 Sulphurata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1543 Sulphurated . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1543 Supertartrate . . . . . . . . . . . . 1551 with lime. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1543 Potassae bisulphas. . . . . . . . . 1579 citras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1562 hydras. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1539 hypophosphis. . . . . . . . . . . 1567 permanganas. . . . . . . . . . . . 1575 prussias flava. . . . . . . . . . . . 1566 tartras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1580 Potassii acetas. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1545 benzoas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1766 bicarbonas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1547 bichronmas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1549 bisulphas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1579 bitartras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1551 bronnidum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1552 cantharidas... . . . . . . . . . . . 1543 carbonas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1556 impurus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1557 Pll T Uls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1556 chloras. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1559 chloridum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1561. Potassii citras. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1562 effervescens. . . . . . . . . . . 1563 Cyanidum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.563 Cyan ll retun). . . . . . . . . . . . 1563 et sodii tartras . . . . . . . . . . 1564 ferricyanidum . . . . . . . . . . 1567 ferrocyanidum . . . . . . . . . . 1566 hydras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1539 hypophosphis. . . . . . . . . . . 1567 iodas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1572 iodidum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1569 nitras. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1579 nitris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1575 OSIſla S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1542 perchloras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1561 permanganas. . . . . . . . . . . . 1575 phosphate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1569 Sesquicarbonas . . . . . . . . . . 1548 silicas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1187 sulphas... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1578 cum Sulphure . . . . . . . . . 1579 sulphis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1579 sulphidum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1545 Sulphocarbolas. . . . . . . . . . 1799 sulphocarbomas . . . . . . . . . 1545 sulphuretum. . . . . . . . . . . . 1543 tartras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1580 acidus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1551 telluras.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1543 Potassium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1542 acetate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1545 and sodium tartrate . . . . . 1564 bicarbonate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1547 bichromate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1549 binoxalate. . . . . . . . . 1423, 1685 bisulphate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1579 bisulphite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1580 bitartrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1551 borotart rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1551 bromide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1552 effervescent... . . . . . . . . . 1595 granular . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1595 with caffeine, efferves- cent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1595 with caffeine, granular effervescent . . . . . . . . . 1595 cantharidate . . . . . . . . . . . . 1543 citrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1562 effervescent... . . . . . . . . . . 1563 carbonate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1556 chlorate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1559 chloride. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1561 chromate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1550 cobaltic nitrate. . . . . . . . . . 1542 cyanide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1563 Cyanuret. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1563 dichronmate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1549 ferricyanide. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1567 ferridcyanide. . . . . . . . . . . . 1567 ferrocyanide . . . . . . . . . . . . 1566 ferrocyanuret . . . . . . . . . . . 1566 hydrate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1539 hydroxide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1539 hyperchlorate. . . . . . . . . . . 1561 hypophosphite ... . . . . . . . 1567 iodate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1572 iodide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1569 iodohydrargyrate, solu- tion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1016 monosulphide. . . . . . . . . . . 1545 monoxide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1542 myronate. . . . . . . . . . 1391, 1757 nitrate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1572 mitrite . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1575, 1788 Osmate... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1542 oxalate, acid . . . . . . . . . . . . 1423 perchlorate . . . . . . . . . . . . 1561 permanganate. . . . . 1232, 1575 phosphate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1569 piperate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1509 platino-Cyanide... . . . . . . . 1519 (Vol. II.) Potassium plumbate . . . . . . 1527 pyrosulphite. . . . . . . . . . . . 1580 red prussiate. . . . . . . . . . . . 1567 rhodanate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1567 Salicylate... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1792 SCSquicarbonate. . . . . . . . . 1548 Silicate. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1187, 1542 SOzoiodolate. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1065 Sulphate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1578 neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1578 with Sulphur. . . . . . . . . . 1579 sulphide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1543 Sulphite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1579 Sulphocarbolate... . . . . . . . 1799 Sulphocarbonate . . . . . . . . 1545 Sulphocyanate . . . . . . . . . . 1567 Sulphocyanide . . . . . . . . . . 1567 Sulphuret. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1543 tartrate... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1580 tellurate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1543 tetroxide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1542 thiocarbonate . . . . . . . . . . . 1545 thiocyanate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1567 Xanthogenate... . . . . . . . . . 1545 Potentilla anserina. . . . . . . . 1992 argentea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1992 Canadensis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1992 Var. pumila... . . . . . . . . . 1992 War. Simplex . . . . . . . . . . 1992 fruticosa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1992 palustris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1992 reptans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1992 SarmentOSa. . . . . . . . . . . . 1992 Tornientilla. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1991 Potion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1263 Potio riveri.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1181 Powder, acacia, compound.1606 acetanilid, compound. . . 1596 almond, compound . . . . . 1596 aloes and canella... . . . . . . 1602 anise, compound . . . . . . . . 1605 antimonial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1596 aromatic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1596 bayberry, compound. . . . 1603 black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1603 bronze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1830 Camphor, compound . . . . 1597 Catarrh.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1596 Catechu, compound . . . . . 1597 cephalic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1603 chalk, aromatic . . . . . . . . . 1598 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1598 with opium, aromatic.1598 charcoal, compound. . . . . 1597 cinnamon, compound.... 1596 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . 1603 Thomson. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1603 compound pancreatic . . .1432 diaphoretic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1601 Dover's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1600 liquid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1968 effervescent t a r tra t e d soda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1598 effervescing, compound...1598 enetic... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 (302 en] menagogue. . . . . . . . . . . 1603 giant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1820 glycyrrhiza, compound... 1599 golden seal, compound . . 1600 Gregory’s.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1605 hydragogue . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1604 insect, Dalmatian . . . . . . . 1608 I’ersian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1608 iodoform, compound..... 1600 ipecac and opium... . . . . .1600 Ipecacuanha, compound. 1600 and opium, compound. 1001 iron and quinine citrate, effervescent. . . . . . . . . 1595 iron phosphate, efferves- Cent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1595 GENERAL INDEX. xxxvii • * * * * * * * * * * * 1410 Powder, jalap, compound . 1602 Protopin . . . . . James'. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1596 . . . . . . . 1411, 1413, 1420, 1711 King's entozoic . . . . . . . . . 1605 Protoveratridine . . . . . . . . . . 2049 kino, connpound. . . . . . . . . 1597 Protoveratrine . . . . . . . . . . . . 2049 leptandra, compound . . . 1602 Provence rose. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1678 liquorice, compound . . . . 1599 Prune. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1583 lobelia, compound . . . . . . 1602 tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1583 mandrake, compound . . . 1604 Prunella vulgaris. . . . . . . . . . 1741 mild chloride of mercury Prunin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1585 and jalap . . . . . . . . . . . 1595 Prunum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1583 morphine, compound.... 1603 Prunus demissa. . . . . . . . . . . 1585 Ilê TV e. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1598 domestical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1583 neutralizing. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1605 Laurocerasus ... . . . . . . . . . 1121 of Algaroth... . . . . . . . . . . . 1154 obovata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1585 opium, compound. . . . . . . 1604 padus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1122 pepsin, compound . . . . . . 1447 Serotina. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1583 peptonizing. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1432 virginiana. . . . 1583, 1584, 1585 pleurisy root, compound.1597 Pseudo-inulin. . . . . . . . . . . . . 982 potassium bromide, effer- Pseudo-jervine. . . . . . . 2049, 2051 VeSCent . . . . . . . . . . . 1595 Pseudo-mastich... . . . . . . . . . 1244 with caffeine, effer- Pseudo-morphine... . . . . . . . 1411 VeSCent . . . . . . . . . . . 1595 Pseudo-narcissine... . . . . . . . 1308 quinine, compound. . . . . . 1604 Pseudopelletierine . . . . . . . . 954 resin of podophyll in , Pseudopetalon gland ulo - Compound . . . . . . . . . . 1604 Sll Ill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2087 rhubarb, compound . . . . . 1605 tricarpum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2087 and magnesia, anisated 1605 Pseudo-purpurin. . . . . . . . . . 1680 Seidlitz. . . . . . . . . . . . 1565, 1598 Pseudo-tropine... . . . . . . . . . . 1034 Spigelia, compound . . . . . 1605 Psidium Guajava. . . . . . . . . . 1303 styptic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1605 pomiferum... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1303 Sweet’s red. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1604 pyriferum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1303 talcum, Salicylated . . . . . . 1606 PSOralea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1585 Thomson's composition . 1294 bituminosa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1586 tin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1829 Corylifolia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1586 tragacanth, compound . . 1606 eglandulosa . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1585 Tully's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1603 esculenta. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1586 xanthoxylum, compound 1606 glandulosa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1586 yellow ladies'-slipper, melilotoides. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1585 compound . . . . . . . . . . 1598 pentaphylla. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1586 Powders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1592 Psychotria emetica. . . . . . . . 1076 aperient effervescing . . . . 1598 Ipecacuanha . . . . . . . . . . . 1071 baking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1769 telea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1586 Castillon's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1699 angustifolia. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1587 effervescent . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1594 trifoliata... . . . 1586, 1587, 1669 effervescing ... . . . . . 1599, 1769 Ptelein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1333, 1334 granular . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1593 Pteris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1587 effervescent . . . . . . . . . . . 1593 aquilina. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1588 insect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1608 atropurpurea. . . . . . 1587, 1588 SOap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1723 punctata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158S soda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1599, 1769 Welſh OS8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1588 Prairie burdock... . . . . . . . . . 1756 Pterocarpin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1716 dock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1438 Pterocarpus Draco . . . . . . . . 1643 hyssop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1607 erinaceus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1098 turnip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1586 indicus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099 Prenanthes alba. . . . . . . . . . . I303 Marsupium . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1097 Serpentaria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1303 Santalinus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1715 Prescription, vocabulary of Ptyalin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12:29 words used in (see Ap- Ptychotis Ajowan. . . . . . . . . 1937 pendix)... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2140 Puccoon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1708 Prickly ash. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2087 red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1708 northern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20S7 yellow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1021 Southern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2087 Puke weed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 lettuce... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1115 Pulegium vulgare. . . . . . . . . 1861 Prim. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1131 Pulegome. . . . . . . 1825, 1360, 1361 Primrose... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1581 Pulicaria dysenterica.... . . . 1059 evening. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1319 Pulmonaria reticulata. . . . . 1S35 tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1319 Pulsatilla. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15SS Primula auricula. . . . . . . . . . 1581 nigricans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1588 elation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1582 pratensis... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158S Obconica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15S2 Yulgaris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1589 officinalis.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1581 Pulver, James'. . . . . . . . . . . . 1596 Veris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1581 Pulveres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1592 Prinos glaber. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1582 effervescentes ... . . . 1594, 1599 lavigatus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1583 aperientes. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1598 verticillatus. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1582 Pulvis acacias compositus. 1606 Privet . . . . . . . '• * * * * * * * * * * * * 1131 acetanilidi compositus. . . 1596 Privy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1131 aerophorus Seydlitzensis. 1598 Propenyl alcohol... . . . . . . . 933 aloes et canellaº. . . . . . . . . 1602 trinitrate . . . . . . . . . . 1819, 1820 annygdalae compositus. . . 1596 Propylamin chloride. . . . . . 1998 antacidus... . . . . . q e º e º e º e 1605 Propylamine ... 1341, 1998, 1999 anticatarrhalis. . . . . . . . . . 1596 (Vol. II) Pulvis antimonialis . . . . . . . 1596 antimonii compositus.... 1596 aromaticus... . . . . . . . . . . . 1596 asclepiadis compositus . . 1597 camphorae compositus... 1597 Tully). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1603 carbonis ligni composi- tus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1597 catechu compositus... . . . 1597 Catharticus.... . . . . . . . . . . . 1602 causticus cum calce... . . . 1543 Londoninensis. . . . . . . . 1543 Viennensis ... . . . . . . . . . 1543 cinnamomi compositus...1596 Cretae aromaticus. . . . . . . . 598 aromaticus cum opio. . 1598 Compositus. . . . . . . . . . . . 1593 cypripedii coni positus. . . 1598 digestivus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1447 effervescens compositus. 1598 ferri et quininae citratis effervescens . . . . . . . . . 1595 phosphatiseffervescens 1595 glycyrrhizae compositus...1599 gun) In OSuS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1606 hydrargyri chloridi mitis et jalapae.... . . . . . . . . . 1595 hydrastis compositus. . . .1600 infantum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1605 iodoformi compositus . . .1600 ipecacuanhae compositus 1600 et Opii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1600 compositus... . . . . . . . 1601 Jacobi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1596 jalapae compositus. . . . . . . 1602 (Eclectic)... . . . . . . . . . 1602 tartaratus. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1602 kino compositus. . . . . . . . . 1597 cunn opio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1597 leptandrae compositus. . . 1602 lobeliae compositus. . . . . . 1602 magnesiae cum rhei . . . . . 1605 massae hydrargyri . . . . . . . 1242 morphinae compositus. . . 1603 myricas compositus. . . . . . 1603 (Eclectic) . . . . . . . . . . . 1603 nigrum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1603 nitratis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1575 opii compositus. . . . . . . . . 1604 pancreaticus compositus.1432 pepsini compositus... . . . . 1447 podophylli compositus. . 1604 potassii bromidi efferves- CellS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1595 cum caffeina. . . . . . 1595 PllI'9811S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1602 pyrius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I575 quininae compositus. . . . . 1604 resinae podophylli com- positus.... . . . . . . . . . . . 1604 rhei compositus. . . . . . . . . 1605 (Eclectic) . . . . . . . . . . . 1605 et magnesiae anisatus. , 1605 salicylicus cum talco. . . . 1606 Sanguinis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1715 SOdae tartaratae efferves- CellS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1598 spigelia compositus . . . . . 1605 stypticus ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1605 talci Salicylicus... . . . . . . . 1606 tragacanthae compositus.1606 xanthoxyli compositus. , 1606 Pumpkin seed. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1443 Punica Granatum . . . . . . . . . 952 Punicine ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 954 Purga de Sierra Gorda. . . . . 1086 Purging flax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1148 Purgo macho. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1087 Purple avens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 930 of Cassius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1829 Stramonium. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1838 xxxviii GENERAL INIDEX. Purple willow-herb... . . . . . . 1216 Purpurin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1680 Purpuro-xanthlne. . . . . . . . . 1680 Purree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1219, 1234 Purshianin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1655 Pussy willow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1702 Putamen Ovi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2081 Pycnanthemum . . . . . . . . . . . 1606 aristatum... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1607 clinopoides. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1607 incanum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1607 lanceolatum . . . . . . . . . . . . 1607 linifolium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1607 pilosum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1606 Pyrethrin . . . . . . . . . . . 1608, 1913 Pyrethrine... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1608 Pyrethrum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1607 Parthenium. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1438 I’OSell IIl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1608 Tanacetum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1913 Pyrethrum-camphor . . . . . . 1438 Pyridene. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1280 Pyridine. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1340, 1341 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 915 Pyrocatechin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 962 ..1098, 1099, 1104, 1650, 1652 Pyrodin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1458 Pyrodine . . . . . . . . . . . . 1341, 1458 Pyrogallol. . . . . . . 973, 1643, 1609 Pyroglycerin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1820 Pyroguaiacin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 962 Pyrola. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1610 chlorantha. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1610 elliptica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1610 rotundifolia. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1610 var. asarifolia. . . . . . . . . . 1610 Secunda. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1610 Pyrolusite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1229 Pyrophosphas sodicus. . . . . 1790 Pyroxylin . . . . . . . . . . . . 950, 1611 Pyroxylinum... . . . . . . . . . . . 1611 Pyrrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1286, 1341 tetriodide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1064 Pyrus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1612 Americana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1803 arbutifolia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1803 aucuparia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1803 communis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1998 coronaria . . . . . . . . . . 1612, 1803 malus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1612 Sambucifolia. . . . . . . . . . . . 1803 UAI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1317 Quaker buttons. . . . . . . . 1313 Quaking aspen . . . . . . . . . . . . 1537 Quartz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1186 Quassia... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1614 8. Iſla T8. . . . . . . . . 1614, 1615, 1616 bark, Jamaica . . . . . . . . . . 16] Surinam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1616 bitter... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1616 CUlPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1614 excelsa . . . . . . . . . . . . 1614, 1617 lofty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1674 Wood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1614 Quassin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1614 Quassiin... 1614, 1615, 1616, 1617 Quassol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1615 Queen of the meadow . . . . . 1809 Queen's delight . . . . . . . . . . . 1836 root. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1836 Queraescitrin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 991 Quercetin . . . . . . . . . . . . . 925, 991 ligiº, ió19, 1676, 1687,1929 methyl ether.... . . . . . . . . . 1654 Quercin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1619 Quercit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1618, 1619 Quercite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1619 Quercitrin. . . . . . . . . . . . 991, 1228 ..1618, 1619, 1678, 1696, 1934 Quercitron . . . . . . . . . . 1618, 1619 Quercus ABgilops. . . . . . . . . . 911. agrifolia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1619 alba. . . . . . . . . . . 911, 1617, 1618 aquatica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2080 bicolor... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1618 chrysolepsis . . . . . . . . . . . . 1619 Coccinea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1617 elongata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1617 falcata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1619 infectoria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910 lobata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911 lusitanica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910 oblongifolius ... . . . . . . . . . 1619 Robur. . . . . . . . . 911, 1618, 1619 rubra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1617, 1618 Suber... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1619 tinctoria. . . . . . . . . . . 1617, 1618 Vallonea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911 Velutina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1618 Virens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911, 1619 Quickens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000 Quick-grass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000 Quicksilver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1007 Quillaia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1619 Quillaja. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1619 Saponaria. . . . . . . . . . 1619, 1724 Quillilia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1619 Quinhydrone . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1652 Quinia arseniate. . . . . . . . . . . 1624 Sulphate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1631 Valerianate ... . . . . . . . . . . . 1637 Quiniae arsenias. . . . . . . . . . . 1624 sulphas... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1631 Valerianas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1637 Quimicine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1623 Quinidine . . . . . . 1620, 1621, 1625 bihydriodate. . . . . . . . . . . . 1622 hydriodate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1622 Sulphate. . . . . . . . . . . 1620, 1621 Quinidinae bihydriodas. . . . 1622 bisulphas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1622 hydriodas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1622 Sulphas.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1620 Quinina. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1622 Quinine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1622, 1625 acetate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1624 arSenate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1624 basic sulphate. . . . . . . . . . . 1631 benzoate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1624 bimuriate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1630 bisulphate. . . . . . . . . 1627, 1628 bromate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1629 carbolate.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1626 chlorhydro-sulphate . . . . 1630 citrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1626 disulphate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1631 ferrocyanate . . . . . . . . . . . . 1627 OWeI’. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1689 hydriodate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1626 hydrobromate. . . . . . . . . . . 1628 hydrochlorate. . . . . . . . . . . 1629 iodate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1626 iodide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1626 iodo-Sulphate... . . . . . . . . . 1623 kinate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1627 lactate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1626 muriate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1629 phosphate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1626 quinate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1627 Salicylate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1626 sulphas... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1631 sulphate, carbolated. . . . . 1626 phenylated. . . . . . . . . . . . 1626 Sulphovinate ... . . . . . . . . 1627 tannate... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1627 tetraSulphate. . . . . . . . . . . . 1628 Valerianate.... . . . . . . . . . . . 1637 Quininae acetas... . . . . . . . . . 1624 à l'Sen a S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1624 arsenis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1624 benzoas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1624 (Vol. II.) Quininae bijodate . . . . . . . . . 1626 bisulphas.... . . . . . . . 1627, 1628 bromas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1629 carbolas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1626 citras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1626 ferrocyanas . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1627 hydriodas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1626 acidus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1626 hydrobromas. . . . . . . . . . . . 1628 acidus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1629 hydrochloras . . . . . . . . . . . . 1629 acidus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1630 iodas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1626 lactas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1626 phenyl-Sulphas. . . . . . . . . . 1626 phosphas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1626 quinas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1627 Salicylas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1626 sulphas... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1631 acidus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1627 Sulphovinas. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1627 tannas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1627 tetrasulphas . . . . . . . . . . . . 1628 Valerianas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1637 Quiniretin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1623 Quinoline. . . . . . . . . . . . 1280, 1623 Quitch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000 Quitch-grass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000 Quitenine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1623 A CCOON.—BERRY. . . . . . 1528 Radish, garden . . . . . . . . 1759 wild. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1759 Radix antidysenterica. . . . . 1072 Caryophyllata. . . . . . . . . . . 931 Chinae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1730 consolidae majoris. . . . . . . 1870 glycyrrhizae hispanicæ . . 946 hellebori albi . . . . . . . . . . . 2048 viridis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 982 imperatoriae nigra . . . . . . 1715 lapathi acuti. . . . . . . . . . . . 1684 lappae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1119 palmae Christi . . . . . . . . . . 1699 polygalae hungaricae. . . . . 1746 rotundae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2112 Symphyti... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1870 Valerianae majoris. . . . . . . 2043 minoris... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2041 Zedoariae longae. . . . . . . . . . 2112 Raffinose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1694 Ragged Cup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1755 Rag Wort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1743 Rainbaultii combretum... 929 Raisins. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2036 bloom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2037 Corinthian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2037 Lexia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2037 Malaga. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2037 Muscatel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2037 Seedless... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2037 Smyrna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2037 Spanish. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2037 Sultana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2037 Sll Il . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2037 Raiz del Indio. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1685 Raja Batis . . . . . . . . . . . 1066, 1372 clavata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1066 Ramie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2034 Ramstead. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1135 Randia dunnetorum... . . . . . . 1725 Ranunculus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1638 acris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1638 bulbosus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1638 Flammula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1638 Te Dell S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1638 Sceleratus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1638 Raphanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1759 Raphanus niger... . . . . . . . . . 1759 raphanistrum . . . . . . . . . . . 1759 Sativus.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1759 GENERAL INDEX. e g º & is e º a a e s tº e s s e º e Resina guajaci... . . . . . . . . . . 960 jalapae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1643 kino . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1097 ladanum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 980 nigra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1513, 1514 pini empyreumatica . . . . 1514 podophylli... . . . . . . . . . . . 1644 Scammonii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1649 Resinae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1640 Resinoids... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1640 Resins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1640 Xanthorrhoea. . . . . . . . . . . . 1112 Rest-harrow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 948 Resopyrine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1652 Resorcin . . . . . 907, 973, 988, 1649 black. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1650 Resorcin-phtalein . . . . . . . . . 1652 Resorcinol. . . . . . . . . . . 1649, 1650 Resorcinum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1649 Restorative wine bitters. . .2078 Retinol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1512 Rhamnegin... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1653 Rhamnetin . . . . . . . . . . 1653, 1654 Rhamni bacca. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1653 Sll CCUlS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1654 Rhamnin . . . . . . . . . . . . 1653, 1654 Rhamno-cathartin . . . . . . . . 1653 Rhamnoxanthin . . . . . . . . . . 1655 Rhamnus alnifolia . . . . . . . . 1654 alnifolius... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1654 annygdalina. . . . . . . . . . . . 1654 Californica. . . . . . . . . 1655, 1656 Caroliniana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1654 cathartica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1653 CIOCea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1655 frangula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1655 infectoria ... . . . . . . . 1653, 1654 laevigatus... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1657 lanceolata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1654 Purshiana... . . . . . . . . 1654, 1656 Saxatilis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1654 tinctoria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1654 Rhatany . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1103 Brazilian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1104 Ceara... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1104 Para . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1104 Savanilla. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1103 Texas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1104 Rhea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2034 Rhei radix. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1657 Rhein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1660, 1685 Rheum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1657 australe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1661 compactum.... . . . . , 1658, 1661 Emodi. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1658, 1661 hybridum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1661 var. Colinianum. . . . . . . 1661 Moorcroftianum . . . . . . . . 1661 officinale. . . . . 1657, 1658, 1659 palmaticum War. tangu- ticum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1658 palmatum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1661 rhaponticum.... . . . . . . . . . 1657 * * * * * * * * * * * * 1658, 1659, 1661 Speciforme. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1661 undulatum... 1657, 1658, 1661 Webbianum . . . . . . . 1658, 1661 Rheumatism-root... . . . . . . . 1087 Rhigolene. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1451 Rhinacanthin . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1662 Rhinacanthus communis. . 1662 Rhizoma Chinae. . . . . . . . . . . 1730 Veratri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2048 Rhodeoretin. . . . . . . . . 1085, 1086 Rhodinol... . . . . . . . . . . 1324, 1384 Rhododendron. . . . . . . . . . . . 1662 chrysanthum . . . . . . . . . . . 1662 ferrugineum . . . . . . . . . . ... , 1663 maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1663 yellow-flowered . . . . . . . . 1662 Rhodorrhiza Scoparius . . . . 1384 (Vol. II.) rose-flowering Rat-musk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1287 Rattlesnake-leaf Rattlesnake’s naster Rattlesnake root . . . . . . . . . . 1303 * e º & e º e º 'º e & º ºs e º ſº e º & sº Reagents (U. S. P.), list of (see Appendix) * * * * * * * * * * * * g e º is tº e º e a tº s is e º º q tº e º is e º s s e º º e w mulberry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1277 gº tº ſº e º g g º ſº tº $ tº $ tº river snakeroot s & t e º a tº tº º ſº t e º 'º ſº º º Sandal-wood... . . . . 1715, Whortleberry... . . . . . . . . . . Red-indigo carmine... . . . . . Red-sandwort Reed mace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remijia velozii Rennet, liquid te e s tº t e a tº t t t e º º e º caulophyllum * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 8 tº º $ tº e º & tº * * * * * a tº t w tº $ tº * * * * * * * * * * * * e is e º e s tº º e º e º e º e s a tº º a * * is 4 - tº e º e º 'º & tº is e º e º a tº d’ angelim pedia tº e º e s a e is empyreumatica liquida...1513 639 e i º e < * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * Rhoeadas petala . . . . . . . . . . . 1663 Rhoeadine.1411, 1413, 1434, 1663 RhCeagenine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Rhombus maximus . . . . . . . 1369 Rhubarb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1657 Asiatic... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1658 Austrian ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1658 Batavian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1658 Bucharian. . . . . . . . . 1658, 1661 Canton ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1658 Chinese. . . . . . . . . . . . 1658, 1659 common garden. . . . . . . . . 1661 CFOWI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1658 Dutch-trimmed... . . . . . . . 1658 East Indian. . . . . . . . 1658, 1659 English. . . . . . . . . . . . 1658, 1659 European. . . . . . . . . . 1658, 1659 French. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1658 Himalayan, large . . . . . . . 1658 small... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1658 Moravian... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1658 Muscovy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1658 poor man's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1925 TOOt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1657 Russian ... . . . . . . . . . 1658, 1659 Shensi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1658 Siberian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1658 Turkey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1658 Rhus aromatica.1663, 1668, 1670 var. trilobiata... 1664, 1668 copallina. . . . . 1666, 1668, 1670 Coriaria . . . . . . . . . . . 1619, 1668 Cotinus . . . . . . 1619, 1667, 1675 diversilobal... 1668, 1670, 1674 galls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910 glabra... 1665, 1668, 1669, 1670 japonica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911 lobata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1674 lucidum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1671 Metopium... . . . . . . . . 1667, 1674 Michauxii.... 1667, 1668, 1674 pumila . . . . . . . . . . . . 1668, 1674 radicans. . . . . . 1666, 1669, 1670 Semialata... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911 succedaneum . . . . . . . . . . . 1668 Toxicodendron ... . . . . . . . 1666 ..1667, 1668, 1669, 1670, 1674 typhina . . . . . . 1666, 1668, 1670 Venenata... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1668 • e s & is a tº 1669, 1671, 1672, 1674 vernicifera. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1668 vernix. , 1668, 1669, 1671, 1674 Rib grass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1514 Ribes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1675 floridum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1675 nigrum... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1675 rubrum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1675 Ribwort. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1514 Rice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1421 Richardia scabra. . . . . . . . . . 1076 Richardsonia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1076 scabra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1076 Rich weed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2033 Ricin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1382, 1676 Ricin-elaidin ... . . . . . . . . . . . 1381 Ricinolein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13S2 Ricinus communis. . . . . . . . 1380 Rigid goldenrod. . . . . . . . . . . 1802 Ripple grass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1514 Robinia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1676 Pseudacacia. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1676 Robinin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1676 Robin's rye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1537 Roccella fuciformis. . . . . . . . 1113 tinctoria. . . . . . . . . . . 1112, 1113 Rochelle salt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1564 Rock polypod. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1536 Rockbrake. . . . . . . . . . . 1536, 1587 Rock-crystal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1186 Rock-rose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 979 Rock-Salt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1778 xl GENERAL INDEX. Rocky mountain Sage . . . . . 1706 Rosa Canina. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1677 fructus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1677 centifolia. . . . . . . . . . 1383, 1677 damaScena. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1383 gallica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1678 Rosae gallicae petala . . . . . . . 1678 ROSaginin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1326 Rose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1930 Christmas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 982 COTI] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1663 dog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1677 French. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1678 hundred-leaved . . . . . . . . . 1677 Laurier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1326 pale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1677 Provence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1678 red. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1678 Sl] O.W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1662 Rose-apple. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1303 Rose-flowering raspberry. .1683 Rose-petals, cabbage. . . . . . . 1677 red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1678 Rose-pink. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1689 Rose-Stearopten... . . . . . . . . . 1384 Rosebay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1662 tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1663 Rosemary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1679 marsh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1833 Wild . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1425 Rosewood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1388 Rosin . . . . . 1394, 1514, 1639, 1920 fiddler's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1639 yellow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1639 Rosin-Weed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1755 Rosmarinus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1679 officinalis. . . . . 1384, 1385, 1679 Rottlera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1095 tinctoria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1095 Rottlerin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1096 Rough cleavers ... . . . . . . . . . 909 hawkweed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 990 parsnip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 908 Rowan tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1803 Royal flowering fern . . . . . . 1422 Rubia tinctorum . . . . . . . . . . 1679 Rubian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1680 Rubidium and ammonium bromide... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1556 Rubijervine ... . . . . . . . 2049, 2051 Rubreserine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1466 Rubus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1680 canadensis. . . . . . . . . 1680, 1681 Chamaemorus.. . . . . . . . . . . 1683 Idaeus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1682 Occidentalis. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1683 Odoratus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1683 strigosus . . . . . 1681, 1682, 1683 trivialis. . . . . . . . . . . . 1680, 1681 villosus. . . . . . . . . . . . 1680, 1681 Ruby wood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1715 Rue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1686 all 6 Ill OIlê . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1925 garden. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1686 goat's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 908, 1917 Rum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1694 bay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1373, 1823 Rumex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1683 Acetosa. . . . . . . . . . . . 1424, 1685 Acetosella. . . . . . . . . 1424, 1686 acritus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1684 alpinus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1684 aquaticus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1683 brittanica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1683 crispus... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1683 hymenoSepalus . . . . . . . . . 1685 nepalensis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1685 obtusifolius. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1684. Orbiculatis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1683 patientia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1684 Sanguineus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1684 Rumex vesicarius. . . . . . . . . 1424 Rumicin. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1684, 1685 Rush, cat-tail . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2011 Russian liquorice-root. . . . . 946 Ruta. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1686 graveolens. . . . . . . . . 1385, 1686 Rutilin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1700 Rutin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1741, 1687 Rye, robin’s.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1537 AIBADILL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1687 Sabadilla. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1687 officinarum. . . . . . . . . . . 1687 Sabadilline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1688 Sabadine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1688 Sabadinine ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1688 Sabal serrulata. . . . . . . . . . . . 1750 Sabatrine... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1688 Sabbatia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1689 angularis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1689 Elliottii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1689 paniculata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1689 Sabina. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1690 Officinalis... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1690 Sabinol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1386 Saccharates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1694 Saccharin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1691 Saccharinum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1691 Saccharobioses . . . . . . . . . . . . 1697 Saccharomyces cerevisiae . .1110 Saccharose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 982 Saccharum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1693 lactis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1106, 1697 Officinarum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1693 purificatum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1693 Saturni. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1519 Sacred bark... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1654 Safrene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1389 Safrifa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1834 Safrol. 1046, 1325, 1342, 1353, 1889 Sagapenum... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907 age . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1705 garden. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1705 lyre-leaved.... . . . . . . . . . . . 1706 meadow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1706 Rocky mountain. . . . . . . . 1706 Wild . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1706 Wood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1925 Sago . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1698 flour. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1698 meal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1698 palm ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1698 earl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1698 Saguerus Rumphii . . . . . . . . 1698 Sagus farinifera. . . . . . . . . . . . 1698 genuina. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1698 inermis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1698 laevus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1698 Rumphii ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1698 Sake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1421 Saki . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1421 Sal aeratus. . . . . . . . . . . 1547, 1767 Alembroth . . . . . . . . 1002, 1172 a ſū al’ll Ill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1222 anglicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1222 aperitivum Friedericia- Illllll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1794 COIll IIllllle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1778 cornu Cervi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1340 culinare. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1778 de duobus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1578 digestivum Sylvii. . . . . . . . 1561. diureticum . . . . . . . . 1545, 1546 enixum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1579 Epsom ense. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1222 mirabile Glauberi... . . . . . 1794 nitri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1572 petrae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1572 polychrest, Glazer's... . . . 1579 polychrestum. . . . . . . . . . . 1578 Glaseri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1579 (Vol. II.) Sal Seignetti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1564 prunelle . . . . . . . . . . . 1572, 1573 Sedlicense. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1222 SOCla. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1774, 1775 Sodie. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1775 depuratus. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1774 Succini volatile. . . . . . . . . . 1394 tartari . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1556 Vegetabile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1580 volatile... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1814 Salacetol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1705 Salep. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1699 Oriental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1699 Salicin 1538,1696, 1699, 1700, 1701 Salicinum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1699 Salicylamide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1704 Salicyl-guaiacol. . . . . . . . . . . 964 Salicyl-phenetidin. . . . . . . . . 1705 Saligenin. . . . . . . . . . . . 1538, 1700 Salinaphtol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1307 Saliphen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1705 Saliretin. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1538, 1700 Salix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1701 alba... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1701, 1702 Babylonica . . . . . . . . 1347, 1701 Cà DTea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1701 fragilis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1701 Helix. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1700 lucida. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1702 nigra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1701, 1702 pentandra. . . . . . . . . . 1700, 1701 Dl'êCOX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1700 purpurea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1701 russelliana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1701 Salol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1431, 1703 camphor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1704 Salophen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1705 Salseparin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1728 Salt, bay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1778 COIll IIl OI] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1778 Crab Orchard. . . . . . . . . . . . 1223 diuretic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1545 Epsom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1222 fossil... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1778 £eDD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1778 Glauber's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1794 hartshorn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1340 Indian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1670 of lemons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1424 of tartar. . . . . . . . . . . 1556, 1557 ink. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1830 Rochelle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1564 rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1778 Sea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1778 Seignette's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1564 table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1787 Saltpeter. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1542, 1572 Saltpetre. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1572 Chili . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1573, 1786 conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1573 flour. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1573 lead. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1524 South American. . . 1573, 1786 Salts Of Sorrel... . . . . . . . . . . . 1424 Salufer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1187 Salve, black. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1527 Gyê . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2030 Salvia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1705 axillaris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1039 bengalensis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1706 Chian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1706 Columbarae . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1706 Horminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1706 lanceolata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1706 lyrata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1706 officinalis. . . . . . . . . . 1037, 1705 polystachya. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1706 pomifera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1706 pratensis... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1706 Sclarea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1706 Verbenacea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1706 GENERAL INDEX. xli Salvia verticillata . . . . . . . . . 1706 Saoria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1079 Sassafras medulla . . . . . . . . . 1731 Salviol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1705 Sap-green . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1653 nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1309 Samādera indica . . . . . . . . . . 1616 Sapindus detergens. . . . . . . . 1724 Officinale . . . . . . . . . . 1388, 1730 Sannaderin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1616 emarginatus . . . . . . . . . . . . 1724 pith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1731 Sambucus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1706 laurifolius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1724 SWalīl) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1226 Canadensis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1706 Saponaria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1724 variifolium... 1388, 1730, 1731 Ebulus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1708 Sapindus-Sapotoxin . . . . . . . 1724 Sassafrid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1731 nigra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1706, 1708 Sapium sebifera. . . . . . . . . . . 1838 Sat1n wood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2091 Sampson Snakeroot. . . . . . . . 926 Sylvaticum ... . . . . . . . . . . . 1836 Saturatio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1181 Samson Snakeroot . . . . . . . . . 1586 Sapo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1719 Saturations... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1263 Sand... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1186 animalis. . . . . . . . . . . 1721, 1722 Satureja. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1732 Sedge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1730 domesticus.... . . . . . . . . . . . 1721 hortensis... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1732 SPUll'l’ey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1805 durus . . . . . . . . 1719, 1721, 1722 montana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1732 Sand-brier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1799 Hispanicus. . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.2 Satze ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1097 Sandal-wood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1388 jalapinus ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1723 Saunders, red. . . . . . . . 1715, 1716 bark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1388 medicatus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1723 Savine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1690 bastard ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1388 mollis... . . . . . . . . . . . 1721, 1722 Savin-tops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1690 fragrant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1388 Oleacus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1721 Savory, Sunnmer. . . . . . . . . . . 1732 Japanese. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1388 Venetus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1721 Winter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1732 native . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1388 Viridis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1722 Saw palmetto... . . . . . . . . . . . 1750 red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1715, 1716 Sapo-rubrin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1724 Saxifraga cordifolia . . . . . . . 1627 Venezuela . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1388 Sapogenin... . . . . . . . . . 1620, 1745 Crassifolia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1627 West Indian . . . . . . . . . . . . 1388 Saponaria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1723 ligulata... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1627 Sandarac. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1244 Officinalis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1723 Sibirica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1627 Sandaraca. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1244 Saponetin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1724 Saxony blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.8 Sandarach. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1244 Saponification equivalent Scabiosa arvensis. . . . . . . . . 2042 Australian . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1244 (Koettstorfer's). . . . . . . . 1322 succisa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2042 Sandaracin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1244 Saponin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 966 Scab wort. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1058 Sanders wood, white . . . . . . 1387 970, 991, 1046, 1088, 1103 Scale flowers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2011 yellow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1387 1294, 1473, 1620, 1681, 1724 Scaly grindelia. . . . . . . . . . . 956 Sang dragon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099 1725, 1729, 1745, 1997, 2011 Scammonin ... . . . . . . 1087, 1734 Sanguinaria. 1411,1708, 1711, 1713 Sapota Achras. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1276 Scammonium . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1732 Canadensis. . . . . . . . . 1708, 1714 Muelleri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1276 Scann mony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1732 Sanguinarin... . . . . . . . 1713, 1714 plum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1276 Aleppo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1733 Sanguinarinae. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1713 Sapote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1103 factitious. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1733 nitras. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1714 Sapotilla bark. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1276 genuine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1733 Sulphas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1714 Sapotin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1276 Montpellier. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1733 Sanguimarine ... . . . . . . . . . . . 1420 Sapotine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1276 Smyrna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1733 s a s e º 'º º 'º e º 'º a 1710, 1711, 1713 Sapotoxin... . . . . . . . . . 1620, 1724 Virgin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1733 nitrate. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1713, 1714 Sapucay nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1360 Scarlet Oak . . . . . . . . . . 1617, 1618 sulphate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1714 Sarcocolla. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1994 Schleichera trijuga. . . . . . . 1111 Sanguis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1714 Sarcocollin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1994 Schoenocaulon Officinale. . . 1687 bovinus exsiccatus . . . . . . 1715 Sarothamnus Scoparius. . . . 1736 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1688 Sanguisuga medicinalis.992, 993 vulgaris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1736 Scilla. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 1734 officinalis. . . . . . . . . . . . 992, 993 Sarracenia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1725 indica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1736 Sanicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1715 drummondii. . . . . . . . . . . . 1726 maritima . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1734 Annerican . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 988 flava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1726 Scillain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , 1735 black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1715 heterophylla . . . . . . . . . . . . 1726 Scillin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1735 Sanicula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1715 psyttacina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1726 Scillipicrin ... . . . . . . . . . . . 1735 Canadensis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1715 pull pul’ea. . . . . . . . . . . 1725, 1726 Scillitoxin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1735 €ll TO]]Ceò . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1715 rubra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1726 Scoke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1471 marilandica. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1715 variolaris... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1726 jalap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1471 Santal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1716 Sarracine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1726 Scoke-weed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1471 Santal-wood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1387 Sarsae radix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1728 Seoparii cacumina. . . . . . . . . 1736 Malabar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1387 Sarsaparilla. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1726 Scoparin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1737 South Sea Island. . . . . . . . 1887 bearded. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1728 Scoparius. . . . . . . . . . . . . 924, 1736 Timor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1387 Brazilian . . . . . . . . . . 1727, 1728 Scopol annine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1036 Santalal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13SS Canadian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1253 Scotch barley . . . . . . . . . . . . . 996 Santalene. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13SS false Jamaica. . . . . . . . . . . . 1730 STâSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2001 Santalin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1716 German. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1730 pine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1380 Santalol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1388 Guatemala. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1728 Scotino . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1667 Santalunn acuminatum . . . , 1388 Guayaquil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1728 Scrofula plant... . . . . .1737, 1738 album . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1386, 1387 Honduras. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172S Weed... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 949 austro-caledonicum . . . . . 1388 Indian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 984 Scrophularia... . . . . . . . . . . 1737 Cygll Orllm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13SS Jamaica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1727 lanceolata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173S freycinetianum . . . . . . . . . 13SS Lisbon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1728 marilandica. . . . . . . . . . . . 1738 Gasi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13SS Mexican . . . . . . . . . . . 1727, 1728 nodosa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1737 lanceolatum. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1888 moonseed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1253 War. Annericana. , 1737, 1738 oblongatum. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1388 Para. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1727, 1728 var. marilandica. 1737, 1738 obtusifolium . . . . . . . . . . . . 1888 red. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1728 Scuddor's alterative. . . . . . . 1957 OVatum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1388 Rio Negro. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1728 Scullcap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 persicarium . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1388 Tampico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172S blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1740 Preissianum . . . . . . . . . . . . 1388 Vera Cruz. . . . . . . . . . 1727, 172S European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1741 pyrularium . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1888 Virginia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1729 side-flowering . . . . . . . . . . . 1740 rubrum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1715 Sarsaparillas, mealy. . . . . . . 1728 Scutellaria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1739 Spicatum ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13SS non-mealy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1728 baicalensis. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1740 Santolina chamaecyparissus 1719 Sarsaparill-Saponin. . . . . . . . 1720 Call 6*SCéllS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1739 Santonica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1716 Sarsa Saponin . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1729 galericulata... . . . . . . . . . . . 1741 Santonin . . . . . . . . . . . . 1717, 1718 Sarzaparilla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1727 hyssopifolia. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1740 Santoninoxime. . . . . . . . . . . . 1719 Sassafras. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1730, 1731 integrifolia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1740 Santoninum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1717 81%ly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1309 lanceolaria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1740 (Vol. II.) xlii GENERAL INDEX. Senna, Bombay . . . . . . . . . . . 1748 East Indian. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1748 Egyptian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1748 ndia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1747, 1748 Indian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1748 Italian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1748 leaves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1750 Mecca. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1748 Obovata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1747 Officinalis... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1747 Tin nevelly.... . . . . . . . . . . . 1748 Tripoli. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1748 Wild . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1748 Sennit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1749 Septfoil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1991 Seralbumen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2082 Serapinum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907 Serenoa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1750 Serrulata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1750 Sericin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1827 Serin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1827 Serpentaria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1752 Serum aluminatum . . . . . . . 1110 lactis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1110 acidum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1110 dulce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1110 tamarindinatum . . . . . . . . 1110 Sesame leaves. . . . . . . . . . . . 1754 seed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1993 seeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1754 Sesamin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1390 Sesamum... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1754 indicum ... . . . . . . . . 1389, 1754 Orientale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1754 Sesquiterpene. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1389 Sesquiterpenes. . . . . . . . . . . . 1324 Seta siliquae hirsutae. . . . . . . 1291 Sethia acuminata . . . . . . . . . 1808 Seven barks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000 Sevum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1754 præparatum. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1754 Sewruga. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1040 Shark. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1372 Sheep berry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2062 laurel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1093 Sorrel ... . . . . . . . . . . . 1424, 1686 Sheep-rot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1030 Shellac. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1111 Splints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1111 Shellac-bleached . . . . . . . . . . 1111 Shell-lac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1111 Shepherdia argentea. . . . . . . 1676 Shikini . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1046, 1047 Shinia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1243 Shin-leaf.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1610 Show colors (see Appendix).2170 Shrub yellow root. . . . . . . . . 2086 Shrubby cinque-foil. . . . . . . 1992 trefoil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1586 Sickle grass... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1534 Side-flowering scullcap. . . .1740 Side saddle flower. . . . . . . . . 1725 plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1725 Siegesbeckia orientalis . . . . 2011 Sikeranine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1033 Sikimi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1046 Sikimin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1046 Silicium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1186 Silicon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1186 Silphium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1755 gummiferum... . . . . . . . . . 1755 laciniatum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1755 perfoliatum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1755 terebinthinaceum. . . . . . . 1756 Silurus glanis. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1040 Silver aster. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1802 German. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1310 pine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1512 Silver-leaf . . . . . . . . . . . 1809, 1836 oplar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1538 Silverweed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1992 (Vol. II.) Scutellaria lateriflora.1739, 1740 740 pilosa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Versicolor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1739 Scutellarin . . . . . . . . . . 1740, 1741 Scutelline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1741 Sea girdles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1117 Sea Island cotton. . . . . . . . . . 951 plant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 951 tangles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1117 Sea-lavender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1833 Sea-side grape. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099 Seal, golden. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1021 Secaline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1998 Sedanolid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1454 a Cre. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1741 dendriodeum. . . . . . . . . . . . 1742 latifolium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1742 Telephium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1742 ternatum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1741 Sedge, sand... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1730 Sedum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1741 Seed-lac. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1111 Seeds, burdock... . . . . . . . . . .1119 Self-heal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1741 Selinum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1742 Canadense . . . . . . . . . 1454, 1743 palustre. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1742 Semecarpus Anacardium .. 1667 Sennen amoni. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1503 badiana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1046 bonducellae . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1391 cinae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1716 consolidae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1833 COI) tra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1716 guilandinae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1391 Ignatiae... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1043 nucis vomicæ... . . . . . . . . . 1313 QUlerCUlS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1619 toStun. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1619 Sanctum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1716 Santonici... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1716 Staphisagriae . . . . . . . . . . . . 1830 Semina papaveris. . . . . . . . . . 1434 pedicularis... . . . . . . . . . . . 1830 Sempervivum tectorum . . .1741 Seneca grass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1251 Snakeroot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1744 Senecin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1334, 1744 Senecio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1743 all Tell S. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1743, 1744 balsamitae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1744 canicida. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1744 cerviariaefolius . . . . . . . . . . 1744 Doronicum ... . . . . . . . . . . . 1744 golden . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1743 gracilis. . . . . . . . . . . . 1743, 1744 gray all llS.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1744 Jacoboea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1744 lanceolatus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1744 Obovatus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1744 Saracenicus . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1744 Vulgaris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1744 Senecionine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1335 Senega. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1744 false . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1746 northern. . . . . . . . . . . 1745, 1747 Snakeroot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1744 Southern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1745 White . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1746 Senegin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1745 Seneka root ... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1744 Senna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1747 acutifolia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1747 Aleppo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1748 Alexandria. . . . . . . . 1747, 1748 garbled... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1748 Alexandrian . . . . . . . . . . . . 1748 angustifolia. . . . . . . . . . . . 1747 Arabian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1748 baladi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1748 bladder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1750 Silvery cinque-foil . . . . . . . . 1992 Simaba cedron . . . . . . . . . . . . 1616 ferruginea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1616 Valdivia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1616 Simaruba. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1616 excelsa ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1614 medicinalis... . . . . . . . . . . . 1616 officinalis... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1616 Simpler's joy . . . . . . . . 2055, 2056 Sinalbin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1757 Sinapine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1757 rhodanide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1757 Sulphocyanide . . . . . . . . . . 1757 Sinapis alba. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1756 arvensis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1759 juncea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1759 nigra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1756 Sinigrin... 1323, 1391, 1757, 1759 Sinistrin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 997, 1735 Sinkaline... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1999 Sipeerine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1309 Sipiri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1308 Sipirine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1309 Sirop de chlorhydrate de Morphine. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. de Morphine . . . . . . . . . . . . 1896 Sisymbrium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1761 Alliaria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1761 muralis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1761 officinale ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1761 Sophia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1761 Siun, latifolium. . . . . . . . . . . 2042 Skatole. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2013 Skullcap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1739 Slippery-elm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2012 Sloe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2059, 2060 Sloe-leaved viburnum 2059, 2060 Small cleavers. . . . . . . . . . . . . 909 houseleek. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1741 meadow anemone. . . . . . . 1588 Smallage, marsh . . . . . . . . . . 1742 Smart weed. . . . . . . . . . 1533, 1534 dotted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1534 Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1534 Smilacin. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1728, 1729 Smilax Aspera. . . . . . . . . . . . 1730 China. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1730 lanceolata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1729 medica . . . . . . . . . . . . 1726, 1727 officinalis. . . . . . . . . . 1726, 1727 Ornata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1727 papy racea. . . . . . . . . . 1726, 1727 Pseudo-China. . . . .1729, 1730 Sarsaparilla . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1729 Syphilitica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1727 Tarn noides. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1729 Smiling wake-robin . . . . . . . 1998 Smithsonite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2106 Smoke tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1677 Smooth Sumac . . . . . . . . . . . . 1668 sumach. . . . . . . . . . . . 1665, 1668 three-ribbed goldenrod. .1802 Smoother sweet cicely..... 1421 Smut of corn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2034 Smyrna galls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910 Snake lily. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1077 Snakeroot, button. . . . . . . . . 1130 Red river . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1752 Sampson. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 926 Samson... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1586 Seneca. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1744 Senega. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1744 Texas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1752 Virginia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1752 Snakeweed... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1534 Snake-wood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1313 Snap-dragon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1135 Snapping hazelnut. . . . . . . . 974. Sneezeweed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 979 Sneezewort. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 979 Snowball. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2058 GENERAL INDEX. xliii Snow rose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1662 Snuff, catarrh.. . . . . . . . . . . . 1596 Soap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1719, 1721 antiseptic (ethereal). . . . . 1723 asepsin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1723 camphorated sulphur.... 1723 Castile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1719 curd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1720 all. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1723 grained... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1720 8Teen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1722 hard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1719, 1721 iodine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1723 marine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1720 mottled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1720 Castile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1722 petroleum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1723 powders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1723 resin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1720 Sand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1723 Soft ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1721, 1722 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1721 tallow. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1721, 1722 tannin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1723 transparent glycerin . . . . 1723 white Castile . . . . . . 1719, 1721 yellow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1720 Soapbark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1619 Soapberries... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1724 Soapberry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1724 Soaproot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1723 Levant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1724 Soaps... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1322 Compact. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1721 Cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1721 filled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1720, 1721 hard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1720 padded. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1721 potash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1721 pulverulent medicinal.. 1723 Smooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1721 Soft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1720, 1721 toilet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1720 Soapstone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1187 Soap tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1619 Soap-tree bark . . . . . . . . . . . . 1619 Soapwort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1723 Sobralia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2046 Soda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1761 acetate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1763 arSenate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1764 arseniate ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1764 baking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1766 benzoate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1765 biborate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1770 bicarbonate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1766 bisulphite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1769 borate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1770 Carbonate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1774 dried. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1776 caustic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1761 caustica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1761 citro - tartrate, efferves - cent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1781 cruda. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1775 cum calce. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1543 hydrate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1761 hypophosphite.... . . . . . . .1781 mint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1272 muriate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1778 nitrate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1786 nitrite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1787 phosphate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1788 powders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1769 sal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1774, 1775 aeratus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1767 Sulphate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1794 tartarata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1564 tartarated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1564 vitriolated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1794 Washing.. . . . . . . . . . . 1774, 1775 Soda water.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1179 with lime. . . . . . . . d = * * * * * 1543 Soda-ash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1775 black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1775 White . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1775 Soda acetas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1763 arsenias. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1764 benzoas... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1765 biboras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1770 bicarbonas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1766 bisulphis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1769 carbonas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1774 citro-tartras effervescens. 1781 et potassae tartras . . . . . . . 1564 hydras. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1761 hypophosphis. . . . . . . . . . . 1781 murias.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1778 nitras. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1786 phosphas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1788 sulphas... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1794 Valerianas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1799 Sodii acetas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1763 al"Sella S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1764 arsenias. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1764 benzoas... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1765 bicarbonas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1766 Saccharatus . . . . . . . . . . . 1769 Venalis... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1767 bisulphis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1769 OTâS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1770 boro-benzoas. . . . . . . . . . . 1766 bromidum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1773 carbolas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1799 carbonas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1774 exsiccata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1776 exsiccatus. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1776 venalis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1775 chloras. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1777 chloridum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1778 citras... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1565 citro-tartras effervescens. 1781 et argenti hyposulphis. , 1784 hypophosphis. . . . . . . . . . . 1781 hyposulphis. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1783 iodidum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1785 nitras. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1786 nitris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1787 phosphas... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1788 platino-bichloridum. . . . . 1519 pyrophosphas. . . . . . . . . . . 1790 Salicylas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1791 Santoninas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1793 albuminatus. . . . . . . . . . 1794 Sulphas... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1794 effervescens. . . . . . . . . . . 1796 exsiccatus. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1796 Sulphis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1796 Sulphobenzoas . . . . . . . . . . 1766 Sulphocarbolas. . . . . . . . . . 1797 Sulphovinas. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1796 tartras. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1565 Valerianas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1799 Sodio theobromine salicyl- ate... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1792 Sodium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1762 acetate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1763 and silver hyposulphite. 1784 al"Senate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1764 arseniate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1764 benzoate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1765 bicarbonate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1766 Saccharated... . . . . . . . . . 1769 bisulphite... . . . . . . . 1769, 179 borate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1770 borobenzoate.... . . . . . . . . . 1766 bromide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1773 carbolate ... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1799 carbonate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1774 dried . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1776 PllTe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1774 chlorate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1777 (Vol. II.) Sodium chloride. . . . . . . . . . . 1778 chloroplatinate . . . . . . . . . 1519 citrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1565 citro - tartrate, efferves - Cent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1781 diiodosalicylate... . . . . . . . 1792 dioxide... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1763 dithiosalicylate . . . . . . . . . 1793 ethylate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1186 ethylsulphate . . . . . . . . . . 1796 fluosilicate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1187 formate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1793 hydrate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..1761 hydrocarbonate... . . . . . . . 1766 hydrogen carbonate. . . . . 1766 hydroxide . . . . . . . . . 1761, 1763 hypophosphite. . . . . . . . . . 1781 hyposulphite. . . . . . . . . . . . 1783 ichthyol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1042 iodide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1785 metaborate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1771 monoxide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1763 nitrate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1786 nitrite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1787 nitro-prusside. . . . . . . . . . . 1567 Ortho-arsenate. . . . . . . . . . . 1764 Orthophosphate . . . . . . . . . 1788 paraphenolsulphonate. . .1797 peroxide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1763 phenate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1799 phosphate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1788 medicinal tribasic . . . . . 1788 platino-bichloride. . . . . . . 1519 pyro-arsenate . . . . . . . . . . . 1764 pyroborate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1770 pyrophosphate. . . . . . . . . . 1790 Salicylate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1791 Santoninate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1793 silico-fluoride... . . . . . . . . . 1187 Sozoiodolate. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1065 Sulphate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1794 dried. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1796 effervescent... . . . . . . . . . 1796 sulphite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1796 sulphobenzoate. . . . . . . . . . 1766 sulphocarbolate . . . . . . . . 1797 sulphomethylate. . . . . . . . 1796 sulphosalicylate. . . . . . . . . 1792 sulphovinate. . . . . . . . . . . . 1796 tartrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1565 tetroborate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1770 thiosulphate . . . . . . . . . . . . 1783 Valerianate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1799 Sodium-calcium borate, hy- drated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1770 Soja hispida. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1390 Solanidine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 Solanine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 Solanum Carolinense. . . . . . 1799 Solder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1829 Soldier's herb . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1245 Solea verticillata. . . . . . . . . . 1077 Solenostemma Argel . . . . . . 1748 e e s e e a • * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 1750 Solidago . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1801 bicolor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1801 Canadensis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1801 gigantea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1802 OCIOT a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1801 rigida . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1802 TÜlgoS8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1801 virga aurea. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1802 Solnine... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 Soluble glass . . , 1186, 1187, 1542 Solutio arsenicalis Fowleri.1180 Donovani. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1155 solven tis mineralis, De Valangin's . . . . . . . . . . 1150 Solution, acid phosphates... 1151 aluminum acetate. . . . . . . 1151 acetico-tartrate. . . . . . . . 1151 xliv GENERAL INDEX, Solution, ammonio-citrate of bismuth . . . . . . . . . . 1156 ammonium acetate . . . . . . 1152 concentrated . . . . . . . . 1153 Citrate. . . . . . . . . . . 1153, 1154 Strong.. . . . . . . . . 1153, 1154 antimony chloride . . . . . . 1154 terchloride. . . . . . . . . . . . 1154 arsenic and mercuric io- ide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1155 bromide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1150 chloride... . . . . . . . 1149, 1150 hydrochloric. . . . . . . . . . 1149 arsenical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1180 Pearson's . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1184 arsenous acid. . . . . . . . . . . . 1149 atropine salicylate . . . . . 1155 Sulphate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1155 basic ferric sulphate... , 1168 bismuth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1156 and annmonium citrate 1156 Boulton's... . . . . . . . . . . . 1173 bromine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1157 Smith's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1157 Calcium chloride . . . . . . . . 1159 hydrate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1157 carbolic acid . . . . . . . . . . . . 1150 Carmine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1159 caustic soda. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1182 Channing's . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1155 chlorinated lime . . . . . . . . 1 ſ 58 magnesia. . . . . . . . . 1174, 1184 potassa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1184 Soda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.83 chromic acid. . . . . . . . . . . . 1151 Clemen's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1150 cocaine hydrochlorate. ... 1160 Cochineal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1875 copper, alkaline. . . . . . . . . 1160 corrosive sublimate . . . . . 1172 deodorant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1189 De Valangin's. . . . . . . . . . . 1150 Dobell's... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1185 Donovan's . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1155 ergotin, Yvon's. . . . . . . . . 1161 extract of glycyrrhiza ... 1162 liquorice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1162 Fehling's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1160 test (see Appendix)... .2124 ferric acetate... . . . . . . . . . . 1162 Citrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1166 chloride. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1163 hypophosphite. . . . . . . . 1165 Initrate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1167 Subsulphate. . . . . . . . . . . 1168 Sulphate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1169 normal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1169 ferrous chloride. . . . . . . . . 1164 Fowler's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 180 ginger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1190 glonoin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1819 gold and arsenic bronide.1150 gutta-percha . . . . . . . . . . . . 1170 hydriodate of arsenic and merCllry . . . . . . . . . . . . 1155 hypophosphites. . . . . . . . . 1172 iodide of mercury and potassium. . . . . . . . . . . 1155 iodine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1172 Carbolized. . . . . . . . . . . . . J173 caustic... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1173 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1172 iron and ammonium ace- ate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1167 Chloride. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1163 Howe's acid. . . . . . . . . . . 1164 hypophosphite. . . . . . . . 1165 iodide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1165 Oxysulphate . . . . . . . . . . 1164 perchloride, strong. . . . 1163 pernitrate. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1167 Solution, iron persulphate... 1168 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 1169 protochloride . . . . . . . . . 1164 Koppeschaar's test (see AppendiX). . . . . . . . . . 2124 Labarraque's. . . . . . . . . . . . 1183 lead subacetate. . . . . . . . . 1176 diluted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1177 lime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1157 Saccharated . . . . . . . . . . . 1882 lithia, effervescing. . . . . . . 1179 Loeffler’s.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1165 Lugol's . . . . . . . . . . . . 1069, 1172 magnesium bromide. . . . . 1174 carbonate. . . . . . . . . . . . . 117.4 citrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1173 sulphate, effervescent... 1174 Mayer's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1569 test (see Appendix)... .2126 mercuric chloride . . . . . . . 1172 nitrate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1171 perchloride . . . . . . . . . . . 1172 pernitrate. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1171 mercury nitrate. . . . . . . . 1171 Millon's test . . . . . . . . . . . . 1171 Monsel's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1168 morphia bimeconas . . . . . 1281 morphine acetate . . 1175, 1282 binneconate . . . . . . . . . . 1175 citrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1176 hydrochlorate.... 1175, 1283 hypodermic. . . . . . . . . . . 1175 Magendie's... . . . . . . . . . . 1175 Sulphate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1285 United States.. . . . . . . . . 117.5 Nessler’s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1569 test (see Appendix)... . .2120 nitroglycerin. . . . . . . . . . . . 1819 normal Saline . . . . . . . . . . . 1780 of bismuth, concentrated 941 of boroglyceride. . . . . . . . . 942 oxysulphuret of calcium. 115 pancreatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1432 pepsin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 1447 aromatic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1447 phosphoric acid, com - pound . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1151 phosphorus... . . . . . . . . . . . | 176 Thompson's . . . . . . . . . . 1176 physiological salt . . . . . . . 1780 potash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1177 effervescing... . . . . . . . . . 1179 potassa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1177 potassium arsenate and bromide. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1150 arsenite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 180 carbonate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1558 citrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1180 hydrate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1177 iodohydrargyrate . . . . . 1155 permanganate. . . . . . . . . 1181 Saccharin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1182 soda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1182 effervescing . . . . . . . . . . . 1179 sodium arsenate. . . . . . 1184 Pearson’s . . . . . . . . . . . 1184 arseniate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1184 borate, compound... . . . 1185 carbolate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1185 Citrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1181 citro-tart rate, efferves- cent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1179 ethylate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1185 hydrate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1182 Oleate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1186 Silicate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1186 strychnine acetate. . . . . . . 1188 Hall's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118.8 hydrochlorate. . . . . . . . . 1.188 nitrate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . | 188 sulphurated lime. . . . . . . . 1159 (Vol. II.) Solution, tar, alkaline. . . . . 1176 test, Bettendorff's (see Appendix). . . . . . . . . . 2114 trinitrin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1819 Villate's . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1263 Vleminck's... . . . . . . . . 1159 Volhard's test (see Ap - bendix). . . . . . . . . 2131 Zinc and aluminum, com- pound . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1189 and iron, compound... 1189 chloride. . . . . . . . . . . 1189 Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1149 cane-Sugar table (see Ap- pendix). . . . . . . . . . . . . 2170 glycerin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1205 test (U. S. P.) (see Appen- dix). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211 volumetric (see Appen - dix). . . . . . . . . . . . 2123 Sonora gun. . . . . . . . . 1112 Sophora. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1802 japºnica. . . . . . 1619, 1687, 1803 Serieea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1803 Speciosa. . . . . . . . . . . . 1802 tonnen toSa . . . . . . . 1105, 1803 Sophoretin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1803 Sophorin . . . . . . . . . ... 1105, 1619 Sophorine. . . . . . . . . . . . 1802, 1803 Sorbin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1803 Sorbinose . . . . . . . . . 1803 Sorbite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1803 Sorbus. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1803 Americana. . . . . 1803 aucu paria. . . . . . . 1803 san) bucifolia . . . . . . 1803 Sorghum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1693 Saccharatum . . . . 1693 Vulgare . . . . . . . . . . 2001 Sorian galls . . . . . . . . . . . 910 Sorrel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1685 field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1686 garden . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1424 Salts of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1424 sheep. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1424, 1686 tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1424, 2040 Soulan) ea annara . . . . . . . . . 1746 Sour doek. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1684 Sour-gun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1118 Sourwood. . . . . . . . . . . . 1424, 2040 tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1424 South Sea tea . . . . . . . 1045 Southern dewberry. . . . . . . 1681 prickly ash. . . . . . 2087 vanilla., . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2046 yellow root . . . . . . . 2086 Soy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1390 Sozal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1065 Sozoidol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1065 Sozoiodole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1065 InnerCulry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1065 potassium. . . . . . . . . . . 1065 Sodium . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1065 Zll) C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1065 Span... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , 2011 Spaniolitmin. . . . . . . . . | 113 Spanish chamomile 1607 licorice-root. . . . . . . . . . . . 946 liquorice-root... . . . . . . . . . . 946 In OSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1146 Oak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 1619 Sparottosperma lithontrip- ticum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1083 Spartcinae sulphas. . . . . . . . 1804 Sparteine. . . . . . . . . . . . 1737, 1804 sulphate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1804 Spartium junceun. . 1737 scoparium . . . . . . . . . . . . 1736 Spathum ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1240 Spatterdock. . . . . . . . . . , 1319 Spearmint . . . . . . . . . . 1255 GENERAL INDEX. Species laxantes. . . . . . . . . . . 1750 laxative. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1750 Specific gravities, table (see Appendix). . . . . . . . . . . . 2168 Speckled jewels. . . . . . . . . . . 104.7 leech. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 993 Speedwell. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.57 tall... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1126 Spelter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2106 Spergularia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1805 al’Vel] S1S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1805 media. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1805 rubra... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1805 var. campestris... . . . . . . 1805 Salina. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1805 Sperm whale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1372 Spermaceti. . . . . . . . . . . 1321, 1323 Spiauter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2106 Spica nardi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2043 Spice-bush. . . . . . . . . . . 1135, 1192 Spice tree, California. . . . . . 1731 Spice Wood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1135 Spider's Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1916 Spigelia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1806 Anthelmia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1808 marilandica. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1806 Spigeliin... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1808 Spigeline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S07 Spikenard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2043 Spilanthes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1808 Acmella . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1808 Oleracea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1808 tinctoria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1808 Spineless Sago palm . . . . . . . 1698 Spinell. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1221 Spiny clot-bur . . . . . . . . . . . . 2085 Spiriea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1809 Aruncus. . . . . . . . . . $ tº e s e & 1809 filipendula. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1809 lobata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1357 stipulata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 tonnentOSa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1809 trifoliata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 931 Ulmaria. . . . . . 1357, 1700, 1809 Spirit, ammonia. . . . . . . . . . . 1813 aromatic. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1814 fetid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 S15 anise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1815 ants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1810 aromatic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1815 bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1373 bitter almond. . . . . . . . . . . 1815 Camphor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1817 Cà l’a Way. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1817 cardannom, compound . . . 1817 chloric ether . . . . . . . . . . . . 1817 chloroform. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1817 cinnannon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1818 Cl] l’él C&O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1816 ether. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1810 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . ISIO formic acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S10 gaultberia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S19 glonoin... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1819) juniper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1821 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1821 lavender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1822 compound . . . . . . . . . . , , 1972 lemon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1822 mustard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1825 my reia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S23 miter, Sweet. . . . . . . . . . . . ISI I nitre, Sweet . . . . . . . . . 1811 nitroglycerin. . . . . . . . . . . . 1819 nitrous ether... . . . . . . . . . . 1811 nutmeg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1823 of French Wine. . . . . . . . . . 1825 of Mindererus. . . . . . . . . . . 115.2 Ophthalmic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1822 Ol'all Se . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1816 compound. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1816 Spirit, peppermint . . . . . . . . 1822 perfumed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1824 phosphorus. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1824 proof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1825 Ta VW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1818 rectified. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1824 r0Semary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1825 Sassafras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1825 SOap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1825 Spearmint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1823 turpentine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1394 vapor-bath . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1759 Volatile oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1824 weed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1112 Spirits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1810 mint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1974 Spiritus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1810 acidi formici. . . . . . . . . . . . 1810 tetheris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S1() compositus . . . . . . . . . . . 1810 nitrici . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1811 nitrosi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1811 ammoniaci caustici dzon- ii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 S13 ammoniae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1813 aromaticus. . . . . . . . . . . . 1814 compositus. . . . . . . . . . . . 1814 fetidus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1815 amygdalae amarae. . . . . . 1815 anisi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1815 anthos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18:25 aromaticus ... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S15 aurantii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1816 compositus. . . . . . . . . . . 1816 camphorae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1817 card a mo m i composi- tuS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1817 carui. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1817 chloroformi. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S17 cinnamomi . . . . . . . . . . . . 181S coloniensis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1824 cornu cervi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1340 CUll’āSS&l O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1816 formicarum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1810 frumenti... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181S fumans Libavii. . . . . . . . . . 1S30 gaultherite... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1819 glonoini . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I S19 juniperi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S21 compositus. . . . . . . . . . . . 1S21 lavandulae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1822 coal positus. . . . . . . . . . . . 1972 limonis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18:22 Mindereri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1152 menthae piperitae. . . . . . . . 1S22 Viridis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1823 myrcia . . . . . . . . . . . . 1373, 1823 myristicae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1823 nervinus camphoratus... 1142 nitri dulcis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1811 nitrico-aetherus. . . . . . . . . . ISI 1 odoratus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1824 olei volatilis . . . . . . . . . . . . 1824 ophthalmicus . . . . . . . . . . 1822 phosphori. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S24 rectificatus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1824 rosmarini . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S25 Saponatus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S25 Sassafras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S25 Sinapis... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1825 tenuior... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S25 Vini gallici... . . . . . . . . 1S25 Splints, shell-lac . . . . . . . . . 1111 Spodumene ... . . . . . . . 1194, 1195 Spogel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1515 Sponge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S,26 abaco, Velvet ... . . . . . . . . . . 1827 antisepsic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S,2S Bahama. . . . . ë a wº tº $ $ tº º $ tº º lS27 bleached . . . . . . . * * * * * * * * * 1828 burnt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1828 (Vol. II.) Sponge, cay-Velvet. . . . . . . . . 1827 compressed . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1828 decolorized. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1828 glove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1827 TaSS... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1827 hard-head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1827 Mediterranean . . . . . . . . . . 1827 reef. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S27 sheep's wool. . . . . . . . . . . . 1827 tell U. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1828 Turkey . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S27 vegetable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1828 West India. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1827 yellow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1827 Spongia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S26 cerata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 S28 CO In pressà. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S,2S decolorata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S,2S officinalis... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1826 tosta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1828 usta. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S,2S Spongin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1827 Spoon Wood . . . . . . . . . . 1093, 1095 Sporte lycopodii. . . . . . . . . . . 1211 Spotted alder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97.4 geranium... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 927 knotweed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1534 touch-me-not . . . . . . . . . . . 104.7 Spruce, balsam. . . . . . . . . . . . 1921 fir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1511 Spurge, Caper . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1401 garden . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1401 laurel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1261 olive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1261. Spurrey-sandwort. . . . . . . . . 1805 Squalus Carcharias. . . . . . . . 1372 Square stalk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1737 Squash. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1444 Squaw-berry Wime... . . . . . . 1273 Squaw mint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 976 Squaw-Vine... . . . . . . . . . . 1273 Squaw-Weed . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1743 Squill. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1734 red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1734 White. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1734 Squills. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1734 SSaumal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1110 St. Andrew's cross. . . . . . . . 103S St. Barth Olomew's tea . . . . 1045 St. Ignatius bean. . . . . . . . . 1043 St. John's WOrt. . . . . . . . . . . . 103S Stachys palustris. . . 1126 Stag bush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.59 Stagger-bush. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1425 Staghorn sumach . . . . 1666, 1668 Stanni bichloridum... . . . . 1830 bisulphidum . . . . . . . . . . 1 S30 limatura . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 S30 pulvis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1829 tetrachloridum. . . . . . . . . 1 Sã0 Stannic chloride . . . . . . . . | S30 Stannous chloride. . . . . . . . . 1830 Stannum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , 1 S.29 Staphidisagrite . . . . . . . . . . . 1 S3 semina. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 S30 Staphis agria. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S30 In) a CrOCăl pa . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 S30 Staphisagrin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 S31. Staphisagrine . . . . . . . . . . , 1831 Staphisagroine . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S31 Star-anise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1046 fruit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1046 . Star chickweed. . . . . . . . . . . . 1834 Starch, Cassava. . . . . . . . . . . . 1235 Starch-sugar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1696 Starred Sturgeon . . . . . . . 1040 Statice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S33 braziliensis . . . . . . . . . . . 1S34 Carolinama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1833 latifolia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S34 Limonium. . . . . . . . . 1833, 1834 xlvi GENERAL INDEX. Statice Limonium var. caro- liniana . . . . . . . . . 1833, 1834 mu CrOnata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1834 Speciosa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1834 Staumgal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1110 Stavesacre. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1830 Steapsin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1431 Stearin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1321, 1323 1336, 1353, 1365, 1866, 1376 1378, 1382, 1390, 1398, 1720 Stearopten . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1324 mint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1367 Steatite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1187 Steeple-bush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1809 Steffensia elongata . . . . . . . . 1244 Stellaria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1834 media. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1834 Stephensia elongata. . . . . . . 1244 Sterculia acuminata. . . . . . . 1099 Sterlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1040 Stick-lac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1111 Sticta. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1835 Pulmonaria. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1835 Stigmata maydis. . . . . . . . . . 2092 Stillingia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1836 Sebifera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1838 Sylvatica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1836 Stillingine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1836 Stinging nettle. . . . . . . . . . . 2032 Stingless nettle. . . . . . . . . . . . 2033 Stingray, American . . . . . . . 1372 Stink-bush. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.7 Stinkweed. . . . . . . . . . . 1110, 1838 Stinking goosefoot . . . . . . . . 1998 Stizolobium pruriens. . . . . . 1291 Ullen S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1292 Stonecrop, biting.. . . . . . . . . 1741 ditch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1441 In OSSV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1741 Virginia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1441 Storax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1148, 1854 Calamitus... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1855 liquid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1854 prepared. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1854 Storesin . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1149, 185 Cinnamate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1856 Storksbill. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 929 Strannonii folia. . . . . . . . . . . . 1839 Se]]1611 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1839 Strannonin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1839 Stram Onium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1838 leaves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1839 purple. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1838 seed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1839 Strawberry tomato... . . . . . .1465 Straw-colored gentian . . . . . 926 Striped bloodwort. . . . . . . . . 989 Strong-scented lettuce. . . . . 1114 Strontianite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1842 Strontii bromidum . . . . . . . 1841 iodidum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1843 lactas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1843 Strontium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1842 bromide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1841 carbonate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1842 hydroxide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1842 iodide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1843 lactate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1843 sulphate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1842 Strophanthidin . . . . . . . . . . . 1846 Strophanthin . . . . . . . . 1327, 1846 Strophanthus . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1845 glaber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1849 hispidus. . . . . . . . . . . 1845, 1846 Kombe . . . . . . . . . . . 1845, 1846 Strychnia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1849 Strychnina. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1849 Strychninae acetas. . . . . . . . . 1850 arsenias. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1851 Citras.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1850 hydriodas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1850 Strychninae hydrobromas. 1851 hydrochloras... . . . . . . . . . 1850 nitras. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1851 phosphas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1851 Sulphas... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1851 tartras. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1850 Strychnine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1043 * - - - - - e. 1314, 1317, 1318, 1849 acetate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1850 arseniate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1851 Citrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1850 hydriodate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1850 hydrobronnate. . . . . . . . . . . 1851 hydrochlorate. . . . . . . . . . . 1850 nitrate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1851 phosphate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1851 Sulphate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1851 tartrate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1850 Strychnos colubrina.1314, 1317 Gaultheriana. . . . . . . . . . . . 1817 Icaja. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1317 Ignatia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1043 Ignatii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1043 malaccensis. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1317 Nux vomica. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1313 philippensis. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1043 potatorum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1317 Tieute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1317 Stylophorum diphyllum ... 1713 Styptic balsam. . . . . . . 1205, 1206 Cotton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 951 Warren's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1205 Styracin. . . . . . . . 1149, 1855, 1856 Styracol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 964 Styrax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1854 Officinale . . . . . . . . . . 1855, 1856 praeparatus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1854 Styrol..... 1149, 1324, 1643, 1856 Styrolene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1856 Subacetas plum bic us liquidus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1176 Suberin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1619 Sublimatum corrosivum ... 1001 Sublimatus corrosivus. . . . . 1001 Succades. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2110 Succi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1857, 1941 Succinum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1893 Succus alterans . . . . . . . . . . . 1475 belladonna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1857 conii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1857 hyoscyami. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1857 limonis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1857 cum pepsino . . . . . . . . . . 1857 mori. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1278 scoparii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1858 taraxaci. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1858 thebaicus... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1405 Sucrates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1694 Sucrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1693 Sucrose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1248, 1693 Suet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323, 1754 mutton... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1754 Ulgal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1693 barley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1694 brown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1694 burnt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1875 Cà Ile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1248 fruit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1248 grape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1248, 1696 in urine, detection . . . . . . 1696 invert. . . . . . . . 1248, 1695, 1696 loaf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1694 maple. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1835 milk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1697 muscovado. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1694 of gelatin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1040 of lead. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1519 of milk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1697 T&W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1694 refined . . . . . . . . . . . . 1693, 1694 uncrystallizable fruit, ... 1697 (Vol. II.) Sugar, white . . . . . . . . . 1693, 1694 Sugar-beet . . . . . 1693, 1694, 1998 Sugar-cane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1693 Sugar-maple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1693 Suint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323, 1557 Sulfas magnesicus. . . . . . . . . 1222 mercurius. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1010 natricus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1794 potassicus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1578 quinicus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1631 Sodicus.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1794 Sulfate de Quinine neutre. 1627 Sulfis natricus . . . . . . . . . . . . 1796 sodicus... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1796 Sulfur iodatum . . . . . . . . . . . 1865 Sulphaminol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1065 Sulphas hydrargyricus fla- VllS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1009 kalicus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1578 manga I, OSuS. . . . . . . . . . . . 1230 morphicus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1283 Sulphocarbolates. . . . . . . . . . 1798 Sulphonal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1858 Sulphophenates . . . . . . . . . . 1798 Sulphur. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1861 black... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1862 crude. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1862 dioxide... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1862 flowers . . . . . . . . . . . . 1861, 1862 iodide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 liver of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1543 lotum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1860 milk of... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1860 praecipitatum . . . . . . . . . . . 1860 precipitated. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1860 refined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1862 roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1862 stick. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1862 Subiodide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1865 Sublimatum. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1861 Sublimed . . . . . . . . . . 1861, 1862 trioxide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1862 vegetable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1211 Virgin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1861 Vivum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I862 washed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1860 Sulphuretum hydrargyri- CUl I\} . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1011 Sulphuris iodidum ... . . . . . 1865 Sumach bobs... . . . . . . . . . . . 1670 COIn Ill Oll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1669 coral... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1674 dwarf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1666, 1668 fragrant . . . . . . . . . . 1663, 1668 mountain. . . . . . . . . . 1666, 1668 Pennsylvania. . . . . . . . . . . . 1665 poison . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1668, 1674 smooth . . . . . . . . . . . . 1665, 1668 Staghorn. . . . . . . . . . . 1666, 1668 SW 8.1}}} . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1674 Sweet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1668 upland . . . . . . . . . . . . 1665, 1668 Velvet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1666 Venetian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1667 Virginian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1668 Sumbul. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1866 Sumbulus moschatus. . . . . . 1866 Summer Savory . . . . . . . . . . . 1732 Sunflower. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 981 SWahl D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 979 Wild . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 979 Superbine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1736 Suppositoria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1867 acidi carbolici. . . . . . . . . . . 1869 tannici. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1869 aloes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1869 asafoetidae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1869 belladonna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1869 glycerini. . . . . . . . . . . 1869, 1870 hydrargyri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1869 iodoformi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1869 GENERAL INDEX. xlvii Suppositoria morphiæ. . . . . 1869 morphinae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1870 Opii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1869 plumbi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1869 composita. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1870 et Opii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1869 Suppositories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1867 belladonna... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1869 glycerin. . . . . . . . . . . . 1869, 1870 iodoform. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1869 lead compound. . . . . . . . . . 1870 medicated. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 916 mercurial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1869 morphine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1870 phenol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1869 tannic acid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1869 Surinamine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1104 Sus Scrofa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1430 Suterberry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2087 Swanp dogwood . . . . . . . . . . 1586 hellebore. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2050, laurel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1095 pine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1919 Sassafras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1226 Sumach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1674 Sunflower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 979 tea-tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1347 Willow-herb . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1216 Swartzia decipiens. . . . . . . . . 1479 Swedish leech . . . . . . . . . . . . . 993 Sweet basil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1124 bay.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1122 tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1122 birch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1345 briar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911 bugle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1213 calabash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1441 Cicely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1421 Smoother. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 421 clover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1250 gale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1294 goldenrod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1801 magnolia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . | 226 marjoram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1420 Ol'all gé . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1342 pellitory. . . . . . . . . . . 1608, 1913 sunnach... . . . . . . . . . . 1663, 1668 viburnum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2062 Violet ... . . . . . . . . . . 2078, 2079 Sweet-bay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1227 Sweet-gum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1148 tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1148 Oriental. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1855 Sweet-scented bedstraw. . . . 909 clover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1251 goldenrod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1801 life-everlasting . . . . . . . . . . 94S shrub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119.2 Vernal grass. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1250 Violet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2078 water lily. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1318 Sycamore... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1930 Sycocarpus Rusbyi. . . . . . . . 1077 Sylvestrene, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1324 Sylwine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1542, 1562 Symphytum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1870 officinale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1870 Symplocarpus foetidus . . . . 2050 Symplocos racennosa . . . . . . 1856 Synanthrin... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 982 Synanthrose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 997 Syrian galls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910 herb mastich. . . . . . . . . . . . 1924 liquorice-root... . . . . . . . . . 946 Syringa Vulgaris. . . . . . . . . . . 1132 Syringenin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1132 Syringin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1132 Syringopikrin . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1132 Syrup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1694 acacia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1875 actaea, compound . . . . . . . 1876 Syrup, Aitken’s.. . . . . . . . . . 1890 almond. . . . . . . . . . . . 1873, 1878 alterative... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1879 althaea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1878 aralia, compound... . . . . .1878 aSafetida. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1879 asarum, compound. . . . . . 1879 blackberry, aromatic. . . . 1901 (fruit). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1874 black cohosh, compound. 1876 blood-orange. . . . . . . . . . . . 1873 blood-root. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1902 buckthorn berries. . . . . . . 1898 ca. 1 c i u m and so dium hypophosphites. . . . . 1881 chlorhydrophosphate. .1881 hypophosphite. . . . . . . 1881 iodide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1882 lactophosphate. . . . . . . 1881 With iron. . . . . . . . . . . . 1881 Canada Snakeroof, com- pound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1879 cherry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1902 (fruit). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1874 chloral ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1SS3 chocolate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187: chondrus, compound. . . . 1883 cimicifuga, compound . . 1876 Cinnamon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S83 citric acid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1875 codeine... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1896 Coffee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1873, 1884 cough. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1904 Creall] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1873 Dover's powder . . . . . . . . . 1897 Easton's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1890 eriodictyon, aromatic.... 1885 ether. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S77 ferri lactophosphate. . . . . 1889 ferrous chloride . . . . . . . . . 1SS9 iodide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |SS5 garlic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1877 ginger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1873, 1907 glycyrrhiza . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S90 grape (fruit) . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S74 gum arabic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1875 hive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1904 Cox's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1904 hoarhound, compound . , 1894 horseradish, compound... 1884 hydriodic acid . . . . . . . . . 1876 hypophosphites. . . . . . . . . i S91 compound . . . . . . . 17S3, 1891 With iron . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S92 ipecae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1892 and Opium . . . . . . . . . . . . 1897 Irish moss, compound. . , 1883 iron and m a ng a n e se iodide... . . . . . . . 1232, 1888 arSenate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S89 bronhide . . . . . . . . . 1886, 1887 citro-iodide . . . . . . . . . . . 1887 hypophosphite. . . . . . . . 1892 iodide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 SS5 tasteless. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1887 lactophosphate. . . . . . . . ISS9 phosphate. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1SS7 protochloride . . . . . . . . . 1889 pyrophosphate. . . . . . . . 1889 quinine and strychnine phosphates. . . . . . . . . . 1890 Jackson's cough . . . . . . . . . 1896 pectoral. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1896 krameria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1893 lactucarium . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1893 lemon . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1873, 1893 licorice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1890 lime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1882 and so d a hypophos- phite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1881 chlorhydrophosphate. , 1881 (Vol. II.) Syrup, lime hypoph O S- phite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1881 lactophosphate, with iron. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1881 limonis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1893 lobelia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1894 Mackenzie's... . . . . . . . . . . . 1856 manganese iodide... . . . . . 1232 In an Ila . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1894 marshmallow... . . . . . . . . . 1878 morphine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1895 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1896 Sulphate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1895 mulberries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1895 nectar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1874 CTé8 Ill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1874 nectarine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 OT all 9 e . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1873, 1880 Cl’ea Ill. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1873 flowers... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1880 peel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1880 part ridge berry, com- pound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S95 peach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1873 pectoral. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S96 phosphates, compound . 1888 pine shoots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1923 pineapple. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S73 (fruit). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1874 poke, compound . . . . . . . . 1897 pomegranate . . . . . . . . . . 1902 poppies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1419 DOP])Y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1896 queen's root. . . . . . . . , 1905 connpound . . . . . . . . . . . 1906 Quince . . . . . . . . . 1902 (fruit). . . . . . . . . . . - 1S74 raspberry. . . . . . . . . . 1S73, 1901 (fruit). . . . . . . . . . * - . 1874 red poppy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1900 red-root, compound . . . . 1882 rhann us cathartica... . . . 1899 rhatany. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S93 rhubarb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1899 and potassa, compound.1899 * * * * * * * * * * * * * . . 1900 aromatic. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1899 TOSé. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1873, 1901 rubus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1901 Saccharated oxide of iron. 18SS Sanguinaria . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1902 Sarsaparilla . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S73 compound . . . . . . . 1S79, 1903 Sellê9 & . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1904 Selll) & . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1905 aronatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1905 compound . . . . . . . . . . . 1905 simple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1872 Soda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S72 sodium hypophosphite , 1891 soluble iron oxide. . . . . . . 1SSS saccharated iron. . . . . . . 1SSS Squill. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1903 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1904 strawberry. . . . . . . . . 1873, 1902 (fruit). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S74 sunflower - seed, c O m - pound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1890 SWeet-gun] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1893 tar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S97 three phosphates. . . . . . . . 1S90 tolu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1906 triple phosphates . . . . . . . 1S90 turkey-corn, compound . 1884 Vanilla. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1873, 1989 white pine, compound . , 1898 wild cherry... . . . . . . . . . . . 1898 yellow-dock, compound . 1902 yerba Santa, aromatic. . . .1885 Syrupi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S71 Syrups. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1871 xlviii GENERAL INDEX. Syrups, cream ... . . . . . . . . . 1873 fruit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1874 medicated . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1871 Soda water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1872 tonic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1874 Syrupus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1872 acaciae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1875 acidi hydriodici. . . . . . . . . 1876 Citrici. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1875 actaeae compositus. . . . . . . 1876 tetheris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1877 albus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1872 allii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1877 althaeae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1878 amygdalae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1878 araliae compositus. . . . . . . 1878 asafoetida . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1879 asari compositus . . . . . . . . 1S79 aurantii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1880 floris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1880 florum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1880 calcariae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1882 cal cii chlorhydrophos- phatis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1881 et sodii hypophosphi- tum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1881 hypophosphitis... . . . . . 1881 compositus. . . . . . . . . . 1891 iodidi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1882 lactophosphatis... . . . . . 1881 Cum ferro. . . . . . . . . . . 1881 calcis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1882 ceanothi compositus. . . . . 1882 Cel'àSO l’ll Ill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1902 chloral. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1883 chondri compositus . . . . 1883 cimicifugae compositus. , 1876 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 1877 cinnannonni . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1883 cochleariae compositus... 1884 codeinae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1896 codeini . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1896 coffete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1884 Corrigens ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1885 corydalis compositus. . . . 1884 Cydoniae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1902 Eastoni... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1890 emulsivus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1878 eriodictyi aromaticus. . . . 1885 ferri arsenatis. . . . . . . . . . . 1889 bronnidi . . . . . . . . . 1886, 1887 Citro-iodidi. . . . . . . . . . . . 1887 et mangani iodidi... . . . 1888 hypophosphitis . . . . . . . 1892 iodidi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1885 Oxydati solubilis . . . . . . 1888 phosphatis. . . . . . . . . . 1887 phosphorici cum chi- nino et strychnino. . 1890 protochloridi ... . . . . . . . 1889 pyrophosphatis . . . . . . . 1889 quininae et Strychninae phosphatun) . . . . . . . . 1890 Saccharati solubilis. . . . 1888 fragarite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1902 glycyrrhizae. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1890 granati. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1902 gll nnn) OSuS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1875 helianthi compositus. . . . 1890 hypophosphitum. . . . . . . . 1891 Compositus. . . . . . . . . . . . 1891 culm ferro. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1892 ipecacuanhae . . . . . . . . . . . 1892 et opil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1897 krameriae... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1893 lactucarii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1893 liquidan bar . . . . . . . . . . . 1893 lobelite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1894 Illa Il 11t C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1894 marrubii composit us. . . 1894 mitchellae compositus. , 1895 Syrupus mori . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1895 morphinae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1895 Compositus. . . . . . . . . . . . 1896 sulphatis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1895 papaveris. . . . . . . . . . 1896, 1897 pectoralis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1896 phosphatum compositus. 1888 phytolacca compositus. , 1897 picis liquidae. . . . . . . . . . . . 1897 pini strobi compositus, , , 1898 pruni virginianae... . . . . . , 1898 ratanhae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S93 rhamni catharticae . . . . . . 1899 rhei. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1899 aromaticus ... . . . . . . . . 1899 et potassae compositus. 1899 et potassii compositus...1900 rhoeados . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1900 TOSRU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1901 rubi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1901 aromaticus. . . . . . . . . . . . 1901 idaei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1901 rumicis compositus. . . . . 1902 Sacchari. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1872 Sanguinariae. . . . . . . . . . . , 1902 Sarsaparillae compositus. 1879 903 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * Scillie. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1903 Compositus. . . . . . . . . . . . 1904 Senegöö . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1904 Sell 1180. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1905 arOmat Cus. . . . . . . . . . . . 1905 con, positus. . . . . . . . . . . . 1905 Simplex. . . . . . . . . . . . 1694, 1872 Sodii hypophosphitis. . . . 1891 Spinae cerwinae. . . . . . . . . . . 1899 stillingiae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1905 Compositus. . . . . . . . . . . . 1906 Sudorificus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1903 tolutanus... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1906 ZIngiberis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1907 Syzygium Jambolanum.... 1303 ABACI FOLIA. . . . . . . . . 1907 Tabacose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1909 Tabacum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1907 Table, alcohol (see Appen- dix). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.69 atomic weights (see Ap- pendix). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2167 cane-Sugar solutions (see Appendix). . . . . . . . . . . . 2170 for determining annount of fluid medicine to last for a definite time (see Appendix) . . . . . . . 2166 for determining the num- ber of doses in a defi- nite amount of medi- cine (see Appendix)... .2165 of quantity required of certain doses of fluid medicine (see Appen- dix). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2157 proportionate doses (see Appendix). . . . . . . . . . . . 2154 quantity of medicine in a given dose of pills or or powders (see Appen- dix). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2156 specific gravities (see Ap- bendix). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 68 Tablet tritu rates . . . . . . . . . . 1488 Tacanahac. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1538 poplar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1538 Tacamahaca... . . . . . . . 1539, 1923 Tacca Oceanica . . . . . . . . . . . . 1240 Taggar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.43 Talc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1187 Talcum... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1187 purificatum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.188 (Vol. II.) Talcum, purified. . . . . . . . 1188 Tall speedwell . . . . . . , 1126 Veronica. . . . . . . . . . . . , 1126 Tallow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323 bayberry . . . . . . . . . 1293, 1323 becuiba. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1374 Chinese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1838 sheep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1754 Virola. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1374 Tamarac. . . . . . . . . . . . . . , , 1120 Tamarind. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1911 pulp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1911 Tamarind-whey . . . . . . . 1912 Tamarindus. . . . . . . . . . 1911 indica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1911 officinalis. . . . . . g . . 1911 Tannarisk africana. . . 911 gallica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . , 911 alls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911 Tamarix gallica. . . . . . 1238 Orientalis. . . . . . . . . . . . . 911 Tampicin . . . . . . tº º e . . . 1086 Tanacetin . . . . . . . . . tº tº . 1913 Tanacetone. . . . . . . . . . 1325, 1394 Tanacetum. . . . . . . . # 1912 Balsamita . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1913 Crispun). . . . . . . . . . . . 1912 Pyrethrum. . . . . . . . & 1438 unn belliferin . . . . . . . 1608 umbelliferum . . . . . , 1913 Vulgare. . . . . . . . . . . . 1394, 1912 Tanghine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1328 Tanghinia venenifera. . . 1328 Tannin. . . . . . . . . . . 911, 928, 1101 Tanno-nymphaein. . . 1319 Tansy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1912 double. . . . . . . . . 1812 Tapioca. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1235 meal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1235 Tat... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1513 eucalyptus ... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1356 glycerinated . . . . . . . 1514 Stockholm . . . . . . . . . 1513 Taraxacerin . . . . 1116, 1914, 1915 Taraxaci radix . . . . . . . . . . 1914 Tara Xacin. . . . . . . . . . . . 1914, 1915 Taraxacum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1914 Dens-leonis. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1914 officinale... . . . . . . . . . . . 1914 Vulgare . . . . . . . . . . . . * 1914 Tartar, cream of . . . . 1551, 2063 Soluble ... . . . . . . . . . . . 1551 crude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , , 1,551 crystal lized foliated earth of . . . . . . . . . . . 1763 crystals of . . . . . . . . . . . 1551 red. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1551 salt of... . . . . . . . . . 1556, 1557 Soluble. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1580 CI'êºl Ill . . . . . . . 1773 vitriolated . . . . . . . . . . 1578 White. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1551 Tartarean moss. . . . . . . 1113 Tartari crystallisata . . . . , 1763 Tartarized kali . . . . . . . . . 1580 Tartarus boraxatus. . . . 1773 depuratus. . . . . . . e & is 1551 solubilis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580 tartarisatus . . . . . . . . 1580 vitriolatus . . . . . . . . . . 1578 Tartras kalicus. . . . . . . . | 580 potassico sodicus. . 1564 potassicus. . . . . . . . 1580 Tasteless ague drop. . . 1180 Tatze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I ()97 Taxine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1916 Ta Yus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1915 baccata . . . . . . . . . . º 1915 War. Canadensis . . . . . 1916 Tea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1927 black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1927, 1928 GENERAL INDEX. xlix Tea, Blue mountain... . . . . 1801 Bohea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1929 brick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1929 bush. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1931 Capel' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1929 COn9 Oll. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1929 gree]] . . . . . . . . . . . 1927, 1928 gunpowder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1928 Hyson-Skin... . . . . . . . . . . . 1928 In perial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1928 James'. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1124 Jersey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1930 Jesuit's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1045 Labrador. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1124 lie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1931 mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 913 oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1931 Oolong . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1929 Oswego... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1275 Paraguay. . . . . . . . . . 1045, 1930 Pekoe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1929 St. Bartholomew’s . . . . . . 1045 St. Germain. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1750 Souchong . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1929 South Sea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1045 tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1929 Twankay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1928 Young hysOn... . . . . . . . . . 1928 Teaberry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 913 Tea-tree, broad-leaved . . . . . 1347 paper-barked. . . . . . . . . . . . 1347 SWa II)}) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1347 White . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1347 Tectochrysin... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1538 Tegenaria domestica. . . . . . . 1916 medicinalis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1916 Tela araneae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1916 Telaescin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 991 Telauna n) exicana. . . . . . . . 1228 Tent, Sponge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1828 Tephrosia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1917 Appolinea . . . . . . . . . 1750, 1918 Colonila . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1918 leptostachya . . . . . . . . . . . . 1918 onobrychoides . . . . . . . . . . 1917 piscatoria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1918 Dll TDul’ea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1918 Spinosa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191S tinctoria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1918 toxicaria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1918 Virginiana . . . . . . . . . . 908, 1917 Terebene . . . . . . . . . . . . 1396, 1918 Terebentene . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1396 Terebenum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191S Terebinthina. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1919 can adensis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1921 Chla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1922 communis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1922 Cypria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1922 hungarica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1923 laricini. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1922 laricis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1922 Veneta. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1922 Terminalia angustifolia . . . 1297 bellerica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1298 Cattapa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1297 Chebula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1297 Terpa-1, 4-diol . . . . . . . . . . . . 1923 Terpenes . . . . . . . . . . . . 1324, 1348 Terpin hydrate... . . . . 1396, 1923 Terpinene, 1324, 1377, 1396, 1919 Terpineol... . . . . 1324, 1348, 1356 ..1363, 1396, 1403, 1923, 1924 Terpini hydras... . . . . . . . . . . 1923 Terpinolene. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1396 Terpinyl-acetate . . . . . . . . . . 1380 Terra foliata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1763 tartari . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1545 Salitrosa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1786 Terris elliptica. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1317 Test, Baudoin’s.. . . . . . . . . . . 1390 Test, Bettendorff’s (see Ap- pendix). . . . . . . . . . . . . 2114 arsenic (see Appendix. 2114 Fehling's (see Appendix).2124 Fleitmann's (see Appen- dix). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2115 arsenic (see Appendix).2115 Gutzeit's (see Appendix).2115 arsenic (see Appendix) 2115 Heller's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2082 Kerner's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1624 Koppeschaar's (see Ap - pendix)... . . . . . . . . . . .2124 Mayer's (see Appendix)...2126 Moore's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1696 Nessler's (see Appendix).2120 Volhard's(see Appendix).2131 Test solution, Bettendorff's (See Appendix). . . . . . 2114 Fehling’s (see Appen- dix). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2124 Koppeschaar's (see A p- pendix). . . . . . . . . . . . . 2124 Mayer's (see Appendix).2126 Millon's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1171 Nessler's (see Appen - dix). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Volhard's (see Appen- dix). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2131 solutions (U. S. P.) (see Appendix). . . . . . . . . . 2113 Testa Ovi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2081 Tetrabrom-fluorescein . . . . . 1652 Tetra-hydro-berberine . . . . . 1024 Tetra-hydro-hydrastine. ... 1024 Tetra-hydropara-methoxy- quinoline . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1926 Tetraiodophenolphthalein. 1065 Tetraiodo-pyrrol . . . . . . . . . . 1064 Tetranthera Californicum... 1731 Tetra-oxy-methyl-anthra- QIlllll OIle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1660 Tetronal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1859 Tetterwort. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170S Teucrium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1924 Canadense. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1925 Chamaedrys. . . . . . . . 1924, 1925 Iva . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1925 Marum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1924 Polium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1925 Scordium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1924 Texas Sarsaparilla. . . . . . . . . 1253 Snakeroot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1752 Thalictrum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1925 anemonoides. . . . . . . . . . . . 1925 flavus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1925 macrocarpum . . . . . . . . . . . 1925 majus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1925 Thalicthys pacificus. . . . . . . 1372 Thalictrine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1925 Thalleioguin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1623 'Thallinae Sulphas. . . . . . . . . . 1926 tartras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1926 Thalline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1926 Sulphate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1926 tartrate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1926 Thapsia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1926 garganica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1926 Sylphium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1927 Thea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1927 bohea, . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1927, 1928 Camellia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1931 Chinensis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1927 Japonica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1931 oleosa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1931 viridis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1927 Thebaicine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1412 Thebaina. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1412 Thebaine . . . . . . . . . . . . 1410, 1412 Thebenine . . . . . . . . . . . 1412, 1413 Theine... . . . . . . . 1101, 1929, 1932 (Vol. II.) Theobroma. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1931 Cacao . . . . . . . 1101, 1398, 1931 Theobromine. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1101 * * * * * * * e s - - a 1398, 1929, 1932 Theophylline . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1929 Theriac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1405 Theveresin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1327 Thevetia cuneifolia. . . . . . . . 1328 neriifolia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1327 OVata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1328 yocotli. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1327 Thevet in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1327 The vetosin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1327 Thick-leaved pennywort... 1030 Thimbleberry. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1683 Thioxydiphenylamine . . . . 1065 Thiol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1042 Thiolum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1042 liquidum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1042 siccum... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1042 ThiOphene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1065 Thioresorcin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1652 ThiOSinamine. . . . . . . . 1392, 1757 Thomson's composition powder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1294 Thorn-apple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1838 Thridace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1116 Throat-root . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93() Thuja. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1933 aQ Ule OllS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1936 articulata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1244 Long's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1936 Occidentalis. . . . . . . . 1619, 1933 Thujetin.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1934 Thujigenin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1934 Thujin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1619 Thujiin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1934 Thujone. . . . . . . . 1325, 1394, 1705 Thus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1403, 1512 Americanum . . . . . . 1919, 1920 Thylax fraxineum . . . . . . . . 2087 Thymacetin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1939 Thyme ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1939 Cat... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1924 lemon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1940 mother of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1939 narrow-leaf Virginian. ... 1607 Virginia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1607 Wild . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1939 Thymen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1937 Thymol . . . . . . . . 1274, 1275, 1325 ... 1349, 1368, 1399, 1400, 1936 Thymus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1939 citriodora. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1940 Serpyllum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1400 Serpyllus. . . . . . . . . . 1939, 1940 vulgaris.1399, 1732, 1936, 1939 Tickweed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 976 Tiglin-aldehyde. . . . . . . . . . . 962 Tiglium officinale... . . . . . . . 1400 Tilia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1940 alba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1940 annericana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1940 ellroptèa. . . . . . . . . . . . 1940, 1941 glabra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1940 grandiflora. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1941 heterophylla. . . . . . . . . . . . 1940 laxifolia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1940 microphylla. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1940 parvifolia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1940 pauciflora. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1941 platyphyllos. . . . . . . . . . . . 1941 pubescens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1940 ulmifolia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1940 Tiliacin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1941 Tily . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3061 Timbo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 966 Timboin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 966 Timbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 966 Timbonine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 966 Tin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1829 GENERAL INDEX. Tim, Banca. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1829 bisulphide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1830 block... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1829 chloride. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1830 dichloride. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1830 filings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1830 grain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1829 granulated. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1829 Malacca. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1829 mine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1829 protochloride... . . . . . . . . . 1830 pyrites. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1829 salt of... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1830 Stream . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1829 tetrachloride. . . . . . . . . . . . 1830 wood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1829 Tin-foil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1829 Tinapani... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1077 Tinctura aconiti. . . . . . . . . . . 1943 foliorum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1943 radicis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1943 aloes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1943 composita . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1944, et myrrhae . . . . . . . . . . . . 1944 a ſilä Tà. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1964 antacrida. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1965 antiperiodica. . . . . . . . . . . . 1954 araliae spinOSæ . . . . . . . . . . 1944 arnicæ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1944 florum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1944 radicis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1945 aromatica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1955 asafoetidae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1945 composita. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1945 aurantii... . . . . . . . . . 1945, 1946 amari. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1945 dulcis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1945 recentis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1946 balsannica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1947 belladonnas... . . . . . . . . . . . 1946 foliorum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1946 benzoini . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1946 composita. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1947 bryonite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1947 buchu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1947 cacti. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1948 calendulae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1948 calumbae.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1948 camphorte. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1817 composita. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1139 cannabis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1948 indicae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1948 cantharidis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1949 capsici. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1949 et myrrhae. . . . . . . . . . . . 1975 cardamomi... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1949 composita... . . . . . . 1817, 1950 carminativa. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1991 Cascarillae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1950 castorei. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1950 ammoniata . . . . . . . . . . . 1950 catechu composita . . . . . . 1950 caulophylli composita... 1951 chirata... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1951 chloroformi conn posita ... 1951 et morphinae. . . . . . . . . . 1951 composita . . . . . . . . . . 1952 cimicifugae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1952 cinchonte... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1953 composita... . . . . . 1953, 1954 detannata. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1953 ferrata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1954 cinnamomi . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1955 composita. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1955 cocci cacti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1955 Colchici . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1956 composita. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1956 Senninis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1956 colombºe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1948 conii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1956, 1957 corydalis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1957 Tinctura cory dalis com- posita. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1957 Coto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1957 croci. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1958 cubebae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1958 digitalis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1958 ergotte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1958 ammoniata. . . . . . . . . . . . 1959 ferri acetatis . . . . . . . . . . . . 1959 chloridi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1959 aetherea. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1962 citro-chloridi. . . . . . . . . . 1962 malatis crudi.... . . . . . . . 1962 muriatis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1959 pomata . . . . . . . . . . 1612, 1962 sesquichloridi. . . . . . . . . 1959 gallie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1962 gelsemii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1963 gentianae composita 1963,196 guaiaci. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1964 alkalini. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1964 ammoniata. . . . . . . . . . . . 1965 aromatica. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1965 composita... . . . . . 1964, 1965 hemp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1948 humuli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1966 hydrastis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1966 composita. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1966 hyoscyami. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1966 hyperici . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1967 ignatiae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1967 iodi. . . . . . . . . A e s e e s = e e s a 1967 Churchill . . . . . . . . . . . . 1968 decolorata. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1968 iodini. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1967 composita. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1968 ipecacuanhae et Opii. . . . . 1968 iridis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1969 jaborandi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1969 jalapae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1969 composita. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1969 kalmite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1969 kino. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1970 composita. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1970 krameria... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1970 lactucarii... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1970 lappae fructus . . . . . . . . . . . 1119 laricis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1971 composita. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1971 lavandulae composita. . . . 1972 leptandrae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1972 lin)onis... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1972 lobelia et capsici com - posita. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1973 lobeliae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1972 aetherea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1973 Composita. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1973 lupulini . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1974 macidis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1217 matico. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1974 meconii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1976 menthae viridis. . . . . . . . . . 1974 moschi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1974 myrrhae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1975 compositae. . . . . . . . . . . . 1975 nucis Vomicae . . . . . . . . . . . 1975 olei anisi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1815 Carui. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1817 cinnamomi . . . . . . . . . . . 1818 menthae piperitae. . . . . . 1822 Viridis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1823 Sassafras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1825 opii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1976 acetata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1977 ann moniata. . . . . . . . . . . . 1979 Camphorata. . . . . . . . . . . 1978 CroCata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2076 deodorata. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1977 deodorati . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1977 muriatica. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1977 papaveris... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1977 (Vol. II.) Tinctura pectoralis... . . . . . . 1979 persionis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1956 Composita. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1956 physostigmatis. . . . . . . . . . 1979 phytolaccae. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1979 pinuspendulae composita 1971 podophylli. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1980 polygoni. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1980 pulsatillae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1980 pyrethri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1980 Quassiae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1980 quillajae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1981 quininae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1981 ammoniata. . . . . . . . . . . . 1981 Composita. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1981 rhei. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1981 aQUlOS8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1982 aromatica. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1983 Composita. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1982 dulcis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1983 et gentianæ. . . . . . . . . . . 1982 Vinosa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1982 Sabinae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1983 Sanguinariae. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1983 acetata composita. . . . . 1984 Composita. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1984 Saponis camphorata. . . . . 1142 viridis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1143 coni posita. . . . . . . . . . . 1984 Secale cornuti. . . . . . . . . . . 1958 Senegas.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1985 Sen 1188. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1985 Composita. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1985 Serpentariae . . . . . . . . . . . 1985 composita. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1986 Staphisagriae . . . . . . . . . . . 1986 stillingite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1986 Stramonii, . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1986 seminis... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1986 strophanthi. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1987 strychninae composita. . . 1976 sunabul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1987 Symplocarpi . . . . . . . . . . . 1988 thebaica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1976 tolutana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1988 Solubilis.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1988 toxicodendri. . . . . . . . . . . . 1988 Valerianae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1988 annoniata. . . . . . . . . . . . 1989 composita. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1989 Vanillae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1989 Vanillini composita. . . . . . 1989 Veratri viridis. . . . . . . . . . . 1989 viburni composita. . . . . . . 1990 opuli composita. . . . . . . 1990 Wedelii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1991 xanthoxyli. . . . . . . . . . ‘. . . . 1990 Zedoariae annara. . . . . . . . . . 1990 composita. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1991 Zingiberis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1991 fortior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1991 Tincturae . . . . . . . . . . . . 1941, 1942 tetherete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1942 herbarum recentium . . . . 1857 tº e s g º £ tº $ in tº $ tº 8 tº e º 'º e º tº $ tº e 1965 Scillae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1984 Tincture, acetous emetic . . 1984 aconite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1943 Fleming's. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1943 leaves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1943 root. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1943 actaea... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1952 aloes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1943 and myrrh.. . . . . . . . . . . . 1944 American hellebore . . . . . 1989 antacrid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1965 antiperiodic. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1954 antispasmodic. . . . . . . . . . . 1739 Aralia Spinosa . . . . . . . . . . 1944 arnica flowers. . . . . . . . . . . 1944 root. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1945 GENERAL INDEX. li Tincture, aromatic. . . . . . . . 1955 Tincture, green hellebore... 1989 Tincture, opium, camphor- aSafetida. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1945 Soap, compound. . . . . . . 1984 ated. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1978 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1945 guaiac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1964 deodorized. . . . . . . . . . . . 1977 bark, Huxham's ... 1953, 1954 any moniated . . . . . . . . . . 1965 Saffronized . . . . . . . . . . . . 2076 belladonna ... . . . . . . . . . . . 1946 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1964 OTallge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1946 leaves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1946 Dewees'. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1964 peel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1945 benzoin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1946 guaiacum, an moniated . 1965 bitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1945 connpound . . . . . . . . . . . 1947 arounatic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1965 fresh.... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1946 Bestucheff's . . . . . . . . . . . . 1962 Dewees'. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1964 SWeet... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1945 bitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1964 Helleborus viridis. . . . . . . 1990 pectoral. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1979 black cohosh. . . . . . . . . . . . 1952 hemlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1956 pellitory. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1980 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1952 high c r a n be r ry bark, Peruvian bark . . . . . . . . . . 1953 root. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1972 Compound . . . . . . . . . . 1990 compound . . . . . 1953, 1954 snake-root. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1952 hops. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1966 ferrated . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1954 blood root . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1983 hydragogue . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2078 phosphorus... . . . . . . . . . . . 1824 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1984 hydrastis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1966 physostigma . . . . . . . . . . . 1979 acetated. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1984 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1966 phytolacca. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1979 blue cohosh, compound. 1951 hydro-alcoholic... . . . . . . . 1941 pine-shoot, compound. 1923 flag.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1969 hyoscyamus. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1966 podophyllum . . . . . . . . . . 1980 bryonia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1947 hypericum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1967 poke. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1979 buchu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1947 ignatia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1967 poison oak. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1988 Cactus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1948 India hemp. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1948 polygonum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1980 calendula... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1948 Indian cannabis. . . . . . . . . 1948 POPPV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1977 calumba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1948 hemp... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1948 prickly-ash berries . . . . . . 1990 camphor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1817 iodine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1967 prickly elder... . . . . . . . . . 1944 coni pound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1139 Churchill's.... . . . . . . . . . 1968 pulsatilla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1980 cantharides... . . . . . . . . . . . 1949 colorless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1067 pyrethrum ... . . . . . . . . . . . 1980 capsicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1949 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1968 Quassia. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1980 and myrrh . . . . . . . . . . . . 1975 decolorized. . . . . . . . . . . . 196S queen's root . . . . . . . . . . . 1986 Cardanom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1949 ipecac and Opium... . . . . . 1968 quillaja... . . . . . . . . . . 1981 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1950 iris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1969 quillaya. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1874 cascarilla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1950 iron acetate. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1959 quinine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1981 Castor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1950 Chloride. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1959 ann moniated . . . . . . . . . 1981 ammoniated . . . . . . . . . 1950 ethereal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1962 Conn pound . . . . . . . . . 1981 catechu, compound . . . . . 1950 tasteless. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1962 rhatany. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1970 ca ul ophyllum, com- citro-chloride... . . . . . . . 1962 rheumatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1139 pound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1951 crude malate. . . . . . . . . . 1962 rhubarb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1981 Cayenne pepper... . . . . . . . 1949 muriate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1959 and gentian . . . . . . . . . . . 1982 chirata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1951 nuriated . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1959 à QlleOUIS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1982 chiretta. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1951 perchloride . . . . . . . . . . . 1959 aromatic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1983 chloroform and morphine1951 tasteless . . . . . . . . . 1181, 1962 compound . . . . . . . . . . . 1982 compound . . . . . . . . . . 1952 jaborandi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1969 SWeet... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1983 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1951 jalap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1969 Vinous. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1982 cimicifuga. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1952 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1969 Rhus Toxicodendron. . 1988 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1952 kalnia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1969) Saffron. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195S cinchona. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1953 kino. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1970 Sanguinaria . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1983 compound . . . . . * * * * * * * 1953 compound . . . . . . . . . . . 1970 compound acetated . . 19S4 detan nated. . . . . . . . . . . . 1953 krameria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1970 Saturated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1941 ferrated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1954 lactucarium. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1970 Savin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1983 yellow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1953 larch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1971 Sellegå . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1985 cinnamon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1955 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1971 Sell ha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1985 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1955 lavender, compound . . . . 1972 Compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1985 cochineal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1955 lemon peel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1972 Serpentaria. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1985 Colchicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1956 leopard's bane . . . . . . . . . . 1944 Compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1986 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1956 litmus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1114 sheep laurel. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1969 seed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1956 lobelia. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1972, 1973 simple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1941 colombo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1948 and e a psi cu m, Com- Skunk-cabbage. . . . . . . . . . 198S compound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1941 pound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1973 Soap bark.... . . . . . . . 1874, 1981 conium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1957 coln pound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1973 campli Orated . . . . . . . . . . 1142 Corydalis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1957 eth real. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1973 Spanish flies . . . . . . . . . . . . 1949 compound . . . . . . . . . . . 1957 lupulin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1974 Spearmint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1974 Coto. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1957 T]] a Ce. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1217 squill. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1984 cubeb(s)... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1958 mandrake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1980 St. Ignatius bean. . . . . . . . 1967 cudbear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1956 marigold ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1948 St John S Wort. . . . . . . . . . 1967 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1956 matico. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1974 staphisagria. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1986 digitalis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1958 mentha viridis. . . . . . . . . . 1974 Stavesacre. . . . . . . . . . . . 1986 Dr. J. King's expectorant 1973 musk... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1974 stillingia ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1986 Dover's powder . . . . . . . . . 1968 myrrh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1975 Compound . . . . . . . . . . 11:44 enetic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1984 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1975 stonnachic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1964 ergot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1958 nutgall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1962 stramonium seed. . . . . . . . 1986 annmoniated . . . . . . . . . . 1959 nux vomica. . . . . . . . . . . . . I975 strophanthus. . . . . . . . . . . . 1987 ferrated extract of apples. 1962 of green soap, Hebra’s... 1143 Strychnine compound . . 1976 ferric chloride. . . . . . . . . . . 1959 oil of anise.... . . . . . . . . . . . 1815 Sudorific . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1986 foxglove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1958 Cal'8 W&y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 S17 Sumbul. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1987 galls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1962 cinnam On... . . . . . . . . . . . 1818 Symplocarpus. . . . . . . . . . . 1988 gelsemium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1963 peppermint. . . . . . . . . . . 1822 tamarac, compound. . . . . 1971 gentian, compound, 1963, 1964 Sassafras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1825 tolu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1988 ginger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1991 Spearmint. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1823 Soluble. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1988 Strong. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1991 Opium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1976 turkey-corn. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1957 golden seal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1966 acetated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1977 Valerian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1988 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1966 ammoniated . . . . . . . . . . 1979 ammoniated . . . . . . . . . 1989 (Vol. II.) lii GENERAL INDEX. Tree, cajuput . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173] California coffee. . . . . . . . . 1656 candleberry. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1365 chaste. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2056 Chocolate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1931 COCOanut. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1353 cucumber. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1227 Guelder-rose . . . . . . . . . . . . 2058 hop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1586 horseradish . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1391 Jamaica cabbage . . . . . . . . 1022 Japan Varnish. . . . . . . . . . . 1668 Judas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 970 lacquer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1668 lentisk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1243 linn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1940 locust. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1676 lungwort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1835 Illa Il SO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1219 mastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1243 mastich . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1667 of life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1933 oriental sweet-gum . . . . . . 1855 plum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1583 primrose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1319 DTUIlle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1583 red bud. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 970 rosebay.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1663 l'OWa. Th . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1803 Smoke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1667 SOap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1619 Soldier's... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1245 Sorrel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1424, 2040 Sourwood... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1424 Sweet bay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1122 SWeet-gum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1148 toothache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2087 tulip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.90 umbrella... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1227 white peppermint. . . . . . . 1356 wild clove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1872 yellow dye of Soudan ... 1029 Ye W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1915 Triacetin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 933 Triacontan. . . . . . . . . . . 1345, 1358 Tribromphenol-bismuth... 1064 Tribrom resorcin. . . . . . . . . . . 1650 Tributyrin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 933 Trichilia emetica. . . . . . . . . . 1399 Tridymite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1186 Trifolium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |995 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2090 ratense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1995 Triglochin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1996 maritimum... . . . . . . . . . . . 1996 palustre. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1996 Trigonelline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1846 Tri-iodo-metacresol. . . . . . . . 1064 Tri-jecolein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1870 Trilline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . * 1997 Trillium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1996 Cel’ll llll Ill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1998 erectum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1998 Var. album . . . . . . . . . . . . 1996 erythrocarpum... . . . . . . . 1998 grandiflorum. . . . . . . . . . . . 1998 nivale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1997 pendulum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1996 recurvatum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1997 Sessile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1997 Stylosum ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1998 Trimethylamina . . . . . . . . . . 1998 Trimethylamine . . . . . . . . . . 999 ..1280, 1412, 1480, 1998, 2035 hydrochlorate. . . . . . . . . . . 1998 hydrochloride. . . . . . . . . . . 1998 Trimethyleneglycol. . . . . . . 936 Trinitrin(e)... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1820 Trinitroresorcin. . . . . . . . . . . 907 Trinitroso-butyl-toluene... 1288 Triolein. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 933 (Vol. II.) Tincture, w alerian, com- pound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1989 Vanilla ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1989 Vanillin, compound . . . . . 1989 Veratrum viride . . . . . . . . 1989 viburnum, compound . . . 1990 Virginia snakeroot, com- pound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1986 Warburg's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1954 Water pepper . . . . . . . . . . . . 1980 Xanthoxylum . . . . . . . . . . . 1990 yellow jessamine. . . . . . . . 1963 Zedoary, bitter . . . . . . . . . . 1990 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 1990 Tinctures.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1942 ammoniated . . . . . . . . . . . . 1941 concentrated. . . . . . . . . . . . 1941 essential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1941 ethereal . . . . . . . . . . . 1941, 1942 fresh herb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1965 mother. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1965 Spirituous. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1941 Vinous. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1941 Tinkal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1770 Tinstone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1829 Tiza . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1770 Tlilxochitl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2043 Toadflax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1135 Tobacco. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1907 Indian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1199 Latakia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1911 leaf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1907 Persian... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1911 Shiras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1911 Turkish. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1911 Wild . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 Toboba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1537 Toluene. . . . . . . . 1339, 1643, 1691 Tomato, strawberry.. . . . . . .1465 Tonka beans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1251 Tono-Sumbul cordial . . . . . . 1867 Toothache bush. . . . . . . . . . . 2087 tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2087 Toothleaved maiden plum.1675 Tormentil... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1991 Tormentilla. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1991 erecta. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1991 Officinalis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1991 Tormentilla-red. . . . . . . . . . . 1992 Torreya californica. . . . . . . . 1297 Myristica... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1297 Touch-me-not, pale. . . . . . . . 104.7 Spotted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.7 TourneSol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1112 Toxicodendrol. . . . . . . 1669, 1671 Toxicodendron capense . . . 1318 Tragacanth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1992 Aleppo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1993 Aintab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1993 COll] Ill Oll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1993 hog gum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1993 leaf gum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1993 Sorts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1993 Syrian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1993 Turkey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1993 Tragacantha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1992 Tragacanthin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1993 Trailing arbutus . . . . . . . . . . 2040 Trapa natans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1232 Traumaticine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1171 Treacle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1694 Treadsaf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1799 Treadsoft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1799 Trefoil, shrubby . . . . . . . . . . 1586 Tree, angelica. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2087 apple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1612 COIT, IllOI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1612 berberine... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.02%) bread-fruit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . T 240 brown peppermint. . . . . . 13.56 bully. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1276 Trional... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1859 Triosteine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000 Triosteum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1999 angustifolium . . . . . . . . . . . 2000 perfoliatum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1999 Trioxyacetophenone . . . . . . 1610 Trioxyanthraquinone . . . . . 1680 Trioxy-methyl-anthra-qui- In OIlê . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1660 Trioxyxanthone . . . . . . . . . . 925 Tripal mitin. . . . . . . . . . . 933, 1370 Triphyline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1195 Tristearin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 933 Tri-therapin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1370 Triticin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2001 Triticum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000 TepellS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000 Tritipalm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2001 Tritopine . . . . . . . . . . . . 1410, 1411 Triturates, tablet. . . . . . . . . . 1488 Trituratio calciisulphidum 2002 Carbo ligni. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2003 elaterini . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2003 podophylli... . . . . . . . . . . . 2003 Santonini et podophylli... 2003 Trituration, calcium sul - phide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2002 Carbo-vegetabilis. . . . . . . . 2003 elaterin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2003 podophyllin. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2003 Santonin and podophyl- lin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 vegetable charcoal. . . . . . . 2003 Wood charcoal . . . . . . . . . . 2003 Triturationes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2001 Triturations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2001 Trixis Pipitzahoac. . . . . . . . . 1662 Trizincic orthophosphate. .2109 Troches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2003 am monium chloride . . . . 2004 capsicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2004 and lobelia. . . . . . . . . . . . 2005 Catechu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2005 chalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2005 Croton Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2008 cubeb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2005 dioScorea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2005 ginger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2010 glycyrrhiza and opium . .2006 ipecac. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2006 iron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2006 liquorice, compound . . . . 2006 krameria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2007 Inagt) eSla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2007 morphine and ipecac. . . . 2008 peppermint. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2007 potassium chlorate. . . . . . 2008 resin of podophyllum. . . 2008 rhubarb and potassa. . . . 2009 Santonin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2009 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 2009 sodium bicarbonate... . . . 2009 Santoninate . . . . . . . . . . . 2009 stillingia, compound . . . . 2010 tannic acid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2004 Troschisci. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2003 acidi tannici. . . . . . . . . . . . 2004 ammonii chloridi... . . . . . 2004 capsici. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2004 et lobeliae. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2005 Catechu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2005 Cretae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2005 cubebae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2005 dioScorete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2005 ferri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2006 glycyrrhizae composita. , 2006 et Opii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2006 ipecacuanha . . . . . . . . . . . 2006 kramerite... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2007 magnesia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2007 menthae piperitae. . . . . . . . 2007 GENERAL INI).EX. liii Troschisci morphinae. . . . . . 2007 et, ipecacuanhãe. . . . . . . . 2008 olei Crotonis . . . . . . . . . . . . 2008 potassii chloratis. . . . . . . . 2008 resinae podophylli... . . . . 2008 rhei et potassae. . . . . . . . . . 2009 Santonini . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2009 Composita. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2009 SOdii bicarbonatis.. . . . . . . 2009 Santominatis. . . . . . . . . . . 2009 stillingiae composita. . . . . 2010 Sulphuris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2010 Zingiberis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2010 Trochiscus morphinae. . . . . 2007 Trona. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 1774 Tropical bindweed . . . . . . . . 1317 Tropine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 994, 1034 True jessanine. . . . . . . . . . . . 917 meadow anemone . . . . . . . 1588 Trypsalin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1432 Trypsin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1431, 1432 Tsinisse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1699 Tsuga Canadensis . . . . . . . . . . 1512 Tuba root. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1317 Tulip tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1190 Tulipiferine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.191 Tumbaki. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1911 Tumenol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1042 crude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1042 venale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1042 Tumenolum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1042 Tupelo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1118 large. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1118 Tupelo-gum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1118 Turbith vegetal . . . . . . . . . . . 1086 Turbot... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1369 Turiones. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1923 Turkey pea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1917 Turkey-red. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1680 Turkish liquorice-root. . . . . 946 Turnheric . . . . . . . . . . . . 1709, 1875 Indian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1021 Wild . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1021 Turnesole. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1112 Turnip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1759 Indian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1586 prairie. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1586 Turpentine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1919 Austrian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1922 Bordeaux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1922 Canada. . . . . . . . . . . . 1921, 1922 Chian . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1244, 1922 Chio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1922 COIlllllCI] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1922 Dammara. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1923 Dombeya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1923 French. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1922 Hungarian... . . . . . . . . . . . . 1923 SCTape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1920 Strasbourg. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1922 Strassburg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1512 Venice . . . . . . . . . . . . 1120, 1922 Virgin dip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1920 White. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1919 Turpeth mineral . . . . . . . . . . 1009 root. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1086 Turpethin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1086 Turpethum minerale. . . . . . 1009 TuSSilago . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2010 Farfara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2010 Tutia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2101 Tutty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2101 Twinleaf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ', , , , 1087 Tylophora asthmatica. . . . . 1077 Tylophorine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1077 Typha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2011 latifolia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Tyrosin . . . . . . . 1104, 1431, 1827 A BANO ... . . . . . . . . . . . . 964 Uaranazeiora. . . . . . . . . 964 Ukambin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1848 Ulat kanbal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1103 Ulex europaeus . . . . . . 1105, 1737 Ulexin... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1105 Ulexine . . . . . . . 1105, 1737, 1770 Ulmi cortex. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2012 Ulmus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2012 alata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2013 americana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2013 Campestris. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2013 effusa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2013 fulva . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2012 nemoralls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2080 rubra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2012 |Umbelliferon... .907, 1262, 1327 Unbellol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 732 Umbellularia Californica ... 1731 Unmbrella tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1227 Unarmed Sago palm . . . . . . . 1698 Unguenta. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2013 Unguentum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2014 acidi borici. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2015 carbolici . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2015 gallici. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2020 hydrochlorici. . . . . . . . . 2015 Salicylici... . . . . . . . . . . . . 2015 Sulphurici . . . . . . . . . . . . 2015 tannici. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2015 aconiti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2016 aconitinae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2016 adipis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2014 alkalinum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2016 camphoratum . . . . . . . . . 2016 ann moniacale. . . . . . . . . . . . 2016 antimonii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2016 tartarati . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2016 aQUl{\º TOSte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2017 atropinae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2017 baptisiae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2017 belladonnas . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2017 benzoini . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201S calaminae... . . . . . . . . . . . . .2029 calaminare.... . . . . . . . . . . . 2029 calomelanos. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2022 Camphorae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2018 camphoratum . . . . . . . . . . . 201S cantharidis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2018 Cetacei. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2018 chrysarobini . . . . . . . . . . . . 2018 citrinum... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2020 cocculi ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2019 creasoti. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2019 cucumis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2019 diachlyon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2019 eucalypti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2020 fuliginis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2020 gallae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2020 cum opio . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2020 glycerini ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 945 hydrargyri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2022 annmoniati. . . . . . . . . . . . 2021 citrinum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2020 compositum . . . . . . . . . . 2022 iodidi rubri. . . . . . . . . . . 2022 nitratis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2020 dilutumn . . . . . . . . . . . . 2021 Oxidi flava. . . . . . . . . . . . 2021 rubri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2021 subchloridi . . . . . . . . . . . 2022 iodi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2022 iodinum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2022 iodoformi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2023 ipecacuanhãe. . . . . . . . . . . . 2023 irritans... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201S mercuriale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2022 mezerei. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2023 myricae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2023 compositum. . . . . . . . . . . 2023 neapolitanicum . . . . . . . . . 2022 paraffini . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2014 phytolacca. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2023 (Vol. II.) Unguentum picis betulae. .2024 compositum. . . . . . . . . .2024 liquidae . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2024 piperis nigri. . . . . . . . . . . 2024 plumbi acetas . . 2024 carbonatis . . . . . . . . 2024 compositum . . . . . . . . . 2024 Hebrae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2019 iodidi. . . . . . . . . . . . 2025 tannici. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1527 potasSæ Sulphuratae. . 2025 potassii cyanidi. . . . . . . 2025 iodidi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2025 praecipitati albi . . . . . . . . 2021 praecipitatum rubrum. . 2021 rusci . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2024 Sabinae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2026 Scrophulariae. . . . . . . . . . . . 2026 simplex. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2014 Staphisagriae . . . . . . . . . . . . 2026 Stibiatum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2016 Stibio-kali tartarici, , , , , , 2016 Stram Onii... . . . . . . . . . . . . 2026 compositum . . . . . . . . . . 2027 Strychninae . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2027 sulphuris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2027 alkalinum . . . . . . . . . . . . 2027 compositum. . . . . . . . . . . 2027 iodidi. . . . . . . . . . . . 1866, 2028 tabaci. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2028 terebinthinae. . . . . . . . . . . . 2028 Veratri albi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2028 Veratriæ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202S Veratrinae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2028 zinci. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2029 carbonatis (impuri) . . .2029 oxidi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2029 compositum. . . . . . . . . 2029 oleati . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2029 sulphatis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2030 Unkum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1744 Unona polycarpa. . . . . . . . . . 1029 Upas... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1469 antiar . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1317, 1469 deadly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1469 Tieute . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1317, 1469 Upland cranberry. . . . . . . . . 2038 Sumach. . . . . . . . . . . . 1665, 1668 Uragoga Ipecacuanha . . . . . 1071 Uraspermum Claytoni . . . . 1421 Urea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2030 hydrochlorate. . . . . . . . . . . 2031 nitrate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2031 Oxalate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2031 Urethane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2031 phenyl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2032 Urethanum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2031 Urginea altissima. . . . . . . . . . 1736 indica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1736 maritima. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1734 Scilla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1734 Urotropin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150S Ursin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203S Urson . . . . . . . . . . . 913, 2039, 1610 Ursone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1663 Urtica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2032 Canadensis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2034 Cannabina. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2034 crenulata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2034 dioica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2032 iners. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2034 m Ortua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2034 pilulifera. . . . . . . . . 2033, 2034 pumila. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2033 stimulans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2034 Ull'ell.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2033 urentissima. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2034 U. S. P. reagents, list of (see Q Appendix). . . . . . . . . . . . 2113 test solutions (see Ap- pendix). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . liv GENERAL INDEX. Ustilagine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2035 Vapores. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2046 Vervain, common. . . . . . . . . 2055 Ustilago . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2034 Variolaria dealbata. . . . . . . . 1113 nettle-leaved. . . . . . . . . . . . 2056 Carbo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2034 Vasaka. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1713 Viburine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2059 Maidis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2034 Vasculose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 960 Viburnin. . . . . . . . . . . . 2059, 2060 Maydis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2034 Vaseline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1448 Viburnum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2058 Sege Ullm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2034 Vasicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1713 acerifolium . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2061 Uva passa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2036 Wateria Indica. . . . . . . . . . . . 1921 cordial, Howe's . . . . . . . . . 2062 ursi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2038 Vegetable alkali. . . . . . . . . . . 1539 dentatum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2061 Uvae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2036 caustic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1548 Lantana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2062 Corinthiaceae. . . . . . . . . . . . 2037 cholesterin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 948 Lentago. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2062 Malacenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2037 I}] & FTOW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1123 obovatum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2062 DàSS82 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2037 InnerCUlry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1078 Opulus. . . . . . . 2058, 2000, 2061 majores. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2037 Sulphur. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1211 Oxycoccus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2058 minores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2037 Veiny-leaved hawkweed... 989 prunifolium... 2059, 2060, 2061 Uvedalia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1534 Vellarin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1030 var. ferrugineum. . . . . . 2059 Uvularia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2040 Vellosine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1327 l'OSell ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2058 perfoliata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2040 Velvet-leaf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1437 sloe-leaved. . . . . . . . . 2059, 2060 Velvet Sumach . . . . . . . . . . . . 1666 SWeet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2062 ACCINIIN . . . . . . . . . . . . 2040 Venetian sumach . . . . . . . . . 1667 Vierin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1627 Vaccinium... . . . . . 2039, 2041 White. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1522 Villosin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1681 arboreum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2041 Venice turpentine. . . . . . . . . 1120 Vina medicata . . . . . . . . . . . . 2062 Arctostaphylos.. . . . . . . . . 1930 Vera Cruz jalap. . . . . . . . . . . 1084 Winca major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 929 corymbosum . . . . . . . . . . . . 2041 Veratralbine. . . . . . . . . 2049, 2051 minor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 929 dumosum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2041 Veratri viridis radix . . . . . . 2050 Wine maple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1253 frondosa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2041 rhizoma. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2050 poison. . . . . . . . 1666, 1667, 1669 frondosum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2040 Veratria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2047 Vinegar, Opium... . . . . . . . . . 1056 macrocarpon . . . . . . . . . . . . 2041 Veratridine . . . . . . . . . . 1688, 2047 plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1668 myrtillus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2041 Veratroidine . . . . . . . . 2050, 2051 raspberry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1902 Pennsylvanicum. . . . . . . . 2041 Veratrina. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2047 Vinum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2063 resinosum . . . . . . . . . 2040, 2041 Veratrine . . . . . . 1688, 2047, 2051. album . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2063, 2067 uliginosum . . . . . . . . 2039, 2041 Veratrum album.2042,2048,2051 fortius. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2069 Vitis-Idaea.... 1750, 2039, 2041 war. Ilobelianum . . . . . . 2050 aloes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2070 Wakamba. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1849 War. Viride. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2050 antimonii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2062 Valdivin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1616 var. viridiflorum . . . . . . 2050 aromaticum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2070 Valerian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2041 Californicum. . . . . . . . . . . . 2048 aurantii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2070 American Greek . . . . . . . . 1532 8 l'ée Il . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2050 compositum . . . . . . . . . . 2070 false . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1743 ° officinale . . . . . . . . . . 1687, 1688 Carnis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2071 great Wild. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2041 Sabadilla. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1687 et ferri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2071 Greek. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1532 viride... .982, 1472, 2048, 2050 ferri et cinchonae. . . . . . 2071 Japanese. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2043 white. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2048 chalybeaturn. . . . . . . . . . . . 2073 root. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2041 Verbascum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2054 chinae ferratum . . . . . . . . . 2074 Valeriana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2041 phlomoides . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2055 cinchonae aromaticum...2072 Celtica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2043 Schraderi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2054 colchici radicis. . . . . . . . . . 2072 dioica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2042 thapsiforme. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2055 Seminis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2072 Hardwickii . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2043 Thapsus. . . . . . . . . . . 2054, 2055 ergotte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2073 Jatamansi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2043 Verbena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2055 erythroxyli. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2073 Mexicana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2043 Brazilian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1627 aromaticum. . . . . . . . . . . 2073 officinalis. . . . . . . . . . 1403, 2041 hastata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2055 ferri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2073 Phu... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2042, 2043 officinalis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2056 &l Iſlal’ll II] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2074 toluccana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2043 War. Spurea. . . . . . . . . . . . 2056 citratis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2074 Valerianae rhizoma. . . . . . . . 2041 urticaefolia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2056 fraxini americanæ . . . . . . 2074 Valerianas matricus . . . . . . . 1799 urticifolia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1672 hellebori compositum . . .2075 Sodicus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1799 Verbesina. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2056 hydrastis compositum. . .2075 Valerin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1321, 1372 sativa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1366 ipecacuanhae. . . . . . . . . . . . 2075 Vallonea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911 Siegesbeckia . . . . . . . . . . . . 2057 Malacense. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2066 Valonia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911 sinuata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2057 martiatum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2073 Hungaria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911 Virginica . . . . . . . . . . 2056, 2057 Opii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2075 Oriental. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911 Verine... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1688 pepsini . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2076 Vanilla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2043 Vermicelli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1993 phytolaccae compositum. 2076 Bourbon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2045 Vermifuge, Fahnestock's. .1265 picis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2076 Gardneri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2043 Vermilion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1011 Portense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2066 £TâSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1251 American . . . . . . . . . 1011, 1528 pruni virginianae. . . . . . . .2077 Mauritius. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2045 Vernonia anthelmintica... 1808 ferratum... . . . . . . . . . . 2077 Mexican . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2045 fasciculata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2057 quininae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2077 planifolia. . . . . . . . . . 2043, 2044 nigritiana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2057 rhei. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2077 plant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1131, 2046 Noveborascense . . . . . . . . . 2057 rubrum. . . . . . . . . . . . 2063, 2067 p0m 90n 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2043 praealta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2057 Sambuci. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2078 Seychelles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2045 tomentOSa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2057 symphyti connpositum . .2078 South American . . . . . . . . 2045 Vernonin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2057 Xericum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2065 southern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2046 Veronica... . . . . . . . . . . 1126, 205 Viola . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2078 Tahiti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2045 agrestis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2058 cucullata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2080 Vanillin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1209 Americana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2058 odorata. . . . . . . . . . . . 2078, 2079 ... 1325, 1349, 1677, 1809, 2045 Anagallis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2058 pedata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2078 Vanillons, West Indian . . .2045 Beccabunga. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2058 Sagittata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2080 Vapor acidi hydrocyanici .2046 officinalis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2057 War. OVata. . . . . . . . . . . . , 2080 chlori. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2046 parviflora . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2058 tricolor. . . . . . . . . . . . 1619, 2079 Coninae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2046 peregrina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2058 var. arvensis . . . . . . . . . . 2079 creasoti. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2046 Scutellata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2058 Violaquercitrin . . . . . . . . . . . 2079 iodi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2046 tall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1126 Violet, adder's. . . . . . . . . . . . 949 Oleo pini Sylvestris. . . . . . 2046 Virginica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1126 bird's-foot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2078 Vapor-bath, spirit. . . . . . . . . 1759 Wervain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2055 blue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2078, 2079 (Vol. II.) GENERAL INDEX. Violet, blue, common . . . . . 2080 rattlesnake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2080 SWeet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2078, 2079 sweet-scented . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Violine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2079 Virginia Snakeroot. . . . . . . . 1752 Stonecrop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1441 thyme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1607 Virginian poke. . . . . . . . . . . . 1471 Sumach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1668 Virgin's milk . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1946 Virola sebifera. . . . . . . . . . . 1374 Viscin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2080, 2081 ViscaOutchin . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2081 Viscum album . . . . . . . . . . . . 2080 flavescens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2080 quercinum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2081 verticillatum. . . . . . . . . . . . 2080 Vitellin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2083 Vitellus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2081 Ovi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2082 Vitex Agnus Castus. . . . . . . 2056 Viticin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2056 Vitis asstivalis. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2036 Labrusca. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2036 riparia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2036 vinifera... . . . .1366, 2036, 2063 vulpina. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2036 Vitriol, white. . . . . . . . 2102, 2106 crude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2102 Vitriolum album. . . . . . . . . . 2102 Vitrium solubile. . . . . . . . . . 1186 Viverra Civetta. . . . . . . . . . . . 1287 Zibetha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1287 Vocabulary of words used in prescriptions (see AppendiX). . . . . . . . . . . . 2140 Volumetric solutions (see AppendiX). . . . . . . . . . . . 2123 Vomit weed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 AFER ASH. . . . . . . . . . . 1586 Wai-fa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1803 Wai-hwa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1803 Wake-robin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1996 Smiling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1998 Walnut, black . . . . . . . . . . . . 1090 English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1090 European. . . . . . . . . . 1089, 1090 White. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1088 Waltheria glomerata . . . . . . 1245 Warneria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1021 Warras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1096 Warren's styptic . . . . . . . . . . 1205 Wars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1096 Wash, alkaline. . . . . . . . . . . . 1206 black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1205 cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1206 herpetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1208 lead and Opium . . . . . . . . . 1206 Saline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120S yellow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1205 Washes... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1205 Water, artificial sea . . . . . . . 1781 aVell S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 930 bugle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1213 cabbage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1318 cherry-laurel. . . . . . . . . . . . 1121 cologne. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1824 Cl19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1725 drop Wort . . . . . . . . . . 1454, 1455 fennel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1454 flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1077 germander. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1924 hemlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1455 hoarhound. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1213 horehound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1215 Javelle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1184 lead. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1177 lemon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1441 lily. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1318 Water, lime. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1157 ithia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1179 lovage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1455 nymph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1318 Oxygenous aerated . . . . . . . 1312 penny Wort. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1030 DePDer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1533 mild . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1534 persicaria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1534 phosphorus... . . . . . . . . . . . 1464 potash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1179 raspberry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1902 rice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1421 Smart weed . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1534 SOCla. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1179 tar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1051, 1514 Watermelon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1444 Water-nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1232 Water-shamrock . . . . . . . . . . 1257 Wax, bayberry. . . . . . . . . . . . 1293 Carnauba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323 Chinese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323 earth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.52 £ll Ill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1148 Japan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 1323 Japanese. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1668 myrtle. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1293, 1323 OCuba. . . . . . * * * * * * * * 1294, 1374 Waxberry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1293 Waxes. . . . . . . . . . 1320, 1322, 1323 liquid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 mineral. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1320 Wax-myrtle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1293 Weeping willow. . . . . 1347, 1701 Weights and measures (see Appendix). . . . . . . . . . . . 2150 atomic, table (see Appen- dix) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2167 Whale, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1372 Greenland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1372 Spel'Il) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1372 Whev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1106, 1110 acid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1110 alum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1110 SOUllſ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1106, 1109 SWeet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1106, 1109 tamarind . . . . . . . . . . 1110, 1912 Whin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1737 Whiskey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1818 apple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S18 COTI] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1818 potato . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1818 l'8 W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1818 TV e. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181S Whisky. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1818 White balsam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94S bay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1226, 1227 cedar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1362 contrayerVa . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1586 daisy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1130 Dutch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,522 elm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2013 flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1081 flake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1522 galls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910 §ll Inn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 931 Hamburg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1222 hellebore... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-1S iesSamine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 919 O18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1100 laurel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1226 lettuce. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1303 lupin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1209 melilot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1251 clover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1251 mustard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1756 oak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1617 peppermint tree. . . . . . . . . 1356 poison vine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 919 pond-lily. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1318 poplar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1537 (Vol. II) White poppy . . . . . . . . . . . . 1433 precipitate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1009 fusible. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1009 infusible. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1009 Sanders Wood. . . . . . . . . . . . 1387 Santal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1386 Senega. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1746 tea-tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1347 Venetian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1522 Veratrum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2048 Walnut. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1088 Weed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1130 Willow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1701 Wood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1190, 1940 Whitecap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1809 White-leaf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1809 Whitewood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1347 Whiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1369 Whorly wort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1126 Whortleberry, black . . . . . . 2040 black-blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2041 blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2040 bush. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2041 giant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2041 red. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2039 Wild allspice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1135 basil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1606, 1607 bergamot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1275 black currant . . . . . . . . . . . 1675 brier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1677 cherry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1583 cinnamon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1372 clove tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1372 coffee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1999 crab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1612 cranesbill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 927 CUllſ Cll Illā . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1021 hydrangea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000 hyssop. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2055, 2056 Indian corn . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2051 ipecac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1999 jalap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1087 Job's tears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1404 lemon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152S lettuce. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1115 licorice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909 mandrake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152S marjoran] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1420 olive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1667 potato . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1087 radish. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.59 rat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1287 TOSenlary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1425 S88 e. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1706 Sunflower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 979 thyme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1939 tobacco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 turmeric. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1021 Wood bline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 916 Willow. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1701, 1930 Babylonian... . . . . . . . . . . . 1701 black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1702 European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1701 PllSSY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1702 Weeping . . . . . . . . . . . 1347, 1701 White. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1701 Willow-herb, milk . . . . . . . . 1216 purple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1216 SW 8. In p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1216 Wind flower. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15SS Wine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2037, 2063 aloes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2070 Annerican Claret. . . 2063, 2065 antimonial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2062 antimony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2062 aromatic . . . . . . . . . . * * * * * * 2070 beef. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2071 and iron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2071 iron and cinchona. . . . . 2071 bitters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2075 Bordeaux . . . . . . . . . . 2063, 2069 lvi GENERAL INDEX. Wine, Bordeaux red. . . . . . . 2065 Burgundy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2063 Catawba. . . . . . . . . . . 2065, 2069 Champagne. . . . . . . .2068, 2069 cinchona, aromatic. . . . . .2072 Claret . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2068, 2069 COCà . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2073 aromatic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2073 Colchicum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2072 root. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2072 Seed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2072 comfrey, compound . . . . .2078 elder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2078 ergot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2073 erythroxylon . . . . . . . . . . . 2073 aromatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2073 ferric citrate . . . . . . . . . . . . 2074 ginger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2111 golden seal, compound. .2075 hellebore, compound. . . .2075 Hock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2068 ipecac. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2075 iron. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2073 bitter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2074 Iachrymae Christi. . . . . . . 2064 Madeira. . . . . . 2065, 2068, 2069 dry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2065 Malaga. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2066, 2068 Marsala. . . . . . . . . . . . 2066, 2068 Moselle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2068 native. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2062 Opl lllll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2075 OT ange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2070 compound . . . . . . . . . . . . 2070 pepsin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.76 poke, compound . . . . . . . . 2076 Port. . . . . . . . . . 2064, 2066, 2068 quinine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2077 red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2063, 2067 rhubarb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2077 Sherry. .2064, 2065, 2068, 2069 Stronger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2062 White. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2069 Sweet Catawba. . . . . . . . . . 2064 tar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2076 Teneriffe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2069 Tokay . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2064, 2068 White. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2063, 2067 ash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2074 wild cherry . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2077 ferrated. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2077 YOUll) g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2063 Wines, American . . . . . . . . . 2065 Catawba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2065 dry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2065 effervescing. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2064 generOll S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2065 high . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1818 Italian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2063 light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2065 low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1818 Malton. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2069 medicated... . . . . . . . 1941, 2062 Moselle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2009 raisin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2009 red. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2065 Rhine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2069 Spanish. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2063 Sparkling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2065 still . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2005 Sweet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2064, 2065 White . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2065 Winestone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1551 Winged elm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2013 Wingseed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1586 Winter cherry . . . . . . . . . . . . 1465 Clover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1273 fern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1588 Sa VOIV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1732 Wintera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2084. aromatica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2084 Winterberry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1582 Winterbloom . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97.4 Winterene. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2084 Wintergreen. . . . . . . . . . 913, 1357 Call Cel' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 914 false . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1610 pear-leaf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1610 Winter's bark... . . . . .2084, 2085 Witch-hazel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 974 Withania coagulans. . . . . . 1465 Wood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1048 Sage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1925 Woodbine, wild. . . . . . . . . . . 916 Wood-sorrel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1423 Wood-waxen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 923 Woodwool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1146 Wool, cotton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 950 mineral. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1222 philosopher's. . . . . . . . . . . . 2100 Wood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1146 Worm-grass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1806 Wormseed, Aleppo. . . . . . . . 1717 Alexandria. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1717 Barbary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1717 Levant . . . . . . . . . . . . 1716, 1717 Wrightia tinctoria. . . . . . . . . 1049 Wurrus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1095, 1096 ANTHALENE . . . . . . . . . 1411 Xanthine. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1680 Xanthium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2085 Spinosum... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208.5 Strunnarium. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2086 war. Canadense . . . . . . . . 2086 var. echimatum. . . . . . . . 2086 Xanthopicrite... . . . . . 1022, 2089 Xanthopuccine . . . . . . . . . . . 1024 Xanthorhamnin. . . . . . . . . . . 1654 Xanthoriza simplicissima. 2086 Xanthorrhiza . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2086 apiifolia . . . . . . . . . . . 1021, 2086 tinctoria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2080 Xanthorrhoea australis. . . . 1112 hastilis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1112 resins. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . | 112 Xanthostrumarin . . . . . . . . . 2086 Xanthoxylene . . . . . . . . . . . . 2091 Xanthoxylin.... 1335, 2089, 2091 Xanthoxyloine. . . . . . . . . . . . 2089 Xanthoxylum alatum . . . . . 2091 americanum . . . . . . . 2087, 2088 aromaticum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2087 Budrunga. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2091 carolinianum . . . . . . 2087, 2089 carribaeum. . . . . . . . 2089, 2091 Catesbianum . . . . . . . . . . . 2087 Clava-Herculis.1022, 2087, 2088 floridanum. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2091 fraxinell m. . . . . . . . . 2087, 2080 fraxinifolium . . . . . . . . . . . 2087 hastile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2091. Naranjillo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209] piperitun). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209] pter ta. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2091 raniflorum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2087 Rhetsa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2091 Senegalense . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2091 tricarpum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2087 Zeylanicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2001 Xeroform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1064 AM, COMMON. . . . . . . . . 1240 Yaupon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1045 YaW root . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1836 Yccotli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1328 Yegaar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1404 Yellow, alizarin. . . . . . . . . . . 1610 bedstra W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909 Cassel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1527 cedar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1933 chrome. . . . . . . . . . . . 1527, 1549 (Vol. II.) Yellow dock . . . . . 1083 eye . . . . . . . . . . . . 1021 henbane . . . . . . . . 1464 Hercule's club , 2091 jasmin(e) . . . . . . 916 jessannine . . . . . . 916 Leipsic. . . . . . . . . 1527 lemon. . . . . . . . . . 1527 locust. . . . . . . . . . . 1676 melilot. . . . . . . . . . 1250 Clover. . . . . . . . . | 250 mineral. . . . . . . . . . 1528 Naples. . . . . . . . . . . 1528 paint . . . . . . . . . . . . 1021 parilla . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1253 Paris. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1527 patent . . . . . . . . . . . . 1528 pitch-pine . . . . . . . . 1919 pond-lily. . . . . . . . . . . 1319 poplar... . . . . . . . . . . . 1190 Pll CCOOl] . . . . . . . . . . 1021 root... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 1 2086 American shrub. . 20S6 parsley-leaved. . . . . . . . . 2086 shrub. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2086 Southern . . . . . . . . . . . . 2086 sanders wood . . . . . . . . . . . 1387 thorn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2091. Turner's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1527 Verona . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1527 Wash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1006, 1205 Wood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1190, 2087 WOJ’t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2086 Yellow-dye tree of Soudan. 1029 Yellow-flowered rhododen- dron . . . . . . . . . . Yellow-rooted water dock..1683 Yellowish-white gentian . . 926 Yerba buena. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1732 de la Puebla . . . . . . . . . . . . 1744 del cancer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1216 del India. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1754 del Pasmo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2011 del soldado. . . . . . . . . . . . 1245 mate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1045 Sagrada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1627 Yerbazin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1637 Yew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1915 tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1915 Yolk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2081 of egg. . . . . . . . . . . . 20S1, 2082 Yoloxochitl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1228 Youpon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1045 Zºº INTEGRIFOLIA 1240 Zanthorhiza apifolia... 2086 Zapote amarillo . . . . . . . . . . . 1276 borracho. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1276 Zapotilla... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1276 Zea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , 2092 Mays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2034, 2092 Zedoaria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 112 Zedoary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2112 Zerum bet root . . . . . . . . . . . . 2112 Zibeth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1287 Zibeth um . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1287 Zinc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2106 acetate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2093 and potassium cyanide. .2108 blende. . . . . . . . . . . . 2102, 2106 butter of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2096 bromide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2094 Carbonate... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2095 recipitated. . . . . . . . . . . 2095 chloride. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2096 cyanide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2108 CVanllret . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2108 dust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2107 ferrocyanide . . . . . . . . . . . . 2108 ferrocyanuret. . . . . . . . . . . 2108 flowers of... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2100 GENERAL INDEX. lvii Zinc, flowers of, Silesian ... 2107 granulated. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2107 hydrochlorate. . . . . . . . . . . 2096 hypophosphite. . . . . . . . . . 2102 ichthyol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1042 iodide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2099 lactate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2109 muriate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2096 ore, red. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2106 oxide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2100 impure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2101 phosphate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2109 phosphide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2101 phosphuret . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2101 Salicylate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2109 Sozoiodolate. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1065 Sulphate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2102 anhydrous. . . . . . . . . . . . 2104 Sulphocarbolate . . . . . . . . . 2104 Sulphophenate. . . . . . . . . . 2104 Zinc valenianate . . . . . . . . . . . 2105 white . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2100 Zinc-spar . . . . . . . . . . . . 2095, 2106 Zinci acetas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2093 bromidum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2094 carbonas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2095 praecipitata . . . . . . . . . . . 2095 praecipitatus . . . . . . . . . . 2095 chloridum . . . . . . . . . . . . 2096 cyanidum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2108 Cyanu retum. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2108 et potassii cyanidum . . . .2108 ferrocyanidum . . . . . . . . . . 2108 ferrocyanuretunn. . . . . . . . 2108 iodidum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2099 lactas... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2109 Oxidum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2100 oxidatum Crudum. . . . . . . 2100 phosphas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2109 phosphidun . . . . . . . . . . . . 2101 (Vol. II) MAN 2 0 1918 Zinci Salicylas. . . . . . . . . . . . 2109 Sulphas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2102 Sulphocarbolas. . . . . . . . . . 2104 Valerianas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2105 Zincite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2106 Zincum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2106 bromatum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2094 Carbonicum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2095 granulatum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2107 Valerianicum. . . . . . . . . . . . 2105 Zingiber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2109 Cassumunar. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2112 officinale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2109 Zerum bet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2112 Ziziphora pulegioides. . . . . . 976 Zizyplus jujuba . . . . . 1091, 1111 Lotus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1091 Vulgaris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1091 , * * * * * y 's } * * & . & . & * * * & s && ！ … * * · * * º , ， ， ！ § & ſae ae # № ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ yº » • • • • • • •- - ·* ·e ： « e º . * *→： ، g * - *-- n. →： •· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · * :- t.» （ ） ·· - ،· ،- ： „- “ （ . ） » + · · * *º ： - ：- ، · （ ）، º 3 *. ' |-،• - ， -，§ * * ſ; ∞--~：… · ţă - ·Ķ - ∞Ďº ºg º.● s- ， ， * * * * * · «» * * · * & • • • § € + * * * · · * gº gº... * * * * * ، ، ، ، ） （ * * * * *ſae ، ، ، ، ، , ， ， • • •، ، gº «» , ！t. t.-： ： + * * · * * * *| }·، ، ، ، ،ſ. -,· - „ ， ， ， ， … • • • • …“· - - ！-· - * • • • • • • • ¶ - ،· **ſºſ، ،→ • • •∞ √≠ √° √ y , ！ º și - w" ）, • • • • • • • • Nº, º º ,º · ··g tº |- -، ·a ſº º § p ≤ ---- ： ·…º - · 8） § º , º ſº}، →„”）, º „Yºu’.| * （- ：m · ， , ņ, ， ** * *· ： , ， :： ！ ， , ， , ， ， tº º ، ：：t. · ， ， , ºg №. - - t. - … º . ' →º ：* · * *）º ， ！ º. ،s ≠ ≠ · ? ！ .، -ſ （ , ， ， ： ·z º.º.º.gº. ∞ 2.） é º ſº ºø i ſº, º jº ſº º ſºſº ſº rž， * * * · · · · · * （º. -~ ſº.º.º., º.º.º.º.º.，（2，（2，（） º.º.º.º.º…” • # * * *}°…"， ， , ， ; ， ） º.º.º I， ， ， ，· · • * ， , «（... * * t.- … （-：·^ -№ .≡ ≈ ≠ √∞, ∞ √°.'，º ， ！ · -№g ----·' * .·- ſ ≡ ºg gº , ， ， ， , ， , º، |- , ， , ！º ż.- ： № ſº،… ，- ، · º.w } « *） s. » » » » » »… º & & . & ?： · « . » ！ « ، ：· ~ · º： ：·* * * • • • • * * * ： 8. «eº»， v， wº : * · * * · * ∞ ; ： » : « » «）, & ſ., w.º._^8 · …*， · ;：：dº, º…"， ，，``，`s_x（s）*）*）\ſ*,*） º.º.º ç.：： ~· „Yººººººº ’， s v_v_º \º, º „º, º^- ►3. " ∞ × ×ºſ « » « - † º.w：-& t * * · * & "， "s + v （ſ. #ſ. * º * * · * * & {} * * * （ ） gºrº y' e ſººſ º r. w Lºº, º. • "r" y' + p （i №r, ſº ºſłº „ “：- Cº. º. · ：-----gº） --~ · ： ·~ •∞∞∞∞∞∞∞∞∞, √°'，！，• × °- -- ،|-ae ， ！ ſº： ， ， ， ， · -- ·|׺ & 30 ：： sººſ º* ，§¶√∞：'，، ، ، ، ، ، · ·... º©.š，· -º. - º， ， ， ， , ،-*· ∞ √° ſ√≠√ - ： №ae"，į,'','',; ： *** e º ſº ، - ≡ºg º ∞ √∞ √3， ، ·\}|-r-+-* * * ſae ، ، ، ، ،t-º º.|-~ -§§§§ m№·：·º·：·- ，，， ----№, ºſae）ſºſ，~ § （3） ***•-，- Œ œ È “ae º* * * ** ：،ſºț¢” șae_%， º ſ vyrº & *** ºººººººº！！！！！！：، ~ |- ： : Tº º∞ √∞ √° √3， ！!！！!！!！！!& （\ſ*)（（\„șºſººfy’ſ siº ſº 'ſºgae'r ſy- º și «¡saeg×· ، | _º，saeſº, ºvº：·- * - *： * ·- | ||-·№ſae ſº wae！！！?！！??、、ae~~）--> ^º º £ş’s ‘n ſº ºſº<！--~~~~* **t.Ä：*№. … ► 3. ~ ~، |- ~×- ſae}，ſł، ، ، ، ، ، →- n.！ № ·~ ： » （、、、、、、、、、、ºs，v（s）}{v（X，Y）', ： :：：--- ----· …： t. *****\,^，\,\，\！, º- • [× ·****|- -- ~--~ - wg'， ,'$_3_º-ºſº， №vº）s（s）， ºººº, *, ' ’ .，！ºſº ：&&&&&、、、、、、、 , !، ، ، ، ، ، ، ، ، ·|- ： ، ،！ ！！ ！！ *ºſº& "vaeſe ，，，* ·}，！”«№ſv\，(） ſºſt?''：''; g pº ſº ſº, º ... .º. ºf º º: ¿¿.*） ſøſraeſe，¿№ſſº，！→ ſaeaeaeraer， ſºyº，§§-،： ºſſº：∞∞∞∞ir √≠√¶r√∞ √°.Sºlºſae -sſ :º$（）º ſº ：|- ¿ºſºaegaeraeºſºº，- ~ ：· ſººſſº jºſaeſyſºſºſrºſº，kae ∞， ~- ·ae：№ºaeg· - ∞∞∞ √°√°√°',*（?:）?（?：\ſ*）* w: b· - ، pºſ：（§§§），¿№ lº· · ·، ،№， zºwą ، Ķſaer，Ǻlaeºprºçºſ? º ¿?-، · ~ ， ，∞ ، ·№ºae· ：- ºſſºſº.--ſae （º.ſ.，t. ºſ”， （*）^ - ~· · ~~ &. ， !\，· ∞ √∞ √° √° ſ√≠√|- ſº： Ķ Ķ Ķ Ķ، ： · ： ·- ~ º f ：ſjq'， 'w aelº &&：sae！S，· ſaeae, - · |-- -r. -a ſº ~º, №w's №w ： w），\, sae.№- ≡ ~.· ： ： • * ºn ſº ’， ’s №. ！!ſºſ · -~ |- ∞ ~ ،·m. ，º'， + ， lº !× · r.， - ^· §·：∞ ~： - ·•：× ~ ſae ~·، ، ، ، ، ، ،º-~--~،§§ſae， ×（−∞，∞v√∞ √°.'， ſººſ· £ſae· ：·ºgłº tºFaeºaº Ģ^ º ºſººſ*--（°- -· ：***g ºg? №”， sºŘ®©≤º）gaeae∞∞∞∞∞ √≠√∞… -----ſae º· ：× × × ×ſº ſºşºş （！ ！！*** ** · ºſº，№.&&§¶√¿��· wae，·- ·： ---- § 4. § §！ 8ſºſyº，ſ_\！∞∞∞∞ ae *****）،， ſ º|- -ſaeº ， … （… …& **¿¿. &&&&\\&&&||&\\ſ*,*\ſ*t. ！ºſºvº，Uſisae - ----ſºſ º º : º º § º * G º ſº sº sº